{ "SKU": "NCP1103", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo small key pad - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2257282424347", "VariationOf": "ncp1103", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo small key pad We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart", "Bullet1":"Suitable for Keys 8, 10, and 20", "Bullet2":"Silicone pads for an easy replacement", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling and repairing your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "287","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.40","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.225", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1104", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo small key pad - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2255733270994", "VariationOf": "ncp1103", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo small key pad We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart", "Bullet1":"Suitable for Keys 8, 10, and 20", "Bullet2":"Silicone pads for an easy replacement", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling and repairing your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "256","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.24","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.13333333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP008-SCREW", "Title": "Percussion Plus spare glockenspiel notebar screw - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003elugs-bolts-screws", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318304199", "VariationOf": "pp008-screw", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus spare glockenspiel notebar screw\nThis is a screw to use as a spare part for your Percussion Plus glockenspiel notebar, allowing for easy fixing.", "Bullet1":"Replacement screw for your glockenspiel notebar", "Bullet2":"Solidly constructed", "Bullet3":"26mm length", "Bullet4":"6mm diameter", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e26mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "28","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.25","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.15", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1004", "Title": "Nuvo Flute small silicone pad - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964122881", "VariationOf": "nfp1004", "Description": "These silicone pads for Nuvo jFlute and Standard flutes are durable and resistant to wear and water damage.To replace your pads, simply remove the key caps using the Key Cap\/Lip Plate Removal Tool (NFP1024).\nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for JFlute and Student Flute", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.40","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.225", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1005", "Title": "Nuvo Flute small silicone pad - Grey \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2224967302801", "VariationOf": "nfp1004", "Description": "These silicone pads for Nuvo jFlute and Standard flutes are durable and resistant to wear and water damage.To replace your pads, simply remove the key caps using the Key Cap\/Lip Plate Removal Tool (NFP1024).\nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for JFlute and Student Flute", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "23","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.40","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.225", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1110", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo large key pad - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5060349488803", "VariationOf": "ncp1110", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo large key pad We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for key 28", "Bullet2":"Silicone pads for an easy replacement", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling and repairing your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "280","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.40","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1109", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo large key pad - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964111847", "VariationOf": "ncp1110", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo large key pad We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for key 28", "Bullet2":"Silicone pads for an easy replacement", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling and repairing your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "201","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.40","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1113", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo small silver key cap - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318300450", "VariationOf": "ncp1113", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo small silver key cap We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Small metal key cap", "Bullet2":"Suitable for any small key cap replacement", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling and repairing your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "40","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.40","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1003", "Title": "Nuvo Flute left silver key caps - Small \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964122843", "VariationOf": "nfp1003", "Description": "Nuvo Flute silver key caps We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute and Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\n\n", "Bullet1":"Silver key caps for student flute and jFlute", "Bullet2":"Easy to apply and replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "13","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.40","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1002", "Title": "Nuvo Flute left silver key caps - Medium \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964122836", "VariationOf": "nfp1003", "Description": "Nuvo Flute silver key caps We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute and Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\n\n", "Bullet1":"Silver key caps for student flute and jFlute", "Bullet2":"Easy to apply and replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.60","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1001", "Title": "Nuvo Flute left silver key caps - Large \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964122829", "VariationOf": "nfp1003", "Description": "Nuvo Flute silver key caps We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute and Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\n\n", "Bullet1":"Silver key caps for student flute and jFlute", "Bullet2":"Easy to apply and replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.84","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.7", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "WB210-5PK", "Title": "Dry wipe whiteboard eraser pad - Pack of 5 \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003ewhiteboards\u003eerasers", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5056318308746", "VariationOf": "wb210-5pk", "Description": "Dry wipe whiteboard eraser pad \nUpgrade your Chamberlain Music whiteboard accessories with our compact and lightweight eraser pad, measuring 5cm x 5cm. Designed to effectively remove ink from your Chamberlain Music whiteboard along with other dry wipe whiteboards. You can also wash the eraser, ensuring a prolonged lifespan, eliminating the need to discard the eraser after intensive use or when covered in ink.\nSupplied in either a single or a handy pack of 5, these erasers are the perfect addition for your classroom.", "Bullet1":"Effectively removes ink from dry wipe whiteboards", "Bullet2":"Lightweight and compact", "Bullet3":"Can be washed, ensuring the eraser lasts for longer", "Bullet4":"Measures 5 x 5 cm", "Bullet5":"Supplied in a single or pack of five", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "85","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.1666666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "WB210", "Title": "Dry wipe whiteboard eraser pad - Single \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003ewhiteboards\u003eerasers", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5056318307558", "VariationOf": "wb210-5pk", "Description": "Dry wipe whiteboard eraser pad \nUpgrade your Chamberlain Music whiteboard accessories with our compact and lightweight eraser pad, measuring 5cm x 5cm. Designed to effectively remove ink from your Chamberlain Music whiteboard along with other dry wipe whiteboards. You can also wash the eraser, ensuring a prolonged lifespan, eliminating the need to discard the eraser after intensive use or when covered in ink.\nSupplied in either a single or a handy pack of 5, these erasers are the perfect addition for your classroom.", "Bullet1":"Effectively removes ink from dry wipe whiteboards", "Bullet2":"Lightweight and compact", "Bullet3":"Can be washed, ensuring the eraser lasts for longer", "Bullet4":"Measures 5 x 5 cm", "Bullet5":"Supplied in a single or pack of five", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "141","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.40","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.225", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1006", "Title": "Nuvo Flute medium silicone pad - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2257153914939", "VariationOf": "nfp1006", "Description": "Nuvo Flute medium silicone pad We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Student Fluteand jFlute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for JFlute and Student Flute", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "38","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.2833333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1007", "Title": "Nuvo Flute medium silicone pad - Grey \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5060349486816", "VariationOf": "nfp1006", "Description": "Nuvo Flute medium silicone pad We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Student Fluteand jFlute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for JFlute and Student Flute", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "16","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.2833333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1008", "Title": "Nuvo Flute large silicone pad - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2282708697166", "VariationOf": "nfp1008", "Description": "Nuvo Flute large silicone pad We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Student Fluteand jFlute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for JFlute and Student Flute", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.2833333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1009", "Title": "Nuvo Flute large silicone pad - Grey \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5060349486816", "VariationOf": "nfp1008", "Description": "Nuvo Flute large silicone pad We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Student Fluteand jFlute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for JFlute and Student Flute", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.2833333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1114", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo key 10 metal spring - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318302836", "VariationOf": "ncp1114", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo key 10 metal spring We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Spare key spring for key 10", "Bullet2":"Metal spring for easy replacement", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling and repairing your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "22","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.41666666666666663", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N230SFBK50001", "Title": "Nuvo Flute replacement key caps in black - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318306339", "VariationOf": "n230sfbk50001", "Description": "Nuvo Flute replacement key caps in black We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute and Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart", "Bullet1":"Spare key caps for jFlute and Student Flute", "Bullet2":"Easy to apply and replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.60","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N210SFWT-20053", "Title": "Nuvo Flute spare springs - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964130992", "VariationOf": "n210sfwt-20053", "Description": "Nuvo Flute spare springs We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute and Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement plastic springs for NUVO Flutes", "Bullet2":"Easy to replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.60","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.35", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N210SF-40008", "Title": "Nuvo Flute lip plate O-ring - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964129101", "VariationOf": "n210sf-40008", "Description": "Nuvo Flute lip plate O-ring We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute and Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Spare Flute lip plate O-ring", "Bullet2":"Easy to replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "25","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.60","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N210SF-40007", "Title": "Nuvo Flute head joint O-ring - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964129095", "VariationOf": "n210sf-40007", "Description": "Nuvo Flute head joint O-ring We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute and Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Spare head joint O-ring for NUVO Flutes", "Bullet2":"Easy to replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "36","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.60","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NJP1007", "Title": "Nuvo jSax replacement rubber O-ring - black - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964122782", "VariationOf": "njp1007", "Description": "Nuvo jSax replacement rubber O-ring - black We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jSax \n Repair instructionsIt is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab.\nNuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. \n Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information jSax Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Replacement jSax rubber O-ring", "Bullet2":"Easy to replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "13","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.60","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.35", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N510J40003", "Title": "Nuvo jSax replacement rubber O-ring - small - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964129118", "VariationOf": "n510j40003", "Description": "Nuvo replacement rubber O-ring We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jSax \n\n\nRepair instructions\nIt is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab.\nNuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information jSax Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Replacement jSax small rubber O-ring", "Bullet2":"Easy to replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "104","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.60","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N510J40002", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo\/DooD\/jSax rubber O-ring - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5060349486922", "VariationOf": "n510j40002", "Description": "The Nuvo Clarineo\/DooD\/jSax rubber O-ring\nThese replacement o-rings are for use with all Nuvo Clarineo, DooD and jSax models and serve to provide an airtight seal between mouthpiece and body sections.\nRepair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. ", "Bullet1":"Suitable for Nuvo Clarineo, DooD and jSax", "Bullet2":"Easy to replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "257","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.60","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "DE-PC19", "Title": "Quaver musical note paper clip - A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003estationery\u003epaperclips", "Brand": "Gift Workshop", "Barcode": "5055964104573", "VariationOf": "de-pc19", "Description": "This is a lovely quaver note paper clip to hold paper, notes and music books.This is ideal for use outside and keep the music in place perfectly.It is an ideal gift for friends as well as any musician.These are available in blue, white, pink, black and red and are supplied at random unless specified.", "Bullet1":"Available in blue, pink, black, white and red", "Bullet2":"Ideal for holding pages of music still when playing outside", "Bullet3":"Quaver note designed paper clip", "Bullet4":"If you would like a specific colour please specify at the checkout", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7cm x 4.5cm x 3.5cm (Length x width x height)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e11g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "119","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.4083333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NJP1001", "Title": "Nuvo jSax key cap 1 - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964122911", "VariationOf": "njp1001", "Description": "Nuvo jSax key cap 1 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jSax Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs by clicking HERE! Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. ", "Bullet1":"Ideal for beginners or young players with small fingers", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Available in black or white", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "42","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.76","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.43333333333333335", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NJP1002", "Title": "Nuvo jSax key cap 1 - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964117498", "VariationOf": "njp1001", "Description": "Nuvo jSax key cap 1 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jSax Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs by clicking HERE! Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. ", "Bullet1":"Ideal for beginners or young players with small fingers", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Available in black or white", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "71","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.76","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.43333333333333335", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NJP1003", "Title": "Nuvo jSax key cap 2 - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964117504", "VariationOf": "njp1003", "Description": "Nuvo jSax key cap 2 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jSax Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. \n\n Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments.\nMore useful information jSax Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound\n\n", "Bullet1":"Ideal for beginners or young players with small fingers", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Available in black or white", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "42","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.76","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.43333333333333335", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NJP1004", "Title": "Nuvo jSax key cap 2 - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964117511", "VariationOf": "njp1003", "Description": "Nuvo jSax key cap 2 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jSax Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. \n\n Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments.\nMore useful information jSax Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound\n\n", "Bullet1":"Ideal for beginners or young players with small fingers", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Available in black or white", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "73","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.76","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.43333333333333335", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NJP1005", "Title": "Nuvo jSax key cap 3 - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964117528", "VariationOf": "njp1005", "Description": "Nuvo jSax key cap 3 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jSax Repair instructionsIt is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab.Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range.\n\n\n Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information jSax Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Ideal for beginners or young players with small fingers", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Available in black or white", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "52","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.76","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.43333333333333335", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NJP1006", "Title": "Nuvo jSax key cap 3 - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964115944", "VariationOf": "njp1005", "Description": "Nuvo jSax key cap 3 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jSax Repair instructionsIt is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab.Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range.\n\n\n Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information jSax Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Ideal for beginners or young players with small fingers", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Available in black or white", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "62","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.76","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.43333333333333335", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NJP1009", "Title": "Nuvo jSax mouthpiece rubber collar - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964125981", "VariationOf": "njp1009", "Description": "Nuvo Flute spare springs We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jSax This item allows you to transform a Clarineo\/DooD mouthpiece into one compatible with the jSax. Simply remove the O-rings and then slide it onto the mouthpiece until it slots into two grooves. Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab.Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information jSax Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Slides nicely onto the mouthpiece", "Bullet2":"Makes Clarineo\/DooD mouthpiece compatible with jSax", "Bullet3":"Available in black, blue, green or pink", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.76","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.43333333333333335", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NJP1010", "Title": "Nuvo jSax mouthpiece rubber collar - Blue \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964125998", "VariationOf": "njp1009", "Description": "Nuvo Flute spare springs We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jSax This item allows you to transform a Clarineo\/DooD mouthpiece into one compatible with the jSax. Simply remove the O-rings and then slide it onto the mouthpiece until it slots into two grooves. Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab.Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information jSax Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Slides nicely onto the mouthpiece", "Bullet2":"Makes Clarineo\/DooD mouthpiece compatible with jSax", "Bullet3":"Available in black, blue, green or pink", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "20","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.76","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.43333333333333335", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NJP1011", "Title": "Nuvo jSax mouthpiece rubber collar - Green \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964126001", "VariationOf": "njp1009", "Description": "Nuvo Flute spare springs We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jSax This item allows you to transform a Clarineo\/DooD mouthpiece into one compatible with the jSax. Simply remove the O-rings and then slide it onto the mouthpiece until it slots into two grooves. Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab.Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information jSax Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Slides nicely onto the mouthpiece", "Bullet2":"Makes Clarineo\/DooD mouthpiece compatible with jSax", "Bullet3":"Available in black, blue, green or pink", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "14","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.76","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.43333333333333335", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NJP1012", "Title": "Nuvo jSax mouthpiece rubber collar - Pink \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964126018", "VariationOf": "njp1009", "Description": "Nuvo Flute spare springs We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jSax This item allows you to transform a Clarineo\/DooD mouthpiece into one compatible with the jSax. Simply remove the O-rings and then slide it onto the mouthpiece until it slots into two grooves. Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab.Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information jSax Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Slides nicely onto the mouthpiece", "Bullet2":"Makes Clarineo\/DooD mouthpiece compatible with jSax", "Bullet3":"Available in black, blue, green or pink", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "8","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.76","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.43333333333333335", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N230SFBL-50012", "Title": "Nuvo jFlute left hand G key replacement - Blue \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964135027", "VariationOf": "n230sfbl-50012", "Description": " Introducing the NUVO jFlute replacement G key Designed to make instrument repairs easier, NUVO have designed these spare parts so you can always keep your instrument in perfect condition. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Spare jFlute G key", "Bullet2":"Easy to replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.96","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.8", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N230SFGN-50012", "Title": "Nuvo jFlute left hand G key replacement - Green \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318300641", "VariationOf": "n230sfbl-50012", "Description": " Introducing the NUVO jFlute replacement G key Designed to make instrument repairs easier, NUVO have designed these spare parts so you can always keep your instrument in perfect condition. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Spare jFlute G key", "Bullet2":"Easy to replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.96","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.8", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N230SFPK-50012", "Title": "Nuvo jFlute left hand G key replacement - Pink \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964135041", "VariationOf": "n230sfbl-50012", "Description": " Introducing the NUVO jFlute replacement G key Designed to make instrument repairs easier, NUVO have designed these spare parts so you can always keep your instrument in perfect condition. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Spare jFlute G key", "Bullet2":"Easy to replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.96","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.8", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N230SFBK-50012", "Title": "Nuvo jFlute left hand G key replacement - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964122898", "VariationOf": "n230sfbl-50012", "Description": " Introducing the NUVO jFlute replacement G key Designed to make instrument repairs easier, NUVO have designed these spare parts so you can always keep your instrument in perfect condition. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Spare jFlute G key", "Bullet2":"Easy to replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "16","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.96","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.8", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N230SFBL-50011", "Title": "Nuvo jFlute left hand A key replacement - Blue \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964135010", "VariationOf": "n230sfbl-50011", "Description": "Nuvo jFlute left hand A key replacement We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute and Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. Looking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Spare jFlute A key", "Bullet2":"Easy to replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.96","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.8", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N230SFPK-50011", "Title": "Nuvo jFlute left hand A key replacement - Pink \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964135034", "VariationOf": "n230sfbl-50011", "Description": "Nuvo jFlute left hand A key replacement We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute and Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. Looking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Spare jFlute A key", "Bullet2":"Easy to replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.96","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.8", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N230SFGN-50011", "Title": "Nuvo jFlute left hand A key replacement - Green \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318300672", "VariationOf": "n230sfbl-50011", "Description": "Nuvo jFlute left hand A key replacement We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute and Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. Looking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Spare jFlute A key", "Bullet2":"Easy to replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.96","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.8", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N230SFBK-50011", "Title": "Nuvo jFlute left hand A key replacement - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964122850", "VariationOf": "n230sfbl-50011", "Description": "Nuvo jFlute left hand A key replacement We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute and Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. Looking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Spare jFlute A key", "Bullet2":"Easy to replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "20","RRP_Inc_VAT": "0.96","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.8", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1010", "Title": "Nuvo Flute G# Key Extension - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5060349486816", "VariationOf": "nfp1010", "Description": "Nuvo Flute G# Key Extension We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Student Fluteand jFlute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart", "Bullet1":"Suitable for JFlute and Student Flute", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "1.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.575", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1011", "Title": "Nuvo Flute G# Key Extension - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5060349486816", "VariationOf": "nfp1010", "Description": "Nuvo Flute G# Key Extension We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Student Fluteand jFlute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart", "Bullet1":"Suitable for JFlute and Student Flute", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "1.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.575", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1050", "Title": "Nuvo flute 2.0 case insert - bottom half - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318300337", "VariationOf": "nfp1050", "Description": "Nuvo flute 2.0 case insert - bottom half We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute and Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Flute case insert", "Bullet2":"Helps keep your flute safe while not in use", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "1.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.825", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ141", "Title": "Izzo samba drum tuning key - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ekeys", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "5055964113018", "VariationOf": "iz141", "Description": "Replacement tuning key for all Izzo samba drums", "Bullet1":"Made from strong metal", "Bullet2":"Sold individually", "Bullet3":"Suitable for all Izzo samba drums", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "47","RRP_Inc_VAT": "1.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.575", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3435", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Bamboo bird whistle - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eswanee-whistles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964127664", "VariationOf": "pp3435", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Bamboo bird whistle This slide whistle from the Percussion Plus Honestly Made range is a naturally made instrument, mimicking the high-pitched warbles of birds. Made in Thailand from sustainably sourced bamboo, it is a great value instrument for the classroom, music therapy sessions, or just for fun. To play, blow into the tip and slide the stick up and down to change pitch. Slide slowly for a classic comic sound effect, or rapidly to produce a chirp like bird sound. And if you are really skilled, it is even possible to play a tune! These Bird whistles from Thailand are sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. Sustainably sourced bamboo By using a fast-growing material such as bamboo, the production of these whistles prevents lasting damage to established hardwood forests. It also helps to keep the costs down to ensure the best value possible. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Thailand using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"High pitched, slide whistle tone", "Bullet3":"Produced from solid bamboo", "Bullet4":"Great value product for schools", "Bullet5":"Approximately 18cm in length", "Bullet6":"Responsibly sourced", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "75","RRP_Inc_VAT": "1.20","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.65", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP7012-7", "Title": "Percussion Plus Harmony tuned percussion note peg - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enote-pegs", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318311524", "VariationOf": "pp7012-7", "Description": "These note pegs from Percussion Plus are replacements for note pegs used on the PP7000 series of Harmony tuned percussion instruments. One note peg slots through the top of each note bar, whilst on the other side of the frame the bars are separated from one another with a row of pins between them. Unlike the Red Box series, the same length of pin is used on both sides of the frame.\nFor older Harmony instruments or Red Box tuned percussion instruments, please see products PP098 and PP099 for the short and long rubber note pegs.\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement note peg for the PP7000 series of Harmony tuned percussion", "Bullet2":"Consists of stake pin with rubber sleeve and base", "Bullet3":"Suitable for all Harmony xylophones and metallophones in this range", "Bullet4":"For older instruments or Red Box models, please see products PP098 and PP099", "Bullet5":"Supplied individually", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "160","RRP_Inc_VAT": "1.20","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.7", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "DE-MG24", "Title": "Semiquaver rubber keyring - A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003ekeyrings", "Brand": "Gift Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349481132", "VariationOf": "de-mg24", "Description": "This is a delightful semiquaver keychain made out of rubber with a steel chain so it wont snap or break.This is a great classroom gift for hard working pupils and is an excellent addition to party bags or for stocking fillers.Please call us if you require a specific colour.", "Bullet1":"7cm long, 3.5cm wide", "Bullet2":"Available in yellow, black red or blue", "Bullet3":"Great accessory for your keys or gig bag zipper pulls", "Bullet4":"Made from rubber so won't snap", "Bullet5":"If you would like a specific colour please specify during checkout", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "709","RRP_Inc_VAT": "1.25","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.675", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "DE-MG25", "Title": "Treble clef rubber keyring - A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003ekeyrings", "Brand": "Gift Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349481149", "VariationOf": "de-mg25", "Description": "This is a delightful semiquaver keychain made out of rubber with a steel chain so it wont snap or break.This is a great classroom gift for hard working pupils and is an excellent addition to party bags or for stocking fillers.Please specify during checkout if you require a specific colour.", "Bullet1":"3.5cm wide", "Bullet2":"7cm long", "Bullet3":"Available in yellow, black red or blue", "Bullet4":"Great accessory for your keys or gig bag zipper pulls", "Bullet5":"Made from rubber so won't snap", "Bullet6":"If you would like a specific colour please specify at checkout", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "395","RRP_Inc_VAT": "1.25","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.675", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP207", "Title": "Percussion Plus drum tuning key - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ekeys", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547002076", "VariationOf": "pp207", "Description": "This is a standard size drum key essential for tuning your kit and very easy to use. It comes in a silver colour and is compatible with most drum kits.", "Bullet1":"Standard size drum tuning key", "Bullet2":"Suitable for most drum kits", "Bullet3":"Essential accessory", "Bullet4":"Silver", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "64","RRP_Inc_VAT": "1.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.8083333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "DE-MG11A", "Title": "Ballpoint pen - Treble clef design - A1 \/ Single", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003estationery\u003epens", "Brand": "Gift Workshop", "Barcode": "5056318300900", "VariationOf": "de-mg11a-pens", "Description": "Twist action ballpoint pen equipped with black ink refill and colourful metal barrel featuring an attractive treble clef design. These pens also feature a transparent plastic end piece filled with coloured crystals, sprung pocket clip and a black rubber stopper. Comfortable grip with smooth writing action. When buying single pens the colour will be supplied at random, however please specify at checkout if you would like a particular colour and we will happily oblige, stock permitting.", "Bullet1":"Twist action ballpoint pen", "Bullet2":"Treble clef design on coloured metal barrel", "Bullet3":"Equipped with black ink refill", "Bullet4":"Supplied in plastic presentation case", "Bullet5":"Sold individually (colour supplied at random) or in a set of 6 colours", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "106","RRP_Inc_VAT": "1.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.8083333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "DE-MG11A-SET", "Title": "Ballpoint pen - Treble clef design - A1 \/ Set", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003estationery\u003epens", "Brand": "Gift Workshop", "Barcode": "5056318301594", "VariationOf": "de-mg11a-pens", "Description": "Twist action ballpoint pen equipped with black ink refill and colourful metal barrel featuring an attractive treble clef design. These pens also feature a transparent plastic end piece filled with coloured crystals, sprung pocket clip and a black rubber stopper. Comfortable grip with smooth writing action. When buying single pens the colour will be supplied at random, however please specify at checkout if you would like a particular colour and we will happily oblige, stock permitting.", "Bullet1":"Twist action ballpoint pen", "Bullet2":"Treble clef design on coloured metal barrel", "Bullet3":"Equipped with black ink refill", "Bullet4":"Supplied in plastic presentation case", "Bullet5":"Sold individually (colour supplied at random) or in a set of 6 colours", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.408333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3231", "Title": "Percussion Plus colourful plastic kazoo - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003ekazoos", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "2252232210612", "VariationOf": "pp3231", "Description": "These kazoos are fun and colourful. They are safe, sturdy and supplied individually. They are fun for children who are beginning to learn about music. They are also great for gifts or party bags and are suitable for all ages. The kazoo was developed in the United States in the 19th century. It is a wind instrument that is played by humming into the mouthpiece which adds a buzzing timbre quality to a players voice. The kazoo is played professionally in jug bands and comedy music, and by amateurs everywhere. It is also one of the easiest melodic instruments to play well, requiring only the ability to vocalize in tune. Please note: kazoo colour is random - if you would like a particular colour(s), just mention this on your order!", "Bullet1":"Easy to play and a fun way for children to learn about music", "Bullet2":"Safe and sturdy one piece construction", "Bullet3":"Vibrant colours - blue, purple, yellow, red and white", "Bullet4":"Supplied individually, but also available in tubs of 30", "Bullet5":"Great for gifts or party bags", "Bullet6":"Previously known as KZC01", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlease note: kazoo colour is random - if you would like a particular colour(s), just mention this on your order!\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "1.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.9416666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP771", "Title": "Percussion Plus single egg shaker – mixed colours - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eegg", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964198527", "VariationOf": "pp771", "Description": "Fun and colourful egg shakers sold individually and in random colours. Tough plastic shells, light weight and ideal for small hands. Perfect for young children both at school or in the home. Suitable for all ages. These items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them", "Bullet1":"Available in bright, transparent, pastel \u0026amp; metallic colours", "Bullet2":"Tough lightweight plastic shells", "Bullet3":"Filled with non-toxic iron beads", "Bullet4":"Sold individually, colours chosen at random", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "346","RRP_Inc_VAT": "1.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.9416666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MM11", "Title": "Percussion Workshop glockenspiel or chime bar beaters - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eball-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349488766", "VariationOf": "mm11", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Workshop glockenspiel or chime bar beaters\nThese hard wearing plastic beaters are ideal for use with glockenspiels and chime bars, as well as the hugely popular Boomwhacker tuned percussion tubes.\nThe bright yellow plastic is fun, durable and produces a great sound when used with your instrument. These beaters are supplied as a pair, and are great for both professional, classroom and personal use.", "Bullet1":"Hard-wearing and durable beaters", "Bullet2":"Small yellow plastic head on yellow shaft", "Bullet3":"Suitable for glockenspiels and chime bars", "Bullet4":"Suitable for use on Boomwhacker tuned percussion tubes", "Bullet5":"Supplied as a pair", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1070","RRP_Inc_VAT": "1.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.9416666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MM10", "Title": "Percussion Workshop glockenspiel or chime bar beaters - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eball-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349488759", "VariationOf": "mm10", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Workshop glockenspiel or chime bar beaters\nThese hard wearing plastic beaters are ideal for use with glockenspiels and chime bars and also the hugely popular Boomwhacker tuned percussion tubes.\nThe black plastic is smart and durable and produces a great sound when used with your instrument. These beaters are supplied as a pair.", "Bullet1":"Hard-wearing and durable beaters", "Bullet2":"Small black plastic head on black shaft", "Bullet3":"Suitable for glockenspiels and chime bars", "Bullet4":"Also suitable for use on Boomwhackers and Wak-a-Tubes!", "Bullet5":"Supplied as a pair", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1338","RRP_Inc_VAT": "1.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.9416666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SPP104", "Title": "Spare tom-tom lug - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003elugs-bolts-screws", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964122188", "VariationOf": "spp104", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus spare tom-tom lug\nThis lug is perfect to keep as a spare part either in a studio or on tour. The lug includes a pair of mountains crews for easy fixing", "Bullet1":"Replacement lug for your drum", "Bullet2":"Robust construction", "Bullet3":"Includes a pair of mounting screws", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "55","RRP_Inc_VAT": "1.85","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.075", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP262", "Title": "Percussion Plus cowbell beater - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003ecowbell", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547002625", "VariationOf": "pp262", "Description": "This is a nicely shaped, solid wood percussion beater. Ideal for using with a cowbell but great also for a number of other percussive hand instruments. The beater measures approximately 16.5cm in length", "Bullet1":"Produced from solid wood", "Bullet2":"Percussion Plus branded", "Bullet3":"Ergonomically shaped", "Bullet4":"Ideal for cowbell and a range of other hand percussion", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "48","RRP_Inc_VAT": "1.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.075", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1112", "Title": "Nuvo Clarinéo mouthpiece bag - grey - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318300092", "VariationOf": "ncp1112", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo mouthpiece bag We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for any Clarinéo mouthpeice", "Bullet2":"Grey fabric bag to keep your mouthpiece safe", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, maintaining and repairing your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "1.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.6583333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ200", "Title": "Izzo double plastic samba stick - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003esamba", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7897626802001", "VariationOf": "iz200", "Description": "These double pronged plastic samba sticks are particularly suited to the smaller tamborims and pandeiros but can be used for most samba drums in general. Their shape and the light flexible material used to make them ensure a fast whipping action that produces a crisp attack and loud clear tone. These are durable and effective sticks and make playing even easier and more fun! Available in black, white, red, yellow, blue and green.", "Bullet1":"Plastic double rod", "Bullet2":"Produces a clear sound with crisp attack", "Bullet3":"Ideal for using with tamborims and pandeiros", "Bullet4":"Available in black, white, red, yellow, blue and green", "Bullet5":"Colours supplied at random", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1105","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.0916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1053", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo\/DooD part O-ring cover - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318303079", "VariationOf": "ncp1050", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo\/DooD part O-ring cover We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo and Dood Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab.Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information DooD Fingering Chart\nClarineo Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Replacement o-ring cover", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.1666666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1050", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo\/DooD part O-ring cover - Blue \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2273963792628", "VariationOf": "ncp1050", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo\/DooD part O-ring cover We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo and Dood Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab.Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information DooD Fingering Chart\nClarineo Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Replacement o-ring cover", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "13","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.1666666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1051", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo\/DooD part O-ring cover - Green \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2225234734981", "VariationOf": "ncp1050", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo\/DooD part O-ring cover We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo and Dood Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab.Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information DooD Fingering Chart\nClarineo Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Replacement o-ring cover", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "8","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.1666666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1052", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo\/DooD part O-ring cover - Pink \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2247770837032", "VariationOf": "ncp1050", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo\/DooD part O-ring cover We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo and Dood Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab.Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information DooD Fingering Chart\nClarineo Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Replacement o-ring cover", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "8","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.1666666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ1200", "Title": "Izzo tamborim tuning lug - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003elugs-bolts-screws", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7897626812000", "VariationOf": "iz1200", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo tamborim tuning lug\nThis lug is for tuning your Izzo tamborim or pandeiro to create the ideal, vibrant sound with ease. By securing the rims and the drum head, the lug adjusts the tension, altering the instrument's tuning. It’s built from sturdy and durable metal, making it perfect for the classroom.\n", "Bullet1":"Tuning lug designed for pandeiros and tamborims", "Bullet2":"Constructed from sturdy and durable metal", "Bullet3":"Adjusts the tension on the drum heads for the ideal sound", "Bullet4":"Easy to use", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.6666666666666665", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ1203-M6I", "Title": "Izzo M6 nut with imperial thread - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003elugs-bolts-screws", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "5056318311579", "VariationOf": "iz1203-m6i", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo M6 nut with imperial thread\nThese replacement imperial thread nuts are constructed from durable metal. They are designed for Izzo samba percussion tuning hardware, and fit the IZ98 nesting surdos.", "Bullet1":"M6 sized nut", "Bullet2":"For Izzo samba percussion tuning hardware", "Bullet3":"Features imperial thread", "Bullet4":"Designed to fit the IZ98 nesting surdos", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSize:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eM6\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "70","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.1666666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP589", "Title": "Percussion Plus castanets in transparent sparkle - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecastanets", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349483426", "VariationOf": "pp589", "Description": "These finger castanets from Percussion Plus make for a great addition to any classroom percussion set. Made from plastic, they are durable and produce a bright tone. They are perfect for young children to learn about rhythmic patterns in a fun, colourful way. Colours supplied at randomThese items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them.", "Bullet1":"Transparent sparkle colour", "Bullet2":"Ideal for educational use", "Bullet3":"Supplied as a pair", "Bullet4":"Available in blue, yellow, pink and purple (At random)", "Bullet5":"Previously known as WR64S", "Bullet6":"These items are musical instruments, not toys. Suitable for 3+. Use with supervision.", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "313","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.25","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.2166666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ201", "Title": "Izzo triple plastic samba stick - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003esamba", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7897626802018", "VariationOf": "iz201", "Description": "These triple pronged plastic samba sticks are particularly suited to the smaller tamborims and pandeiros but can be used for all other samba drums. Their shape and the light flexible material used to make them ensure a fast whipping action that produces a crisp attack and loud clear tone.", "Bullet1":"Plastic double rod", "Bullet2":"Produces a clear sound with a crisp attack", "Bullet3":"Ideal for using with tamborims and pandeiros", "Bullet4":"Available in black, white, blue, red, yellow and green", "Bullet5":"Colours supplied at random", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "357","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.35", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1024", "Title": "Nuvo Flute lip plate removal tool black for jFlute \u0026 Student Flute - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5060349486816", "VariationOf": "nfp1024", "Description": "Nuvo Flute lip plate removal tool We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Student Fluteand jFlute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for jFlute, Student Flute and TooT", "Bullet2":"Helps to remove lip plates and key caps easily", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.4583333333333335", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1025", "Title": "Nuvo Flute lip plate removal tool black for jFlute \u0026 Student Flute - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5060349486816", "VariationOf": "nfp1024", "Description": "Nuvo Flute lip plate removal tool We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Student Fluteand jFlute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for jFlute, Student Flute and TooT", "Bullet2":"Helps to remove lip plates and key caps easily", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.4583333333333335", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "DE-MG68", "Title": "Guitar shaped bottle opener keyring on chrome key chain - A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003ekeyrings", "Brand": "Gift Workshop", "Barcode": "5055964111892", "VariationOf": "de-mg68", "Description": "This cool guitar shaped bottle opener is made from metal with an enamel finish. Never be without a bottle opener again with this awesome keyring. a great gift idea for any guitarist. Let's face it... they all like a beer (or 10)!", "Bullet1":"An ideal gift for guitarists and music fans", "Bullet2":"Complete with chrome key chain", "Bullet3":"Guitar shaped bottle opener keyring", "Bullet4":"Metal construction with enamel finish", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "92","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.35", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "OC-605", "Title": "Octopus ukulele plectrum value pack of 3 - Soft \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003eplectrums\u003eukulele", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5055964131999", "VariationOf": "oc-605", "Description": "Introducing the Octopus ukulele plectrum value pack of 3\nThese felt picks from Octopus, supplied in a convenient pack of three are a great value set designed to enhance your ukulele playing experience. Crafted from high-quality felt, they offer a delightful sound for ukulele enthusiasts of all skill levels. And with two options to choose from, soft or medium gauges, you can customise your playing style and achieve your desired tone.\nMade with precision and attention to detail, the Octopus Ukulele Plectrums provide a smooth and consistent feel, allowing for effortless strumming and picking. The soft gauge option is ideal for beginners or those seeking a gentle touch, as it produces a mellow sound with reduced string contact. On the other hand, the medium gauge plectrums offer a slightly firmer feel, enabling more versatility in playing techniques and producing a brighter tone.\nNot only are they excellent tools to develop a range of playing styles on the ukulele, they are also brilliant in an education setting - experiment with various strumming patterns and techniques or give your students fingers a break by developing their picking technique. For a pack suited perfectly for schools, why not try the Octopus ukulele plectrum pack of 12 for education?\nWhether you're a beginner embarking on your ukulele journey or an experienced player looking to expand your sonic horizons, these plectrums are an essential addition to your collection. Elevate your playing, explore new sounds, and ignite your passion for the ukulele with the Octopus ukulele felt plectrum value pack of 3\n", "Bullet1":"Amazing value pack of 3 felt picks for all players", "Bullet2":"Custom designed for ukulele or nylon string guitar", "Bullet3":"Made from high quality felt", "Bullet4":"Rounded tip for smooth playing", "Bullet5":"Soft and medium gauges available", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "81","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "OC-606", "Title": "Octopus ukulele plectrum value pack of 3 - Medium \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003eplectrums\u003eukulele", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5055964132002", "VariationOf": "oc-605", "Description": "Introducing the Octopus ukulele plectrum value pack of 3\nThese felt picks from Octopus, supplied in a convenient pack of three are a great value set designed to enhance your ukulele playing experience. Crafted from high-quality felt, they offer a delightful sound for ukulele enthusiasts of all skill levels. And with two options to choose from, soft or medium gauges, you can customise your playing style and achieve your desired tone.\nMade with precision and attention to detail, the Octopus Ukulele Plectrums provide a smooth and consistent feel, allowing for effortless strumming and picking. The soft gauge option is ideal for beginners or those seeking a gentle touch, as it produces a mellow sound with reduced string contact. On the other hand, the medium gauge plectrums offer a slightly firmer feel, enabling more versatility in playing techniques and producing a brighter tone.\nNot only are they excellent tools to develop a range of playing styles on the ukulele, they are also brilliant in an education setting - experiment with various strumming patterns and techniques or give your students fingers a break by developing their picking technique. For a pack suited perfectly for schools, why not try the Octopus ukulele plectrum pack of 12 for education?\nWhether you're a beginner embarking on your ukulele journey or an experienced player looking to expand your sonic horizons, these plectrums are an essential addition to your collection. Elevate your playing, explore new sounds, and ignite your passion for the ukulele with the Octopus ukulele felt plectrum value pack of 3\n", "Bullet1":"Amazing value pack of 3 felt picks for all players", "Bullet2":"Custom designed for ukulele or nylon string guitar", "Bullet3":"Made from high quality felt", "Bullet4":"Rounded tip for smooth playing", "Bullet5":"Soft and medium gauges available", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "100","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SPP107", "Title": "Percussion Plus C Series bass drum claw - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003edrum-parts", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318306247", "VariationOf": "spp107", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus C series bass drum claw\nThe Percussion Plus C Series Bass Drum claw has a classic, 1960s style. These are perfect for fitting to older instruments to retain their charm and character. Alternatively, why not add some accents to your modern kit? Designed to work with the SPP106 T Bolts and fit classic style bass drum hoops. This type of claw hook is also know as the Butterfly Claw Hook.", "Bullet1":"Vintage butterfly shape", "Bullet2":"Fits on most bass drum hoops", "Bullet3":"Allows tension rod to pass through the claw to the lug; Enables head to be tensioned", "Bullet4":"Bass Drum Claw Hook", "Bullet5":"T bolts supplied separately", "Bullet6":"Sold individually", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.4583333333333335", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N420TB20008", "Title": "Nuvo Flute lip plate remover tool - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2295249634842", "VariationOf": "n420tb20008", "Description": "Nuvo Flute lip plate remover tool We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute and Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet", "Bullet1":"Tool for easy removal of the lip plate", "Bullet2":"Easy to use", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.0833333333333335", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "WB102", "Title": "Chamberlain Music A4 mini dry-wipe whiteboard - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003ewhiteboards\u003emini", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5056318307473", "VariationOf": "wb102", "Description": "Chamberlain Music A4 Plain Whiteboard: The Essential Classroom Tool\nThe Chamberlain Music whiteboard is a versatile tool designed for classrooms, home use, and more. With a sturdy design, this whiteboard stands up to daily use, providing a reliable surface for classroom games, note-taking, and creative exploration.\nThe robust construction ensures resistance to bending, offering durability that withstands the rigours of the classroom environment. Its wipe-clean surface facilitates effortless maintenance, allowing you to write, erase, and adjust ideas without a single smudge.\nPaired with a high-quality slim-barrelled pen, specifically tailored for whiteboard use. This addition produces a strong black ink and encourages correct grip for learners.\nPlus, the pen's dry eraser attached to the lid adds to the convenience, making the writing process seamless for every whiteboard user.\nDouble-sided versatility for engaging lessons\nThe double-sided feature provides more great utility, perfect for flip-board games, lessons, sketching, memorisation practice, or as additional note-taking space. Elevate student engagement by using these lightweight whiteboards for interactive quizzes, fostering active participation in the learning process.\nMultiply potential with the WB102 mini whiteboards\nNeed more drawing\/writing space? Effortlessly push together multiple WB102 whiteboards to extend the surface! This is ideal for group projects and classroom collaborations, promoting seamless teamwork. Explore the convenience of our 12-packs of plain whiteboards for larger-scale projects.\nApplications across subjects and levels\nBeyond music, these whiteboards are versatile tools for various subjects and grade levels, fostering creativity and engagement. Ideal for teaching and learning activities from KS1 to KS4, they bring an element of fun and variety to every classroom.\n", "Bullet1":"Supplied with dry-wipe pen featuring convenient eraser on the lid", "Bullet2":"Versatile plain whiteboard perfect for the classroom", "Bullet3":"Easy to clean surface on both sides", "Bullet4":"Sturdy construction - VERY resistant to bending and breaking!", "Bullet5":"A4 size: 29.7 x 21cm", "Bullet6":"Sold individually or as a pack of 12", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBoard dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eA4 Size (297mm x 210mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePen length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBoard + Pen weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2917","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.4583333333333335", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2941", "Title": "Liverpool nylon tamborim drum stick - 1 tip \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003edrum-sticks", "Brand": "Liverpool", "Barcode": "5056318312248", "VariationOf": "pp2941", "Description": "Introducing the Liverpool nylon tamborim drum stick \nThis nylon drum stick is great for playing instruments such as tambourines, atabaques, repiniques, bacurinha, timbals or timbas. It stands out for offering a different timbre and feel compared to wooden models. Available with 1, 3, 5 or 7 tips, you'll find the perfect stick for creating a variety of unique and vibrant sounds.\n\nGreat for schools\nMeasuring 420mm in length and 71mm in diameter, these sticks are a great tool for any classroom, as they’re durable, affordable, and able to withstand regular use. They are also the ideal stick for beginner players to use during their practice sessions.\n", "Bullet1":"Strong, lightweight tamborim stick", "Bullet2":"Robust nylon construction", "Bullet3":"Offers a distinct timbre, contrasting to wooden equivalents", "Bullet4":"420mm in length and 71mm in diameter", "Bullet5":"Also for tambourines, atabaques, repiniques, bacurinha, timbals or timbas", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e420mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e71mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMade from\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNylon\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.35", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2943", "Title": "Liverpool nylon tamborim drum stick - 3 tips \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003edrum-sticks", "Brand": "Liverpool", "Barcode": "5055964138431", "VariationOf": "pp2941", "Description": "Introducing the Liverpool nylon tamborim drum stick \nThis nylon drum stick is great for playing instruments such as tambourines, atabaques, repiniques, bacurinha, timbals or timbas. It stands out for offering a different timbre and feel compared to wooden models. Available with 1, 3, 5 or 7 tips, you'll find the perfect stick for creating a variety of unique and vibrant sounds.\n\nGreat for schools\nMeasuring 420mm in length and 71mm in diameter, these sticks are a great tool for any classroom, as they’re durable, affordable, and able to withstand regular use. They are also the ideal stick for beginner players to use during their practice sessions.\n", "Bullet1":"Strong, lightweight tamborim stick", "Bullet2":"Robust nylon construction", "Bullet3":"Offers a distinct timbre, contrasting to wooden equivalents", "Bullet4":"420mm in length and 71mm in diameter", "Bullet5":"Also for tambourines, atabaques, repiniques, bacurinha, timbals or timbas", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e420mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e71mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMade from\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNylon\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.1666666666666665", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2945", "Title": "Liverpool nylon tamborim drum stick - 5 tips \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003edrum-sticks", "Brand": "Liverpool", "Barcode": "5055964138448", "VariationOf": "pp2941", "Description": "Introducing the Liverpool nylon tamborim drum stick \nThis nylon drum stick is great for playing instruments such as tambourines, atabaques, repiniques, bacurinha, timbals or timbas. It stands out for offering a different timbre and feel compared to wooden models. Available with 1, 3, 5 or 7 tips, you'll find the perfect stick for creating a variety of unique and vibrant sounds.\n\nGreat for schools\nMeasuring 420mm in length and 71mm in diameter, these sticks are a great tool for any classroom, as they’re durable, affordable, and able to withstand regular use. They are also the ideal stick for beginner players to use during their practice sessions.\n", "Bullet1":"Strong, lightweight tamborim stick", "Bullet2":"Robust nylon construction", "Bullet3":"Offers a distinct timbre, contrasting to wooden equivalents", "Bullet4":"420mm in length and 71mm in diameter", "Bullet5":"Also for tambourines, atabaques, repiniques, bacurinha, timbals or timbas", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e420mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e71mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMade from\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNylon\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.1666666666666665", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2947", "Title": "Liverpool nylon tamborim drum stick - 7 tips \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003edrum-sticks", "Brand": "Liverpool", "Barcode": "5055964138455", "VariationOf": "pp2941", "Description": "Introducing the Liverpool nylon tamborim drum stick \nThis nylon drum stick is great for playing instruments such as tambourines, atabaques, repiniques, bacurinha, timbals or timbas. It stands out for offering a different timbre and feel compared to wooden models. Available with 1, 3, 5 or 7 tips, you'll find the perfect stick for creating a variety of unique and vibrant sounds.\n\nGreat for schools\nMeasuring 420mm in length and 71mm in diameter, these sticks are a great tool for any classroom, as they’re durable, affordable, and able to withstand regular use. They are also the ideal stick for beginner players to use during their practice sessions.\n", "Bullet1":"Strong, lightweight tamborim stick", "Bullet2":"Robust nylon construction", "Bullet3":"Offers a distinct timbre, contrasting to wooden equivalents", "Bullet4":"420mm in length and 71mm in diameter", "Bullet5":"Also for tambourines, atabaques, repiniques, bacurinha, timbals or timbas", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e420mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e71mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMade from\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNylon\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "WB105", "Title": "Chamberlain Music A4 mini dry-wipe music whiteboard, 2 printed staves - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003ewhiteboards\u003emini", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5056318307480", "VariationOf": "wb105", "Description": "Introducing the Chamberlain Music A4 music whiteboard with 2 pre-printed staves: An ideal companion for the music classroom\nDesigned specifically for music education, the Chamberlain Music Mini Music Whiteboard is a versatile and durable learning tool suitable for both the classroom and home environments. Its compact size makes it easy to handle, and the sturdy construction ensures resistance to bending, providing a reliable platform for various musical activities.\nThe board is supplied with a high quality pen designed specifically for whiteboard use. It is slim-barrelled, encouraging correct grip in those learning and improving their writing skills, and has excellent erasability. The wipe clean surface allows you to write and rewrite your ideas without causing a single smudge. Each pen comes with a dry eraser attached to the lid, making this process easy for each whiteboard user.\nThe Mini Music Whiteboard features two pre-printed music staves on one side, providing ample space for writing music, from simple melodies to more complex compositions. This makes it an excellent tool for individual practice, group work, or as a helpful aid for musical revision.\n\nFor classroom learning and at-home revision\nWhether in the classroom or at home, this whiteboard is an essential tool for music theory and practical revision. The clear visibility of the staves makes it ideal for engaging music games, interactive quizzes, and collaborative activities among students.\n\nDouble-sided functionality\nFlip over the whiteboard, and you'll find a blank canvas on the reverse side. This allows for versatile use, such as sketching, practicing memorisation, or taking additional notes. The blank side is not limited to music-related tasks and can be utilised for various subjects or just for creative fun.\n\nEnhance collaboration and multiply your potential\nThe A4 dry-wipe whiteboard is not only compact but also designed for collaboration. If more space is needed, multiple whiteboards can be seamlessly connected. This feature is perfect for group projects and classroom collaborations. Consider our 12-packs for a convenient solution to expanding your workspace.\n", "Bullet1":"Supplied with a dry-wipe pen featuring convenient eraser on the lid", "Bullet2":"Two pre-printed staves with a blank reverse - perfect for the music classroom", "Bullet3":"Easy to clean, writeable surface on BOTH sides", "Bullet4":"Sturdy construction - VERY resistant to bending and breaking!", "Bullet5":"A4 size: 29.7 x 21cm", "Bullet6":"Sold individually or as a pack of 12", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBoard dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eA4 Size (297mm x 210mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePen length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBoard + Pen weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2204","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.6", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "WB115", "Title": "Chamberlain Music A4 mini dry-wipe music whiteboard, 3 printed staves - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003ewhiteboards\u003emini", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5056318307503", "VariationOf": "wb115", "Description": "Introducing the Chamberlain Music A4 music whiteboard with 3 pre-printed staves: An ideal companion for the music classroom\nDesigned specifically for music education, the Chamberlain Music Mini Music Whiteboard is a versatile and durable learning tool suitable for both the classroom and home environments. Its compact size makes it easy to handle, and the sturdy construction ensures resistance to bending, providing a reliable platform for various musical activities.\nThe board is supplied with a high quality pen designed specifically for whiteboard use. It is slim-barrelled, encouraging correct grip in those learning and improving their writing skills. The wipe clean surface allows you to write and rewrite your ideas without causing a single smudge. Each pen comes with a dry eraser attached to the lid, making this process easy for each whiteboard user.\nThe Mini Music Whiteboard features three pre-printed music staves on one side, providing ample space for writing music, from simple melodies to more complex compositions. This makes it an excellent tool for individual practice, group work, or as a helpful aid for musical revision.\n\nFor classroom learning and at-home revision\nWhether in the classroom or at home, this whiteboard is an essential tool for music theory and practical revision. The clear visibility of the staves makes it ideal for engaging music games, interactive quizzes, and collaborative activities among students.\n\nDouble-sided functionality\nFlip over the whiteboard, and you'll find a blank canvas on the reverse side. This allows for versatile use, such as sketching, practicing memorisation, or taking additional notes. The blank side is not limited to music-related tasks and can be utilised for various subjects or just for creative fun.\n\nEnhance collaboration and multiply your potential\nThe A4 dry-wipe whiteboard is not only compact but also designed for collaboration. If more space is needed, multiple whiteboards can be seamlessly connected. This feature is perfect for group projects and classroom collaborations. Consider our 12-packs for a convenient solution to expanding your workspace.\n", "Bullet1":"Supplied with a dry-wipe pen featuring convenient eraser on the lid", "Bullet2":"Three pre-printed staves with a blank reverse - perfect for the music classroom", "Bullet3":"Easy to clean, writeable surface on BOTH sides", "Bullet4":"Sturdy construction - VERY resistant to bending and breaking!", "Bullet5":"A4 size: 29.7 x 21cm", "Bullet6":"Sold individually or as a pack of 12", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eA4 Size (297mm x 210mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePen length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBoard + Pen weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-45","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.6", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "WB125", "Title": "Chamberlain Music A4 mini dry-wipe music whiteboard, 4 printed staves - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003ewhiteboards\u003emini", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5056318307497", "VariationOf": "wb125", "Description": "For classroom learning and at-home revision\nWriting out musical ideas or phrases is often an essential part of music theory and practical revision, and this whiteboard allows students to do this wherever they are learning from.\nThe WB125 is ideal for music games, interactive music quizzes, group work, or to use as a helpful revision aid.\n\nDouble-sided\nOn the reverse side of this whiteboard is a blank canvas. If your work does not require the staves, just turn over and write or draw freely on the blank side. This can be used for sketching, practicing memorisation, or as extra space for taking notes. Great for use with any subject, or just for fun!\n\nMultiply the potential\nIf you want more space to draw or notate, just push as many of our WB125 whiteboards together as you need. The extra space is perfect for group projects and classroom collaborations. To make this easier, consider purchasing our 12-packs of these whiteboards.", "Bullet1":"Supplied with a dry-wipe pen featuring convenient eraser on the lid", "Bullet2":"Four pre-printed staves with a blank reverse - perfect for the music classroom", "Bullet3":"Easy to clean, writeable surface on BOTH sides", "Bullet4":"Sturdy construction - VERY resistant to bending and breaking!", "Bullet5":"A4 size: 29.7 x 21cm", "Bullet6":"Sold individually or as a pack of 12", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eA4 Size (297mm x 210mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePen length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBoard + Pen weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "95","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.6", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP292", "Title": "Liverpool single synthetic timbale drum stick - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003edrum-sticks", "Brand": "Liverpool", "Barcode": "5056318312224", "VariationOf": "pp292", "Description": "Introducing the Liverpool single synthetic timbale drum stick\nThis single timbale stick is useful for a wide variety of styles and genres. Synthetically crafted, the lightweight stick helps to produce sharp, tangy sounds, whilst being lightweight and comfortable to hold.\nUnlike normal tapered drum sticks these beaters are the same circumference along the whole length. Sticks like these are traditionally used for the loud mid-range drums, such as timbales.\nGreat for schools\nMeasuring 420mm in length and 7.71mm in diameter, these sticks are a great tool for any classroom, as they’re durable, smooth feeling, inexpensive, and able to withstand regular use. They are the ideal stick for beginner players to use during their practice sessions.", "Bullet1":"Reliable, high-quality timbale stick", "Bullet2":"Robust silicone construction", "Bullet3":"Lightweight for easy playing without fatigue", "Bullet4":"420mm in length and 7.71mm in diameter", "Bullet5":"Traditionally used for the loud mid-range drums, such as timbales", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e420mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7.71mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMade from\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSilicone\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.4833333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP293", "Title": "Liverpool single wooden timbale drum stick - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003edrum-sticks", "Brand": "Liverpool", "Barcode": "5056318312231", "VariationOf": "pp293", "Description": "Introducing the Liverpool single wooden timbale drum stick\nThis single timbale stick is useful for a wide variety of styles and genres. Crafted from wood crafted, the lightweight stick helps to produce sharp, tangy sounds, whilst being lightweight and comfortable to hold.\nUnlike normal tapered drum sticks these beaters are the same circumference along the whole length. Sticks like these are traditionally used for the loud mid-range drums, such as timbales.\nGreat for schools\nMeasuring 420mm in length and 7.71mm in diameter, these sticks are a great tool for any classroom, as they’re durable, smooth feeling, inexpensive, and able to withstand regular use. They are the ideal stick for beginner players to use during their practice sessions.", "Bullet1":"Reliable, high-quality timbale stick", "Bullet2":"Robust wooden construction", "Bullet3":"Lightweight for easy playing without fatigue", "Bullet4":"420mm in length and 7.71mm in diameter", "Bullet5":"Traditionally used for the loud mid-range drums, such as timbales", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e320mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e11mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMade from\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWooden\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.4833333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP38411", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP38411 hard plastic one piece beaters - 1 pair - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eball-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964129989", "VariationOf": "pp38411", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP38411 hard plastic one piece beaters\nThese beaters from Percussion Plus have been designed to last the perils of the music classroom. Made from a single piece of durable plastic there is no chance of the head coming apart from the stick.\nThey are designed with a hard head which makes them ideal for use with glockenspiels and chime bars but can be used for a variety of different instruments and great to pair with the Sound Access range.", "Bullet1":"1 pair of bright red beaters", "Bullet2":"Ideal for use with glockenspiels and chime bars", "Bullet3":"Solid molded plastic, with 15mm round head", "Bullet4":"Length 230mm, shaft width 6mm tapering to 15mm", "Bullet5":"Very hard wearing", "Bullet6":"Made in the UK", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic (one piece)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e230mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft width\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6mm tapering to 15mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "80","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.6166666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SPP458", "Title": "Percussion Plus steel pan mallet tips - pack of 2 - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964122942", "VariationOf": "spp458", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus steel pan mallet tips\nPercussion Plus replacement rubber tips for PP462, PP458 and Panyard W4253 \u0026amp; W4057 steel pan mallets.\nPrecision cut rubber steel pan mallet tips. Crafted from the very best quality rubber polymers, offering the perfect balance of thickness and density to produce the authentic Caribbean sounds from your steel drum while also aiding the longevity of tuning.\nPerfect for both mini and lead pan mallets.\nDid you know?\nSteel pans are relatively young instruments that have become phenomenally popular in recent years, particularly with school music departments and events organisers. They originated in Trinidad and Tobago in the 1930s and are traditionally recycled from 55 gallon chemical containers.\nBoth steel pans and steel drums refer to the same thing. Steel pan players will often use rolls, which are rapid fire playing of the same note many times to create a more continuous sound. This allows for stimulated playing of longer notes that maintain their strength rather than decaying such as a single hit would produce.\n", "Bullet1":"Small rubber tips for mini steel pan mallets", "Bullet2":"Suitable for Percussion Plus, Panyard \u0026amp; Jumbie Jam mini and lead pan mallets", "Bullet3":"Pack of 2", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "74","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.9916666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "DE-MG12", "Title": "Wooden treble clef keyring with bronze keychain and clip - A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003ekeyrings", "Brand": "Gift Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349481101", "VariationOf": "de-mg12", "Description": "This attractive wooden treble clef keychain is made out of solid sandalwood and has a bronze chain. This lovely piece is the perfect addition to any musicians keys or ideal for music teachers to give as a classroom gift.", "Bullet1":"7cm long, 3cm wide", "Bullet2":"A smart wooden treble clef made out solid sandalwood", "Bullet3":"Attached on a bronze coloured metal chain with a clip ring", "Bullet4":"Ideal small gift or for music teachers to give as a classroom prize", "Bullet5":"The perfect addition to any musicians keys", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "148","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.6166666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "DE-MG19", "Title": "Wooden violin keyring with bronze keychain and clip - A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003ekeyrings", "Brand": "Gift Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349481118", "VariationOf": "de-mg19", "Description": "This very smart wooden violin keychain is made out of solid sandalwood and has a bronze chain. This lovely piece is the perfect addition to any violinists keys or ideal for music teachers to give as a classroom gift.", "Bullet1":"7 cm long, 2.5cm wide", "Bullet2":"A smart wooden violin made out solid sandalwood", "Bullet3":"Attached on a bronze coloured metal chain with a clip ring", "Bullet4":"Ideal small gift or for music teachers to give as a classroom prize", "Bullet5":"The perfect addition to any violinists keys", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "69","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.6166666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "DE-MG21", "Title": "Wooden acoustic guitar keyring with bronze keychain and clip - A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003ekeyrings", "Brand": "Gift Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349481125", "VariationOf": "de-mg21", "Description": "This very smart wooden acoustic guitar keychain is made out of solid sandalwood and has a bronze chain. This attractive piece is the perfect addition to any guitarists keys or ideal for music teachers to give as a classroom gift.", "Bullet1":"7.5cm long, 3cm wide", "Bullet2":"A smart wooden acoustic guitar made out solid sandalwood", "Bullet3":"Attached on a bronze coloured metal chain with a clip ring", "Bullet4":"Ideal small gift or for music teachers to give as a classroom prize", "Bullet5":"The perfect addition to any guitarists keys", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "155","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.6166666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "DE-MG45", "Title": "Wooden grand piano keyring with bronze keychain and clip - A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003ekeyrings", "Brand": "Gift Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349485987", "VariationOf": "de-mg45", "Description": "This very smart wooden grand piano keychain is made out of solid sandalwood and has a bronze chain. This lovely piece is the perfect addition to any pianists keys or ideal for music teachers to give as a classroom gift.", "Bullet1":"4.8cm long, 4.8cm wide", "Bullet2":"A smart wooden grand piano made out solid sandalwood", "Bullet3":"Attached on a bronze coloured metal chain with a clip ring", "Bullet4":"Ideal small gift or for music teachers to give as a classroom prize", "Bullet5":"The perfect addition to any pianists keys", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "135","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.6166666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "DE-MG51", "Title": "Wooden saxophone keyring with bronze keychain and clip - A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003ekeyrings", "Brand": "Gift Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349485970", "VariationOf": "de-mg51", "Description": "This jazzy wooden saxophone keychain is made out of solid sandalwood and has a bronze chain. This fab piece is the perfect addition to any saxophonists keys or ideal for music teachers to give as a classroom gift.", "Bullet1":"7.3cm long, 4.5cm wide", "Bullet2":"A smart wooden saxophone made out solid sandalwood", "Bullet3":"Attached on a bronze coloured metal chain with a clip ring", "Bullet4":"Ideal small gift or for music teachers to give as a classroom prize", "Bullet5":"The perfect addition to any saxophonists keys or gig bag zipper pulls", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "85","RRP_Inc_VAT": "2.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.6166666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ2102", "Title": "Jumbie Jam pipe - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "7137570930338", "VariationOf": "jj2102", "Description": "This is a component of the JJ2018 free standing, modular stand for Jumbie Jam. Hollow plastic tubes in 6” and 12” lengths are provided for the vertical structure of the stand while the 16.5” length tubes are used as horizontal supports for the stand.These items are supplied as replacement items for components from the stand included with JJ1058 model Jumbie Jams, or in addition to the JJ2018 complete stand assembly. They are not compatible with the JJ3050 table top model or JJ2133 table top stand.", "Bullet1":"6\" plastic tube", "Bullet2":"Two supplied with complete JJ2018 stand", "Bullet3":"Replacement part", "Bullet4":"Stable base with traditional appearance", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "3.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.125", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N430TBK40003", "Title": "Nuvo TooT pinky key - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318306827", "VariationOf": "n430tbk40003", "Description": "Nuvo TooT pinky key We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the TooT Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. Looking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... \nMore useful information TooT Fingering Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement pinky key for the Nuvo TooT", "Bullet2":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet3":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "3.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N430TBL40003", "Title": "Nuvo TooT right hand pinky key replacement - blue - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318308296", "VariationOf": "n430tbl40003", "Description": "Nuvo TooT right hand pinky key replacement We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the TooT Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. Looking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... \nMore useful information TooT Fingering Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement right hand pinky key for the Nuvo TooT", "Bullet2":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet3":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "3.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N430TBL40004", "Title": "Nuvo TooT left hand thumb key replacement - blue - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318308302", "VariationOf": "n430tbl40004", "Description": "Nuvo TooT left hand thumb key replacement - blue We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the TooT Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. Looking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... \nMore useful information TooT Fingering Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement blue left hand thumb key for the Nuvo TooT", "Bullet2":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet3":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "13","RRP_Inc_VAT": "3.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ704", "Title": "Izzo single wooden Samba drum stick - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003esamba", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "5055964113001", "VariationOf": "iz704", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo single wooden Samba drum stick\nThese Percussion Plus timbale sticks are supplied individually and are suitable for Samba rhythms. Crafted from a solid piece of high-quality wood, these lightweight sticks make a great, warm sound. The smooth finish also makes them comfortable to hold.\nUnlike normal tapered drum sticks these 30cm wooden samba beaters are the same circumference along the whole length. Sticks like these are traditionally used for the loud mid-range drums such as repiniques and timbales.\n\nGreat for schools\nThese sticks are a great tool for any classroom band, as they’re durable, inexpensive, and able to withstand regular use. They are the ideal stick for beginner players to use during their practice sessions.\n", "Bullet1":"Great-quality Samba sticks", "Bullet2":"Produced from solid wood", "Bullet3":"Approx 30cm in length", "Bullet4":"Lightweight and comfortable to hold", "Bullet5":"Ideal for timbales and repiniques", "Bullet6":"Sold individually", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-8","RRP_Inc_VAT": "3.25","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.7583333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3509", "Title": "Monarch universal storage box lid - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estorage\u003eboxes", "Brand": "Monarch", "Barcode": "5055964138127", "VariationOf": "pp3509", "Description": "Introducing the Monarch Monarch universal lid for storage trays\nThis clear lid clips securely onto the PP3501, PP3502, PP3505 and PP3506.\nIt is translucent, allowing you to see what's inside easily while still protecting the contents of your storage from dust. Better still, the boxes can all be stacked with the lids on, allowing you to save on space with maximum efficiency!\n", "Bullet1":"Clear lid for classroom storage boxes", "Bullet2":"Translucent so you can see what's inside", "Bullet3":"Protect the contents of your storage trays from dust", "Bullet4":"Boxes can stack with lids on", "Bullet5":"Clips securely onto boxes", "Bullet6":"Box not included", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth x Length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e312mm x 425mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "80","RRP_Inc_VAT": "3.49","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.033333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3055", "Title": "Percussion Plus plastic guiro shaker supplied with scraper - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003escrapers", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349487790", "VariationOf": "pp3055", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus plastic guiro shaker and scraper\nThe Percussion Plus plastic guiro is a great way for kids and young musicians to explore a variety of different tones, textures and rhythms, all in one handy little shaker.\nThis 2-in-1 instrument can be played with one hand by shaking it, creating a sound similar to a large egg shaker or rainstick, or alternatively as a guiro by tapping and scraping it with the included beater. The cleaver design allows the beater to be conveniently inserted into the base of the handle, freeing up your other hand when you switch playing style, and making it easy to store without the worry of misplacement.\nWith the plastic being translucent, you are able to see the beads moving inside when you play, adding another level of sensory fun for smaller kids, and introducing an element of kinetic learning for those at school.\nThese items are musical instruments, not toys, and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. Suitable for use by 3 year olds and above.\nPlease note: colours may vary.", "Bullet1":"Filled with colourful beads so you can use it as a shaker and a scraper", "Bullet2":"Supplied with scraper that fits neatly into the base of the handle", "Bullet3":"Made from plastic", "Bullet4":"Ideal for use in the classroom", "Bullet5":"Colours may vary", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "63","RRP_Inc_VAT": "3.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.8916666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP385", "Title": "Percussion Plus wooden beaters pair - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eball-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964122034", "VariationOf": "pp385", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP385 wooden beaters\nThese Percussion Plus wooden beaters can be used for a range of percussion and tuned instruments e.g. woodblocks, small drums, and xylophones. They are made of a medium density ball-shaped beech head and a relatively short plain beech dowel. The hard finish of this wood makes a clunky percussive contact sound.\nThey are great value for money and long lasting; an essential for any drummer. Supplied as a pair.", "Bullet1":"Hard wooden tips", "Bullet2":"Long lasting", "Bullet3":"Outstanding value", "Bullet4":"Sold as a pair", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "3.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.8916666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP597", "Title": "Percussion Plus sleigh bell with plastic handle - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ejingles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547005978", "VariationOf": "pp597", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus sleigh bell with plastic handle\nThree jingle bells attached to a blue plastic handle. Ideal for early years and KS1 music classes. Its size makes it easy to hold for small hands, while its material allows the instrument to be last for many years.", "Bullet1":"3 bells mounted to a strap", "Bullet2":"Easy for kids to hold", "Bullet3":"Ideal for educational use", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "305","RRP_Inc_VAT": "3.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.8916666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ2103", "Title": "Jumbie Jam 12\"\" pipe - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "7137570931328", "VariationOf": "jj2103", "Description": "This is a component of the JJ2018 free standing, modular stand for Jumbie Jam. Hollow plastic tubes in 6” and 12” lengths are provided for the vertical structure of the stand while the 16.5” length tubes are used as horizontal supports for the stand.These items are supplied as replacement items for components from the stand included with JJ1058 model Jumbie Jams, or in addition to the JJ2018 complete stand assembly. They are not compatible with the JJ3050 table top model or JJ2133 table top stand.", "Bullet1":"12\" plastic tube", "Bullet2":"Four supplied with complete JJ2018 stand", "Bullet3":"Replacement part", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "18","RRP_Inc_VAT": "3.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.475", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "WB200-5PK", "Title": "Fine tip dry-wipe whiteboard pen with eraser cap - 5 pack - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003ewhiteboards\u003epens", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5056318308715", "VariationOf": "wb200-5pk", "Description": "Introducing the Chamberlain Music Dry-wipe whiteboard pen with eraser cap - 5 pack\nThe perfect classroom accessory to go with your Chamberlain Music whiteboard, these pens are supplied as a pack of 5 giving you enough spares to last thorough use in the classroom.\nRobustly designed\nCapable of withstanding thorough use in the classroom, these pens have been built with durability in mind.\nA black ink pen with eraser cap\nTo make things far more convenient, these dry-wipe, black ink pens are supplied with an eraser cap, allowing for easy removal of drawing and writing, always keeping your whiteboards clean and smudge free.\n12cm length and slim barrel\nWith a 12cm length and a slim diameter, these pens help to encourage proper grip and writing technique, while also being small enough to be easily stored away in the classroom.\n", "Bullet1":"Perfect classroom accessory", "Bullet2":"12cm in length", "Bullet3":"Blank ink", "Bullet4":"Robustly designed, capable of withstanding heavy classroom use", "Bullet5":"Features an eraser cap", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 12cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "329","RRP_Inc_VAT": "3.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.0416666666666665", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "WB201-5PK", "Title": "Fine tip dry-wipe pen with magnetic eraser cap - 5 pack - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003ewhiteboards\u003epens", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5056318308722", "VariationOf": "wb201-5pk", "Description": "Introducing the Chamberlain Music Dry-wipe whiteboard pen with eraser cap - 5 pack\nThe perfect classroom accessory to go with your Chamberlain Music whiteboard, these pens are supplied as a pack of 5 giving you enough spares to last thorough use in the classroom.\nRobustly designed\nCapable of withstanding thorough use in the classroom, these pens have been built with durability in mind.\nA black ink pen with eraser cap\nTo make things far more convenient, these dry-wipe, black ink pens are supplied with an eraser cap, allowing for easy removal of drawing and writing, always keeping your whiteboards clean and smudge free.\nMagnetic\nFeaturing a magnetic eraser cap, these pens seamlessly attach to your Chamberlain Music magnetic whiteboard, providing great convenience and ensuring the pens don’t go missing.\n12cm length and slim barrel\nWith a 12cm length and a slim diameter, these pens help to encourage proper grip and writing technique, while also being small enough to be easily stored away in the classroom.\n", "Bullet1":"Perfect classroom accessory", "Bullet2":"Comes with a magnetic eraser cap", "Bullet3":"Measures 12cm in length", "Bullet4":"Black ink", "Bullet5":"Robustly designed, capable of withstanding heavy classroom use", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "97","RRP_Inc_VAT": "3.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.0416666666666665", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "WB205-5PK", "Title": "Fine tip dry-wipe whiteboard pen - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003ewhiteboards\u003epens", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5056318308739", "VariationOf": "wb205-5pk", "Description": "Introducing the Fine tip dry-wipe whiteboard pen\nThe perfect classroom accessory to go with your classroom whiteboards, these black ink pens are supplied in a pack of 5, giving you enough spares to last thorough use in the classroom.\nLong lasting design\nCapable of withstanding thorough use in the classroom, these pens have been built with durability in mind.\n12cm length and slim barrel\nWith a 12cm length and a slim diameter, these pens help to encourage proper grip and writing technique, while also being small enough to be easily stored away in the classroom.\nEasy to remove\nThese pens can be easily wiped clean with a whiteboard eraser, with no need for remover spray.\n", "Bullet1":"Perfect classroom accessory", "Bullet2":"Measures 12cm in length", "Bullet3":"Black ink", "Bullet4":"Robust design, capable of withstanding heavy classroom use", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "221","RRP_Inc_VAT": "3.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.0416666666666665", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "5A", "Title": "Percussion Plus 5A maple drum sticks - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003edrum-sticks", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5015972107089", "VariationOf": "5a", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus 5A drum sticks with wooden tips\nThese Percussion Plus student 5A drum sticks are supplied as a pair and are ideal for beginners on a budget. They are made from a solid piece of good quality white maple and feature teardrop shaped wooden tips. These tips produce a warmer tone when playing hi-hat and ride cymbal patterns.\n5A sticks are the most commonly used drumsticks worldwide and are suitable for most styles and genres, due to their impressive versatility. Plus, their small bodies make them lightweight and easy to use.\nThese drumsticks are slightly smaller in diameter than the 5B sticks, and slightly longer than 7A ones.\n\nGreat for schools\nThe 5A wooden drum sticks are a great tool for any classroom, as they’re durable, comfortable to hold, inexpensive, and able to withstand regular use. They are perfect for students with different levels of experience, making them suitable for all types of players.\nIf you are looking to purchase 12 or more pairs, our PP100 set of 12 pairs is the most convenient and cost-effective way to buy. To customise your order, simply select the desired number of 12 packs and add as many singles as you require.", "Bullet1":"Ideal budget stick for all types of players", "Bullet2":"Made from good quality white maple", "Bullet3":"Longer than 7A sticks and smaller than 5B sticks", "Bullet4":"Wooden tip adds a warm tone", "Bullet5":"Lightweight and easy to use", "Bullet6":"Sold as a pair", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "36","RRP_Inc_VAT": "3.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.8916666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "7A", "Title": "Percussion Plus 7A drum sticks with wooden tips - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003edrum-sticks", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349486137", "VariationOf": "7a", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus 7A drum sticks with wooden tips\nThese Percussion Plus student 7A drum sticks are supplied as a pair and are ideal for beginners on a budget. They are made from a solid piece of good quality white maple and feature teardrop shaped wooden tips. These tips produce a rich, warmer tone when playing hi-hat and ride cymbal patterns, and these sticks are particularly ideal for playing jazz music or for use in marching bands.\n7A sticks are one of the most commonly used drumsticks worldwide and are suitable for most styles and genres, due to their impressive versatility. Plus, their small bodies make them lightweight and easy to use.\nThese drumsticks are slightly shorter than the 5A and 5B sticks.\n\nGreat for schools\nThe 7A wooden drum sticks are a great tool for any classroom, as they’re durable, comfortable to hold, inexpensive, and able to withstand regular use. They are perfect for students with different levels of experience, making them suitable for all types of players.\nIf you are looking to purchase 12 or more pairs, our PP103 set of 12 pairs is the most convenient and cost-effective way to buy. To customise your order, simply select the desired number of 12 packs and add as many singles as you require.\n", "Bullet1":"Ideal budget stick for all types of players", "Bullet2":"Made from good quality white maple", "Bullet3":"Shorter than the 5A and 5B sticks", "Bullet4":"Wooden tip adds a rich and warm tone", "Bullet5":"Lightweight and easy to use", "Bullet6":"Sold as a pair", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "8","RRP_Inc_VAT": "3.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.8916666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "5B", "Title": "Percussion Plus 5B drum sticks with wooden tips - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003edrum-sticks", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349485673", "VariationOf": "5b", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus 5B drum sticks with wooden tips\nThese Percussion Plus student 5B drum sticks are supplied as a pair and are ideal for beginners on a budget. They are made from a solid piece of good quality white maple and feature teardrop shaped wooden tips. These tips produce a warmer tone when playing hi-hat and ride cymbal patterns, and these sticks are particularly ideal for playing rock music.\n5B sticks are the most commonly used drumsticks worldwide and are suitable for most styles and genres, due to their impressive versatility. Plus, their small bodies make them lightweight and easy to use.\nThese drumsticks are slightly larger in diameter than the 5A sticks, and slightly longer than 7A ones.\n\nGreat for schools\nThe 5B wooden drum sticks are a great tool for any classroom, as they’re durable, comfortable to hold, inexpensive, and able to withstand regular use. They are perfect for students with different levels of experience, making them suitable for all types of players.\nIf you are looking to purchase 12 or more pairs, our PP101 set of 12 pairs is the most convenient and cost-effective way to buy. To customise your order, simply select the desired number of 12 packs and add as many singles as you require.\n", "Bullet1":"Ideal budget stick for all types of player", "Bullet2":"Made from good quality white maple", "Bullet3":"Longer than 7A sticks and larger than 5A sticks", "Bullet4":"Wooden tip adds a warm tone", "Bullet5":"Lightweight and easy to use", "Bullet6":"Sold as a pair", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "3.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "1.8916666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HSKCUST-EGR", "Title": "Custom laser engraving charge for HuskeeSteel reusable coffee cup - A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "5056318311555", "VariationOf": "hskcust-egr", "Description": " \nAdd your logo to a HuskeeSteel sustainable, reusable coffee cup!\nAll of Huskee’s cups are popular in offices, cafes, caterers and roasteries, making them an ideal candidate for bespoke company branding. You can get your logo branded onto any of our HuskeeSteel range at a terrific price, using a sophisticated laser engraving process. These customised sustainable cups are great for creating a sense of corporate unity in various situations: They look very smart in an office setting; they set a standard of brand professionalism in cafes and roasteries where coffee is everywhere; they are fantastic for creating advertising material, or for promotional giveaways at conferences, trade fairs and expos!\nPlease note: The price is for the engraving (per cup) only, and must be purchased alongside the corresponding number of HuskeeSteel cups with lids. Carefully read ordering instructions below for all required information.\n\n\n\n \nHow do I order my customised cup?\nIf you have any questions regarding the ordering process, or would like us to provide a personalised quote, please get in touch and we would be delighted to help.\n\nAdd your required number of HuskeeSteel cups with lids to your basket. Minimum order quantity: 50 cups.\n\nAdd the same number of engraving charges (on this page). Price per cup.\nCheckout your order. You will receive an order confirmation from us.\nReply to the email (or start a new one to sales@frederickhyde.com) quoting your order reference number and attaching your artwork in a vector file format.\nWe will come back to you with an updated ETA and any required amendments if necessary so you'll be enjoying your personalised cups in no time!\nA 50% deposit is required to secure the order, with the balance due prior to delivery. There will be no additional shipping charges. \n\nPlease note: Artwork can be supplied in any vector formats such as PDF, AI or EPS. These will produce the best possible quality results! No artwork set-up fees will be charged, and your artwork will be saved on file for future production. Production times are typically between 10 - 14 days depending on the size of your order. Custom products are non-refundable.\nLarger orders get even better rates for customisation! Please do get in touch for a quote. Pricing is as follows:\n\n\n500+ = £1.20\/cup exVAT\n\n1000+ = £0.90\/cup exVAT\n\n2500+ = £0.60\/cup exVAT\n\n5000+ = £0.45\/cup exVAT\n\n\n\n \nHow to clean your HuskeeSteel\nCleaning the exterior\nRinse the HuskeeSteel with warm water to remove any particles or dirt. Use a mild dish soap and a soft sponge or cloth to gently was the cup’s interior and exterior, then rinse the cup thoroughly with warm water to eliminate any soap residue. \nCleaning the interior (lined with ceramic)\nGently hand wash the cup using warm water and mild detergent then rinse the cup thoroughly with warm water to ensure all detergent is removed.\nThe brushed steel finish is dishwasher safe, but the other three must always be washed by hand.\n\n\n \nHave you seen our HuskeeCup custom UV printed cups?\nIf you prefer the original HuskeeCup, we also offer a custom printing service our HuskeeCup with Lid reusable coffee cups. Using a state-of-the-art UV printing process, you can put your logo on any HuskeeCup. View the Custom UV printing page for more information.\n\n\n \nAbout the HuskeeSteel\nStill with sustainability at its core, the HuskeeSteel range is manufactured using 91% post-consumer recycled steel. The 8oz size is perfect for cappuccinos and flat whites and the dual-walled, vacuum-insulated design ensures your coffee stays hotter for longer. The impressive durability of the HuskeeSteel range means that you won’t need to use paper or plastic cups for years, and the steel material makes them ideal for laser engraving, giving your custom branding longevity and precision.\nIMPORTANT NOTICE: When cleaning your HuskeeSteel cup, we highly advise you not to use abrasive cleaners, scrub brushes, or harsh chemicals as they may damage the powder-coated finish.\n\n\n \n\nHuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future\nHuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste.\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Charge for engraving ONLY and does NOT include price of cup", "Bullet2":"Add a personalised touch to your HuskeeSteel cup", "Bullet3":"Great for cafes, offices, events, or any sustainably minded business", "Bullet4":"Produce your own merchandise, create a personalised promotion, or make the perfect office accessory", "Bullet5":"Amazing quantity discounts for larger purchases", "Bullet6":"\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum order quantity: 50 cups\u003c\/strong\u003e", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "3.60","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.0", "Quantity_break_1": "100","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.4", "Quantity_break_2": "150","Quantity_break_price_2": "2.1", "Quantity_break_3": "250","Quantity_break_price_3": "1.8", "Quantity_break_4": "75","Quantity_break_price_4": "2.55" },{ "SKU": "HSKCUST-BWP", "Title": "Custom UV printing charge for HuskeeCup reusable coffee cup - Black or White \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "5056318311548", "VariationOf": "hskcust-bwp", "Description": "\n\nAdd your logo to a the lid of an original HuskeeCup sustainable, reusable coffee cup!\nAll of Huskee’s cups are popular in offices, cafes, caterers and roasteries, making them an ideal candidate for bespoke company branding. You can get your logo printed on the lid of any of the original Huskee cup \u0026amp; lid via a state-of-the-art UV printing process. These customised sustainable cups are great for creating a sense of corporate unity in various situations: They look very smart in an office setting; they set a standard of brand professionalism in cafes and roasteries where coffee is everywhere; they are fantastic for creating advertising material, or for promotional giveaways at conferences, trade fairs and expos!\nPlease note: The price is for the UV printing (per cup) only, and must be purchased alongside the corresponding number of Original HuskeeCup with Lid. Carefully read ordering instructions below for all required information.\n\n\nHow do I order my personalised cup?\nIf you have any questions regarding the ordering process, or would like us to provide a personalised quote, please get in touch and we would be delighted to help.\n\nAdd your required number of HuskeeCup with Lid cups to your basket. Minimum order quantity: 50 cups.\n\nAdd the same number of UV printing charges (on this page). Price per cup. There is an option for black or white logos, and another for full colour logos with a slightly higher charge for colour logos. Please ensure you select the correct one.\nCheckout your order. You will receive an order confirmation from us.\nReply to the email (or start a new one to sales@frederickhyde.com) quoting your order reference number and attaching your artwork in a vector file format.\nWe will come back to you with an updated ETA and any required amendments if necessary so you'll be enjoying your personalised cups in no time!\nA 50% deposit is required to secure the order, with the balance due prior to delivery. There will be no additional shipping charges. \n\nPlease note: Artwork can be supplied in any vector formats such as PDF, AI or EPS. These will produce the best possible quality results! No artwork set-up fees will be charged, and your artwork will be saved on file for future production. Production times are typically between 10 - 14 days depending on the size of your order. Custom products are non-refundable.\nLarger orders get even better rates for customisation! Please do get in touch for a quote. Pricing is as follows:\nBlack or White printing\n\n\n500+ = £1.20\/cup exVAT\n\n1000+ = £0.90\/cup exVAT\n\n2500+ = £0.60\/cup exVAT\n\n5000+ = £0.45\/cup exVAT\n\nFull colour printing\n\n\n500+ = £1.40\/cup exVAT\n\n1000+ = £1.20\/cup exVAT\n\n2500+ = £0.70\/cup exVAT\n\n5000+ = £0.53\/cup exVAT\n\n\n\n\nHow to clean your HuskeeCup\nHuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. DO NOT use abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner.\nPlease note: We use high-quality, state-of-the-art processes to apply the design, however the UV printing may begin to naturally come away over time. The personalised cups are NOT suitable for dishwashers. \n\n\n \nHave you seen our HuskeeSteel custom laser engraved cups?\nIf you're looking for a customised coffee cup that is completely permanent, why not consider our custom laser engraved HuskeeSteel cups? Using a sophisticated laser engraving process, you can put your logo on any of our HuskeeSteel range at a terrific price! View the Custom laser engraving page for more information.\n\n\n \nAbout the HuskeeCup\nHuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production.\n\n \n\n\nHuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future\nHuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Charge for UV printing ONLY and does NOT include price of cup", "Bullet2":"Add a personalised touch to your original HuskeeCup", "Bullet3":"Great for cafes, offices, events, or any sustainably minded business", "Bullet4":"Produce your own merchandise, create a personalised promotion, or make the perfect office gift", "Bullet5":"Logo printed on the lid of the original HuskeeCup", "Bullet6":"\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum order quantity: 50 cups\u003c\/strong\u003e. Amazing quantity discounts for larger purchases", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "3.60","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.0", "Quantity_break_1": "100","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.4", "Quantity_break_2": "150","Quantity_break_price_2": "2.1", "Quantity_break_3": "250","Quantity_break_price_3": "1.8", "Quantity_break_4": "75","Quantity_break_price_4": "2.55" },{ "SKU": "HSKCUST-FCP", "Title": "Custom UV printing charge for HuskeeCup reusable coffee cup - Full Colour \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "5056318311562", "VariationOf": "hskcust-bwp", "Description": "\n\nAdd your logo to a the lid of an original HuskeeCup sustainable, reusable coffee cup!\nAll of Huskee’s cups are popular in offices, cafes, caterers and roasteries, making them an ideal candidate for bespoke company branding. You can get your logo printed on the lid of any of the original Huskee cup \u0026amp; lid via a state-of-the-art UV printing process. These customised sustainable cups are great for creating a sense of corporate unity in various situations: They look very smart in an office setting; they set a standard of brand professionalism in cafes and roasteries where coffee is everywhere; they are fantastic for creating advertising material, or for promotional giveaways at conferences, trade fairs and expos!\nPlease note: The price is for the UV printing (per cup) only, and must be purchased alongside the corresponding number of Original HuskeeCup with Lid. Carefully read ordering instructions below for all required information.\n\n\nHow do I order my personalised cup?\nIf you have any questions regarding the ordering process, or would like us to provide a personalised quote, please get in touch and we would be delighted to help.\n\nAdd your required number of HuskeeCup with Lid cups to your basket. Minimum order quantity: 50 cups.\n\nAdd the same number of UV printing charges (on this page). Price per cup. There is an option for black or white logos, and another for full colour logos with a slightly higher charge for colour logos. Please ensure you select the correct one.\nCheckout your order. You will receive an order confirmation from us.\nReply to the email (or start a new one to sales@frederickhyde.com) quoting your order reference number and attaching your artwork in a vector file format.\nWe will come back to you with an updated ETA and any required amendments if necessary so you'll be enjoying your personalised cups in no time!\nA 50% deposit is required to secure the order, with the balance due prior to delivery. There will be no additional shipping charges. \n\nPlease note: Artwork can be supplied in any vector formats such as PDF, AI or EPS. These will produce the best possible quality results! No artwork set-up fees will be charged, and your artwork will be saved on file for future production. Production times are typically between 10 - 14 days depending on the size of your order. Custom products are non-refundable.\nLarger orders get even better rates for customisation! Please do get in touch for a quote. Pricing is as follows:\nBlack or White printing\n\n\n500+ = £1.20\/cup exVAT\n\n1000+ = £0.90\/cup exVAT\n\n2500+ = £0.60\/cup exVAT\n\n5000+ = £0.45\/cup exVAT\n\nFull colour printing\n\n\n500+ = £1.40\/cup exVAT\n\n1000+ = £1.20\/cup exVAT\n\n2500+ = £0.70\/cup exVAT\n\n5000+ = £0.53\/cup exVAT\n\n\n\n\nHow to clean your HuskeeCup\nHuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. DO NOT use abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner.\nPlease note: We use high-quality, state-of-the-art processes to apply the design, however the UV printing may begin to naturally come away over time. The personalised cups are NOT suitable for dishwashers. \n\n\n \nHave you seen our HuskeeSteel custom laser engraved cups?\nIf you're looking for a customised coffee cup that is completely permanent, why not consider our custom laser engraved HuskeeSteel cups? Using a sophisticated laser engraving process, you can put your logo on any of our HuskeeSteel range at a terrific price! View the Custom laser engraving page for more information.\n\n\n \nAbout the HuskeeCup\nHuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production.\n\n \n\n\nHuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future\nHuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Charge for UV printing ONLY and does NOT include price of cup", "Bullet2":"Add a personalised touch to your original HuskeeCup", "Bullet3":"Great for cafes, offices, events, or any sustainably minded business", "Bullet4":"Produce your own merchandise, create a personalised promotion, or make the perfect office gift", "Bullet5":"Logo printed on the lid of the original HuskeeCup", "Bullet6":"\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum order quantity: 50 cups\u003c\/strong\u003e. Amazing quantity discounts for larger purchases", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.20","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "100","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.8", "Quantity_break_2": "150","Quantity_break_price_2": "2.45", "Quantity_break_3": "250","Quantity_break_price_3": "2.1", "Quantity_break_4": "75","Quantity_break_price_4": "2.975" },{ "SKU": "PP624", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Mini clay painted ocarina - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eocarinas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964133115", "VariationOf": "pp624", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Mini clay painted ocarina These mini ocarinas from Peru are made from fired clay and feature beautiful, hand-painted decorations in a traditional style. Ocarinas produce a mellow, recorder-like sound and are lots of fun to learn. The attached string sling makes these perfect for young players in the classroom. Ocarinas are among the oldest instruments known to man and were thought to originally be played by the Aztecs and Mayans. Tuned diatonically, this 6-hole ocarina features 4 holes on the top and two on the bottom and is played with the ring finger, index finger and thumb of both hands. These fired clay Ocarinas from Peru are sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. Natural fired clay Sourced from Peru, each ocarina is made by hand from clay which are the fired to set their shape. They are finished with highly detailed, hand-painted decorations so each ocarina is unique in shape and colour. ", "Bullet1":"Part of the Honestly Made range of musical instruments, produced ethically in developing nations", "Bullet2":"Hand-crafted in Peru using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet3":"Mellow, recorder-like tone", "Bullet4":"Featuring beautiful, hand-painted decorations", "Bullet5":"Perfect for young players", "Bullet6":"Sourced using fair trade principles", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "92","RRP_Inc_VAT": "3.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.025", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1030", "Title": "Nuvo Flute Bb Thumb Key - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2246054276734", "VariationOf": "nfp1030", "Description": "Nuvo Flute Bb Thumb Key We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for Student Flute", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "3.90","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.275", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1038", "Title": "Nuvo Flute Bb Thumb Key - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964114060", "VariationOf": "nfp1030", "Description": "Nuvo Flute Bb Thumb Key We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for Student Flute", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1072", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 9 - black - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5060349486823", "VariationOf": "ncp1072", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 9 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable replacement for key 9", "Bullet2":"Easy replacement plastic key", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling and repairing your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "3.90","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.275", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1073", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 9 - black - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964128203", "VariationOf": "ncp1072", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 9 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable replacement for key 9", "Bullet2":"Easy replacement plastic key", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling and repairing your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1071", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 8 - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2216997185349", "VariationOf": "ncp1071", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 8 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo. Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. Looking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for key 8", "Bullet2":"Plastic key for easy replacement", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling and repairing your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "3.90","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.275", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1070", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 8 - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5060349486816", "VariationOf": "ncp1071", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 8 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo. Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. Looking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for key 8", "Bullet2":"Plastic key for easy replacement", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling and repairing your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3431", "Title": "Percussion Plus Metal kazoo - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003ekazoos", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349482788", "VariationOf": "pp3431", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus metal kazoo\nThe kazoo is a wind instrument which adds a \"\"buzzing\"\" timbral quality to a player's voice when the player vocalizes into it, and this quality metal construction ensure maximum resonance. Great fun for all, this Kazoo is sturdy and easy to get a sound out of!\n", "Bullet1":"A classic quality metal kazoo", "Bullet2":"Durable one piece construction", "Bullet3":"Suitable for playing a number of different genres", "Bullet4":"Sold Individually", "Bullet5":"Suitable for players aged 3+", "Bullet6":"Previously known as KZC02", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "3.95","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.1333333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "WB135", "Title": "Chamberlain Music Magnetic A4 mini dry-wipe whiteboard - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003ewhiteboards\u003emini", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5056318307510", "VariationOf": "wb135", "Description": "Introducing the Chamberlain Music A4 plain whiteboard with a colourful border\nThis whiteboard is the perfect learning tool for the classroom, at home, and much more. It is very sturdy, resistant to bending and can be used in a variety of exciting ways. The Chamberlain Music whiteboard provides an easier and more cost-effective way to quickly jot down your ideas, and you can change your mind or make minor adjustments as many times as you need.\nPaired with a high-quality slim-barrelled pen, specifically tailored for whiteboard use. This addition produces a strong black ink and encourages correct grip for learners. Plus, the pen's dry eraser attached to the lid adds to the convenience, making the writing process seamless for every whiteboard user. It also includes a magnet on the lid, so it will easily connect to magnetic surface of the whiteboard.\nIt's magnetic surface and robust colourful border with extreme resistance to bending and breaking makes it the perfect tool for younger students and the primary classroom.\n\nColourful and fun\nThe protective border around this whiteboard strengthens it, making it perfect for younger children. The bright colours are ideal for grabbing a young learners attention, making them more likely to join in and engage in lessons and activities.\n\nThe magnetic surface: making interactive learning easy\nThe magnetic surface of the whiteboard takes the learning potential of the WB135 to new heights. Use magnetic symbols for interactive classroom games, coloured dots for creative composition and art, or magnetic pins to hold things in place. It also allows you to connect the pen via the magnetic lid, so the pens don't go mysteriously missing in storage or when moving around the classroom!\n\nDouble-sided versatility for engaging lessons\nThe double-sided feature is perfect for flip-board games, lessons, sketching, memorisation practice, and providing additional note-taking space. Elevate student engagement by using these lightweight whiteboards for interactive quizzes, fostering active participation in the learning process.\nThese whiteboards are also supplied as 10 packs for a convenient solution to expanding your workspace.\n\nBring some variety to the classroom\nOverall, these whiteboards provide brilliant teaching and learning opportunities from KS1 all the way to KS4, helping to bring a sense of fun and variety to any music classroom.\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Supplied with a dry-wipe pen featuring convenient eraser and magnetic attachment on the lid", "Bullet2":"Versatile plain whiteboard perfect for the classroom", "Bullet3":"Magnetic surface, ideal for attaching magnetic symbols and pen", "Bullet4":"Sturdy construction - VERY resistant to bending and breaking!", "Bullet5":"Features a colourful border", "Bullet6":"Sold individually or as a pack of 10", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOverall board dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eA4 Size (297mmx 210mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions inside border\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e260mm x 170mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePen Length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBoard + Pen weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "70","RRP_Inc_VAT": "3.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "WB139", "Title": "Chamberlain Music magnetic A4 mini dry-wipe music whiteboard, 2 staves - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003ewhiteboards\u003emini", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5056318307527", "VariationOf": "wb139", "Description": "", "Bullet1":"Supplied with a dry-wipe pen featuring convenient eraser and magnetic attachment on the lid", "Bullet2":"Two pre-printed staves with a blank reverse - perfect for the music classroom", "Bullet3":"Magnetic surface, ideal for attaching magnetic symbols and pen", "Bullet4":"Sturdy construction - VERY resistant to bending and breaking!", "Bullet5":"Features a colourful border", "Bullet6":"Sold individually or as a pack of 12", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOverall board dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eA4 Size (297mm x 210mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions inside border\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e260mm x 170mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePen Length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBoard + Pen weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "108","RRP_Inc_VAT": "3.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP739", "Title": "Percussion Plus wrist bells pair - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ejingles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547007392", "VariationOf": "pp739", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus wrist bells pair\nThese Percussion Plus wrist bells are perfect for use in schools, music groups and classes. The instruments are sold as a pair and each one features four jingle bells attached to a vibrantly coloured nylon strap. The strap can be attached securely to your wrist and adjusted with the reliable Velcro fastening. They are lots of fun to play by simply moving or shaking your hands to produce a joyful jingle sound, and work as great sleigh bells in the Christmas period!\nStrap colours include: red, yellow, blue, green, purple or pink.\nPlease note: price is per pair. Colour(s) chosen at random.", "Bullet1":"Set of 4 jingles on a colourful wrist strap", "Bullet2":"Brightly coloured strong nylon strap does not stretch", "Bullet3":"Velcro fastening ensures the strap will not fall off your wrist", "Bullet4":"Bells create bright jingling sound", "Bullet5":"Great as sleigh bells", "Bullet6":"Price per pair, colour(s) chosen at random", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "158","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.1666666666666665", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP545", "Title": "Percussion Plus plastic maracitos - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003emaracas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547005459", "VariationOf": "pp-54plastic", "Description": "This pair of maracas, also known as maracitos, from Percussion Plus are designed specifically for their Early Years range. They are great instruments for younger children and are comfortable for little hands to hold. As a small instrument, they produce a gentler sound than the larger maracas and are great for developing a sense of rhythm and also encourage and improve hand-eye coordination.These items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them.", "Bullet1":"Pair of maracas", "Bullet2":"Produce a gentler sound than the larger maracas", "Bullet3":"Not suitable for use by children under the age of 3 years old", "Bullet4":"Length: 5\"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "136","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.1666666666666665", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1028", "Title": "Nuvo grease pot - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5060349486816", "VariationOf": "nfp1028", "Description": "Nuvo grease pot We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute and Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs by clicking HERE! Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. ", "Bullet1":"Suitable for jFlute and Student Flute", "Bullet2":"Easy to apply", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts for instrument maintenance", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.20","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.45", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SPP105", "Title": "Snare drum lug - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003elugs-bolts-screws", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964122140", "VariationOf": "spp105", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus snare drum lug\nThis Percussion Plus snare drum lug is vital for any drum kit. By securing the rims and the snare head, the lug is then used to adjust the tension of the snare, altering the instrument's tuning. This snare lug is sturdy and durable, making it perfect for the classroom, a professional environment or just for personal practise.", "Bullet1":"Used for adjusting tension on the drum heads", "Bullet2":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet3":"Great for tuning", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.25","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.475", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SPP106", "Title": "Bass drum T bolt - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003elugs-bolts-screws", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964117825", "VariationOf": "spp106", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus bass drum t bolt\nThis Percussion Plus t bolt is perfect for securing bass drums. The sturdy material makes them long lasting and durable, and by managing the vibrations that come from playing the bass drum and providing tight fixations, you can play the drum as much as you want without it loosening.", "Bullet1":"Secure", "Bullet2":"Sturdy material", "Bullet3":"Great for keeping bass drums in good shape", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "246","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.25","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.475", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP259A", "Title": "Percussion Plus triangle - 10\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etriangles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349485840", "VariationOf": "pp-25tri", "Description": "The Percussion Plus triangle is the perfect instrument for children learning about timing and rhythm.A triangle is suited to accenting beats with its vibrant sound and great resonance.This is an entry level triangle, perfect for beginners and use in classroom activities.", "Bullet1":"Available in 4\", 6\", 8\", and 10\"", "Bullet2":"Sturdy metal construction", "Bullet3":"Bright and clear sound", "Bullet4":"Supplied with beater and cord", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "144","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.6", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP257A", "Title": "Percussion Plus triangle - 4\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etriangles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349487899", "VariationOf": "pp-25tri", "Description": "The Percussion Plus triangle is the perfect instrument for children learning about timing and rhythm.A triangle is suited to accenting beats with its vibrant sound and great resonance.This is an entry level triangle, perfect for beginners and use in classroom activities.", "Bullet1":"Available in 4\", 6\", 8\", and 10\"", "Bullet2":"Sturdy metal construction", "Bullet3":"Bright and clear sound", "Bullet4":"Supplied with beater and cord", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "43","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.4333333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP258", "Title": "Percussion Plus triangle - 6\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etriangles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349483099", "VariationOf": "pp-25tri", "Description": "The Percussion Plus triangle is the perfect instrument for children learning about timing and rhythm.A triangle is suited to accenting beats with its vibrant sound and great resonance.This is an entry level triangle, perfect for beginners and use in classroom activities.", "Bullet1":"Available in 4\", 6\", 8\", and 10\"", "Bullet2":"Sturdy metal construction", "Bullet3":"Bright and clear sound", "Bullet4":"Supplied with beater and cord", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "230","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.241666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP259", "Title": "Percussion Plus triangle - 8\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etriangles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349487882", "VariationOf": "pp-25tri", "Description": "The Percussion Plus triangle is the perfect instrument for children learning about timing and rhythm.A triangle is suited to accenting beats with its vibrant sound and great resonance.This is an entry level triangle, perfect for beginners and use in classroom activities.", "Bullet1":"Available in 4\", 6\", 8\", and 10\"", "Bullet2":"Sturdy metal construction", "Bullet3":"Bright and clear sound", "Bullet4":"Supplied with beater and cord", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "125","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP587", "Title": "Percussion Plus speed drum key - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ekeys", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547005879", "VariationOf": "pp587", "Description": "The Percussion Plus speed drum key is a great accessory for all drummers. The drum key is designed to aid drummers to tune their drums quickly and efficiently.", "Bullet1":"Great drummers accessory", "Bullet2":"For quick and efficient tuning", "Bullet3":"Will Fit Most Drum Tension Rods", "Bullet4":"Enables Faster Tightening of Drum Heads", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.4333333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ30", "Title": "Izzo 6\"\" tamborim head - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7897626800304", "VariationOf": "iz30", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo 6\"\" tamborim head\nThe IZ30 fits to Izzo 6\"\" tamborims, both ABS and wooden. The small tight skin helps to create the classic sound of samba.\nThis head is the perfect spare to have as an easy and affordable replacement for whenever you may require it. At a P3 thickness, it is slightly denser than the IZ172 and produces a heavier, bolder and more rounded tone.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"High quality and durability", "Bullet2":"Made in Brazil", "Bullet3":"Suitable for the range of Izzo 6\" tamborims", "Bullet4":"P3 thickness head", "Bullet5":"The ideal replacement tamborim head", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "66","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP06611", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP066 glockenspiel beaters - 1 pair - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eball-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964130015", "VariationOf": "pp06611", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP066 glockenspiel beaters\nThese Percussion Plus beaters are specifically designed for use with glockenspiels and chime bars. They are made from a hard plastic which produces the most clear and bright tone from metallic instruments including glockenspiels and chime bars.\nSold as 2 beaters (1 pair).", "Bullet1":"1 pair of percussion mallets", "Bullet2":"Red tapered shaft and spherical black head", "Bullet3":"Made from durable plastic", "Bullet4":"Ideal for metal tuned percussion", "Bullet5":"Manufactured in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e225mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e4mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual beater weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e11g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "35","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.4333333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1016", "Title": "Nuvo Flute\/TooT Standard Lip Plate - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964122867", "VariationOf": "nfp1016", "Description": "Nuvo Flute\/ Toot standard lip plate\nThis lip plate is the traditional option within the Nuvo interchangeable lip plate system. The standard lip plate is ideal for when a player has progressed and is ready to move on from the ‘FirstNote’ lip plate.Use our removal tool NFP1024 to help clip this lip plate on and off your instrument.\nRepair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information TooT Fingering Chart\n jFlute Fingering Chart", "Bullet1":"Attachable lip plate", "Bullet2":"Suitable for jFlute, Student Flute, and TooT", "Bullet3":"Comfortable and smooth material", "Bullet4":"Available in sleek black or white finish", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1017", "Title": "Nuvo Flute\/TooT Standard Lip Plate - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2228827317073", "VariationOf": "nfp1016", "Description": "Nuvo Flute\/ Toot standard lip plate\nThis lip plate is the traditional option within the Nuvo interchangeable lip plate system. The standard lip plate is ideal for when a player has progressed and is ready to move on from the ‘FirstNote’ lip plate.Use our removal tool NFP1024 to help clip this lip plate on and off your instrument.\nRepair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information TooT Fingering Chart\n jFlute Fingering Chart", "Bullet1":"Attachable lip plate", "Bullet2":"Suitable for jFlute, Student Flute, and TooT", "Bullet3":"Comfortable and smooth material", "Bullet4":"Available in sleek black or white finish", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1018", "Title": "Nuvo Flute\/TooT First Note Lip Plate - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5060349486250", "VariationOf": "nfp1018", "Description": "Nuvo Flute Bb Thumb Key We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Student Flute,TooTand jFlute This lip plate is the traditional option within the Nuvo interchangeable lip plate system. The first note lip plate transforms traditional embouchure with a recorder-style fipple to help beginners who struggle with embouchure to focus on their enthusiasm and learn some fingerings before coming back to the lip technique. When a player has progressed and is ready to move on from the ‘FirstNote’ lip plate, simply remove the First Note and change to the Standard lip plate using our removal tool (NFP1024) to help clip the lip plates on and off your instrument. Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information TooT Fingering Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for jFlute, Student Flute and TooT", "Bullet2":"Easy to clip on and off using removal tool NFP1024", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1019", "Title": "Nuvo Flute\/TooT First Note Lip Plate - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5060349486267", "VariationOf": "nfp1018", "Description": "Nuvo Flute Bb Thumb Key We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Student Flute,TooTand jFlute This lip plate is the traditional option within the Nuvo interchangeable lip plate system. The first note lip plate transforms traditional embouchure with a recorder-style fipple to help beginners who struggle with embouchure to focus on their enthusiasm and learn some fingerings before coming back to the lip technique. When a player has progressed and is ready to move on from the ‘FirstNote’ lip plate, simply remove the First Note and change to the Standard lip plate using our removal tool (NFP1024) to help clip the lip plates on and off your instrument. Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information TooT Fingering Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for jFlute, Student Flute and TooT", "Bullet2":"Easy to clip on and off using removal tool NFP1024", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1026", "Title": "Nuvo Flute D-foot Extension - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964117153", "VariationOf": "nfp1026", "Description": "Nuvo Flute D-foot Extension We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\n\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for JFlute and Student Flute", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1027", "Title": "Nuvo Flute D-foot Extension - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2281161760530", "VariationOf": "nfp1026", "Description": "Nuvo Flute D-foot Extension We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\n\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for JFlute and Student Flute", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1063", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part thumb rest - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964122874", "VariationOf": "ncp1060", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part thumb rest We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement thumb rest in blue", "Bullet2":"Available in black, blue, green or pink", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1060", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part thumb rest - Blue \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318300887", "VariationOf": "ncp1060", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part thumb rest We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement thumb rest in blue", "Bullet2":"Available in black, blue, green or pink", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1061", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part thumb rest - Green \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2272391974491", "VariationOf": "ncp1060", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part thumb rest We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement thumb rest in blue", "Bullet2":"Available in black, blue, green or pink", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1062", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part thumb rest - Pink \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2283731640839", "VariationOf": "ncp1060", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part thumb rest We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement thumb rest in blue", "Bullet2":"Available in black, blue, green or pink", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1074", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 10 black - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964111564", "VariationOf": "ncp1074", "Description": "This replacement key is suitable for Nuvo Clarineo model NCR1. The Nuvo Clarineo is a very durable instrument, designed to withstand a good deal of enthusiastic playing! Now and then it may be necessary to replace the odd key, and should that be the case it is very straight forward. The key work has been designed in such a way that keys can be replaced without specialist assistance or tools, keys will simply click into place. Should you need any advice please contact our sales team on 01428 653381.\nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement key 10 in black", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1075", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 10 white - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2266440866585", "VariationOf": "ncp1075", "Description": "The Nuvo Clarineo is a very durable instrument, designed to withstand a good deal of enthusiastic playing! Now and then it may be necessary to replace the odd key, and should that be the case it is very straight forward. The key work has been designed in such a way that keys can be replaced without specialist assistance or tools, keys will simply click into place. Should you need any advice please contact our sales team on 01428 653381.\nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement key 10 in white", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1076", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 12 black - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964117108", "VariationOf": "ncp1076", "Description": "The Nuvo Clarineo is a very durable instrument, designed to withstand a good deal of enthusiastic playing! Now and then it may be necessary to replace the odd key, and should that be the case it is very straight forward. The key work has been designed in such a way that keys can be replaced without specialist assistance or tools, keys will simply click into place. Should you need any advice please contact our sales team on 01428 653381.\nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement key 12 in black", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1077", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 12 white - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964117115", "VariationOf": "ncp1077", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 12 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement key 12 in white", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1087", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 20 - white - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964129859", "VariationOf": "ncp1087", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 20 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement key 20 in white", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "14","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1088", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 21 - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2213278237445", "VariationOf": "ncp1088", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 21 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement key 21", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1089", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 21 - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2218532576810", "VariationOf": "ncp1088", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 21 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement key 21", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1090", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 22 - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964117122", "VariationOf": "ncp1090", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 22 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement key 22", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1091", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 22 - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964117139", "VariationOf": "ncp1090", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 22 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement key 22", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1092", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 23 - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5060349486274", "VariationOf": "ncp1092", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 23 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement key 23 in black", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1093", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 23 - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2271597474736", "VariationOf": "ncp1092", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 23 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement key 23 in black", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1094", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 24 - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5060179347219", "VariationOf": "ncp1094", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 24 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement key 24", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1095", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 24 - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2281381479502", "VariationOf": "ncp1094", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 24 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement key 24", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1096", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 25 - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318302195", "VariationOf": "ncp1096", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 25 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement key 25", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1097", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 25 - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2205472747134", "VariationOf": "ncp1096", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 25 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement key 25", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1098", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 26 - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2211173865091", "VariationOf": "ncp1098", "Description": "The Nuvo Clarineo is a very durable instrument, designed to withstand a good deal of enthusiastic playing! Now and then it may be necessary to replace the odd key, and should that be the case it is very straight forward. The key work has been designed in such a way that keys can be replaced without specialist assistance or tools, keys will simply click into place. Should you need any advice please contact our sales team on 01428 653 381\nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement key 26", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1099", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 26 - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2274069729839", "VariationOf": "ncp1098", "Description": "The Nuvo Clarineo is a very durable instrument, designed to withstand a good deal of enthusiastic playing! Now and then it may be necessary to replace the odd key, and should that be the case it is very straight forward. The key work has been designed in such a way that keys can be replaced without specialist assistance or tools, keys will simply click into place. Should you need any advice please contact our sales team on 01428 653 381\nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement key 26", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1100", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 28 - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964117146", "VariationOf": "ncp1100", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 28 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement key 28", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1101", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 28 - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2247563641464", "VariationOf": "ncp1100", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 28 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement key 28", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ2104", "Title": "Jumbie Jam 16.5\"\" pipe - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "7137570921350", "VariationOf": "jj2104", "Description": "This is a component of the JJ2018 free standing, modular stand for Jumbie Jam. Hollow plastic tubes in 6” and 12” lengths are provided for the vertical structure of the stand while the 16.5” length tubes are used as horizontal supports for the stand.These items are supplied as replacement items for components from the stand included with JJ1058 model Jumbie Jams, or in addition to the JJ2018 complete stand assembly. They are not compatible with the JJ3050 table top model or JJ2133 table top stand.", "Bullet1":"16.5\" plastic tube", "Bullet2":"Two supplied with complete JJ2018 stand", "Bullet3":"Replacement part", "Bullet4":"Used as horizontal cross bar in JJ2018 complete stand", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "25","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.183333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "5AN", "Title": "Percussion Plus 5A drum sticks with nylon tips - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003edrum-sticks", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5414428125392", "VariationOf": "5an", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus 5A drum sticks\nThis budget-friendly drumstick feature nylon tips and are sold as a pair. They are great for both entry level players and gigging musicians, and perfect to take with you to lessons and performances.", "Bullet1":"Nylon tip", "Bullet2":"Sold as a pair", "Bullet3":"Great for both entry level players and gigging musicians", "Bullet4":"Budget friendly drumstick", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "53","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.4333333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ5156", "Title": "Jumbie Jam panscape carrying case - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "5055964106676", "VariationOf": "jj5156", "Description": "This spares item is a replacement box, as supplied with our JJ1058 free-standing Jumbie Jam steel pans supplied with modular tube stand. Individual Jumbie Jams are always supplied in sturdy cardboard carry cases, which makes them excellent for stacking in large quantities in school and music hub settings. This type of packaging makes the pans very easy to mail order too, and for in-store displays there is detailed product information which serves as a silent salesman.\n\nThe box is supplied flat packed with the cardboard insert and plastic handle ready to assemble.\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement cardboard carry case for for JJ1058 modular stand models", "Bullet2":"Supplied flat packed", "Bullet3":"Consists of outer box, cardboard insert and plastic handle", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "49","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.183333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1119", "Title": "Percussion Plus bodhran tipper - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003etippers", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547011191", "VariationOf": "pp1119", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP1119 bodhran tipper\nThe Percussion Plus bodhran tipper is a double ended beater designed for use with a Bodhran. A Bodhran is an Irish frame drum that is believed to have evolved from the tambourine. The Bodhran is played with the bare hand or with a lathe-turned piece of wood called a bone or tipper. Tension is controlled by the player placing their hand on the inside of the skin; the Bodhran is then struck with the other hand.\n", "Bullet1":"Bodhran tipper or beater", "Bullet2":"Double ended", "Bullet3":"Robust wooden construction", "Bullet4":"Creates firm and bold sound", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e22.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e22 grams\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.566666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP629", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Balinese bamboo guiro with scraper - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003escrapers", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547006296", "VariationOf": "pp629", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Balinese guiro with scraper This guiro with scraper from Percussion Plus is carved from a thick slice of bamboo for a rustic look and satisfying, rich percussive tone. To play, rub the scraper up and down the guiro, varying speed and pressure to achieve different sounds. The guiro is decorated with a simple burnt etching technique and finished with colourful dot painting, all done by hand. The guiro scraper is attached via string for convenience whilst playing. It is a fun and easy to play instrument with a great sound and is the ideal addition to classroom percussion sets or a folk percussionist’s collection. The Honestly Made Percussion Plus guiro with scraper has been sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. Using sustainable materials The guiros and scrapers are hand-made in Bali using fast growing bamboo. This means the bamboo does not affect the level or growth of nearby hardwood forests, making the production more environmentally friendly. They are then carved and painted by independent makers, also in Bali. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Bali using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Produces a rich sound, classic scraper sound", "Bullet3":"Supplied with scraper secured with string", "Bullet4":"Approximately 30cm long", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"Decorated with lead-free Propan paints", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "73","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.566666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "YPC65", "Title": "Percussion Workshop tri-tone samba whistle - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewhistles", "Brand": "Percussion Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349488711", "VariationOf": "ypc65", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Workshop tri-tone samba whistles\nThe samba whistle, or Apito as it is traditionally known, is something that the leader of a samba group uses to essentially organise and conduct the band, using it to get everyone to both start and stop at the correct point, but also to play sometimes complex syncopated patterns too. This model is made from solid black and white plastic and has three clear distinct tones. It is similar to a referees whistle and produces different tones by the player blowing the whistle and covering or uncovering the holes at the side of the whistle with their fingertips.An essential addition to the samba band and can be used in conjunction with our vast range of Brazilian percussion.This is a great addition to any samba or latin percussion set and is made from solid plastic with a string neck strap.It has a basic tone and can produce a further 2 tones by the player blowing the whistle and covering or uncovering the holes at the side of the whistle with their fingertips.", "Bullet1":"Great value plastic samba whistle", "Bullet2":"Ideal for samba and Latin music", "Bullet3":"Produces 3 distinct tones", "Bullet4":"Supplied with a string neck strap", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "60","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.96","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.683333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK41-BK", "Title": "Octopus soprano ukulele bag - Black \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003egig-bags\u003eukulele\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5060349489619", "VariationOf": "octopus-uk41", "Description": "Protect your soprano ukulele from dust and spills with this Octopus Ukulele no frills bag. Available in a selection of colours to help your instrument stand out from the rest! Phil our guitar and percussion specialist says;This bag looks very smart with its Octopus logo and lovely deep blue colour, and the black trim really sets it off!The UK41-B carry bag feels well made and of good quality. This is however definitely more of a cover than a gig bag. I would suggest a padded gig bag or case for travelling long distances. This bag would be idea for keeping your uke in good shape and dust free.It feels like it would fare ok in a light rain shower, however I wouldn't say that it was waterproof. Perfect for transporting your ukulele short distances and for protecting your instruments finish from dust and scratches.", "Bullet1":"Simple no frills cover for soprano ukulele", "Bullet2":"Single strap", "Bullet3":"Carry handle", "Bullet4":"Available in blue, black, red or purple", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "196","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.4916666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "3","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.283333333333333", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK41-B", "Title": "Octopus soprano ukulele bag - Navy \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003egig-bags\u003eukulele\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5060349489602", "VariationOf": "octopus-uk41", "Description": "Protect your soprano ukulele from dust and spills with this Octopus Ukulele no frills bag. Available in a selection of colours to help your instrument stand out from the rest! Phil our guitar and percussion specialist says;This bag looks very smart with its Octopus logo and lovely deep blue colour, and the black trim really sets it off!The UK41-B carry bag feels well made and of good quality. This is however definitely more of a cover than a gig bag. I would suggest a padded gig bag or case for travelling long distances. This bag would be idea for keeping your uke in good shape and dust free.It feels like it would fare ok in a light rain shower, however I wouldn't say that it was waterproof. Perfect for transporting your ukulele short distances and for protecting your instruments finish from dust and scratches.", "Bullet1":"Simple no frills cover for soprano ukulele", "Bullet2":"Single strap", "Bullet3":"Carry handle", "Bullet4":"Available in blue, black, red or purple", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.4916666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "3","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.283333333333333", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK41-PU", "Title": "Octopus soprano ukulele bag - Purple \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003egig-bags\u003eukulele\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5060349489626", "VariationOf": "octopus-uk41", "Description": "Protect your soprano ukulele from dust and spills with this Octopus Ukulele no frills bag. Available in a selection of colours to help your instrument stand out from the rest! Phil our guitar and percussion specialist says;This bag looks very smart with its Octopus logo and lovely deep blue colour, and the black trim really sets it off!The UK41-B carry bag feels well made and of good quality. This is however definitely more of a cover than a gig bag. I would suggest a padded gig bag or case for travelling long distances. This bag would be idea for keeping your uke in good shape and dust free.It feels like it would fare ok in a light rain shower, however I wouldn't say that it was waterproof. Perfect for transporting your ukulele short distances and for protecting your instruments finish from dust and scratches.", "Bullet1":"Simple no frills cover for soprano ukulele", "Bullet2":"Single strap", "Bullet3":"Carry handle", "Bullet4":"Available in blue, black, red or purple", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "36","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.4916666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "3","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.283333333333333", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK41-RD", "Title": "Octopus soprano ukulele bag - Red \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003egig-bags\u003eukulele\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5060349489633", "VariationOf": "octopus-uk41", "Description": "Protect your soprano ukulele from dust and spills with this Octopus Ukulele no frills bag. Available in a selection of colours to help your instrument stand out from the rest! Phil our guitar and percussion specialist says;This bag looks very smart with its Octopus logo and lovely deep blue colour, and the black trim really sets it off!The UK41-B carry bag feels well made and of good quality. This is however definitely more of a cover than a gig bag. I would suggest a padded gig bag or case for travelling long distances. This bag would be idea for keeping your uke in good shape and dust free.It feels like it would fare ok in a light rain shower, however I wouldn't say that it was waterproof. Perfect for transporting your ukulele short distances and for protecting your instruments finish from dust and scratches.", "Bullet1":"Simple no frills cover for soprano ukulele", "Bullet2":"Single strap", "Bullet3":"Carry handle", "Bullet4":"Available in blue, black, red or purple", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "225","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.4916666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "3","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.283333333333333", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP067", "Title": "Percussion Plus pair of beaters - hard - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eball-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547000676", "VariationOf": "pp067", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP067 rubber head beaters\nThe ball-shaped hard red rubber head on these beaters is similar to the bestselling PP056 chime bar mallets but with a smaller diameter thereby reducing weight and moving the centre of gravity further down the stick. This allows for greater control when playing more complicated music without sacrificing the clear tone and minimal percussive attack that hard rubber tops produce.\nThese beaters are particularly suited to chime bars and can be used in the classroom, at home or in a professional environment. Sold as a pair.", "Bullet1":"20mm hard rubber spherical heads", "Bullet2":"For a bright clear tone with minimal attack click", "Bullet3":"Particularly suited to chime bars", "Bullet4":"22cm contoured black plastic shaft", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e220mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual beater weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "74","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.7", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP203", "Title": "Percussion Plus claves pair - Blue \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eclaves", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964122423", "VariationOf": "pp-20x", "Description": "The Percussion Plus wooden claves are made of solid wood and are great value for money. They are a perfect percussive addition to many styles of music making them very versatile.Claves are a very easy instrument to play so they are perfect for young percussionists and beginners.They are produced in 4 bright colours - green, blue, red or yellow and are supplied in pairs of the same colour.", "Bullet1":"Pair of solid wood claves", "Bullet2":"Sold as a matching pair", "Bullet3":"Loud and bright clack", "Bullet4":"Length 18cm", "Bullet5":"Available in pairs of blue, green, yellow or red", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\" (18cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "428","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.7", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP204", "Title": "Percussion Plus claves pair - Green \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eclaves", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964122430", "VariationOf": "pp-20x", "Description": "The Percussion Plus wooden claves are made of solid wood and are great value for money. They are a perfect percussive addition to many styles of music making them very versatile.Claves are a very easy instrument to play so they are perfect for young percussionists and beginners.They are produced in 4 bright colours - green, blue, red or yellow and are supplied in pairs of the same colour.", "Bullet1":"Pair of solid wood claves", "Bullet2":"Sold as a matching pair", "Bullet3":"Loud and bright clack", "Bullet4":"Length 18cm", "Bullet5":"Available in pairs of blue, green, yellow or red", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\" (18cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "468","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.7", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.425", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP205", "Title": "Percussion Plus claves pair - Red \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eclaves", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964122447", "VariationOf": "pp-20x", "Description": "The Percussion Plus wooden claves are made of solid wood and are great value for money. They are a perfect percussive addition to many styles of music making them very versatile.Claves are a very easy instrument to play so they are perfect for young percussionists and beginners.They are produced in 4 bright colours - green, blue, red or yellow and are supplied in pairs of the same colour.", "Bullet1":"Pair of solid wood claves", "Bullet2":"Sold as a matching pair", "Bullet3":"Loud and bright clack", "Bullet4":"Length 18cm", "Bullet5":"Available in pairs of blue, green, yellow or red", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\" (18cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "421","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.7", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.425", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP206", "Title": "Percussion Plus claves pair - Yellow \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eclaves", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964122454", "VariationOf": "pp-20x", "Description": "The Percussion Plus wooden claves are made of solid wood and are great value for money. They are a perfect percussive addition to many styles of music making them very versatile.Claves are a very easy instrument to play so they are perfect for young percussionists and beginners.They are produced in 4 bright colours - green, blue, red or yellow and are supplied in pairs of the same colour.", "Bullet1":"Pair of solid wood claves", "Bullet2":"Sold as a matching pair", "Bullet3":"Loud and bright clack", "Bullet4":"Length 18cm", "Bullet5":"Available in pairs of blue, green, yellow or red", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\" (18cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "569","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.7", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.425", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP227", "Title": "Percussion Plus small wooden shaker with blue, yellow or red stripes - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349488445", "VariationOf": "pp227", "Description": "This is a nice sounding mini wooden shaker from Percussion Plus. This product is the perfect size for smaller hands but also has a slightly higher pitched shake so is ideal for all percussive needs. It is produced from solid wood which is smoothly finished with beads contained inside. This shaker is available in three different finishes - either red, yellow or blue stripes. We will usually supply colours at random so if you would like a particular coloured stripe please let us know. These items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them", "Bullet1":"Small wooden shaker", "Bullet2":"Produced from solid wood", "Bullet3":"Ideal for younger children", "Bullet4":"Available with either blue, yellow or red stripes and sold at random from stock", "Bullet5":"Previously known as SH6", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "219","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.7", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP228", "Title": "Percussion Plus small wooden cylindrical shaker - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349485819", "VariationOf": "pp228", "Description": "This is a high quality small cylindrical wooden shaker. It produces a good resonant sound and is suitable for a range of percussive situations. The item is finished in natural wood, and is beautifully smooth to the touch and is an ideal and comfortable size to hold. Note: These items are musical instruments (not toys), and as such are intended for use under adult supervision.", "Bullet1":"Great percussion item for all ages", "Bullet2":"Produced using high quality wood", "Bullet3":"Finished to a high standard", "Bullet4":"Ideal size for small hands", "Bullet5":"Produces a fine dense resonant sound", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "144","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.7", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP230", "Title": "Percussion Plus maple claves - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eclaves", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547002304", "VariationOf": "pp230", "Description": "The Percussion Plus claves are made from maple. The density of the wood produce's a sharp but warm tone. These are ideal rhythmic instruments used in Afro-Cuban music such as rumba, mambo, salsa and Latin jazz. They are often used as an accompaniment with Samba packs, but work just as well alongside djembes as their sharp tone contrasts the deep drums. Due to their versatility, they are ideal for school classrooms.", "Bullet1":"Pair of wooden claves", "Bullet2":"Perfect for learning about rhythm and ostinatos", "Bullet3":"Produce a bright, clicking sound", "Bullet4":"Cylindrical and easy to hold", "Bullet5":"Made from maple wood", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "436","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.7", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP722", "Title": "Percussion Plus gong mallet - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003ebass-drum-gong", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964199944", "VariationOf": "pp722", "Description": "Percussion Plus PP722 gong\/cowbell beater\nThe PP722 is a fantastic beater for any school looking to maximise on efficiency in their music department. This cowbell beater is also suitable for gongs and cymbals, making it a convenient tool for busy percussion sections and classrooms.\nThere is also a pack of 5 available for added convenience.\nFlip it over! - an adaptable school percussion tool\nThe weighty rubber tip can be used to produce a warm, full sound on a variety of percussion instruments, but quickly flip it over and the wooden end will give you a classic, bright tone, especially on the cowbell.\nThe PP722 is especially hard-wearing, with both the rubber end and the solid wood shaft proving sturdy and durable enough to withstand the rigours of school percussion for years!\n", "Bullet1":"Adaptable, hard-wearing beater for cowbells", "Bullet2":"Also suitable for use with gongs and cymbals", "Bullet3":"Weighty and powerful rubber head", "Bullet4":"Robust solid wood shaft", "Bullet5":"Rubber tip produces a warmer, fuller sound", "Bullet6":"Flip over to use wooden shaft for a classic, bright tone!", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e24cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ec.35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid wood\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e75g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "46","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.7", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP985", "Title": "Percussion Plus wooden jingle stick - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ejingles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349488520", "VariationOf": "pp985", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus wooden jingle stick\nThe Percussion Plus wooden jingle stick is a quality budget jingle stick, ideal as part of a fun classroom percussion set. It can be used for accompaniment or sound effects and is made from wood to produce a bold and powerful sound.\nThis jingle stick has a sturdy wooden construction with a blue handle, making this instrument suitable for younger children. It features four jingles and is the perfect way for children to explore making music and creating different rhythms.", "Bullet1":"Lovely introductory instrument for children learning about music and rhythm", "Bullet2":"Easy to hold and shake", "Bullet3":"Approximately 23cm (9\") in length", "Bullet4":"Made from wood with a blue handle", "Bullet5":"Previously known as YPC16", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9\" (23cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "327","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.7", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SPP1167A", "Title": "Spare tamborim head - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964123543", "VariationOf": "spp1167a", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus spare tambourine head\nThis Percussion Plus tambourine head is ideal for when you want to reduce the \"\"shooka-shooka\"\" sound of your tambourine and to provide a strong support to any rhythm section, whether for a school orchestra or a professional concert band. The use of a tambourine is also especially useful for noisy classrooms, as it provides a slightly gentler sound.", "Bullet1":"8'' tamborim head", "Bullet2":"Perfect for the classroom", "Bullet3":"Provides a gentler sound", "Bullet4":"Sturdy materials", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "32","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.908333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3436", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Ceramic bird whistle ocarina - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eocarinas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964133122", "VariationOf": "pp3436", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Ceramic bird whistle ocarina These bird whistles from Peru are made from fired clay and feature beautiful, hand-painted decorations. In the shape of a bird in flight, it also features brightly coloured hand painted decorations in a traditional style. Ocarinas are among the oldest instruments known to man and were thought to originally be played by the Aztecs and Mayans. Tuned diatonically, this 6-hole ocarina features 4 holes on the top and two on the bottom and is played with the ring finger, index finger and thumb of both hands. These fired clay ceramic bird whistle ocarinas from Peru are sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. Natural fired clay Sourced from Peru, each bird whistle ocarina is made by hand from clay which are the fired to set their shape. They are finished with highly detailed, hand-painted decorations so each ocarina is unique in shape and colour. ", "Bullet1":"Hand-crafted in Peru using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"High pitched, whistle like tone", "Bullet3":"Featuring beautiful, hand-painted decorations", "Bullet4":"Perfect for young players", "Bullet5":"Fun bird in flight shape", "Bullet6":"Responsibly sourced", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "39","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.7", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2098", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made bird whistle ocarina - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eocarinas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964134952", "VariationOf": "pp2098", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made bird whistle ocarina These ocarinas from Peru are made from fired clay and feature beautiful, hand-painted decorations. Supplied in a fun and colourful range of different designs, each ocarina has been crafted into the shape of a different bird with vibrant designs painted by hand. Ocarinas are among the oldest instruments known to man and were thought to originally be played by the Aztecs and Mayans. Tuned diatonically, these ocarina are typically 4-hole instruments with a range of playing style options. These fired clay ceramic bird whistle ocarinas from Peru are sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. Natural fired clay Sourced from Peru, each bird whistle ocarina is made by hand from clay which are the fired to set their shape. They are finished with highly detailed, hand-painted decorations so each ocarina is unique in shape and colour. ", "Bullet1":"Hand-crafted in Peru using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"High-pitched tone with a natural whistle like tone", "Bullet3":"A range of colourful, hand painted designs (supplied at random)", "Bullet4":"Perfect for young players", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "203","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.7", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP185", "Title": "Acme Slimline tornado whistle - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewhistles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "717668116362", "VariationOf": "pp185", "Description": "Introducing the Acme Slimline tornado whistle\nThe Acme Slimline tornado whistle is small, flat and lightweight, making it extremely portable and easy to travel with. Whether it’s to call a dog, to use during a school sports event or to take with you on a hiking trip, this little whistle will make sure you are heard.\nBuilt using high-quality materials, this durable whistle can be attached to your lanyard or keyring using the metal ring, so you can easily carry it wherever you go.\n\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\n\n\nSound Sample\n\nChamberlain Music · PP185 Acme Slimline tornado whistle\n", "Bullet1":"Produces a bright, clear tone", "Bullet2":"Made from a durable plastic in black finish", "Bullet3":"Useful during sports events and dog walks", "Bullet4":"Features an attached metal ring for convenient carrying options", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "17","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.7", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP187", "Title": "Acme small thunderer whistle - Black plastic - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewhistles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "717668116607", "VariationOf": "pp187", "Description": "Introducing the Acme small thunderer whistle\nOne of Acme’s best-selling whistles, this small but powerful thunderer whistle creates a clear, high pitched sound that travels a great distance. It’s constructed using solid plastic, which makes it suitable for use in any weather condition, and it can be attached to your lanyard or keyring using the metal ring, so you can easily carry it wherever you go.\nThis popular whistle has been chosen by sports players, teachers, animal trainers, police, and even music specialists, making it a versatile, universally trusted instrument.\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\nThe Acme thunderer whistles collection\nBrass, nickel plated whistles\n\n\nAcme Titanic brass thunderer whistle - loud piercing tone, replica of whistles used on the Titanic\n\nAcme large brass thunderer whistle - large deep tone\n\nAcme small brass thunderer whistle - higher piercing tone\n\nAcme large brass thunderer finger whistle - large deep tone, attaches to finger with strap\n\nBlack plastic whistles\n\n\nAcme large thunderer whistle - large deep tone\n\nAcme medium thunderer whistle - more piercing tone\n\nAcme small thunderer whistle - clear, higher-pitched tone\n\n\nSound Sample\n\nChamberlain Music · PP187 Acme small thunderer whistle\n", "Bullet1":"Produces a clear, high pitched sound", "Bullet2":"Solid plastic construction", "Bullet3":"Used by teachers, trainers, musicians and more", "Bullet4":"Features an attached metal ring for convenient carrying options", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "24","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.7", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP183", "Title": "Acme Shepherds lip whistle - black plastic - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewhistles", "Brand": "Acme", "Barcode": "717668115761", "VariationOf": "pp183", "Description": "Introducing the Acme Shepherds lip whistle - black plastic\nThe Acme Shepherds lip dog whistle produces a widely varying and easily controlled range of pitches. This has made it popular at sheep dog trials, and in many ways it is the ultimate whistle for precise communication with your dog.\nTerrific for trainers\nSometimes called the Shepherd’s lip whistle, it was made famous by the television program, One Man and His Dog. This professional whistle model enables the dog trainer to create a tremendous variety of sounds at different volumes.\nHow to play the Shepherds lip whistle\nUnlike other Acme whistles, this one actually fits inside your mouth when you play it. Simply place it gently on your tongue, without biting. Rest your lips around the sides to seal them, but leave a gap at the front of your mouth. Blow forwards and the sound will come naturally. You can control volume and pitch by changing the amount of air you put through the whistle.\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme police whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\n\nSound Sample\n\nChamberlain Music · PP183 Acme Shepherds lip whistle\n", "Bullet1":"Innovatively shaped lip whistle", "Bullet2":"Produces a widely varying and easy controlled range of pitches", "Bullet3":"Popular at sheep dog trials", "Bullet4":"Ultimate whistle for precise communication with your dog", "Bullet5":"Play by resting inside mouth and blowing", "Bullet6":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "20","RRP_Inc_VAT": "4.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.7", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ2101", "Title": "Jumbie Jam steel pan T connector - replacement for steel drum stands - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "9790230821018", "VariationOf": "jj2101", "Description": "Replacement or spare part for Jumbie Jam standalone steel pan stands. The stands are held together with T connectors and each is supplied with a sufficient number to build an adult sized stand – four with purple, pink, or blue pans, and six with grey pans.", "Bullet1":"Suitable for the Jumbie Jam height adjustable JJ1058 model stands", "Bullet2":"Sold individually as replacements for existing parts", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "59","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.541666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP784-S", "Title": "Percussion Plus harness attachment - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003emarching-harnesses", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964129958", "VariationOf": "pp784-s", "Description": "This is the Percussion Plus harness attachment for PP784 snare drum. It allows your to attach the snare drum to the PP784-VH 12\"\" vest harness.", "Bullet1":"Harness attachment for caixa drum", "Bullet2":"Silver finish", "Bullet3":"Secure and reliable", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.708333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ172", "Title": "Izzo P2 thick white nylon drum head - 6\"\" (tamborim) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7899574300240", "VariationOf": "iz17-18", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo P2 thick white nylon drum head\nIzzo replacement drum heads fit a variety of samba instruments according to size and provide an authentic samba sound.\nThe perfect accessories to have with your samba kit as emergency spares, or for replacements as and when they are required.\nAt P2 thickness they are on the lighter end of the scale and produce a bright, complex tone with plenty of scope for overtones for a vibrant samba sound.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Nylon single layered drum head", "Bullet2":"Sturdy metal rim", "Bullet3":"Lightweight", "Bullet4":"Resonant with great overtones", "Bullet5":"Made in Brazil", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "119","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.916666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ174", "Title": "Izzo P2 thick white nylon drum head - 10\"\" (pandeiro) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7899574300264", "VariationOf": "iz17-18", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo P2 thick white nylon drum head\nIzzo replacement drum heads fit a variety of samba instruments according to size and provide an authentic samba sound.\nThe perfect accessories to have with your samba kit as emergency spares, or for replacements as and when they are required.\nAt P2 thickness they are on the lighter end of the scale and produce a bright, complex tone with plenty of scope for overtones for a vibrant samba sound.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Nylon single layered drum head", "Bullet2":"Sturdy metal rim", "Bullet3":"Lightweight", "Bullet4":"Resonant with great overtones", "Bullet5":"Made in Brazil", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ176", "Title": "Izzo P2 thick white nylon drum head - 12\"\" (repinique) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7899574300271", "VariationOf": "iz17-18", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo P2 thick white nylon drum head\nIzzo replacement drum heads fit a variety of samba instruments according to size and provide an authentic samba sound.\nThe perfect accessories to have with your samba kit as emergency spares, or for replacements as and when they are required.\nAt P2 thickness they are on the lighter end of the scale and produce a bright, complex tone with plenty of scope for overtones for a vibrant samba sound.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Nylon single layered drum head", "Bullet2":"Sturdy metal rim", "Bullet3":"Lightweight", "Bullet4":"Resonant with great overtones", "Bullet5":"Made in Brazil", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "26","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ178", "Title": "Izzo P2 thick white nylon drum head - 14\"\" (caixa) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7899574300295", "VariationOf": "iz17-18", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo P2 thick white nylon drum head\nIzzo replacement drum heads fit a variety of samba instruments according to size and provide an authentic samba sound.\nThe perfect accessories to have with your samba kit as emergency spares, or for replacements as and when they are required.\nAt P2 thickness they are on the lighter end of the scale and produce a bright, complex tone with plenty of scope for overtones for a vibrant samba sound.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Nylon single layered drum head", "Bullet2":"Sturdy metal rim", "Bullet3":"Lightweight", "Bullet4":"Resonant with great overtones", "Bullet5":"Made in Brazil", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ179", "Title": "Izzo P2 thick white nylon drum head - 16\"\" (surdo) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7899574300301", "VariationOf": "iz17-18", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo P2 thick white nylon drum head\nIzzo replacement drum heads fit a variety of samba instruments according to size and provide an authentic samba sound.\nThe perfect accessories to have with your samba kit as emergency spares, or for replacements as and when they are required.\nAt P2 thickness they are on the lighter end of the scale and produce a bright, complex tone with plenty of scope for overtones for a vibrant samba sound.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Nylon single layered drum head", "Bullet2":"Sturdy metal rim", "Bullet3":"Lightweight", "Bullet4":"Resonant with great overtones", "Bullet5":"Made in Brazil", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.958333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ180", "Title": "Izzo P2 thick white nylon drum head - 18\"\" (surdo) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7899574300318", "VariationOf": "iz17-18", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo P2 thick white nylon drum head\nIzzo replacement drum heads fit a variety of samba instruments according to size and provide an authentic samba sound.\nThe perfect accessories to have with your samba kit as emergency spares, or for replacements as and when they are required.\nAt P2 thickness they are on the lighter end of the scale and produce a bright, complex tone with plenty of scope for overtones for a vibrant samba sound.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Nylon single layered drum head", "Bullet2":"Sturdy metal rim", "Bullet3":"Lightweight", "Bullet4":"Resonant with great overtones", "Bullet5":"Made in Brazil", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.958333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ181", "Title": "Izzo P2 thick white nylon drum head - 20\"\" (surdo) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7899574300325", "VariationOf": "iz17-18", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo P2 thick white nylon drum head\nIzzo replacement drum heads fit a variety of samba instruments according to size and provide an authentic samba sound.\nThe perfect accessories to have with your samba kit as emergency spares, or for replacements as and when they are required.\nAt P2 thickness they are on the lighter end of the scale and produce a bright, complex tone with plenty of scope for overtones for a vibrant samba sound.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Nylon single layered drum head", "Bullet2":"Sturdy metal rim", "Bullet3":"Lightweight", "Bullet4":"Resonant with great overtones", "Bullet5":"Made in Brazil", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.166666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ182", "Title": "Izzo P2 thick white nylon drum head - 22\"\" (surdo) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7899574300332", "VariationOf": "iz17-18", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo P2 thick white nylon drum head\nIzzo replacement drum heads fit a variety of samba instruments according to size and provide an authentic samba sound.\nThe perfect accessories to have with your samba kit as emergency spares, or for replacements as and when they are required.\nAt P2 thickness they are on the lighter end of the scale and produce a bright, complex tone with plenty of scope for overtones for a vibrant samba sound.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Nylon single layered drum head", "Bullet2":"Sturdy metal rim", "Bullet3":"Lightweight", "Bullet4":"Resonant with great overtones", "Bullet5":"Made in Brazil", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.583333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ183", "Title": "Izzo P2 thick white nylon drum head - 24\"\" (surdo) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7897626801837", "VariationOf": "iz17-18", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo P2 thick white nylon drum head\nIzzo replacement drum heads fit a variety of samba instruments according to size and provide an authentic samba sound.\nThe perfect accessories to have with your samba kit as emergency spares, or for replacements as and when they are required.\nAt P2 thickness they are on the lighter end of the scale and produce a bright, complex tone with plenty of scope for overtones for a vibrant samba sound.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Nylon single layered drum head", "Bullet2":"Sturdy metal rim", "Bullet3":"Lightweight", "Bullet4":"Resonant with great overtones", "Bullet5":"Made in Brazil", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "17.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.916666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ2135", "Title": "Jumbie Jam table top stand 8\"\" tube - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "713757092036", "VariationOf": "jj2135", "Description": "This is a component part of the JJ2133 complete table top stand for Jumbie Jam. One of these tubes is required along with two of the JJ2134 base parts to form a complete stand.This is not compatible with the JJ2018 free standing, modular stand.", "Bullet1":"Component part of JJ2133", "Bullet2":"Two supplied with complete table top stand", "Bullet3":"Replacement part", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "13","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.541666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1042", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo mouthpiece cap - green - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2246309745626", "VariationOf": "ncp1042", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo mouthpiece cap We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Perfect to keep your Clarinéo reeds safe", "Bullet2":"Clip on to your Clarinéo mouthpiece", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, maintaining and repairing your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.166666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1033", "Title": "Nuvo Flute and jFlute right hand key assembly - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964107529", "VariationOf": "nfp1033", "Description": "Nuvo Flute and jFlute right hand key assembly We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute and Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Spare right hand key assembly pack", "Bullet2":"Easy to replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.166666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1032", "Title": "Nuvo Flute and jFlute right hand key assembly - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964107512", "VariationOf": "nfp1033", "Description": "Nuvo Flute and jFlute right hand key assembly We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute and Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Spare right hand key assembly pack", "Bullet2":"Easy to replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.166666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N210SFWT50014", "Title": "Nuvo Flute D key assembly - White - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318306803", "VariationOf": "n210sfwt50014", "Description": "Nuvo Flute D key assembly We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute and Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Spare Flute D key assembly", "Bullet2":"Easy to replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.166666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N210SFWT-20022", "Title": "Nuvo Flute C key assembly - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318306773", "VariationOf": "n210sfwt-20022", "Description": "Nuvo Flute C key assembly We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute and Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Spare Flute C key assembly", "Bullet2":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts for replacements", "Bullet3":"Helps make maintaining your instrument easy and affordable", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.166666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NJHP1004", "Title": "Nuvo jHorn replacement set of C tubes - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318303673", "VariationOf": "njhp1004", "Description": "Nuvo jHorn replacement set We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jHorn Repair instructionsIt is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nBass Clef Fingering Chart\njHorn Treble Clef Fingering Chart \nHow to change the jHorn tuning\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement parts for Nuvo jHorn", "Bullet2":"Easy to replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.166666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NJHP1003", "Title": "Nuvo jHorn replacement set of C tubes - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318303666", "VariationOf": "njhp1004", "Description": "Nuvo jHorn replacement set We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jHorn Repair instructionsIt is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nBass Clef Fingering Chart\njHorn Treble Clef Fingering Chart \nHow to change the jHorn tuning\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement parts for Nuvo jHorn", "Bullet2":"Easy to replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.166666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NJHP1002", "Title": "Nuvo jHorn replacement lead - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318302188", "VariationOf": "njhp1002", "Description": "Nuvo jHorn replacement lead We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jHorn Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab.Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nBass Clef Fingering Chart\njHorn Treble Clef Fingering Chart \nHow to change the jHorn tuning\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement parts for Nuvo jHorn", "Bullet2":"Easy to replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "19","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.916666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NJHP1001", "Title": "Nuvo jHorn replacement lead - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318302171", "VariationOf": "njhp1002", "Description": "Nuvo jHorn replacement lead We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jHorn Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab.Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nBass Clef Fingering Chart\njHorn Treble Clef Fingering Chart \nHow to change the jHorn tuning\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement parts for Nuvo jHorn", "Bullet2":"Easy to replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.916666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NJP1021", "Title": "Nuvo jSax replacement low C key - black - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318307466", "VariationOf": "njp1021", "Description": "Nuvo jSax replacement low C key We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jSax Repair instructionsIt is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. Looking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... \nMore useful information jSax Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Replacement low C key for Nuvo jSax", "Bullet2":"Easy to replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.166666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2111", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made decorated flute - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eflutes\u003eflute", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318307992", "VariationOf": "pp2111", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made decorated flute\nFrom the Percussion Plus Honestly Made range, this ornately decorated small cane flute features animal and plant artwork, along with colourful patterns in a traditional Peruvian style. These flutes are hand-painted, so each one is both beautiful and unique.\nThey’re built from solid bamboo wood and have a varnished finish, making them comfortable to hold and play. The sound they make is soft, mellow and airy, and they are used to play traditional folk music of the Peruvian Andes.\nEach instrument is hand made using traditional materials and methods. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision.\n\nThe history of Peruvian art\nThe beginnings of Peruvian art can be traced back to the Cupisnique culture and the Chavín culture. Their intricate designs have been drawn on pots and weaved onto fabrics for hundreds of years, and many of the age-old techniques have been passed down and are still practiced today.\nThe rich history behind the decoration on these flutes makes them the perfect way to teach children about the culture and people of Peru. Plus, the geometric shapes and stylised animals will instantly get them interested, so they’ll be more open to learning about the origins of this instrument and many more.\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Peru using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Hand-painted with Peruvian artwork", "Bullet3":"Engages young musicians", "Bullet4":"Produces a mellow and soft sound", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.708333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ91", "Title": "Izzo percussion string for tarol\/ caixa\/ repique - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003edrum-parts", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7897626800915", "VariationOf": "iz91", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo percussion string for tarol\/ caixa\/ repique\nDurable wound strings for use as a replacement or spare for the tarol, caixa and repique.", "Bullet1":"Wound strings suitable for a caixa, repique or tarol", "Bullet2":"Great for use as a spare or replacement", "Bullet3":"Durable and capable of withstanding regular use", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.916666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ2100", "Title": "Jumbie Jam steel pan hook - replacement for steel drum stands - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "9790230821001", "VariationOf": "jj2100", "Description": "Replacement or spare part for Jumbie Jam steel pan stands. This is the bit attached to the top of each vertical bar from which the pan hangs. Compatible with stands shipped with either JJ11058 standalone or JJ3050 tabletop models of Jumbie Jam beginners' steel pans.", "Bullet1":"New feature - metal hook", "Bullet2":"Compatible with both JJ1058 and table top JJ3050 models", "Bullet3":"Simply slot onto the stand", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "81","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.891666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP064", "Title": "Percussion Plus pair of beaters - soft - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eball-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547000645", "VariationOf": "pp-btrsrubb", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP064 rubber head beaters\nThese beaters consist of a nicely balanced 22cm black plastic stick with a large ball shaped top made from soft black rubber. The heads bounce easily and produce a warmer, more rounded tone without deadening decay too noticeably. This makes these beaters particularly good for low pitched resonant instruments like bass chimes and slit drums.\nSold as a pair.", "Bullet1":"", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e220mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual beater weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e21g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "290","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.975", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP622", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Single coconut maraca - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003emaracas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547006227", "VariationOf": "pp622", "Description": "\n\nIntroducing the Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Single coconut maraca\nThis simple but effective maraca from the Percussion Plus Honestly Made range features a large coconut shell head and wooden handle. With a large area for the beads to shake and rattle in, the sound is full and projects well.\nThe wooden handle is tapered for better ergonomics and the whole maraca is well polished to protect the hands, also providing a great finish. At 22cm long, this maraca perfectly balances volume with weight, allowing you to keep a consistent sound and rhythm.\nAll are made with traditional methods and are sourced responsibly using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. \n\n\n\n\nA unique take on the classic\nThe coconut shell shaker and natural wooden handle provides a unique and fun take on your typical maraca. Rather than using unsustainable hard plastics, this instrument utilises materials grown naturally and is hand-made by independent makers in Indonesia. Plus, you still get that iconic maraca sound, making it ideal for use in Latin style ensembles and much more!\n\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Bali using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Full bodied, percussive shaker tone", "Bullet3":"Shaker head made from a coconut shell", "Bullet4":"Ergonomically designed bamboo handle", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "118","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.975", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP987-1", "Title": "Percussion Plus jingle stick - Black \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ejingles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547098710", "VariationOf": "pp-987", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus jingle stick\nThis Percussion Plus jingle stick is the perfect instrument to introduce young children to the process of rhythm-making. It is a simple but effective shaker and an ideal alternative to a tambourine.\nIt is made with a comfortable, easy-grip plastic handle, which makes it easy to play. The rows of jingles produce a satisfying bright sound which makes the instrument exciting and works to stimulate younger children’s interest in music.\n", "Bullet1":"Jingle stick shaker", "Bullet2":"Shake to produce bright sound", "Bullet3":"Made from strong, easy-to-clean plastic", "Bullet4":"Six pairs of jingles", "Bullet5":"Available in black or red", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "167","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.975", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP987-3", "Title": "Percussion Plus jingle stick - Red \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ejingles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547098734", "VariationOf": "pp-987", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus jingle stick\nThis Percussion Plus jingle stick is the perfect instrument to introduce young children to the process of rhythm-making. It is a simple but effective shaker and an ideal alternative to a tambourine.\nIt is made with a comfortable, easy-grip plastic handle, which makes it easy to play. The rows of jingles produce a satisfying bright sound which makes the instrument exciting and works to stimulate younger children’s interest in music.\n", "Bullet1":"Jingle stick shaker", "Bullet2":"Shake to produce bright sound", "Bullet3":"Made from strong, easy-to-clean plastic", "Bullet4":"Six pairs of jingles", "Bullet5":"Available in black or red", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "440","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.975", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1618", "Title": "Percussion Plus descant recorder - Matt black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964116620", "VariationOf": "pp-recordersolid", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus descant recorder\nThe Percussion Plus solid colour descant recorder is available in 7 bold and bright colours. This instrument offers a 2 piece ABS construction and a straight windway. It has a very simply set-up and produces a bright and clean tone.These recorders are perfect for classrooms and also for use in solo or group performances.\nAvailable in 7 solid colours:• Blue• Red• Purple• Orange• Pink• Matt black• Matt ivory\n\n", "Bullet1":"Descant recorders in solid, bright colours", "Bullet2":"Straight windway", "Bullet3":"2 piece ABS construction", "Bullet4":"Supplied with a bag", "Bullet5":"Available in blue, red, purple, orange, purple, pink, matt black, matt ivory", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-121","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.75", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.5166666666666666", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1611", "Title": "Percussion Plus descant recorder - Solid blue \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964116576", "VariationOf": "pp-recordersolid", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus descant recorder\nThe Percussion Plus solid colour descant recorder is available in 7 bold and bright colours. This instrument offers a 2 piece ABS construction and a straight windway. It has a very simply set-up and produces a bright and clean tone.These recorders are perfect for classrooms and also for use in solo or group performances.\nAvailable in 7 solid colours:• Blue• Red• Purple• Orange• Pink• Matt black• Matt ivory\n\n", "Bullet1":"Descant recorders in solid, bright colours", "Bullet2":"Straight windway", "Bullet3":"2 piece ABS construction", "Bullet4":"Supplied with a bag", "Bullet5":"Available in blue, red, purple, orange, purple, pink, matt black, matt ivory", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "348","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.75", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.5166666666666666", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1619", "Title": "Percussion Plus descant recorder - Solid matt ivory \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964116637", "VariationOf": "pp-recordersolid", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus descant recorder\nThe Percussion Plus solid colour descant recorder is available in 7 bold and bright colours. This instrument offers a 2 piece ABS construction and a straight windway. It has a very simply set-up and produces a bright and clean tone.These recorders are perfect for classrooms and also for use in solo or group performances.\nAvailable in 7 solid colours:• Blue• Red• Purple• Orange• Pink• Matt black• Matt ivory\n\n", "Bullet1":"Descant recorders in solid, bright colours", "Bullet2":"Straight windway", "Bullet3":"2 piece ABS construction", "Bullet4":"Supplied with a bag", "Bullet5":"Available in blue, red, purple, orange, purple, pink, matt black, matt ivory", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1020","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.75", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.5166666666666666", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1614", "Title": "Percussion Plus descant recorder - Solid orange \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964117566", "VariationOf": "pp-recordersolid", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus descant recorder\nThe Percussion Plus solid colour descant recorder is available in 7 bold and bright colours. This instrument offers a 2 piece ABS construction and a straight windway. It has a very simply set-up and produces a bright and clean tone.These recorders are perfect for classrooms and also for use in solo or group performances.\nAvailable in 7 solid colours:• Blue• Red• Purple• Orange• Pink• Matt black• Matt ivory\n\n", "Bullet1":"Descant recorders in solid, bright colours", "Bullet2":"Straight windway", "Bullet3":"2 piece ABS construction", "Bullet4":"Supplied with a bag", "Bullet5":"Available in blue, red, purple, orange, purple, pink, matt black, matt ivory", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "293","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.75", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.5166666666666666", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1615", "Title": "Percussion Plus descant recorder - Solid pink \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964116613", "VariationOf": "pp-recordersolid", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus descant recorder\nThe Percussion Plus solid colour descant recorder is available in 7 bold and bright colours. This instrument offers a 2 piece ABS construction and a straight windway. It has a very simply set-up and produces a bright and clean tone.These recorders are perfect for classrooms and also for use in solo or group performances.\nAvailable in 7 solid colours:• Blue• Red• Purple• Orange• Pink• Matt black• Matt ivory\n\n", "Bullet1":"Descant recorders in solid, bright colours", "Bullet2":"Straight windway", "Bullet3":"2 piece ABS construction", "Bullet4":"Supplied with a bag", "Bullet5":"Available in blue, red, purple, orange, purple, pink, matt black, matt ivory", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "356","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.75", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.5166666666666666", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1613", "Title": "Percussion Plus descant recorder - Solid purple \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964117559", "VariationOf": "pp-recordersolid", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus descant recorder\nThe Percussion Plus solid colour descant recorder is available in 7 bold and bright colours. This instrument offers a 2 piece ABS construction and a straight windway. It has a very simply set-up and produces a bright and clean tone.These recorders are perfect for classrooms and also for use in solo or group performances.\nAvailable in 7 solid colours:• Blue• Red• Purple• Orange• Pink• Matt black• Matt ivory\n\n", "Bullet1":"Descant recorders in solid, bright colours", "Bullet2":"Straight windway", "Bullet3":"2 piece ABS construction", "Bullet4":"Supplied with a bag", "Bullet5":"Available in blue, red, purple, orange, purple, pink, matt black, matt ivory", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-102","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.75", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.5166666666666666", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1612", "Title": "Percussion Plus descant recorder - Solid red \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964117542", "VariationOf": "pp-recordersolid", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus descant recorder\nThe Percussion Plus solid colour descant recorder is available in 7 bold and bright colours. This instrument offers a 2 piece ABS construction and a straight windway. It has a very simply set-up and produces a bright and clean tone.These recorders are perfect for classrooms and also for use in solo or group performances.\nAvailable in 7 solid colours:• Blue• Red• Purple• Orange• Pink• Matt black• Matt ivory\n\n", "Bullet1":"Descant recorders in solid, bright colours", "Bullet2":"Straight windway", "Bullet3":"2 piece ABS construction", "Bullet4":"Supplied with a bag", "Bullet5":"Available in blue, red, purple, orange, purple, pink, matt black, matt ivory", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "779","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.75", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.5166666666666666", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1044", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo\/DooD\/jSax rubber mouthpiece cap - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964107826", "VariationOf": "nuvo-ncp104", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo\/DooD\/jSax rubber mouthpiece cap We offer a range of Nuvo accessories allowing you to replace missing or broken pieces of your instrument or to simply have as a spare.\nThis replacement part is for the Clarineo, DooD and jSax \n Repair instructionsIt is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range.\n \n Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information jSax Fingering Chart\nClarineo Fingering Chart\nDood Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Rubber mouthpiece cap in black for Clarineo, DooD and jSax", "Bullet2":"Available in black, blue, green or pink", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.208333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1045", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo\/DooD\/jSax rubber mouthpiece cap - Blue \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964107833", "VariationOf": "nuvo-ncp104", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo\/DooD\/jSax rubber mouthpiece cap We offer a range of Nuvo accessories allowing you to replace missing or broken pieces of your instrument or to simply have as a spare.\nThis replacement part is for the Clarineo, DooD and jSax \n Repair instructionsIt is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range.\n \n Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information jSax Fingering Chart\nClarineo Fingering Chart\nDood Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Rubber mouthpiece cap in black for Clarineo, DooD and jSax", "Bullet2":"Available in black, blue, green or pink", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "15","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.208333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1046", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo\/DooD\/jSax rubber mouthpiece cap - Green \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964107840", "VariationOf": "nuvo-ncp104", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo\/DooD\/jSax rubber mouthpiece cap We offer a range of Nuvo accessories allowing you to replace missing or broken pieces of your instrument or to simply have as a spare.\nThis replacement part is for the Clarineo, DooD and jSax \n Repair instructionsIt is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range.\n \n Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information jSax Fingering Chart\nClarineo Fingering Chart\nDood Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Rubber mouthpiece cap in black for Clarineo, DooD and jSax", "Bullet2":"Available in black, blue, green or pink", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.208333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1047", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo\/DooD\/jSax rubber mouthpiece cap - Pink \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964107857", "VariationOf": "nuvo-ncp104", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo\/DooD\/jSax rubber mouthpiece cap We offer a range of Nuvo accessories allowing you to replace missing or broken pieces of your instrument or to simply have as a spare.\nThis replacement part is for the Clarineo, DooD and jSax \n Repair instructionsIt is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range.\n \n Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information jSax Fingering Chart\nClarineo Fingering Chart\nDood Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Rubber mouthpiece cap in black for Clarineo, DooD and jSax", "Bullet2":"Available in black, blue, green or pink", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.208333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1031", "Title": "Nuvo Flute G Key Assembly in White - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318306780", "VariationOf": "nfp1031", "Description": "Nuvo Flute G Key Assembly in White We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFluteandStudent Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for Student Flute", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.208333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SPP195", "Title": "Pedal Beater Hard Felt - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003ekick-pedals", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "2237105786425", "VariationOf": "spp195", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus Pedal beater hard felt\nThis Percussion Plus hard felt pedal beater has a sturdy design, making it perfect to use for the bass drum of your drum kit. The hard felt allows for a rich, deep sound without causing any damage to the equipment, and this beater can be used in both a professional and educational environment. Whether for a rock concert, school performance or personal practise, this pedal beater is reliable and sturdy.", "Bullet1":"Sturdy design", "Bullet2":"Good for both professional and educational use", "Bullet3":"Creates a deep, rich sound", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "54","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.208333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ163", "Title": "Izzo 12\"\" Clear Drum head - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003edrum-parts", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7897626801639", "VariationOf": "iz163", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo 12\"\" Clear Drum head\nThis drum head from Izzo is reliable and affordable, with a rich and versatile sound, perfect for entry-level players. This drum head is 12\"\" and will work for samba drums Repinique, Caixa Snare, Timba, Tantan, Surdo and are great for schools.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Clear, plastic spare drum head", "Bullet2":"Robust design", "Bullet3":"Sturdy materials", "Bullet4":"Perfect for both live and recording situations", "Bullet5":"Metal rim", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.208333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP489-PU", "Title": "Percussion Plus 6\"\" transparent headless tambourine - Purple \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambourines", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964136130", "VariationOf": "pp489-bl", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus 6\"\" transparent tambourine\n\nAvailable in pink, purple, red and green, these brightly coloured tambourines are an essential staple of any music classroom, offering a fun and entertaining way of introducing children to different beats and rhythms.\nWith a lightweight frame and a diameter of only 6\"\", these tambourines are perfect for young hands, and the bright colours and sounds make them great for sensory activities.\nMade out of ABS plastic, these tambourines are highly durable and able to withstand heavy use in the classroom.\n", "Bullet1":"Perfect for young players", "Bullet2":"Great value for schools", "Bullet3":"Available in pink, purple and green", "Bullet4":"Single row of jingles", "Bullet5":"6\" diameter", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAvailable in pink, purple and green\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "25","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.975", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP489-GR", "Title": "Percussion Plus 6\"\" transparent headless tambourine - Green \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambourines", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964136116", "VariationOf": "pp489-bl", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus 6\"\" transparent tambourine\n\nAvailable in pink, purple, red and green, these brightly coloured tambourines are an essential staple of any music classroom, offering a fun and entertaining way of introducing children to different beats and rhythms.\nWith a lightweight frame and a diameter of only 6\"\", these tambourines are perfect for young hands, and the bright colours and sounds make them great for sensory activities.\nMade out of ABS plastic, these tambourines are highly durable and able to withstand heavy use in the classroom.\n", "Bullet1":"Perfect for young players", "Bullet2":"Great value for schools", "Bullet3":"Available in pink, purple and green", "Bullet4":"Single row of jingles", "Bullet5":"6\" diameter", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAvailable in pink, purple and green\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.975", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP489-PK", "Title": "Percussion Plus 6\"\" transparent headless tambourine - Pink \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambourines", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964136123", "VariationOf": "pp489-bl", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus 6\"\" transparent tambourine\n\nAvailable in pink, purple, red and green, these brightly coloured tambourines are an essential staple of any music classroom, offering a fun and entertaining way of introducing children to different beats and rhythms.\nWith a lightweight frame and a diameter of only 6\"\", these tambourines are perfect for young hands, and the bright colours and sounds make them great for sensory activities.\nMade out of ABS plastic, these tambourines are highly durable and able to withstand heavy use in the classroom.\n", "Bullet1":"Perfect for young players", "Bullet2":"Great value for schools", "Bullet3":"Available in pink, purple and green", "Bullet4":"Single row of jingles", "Bullet5":"6\" diameter", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAvailable in pink, purple and green\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "37","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.975", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2112", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Vietnamese bamboo flute - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eflutes\u003eflute", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318308005", "VariationOf": "pp2112", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Vietnamese bamboo flute\nThis Percussion Plus Honestly Made bamboo flute is hand-crafted in Vietnam using traditional and environmentally friendly methods. The flute is built by taking a stem of fine, natural bamboo wood, which is then pierced to make the finger holes. It has a solid, sturdy body with a smooth and sanded finish.\nThis instrument produces a warm and inviting sound, and it’s easy to pick up and play, making it the ideal flute for beginners.\nEach instrument is hand made using traditional materials and methods. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision.\n\nThe cultural importance of the bamboo flute\nThe bamboo flute is one of the oldest instruments in the world, and has been attached to the cultural and spiritual life of the Vietnamese for centuries. They have been used to accompany theatre performances and have also played an important role in religious ceremonies and festivals.\nThe flute is said to contain the musical essence of the Vietnamese countryside, as the people used to play these flutes on the fields when resting, or at night before going to bed. The calming sound of the bamboo flute helps with relaxation, making it a great instrument for music therapy sessions.\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Vietnam using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Hand-carved from solid, natural bamboo wood", "Bullet3":"Produces a warm, soft wind sound", "Bullet4":"Perfect for beginners", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.108333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1005", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo pull through cloth - Clarineo \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003emaintenance\u003ecleaning", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5060349480609", "VariationOf": "ncp1005", "Description": " Nuvo Pull Through Cleaners We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. These replacement parts are for the Clarineo, the Student Flute and jFlute.Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Clarineo cleaning cloth", "Bullet2":"Silk pull through design", "Bullet3":"Weighted bead chain and cord", "Bullet4":"White with Nuvo logo", "Bullet5":"Perfect for cleaning the inside of your clarineo", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.491666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1020", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo pull through cloth - Flute with black stick \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003emaintenance\u003ecleaning", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2296462780026", "VariationOf": "ncp1005", "Description": " Nuvo Pull Through Cleaners We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. These replacement parts are for the Clarineo, the Student Flute and jFlute.Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Clarineo cleaning cloth", "Bullet2":"Silk pull through design", "Bullet3":"Weighted bead chain and cord", "Bullet4":"White with Nuvo logo", "Bullet5":"Perfect for cleaning the inside of your clarineo", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.583333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1021", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo pull through cloth - Flute with white stick \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003emaintenance\u003ecleaning", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964129842", "VariationOf": "ncp1005", "Description": " Nuvo Pull Through Cleaners We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. These replacement parts are for the Clarineo, the Student Flute and jFlute.Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Clarineo cleaning cloth", "Bullet2":"Silk pull through design", "Bullet3":"Weighted bead chain and cord", "Bullet4":"White with Nuvo logo", "Bullet5":"Perfect for cleaning the inside of your clarineo", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.583333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP056", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP056 pair of beaters - medium - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eball-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964123802", "VariationOf": "pp056", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP056 pair of beaters\nThis pair of beaters from Percussion Plus are another classroom essential. Made in Leicester they feature a shaped black stick with a medium red rubber head. They have been designed and made to last in the classroom.\nThe heads produce a loud bright tone with long decay, but the rubber has a small amount of cushion that produces a ‘click’ you might expect to hear from a more attacking solid plastic head.\nSold as a pair.\nAlso available in a box of 25", "Bullet1":"Pair of mallets with a medium rubber head", "Bullet2":"Shaped black plastic stick", "Bullet3":"Suitable for chime bars and glockenspiels", "Bullet4":"Manufactured in the UK", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e220mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual beater weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e23g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "58","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.241666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP069", "Title": "Percussion Plus pair of beaters - hard - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eball-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547000690", "VariationOf": "pp069", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP069 pair of beaters\nThe heads of these lightweight beaters are made from medium density beech wood lathed into a perfectly smooth and relatively large sphere to create a hard finish without the extra weight of rubber or the gloss of plastic. Their percussive ‘knocking’ attack sound is perfectly suited to xylophones and woodblocks but can be useful for other percussion instruments when long decay and a slightly more subtle attack is desired. Each ball is mounted on a perfectly weighted black plastic stick which is tapered for optimum balance and control.\nGreat for use in the classroom, at home or in a professional environment. Sold as a pair.", "Bullet1":"Pair of mallets with a hard wooden head", "Bullet2":"Shaped black plastic stick", "Bullet3":"Suitable for xylophones", "Bullet4":"Manufactured in the UK", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e220mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBeech wood\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBeech wood\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual beater weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e18g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "57","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.241666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP208", "Title": "Percussion Plus Piccolo claves pair - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eclaves", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964123796", "VariationOf": "pp208", "Description": "The Percussion Plus junior piccolo claves are a smaller pair of claves, perfect for younger players. With a dark wood finish, these produce a bold and crisp sound and are very easy to hold and play.", "Bullet1":"Pair of solid wood claves", "Bullet2":"Sold as a matching pair", "Bullet3":"Loud and bright clack", "Bullet4":"Length 14 cm", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e14cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "121","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.241666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.916666666666667", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP254", "Title": "Percussion Plus single wooden agogo with beater - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewoodblocks", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547002540", "VariationOf": "pp254", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus single wooden agogo with beater\nThe Percussion Plus single wooden agogo remains a popular wooden sound item. The quality material creates the sharp crisp tone. This also makes it durable and easy to play. Making it an essential in classroom percussion boxes.\nIt is supplied with a small wooden beater, however by using different beaters, different sounds can be created.", "Bullet1":"Easy hold wooden handle", "Bullet2":"Crisp tone", "Bullet3":"Supplied with a small beater", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "223","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.241666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP354", "Title": "Percussion Plus single wooden agogo - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewoodblocks", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349482894", "VariationOf": "pp354", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus single wooden agogo\nThis single wooden agogo from Percussion Plus is lots of fun to play and perfect for all percussionists. Play this instrument simply by hitting the block with the beater supplied, or any other beater, to produce a bright and crisp sound. \nIt is made from solid maple and is very sturdy, making this instrument suitable for use in the classroom and by young players.The handle is comfortable and easy to grip for all hand sizes, allowing easy play-ability for all players.", "Bullet1":"Percussion Plus single agogo made from maple", "Bullet2":"Single wooden tone block", "Bullet3":"Built in handle for easy grip", "Bullet4":"19cm length", "Bullet5":"Supplied with beater", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e19cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "48","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.241666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP540", "Title": "Percussion Plus plastic maracas - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003emaracas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349489886", "VariationOf": "pp540", "Description": "Percussion Plus plastic maracas available in red or green. These are a solid plastic maraca which have a lovely crisp sound. The colours are very bright and supplied at random. These items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them", "Bullet1":"Fun and colourful maracas available in red or green", "Bullet2":"Tough plastic shells, light weight and ideal for small hands", "Bullet3":"Perfect for young children both at school or in the home", "Bullet4":"Length: 8\" (20cm)", "Bullet5":"Supplied as a pair", "Bullet6":"These items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "51","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.241666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP591", "Title": "Percussion Plus wooden castanets - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecastanets", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349482887", "VariationOf": "pp591", "Description": "These finger castanets from Percussion Plus make for a great addition to any classroom percussion set. Made from wood, they are durable and produce a bright tone. The blue and red colouring is attractive and appealing to any player. They are perfect for young children to learn about rhythmic patterns in a fun, colourful way. These items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them.", "Bullet1":"Percussion Plus castanets in blue and red finish", "Bullet2":"Ideal for educational use", "Bullet3":"Supplied as a pair", "Bullet4":"Produce a bright tone", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "260","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.241666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP601", "Title": "Percussion Plus 1\/2 Moon Tambourine Holder - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003eadaptors", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547006012", "VariationOf": "pp601", "Description": "This holder attaches a tambourine to the top of a Hi Hat stand to expand the potential sounds of a drum kit.", "Bullet1":"Tambourine holder", "Bullet2":"Attaches to the top of a hi-hat stand", "Bullet3":"Perfect for expanding your kit", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.241666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP911", "Title": "Percussion Plus descant recorder - Transparent blue \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547009112", "VariationOf": "pp-recorders", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus descant recorder\nThe Percussion Plus transparent colour descant recorder is available in 7 unique transparent colours. This instrument offers a 3 piece ABS construction and a straight windway. The means it is easy to play and produces a clean and bright tone.\nThese recorders are perfect for classrooms and also for use in solo or group performances. Available in transparent blue, red, purple, orange, pink, yellow and green.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Transparent colour descant recorder", "Bullet2":"3 piece ABS", "Bullet3":"Straight windway", "Bullet4":"Supplied with bag", "Bullet5":"Available in transparent blue, red, purple, orange, pink, yellow \u0026 green", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1356","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.741666666666667", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP917", "Title": "Percussion Plus descant recorder - Transparent green \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964116446", "VariationOf": "pp-recorders", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus descant recorder\nThe Percussion Plus transparent colour descant recorder is available in 7 unique transparent colours. This instrument offers a 3 piece ABS construction and a straight windway. The means it is easy to play and produces a clean and bright tone.\nThese recorders are perfect for classrooms and also for use in solo or group performances. Available in transparent blue, red, purple, orange, pink, yellow and green.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Transparent colour descant recorder", "Bullet2":"3 piece ABS", "Bullet3":"Straight windway", "Bullet4":"Supplied with bag", "Bullet5":"Available in transparent blue, red, purple, orange, pink, yellow \u0026 green", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "701","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.741666666666667", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP914", "Title": "Percussion Plus descant recorder - Transparent orange \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964116538", "VariationOf": "pp-recorders", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus descant recorder\nThe Percussion Plus transparent colour descant recorder is available in 7 unique transparent colours. This instrument offers a 3 piece ABS construction and a straight windway. The means it is easy to play and produces a clean and bright tone.\nThese recorders are perfect for classrooms and also for use in solo or group performances. Available in transparent blue, red, purple, orange, pink, yellow and green.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Transparent colour descant recorder", "Bullet2":"3 piece ABS", "Bullet3":"Straight windway", "Bullet4":"Supplied with bag", "Bullet5":"Available in transparent blue, red, purple, orange, pink, yellow \u0026 green", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "671","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.741666666666667", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP915", "Title": "Percussion Plus descant recorder - Transparent pink \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964116545", "VariationOf": "pp-recorders", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus descant recorder\nThe Percussion Plus transparent colour descant recorder is available in 7 unique transparent colours. This instrument offers a 3 piece ABS construction and a straight windway. The means it is easy to play and produces a clean and bright tone.\nThese recorders are perfect for classrooms and also for use in solo or group performances. Available in transparent blue, red, purple, orange, pink, yellow and green.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Transparent colour descant recorder", "Bullet2":"3 piece ABS", "Bullet3":"Straight windway", "Bullet4":"Supplied with bag", "Bullet5":"Available in transparent blue, red, purple, orange, pink, yellow \u0026 green", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "618","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.741666666666667", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP913", "Title": "Percussion Plus descant recorder - Transparent purple \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964116453", "VariationOf": "pp-recorders", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus descant recorder\nThe Percussion Plus transparent colour descant recorder is available in 7 unique transparent colours. This instrument offers a 3 piece ABS construction and a straight windway. The means it is easy to play and produces a clean and bright tone.\nThese recorders are perfect for classrooms and also for use in solo or group performances. Available in transparent blue, red, purple, orange, pink, yellow and green.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Transparent colour descant recorder", "Bullet2":"3 piece ABS", "Bullet3":"Straight windway", "Bullet4":"Supplied with bag", "Bullet5":"Available in transparent blue, red, purple, orange, pink, yellow \u0026 green", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "639","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.741666666666667", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP912", "Title": "Percussion Plus descant recorder - Transparent red \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547009129", "VariationOf": "pp-recorders", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus descant recorder\nThe Percussion Plus transparent colour descant recorder is available in 7 unique transparent colours. This instrument offers a 3 piece ABS construction and a straight windway. The means it is easy to play and produces a clean and bright tone.\nThese recorders are perfect for classrooms and also for use in solo or group performances. Available in transparent blue, red, purple, orange, pink, yellow and green.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Transparent colour descant recorder", "Bullet2":"3 piece ABS", "Bullet3":"Straight windway", "Bullet4":"Supplied with bag", "Bullet5":"Available in transparent blue, red, purple, orange, pink, yellow \u0026 green", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "660","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.741666666666667", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP916", "Title": "Percussion Plus descant recorder - Transparent yellow \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964116552", "VariationOf": "pp-recorders", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus descant recorder\nThe Percussion Plus transparent colour descant recorder is available in 7 unique transparent colours. This instrument offers a 3 piece ABS construction and a straight windway. The means it is easy to play and produces a clean and bright tone.\nThese recorders are perfect for classrooms and also for use in solo or group performances. Available in transparent blue, red, purple, orange, pink, yellow and green.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Transparent colour descant recorder", "Bullet2":"3 piece ABS", "Bullet3":"Straight windway", "Bullet4":"Supplied with bag", "Bullet5":"Available in transparent blue, red, purple, orange, pink, yellow \u0026 green", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "512","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.741666666666667", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "301BK", "Title": "Recorder Workshop 301 descant recorder - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Recorder Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349482535", "VariationOf": "recworkshop-301", "Description": " Introducing the Recorder Workshop 301 descant recorder It's no secret, learning an instrument can be tough. So, why not add a splash of colour? With a great selection of colours to choose from, you'll be sure to find a favourite. And if you are using recorders in the classroom, the colours could be used to divide up the players for fun music games, activities or ensemble pieces. The possibilities are endless! Everything you need to get started We believe a recorder should be built to last making the Recorder Workshop 301's the perfect choice. Manufactured from high quality, strong ABS resin, these are ideal for beginners of all ages. But they're not just made of tough stuff, the 301's sound great too! The straight windway produces a clear and focused tone, and the three piece construction allows for small ergonomic adjustments (as well as the possibility of a multi-coloured recorder!) The Recorder Workshop 301s come with everything you need to get started. As well as your recorder, you will receive a matching draw-string bag, cleaning rod and handy fingering guide to get you started. Solid or transparent colour? A selection of the 301 descant recorder colours are also available in a transparent finish. See the light shining through your instrument, forming cool coloured effects on the surfaces around it. Or, keep it simple and classic with the solid coloured recorder. Both are equally reliable and just as fun, but which will you choose? \n\n\nUpgrade to a custom design!\nBuying recorders for your school or music hub? Get them customised with your logo! With our 301EX recorders you can get the same excellent instruments with your own bespoke branding on both the recorder and the bag, still at a great price with a minimum order quantity of 500!\n\n\n\n Why learn the recorder? The best start for a musician Many of the professional musicians you see today will have started on a recorder, and for good reason. The learning curve is very steep and most students will be making sounds in no time, leaving the rest of the time to be taught the fun, and important stuff. Teamwork makes the dream work Working together is key in many areas of life, and can be a skill learned whilst playing the recorder. Whether it is simply listening to your fellow recorder players to keep together, or being creative and making your own music, teamwork is essential. Just for fun! There doesn't need to be any other reason! So much enjoyment can be had learning and playing at home and in the classroom. And you never know, you may even learn a few extra skills (such as listening, coordination, teamwork, and more) along the way! \n\n", "Bullet1":"3 piece construction with arched windway for improved breath control", "Bullet2":"Classic school recorder", "Bullet3":"Crystal clear tone with excellent tuning", "Bullet4":"Perfect for the young beginner", "Bullet5":"Supplied in matching draw-string cloth bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2941","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.741666666666667", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "301BL", "Title": "Recorder Workshop 301 descant recorder - Blue \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Recorder Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349482566", "VariationOf": "recworkshop-301", "Description": " Introducing the Recorder Workshop 301 descant recorder It's no secret, learning an instrument can be tough. So, why not add a splash of colour? With a great selection of colours to choose from, you'll be sure to find a favourite. And if you are using recorders in the classroom, the colours could be used to divide up the players for fun music games, activities or ensemble pieces. The possibilities are endless! Everything you need to get started We believe a recorder should be built to last making the Recorder Workshop 301's the perfect choice. Manufactured from high quality, strong ABS resin, these are ideal for beginners of all ages. But they're not just made of tough stuff, the 301's sound great too! The straight windway produces a clear and focused tone, and the three piece construction allows for small ergonomic adjustments (as well as the possibility of a multi-coloured recorder!) The Recorder Workshop 301s come with everything you need to get started. As well as your recorder, you will receive a matching draw-string bag, cleaning rod and handy fingering guide to get you started. Solid or transparent colour? A selection of the 301 descant recorder colours are also available in a transparent finish. See the light shining through your instrument, forming cool coloured effects on the surfaces around it. Or, keep it simple and classic with the solid coloured recorder. Both are equally reliable and just as fun, but which will you choose? \n\n\nUpgrade to a custom design!\nBuying recorders for your school or music hub? Get them customised with your logo! With our 301EX recorders you can get the same excellent instruments with your own bespoke branding on both the recorder and the bag, still at a great price with a minimum order quantity of 500!\n\n\n\n Why learn the recorder? The best start for a musician Many of the professional musicians you see today will have started on a recorder, and for good reason. The learning curve is very steep and most students will be making sounds in no time, leaving the rest of the time to be taught the fun, and important stuff. Teamwork makes the dream work Working together is key in many areas of life, and can be a skill learned whilst playing the recorder. Whether it is simply listening to your fellow recorder players to keep together, or being creative and making your own music, teamwork is essential. Just for fun! There doesn't need to be any other reason! So much enjoyment can be had learning and playing at home and in the classroom. And you never know, you may even learn a few extra skills (such as listening, coordination, teamwork, and more) along the way! \n\n", "Bullet1":"3 piece construction with arched windway for improved breath control", "Bullet2":"Classic school recorder", "Bullet3":"Crystal clear tone with excellent tuning", "Bullet4":"Perfect for the young beginner", "Bullet5":"Supplied in matching draw-string cloth bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1676","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.741666666666667", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "301BR", "Title": "Recorder Workshop 301 descant recorder - Brown \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Recorder Workshop", "Barcode": "5055964114145", "VariationOf": "recworkshop-301", "Description": " Introducing the Recorder Workshop 301 descant recorder It's no secret, learning an instrument can be tough. So, why not add a splash of colour? With a great selection of colours to choose from, you'll be sure to find a favourite. And if you are using recorders in the classroom, the colours could be used to divide up the players for fun music games, activities or ensemble pieces. The possibilities are endless! Everything you need to get started We believe a recorder should be built to last making the Recorder Workshop 301's the perfect choice. Manufactured from high quality, strong ABS resin, these are ideal for beginners of all ages. But they're not just made of tough stuff, the 301's sound great too! The straight windway produces a clear and focused tone, and the three piece construction allows for small ergonomic adjustments (as well as the possibility of a multi-coloured recorder!) The Recorder Workshop 301s come with everything you need to get started. As well as your recorder, you will receive a matching draw-string bag, cleaning rod and handy fingering guide to get you started. Solid or transparent colour? A selection of the 301 descant recorder colours are also available in a transparent finish. See the light shining through your instrument, forming cool coloured effects on the surfaces around it. Or, keep it simple and classic with the solid coloured recorder. Both are equally reliable and just as fun, but which will you choose? \n\n\nUpgrade to a custom design!\nBuying recorders for your school or music hub? Get them customised with your logo! With our 301EX recorders you can get the same excellent instruments with your own bespoke branding on both the recorder and the bag, still at a great price with a minimum order quantity of 500!\n\n\n\n Why learn the recorder? The best start for a musician Many of the professional musicians you see today will have started on a recorder, and for good reason. The learning curve is very steep and most students will be making sounds in no time, leaving the rest of the time to be taught the fun, and important stuff. Teamwork makes the dream work Working together is key in many areas of life, and can be a skill learned whilst playing the recorder. Whether it is simply listening to your fellow recorder players to keep together, or being creative and making your own music, teamwork is essential. Just for fun! There doesn't need to be any other reason! So much enjoyment can be had learning and playing at home and in the classroom. And you never know, you may even learn a few extra skills (such as listening, coordination, teamwork, and more) along the way! \n\n", "Bullet1":"3 piece construction with arched windway for improved breath control", "Bullet2":"Classic school recorder", "Bullet3":"Crystal clear tone with excellent tuning", "Bullet4":"Perfect for the young beginner", "Bullet5":"Supplied in matching draw-string cloth bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "195","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.741666666666667", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "301GR", "Title": "Recorder Workshop 301 descant recorder - Green \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Recorder Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349482573", "VariationOf": "recworkshop-301", "Description": " Introducing the Recorder Workshop 301 descant recorder It's no secret, learning an instrument can be tough. So, why not add a splash of colour? With a great selection of colours to choose from, you'll be sure to find a favourite. And if you are using recorders in the classroom, the colours could be used to divide up the players for fun music games, activities or ensemble pieces. The possibilities are endless! Everything you need to get started We believe a recorder should be built to last making the Recorder Workshop 301's the perfect choice. Manufactured from high quality, strong ABS resin, these are ideal for beginners of all ages. But they're not just made of tough stuff, the 301's sound great too! The straight windway produces a clear and focused tone, and the three piece construction allows for small ergonomic adjustments (as well as the possibility of a multi-coloured recorder!) The Recorder Workshop 301s come with everything you need to get started. As well as your recorder, you will receive a matching draw-string bag, cleaning rod and handy fingering guide to get you started. Solid or transparent colour? A selection of the 301 descant recorder colours are also available in a transparent finish. See the light shining through your instrument, forming cool coloured effects on the surfaces around it. Or, keep it simple and classic with the solid coloured recorder. Both are equally reliable and just as fun, but which will you choose? \n\n\nUpgrade to a custom design!\nBuying recorders for your school or music hub? Get them customised with your logo! With our 301EX recorders you can get the same excellent instruments with your own bespoke branding on both the recorder and the bag, still at a great price with a minimum order quantity of 500!\n\n\n\n Why learn the recorder? The best start for a musician Many of the professional musicians you see today will have started on a recorder, and for good reason. The learning curve is very steep and most students will be making sounds in no time, leaving the rest of the time to be taught the fun, and important stuff. Teamwork makes the dream work Working together is key in many areas of life, and can be a skill learned whilst playing the recorder. Whether it is simply listening to your fellow recorder players to keep together, or being creative and making your own music, teamwork is essential. Just for fun! There doesn't need to be any other reason! So much enjoyment can be had learning and playing at home and in the classroom. And you never know, you may even learn a few extra skills (such as listening, coordination, teamwork, and more) along the way! \n\n", "Bullet1":"3 piece construction with arched windway for improved breath control", "Bullet2":"Classic school recorder", "Bullet3":"Crystal clear tone with excellent tuning", "Bullet4":"Perfect for the young beginner", "Bullet5":"Supplied in matching draw-string cloth bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "889","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.741666666666667", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "301PK", "Title": "Recorder Workshop 301 descant recorder - Pink \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Recorder Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349482542", "VariationOf": "recworkshop-301", "Description": " Introducing the Recorder Workshop 301 descant recorder It's no secret, learning an instrument can be tough. So, why not add a splash of colour? With a great selection of colours to choose from, you'll be sure to find a favourite. And if you are using recorders in the classroom, the colours could be used to divide up the players for fun music games, activities or ensemble pieces. The possibilities are endless! Everything you need to get started We believe a recorder should be built to last making the Recorder Workshop 301's the perfect choice. Manufactured from high quality, strong ABS resin, these are ideal for beginners of all ages. But they're not just made of tough stuff, the 301's sound great too! The straight windway produces a clear and focused tone, and the three piece construction allows for small ergonomic adjustments (as well as the possibility of a multi-coloured recorder!) The Recorder Workshop 301s come with everything you need to get started. As well as your recorder, you will receive a matching draw-string bag, cleaning rod and handy fingering guide to get you started. Solid or transparent colour? A selection of the 301 descant recorder colours are also available in a transparent finish. See the light shining through your instrument, forming cool coloured effects on the surfaces around it. Or, keep it simple and classic with the solid coloured recorder. Both are equally reliable and just as fun, but which will you choose? \n\n\nUpgrade to a custom design!\nBuying recorders for your school or music hub? Get them customised with your logo! With our 301EX recorders you can get the same excellent instruments with your own bespoke branding on both the recorder and the bag, still at a great price with a minimum order quantity of 500!\n\n\n\n Why learn the recorder? The best start for a musician Many of the professional musicians you see today will have started on a recorder, and for good reason. The learning curve is very steep and most students will be making sounds in no time, leaving the rest of the time to be taught the fun, and important stuff. Teamwork makes the dream work Working together is key in many areas of life, and can be a skill learned whilst playing the recorder. Whether it is simply listening to your fellow recorder players to keep together, or being creative and making your own music, teamwork is essential. Just for fun! There doesn't need to be any other reason! So much enjoyment can be had learning and playing at home and in the classroom. And you never know, you may even learn a few extra skills (such as listening, coordination, teamwork, and more) along the way! \n\n", "Bullet1":"3 piece construction with arched windway for improved breath control", "Bullet2":"Classic school recorder", "Bullet3":"Crystal clear tone with excellent tuning", "Bullet4":"Perfect for the young beginner", "Bullet5":"Supplied in matching draw-string cloth bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "974","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.741666666666667", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "301PU", "Title": "Recorder Workshop 301 descant recorder - Purple \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Recorder Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349482559", "VariationOf": "recworkshop-301", "Description": " Introducing the Recorder Workshop 301 descant recorder It's no secret, learning an instrument can be tough. So, why not add a splash of colour? With a great selection of colours to choose from, you'll be sure to find a favourite. And if you are using recorders in the classroom, the colours could be used to divide up the players for fun music games, activities or ensemble pieces. The possibilities are endless! Everything you need to get started We believe a recorder should be built to last making the Recorder Workshop 301's the perfect choice. Manufactured from high quality, strong ABS resin, these are ideal for beginners of all ages. But they're not just made of tough stuff, the 301's sound great too! The straight windway produces a clear and focused tone, and the three piece construction allows for small ergonomic adjustments (as well as the possibility of a multi-coloured recorder!) The Recorder Workshop 301s come with everything you need to get started. As well as your recorder, you will receive a matching draw-string bag, cleaning rod and handy fingering guide to get you started. Solid or transparent colour? A selection of the 301 descant recorder colours are also available in a transparent finish. See the light shining through your instrument, forming cool coloured effects on the surfaces around it. Or, keep it simple and classic with the solid coloured recorder. Both are equally reliable and just as fun, but which will you choose? \n\n\nUpgrade to a custom design!\nBuying recorders for your school or music hub? Get them customised with your logo! With our 301EX recorders you can get the same excellent instruments with your own bespoke branding on both the recorder and the bag, still at a great price with a minimum order quantity of 500!\n\n\n\n Why learn the recorder? The best start for a musician Many of the professional musicians you see today will have started on a recorder, and for good reason. The learning curve is very steep and most students will be making sounds in no time, leaving the rest of the time to be taught the fun, and important stuff. Teamwork makes the dream work Working together is key in many areas of life, and can be a skill learned whilst playing the recorder. Whether it is simply listening to your fellow recorder players to keep together, or being creative and making your own music, teamwork is essential. Just for fun! There doesn't need to be any other reason! So much enjoyment can be had learning and playing at home and in the classroom. And you never know, you may even learn a few extra skills (such as listening, coordination, teamwork, and more) along the way! \n\n", "Bullet1":"3 piece construction with arched windway for improved breath control", "Bullet2":"Classic school recorder", "Bullet3":"Crystal clear tone with excellent tuning", "Bullet4":"Perfect for the young beginner", "Bullet5":"Supplied in matching draw-string cloth bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2275","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.741666666666667", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "301RD", "Title": "Recorder Workshop 301 descant recorder - Red \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Recorder Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349482597", "VariationOf": "recworkshop-301", "Description": " Introducing the Recorder Workshop 301 descant recorder It's no secret, learning an instrument can be tough. So, why not add a splash of colour? With a great selection of colours to choose from, you'll be sure to find a favourite. And if you are using recorders in the classroom, the colours could be used to divide up the players for fun music games, activities or ensemble pieces. The possibilities are endless! Everything you need to get started We believe a recorder should be built to last making the Recorder Workshop 301's the perfect choice. Manufactured from high quality, strong ABS resin, these are ideal for beginners of all ages. But they're not just made of tough stuff, the 301's sound great too! The straight windway produces a clear and focused tone, and the three piece construction allows for small ergonomic adjustments (as well as the possibility of a multi-coloured recorder!) The Recorder Workshop 301s come with everything you need to get started. As well as your recorder, you will receive a matching draw-string bag, cleaning rod and handy fingering guide to get you started. Solid or transparent colour? A selection of the 301 descant recorder colours are also available in a transparent finish. See the light shining through your instrument, forming cool coloured effects on the surfaces around it. Or, keep it simple and classic with the solid coloured recorder. Both are equally reliable and just as fun, but which will you choose? \n\n\nUpgrade to a custom design!\nBuying recorders for your school or music hub? Get them customised with your logo! With our 301EX recorders you can get the same excellent instruments with your own bespoke branding on both the recorder and the bag, still at a great price with a minimum order quantity of 500!\n\n\n\n Why learn the recorder? The best start for a musician Many of the professional musicians you see today will have started on a recorder, and for good reason. The learning curve is very steep and most students will be making sounds in no time, leaving the rest of the time to be taught the fun, and important stuff. Teamwork makes the dream work Working together is key in many areas of life, and can be a skill learned whilst playing the recorder. Whether it is simply listening to your fellow recorder players to keep together, or being creative and making your own music, teamwork is essential. Just for fun! There doesn't need to be any other reason! So much enjoyment can be had learning and playing at home and in the classroom. And you never know, you may even learn a few extra skills (such as listening, coordination, teamwork, and more) along the way! \n\n", "Bullet1":"3 piece construction with arched windway for improved breath control", "Bullet2":"Classic school recorder", "Bullet3":"Crystal clear tone with excellent tuning", "Bullet4":"Perfect for the young beginner", "Bullet5":"Supplied in matching draw-string cloth bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2378","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.741666666666667", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "301WH", "Title": "Recorder Workshop 301 descant recorder - Ivory (White) \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Recorder Workshop", "Barcode": "5055964114138", "VariationOf": "recworkshop-301", "Description": " Introducing the Recorder Workshop 301 descant recorder It's no secret, learning an instrument can be tough. So, why not add a splash of colour? With a great selection of colours to choose from, you'll be sure to find a favourite. And if you are using recorders in the classroom, the colours could be used to divide up the players for fun music games, activities or ensemble pieces. The possibilities are endless! Everything you need to get started We believe a recorder should be built to last making the Recorder Workshop 301's the perfect choice. Manufactured from high quality, strong ABS resin, these are ideal for beginners of all ages. But they're not just made of tough stuff, the 301's sound great too! The straight windway produces a clear and focused tone, and the three piece construction allows for small ergonomic adjustments (as well as the possibility of a multi-coloured recorder!) The Recorder Workshop 301s come with everything you need to get started. As well as your recorder, you will receive a matching draw-string bag, cleaning rod and handy fingering guide to get you started. Solid or transparent colour? A selection of the 301 descant recorder colours are also available in a transparent finish. See the light shining through your instrument, forming cool coloured effects on the surfaces around it. Or, keep it simple and classic with the solid coloured recorder. Both are equally reliable and just as fun, but which will you choose? \n\n\nUpgrade to a custom design!\nBuying recorders for your school or music hub? Get them customised with your logo! With our 301EX recorders you can get the same excellent instruments with your own bespoke branding on both the recorder and the bag, still at a great price with a minimum order quantity of 500!\n\n\n\n Why learn the recorder? The best start for a musician Many of the professional musicians you see today will have started on a recorder, and for good reason. The learning curve is very steep and most students will be making sounds in no time, leaving the rest of the time to be taught the fun, and important stuff. Teamwork makes the dream work Working together is key in many areas of life, and can be a skill learned whilst playing the recorder. Whether it is simply listening to your fellow recorder players to keep together, or being creative and making your own music, teamwork is essential. Just for fun! There doesn't need to be any other reason! So much enjoyment can be had learning and playing at home and in the classroom. And you never know, you may even learn a few extra skills (such as listening, coordination, teamwork, and more) along the way! \n\n", "Bullet1":"3 piece construction with arched windway for improved breath control", "Bullet2":"Classic school recorder", "Bullet3":"Crystal clear tone with excellent tuning", "Bullet4":"Perfect for the young beginner", "Bullet5":"Supplied in matching draw-string cloth bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "181","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.741666666666667", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "301TBL", "Title": "Recorder Workshop 301T descant recorder in transparent colours - Blue \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Recorder Workshop", "Barcode": "5055964114169", "VariationOf": "301tbl", "Description": " Introducing the Recorder Workshop 301T descant recorder in transparent colours It's no secret, learning an instrument can be tough. So, why not add a splash of colour? With a great selection of colours to choose from, you'll be sure to find a favourite. And if you are using recorders in the classroom, the colours could be used to divide up the players for fun music games, activities or ensemble pieces. The possibilities are endless! Everything you need to get started We believe a recorder should be built to last making the Recorder Workshop 301's the perfect choice. Manufactured from high quality, strong ABS resin, these are ideal for beginners of all ages. But they're not just made of tough stuff, the 301's sound great too! The straight windway produces a clear and focused tone, and the three piece construction allows for small ergonomic adjustments (as well as the possibility of a multi-coloured recorder!) The Recorder Workshop 301s come with everything you need to get started. As well as your recorder, you will receive a matching draw-string bag, cleaning rod and handy fingering guide to get you started. Solid or transparent colour? These Recorder Workshop 301T descant recorders are also available in a solid finish colours. See the light shining through your instrument, forming cool coloured effects on the surfaces around it. Or, keep it simple and classic with the solid coloured recorder. Both are equally reliable and just as fun, but which will you choose? \n\n \n\nWhy learn the recorder?\nThe best start for a musician\nMany of the professional musicians you see today will have started on a recorder, and for good reason. The learning curve is very steep and most students will be making sounds in no time, leaving the rest of the time to be taught the fun, and important stuff.\n \n\nTeamwork makes the dream work\nWorking together is key in many areas of life, and can be a skill learned whilst playing the recorder. Whether it is simply listening to your fellow recorder players to keep together, or being creative and making your own music, teamwork is essential.\n \n\n\nJust for fun!\nThere doesn't need to be any other reason! So much enjoyment can be had learning and playing at home and in the classroom. And you never know, you may even learn a few extra skills (such as listening, coordination, teamwork, and more) along the way!\n ", "Bullet1":"Classic school recorder", "Bullet2":"Perfect for the young beginner", "Bullet3":"3 piece construction with arched windway for improved breath control", "Bullet4":"Crystal clear tone with excellent tuning", "Bullet5":"Supplied in matching draw-string cloth bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1149","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.741666666666667", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "301TGR", "Title": "Recorder Workshop 301T descant recorder in transparent colours - Green \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Recorder Workshop", "Barcode": "5055964114183", "VariationOf": "301tbl", "Description": " Introducing the Recorder Workshop 301T descant recorder in transparent colours It's no secret, learning an instrument can be tough. So, why not add a splash of colour? With a great selection of colours to choose from, you'll be sure to find a favourite. And if you are using recorders in the classroom, the colours could be used to divide up the players for fun music games, activities or ensemble pieces. The possibilities are endless! Everything you need to get started We believe a recorder should be built to last making the Recorder Workshop 301's the perfect choice. Manufactured from high quality, strong ABS resin, these are ideal for beginners of all ages. But they're not just made of tough stuff, the 301's sound great too! The straight windway produces a clear and focused tone, and the three piece construction allows for small ergonomic adjustments (as well as the possibility of a multi-coloured recorder!) The Recorder Workshop 301s come with everything you need to get started. As well as your recorder, you will receive a matching draw-string bag, cleaning rod and handy fingering guide to get you started. Solid or transparent colour? These Recorder Workshop 301T descant recorders are also available in a solid finish colours. See the light shining through your instrument, forming cool coloured effects on the surfaces around it. Or, keep it simple and classic with the solid coloured recorder. Both are equally reliable and just as fun, but which will you choose? \n\n \n\nWhy learn the recorder?\nThe best start for a musician\nMany of the professional musicians you see today will have started on a recorder, and for good reason. The learning curve is very steep and most students will be making sounds in no time, leaving the rest of the time to be taught the fun, and important stuff.\n \n\nTeamwork makes the dream work\nWorking together is key in many areas of life, and can be a skill learned whilst playing the recorder. Whether it is simply listening to your fellow recorder players to keep together, or being creative and making your own music, teamwork is essential.\n \n\n\nJust for fun!\nThere doesn't need to be any other reason! So much enjoyment can be had learning and playing at home and in the classroom. And you never know, you may even learn a few extra skills (such as listening, coordination, teamwork, and more) along the way!\n ", "Bullet1":"Classic school recorder", "Bullet2":"Perfect for the young beginner", "Bullet3":"3 piece construction with arched windway for improved breath control", "Bullet4":"Crystal clear tone with excellent tuning", "Bullet5":"Supplied in matching draw-string cloth bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1032","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.741666666666667", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "301TPK", "Title": "Recorder Workshop 301T descant recorder in transparent colours - Pink \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Recorder Workshop", "Barcode": "5055964114152", "VariationOf": "301tbl", "Description": " Introducing the Recorder Workshop 301T descant recorder in transparent colours It's no secret, learning an instrument can be tough. So, why not add a splash of colour? With a great selection of colours to choose from, you'll be sure to find a favourite. And if you are using recorders in the classroom, the colours could be used to divide up the players for fun music games, activities or ensemble pieces. The possibilities are endless! Everything you need to get started We believe a recorder should be built to last making the Recorder Workshop 301's the perfect choice. Manufactured from high quality, strong ABS resin, these are ideal for beginners of all ages. But they're not just made of tough stuff, the 301's sound great too! The straight windway produces a clear and focused tone, and the three piece construction allows for small ergonomic adjustments (as well as the possibility of a multi-coloured recorder!) The Recorder Workshop 301s come with everything you need to get started. As well as your recorder, you will receive a matching draw-string bag, cleaning rod and handy fingering guide to get you started. Solid or transparent colour? These Recorder Workshop 301T descant recorders are also available in a solid finish colours. See the light shining through your instrument, forming cool coloured effects on the surfaces around it. Or, keep it simple and classic with the solid coloured recorder. Both are equally reliable and just as fun, but which will you choose? \n\n \n\nWhy learn the recorder?\nThe best start for a musician\nMany of the professional musicians you see today will have started on a recorder, and for good reason. The learning curve is very steep and most students will be making sounds in no time, leaving the rest of the time to be taught the fun, and important stuff.\n \n\nTeamwork makes the dream work\nWorking together is key in many areas of life, and can be a skill learned whilst playing the recorder. Whether it is simply listening to your fellow recorder players to keep together, or being creative and making your own music, teamwork is essential.\n \n\n\nJust for fun!\nThere doesn't need to be any other reason! So much enjoyment can be had learning and playing at home and in the classroom. And you never know, you may even learn a few extra skills (such as listening, coordination, teamwork, and more) along the way!\n ", "Bullet1":"Classic school recorder", "Bullet2":"Perfect for the young beginner", "Bullet3":"3 piece construction with arched windway for improved breath control", "Bullet4":"Crystal clear tone with excellent tuning", "Bullet5":"Supplied in matching draw-string cloth bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "859","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.741666666666667", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "301TPU", "Title": "Recorder Workshop 301T descant recorder in transparent colours - Purple \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Recorder Workshop", "Barcode": "5055964114176", "VariationOf": "301tbl", "Description": " Introducing the Recorder Workshop 301T descant recorder in transparent colours It's no secret, learning an instrument can be tough. So, why not add a splash of colour? With a great selection of colours to choose from, you'll be sure to find a favourite. And if you are using recorders in the classroom, the colours could be used to divide up the players for fun music games, activities or ensemble pieces. The possibilities are endless! Everything you need to get started We believe a recorder should be built to last making the Recorder Workshop 301's the perfect choice. Manufactured from high quality, strong ABS resin, these are ideal for beginners of all ages. But they're not just made of tough stuff, the 301's sound great too! The straight windway produces a clear and focused tone, and the three piece construction allows for small ergonomic adjustments (as well as the possibility of a multi-coloured recorder!) The Recorder Workshop 301s come with everything you need to get started. As well as your recorder, you will receive a matching draw-string bag, cleaning rod and handy fingering guide to get you started. Solid or transparent colour? These Recorder Workshop 301T descant recorders are also available in a solid finish colours. See the light shining through your instrument, forming cool coloured effects on the surfaces around it. Or, keep it simple and classic with the solid coloured recorder. Both are equally reliable and just as fun, but which will you choose? \n\n \n\nWhy learn the recorder?\nThe best start for a musician\nMany of the professional musicians you see today will have started on a recorder, and for good reason. The learning curve is very steep and most students will be making sounds in no time, leaving the rest of the time to be taught the fun, and important stuff.\n \n\nTeamwork makes the dream work\nWorking together is key in many areas of life, and can be a skill learned whilst playing the recorder. Whether it is simply listening to your fellow recorder players to keep together, or being creative and making your own music, teamwork is essential.\n \n\n\nJust for fun!\nThere doesn't need to be any other reason! So much enjoyment can be had learning and playing at home and in the classroom. And you never know, you may even learn a few extra skills (such as listening, coordination, teamwork, and more) along the way!\n ", "Bullet1":"Classic school recorder", "Bullet2":"Perfect for the young beginner", "Bullet3":"3 piece construction with arched windway for improved breath control", "Bullet4":"Crystal clear tone with excellent tuning", "Bullet5":"Supplied in matching draw-string cloth bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "875","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.741666666666667", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "921C", "Title": "Recorder Workshop Irish whistle - C \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eirish-whistles", "Brand": "Recorder Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349483617", "VariationOf": "recworkshop-92", "Description": "The Irish whistle, also known as the penny whistle, Flageolet or just plain old whistle, is an instrument with a plastic or wooden mouthpiece and a metal or ABS body tube. They are fairly easy to play and the fingerings are similar to the saxophone, clarinet, and flute. This whistle is a great way to introduce someone to playing a musical instrument and is lots of fun for all ages! The 921C Irish whistle from Recorder Workshop is really easy to play and offers superb tuning and tone. This has a 1 piece ABS construction and comes supplied in a matching colour pouch.", "Bullet1":"2 piece matt black ABS body", "Bullet2":"Also known as a Flageolet, penny or tin whistle", "Bullet3":"Available in key of C or D", "Bullet4":"Superb tuning and easy to play", "Bullet5":"Supplied with bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1336","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "922D", "Title": "Recorder Workshop Irish whistle - D \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eirish-whistles", "Brand": "Recorder Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349483624", "VariationOf": "recworkshop-92", "Description": "The Irish whistle, also known as the penny whistle, Flageolet or just plain old whistle, is an instrument with a plastic or wooden mouthpiece and a metal or ABS body tube. They are fairly easy to play and the fingerings are similar to the saxophone, clarinet, and flute. This whistle is a great way to introduce someone to playing a musical instrument and is lots of fun for all ages! The 921C Irish whistle from Recorder Workshop is really easy to play and offers superb tuning and tone. This has a 1 piece ABS construction and comes supplied in a matching colour pouch.", "Bullet1":"2 piece matt black ABS body", "Bullet2":"Also known as a Flageolet, penny or tin whistle", "Bullet3":"Available in key of C or D", "Bullet4":"Superb tuning and easy to play", "Bullet5":"Supplied with bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "113","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP488-BL", "Title": "Percussion Plus 6\"\" transparent tambourine - Blue \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambourines", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964136079", "VariationOf": "pp488-bl", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus 6\"\" transparent tambourine\n\nAvailable in pink, purple, red and green, these brightly coloured tambourines are an essential staple of any music classroom, offering a fun and entertaining way of introducing children to different beats and rhythms.\nWith a lightweight frame and a diameter of only 6\"\", these tambourines are perfect for young hands. Featuring a clear plastic drum head, there are several ways of playing, making them great for use in sensory activities.\nMade out of ABS plastic, these tambourines are highly durable and able to withstand heavy use in the classroom.\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Perfect for young players", "Bullet2":"Great value for schools", "Bullet3":"Available in blue, pink, purple and green", "Bullet4":"Single row of jingles", "Bullet5":"6\" diameter", "Bullet6":"Includes a clear plastic drum head", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAvailable in blue, pink, red and green\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "28","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP488-GR", "Title": "Percussion Plus 6\"\" transparent tambourine - Green \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambourines", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964136086", "VariationOf": "pp488-bl", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus 6\"\" transparent tambourine\n\nAvailable in pink, purple, red and green, these brightly coloured tambourines are an essential staple of any music classroom, offering a fun and entertaining way of introducing children to different beats and rhythms.\nWith a lightweight frame and a diameter of only 6\"\", these tambourines are perfect for young hands. Featuring a clear plastic drum head, there are several ways of playing, making them great for use in sensory activities.\nMade out of ABS plastic, these tambourines are highly durable and able to withstand heavy use in the classroom.\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Perfect for young players", "Bullet2":"Great value for schools", "Bullet3":"Available in blue, pink, purple and green", "Bullet4":"Single row of jingles", "Bullet5":"6\" diameter", "Bullet6":"Includes a clear plastic drum head", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAvailable in blue, pink, red and green\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "20","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.516666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP488-PK", "Title": "Percussion Plus 6\"\" transparent tambourine - Pink \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambourines", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964136093", "VariationOf": "pp488-bl", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus 6\"\" transparent tambourine\n\nAvailable in pink, purple, red and green, these brightly coloured tambourines are an essential staple of any music classroom, offering a fun and entertaining way of introducing children to different beats and rhythms.\nWith a lightweight frame and a diameter of only 6\"\", these tambourines are perfect for young hands. Featuring a clear plastic drum head, there are several ways of playing, making them great for use in sensory activities.\nMade out of ABS plastic, these tambourines are highly durable and able to withstand heavy use in the classroom.\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Perfect for young players", "Bullet2":"Great value for schools", "Bullet3":"Available in blue, pink, purple and green", "Bullet4":"Single row of jingles", "Bullet5":"6\" diameter", "Bullet6":"Includes a clear plastic drum head", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAvailable in blue, pink, red and green\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "30","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.241666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP488-PU", "Title": "Percussion Plus 6\"\" transparent tambourine - Purple \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambourines", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964136109", "VariationOf": "pp488-bl", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus 6\"\" transparent tambourine\n\nAvailable in pink, purple, red and green, these brightly coloured tambourines are an essential staple of any music classroom, offering a fun and entertaining way of introducing children to different beats and rhythms.\nWith a lightweight frame and a diameter of only 6\"\", these tambourines are perfect for young hands. Featuring a clear plastic drum head, there are several ways of playing, making them great for use in sensory activities.\nMade out of ABS plastic, these tambourines are highly durable and able to withstand heavy use in the classroom.\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Perfect for young players", "Bullet2":"Great value for schools", "Bullet3":"Available in blue, pink, purple and green", "Bullet4":"Single row of jingles", "Bullet5":"6\" diameter", "Bullet6":"Includes a clear plastic drum head", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAvailable in blue, pink, red and green\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "31","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.241666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP186", "Title": "Acme Survival whistle - Orange - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewhistles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "717668802838", "VariationOf": "pp186", "Description": "Introducing the Acme Survival whistle\nInspired by the world’s first lifesaving whistle, which was developed back in 1949, the Acme Survival whistle features a small and lightweight design, making it extremely portable and easy to travel with. It’s built from high-quality shatterproof plastic, making it durable enough for outdoor use. Plus, it can be attached to your lanyard or keyring using the plastic ring, so you can easily carry it wherever you go.\nThe Survival whistle produces a discordant, resonant note that’ll grab the attention of anyone nearby. Whether you are out hiking or are someone who needs a guide dog, this impressively loud and extremely easy to blow whistle will make sure you are heard.\n\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Produces a loud, attention grabbing sound", "Bullet2":"Made from high-quality shatterproof plastic in an orange finish", "Bullet3":"Useful during hikes and expeditions", "Bullet4":"Features a built-in plastic ring for convenient carrying options", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "23","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.241666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP104", "Title": "Percussion Plus 5A hickory drum sticks - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003edrum-sticks", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964136857", "VariationOf": "pp104", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus 5A drum sticks with wooden tips\nThese Percussion Plus 5A drum sticks are supplied as a pair and are ideal for beginners and students on a budget. They are made from a solid piece of good quality hickory and feature teardrop shaped wooden tips. These tips produce a warmer tone when playing hi-hat and ride cymbal patterns.\n5A sticks are the most commonly used drumsticks worldwide and are suitable for most styles and genres, due to their impressive versatility. Plus, their small bodies make them lightweight and easy to use.\n\nGreat for schools\nThe 5A wooden drumsticks are a great tool for any classroom, as they’re durable, comfortable to hold, inexpensive, and able to withstand regular use. They are perfect for students with different levels of experience, making them suitable for all types of players.\n", "Bullet1":"Ideal budget stick for all types of players", "Bullet2":"Made from good quality hickory wood", "Bullet3":"Teardrop shaped wooden tip adds a warm tone", "Bullet4":"Longer than 7A sticks and smaller than 5B sticks", "Bullet5":"Lightweight and comfortable to use", "Bullet6":"Sold as a pair", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "33","RRP_Inc_VAT": "5.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.241666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP154", "Title": "Acme large thunderer whistle - Black plastic - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewhistles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547001543", "VariationOf": "pp154", "Description": "Introducing the Acme large thunderer whistle\nThe Acme large thunderer whistle produces a large deep tone and a far carrying sound for use in all environments. Made from tough, shatterproof polycarbonate, the iconic design is sturdy and durable whilst also being easy to blow. \nThe PP154 is most commonly used by sports referees but has a variety of other uses including for dog trainers, and even government officials and private security firms. \nWith a reliably consistent sound, the thunderer is a pea whistle so you can produce a variety of sounds by adjusting the airflow to produce a rolling trill with a range of effects.\n Made in the UK\nAcme whistles are manufactured in Birmingham and were carefully developed over a number of years. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\nDeveloped in 1884 and used by every generation since, the thunderer was the world’s first sports whistle. To this day, the whistles are made by hand using traditional techniques and most of the original equipment.\nThe Acme thunderer whistles collection\nBrass, nickel plated whistles\n\n\nAcme Titanic brass thunderer whistle - loud piercing tone, replica of whistles used on the Titanic\n\nAcme large brass thunderer whistle - large deep tone\n\nAcme small brass thunderer whistle - higher piercing tone\n\nAcme large brass thunderer finger whistle - large deep tone, attaches to finger with strap\n\nBlack plastic whistles\n\n\nAcme large thunderer whistle - large deep tone\n\nAcme medium thunderer whistle - more piercing tone\n\nAcme small thunderer whistle - clear, higher-pitched tone\n\nSound Sample\n\nChamberlain Music · PP154 Acme Large Thunderer Whistle\n\n", "Bullet1":"Produces a large and deep tone", "Bullet2":"Black plastic whistle, lightweight yet durable", "Bullet3":"Commonly used by sports referees", "Bullet4":"Far carrying sound for use in all environments", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "96","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP155", "Title": "Acme medium thunderer whistle - Black plastic - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewhistles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547001550", "VariationOf": "pp155", "Description": "Introducing the Acme medium thunderer whistle\nThe Acme large thunderer whistle produces a large deep tone and a far carrying sound for use in all environments. Made from tough, shatterproof polycarbonate, the iconic design is sturdy and durable whilst also being easy to blow.The medium thunderer whistle is most commonly used by sports referees but has a variety of other uses including for dog trainers, and even government officials and private security firms. \nWith a reliably consistent sound, the thunderer is a pea whistle so you can produce a variety of sounds by adjusting the airflow to produce a rolling trill with a range of effects. \n Made in the UK\nAcme whistles are manufactured in Birmingham and were carefully developed over a number of years. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\nDeveloped in 1884 and used by every generation since, the thunderer was the world’s first sports whistle. To this day, the whistles are made by hand using traditional techniques and most of the original equipment.\nThe Acme thunderer whistles collection\nBrass, nickel plated whistles\n\n\nAcme Titanic brass thunderer whistle - loud piercing tone, replica of whistles used on the Titanic\n\nAcme large brass thunderer whistle - large deep tone\n\nAcme small brass thunderer whistle - higher piercing tone\n\nAcme large brass thunderer finger whistle - large deep tone, attaches to finger with strap\n\nBlack plastic whistles\n\n\nAcme large thunderer whistle - large deep tone\n\nAcme medium thunderer whistle - more piercing tone\n\nAcme small thunderer whistle - clear, higher-pitched tone\n\nSound Sample\n\n", "Bullet1":"Produces a large, piercing tone", "Bullet2":"Made from tough, shatterproof polycarbonate", "Bullet3":"Commonly used by sports referees", "Bullet4":"Far carrying sound for use in all environments", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "70","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP816", "Title": "Percussion Plus Clear Drum head - 16\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547008160", "VariationOf": "pp810", "Description": "This Percussion Plus Drum head comes in a range of sizes with clear single ply drum skin. Sizes: 6\"\", 8\"\", 10\"\", 12\"\" 13\"\", 14\"\", 15\"\", 16\"\", 18\"\"It is a superb value drum head, ideal for use with toms. It is both durable and reliable and produces a great tone.", "Bullet1":"Drum head from Percussion Plus", "Bullet2":"Clear single ply skin", "Bullet3":"Perfect for both live and recording situations", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "34","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP814", "Title": "Percussion Plus Clear Drum head - 13\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547008146", "VariationOf": "pp810", "Description": "This Percussion Plus Drum head comes in a range of sizes with clear single ply drum skin. Sizes: 6\"\", 8\"\", 10\"\", 12\"\" 13\"\", 14\"\", 15\"\", 16\"\", 18\"\"It is a superb value drum head, ideal for use with toms. It is both durable and reliable and produces a great tone.", "Bullet1":"Drum head from Percussion Plus", "Bullet2":"Clear single ply skin", "Bullet3":"Perfect for both live and recording situations", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "8","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1082", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 18 - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2274846133873", "VariationOf": "ncp1082", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 18 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement key 18", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1083", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 18 - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2277925844776", "VariationOf": "ncp1082", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 18 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement key 18", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1084", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 19 - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964124809", "VariationOf": "ncp1084", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 19 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement key 19", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1085", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 19 - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2296934917233", "VariationOf": "ncp1084", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 19 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement key 19", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ10943", "Title": "Izzo Nesting surdo tuning lug and plate - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003edrum-parts", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7899574321535", "VariationOf": "iz10943", "Description": "This surdo tuning lug and plate is specifically for Izzo nesting surdos and is not suitable for Con­tem­por­anea drums.\n\nPerfect for tuning your Izzo nesting surdos to create the ideal, vibrant sound with ease.\n\nIncludes plates to fit to drum shell", "Bullet1":"Specifically for Izzo nesting surdos", "Bullet2":"Includes plates to fit to drum shell", "Bullet3":"Not suitable for Con­tem­por­anea drums", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-17","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2116", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Wild man clack - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eslapsticks", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318308043", "VariationOf": "pp2116", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Wild man clack\nThis crazy man hits his own head when you shake him, making a fantastically loud clacking sound. Simply shake the instrument back and forth, holding the wooden handle and the middle 'head' will clack against the two smaller pieces of woods to the sides.\nCrafted using traditional methods and materials, the Wild man clack offers a perfect combination of culture and craftmanship.\nHand painted using non toxic paint, the Wild man clack is the perfect, safe instrument for young musicians and for classroom use.\nThis instrument is responsibly sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments, not toys, and there may be many small parts on, or in, some of them. Younger players should use them with supervision. \n Many uses\nThe Wild man clack from the Percussion Plus Honestly Made range is the perfect instrument for adding a loud burst of sound to a percussion ensemble, for attracting attention in the classroom, or for loudly showing your support for your favourite sports team.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Indonesia using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Makes a loud, satisfying clacking sound", "Bullet3":"Approx: 20cm x 10cm", "Bullet4":"Hand painted, using safe, non toxic paint", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2117", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Hosho maraca - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003emaracas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318308050", "VariationOf": "pp2117", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Hosho maraca\nSimple yet effective, the Hosho maraca is easy to use and packs a great sound. Simply shake the maraca back and forth and enjoy the gentle, warm shaker sound produced.\nCrafted in Zimbabwe, the Hosho maraca is made using only traditional methods and materials. The impressive shaker sound comes from a simple design of three spherical seed pods placed onto a wooden stick.\nThe Hosho maraca is responsibly sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments, not toys, and there may be many small parts on, or in, some of them. Younger players should use them with supervision. \n \n\n Great for a multitude of uses\nStriking a great combination of culture and craftmanship, this instrument offers a fun and interesting way for young musicians to learn about traditional instruments used across the world, and the satisfying shaker sound and tactile design also make it an effective sensory instrument. The sound of maracas can be heard in a wide variety of musical genres, making this maraca a great addition to any percussionists collection.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Zimbabwe using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Produces a warm shaker sound", "Bullet3":"Features three hosho seed pods", "Bullet4":"Simple but effective, tactile and pretty", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2118", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made painted monkeydrum - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003emonkey-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318308067", "VariationOf": "pp2118", "Description": " \nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Painted monkeydrum \nCrafted in Bali, this monkeydrum is made using only sustainable materials and traditional methods. Painted by hand, these drums feature intricate, colourful designs, varying with each drum.\nPerfect for a variety of uses, the painted monkeydrum is great for helping young children to develop motor skills, while also having fun with the varied sounds brightly coloured designs, offering a full sensory experience. This instrument is also a great addition to any percussion ensemble, and works well in classroom use, performances and for adding a burst of sound to recordings.\nThis instrument is responsibly sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments, not toys, and there may be many small parts on, or in, some of them. Younger players should use them with supervision. \n \n Playing the Monkeydrum\nSimple and easy to use, simply roll the smooth wooden handle between your fingers and create a double beat with the swinging beaters striking each side of the drum skins. For a louder, more intense sound, increase the speed and ferocity, or roll the instrument more gently for a softer sound.\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Bali using traditional methods and materials", "Bullet2":"Roll between the fingers for a rapid, percussive tone", "Bullet3":"Hand painted, with varying designs", "Bullet4":"Perfect for sensory and motor skills development in children", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2099", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made 15cm painted bamboo rainstick - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003erainsticks", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318307879", "VariationOf": "pp2099", "Description": "\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made 15cm painted bamboo rainstick\nFrom the Percussion Plus Honestly Made range, this painted bamboo rainstick is made from quality, natural bamboo. The rainstick is filled with small pebbles or beans, which bounce on pins or thorns when the instrument is tilted, giving it that classic rain-like sound.\nEvery stick features an individually hand-painted design, which brings colour and visual life to the instrument. The aboriginal dots also add an extra sensory element for young players, and makes it easy to hold when playing.\nEach instrument is hand made using traditional materials and methods. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision.\n\n\n\nThe soothing sound of rainfall\nRainsticks are thought to have been created by indigenous people from the deserts of northern Chile, and they were played in the belief they could bring about rainstorms. Now, the soothing sound can be utilised in sensory classes, music therapy sessions and for adding texture to performances and compositions.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Bali using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Produces a gentle, rain-like sound", "Bullet3":"Features a unique hand-painted design", "Bullet4":"Made from natural bamboo and filled with small pebbles or beans", "Bullet5":"Great for use in sensory classes, music therapy and for adding texture to performances", "Bullet6":"Responsibly sourced", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "17","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N430TBK40001", "Title": "Nuvo TooT right hand key assembly - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318306810", "VariationOf": "n430tbk40001", "Description": "Nuvo TooT pinky key We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the TooT Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information TooT Fingering Chart", "Bullet1":"Replacement right hand key assembly for the Nuvo TooT", "Bullet2":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet3":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N430TBL40001", "Title": "Nuvo TooT right hand key assembly - blue - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318308272", "VariationOf": "n430tbl40001", "Description": "Nuvo TooT right hand key assembly - blue We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the TooT Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. Looking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... \nMore useful information TooT Fingering Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement right hand key assembly for the Nuvo TooT", "Bullet2":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet3":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N430TBL40002", "Title": "Nuvo TooT Blue left hand key assembly - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318308289", "VariationOf": "n430tbl40002", "Description": "Nuvo TooT Blue left hand key assembly We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the TooT Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. Looking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... \nMore useful information TooT Fingering Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement left hand key assembly for the Nuvo TooT", "Bullet2":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet3":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N430TPK40001", "Title": "Nuvo TooT right hand key assembly - pink - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318308340", "VariationOf": "n430tpk40001", "Description": "Nuvo TooT right hand key assembly - pink We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the TooT Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. Looking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... \nMore useful information TooT Fingering Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement pink right hand key assembly for the Nuvo TooT", "Bullet2":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet3":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N430TPK40002", "Title": "Nuvo TooT left hand key assembly - pink - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318308357", "VariationOf": "n430tpk40002", "Description": "Nuvo TooT left hand key assembly - pink We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the TooT Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. Looking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... \nMore useful information TooT Fingering Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement pink left hand key assembly for the Nuvo TooT", "Bullet2":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet3":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ14", "Title": "Izzo extra thick synthetic drum head - 12\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7897626800144", "VariationOf": "iz14", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo extra thick synthetic drum head\nThis Izzo replacement drum head works with a variety of samba instruments to provide an authentic sound. Made with an extra-thick synthetic drum head and a sturdy metal rim, this is a highly practical option for schools and music hubs looking to keep their percussion in excellent working condition.\nThe extra thick skin helps to produce easy resonance, and the opaque look makes sure your drums will always look smart.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Extra-thick synthetic drum head", "Bullet2":"Sturdy metal rim", "Bullet3":"Lightweight, opaque skin", "Bullet4":"Great for a range of samba drums", "Bullet5":"Extremely resonant tone", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSynthetic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eThickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExtra-thick\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOpaque\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ15", "Title": "Izzo extra thick synthetic drum head - 14\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7897626800151", "VariationOf": "iz14", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo extra thick synthetic drum head\nThis Izzo replacement drum head works with a variety of samba instruments to provide an authentic sound. Made with an extra-thick synthetic drum head and a sturdy metal rim, this is a highly practical option for schools and music hubs looking to keep their percussion in excellent working condition.\nThe extra thick skin helps to produce easy resonance, and the opaque look makes sure your drums will always look smart.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Extra-thick synthetic drum head", "Bullet2":"Sturdy metal rim", "Bullet3":"Lightweight, opaque skin", "Bullet4":"Great for a range of samba drums", "Bullet5":"Extremely resonant tone", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSynthetic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eThickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExtra-thick\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOpaque\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP935-C64", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP935 individual colour chime bars - C64 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318310657", "VariationOf": "pp935-c64", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus chime bars\nPercussion Plus chime bars are great for classrooms or those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a strong plastic resonator box with a metal note bar that produces a clear bell-like sound. Built to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music room. Each note is sold individually.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these chime bars is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe note bars are tuned to a C major scale (C64-C72) and vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThe bars are colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\n\nGet the parts you need\nIf you’re looking for an individual chime bar, then this is the perfect way to get exactly what you need. Also available is the PP935 set of 8 chime bars with the included case, and the replacement plastic case which can be found here.\n", "Bullet1":"Single chime bars, ideal as spares or replacements for PP935 set", "Bullet2":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet3":"Tuned to a C major scale C64 - C76", "Bullet4":"Solid metal note bar", "Bullet5":"Sold individually", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP935-D66", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP935 individual colour chime bars - D66 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318310688", "VariationOf": "pp935-c64", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus chime bars\nPercussion Plus chime bars are great for classrooms or those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a strong plastic resonator box with a metal note bar that produces a clear bell-like sound. Built to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music room. Each note is sold individually.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these chime bars is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe note bars are tuned to a C major scale (C64-C72) and vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThe bars are colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\n\nGet the parts you need\nIf you’re looking for an individual chime bar, then this is the perfect way to get exactly what you need. Also available is the PP935 set of 8 chime bars with the included case, and the replacement plastic case which can be found here.\n", "Bullet1":"Single chime bars, ideal as spares or replacements for PP935 set", "Bullet2":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet3":"Tuned to a C major scale C64 - C76", "Bullet4":"Solid metal note bar", "Bullet5":"Sold individually", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP935-E68", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP935 individual colour chime bars - E68 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318310695", "VariationOf": "pp935-c64", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus chime bars\nPercussion Plus chime bars are great for classrooms or those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a strong plastic resonator box with a metal note bar that produces a clear bell-like sound. Built to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music room. Each note is sold individually.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these chime bars is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe note bars are tuned to a C major scale (C64-C72) and vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThe bars are colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\n\nGet the parts you need\nIf you’re looking for an individual chime bar, then this is the perfect way to get exactly what you need. Also available is the PP935 set of 8 chime bars with the included case, and the replacement plastic case which can be found here.\n", "Bullet1":"Single chime bars, ideal as spares or replacements for PP935 set", "Bullet2":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet3":"Tuned to a C major scale C64 - C76", "Bullet4":"Solid metal note bar", "Bullet5":"Sold individually", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP935-F69", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP935 individual colour chime bars - F69 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318310701", "VariationOf": "pp935-c64", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus chime bars\nPercussion Plus chime bars are great for classrooms or those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a strong plastic resonator box with a metal note bar that produces a clear bell-like sound. Built to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music room. Each note is sold individually.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these chime bars is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe note bars are tuned to a C major scale (C64-C72) and vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThe bars are colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\n\nGet the parts you need\nIf you’re looking for an individual chime bar, then this is the perfect way to get exactly what you need. Also available is the PP935 set of 8 chime bars with the included case, and the replacement plastic case which can be found here.\n", "Bullet1":"Single chime bars, ideal as spares or replacements for PP935 set", "Bullet2":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet3":"Tuned to a C major scale C64 - C76", "Bullet4":"Solid metal note bar", "Bullet5":"Sold individually", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP935-G71", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP935 individual colour chime bars - G71 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318310718", "VariationOf": "pp935-c64", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus chime bars\nPercussion Plus chime bars are great for classrooms or those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a strong plastic resonator box with a metal note bar that produces a clear bell-like sound. Built to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music room. Each note is sold individually.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these chime bars is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe note bars are tuned to a C major scale (C64-C72) and vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThe bars are colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\n\nGet the parts you need\nIf you’re looking for an individual chime bar, then this is the perfect way to get exactly what you need. Also available is the PP935 set of 8 chime bars with the included case, and the replacement plastic case which can be found here.\n", "Bullet1":"Single chime bars, ideal as spares or replacements for PP935 set", "Bullet2":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet3":"Tuned to a C major scale C64 - C76", "Bullet4":"Solid metal note bar", "Bullet5":"Sold individually", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP935-A73", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP935 individual colour chime bars - A73 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318310633", "VariationOf": "pp935-c64", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus chime bars\nPercussion Plus chime bars are great for classrooms or those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a strong plastic resonator box with a metal note bar that produces a clear bell-like sound. Built to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music room. Each note is sold individually.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these chime bars is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe note bars are tuned to a C major scale (C64-C72) and vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThe bars are colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\n\nGet the parts you need\nIf you’re looking for an individual chime bar, then this is the perfect way to get exactly what you need. Also available is the PP935 set of 8 chime bars with the included case, and the replacement plastic case which can be found here.\n", "Bullet1":"Single chime bars, ideal as spares or replacements for PP935 set", "Bullet2":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet3":"Tuned to a C major scale C64 - C76", "Bullet4":"Solid metal note bar", "Bullet5":"Sold individually", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP935-B75", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP935 individual colour chime bars - B75 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318310640", "VariationOf": "pp935-c64", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus chime bars\nPercussion Plus chime bars are great for classrooms or those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a strong plastic resonator box with a metal note bar that produces a clear bell-like sound. Built to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music room. Each note is sold individually.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these chime bars is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe note bars are tuned to a C major scale (C64-C72) and vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThe bars are colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\n\nGet the parts you need\nIf you’re looking for an individual chime bar, then this is the perfect way to get exactly what you need. Also available is the PP935 set of 8 chime bars with the included case, and the replacement plastic case which can be found here.\n", "Bullet1":"Single chime bars, ideal as spares or replacements for PP935 set", "Bullet2":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet3":"Tuned to a C major scale C64 - C76", "Bullet4":"Solid metal note bar", "Bullet5":"Sold individually", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP935-C76", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP935 individual colour chime bars - C76 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318310664", "VariationOf": "pp935-c64", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus chime bars\nPercussion Plus chime bars are great for classrooms or those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a strong plastic resonator box with a metal note bar that produces a clear bell-like sound. Built to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music room. Each note is sold individually.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these chime bars is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe note bars are tuned to a C major scale (C64-C72) and vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThe bars are colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\n\nGet the parts you need\nIf you’re looking for an individual chime bar, then this is the perfect way to get exactly what you need. Also available is the PP935 set of 8 chime bars with the included case, and the replacement plastic case which can be found here.\n", "Bullet1":"Single chime bars, ideal as spares or replacements for PP935 set", "Bullet2":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet3":"Tuned to a C major scale C64 - C76", "Bullet4":"Solid metal note bar", "Bullet5":"Sold individually", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2131", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made mini brown frog guiro and scraper - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003escrapers", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318311456", "VariationOf": "pp2131", "Description": "\n\n Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made mini brown frog guiro and scraper\nThis Percussion Plus guiro is a fun and unusual instrument that has been hand-carved to look just like a frog. Made in northern Thailand, using only traditional methods and materials, this responsibly sourced instrument creates a unique and rich tune.\nThis little frog is supplied with an ergonomic stick for easy scraping, and it’s played by simply running the scraper down the ridge of the back to make it croak. It’s entertaining design and quality sound makes it perfect for use in classrooms, music therapy groups, and other music education settings.\nThese frog guiro and scrapers are sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision.\n\n\n\n\n\n How are they made?\nFirstly, the rough structure is carved out by hand before being carefully sanded down to form the final shape. It is then drilled and tested to ensure the desired ‘pock’ sound is produced when struck. After the frogs are sanded and drilled, they are dried in a large kiln.\n\n\n\n\n\n Croak like a frog\nTo play, scrape the stick along the frog’s ‘spine’ for a distinctive croak sound. Vary speed and pressure for different and interesting sounds. You can also strike the frog on the top of its head for a full bodied, percussive ‘thock’ sound, great for adding accents to your playing.\n\n\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Part of the Honestly Made range of musical instruments, produced ethically in developing nations", "Bullet2":"Crafted in northern Thailand using traditional methods and materials", "Bullet3":"A fun and entertaining frog design with a guiro spine", "Bullet4":"Supplied with ergonomic wooden scrapper", "Bullet5":"Ideal for classrooms and early years development", "Bullet6":"Responsibly sourced", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApprox dimensions:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5cm × 4cm × 4cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAcacia wood\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "48","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NB200MPPH", "Title": "NUVOBand Clarinet Mouthpiece Patches - pack of 6 - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "NUVOBand", "Barcode": "1230000230070", "VariationOf": "nb200mpph", "Description": "These silicone patches help to provide a more comfortable playing experience. Not only do the patches reduce mouthpiece slips when playing, they also prevent your mouthpiece from getting scratched. Supplied as a set of six.", "Bullet1":"Provides a comfortable playing experience", "Bullet2":"Prevents scratches on your mouthpiece", "Bullet3":"Stops teeth from slipping on the mouthpiece", "Bullet4":"Patch thickness 0.7mm", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NB300KRB", "Title": "NUVOBand Flute Coloured Key Rings - Blue \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "NUVOBand", "Barcode": "1230000230124", "VariationOf": "nb300kr", "Description": "Personalize your NUVOBand flute by replacing the original black silicone rings with a set of coloured rings. These can be used for teaching new note fingerings, or simply to look great!\nAvailable in:\n\nBlue\nGreen\nPurple\nRed\nYellow\n\n", "Bullet1":"Customise your flute with these coloured key rings", "Bullet2":"Great for new learners to easily position fingers on the touch-keys", "Bullet3":"Supplied as a set of 6 in one colour", "Bullet4":"Available in blue, green, purple, red or yellow", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NB300KRG", "Title": "NUVOBand Flute Coloured Key Rings - Green \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "NUVOBand", "Barcode": "1230000230131", "VariationOf": "nb300kr", "Description": "Personalize your NUVOBand flute by replacing the original black silicone rings with a set of coloured rings. These can be used for teaching new note fingerings, or simply to look great!\nAvailable in:\n\nBlue\nGreen\nPurple\nRed\nYellow\n\n", "Bullet1":"Customise your flute with these coloured key rings", "Bullet2":"Great for new learners to easily position fingers on the touch-keys", "Bullet3":"Supplied as a set of 6 in one colour", "Bullet4":"Available in blue, green, purple, red or yellow", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NB300KRP", "Title": "NUVOBand Flute Coloured Key Rings - Puple \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "NUVOBand", "Barcode": "1230000230117", "VariationOf": "nb300kr", "Description": "Personalize your NUVOBand flute by replacing the original black silicone rings with a set of coloured rings. These can be used for teaching new note fingerings, or simply to look great!\nAvailable in:\n\nBlue\nGreen\nPurple\nRed\nYellow\n\n", "Bullet1":"Customise your flute with these coloured key rings", "Bullet2":"Great for new learners to easily position fingers on the touch-keys", "Bullet3":"Supplied as a set of 6 in one colour", "Bullet4":"Available in blue, green, purple, red or yellow", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NB300KRR", "Title": "NUVOBand Flute Coloured Key Rings - Red \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "NUVOBand", "Barcode": "1230000230148", "VariationOf": "nb300kr", "Description": "Personalize your NUVOBand flute by replacing the original black silicone rings with a set of coloured rings. These can be used for teaching new note fingerings, or simply to look great!\nAvailable in:\n\nBlue\nGreen\nPurple\nRed\nYellow\n\n", "Bullet1":"Customise your flute with these coloured key rings", "Bullet2":"Great for new learners to easily position fingers on the touch-keys", "Bullet3":"Supplied as a set of 6 in one colour", "Bullet4":"Available in blue, green, purple, red or yellow", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NB300KRY", "Title": "NUVOBand Flute Coloured Key Rings - Yellow \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "NUVOBand", "Barcode": "1230000230155", "VariationOf": "nb300kr", "Description": "Personalize your NUVOBand flute by replacing the original black silicone rings with a set of coloured rings. These can be used for teaching new note fingerings, or simply to look great!\nAvailable in:\n\nBlue\nGreen\nPurple\nRed\nYellow\n\n", "Bullet1":"Customise your flute with these coloured key rings", "Bullet2":"Great for new learners to easily position fingers on the touch-keys", "Bullet3":"Supplied as a set of 6 in one colour", "Bullet4":"Available in blue, green, purple, red or yellow", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1610-3", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo\/Dood\/jSax 3 pack plastic reeds - Soft (1) \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "799439719514", "VariationOf": "nuvo-ncp16", "Description": "Introducing the Nuvo 3 pack plastic reeds for Clarineo, jSax and Dood\nThis fantastic pack of three plastic reeds will last up to 10 times longer than traditional cane reeds. They feature a locating rib which helps students to correctly position the reed on the mouthpiece and are available in 3 strengths (1, 1½ and 2)\n\nSoft (1)\nMedium soft (1.5)\nMedium (2)\n\nThe medium soft strength (1.5) is the most popular among learners, but the soft (1) is ideal for particularly young learners and the medium (2) provides good progression for intermediates.\nThis accessory is for the Clarineo, Dood and jSax. \n\n Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information jSax Fingering Chart\nClarineo Fingering Chart\nDood Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"3 pack of reeds for Clarineo, Dood or jSax", "Bullet2":"Available in three strengths: Soft (1), Medium Soft (1.5) and Medium (2)", "Bullet3":"A durable, washable alternative to traditional cane reeds", "Bullet4":"Excellent for the Clarineo, Dood and jSax", "Bullet5":"Great for young beginners", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "315","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1615-3", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo\/Dood\/jSax 3 pack plastic reeds - Medium soft (1.5) \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "799439719521", "VariationOf": "nuvo-ncp16", "Description": "Introducing the Nuvo 3 pack plastic reeds for Clarineo, jSax and Dood\nThis fantastic pack of three plastic reeds will last up to 10 times longer than traditional cane reeds. They feature a locating rib which helps students to correctly position the reed on the mouthpiece and are available in 3 strengths (1, 1½ and 2)\n\nSoft (1)\nMedium soft (1.5)\nMedium (2)\n\nThe medium soft strength (1.5) is the most popular among learners, but the soft (1) is ideal for particularly young learners and the medium (2) provides good progression for intermediates.\nThis accessory is for the Clarineo, Dood and jSax. \n\n Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information jSax Fingering Chart\nClarineo Fingering Chart\nDood Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"3 pack of reeds for Clarineo, Dood or jSax", "Bullet2":"Available in three strengths: Soft (1), Medium Soft (1.5) and Medium (2)", "Bullet3":"A durable, washable alternative to traditional cane reeds", "Bullet4":"Excellent for the Clarineo, Dood and jSax", "Bullet5":"Great for young beginners", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "245","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1620-3", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo\/Dood\/jSax 3 pack plastic reeds - Medium (2) \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "799439719538", "VariationOf": "nuvo-ncp16", "Description": "Introducing the Nuvo 3 pack plastic reeds for Clarineo, jSax and Dood\nThis fantastic pack of three plastic reeds will last up to 10 times longer than traditional cane reeds. They feature a locating rib which helps students to correctly position the reed on the mouthpiece and are available in 3 strengths (1, 1½ and 2)\n\nSoft (1)\nMedium soft (1.5)\nMedium (2)\n\nThe medium soft strength (1.5) is the most popular among learners, but the soft (1) is ideal for particularly young learners and the medium (2) provides good progression for intermediates.\nThis accessory is for the Clarineo, Dood and jSax. \n\n Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information jSax Fingering Chart\nClarineo Fingering Chart\nDood Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"3 pack of reeds for Clarineo, Dood or jSax", "Bullet2":"Available in three strengths: Soft (1), Medium Soft (1.5) and Medium (2)", "Bullet3":"A durable, washable alternative to traditional cane reeds", "Bullet4":"Excellent for the Clarineo, Dood and jSax", "Bullet5":"Great for young beginners", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "26","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3060", "Title": "Percussion Plus 5\"\" rectangular woodblock - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewoodblocks", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349488452", "VariationOf": "pp3060", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus 5\"\" rectangular woodblock\nThis Percussion Plus rectangular woodblock is a high quality instrument which produces a bright and crisp single tone when struck with the beater. The handle makes the woodblock comfortable to hold and easy to play, boosting its effectiveness as a rhythm instrument.\nThe woodblock is constructed from durable solid wood and comes supplied with a beater. It is the perfect way to encourage children to explore playing percussion instruments and experimenting with different sounds and rhythms.", "Bullet1":"A fun introduction to basic percussion and rhythm", "Bullet2":"Bright resonant sound", "Bullet3":"5\" woodblock head", "Bullet4":"Solid wood with 3.5\" turned handle", "Bullet5":"Previously known as G6A", "Bullet6":"Supplied with beater", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "75","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.516666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP538", "Title": "Percussion Plus transparent maracas - Blue sparkle \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003emaracas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547005381", "VariationOf": "pp538", "Description": "Percussion Plus transparent maracas are a colourful and fun way to get children learning music. They are very simple to use and being made from tough plastic, they are durable. Their lightweight nature makes them ideal for even smaller hands, and the transparency of the plastic adds a visual element to keep young ones entertained. *Available in sparkly blue or sparkly yellow* Note: These items are musical instruments (not toys), and as such are intended for use under adult supervision", "Bullet1":"Transparent sparkle maracas", "Bullet2":"A fun and colourful way to teach children about rhythm", "Bullet3":"Tough and durable plastic shells", "Bullet4":"Lightweight", "Bullet5":"Ideal for small hands", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e21cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "188","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.516666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP539", "Title": "Percussion Plus transparent maracas - Yellow sparkle \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003emaracas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547005398", "VariationOf": "pp538", "Description": "Percussion Plus transparent maracas are a colourful and fun way to get children learning music. They are very simple to use and being made from tough plastic, they are durable. Their lightweight nature makes them ideal for even smaller hands, and the transparency of the plastic adds a visual element to keep young ones entertained. *Available in sparkly blue or sparkly yellow* Note: These items are musical instruments (not toys), and as such are intended for use under adult supervision", "Bullet1":"Transparent sparkle maracas", "Bullet2":"A fun and colourful way to teach children about rhythm", "Bullet3":"Tough and durable plastic shells", "Bullet4":"Lightweight", "Bullet5":"Ideal for small hands", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e21cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "201","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.516666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP652", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Caxixi single straw shaker - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547006524", "VariationOf": "pp652", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Caxixi single straw shaker The Caxixi (ka-shee-shee) single straw shaker from Percussion Plus is a light and tactile instrument producing a warm, percussive shaker tone. Also available as a double shaker, this single shaker is well suited to smaller hands or for those who want a little more control. Made in Ghana, these instruments were once thought to summon enchanted spirits and scare away evil. They are commonly played alongside African drumming ensembles but are fun to play with any music group. These caxixi or ‘basket shakers’ are all sourced responsibly using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments, not toys, and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. Natural materials, vibrant colours Each shaker has been hand-crafted in Ghana using sustainably sourced materials and traditional methods. Straw is woven together to form the basket with a small disk attached at the bottom for extra projection. They also feature a vibrant multi-coloured finish, very typical of these traditional instruments. Make varied tones with one shaker To play, hold horizontally and shake the beads against the straw basket. Adding accents is easy – just turn the basket and project the beads against the small disk at the bottom of the shaker. Vary the angle of the shaker for even more tones, from soft and gentle to hard and percussive. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Ghana using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Two sounds can be produced, either shake the pebbles onto the disc or into the weave", "Bullet3":"Vibrant and colourful woven designs, supplied at random", "Bullet4":"Size varies from 16-20cm high", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"*Sold individually*", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "37","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.516666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP7603", "Title": "Percussion Plus sand blocks - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003esand-blocks", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547076039", "VariationOf": "pp7603", "Description": "This Percussion Plus pair of sand blocks is a fun way to introduce children to creating different rhythms and musical sounds. To produce a sound, the player simply has to clap them together or scrape the underside to create range of percussive tones and sounds.Each block is made from solid wood with a sandpaper underside and is incredibly sturdy but lightweight. Wooden handles are attached to each block to make the instrument easy to hold and comfortable for anyone to play. These sand blocks make the perfect addition to any classroom percussion box.", "Bullet1":"A pair of woodblocks with a sandpaper underside", "Bullet2":"Produce a sound by clapping or scraping them together", "Bullet3":"Handle for easy grip", "Bullet4":"Creates range of tones and sounds", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "67","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.516666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP821", "Title": "Percussion Plus resonator snare drum head - 14\"\" - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547008214", "VariationOf": "pp821", "Description": "This Percussion Plus Drum skin is an 14\"\" clear single ply head. Reliable and affordable, with a rich and versatile sound, this clear drum head is perfect for entry-level players.", "Bullet1":"Drum head from Percussion Plus", "Bullet2":"Perfect for both live and recording situations", "Bullet3":"14\" bottom snare drum head", "Bullet4":"Clear single ply skin", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1022", "Title": "Nuvo Flute Screwdriver - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5060349486816", "VariationOf": "nfp1022", "Description": "Nuvo Flute Screwdriver We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Student Flute and jFlute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for JFlute and Student Flute", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1023", "Title": "Nuvo Flute Screwdriver - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5060349486816", "VariationOf": "nfp1022", "Description": "Nuvo Flute Screwdriver We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Student Flute and jFlute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for JFlute and Student Flute", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2132", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made mini rainbow frog guiro and scraper - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003escrapers", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318311463", "VariationOf": "pp2132", "Description": "\n\n Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made mini rainbow frog guiro and scraper\nThis Percussion Plus guiro is a fun and unusual instrument that has been hand-carved to look just like a frog. Made in northern Thailand, using only traditional methods and materials, this responsibly sourced instrument creates a unique and rich tune.\nThis little frog is supplied with an ergonomic stick for easy scraping, and it’s played by simply running the scraper down the ridge of the back to make it croak. It’s entertaining design and quality sound makes it perfect for use in classrooms, music therapy groups, and other music education settings.\nThese frog guiro and scrapers are sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision.\n\n\n\n\n\n How are they made?\nFirstly, the rough structure is carved out by hand before being carefully sanded down to form the final shape. It is then drilled and tested to ensure the desired ‘pock’ sound is produced when struck. After the frogs are sanded and drilled, they are dried in a large kiln. Once fully dried they are painted to give them their distinctive rainbow exterior. The painting method used also adds an aesthetically pleasing 'cracked' effect on the instrument.\n\n\n\n\n\n Croak like a frog\nTo play, scrape the stick along the frog’s ‘spine’ for a distinctive croak sound. Vary speed and pressure for different and interesting sounds. You can also strike the frog on the top of its head for a full bodied, percussive ‘thock’ sound, great for adding accents to your playing.\n\n\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Part of the Honestly Made range of musical instruments, produced ethically in developing nations", "Bullet2":"Crafted in northern Thailand using traditional methods and materials", "Bullet3":"A unique and colourful frog design with a guiro spine", "Bullet4":"Supplied with ergonomic wooden scrapper", "Bullet5":"Ideal for classrooms and early years development", "Bullet6":"Responsibly sourced", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApprox dimensions:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5cm × 4cm × 4cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAcacia wood\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.516666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP300-BL", "Title": "Liverpool olodum mallet with wooden handle - Blue \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eother", "Brand": "Liverpool", "Barcode": "5055964138615", "VariationOf": "pp300-bl", "Description": "Introducing the Liverpool olodum mallet with wooden handle\nThis padded mallet is designed for samba-reggae surdos and is widely used in olodum rhythms. It features an ergonomic wooden handle and large, cloth covered head that provides bright sounds, tonal lightness, and dynamic touches. It’s available in blue or red colours.\n\nGreat for practice and performances\nMeasuring 275mm in length and 25mm in diameter, these affordable mallets are the perfect choice for beginner players to use during practice sessions. They’re also comfortable to hold and built to withstand regular use, making them suitable for band performances and classroom environments.\n", "Bullet1":"Light and durable Olodum mallet ", "Bullet2":"Designed for samba-reggae surdos", "Bullet3":"Features a soft, padded head", "Bullet4":"Ergonomic wooden handle", "Bullet5":"Creates a punchy and dynamic tone", "Bullet6":"Available in blue and red", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e275mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFabric cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandle material:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWood\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.516666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP300-RD", "Title": "Liverpool olodum mallet with wooden handle - Red \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eother", "Brand": "Liverpool", "Barcode": "5055964138622", "VariationOf": "pp300-bl", "Description": "Introducing the Liverpool olodum mallet with wooden handle\nThis padded mallet is designed for samba-reggae surdos and is widely used in olodum rhythms. It features an ergonomic wooden handle and large, cloth covered head that provides bright sounds, tonal lightness, and dynamic touches. It’s available in blue or red colours.\n\nGreat for practice and performances\nMeasuring 275mm in length and 25mm in diameter, these affordable mallets are the perfect choice for beginner players to use during practice sessions. They’re also comfortable to hold and built to withstand regular use, making them suitable for band performances and classroom environments.\n", "Bullet1":"Light and durable Olodum mallet ", "Bullet2":"Designed for samba-reggae surdos", "Bullet3":"Features a soft, padded head", "Bullet4":"Ergonomic wooden handle", "Bullet5":"Creates a punchy and dynamic tone", "Bullet6":"Available in blue and red", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e275mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFabric cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandle material:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWood\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.516666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-11", "Title": "Live sound - A1 educational poster - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112080", "VariationOf": "gns-11", "Description": "Introducing the live sound wall poster\nThis educational wallchart from Genesis Images has everything you need to know about basic stage setup and control, with a central annotated mixing desk showing how the various components of a PA system talk to each other. It also includes segments on DI boxes and auxiliary inserts.\nEach poster is expertly designed, eye-catching and full of detailed information. They’re also made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years.\nThese wallcharts are the perfect way for teachers to decorate their music classroom, practice room or studio walls with useful information for students of different ages to learn from.\nThis poster can be purchased on its own or as part of the convenient and cost effective GNS-41 set of 8. The posters in the Musical Technology series are designed to teach a wide variety of musical knowledge and skills.\n", "Bullet1":"A1 landscape (841x594mm) informative wallchart", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features an eye catching design with engaging diagrams", "Bullet4":"Covers everything you need to know about basic stage setup and control", "Bullet5":"Includes segments on DI boxes and auxiliary inserts", "Bullet6":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "274","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.808333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.25", "Quantity_break_2": "5","Quantity_break_price_2": "2.525", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-12", "Title": "Mixers - A1 educational poster - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112097", "VariationOf": "gns-12", "Description": "Introducing the mixers wall poster\nThis educational wallchart from Genesis Images provides a beautifully simple explanation of the various functions of a mixer. It features magnified images of a single channel from both a hardware and software mixer, with colour coded annotations defining each knob and button. It also displays information about analogue, digital, and software controlled desks.\nEach poster is expertly designed, eye-catching and full of detailed information. They’re also made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years.\nThese wallcharts are the perfect way for teachers to decorate their music classroom, practice room or studio walls with useful information for students of different ages to learn from.\nThis poster can be purchased on its own or as part of the convenient and cost effective GNS-41 set of 8. The posters in the Musical Technology series are designed to teach a wide variety of musical knowledge and skills.", "Bullet1":"A1 landscape (841x594mm) informative wallchart", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features an eye catching design with engaging diagrams", "Bullet4":"Features easy to understand explanations of the various functions of a mixer", "Bullet5":"Includes information on analogue, digital, and software controlled desks", "Bullet6":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "116","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.808333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.25", "Quantity_break_2": "5","Quantity_break_price_2": "2.525", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-13", "Title": "Synthesizers - A1 educational poster - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112103", "VariationOf": "gns-13", "Description": "Introducing the synthesizers wall poster\nThis educational wallchart from Genesis Images shows the complex workings of a synthesizer and helpfully reduces it to some basic facts with extremely clear diagrams and definitions. It includes examples of famous instruments, explanations of oscillators, filters and envelopes, and how to differentiate between analogue synths, digital synths, and samplers.\nEach poster is expertly designed, eye-catching and full of detailed information. They’re also made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years.\nThese wallcharts are the perfect way for teachers to decorate their music classroom, practice room or studio walls with useful information for students of different ages to learn from.\nThis poster can be purchased on its own or as part of the convenient and cost effective GNS-41 set of 8. The posters in the Musical Technology series are designed to teach a wide variety of musical knowledge and skills.\n", "Bullet1":"A1 landscape (841x594mm) informative wallchart", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features an eye catching design with engaging diagrams", "Bullet4":"Includes clear definitions of oscillators, filters and envelopes", "Bullet5":"Covers famous synths from the last 60 years", "Bullet6":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "237","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.808333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.25", "Quantity_break_2": "5","Quantity_break_price_2": "2.525", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-14", "Title": "Computers and music - A1 educational poster - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112110", "VariationOf": "gns-14", "Description": "Introducing the computers and music wall poster\nThis educational wallchart from Genesis Images has easy to digest descriptions of each of the components of a basic digital audio workstation (DAW) including sections on audio interfaces and VSTs. This information is essential, as all music and music tech students will be expected to work with a setup like this at some point during their course.\nEach poster is expertly designed, eye-catching and full of detailed information. They’re also made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years.\nThese wallcharts are the perfect way for teachers to decorate their music classroom, practice room or studio walls with useful information for students of different ages to learn from.\nThis poster can be purchased on its own or as part of the convenient and cost effective GNS-41 set of 8. The posters in the Musical Technology series are designed to teach a wide variety of musical knowledge and skills.\n", "Bullet1":"A1 landscape (841x594mm) informative wallchart", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features an eye catching design with engaging diagrams", "Bullet4":"Includes sections on audio interfaces and VSTs", "Bullet5":"An essential reference for 21st century classrooms and studios", "Bullet6":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "258","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.808333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.25", "Quantity_break_2": "5","Quantity_break_price_2": "2.525", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-15", "Title": "Microphones - A1 educational poster - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112127", "VariationOf": "gns-15", "Description": "Introducing the microphone wall poster\nThis educational wallchart from Genesis Images neatly explains the different types of microphones – dynamic, ribbon, condenser, and electret – and their respective applications. It also features three detailed diagrams, which show the difference between omnidirectional, figure-of-eight and cardioid polar patterns.\nEach poster is expertly designed, eye-catching and full of detailed information. They’re also made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years.\nThese wallcharts are the perfect way for teachers to decorate their music classroom, practice room or studio walls with useful information for students of different ages to learn from.\nThis poster can be purchased on its own or as part of the convenient and cost effective GNS-41 set of 8. The posters in the Musical Technology series are designed to teach a wide variety of musical knowledge and skills.\n", "Bullet1":"A1 landscape (841x594mm) informative wallchart", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features an eye catching design with engaging diagrams", "Bullet4":"Includes information about dynamic, ribbon, condenser, and electret mics", "Bullet5":"Features three detailed polar pattern diagrams", "Bullet6":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "242","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.808333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.25", "Quantity_break_2": "5","Quantity_break_price_2": "2.525", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-16", "Title": "Samplers - A1 educational poster - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112134", "VariationOf": "gns-16", "Description": "Introducing the sampling wall poster\nThis educational wallchart from Genesis Images details the history, mechanics and purpose of sampling. It includes information on sample rates and storage file formats, as well as graphical explanations of the common sample manipulation techniques.\nEach poster is expertly designed, eye-catching and full of detailed information. They’re also made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years.\nThese wallcharts are the perfect way for teachers to decorate their music classroom, practice room or studio walls with useful information for students of different ages to learn from.\nThis poster can be purchased on its own or as part of the convenient and cost effective GNS-41 set of 8. The posters in the Musical Technology series are designed to teach a wide variety of musical knowledge and skills.\n", "Bullet1":"A1 landscape (841x594mm) informative wallchart", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features an eye catching design with engaging diagrams", "Bullet4":"Includes information on sample rates and storage file formats", "Bullet5":"Features graphical explanations of the most common sample manipulation techniques", "Bullet6":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "300","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.808333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.25", "Quantity_break_2": "5","Quantity_break_price_2": "2.525", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-17", "Title": "Audio processing - A1 educational poster - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112141", "VariationOf": "gns-17", "Description": "Introducing the audio processing wall poster\nThis educational wallchart from Genesis Images provides a summary of the most common audio effects used to alter recorded or live sound. Effects are grouped under four headings: time (reverb, delay), modulation (chorus, flange), tone (EQ), and dynamic (compression, gate). It also includes diagrams showing the parameters associated with each.\nEach poster is expertly designed, eye-catching and full of detailed information. They’re also made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years.\nThese wallcharts are the perfect way for teachers to decorate their music classroom, practice room or studio walls with useful information for students of different ages to learn from.\nThis poster can be purchased on its own or as part of the convenient and cost effective GNS-41 set of 8. The posters in the Musical Technology series are designed to teach a wide variety of musical knowledge and skills.\n", "Bullet1":"A1 landscape (841x594mm) informative wallchart", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features an eye catching design with engaging diagrams", "Bullet4":"Covers time, modulation, tone, and dynamic effects", "Bullet5":"Includes diagrams showing the parameters associated with each effect", "Bullet6":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "204","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.808333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.25", "Quantity_break_2": "5","Quantity_break_price_2": "2.525", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-18", "Title": "Sound connectors - A1 educational poster - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112158", "VariationOf": "gns-18", "Description": "Introducing the sound connections wall poster\nThis educational wallchart from Genesis Images includes an invaluable reference sheet for musicians of all ages, giving explanations and applications of all the common types of connections and cables. It groups connections under three subheadings – audio signal, speaker, and digital information – and it also features a section on the difference between balanced and unbalanced wiring.\nEach poster is expertly designed, eye-catching and full of detailed information. They’re also made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years.\nThese wallcharts are the perfect way for teachers to decorate their music classroom, practice room or studio walls with useful information for students of different ages to learn from.\nThis poster can be purchased on its own or as part of the convenient and cost effective GNS-41 set of 8. The posters in the Musical Technology series are designed to teach a wide variety of musical knowledge and skills.\n", "Bullet1":"A1 landscape (841x594mm) informative wallchart", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features an eye catching design with engaging diagrams", "Bullet4":"Covers audio signal, speaker, and digital information connections", "Bullet5":"Includes a section on the difference between balanced and unbalanced wiring", "Bullet6":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "239","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.808333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.25", "Quantity_break_2": "5","Quantity_break_price_2": "2.525", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-21", "Title": "Brass instruments - A1 educational poster - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112165", "VariationOf": "gns-21", "Description": "Introducing the brass instruments wall poster\nThis educational wallchart from Genesis Images features crisp, detailed images of the four standard orchestral brass instruments, accompanied by key facts and information. It includes a section on some common extended techniques, and it also defines and notates the harmonic series.\nEach poster is expertly designed, eye-catching and full of detailed information. They’re also made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years.\nThese wallcharts are the perfect way for teachers to decorate their music classroom, practice room or studio walls with useful information for students of different ages to learn from.\nThis poster can be purchased on its own or as part of the convenient and cost effective GNS-42 set of 8. The posters in the Musical Instruments series are designed to teach a wide variety of musical knowledge and skills.\n", "Bullet1":"A1 landscape (841x594mm) informative wallchart", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features an eye catching design with engaging diagrams", "Bullet4":"Includes information on standard ranges and the harmonic series", "Bullet5":"Features definitions of some extended techniques", "Bullet6":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "259","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.808333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.25", "Quantity_break_2": "5","Quantity_break_price_2": "2.525", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-22", "Title": "Woodwind instruments - A1 educational poster - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112172", "VariationOf": "gns-22", "Description": "Introducing the woodwind instruments wall poster\nThis educational wallchart from Genesis Images offers a brief description of the five orchestral woodwind families (flutes, oboes, clarinets, bassoons, and saxophones) along with helpful diagrams which colour code their respective ranges according to the quality of tone. It also features an example of Bb transposition.\nEach poster is expertly designed, eye-catching and full of detailed information. They’re also made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years.\nThese wallcharts are the perfect way for teachers to decorate their music classroom, practice room or studio walls with useful information for students of different ages to learn from.\nThis poster can be purchased on its own or as part of the convenient and cost effective GNS-42 set of 8. The posters in the Musical Instruments series are designed to teach a wide variety of musical knowledge and skills.\n", "Bullet1":"A1 landscape (841x594mm) informative wallchart", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features an eye catching design with engaging diagrams", "Bullet4":"Includes colour coded images showing how tone is affected by pitch", "Bullet5":"Features an example of B♭ transposition", "Bullet6":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "251","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.808333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.25", "Quantity_break_2": "5","Quantity_break_price_2": "2.525", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-23", "Title": "Percussion instruments - A1 educational poster - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112189", "VariationOf": "gns-23", "Description": "Introducing the percussion instruments wall poster\nThis educational wallchart from Genesis Images clearly defines the six categories of percussion – pitched and non-pitched membraphones, pitched and non-pitched idiophones, aerophones and chordaphones – with examples and pictures of all the instruments you are likely to encounter in Western classical music.\nEach poster is expertly designed, eye-catching and full of detailed information. They’re also made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years.\nThese wallcharts are the perfect way for teachers to decorate their music classroom, practice room or studio walls with useful information for students of different ages to learn from.\nThis poster can be purchased on its own or as part of the convenient and cost effective GNS-42 set of 8. The posters in the Musical Instruments series are designed to teach a wide variety of musical knowledge and skills.\n", "Bullet1":"A1 landscape (841x594mm) informative wallchart", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features an eye catching design with engaging diagrams", "Bullet4":"Features all the percussion you are likely to encounter in Western classical music", "Bullet5":"Includes information on membraphones, idiophones, aerophones, and chordaphones", "Bullet6":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "368","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.808333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.25", "Quantity_break_2": "5","Quantity_break_price_2": "2.525", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-24", "Title": "Stringed instruments - A1 educational poster - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112196", "VariationOf": "gns-24", "Description": "Introducing the stringed instruments wall poster\nThis educational wallchart from Genesis Images displays basic information for violin, viola, cello and double bass, with extra sections on the orchestral harp and a glossary of standard Italian terms associated with the playing of stringed instruments. It also includes colour coded information on the ranges of each instrument.\nEach poster is expertly designed, eye-catching and full of detailed information. They’re also made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years.\nThese wallcharts are the perfect way for teachers to decorate their music classroom, practice room or studio walls with useful information for students of different ages to learn from.\nThis poster can be purchased on its own or as part of the convenient and cost effective GNS-42 set of 8. The posters in the Musical Instruments series are designed to teach a wide variety of musical knowledge and skills.\n", "Bullet1":"A1 landscape (841x594mm) informative wallchart", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features an eye catching design with engaging diagrams", "Bullet4":"Includes easy to understand and colour coded information", "Bullet5":"Features a glossary of Italian terms associated with bowing", "Bullet6":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "167","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.808333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "2.25", "Quantity_break_2": "5","Quantity_break_price_2": "2.525", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-25", "Title": "Guitars - A1 educational poster - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112202", "VariationOf": "gns-25", "Description": "Introducing the guitars wall poster\nThis educational wallchart from Genesis Images depicts an annotated anatomy of the electric guitar, along with pictures of the various acoustic members of the guitar family. It includes a pitch map of the entire guitar neck, and it has a particularly useful explanation of the relationship between traditional notation and tablature.\nEach poster is expertly designed, eye-catching and full of detailed information. They’re also made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years.\nThese wallcharts are the perfect way for teachers to decorate their music classroom, practice room or studio walls with useful information for students of different ages to learn from.\nThis poster can be purchased on its own or as part of the convenient and cost effective GNS-42 set of 8. The posters in the Musical Instruments series are designed to teach a wide variety of musical knowledge and skills.\n", "Bullet1":"A1 portrait (841x594mm) informative wallchart", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features an eye catching design with engaging diagrams", "Bullet4":"Depicts an annotated anatomy of the electric guitar", "Bullet5":"Includes a pitch map of the entire guitar neck", "Bullet6":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "153","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.808333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-26", "Title": "The human voice - A1 educational poster - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112219", "VariationOf": "gns-26", "Description": "Introducing the human voice wall poster\nThis educational wallchart from Genesis Images has facts about the world's most versatile instrument, the voice. It includes a stave, which shows standard ranges for different types of singing voices, and it also features bitesize definitions of 12 key words associated with the composition and performance of both classical and popular vocal music styles.\nEach poster is expertly designed, eye-catching and full of detailed information. They’re also made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years.\nThese wallcharts are the perfect way for teachers to decorate their music classroom, practice room or studio walls with useful information for students of different ages to learn from.\nThis poster can be purchased on its own or as part of the convenient and cost effective GNS-42 set of 8. The posters in the Musical Instruments series are designed to teach a wide variety of musical knowledge and skills.\n", "Bullet1":"A1 landscape (841x594mm) informative wallchart", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features an eye catching design with engaging diagrams", "Bullet4":"Includes a stave showing standard ranges for different types of singing voices", "Bullet5":"Features definitions of 12 key words associated with classical and popular vocal styles", "Bullet6":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "293","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.808333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-28", "Title": "Drums and world percussion - A1 educational poster - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112233", "VariationOf": "gns-28", "Description": "Introducing the drums and world percussion wall poster\nThis educational wallchart from Genesis Images is ideal for peripatetic teaching rooms. It features labelled images of percussion instruments from four key countries - salsa from Cuba, samba from Brazil, djembes from West Africa, and tablas from India - all accompanied by a map location. It also has a segment on drum notation basics and examples of the most common drumming rudiments.\nEach poster is expertly designed, eye-catching and full of detailed information. They’re also made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years.\nThese wallcharts are the perfect way for teachers to decorate their music classroom, practice room or studio walls with useful information for students of different ages to learn from.\nThis poster can be purchased on its own or as part of the convenient and cost effective GNS-42 set of 8. The posters in the Musical Instruments series are designed to teach a wide variety of musical knowledge and skills.\n", "Bullet1":"A1 portrait (841x594mm) informative wallchart", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features an eye catching design with engaging diagrams", "Bullet4":"Includes very useful information on rudiments and drum notation", "Bullet5":"Facts about drums, cymbals, shakers, and bells from around the world", "Bullet6":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "200","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.808333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-31", "Title": "Western classical music - A1 educational poster - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112240", "VariationOf": "gns-31", "Description": "Introducing the Western classical music wall poster\nThis educational wallchart from Genesis Images features a flowchart of the key developments in classical music from 1600 to the present day. It contains examples of composers, and every time period has been carefully reduced to a few essential key words and phrases.\nEach poster is expertly designed, eye-catching and full of detailed information. They’re also made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years.\nThese wallcharts are the perfect way for teachers to decorate their music classroom, practice room or studio walls with useful information for students of different ages to learn from.\nThis poster can be purchased on its own or as part of the convenient and cost effective GNS-43 set of 3.\n", "Bullet1":"A1 landscape (841x594mm) informative wallchart", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features an eye catching design with engaging diagrams", "Bullet4":"Covers the key facts about Western music", "Bullet5":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "Bullet6":"Particularly suitable for KS2\/KS3", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "246","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.808333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-32", "Title": "Genesis Images Popular and world music - A1 educational poster - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112257", "VariationOf": "gns-32", "Description": "Introducing the popular and world music wall poster\nThis educational wallchart from Genesis Images includes information about some of the musical cultures outside the Western classical sphere and how their fusion has influenced popular music. It’s full of important facts about blues, gospel, rock and roll, folk, Indian and African music, which are presented around a clever and visually appealing guitar headstock design.\nEach poster is expertly designed, eye-catching and full of detailed information. They’re also made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years.\nThese wallcharts are the perfect way for teachers to decorate their music classroom, practice room or studio walls with useful information for students of different ages to learn from.\nThis poster can be purchased on its own or as part of the convenient and cost effective GNS-43 set of 3.\n", "Bullet1":"A1 landscape (841x594mm) informative wallchart", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features an eye catching design with engaging diagrams", "Bullet4":"Covers popular music from around the world", "Bullet5":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "Bullet6":"Particularly suitable for KS2\/KS3", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "211","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.808333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-34", "Title": "Genesis Images Film and TV music - A1 educational poster - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112271", "VariationOf": "gns-34", "Description": "Introducing the film and TV music wall poster\nThis educational wallchart from Genesis Images is full of picture examples of TV programmes and films which are famous for their music. Alongside these images are essential facts and keywords, including an explanation of the complicated timecode composition process.\nEach poster is expertly designed, eye-catching and full of detailed information. They’re also made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years.\nThese wallcharts are the perfect way for teachers to decorate their music classroom, practice room or studio walls with useful information for students of different ages to learn from.\nThis poster can be purchased on its own or as part of the convenient and cost effective GNS-43 set of 3.\n", "Bullet1":"A1 landscape (841x594mm) informative wallchart", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features an eye catching design with engaging diagrams", "Bullet4":"Covers the key techniques used to enhance a visual experience", "Bullet5":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "Bullet6":"Particularly suitable for KS2\/KS3", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "207","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.808333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP544", "Title": "Percussion Plus pack of 10 triangle holders - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003etriangle-holders", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547005442", "VariationOf": "pp544", "Description": "This Pack of 10 triangle holders is perfect for use with any triangle. The pack includes lengths of cord with plastic handles; great for music groups, schools or play schemes. This a great value pack!", "Bullet1":"Pack of 10 triangle holders", "Bullet2":"10 lengths of cord with plastic handles used to hold triangles", "Bullet3":"Great value pack", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "8","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.933333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-46", "Title": "Think of composing - Elements - single wall poster - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112301", "VariationOf": "gns-46", "Description": "Introducing the think of composing - elements wall poster\nThis educational wallchart from Genesis Images is aimed at students starting to compose for the first time. It displays concise definitions and examples of key terminology suitable for KS2\/KS3, featuring easy to understand graphical representations of the eight most important elements of composition. The visually engaging design encourages young composers to consider dynamics, silence, tempo, rhythm, texture, timbre, pitch and form.\nThe elements poster is made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years. It’s the perfect way for teachers to decorate their music classroom, practice room or studio walls with useful information for students to learn from.\nThis poster can be purchased on its own or as part of the convenient and cost effective GNS-44 set of 5. Combined with the others in this series, it provides an excellent method for organising compositional ideas.", "Bullet1":"A2 landscape (594x420mm) informative wallchart", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features an eye catching design with engaging diagrams", "Bullet4":"Covers simple graphical explanations of key terminology", "Bullet5":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "Bullet6":"Particularly suitable for KS2\/KS3", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "239","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.808333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-47", "Title": "Think of composing - Form - single wall poster - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112318", "VariationOf": "gns-47", "Description": "Introducing the think of composing - form wall poster\nThis educational wallchart from Genesis Images is aimed at students starting to compose for the first time. It displays concise definitions and examples of key terminology suitable for KS2\/KS3, featuring easy to understand graphical representations of the overall form of a composition. It gives suggestions on how and why to make sections different, and it includes a bold reference chart which defines the most common forms used (binary, tertiary, rondo, strophic, song).\nThe form poster is made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years. It’s the perfect way for teachers to decorate their music classroom, practice room or studio walls with useful information for students to learn from.\nThis poster can be purchased on its own or as part of the convenient and cost effective GNS-44 set of 5. Combined with the others in this series, it provides an excellent method for organising compositional ideas.\n", "Bullet1":"A2 landscape (594x420mm) informative wallchart", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features an eye catching design with engaging diagrams", "Bullet4":"Simple graphical explanations of key terminology", "Bullet5":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "Bullet6":"Particularly suitable for KS2\/KS3", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "247","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.808333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-48", "Title": "Think of composing - Instrument - single wall poster - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112325", "VariationOf": "gns-48", "Description": "Introducing the think of composing – instrument wall poster\nThis educational wallchart from Genesis Images is aimed at students starting to compose for the first time. It displays easy to understand graphical representations of unique instruments associated with countries, ranging from the Australian didgeridoo to the African djembe. It’s designed to inspire young composers to explore unusual sounds and different cultures when planning their work.\nThe instrument poster is made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years. It’s the perfect way for teachers to decorate their music classroom, practice room or studio walls with useful information for students to learn from.\nThis poster can be purchased on its own or as part of the convenient and cost effective GNS-44 set of 5. Combined with the others in this series, it provides an excellent method for organising compositional ideas.\n", "Bullet1":"A2 landscape (594x420mm) informative wallchart", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features an eye catching design with engaging diagrams", "Bullet4":"Simple graphical explanations of key terminology", "Bullet5":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "Bullet6":"Particularly suitable for KS2\/KS3", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "223","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.808333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-49", "Title": "Think of composing - Devices - single wall poster - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112332", "VariationOf": "gns-49", "Description": "Introducing the think of composing - devices wall poster\nThis educational wallchart from Genesis Images is aimed at students starting to compose for the first time. It displays concise definitions and examples of key terminology suitable for KS2\/KS3, featuring easy to understand graphical representations of the building blocks of melody and harmony. It contains brief descriptions of six essential concepts, with clear examples of ostinato, riff, ground bass, drone, sequence, and pedal.\nThe devices poster is made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years. It’s the perfect way for teachers to decorate their music classroom, practice room or studio walls with useful information for students to learn from.\nThis poster can be purchased on its own or as part of the convenient and cost effective GNS-44 set of 5. Combined with the others in this series, it provides an excellent method for organising compositional ideas.\n", "Bullet1":"A2 landscape (594x420mm) informative wallchart", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features an eye catching design with engaging diagrams", "Bullet4":"Simple graphical explanations of key terminology", "Bullet5":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "Bullet6":"Particularly suitable for KS2\/KS3", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "246","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.808333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-50", "Title": "Think of composing - Think of a Mood - single wall poster - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112349", "VariationOf": "gns-50", "Description": "Introducing the think of composing - mood wall poster\nThis educational wallchart from Genesis Images is aimed at students starting to compose for the first time. It displays concise definitions and examples of key terminology suitable for KS2\/KS3, featuring easy to understand graphical representations which centre around an example, in this case, music describing a hungry shark, in order to discuss the choices a composer might make when trying to recreate a given atmosphere.\nThe moods poster is made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years. It’s the perfect way for teachers to decorate their music classroom, practice room or studio walls with useful information for students to learn from.\nThis poster can be purchased on its own or as part of the convenient and cost effective GNS-44 set of 5. Referring to the skills taught in the other posters in this series, this mood poster combines everything and shows students how to put their new knowledge into practice.\n", "Bullet1":"A1 portrait (594x841mm) informative wallchart", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features an eye catching design with engaging diagrams", "Bullet4":"Simple graphical explanations of key terminology", "Bullet5":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "Bullet6":"Particularly suitable for KS2\/KS3", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "247","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.808333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-27", "Title": "Keyboard instruments - A1 educational poster - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112226", "VariationOf": "gns-27", "Description": "Introducing the keyboard instruments wall poster\nThis educational wallchart from Genesis Images features detailed descriptions of a large number of keyboard instruments that have been categorised by method of sound production, each accompanied by example images. It includes information on clavichords, harpsichords, organs, pianos and celestas, as well as some alternative keyboards and synthesisers.\nEach poster is expertly designed, eye-catching and full of detailed information. They’re also made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years.\nThese wallcharts are the perfect way for teachers to decorate their music classroom, practice room or studio walls with useful information for students of different ages to learn from.\nThis poster can be purchased on its own or as part of the convenient and cost effective GNS-42 set of 8. The posters in the Musical Instruments series are designed to teach a wide variety of musical knowledge and skills.\n", "Bullet1":"A1 portrait (841x594mm) informative wallchart", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features an eye catching design with engaging diagrams", "Bullet4":"Provides detailed descriptions on a number of keyboard instruments", "Bullet5":"Instruments are categorised by method of sound production", "Bullet6":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "157","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.76","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2.816666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP173-RD", "Title": "Percussion Plus desktop music stand - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003edesktop", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547001734", "VariationOf": "pp173", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus desktop music stands\nThis plastic desktop music stand from Percussion Plus is a useful lightweight accessory for class music lessons. It is made from Correx corrugated plastic which is remarkably sturdy when fitted together, and has a lip large enough for even the largest sheet music books. The whole shelf folds down easily to fit into most rucksacks, and weighs just 118g!\nProviding versatility for group music lessons\nWhen teaching group instrumental lessons in schools and music hubs, it's important to have all the students reading the correct music together. In fully fledged music classrooms with standard music stands, this is no problem, but these desktop ones allow for better versatility. Simply put on the desks in any classroom and you're ready to go!\nCompact convenience for music and more\nAlthough these can't compare with a metal stand in terms of longevity, they are a brilliant tool for younger music classes and even individual beginner students practising recorder or ukulele at home. It can of course be used by non-musicians too e.g. to prop up a recipe book, magazine, or tablet.\nHow to build the Percussion Plus desktop music stand\n\n\nStep one\nFirmly fold up the ledge at the bottom of the stand.\n\n\n\n\nStep two\nFold down the back of the stand. It should form an acute angle with the front part of the stand.\n\n\n\n\nStep three\nFold in the sides so they are perpendicular to the main back part of the stand.\n\n\n\n\nStep four\nSlot the side parts into the ridges underneath the ledge.\n\n\n\n\nStep five\nPut your stand upright and it's good to go!\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Versatile, lightweight and sturdy desktop music stand", "Bullet2":"Ideal for classroom music lessons", "Bullet3":"Simple to assemble and folds flat", "Bullet4":"Made from Correx plastic", "Bullet5":"Required desk dimensions of 47 x 30cm", "Bullet6":"Very light at only 118g", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRequired desk dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e47 x 30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCorrex plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e118g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2798","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.783333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "20","Quantity_break_price_1": "3.4", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP06311", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP06311 beaters - pair - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eball-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964129972", "VariationOf": "pp06311", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP06311 beaters\nThese beaters from Percussion Plus are an essential for the music classroom. With hard, durable rubber heads, these mallets can withstand the intense classroom environment and still provide a sturdy, reliable sound. The versatile mallets are perfect for both tuned and untuned percussion. Now available in packs of 5 or in pairs for the first time, as well as the traditional box of 25.\nEach one has a well-balanced and shaped plastic shaft with a hard orange rubber head. Sold as a pair.", "Bullet1":"Pair of mallets with 20mm hard rubber heads", "Bullet2":"Ideal for use with glockenspiels and chime bars", "Bullet3":"Smooth shaped 22cm plastic shaft", "Bullet4":"Manufactured in the UK", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e220mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOrange\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual beater weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "68","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.783333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "FW01", "Title": "Feadóg Brass D Whistle - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eirish-whistles", "Brand": "Feadóg", "Barcode": "5390500550019", "VariationOf": "fw01", "Description": "Introducing the Feadóg brass Irish whistle in D\nMade in Ireland since 1978, Feadóg \"\"Original Irish Whistles\"\" are the oldest commercially produced Tin Whistles in Ireland.\nThe Irish whistle, also called the penny whistle, is a relatively inexpensive yet quality instrument that is played around the world by amateurs and professionals alike.\nGreat for education\nDue to its simple, easy to maintain design, and the fact that it is a very easy instrument to learn, the penny whistle is a great instrument for the educational environment.\nYou can also purchase a pack of 10 HERE if you are planning on holding a workshop or playing with a class of students and want to purchase multiple whistles for your classroom. The minimal packaging of the 10 pack saves on cost making and helps reduce waste - perfect for schools and institutions.\nWhat's in the box?\nThe presentation pack contains a Feadóg Brass whistle in the key of D, with a fingering chart and an international instruction sheet with several songs to get you started, also making this a great gift idea!", "Bullet1":"The original Irish whistle - made in Ireland since 1978", "Bullet2":"Top quality materials", "Bullet3":"Ideal for players of all abilities", "Bullet4":"Plastic mouthpiece", "Bullet5":"Seamless brass barrel", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "22","RRP_Inc_VAT": "6.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.075", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP153", "Title": "Percussion Plus wooden slide swanee whistle - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eswanee-whistles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349488551", "VariationOf": "pp153", "Description": "This item is a good quality, solid wood 'Swanee' whistle which has a range of one octave starting approximately from the F above middle C. When fully extended, the whistle is 23cm in length and it is decorated with 5 coloured stripes situated at the base of the main body. Note: These items are musical instruments (not toys), and as such are intended for use under adult supervision.", "Bullet1":"Great fun classroom instrument", "Bullet2":"Produced entirely from solid wood", "Bullet3":"Natural whistle with hand operated slide", "Bullet4":"One octave range between F-F approximately", "Bullet5":"Decorated with 5 coloured stripes on the body", "Bullet6":"The classic sound of the TV show The Clangers", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "286","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP257", "Title": "Percussion Plus wood castanets with handle - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecastanets", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349482900", "VariationOf": "pp257", "Description": "This Percussion Plus PP257 wood castanets has a bright and powerful sound. It is a great addition to any classroom percussion set and the red colour is perfect for appealing to younger players. The built in handle allows for good grip and easy play-ability.", "Bullet1":"Red handled wooden castanets", "Bullet2":"Ideal for educational use", "Bullet3":"Built in handle for good grip", "Bullet4":"Easy playability", "Bullet5":"Red finish", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "304","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP355", "Title": "Percussion Plus 6.5\"\" woodblock - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewoodblocks", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349483051", "VariationOf": "pp355", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus 6.5\"\" woodlblock\nThis Percussion Plus 6.5\"\" woodblock is made from maple and creates a bright single tone when it is struck with the beater. The block is easy to grip which makes it an easy and fun instrument for any percussionist to play.\nIts sturdy construction makes it appropriate for use in classrooms. The wood block is an ideal way to introduce children to playing percussion instruments and exploring different rhythms.", "Bullet1":"Single tone", "Bullet2":"Ideal for educational use", "Bullet3":"Made from maple", "Bullet4":"Supplied with a beater", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6.5 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "296","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP554", "Title": "Percussion Plus triangle beaters – pack of 5 - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003etriangle", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964122935", "VariationOf": "pp554", "Description": "A pack of 5 Percussion Plus educational triangle beaters suitable for all size triangles in the range", "Bullet1":"A pack of 5 metals beaters", "Bullet2":"Red plastic handles allow you to grip the beater easily", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "3.408333333333333", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP875", "Title": "Percussion Plus 8\"\" headless tambourine - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambourines", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547008757", "VariationOf": "pp875", "Description": "The Percussion Plus 8\"\" headless tambourine is a fantastic value instrument with a great sound. They have a wooden shell and 6 pairs of jingles around the outside giving it a sharp and bright sound. These are a durable and fun instrument perfect for use in the classroom!", "Bullet1":"8\" headless tambourine", "Bullet2":"Sturdy wooden shell", "Bullet3":"A reliable addition to any percussion set or classroom music collection", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP993", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP993 descant recorder - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964116569", "VariationOf": "pp993", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP993 descant recorder\nThe Percussion Plus PP993 descant recorder is the ideal student model. Its 3 piece body is produced from high quality ABS, which is a composite plastic material. It is therefore extremely easy to clean. Its arched windway produces very little resistance which in turn provides an even quality of tone. This ABS recorder is precisely manufactured and perfectly in tune whilst its solid black finish is very smart. Supplied with its own bag, the PP993 recorder is the perfect student model and very popular indeed.\n\n\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Descant recorder", "Bullet2":"3 piece body", "Bullet3":"High quality ABS", "Bullet4":"Solid black finish", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2646","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.5", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "3.208333333333333", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP12213", "Title": "Individual Wak-a-Tube - C 28 (red) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124960", "VariationOf": "pp-pp122", "Description": "Use this listing to stock up on spares, replace individual missing or worn out Wak-a-Tubes, or double up to augment a certain section of your Wak-a-Tube ensemble.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They’re perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today! ", "Bullet1":"Single Wak-a-Tube only", "Bullet2":"Complete chromatic range of 2 octaves", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP12220", "Title": "Individual Wak-a-Tube - C# (Db) 29 (red orange) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964125035", "VariationOf": "pp-pp122", "Description": "Use this listing to stock up on spares, replace individual missing or worn out Wak-a-Tubes, or double up to augment a certain section of your Wak-a-Tube ensemble.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They’re perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today! ", "Bullet1":"Single Wak-a-Tube only", "Bullet2":"Complete chromatic range of 2 octaves", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP12214", "Title": "Individual Wak-a-Tube - D 30 (orange) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124977", "VariationOf": "pp-pp122", "Description": "Use this listing to stock up on spares, replace individual missing or worn out Wak-a-Tubes, or double up to augment a certain section of your Wak-a-Tube ensemble.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They’re perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today! ", "Bullet1":"Single Wak-a-Tube only", "Bullet2":"Complete chromatic range of 2 octaves", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP12221", "Title": "Individual Wak-a-Tube - D# (Eb) 31 (gold) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964125042", "VariationOf": "pp-pp122", "Description": "Use this listing to stock up on spares, replace individual missing or worn out Wak-a-Tubes, or double up to augment a certain section of your Wak-a-Tube ensemble.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They’re perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today! ", "Bullet1":"Single Wak-a-Tube only", "Bullet2":"Complete chromatic range of 2 octaves", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP12215", "Title": "Individual Wak-a-Tube - E 32 (yellow) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124984", "VariationOf": "pp-pp122", "Description": "Use this listing to stock up on spares, replace individual missing or worn out Wak-a-Tubes, or double up to augment a certain section of your Wak-a-Tube ensemble.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They’re perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today! ", "Bullet1":"Single Wak-a-Tube only", "Bullet2":"Complete chromatic range of 2 octaves", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP12216", "Title": "Individual Wak-a-Tube - F 33 (light green) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124991", "VariationOf": "pp-pp122", "Description": "Use this listing to stock up on spares, replace individual missing or worn out Wak-a-Tubes, or double up to augment a certain section of your Wak-a-Tube ensemble.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They’re perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today! ", "Bullet1":"Single Wak-a-Tube only", "Bullet2":"Complete chromatic range of 2 octaves", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP12222", "Title": "Individual Wak-a-Tube - F# (Gb) 34 (emerald green) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964125059", "VariationOf": "pp-pp122", "Description": "Use this listing to stock up on spares, replace individual missing or worn out Wak-a-Tubes, or double up to augment a certain section of your Wak-a-Tube ensemble.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They’re perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today! ", "Bullet1":"Single Wak-a-Tube only", "Bullet2":"Complete chromatic range of 2 octaves", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP12217", "Title": "Individual Wak-a-Tube - G 35 (dark green) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964125004", "VariationOf": "pp-pp122", "Description": "Use this listing to stock up on spares, replace individual missing or worn out Wak-a-Tubes, or double up to augment a certain section of your Wak-a-Tube ensemble.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They’re perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today! ", "Bullet1":"Single Wak-a-Tube only", "Bullet2":"Complete chromatic range of 2 octaves", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP12223", "Title": "Individual Wak-a-Tube - G# (Ab) 36 (blue) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964125066", "VariationOf": "pp-pp122", "Description": "Use this listing to stock up on spares, replace individual missing or worn out Wak-a-Tubes, or double up to augment a certain section of your Wak-a-Tube ensemble.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They’re perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today! ", "Bullet1":"Single Wak-a-Tube only", "Bullet2":"Complete chromatic range of 2 octaves", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP12218", "Title": "Individual Wak-a-Tube - A 37 (purple) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964125011", "VariationOf": "pp-pp122", "Description": "Use this listing to stock up on spares, replace individual missing or worn out Wak-a-Tubes, or double up to augment a certain section of your Wak-a-Tube ensemble.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They’re perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today! ", "Bullet1":"Single Wak-a-Tube only", "Bullet2":"Complete chromatic range of 2 octaves", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP12224", "Title": "Individual Wak-a-Tube - A# (Bb) 38 (violet) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964125073", "VariationOf": "pp-pp122", "Description": "Use this listing to stock up on spares, replace individual missing or worn out Wak-a-Tubes, or double up to augment a certain section of your Wak-a-Tube ensemble.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They’re perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today! ", "Bullet1":"Single Wak-a-Tube only", "Bullet2":"Complete chromatic range of 2 octaves", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP12219", "Title": "Individual Wak-a-Tube - B 39 (pink) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964125028", "VariationOf": "pp-pp122", "Description": "Use this listing to stock up on spares, replace individual missing or worn out Wak-a-Tubes, or double up to augment a certain section of your Wak-a-Tube ensemble.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They’re perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today! ", "Bullet1":"Single Wak-a-Tube only", "Bullet2":"Complete chromatic range of 2 octaves", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP12200", "Title": "Individual Wak-a-Tube - C 40 (red) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124830", "VariationOf": "pp-pp122", "Description": "Use this listing to stock up on spares, replace individual missing or worn out Wak-a-Tubes, or double up to augment a certain section of your Wak-a-Tube ensemble.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They’re perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today! ", "Bullet1":"Single Wak-a-Tube only", "Bullet2":"Complete chromatic range of 2 octaves", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP12208", "Title": "Individual Wak-a-Tube - C# (Db) 41 (red orange) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124915", "VariationOf": "pp-pp122", "Description": "Use this listing to stock up on spares, replace individual missing or worn out Wak-a-Tubes, or double up to augment a certain section of your Wak-a-Tube ensemble.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They’re perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today! ", "Bullet1":"Single Wak-a-Tube only", "Bullet2":"Complete chromatic range of 2 octaves", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "8","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP12201", "Title": "Individual Wak-a-Tube - D 42 (orange) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124847", "VariationOf": "pp-pp122", "Description": "Use this listing to stock up on spares, replace individual missing or worn out Wak-a-Tubes, or double up to augment a certain section of your Wak-a-Tube ensemble.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They’re perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today! ", "Bullet1":"Single Wak-a-Tube only", "Bullet2":"Complete chromatic range of 2 octaves", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP12209", "Title": "Individual Wak-a-Tube - D# (Eb) 43 (gold) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124922", "VariationOf": "pp-pp122", "Description": "Use this listing to stock up on spares, replace individual missing or worn out Wak-a-Tubes, or double up to augment a certain section of your Wak-a-Tube ensemble.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They’re perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today! ", "Bullet1":"Single Wak-a-Tube only", "Bullet2":"Complete chromatic range of 2 octaves", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "8","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP12202", "Title": "Individual Wak-a-Tube - E 44 (yellow) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124854", "VariationOf": "pp-pp122", "Description": "Use this listing to stock up on spares, replace individual missing or worn out Wak-a-Tubes, or double up to augment a certain section of your Wak-a-Tube ensemble.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They’re perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today! ", "Bullet1":"Single Wak-a-Tube only", "Bullet2":"Complete chromatic range of 2 octaves", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP12203", "Title": "Individual Wak-a-Tube - F 45 (light green) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124861", "VariationOf": "pp-pp122", "Description": "Use this listing to stock up on spares, replace individual missing or worn out Wak-a-Tubes, or double up to augment a certain section of your Wak-a-Tube ensemble.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They’re perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today! ", "Bullet1":"Single Wak-a-Tube only", "Bullet2":"Complete chromatic range of 2 octaves", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP12210", "Title": "Individual Wak-a-Tube - F# (Gb) 46 (emerald green) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124939", "VariationOf": "pp-pp122", "Description": "Use this listing to stock up on spares, replace individual missing or worn out Wak-a-Tubes, or double up to augment a certain section of your Wak-a-Tube ensemble.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They’re perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today! ", "Bullet1":"Single Wak-a-Tube only", "Bullet2":"Complete chromatic range of 2 octaves", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP12204", "Title": "Individual Wak-a-Tube - G 47 (dark green) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124878", "VariationOf": "pp-pp122", "Description": "Use this listing to stock up on spares, replace individual missing or worn out Wak-a-Tubes, or double up to augment a certain section of your Wak-a-Tube ensemble.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They’re perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today! ", "Bullet1":"Single Wak-a-Tube only", "Bullet2":"Complete chromatic range of 2 octaves", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP12211", "Title": "Individual Wak-a-Tube - G# (Ab) 48 (blue) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124946", "VariationOf": "pp-pp122", "Description": "Use this listing to stock up on spares, replace individual missing or worn out Wak-a-Tubes, or double up to augment a certain section of your Wak-a-Tube ensemble.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They’re perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today! ", "Bullet1":"Single Wak-a-Tube only", "Bullet2":"Complete chromatic range of 2 octaves", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP12205", "Title": "Individual Wak-a-Tube - A 49 (purple) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124885", "VariationOf": "pp-pp122", "Description": "Use this listing to stock up on spares, replace individual missing or worn out Wak-a-Tubes, or double up to augment a certain section of your Wak-a-Tube ensemble.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They’re perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today! ", "Bullet1":"Single Wak-a-Tube only", "Bullet2":"Complete chromatic range of 2 octaves", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP12212", "Title": "Individual Wak-a-Tube - A# (Bb) 50 (violet) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124953", "VariationOf": "pp-pp122", "Description": "Use this listing to stock up on spares, replace individual missing or worn out Wak-a-Tubes, or double up to augment a certain section of your Wak-a-Tube ensemble.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They’re perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today! ", "Bullet1":"Single Wak-a-Tube only", "Bullet2":"Complete chromatic range of 2 octaves", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP12206", "Title": "Individual Wak-a-Tube - B 51 (pink) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124892", "VariationOf": "pp-pp122", "Description": "Use this listing to stock up on spares, replace individual missing or worn out Wak-a-Tubes, or double up to augment a certain section of your Wak-a-Tube ensemble.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They’re perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today! ", "Bullet1":"Single Wak-a-Tube only", "Bullet2":"Complete chromatic range of 2 octaves", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP12207", "Title": "Individual Wak-a-Tube - C 52 (red) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124908", "VariationOf": "pp-pp122", "Description": "Use this listing to stock up on spares, replace individual missing or worn out Wak-a-Tubes, or double up to augment a certain section of your Wak-a-Tube ensemble.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They’re perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today! ", "Bullet1":"Single Wak-a-Tube only", "Bullet2":"Complete chromatic range of 2 octaves", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP034", "Title": "Percussion Plus Tambour with wood shell - 6\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambours-frame-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547000348", "VariationOf": "pp-pptambour", "Description": "The tambour is a frame drum, played by hand and without the jingles of the more common tambourine. This Percussion Plus tambour comes with a strong natural goat skin head stretched over a sturdy, bright red wooden frame. It makes the ideal addition to a classroom percussion trolley.Available sizes: 6\"\", 8\"\" or 10\"\"", "Bullet1":"Sturdy red wooden frame", "Bullet2":"Natural hide drum head", "Bullet3":"Popular and versatile hand drum", "Bullet4":"Ideal classroom instrument", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "91","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP035", "Title": "Percussion Plus Tambour with wood shell - 8\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambours-frame-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547000355", "VariationOf": "pp-pptambour", "Description": "The tambour is a frame drum, played by hand and without the jingles of the more common tambourine. This Percussion Plus tambour comes with a strong natural goat skin head stretched over a sturdy, bright red wooden frame. It makes the ideal addition to a classroom percussion trolley.Available sizes: 6\"\", 8\"\" or 10\"\"", "Bullet1":"Sturdy red wooden frame", "Bullet2":"Natural hide drum head", "Bullet3":"Popular and versatile hand drum", "Bullet4":"Ideal classroom instrument", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "166","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP036", "Title": "Percussion Plus Tambour with wood shell - 10\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambours-frame-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547000362", "VariationOf": "pp-pptambour", "Description": "The tambour is a frame drum, played by hand and without the jingles of the more common tambourine. This Percussion Plus tambour comes with a strong natural goat skin head stretched over a sturdy, bright red wooden frame. It makes the ideal addition to a classroom percussion trolley.Available sizes: 6\"\", 8\"\" or 10\"\"", "Bullet1":"Sturdy red wooden frame", "Bullet2":"Natural hide drum head", "Bullet3":"Popular and versatile hand drum", "Bullet4":"Ideal classroom instrument", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "26","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP873", "Title": "Percussion Plus wood shell tambourine - 10\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambourines", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349482979", "VariationOf": "pp-pptambourine", "Description": "This is a great instrument for children who are learning percussion or any beginner. It is made from solid wood with a natural skin that gives this drum a warm deep tone. The row of jingles bring a bright sharpness to the sound of the instrument. This is a very effective, high-quality tambourine.", "Bullet1":"Natural skin head", "Bullet2":"Deep warm tone with bright sharp jingles", "Bullet3":"Great instrument for beginner percussionists", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.041666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP871", "Title": "Percussion Plus wood shell tambourine - 6\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambourines", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349482955", "VariationOf": "pp-pptambourine", "Description": "This is a great instrument for children who are learning percussion or any beginner. It is made from solid wood with a natural skin that gives this drum a warm deep tone. The row of jingles bring a bright sharpness to the sound of the instrument. This is a very effective, high-quality tambourine.", "Bullet1":"Natural skin head", "Bullet2":"Deep warm tone with bright sharp jingles", "Bullet3":"Great instrument for beginner percussionists", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "52","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP872", "Title": "Percussion Plus wood shell tambourine - 8\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambourines", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349482962", "VariationOf": "pp-pptambourine", "Description": "This is a great instrument for children who are learning percussion or any beginner. It is made from solid wood with a natural skin that gives this drum a warm deep tone. The row of jingles bring a bright sharpness to the sound of the instrument. This is a very effective, high-quality tambourine.", "Bullet1":"Natural skin head", "Bullet2":"Deep warm tone with bright sharp jingles", "Bullet3":"Great instrument for beginner percussionists", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.6", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP037", "Title": "Percussion Plus wood shell tambour - 6\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambours-frame-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349482986", "VariationOf": "pp-ppwtambour", "Description": "This is a solid pretuned wooden tambour with a natural skin head. It is a great instrument for any percussion beginner. It is very easy to grip, giving it great playability. It produces a deep and warm tone, suitable in all musical scenarios.", "Bullet1":"High quality wooden tambour", "Bullet2":"Great instrument for beginner percussionists", "Bullet3":"Wooden shell with natural skin head", "Bullet4":"Produces a deep, warm tone", "Bullet5":"Available in a selection of sizes", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "27","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP045", "Title": "Percussion Plus wood shell tambour - 8\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambours-frame-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349482993", "VariationOf": "pp-ppwtambour", "Description": "This is a solid pretuned wooden tambour with a natural skin head. It is a great instrument for any percussion beginner. It is very easy to grip, giving it great playability. It produces a deep and warm tone, suitable in all musical scenarios.", "Bullet1":"High quality wooden tambour", "Bullet2":"Great instrument for beginner percussionists", "Bullet3":"Wooden shell with natural skin head", "Bullet4":"Produces a deep, warm tone", "Bullet5":"Available in a selection of sizes", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "120","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP046", "Title": "Percussion Plus wood shell tambour - 10\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambours-frame-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349483006", "VariationOf": "pp-ppwtambour", "Description": "This is a solid pretuned wooden tambour with a natural skin head. It is a great instrument for any percussion beginner. It is very easy to grip, giving it great playability. It produces a deep and warm tone, suitable in all musical scenarios.", "Bullet1":"High quality wooden tambour", "Bullet2":"Great instrument for beginner percussionists", "Bullet3":"Wooden shell with natural skin head", "Bullet4":"Produces a deep, warm tone", "Bullet5":"Available in a selection of sizes", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "51","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.958333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP047", "Title": "Percussion Plus wood shell tambour - 12\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambours-frame-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349483006", "VariationOf": "pp-ppwtambour", "Description": "This is a solid pretuned wooden tambour with a natural skin head. It is a great instrument for any percussion beginner. It is very easy to grip, giving it great playability. It produces a deep and warm tone, suitable in all musical scenarios.", "Bullet1":"High quality wooden tambour", "Bullet2":"Great instrument for beginner percussionists", "Bullet3":"Wooden shell with natural skin head", "Bullet4":"Produces a deep, warm tone", "Bullet5":"Available in a selection of sizes", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "247","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP038", "Title": "Percussion Plus tambourine - red - 6\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambourines", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349488582", "VariationOf": "pp-tambh", "Description": "Tambourines are the perfect instruments for beginner percussionists and great for getting children excited about beats and rhythms. Each Percussion Plus tambourine is made from a finest birch plywood shell which is comfortable for young hands to grip and built to survive a busy school life. A goatskin head is held taut by 16 rivets and produces a bright resonant ping while the 4 jingles or zils built into the frame make a crisp metallic rattle every time the instrument is struck. It is finished in Percussion Plus’s trademark red making it a wonderfully bright and colourful addition to any classroom.", "Bullet1":"Single row of jingles", "Bullet2":"Easy grip plywood shell", "Bullet3":"Hard wearing goatskin drum head", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "163","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP040", "Title": "Percussion Plus tambourine - red - 8\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambourines", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349488599", "VariationOf": "pp-tambh", "Description": "Tambourines are the perfect instruments for beginner percussionists and great for getting children excited about beats and rhythms. Each Percussion Plus tambourine is made from a finest birch plywood shell which is comfortable for young hands to grip and built to survive a busy school life. A goatskin head is held taut by 16 rivets and produces a bright resonant ping while the 4 jingles or zils built into the frame make a crisp metallic rattle every time the instrument is struck. It is finished in Percussion Plus’s trademark red making it a wonderfully bright and colourful addition to any classroom.", "Bullet1":"Single row of jingles", "Bullet2":"Easy grip plywood shell", "Bullet3":"Hard wearing goatskin drum head", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "80","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP041", "Title": "Percussion Plus tambourine - red - 9\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambourines", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349488605", "VariationOf": "pp-tambh", "Description": "Tambourines are the perfect instruments for beginner percussionists and great for getting children excited about beats and rhythms. Each Percussion Plus tambourine is made from a finest birch plywood shell which is comfortable for young hands to grip and built to survive a busy school life. A goatskin head is held taut by 16 rivets and produces a bright resonant ping while the 4 jingles or zils built into the frame make a crisp metallic rattle every time the instrument is struck. It is finished in Percussion Plus’s trademark red making it a wonderfully bright and colourful addition to any classroom.", "Bullet1":"Single row of jingles", "Bullet2":"Easy grip plywood shell", "Bullet3":"Hard wearing goatskin drum head", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "106","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.958333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP804", "Title": "Percussion Plus Coated Drum head - 14\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547008047", "VariationOf": "pp804", "Description": "This Percussion Plus Drum head is a coated single ply drum skin, and comes in various sizes; 14\"\", 20\"\", 24\"\" It is a superb value drum head, ideal for use with snare drums. It is both durable and reliable and produces a great tone.", "Bullet1":"Drum head from Percussion Plus", "Bullet2":"Coated single ply head", "Bullet3":"Perfect for both live and recording situations", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "18","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.083333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP806", "Title": "Percussion Plus Coated Drum head - 20\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547008061", "VariationOf": "pp804", "Description": "This Percussion Plus Drum head is a coated single ply drum skin, and comes in various sizes; 14\"\", 20\"\", 24\"\" It is a superb value drum head, ideal for use with snare drums. It is both durable and reliable and produces a great tone.", "Bullet1":"Drum head from Percussion Plus", "Bullet2":"Coated single ply head", "Bullet3":"Perfect for both live and recording situations", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2114", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made kente maraca - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003emaracas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318308029", "VariationOf": "pp2114", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made kente maraca\nFrom the Percussion Plus Honestly Made range, this fun West African maraca is made using televi nuts from Ghana. The nut is fixed to the handle and decorated with colourful kente, which is the local cloth.\nThe material at the top of the maraca makes it more visually and texturally engaging for young musicians, and it has a perfectly balanced design, making it easy to hold and play. This percussion instrument produces a satisfying, light and natural rattling sound.\nEach maraca is hand made using traditional materials and methods. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision.\n\nThe cultural significance of kente cloth\nKente is a fabric native to the Akan tribe; every aspect of its design is intended as a form of communication. For example, the colours of the cloth each have their own symbolic meaning, such as gold for serenity, green for renewal, and blue for harmony.\nThis aspect of the maraca makes it more than just an instrument, as it’s also a way to teach children about the cultural significance of music, clothing and colours in West Africa, inspiring them to discover more about the world around them.\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Ghana using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Decorated with colourful kente cloth", "Bullet3":"Engages young musicians", "Bullet4":"Produces a light and natural rattling sound", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2107", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made nut cluster shaker - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318307954", "VariationOf": "pp2107", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made nut cluster shaker\nThe Percussion Plus Honestly Made nut cluster is made using naturally occurring materials from the Pangi tree of South East Asia. Pangi nuts are about the size of a walnut, and each nut is hollowed out and individually strung to make these shakers. The nuts are connected to a durable rope handle, which is comfortable to hold and easy to grip.\nThis shaker produces a deep and earthy clacking sound, making it ideal for creating a rhythmic accompaniment to other instruments in school music performances and interactive lessons. It can be played in one hand or worn on the wrist to create space for other instruments to also be played.\nEach instrument is hand made using traditional materials and methods. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision.\n\nRecycled materials\nDid you know, the seed husks used to make these shakers are left over from traditional Indonesian cuisine? What would have been a waste product has been repurposed and upcycled into these wonderful shakers.\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Bali using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Made from repurposed and upcycled materials", "Bullet3":"Produces a deep and earthy clacking sound", "Bullet4":"Features a durable rope handle", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2105", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made rubber plant seed shaker - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318307930", "VariationOf": "pp2105", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made rubber plant seed shaker\nThe Percussion Plus Honestly Made rubber plant seed shaker is lightweight and easy to hold. It produces a rich, warm and resonant sound, making it ideal for background texture in drumming groups as well as sound effects in the recording studio.\nThe shaker is made from seeds that grow on the rubber plant. These seeds are strung together and then attached to a decorative fibreglass handle.\nEach instrument is hand made using traditional materials and methods. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision.\n\nThe rubber plant\nGrown all over the world the rubber plant has a variety of uses - namely producing latex which is used in the creation of rubber. The seeds for this shaker are sourced sustainably from the rubber tree and crafted by hand into these shakers.\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Bali using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Produces a rich, warm and resonant sound", "Bullet3":"Features an attractive fibreglass handle", "Bullet4":"Lightweight and easy to hold", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "16","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2100", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made nut bracelet - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318307886", "VariationOf": "pp2100", "Description": "\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made nut bracelet\nThis decorative nut bracelet from the Percussion Plus Honestly Made range is handmade using wooden beads, natural seeds and hollowed nut shells. When the player shakes their wrist, the bracelet creates a warm and rich sound, which works perfectly as an accompaniment to other instruments, such as drums.\nThe colourful beads on these bracelets come in green, yellow, and red, which are the colours found on the national flags of many African nations.\nEach instrument is hand made using traditional materials and methods. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision.\n\n\n\nIt’s an anklet too!\nThe bracelet is elasticated, so younger players can wear it around their ankles to make more fun sounds while dancing or playing other instruments. It also means they can wear up to 4 of them at a time, which opens up the possibility of making louder tones and varied rhythms.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Bali using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Produces a warm and rich rattling sound when shaken", "Bullet3":"Decorative design with colourful beads", "Bullet4":"Elasticated band designed to fit comfortably around your wrist or ankle", "Bullet5":"Hand made using wooden beads, natural seeds and hollowed nut shells", "Bullet6":"Responsibly sourced", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SMXX200L3", "Title": "Roxtone Smart XLR microphone cable - 3m - A1", "Category": "tech\u003ecables\u003emicrophone", "Brand": "Roxtone", "Barcode": "6975165351868", "VariationOf": "smxx200l3", "Description": "Introducing the Roxtone Smart XLR microphone cable - 3m\nThe Roxtone Smart XLR microphone cable provides great quality sound along with a robust and ergonomic construction. It is ideal for the studio or the stage, and provides great flexibility for easy winding and packing when you’re finished.\nHeavy duty cable for studio or stage\nExcellent durability is ensured by the combination of copper braided shield and semiconductor shielding in the cables. The jacket is made with a high quality PVC which helps to relieve strain on the cable itself and provides great protection against bending. Furthermore, the Smart cable’s Zinc alloy shells are highly robust and help to provide consistently solid connections.\n", "Bullet1":"High performance instrument cable", "Bullet2":"Provides powerful and clear sound", "Bullet3":"Low noise, high fidelity", "Bullet4":"Highly flexible and easy to wind", "Bullet5":"Good protection against bending from thick PVC-jacket", "Bullet6":"Ergonomic heavy duty Zinc alloy shell", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eConnectors\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eXLR female \/ XLR male\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eXLR 3-pole female - XLR 3-pole male\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShell material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eZinc alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDouble shielding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper braided shield and semiconductor shielding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "176","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.083333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP184", "Title": "Acme 'Brazil' tornado whistle - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewhistles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "717668116355", "VariationOf": "pp184", "Description": "Introducing the Acme Tornado whistle\nThis whistle has been nicknamed the ‘Brazil’ because of its extensive use in that country, especially in football. Its practical, portable and lightweight design makes it easy to bring to sports events, either to show support or to take part as a referee. It’s also perfect for school sports days due to its loud, powerful sound that will reach across the whole field.\nBuilt using high-quality materials, this durable whistle can be attached to your lanyard or keyring using the metal ring, so you can easily carry it wherever you go.\n\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\n\n\nSound Sample\n\nChamberlain Music · PP184 Acme Tornado whistle\n", "Bullet1":"Produces a powerful, loud sound", "Bullet2":"Made from a durable plastic in black finish", "Bullet3":"Great for sports events and school sports days", "Bullet4":"Features an attached metal ring for convenient carrying options", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "20","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP188", "Title": "Acme Tornado whistle - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewhistles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "717668220007", "VariationOf": "pp188", "Description": "Introducing the Acme Tornado whistle\nThe Acme Tornado whistle produces a loud, resonant sound that is high pitched and full of vibrancy. It’s constructed using solid plastic, which makes it suitable for use in any weather condition. This powerful whistle will ensure that you can be heard, even from extremely far away.\nIt’s the perfect instrument for a number of different situations, such as hikes, school sports days, dog walks, use as a sound effect in recordings, and much more.\n\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\n\n\nSound Sample\n\nChamberlain Music · PP188 Acme Tornado whistle\n", "Bullet1":"Produces a loud, high pitched sound", "Bullet2":"Made from a durable plastic in black finish", "Bullet3":"Great for teachers, trainers, hikers and more", "Bullet4":"Powerful and resonant", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.791666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "RAT-90Q3", "Title": "RAT Performer 3 music stand lip - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003eaccessories\u003eparts", "Brand": "RAT", "Barcode": "5055964126988", "VariationOf": "rat-90q3", "Description": "The additional lip easily attaches to your RAT Performer 3 stand with 3 screws and a Phillips screwdriver (screw driver not included). It is made from the same hard wearing polymer as the tray on your current stand, allowing your upgrade to seamlessly match your Performer 3 stand.\n\nMore useful information\nTempo Range Brochure\n", "Bullet1":"Optional second lip to fit a RAT Performer3 stand", "Bullet2":"The lip can be clipped onto your performer 3 stand with minimal effort", "Bullet3":"Adequate size to hold multiple pencils and accessories for your instrument", "Bullet4":"The necessary screws to fit your new lip are included", "Bullet5":"Another bullet", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.20","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.5", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "4.2", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "99LL-650", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will leather luggage tag - Burgundy \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003etags", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5055964126636", "VariationOf": "99ll-99ll", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will leather luggage tagsTom \u0026amp; Will branded leather luggage straps are a stylish addition to your gig bag or instrument case. They are available in a range of exciting colours, from subtle to bold. There is a colour to complement any Tom \u0026amp; Will case! The tag is made from real leather and has a sturdy metal buckle fastener. A clear plastic front protects the included name and address card.Colour options: available in Charcoal black, Deep purple, Cabaret pink, Navy blue, Oxford blue, Burgundy, Racing green, Chestnut brown, London tan, Gold, Silver, Patent black", "Bullet1":"Detachable and adjustable leather strap with strong metal buckle", "Bullet2":"Hand crafted in Liverpool, UK", "Bullet3":"High quality 100% real leather luggage tag", "Bullet4":"Perfect for your instrument case", "Bullet5":"Reversible name and address card - white on one side, yellow on the other", "Bullet6":"Tom \u0026 Will logo embossed on the back", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "42","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "99LL-630", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will leather luggage tag - Cabaret pink \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003etags", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5055964126605", "VariationOf": "99ll-99ll", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will leather luggage tagsTom \u0026amp; Will branded leather luggage straps are a stylish addition to your gig bag or instrument case. They are available in a range of exciting colours, from subtle to bold. There is a colour to complement any Tom \u0026amp; Will case! The tag is made from real leather and has a sturdy metal buckle fastener. A clear plastic front protects the included name and address card.Colour options: available in Charcoal black, Deep purple, Cabaret pink, Navy blue, Oxford blue, Burgundy, Racing green, Chestnut brown, London tan, Gold, Silver, Patent black", "Bullet1":"Detachable and adjustable leather strap with strong metal buckle", "Bullet2":"Hand crafted in Liverpool, UK", "Bullet3":"High quality 100% real leather luggage tag", "Bullet4":"Perfect for your instrument case", "Bullet5":"Reversible name and address card - white on one side, yellow on the other", "Bullet6":"Tom \u0026 Will logo embossed on the back", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "16","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "99LL-600", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will leather luggage tag - Charcoal black \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003etags", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5055964126582", "VariationOf": "99ll-99ll", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will leather luggage tagsTom \u0026amp; Will branded leather luggage straps are a stylish addition to your gig bag or instrument case. They are available in a range of exciting colours, from subtle to bold. There is a colour to complement any Tom \u0026amp; Will case! The tag is made from real leather and has a sturdy metal buckle fastener. A clear plastic front protects the included name and address card.Colour options: available in Charcoal black, Deep purple, Cabaret pink, Navy blue, Oxford blue, Burgundy, Racing green, Chestnut brown, London tan, Gold, Silver, Patent black", "Bullet1":"Detachable and adjustable leather strap with strong metal buckle", "Bullet2":"Hand crafted in Liverpool, UK", "Bullet3":"High quality 100% real leather luggage tag", "Bullet4":"Perfect for your instrument case", "Bullet5":"Reversible name and address card - white on one side, yellow on the other", "Bullet6":"Tom \u0026 Will logo embossed on the back", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "78","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "99LL-680", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will leather luggage tag - Chestnut brown \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003etags", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5055964126698", "VariationOf": "99ll-99ll", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will leather luggage tagsTom \u0026amp; Will branded leather luggage straps are a stylish addition to your gig bag or instrument case. They are available in a range of exciting colours, from subtle to bold. There is a colour to complement any Tom \u0026amp; Will case! The tag is made from real leather and has a sturdy metal buckle fastener. A clear plastic front protects the included name and address card.Colour options: available in Charcoal black, Deep purple, Cabaret pink, Navy blue, Oxford blue, Burgundy, Racing green, Chestnut brown, London tan, Gold, Silver, Patent black", "Bullet1":"Detachable and adjustable leather strap with strong metal buckle", "Bullet2":"Hand crafted in Liverpool, UK", "Bullet3":"High quality 100% real leather luggage tag", "Bullet4":"Perfect for your instrument case", "Bullet5":"Reversible name and address card - white on one side, yellow on the other", "Bullet6":"Tom \u0026 Will logo embossed on the back", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "126","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "99LL-610", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will leather luggage tag - Deep purple \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003etags", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5055964126599", "VariationOf": "99ll-99ll", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will leather luggage tagsTom \u0026amp; Will branded leather luggage straps are a stylish addition to your gig bag or instrument case. They are available in a range of exciting colours, from subtle to bold. There is a colour to complement any Tom \u0026amp; Will case! The tag is made from real leather and has a sturdy metal buckle fastener. A clear plastic front protects the included name and address card.Colour options: available in Charcoal black, Deep purple, Cabaret pink, Navy blue, Oxford blue, Burgundy, Racing green, Chestnut brown, London tan, Gold, Silver, Patent black", "Bullet1":"Detachable and adjustable leather strap with strong metal buckle", "Bullet2":"Hand crafted in Liverpool, UK", "Bullet3":"High quality 100% real leather luggage tag", "Bullet4":"Perfect for your instrument case", "Bullet5":"Reversible name and address card - white on one side, yellow on the other", "Bullet6":"Tom \u0026 Will logo embossed on the back", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "16","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "99LL-700", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will leather luggage tag - Gold \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003etags", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5055964126667", "VariationOf": "99ll-99ll", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will leather luggage tagsTom \u0026amp; Will branded leather luggage straps are a stylish addition to your gig bag or instrument case. They are available in a range of exciting colours, from subtle to bold. There is a colour to complement any Tom \u0026amp; Will case! The tag is made from real leather and has a sturdy metal buckle fastener. A clear plastic front protects the included name and address card.Colour options: available in Charcoal black, Deep purple, Cabaret pink, Navy blue, Oxford blue, Burgundy, Racing green, Chestnut brown, London tan, Gold, Silver, Patent black", "Bullet1":"Detachable and adjustable leather strap with strong metal buckle", "Bullet2":"Hand crafted in Liverpool, UK", "Bullet3":"High quality 100% real leather luggage tag", "Bullet4":"Perfect for your instrument case", "Bullet5":"Reversible name and address card - white on one side, yellow on the other", "Bullet6":"Tom \u0026 Will logo embossed on the back", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "99LL-685", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will leather luggage tag - London tan \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003etags", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5055964126650", "VariationOf": "99ll-99ll", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will leather luggage tagsTom \u0026amp; Will branded leather luggage straps are a stylish addition to your gig bag or instrument case. They are available in a range of exciting colours, from subtle to bold. There is a colour to complement any Tom \u0026amp; Will case! The tag is made from real leather and has a sturdy metal buckle fastener. A clear plastic front protects the included name and address card.Colour options: available in Charcoal black, Deep purple, Cabaret pink, Navy blue, Oxford blue, Burgundy, Racing green, Chestnut brown, London tan, Gold, Silver, Patent black", "Bullet1":"Detachable and adjustable leather strap with strong metal buckle", "Bullet2":"Hand crafted in Liverpool, UK", "Bullet3":"High quality 100% real leather luggage tag", "Bullet4":"Perfect for your instrument case", "Bullet5":"Reversible name and address card - white on one side, yellow on the other", "Bullet6":"Tom \u0026 Will logo embossed on the back", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "62","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "99LL-640", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will leather luggage tag - Navy blue \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003etags", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5055964126612", "VariationOf": "99ll-99ll", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will leather luggage tagsTom \u0026amp; Will branded leather luggage straps are a stylish addition to your gig bag or instrument case. They are available in a range of exciting colours, from subtle to bold. There is a colour to complement any Tom \u0026amp; Will case! The tag is made from real leather and has a sturdy metal buckle fastener. A clear plastic front protects the included name and address card.Colour options: available in Charcoal black, Deep purple, Cabaret pink, Navy blue, Oxford blue, Burgundy, Racing green, Chestnut brown, London tan, Gold, Silver, Patent black", "Bullet1":"Detachable and adjustable leather strap with strong metal buckle", "Bullet2":"Hand crafted in Liverpool, UK", "Bullet3":"High quality 100% real leather luggage tag", "Bullet4":"Perfect for your instrument case", "Bullet5":"Reversible name and address card - white on one side, yellow on the other", "Bullet6":"Tom \u0026 Will logo embossed on the back", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "71","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "99LL-645", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will leather luggage tag - Oxford blue \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003etags", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5055964126629", "VariationOf": "99ll-99ll", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will leather luggage tagsTom \u0026amp; Will branded leather luggage straps are a stylish addition to your gig bag or instrument case. They are available in a range of exciting colours, from subtle to bold. There is a colour to complement any Tom \u0026amp; Will case! The tag is made from real leather and has a sturdy metal buckle fastener. A clear plastic front protects the included name and address card.Colour options: available in Charcoal black, Deep purple, Cabaret pink, Navy blue, Oxford blue, Burgundy, Racing green, Chestnut brown, London tan, Gold, Silver, Patent black", "Bullet1":"Detachable and adjustable leather strap with strong metal buckle", "Bullet2":"Hand crafted in Liverpool, UK", "Bullet3":"High quality 100% real leather luggage tag", "Bullet4":"Perfect for your instrument case", "Bullet5":"Reversible name and address card - white on one side, yellow on the other", "Bullet6":"Tom \u0026 Will logo embossed on the back", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "27","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "99LL-800", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will leather luggage tag - Patent black \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003etags", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5055964126681", "VariationOf": "99ll-99ll", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will leather luggage tagsTom \u0026amp; Will branded leather luggage straps are a stylish addition to your gig bag or instrument case. They are available in a range of exciting colours, from subtle to bold. There is a colour to complement any Tom \u0026amp; Will case! The tag is made from real leather and has a sturdy metal buckle fastener. A clear plastic front protects the included name and address card.Colour options: available in Charcoal black, Deep purple, Cabaret pink, Navy blue, Oxford blue, Burgundy, Racing green, Chestnut brown, London tan, Gold, Silver, Patent black", "Bullet1":"Detachable and adjustable leather strap with strong metal buckle", "Bullet2":"Hand crafted in Liverpool, UK", "Bullet3":"High quality 100% real leather luggage tag", "Bullet4":"Perfect for your instrument case", "Bullet5":"Reversible name and address card - white on one side, yellow on the other", "Bullet6":"Tom \u0026 Will logo embossed on the back", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "47","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "99LL-670", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will leather luggage tag - Racing green \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003etags", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5055964126643", "VariationOf": "99ll-99ll", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will leather luggage tagsTom \u0026amp; Will branded leather luggage straps are a stylish addition to your gig bag or instrument case. They are available in a range of exciting colours, from subtle to bold. There is a colour to complement any Tom \u0026amp; Will case! The tag is made from real leather and has a sturdy metal buckle fastener. A clear plastic front protects the included name and address card.Colour options: available in Charcoal black, Deep purple, Cabaret pink, Navy blue, Oxford blue, Burgundy, Racing green, Chestnut brown, London tan, Gold, Silver, Patent black", "Bullet1":"Detachable and adjustable leather strap with strong metal buckle", "Bullet2":"Hand crafted in Liverpool, UK", "Bullet3":"High quality 100% real leather luggage tag", "Bullet4":"Perfect for your instrument case", "Bullet5":"Reversible name and address card - white on one side, yellow on the other", "Bullet6":"Tom \u0026 Will logo embossed on the back", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "30","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "99LL-710", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will leather luggage tag - Silver \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003etags", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5055964126674", "VariationOf": "99ll-99ll", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will leather luggage tagsTom \u0026amp; Will branded leather luggage straps are a stylish addition to your gig bag or instrument case. They are available in a range of exciting colours, from subtle to bold. There is a colour to complement any Tom \u0026amp; Will case! The tag is made from real leather and has a sturdy metal buckle fastener. A clear plastic front protects the included name and address card.Colour options: available in Charcoal black, Deep purple, Cabaret pink, Navy blue, Oxford blue, Burgundy, Racing green, Chestnut brown, London tan, Gold, Silver, Patent black", "Bullet1":"Detachable and adjustable leather strap with strong metal buckle", "Bullet2":"Hand crafted in Liverpool, UK", "Bullet3":"High quality 100% real leather luggage tag", "Bullet4":"Perfect for your instrument case", "Bullet5":"Reversible name and address card - white on one side, yellow on the other", "Bullet6":"Tom \u0026 Will logo embossed on the back", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3030", "Title": "Percussion Plus red plastic wind whistler - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ethunder-shakers", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349488476", "VariationOf": "pp3030", "Description": "These whistling tubes or 'noise-makers' will keep children entertained for hours, whilst also demonstrating the fascinating physics behind music. Simply twirl the red tube around and the air moving through it produces a range of tones, loosely on the harmonic scale. When you twirl faster a higher tone is produced. When twirling the Wind Whistler the air molecules within the tube begin to bump together, they vibrate and produce sound waves. This very simple item, believe it or not, beautifully demonstrates 'Bernoulli's Principle' - that fast moving air molecules create lower pressure. The idea is that the far end of the hose is moving much faster than the end being held so the higher pressure at the held end effectively sucks up air which in turn creates the whistle.", "Bullet1":"Simply twirl in mid air for unusual whistling sound", "Bullet2":"The faster you twirl, the higher the pitch", "Bullet3":"Made from 106cm length of strong red plastic tubing", "Bullet4":"Great as a group or classroom activity", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "55","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3115", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Kelele shaker - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964127596", "VariationOf": "pp3115", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Kelele shaker This Kelele shaker from Percussion Plus features a barrel shaped shaker head and a tapered wooden handle. The barrel is simply filled with gravel, so the shaker produces a high pitched, ‘cha-cha’ sound when shaken rhythmically. Named after the Swahili word for noise, this kelele shaker is the perfect addition to any school’s percussion selection, or for use in music therapy and early years development. The tapered handle is easy to grip, and the polished finish protects the hands whilst giving a great look. Each rattle is hand made using traditional materials and methods. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. younger players should use them under supervision. A simple, geometric design The gravel filled barrel-shaped shaker head gives a wonderfully crisp sound when shaken firmly. Its barrel shape with continuous curve also allows you to roll the shaker for a gentle, ocean like cascade. This kelele rattle also features an angular design etched into the instrument by hand for a natural, wooden design. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Indonesia using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Produces a crisp and high pitched \"cha-cha\" sound", "Bullet3":"Attractive, angular design with polished finish", "Bullet4":"Gravel filled wooden barrel shaker head", "Bullet5":"Easy to grip handle", "Bullet6":"Responsibly sourced", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "41","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP343", "Title": "Percussion Plus double wooden tone block - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewoodblocks", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547003431", "VariationOf": "pp343", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus double wooden tone block\nThis popular double wooden tone block from Percussion Plus is ideal for use by children. It is very easy to play by simply striking the beater on each side to produce a clear, resonant sound. \nThe block is made from sturdy wood and is built to last, making it a good choice for music rooms. When struck it produces two distinct tones, as well as other tones depending on where and what you play it with. A small wooden beater is supplied but other beaters can also be used to produce different sounds.", "Bullet1":"A sturdy wooden tone block from Percussion Plus", "Bullet2":"Simply strike with a beater to create a crisp and clear tone", "Bullet3":"Ideal for classrooms and music groups", "Bullet4":"Supplied with beater", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "159","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP368", "Title": "Percussion Plus plastic kokiriko - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ekokirikos", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349482856", "VariationOf": "pp368", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus small plastic kokiriko\nThis Percussion Plus small plastic kokiriko is perfect for use by young children and in classrooms. It is incredibly easy to play by simply flicking the instrument with your wrist to produce fun clattering and rattling sounds.\nA design great for younger players\nEach kokiriko is small in size and brightly coloured, which makes the instrument ideal for smaller hands.\nPlease note: These items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them.", "Bullet1":"Small plastic kokiriko", "Bullet2":"Create clattering, rattling sounds with the flick of a wrist", "Bullet3":"Bright colours brilliant for younger children", "Bullet4":"Small size ideal for smaller hands", "Bullet5":"Available in blue \u0026amp; green and yellow \u0026amp; green - supplied at random from stock", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "13","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP542", "Title": "Percussion Plus wooden maracitos - Blue \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003emaracas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547005428", "VariationOf": "pp-54x", "Description": "These maracitos from Percussion Plus are small maracas designed for their Early Years range. They are great instruments for developing hand-eye coordination and a sense of rhythm and pulse. They are made from wood with a shaped handle for comfort and available in 3 colours (blue, yellow, and red). These items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them", "Bullet1":"Pair of maracitos", "Bullet2":"Shaped handle for comfort", "Bullet3":"Designed for little hands", "Bullet4":"Not suitable for use by children under the age of 3 years old.", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12.5cm (5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "183","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP541", "Title": "Percussion Plus wooden maracitos - Red \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003emaracas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547005411", "VariationOf": "pp-54x", "Description": "These maracitos from Percussion Plus are small maracas designed for their Early Years range. They are great instruments for developing hand-eye coordination and a sense of rhythm and pulse. They are made from wood with a shaped handle for comfort and available in 3 colours (blue, yellow, and red). These items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them", "Bullet1":"Pair of maracitos", "Bullet2":"Shaped handle for comfort", "Bullet3":"Designed for little hands", "Bullet4":"Not suitable for use by children under the age of 3 years old.", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12.5cm (5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "302","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP543", "Title": "Percussion Plus wooden maracitos - Yellow \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003emaracas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547005435", "VariationOf": "pp-54x", "Description": "These maracitos from Percussion Plus are small maracas designed for their Early Years range. They are great instruments for developing hand-eye coordination and a sense of rhythm and pulse. They are made from wood with a shaped handle for comfort and available in 3 colours (blue, yellow, and red). These items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them", "Bullet1":"Pair of maracitos", "Bullet2":"Shaped handle for comfort", "Bullet3":"Designed for little hands", "Bullet4":"Not suitable for use by children under the age of 3 years old.", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12.5cm (5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "125","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP621", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Inca clay ocarina - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eocarinas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964117597", "VariationOf": "pp621", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Inca clay ocarina These ocarinas from Peru are made from fired clay and feature beautiful, hand-painted decorations in a traditional style. Ocarinas produce a mellow, recorder like sound and are lots of fun to learn. These ocarinas would make the perfect gift. Ocarinas are among the oldest instruments known to man and were thought to originally be played by the Aztecs and Mayans. These fired clay Ocarinas from Peru are sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. Natural fired clay Sourced from Peru, each ocarina is made by hand from clay which are then fired to set their shape. They are finished with highly detailed, hand-painted decorations so each ocarina is unique in shape and colour. The designs pictured are intended as an indication only, decorations will vary. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Peru using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Warm, recorder like tone", "Bullet3":"Colourful hand-painted Inca design", "Bullet4":"6-hole ocarina", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"Various designs available, supplied at random", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "47","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP625", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Small seed shaker - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547006258", "VariationOf": "pp625", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Small seed shaker This small rattle from the Percussion Plus Honestly Made range makes a wonderfully rustic rattle sound. Made from natural seeds that are typically found in the Amazon, it has an equally rustic look with the colourful band adding a splash of colour. The shaker is made by collecting and drying seeds, which are then grouped together in clusters and attached to a colourful, cotton band. A simple design, producing an effective, warm and percussive shaker sound. This Peruvian seed shaker is sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. Playing the seed shaker The natural flow of the shaker allows you to play it in several fun and interesting ways. Hold by the strap and shake into your other palm for a muted sound or put the shaker around your wrist for extra percussive sounds whilst you play a drum. You can even place the shaker on top of a drum for a muted tone with additional rattle. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Peru using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Produces a gentle, percussive rattle sound", "Bullet3":"Made with seeds from the Amazon", "Bullet4":"Hold with its colourful woven band", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"Pattern on woven band will vary", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "493","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP637", "Title": "Percussion Plus small monkey drum - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003emonkey-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547006371", "VariationOf": "pp637", "Description": "By rolling the handle between palms the drum will produce a double beat, from the hanging ball beaters hitting the drum skin. This is an easy percussion instrument to play, making it enjoyable for children! The monkey drum or traditional African hand drum has a natural skin head and lightweight wooden materials.", "Bullet1":"Traditional hand drum", "Bullet2":"Lightweight frame and handle", "Bullet3":"Natural skin head", "Bullet4":"Ideal for children to get involved with percussion sounds", "Bullet5":"Play by rolling the handle between your palms", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3\" (7.5cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8.5\" (22cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP665", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Seed pod shaker - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547006654", "VariationOf": "pp665", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Seed pod shaker All Percussion Plus Honestly Made instruments are manufactured using natural materials, however this seed pod shaker is unique in the fact that the whole instrument is grown and used in its original form! Made from one large bean pod, it is a simple instrument and easy to play. Hand finished in Peru, a colourful material band is stitched on that can be used as a wrist strap, or as a hook loop for convenient storage. Shake for warm sound, or slap against your palm to produce percussive accents. Each of these seed pod shakers has been sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. How are they made? Taken from the Pacay tree, towering at up to 60 feet, the seed pods can sometimes grow to over a foot in length. When picked they are a ripe green but left to dry they turn a leathery brown. The seeds also dry out and harden so when shaken can produce a gentle percussive tone. Fun Fact! The beans from a Pacay tree are also known as the ‘ice cream bean’ which have a sweet and refreshing taste just like an ice cream, hence the name. In Central America these beans are cooked and served much like any other bean, and in Mexico they are roasted and served as snacks. However, they are not edible when dried so we wouldn’t recommend eating the beans from these pod shakers! ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Peru using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Produces a gentle, wave like shaker tone", "Bullet3":"Naturally grown bean pod", "Bullet4":"Stitched in handles", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "17","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP674", "Title": "Percussion Plus cowbell beaters – pack of 5 - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003ecowbell", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547006746", "VariationOf": "pp674", "Description": "A pack of 5 cowbell beaters - suitable for all sizes of cowbell. These are well made maple beaters, strengths which make them less prone to chipping", "Bullet1":"Pack of quality cowbell beaters", "Bullet2":"Strong and well-made", "Bullet3":"Made from sturdy maple", "Bullet4":"Easy to grip shaped handle", "Bullet5":"Suitable for all sizes of cowbell", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15cm (6\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "76","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3203", "Title": "Percussion Plus fruit shaker - Apple \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003efruit", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349483174", "VariationOf": "pp-pp320", "Description": "Why not add a bit of fruity fun into your classroom? Percussion Plus have a great line of bright and fun fruit shakers that would make for a welcome addition to any music lesson.Each shaker in the range is made from high impact plastic, making them very durable but without sacrificing tone. Each shaker is finished in a very realistic paint job and are great fun for kids and adults alike. Much like at your local greengrocer or supermarket, the size of our fresh produce may vary however they will all be packed full of musical vitamins! Please see specifications for more informationAvailable as: Banana, Apple, Pear, Orange, Lemon These items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them", "Bullet1":"Percussion Plus shakers in various fruit shapes", "Bullet2":"Constructed from high-impact plastic", "Bullet3":"Finished in an ultra-realistic paint job", "Bullet4":"Ideal for educational use or budding percussionists", "Bullet5":"\u003cb\u003eThese items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year +\u003c\/b\u003e", "Bullet6":"\u003cb\u003eUse with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them\u003c\/b\u003e", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApple dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCircumference: 18cm - 24cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight: 5cm - 7cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight: 44g - 48g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOrange dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCircumference: 18cm - 25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight: 4cm - 8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight: 41g - 51g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLemon dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCircumference: 18cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight: 8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight: 31g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePear dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCircumference: 24cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight: 12cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight: 60g - 65g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBanana dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength: 14cm - 20cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth: 3.5cm - 4.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight: 60g - 70g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "82","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3201", "Title": "Percussion Plus fruit shaker - Banana \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003efruit", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349483150", "VariationOf": "pp-pp320", "Description": "Why not add a bit of fruity fun into your classroom? Percussion Plus have a great line of bright and fun fruit shakers that would make for a welcome addition to any music lesson.Each shaker in the range is made from high impact plastic, making them very durable but without sacrificing tone. Each shaker is finished in a very realistic paint job and are great fun for kids and adults alike. Much like at your local greengrocer or supermarket, the size of our fresh produce may vary however they will all be packed full of musical vitamins! Please see specifications for more informationAvailable as: Banana, Apple, Pear, Orange, Lemon These items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them", "Bullet1":"Percussion Plus shakers in various fruit shapes", "Bullet2":"Constructed from high-impact plastic", "Bullet3":"Finished in an ultra-realistic paint job", "Bullet4":"Ideal for educational use or budding percussionists", "Bullet5":"\u003cb\u003eThese items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year +\u003c\/b\u003e", "Bullet6":"\u003cb\u003eUse with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them\u003c\/b\u003e", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApple dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCircumference: 18cm - 24cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight: 5cm - 7cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight: 44g - 48g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOrange dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCircumference: 18cm - 25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight: 4cm - 8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight: 41g - 51g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLemon dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCircumference: 18cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight: 8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight: 31g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePear dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCircumference: 24cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight: 12cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight: 60g - 65g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBanana dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength: 14cm - 20cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth: 3.5cm - 4.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight: 60g - 70g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3207", "Title": "Percussion Plus fruit shaker - Lemon \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003efruit", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349483204", "VariationOf": "pp-pp320", "Description": "Why not add a bit of fruity fun into your classroom? Percussion Plus have a great line of bright and fun fruit shakers that would make for a welcome addition to any music lesson.Each shaker in the range is made from high impact plastic, making them very durable but without sacrificing tone. Each shaker is finished in a very realistic paint job and are great fun for kids and adults alike. Much like at your local greengrocer or supermarket, the size of our fresh produce may vary however they will all be packed full of musical vitamins! Please see specifications for more informationAvailable as: Banana, Apple, Pear, Orange, Lemon These items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them", "Bullet1":"Percussion Plus shakers in various fruit shapes", "Bullet2":"Constructed from high-impact plastic", "Bullet3":"Finished in an ultra-realistic paint job", "Bullet4":"Ideal for educational use or budding percussionists", "Bullet5":"\u003cb\u003eThese items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year +\u003c\/b\u003e", "Bullet6":"\u003cb\u003eUse with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them\u003c\/b\u003e", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApple dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCircumference: 18cm - 24cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight: 5cm - 7cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight: 44g - 48g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOrange dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCircumference: 18cm - 25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight: 4cm - 8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight: 41g - 51g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLemon dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCircumference: 18cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight: 8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight: 31g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePear dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCircumference: 24cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight: 12cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight: 60g - 65g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBanana dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength: 14cm - 20cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth: 3.5cm - 4.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight: 60g - 70g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "57","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3205", "Title": "Percussion Plus fruit shaker - Orange \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003efruit", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349483198", "VariationOf": "pp-pp320", "Description": "Why not add a bit of fruity fun into your classroom? Percussion Plus have a great line of bright and fun fruit shakers that would make for a welcome addition to any music lesson.Each shaker in the range is made from high impact plastic, making them very durable but without sacrificing tone. Each shaker is finished in a very realistic paint job and are great fun for kids and adults alike. Much like at your local greengrocer or supermarket, the size of our fresh produce may vary however they will all be packed full of musical vitamins! Please see specifications for more informationAvailable as: Banana, Apple, Pear, Orange, Lemon These items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them", "Bullet1":"Percussion Plus shakers in various fruit shapes", "Bullet2":"Constructed from high-impact plastic", "Bullet3":"Finished in an ultra-realistic paint job", "Bullet4":"Ideal for educational use or budding percussionists", "Bullet5":"\u003cb\u003eThese items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year +\u003c\/b\u003e", "Bullet6":"\u003cb\u003eUse with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them\u003c\/b\u003e", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApple dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCircumference: 18cm - 24cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight: 5cm - 7cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight: 44g - 48g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOrange dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCircumference: 18cm - 25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight: 4cm - 8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight: 41g - 51g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLemon dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCircumference: 18cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight: 8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight: 31g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePear dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCircumference: 24cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight: 12cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight: 60g - 65g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBanana dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength: 14cm - 20cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth: 3.5cm - 4.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight: 60g - 70g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "117","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3204", "Title": "Percussion Plus fruit shaker - Pear \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003efruit", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349483181", "VariationOf": "pp-pp320", "Description": "Why not add a bit of fruity fun into your classroom? Percussion Plus have a great line of bright and fun fruit shakers that would make for a welcome addition to any music lesson.Each shaker in the range is made from high impact plastic, making them very durable but without sacrificing tone. Each shaker is finished in a very realistic paint job and are great fun for kids and adults alike. Much like at your local greengrocer or supermarket, the size of our fresh produce may vary however they will all be packed full of musical vitamins! Please see specifications for more informationAvailable as: Banana, Apple, Pear, Orange, Lemon These items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them", "Bullet1":"Percussion Plus shakers in various fruit shapes", "Bullet2":"Constructed from high-impact plastic", "Bullet3":"Finished in an ultra-realistic paint job", "Bullet4":"Ideal for educational use or budding percussionists", "Bullet5":"\u003cb\u003eThese items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year +\u003c\/b\u003e", "Bullet6":"\u003cb\u003eUse with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them\u003c\/b\u003e", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApple dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCircumference: 18cm - 24cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight: 5cm - 7cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight: 44g - 48g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOrange dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCircumference: 18cm - 25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight: 4cm - 8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight: 41g - 51g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLemon dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCircumference: 18cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight: 8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight: 31g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePear dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCircumference: 24cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight: 12cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight: 60g - 65g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBanana dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength: 14cm - 20cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth: 3.5cm - 4.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight: 60g - 70g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "21","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "RA-MJ", "Title": "Roxtone splitter - 3.5mm stereo plug to 2 x 6.35mm stereo sockets - A1", "Category": "tech\u003ecables\u003eadaptors", "Brand": "Roxtone", "Barcode": "5060179349343", "VariationOf": "ra-mj", "Description": "This professional quality splitter has strong connectors and top grade moulding. The configuration is 2x large (6.35mm) stereo jack sockets to a mini (3.5mm) stereo jack plug in a solid adaptor. The red and black design is attractive and practical and the connectors are strong and durable to ensure complete reliability.", "Bullet1":"Pro-quality splitter with strong connectors and top grade moulding", "Bullet2":"Audio splitter with the following configuration:", "Bullet3":"2x large (6.35mm) stereo jack sockets", "Bullet4":"Mini (3.5mm) stereo jack plug", "Bullet5":"Strong connectors", "Bullet6":"9 x 8.6 x 1.5cm", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "221","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "RPAN200", "Title": "Roxtone 3.5mm stereo plug to 3.5mm right angle stereo socket - A1", "Category": "tech\u003ecables\u003eadaptors", "Brand": "Roxtone", "Barcode": "5055964103057", "VariationOf": "rpan200", "Description": "This is a professional quality splitter with strong connectors and top grade molding. The configuration is 1 x small (3.5mm) stereo jack sockets to one small (3.5mm) right angle stereo jack plug in a solid adaptor. The red and black design is attractive and practical and the connectors are strong and durable to ensure complete reliability.", "Bullet1":"Pro-quality adaptor", "Bullet2":"Easily convert from straight to right angled jack", "Bullet3":"High quality contacts for minimum signal degradation", "Bullet4":"Strong connectors and moulding", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "17","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "RPAN220", "Title": "Roxtone 3.5mm stereo plug to 6.35mm stereo socket - A1", "Category": "tech\u003ecables\u003eadaptors", "Brand": "Roxtone", "Barcode": "5055964101183", "VariationOf": "rpan220", "Description": "This is a professional quality splitter with strong connectors and top grade moulding. The configuration is 1 x large (6.35mm) stereo jack sockets to one small (3.5mm) stereo jack plug in a solid adaptor. The red and black design is attractive and practical and the connectors are strong and durable to ensure complete reliability.", "Bullet1":"Pro-quality splitter", "Bullet2":"Easily convert your large plug lead to a mini-jack", "Bullet3":"High quality contacts for minimum signal degradation", "Bullet4":"Strong connectors and moulding", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "576","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "RPAN240", "Title": "Roxtone 6.35mm stereo plug to 3.5mm stereo socket - A1", "Category": "tech\u003ecables\u003eadaptors", "Brand": "Roxtone", "Barcode": "5055964101190", "VariationOf": "rpan240", "Description": "This is a professional quality splitter with strong connectors and top grade moulding. The configuration is 1 x large (6.35mm) stereo jack plug to one small (3.5mm) stereo jack socket in a solid adaptor. The red and black design is attractive and practical and the connectors are strong and durable to ensure complete reliability.", "Bullet1":"Pro-quality splitter with strong connectors and top grade moulding.", "Bullet2":"Convert your small jack plug to a large jack plug", "Bullet3":"Ideal for connecting headphones to a keyboard, amplifier or mixer", "Bullet4":"High quality connectors for minimum possible sound degradation", "Bullet5":"Strong connectors and moulding", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "720","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "RPAN300", "Title": "Roxtone splitter - 6.35mm stereo plug to 2 x 6.35mm stereo sockets - A1", "Category": "tech\u003ecables\u003eadaptors", "Brand": "Roxtone", "Barcode": "5060179349336", "VariationOf": "rpan300", "Description": "This is a professional quality splitter with strong connectors and top grade moulding. The configuration is 2x large (6.35mm) stereo jack sockets to a large (6.35mm) stereo jack plug in a solid adaptor. The red and black design is attractive and practical and the connectors are strong and durable to ensure complete reliability.", "Bullet1":"Pro-quality splitter with strong connectors and top grade moulding", "Bullet2":"2x large (6.35mm) stereo jack sockets", "Bullet3":"Large (6.35mm) stereo jack plug", "Bullet4":"Strong connectors", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "886","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "RPAN340", "Title": "Roxtone 6.35mm stereo plug to 2 x 3.5mm stereo sockets - A1", "Category": "tech\u003ecables\u003eadaptors", "Brand": "Roxtone", "Barcode": "5055964101169", "VariationOf": "rpan340", "Description": "This model has top grade moulding and strong connectors - it is incredibly long lasting and perfect for the school environment. The configuration is 2 x small (3.5mm) stereo jack sockets to one large (6.35mm) stereo jack plug in a solid adaptor. The red and black design is attractive and practical and the connectors are strong and durable to ensure complete reliability.", "Bullet1":"Pro-quality splitter", "Bullet2":"2 x small jack sockets to 1 x large jack plug", "Bullet3":"Connect two sets of headphones to a keyboard", "Bullet4":"Strong connectors and top grade moulding", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "481","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "RPAN360", "Title": "Roxtone 3.5mm stereo plug to 2 x 3.5mm stereo sockets - A1", "Category": "tech\u003ecables\u003eadaptors", "Brand": "Roxtone", "Barcode": "5055964101176", "VariationOf": "rpan360", "Description": "This is a more expensive splitter, but it is certainly worth the extra money. Whereas cheaper splitters break and come apart easily in a school environment, the RPA360 is made from thick, top quality moulded plastic. It is extremely reliable and long lasting. The configuration is 2 x small (3.5mm) stereo jack sockets to one small (3.5mm) stereo jack plug in a solid adapter. The red and black design is attractive and practical and the connectors are strong and durable to ensure complete reliability.", "Bullet1":"Pro-quality splitter", "Bullet2":"Ideal for use as a headphone splitter", "Bullet3":"Connect two sets of headphones with small jack plugs to a single output", "Bullet4":"High quality connectors for minimum possible sound degradation", "Bullet5":"Strong connectors and top grade moulding", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "624","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SPP197", "Title": "Spare wire for 12\"\" junior snare drum - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003esnares", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964132941", "VariationOf": "spp197", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus spare wire for 12\"\" junior snare drum\nThis Percussion Plus spare wire is specifically designed for Percussion Plus junior snare drums, and is perfect for creating a crisp sound when used. This wire is a great addition to a school drum kit, and by adjusting the tension, you can create a darker or brighter tone.", "Bullet1":"Provides a crisp sound", "Bullet2":"Ideal for younger players", "Bullet3":"Span of 12\"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "161","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP667", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Five ball shaker - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547006678", "VariationOf": "pp667", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Five ball shaker These shakers are made from five decorated balls with tiny beads, attached to a rope-bound bamboo handle. The five ball shaker would be the perfect addition to any classroom music set, with its unique design and sound. The sturdy bamboo handle can be held and played like a drum stick. And for a louder sound with more rhythmic variation possible, they are even better with one in each hand. A small loop is also provided at the base of the stick for easy storage, or to attach a wrist strap. These five ball shakers are made with traditional methods and are sourced responsibly using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. Fun design, unique sound As the balls are held close together and filled with very small beads, the tone produced is crisp and bright when shaken firmly. A gentle shake gives a delightful patter of cascading beads, delayed between each ball for a great effect. The balls themselves feature a hand painted, colourful design in a ‘dotted’ style. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Bali using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"A fine, higher pitched, percussive shaker sound", "Bullet3":"Traditional, decorative patterns painted onto each ball", "Bullet4":"Ideal for classroom music sets or any keen percussionists looking for new sounds", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "30","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "601", "Title": "Recorder Workshop 601 descant recorder - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Recorder Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349482603", "VariationOf": "601", "Description": "\n\nIntroducing the Recorder Workshop 601 descant recorder\nThis Recorder Workshop 601 descant recorder is firstly and most importantly wonderful value. It is comparable in quality to much more established brands including Aulos and Yamaha but is available at a fraction of the cost. It is therefore perfect for the budget-conscious school or parent.\nSecondly this instrument has surprisingly accurate intonation. It has an arched windway allowing for a clear, focused tone and excellent tuning. It certainly doesn't produce that shrill overblown sound that is so familiar with cheaper recorders!\nIt is made from high quality ABS resin which is perfect for young beginners as it's strong, yet lightweight. It is supplied with a durable zip-up faux-leather bag and a fingering chart (middle C - top D).\n\n\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Arched wind way and excellent tuning", "Bullet2":"3 piece instrument in a selection of finishes", "Bullet3":"Made from ABS plastic", "Bullet4":"Supplied with a zip-up, faux leather bag and fingering chart", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2085","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.75", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "3.433333333333333", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "601MB", "Title": "Recorder Workshop 601 simulated ebony descant recorder - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Recorder Workshop", "Barcode": "5055964114190", "VariationOf": "601mb", "Description": "Introducing the Recorder Workshop 601MB descant recorder\nThe Recorder Workshop 601MB is a high-quality simulated ebony descant recorder. It has a striking matt finish throughout and an arched windway for improved breath control. It has a clear and focused tone and excellent tuning. The 3 piece ABS body is easy to set-up and is supplied with a high quality leatherette bag. This recorder is perfect for use in schools and for solo performances.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Arched wind way and excellent tuning", "Bullet2":"3 piece instrument in a selection of finishes", "Bullet3":"Made from ABS plastic", "Bullet4":"Supplied with a zip-up, faux leather bag and fingering chart", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "587","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.75", "Quantity_break_1": "50","Quantity_break_price_1": "3.433333333333333", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "FW20A", "Title": "Feadóg Irish whistle in C - Brass - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eirish-whistles", "Brand": "Feadóg", "Barcode": "5390500550200", "VariationOf": "fw20a", "Description": "Introducing the Feadóg brass Irish whistle in C\nMade in Ireland since 1978, Feadóg \"\"Original Irish Whistles\"\" are the oldest commercially produced Tin Whistles in Ireland.\nThe Irish whistle, also called the penny whistle, is a relatively inexpensive yet quality instrument that is played around the world by amateurs and professionals alike.\nGreat for education\nDue to its simple, easy to maintain design, and the fact that it is a very easy instrument to learn, the penny whistle is a great instrument for the educational environment.\nYou can also purchase a pack of 10 HERE if you are planning on holding a workshop or playing with a class of students and want to purchase multiple whistles for your classroom. The minimal packaging of the 10 pack saves on cost making and helps reduce waste - perfect for schools and institutions.\nWhat's in the box?\nThe presentation pack contains a Feadóg brass whistle in the key of C, with a fingering chart and an international instruction sheet with several songs to get you started, also making this a great gift idea!", "Bullet1":"The original Irish whistle - made in Ireland since 1978", "Bullet2":"Top quality materials", "Bullet3":"Ideal for players of all abilities", "Bullet4":"Plastic mouthpiece", "Bullet5":"Seamless brass barrel", "Bullet6":"Great gift idea", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AGS32", "Title": "Lawrence AGS32 wall mountable universal guitar hanger - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estorage\u003ehangers\u003einstrument", "Brand": "Lawrence", "Barcode": "5060349482221", "VariationOf": "ags32", "Description": "Introducing the Lawrence AGS32 wall mounted universal universal guitar hanger\nSuitable for a huge range of guitars, including electric, acoustic, classical and bass guitars. Featuring an auto-grab yoke, it holds your guitar firmly in place and the padded arms protect your headstock from dents and scratches.\nSupplied with all the fixtures needed to mount it to your wall, the robust guitar wall mount will keep your guitar safe on display or in storage.\n", "Bullet1":"Ideal for electric, acoustic, classical and bass guitars", "Bullet2":"Robust metal fixtures", "Bullet3":"Auto-grab yoke holds instrument firmly in place", "Bullet4":"Padded arm to protect guitar headstock", "Bullet5":"Ideal for storage and display purposes", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "35","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6649", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Asalatua - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318310909", "VariationOf": "pp6649", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Asalatua\nMade using traditional methods and materials, the Asalatua is easy to play, simple hold one gourd with your hand and swing the other gourd side to side around the hand, creating a clacking sound upon impact.\nThese items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision.\n \n Great for a variety of uses\nEasy to play, the Asalatua is great for every level of player and is an ideal option for developing motor skills, coordination, and rhythmic skills. The rich rattle and clack sound produced is ideal for use in conjunction with other instruments as part of a larger ensemble, as well as sounding fantastic on its own.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Produces a lovely rattle and clack sound", "Bullet3":"Perfect for use in ensembles as well as for developing rhythmic and motor skills", "Bullet4":"Easy to play, great for any level of player", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "13","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.058333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "KB-4", "Title": "Cory key brite piano key cleaning spray - 4 oz. \/ A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003ecleaning", "Brand": "Cory", "Barcode": "5055964136338", "VariationOf": "cor153s", "Description": "Introducing the Cory Key Brite piano key cleaning spray\nSpecially formulated for use on delicate surfaces such as piano keys and computer keyboards and supplied in a handy spray bottle, Cory Key Brite gently cleans and polishes the surfaces of the piano keys, removing grubby marks and restoring the original colour. Available in either 2 oz. or 4 oz. bottles, and suitable for use on ivory, ebony and acrylic (plastic) piano keytops.\n", "Bullet1":"Specially formulated for cleaning ivory, ebony and acrylic key surfaces", "Bullet2":"Polishes and brightens both naturals and sharps", "Bullet3":"Eliminates grubby marks and gently cleans porous surfaces", "Bullet4":"Supplied in a handy spray bottle", "Bullet5":"Available in either 2 oz. or 4 oz. bottles", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "8","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "KB-2", "Title": "Cory key brite piano key cleaning spray - 2 oz. \/ A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003ecleaning", "Brand": "Cory", "Barcode": "5055964134648", "VariationOf": "cor153s", "Description": "Introducing the Cory Key Brite piano key cleaning spray\nSpecially formulated for use on delicate surfaces such as piano keys and computer keyboards and supplied in a handy spray bottle, Cory Key Brite gently cleans and polishes the surfaces of the piano keys, removing grubby marks and restoring the original colour. Available in either 2 oz. or 4 oz. bottles, and suitable for use on ivory, ebony and acrylic (plastic) piano keytops.\n", "Bullet1":"Specially formulated for cleaning ivory, ebony and acrylic key surfaces", "Bullet2":"Polishes and brightens both naturals and sharps", "Bullet3":"Eliminates grubby marks and gently cleans porous surfaces", "Bullet4":"Supplied in a handy spray bottle", "Bullet5":"Available in either 2 oz. or 4 oz. bottles", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "19","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AD-DJBUEY0315", "Title": "Drums for Schools hand carved djembe - 3.5 inch - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "DfS CON", "Barcode": "5060344030090", "VariationOf": "ad-djbuey0315", "Description": "Introducing the Drums for Schools hand carved djembe - 3.5 inch\nThis Drums for Schools hand carved djembe is the second smallest of their budget djembe range and is supplied with a free wooden drumstick and an Early Years “Good Practice Guide”. The drum is quite small – just 3.5″ in diameter – but it’s a working drum and not a toy, and makes a surprisingly good sound!\nIt’s really good for young children because it can be handled easily and carried around by the string handle, but it can also be played by older children and even grown-ups, either with the free wooden drumstick, or with the fingertips. Being small it makes a higher pitched sound than bigger drums, and so can be a useful addition to a bigger djembe collection.\nEach drum is made by hand using traditional materials and techniques. The wood is mahogany , the playing head is goatskin and the skin is stretched tight using cotton string. The designs on these instruments vary from drum to drum and are engraved into the wood by hand by Wayan, who supervises the production of all DfS djembes. The designs were all created by Balinese primary school children!", "Bullet1":"A djembe for the smallest hands!", "Bullet2":"Can be handled easily and carried around by the string handle", "Bullet3":"Supplied with a free wooden drumstick", "Bullet4":"Can also be played with the hands", "Bullet5":"Mahogany body with goatskin head, stretched tight using cotton string", "Bullet6":"Hand carved designs vary from drum to drum", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eL 15cm x W 9cm x H 9cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMahogany\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGoatskin stretch with cotton string\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e360g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "57","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.92","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.6", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "BS-SLING", "Title": "Drums for Schools Samba sling - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003emarching-harnesses", "Brand": "DfS CON", "Barcode": "5060344031370", "VariationOf": "bs-sling", "Description": "Introducing the Drums for Schools Samba sling for Repinique or Surdo\nThe sling is designed for use with repinique and surdo drums, featuring a durable webbed strap with a universal clip for secure attachment. It is fully adjustable, making it suitable for both children and adults. The samba sling includes an open hook, specifically tailored for these drum types. Worn comfortably across the body, it offers ease of use with a clip positioned at one end.\nGuarantee: Under normal use, Drums for Schools accessories are guaranteed for 2 years. ", "Bullet1":"A versatile, durable samba sling", "Bullet2":"Designed for use with repiniques and surdos", "Bullet3":"Single sling with 1 open hook", "Bullet4":"Comfortable to wear", "Bullet5":"Easy to use", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "400","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.92","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.6", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "FL9027", "Title": "FZone clip on LED double music stand light - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003eaccessories\u003elights", "Brand": "FZone", "Barcode": "6943050400571", "VariationOf": "fl9027", "Description": " Introducing the FZone clip on LED double music stand light The FZone double LED music light is the perfect solution for musicians, public speakers, FOH mixers or anybody requiring focused and controlled lighting in a low light, high-intensity environment. Both LED heads are individually switchable, so you can choose the correct lighting intensity for any situation. It’s designed for easy use with most music stands and it has a weighted base for freestanding use. Powered by either 3 x AAA batteries or USB cable, both of which are included. Direct light exactly where you need it With its bright white, energy efficient LEDs (2 LEDs per arm), you can easily direct light exactly where it is needed with precision and ease. The compact clip base allows you to clip the light on to any solid music stand, and the base is weighted to maintain balance when free standing. The twin flexible goose neck arms let you focus light in many different directions, plus it allows the light to be folded up for easy transportation or storage. What’s in the box? 1x Music light 1x USB cable 3x AAA batteries ", "Bullet1":"Designed for easy use with most music stands with weighted base for freestanding use", "Bullet2":"Alternatively the light can clip onto most book shelves for use as a reading light.", "Bullet3":"2 x bright white, energy saving LED lights per arm to illuminate two pages simultaneously", "Bullet4":"Twin flexible goose neck arms allow you to focus light in many different directions", "Bullet5":"Powered by either USB cable or 3 x AAA batteries (included)", "Bullet6":"*NEW* mains adaptor available - please see recommended accessories", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eItem weight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e127g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBattery type:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAlkaline\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "186","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "3.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP229", "Title": "Percussion Plus wood shaker guiro with scraper - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003escrapers", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547002298", "VariationOf": "pp229", "Description": "A big favourite with percussionists of all ages. This shaker doubles as a guiro and you can create different sounds by shaking, hitting and scraping. Sturdy wooden construction and colourful red and blue ends make this instrument perfect for use in education and by children.", "Bullet1":"Quality shaker\/guiro", "Bullet2":"Wooden materials", "Bullet3":"Play by shaking, scraping, or hitting", "Bullet4":"Produces a variety of different sounds", "Bullet5":"Comes with beater", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e116g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "110","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3500", "Title": "Percussion Plus plastic storage box with lid - 11 litres - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estorage\u003eboxes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5038135253263", "VariationOf": "pp3500", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus plastic storage box with lid - 11 litres\nEvery classroom needs efficient, reliable storage equipment, and these boxes provide just that. With a durable plastic construction they can survive very well in school environments, and their stackable nature means they can be stored away very easily when not in use, and can sit on top of one another sturdily with the lids on too.\nThe clearness of the box is a useful feature too, allowing you to see what's inside without opening up, and making it easier to keep track of your musical (or non-musical!) equipment.\nPlease note: No instruments are included with this product.\n", "Bullet1":"Clear storage box with lid", "Bullet2":"Durable plastic construction", "Bullet3":"Boxes can be stacked", "Bullet4":"Perfect for storing musical items", "Bullet5":"Will nest inside each other with the lids on top when empty", "Bullet6":"Flat bottom with no curves on the sides", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36.5cm\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e25cm\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e19cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e17cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "344","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP536", "Title": "Percussion Plus plastic maracas pair - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003emaracas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547005367", "VariationOf": "pp536", "Description": "Maracas are a favourite for many school music rooms, music groups and percussionists. These maracas come in a bold orange and make a loud crisp tone perfectly fitting to their Latin America heritage. They are lots of fun and incredibly easy to play by simply shaking the instruments in your hands. The sturdy plastic shell and comfortable wooden handle make these maracas perfect for use by children. They are ideal for introducing children to making music and exploring different rhythms.Please note: These items are musical instruments, not toys. It is advised that they are used under adult supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them.", "Bullet1":"Colourful plastic maracas", "Bullet2":"Loud, crisp tones", "Bullet3":"Ideal for use in education", "Bullet4":"Comfortable wooden handle", "Bullet5":"Sold as a pair", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e27cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "143","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP623", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made painted frog guiro with scraper - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003escrapers", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547006234", "VariationOf": "pp623", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Wooden frog guiro with scraper This guiro from Percussion Plus is a fun and unusual instrument supplied with tapered stick for easy scraping. Hand carved into the shape of a frog; it is played by simply running the scraper down the ridge of the frogs back to make it croak. Made in Northern Thailand, every instrument is hand-carved, sanded, and stained by an independent maker. The result is a unique instrument made to a consistently high quality producing a rich sound. These frog guiro and scrapers are sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. \u0026lt; How are they made? Firstly, the rough structure is carved out by hand before being carefully sanded down to form the final shape. It is then drilled and tested to ensure the satisfying ‘thock’ sound is produced when struck. After the frogs are sanded and drilled, they are dried in a large kiln. Once fully dried they are stained and painted by hand to give them their distinctive green and amber exterior. Croak like a frog To play, scrape the stick along the frog’s ‘spine’ for a distinctive croak sound. Vary speed and pressure for different and interesting sounds. You can also strike the frog on the top of its head for a full bodied, percussive ‘thock’ sound, great for adding accents to your playing. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Vietnam using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Fun frog design with guiro spine", "Bullet3":"Supplied with ergonomic wooden scraper", "Bullet4":"Ideal for classrooms or as a gift", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "32","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP704", "Title": "Percussion Plus cowbell - 4\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecowbells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964198558", "VariationOf": "pw-lc", "Description": "This cowbell from Percussion Plus has been inspired by the traditional bells from Switzerland. Originally designed for herdsmen to keep track of their cows, the iconic tone has become a hugely popular addition to many genres of music.The wingnut at the top of the bell allows it to be mounted on a cowbell post and can be a great addition to any kit or percussion ensemble.", "Bullet1":"Quality cowbell with black finish", "Bullet2":"Produces resonant medium pitch sound", "Bullet3":"Made from solid metal", "Bullet4":"Screw included", "Bullet5":"Ideal for use as handheld instrument or as part of a drum kit", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "19","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP705", "Title": "Percussion Plus cowbell - 5\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecowbells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964198541", "VariationOf": "pw-lc", "Description": "This cowbell from Percussion Plus has been inspired by the traditional bells from Switzerland. Originally designed for herdsmen to keep track of their cows, the iconic tone has become a hugely popular addition to many genres of music.The wingnut at the top of the bell allows it to be mounted on a cowbell post and can be a great addition to any kit or percussion ensemble.", "Bullet1":"Quality cowbell with black finish", "Bullet2":"Produces resonant medium pitch sound", "Bullet3":"Made from solid metal", "Bullet4":"Screw included", "Bullet5":"Ideal for use as handheld instrument or as part of a drum kit", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "99","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.866666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP706", "Title": "Percussion Plus cowbell - 6\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecowbells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964198534", "VariationOf": "pw-lc", "Description": "This cowbell from Percussion Plus has been inspired by the traditional bells from Switzerland. Originally designed for herdsmen to keep track of their cows, the iconic tone has become a hugely popular addition to many genres of music.The wingnut at the top of the bell allows it to be mounted on a cowbell post and can be a great addition to any kit or percussion ensemble.", "Bullet1":"Quality cowbell with black finish", "Bullet2":"Produces resonant medium pitch sound", "Bullet3":"Made from solid metal", "Bullet4":"Screw included", "Bullet5":"Ideal for use as handheld instrument or as part of a drum kit", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "36","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP707", "Title": "Percussion Plus cowbell - 7.5\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecowbells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349483082", "VariationOf": "pw-lc", "Description": "This cowbell from Percussion Plus has been inspired by the traditional bells from Switzerland. Originally designed for herdsmen to keep track of their cows, the iconic tone has become a hugely popular addition to many genres of music.The wingnut at the top of the bell allows it to be mounted on a cowbell post and can be a great addition to any kit or percussion ensemble.", "Bullet1":"Quality cowbell with black finish", "Bullet2":"Produces resonant medium pitch sound", "Bullet3":"Made from solid metal", "Bullet4":"Screw included", "Bullet5":"Ideal for use as handheld instrument or as part of a drum kit", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "69","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.95", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP933-01", "Title": "Percussion Plus chime bar - A49 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547933011", "VariationOf": "pp933", "Description": "These high quality chime bars are great for those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a thick and durable plastic resonator box with a precision manufactured note bar that guarantees excellent tuning, allowing players to produce a bright and clear sound. Each note is sold individually.\nBuilt to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music classroom. Perfect if you just need specific notes, without having to buy the whole set.\nThese bars can be used to extend the diatonic set PP932 which consists of 8 chime bars from C52 to C64, or as replacements for this set and the full Chromatic set PP931. Alternatively, select the relevant notes for your requirements and use them independently.", "Bullet1":"Durable plastic casing", "Bullet2":"Precision manufactured note bar", "Bullet3":"Select any pitch between G47 - G71", "Bullet4":"Single chime bar", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "25","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP933-13", "Title": "Percussion Plus chime bar - A61 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547933134", "VariationOf": "pp933", "Description": "These high quality chime bars are great for those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a thick and durable plastic resonator box with a precision manufactured note bar that guarantees excellent tuning, allowing players to produce a bright and clear sound. Each note is sold individually.\nBuilt to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music classroom. Perfect if you just need specific notes, without having to buy the whole set.\nThese bars can be used to extend the diatonic set PP932 which consists of 8 chime bars from C52 to C64, or as replacements for this set and the full Chromatic set PP931. Alternatively, select the relevant notes for your requirements and use them independently.", "Bullet1":"Durable plastic casing", "Bullet2":"Precision manufactured note bar", "Bullet3":"Select any pitch between G47 - G71", "Bullet4":"Single chime bar", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP933-02", "Title": "Percussion Plus chime bar - Bb50 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547933028", "VariationOf": "pp933", "Description": "These high quality chime bars are great for those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a thick and durable plastic resonator box with a precision manufactured note bar that guarantees excellent tuning, allowing players to produce a bright and clear sound. Each note is sold individually.\nBuilt to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music classroom. Perfect if you just need specific notes, without having to buy the whole set.\nThese bars can be used to extend the diatonic set PP932 which consists of 8 chime bars from C52 to C64, or as replacements for this set and the full Chromatic set PP931. Alternatively, select the relevant notes for your requirements and use them independently.", "Bullet1":"Durable plastic casing", "Bullet2":"Precision manufactured note bar", "Bullet3":"Select any pitch between G47 - G71", "Bullet4":"Single chime bar", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "27","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP933-14", "Title": "Percussion Plus chime bar - Bb62 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547933141", "VariationOf": "pp933", "Description": "These high quality chime bars are great for those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a thick and durable plastic resonator box with a precision manufactured note bar that guarantees excellent tuning, allowing players to produce a bright and clear sound. Each note is sold individually.\nBuilt to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music classroom. Perfect if you just need specific notes, without having to buy the whole set.\nThese bars can be used to extend the diatonic set PP932 which consists of 8 chime bars from C52 to C64, or as replacements for this set and the full Chromatic set PP931. Alternatively, select the relevant notes for your requirements and use them independently.", "Bullet1":"Durable plastic casing", "Bullet2":"Precision manufactured note bar", "Bullet3":"Select any pitch between G47 - G71", "Bullet4":"Single chime bar", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "21","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP933-03", "Title": "Percussion Plus chime bar - B51 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547933035", "VariationOf": "pp933", "Description": "These high quality chime bars are great for those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a thick and durable plastic resonator box with a precision manufactured note bar that guarantees excellent tuning, allowing players to produce a bright and clear sound. Each note is sold individually.\nBuilt to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music classroom. Perfect if you just need specific notes, without having to buy the whole set.\nThese bars can be used to extend the diatonic set PP932 which consists of 8 chime bars from C52 to C64, or as replacements for this set and the full Chromatic set PP931. Alternatively, select the relevant notes for your requirements and use them independently.", "Bullet1":"Durable plastic casing", "Bullet2":"Precision manufactured note bar", "Bullet3":"Select any pitch between G47 - G71", "Bullet4":"Single chime bar", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP933-15", "Title": "Percussion Plus chime bar - B63 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547933158", "VariationOf": "pp933", "Description": "These high quality chime bars are great for those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a thick and durable plastic resonator box with a precision manufactured note bar that guarantees excellent tuning, allowing players to produce a bright and clear sound. Each note is sold individually.\nBuilt to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music classroom. Perfect if you just need specific notes, without having to buy the whole set.\nThese bars can be used to extend the diatonic set PP932 which consists of 8 chime bars from C52 to C64, or as replacements for this set and the full Chromatic set PP931. Alternatively, select the relevant notes for your requirements and use them independently.", "Bullet1":"Durable plastic casing", "Bullet2":"Precision manufactured note bar", "Bullet3":"Select any pitch between G47 - G71", "Bullet4":"Single chime bar", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP933-05", "Title": "Percussion Plus chime bar - C-SHARP53 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547933059", "VariationOf": "pp933", "Description": "These high quality chime bars are great for those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a thick and durable plastic resonator box with a precision manufactured note bar that guarantees excellent tuning, allowing players to produce a bright and clear sound. Each note is sold individually.\nBuilt to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music classroom. Perfect if you just need specific notes, without having to buy the whole set.\nThese bars can be used to extend the diatonic set PP932 which consists of 8 chime bars from C52 to C64, or as replacements for this set and the full Chromatic set PP931. Alternatively, select the relevant notes for your requirements and use them independently.", "Bullet1":"Durable plastic casing", "Bullet2":"Precision manufactured note bar", "Bullet3":"Select any pitch between G47 - G71", "Bullet4":"Single chime bar", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "15","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP933-17", "Title": "Percussion Plus chime bar - C-SHARP65 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547933172", "VariationOf": "pp933", "Description": "These high quality chime bars are great for those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a thick and durable plastic resonator box with a precision manufactured note bar that guarantees excellent tuning, allowing players to produce a bright and clear sound. Each note is sold individually.\nBuilt to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music classroom. Perfect if you just need specific notes, without having to buy the whole set.\nThese bars can be used to extend the diatonic set PP932 which consists of 8 chime bars from C52 to C64, or as replacements for this set and the full Chromatic set PP931. Alternatively, select the relevant notes for your requirements and use them independently.", "Bullet1":"Durable plastic casing", "Bullet2":"Precision manufactured note bar", "Bullet3":"Select any pitch between G47 - G71", "Bullet4":"Single chime bar", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "29","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP933-04", "Title": "Percussion Plus chime bar - C52 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547933042", "VariationOf": "pp933", "Description": "These high quality chime bars are great for those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a thick and durable plastic resonator box with a precision manufactured note bar that guarantees excellent tuning, allowing players to produce a bright and clear sound. Each note is sold individually.\nBuilt to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music classroom. Perfect if you just need specific notes, without having to buy the whole set.\nThese bars can be used to extend the diatonic set PP932 which consists of 8 chime bars from C52 to C64, or as replacements for this set and the full Chromatic set PP931. Alternatively, select the relevant notes for your requirements and use them independently.", "Bullet1":"Durable plastic casing", "Bullet2":"Precision manufactured note bar", "Bullet3":"Select any pitch between G47 - G71", "Bullet4":"Single chime bar", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "53","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP933-16", "Title": "Percussion Plus chime bar - C64 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547933165", "VariationOf": "pp933", "Description": "These high quality chime bars are great for those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a thick and durable plastic resonator box with a precision manufactured note bar that guarantees excellent tuning, allowing players to produce a bright and clear sound. Each note is sold individually.\nBuilt to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music classroom. Perfect if you just need specific notes, without having to buy the whole set.\nThese bars can be used to extend the diatonic set PP932 which consists of 8 chime bars from C52 to C64, or as replacements for this set and the full Chromatic set PP931. Alternatively, select the relevant notes for your requirements and use them independently.", "Bullet1":"Durable plastic casing", "Bullet2":"Precision manufactured note bar", "Bullet3":"Select any pitch between G47 - G71", "Bullet4":"Single chime bar", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "27","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP933-07", "Title": "Percussion Plus chime bar - D-SHARP55 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547933073", "VariationOf": "pp933", "Description": "These high quality chime bars are great for those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a thick and durable plastic resonator box with a precision manufactured note bar that guarantees excellent tuning, allowing players to produce a bright and clear sound. Each note is sold individually.\nBuilt to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music classroom. Perfect if you just need specific notes, without having to buy the whole set.\nThese bars can be used to extend the diatonic set PP932 which consists of 8 chime bars from C52 to C64, or as replacements for this set and the full Chromatic set PP931. Alternatively, select the relevant notes for your requirements and use them independently.", "Bullet1":"Durable plastic casing", "Bullet2":"Precision manufactured note bar", "Bullet3":"Select any pitch between G47 - G71", "Bullet4":"Single chime bar", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "31","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP933-19", "Title": "Percussion Plus chime bar - D-SHARP67 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547933196", "VariationOf": "pp933", "Description": "These high quality chime bars are great for those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a thick and durable plastic resonator box with a precision manufactured note bar that guarantees excellent tuning, allowing players to produce a bright and clear sound. Each note is sold individually.\nBuilt to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music classroom. Perfect if you just need specific notes, without having to buy the whole set.\nThese bars can be used to extend the diatonic set PP932 which consists of 8 chime bars from C52 to C64, or as replacements for this set and the full Chromatic set PP931. Alternatively, select the relevant notes for your requirements and use them independently.", "Bullet1":"Durable plastic casing", "Bullet2":"Precision manufactured note bar", "Bullet3":"Select any pitch between G47 - G71", "Bullet4":"Single chime bar", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "17","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP933-06", "Title": "Percussion Plus chime bar - D54 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547933066", "VariationOf": "pp933", "Description": "These high quality chime bars are great for those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a thick and durable plastic resonator box with a precision manufactured note bar that guarantees excellent tuning, allowing players to produce a bright and clear sound. Each note is sold individually.\nBuilt to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music classroom. Perfect if you just need specific notes, without having to buy the whole set.\nThese bars can be used to extend the diatonic set PP932 which consists of 8 chime bars from C52 to C64, or as replacements for this set and the full Chromatic set PP931. Alternatively, select the relevant notes for your requirements and use them independently.", "Bullet1":"Durable plastic casing", "Bullet2":"Precision manufactured note bar", "Bullet3":"Select any pitch between G47 - G71", "Bullet4":"Single chime bar", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP933-18", "Title": "Percussion Plus chime bar - D66 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547933189", "VariationOf": "pp933", "Description": "These high quality chime bars are great for those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a thick and durable plastic resonator box with a precision manufactured note bar that guarantees excellent tuning, allowing players to produce a bright and clear sound. Each note is sold individually.\nBuilt to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music classroom. Perfect if you just need specific notes, without having to buy the whole set.\nThese bars can be used to extend the diatonic set PP932 which consists of 8 chime bars from C52 to C64, or as replacements for this set and the full Chromatic set PP931. Alternatively, select the relevant notes for your requirements and use them independently.", "Bullet1":"Durable plastic casing", "Bullet2":"Precision manufactured note bar", "Bullet3":"Select any pitch between G47 - G71", "Bullet4":"Single chime bar", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "14","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP933-08", "Title": "Percussion Plus chime bar - E56 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547933080", "VariationOf": "pp933", "Description": "These high quality chime bars are great for those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a thick and durable plastic resonator box with a precision manufactured note bar that guarantees excellent tuning, allowing players to produce a bright and clear sound. Each note is sold individually.\nBuilt to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music classroom. Perfect if you just need specific notes, without having to buy the whole set.\nThese bars can be used to extend the diatonic set PP932 which consists of 8 chime bars from C52 to C64, or as replacements for this set and the full Chromatic set PP931. Alternatively, select the relevant notes for your requirements and use them independently.", "Bullet1":"Durable plastic casing", "Bullet2":"Precision manufactured note bar", "Bullet3":"Select any pitch between G47 - G71", "Bullet4":"Single chime bar", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP933-20", "Title": "Percussion Plus chime bar - E68 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547933202", "VariationOf": "pp933", "Description": "These high quality chime bars are great for those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a thick and durable plastic resonator box with a precision manufactured note bar that guarantees excellent tuning, allowing players to produce a bright and clear sound. Each note is sold individually.\nBuilt to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music classroom. Perfect if you just need specific notes, without having to buy the whole set.\nThese bars can be used to extend the diatonic set PP932 which consists of 8 chime bars from C52 to C64, or as replacements for this set and the full Chromatic set PP931. Alternatively, select the relevant notes for your requirements and use them independently.", "Bullet1":"Durable plastic casing", "Bullet2":"Precision manufactured note bar", "Bullet3":"Select any pitch between G47 - G71", "Bullet4":"Single chime bar", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP933-10", "Title": "Percussion Plus chime bar - F-SHARP58 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547933103", "VariationOf": "pp933", "Description": "These high quality chime bars are great for those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a thick and durable plastic resonator box with a precision manufactured note bar that guarantees excellent tuning, allowing players to produce a bright and clear sound. Each note is sold individually.\nBuilt to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music classroom. Perfect if you just need specific notes, without having to buy the whole set.\nThese bars can be used to extend the diatonic set PP932 which consists of 8 chime bars from C52 to C64, or as replacements for this set and the full Chromatic set PP931. Alternatively, select the relevant notes for your requirements and use them independently.", "Bullet1":"Durable plastic casing", "Bullet2":"Precision manufactured note bar", "Bullet3":"Select any pitch between G47 - G71", "Bullet4":"Single chime bar", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP933-22", "Title": "Percussion Plus chime bar - F-SHARP70 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547933226", "VariationOf": "pp933", "Description": "These high quality chime bars are great for those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a thick and durable plastic resonator box with a precision manufactured note bar that guarantees excellent tuning, allowing players to produce a bright and clear sound. Each note is sold individually.\nBuilt to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music classroom. Perfect if you just need specific notes, without having to buy the whole set.\nThese bars can be used to extend the diatonic set PP932 which consists of 8 chime bars from C52 to C64, or as replacements for this set and the full Chromatic set PP931. Alternatively, select the relevant notes for your requirements and use them independently.", "Bullet1":"Durable plastic casing", "Bullet2":"Precision manufactured note bar", "Bullet3":"Select any pitch between G47 - G71", "Bullet4":"Single chime bar", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "32","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP933-09", "Title": "Percussion Plus chime bar - F57 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547933097", "VariationOf": "pp933", "Description": "These high quality chime bars are great for those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a thick and durable plastic resonator box with a precision manufactured note bar that guarantees excellent tuning, allowing players to produce a bright and clear sound. Each note is sold individually.\nBuilt to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music classroom. Perfect if you just need specific notes, without having to buy the whole set.\nThese bars can be used to extend the diatonic set PP932 which consists of 8 chime bars from C52 to C64, or as replacements for this set and the full Chromatic set PP931. Alternatively, select the relevant notes for your requirements and use them independently.", "Bullet1":"Durable plastic casing", "Bullet2":"Precision manufactured note bar", "Bullet3":"Select any pitch between G47 - G71", "Bullet4":"Single chime bar", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "38","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP933-21", "Title": "Percussion Plus chime bar - F69 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547933219", "VariationOf": "pp933", "Description": "These high quality chime bars are great for those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a thick and durable plastic resonator box with a precision manufactured note bar that guarantees excellent tuning, allowing players to produce a bright and clear sound. Each note is sold individually.\nBuilt to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music classroom. Perfect if you just need specific notes, without having to buy the whole set.\nThese bars can be used to extend the diatonic set PP932 which consists of 8 chime bars from C52 to C64, or as replacements for this set and the full Chromatic set PP931. Alternatively, select the relevant notes for your requirements and use them independently.", "Bullet1":"Durable plastic casing", "Bullet2":"Precision manufactured note bar", "Bullet3":"Select any pitch between G47 - G71", "Bullet4":"Single chime bar", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP933-48", "Title": "Percussion Plus chime bar - G-SHARP48 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547933486", "VariationOf": "pp933", "Description": "These high quality chime bars are great for those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a thick and durable plastic resonator box with a precision manufactured note bar that guarantees excellent tuning, allowing players to produce a bright and clear sound. Each note is sold individually.\nBuilt to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music classroom. Perfect if you just need specific notes, without having to buy the whole set.\nThese bars can be used to extend the diatonic set PP932 which consists of 8 chime bars from C52 to C64, or as replacements for this set and the full Chromatic set PP931. Alternatively, select the relevant notes for your requirements and use them independently.", "Bullet1":"Durable plastic casing", "Bullet2":"Precision manufactured note bar", "Bullet3":"Select any pitch between G47 - G71", "Bullet4":"Single chime bar", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "16","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP933-12", "Title": "Percussion Plus chime bar - G-SHARP60 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547933127", "VariationOf": "pp933", "Description": "These high quality chime bars are great for those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a thick and durable plastic resonator box with a precision manufactured note bar that guarantees excellent tuning, allowing players to produce a bright and clear sound. Each note is sold individually.\nBuilt to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music classroom. Perfect if you just need specific notes, without having to buy the whole set.\nThese bars can be used to extend the diatonic set PP932 which consists of 8 chime bars from C52 to C64, or as replacements for this set and the full Chromatic set PP931. Alternatively, select the relevant notes for your requirements and use them independently.", "Bullet1":"Durable plastic casing", "Bullet2":"Precision manufactured note bar", "Bullet3":"Select any pitch between G47 - G71", "Bullet4":"Single chime bar", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "26","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP933-47", "Title": "Percussion Plus chime bar - G47 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547933479", "VariationOf": "pp933", "Description": "These high quality chime bars are great for those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a thick and durable plastic resonator box with a precision manufactured note bar that guarantees excellent tuning, allowing players to produce a bright and clear sound. Each note is sold individually.\nBuilt to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music classroom. Perfect if you just need specific notes, without having to buy the whole set.\nThese bars can be used to extend the diatonic set PP932 which consists of 8 chime bars from C52 to C64, or as replacements for this set and the full Chromatic set PP931. Alternatively, select the relevant notes for your requirements and use them independently.", "Bullet1":"Durable plastic casing", "Bullet2":"Precision manufactured note bar", "Bullet3":"Select any pitch between G47 - G71", "Bullet4":"Single chime bar", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "22","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP933-11", "Title": "Percussion Plus chime bar - G59 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547933110", "VariationOf": "pp933", "Description": "These high quality chime bars are great for those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a thick and durable plastic resonator box with a precision manufactured note bar that guarantees excellent tuning, allowing players to produce a bright and clear sound. Each note is sold individually.\nBuilt to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music classroom. Perfect if you just need specific notes, without having to buy the whole set.\nThese bars can be used to extend the diatonic set PP932 which consists of 8 chime bars from C52 to C64, or as replacements for this set and the full Chromatic set PP931. Alternatively, select the relevant notes for your requirements and use them independently.", "Bullet1":"Durable plastic casing", "Bullet2":"Precision manufactured note bar", "Bullet3":"Select any pitch between G47 - G71", "Bullet4":"Single chime bar", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "26","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP933-23", "Title": "Percussion Plus chime bar - G71 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547933233", "VariationOf": "pp933", "Description": "These high quality chime bars are great for those that are replacing a lost or damaged note. They are made from a thick and durable plastic resonator box with a precision manufactured note bar that guarantees excellent tuning, allowing players to produce a bright and clear sound. Each note is sold individually.\nBuilt to withstand the rigorous testing that most primary school classes put these instruments through, these chime bars are the ideal addition to any music classroom. Perfect if you just need specific notes, without having to buy the whole set.\nThese bars can be used to extend the diatonic set PP932 which consists of 8 chime bars from C52 to C64, or as replacements for this set and the full Chromatic set PP931. Alternatively, select the relevant notes for your requirements and use them independently.", "Bullet1":"Durable plastic casing", "Bullet2":"Precision manufactured note bar", "Bullet3":"Select any pitch between G47 - G71", "Bullet4":"Single chime bar", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.325", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "OC-440", "Title": "Octopus OC-440 clip on tuner with LCD screen - A1", "Category": "misc\u003etuners\u003edigital", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5055964108083", "VariationOf": "oc-440", "Description": "The OC-440 Octopus clip-on chromatic tuner is designed to provide accurate tuning for a wide range of instruments. It features specific modes for tuning a ukulele, guitar, bass and violin, although the 'chromatic mode' will enable you to tune almost any instrument - so long as there's a place to clip it on! The mode can be changed by pressing and releasing the power button (to the right of the screen). The LCD screen is backlit and by default is coloured orange, but it will turn green when the correct pitch has been reached. The screen is rotatable by 360 degrees so that it can easily be viewed whilst playing, no matter where it is clipped on to your instrument. The tuner is set to standard pitch (A4 = 440Hz) with a tolerance of approximately 1 cent. It is powered by a single CR2032 3v battery and it will automatically switch to a 'power saving' mode when not in use. This normally takes effect after a couple of minutes.", "Bullet1":"Compact clip-on tuner with large back-lit LCD display", "Bullet2":"Display changes colour to show correct tuning", "Bullet3":"Rotating screen can be angled as necessary", "Bullet4":"Supplied with lithium battery", "Bullet5":"Tuning modes: Ukulele, Guitar, Bass, Violin and Chromatic", "Bullet6":"Tuning range A0 - C20", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1454","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "20","Quantity_break_price_1": "3.825", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "101F", "Title": "Recorder Workshop fife supplied with bag - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003efifes", "Brand": "Recorder Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349482641", "VariationOf": "101-fife", "Description": "The Recorder Workshop 101 Fife\nFor many young players, a flute is just too large or heavy to start on. The 101 fife allows you to learn many of the skills and techniques required to play a flute without the discomfort. It also a great instrument for the folk performer, with excellent intonation and a bright tone, the 101 fife is ideal for practice and performance. \n\nVirtually unbreakable, the fife is a perfect stepping stone up to the flute. Allowing you to work on your breathing, sound production, posture, and all round musicality, any young musician will learn all of the necessary skills to have a good head start on the flute, and to start their journey to become a brilliant all-round musician.\n\nThe Recorder Workshop 101 fife is pitched in C so will fit in perfectly with any flute, recorder or percussion ensemble - ideal in an education setting. Made from strong ABS resin, these instruments are durable and consistent in quality.\n\nSupplied in a leatherette carry bag with zip and informative fingering chart, the 101 fife comes in black and white finishes.\n.", "Bullet1":"2 piece ABS resin construction", "Bullet2":"Excellent tuning and intonation", "Bullet3":"Ideal for beginners", "Bullet4":"Pitched in the key of C", "Bullet5":"Black and white finishes available", "Bullet6":"Supplied with bag and fingering chart", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "383","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "101FMB", "Title": "Recorder Workshop fife supplied with bag - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003efifes", "Brand": "Recorder Workshop", "Barcode": "5055964114299", "VariationOf": "101-fife", "Description": "The Recorder Workshop 101 Fife\nFor many young players, a flute is just too large or heavy to start on. The 101 fife allows you to learn many of the skills and techniques required to play a flute without the discomfort. It also a great instrument for the folk performer, with excellent intonation and a bright tone, the 101 fife is ideal for practice and performance. \n\nVirtually unbreakable, the fife is a perfect stepping stone up to the flute. Allowing you to work on your breathing, sound production, posture, and all round musicality, any young musician will learn all of the necessary skills to have a good head start on the flute, and to start their journey to become a brilliant all-round musician.\n\nThe Recorder Workshop 101 fife is pitched in C so will fit in perfectly with any flute, recorder or percussion ensemble - ideal in an education setting. Made from strong ABS resin, these instruments are durable and consistent in quality.\n\nSupplied in a leatherette carry bag with zip and informative fingering chart, the 101 fife comes in black and white finishes.\n.", "Bullet1":"2 piece ABS resin construction", "Bullet2":"Excellent tuning and intonation", "Bullet3":"Ideal for beginners", "Bullet4":"Pitched in the key of C", "Bullet5":"Black and white finishes available", "Bullet6":"Supplied with bag and fingering chart", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "3.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SGJJ100L3", "Title": "Roxtone Smart mono large jack cable - 3m - A1", "Category": "tech\u003ecables\u003einstrument", "Brand": "Roxtone", "Barcode": "6975165351929", "VariationOf": "sgjj100l3", "Description": "Introducing the Roxtone Smart mono large jack cable - 3m\nThis Roxtone Smart straight jack cable provides great quality sound for bass, guitar and keyboard with a robust and ergonomic construction. It is ideal for the studio or the stage, and boasts great flexibility for easy winding and packing once you’re finished with your session or performance.\nHeavy duty cable for studio or stage\nExcellent durability is ensured by the combination of copper braided shield and semiconductor shielding in the cables. The jacket is made with a high quality PVC which helps to relieve strain on the cable itself and provides great protection against bending. Furthermore, the Smart cable’s Zinc alloy shells are highly robust and help to provide consistently solid connections.\n", "Bullet1":"High performance instrument cable", "Bullet2":"Provides powerful and clear sound for bass, guitar, and keyboard", "Bullet3":"Highly flexible and easy to wind", "Bullet4":"Good protection against bending from thick PVC-jacket", "Bullet5":"Ergonomic heavy duty Zinc alloy shell", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eConnectors\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eJack male \/ jack male\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6.3mm mono plug - 6.3mm mono plug\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWire diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShell material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eZinc alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDouble shielding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper braided shield and semiconductor shielding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "67","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.658333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SMXX200L5", "Title": "Roxtone Smart XLR microphone cable - 5m - A1", "Category": "tech\u003ecables\u003emicrophone", "Brand": "Roxtone", "Barcode": "6975165352797", "VariationOf": "smxx200l5", "Description": "Introducing the Roxtone Smart XLR microphone cable - 5m\nThe Roxtone Smart XLR microphone cable provides great quality sound along with a robust and ergonomic construction. It is ideal for the studio or the stage, and provides great flexibility for easy winding and packing when you’re finished.\nHeavy duty cable for studio or stage\nExcellent durability is ensured by the combination of copper braided shield and semiconductor shielding in the cables. The jacket is made with a high quality PVC which helps to relieve strain on the cable itself and provides great protection against bending. Furthermore, the Smart cable’s Zinc alloy shells are highly robust and help to provide consistently solid connections.\n", "Bullet1":"High performance instrument cable", "Bullet2":"Provides powerful and clear sound", "Bullet3":"Low noise, high fidelity", "Bullet4":"Highly flexible and easy to wind", "Bullet5":"Good protection against bending from thick PVC-jacket", "Bullet6":"Ergonomic heavy duty Zinc alloy shell", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eConnectors\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eXLR female \/ XLR male\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eXLR 3-pole female - XLR 3-pole male\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShell material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eZinc alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDouble shielding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper braided shield and semiconductor shielding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "143","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.658333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MP11630-BL", "Title": "Choral music folder - Navy blue \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003echoral-folders", "Brand": "Mapac", "Barcode": "5034981630067", "VariationOf": "mapac-mp11630", "Description": "Introducing the choral music folder\nWhether you sing at school, in church, or with your local choral society, you’ll know there’s one accessory no choir should be without – a set of sturdy folders to protect and organise your sheet music.\nThey need to be durable enough to survive a school environment, yet smart enough to be used in performances by choristers at solemn occasions. They have to be secure enough to keep your music safe, but must open quickly and noiselessly when the time comes. They should also have pockets for pencils and plenty of space for all your music, without being cumbersome or fiddly. Luckily, our reliable choral music folders are exactly what you’ve been looking for!\n\nExceptional design\nOur choral folder design has been honed over many years and takes all these factors into account. We’re confident that they are the best on the market, and our prices are unbeatable so it’s not surprising that they’re one of the most popular items we sell. They are made from light and durable polypropylene and are opened and closed by lifting a loop of string over a rivet – quick, secure, and silent.\nThe spine features a comfortable elastic strap which can be used to hold the folder perfectly still while singing. Inside you will find 10 taut strings attached to the spine for holding your music, along with large pockets and spaces for a pencil and a name tag.", "Bullet1":"Smart music folder ideal for choirs and soloists", "Bullet2":"10 taut adjustable strings to hold your music in place", "Bullet3":"Easy-open loop and rivet fastener keeps your music secure", "Bullet4":"Made from light and durable polypropylene", "Bullet5":"Pockets, name card and pencil holder inside", "Bullet6":"Comfortable elastic handle on spine", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e314g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e33cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth (closed)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth (empty)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e4cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "260","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MP11630-BK", "Title": "Choral music folder - Black \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003echoral-folders", "Brand": "Mapac", "Barcode": "5034981630012", "VariationOf": "mapac-mp11630", "Description": "Introducing the choral music folder\nWhether you sing at school, in church, or with your local choral society, you’ll know there’s one accessory no choir should be without – a set of sturdy folders to protect and organise your sheet music.\nThey need to be durable enough to survive a school environment, yet smart enough to be used in performances by choristers at solemn occasions. They have to be secure enough to keep your music safe, but must open quickly and noiselessly when the time comes. They should also have pockets for pencils and plenty of space for all your music, without being cumbersome or fiddly. Luckily, our reliable choral music folders are exactly what you’ve been looking for!\n\nExceptional design\nOur choral folder design has been honed over many years and takes all these factors into account. We’re confident that they are the best on the market, and our prices are unbeatable so it’s not surprising that they’re one of the most popular items we sell. They are made from light and durable polypropylene and are opened and closed by lifting a loop of string over a rivet – quick, secure, and silent.\nThe spine features a comfortable elastic strap which can be used to hold the folder perfectly still while singing. Inside you will find 10 taut strings attached to the spine for holding your music, along with large pockets and spaces for a pencil and a name tag.", "Bullet1":"Smart music folder ideal for choirs and soloists", "Bullet2":"10 taut adjustable strings to hold your music in place", "Bullet3":"Easy-open loop and rivet fastener keeps your music secure", "Bullet4":"Made from light and durable polypropylene", "Bullet5":"Pockets, name card and pencil holder inside", "Bullet6":"Comfortable elastic handle on spine", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e314g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e33cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth (closed)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth (empty)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e4cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "462","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MP11630-MR", "Title": "Choral music folder - Maroon \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003echoral-folders", "Brand": "Mapac", "Barcode": "5034981630050", "VariationOf": "mapac-mp11630", "Description": "Introducing the choral music folder\nWhether you sing at school, in church, or with your local choral society, you’ll know there’s one accessory no choir should be without – a set of sturdy folders to protect and organise your sheet music.\nThey need to be durable enough to survive a school environment, yet smart enough to be used in performances by choristers at solemn occasions. They have to be secure enough to keep your music safe, but must open quickly and noiselessly when the time comes. They should also have pockets for pencils and plenty of space for all your music, without being cumbersome or fiddly. Luckily, our reliable choral music folders are exactly what you’ve been looking for!\n\nExceptional design\nOur choral folder design has been honed over many years and takes all these factors into account. We’re confident that they are the best on the market, and our prices are unbeatable so it’s not surprising that they’re one of the most popular items we sell. They are made from light and durable polypropylene and are opened and closed by lifting a loop of string over a rivet – quick, secure, and silent.\nThe spine features a comfortable elastic strap which can be used to hold the folder perfectly still while singing. Inside you will find 10 taut strings attached to the spine for holding your music, along with large pockets and spaces for a pencil and a name tag.", "Bullet1":"Smart music folder ideal for choirs and soloists", "Bullet2":"10 taut adjustable strings to hold your music in place", "Bullet3":"Easy-open loop and rivet fastener keeps your music secure", "Bullet4":"Made from light and durable polypropylene", "Bullet5":"Pockets, name card and pencil holder inside", "Bullet6":"Comfortable elastic handle on spine", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e314g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e33cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth (closed)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth (empty)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e4cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "130","RRP_Inc_VAT": "7.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "RAYC119", "Title": "Roxtone splitter - 6.35mm stereo right angle plug to 2 x 6.35mm stereo - A1", "Category": "tech\u003ecables\u003eadaptors", "Brand": "Roxtone", "Barcode": "5060349482689", "VariationOf": "rayc119", "Description": "This is a professional quality splitter with strong connectors and top grade moulding. The configuration is 2x large (6.35mm) stereo jack sockets to a large (6.35mm) right angled stereo jack plug with a 1 metre cable. This is ideal for use with a keyboard in which the headphone socket is out of reach.", "Bullet1":"Pro quality splitter with moulded audio connection cables", "Bullet2":"Professional pre-made balanced Y-adaptor cable", "Bullet3":"1m cable", "Bullet4":"Ideal for keyboard use", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "547","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.666666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "RAYC220", "Title": "Roxtone 6.35mm stereo right angle plug to 2 x 6.35mm stereo sockets - A1", "Category": "tech\u003ecables\u003eadaptors", "Brand": "Roxtone", "Barcode": "5060179349329", "VariationOf": "rayc220", "Description": "Introducing the Roxtone 6.35mm stereo right angle plug to 2 x 6.35mm stereo sockets\nThis pro-quality splitter\/ y-adaptor has 2x large (6.35mm) stereo jack sockets to a large (6.35mm) stereo jack plug. It has 10cm flexible cable and high quality moulded connectors for a great performance and reliability. It's suitable for any audio device which requires a 6.35mm jack.\n", "Bullet1":"Splitter: 1 x large 6.35mm right-angle jack to 2 x large 6.35mm sockets", "Bullet2":"Allows you to plug 2 x 6.35mm jacks into a device which has a 6.35mm socket", "Bullet3":"10cm lead", "Bullet4":"Suitable for any audio device which requires a 6.35mm jack", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3541","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.666666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "RAYC260", "Title": "Roxtone 6.35mm stereo right angle plug to 2 x 3.5mm stereo sockets - A1", "Category": "tech\u003ecables\u003eadaptors", "Brand": "Roxtone", "Barcode": "5060179349312", "VariationOf": "rayc260", "Description": "This pro-quality splitter has 2x mini (3.5mm) stereo jack sockets to a large (6.35mm) right angled stereo jack plug with a 10cm cable. It has 10cm flexible cable and high quality moulded connectors for a great performance and reliability. It is suitable for any audio device which requires a 6.35mm jack.", "Bullet1":"Audio Splitter: 1 x large 6.35mm stereo right angle jack to 2 x small 3.5mm stereo sockets", "Bullet2":"Allows you to plug 2 x 3.5mm headphones into a device which requires a 6.35mm jack", "Bullet3":"10cm lead", "Bullet4":"Suitable for any audio device which requires a 6.35mm jack", "Bullet5":"Bumpoowee", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3893","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.666666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "RAYC280", "Title": "Roxtone 3.5mm stereo plug to 2 x 6.35mm stereo sockets splitter - A1", "Category": "tech\u003ecables\u003eadaptors", "Brand": "Roxtone", "Barcode": "5060179349305", "VariationOf": "rayc280", "Description": "This splitter has 2x large (6.35mm) stereo jack sockets connected to a mini (3.5mm) stereo jack plug with a 10cm cable. It has 10cm flexible cable and high quality moulded connectors for a great performance and reliability. This adaptor allows you to plug 2 x 6.35mm headphones into a device such as your iPod or phone which requires just 1 x 3.5mm jack.", "Bullet1":"Splitter: 1 x stereo jack plug to 2 x 6.35mm stereo jack sockets", "Bullet2":"Allows you to plug 2 sets of 6.35mm headphones into a device which requires a 3.5mm jack", "Bullet3":"High quality moulded connectors", "Bullet4":"10cm cable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2731","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.666666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "RAYC280A", "Title": "Roxtone 3.5mm right angle stereo plug to 2 x 6.35mm stereo sockets - A1", "Category": "tech\u003ecables\u003eadaptors", "Brand": "Roxtone", "Barcode": "5055964103064", "VariationOf": "rayc280a", "Description": "This splitter has 2x large (6.35mm) stereo jack sockets connected to a mini (3.5mm) right angle stereo jack plug with a 20cm cable. It has 20cm flexible cable and high quality moulded connectors for a great performance and reliability. It allows you to connect 2 x headphones with a 6.35mm jack to plug into an MP3 player or phone or any other mobile device.", "Bullet1":"Splitter: 1 x 3.5mm right angle stereo plug to 2 x 6.35mm stereo sockets", "Bullet2":"Allows 2 x headphones with 6.35mm jack to plug into an MP3 player or phone", "Bullet3":"High quality moulded connectors", "Bullet4":"20cm cable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1980","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.666666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "RAYC400", "Title": "Roxtone 3.5mm stereo plug to 2 x 3.5mm stereo sockets splitter - A1", "Category": "tech\u003ecables\u003eadaptors", "Brand": "Roxtone", "Barcode": "5060179349299", "VariationOf": "rayc400", "Description": "This Roxtone splitter connects 2x mini (3.5mm) stereo jack sockets to a mini (3.5mm) stereo jack plug with a 10cm cable. It has 10cm flexible cable and high quality moulded connectors for a great performance and reliability. This adaptor allows you to plug 2 x 3.5mm headphones into a device such as your iPod or phone which requires just 1 x 3.5mm jack.", "Bullet1":"Splitter: 1 x 3.5mm stereo jack plug to 2 x 3.5mm stereo jack sockets", "Bullet2":"Allows you to plug 2 x 3.5mm headphones into a device which requires just 1 x 3.5mm jack", "Bullet3":"High quality moulded connectors", "Bullet4":"10cm cable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1491","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.666666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N310RDBK", "Title": "Nuvo descant recorder - Black with black trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5060349480241", "VariationOf": "nuvo-recorder-plastic-descant-recorder-n310", "Description": "\n\nIntroducing the Nuvo N310 descant recorder\nRecorders have traditionally been most childrens' introduction to learning an instrument. Learning the recorder not only teaches the basics of note production and fingering, but also breath control, rhythm and reading music.\nThe recorder is a fantastic gateway instrument, allowing children to progress to more advanced instruments such as the jFlute or the Clarineo. With this in mind, and from the creators of the jFlute and the jSax, Nuvo have created a new take on the traditional descant recorder.\n\n\n\n\nSpecially designed to suit everyone\nNuvo descant recorders have an innovative stylish design, and are available in black with grey trim, and white with blue, green or pink trim - a choice for everyone! The recorders are made from high-graded plastic, meaning that this instrument is incredibly durable, and free from risk of bumps or cracks.\n\n\n\n\nUseful features like no other instruments\nLike other Nuvo instruments, this descant recorder is completely waterproof. Simply wash with soap and warm water when required, and drip dry before returning to its case.\nA unique and useful feature is the addition of rubber O rings, built in to the bell of the recorder. These can act as a simple decorative feature, but can also be removed and added as a reward system for children as they reach learning milestones.\nThe instrument is supplied with care instructions for taking your first steps, and a fingering chart for playing your first melodies on the recorder. A clear plastic case with popper is also provided to protect your new instrument from dust and dirt.\nOverall - it is simple another quality instrument from the award winning Nuvo brand.\n\n\n\n\nHave you seen the Nuvo Windstars books?\nThe Nuvo WindStars curriculum is the perfect way to learn, WindStars1 is an introduction to music making and is suitable for Nuvo Dood, Toot and Recorder+. Check out the videos below and see the tutor and student books also available on this site.\n\n\nMore useful information\nSoprano Recorder Fingering Chart\n\n", "Bullet1":"3-piece plastic descant \/ soprano recorder ideal for beginners", "Bullet2":"A great learner instrument in classroom settings", "Bullet3":"High-graded plastic construction for superb durability", "Bullet4":"Tuned in the key of C", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a clear plastic bag with popper", "Bullet6":"Available in four fun, bright colours", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32.6cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.107kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNote range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 octaves\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "147","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N310RDBL", "Title": "Nuvo descant recorder - White with blue trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5060349480258", "VariationOf": "nuvo-recorder-plastic-descant-recorder-n310", "Description": "\n\nIntroducing the Nuvo N310 descant recorder\nRecorders have traditionally been most childrens' introduction to learning an instrument. Learning the recorder not only teaches the basics of note production and fingering, but also breath control, rhythm and reading music.\nThe recorder is a fantastic gateway instrument, allowing children to progress to more advanced instruments such as the jFlute or the Clarineo. With this in mind, and from the creators of the jFlute and the jSax, Nuvo have created a new take on the traditional descant recorder.\n\n\n\n\nSpecially designed to suit everyone\nNuvo descant recorders have an innovative stylish design, and are available in black with grey trim, and white with blue, green or pink trim - a choice for everyone! The recorders are made from high-graded plastic, meaning that this instrument is incredibly durable, and free from risk of bumps or cracks.\n\n\n\n\nUseful features like no other instruments\nLike other Nuvo instruments, this descant recorder is completely waterproof. Simply wash with soap and warm water when required, and drip dry before returning to its case.\nA unique and useful feature is the addition of rubber O rings, built in to the bell of the recorder. These can act as a simple decorative feature, but can also be removed and added as a reward system for children as they reach learning milestones.\nThe instrument is supplied with care instructions for taking your first steps, and a fingering chart for playing your first melodies on the recorder. A clear plastic case with popper is also provided to protect your new instrument from dust and dirt.\nOverall - it is simple another quality instrument from the award winning Nuvo brand.\n\n\n\n\nHave you seen the Nuvo Windstars books?\nThe Nuvo WindStars curriculum is the perfect way to learn, WindStars1 is an introduction to music making and is suitable for Nuvo Dood, Toot and Recorder+. Check out the videos below and see the tutor and student books also available on this site.\n\n\nMore useful information\nSoprano Recorder Fingering Chart\n\n", "Bullet1":"3-piece plastic descant \/ soprano recorder ideal for beginners", "Bullet2":"A great learner instrument in classroom settings", "Bullet3":"High-graded plastic construction for superb durability", "Bullet4":"Tuned in the key of C", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a clear plastic bag with popper", "Bullet6":"Available in four fun, bright colours", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32.6cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.107kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNote range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 octaves\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "36","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N310RDGR", "Title": "Nuvo descant recorder - White with green trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5060349480265", "VariationOf": "nuvo-recorder-plastic-descant-recorder-n310", "Description": "\n\nIntroducing the Nuvo N310 descant recorder\nRecorders have traditionally been most childrens' introduction to learning an instrument. Learning the recorder not only teaches the basics of note production and fingering, but also breath control, rhythm and reading music.\nThe recorder is a fantastic gateway instrument, allowing children to progress to more advanced instruments such as the jFlute or the Clarineo. With this in mind, and from the creators of the jFlute and the jSax, Nuvo have created a new take on the traditional descant recorder.\n\n\n\n\nSpecially designed to suit everyone\nNuvo descant recorders have an innovative stylish design, and are available in black with grey trim, and white with blue, green or pink trim - a choice for everyone! The recorders are made from high-graded plastic, meaning that this instrument is incredibly durable, and free from risk of bumps or cracks.\n\n\n\n\nUseful features like no other instruments\nLike other Nuvo instruments, this descant recorder is completely waterproof. Simply wash with soap and warm water when required, and drip dry before returning to its case.\nA unique and useful feature is the addition of rubber O rings, built in to the bell of the recorder. These can act as a simple decorative feature, but can also be removed and added as a reward system for children as they reach learning milestones.\nThe instrument is supplied with care instructions for taking your first steps, and a fingering chart for playing your first melodies on the recorder. A clear plastic case with popper is also provided to protect your new instrument from dust and dirt.\nOverall - it is simple another quality instrument from the award winning Nuvo brand.\n\n\n\n\nHave you seen the Nuvo Windstars books?\nThe Nuvo WindStars curriculum is the perfect way to learn, WindStars1 is an introduction to music making and is suitable for Nuvo Dood, Toot and Recorder+. Check out the videos below and see the tutor and student books also available on this site.\n\n\nMore useful information\nSoprano Recorder Fingering Chart\n\n", "Bullet1":"3-piece plastic descant \/ soprano recorder ideal for beginners", "Bullet2":"A great learner instrument in classroom settings", "Bullet3":"High-graded plastic construction for superb durability", "Bullet4":"Tuned in the key of C", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a clear plastic bag with popper", "Bullet6":"Available in four fun, bright colours", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32.6cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.107kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNote range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 octaves\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "33","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N310RDPK", "Title": "Nuvo descant recorder - White with pink trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5060349480272", "VariationOf": "nuvo-recorder-plastic-descant-recorder-n310", "Description": "\n\nIntroducing the Nuvo N310 descant recorder\nRecorders have traditionally been most childrens' introduction to learning an instrument. Learning the recorder not only teaches the basics of note production and fingering, but also breath control, rhythm and reading music.\nThe recorder is a fantastic gateway instrument, allowing children to progress to more advanced instruments such as the jFlute or the Clarineo. With this in mind, and from the creators of the jFlute and the jSax, Nuvo have created a new take on the traditional descant recorder.\n\n\n\n\nSpecially designed to suit everyone\nNuvo descant recorders have an innovative stylish design, and are available in black with grey trim, and white with blue, green or pink trim - a choice for everyone! The recorders are made from high-graded plastic, meaning that this instrument is incredibly durable, and free from risk of bumps or cracks.\n\n\n\n\nUseful features like no other instruments\nLike other Nuvo instruments, this descant recorder is completely waterproof. Simply wash with soap and warm water when required, and drip dry before returning to its case.\nA unique and useful feature is the addition of rubber O rings, built in to the bell of the recorder. These can act as a simple decorative feature, but can also be removed and added as a reward system for children as they reach learning milestones.\nThe instrument is supplied with care instructions for taking your first steps, and a fingering chart for playing your first melodies on the recorder. A clear plastic case with popper is also provided to protect your new instrument from dust and dirt.\nOverall - it is simple another quality instrument from the award winning Nuvo brand.\n\n\n\n\nHave you seen the Nuvo Windstars books?\nThe Nuvo WindStars curriculum is the perfect way to learn, WindStars1 is an introduction to music making and is suitable for Nuvo Dood, Toot and Recorder+. Check out the videos below and see the tutor and student books also available on this site.\n\n\nMore useful information\nSoprano Recorder Fingering Chart\n\n", "Bullet1":"3-piece plastic descant \/ soprano recorder ideal for beginners", "Bullet2":"A great learner instrument in classroom settings", "Bullet3":"High-graded plastic construction for superb durability", "Bullet4":"Tuned in the key of C", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a clear plastic bag with popper", "Bullet6":"Available in four fun, bright colours", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32.6cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.107kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNote range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 octaves\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "19","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP825", "Title": "Percussion Plus Twinclear drum head - 12\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547008252", "VariationOf": "pp825", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus Twinclear drum head\nThis Percussion Plus drum skin is a twin clear head, which produces a resonant and versatile sound. The head is double ply to make it durable and long lasting and it will reliably withstand being played. This affordable drum skin is the perfect choice for entry-level players.", "Bullet1":"Clear tom drum head", "Bullet2":"Double ply", "Bullet3":"Durable and reliable material", "Bullet4":"Great for educational use", "Bullet5":"Perfect for both live and recording situations", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "17","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.666666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP826", "Title": "Percussion Plus Twinclear drum head - 13\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547008269", "VariationOf": "pp825", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus Twinclear drum head\nThis Percussion Plus drum skin is a twin clear head, which produces a resonant and versatile sound. The head is double ply to make it durable and long lasting and it will reliably withstand being played. This affordable drum skin is the perfect choice for entry-level players.", "Bullet1":"Clear tom drum head", "Bullet2":"Double ply", "Bullet3":"Durable and reliable material", "Bullet4":"Great for educational use", "Bullet5":"Perfect for both live and recording situations", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "13","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.541666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP827", "Title": "Percussion Plus Twinclear drum head - 14\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547008276", "VariationOf": "pp825", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus Twinclear drum head\nThis Percussion Plus drum skin is a twin clear head, which produces a resonant and versatile sound. The head is double ply to make it durable and long lasting and it will reliably withstand being played. This affordable drum skin is the perfect choice for entry-level players.", "Bullet1":"Clear tom drum head", "Bullet2":"Double ply", "Bullet3":"Durable and reliable material", "Bullet4":"Great for educational use", "Bullet5":"Perfect for both live and recording situations", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.125", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SPP830", "Title": "Percussion Plus Twinclear drum head - 18\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547028304", "VariationOf": "pp825", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus Twinclear drum head\nThis Percussion Plus drum skin is a twin clear head, which produces a resonant and versatile sound. The head is double ply to make it durable and long lasting and it will reliably withstand being played. This affordable drum skin is the perfect choice for entry-level players.", "Bullet1":"Clear tom drum head", "Bullet2":"Double ply", "Bullet3":"Durable and reliable material", "Bullet4":"Great for educational use", "Bullet5":"Perfect for both live and recording situations", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.583333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2106", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made cha cha on a stick - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318307947", "VariationOf": "pp2106", "Description": "\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made cha cha on a stick\nFrom the Percussion Plus Honestly Made range, this cha cha on a stick is hand made using sustainably sourced products from Peru, such as seeds from the Amazon trees. It’s made by taking a cluster of naturally occurring nutshells and tying them together, the cluster is then attached to a short and smoothened stick that has been decorated with a woven band.\nThe cha cha stick makes a satisfying, warm sound and produces the classic “cha-cha” noise when shaken.\nEach instrument is hand made using traditional materials and methods. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision.\n\n\n\n\nAn environmentally friendly instrument\nBy harvesting natural products from the trees and giving them as much “non-timber” value as possible, those who gather these materials are hopeful that they will create a difference and protect the environment. This instrument is ideal for schools looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Peru using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Produces a warm “cha-cha” sound", "Bullet3":"Features a smooth, decorated handle", "Bullet4":"Made from naturally occurring nut shells attached to a short and smoothened stick", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "13","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.333333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2122", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Hooting owl - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebird-calls", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318308111", "VariationOf": "pp2122", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Hooting owl\nThis unique instrument stands at 9x5cm tall and has been crafted to look exactly like an owl, made using only traditional materials and methods, and is painted using non-toxic paint.\nEasy to play, simply blow into the top of the owls head and enjoy the realistic and memorable 'twit-to-woo' sound produced.\nThe Percussion Plus Honestly Made Hooting owl is sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly made range of musical instruments from percussion plus. \nThese items are musical instruments, not toys, and there may be many small parts on, or in, some of them. Younger players should use them with supervision. \n Versatile\nThe Percussion Plus Honestly Made Hooting owl is a unique and fun instrument to bring into the classroom, great for captivating young musicians attention with its unique design and sound.\nThe highly realistic 'twit-to-woo' sound produced is also great for use in sound effects for either recreating the sound of an owl, or for layering with other sounds to produce a realistic and scenic night-time ambience.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Thailand using traditional methods and materials", "Bullet2":"Makes a highly realistic 'twit-to-woo' sound", "Bullet3":"Easy to play and perfect for young musicians", "Bullet4":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.333333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2103", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Huancayo maraca - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003emaracas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318307916", "VariationOf": "pp2103", "Description": "\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made huancayo maraca\nFrom the Percussion Plus Honestly Made range, these huancayo maracas are hand-carved and painted in the traditional style of Huancayo, Peru. Their eye-catching patterns and colours make them a vibrant addition to any classroom or percussion collection.\nThese instruments are made using natural gourds, which are dried out, hollowed and then filled with beads or small stones. The beads then bounce around inside the gourd to produce the classic rattling sound of a maraca.\nEach instrument is hand made using traditional materials and methods. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision.\n\n\n\nA fun way to explore the world of music\nMaracas are often used in South American, Caribbean and Latin music and can be used in many different genres, such as salsa, reggae, pop and more. This makes them a fun way to teach children about music from different cultures around the world.\nThe maraca is also used in harmony with other instruments, so the player must be able to demonstrate timed precision when shaking them, which is why they are a great way to develop a child’s rhythm, coordination and listening skills.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Peru using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Produces a distinctive rattling sound", "Bullet3":"Painted with eye-catching patterns and colours", "Bullet4":"Made using natural gourds, which are dried out, hollowed and filled with beads or small stones", "Bullet5":"Great for use in percussion ensembles as well as in schools", "Bullet6":"Responsibly sourced", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.333333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N420TB40006", "Title": "Nuvo TooT black silicone head joint cover - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964135300", "VariationOf": "n420tb40006", "Description": "Nuvo Toot black silicone head joint cover\nWe offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the TooT Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. Looking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... \nMore useful information TooT Fingering Chart", "Bullet1":"Replacement head joint cover for the Nuvo Toot", "Bullet2":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.666666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HG-4", "Title": "Cory high gloss piano polish - 4 oz. \/ A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003ecleaning", "Brand": "Cory", "Barcode": "5055964134655", "VariationOf": "cor155m", "Description": "Introducing the Cory high gloss piano polish\nRestore your piano's lustrous shine with the Cory Super High Gloss piano polishing spray, an anti-static solution specially formulated for use on high gloss polyester lacquer finishes. Supplied in a handy spray bottle and available in either 2 or 4 oz. sizes, the super high gloss polish dries streak free and lifts finger prints and dirty marks too. An ideal way to keep your piano looking as good as it did the day it left the factory.\n", "Bullet1":"Non streaking and anti-static cleaning solution for your piano", "Bullet2":"Cleans and protects high gloss finishes", "Bullet3":"Suitable for high-gloss polyester lacquer finishes", "Bullet4":"Restores your piano's lustrous shine", "Bullet5":"Eliminates finger prints", "Bullet6":"Available in either 2 oz. or 4 oz. spray bottles", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "26","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.291666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HG-2", "Title": "Cory high gloss piano polish - 2 oz. \/ A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003ecleaning", "Brand": "Cory", "Barcode": "5056318306490", "VariationOf": "cor155m", "Description": "Introducing the Cory high gloss piano polish\nRestore your piano's lustrous shine with the Cory Super High Gloss piano polishing spray, an anti-static solution specially formulated for use on high gloss polyester lacquer finishes. Supplied in a handy spray bottle and available in either 2 or 4 oz. sizes, the super high gloss polish dries streak free and lifts finger prints and dirty marks too. An ideal way to keep your piano looking as good as it did the day it left the factory.\n", "Bullet1":"Non streaking and anti-static cleaning solution for your piano", "Bullet2":"Cleans and protects high gloss finishes", "Bullet3":"Suitable for high-gloss polyester lacquer finishes", "Bullet4":"Restores your piano's lustrous shine", "Bullet5":"Eliminates finger prints", "Bullet6":"Available in either 2 oz. or 4 oz. spray bottles", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "22","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.666666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SS-2", "Title": "Cory satin sheen piano polish - 2oz - A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003ecleaning", "Brand": "Cory", "Barcode": "5056318310831", "VariationOf": "ss-2", "Description": "Introducing the Cory satin sheen piano polish\nSatin sheen helps to maintain your satin finishes easily. Perfect for removing fingerprints, smudges and grime, the polish works on both polyester and lacquer finishes. Using the product regularly reduces static and protects against fingerprints and oils. For best results, spray on a cloth and apply to the finish, rubbing in the direction of the grain evenly.\n", "Bullet1":"Great for maintaining satin finishes easily", "Bullet2":"Removes fingerprints, smudges and grime", "Bullet3":"Works on both polyester and lacquer finishes", "Bullet4":"Easy to use", "Bullet5":"Use regularly to reduce static and protect against fingerprints and oils", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.666666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NB200PTC", "Title": "NUVOBand Clarinet pull-through cleaning cloth - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "NUVOBand", "Barcode": "1230000230056", "VariationOf": "nb200ptc", "Description": "Keep your clarinet clean and hygienic using this micro-fibre pull-through swab. After each time you practice, drop the weighted end (a ball chain with snap-on hooks, 13.6 in \/ 345mm in length) through your instrument and pull the swab through.\nDue to the silicone pads and synthetic construction, you can also soak your NUVOBand clarinet in hot soapy water from time to time for a deeper clean. \n", "Bullet1":"Micro-fibre pull-through swab", "Bullet2":"Stainless steel ball chain acts as weight for an effective cleaning process", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.666666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ330", "Title": "Izzo Samba Nylon belt - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003emarching-harnesses", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7897626803305", "VariationOf": "iz330", "Description": "The Izzo Samba Nylon belt is ideal for supporting a bass drum . It is strong and sturdy and the adjusters allow the player to fit it for maximum comfort and ease of playing. The white finish looks professional and the strap is perfect for use in both rehearsals and live performances.", "Bullet1":"Used to secure drums to player's waist", "Bullet2":"Comfortable 5cm wide strap", "Bullet3":"Length adjustable 90-160cm", "Bullet4":"Sold individually", "Bullet5":"Single clip", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "255","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.6", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP582", "Title": "Percussion Plus cowbell post - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003eadaptors", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547005824", "VariationOf": "pp582", "Description": "The Percussion Plus PP582 cowbell post has been designed for mounting on a bass drum hoop or to be used with the clamps. It has a silver finish and is ideal for use with the PP707 cowbells.", "Bullet1":"Mount on bass drum hoop or use the clamp", "Bullet2":"Ideal for use with the PP705, PP706, and PP707", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.6", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP663", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made African monkey drum - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003emonkey-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547006630", "VariationOf": "pp663", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made African monkey drum A simple percussion instrument popular with children, the monkey drum is fun and easy to play. These monkey drums from Percussion Plus are hand-made in Kenya and are decorated with a variety of brightly coloured designs and patterns. By rotating the drum between your palms, you can create a double beat with the swinging beaters striking the drum skins. Increase speed and the ferocity of your spins for a louder, more intense sound, or play softer by rolling the drum gently between your fingers. These African monkey drums are made using sustainable resources and are sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. Develop and learn The act of rolling the instrument between your fingers is the perfect way to develop fine motor skills in young children; they will also have fun with the varied sounds and bright colours for a full sensory experience. The drum is also great for use in music therapy sessions, in schools and for recordings. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Kenya using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Roll between the fingers for a rapid, percussive tone", "Bullet3":"Perfect for motor skills and sensory development in children", "Bullet4":"Decorative traditional African designs", "Bullet5":"Please note: designs may vary", "Bullet6":"Responsibly sourced", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNote: designs may vary.\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.6", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1078", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 14 black - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964111571", "VariationOf": "ncp1078", "Description": "The Nuvo Clarineo is a very durable instrument, designed to withstand a good deal of enthusiastic playing! Now and then it may be necessary to replace the odd key, and should that be the case it is very straight forward. The key work has been designed in such a way that keys can be replaced without specialist assistance or tools, keys will simply click into place. Should you need any advice please contact our sales team on 01428 653381.\nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement key 14 in black", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "14","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.958333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1079", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 14 white - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2289496701259", "VariationOf": "ncp1079", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 14 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement key 14 in white", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.958333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1080", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 16 - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2223833353893", "VariationOf": "ncp1080", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 16 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement key 16", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.958333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NCP1081", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 16 - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "2240169684026", "VariationOf": "ncp1080", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo part key 16 We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement key 16", "Bullet2":"Easily removable", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.958333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MU03", "Title": "Keyboard \u0026 Note Chart - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Autopress Education", "Barcode": "5055964112622", "VariationOf": "mu03", "Description": "Showing 2 octaves above and below middle C along with their corresponding piano key.The piano keyboard is full sized allowing students to practice hand positions.", "Bullet1":"Features four octave keyboard with full size keys, corresponding note shown on stave above", "Bullet2":"Ideal for demonstrating \u0026amp; practising finger \u0026amp; hand positioning", "Bullet3":"Size: 70 x 30cm (folds to 35 x 30cm)", "Bullet4":"Write-on, wipe-off surface", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "13","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.308333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2064", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Stringed seed shaker - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318304489", "VariationOf": "pp2064", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Stringed seed shaker This stringed seed shaker features a simple design with a full-bodied shaker tone. Dried out seed husks are attached to a thick twine loop to form the shaker. This can be held and shaken or put through the wrist to free up your hands to play other instruments. The hollow seed husks produce a rich, crunchy sound when shaken. Vary the way you hold the shaker to achieve different tones, or mute with your second hand for even more tone variations. This stringed seed shaker is sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. Recycled materials Did you know, the seed husks used to make these shakers are left over from traditional Indonesian cuisine. What would have been a waste product has been repurposed and upcycled into these wonderful shakers. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Indonesia using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Satisfying crunchy noise when shaken", "Bullet3":"Made from large seed husks, a waste product from Indonesian cuisine", "Bullet4":"Suspended on a chunky twine loop", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "22","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.6", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2077", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Balinese monkey drum - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003emonkey-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964133399", "VariationOf": "pp2077", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Balinese monkey drum\nCrafted in Bali, using traditional methods and materials, this monkeydrum is easy to play and creates a fantastic loud sound.\nBy rotating the drum between your palms you can create a double beat with the swinging beaters striking the drum skins. Increase speed and the ferocity of your spins for a louder, more intense sound, or play softer by rolling the drum gently between your fingers.\nThese Balinese monkey drums are made using sustainable resources and are sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision.\n\nDevelop and learn\nThe act of rolling the instrument between your fingers is the perfect way to develop fine motor skills in young children. The drum is also great for use in music therapy sessions, in schools and for recordings.", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Bali using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Creates a fantastic loud, percussive tone", "Bullet3":"Smooth, ergonomically tapered, wooden handle", "Bullet4":"Roll between the fingers for a rapid, percussive tone", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "18","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.6", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SMXJ210L3", "Title": "Roxtone Smart female XLR to mono large jack cable - 3m - A1", "Category": "tech\u003ecables\u003emicrophone", "Brand": "Roxtone", "Barcode": "6975165351875", "VariationOf": "smxj210l3", "Description": "Introducing the Roxtone Smart female XLR to mono large jack cable - 3m\nThe Roxtone Smart XLR to jack female cable provides great quality sound along with a robust and ergonomic construction. It is ideal for the studio or the stage, and provides great flexibility for easy winding and packing when you’re finished.\nHeavy duty cable for studio or stage\nExcellent durability is ensured by the combination of copper braided shield and semiconductor shielding in the cables. The jacket is made with a high quality PVC which helps to relieve strain on the cable itself and provides great protection against bending. Furthermore, the Smart cable’s Zinc alloy shells are highly robust and help to provide consistently solid connections.\n", "Bullet1":"High performance microphone cable", "Bullet2":"Provides powerful and clear sound", "Bullet3":"Low noise, high fidelity", "Bullet4":"Highly flexible and easy to wind", "Bullet5":"Good protection against bending from thick PVC-jacket", "Bullet6":"Ergonomic heavy duty Zinc alloy shell", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eConnectors\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eXLR female \/ jack male\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eXLR 3-pole female - 6.3 mm mono plug\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShell material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eZinc alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDouble shielding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper braided shield and semiconductor shielding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "235","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.958333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP236", "Title": "Percussion Plus cymbal practice pad - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003epads", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547002366", "VariationOf": "pp236", "Description": "This practice pad from Percussion Plus is the ideal solution for late night drummers. Simply sit it directly on top of your cymbal and secure it under the washer. The heavy rubber will deaden the vibration and silence the sound immediately. This allows drummers to practice using their real kit without making lots of noise and disturbing the neighbours. The pad has two holes an inch apart making it suitable for both 14\"\" and 16\"\" diameter cymbals, and the durable black rubber is able to withstand even the most enthusiastic heavy rockers!", "Bullet1":"Black rubber mute for crash or ride cymbals", "Bullet2":"Suitable for 14\" or 16\" diameter", "Bullet3":"Practice quietly without disturbing the neighbours", "Bullet4":"Natural feel and response", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "16","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.733333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP212", "Title": "Percussion Plus maple claves - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eclaves", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547002120", "VariationOf": "pp212", "Description": "These Percussion Plus maple claves are perfect for learning about rhythm and ostinatos. They are supplied as a pair and produce a bright, clicking sound. At 18cm in length with a 2cm diameter, these are a great addition to any percussion box!", "Bullet1":"Pair of wooden claves", "Bullet2":"Perfect for learning about rhythm and ostinatos", "Bullet3":"Produce a bright, clicking sound", "Bullet4":"Comfortable to hold with smooth finish", "Bullet5":"Supplied as a pair", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e18cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "139","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.866666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP242", "Title": "Percussion Plus wooden guiro tone block - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003escrapers", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547002427", "VariationOf": "pp242", "Description": "This single wooden agogo is made from quality wood and finished to a high standard. It is solid and durable and perfect for use in the music room The tapered handle is easy to grip and the bell is serrated and can be hit or scraped to produce a guiro sound. This is supplied with a beater.", "Bullet1":"Wooden guiro tone block", "Bullet2":"Natural finish", "Bullet3":"Tapered handle for easy grip", "Bullet4":"Supplied with a beater", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "329","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.866666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP253", "Title": "Percussion Plus double wooden agogo with beater - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewoodblocks", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547002533", "VariationOf": "pp253", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus double wooden agogo with beater\nThis well built t-shape, wooden double agogo produces the clear crisp resonance that you would expect. Percussion Plus supply this item with a beater. When struck on either side two distinct but equally satisfying tones are made. As with all Percussion Plus items, they are durable making them suitable for classrooms and regular use.", "Bullet1":"Made from real wood", "Bullet2":"Two distinct crisp tones", "Bullet3":"Supplied with beater", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "91","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.866666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP381", "Title": "Percussion Plus Hi Hat clutch unit - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003ehi-hat", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547003813", "VariationOf": "pp381", "Description": "The Percussion Plus Hi Hat clutch unit is a quality unit, compatible with most hi-hat stands. It has a sturdy construction and is easily adjustable and comes supplied with felts.", "Bullet1":"Quality hi hat clutch", "Bullet2":"Fits most hi hat stands", "Bullet3":"Sturdy construction", "Bullet4":"Easily adjustable", "Bullet5":"Felts included", "Bullet6":"Weight: 159g", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.866666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP902", "Title": "Percussion Plus hardwood handle conductor's baton - A1", "Category": "misc\u003ebatons", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547009020", "VariationOf": "pp902", "Description": "This Percussion Plus conductor's is made using a lightweight white fibreglass stem for high visibility. At 12\"\" long, it is finished with a traditional wooden handle that is lightweight for easy use and looks great.", "Bullet1":"Conductors Baton", "Bullet2":"Medium weight", "Bullet3":"Fibreglass", "Bullet4":"Hardwood handle", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "125","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.866666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP249", "Title": "Percussion Plus sleigh bells - 5 - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ejingles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349483136", "VariationOf": "pp249", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus sleigh bells\nThese sleigh bells are lots of fun and the perfect instrument for younger percussionists. They include 5 jingle bells which are attached securely to a fabric strap, mounted in a semicircle around the handle. The handle is made from smooth wood, which makes them comfortable to hold.\nThe instrument is very easy to play, by simply holding the handle and shaking the hand bells to produce a bright jingling sound. These bells are an ideal addition to any classroom percussion box.\nPlease note, these items are music instruments, not toys, and as such are intended for use under supervision.", "Bullet1":"Quality hand bells", "Bullet2":"Single row of 5 bells", "Bullet3":"Wooden handle for easy grip", "Bullet4":"Bells mounted in a semicircle around the handle", "Bullet5":"Shake to produce bright jingling sound", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "16","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.866666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP525", "Title": "Percussion Plus metal shaker - Silver \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964136833", "VariationOf": "pp524", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus metal shaker\nThe Percussion Plus metal ganza shaker is simple in design and of a good build quality. It produces a wonderfully crisp sound when shaken and is lots of fun to play.\nThe instrument is made of durable metal which allows it to withstand use in the classroom. It is ideal for samba music, but would also fit a range of percussion settings.\nPlease note: These items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them.\n", "Bullet1":"Comfortable cylindrical shape", "Bullet2":"Quality metal finish", "Bullet3":"Lightweight yet durable", "Bullet4":"Ideal for samba music", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20cm (8\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5cm (2\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "137","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.866666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP526", "Title": "Percussion Plus metal shaker - Red \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964136840", "VariationOf": "pp524", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus metal shaker\nThe Percussion Plus metal ganza shaker is simple in design and of a good build quality. It produces a wonderfully crisp sound when shaken and is lots of fun to play.\nThe instrument is made of durable metal which allows it to withstand use in the classroom. It is ideal for samba music, but would also fit a range of percussion settings.\nPlease note: These items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them.\n", "Bullet1":"Comfortable cylindrical shape", "Bullet2":"Quality metal finish", "Bullet3":"Lightweight yet durable", "Bullet4":"Ideal for samba music", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20cm (8\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5cm (2\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "132","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.866666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP524", "Title": "Percussion Plus metal shaker - Black \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547005244", "VariationOf": "pp524", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus metal shaker\nThe Percussion Plus metal ganza shaker is simple in design and of a good build quality. It produces a wonderfully crisp sound when shaken and is lots of fun to play.\nThe instrument is made of durable metal which allows it to withstand use in the classroom. It is ideal for samba music, but would also fit a range of percussion settings.\nPlease note: These items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them.\n", "Bullet1":"Comfortable cylindrical shape", "Bullet2":"Quality metal finish", "Bullet3":"Lightweight yet durable", "Bullet4":"Ideal for samba music", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20cm (8\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5cm (2\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "94","RRP_Inc_VAT": "8.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.866666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ328", "Title": "Izzo Samba Nylon belt - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003emarching-harnesses", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7897626803282", "VariationOf": "iz328", "Description": "This nylon samba belt is ideal for supporting a bass drum. It is strong and sturdy and the adjusters allow the player to fit it for maximum comfort and ease of playing.", "Bullet1":"Used to secure large drums to player's waist", "Bullet2":"Comfortable 5cm wide strap", "Bullet3":"Length adjustable 90-160cm", "Bullet4":"Two clips", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "696","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP134", "Title": "Percussion Plus timbale sticks pair - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003esamba", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547001345", "VariationOf": "pp134", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus timbale sticks pair\nThese Percussion Plus timbale sticks are supplied as a pair and are ideal for a wide variety of styles and genres. Crafted from a solid piece of high-quality hickory wood, these lightweight sticks make a great, warm sound. The natural finish makes them comfortable to hold, and it also makes them look smart and professional.\nUnlike normal tapered drum sticks these beaters are the same circumference along the whole length. Sticks like these are traditionally used for the loud mid-range drums, such as timbales.\n\nGreat for schools\nThese sticks are a great tool for any classroom, as they’re durable, smooth feeling, inexpensive, and able to withstand regular use. They are the ideal stick for beginner players to use during their practice sessions.\n", "Bullet1":"Great-quality timbale sticks", "Bullet2":"Produced from hickory wood", "Bullet3":"Durable and lightweight", "Bullet4":"Approx 30cm in length", "Bullet5":"Suitable for beginners", "Bullet6":"Sold as a pair", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-C52", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - C52 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124304", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-CSHARP53", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - C#53 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118013", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-D54", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - D54 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118099", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-DSHARP55", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - D#55 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118068", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-E56", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - E56 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118129", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-F57", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - F57 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118181", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-FSHARP58", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - F#58 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118150", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-G59", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - G59 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118242", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-GSHARP60", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - G#60 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118211", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "22","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-A61", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - A61 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964117962", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-BB62", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - A#62 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "2290221274009", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-B63", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - B63 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964117993", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-C64", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - C64 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118044", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "18","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-CSHARP65", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - C#65 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118020", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "23","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-D66", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - D66 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118105", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "21","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-DSHARP67", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - D#67 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118075", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "32","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-E68", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - E68 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118136", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "23","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-F69", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - F69 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118198", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "24","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-FSHARP70", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - F#70 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118167", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "24","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-G71", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - G71 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118259", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "20","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-GSHARP72", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - G#72 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118228", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "16","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-A73", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - A73 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964117979", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "15","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-BB74", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - A#74 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124298", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-B75", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - B75 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118006", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-C76", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - C76 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118051", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-CSHARP77", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - C#77 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118037", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "15","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-D78", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - D78 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118112", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "18","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-DSHARP79", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - D#79 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118082", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "25","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-E80", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - E80 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118143", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "16","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-F81", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - F81 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118204", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-FSHARP82", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - F#82 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118174", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-G83", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - G83 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118266", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-GSHARP84", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - G#84 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118235", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1002-9-A85", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto glockenspiels - A85 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964117986", "VariationOf": "ms1002", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano and alto glockenspiels\nPercussion Plus supply these spare note bars to go alongside their range of Percussion Plus Classic Red Box instruments. This series has become well known for the accuracy of its tuning and these spare note bars are no exception.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP001, PP002, PP003, PP004, PP006, PP007", "Bullet2":"Precision moulded steel bar", "Bullet3":"Replace any pitch between C52 - A85", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"Silver finish", "Bullet6":"Spare note bar for Percussion Plus Classic Red Box glockenspiels", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2052", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Rubber seed cluster shaker - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964132804", "VariationOf": "pp2052", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Rubber seed cluster shaker The Percussion Plus Honestly Made rubber seed cluster shaker produces a rich, warm and resonant sound making it ideal for background texture in drumming groups as well as sound effects in the recording studio. The string handle adds a splash of colour and allows the shaker to be worn around the wrist. Ideal for multitasking percussionists, this means both hands are free to play other instruments such as drums, other shakers and more. This rubber seed cluster shaker is sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. The rubber plant Grown all over the world the rubber plant has a variety of uses - namely producing latex which is used in the creation of rubber. The seeds for this shaker are sourced sustainably from the rubber tree and crafted by hand into these shakers. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Bali using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Produces a warm and mellow shaker sound", "Bullet3":"Held together with bright string handle", "Bullet4":"Can be worn around the wrist", "Bullet5":"Great sensory experience", "Bullet6":"Responsibly sourced", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "14","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2123", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Peruvian wrist bell - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ejingles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318308128", "VariationOf": "pp2123", "Description": "\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Peruvian wrist bell\nMade using traditional methods and materials, the Peruvian wrist bell creates a light jingle that fills the room when shaken. Designed with brightly coloured, patterned fabric and covered with bright and shiny silver bells, the instrument both looks and sounds great.\nThe Percussion Plus Honestly Made Peruvian wrist bell is sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly made range of musical instruments from percussion plus. \n These items are musical instruments, not toys, and there may be many small parts on, or in, some of them. Younger players should use them with supervision.\n\n\n\nPlaying the Peruvian wrist bell\nEasy to play, simply fasten the strap around your wrist, then shake your arm and enjoy the soft jingle sound produced. The Peruvian wrist bells are a fun and entertaining instrument, great for use in the classroom with young musicians.\nThey are also great to wear while dancing, as well as being great for mimicking the sounds of sleigh bells during the Christmas period.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Peru using traditional methods and materials", "Bullet2":"Creates a light jingle when shaken", "Bullet3":"Brightly coloured, patterned fabric with shiny silver bells", "Bullet4":"Fun and entertaining, great for use in the music classroom", "Bullet5":"Responsibly produced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SMXJ210L5", "Title": "Roxtone Smart female XLR to mono large jack cable - 5m - A1", "Category": "tech\u003ecables\u003emicrophone", "Brand": "Roxtone", "Barcode": "6975165352827", "VariationOf": "smxj210l5", "Description": "Introducing the Roxtone Smart female XLR to mono large jack cable - 5m\nThe Roxtone Smart XLR to jack female cable provides great quality sound along with a robust and ergonomic construction. It is ideal for the studio or the stage, and provides great flexibility for easy winding and packing when you’re finished.\nHeavy duty cable for studio or stage\nExcellent durability is ensured by the combination of copper braided shield and semiconductor shielding in the cables. The jacket is made with a high quality PVC which helps to relieve strain on the cable itself and provides great protection against bending. Furthermore, the Smart cable’s Zinc alloy shells are highly robust and help to provide consistently solid connections.\n", "Bullet1":"High performance microphone cable", "Bullet2":"Provides powerful and clear sound", "Bullet3":"Low noise, high fidelity", "Bullet4":"Highly flexible and easy to wind", "Bullet5":"Good protection against bending from thick PVC-jacket", "Bullet6":"Ergonomic heavy duty Zinc alloy shell", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eConnectors\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eXLR female \/ jack male\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eXLR 3-pole female - 6.3 mm mono plug\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShell material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eZinc alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDouble shielding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper braided shield and semiconductor shielding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "219","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PBPC-1", "Title": "Cory piano buffing cloth - A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003ecleaning", "Brand": "Cory", "Barcode": "5055964134624", "VariationOf": "cor-pc", "Description": "h2\u0026gt;Introducing the Cory piano buffing cloth\n\nThe Cory piano buffing cloth is a specially designed, thickly woven soft microfibre cloth for the final buffing of high gloss piano finishes. Measuring at 14\"\" x 14\"\", this large cloth is the perfect way to keep your piano looking like new. It’s colour coded to separate it from the COR-CC cleaning cloth (available to purchase separately), and is machine washable for long lasting use.\n", "Bullet1":"Microfibre buffing cloth for high gloss piano finishes", "Bullet2":"Soft, thickly woven cloth designed for buffing and polishing", "Bullet3":"Super-sized at 14\" x 14\"", "Bullet4":"Colour coded to differentiate between cleaning and buffing cloths", "Bullet5":"Long lasting and machine washable", "Bullet6":"Supplied in a handy reusable ziplock pouch", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP528", "Title": "Liverpool cylindrical ganza shaker - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Liverpool", "Barcode": "5056318312279", "VariationOf": "pp528", "Description": "Introducing the Liverpool cylindrical ganza shaker\nBuilt from a durable and lightweight aluminium tube, this cylindrical ganza shaker is an easy to play instrument that is perfect for rhythms such as samba, pop, rock, reggae, and MPB. It produces a wonderfully crisp sound when shaken, and it’s simple design makes it suitable for classrooms, Brazilian percussion collections, or any other musical environment.\n", "Bullet1":"High-quality cylindrical ganza shaker", "Bullet2":"Made from polished aluminium", "Bullet3":"Great for rhythms such as samba, pop, and reggae ", "Bullet4":"Lightweight and durable design ", "Bullet5":"50 x 200mm", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e200mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "OW-SHDRBE", "Title": "Drums for Schools shaman drum beater - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eother", "Brand": "DfS CON", "Barcode": "5060344030809", "VariationOf": "ow-shdrbe", "Description": "Introducing the Drums for Schools shaman drum beater\nOur shaman drum sticks are double-sided to give you two different tonal possibilities. One side is covered by soft suede leather, for a brighter tone, and the other is a soft plush made of synthetic fur, for a deeper more rounded tone.\nHow to play\nThe normal way of playing a Shaman Drum by yourself is to hold the drum sideways by the back ‘strings’ and hit it from the side with the beater. This is similar to how you would hold a Bodhrán (Irish flat-drum). You can also lay the drum flat on the floor and play it from above in which case it would be good to have two soft beaters to play it. This is the way children can share the drum as well.", "Bullet1":"Double sided shaman drum beater", "Bullet2":"One side is covered by soft suede leather for a bright tone", "Bullet3":"Other side is a soft plush made of synthetic fur, for a deeper more rounded tone", "Bullet4":"Rustic wooden handle", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "324","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.11","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.591666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1125", "Title": "Acme tri-tone samba whistle with cord - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewhistles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547011252", "VariationOf": "pp1125", "Description": "Introducing the Acme samba whistle\nIdeal for percussionists in Latin music groups to give cues to other musicians, the ever-popular Acme samba whistle makes a loud, high-pitched sound. This tri-tone whistle is made from solid plastic and features a neck lanyard to help keep it secure.\nPerfect for Brazilian Samba music\nSamba music has an iconic, recognisable sound and features syncopated layering rhythms with a variety of percussion instruments. Strongly associated with the Carnival in Rio, the celebration and festivities are accompanied by bright colours, dancing and music. This whistle is evocative of samba culture.\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme police whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\n\nSound Sample\n\n\n\nChamberlain Music · PP1125 Percussion Plus samba whistle\n", "Bullet1":"Makes a loud, high-pitched sound", "Bullet2":"Tri-tone whistle made from plastic", "Bullet3":"Three different notes, three different colours", "Bullet4":"Ideal for percussionists in Latin music groups", "Bullet5":"Features a neck lanyard", "Bullet6":"Hand made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e‎17.78 x 3.18 x 8.89 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial type\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCountry produced in\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUnited Kingdom\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eItem weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e18.1 g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "347","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.141666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP346", "Title": "Percussion Plus wood shell wave drum - 10 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eocean-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349488629", "VariationOf": "pp-pp34", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus wood shell wave drum\nThis wave or ocean drum from Percussion Plus is a wonderfully simple instrument. It has a red wooden rim and two taut clear plastic skins which house ball bearings inside the drum. When the ocean drum is moved from side to side the ball bearings move over the plastic hitting each other to create an amazingly realistic sound of the sea.\nThe drum's sturdy construction means that it is able to withstand use in the classroom. A great addition to any percussion pack for seaside sound effects.", "Bullet1":"Fantastic ocean sound drum", "Bullet2":"Bright red, solid wood rim", "Bullet3":"Filled with ball bearings for realistic sound of the sea", "Bullet4":"Solid construction, built for education use", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "73","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.225", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP344", "Title": "Percussion Plus wood shell wave drum - 8 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eocean-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349488612", "VariationOf": "pp-pp34", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus wood shell wave drum\nThis wave or ocean drum from Percussion Plus is a wonderfully simple instrument. It has a red wooden rim and two taut clear plastic skins which house ball bearings inside the drum. When the ocean drum is moved from side to side the ball bearings move over the plastic hitting each other to create an amazingly realistic sound of the sea.\nThe drum's sturdy construction means that it is able to withstand use in the classroom. A great addition to any percussion pack for seaside sound effects.", "Bullet1":"Fantastic ocean sound drum", "Bullet2":"Bright red, solid wood rim", "Bullet3":"Filled with ball bearings for realistic sound of the sea", "Bullet4":"Solid construction, built for education use", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.141666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP636", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Thunder shaker - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ethunder-shakers", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547006364", "VariationOf": "pp3047", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Thunder shaker These thunder shakers from the Percussion Plus Honestly Made range produce an incredibly accurate representation of thunder. Use the larger size for a deeper rumble and the smaller for a higher pitched, less intense storm. The thunder shakers are hand made in Bali and are all hand painted with colourful storm scenes using the dot painting style. Lightweight and easy to play, these are fun for all ages and are a great instrument for anyone from schools to orchestras. These thunder shakers are sourced using Fair trade principles and are supplied in two sizes. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. Experiment with your own sounds To play, hold the tube section and shake to produce the sound of thunder and the faster you shake, the more intense the storm sounds. Experiment with the sound – hitting a pencil against the metal spring whilst shaking produces a metallic tone, like a train going through a tunnel. See what sounds you can make! A variety of uses Thunder shakers are a fun stimulating tool for the classroom and can be played by anyone. They not only produce a stimulating sound for young children, but they are also used as sound effects in many contemporary orchestral pieces and sound recordings. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Bali using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Hold the drum with the spring down and shake gently to hear the sound of thunder", "Bullet3":"Hand painted clouds and lighting design", "Bullet4":"Also known as a spring drum", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"Decorated with lead-free Propan paints", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "91","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.141666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "FW17", "Title": "Feadóg Irish whistle in D - Nickel - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eirish-whistles", "Brand": "Feadóg", "Barcode": "5056318303253", "VariationOf": "fw17", "Description": "Introducing the Feadóg nickel Irish whistle in D\nMade in Ireland since 1978, Feadóg \"\"Original Irish Whistles\"\" are the oldest commercially produced Tin Whistles in Ireland.\nThe Irish whistle, also called the penny whistle, is a relatively inexpensive yet quality instrument that is played around the world by amateurs and professionals alike.\nGreat for education\nDue to its simple, easy to maintain design, and the fact that it is a very easy instrument to learn, the penny whistle is a great instrument for the educational environment.\nYou can also purchase a pack of 10 HERE if you are planning on holding a workshop or playing with a class of students and want to purchase multiple whistles for your classroom. The minimal packaging of the 10 pack saves on cost making and helps reduce waste - perfect for schools and institutions.\nWhat's in the box?\nThe presentation pack contains a Feadóg Nickel whistle in the key of D, with a fingering chart and an international instruction sheet with several songs to get you started, also making this a great gift idea!", "Bullet1":"The original Irish whistle - made in Ireland since 1978", "Bullet2":"Top quality materials", "Bullet3":"Ideal for players of all abilities", "Bullet4":"Plastic mouthpiece", "Bullet5":"Seamless brass barrel", "Bullet6":"Great gift idea", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.541666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP243", "Title": "Percussion Plus two tone guiro block - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003escrapers", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964134976", "VariationOf": "pp243", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus two-tone guiro block\nWith a unique, rectangular shape, this instrument can both be used as a guiro and two-tone block. Manufactured from selected tone wood. it produces a full and direct tone when struck. The provided stick is used to scrape up and down the instrument, creating a rich, percussive sound traditional to Latin America. The smooth sides and easy to hold shape makes it suitable for younger players, and the sturdy design means that it can withstand a classroom environment if used for teaching.\n", "Bullet1":"Smooth finish", "Bullet2":"Economic design", "Bullet3":"Selected tone wood", "Bullet4":"Supplied with scraper", "Bullet5":"Ridged for rhythmic variation", "Bullet6":"14cm x 3cm x 4cm", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (wxhxd)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e14cm x 3cm x 4cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "141","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.141666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NJP1019", "Title": "Nuvo jSax curved crook - black - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964130770", "VariationOf": "njp1019", "Description": "Nuvo Replacement jSax curved crook We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist.This replacement part is for the jSax Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information jSax Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Replacement jSax curved crook for Nuvo jSax", "Bullet2":"Easy to replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.916666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "FM-100", "Title": "FZone FM-100 intelligent metronome - A1", "Category": "misc\u003emetronomes\u003edigital", "Brand": "FZone", "Barcode": "5060349489497", "VariationOf": "fm-100", "Description": "This handy little metronome is perfect for the traveling musician. The large LED screen makes it incredibly easy to use. Incorporating several functions in one handy package, this is the perfect tool for controlling rhythm.At the back of the metronome a plastic wedge can be pulled out, making the unit free-standing - thus giving you that vital hands-free feature needed when playing your instrument.With just 5 buttons to control tempo, pitch, beat and mode, this is a straightforward and practical way to control your music playing.And while a full tuner is not built in to the FM-100, it does have an adjustable pitch of between 430 to 450 Hz, allowing you some tuning techniques of around A (440Hz).A simple earphone is also included inside for greater privacy if required.Simple, lightweight and easy to use, this is probably the easiest and most affordable metronome on the market.", "Bullet1":"Digital metronome with tuning guide notes", "Bullet2":"Adjustable tempo from 30-260bpm", "Bullet3":"Chromatic Sound Groups: C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B", "Bullet4":"Runs off 2 x AAA batteries (included)", "Bullet5":"Supplied with earpiece", "Bullet6":"Adjustable Pitch, a 430 to 450 Hz", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "40","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.408333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "4.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "FWH1", "Title": "Octopus guitar wall hanger - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003eguitar\u003esingle", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "6946180710008", "VariationOf": "fwh-1", "Description": "Introducing the Octopus guitar wall hanger\nOur stylish hardwood hanger provides a convenient and safe place to store your instrument while not in use. It is easy to install and allows any acoustic, electric or bass guitar to be displayed proudly while taking up minimal space. This makes it an ideal choice for musicians who need easy access to their instrument but prefer not to use up floor space with a stand.\nEach sturdy wooden base is made from a block of specially selected hardwood and is coated with a protective layer of lustrous varnish. The protruding powder-coated steel yoke can be rotated to suit the angle of your instrument and will comfortably hold its weight. There is also a thick layer of foam rubber padding around the hook which cradles the neck of your instrument, ensuring its protection against any potential damage.\nEverything you need to fit this hanger is supplied in the box, including mounting screws and rawl plugs. This means installation on most walls is quick and easy, making this holder suitable for use almost anywhere.\n", "Bullet1":"Stylish hanger suitable for all guitars and basses", "Bullet2":"Oak coloured hardwood base", "Bullet3":"Supplied with fittings for easy fixing", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "145","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "4.783333333333333", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "FWH2", "Title": "Octopus ukulele wall hanger - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003eviolin-ukulele-mandolin", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "6946180710015", "VariationOf": "fwh-2", "Description": "Introducing the Octopus Ukulele wall hanger\nOur stylish hardwood ukulele wall bracket provides a convenient and safe place to store your instrument while not in use. It is easy to install and allows any violin, viola, mandolin, or ukulele to be displayed proudly while taking up minimal space. This makes it an ideal choice for musicians who need easy access to their instrument but prefer not to use up floor space with a stand.\nEach sturdy wooden base is made from a block of specially selected hardwood and is coated with a protective layer of lustrous varnish. The protruding powder-coated steel yoke can be rotated to suit the angle of your instrument and will comfortably hold its weight. There is also a thick layer of foam rubber padding around the hook which cradles the neck of your instrument, ensuring its protection against any potential damage.\nEverything you need to fit this hanger is supplied in the box, including mounting screws and rawl plugs. This means installation on most walls is quick and easy, making this holder suitable for use almost anywhere.\n", "Bullet1":"Oak coloured hardwood mount", "Bullet2":"Suitable for ukulele, violin, or mandolin", "Bullet3":"Supplied with fittings", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1037","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "4.783333333333333", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ5514", "Title": "Jumbie Jam - Songs by Letter Childrens Favourites for steel drum - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "736211114839", "VariationOf": "jj5514", "Description": "A fantastic book for beginners. Start playing your Jumbie Jam in minutes! This song book keeps it simple with EASY TO READ LARGE PRINT LETTERS for Instant Success. Sing-Along while your child plays tunes that are tops on the kids’ hit parade. This book can be used for other instruments or to start a family band! \n\nMore than just fun - playing music ignites all areas of child development, helping body and mind work together.\n\nThe ability to read music is not required; the notes in the book match the notes labeled on your Jumbie Jam Pan. Also includes sections containing Playing Techniques, Steel Pan Care and a Memories Page. Save the great memories of the experience of playing for your family \u0026amp; friends by logging your special performances on the Memory Page. \n\nDifficulty Level – Beginner Ages 3+\n\nSongs include: Twinkle Twinkle \/ Mary had a Little Lamb \/ Old McDonald \/ This Old Man \/ Row Row Row your Boat \/ Do-Re-Mi \/ Chopsticks \/ When the Saints Go Marching In", "Bullet1":"8 childrens favourites, easy to read and play", "Bullet2":"Songs played by letter name - no traditional music reading required", "Bullet3":"Includes tips on steel drum care and playing techniques", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "15","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.49", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ5515", "Title": "Jumbie Jam - Songs by Letter Christmas Favourites for steel drum - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "736211115034", "VariationOf": "jj5515", "Description": "Fill your home with the sounds of a tropical Christmas played on your Jumbie Jam. A fantastic book for beginners, has you playing in minutes! A Fun-to-Play \u0026amp; Easy-to-Learn collection of familiar holiday songs arranged for the JJ. This song book keeps it simple with EASY TO READ LARGE PRINT LETTERS for Instant Success. Great for the family (all ages). This book can also be used to play other instruments or to start a family band! \n\nMore than just fun - playing music ignites all areas of child development, helping body and mind work together. \n\nThe ability to read music is not required; the notes in the book match the notes labeled on your Jumbie Jam Pan. Also includes sections containing Playing Techniques, Steel Pan Care and a Memories Page. Save the great memories of the experience of playing for your family \u0026amp; friends by logging your special performances on the Memory Page. \n\nDifficulty Level – Beginner Ages 3+ \n\nSongs include: Jingle Bells \/ Up on the House Top \/ Deck the Halls \/ Do You Hear What I Hear \/ Rudolph the Red-Nosed Reindeer \/ Frosty the Snowman \/ Joy to the World \/ Silent Night", "Bullet1":"8 Christmas favourites, easy to read and play", "Bullet2":"Songs played by letter name - no experience of traditional music notation required", "Bullet3":"Includes tips on steel drum care and playing techniques", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.49", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP066", "Title": "Percussion Plus glockenspiel beaters - pack of 6 - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eball-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547000669", "VariationOf": "pp066", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP066 glockenspiel beaters\nThese Percussion Plus beaters are specifically designed for use with glockenspiels and chime bars. They are made from a hard plastic which produces a clear and bright tone from metallic instruments including glockenspiels and chime bars. The slimmer shafts reduce weight and allow for great subtlety and control.\nSold as 6 beaters (3 pairs).", "Bullet1":"3 pairs of percussion mallets", "Bullet2":"Red tapered shaft and spherical black head", "Bullet3":"Made from durable plastic", "Bullet4":"Ideal for metal tuned percussion", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e225mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e4mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual beater weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e11g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "265","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.408333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1026", "Title": "Percussion Plus cymbal straps pair - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecymbal-straps", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547010262", "VariationOf": "pp1026", "Description": "These Percussion Plus cymbal straps are made from faux leather making them strong and comfortable to use. They are a must-have accessory for any budding orchestra or band percussionist. At 10.5\"\" each they are particularly suited to smaller cymbals and younger hands. Each strap is cut to the perfect shape for knotting through the hole in the top of a cymbal.", "Bullet1":"Pack of 2 faux leather cymbal straps", "Bullet2":"For use with handheld orchestral clash cymbals", "Bullet3":"10.5\" in length each: suitable for smaller cymbals", "Bullet4":"Essential for any young percussionist", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.408333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP432", "Title": "Percussion Plus medium surdo beater - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003esamba", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547024320", "VariationOf": "pp432", "Description": "Create a loud and resonant sound with these medium surdo beaters from Percussion Plus. The medium sized head makes them perfect for the smaller drums in the samba band. Each beater has a medium sized hard felt head and a lightweight, well balanced stick. It also features blue wrist ties - essential for the marching drummer. Please note these are sold individually. Shaft material: Aluminium Head material: Hard felt", "Bullet1":"Single medium surdo beater", "Bullet2":"Hard felt head", "Bullet3":"Smooth metal stick", "Bullet4":"Length approximately 31cm", "Bullet5":"Previously known as SPP432", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e90g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead width\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHard felt\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "67","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.825", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP486-1", "Title": "Percussion Plus half moon tambourine - Black \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambourines", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051544048619", "VariationOf": "pp-pp486", "Description": "These half moon tambourines are made from a durable plastic shell and have a double row of jingles. They are built with the percussionist in mind, making them easy and comfortable to hold.", "Bullet1":"Double row of jingles", "Bullet2":"Comfort grip", "Bullet3":"Sturdy plastic frame", "Bullet4":"Produces bright jingling sound", "Bullet5":"Available in red, blue, black, white and yellow", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e22.6cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5.6cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e422g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "74","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.408333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP486-4", "Title": "Percussion Plus half moon tambourine - Blue \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambourines", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547048647", "VariationOf": "pp-pp486", "Description": "These half moon tambourines are made from a durable plastic shell and have a double row of jingles. They are built with the percussionist in mind, making them easy and comfortable to hold.", "Bullet1":"Double row of jingles", "Bullet2":"Comfort grip", "Bullet3":"Sturdy plastic frame", "Bullet4":"Produces bright jingling sound", "Bullet5":"Available in red, blue, black, white and yellow", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e22.6cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5.6cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e422g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "105","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.408333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP486-3", "Title": "Percussion Plus half moon tambourine - Red \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambourines", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547048630", "VariationOf": "pp-pp486", "Description": "These half moon tambourines are made from a durable plastic shell and have a double row of jingles. They are built with the percussionist in mind, making them easy and comfortable to hold.", "Bullet1":"Double row of jingles", "Bullet2":"Comfort grip", "Bullet3":"Sturdy plastic frame", "Bullet4":"Produces bright jingling sound", "Bullet5":"Available in red, blue, black, white and yellow", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e22.6cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5.6cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e422g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "132","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.408333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP486-2", "Title": "Percussion Plus half moon tambourine - White \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambourines", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547048623", "VariationOf": "pp-pp486", "Description": "These half moon tambourines are made from a durable plastic shell and have a double row of jingles. They are built with the percussionist in mind, making them easy and comfortable to hold.", "Bullet1":"Double row of jingles", "Bullet2":"Comfort grip", "Bullet3":"Sturdy plastic frame", "Bullet4":"Produces bright jingling sound", "Bullet5":"Available in red, blue, black, white and yellow", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e22.6cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5.6cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e422g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.408333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP486-5", "Title": "Percussion Plus half moon tambourine - Yellow \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambourines", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547048654", "VariationOf": "pp-pp486", "Description": "These half moon tambourines are made from a durable plastic shell and have a double row of jingles. They are built with the percussionist in mind, making them easy and comfortable to hold.", "Bullet1":"Double row of jingles", "Bullet2":"Comfort grip", "Bullet3":"Sturdy plastic frame", "Bullet4":"Produces bright jingling sound", "Bullet5":"Available in red, blue, black, white and yellow", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e22.6cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5.6cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e422g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "23","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.408333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP669", "Title": "Percussion Plus cowbell - 4.5\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecowbells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547006692", "VariationOf": "pp-pp6", "Description": "The cowbell is a great hand percussion instrument used in various styles of music. It is named after the similar bell historically used by herdsmen to keep track of the whereabouts of their cows.The Percussion Plus cowbell comes in a dark grey\/black colour and is available in various sizes: 4.5\"\" (11cm)5.5\"\" (13cms)6.5\"\" (16cms) 7.5\"\" (19cms) 9.5\"\" (24cm)", "Bullet1":"Dark grey\/black colour", "Bullet2":"Available in different sizes", "Bullet3":"Great hand percussion instrument", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "114","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.408333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP670", "Title": "Percussion Plus cowbell - 5.5\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecowbells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547006708", "VariationOf": "pp-pp6", "Description": "The cowbell is a great hand percussion instrument used in various styles of music. It is named after the similar bell historically used by herdsmen to keep track of the whereabouts of their cows.The Percussion Plus cowbell comes in a dark grey\/black colour and is available in various sizes: 4.5\"\" (11cm)5.5\"\" (13cms)6.5\"\" (16cms) 7.5\"\" (19cms) 9.5\"\" (24cm)", "Bullet1":"Dark grey\/black colour", "Bullet2":"Available in different sizes", "Bullet3":"Great hand percussion instrument", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "40","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.95", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP671", "Title": "Percussion Plus cowbell - 6.5\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecowbells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547006715", "VariationOf": "pp-pp6", "Description": "The cowbell is a great hand percussion instrument used in various styles of music. It is named after the similar bell historically used by herdsmen to keep track of the whereabouts of their cows.The Percussion Plus cowbell comes in a dark grey\/black colour and is available in various sizes: 4.5\"\" (11cm)5.5\"\" (13cms)6.5\"\" (16cms) 7.5\"\" (19cms) 9.5\"\" (24cm)", "Bullet1":"Dark grey\/black colour", "Bullet2":"Available in different sizes", "Bullet3":"Great hand percussion instrument", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.491666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP672", "Title": "Percussion Plus cowbell - 7.5\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecowbells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547006722", "VariationOf": "pp-pp6", "Description": "The cowbell is a great hand percussion instrument used in various styles of music. It is named after the similar bell historically used by herdsmen to keep track of the whereabouts of their cows.The Percussion Plus cowbell comes in a dark grey\/black colour and is available in various sizes: 4.5\"\" (11cm)5.5\"\" (13cms)6.5\"\" (16cms) 7.5\"\" (19cms) 9.5\"\" (24cm)", "Bullet1":"Dark grey\/black colour", "Bullet2":"Available in different sizes", "Bullet3":"Great hand percussion instrument", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "17","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.766666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP673", "Title": "Percussion Plus cowbell - 9.5\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecowbells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547006739", "VariationOf": "pp-pp6", "Description": "The cowbell is a great hand percussion instrument used in various styles of music. It is named after the similar bell historically used by herdsmen to keep track of the whereabouts of their cows.The Percussion Plus cowbell comes in a dark grey\/black colour and is available in various sizes: 4.5\"\" (11cm)5.5\"\" (13cms)6.5\"\" (16cms) 7.5\"\" (19cms) 9.5\"\" (24cm)", "Bullet1":"Dark grey\/black colour", "Bullet2":"Available in different sizes", "Bullet3":"Great hand percussion instrument", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.033333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "WMN40", "Title": "Magnetic symbols 1 - more short, long and dotted notes - A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003emagnets", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5055964110642", "VariationOf": "wmn40", "Description": "Magnetic whiteboard music symbols 1 - more short, long and dotted notes\nThese magnetic music symbols are an ideal accessory to our selection of Magiboard metal white boards. The white boards themselves have pre-printed musical staves which these symbols fit perfectly. This sheet features quavers, crotchets and minims along with dots to make any of the notes 'dotted'.\nThe sheet itself is 200mm x 300mm, so a little narrower and longer than standard A4 size. The symbols themselves are just under a millimetre thick will last very well in a classroom situation.\nThese magnets are, of course, equally good as fridge magnets so any parent with a young music student in the house may well find a good use for them.\nThere are 4 different sheets available in total, see our 'also see' section for more information.\nIncluded notes:\n\nQuaver\/ eighth note - x4\nSemiquaver\/ sixteenth note - x4\nCrotchet\/ quarter note - x7\nMinim\/ half note - x2\nDot (to make nay of the above 'dotted') - x5\n\nFour different sheets are available, WMN10, WMN20, WMN30 and WMN40.", "Bullet1":"Pack contains notes and dots", "Bullet2":"Each sheet 200mm x 300mm", "Bullet3":"For a good selection, suggest purchase one each of WMN10, WMN20, WMN30 and WMN40", "Bullet4":"For use with magnetic whiteboards", "Bullet5":"Perfect for music lessons, theory classes and GCSE preparation", "Bullet6":"Single sheet of magnetic music symbols", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "256","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.825", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "4.783333333333333", "Quantity_break_2": "20","Quantity_break_price_2": "4.575", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "WMN30", "Title": "Magnetic symbols 1 - crotchets, quavers and more dotted notes - A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003emagnets", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5055964110635", "VariationOf": "wmn30", "Description": "Magnetic whiteboard music symbols 1- crotchets, quavers and more dotted notes\nThese 18 magnetic musical symbols come as a single sheet with each symbol 'kiss cut' so they are easy to push out and use. The sheet itself is a little narrower and longer than standard A4 size and this ensures that the symbols themselves are large enough to be seen in a classroom environment. Each character is just under a millimeter thick so they are certainly robust enough to last!\nThese symbols really do have a multitude of uses, the most obvious being alongside our selection of Magiboard metal white boards. These whiteboard models have pre-printed staves which accommodate these symbols perfectly.\nThey are also great for private teachers, students and parents - if the latter cover the fridge with these magnets it might be possible to convince a young music theory student to commit some of these to memory!\nThis is an excellent value and useful item and has many educational uses.\nIncluded notes:\n\nSemibreve\/ whole note - x2\n2 quaver\/ 2 eighth note - x3\n4 semiquaver\/ 4 sixteenth note - x1\nCrotchet\/ quarter note - x2\nDotted crotchet\/ dotted quarter note - x1\nMinim\/ half note - x3\nDots - x6\n\nFour different sheets are available, WMN10, WMN20, WMN30 and WMN40.", "Bullet1":"Pack contains notes and dots", "Bullet2":"Each sheet 200mm x 300mm", "Bullet3":"For a good selection, suggest purchase one each of WMN10, WMN20, WMN30 and WMN40", "Bullet4":"For use with magnetic whiteboards", "Bullet5":"Perfect for music lessons, theory classes and GCSE preparation", "Bullet6":"Single sheet of magnetic music symbols", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "160","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.825", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "4.783333333333333", "Quantity_break_2": "20","Quantity_break_price_2": "4.575", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "WMN20", "Title": "Magnetic symbols 1 - rests, accidentals and time signatures - A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003emagnets", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5055964110628", "VariationOf": "wmn20", "Description": "Introducing the magnetic whiteboard music symbols 1 - rests, accidentals and time signatures\nThis is a single sheet of magnetic musical symbols consisting of rests, accidentals and time signatures. In total there are 33 individual symbols each in solid, easy to see, black print. Each sheet is a little narrower than standard A4 size, at 200mm x 300mm and each of the symbols are just under a millimeter thick.\nThese symbols have lots of uses, perhaps the most obvious is along side our range of metal Magiboard white boards some of which have a pre-printed musical stave which is the perfect size for these characters. They are valuable up to GCSE level and beyond and have lots of educational uses too. Private music teachers purchase them for use in lessons, parents with children studying for the early theory exams have them cluttering up the fridge door and they even work in the bath!!\nThe symbols are on a single sheet and are 'kiss cut', so they are easy to break apart. Four different sheets are available, see our 'also see' section of this webpage.\nAt Chamberlain Music we supply a large range of Magiboard white boards, some blank but a number with pre-printed music staves for which these magnetic symbols are the perfect accessory.\nIncluded notes:\n\nSharp symbols - x5\nNatural symbols - x2\nFlat symbols - x5\nBar rests - x2\nCrotchet rests\/ quarter note rests - x2\nSemi quaver rests\/ sixteenth note rests - x2\nQuaver rests\/ eighth note rests - x2\nAccent - x1\nPause marks - x2\nThe numbers '2,3,4,3,4,4,6,8,8' for time signatures - x1\n\nFour different sheets are available, WMN10, WMN20, WMN30 and WMN40.", "Bullet1":"Pack contains rests, accidentals, and time signatures", "Bullet2":"Each sheet 200mm x 300mm", "Bullet3":"For a good selection, suggest purchase one each of WMN10, WMN20, WMN30 and WMN40", "Bullet4":"For use with magnetic whiteboards", "Bullet5":"Perfect for music lessons, theory classes and GCSE preparation", "Bullet6":"Single sheet of magnetic music symbols", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "84","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.825", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "4.783333333333333", "Quantity_break_2": "20","Quantity_break_price_2": "4.575", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "WMN10", "Title": "Magnetic symbols 1 - notes, rests, clefs and dynamics - A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003emagnets", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5055964110611", "VariationOf": "cm-wmn", "Description": "Introducing the Magnetic whiteboard music symbols 1 - notes, rests, clefs and dynamics\nThis is a single sheet of magnetic musical symbols consisting of rests, accidentals and time signatures, also including a mix of long and short notes. In total there are 33 individual symbols each in solid, easy to see, black print. Each sheet is a little narrower than standard A4 size, at 200mm x 300mm and each of the symbols are just under a millimetre thick.\nThese symbols have lots of uses, perhaps the most obvious is along side our range of metal Magiboard white boards, some of which have a pre-printed musical stave which is the perfect size for these characters. They are valuable up to GCSE level and beyond and have lots of educational uses too. Private music teachers purchase them for use in lessons, parents with children studying for the early theory exams have them cluttering up the fridge door and they even work in the bath!!\nThe symbols are on a single sheet and are 'kiss cut', so they are easy to break apart. Four different sheets are available. At Chamberlain Music we also supply a large range of Magiboard white boards, some blank but a number with pre-printed music staves for which these magnetic symbols are the perfect accessory.\nNotes included:\n\nDotted crotchet\/ dotted quarter note\nTreble clef\/ G clef\nDotted minim\/ dotted half note\nSemibreve\/ whole note\nA bars rest\nSharp\nNatural\nFlat\nBass clef\/ F clef\nCrotchet rest\/ quarter note rest\nSemi quaver\/ sixteenth note\nCrotchet\/ quarter note\nMinim\/ half note\nQuaver\/ eighth note\nQuaver rest\/ eighth rest\nmp\nff\np\nf\npp\nmf\n\nFour different sheets are available, WMN10, WMN20, WMN30 and WMN40.\nwhiteboard magnets", "Bullet1":"Pack contains notes, rests accidentals and expression markings", "Bullet2":"Each sheet 200mm x 300mm", "Bullet3":"For a good selection, suggest purchase one each of WMN10, WMN20, WMN30 and WMN40", "Bullet4":"For use with magnetic whiteboards", "Bullet5":"Perfect for music lessons, theory classes and GCSE preparation", "Bullet6":"Single sheet of magnetic music symbols", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "301","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.825", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "4.783333333333333", "Quantity_break_2": "20","Quantity_break_price_2": "4.575", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HYF003", "Title": "Nuts \u0026 bolts iron man figurine - cellist - A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003efigurines", "Brand": "Nuts \u0026 Bolts", "Barcode": "5060349480944", "VariationOf": "hyf003", "Description": "This piece from the Nuts \u0026amp; Bolts series, HYF003, depicts a cellist playing their cello soothingly. It is carefully and creatively sculpted from high-quality screws, bolts, springs and steel. It is approximately 6\"\" tall and 3.5\"\" wide It makes a beautiful focal piece on a shelf, desk or table. Its brushed nickel finish and modern styling are sure to complement any home or office décor.", "Bullet1":"Sculpted from various screws, bolts, springs and steel", "Bullet2":"Brushed nickel finish", "Bullet3":"Solid construction", "Bullet4":"Solid construction", "Bullet5":"An ideal gift to brighten up any office or home", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "17","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.408333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SPP173", "Title": "Mallet for Temple Blocks - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964122645", "VariationOf": "spp173", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus mallet for temple blocks\nThis Percussion Plus mallet for temple blocks has a smart wooden finish, and a rubber end to create a soft yet vibrant sound. It can be used for multiple percussion instruments, such as glockenspiels, xylophones and woodblocks. The shaped handle also provides a comfortable hold for the player, making it easy to use not only for professional musicians but for children in musical education.", "Bullet1":"Suitable for glockenspiels, xylophones and more", "Bullet2":"Smooth wooden finish", "Bullet3":"Rubber end", "Bullet4":"Shaped handle for comfort", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.825", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "FC-82", "Title": "Fzone FC-82 ukulele capo - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ecapos", "Brand": "FZone", "Barcode": "6943050400823", "VariationOf": "fc-82", "Description": "FZone universal ukulele capo\nThis FZone capo is for all sizes of ukulele including soprano, concert, tenor and baritone. \n\nThe capo's design allows for fast and accurate placement on the fret board and the soft rubber cushioning protects your ukulele from scratches and helps aid accurate tuning. \n\nAccurately place the capo on your ukulele with just one hand and have the ability to use open chords in any key. The sleek silver design compliments any wooden fretboard for a professional look.", "Bullet1":"Gives the ability to play open chords in any key", "Bullet2":"Ideal for use with all sizes of ukulele", "Bullet3":"Soft rubber padding to protect the instrument's neck", "Bullet4":"Quick one-handed placement", "Bullet5":"Sleek silver design", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "127","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2061", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Wooden clapper - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecastanets", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964132620", "VariationOf": "pp2061", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Wooden clapper This fantastically noisy instrument is handcrafted by independent makers in India. It consists of a long handle, two smaller pieces of wood, all attached by elasticated cord creating a mottled clave sound when shaken. The main body of the clapper is made from mango wood for added resonance, producing a powerful, sharp and direct sound. To play, shake vigorously so the two smaller panels ‘clap’ against the main handle. This wooden clapper is sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. A multitude of uses This clapper from the Percussion Plus Honestly Made range is the perfect tool for attracting attention in the classroom or for adding a burst of wooden percussive noise to any music. Pair with a vuvuzela and you can even use noisily to support your local sports team! ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in India using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Produces a mottled clave sound when shaken", "Bullet3":"Approx: 4cm x 18cm", "Bullet4":"Made from mango wood", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "15","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.408333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HYF001", "Title": "Nuts \u0026 bolts iron man figurine - electric guitarist - A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003efigurines", "Brand": "Gift Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349480920", "VariationOf": "hyf001", "Description": "Our best selling Nuts \u0026amp; Bolts man!\n\nThis piece from the Nuts \u0026amp; Bolts series, HYF001, depicts a electric guitarist rocking out. It is creatively sculpted from high-quality screws, bolts, springs and steel. It is approximately 7\"\" tall and 4\"\" wide It makes a beautiful focal piece on a shelf, desk or table. Its brushed nickel finish and modern styling are sure to complement any home or office décor. Please check out the range for other great musical instrument designs such as a trombonist, saxophonist, flautist, clarinetist, French horn player, cellist, violinist, guitarist and harpist.", "Bullet1":"Our best selling Nuts \u0026amp; Bolts man!", "Bullet2":"Sculpted from various screws, bolts, springs and steel", "Bullet3":"Brushed nickel finish", "Bullet4":"A perfect, quirky gift to brighten up a shelf, desk or table for fans of the electric guitar", "Bullet5":"Solid construction", "Bullet6":"Available in other musical instrument designs such as violinist, flautist, trumpeter and more!", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.408333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "OC-625", "Title": "Octopus wooden ukulele stand - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003eviolin-ukulele-mandolin", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5055964132064", "VariationOf": "oc-625", "Description": "Introducing the Octopus wooden ukulele stand\nFeaturing a stylish and durable wooden construction, this convenient stand from Octopus is the perfect stand for your soprano, concert, or tenor ukuleles. Whether you are displaying your ukulele collection at home or need an easy storage solution for your stage performances, the wooden ukulele stand from Octopus will keep your instrument safe.\n\nA stylish wooden finish\nMade from basswood, the stand has an attractive, natural wooden finish for a stylish and understated look. The edges of the stand are accented with protective black padding that ensures no damage to your ukulele at any of the contact points. It is also non-slip so once your ukulele is in the stand, it will stay there. \n\nSimple construction\nThe Octopus wooden ukulele stand is made from two pieces of flat basswood that slot together to form your stand. This simple construction means that you can not only transport the stand with ease between rehearsals, concerts and more; you are also able to put the stand up in seconds with no fuss.", "Bullet1":"Suitable for soprano, concert and tenor ukuleles", "Bullet2":"Comes in two parts that easily slot together", "Bullet3":"Padded contact points for extra protection", "Bullet4":"Construction from basswood for longevity", "Bullet5":"Easily collapsible and transportable", "Bullet6":"Please note: a ukulele is not included with this product", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "117","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP728", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP728 pair of soft rubber mallets - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eball-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318306629", "VariationOf": "pp728", "Description": "These Percussion Plus mallets have soft rubber heads which make them excellent for a range of applications across the orchestral and tuned percussion family. Especially well-suited to use with cymbals, glockenspiels and slit drums. Comprising solid wood shafts and rubber heads, they are sturdy and reliable, producing a bright and clear tone.", "Bullet1":"Rubber heads", "Bullet2":"Solid wood shafts", "Bullet3":"Suitable for cymbals, glockenspiels, slit drums and more", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "50","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.408333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "DE-MM11", "Title": "Piano Workshop set of 3 clear plastic castor cups for grand piano - A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003emoving\u003ecastor-cups", "Brand": "Piano Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349485949", "VariationOf": "de-mm11", "Description": "A set of 3 clear plastic castor cups suitable for most small grand pianos. These castor cups feature a musical notes design around the edge of each cup and have a cushioned underside designed to protect wooden or hard floors from the scratching and damage caused by piano castors.If your grand piano is particularly large or heavy we would strongly recommend our wooden DE-MM17 castor cups for grand pianos as an alternative.", "Bullet1":"A set of 3 clear castor cups for grand pianos", "Bullet2":"Foam cushioned underside to protect hard floors", "Bullet3":"Injection moulded plastic construction with internal supports", "Bullet4":"Suitable for any domestic grand piano", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "41","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.408333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP942-BK", "Title": "Percussion Plus star tambourine - Black \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambourines", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "505154709421", "VariationOf": "pp942-bk", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus star tambourine\nThese Percussion Plus star tambourines are great for teaching children sounds and rhythms. They’ve got a sturdy plastic frame that’s built for the school environment, and a comfortable grip handle that makes the instrument easy to hold and play.\nThe star tambourine has a double row of 7 jingles, which all produce a lovely, bright and clear sound, making them a wonderful and fun addition to any music classroom.", "Bullet1":"Star shaped tambourine", "Bullet2":"Double row of jingles", "Bullet3":"Comfortable grip", "Bullet4":"Made from durable plastic", "Bullet5":"Produces a great sound", "Bullet6":"Ideal for children", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5.6cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e422g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "34","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.408333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP942-RD", "Title": "Percussion Plus star tambourine - Red \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambourines", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547094217", "VariationOf": "pp942-bk", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus star tambourine\nThese Percussion Plus star tambourines are great for teaching children sounds and rhythms. They’ve got a sturdy plastic frame that’s built for the school environment, and a comfortable grip handle that makes the instrument easy to hold and play.\nThe star tambourine has a double row of 7 jingles, which all produce a lovely, bright and clear sound, making them a wonderful and fun addition to any music classroom.", "Bullet1":"Star shaped tambourine", "Bullet2":"Double row of jingles", "Bullet3":"Comfortable grip", "Bullet4":"Made from durable plastic", "Bullet5":"Produces a great sound", "Bullet6":"Ideal for children", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5.6cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e422g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "39","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.408333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "FC-76", "Title": "FZone FC-76 capo for acoustic and electric guitars - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ecapos", "Brand": "FZone", "Barcode": "6944121900761", "VariationOf": "fc-76black", "Description": "The FZone universal capo is suitable for 6 or 12 string acoustic or electric guitar, bass, banjo, or any other instrument with a flat fingerboard. Its ergonomic design allows for easy placement and keeps a firm grip on the fretboard while the soft rubber cushioning protects your instrument from scratches and helps aid accurate tuning.", "Bullet1":"Easy to operate with one hand", "Bullet2":"Soft silicon cushion protects the neck when adjusting", "Bullet3":"Steel spring grips guitar neck firmly", "Bullet4":"Suitable for any string instrument with a flat fingerboard", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "93","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "FC-81", "Title": "FZone pro capo for acoustic \u0026 electric guitars - chrome - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ecapos", "Brand": "FZone", "Barcode": "6943050403084", "VariationOf": "fc-81", "Description": "A guitar capo is an essential guitar accessory that most guitarists will need. When you learn new songs or melodies, your voice may not match up nicely with chords you already know. By using FZone FC-81 guitar capo you can shift the pitch of chords and notes that you are already familiar with.The FZone pro universal capo is suitable for 6 or 12 string acoustic or electric guitar, banjo, mandolin and most other fretted instruments. The capo's special design allows for accurate placement. The soft rubber cushioning protects your instrument from scratches and helps aid accurate tuning.", "Bullet1":"Shift the pitch of chords and notes", "Bullet2":"Suitable for 6 or 12 string acoustic\/electric guitar plus most fretted instruments", "Bullet3":"Soft rubber cushioning protects from scratches", "Bullet4":"Supplied in chrome", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "312","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "FC-83", "Title": "FZone FC-83 capo for classical guitar - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ecapos", "Brand": "FZone", "Barcode": "6943050403831", "VariationOf": "fc-83", "Description": "The FZone FC-83 capo is specially designed for classical guitars with wider necks. Its ergonomic design allows for easy placement and keeps a firm grip on the fretboard while the soft rubber cushioning protects your instrument from scratches and helps aid accurate tuning.", "Bullet1":"Clamps to the neck of your guitar, allowing you to play easily in different keys", "Bullet2":"Easy to operate with one hand", "Bullet3":"Soft silicon cushion protects the neck when adjusting", "Bullet4":"Specially designed for classical guitars", "Bullet5":"Steel spring grips guitar neck firmly", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "47","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "4.991666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3501", "Title": "Monarch 20L extra strong storage box - Red - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estorage\u003eboxes", "Brand": "Monarch", "Barcode": null, "VariationOf": "pp3501", "Description": "Introducing the Monarch 20L extra strong storage tray – Red\nEvery classroom needs efficient, reliable storage equipment, and these boxes provide just that. With a durable plastic construction they can survive very well in school environments, and their stackable nature means they can be stored away very easily when not in use.\nThere’s also the PP3505 40L red storge box, the PP3502 20L clear box, and the PP3506 40L clear box available, giving you plenty of choice for how you want to store your small percussion instruments, music books, stationary and other accessories.\nPlease note: This storage box is NOT supplied with a lid, however you can purchase them separately HERE. See below for details\n\nThe Monarch universal lid\nTo add a lid to this box, see the Monarch universal lid. One size fits all, it provides a cover for the contents of your storage trays, and allows you to securely stack filled boxes on top of each other.\n\n\nQuality shatterproof construction\nThese trays are manufactured from 100% polypropylene which is strong, shatterproof, and will stand up to the rigours of daily use in any learning environment. Not only are they manufactured to last but at end of life they can easily be recycled.\n\nMade for convenience\nAt 20 litres, this tray can accommodate plenty of classroom equipment. Subtle rounding off of the corners creates a softer feel and touch, making these trays safe to use for even the youngest age groups, and they’re sturdy too, with reinforced side ribs for extra strength and a scooped out base for extra strength and stability.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Sturdy 20 litre storage box", "Bullet2":"100% polypropylene shatterproof construction", "Bullet3":"Stackable, and designed to fit on shelf runners", "Bullet4":"Subtly rounded corners for classroom safety", "Bullet5":"Scooped out base gives extra strength and stability", "Bullet6":"Lid sold separately", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e312mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e425mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e152mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e699g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "39","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.825", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3502", "Title": "Monarch 20L extra strong storage box - Clear - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estorage\u003eboxes", "Brand": "Monarch", "Barcode": null, "VariationOf": "pp3502", "Description": "Introducing the Monarch 20L extra strong storage tray – Clear\nEvery classroom needs efficient, reliable storage equipment, and these boxes provide just that. With a durable plastic construction they can survive very well in school environments, and their stackable nature means they can be stored away very easily when not in use.\nThere’s also the PP3506 40L clear storage box, the PP3501 20L red box, and the PP3505 40L red box available, giving you plenty of choice for how you want to store your small percussion instruments, music books, stationary and other accessories.\nPlease note: This storage box is NOT supplied with a lid, however you can purchase them separately HERE. See below for details\n\nThe Monarch universal lid\nTo add a lid to this box, see the Monarch universal lid. One size fits all, it provides a cover for the contents of your storage trays, and allows you to securely stack filled boxes on top of each other.\n\n\nQuality shatterproof construction\nThese trays are manufactured from 100% polypropylene which is strong, shatterproof, and will stand up to the rigours of daily use in any learning environment. Not only are they manufactured to last but at end of life they can easily be recycled.\n\nMade for convenience\nAt 20 litres, this tray can accommodate plenty of classroom equipment, and the translucent finish allows you to easily keep track of what is inside each box. Subtle rounding off of the corners creates a softer feel and touch, making these trays safe to use for even the youngest age groups, and they’re sturdy too, with reinforced side ribs for extra strength and a scooped out base for extra strength and stability.", "Bullet1":"Sturdy, clear 20 litre storage tray", "Bullet2":"100% polypropylene shatterproof construction", "Bullet3":"Stackable, and designed to fit on shelf runners", "Bullet4":"Subtly rounded corners for classroom safety", "Bullet5":"Scooped out base gives extra strength and stability", "Bullet6":"Lid sold separately", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e312mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e425mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e152mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e699g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "39","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.825", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MP11630CUST-BK", "Title": "Choral music folder with custom print design - Black \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003echoral-folders", "Brand": "Mapac", "Barcode": "5056318304878", "VariationOf": "mapac-mp11630cust", "Description": "Introducing the choral music folder\nWhether you sing at school, in church, or with your local choral society, you’ll know there’s one accessory no choir should be without – a set of sturdy folders to protect and organise your sheet music.\nThey need to be durable enough to survive a school environment, yet smart enough to be used in performances by choristers at solemn occasions. They have to be secure enough to keep your music safe, but must open quickly and noiselessly when the time comes. They should also have pockets for pencils and plenty of space for all your music, without being cumbersome or fiddly.\nYour music folder should be reliable, so you can proudly display your logo on the cover. Luckily, our custom choral music folders are exactly what you’ve been looking for!\n\nExceptional design\nOur choral folder design has been honed over many years and takes all these factors into account. We’re confident that they are the best on the market, and our prices are unbeatable so it’s not surprising that they’re one of the most popular items we sell. They are made from light and durable polypropylene and are opened and closed by lifting a loop of string over a rivet – quick, secure, and silent.\nThe spine features a comfortable elastic strap which can be used to hold the folder perfectly still while singing. Inside you will find 10 taut strings attached to the spine for holding your music, along with large pockets and spaces for a pencil and a name tag.\n\nCustomise your folders\nWhen you have received your order confirmation email, please reply (or send a new email to sales@chamberlainmusic.com quoting your order number) with your logo image attached.\nDon't forget to tell us where on the folder you'd like to place your logo (front\/back, top\/bottom, left\/right). Printing can be done in any one of these single colours: black, white, cerise, wine red, burgundy, purple, light blue, gold, or silver, and we'll send you a proof image for confirmation before anything goes to print.\nPlease note that a one-time screen print charge of £35.00 will be automatically added to your basket and there is a minimum order of 25 folders. If you need more with the same logo in the future you won't have to pay the print setup fee again, but there will still be a minimum order of 25 units. Intricate or complicated logos may be subject to a higher charge - call us for further details.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Add your school or choir name and logo to one of our bestselling choral folders", "Bullet2":"10 taut adjustable strings to hold your music in place", "Bullet3":"Easy-open loop and rivet fastener keeps your music secure", "Bullet4":"Pockets, name card and pencil holder inside", "Bullet5":"Requires 1 x screen print charge (automatically added to your basket)", "Bullet6":"Minimum order quantity 25", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.408333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MP11630CUST-BL", "Title": "Choral music folder with custom print design - Navy blue \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003echoral-folders", "Brand": "Mapac", "Barcode": "5056318309880", "VariationOf": "mapac-mp11630cust", "Description": "Introducing the choral music folder\nWhether you sing at school, in church, or with your local choral society, you’ll know there’s one accessory no choir should be without – a set of sturdy folders to protect and organise your sheet music.\nThey need to be durable enough to survive a school environment, yet smart enough to be used in performances by choristers at solemn occasions. They have to be secure enough to keep your music safe, but must open quickly and noiselessly when the time comes. They should also have pockets for pencils and plenty of space for all your music, without being cumbersome or fiddly.\nYour music folder should be reliable, so you can proudly display your logo on the cover. Luckily, our custom choral music folders are exactly what you’ve been looking for!\n\nExceptional design\nOur choral folder design has been honed over many years and takes all these factors into account. We’re confident that they are the best on the market, and our prices are unbeatable so it’s not surprising that they’re one of the most popular items we sell. They are made from light and durable polypropylene and are opened and closed by lifting a loop of string over a rivet – quick, secure, and silent.\nThe spine features a comfortable elastic strap which can be used to hold the folder perfectly still while singing. Inside you will find 10 taut strings attached to the spine for holding your music, along with large pockets and spaces for a pencil and a name tag.\n\nCustomise your folders\nWhen you have received your order confirmation email, please reply (or send a new email to sales@chamberlainmusic.com quoting your order number) with your logo image attached.\nDon't forget to tell us where on the folder you'd like to place your logo (front\/back, top\/bottom, left\/right). Printing can be done in any one of these single colours: black, white, cerise, wine red, burgundy, purple, light blue, gold, or silver, and we'll send you a proof image for confirmation before anything goes to print.\nPlease note that a one-time screen print charge of £35.00 will be automatically added to your basket and there is a minimum order of 25 folders. If you need more with the same logo in the future you won't have to pay the print setup fee again, but there will still be a minimum order of 25 units. Intricate or complicated logos may be subject to a higher charge - call us for further details.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Add your school or choir name and logo to one of our bestselling choral folders", "Bullet2":"10 taut adjustable strings to hold your music in place", "Bullet3":"Easy-open loop and rivet fastener keeps your music secure", "Bullet4":"Pockets, name card and pencil holder inside", "Bullet5":"Requires 1 x screen print charge (automatically added to your basket)", "Bullet6":"Minimum order quantity 25", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.408333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MP11630CUST-MR", "Title": "Choral music folder with custom print design - Maroon \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003echoral-folders", "Brand": "Mapac", "Barcode": "5056318309897", "VariationOf": "mapac-mp11630cust", "Description": "Introducing the choral music folder\nWhether you sing at school, in church, or with your local choral society, you’ll know there’s one accessory no choir should be without – a set of sturdy folders to protect and organise your sheet music.\nThey need to be durable enough to survive a school environment, yet smart enough to be used in performances by choristers at solemn occasions. They have to be secure enough to keep your music safe, but must open quickly and noiselessly when the time comes. They should also have pockets for pencils and plenty of space for all your music, without being cumbersome or fiddly.\nYour music folder should be reliable, so you can proudly display your logo on the cover. Luckily, our custom choral music folders are exactly what you’ve been looking for!\n\nExceptional design\nOur choral folder design has been honed over many years and takes all these factors into account. We’re confident that they are the best on the market, and our prices are unbeatable so it’s not surprising that they’re one of the most popular items we sell. They are made from light and durable polypropylene and are opened and closed by lifting a loop of string over a rivet – quick, secure, and silent.\nThe spine features a comfortable elastic strap which can be used to hold the folder perfectly still while singing. Inside you will find 10 taut strings attached to the spine for holding your music, along with large pockets and spaces for a pencil and a name tag.\n\nCustomise your folders\nWhen you have received your order confirmation email, please reply (or send a new email to sales@chamberlainmusic.com quoting your order number) with your logo image attached.\nDon't forget to tell us where on the folder you'd like to place your logo (front\/back, top\/bottom, left\/right). Printing can be done in any one of these single colours: black, white, cerise, wine red, burgundy, purple, light blue, gold, or silver, and we'll send you a proof image for confirmation before anything goes to print.\nPlease note that a one-time screen print charge of £35.00 will be automatically added to your basket and there is a minimum order of 25 folders. If you need more with the same logo in the future you won't have to pay the print setup fee again, but there will still be a minimum order of 25 units. Intricate or complicated logos may be subject to a higher charge - call us for further details.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Add your school or choir name and logo to one of our bestselling choral folders", "Bullet2":"10 taut adjustable strings to hold your music in place", "Bullet3":"Easy-open loop and rivet fastener keeps your music secure", "Bullet4":"Pockets, name card and pencil holder inside", "Bullet5":"Requires 1 x screen print charge (automatically added to your basket)", "Bullet6":"Minimum order quantity 25", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "9.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.408333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MAN701", "Title": "Manhasset stand conversion kit - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003eaccessories\u003eparts", "Brand": "Manhasset", "Barcode": "7065760007020", "VariationOf": "man701", "Description": "Introducing the Manhasset stand conversion kit\nThis conversion kit is used as an adaptor for music stands created before 1970. It comprises of four separate pieces, which when connected together serve as a replacement for the adjustable mechanism on older music stands. It is used to securely link the stand base and shaft, and offers a sturdier connection than the original device.\nThe Manhasset Lifetime Warranty\nOver the years, Manhasset has continued to research, develop, and innovate new products to meet the needs of musicians, and their commitment to consistent quality has made them the number one choice of many schools, bands and orchestras worldwide. Backing this up, Manhasset offer a guaranteed lifetime warranty on all products purchased from us. They have the utmost confidence in their manufacturing standards, substantiated by years of proof. When you buy a Manhasset music stand, you should never have to buy another stand again.\nPlease note: Proof of purchase required\n\n", "Bullet1":"Conversion kit adaptor for Manhasset stands", "Bullet2":"Upgrades the mechanism on music stands made before 1970", "Bullet3":"Connects the stand base and shaft", "Bullet4":"Holds the shaft in a more secure fashion than the original device", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.833333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP250", "Title": "Percussion Plus sleigh bells - 9 - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ejingles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349488537", "VariationOf": "pp250", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus sleigh bells\nThis Percussion Plus set of 9 sleigh bells is a lot of fun, the perfect instrument for younger percussionists. The jingle bells are mounted in a single line around the leather strap, securely riveted and form a semicircle around the wooden handle. The handle is made from smooth, shaped wood which provides great playing comfort. \nThe instrument is very easy to play, by simply holding the handle and shaking the hand bells to produce a bright jingling sound. An ideal addition to any classroom percussion box. \n\nPlease note: These items are musical instruments (not toys), and as such are intended for use under supervision.\n", "Bullet1":"Percussion Plus jingle bells", "Bullet2":"Single row of 9 bells", "Bullet3":"Mounted in a semicircle around athe handle", "Bullet4":"Wooden handle for easy grip and carrying", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-23","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP256", "Title": "Percussion Plus tulip shaped wood block - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewoodblocks", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349482924", "VariationOf": "pp256", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus tulip shaped wood block\nThis is a high quality tulip shaped wood block form Percussion Plus. It has a sturdy rubber wood construction to give extra durability and a great, bright and powerful tone.\nIt is a great pickup instrument to have as part of your instrument collection or to compliment any classroom percussion set. Its easy play-ability makes it perfect for us in schools and in other musical scenarios.", "Bullet1":"Percussion Plus tulip shaped wood block", "Bullet2":"Single tone wood block", "Bullet3":"Built in handle for easy grip", "Bullet4":"Supplied with high quality beater", "Bullet5":"Sturdy rubber wood construction to give extra durability and a great tone", "Bullet6":"An excellent addition to any classroom percussion set", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "392","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3439", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Coconut painted thumb piano - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ethumb-pianos", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318301198", "VariationOf": "pp3439", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Coconut painted thumb piano This thumb piano, or ‘kalimba’, from the Percussion Plus Honestly Made range is crafted from the shell of a coconut for increased resonance. Each kalimba is hand painted with a highly decorative ‘dotted’ design for a unique, colourful look. The characteristic, relaxing sound of the thumb piano is produced by striking the metal prongs (also known as ‘tines’) with your thumbs. The 7 tines on this instrument can be played in varying combinations to create your own sound. These thumb pianos are made using sustainable resources and are sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. Playing the Kalimba To play, use your thumbs to apply downward pressure on the tip of the tines. Using force will result in a powerful ‘twang’; a soft stroke produces a rich and calm tone, resonating through the coconut shell. Tune the tines The tines are tuneable using the metal screws holding them in place. Tighten to raise the pitch and loosen to lower - just make sure not to loosen too far! Utilise this to match the pitch in an ensemble, recording session, or just to vary your sound. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Bali using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Rich, resonant and calming tone", "Bullet3":"Attractive, hand-painted design", "Bullet4":"Perfect for music therapy", "Bullet5":"Colour may vary from that pictured", "Bullet6":"Responsibly sourced", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "34","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP626", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Pangi seed shaker - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964122515", "VariationOf": "pp626", "Description": "\n\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Pangi seed shaker\nThis Pangi shaker features a simple design with a full-bodied shaker tone. Dried out seed husks are attached to a sturdy bamboo handle with thick twine to form the shaker. There is also a basic twine loop at the base of the handle, allowing you to hang the shaker for convenient storage.\nThe hollow seed husks produce a rich, crunchy sound when shaken. Vary the way you hold the shaker to achieve different tones, or mute with your second hand for even more tone variations. This Pangi seed shaker is sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision.\n\n\n\n\nRecycled materials\nDid you know, the seed husks used to make these shakers are left over from traditional Indonesian cuisine. What would have been a waste product has been repurposed and upcycled into these wonderful shakers.\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Indonesia using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Full bodied, crunchy rattle sound", "Bullet3":"Bamboo handle features attractive burnt pattern design", "Bullet4":"Length approximately 25cm", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"Responsibly sourced", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "64","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP949", "Title": "Percussion Plus guitar foot stool - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003efootrests", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547009495", "VariationOf": "pp949", "Description": "This footstool from Percussion Plus is a handy tool for any guitarist. It has three pre-set heights and features a textured foot pad and rubber feet to prevent any slippage. The legs fold into the foot pad making it compact and lightweight – perfect for the gigging musician as it easily fits in to your gig bag.", "Bullet1":"Adjustable metal foot stool", "Bullet2":"Textured rubber top prevent slippage", "Bullet3":"3 different heights", "Bullet4":"Rubber covered feet for extra grip", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "23","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3111", "Title": "Percussion Plus wooden bug maracas - Yellow bee \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003emaracas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964127329", "VariationOf": "pp-bug-maracas", "Description": "Good quality pair of Percussion Plus maracas, available in either black and yellow stripes or blue and black stripes. Each design features a white painted top. The maracas are made entirely from maple and are durable, designed to be a tough percussion instrument that will withstand the rigours of nursery play. Each maraca has a nicely shaped, smooth handle, which is easy and comfortable to hold. The maracas have a crisp and vibrant sound quality and are lots of fun to play.Please note: These are musical instruments and should be used for musical play, under adult supervision.", "Bullet1":"Made from sturdy maple", "Bullet2":"Colourful designs", "Bullet3":"Perfect for young children both at school or in the home", "Bullet4":"Comfortable for little hands to hold", "Bullet5":"Supplied as a pair", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "66","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3112", "Title": "Percussion Plus wooden bug maracas - Blue bee \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003emaracas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964127336", "VariationOf": "pp-bug-maracas", "Description": "Good quality pair of Percussion Plus maracas, available in either black and yellow stripes or blue and black stripes. Each design features a white painted top. The maracas are made entirely from maple and are durable, designed to be a tough percussion instrument that will withstand the rigours of nursery play. Each maraca has a nicely shaped, smooth handle, which is easy and comfortable to hold. The maracas have a crisp and vibrant sound quality and are lots of fun to play.Please note: These are musical instruments and should be used for musical play, under adult supervision.", "Bullet1":"Made from sturdy maple", "Bullet2":"Colourful designs", "Bullet3":"Perfect for young children both at school or in the home", "Bullet4":"Comfortable for little hands to hold", "Bullet5":"Supplied as a pair", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "112","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "FW21A", "Title": "Feadóg Nickel C Whistle - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eirish-whistles", "Brand": "Feadóg", "Barcode": "5390500550217", "VariationOf": "fw21a", "Description": "Introducing the Feadóg nickel Irish whistle in C\nMade in Ireland since 1978, Feadóg \"\"Original Irish Whistles\"\" are the oldest commercially produced Tin Whistles in Ireland.\nThe Irish whistle, also called the penny whistle, is a relatively inexpensive yet quality instrument that is played around the world by amateurs and professionals alike.\nGreat for education\nDue to its simplicity, ease of use and the fact that it is a very easy instrument to learn, the penny whistle is seen as an ideal instrument for the educational environment.\nYou can also purchase a pack of 10 HERE if you are planning on holding a workshop or playing with a class of students and want to purchase multiple whistles to deck out your classroom. The reduced packaging of the 10 pack saves on cost making it cheaper and ideal for education.\nWhat's in the box\nThe presentation pack contains a Feadóg Nickel whistle in the key of C, with a fingering chart and an international instruction sheet with several songs to get you started, also making this a great gift idea!", "Bullet1":"The original Irish whistle - made in Ireland since 1978", "Bullet2":"Top quality materials", "Bullet3":"Ideal for players of all abilities", "Bullet4":"Plastic mouthpiece", "Bullet5":"Seamless nickel barrel", "Bullet6":"Great gift idea", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.833333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2051", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Meo fingerbell - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964132811", "VariationOf": "pp2051", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Meo fingerbell Wear it like a ring and shake! This convenient fingerbell is perfect for the multitasking percussionist and produces a fine, resonant tone. Cast from metal, it has a gold finish and features a raised mantra decoration. To play, place over your middle finger and shake gently to get it ringing. Place your remaining fingers over the bell to dampen the sound and change the tone. Experiment with different combinations, timing and rhythm for endless variety. The Percussion Plus Honestly Made Meo fingerbell is sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. An instrument for multitasking As the Meo fingerbell slips easily over one finger, both of your hands are still free to play other instruments. Combine this bell with drums, shakers, or even tuned percussion to add extra layers to your percussion sound. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Vietnam using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Wear like a ring and shake", "Bullet3":"Vary your tone using remaining fingers", "Bullet4":"Great for the multitasking percussionist", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1190", "Title": "Percussion Plus lollipop drum beater - pack of 3 - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964132880", "VariationOf": "pp1190", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus lollipop drum beater - pack of 3\nThis soft foam beater from Percussion Plus perfectly pairs with any lollipop drum. It's quality and lightweight constructions makes playing fun and easy - use the beater to create a wealth of sounds with your drum.\nIdeal as extra beaters for any lollipop drum or you can even use them alongside any hand drum. The brightly coloured soft round head catches the eye, perfectly suiting any education setting.\n", "Bullet1":"Pack of 3 lollipop drum beaters", "Bullet2":"Fun, bright colours", "Bullet3":"Make a variety of sounds", "Bullet4":"Lightweight at just 19g!", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "95","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP232", "Title": "Percussion Plus wooden claves - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eclaves", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964134969", "VariationOf": "pp232", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus wooden claves \nClaves are traditional instruments from Cuba and consist of a pair of wooden dowels which produce a high-pitched clicking sound when hit together. A sturdy and compact instrument like this is perfect for schools, bands, and orchestras.\nThis pair of wooden claves are professional and very versatile, making them a great way to teach rhythms in a classroom. \n", "Bullet1":"Selected tone wood claves", "Bullet2":"Dark Brown Rosewood colour", "Bullet3":"Great for educational use", "Bullet4":"Produce a loud and bright clacking sound", "Bullet5":"Ideal for learning about rhythms and ostinatos", "Bullet6":"Size – 25 x 3.75cm Per pair", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "228","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "OC-612", "Title": "Octopus ukulele plectrum pack of 12 for education - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003eplectrums\u003eukulele", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5055964136000", "VariationOf": "octopus-ukulele-plectrum5055964136000-12-pack-for-education", "Description": "Introducing the Octopus ukulele plectrum pack of 12 for education\nA fantastic mixed pack of 12 ukulele picks from Octopus Ukulele, these plectrums are an incredible value for schools, uke groups and music programs alike. Made from high-quality felt, they offer a superb tactile experience while producing a warm and gentle tone, perfect for beginners and young musicians.\nWith a mixed pack of 12, the Octopus felt picks provide versatility and variety. Not only are they ideal for ukuleles but also nylon string guitars, making them an exceptional addition to any classroom setting. Whether students are strumming along to traditional Hawaiian melodies or exploring the sounds of classical compositions, these plectrums deliver the optimal blend of durability and playability.\nDesigned with kids in mind, the Octopus ukulele felt plectrums offer an effortless grip and control, ensuring a comfortable playing experience for little hands. Equip your classroom with the Octopus Ukulele Pack of 12 Plectrums, and provide your students with the tools they need to embrace the joy of making music. Whether strumming a ukulele or nylon string guitar, these durable, felt plectrums are the perfect choice for schools seeking exceptional value without compromising on quality.", "Bullet1":"Great value pack of 12 ukulele picks for schools and uke clubs", "Bullet2":"Mixed pack of soft and medium gauges", "Bullet3":"Made from high quality felt", "Bullet4":"Rounded tip for smooth playing", "Bullet5":"Custom designed for ukulele or nylon string guitar", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.333333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2119", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Monkey ladder - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318308074", "VariationOf": "pp2119", "Description": "\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Monkey ladder\nCrafted in northern Thailand, the Monkey ladder is made using only traditional and sustainable methods and materials.\nEasy to play, simply shake the instrument back and forth and enjoy the soft rattle sound produced.\nThis instrument is responsibly sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments, not toys, and there may be many small parts on, or in, some of them. Younger players should use them with supervision.\n\n\n\nMany uses\nA simple and easy to use instrument, the Monkey ladder is perfect for use in classroom settings and as part of a percussion ensemble. The satisfying soft rattle sound also makes it a great sensory instrument for musical therapy.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in northern Thailand using traditional methods and materials", "Bullet2":"Produces a soft rattle sound", "Bullet3":"Easy to play, simply shake the instrument back and forth", "Bullet4":"Great for use in classrooms, in music therapy and as part of a percussion ensemble", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2124", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Shipibo shaker - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318308135", "VariationOf": "pp2124", "Description": " \nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Shipibo shaker \nResponsibly sourced and versatile, the Shipibo shaker is the perfect addition to any percussive ensemble, and great for teaching young musicians about traditionally made instruments.\nFeaturing a beautiful design which varies with each shaker, a feathered top and a wooden stick to hold, it is easy to play and creates a lovely percussive shaker sound.\nThe Percussion Plus Honestly Made Shipibo shaker is sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly made range of musical instruments from percussion plus. \nThese items are musical instruments, not toys, and there may be many small parts on, or in, some of them. Younger players should use them with supervision.\n\n\n\nAbout the Shipibo tribe\nThe Shipibo shaker origins are from the Shipibo tribe located in the remote Peruvian amazon, with the intricate designs of the shakers often depicting their animals, plants and native art.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Peru using traditional methods and materials", "Bullet2":"Creates a lovely percussive shaker sound", "Bullet3":"Beautifully decorated, depicting animals, plants and native art", "Bullet4":"Made by the Shipibo tribe located in the remote Peruvian amazon", "Bullet5":"Designs vary, making each one unique", "Bullet6":"Responsibly sourced", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2130", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Large brown frog guiro with scraper - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003escrapers", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318308197", "VariationOf": "pp2130", "Description": " \nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Large brown frog\nThis instrument is designed to look just like a frog, and features a guiro spine and a stick to play. This is a great, entertaining instrument for classroom use or to give as a gift, and you will be amazed by the 'croak' sound produced.\nMade in northern Thailand, using only traditional methods and materials, this responsibly sourced instrument creates a unique, high quality rich sound.\nThe Large brown frog is responsibly sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments, not toys, and there may be many small parts on, or in, some of them. Younger players should use them with supervision. \n \n Croak like a frog\nTo play this instrument, simply use the supplied stick to scrape along the frogs spine for a distinct 'croak' sound. Vary the speed and pressure to create different and interesting sounds. You can also strike the frog on the top of its head for a full bodied, percussive 'thock' sound, great for adding accents to your playing.\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in northern Thailand using traditional methods and materials", "Bullet2":"A fun and entertaining frog design with a guiro spine", "Bullet3":"Supplied with ergonomic wooden scrapper", "Bullet4":"Measures 8 x 12cm", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP175", "Title": "Acme small brass thunderer whistle - Nickel plated - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewhistles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "717668116058", "VariationOf": "pp175", "Description": "Introducing the Acme small brass thunderer whistle - nickel plated\nThe Acme small thunderer whistle produces a high and shrill tone and a far carrying sound for use in all environments. Especially suitable for sporting referees or pool lifeguards, these robust whistles can even be used by private security workers or in school.\nThe thunderer whistle produces a reliably consistent tone, and as a pea whistle it allows users to make an interesting variety of sounds by adjusting the airflow to produce a rolling trill with a range of effects.\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme police whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\nThe Acme thunderer whistles collection\nBrass, nickel plated whistles\n\n\nAcme Titanic brass thunderer whistle - loud piercing tone, replica of whistles used on the Titanic\n\nAcme large brass thunderer whistle - large deep tone\n\nAcme small brass thunderer whistle - higher piercing tone\n\nAcme large brass thunderer finger whistle - large deep tone, attaches to finger with strap\n\nBlack plastic whistles\n\n\nAcme large thunderer whistle - large deep tone\n\nAcme medium thunderer whistle - more piercing tone\n\nAcme small thunderer whistle - clear, higher-pitched tone\n\n\nSound Sample\n\nChamberlain Music · PP175 Acme small brass thunderer whistle\n", "Bullet1":"Produces a high, piercing sound", "Bullet2":"Nickel plated finish", "Bullet3":"Ideal for sports referees or lifeguards", "Bullet4":"Good utility for private security workers", "Bullet5":"Sleek tapered mouthpiece", "Bullet6":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP182", "Title": "Acme brass Shepherds lip whistle - nickel plated - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewhistles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "717668115754", "VariationOf": "pp182", "Description": "Introducing the Acme brass Shepherds lip whistle - nickel plated\nThe Acme Shepherds lip dog whistle produces a widely varying and easily controlled range of pitches. This has made it popular at sheep dog trials, and in many ways it is the ultimate whistle for precise communication with your dog.\nTerrific for trainers\nSometimes called the Shepherd’s lip whistle, it was made famous by the television program, One Man and His Dog. This professional whistle model enables the dog trainer to create a tremendous variety of sounds, and the brass construction adds significant durability and resonance for increased volume.\nHow to play the Shepherds lip whistle\nUnlike other Acme whistles, this one actually fits inside your mouth when you play it. Simply place it gently on your tongue, without biting. Rest your lips around the sides to seal them, but leave a gap at the front of your mouth. Blow forwards and the sound will come naturally. You can control volume and pitch by changing the amount of air you put through the whistle.\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme police whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\n\nSound Sample\n\nChamberlain Music · PP182 Acme brass Shepherds lip whistle\n", "Bullet1":"Innovatively shaped lip whistle", "Bullet2":"Produces a widely varying and easy controlled range of pitches", "Bullet3":"Popular at sheep dog trials with resonant and durable brass construction", "Bullet4":"Ultimate whistle for precise communication with your dog", "Bullet5":"Play by resting inside mouth and blowing", "Bullet6":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP935-CASE", "Title": "Percussion Plus chime bar case with beaters - A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318310671", "VariationOf": "pp935-case", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus chime bar case with beaters\nThis strong and protective case is designed to keep your Percussion Plus chime bars safe and secure. It features a distinctive red colour and is made from a transparent, durable plastic. This case is built to withstand the rigorous testing of a primary school environment, making it an ideal addition to any music room.\nIt has a comfortable-to-hold handle, making it easy to transport, and it features a slim design, so it doesn’t take up a lot of storage space. It also comes with a pair of high-quality beaters, which fit comfortably inside their own built-in plastic slots inside the case.\n\nGet the parts you need\nIf you need a spare or replacement case for your chime bars, then this is the perfect way to get exactly what you want. Also available is the PP935 set of 8 chime bars with the included case, and the individual replacement bars which can be found here.\n", "Bullet1":"Strong plastic case", "Bullet2":"Protects chimes bars from scratches", "Bullet3":"Comes in a distinctive red colour", "Bullet4":"Features a comfortable to hold handle", "Bullet5":"Lightweight, slim and durable", "Bullet6":"Supplied with a pair of beaters", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength:\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e31.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e17cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.833333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AP-3411", "Title": "Apextone double-wired A-frame guitar stand - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003eguitar\u003esingle", "Brand": "Apextone", "Barcode": "717378829835", "VariationOf": "ap-3411", "Description": "Introducing the Apextone double-wired A-frame guitar stand\nCrafted with a wire-framed design, Apextone’s doubled-wired A-frame guitar stand offers exceptional stability for all guitars while remaining remarkably lightweight and compact. Coated with high-density foam, it provides a cushioned resting place that protects against scratches and dings. Whether you're storing your prized guitar at home or taking it on the road, trust that it's in good hands with this stand.\nVersatile and secure\nThe prongs are specially designed to accommodate both electric and acoustic guitars, ensuring a secure fit for any instrument type. No matter your musical preference, rest assured that your guitar will be supported securely. Crucially, the foldable nature and thin design of this stand also allows it to be stored and transported very easily without taking up much space at all!\nOur Apextone guitar stands\n\nApextone double-wired A-frame guitar stand\nApextone tripod guitar stand\nApextone A-frame guitar stand\nApextone A-frame adjustable depth guitar stand\nApextone neck-grip guitar stand\nApextone deluxe acoustic guitar stand\nApextone guitar wall hanger\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Wire-framed foldable guitar stand for all types of guitar", "Bullet2":"Coated with high density foam to protect the instrument", "Bullet3":"Prongs of stand designed to accomodate both electric and acoustic guitars", "Bullet4":"Double-frame ensures sturdiness", "Bullet5":"Very compact and lightweight", "Bullet6":"Folds up from 30cm width to just 3.5cm for convenient storage", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCushioning material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHigh density foam\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrap material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNylon\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e38cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth when extended\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth when closed\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ec.30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "31","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PBCC-1", "Title": "Cory piano polish applicator cloth - A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003ecleaning", "Brand": "Cory", "Barcode": "5055964134631", "VariationOf": "cor-cc", "Description": "Introducing the Cory piano polish applicator cloth\nA specially designed, thickly woven soft microfibre cloth for the application of polishes and cleaning solutions. Measuring 14\"\" x 14\"\", the large Cory cleaning cloth is colour coded to separate it from the buffing cloth (available to purchase separately), and is machine washable for long lasting use.\n", "Bullet1":"Microfibre cleaning cloth for high gloss piano finishes", "Bullet2":"Soft, thickly woven cloth designed for applying piano polishes and cleaners", "Bullet3":"Super-sized at 14\" x 14\"", "Bullet4":"Colour coded to differentiate between cleaning and buffing cloths", "Bullet5":"Long lasting and machine washable", "Bullet6":"Supplied in a handy reusable ziplock pouch", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.833333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MB-CN", "Title": "Magnetic musical notes set - A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003emagnets", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5056318311173", "VariationOf": "mb-cn", "Description": "Introducing the magnetic musical notes\nThese magnetic musical notes are ideal for teaching young children about music notation and rhythm. The pack includes 33 colourful and magnetic notes, rests, bar lines and time signatures, supplied in a plastic storage box with clip close lid.\nThese notes are also available with a durable A4 double sided whiteboard, which can be found here.\n", "Bullet1":"33 plastic musical magnets", "Bullet2":"Featuring 4 vibrant colours", "Bullet3":"Includes notes, rests, bar lines and time signatures", "Bullet4":"Ideal for young children learning about musical notation and rhythm", "Bullet5":"Supplied in a handy storage box", "Bullet6":"Also available with an A4 double sided whiteboard", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "47","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.333333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP290", "Title": "Liverpool wooden surdo drum beater - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003esamba", "Brand": "Liverpool", "Barcode": "5056318312200", "VariationOf": "pp290", "Description": "Introducing the Liverpool surdo bass drum beater\nThis wooden beater is perfect for use on surdos in samba drumming, and also works nicely with bass drums and gongs. With a firm head, the beater helps to make a strong sound that really cuts through any musical texture. It also has an ergonomically designed handle, giving the player plenty of leverage to create power and volume with!\n\nGreat for practice and performances\nMeasuring 330mm in length and 50mm in diameter, these affordable beaters are perfect for practice and performance sessions. They’re also comfortable to hold and built to withstand regular use, making them the ideal choice for bands and classroom environments.\n", "Bullet1":"", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack padded cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandle:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWood\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e330mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP462", "Title": "Percussion Plus mini steel pan sticks - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964123932", "VariationOf": "pp462", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP476 double seconds steel pan sticks\nMade in Akron Ohio USA, rubber capital of the world, Percussion Plus steel pan mallets are crafted from the largest variety of best quality polymers. Precision cut rubber mallet tips have the perfect combination of thickness and density to produce the best range of Caribbean sounds from your steel drum and can also help prolong the time between tunings. The selected hardwood shafts offer excellent balance and strength with a striking appearance.\nTwenty five years of research and development have gone into the best feeling and responding pan beaters in the land. Why compromise when you can have the best for your steel pan? Helping you make the most authentic and distinctive Caribbean sounds.\n\nShaft material - Oak\nHead material - Rubber\nHead hardness - Medium\n\nSupplied as a pair.\nDid you know?\nSteel pans are relatively young instruments that have become phenomenally popular in recent years, particularly with school music departments and events organisers. They originated in Trinidad and Tobago in the 1930s and are traditionally recycled from 55 gallon chemical containers.\nBoth steel pans and steel drums refer to the same thing. Steel pan players will often use rolls, which are rapid fire playing of the same note many times to create a more continuous sound. This allows for stimulated playing of longer notes that maintain their strength rather than decaying such as a single hit would produce.", "Bullet1":"Mini Pan Wood Mallets with General Tips", "Bullet2":"7” selected hardwood handles", "Bullet3":"Single layer tips designed for mini pans", "Bullet4":"Tips at both ends just in case one gets lost", "Bullet5":"All-purpose tip for a pure and even tone across the full range of the pan", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "164","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.683333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NWS1SB", "Title": "Nuvo WindStars 1 Student Book - Standard Notation \/ A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "7935912154028", "VariationOf": "nws1sb", "Description": "\n\nWritten by Brittany Bauman and Dr. Cassandra Eisenreich, the WindStars Series is a simple, effective, and affordable way for primary school children to experience the joy of playing music together. Through WindStars, children learn to play a musical instrument and develop a life-long love of music at an early age. It is a book-based program with supplemental materials available online (instructional videos, audio backing tracks, and printable PDFs).\nThe Student Book for WindStars 1 contains 42 full-colour pages and is a recommended supplement for student and parent use. A WindStars level 1 Teacher Book is also available and sold separately.\n\n\n\n\n\nA great method of learning for individuals and groups\nComprised of the following five elements of music: Rhythm\/Tempo, Pitch\/Tone, Melody\/Harmony, Structure, and Expression, The WindStars Methodology is focused on the holistic approach of teaching the \"\"whole child\"\" through the WindStar of music education. It can be used in a solo or group setting with appropriate tunes for each level. The method introduces and develops fundamental beginning instrumental skills while creating an exciting and engaging experience for all students.\n\n\n\n\n\nWindStars is a 3-level program which can be easily adapted to fit into existing programs:\nLevel 1:\nDesigned for ages 5-9, with an emphasis on Sound Before Sight. Level 1 books are written for the Dood and Toot instruments. Written for the general music classroom, level one encourages students to learn by ear as much as possible. This level is available in either standard or iconic notation. Students will use instruments to explore their own musical creativity, develop fine and gross motor skills, and proper playing techniques.\nLevel 2:\nDesigned for ages 6-10, with an emphasis on transitioning to notation. Level 2 books are written for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo instruments. Books are intended to build on the experiences in Level 1 and those learned in general music classes. Level 2 is written for individual and\/or class lessons that extend woodwind and brass skills while playing fun tunes in various genres.\nLevel 3:\nDesigned for ages 7-10, emphasizing pre-band ensemble playing. Level 3 introduces multi-part music for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo in a variety of styles. All tunes are written in standard notation.\n\n\n\nBook Preview\n\n\n\n\n\n\nFor additional support, check out the video content and play along today!\n", "Bullet1":"First book in WindStar series", "Bullet2":"Designed to be used with the Nuvo Dood \u0026amp; Toot", "Bullet3":"Suitable for children from age 5 plus with little to no musical knowledge", "Bullet4":"Basic wind instrument skills are introduced", "Bullet5":"Simple tunes using standard notation", "Bullet6":"Teacher book also available separately", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "117","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.4", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NWS1SBI", "Title": "Nuvo WindStars 1 Student Book - Iconic Notation \/ A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "735850173030", "VariationOf": "nws1sb", "Description": "\n\nWritten by Brittany Bauman and Dr. Cassandra Eisenreich, the WindStars Series is a simple, effective, and affordable way for primary school children to experience the joy of playing music together. Through WindStars, children learn to play a musical instrument and develop a life-long love of music at an early age. It is a book-based program with supplemental materials available online (instructional videos, audio backing tracks, and printable PDFs).\nThe Student Book for WindStars 1 contains 42 full-colour pages and is a recommended supplement for student and parent use. A WindStars level 1 Teacher Book is also available and sold separately.\n\n\n\n\n\nA great method of learning for individuals and groups\nComprised of the following five elements of music: Rhythm\/Tempo, Pitch\/Tone, Melody\/Harmony, Structure, and Expression, The WindStars Methodology is focused on the holistic approach of teaching the \"\"whole child\"\" through the WindStar of music education. It can be used in a solo or group setting with appropriate tunes for each level. The method introduces and develops fundamental beginning instrumental skills while creating an exciting and engaging experience for all students.\n\n\n\n\n\nWindStars is a 3-level program which can be easily adapted to fit into existing programs:\nLevel 1:\nDesigned for ages 5-9, with an emphasis on Sound Before Sight. Level 1 books are written for the Dood and Toot instruments. Written for the general music classroom, level one encourages students to learn by ear as much as possible. This level is available in either standard or iconic notation. Students will use instruments to explore their own musical creativity, develop fine and gross motor skills, and proper playing techniques.\nLevel 2:\nDesigned for ages 6-10, with an emphasis on transitioning to notation. Level 2 books are written for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo instruments. Books are intended to build on the experiences in Level 1 and those learned in general music classes. Level 2 is written for individual and\/or class lessons that extend woodwind and brass skills while playing fun tunes in various genres.\nLevel 3:\nDesigned for ages 7-10, emphasizing pre-band ensemble playing. Level 3 introduces multi-part music for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo in a variety of styles. All tunes are written in standard notation.\n\n\n\nBook Preview\n\n\n\n\n\n\nFor additional support, check out the video content and play along today!\n", "Bullet1":"First book in WindStar series", "Bullet2":"Designed to be used with the Nuvo Dood \u0026amp; Toot", "Bullet3":"Suitable for children from age 5 plus with little to no musical knowledge", "Bullet4":"Basic wind instrument skills are introduced", "Bullet5":"Simple tunes using standard notation", "Bullet6":"Teacher book also available separately", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NWS2HBBC", "Title": "Nuvo WindStars 2 Student Book - jHorn Bass Clef Edition \/ A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318302003", "VariationOf": "nws2hbbc", "Description": "\n\nNuvo WindStars 2 Student Book\nWritten by Brittany Bauman, the WindStars Series is a simple, effective, and affordable way for primary school children to experience the joy of playing music together. Through WindStars, children learn to play a musical instrument and develop a life-long love of music at an early age. It is a book-based program with supplemental materials available online (instructional videos, audio backing tracks, and printable PDFs).\nWindStars 2 is a flexible method book for Nuvo's general music and pre-band instruments. The method books can be used for individuals and\/or in the classroom. WindStars 2 introduces standard music notation as well as beginning technique. Skills learned in the WindStars 2 method books are directly applicable for students who move on to play traditional concert band instruments. Each Student Book focuses on a single instrument, either jFlute, jSax, Clarineo, or jHorn. While the Teacher Book includes all four.\nThe Student Books include questions to reinforce comprehension after new songs and spaces to practice writing new musical styles. The Student Books include 23 fun songs in various styles along with backing tracks. Songs are written to reinforce notes learned along with rhythms. Parts are written with rhythms in unison, but harmony notes are introduced.\n\n\n\n\n\nA great method of learning for individuals and groups\nComprised of the following five elements of music: Rhythm\/Tempo, Pitch\/Tone, Melody\/Harmony, Structure, and Expression, The WindStars Methodology is focused on the holistic approach of teaching the \"\"whole child\"\" through the WindStar of music education. It can be used in a solo or group setting with appropriate tunes for each level. The method introduces and develops fundamental beginning instrumental skills while creating an exciting and engaging experience for all students.\n\n\n\n\n\nWindStars is a 3-level program which can be easily adapted to fit into existing programs:\nLevel 1:\nDesigned for ages 5-9, with an emphasis on Sound Before Sight. Level 1 books are written for the Dood and Toot instruments. Written for the general music classroom, level one encourages students to learn by ear as much as possible. This level is available in either standard or iconic notation. Students will use instruments to explore their own musical creativity, develop fine and gross motor skills, and proper playing techniques.\nLevel 2:\nDesigned for ages 6-10, with an emphasis on transitioning to notation. Level 2 books are written for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo instruments. Books are intended to build on the experiences in Level 1 and those learned in general music classes. Level 2 is written for individual and\/or class lessons that extend woodwind and brass skills while playing fun tunes in various genres.\nLevel 3:\nDesigned for ages 7-10, emphasizing pre-band ensemble playing. Level 3 introduces multi-part music for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo in a variety of styles. All tunes are written in standard notation.\n\n\n\nWindStars 2 focuses on the following elements\n\nAssembling and holding the instruments\nMaking first sounds\nArticulation\n4\/4, 3\/4, 2\/4, and 6\/8 time signatures\nRepeat signs\nBreath marks and breathing techniques\nImprovisation\n\n\nBook Preview\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nFor additional support, check out the video content and play along today!\n\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Second book in WindStars series", "Bullet2":"Each book focuses on a different instrument", "Bullet3":"Age guideline 6 to 10 years", "Bullet4":"Introduces standard music notation", "Bullet5":"Includes 23 fun songs", "Bullet6":"Teacher book also available separately", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.4", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NWS2SBC", "Title": "Nuvo WindStars 2 Student Book - Clarineo \/ A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318302010", "VariationOf": "nws2hbbc", "Description": "\n\nNuvo WindStars 2 Student Book\nWritten by Brittany Bauman, the WindStars Series is a simple, effective, and affordable way for primary school children to experience the joy of playing music together. Through WindStars, children learn to play a musical instrument and develop a life-long love of music at an early age. It is a book-based program with supplemental materials available online (instructional videos, audio backing tracks, and printable PDFs).\nWindStars 2 is a flexible method book for Nuvo's general music and pre-band instruments. The method books can be used for individuals and\/or in the classroom. WindStars 2 introduces standard music notation as well as beginning technique. Skills learned in the WindStars 2 method books are directly applicable for students who move on to play traditional concert band instruments. Each Student Book focuses on a single instrument, either jFlute, jSax, Clarineo, or jHorn. While the Teacher Book includes all four.\nThe Student Books include questions to reinforce comprehension after new songs and spaces to practice writing new musical styles. The Student Books include 23 fun songs in various styles along with backing tracks. Songs are written to reinforce notes learned along with rhythms. Parts are written with rhythms in unison, but harmony notes are introduced.\n\n\n\n\n\nA great method of learning for individuals and groups\nComprised of the following five elements of music: Rhythm\/Tempo, Pitch\/Tone, Melody\/Harmony, Structure, and Expression, The WindStars Methodology is focused on the holistic approach of teaching the \"\"whole child\"\" through the WindStar of music education. It can be used in a solo or group setting with appropriate tunes for each level. The method introduces and develops fundamental beginning instrumental skills while creating an exciting and engaging experience for all students.\n\n\n\n\n\nWindStars is a 3-level program which can be easily adapted to fit into existing programs:\nLevel 1:\nDesigned for ages 5-9, with an emphasis on Sound Before Sight. Level 1 books are written for the Dood and Toot instruments. Written for the general music classroom, level one encourages students to learn by ear as much as possible. This level is available in either standard or iconic notation. Students will use instruments to explore their own musical creativity, develop fine and gross motor skills, and proper playing techniques.\nLevel 2:\nDesigned for ages 6-10, with an emphasis on transitioning to notation. Level 2 books are written for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo instruments. Books are intended to build on the experiences in Level 1 and those learned in general music classes. Level 2 is written for individual and\/or class lessons that extend woodwind and brass skills while playing fun tunes in various genres.\nLevel 3:\nDesigned for ages 7-10, emphasizing pre-band ensemble playing. Level 3 introduces multi-part music for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo in a variety of styles. All tunes are written in standard notation.\n\n\n\nWindStars 2 focuses on the following elements\n\nAssembling and holding the instruments\nMaking first sounds\nArticulation\n4\/4, 3\/4, 2\/4, and 6\/8 time signatures\nRepeat signs\nBreath marks and breathing techniques\nImprovisation\n\n\nBook Preview\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nFor additional support, check out the video content and play along today!\n\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Second book in WindStars series", "Bullet2":"Each book focuses on a different instrument", "Bullet3":"Age guideline 6 to 10 years", "Bullet4":"Introduces standard music notation", "Bullet5":"Includes 23 fun songs", "Bullet6":"Teacher book also available separately", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "15","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NWS2SBF", "Title": "Nuvo WindStars 2 Student Book - jFlute \/ A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318302027", "VariationOf": "nws2hbbc", "Description": "\n\nNuvo WindStars 2 Student Book\nWritten by Brittany Bauman, the WindStars Series is a simple, effective, and affordable way for primary school children to experience the joy of playing music together. Through WindStars, children learn to play a musical instrument and develop a life-long love of music at an early age. It is a book-based program with supplemental materials available online (instructional videos, audio backing tracks, and printable PDFs).\nWindStars 2 is a flexible method book for Nuvo's general music and pre-band instruments. The method books can be used for individuals and\/or in the classroom. WindStars 2 introduces standard music notation as well as beginning technique. Skills learned in the WindStars 2 method books are directly applicable for students who move on to play traditional concert band instruments. Each Student Book focuses on a single instrument, either jFlute, jSax, Clarineo, or jHorn. While the Teacher Book includes all four.\nThe Student Books include questions to reinforce comprehension after new songs and spaces to practice writing new musical styles. The Student Books include 23 fun songs in various styles along with backing tracks. Songs are written to reinforce notes learned along with rhythms. Parts are written with rhythms in unison, but harmony notes are introduced.\n\n\n\n\n\nA great method of learning for individuals and groups\nComprised of the following five elements of music: Rhythm\/Tempo, Pitch\/Tone, Melody\/Harmony, Structure, and Expression, The WindStars Methodology is focused on the holistic approach of teaching the \"\"whole child\"\" through the WindStar of music education. It can be used in a solo or group setting with appropriate tunes for each level. The method introduces and develops fundamental beginning instrumental skills while creating an exciting and engaging experience for all students.\n\n\n\n\n\nWindStars is a 3-level program which can be easily adapted to fit into existing programs:\nLevel 1:\nDesigned for ages 5-9, with an emphasis on Sound Before Sight. Level 1 books are written for the Dood and Toot instruments. Written for the general music classroom, level one encourages students to learn by ear as much as possible. This level is available in either standard or iconic notation. Students will use instruments to explore their own musical creativity, develop fine and gross motor skills, and proper playing techniques.\nLevel 2:\nDesigned for ages 6-10, with an emphasis on transitioning to notation. Level 2 books are written for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo instruments. Books are intended to build on the experiences in Level 1 and those learned in general music classes. Level 2 is written for individual and\/or class lessons that extend woodwind and brass skills while playing fun tunes in various genres.\nLevel 3:\nDesigned for ages 7-10, emphasizing pre-band ensemble playing. Level 3 introduces multi-part music for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo in a variety of styles. All tunes are written in standard notation.\n\n\n\nWindStars 2 focuses on the following elements\n\nAssembling and holding the instruments\nMaking first sounds\nArticulation\n4\/4, 3\/4, 2\/4, and 6\/8 time signatures\nRepeat signs\nBreath marks and breathing techniques\nImprovisation\n\n\nBook Preview\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nFor additional support, check out the video content and play along today!\n\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Second book in WindStars series", "Bullet2":"Each book focuses on a different instrument", "Bullet3":"Age guideline 6 to 10 years", "Bullet4":"Introduces standard music notation", "Bullet5":"Includes 23 fun songs", "Bullet6":"Teacher book also available separately", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NWS2SBS", "Title": "Nuvo WindStars 2 Student Book - jSax \/ A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318302041", "VariationOf": "nws2hbbc", "Description": "\n\nNuvo WindStars 2 Student Book\nWritten by Brittany Bauman, the WindStars Series is a simple, effective, and affordable way for primary school children to experience the joy of playing music together. Through WindStars, children learn to play a musical instrument and develop a life-long love of music at an early age. It is a book-based program with supplemental materials available online (instructional videos, audio backing tracks, and printable PDFs).\nWindStars 2 is a flexible method book for Nuvo's general music and pre-band instruments. The method books can be used for individuals and\/or in the classroom. WindStars 2 introduces standard music notation as well as beginning technique. Skills learned in the WindStars 2 method books are directly applicable for students who move on to play traditional concert band instruments. Each Student Book focuses on a single instrument, either jFlute, jSax, Clarineo, or jHorn. While the Teacher Book includes all four.\nThe Student Books include questions to reinforce comprehension after new songs and spaces to practice writing new musical styles. The Student Books include 23 fun songs in various styles along with backing tracks. Songs are written to reinforce notes learned along with rhythms. Parts are written with rhythms in unison, but harmony notes are introduced.\n\n\n\n\n\nA great method of learning for individuals and groups\nComprised of the following five elements of music: Rhythm\/Tempo, Pitch\/Tone, Melody\/Harmony, Structure, and Expression, The WindStars Methodology is focused on the holistic approach of teaching the \"\"whole child\"\" through the WindStar of music education. It can be used in a solo or group setting with appropriate tunes for each level. The method introduces and develops fundamental beginning instrumental skills while creating an exciting and engaging experience for all students.\n\n\n\n\n\nWindStars is a 3-level program which can be easily adapted to fit into existing programs:\nLevel 1:\nDesigned for ages 5-9, with an emphasis on Sound Before Sight. Level 1 books are written for the Dood and Toot instruments. Written for the general music classroom, level one encourages students to learn by ear as much as possible. This level is available in either standard or iconic notation. Students will use instruments to explore their own musical creativity, develop fine and gross motor skills, and proper playing techniques.\nLevel 2:\nDesigned for ages 6-10, with an emphasis on transitioning to notation. Level 2 books are written for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo instruments. Books are intended to build on the experiences in Level 1 and those learned in general music classes. Level 2 is written for individual and\/or class lessons that extend woodwind and brass skills while playing fun tunes in various genres.\nLevel 3:\nDesigned for ages 7-10, emphasizing pre-band ensemble playing. Level 3 introduces multi-part music for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo in a variety of styles. All tunes are written in standard notation.\n\n\n\nWindStars 2 focuses on the following elements\n\nAssembling and holding the instruments\nMaking first sounds\nArticulation\n4\/4, 3\/4, 2\/4, and 6\/8 time signatures\nRepeat signs\nBreath marks and breathing techniques\nImprovisation\n\n\nBook Preview\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nFor additional support, check out the video content and play along today!\n\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Second book in WindStars series", "Bullet2":"Each book focuses on a different instrument", "Bullet3":"Age guideline 6 to 10 years", "Bullet4":"Introduces standard music notation", "Bullet5":"Includes 23 fun songs", "Bullet6":"Teacher book also available separately", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "27","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NWS2SBH", "Title": "Nuvo WindStars 2 Student Book - jHorn Treble Clef Edition \/ A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318302034", "VariationOf": "nws2hbbc", "Description": "\n\nNuvo WindStars 2 Student Book\nWritten by Brittany Bauman, the WindStars Series is a simple, effective, and affordable way for primary school children to experience the joy of playing music together. Through WindStars, children learn to play a musical instrument and develop a life-long love of music at an early age. It is a book-based program with supplemental materials available online (instructional videos, audio backing tracks, and printable PDFs).\nWindStars 2 is a flexible method book for Nuvo's general music and pre-band instruments. The method books can be used for individuals and\/or in the classroom. WindStars 2 introduces standard music notation as well as beginning technique. Skills learned in the WindStars 2 method books are directly applicable for students who move on to play traditional concert band instruments. Each Student Book focuses on a single instrument, either jFlute, jSax, Clarineo, or jHorn. While the Teacher Book includes all four.\nThe Student Books include questions to reinforce comprehension after new songs and spaces to practice writing new musical styles. The Student Books include 23 fun songs in various styles along with backing tracks. Songs are written to reinforce notes learned along with rhythms. Parts are written with rhythms in unison, but harmony notes are introduced.\n\n\n\n\n\nA great method of learning for individuals and groups\nComprised of the following five elements of music: Rhythm\/Tempo, Pitch\/Tone, Melody\/Harmony, Structure, and Expression, The WindStars Methodology is focused on the holistic approach of teaching the \"\"whole child\"\" through the WindStar of music education. It can be used in a solo or group setting with appropriate tunes for each level. The method introduces and develops fundamental beginning instrumental skills while creating an exciting and engaging experience for all students.\n\n\n\n\n\nWindStars is a 3-level program which can be easily adapted to fit into existing programs:\nLevel 1:\nDesigned for ages 5-9, with an emphasis on Sound Before Sight. Level 1 books are written for the Dood and Toot instruments. Written for the general music classroom, level one encourages students to learn by ear as much as possible. This level is available in either standard or iconic notation. Students will use instruments to explore their own musical creativity, develop fine and gross motor skills, and proper playing techniques.\nLevel 2:\nDesigned for ages 6-10, with an emphasis on transitioning to notation. Level 2 books are written for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo instruments. Books are intended to build on the experiences in Level 1 and those learned in general music classes. Level 2 is written for individual and\/or class lessons that extend woodwind and brass skills while playing fun tunes in various genres.\nLevel 3:\nDesigned for ages 7-10, emphasizing pre-band ensemble playing. Level 3 introduces multi-part music for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo in a variety of styles. All tunes are written in standard notation.\n\n\n\nWindStars 2 focuses on the following elements\n\nAssembling and holding the instruments\nMaking first sounds\nArticulation\n4\/4, 3\/4, 2\/4, and 6\/8 time signatures\nRepeat signs\nBreath marks and breathing techniques\nImprovisation\n\n\nBook Preview\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nFor additional support, check out the video content and play along today!\n\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Second book in WindStars series", "Bullet2":"Each book focuses on a different instrument", "Bullet3":"Age guideline 6 to 10 years", "Bullet4":"Introduces standard music notation", "Bullet5":"Includes 23 fun songs", "Bullet6":"Teacher book also available separately", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NWS3SBC", "Title": "Nuvo WindStars 3 Student Book - Clarineo \/ A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "7935912155186", "VariationOf": "nws3sbc", "Description": "\n\nNuvo WindStars 3 Student Book\nWritten by Brittany Bauman, the WindStars Series is a simple, effective, and affordable way for primary school children to experience the joy of playing music together. Through WindStars, children learn to play a musical instrument and develop a life-long love of music at an early age. It is a book-based program with supplemental materials available online (instructional videos, audio backing tracks, and printable PDFs).\nEach Student Book focuses on a single instrument, either jFlute, jSax, Clarineo, or jHorn. While the Teacher Book includes all four.\n\n\n\n\n\nA great method of learning for individuals and groups\nComprised of the following five elements of music: Rhythm\/Tempo, Pitch\/Tone, Melody\/Harmony, Structure, and Expression, The WindStars Methodology is focused on the holistic approach of teaching the \"\"whole child\"\" through the WindStar of music education. It can be used in a solo or group setting with appropriate tunes for each level. The method introduces and develops fundamental beginning instrumental skills while creating an exciting and engaging experience for all students.\n\n\n\n\n\nWindStars is a 3-level program which can be easily adapted to fit into existing programs:\nLevel 1:\nDesigned for ages 5-9, with an emphasis on Sound Before Sight. Level 1 books are written for the Dood and Toot instruments. Written for the general music classroom, level one encourages students to learn by ear as much as possible. This level is available in either standard or iconic notation. Students will use instruments to explore their own musical creativity, develop fine and gross motor skills, and proper playing techniques.\nLevel 2:\nDesigned for ages 6-10, with an emphasis on transitioning to notation. Level 2 books are written for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo instruments. Books are intended to build on the experiences in Level 1 and those learned in general music classes. Level 2 is written for individual and\/or class lessons that extend woodwind and brass skills while playing fun tunes in various genres.\nLevel 3:\nDesigned for ages 7-10, emphasizing pre-band ensemble playing. Level 3 introduces multi-part music for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo in a variety of styles. All tunes are written in standard notation.\n\n\n\nBook Preview\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nFor additional support, check out the video content and play along today!\n\n", "Bullet1":"Third book in WindStars series", "Bullet2":"Each book focuses on a different instrument", "Bullet3":"Age guideline 7 to 10 years", "Bullet4":"Emphases pre-band ensemble playing", "Bullet5":"Uses standard music notation", "Bullet6":"Teacher book also available separately", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.4", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NWS3SBF", "Title": "Nuvo WindStars 3 Student Book - jFlute \/ A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "7935912155490", "VariationOf": "nws3sbc", "Description": "\n\nNuvo WindStars 3 Student Book\nWritten by Brittany Bauman, the WindStars Series is a simple, effective, and affordable way for primary school children to experience the joy of playing music together. Through WindStars, children learn to play a musical instrument and develop a life-long love of music at an early age. It is a book-based program with supplemental materials available online (instructional videos, audio backing tracks, and printable PDFs).\nEach Student Book focuses on a single instrument, either jFlute, jSax, Clarineo, or jHorn. While the Teacher Book includes all four.\n\n\n\n\n\nA great method of learning for individuals and groups\nComprised of the following five elements of music: Rhythm\/Tempo, Pitch\/Tone, Melody\/Harmony, Structure, and Expression, The WindStars Methodology is focused on the holistic approach of teaching the \"\"whole child\"\" through the WindStar of music education. It can be used in a solo or group setting with appropriate tunes for each level. The method introduces and develops fundamental beginning instrumental skills while creating an exciting and engaging experience for all students.\n\n\n\n\n\nWindStars is a 3-level program which can be easily adapted to fit into existing programs:\nLevel 1:\nDesigned for ages 5-9, with an emphasis on Sound Before Sight. Level 1 books are written for the Dood and Toot instruments. Written for the general music classroom, level one encourages students to learn by ear as much as possible. This level is available in either standard or iconic notation. Students will use instruments to explore their own musical creativity, develop fine and gross motor skills, and proper playing techniques.\nLevel 2:\nDesigned for ages 6-10, with an emphasis on transitioning to notation. Level 2 books are written for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo instruments. Books are intended to build on the experiences in Level 1 and those learned in general music classes. Level 2 is written for individual and\/or class lessons that extend woodwind and brass skills while playing fun tunes in various genres.\nLevel 3:\nDesigned for ages 7-10, emphasizing pre-band ensemble playing. Level 3 introduces multi-part music for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo in a variety of styles. All tunes are written in standard notation.\n\n\n\nBook Preview\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nFor additional support, check out the video content and play along today!\n\n", "Bullet1":"Third book in WindStars series", "Bullet2":"Each book focuses on a different instrument", "Bullet3":"Age guideline 7 to 10 years", "Bullet4":"Emphases pre-band ensemble playing", "Bullet5":"Uses standard music notation", "Bullet6":"Teacher book also available separately", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NWS3SBHB", "Title": "Nuvo WindStars 3 Student Book - jHorn Bass Clef Edition \/ A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "7935912155018", "VariationOf": "nws3sbc", "Description": "\n\nNuvo WindStars 3 Student Book\nWritten by Brittany Bauman, the WindStars Series is a simple, effective, and affordable way for primary school children to experience the joy of playing music together. Through WindStars, children learn to play a musical instrument and develop a life-long love of music at an early age. It is a book-based program with supplemental materials available online (instructional videos, audio backing tracks, and printable PDFs).\nEach Student Book focuses on a single instrument, either jFlute, jSax, Clarineo, or jHorn. While the Teacher Book includes all four.\n\n\n\n\n\nA great method of learning for individuals and groups\nComprised of the following five elements of music: Rhythm\/Tempo, Pitch\/Tone, Melody\/Harmony, Structure, and Expression, The WindStars Methodology is focused on the holistic approach of teaching the \"\"whole child\"\" through the WindStar of music education. It can be used in a solo or group setting with appropriate tunes for each level. The method introduces and develops fundamental beginning instrumental skills while creating an exciting and engaging experience for all students.\n\n\n\n\n\nWindStars is a 3-level program which can be easily adapted to fit into existing programs:\nLevel 1:\nDesigned for ages 5-9, with an emphasis on Sound Before Sight. Level 1 books are written for the Dood and Toot instruments. Written for the general music classroom, level one encourages students to learn by ear as much as possible. This level is available in either standard or iconic notation. Students will use instruments to explore their own musical creativity, develop fine and gross motor skills, and proper playing techniques.\nLevel 2:\nDesigned for ages 6-10, with an emphasis on transitioning to notation. Level 2 books are written for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo instruments. Books are intended to build on the experiences in Level 1 and those learned in general music classes. Level 2 is written for individual and\/or class lessons that extend woodwind and brass skills while playing fun tunes in various genres.\nLevel 3:\nDesigned for ages 7-10, emphasizing pre-band ensemble playing. Level 3 introduces multi-part music for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo in a variety of styles. All tunes are written in standard notation.\n\n\n\nBook Preview\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nFor additional support, check out the video content and play along today!\n\n", "Bullet1":"Third book in WindStars series", "Bullet2":"Each book focuses on a different instrument", "Bullet3":"Age guideline 7 to 10 years", "Bullet4":"Emphases pre-band ensemble playing", "Bullet5":"Uses standard music notation", "Bullet6":"Teacher book also available separately", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NWS3SBHT", "Title": "Nuvo WindStars 3 Student Book - jHorn Treble Clef Edition \/ A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "7935912155254", "VariationOf": "nws3sbc", "Description": "\n\nNuvo WindStars 3 Student Book\nWritten by Brittany Bauman, the WindStars Series is a simple, effective, and affordable way for primary school children to experience the joy of playing music together. Through WindStars, children learn to play a musical instrument and develop a life-long love of music at an early age. It is a book-based program with supplemental materials available online (instructional videos, audio backing tracks, and printable PDFs).\nEach Student Book focuses on a single instrument, either jFlute, jSax, Clarineo, or jHorn. While the Teacher Book includes all four.\n\n\n\n\n\nA great method of learning for individuals and groups\nComprised of the following five elements of music: Rhythm\/Tempo, Pitch\/Tone, Melody\/Harmony, Structure, and Expression, The WindStars Methodology is focused on the holistic approach of teaching the \"\"whole child\"\" through the WindStar of music education. It can be used in a solo or group setting with appropriate tunes for each level. The method introduces and develops fundamental beginning instrumental skills while creating an exciting and engaging experience for all students.\n\n\n\n\n\nWindStars is a 3-level program which can be easily adapted to fit into existing programs:\nLevel 1:\nDesigned for ages 5-9, with an emphasis on Sound Before Sight. Level 1 books are written for the Dood and Toot instruments. Written for the general music classroom, level one encourages students to learn by ear as much as possible. This level is available in either standard or iconic notation. Students will use instruments to explore their own musical creativity, develop fine and gross motor skills, and proper playing techniques.\nLevel 2:\nDesigned for ages 6-10, with an emphasis on transitioning to notation. Level 2 books are written for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo instruments. Books are intended to build on the experiences in Level 1 and those learned in general music classes. Level 2 is written for individual and\/or class lessons that extend woodwind and brass skills while playing fun tunes in various genres.\nLevel 3:\nDesigned for ages 7-10, emphasizing pre-band ensemble playing. Level 3 introduces multi-part music for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo in a variety of styles. All tunes are written in standard notation.\n\n\n\nBook Preview\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nFor additional support, check out the video content and play along today!\n\n", "Bullet1":"Third book in WindStars series", "Bullet2":"Each book focuses on a different instrument", "Bullet3":"Age guideline 7 to 10 years", "Bullet4":"Emphases pre-band ensemble playing", "Bullet5":"Uses standard music notation", "Bullet6":"Teacher book also available separately", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NWS3SBS", "Title": "Nuvo WindStars 3 Student Book - jSax \/ A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "7935912155322", "VariationOf": "nws3sbc", "Description": "\n\nNuvo WindStars 3 Student Book\nWritten by Brittany Bauman, the WindStars Series is a simple, effective, and affordable way for primary school children to experience the joy of playing music together. Through WindStars, children learn to play a musical instrument and develop a life-long love of music at an early age. It is a book-based program with supplemental materials available online (instructional videos, audio backing tracks, and printable PDFs).\nEach Student Book focuses on a single instrument, either jFlute, jSax, Clarineo, or jHorn. While the Teacher Book includes all four.\n\n\n\n\n\nA great method of learning for individuals and groups\nComprised of the following five elements of music: Rhythm\/Tempo, Pitch\/Tone, Melody\/Harmony, Structure, and Expression, The WindStars Methodology is focused on the holistic approach of teaching the \"\"whole child\"\" through the WindStar of music education. It can be used in a solo or group setting with appropriate tunes for each level. The method introduces and develops fundamental beginning instrumental skills while creating an exciting and engaging experience for all students.\n\n\n\n\n\nWindStars is a 3-level program which can be easily adapted to fit into existing programs:\nLevel 1:\nDesigned for ages 5-9, with an emphasis on Sound Before Sight. Level 1 books are written for the Dood and Toot instruments. Written for the general music classroom, level one encourages students to learn by ear as much as possible. This level is available in either standard or iconic notation. Students will use instruments to explore their own musical creativity, develop fine and gross motor skills, and proper playing techniques.\nLevel 2:\nDesigned for ages 6-10, with an emphasis on transitioning to notation. Level 2 books are written for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo instruments. Books are intended to build on the experiences in Level 1 and those learned in general music classes. Level 2 is written for individual and\/or class lessons that extend woodwind and brass skills while playing fun tunes in various genres.\nLevel 3:\nDesigned for ages 7-10, emphasizing pre-band ensemble playing. Level 3 introduces multi-part music for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo in a variety of styles. All tunes are written in standard notation.\n\n\n\nBook Preview\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nFor additional support, check out the video content and play along today!\n\n", "Bullet1":"Third book in WindStars series", "Bullet2":"Each book focuses on a different instrument", "Bullet3":"Age guideline 7 to 10 years", "Bullet4":"Emphases pre-band ensemble playing", "Bullet5":"Uses standard music notation", "Bullet6":"Teacher book also available separately", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HC06LC01-E", "Title": "6oz HuskeeCup with Lid - Charcoal \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001058", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-6oz-with-lid", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeCup 6oz with lid HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This 6oz cup is supplied with the universal lid for easy travel, great for your customers looking to take their coffee to go without using a disposable cup. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is a HuskeeCup made from? A HuskeeCup is made from a unique eco-composite polymer featuring coffee husk at it's core. What is coffee husk? Coffee husk is the discarded outer layer of a coffee bean, a waste product at the milling stage of coffee production. By using HuskeeCup, you are helping to recycle hundrds of tonnes of waste material from the production of coffee. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Coffee on the go This cup is supplied with the Universal Lid, featuring a triangulation of vents on its roof. This creates the perfect flow so it's just like drinking from an open cup. The fins offer exceptional insulation and can be pushed on with one hand. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made using recycled coffee husk", "Bullet2":"Universal lid for coffee on-the-go", "Bullet3":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet4":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Retail ready packaging", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup dimensions:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e79mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e86mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e106g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e175ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEco-composite polymer, coffee husk waste, food contact approved, BPA free\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "61","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.92","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.458333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "5.225", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HC06LN01-E", "Title": "6oz HuskeeCup with Lid - Natural \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001089", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-6oz-with-lid", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeCup 6oz with lid HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This 6oz cup is supplied with the universal lid for easy travel, great for your customers looking to take their coffee to go without using a disposable cup. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is a HuskeeCup made from? A HuskeeCup is made from a unique eco-composite polymer featuring coffee husk at it's core. What is coffee husk? Coffee husk is the discarded outer layer of a coffee bean, a waste product at the milling stage of coffee production. By using HuskeeCup, you are helping to recycle hundrds of tonnes of waste material from the production of coffee. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Coffee on the go This cup is supplied with the Universal Lid, featuring a triangulation of vents on its roof. This creates the perfect flow so it's just like drinking from an open cup. The fins offer exceptional insulation and can be pushed on with one hand. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made using recycled coffee husk", "Bullet2":"Universal lid for coffee on-the-go", "Bullet3":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet4":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Retail ready packaging", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup dimensions:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e79mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e86mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e106g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e175ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEco-composite polymer, coffee husk waste, food contact approved, BPA free\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "52","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.92","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.458333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "5.225", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP252", "Title": "Percussion Plus double wooden agogo - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003escrapers", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547002526", "VariationOf": "pp252", "Description": "The Percussion Plus double wooden agogos \u0026amp; beater is 26 cm long and produces 2 clear and crisp tones. The handle allows for easy grip by any size hand which makes this both perfect for classroom use and for use in other musical scenarios.", "Bullet1":"Double agogo made from maple", "Bullet2":"Two wood blocks with clear tone", "Bullet3":"Built in handle for easy grip", "Bullet4":"Textured finish for scraping as well", "Bullet5":"Supplied with beater", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e26cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "109","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.95", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP255", "Title": "Percussion Plus large woodblock - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewoodblocks", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547002557", "VariationOf": "pp255", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus large woodblock\nPercussion Plus wooden blocks are made from quality real wood, cut to the perfect sizes and left with a natural finish. When then struck with a stick they create a characteristically percussive sound with a crisp wooden tone.\nWith the high quality wood used in this design, this woodblock is great for classroom environments due to its durability and strength.", "Bullet1":"Carved from a single wooden piece", "Bullet2":"Crisp wooden tone", "Bullet3":"Supplied with a wooden beater", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e179mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e65mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "82","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.95", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2801", "Title": "Percussion Plus slapstick or whip crack - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eslapsticks", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349485703", "VariationOf": "pp2801", "Description": "The Percussion Plus PP2801 slapstick or whip crack is a great value instrument. When playing, the wooden strips hit against each to create the desired whip crack sound effect. It is perfect for use in percussion groups or for school plays.", "Bullet1":"Percussion Plus slapstick or whip crack sound effect", "Bullet2":"Wooden strips hit each other to create the whip crack sound effect", "Bullet3":"Perfect for educational use", "Bullet4":"46cm length", "Bullet5":"Previously known as TC61", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e46cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "29","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.95", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP433X", "Title": "Percussion Plus samba harness - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003emarching-harnesses", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964121716", "VariationOf": "pp433x", "Description": "The Percussion Plus samba harness is a sturdy reliable webbing harness. It is for use with samba drums and attaches to the players body over their shoulders for great support. The white material is tough and looks professional for use in rehearsal and performance settings.", "Bullet1":"Samba harness", "Bullet2":"Colour: White", "Bullet3":"Provides great support", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "40","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.408333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3025", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Cactus stem rainstick - 25cm \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003erainsticks", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964127749", "VariationOf": "pw-rs", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Cactus stem rainstick The cactus stem rainstick from Percussion Plus is sourced from Chile, often regarded as the birthplace of the instrument. Made using Cactus stem and pebbles, when inverted the pebbles tumbling through the stick mimic the gentle fall of rain. The design is simple and uses only natural materials, finished with a colourful cotton wrap for a vibrant accent to the wood-like finish. Available in 25cm and 50cm sizes, a rainstick is a brilliant value item for schools. Each of these cactus stem rainsticks has been sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. Made with sustainably sourced materials These rainsticks are sourced from the Stacama in Chile where the cactus used is deadwood collected by mule from the high inland. Hollowed out and needles removed, the spikes are then inverted and thrust back into the interior before the stem is filled with small pebbles and sealed. When played, the pebbles then bounce off the spikes in a random fashion, thus creating the sound of rain. The soothing sound of rainfall Thought to be created by the Mapuche people of southern Chile and Argentina, rainsticks were played in the belief they could bring about rainstorms. Now, the soothing sound can be utilised in sensory classes, music therapy, schools or for texture in performances or compositions. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Chile using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Invert to produce a gentle, rain-like sound", "Bullet3":"Decorated with unique woven fabric band", "Bullet4":"Made from a cactus stem with small pebble insert", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "74","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.95", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3050", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Cactus stem rainstick - 50cm \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003erainsticks", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964122775", "VariationOf": "pw-rs", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Cactus stem rainstick The cactus stem rainstick from Percussion Plus is sourced from Chile, often regarded as the birthplace of the instrument. Made using Cactus stem and pebbles, when inverted the pebbles tumbling through the stick mimic the gentle fall of rain. The design is simple and uses only natural materials, finished with a colourful cotton wrap for a vibrant accent to the wood-like finish. Available in 25cm and 50cm sizes, a rainstick is a brilliant value item for schools. Each of these cactus stem rainsticks has been sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. Made with sustainably sourced materials These rainsticks are sourced from the Stacama in Chile where the cactus used is deadwood collected by mule from the high inland. Hollowed out and needles removed, the spikes are then inverted and thrust back into the interior before the stem is filled with small pebbles and sealed. When played, the pebbles then bounce off the spikes in a random fashion, thus creating the sound of rain. The soothing sound of rainfall Thought to be created by the Mapuche people of southern Chile and Argentina, rainsticks were played in the belief they could bring about rainstorms. Now, the soothing sound can be utilised in sensory classes, music therapy, schools or for texture in performances or compositions. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Chile using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Invert to produce a gentle, rain-like sound", "Bullet3":"Decorated with unique woven fabric band", "Bullet4":"Made from a cactus stem with small pebble insert", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "24","RRP_Inc_VAT": "16.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.666666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HF125", "Title": "Numark HF125 stereo headphones - 6.35mm plug - A1", "Category": "tech\u003eheadphones", "Brand": "Numark Alesis Europe", "Barcode": "5060349487042", "VariationOf": "hf125", "Description": "\n\nIntroducing the Numark HF125 stereo headphones\nThe Numark HF125 headphones are sturdy and reliable, and the sound quality is great too, making them a bargain purchase for private listening on computers or use with any amplified instrument.\nThe headphones are supplied with a 1.8 metre cable, a longer lead than you might expect to find. The extra cord length is a real advantage, especially when 2 people are listening to the same sound source by using a headphone splitter.\nThese headphones also come fitted with a 1\/4\"\" (6.35m) large jack plug, allowing them to be used with keyboards, DJ equipment, digital drum kits and much more!\n\n\n\n\n\nComfortable to wear\nThe HF125 headphones feature flexible 7-position independently adjustable dual ear cups, as well as padding on the headband and ear cups. This design makes them comfortable to wear, even for long periods.\n\n\n\n\nPerfect for schools\nQuantity discounts apply, making these durable and high-quality headphones a great value purchase for educational use. Plus, with minimal packaging and an included cable, the HF125 is an ideal piece of equipment for schools or institutions.\n\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"High quality closed back stereo headphones", "Bullet2":"Flexible 7-position independently adjustable dual ear cups", "Bullet3":"Features 40mm drivers for extended response", "Bullet4":"Supplied with a 1.8m, tangle resistant chord and 6.35mm jack connector plug", "Bullet5":"Lightweight, comfortable and portable design", "Bullet6":"Easy access packaging for minimal waste", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaximum load capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e350 mW\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e180 g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrequency range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20 - 20,000 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDouble ear clips adjustable in 7 positions independent of side\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAs standard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePackaging\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMinimal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eConnector\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1\/8” TRS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAdapter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1\/8” to ¼” TRS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1206","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.866666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP266", "Title": "Percussion Plus wooden double agogo bells - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eagogos", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964134983", "VariationOf": "pp266", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus agogo block\nThese Percussion Plus agogo bells are made from selected tone wood, and have a sophisticated wooden finish. The shaped handle allows for a comfortable hold suitable for young musicians and the sturdy design makes them ideal for classroom environments. The two bells have different tones, plus they are ridged for additional rhythmic variation.\nThese would be a great addition to a school percussion set.", "Bullet1":"Wooden finish", "Bullet2":"Supplied with beater", "Bullet3":"Shaped handle for comfort", "Bullet4":"Two bells with different tones", "Bullet5":"Ridged for scraping", "Bullet6":"27cm x 5cm", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e27cm x 5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "21","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.95", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HF125MINI", "Title": "Numark HF125MINI stereo headphones - 3.5mm plug - A1", "Category": "tech\u003eheadphones", "Brand": "Numark Alesis Europe", "Barcode": "0031112142968", "VariationOf": "hf125mini", "Description": "\n\nIntroducing the Numark HF125MINI stereo headphones\nThe Numark HF125MINI headphones are sturdy and reliable, and the sound quality is great too, making them a bargain purchase for private listening on computers or use with any amplified instrument.\nThe headphones are supplied with a 1.8 metre cable, a longer lead than you might expect to find. The extra cord length is a real advantage, especially when 2 people are listening to the same sound source by using a headphone splitter.\nThese headphones also come fitted with a 3.5mm jack socket, allowing them to be used with keyboards, DJ equipment, digital drum kits and much more!\nAlso available in a pack of 30, making it an ideal option for purchasing for the entire class.\n\n\n\n\nComfortable to wear\nThe HF125MINI headphones feature flexible 7-position independently adjustable dual ear cups, as well as padding on the headband and ear cups. This design makes them comfortable to wear, even for long periods.\n\n\n\n\nPerfect for schools\nQuantity discounts apply, making these durable and high-quality headphones a great value purchase for educational use. Plus, with minimal packaging and an included cable, the HF125MINI is an ideal piece of equipment for schools or institutions.\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"High quality closed back stereo headphones", "Bullet2":"Flexible 7-position independently adjustable dual ear cups", "Bullet3":"Features 40mm drivers for extended response", "Bullet4":"Supplied with a 1.8m, tangle resistant chord and 3.5mm jack connector plug", "Bullet5":"Lightweight, comfortable and portable design", "Bullet6":"Easy access packaging for minimal waste", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaximum load capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e350 mW\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e180 g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrequency range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20 - 20,000 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDouble ear clips adjustable in 7 positions independent of side\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAs standard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePackaging\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMinimal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDrivers\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMylar speaker\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eChord connector\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1\/8” TRS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eChord adapter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1\/8” to ¼” TRS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2343","RRP_Inc_VAT": "10.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.325", "Quantity_break_1": "60","Quantity_break_price_1": "6.866666666666666", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1110", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Damru monkey drum - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003emonkey-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318301150", "VariationOf": "pp1110", "Description": "This is a simple but functional hand drum made in India. It is often used by street vendors to attract attention. The drum is held in its middle and shaken rhythmically to let the arms hit the skin. It is hand painted in a variety of colours that make the instrument both attractive in look and sound.", "Bullet1":"Part of the Honestly Made range of musical instruments, produced ethically in developing nations", "Bullet2":"Made from mango wood in India", "Bullet3":"Perfect for young students in classrooms", "Bullet4":"Brightly coloured, striped exterior", "Bullet5":"Produces a resonant, percussive tone", "Bullet6":"Sourced using fair trade principles", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "20","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.958333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP384", "Title": "Percussion Plus pair of beaters - pack of 5 - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eball-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547003844", "VariationOf": "pp384", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP384 hard plastic one piece beaters\nThese beaters from Percussion Plus have been designed to last the perils of the music classroom. Made from a single piece of durable plastic there is no chance of the head coming apart from the stick.\nThey are designed with a hard head which makes them ideal for use with high pitched resonant instruments such as glockenspiels and chime bars. However they can be used for a variety of different instruments and great to pair with the Sound Access range.\nSupplied as 10 beaters\/ 5 pairs.", "Bullet1":"5 pairs of bright red beaters", "Bullet2":"Solid molded plastic, with round head", "Bullet3":"Ideal for use with glockenspiels and chime bars", "Bullet4":"Very hard wearing", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic (one piece)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "85","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.958333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP863", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Antara 13 note pan pipes - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003epanpipes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547008634", "VariationOf": "pp863", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Antara 13 note pan pipes The Percussion Plus Peruvian pan pipes contains 13 pipes of varying length secured with an attractive woven band. This single row style of pan pipes is known as an 'Antara' and is tuned diatonically. The wooden pan pipes are played by blowing horizontally across the top of the instrument to create a flute like sound and are extremely popular in folk music, particularly from southern America and central Europe. Also known as Zampoña, these pipes are handmade in Peru using sustainably sourced materials and traditional methods. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. Manufactured using traditional techniques Every single one of these pan pipes are handmade by an independent maker, using traditional methods and techniques. The cane used is sustainably sourced and creates a brilliant sounding instrument. The pipes are bound together with vibrant and colourful rainbow band that, although simply put together, is rather striking and effective. How to play Blow across the top of each tube to create a sound, using a similar technique that you would for a flute. Although the technique used and sound created can be likened to a flute, the breathy quality and easy to learn nature of the instrument make it perfect for all types of folk music. These panpies from Percussion Plus are a fun instrument to play and learn about in schools, to be performed with in folk bands of all abilities, and more. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Peru using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Produces a gentle, flute like sound", "Bullet3":"Fixed together with a vibrant and colourful, woven rainbow band", "Bullet4":"13 tubes, great for folk music", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "848","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.958333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP654", "Title": "Percussion Plus Beaded maraca - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecabasas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547006548", "VariationOf": "pp654", "Description": "Our multi coloured beaded maracas originate from Asia and come with a solid wood handle and tassel detail. Fun for all ages to play at home or school. L 10\"\"(25cm)", "Bullet1":"Length 10” (25cm)", "Bullet2":"Solid wood handle", "Bullet3":"Multi-coloured beaded head", "Bullet4":"Originating from Asia", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "15","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.958333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NJS3", "Title": "Nuvo Flute colour key caps - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5060216051062", "VariationOf": "nuvo-njs", "Description": "Nuvo Flute NJS colour caps We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute and Student Flute These colourful caps are suitable for use with all Nuvo flutes. They are particularly useful for colour-coding your instrument to help learn fingering patterns, or you can simply use them to add a splash of colour to your flute! You can change the key caps quickly using the small cap-tool that was supplied with your Nuvo flute. To remove your existing key caps, push the rubber part of the tool firmly against the key cap and turn anti-clockwise. This will cause the key cap to lift out smoothly. Available in a range of colours. Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Full set of colour caps including standard, extension and C foot joint keys", "Bullet2":"Suitable for personalising both JFlutes and Student Flutes", "Bullet3":"Great as references for notes, touch keys or simply for fun!", "Bullet4":"Supplied in small tote bag for easy storage", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ6693", "Title": "Izzo Napa drum head - 18'' \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7897626866935", "VariationOf": "iz6693", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo Napa drum head\nThese Izzo replacement drum heads fit a variety of samba instruments and provide a rich, warm tone, perfect for those looking for a more mellow sound than the usual synthetic skins. They’re authentically made in Brazil from durable, high-quality materials, including solid metal for the rim, making them ideal for use in the classroom and during lengthy performances.\nIf you’re looking for a lightweight surdo drum that produces an authentic samba sound, then the IZ989 is a great option.\nThe Izzo brand - authentic but affordable\nThe Izzo brand represents authentic Brazilian percussion and is widely regarded as one of the top instrument manufacturers in Brazilian Samba. Hailing from Sao Paulo, Izzo have been producing a wide range of high quality instruments for over 60 years, and we are proud to say we are the sole importers of Izzo products.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Great quality Napa drum head", "Bullet2":"Available in a range of diameters", "Bullet3":"Lightweight and durable", "Bullet4":"Authentic Brazilian instrument manufactured in famous Sao Paolo factory", "Bullet5":"Produces a softer, lower pitch", "Bullet6":"Features a sturdy metal rim", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetal rim\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack leatherette, nylon head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAvailable diameters:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12'', 14\", 16\", 18\", 20\", 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "23.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.416666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ6694", "Title": "Izzo Napa drum head - 20'' \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7899574302336", "VariationOf": "iz6693", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo Napa drum head\nThese Izzo replacement drum heads fit a variety of samba instruments and provide a rich, warm tone, perfect for those looking for a more mellow sound than the usual synthetic skins. They’re authentically made in Brazil from durable, high-quality materials, including solid metal for the rim, making them ideal for use in the classroom and during lengthy performances.\nIf you’re looking for a lightweight surdo drum that produces an authentic samba sound, then the IZ989 is a great option.\nThe Izzo brand - authentic but affordable\nThe Izzo brand represents authentic Brazilian percussion and is widely regarded as one of the top instrument manufacturers in Brazilian Samba. Hailing from Sao Paulo, Izzo have been producing a wide range of high quality instruments for over 60 years, and we are proud to say we are the sole importers of Izzo products.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Great quality Napa drum head", "Bullet2":"Available in a range of diameters", "Bullet3":"Lightweight and durable", "Bullet4":"Authentic Brazilian instrument manufactured in famous Sao Paolo factory", "Bullet5":"Produces a softer, lower pitch", "Bullet6":"Features a sturdy metal rim", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetal rim\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack leatherette, nylon head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAvailable diameters:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12'', 14\", 16\", 18\", 20\", 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "23.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.416666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ77", "Title": "Izzo Napa drum head - 12'' \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7897626800779", "VariationOf": "iz6693", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo Napa drum head\nThese Izzo replacement drum heads fit a variety of samba instruments and provide a rich, warm tone, perfect for those looking for a more mellow sound than the usual synthetic skins. They’re authentically made in Brazil from durable, high-quality materials, including solid metal for the rim, making them ideal for use in the classroom and during lengthy performances.\nIf you’re looking for a lightweight surdo drum that produces an authentic samba sound, then the IZ989 is a great option.\nThe Izzo brand - authentic but affordable\nThe Izzo brand represents authentic Brazilian percussion and is widely regarded as one of the top instrument manufacturers in Brazilian Samba. Hailing from Sao Paulo, Izzo have been producing a wide range of high quality instruments for over 60 years, and we are proud to say we are the sole importers of Izzo products.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Great quality Napa drum head", "Bullet2":"Available in a range of diameters", "Bullet3":"Lightweight and durable", "Bullet4":"Authentic Brazilian instrument manufactured in famous Sao Paolo factory", "Bullet5":"Produces a softer, lower pitch", "Bullet6":"Features a sturdy metal rim", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetal rim\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack leatherette, nylon head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAvailable diameters:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12'', 14\", 16\", 18\", 20\", 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "23","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ84", "Title": "Izzo Napa drum head - 14'' \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7897626800847", "VariationOf": "iz6693", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo Napa drum head\nThese Izzo replacement drum heads fit a variety of samba instruments and provide a rich, warm tone, perfect for those looking for a more mellow sound than the usual synthetic skins. They’re authentically made in Brazil from durable, high-quality materials, including solid metal for the rim, making them ideal for use in the classroom and during lengthy performances.\nIf you’re looking for a lightweight surdo drum that produces an authentic samba sound, then the IZ989 is a great option.\nThe Izzo brand - authentic but affordable\nThe Izzo brand represents authentic Brazilian percussion and is widely regarded as one of the top instrument manufacturers in Brazilian Samba. Hailing from Sao Paulo, Izzo have been producing a wide range of high quality instruments for over 60 years, and we are proud to say we are the sole importers of Izzo products.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Great quality Napa drum head", "Bullet2":"Available in a range of diameters", "Bullet3":"Lightweight and durable", "Bullet4":"Authentic Brazilian instrument manufactured in famous Sao Paolo factory", "Bullet5":"Produces a softer, lower pitch", "Bullet6":"Features a sturdy metal rim", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetal rim\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack leatherette, nylon head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAvailable diameters:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12'', 14\", 16\", 18\", 20\", 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ28", "Title": "Izzo Napa drum head - 16'' \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7897626800281", "VariationOf": "iz6693", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo Napa drum head\nThese Izzo replacement drum heads fit a variety of samba instruments and provide a rich, warm tone, perfect for those looking for a more mellow sound than the usual synthetic skins. They’re authentically made in Brazil from durable, high-quality materials, including solid metal for the rim, making them ideal for use in the classroom and during lengthy performances.\nIf you’re looking for a lightweight surdo drum that produces an authentic samba sound, then the IZ989 is a great option.\nThe Izzo brand - authentic but affordable\nThe Izzo brand represents authentic Brazilian percussion and is widely regarded as one of the top instrument manufacturers in Brazilian Samba. Hailing from Sao Paulo, Izzo have been producing a wide range of high quality instruments for over 60 years, and we are proud to say we are the sole importers of Izzo products.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Great quality Napa drum head", "Bullet2":"Available in a range of diameters", "Bullet3":"Lightweight and durable", "Bullet4":"Authentic Brazilian instrument manufactured in famous Sao Paolo factory", "Bullet5":"Produces a softer, lower pitch", "Bullet6":"Features a sturdy metal rim", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetal rim\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack leatherette, nylon head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAvailable diameters:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12'', 14\", 16\", 18\", 20\", 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ9898", "Title": "Izzo Napa drum head - 24\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7899574304736", "VariationOf": "iz6693", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo Napa drum head\nThese Izzo replacement drum heads fit a variety of samba instruments and provide a rich, warm tone, perfect for those looking for a more mellow sound than the usual synthetic skins. They’re authentically made in Brazil from durable, high-quality materials, including solid metal for the rim, making them ideal for use in the classroom and during lengthy performances.\nIf you’re looking for a lightweight surdo drum that produces an authentic samba sound, then the IZ989 is a great option.\nThe Izzo brand - authentic but affordable\nThe Izzo brand represents authentic Brazilian percussion and is widely regarded as one of the top instrument manufacturers in Brazilian Samba. Hailing from Sao Paulo, Izzo have been producing a wide range of high quality instruments for over 60 years, and we are proud to say we are the sole importers of Izzo products.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Great quality Napa drum head", "Bullet2":"Available in a range of diameters", "Bullet3":"Lightweight and durable", "Bullet4":"Authentic Brazilian instrument manufactured in famous Sao Paolo factory", "Bullet5":"Produces a softer, lower pitch", "Bullet6":"Features a sturdy metal rim", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetal rim\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack leatherette, nylon head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAvailable diameters:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12'', 14\", 16\", 18\", 20\", 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ6695", "Title": "Izzo Napa drum head - 22\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7897626866959", "VariationOf": "iz6693", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo Napa drum head\nThese Izzo replacement drum heads fit a variety of samba instruments and provide a rich, warm tone, perfect for those looking for a more mellow sound than the usual synthetic skins. They’re authentically made in Brazil from durable, high-quality materials, including solid metal for the rim, making them ideal for use in the classroom and during lengthy performances.\nIf you’re looking for a lightweight surdo drum that produces an authentic samba sound, then the IZ989 is a great option.\nThe Izzo brand - authentic but affordable\nThe Izzo brand represents authentic Brazilian percussion and is widely regarded as one of the top instrument manufacturers in Brazilian Samba. Hailing from Sao Paulo, Izzo have been producing a wide range of high quality instruments for over 60 years, and we are proud to say we are the sole importers of Izzo products.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Great quality Napa drum head", "Bullet2":"Available in a range of diameters", "Bullet3":"Lightweight and durable", "Bullet4":"Authentic Brazilian instrument manufactured in famous Sao Paolo factory", "Bullet5":"Produces a softer, lower pitch", "Bullet6":"Features a sturdy metal rim", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetal rim\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack leatherette, nylon head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAvailable diameters:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12'', 14\", 16\", 18\", 20\", 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.583333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2050", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Rakatak rattle - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003erattles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964132781", "VariationOf": "pp2050", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Rakatak rattle This is a primitive rattle, made from a stick with rings of calabash. Also known as a wasembe, telewasa, and wasaumba, the rakatak rattle has a unique and distinctive sound when the discs of calabash clack together. Calabash is more commonly known as bottle gourd, a fleshy fruit often grown naturally in Senegal. It has a thick skin that, once dried, becomes firm and has a multitude of uses, from bottles (hence the name) to musical instruments and more. This rakatak rattle is sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. How to play Quick downward motions cause the calabash discs to clack together, creating an interesting, mellow tone. There are typically 5 discs on the stick so, when shaken continuously, a full percussive sound is produced. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Senegal using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Creates interesting, mellow sound", "Bullet3":"Use in schools, the studio or live performance", "Bullet4":"Approx 22cm x 16cm, sizes will vary", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.958333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NJP1014", "Title": "Nuvo jSax replacement silicone bell - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964130756", "VariationOf": "njp1014", "Description": "Nuvo Replacement jSax silicone bell We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jSax Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab.Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information jSax Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Replacement jSax silicone bell in blue", "Bullet2":"Easy to replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2104", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made cabasa on a stick - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecabasas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318307923", "VariationOf": "pp2104", "Description": "\n\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made cabasa on a stick\nThis colourful cabasa from the Percussion Plus Honestly Made range features a large coconut shell attached to a stout wooden handle. Dozens of beads are suspended by a web of string around the outside of the instrument, while the hollow coconut amplifies the rattling sound and projects it well.\nThe wooden handle is tapered for better ergonomics, and the whole cabasa is polished to protect the player’s hands. It also has a perfectly balanced weight, which will allow you to keep a consistent sound and rhythm as you play.\nEach instrument is hand made using traditional materials and methods. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision.\n\n\n\n\nA classic cabasa sound\nModern cabasas are made using metal beads wrapped around a metal cylinder. This instrument is made from natural materials, similar to the original cabasa, and it produces a gentler, more earthy sound. Play it by rolling it in your palm or between your hand and leg.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Bali using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Produces a gentle, earthy shaker sound", "Bullet3":"Features dozens of colourful beads around the outside of the instrument", "Bullet4":"Made from a large coconut shell attached to a stout wooden handle", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.958333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2101", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made basket shaker - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318307893", "VariationOf": "pp2101", "Description": "\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made basket shaker\nThe Percussion Plus Honestly Made basket shaker is a simple and light instrument that produces a strong, percussive shaker tone. It’s the perfect addition to any African drum ensemble or hand percussion collection.\nThe basket is crafted by independent makers in Ghana, where it is hand-woven using sustainable resources and filled with beads and recycled materials. Each instrument is unique and always built to the highest standard.\nEach instrument is hand made using traditional materials and methods. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision.\n\n\n\nTeaching the basics of music\nShakers are often used in harmony with other instruments, so the player must be able to demonstrate timed precision when shaking them, which is why they are a great way to develop a child’s rhythm, coordination and listening skills.\nThis basket shaker can be used on its own, in a pair or with another instrument in the player’s free hand, which means that children can develop their skills naturally and can continue to learn new things as they improve.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Ghana using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Produces a lovely, strong percussive sound", "Bullet3":"Hand woven and filled with beads and recycled materials", "Bullet4":"Great way for children to develop rhythm, coordination and listening skills", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "15","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.958333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SGJJ110L3", "Title": "Roxtone Smart mono large jack to angled large jack cable – 3m - A1", "Category": "tech\u003ecables\u003einstrument", "Brand": "Roxtone", "Barcode": "6975165351936", "VariationOf": "sgjj110l3", "Description": "Introducing the Roxtone Smart mono large jack to angled large jack cable – 3m\nThe Roxtone Smart jack cable provides great quality sound for bass, guitar and keyboard with a robust and ergonomic construction. It is ideal for the studio or the stage, and provides great flexibility for easy winding and packing when you’re finished. The right angle on one end helps do reduce strain on the cable when plugged into guitars, basses or even sound desks.\nHeavy duty cable for studio or stage\nExcellent durability is ensured by the combination of copper braided shield and semiconductor shielding in the cables. The jacket is made with a high quality PVC which helps to relieve strain on the cable itself and provides great protection against bending. Furthermore, the Smart cable’s Zinc alloy shells are highly robust and help to provide consistently solid connections.\n", "Bullet1":"High performance instrument cable", "Bullet2":"Provides powerful and clear sound for bass, guitar, and keyboard", "Bullet3":"Highly flexible and easy to wind", "Bullet4":"Good protection against bending from thick PVC-jacket", "Bullet5":"Ergonomic heavy duty Zinc alloy shell", "Bullet6":"6.3mm mono plug - 6.3mm mono plug right angle", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eConnectors\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eJack male \/ jack male\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6.3mm mono plug - 6.3mm mono plug right angle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWire diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShell material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eZinc alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDouble shielding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper braided shield and semiconductor shielding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3 metres\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "204","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SGJJ100L6", "Title": "Roxtone Smart mono large jack cable - 6m - A1", "Category": "tech\u003ecables\u003einstrument", "Brand": "Roxtone", "Barcode": "6975165353152", "VariationOf": "sgjj100l6", "Description": "Introducing the Roxtone Smart mono large jack cable - 6m\nThis Roxtone Smart straight jack cable provides great quality sound for bass, guitar and keyboard with a robust and ergonomic construction. It is ideal for the studio or the stage, and boasts great flexibility for easy winding and packing once you’re finished with your session or performance.\nAlso available as in a 3m length cable.\nHeavy duty cable for studio or stage\nExcellent durability is ensured by the combination of copper braided shield and semiconductor shielding in the cables. The jacket is made with a high quality PVC which helps to relieve strain on the cable itself and provides great protection against bending. Furthermore, the Smart cable’s Zinc alloy shells are highly robust and help to provide consistently solid connections.\n", "Bullet1":"High performance instrument cable", "Bullet2":"Provides powerful and clear sound for bass, guitar, and keyboard", "Bullet3":"Highly flexible and easy to wind", "Bullet4":"Good protection against bending from thick PVC-jacket", "Bullet5":"Ergonomic heavy duty Zinc alloy shell", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "167","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AP-3401", "Title": "Apextone tripod guitar stand - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003eguitar\u003esingle", "Brand": "Apextone", "Barcode": "717378829644", "VariationOf": "ap-3401", "Description": "Introducing the Apextone tripod guitar stand\nThe stability and reliability of the Apextone tripod guitar stand make it a trustworthy tool for safeguarding your instrument. Crafted with durability in mind, this stand provides a secure foundation for all types of guitar, ensuring peace of mind during rehearsals, performances, or storage.\nA stand for any situation\nDesigned for convenience, this stand folds down effortlessly, making it a perfect companion for musicians on the go. Whether you're heading to a gig or a practice session, transporting your stand has never been easier. Stretchable top attachment prevents guitar from falling\nStrong and supportive\nFeaturing both base and neck support, the Apextone stand cradles your guitar safely, preventing accidental knocks or falls. A stretchable attachment which can be pulled across the neck of the guitar makes for even better security! It's height-adjustable stem accommodates guitars of various sizes, ensuring a perfect fit for your instrument.\nEquipped with rubber feet, this stand offers enhanced stability, gripping the floor firmly to prevent slipping or sliding. Say goodbye to worries about your guitar toppling over – the Apextone tripod guitar stand provides the extra security your instrument deserves.\nOur Apextone guitar stands\n\nApextone double-wired A-frame guitar stand\nApextone tripod guitar stand\nApextone A-frame guitar stand\nApextone A-frame adjustable depth guitar stand\nApextone neck-grip guitar stand\nApextone deluxe acoustic guitar stand\nApextone guitar wall hanger\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Stable and reliable guitar stand for all types of guitar", "Bullet2":"Folds down for easy portabillity", "Bullet3":"With base and neck support", "Bullet4":"Height adjustable stem", "Bullet5":"Rubber feet for extra security", "Bullet6":"Stretchable top attachment prevents guitar from falling", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e66cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase width\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase depth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e27cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlatform width\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e22cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlatform length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e28cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePadding material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHigh density foam\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eScrew material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck brace attachment material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStretchable rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFeet material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "43","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "5.958333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "BB-2", "Title": "Cory buff brite polishing compound - 2oz - A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003ecleaning", "Brand": "Cory", "Barcode": "5056318310855", "VariationOf": "bb-2", "Description": "Introducing the Cory Buff brite compound 2oz\nThe Cory Buff brite is used to remove fine scratches from high floss finishes. Helping to clean and brighten brass, the polish is perfect for accordions, brass and woodwind instruments, cymbals, guitars, piano hardware such as pedals, hinges, brackets, tarnished name decals and more.\nEasy to use, simple SHAKE WELL before use and apply to the surface, buffing in a circular motion. Continue buffing with a clean cloth until all residue is removed. If possible, Cory always recommend using the products in less visible areas first in order to test the results before final use.\n", "Bullet1":"Great for removing fine scratches from high gloss finishes", "Bullet2":"Effectively cleans and brightens", "Bullet3":"Perfect for piano hardware as well as brass and woodwind, guitars, and more", "Bullet4":"Easy to use", "Bullet5":"A handy and portable 2oz size", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NB200KIO", "Title": "NUVOBand KIO Wall Hanger - Clarinet \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "NUVOBand", "Barcode": "1230000230063", "VariationOf": "nb200kio", "Description": "\"\"Keep it out\"\"!Hang your clarinet or flute on the wall and practice whenever you're in the mood. The hanger set comes with a backplate, hangers and adhesive pad for easy installation. You may also use screws (M3 size) for a more secured mount. \nNote: This wall hanger is only suitable for NUVOBand instruments. \n", "Bullet1":"Designed specifically for NUVOBand instruments", "Bullet2":"Double-sided adhesive included for easy install on wall", "Bullet3":"Screws (M3 size) are not included", "Bullet4":"\"Keep it out!\" and practice whenever you're in the mood", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NB300KIO", "Title": "NUVOBand KIO Wall Hanger - Flute \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "NUVOBand", "Barcode": "1230000230100", "VariationOf": "nb200kio", "Description": "\"\"Keep it out\"\"!Hang your clarinet or flute on the wall and practice whenever you're in the mood. The hanger set comes with a backplate, hangers and adhesive pad for easy installation. You may also use screws (M3 size) for a more secured mount. \nNote: This wall hanger is only suitable for NUVOBand instruments. \n", "Bullet1":"Designed specifically for NUVOBand instruments", "Bullet2":"Double-sided adhesive included for easy install on wall", "Bullet3":"Screws (M3 size) are not included", "Bullet4":"\"Keep it out!\" and practice whenever you're in the mood", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NB300CSPT", "Title": "NUVOBand Flute Cleaning stick and pull-through - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "NUVOBand", "Barcode": "1230000230094", "VariationOf": "nb300cspt", "Description": "Keep your flute clean and hygienic using this micro-fibre pull-through swab with an attached cleaning stick. After each time you practice, pull the cloth through your instrument. To clean the head joint, wrap the cloth around the tip of the cleaning stick and insert into the head joint. \nDue to the silicone pads and synthetic construction, you can also soak your NUVOBand flute in hot soapy water from time to time for a deeper clean. \n", "Bullet1":"Micro-fibre pull-through swab", "Bullet2":"Specially designed with an attached cleaning stick for ease of use", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP653", "Title": "Percussion Plus Caxixi double straw shaker - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349485895", "VariationOf": "pp653", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Caxixi double straw shaker The Caxixi (ka-shee-shee) double straw shaker from Percussion Plus is a light and tactile instrument producing a warm, percussive shaker tone. Also available as a single shaker, this double shaker is perfect for when you need a louder, fuller sound with great projection. Made in Ghana, these instruments were once thought to summon enchanted spirits and scare away evil. They are commonly played alongside African drumming ensembles but are fun to play with any music group. These caxixi or ‘basket shakers’ are all sourced responsibly using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments, not toys, and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. Please note: colours and designs may vary. Items sold individually. Natural materials, vibrant colours Each shaker has been hand-crafted in Ghana using sustainably sourced materials and traditional methods. Straw is woven together to form the basket with a small disk attached at the bottom for extra projection. They also feature a range of vibrant multi-coloured finishes, very typical of these traditional instruments. Make varied tones with one shaker To play, hold horizontally using the handle and shake the beads against the straw basket. Adding accents is easy – just turn the basket and project the beads against the small disk at the bottom of the shaker. Vary the angle of the shaker for even more tones, from soft and gentle to hard and percussive. ", "Bullet1":"Percussion Plus Honestly Made Caxixi double straw shaker", "Bullet2":"Two sounds can be produced by shaking the pebbles onto the disc or into the weave", "Bullet3":"Vibrant, colourful woven designs supplied at random", "Bullet4":"Double basket connected by straw handle", "Bullet5":"*Sold individually*", "Bullet6":"Responsibly sourced", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e18cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "41","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.225", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP386", "Title": "Percussion Plus floor drum - 6\"\" Yellow \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003efloor-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547003868", "VariationOf": "pp-floordrum", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus floor drum\nThis bright floor drum makes the perfect addition to any classroom or music group. It is free standing and has plastic feet which prevent the drum from slipping and support the sturdy instrument.Each drum has a natural goat skin head which produces a resonant sound when hit. The versatile instrument can be played with hands, mallets or sticks to create different sounds.Please note: Wooden beaters are supplied with the yellow drums but do not come included with the red or purple drums. We recommend the PP385 pair of wood beaters for the red drum, as pictured.\n\nAlso available as a set of 3.", "Bullet1":"A great free-standing floor tom", "Bullet2":"Natural goat skin head", "Bullet3":"Plastic feet to prevent slippage", "Bullet4":"Can be played with hands, mallets, or sticks", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-67","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.225", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP387", "Title": "Percussion Plus floor drum - 8\"\" Red \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003efloor-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547003875", "VariationOf": "pp-floordrum", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus floor drum\nThis bright floor drum makes the perfect addition to any classroom or music group. It is free standing and has plastic feet which prevent the drum from slipping and support the sturdy instrument.Each drum has a natural goat skin head which produces a resonant sound when hit. The versatile instrument can be played with hands, mallets or sticks to create different sounds.Please note: Wooden beaters are supplied with the yellow drums but do not come included with the red or purple drums. We recommend the PP385 pair of wood beaters for the red drum, as pictured.\n\nAlso available as a set of 3.", "Bullet1":"A great free-standing floor tom", "Bullet2":"Natural goat skin head", "Bullet3":"Plastic feet to prevent slippage", "Bullet4":"Can be played with hands, mallets, or sticks", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-23","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP388", "Title": "Percussion Plus floor drum - 10\"\" Purple \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003efloor-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547003882", "VariationOf": "pp-floordrum", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus floor drum\nThis bright floor drum makes the perfect addition to any classroom or music group. It is free standing and has plastic feet which prevent the drum from slipping and support the sturdy instrument.Each drum has a natural goat skin head which produces a resonant sound when hit. The versatile instrument can be played with hands, mallets or sticks to create different sounds.Please note: Wooden beaters are supplied with the yellow drums but do not come included with the red or purple drums. We recommend the PP385 pair of wood beaters for the red drum, as pictured.\n\nAlso available as a set of 3.", "Bullet1":"A great free-standing floor tom", "Bullet2":"Natural goat skin head", "Bullet3":"Plastic feet to prevent slippage", "Bullet4":"Can be played with hands, mallets, or sticks", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-27","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.125", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP971", "Title": "Percussion Plus premium triangle - 10\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etriangles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547009716", "VariationOf": "pp-triprem", "Description": "This triangle offers good clear sound and is produced from high quality chrome plated steel. The projection is impressive and consequently this models is good for concert use.It comes complete with a beater and a thick loop at the top for hanging on an appropriate stand", "Bullet1":"Available in three sizes - 6\", 8\", and 10\"", "Bullet2":"High quality chrome plated", "Bullet3":"Good, clear projection", "Bullet4":"Complete with beater and holder", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "52","RRP_Inc_VAT": "16.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.933333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP032", "Title": "Percussion Plus premium triangle - 6\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etriangles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547000324", "VariationOf": "pp-triprem", "Description": "This triangle offers good clear sound and is produced from high quality chrome plated steel. The projection is impressive and consequently this models is good for concert use.It comes complete with a beater and a thick loop at the top for hanging on an appropriate stand", "Bullet1":"Available in three sizes - 6\", 8\", and 10\"", "Bullet2":"High quality chrome plated", "Bullet3":"Good, clear projection", "Bullet4":"Complete with beater and holder", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.225", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP970", "Title": "Percussion Plus premium triangle - 8\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etriangles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547009709", "VariationOf": "pp-triprem", "Description": "This triangle offers good clear sound and is produced from high quality chrome plated steel. The projection is impressive and consequently this models is good for concert use.It comes complete with a beater and a thick loop at the top for hanging on an appropriate stand", "Bullet1":"Available in three sizes - 6\", 8\", and 10\"", "Bullet2":"High quality chrome plated", "Bullet3":"Good, clear projection", "Bullet4":"Complete with beater and holder", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "35","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.575", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PS05", "Title": "Chamberlain Music Write n Wipe printed music stave wall poster and pen - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5055964108441", "VariationOf": "ps05", "Description": "This is a dry-wipe writing surface. It is 63 x 44cm and can be cut down to any size you like or you can put multiple posters side by side for longer music passages.Simply use with the dry wipe marker pen supplied with the board to write your music and wipe off with any damp cloth.", "Bullet1":"Whiteboard poster featuring dry-wipe writing surface", "Bullet2":"Use with dry wipe marker pen to write your music and wipe off with a damp cloth.", "Bullet3":"Dimensions 63 x 44cm. Can be cut down to any size.", "Bullet4":"Supplied with free dry wipe pen", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "46","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.708333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N120CLBK40003", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo replacement silicone bell - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964129491", "VariationOf": "n120clbk40003", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo replacement silicone bell We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement bell for Clarineo", "Bullet2":"Moulded silicone, compatible with all generations of Clarineo", "Bullet3":"4 colours available", "Bullet4":"Easy fitting", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "25","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.708333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N120CLBL40003", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo replacement silicone bell - Blue \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964129507", "VariationOf": "n120clbk40003", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo replacement silicone bell We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement bell for Clarineo", "Bullet2":"Moulded silicone, compatible with all generations of Clarineo", "Bullet3":"4 colours available", "Bullet4":"Easy fitting", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.708333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N120CLGN40003", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo replacement silicone bell - Green \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964129514", "VariationOf": "n120clbk40003", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo replacement silicone bell We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement bell for Clarineo", "Bullet2":"Moulded silicone, compatible with all generations of Clarineo", "Bullet3":"4 colours available", "Bullet4":"Easy fitting", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.708333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N120CLPK40003", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo replacement silicone bell - Pink \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964129521", "VariationOf": "n120clbk40003", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo replacement silicone bell We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement bell for Clarineo", "Bullet2":"Moulded silicone, compatible with all generations of Clarineo", "Bullet3":"4 colours available", "Bullet4":"Easy fitting", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.708333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP696", "Title": "Percussion Plus clear plastic storage box - 31 litres - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estorage\u003eboxes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5038135254000", "VariationOf": "pp696", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus clear plastic storage box - 31 litres\nThis strong, lightweight, plastic storage box is a great option for classroom use. At 31 litres, this spacious and versatile storage box is an effective way to store musical instruments and items in your classroom. The durable design will also withstand challenging school environments and the rigours of constant use, because this box has been built-to-last.\nWhen you buy multiple boxes you can make the most out of our great quantity discounts and stack them for optimum storage space. When the boxes are not being used, they also fit inside each other so they can be stored away easily.\nPlease note: No instruments are included with this product.\n", "Bullet1":"Ideal for storing musical instruments", "Bullet2":"Snap shut lid", "Bullet3":"Stackable with the lid in place", "Bullet4":"External dimensions: 45.5 x 35.5 x 25.5 cm", "Bullet5":"Internal dimensions: 36 x 26 x 24.5 cm", "Bullet6":"Price per box", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e35.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e26cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e25.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e24.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "46","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.225", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AD-DJBUEY0420", "Title": "Drums for Schools hand carved djembe - 4.5 inch - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "DfS CON", "Barcode": null, "VariationOf": "ad-djbuey0420", "Description": "Introducing the Drums for Schools hand carved djembe - 4.5 inch\nThis Drums for Schools hand carved djembe is the third smallest of their budget djembe range and is supplied with a free wooden drumstick and an Early Years “Good Practice Guide”. The drum is quite small – just 4.5″ in diameter – but it’s a working drum and not a toy, and makes a surprisingly good sound!\nIt’s really good for young children because it can be handled easily and carried around by the string handle, but it can also be played by older children and even grown-ups, either with the free wooden drumstick, or with the fingertips. Being small it makes a higher pitched sound than bigger drums, and so can be a useful addition to a bigger djembe collection.\nEach drum is made by hand using traditional materials and techniques. The wood is mahogany , the playing head is goatskin and the skin is stretched tight using cotton string. The designs on these instruments vary from drum to drum and are engraved into the wood by hand by Wayan, who supervises the production of all DfS djembes. The designs were all created by Balinese primary school children!", "Bullet1":"A great djembe for young kids", "Bullet2":"Can be handled easily and carried around by the string handle", "Bullet3":"Supplied with a free wooden drumstick", "Bullet4":"Can also be played with the hands", "Bullet5":"Mahogany body with goatskin head, stretched tight using cotton string", "Bullet6":"Hand carved designs vary from drum to drum", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e4.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eL 20cm x W 12cm x H 12cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMahogany\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGoatskin stretch with cotton string\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "125","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.88","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.9", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP210", "Title": "Percussion Plus finger cymbals - 2 pairs - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecymbals\u003efinger", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547002182", "VariationOf": "pp210", "Description": "The Percussion Plus finger cymbals are two pairs of quality brass finger cymbals. They produce a clear and bright tone and the elastic finger straps making them exceptionally easy to play. They are perfect for use in the classroom and as an interesting addition to the percussion collection.", "Bullet1":"2 Pairs of finger cymbals", "Bullet2":"Brass", "Bullet3":"Elastic finger straps", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright tone", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5.4cm (2.1\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "120","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.491666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3600", "Title": "Percussion Plus medium double agogo bells - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eagogos", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349488025", "VariationOf": "pp3600", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus medium double agogo bells\nThese traditional agogo bells are a great addition to any existing samba outfit and are also good for developing rhythm in primary or secondary education. This instrument consists of two, tonally matched bells which are constructed in the traditional U shape design. The sound is clear and bright, sounding a little like two different sized cowbells.", "Bullet1":"Perfect for primary or secondary education", "Bullet2":"Great addition to any Samba kit", "Bullet3":"Two bells", "Bullet4":"Sturdy, hard wearing construction", "Bullet5":"Hit each bell with the supplied beater", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOverall length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e25.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBig bell length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSmall bell length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBeater length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e21cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "382","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.491666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP099", "Title": "Percussion Plus replacement note pegs - long - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enote-pegs", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547000997", "VariationOf": "pp-pegs", "Description": "These note pegs from Percussion Plus are replacements for note pegs on their xylophones and metallophones. They come in a pack of 10 and are very handy to have as spares in the school store cupboard as even the most sturdy note pegs deteriorate after a while.", "Bullet1":"Pack of 10 note pegs", "Bullet2":"Suitable for xylophones and metallophones", "Bullet3":"Provides the secure rubber base for the note bars", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "88","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.991666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP098", "Title": "Percussion Plus replacement note pegs - short - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enote-pegs", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547000980", "VariationOf": "pp098", "Description": "These note pegs from Percussion Plus are replacements for note pegs on their xylophones and metallophones. They come in a pack of 10 and are very handy to have as spares in the school store cupboard as even the most sturdy note pegs deteriorate after a while.", "Bullet1":"Pack of 10 note pegs", "Bullet2":"Provides the secure rubber base for the note bars", "Bullet3":"Suitable for xylophones and metallophones", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "91","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.991666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP174", "Title": "Acme large brass thunderer whistle - Nickel plated - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewhistles", "Brand": "Acme", "Barcode": "717668115853", "VariationOf": "pp174", "Description": "Introducing the Acme large brass thunderer whistle - nickel plated\nThe Acme large thunderer whistle produces a large deep tone and a far carrying sound for use in all environments. It is a reliable choice for referees and lifeguards, or even private security workers.\nThe thunderer whistle produces a reliably consistent tone, and as a pea whistle it allows users to make an interesting variety of sounds by adjusting the airflow to produce a rolling trill with a range of effects.\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme police whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\nThe Acme thunderer whistles collection\nBrass, nickel plated whistles\n\n\nAcme Titanic brass thunderer whistle - loud piercing tone, replica of whistles used on the Titanic\n\nAcme large brass thunderer whistle - large deep tone\n\nAcme small brass thunderer whistle - higher piercing tone\n\nAcme large brass thunderer finger whistle - large deep tone, attaches to finger with strap\n\nBlack plastic whistles\n\n\nAcme large thunderer whistle - large deep tone\n\nAcme medium thunderer whistle - more piercing tone\n\nAcme small thunderer whistle - clear, higher-pitched tone\n\n\nSound Sample\n\nChamberlain Music · PP174 Acme large brass thunderer whistle\n", "Bullet1":"Produces a strong, alerting sound", "Bullet2":"Nickel plated finish", "Bullet3":"Perfect for sports referees or lifeguards", "Bullet4":"A good utility for private security workers", "Bullet5":"Sleek tapered mouthpiece", "Bullet6":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.491666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP176", "Title": "Acme Alpha 5900Hz dog whistle - black plastic - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewhistles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "717668121052", "VariationOf": "pp176", "Description": "Introducing the Acme Alpha 5900Hz dog whistle - black plastic\nDeveloped over four years in collaboration with Champion trainers, the Acme dog whistles are superb quality and brilliant for any dog owner or walker. Patented sound chambers offer a more efficient use of air. That means brighter sound giving you better command and a more responsive dog over short and long distances. \nComfortable and effortless\nThese all-new designs are effortless to blow and give great flexibility to vary your breath, whistling style and a wide choice of commands. The all over comfort grip offers softness in the mouth and perfect handling in all conditions. Over the fields and hills, on the beach, in your local park or at home, this new range will ensure you lead your dogs with clarity and calmness.\nWhich dogs is it for?\nSuitable for all dogs, the Alpha 5900Hz whistle is thought to be especially effective with spaniels and is also recommended for older dogs or those with a hearing impairment. It is also the best whistle in the range for close work with any breed.\nIf your dog is a Labrador or Retriever, you may be better off with the Alpha 4850Hz dog whistle.\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme police whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\n\nSound Sample\n\nChamberlain Music · PP176 Acme Alpha 5900Hz dog whistle\n", "Bullet1":"Produces a bright, high-pitched sound", "Bullet2":"Made from black plastic", "Bullet3":"The perfect whistle for all dog owners and walkers", "Bullet4":"Especially effective with spaniels and older dogs", "Bullet5":"Patented sound chambers provide efficient use of air", "Bullet6":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "23","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.491666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP177", "Title": "Acme Alpha 4850Hz dog whistle - black plastic - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewhistles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "717668121151", "VariationOf": "pp177", "Description": "Introducing the Acme Alpha 4850Hz dog whistle - black plastic\nDeveloped over four years in collaboration with Champion trainers, the Acme dog whistles are superb quality and brilliant for any dog owner or walker. Patented sound chambers offer a more efficient use of air. That means bright sound giving you better command and a more responsive dog over short and long distances.\nComfortable and effortless\nThese all-new designs are effortless to blow and give great flexibility to vary your breath, whistling style and a wide choice of commands. The all over comfort grip offers softness in the mouth and perfect handling in all conditions. Over the fields and hills, on the beach, in your local park or at home, this new range will ensure you lead your dogs with clarity and calmness.\nWhich dogs is it for?\nThe Alpha 4850 whistle is suitable for all dogs. It is traditionally regarded as the labrador or retriever whistle, whereas the Alpha 5900Hz dog whistle is traditionally regarded as more apt for spaniels, older dogs and any close range training work across all breeds.\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme police whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\n\nSound Sample\n\nChamberlain Music · PP177 Acme Alpha 4850Hz dog whistle\n", "Bullet1":"Produces a bright, high-pitched sound", "Bullet2":"Made from black plastic", "Bullet3":"The perfect whistle for all dog owners and walkers", "Bullet4":"Ideal for labradors and retrievers", "Bullet5":"Patented sound chambers provide efficient use of air", "Bullet6":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "24","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.491666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "RRG52118", "Title": "Deluxe musical Christmas cracker with whistles - 10\"\" concerto fanfare - A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003ecrackers", "Brand": "Robin Reed", "Barcode": "3589282521184", "VariationOf": "rrg52118", "Description": "\nIntroducing the deluxe musical Christmas cracker with whistles\nA box of eight traditional Christmas crackers with a musical twist!\nEach cracker contains a different sized whistle along with the standard hat and joke. Once everyone has cracked theirs open (and finished groaning at the jokes) it's time to start playing some tunes.\n\n\nGreat fun for all the family\nPass the numbered badges to each corresponding whistler, hand thae included baton to your nominated conductor, and watch your party explode into a cacophony of excruciating beautiful melodies. Following the easy sheet music supplied, the conductor simply points at the player with the corresponding badge number to signal that they should blow their whistle. The result: harmonious music... or an hilarious din!\n\n\nMake music this Christmas\nYou can also download and print the Chamberlain Music special Harmony Challenge , suitable for all musical crackers. Make your own orchestra by combining whistles, bells, and chimes!\nIf there are fewer than 8 people round the table, assign multiple whistles to the more experienced musicians and watch them struggle to remember which one they're supposed to be playing when!\nNot just for Christmas: If you're a train impersonator, dog owner, or have a deaf relative, you'll find these indestructible whistles to be an excellent £££ saving investment.\n\n", "Bullet1":"8 traditional Christmas crackers with a musical twist", "Bullet2":"Each one contains a tuned whistle", "Bullet3":"Party hats and jokes also included (obviously)", "Bullet4":"10\" crackers with a concerto fanfare music design", "Bullet5":"Supplied with sheet music and a conductors baton", "Bullet6":"Great musical family fun", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "11.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.991666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "6.491666666666666", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ73", "Title": "Izzo P3 extra-thick white nylon drum head - 16'' \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7897626800731", "VariationOf": "iz74", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo P3 extra-thick white nylon drum head\nThis drum head is suitable for all Izzo 20'', 18'', and 16'' surdos. The white nylon head has a good thickness and gives a resonant sound and has a metal rim so is easy to fit.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for Izzo surdo drums", "Bullet2":"Made from white nylon", "Bullet3":"Solid metal rim", "Bullet4":"Made in Sao Paulo, Brazil", "Bullet5":"Three sizes available", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20'' (50.8cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e18'' (45.5cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16'' (40.6cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ74", "Title": "Izzo P3 extra-thick white nylon drum head - 18'' \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7897626800748", "VariationOf": "iz74", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo P3 extra-thick white nylon drum head\nThis drum head is suitable for all Izzo 20'', 18'', and 16'' surdos. The white nylon head has a good thickness and gives a resonant sound and has a metal rim so is easy to fit.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for Izzo surdo drums", "Bullet2":"Made from white nylon", "Bullet3":"Solid metal rim", "Bullet4":"Made in Sao Paulo, Brazil", "Bullet5":"Three sizes available", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20'' (50.8cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e18'' (45.5cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16'' (40.6cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ76", "Title": "Izzo P3 extra-thick white nylon drum head - 20'' \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": null, "VariationOf": "iz74", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo P3 extra-thick white nylon drum head\nThis drum head is suitable for all Izzo 20'', 18'', and 16'' surdos. The white nylon head has a good thickness and gives a resonant sound and has a metal rim so is easy to fit.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for Izzo surdo drums", "Bullet2":"Made from white nylon", "Bullet3":"Solid metal rim", "Bullet4":"Made in Sao Paulo, Brazil", "Bullet5":"Three sizes available", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20'' (50.8cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e18'' (45.5cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16'' (40.6cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "16.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.333333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6840", "Title": "Percussion Plus Slap drumming - KidZ hand drum - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambours-frame-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964132378", "VariationOf": "pp6840", "Description": " \nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Slap Percussion - Hand Drum\nThe Slap Drumming range from Percussion Plus is the perfect way to introduce rhythm and time into your KS1 and KS2 music classes. These bright and colourful drums feature educational ‘how to play’ graphics printed on the skin, which helps teach beginners and young players where to position their hands to get different sounds.\nThe Percussion Plus Slap Hand Drum is pre-tuned and easy to play. It’s also light enough to pick up and play on the go, making it a lot of fun for anyone aged 5+. All materials and hardware have been produced to the highest standard, and is designed to withstand the trials of regular classroom use, whilst still producing a strong and lively sound.\nWhether it's for a large primary school class or music therapy use, this affordable range requires no maintenance and gives you the tools you need for smooth-running lessons.\n\n \n\n“The first thing I noticed about the drums is how incredibly light they are. This makes them ideal for use in educational settings that involve young children or older children who may find holding the instrument difficult. The real benefit of these instruments is that the drumhead has been printed with graphics of the hand positions to show exactly where to play the drum to achieve the correct sounds. The construction is solid, they have good tone, are good to look at, and are fun to play.”\nAndy Gleadhill - Percussion Plus Global Ambassador \n \nLets play together\nWith this hand drum from Percussion Plus, you get a great looking high-quality instrument with an innovative 'how to play' guide printed on the drum skin. There are many different techniques used to produce tones on a hand drum and any of these can be used on our hand drums. The printed graphic on the head of the drum offers suggested hand positions for the three main tones on a hand drum: slap, tone, and bass.\nWith this easy method, teaching and learning is simple and allows you to tailor your class to include visual as well as instructive and aural learners, providing an inclusive way into music making for all levels and abilities.\n\n\n \nFun look, vibrant sound\nThe colourful pattern wrapped around the drum gives a fun and exciting look, inviting young classes to learn and play. It has a lightweight body so is easily stored, transported and carried whilst playing. The 8\"\" drum surface gives plenty of room to master the three tones whilst being compact enough for small hands to carry. Although it is lightweight, the build quality is reassuringly sturdy and the sound is just as vibrant and powerful as its colourful patterned exterior!\n\n\n How to play\nThe design on the drum head shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring.\n\n \nThe Bass\nThis area in the centre of the drum produces a warm and full tone. Use your hands to strike the centre of the drum for a solid rhythmic backing, allowing accents to be created using the tone and slap positions.\n\n\n \nThe Tone\nStraighten all your fingers at the same time. There are numerous hand positions that can be used to create the tone. Think of your hand as a straight extension of your arm, and you should get a solid ‘thud’ sound.\n\n\n \nThe Slap\nThis stroke can be played in the same position as the tone, the difference is that one relaxes the hand and arm to hit the drum with a slap-like motion. Spreading your fingers out slightly when they strike the hand drum helps create a crisp clear sound.\n\n \n\n", "Bullet1":"Fun and easy SLAP drumming for younger players", "Bullet2":"Features educational ‘how to play’ graphics printed on the skin", "Bullet3":"Ready to play pre-tuned synthetic heads", "Bullet4":"A wonderful introduction to rhythmic interactive music making for ages 5+", "Bullet5":"Dimensions: 8\" diameter", "Bullet6":"Supplied with a soft foam beater", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-25","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ9998-3PK", "Title": "Izzo rubber feet for surdo - set of 3 - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003edrum-parts", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "5055964134747", "VariationOf": "iz9998-3pk", "Description": "Izzo rubber feet for surdo - set of 3\nProtect you floor and your samba drums with this set of 3 rubber feet from Izzo. Each rubber foot fits snugly on the base of your surdo and allows you to place the drum on the floor without any damage to your stage.\nPerfect for younger players or anyone that are not able to carry a surdo using a strap. The rubber feet are also great to use for a relaxed rehearsal or to play seated in the classroom.", "Bullet1":"Set of 3 rubber feet for surdo drums", "Bullet2":"Supplied with Izzo nesting surdos", "Bullet3":"Protect your floor and samba drums", "Bullet4":"Smart black finish", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "15","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NFP1029", "Title": "Nuvo Flute trill key replacement set - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5060349486816", "VariationOf": "nfp1029", "Description": "Nuvo Flute trill key replacement set We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute and Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Spare trill key set", "Bullet2":"Easy to replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2115", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Juju raffia anklet - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318308036", "VariationOf": "pp2115", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Juju raffia anklet \nHand crafted in Ghana, the Juju raffia anklet offers a warm, percussive shaker sound, and is a fun and interesting way for young musicians to learn about traditional African music culture in the classroom.\nEasy to play, simply tie the strap around your ankle, shake the instrument and enjoy the variety of sounds produced. \nThis anklet is sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly made range of musical instruments from percussion plus. \n These items are musical instruments, not toys, and there may be many small parts on, or in, some of them. Younger players should use them with supervision. \n Playing the Juju raffia anklet\nHand crafted in Ghana, the impressive percussive sound comes from juju nuts interwoven with string. The juju raffia anklet is a great addition to any percussive ensemble, and works perfectly when used in conjunction with other Honestly Made instruments in both performances and classroom practice.\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Ghana using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Warm, percussive shaker sound", "Bullet3":"Great for learning about other cultures in the music classroom", "Bullet4":"Easy to play", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2109", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made carved coconut thumb piano - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ethumb-pianos", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318307978", "VariationOf": "pp2109", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made carved coconut thumb piano\nFrom the Percussion Plus Honestly Made range, this carved coconut thumb piano, also known as a kalimba, is crafted in Bali from the shell of a coconut, which amplifies a rich and resonant sound. Placed on top of the coconut is a beautifully carved piece of wood, which has detailed pattens etched into it.\nThe calming sound of the thumb piano is produced by striking down the tips of the metal keys with your thumbs. The 7 notes on this instrument can be played in varying combinations to create many relaxing tunes. The size of this piano makes it great for beginners, and the gentle sound it creates is perfect for music therapy sessions.\nEach instrument is hand made using traditional materials and methods. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision.\n\nTune your instrument\nThe keys of this thumb piano are tuneable using the metal screws holding them in place. Tighten to raise the pitch and loosen to lower - just make sure not to loosen too far. Utilise this to match the pitch in an ensemble, recording session, or just to vary your sound.\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Bali using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Produces a resonant and calming tone", "Bullet3":"Beautifully carved wood with detailed patterns etched on to it", "Bullet4":"Easy to play, simply strike the tips of the 7 metal keys with your thumbs", "Bullet5":"Perfect for music therapy and beginners", "Bullet6":"Responsibly sourced", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2108", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made large coco shaker - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318307961", "VariationOf": "pp2108", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made large coco shaker\nThe Percussion Plus Honestly Made coco shaker is made from a large calabash, which is a gourd that grows from the calabash trees in Ghana. The gourd is dried out and hollowed, then it’s filled with small beads, which bounce around inside of the shaker, creating that famous rattling sound.\nEach instrument is hand made using traditional materials and methods. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision.\n\nThe ideal instrument for young musicians\nThis hand-crafted shaker has a cord handle attached to it, making it easy to pick up and shake. It’s perfect for young children, as it’s easy to play and encourages rhythmic moving that’ll help them develop a variety of different skills, such as building self-esteem, promoting creativity, boosting cognitive skills and teaching teamwork when playing as part of a group.\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Ghana using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Made from a large calabash", "Bullet3":"Features a cord handle", "Bullet4":"Perfect for children", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MD-1", "Title": "Cory mega duster polishing cloth - A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003ecleaning", "Brand": "Cory", "Barcode": "5056318310855", "VariationOf": "md-1", "Description": "Introducing the Cory mega duster polishing cloth\nPerfect for removing dust and with a super size of 50 x 38cm it is capable of cleaning any high performance finish thoroughly and safely without scratching. If you have a lot of dust, simply dampen the cloth with water or polish.\nIts own special fabric picks up the dust instead of recirculating it back into the air, making the job of cleaning a piano far easier. The mega duster is also machine washable and compatible with all Cory polishes.\nColour may vary\n", "Bullet1":"Perfect for removing dust from your piano", "Bullet2":"Cleans any high performance finish thoroughly and safely without scratching", "Bullet3":"Super size of 50 x 38cm", "Bullet4":"Machine washable and compatible with all Cory polishes", "Bullet5":"The special fabric picks up the dust, rather than recirculating it into the air", "Bullet6":"Dampen the cloth with water or polish for particularly dusty areas", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HC08LC01-E", "Title": "8oz HuskeeCup with Lid - Charcoal \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913000723", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-8oz-with-lid", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeCup 8oz with lid The HuskeeCup is a triumph of sustainability through innovation. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This 8oz cup is supplied with the universal lid for easy travel, great for your customers looking to take their coffee to go without using a disposable cup. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is a HuskeeCup made from? A HuskeeCup is made from a unique eco-composite polymer featuring coffee husk at it's core. What is coffee husk? Coffee husk is the discarded outer layer of a coffee bean, a waste product at the milling stage of coffee production. By using HuskeeCup, you are helping to recycle hundrds of tonnes of waste material from the production of coffee. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Coffee on the go This cup is supplied with the Universal Lid, featuring a triangulation of vents on its roof. This creates the perfect flow so it's just like drinking from an open cup. The fins offer exceptional insulation and can be pushed on with one hand. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made using recycled coffee husk", "Bullet2":"Universal lid for coffee on-the-go", "Bullet3":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet4":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Retail ready packaging", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup dimensions:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e94mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e86mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e227g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e235ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEco-composite polymer, coffee husk waste, food contact approved, BPA free\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "55","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.08","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.033333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "5.783333333333334", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HC08LN01-E", "Title": "8oz HuskeeCup with Lid - Natural \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913000686", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-8oz-with-lid", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeCup 8oz with lid The HuskeeCup is a triumph of sustainability through innovation. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This 8oz cup is supplied with the universal lid for easy travel, great for your customers looking to take their coffee to go without using a disposable cup. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is a HuskeeCup made from? A HuskeeCup is made from a unique eco-composite polymer featuring coffee husk at it's core. What is coffee husk? Coffee husk is the discarded outer layer of a coffee bean, a waste product at the milling stage of coffee production. By using HuskeeCup, you are helping to recycle hundrds of tonnes of waste material from the production of coffee. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Coffee on the go This cup is supplied with the Universal Lid, featuring a triangulation of vents on its roof. This creates the perfect flow so it's just like drinking from an open cup. The fins offer exceptional insulation and can be pushed on with one hand. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made using recycled coffee husk", "Bullet2":"Universal lid for coffee on-the-go", "Bullet3":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet4":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Retail ready packaging", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup dimensions:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e94mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e86mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e227g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e235ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEco-composite polymer, coffee husk waste, food contact approved, BPA free\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "61","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.08","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.033333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "5.783333333333334", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1058", "Title": "Percussion Plus octachime with handle - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewoodblocks", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547010583", "VariationOf": "pp1058", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus octachime with handle\nThis Percussion Plus octachime, or tone tank, is perfect for use with children, in schools, and in other musical scenarios. It is made from sturdy wood and produces a warm and bright sound when played with the beater. To play, you simple rotate the beater against the inside wall. Each of the 8 wooden sections creates a different pitch, allowing the player to develop a melody.\nThe handle makes the instrument easy and comfortable to hold, allowing for better play-ability. This octachime provides an ideal and fun way to encourage children to exploring playing an instrument and making music.", "Bullet1":"Diameter: 10cm", "Bullet2":"Rotate beater against inside wall to produce sounds", "Bullet3":"Handle allows for easy playability", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10cm (4\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "45","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.766666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP431", "Title": "Percussion Plus surdo mallet with large felt head - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003esamba", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349483266", "VariationOf": "pp431", "Description": "These 30cm long metal drum sticks from Percussion Plus have a medium hard felt head ideal for beating surdos, zabumbas and other large drums. The large padded tip creates a dull booming thud rather than a sharp crack you might expect from a plastic beater. This provides the pulsating heartbeat at the core of samba music. Shaft material: Aluminium Head material: Hard Felt head", "Bullet1":"30cm metal handle with 6cm felt head", "Bullet2":"Ideal for hitting surdos and other large drums", "Bullet3":"Supplied with wrist strap", "Bullet4":"Sold individually", "Bullet5":"Previously known as SPP431", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHard felt\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e34cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead size\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6cm x 6cm x 4cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e120g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "68","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.291666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP651", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Double coconut seed shaker - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547006517", "VariationOf": "pp651", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Double coconut seed shaker The double coconut seed shaker from Percussion Plus is a fun, traditional instrument with two baskets, woven from straw, producing a varied tone. The baskets each play host to a polished coconut shell and are connected via an integrated straw handle, allowing easy gripping for vigorous shaking. Each basket is filled with natural seeds and has a warm red coconut end, creating a varied tone. Its solid background tone with punchy accents make this shaker the perfect addition to any African drum ensemble, or as an alternative shaker in any percussionist’s collection, whatever the style or genre. This double coconut seed shaker is sourced responsibly using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments, not toys, and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. The full range of sounds To play, simply grip in the centre and shake up and down for a background tone. You can produce hard accents by shaking the beads against the hard coconut ends. For even more sounds just vary your shaking style - swirl the baskets round, roll it between your fingers or spin them round, use your imagination and have fun! Made using traditional methods These shakers are made by hand by independent makers in Ghana, using sustainable resources and traditional methods. Each instrument is unique and always built to the highest standard. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Ghana using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Varied percussive shaker tone", "Bullet3":"Easy to grip in the centre for all hand sizes", "Bullet4":"Baskets woven from straw with red coconut ends", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "61","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.766666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ2122", "Title": "Jumbie Jam traditional base set of tubes - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "7137570916332", "VariationOf": "jj2122", "Description": "An alternative to the Jumbie Jam Fun Feet, the traditional base consists of 4 6” tubes with caps at one end which are joined together with T-connectors which also extend upwards to meet the vertical tubes of the JJ2018 complete stand as supplied with JJ1058 free standing models. This is not compatible with the JJ2133 table top stand as supplied with JJ3050 models.", "Bullet1":"Four 6\" tubes capped at one end with two t-connectors", "Bullet2":"Replaces \"Fun Feet\"", "Bullet3":"Compatible with JJ2018 complete stand", "Bullet4":"Stable base with traditional appearance", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.85", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ2118", "Title": "Jumbie Jam fun feet - Blue \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "7137570913362", "VariationOf": "jj2118", "Description": "Fun Feet are one of the stand out features of the original Jumbie Jam JJ1058 steel pan kit. These moulded foot-shaped bases provide stability as well as fun and the mischief of Jumbie, a spirit from Trinidadian folklore which this series of steel pans is named after.\nThis item is supplied as a pair and can be used as a replacement part or to accessorise any of the floor-standing Jumbie Jam steel pans (JJ1058). They are not compatible, however, with the table top stand (JJ3050). \n\nAvailable in blue, pink, purple and black", "Bullet1":"Pair of foot-shaped stand bases for JJ1058 model", "Bullet2":"Replacement part", "Bullet3":"Great stability", "Bullet4":"Alternative to JJ2103 (Jumbie Jam pipe)", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.85", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ2119", "Title": "Jumbie Jam fun feet - Pink \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "7137570914352", "VariationOf": "jj2118", "Description": "Fun Feet are one of the stand out features of the original Jumbie Jam JJ1058 steel pan kit. These moulded foot-shaped bases provide stability as well as fun and the mischief of Jumbie, a spirit from Trinidadian folklore which this series of steel pans is named after.\nThis item is supplied as a pair and can be used as a replacement part or to accessorise any of the floor-standing Jumbie Jam steel pans (JJ1058). They are not compatible, however, with the table top stand (JJ3050). \n\nAvailable in blue, pink, purple and black", "Bullet1":"Pair of foot-shaped stand bases for JJ1058 model", "Bullet2":"Replacement part", "Bullet3":"Great stability", "Bullet4":"Alternative to JJ2103 (Jumbie Jam pipe)", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.85", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ2120", "Title": "Jumbie Jam fun feet - Purple \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "7137570915342", "VariationOf": "jj2118", "Description": "Fun Feet are one of the stand out features of the original Jumbie Jam JJ1058 steel pan kit. These moulded foot-shaped bases provide stability as well as fun and the mischief of Jumbie, a spirit from Trinidadian folklore which this series of steel pans is named after.\nThis item is supplied as a pair and can be used as a replacement part or to accessorise any of the floor-standing Jumbie Jam steel pans (JJ1058). They are not compatible, however, with the table top stand (JJ3050). \n\nAvailable in blue, pink, purple and black", "Bullet1":"Pair of foot-shaped stand bases for JJ1058 model", "Bullet2":"Replacement part", "Bullet3":"Great stability", "Bullet4":"Alternative to JJ2103 (Jumbie Jam pipe)", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.85", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ2121", "Title": "Jumbie Jam fun feet - Black \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "713757091237", "VariationOf": "jj2118", "Description": "Fun Feet are one of the stand out features of the original Jumbie Jam JJ1058 steel pan kit. These moulded foot-shaped bases provide stability as well as fun and the mischief of Jumbie, a spirit from Trinidadian folklore which this series of steel pans is named after.\nThis item is supplied as a pair and can be used as a replacement part or to accessorise any of the floor-standing Jumbie Jam steel pans (JJ1058). They are not compatible, however, with the table top stand (JJ3050). \n\nAvailable in blue, pink, purple and black", "Bullet1":"Pair of foot-shaped stand bases for JJ1058 model", "Bullet2":"Replacement part", "Bullet3":"Great stability", "Bullet4":"Alternative to JJ2103 (Jumbie Jam pipe)", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.85", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "STN1130", "Title": "Black hole cello mat - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003efloor-anchors", "Brand": "Dycem", "Barcode": "5050127063612", "VariationOf": "stn1130", "Description": "The black hole cello mat is a British manufactured, non-slip mat for stopping your spike from slipping whilst playing. It is small enough to fit in any cello case and the patented non-slip technology ensures that the cello stays in place no matter how vigorous the playing, whilst protecting the floor from scratches. It has been tested and will stay in place even on a marble or parquet floor.", "Bullet1":"A great tool for any cellist", "Bullet2":"Easy to use and transport", "Bullet3":"Patented non-slip technology", "Bullet4":"Protects your floor from scratches", "Bullet5":"Stays perfectly still even on marble flooring", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "274","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.766666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "20","Quantity_break_price_1": "6.508333333333334", "Quantity_break_2": "50","Quantity_break_price_2": "6.25", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP291", "Title": "Liverpool aluminium surdo drum beater - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003esamba", "Brand": "Liverpool", "Barcode": "5056318312217", "VariationOf": "pp291", "Description": "Introducing the Liverpool aluminium surdo drum beater\nThis aluminium beater is perfect for use on surdos in samba drumming, and also works nicely with bass drums and gongs. With a firm head, the beater helps to make a strong sound that really cuts through any musical texture. It also has an ergonomically designed handle, giving the player plenty of leverage to create power and volume with!\n\nGreat for practice and performances\nMeasuring 330mm in length and 50mm in diameter, these affordable beaters are perfect for practice and performance sessions. They’re also comfortable to hold and built to withstand regular use, making them the ideal choice for bands and classroom environments.\n", "Bullet1":"Ideal for use in samba drumming", "Bullet2":"Elongated aluminium handle and firm rounded head", "Bullet3":"Designed particularly for surdos", "Bullet4":"Also works with bass drums and gongs", "Bullet5":"330mm length for excellent leverage", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack padded cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandle:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e330mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.766666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HC3SC04-E", "Title": "3oz Espresso HuskeeCup Saucer 4-pack - Charcoal \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913000815", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-espresso-saucer-4-pk", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeCup classic saucer pack of four Huskee cups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack of four espresso saucers is the perfect way to create a professional and classy atmosphere. Compatible with the 3oz espresso cups only, give your customers or clients the best experience with the universal saucer. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is a HuskeeCup made from? A HuskeeCup is made from a unique eco-composite polymer featuring coffee husk at it's core. What is coffee husk? Coffee husk is the discarded outer layer of a coffee bean, a waste product at the milling stage of coffee production. By using HuskeeCup, you are helping to recycle hundreds of tonnes of waste material from the production of coffee. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Staying in with your coffee? The espresso saucer is the perfect size for the Huskee 3oz espresso cup and is a great way to experience coffee in your cafe, office, or home. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made using recycled coffee husk", "Bullet2":"This pack contains four espresso saucers", "Bullet3":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet4":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Provides a great way to experience coffee in the office, in a café, or at home", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "23","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.68","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.333333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "6.075", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HC3SN04-E", "Title": "3oz Espresso HuskeeCup Saucer 4-pack - Natural \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913000792", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-espresso-saucer-4-pk", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeCup classic saucer pack of four Huskee cups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack of four espresso saucers is the perfect way to create a professional and classy atmosphere. Compatible with the 3oz espresso cups only, give your customers or clients the best experience with the universal saucer. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is a HuskeeCup made from? A HuskeeCup is made from a unique eco-composite polymer featuring coffee husk at it's core. What is coffee husk? Coffee husk is the discarded outer layer of a coffee bean, a waste product at the milling stage of coffee production. By using HuskeeCup, you are helping to recycle hundreds of tonnes of waste material from the production of coffee. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Staying in with your coffee? The espresso saucer is the perfect size for the Huskee 3oz espresso cup and is a great way to experience coffee in your cafe, office, or home. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made using recycled coffee husk", "Bullet2":"This pack contains four espresso saucers", "Bullet3":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet4":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Provides a great way to experience coffee in the office, in a café, or at home", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "30","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.68","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.333333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "6.075", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MB-C", "Title": "Magnetic A4 sized double sided whiteboard with magnetic notes - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003ewhiteboards\u003emini", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5060349480876", "VariationOf": "mb-c", "Description": "Introducing the magnetic A4 sized double sided whiteboard with magnetic notes\nThis double sided, A4 sized magnetic musical notation board is ideal for teaching young children about music notation and rhythm. They are also suitable for use with standard dry wipe whiteboard markers (not included).\nThe board features two pre-printed musical staves on one side and is blank on the reverse. These notation boards include a brightly coloured plastic frame to prevent accidental damage.\nThe pack includes 33 colourful and magnetic notes, rests, bar lines and time signatures, supplied in a plastic storage box with clip close lid.\nYou can also purchase the musical notes individually if you require spares or more notes.", "Bullet1":"Bright and colourful musical whiteboard", "Bullet2":"Approximately A4 sized", "Bullet3":"Double sided - one side with two pre-printed staves and one side blank", "Bullet4":"Durable plastic frame prevents accidental damage to whiteboard", "Bullet5":"Ideal for young children learning about musical notation and rhythm", "Bullet6":"Supplied with 33 magnetic coloured notes, rests, bar lines and time signatures", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "37","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.95","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.55", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP070", "Title": "Percussion Plus pair of felt beaters - hard - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eball-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547000706", "VariationOf": "pp070", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP070 felt beaters\nThese felt beaters from Percussion Plus are a must-have for every percussionist’s stick bag. They are versatile mallets particularly suited to vibraphone, marimba, or timpani, and often used as a medium soft option for xylophones and metallophones, but would also be effective on bass drums and suspended cymbals.\nEach stick is made from a black plastic shaft, tapered to provide the perfect balance, with a medium large cylindrical head made of hard white felt. They are sold as a pair.", "Bullet1":"Compact, versatile tuned percussion beaters", "Bullet2":"Suitable for xylophone, metallophone, gongs, cymbals and much more", "Bullet3":"22cm contoured black plastic shaft", "Bullet4":"30mm cylindrical hard felt heads", "Bullet5":"Very soft attack with bright long-lasting tone", "Bullet6":"Well suited to classroom use across a range of instruments", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e220mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFelt\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual beater weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e21g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "146","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.033333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "RRG62118", "Title": "Deluxe musical Christmas cracker with whistles - 12\"\" concerto fanfare - A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003ecrackers", "Brand": "Robin Reed", "Barcode": "3589282621181", "VariationOf": "rrg62118", "Description": "\nIntroducing the deluxe musical Christmas cracker with whistles\nA box of eight traditional Christmas crackers with a musical twist!\nEach cracker contains a different sized whistle along with the standard hat and joke. Once everyone has cracked theirs open (and finished groaning at the jokes) it's time to start playing some tunes.\n\n\nGreat fun for all the family\nPass the numbered badges to each corresponding whistler, hand the included baton to your nominated conductor, and watch your party explode into a cacophony of excruciating beautiful melodies. Following the easy sheet music supplied, the conductor simply points at the player with the corresponding badge number to signal that they should blow their whistle. The result: harmonious music... or an hilarious din!\n\n\nMake music this Christmas\nYou can also download and print the Chamberlain Music special Harmony Challenge , suitable for all musical crackers. Make your own orchestra by combining whistles, bells, and chimes!\nIf there are fewer than 8 people round the table, assign multiple whistles to the more experienced musicians and watch them struggle to remember which one they're supposed to be playing when!\nNot just for Christmas: If you're a train impersonator, dog owner, or have a deaf relative, you'll find these indestructible whistles to be an excellent £££ saving investment.\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"8 traditional Christmas crackers with a musical twist", "Bullet2":"Each one contains a tuned whistle", "Bullet3":"Party hats and jokes also included (obviously)", "Bullet4":"8 traditional Christmas crackers with a musical twist", "Bullet5":"Supplied with sheet music and a conductors baton", "Bullet6":"Great musical family fun", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "12.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.575", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "7.033333333333334", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MAN2400", "Title": "Manhasset music stand lock FB - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003eaccessories\u003eparts", "Brand": "Manhasset", "Barcode": "706576024005", "VariationOf": "man2400", "Description": "Introducing the Manhasset music stand lock\nThis gadget can be locked and unlocked with a simple twist. When engaged, it will enable the stand to hold up to 9 times more weight.\nIt's easy to fit and works with every Manhasset music stand model. Stands will still function as normal in the unlocked position.\n \nThe Manhasset Lifetime Warranty\nOver the years, Manhasset has continued to research, develop, and innovate new products to meet the needs of musicians, and their commitment to consistent quality has made them the number one choice of many schools, bands and orchestras worldwide. Backing this up, Manhasset offer a guaranteed lifetime warranty on all products purchased from us. They have the utmost confidence in their manufacturing standards, substantiated by years of proof. When you buy a Manhasset music stand, you should never have to buy another stand again.\nPlease note: Proof of purchase required\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Allows the stand to hold up to 34kg (75lbs)", "Bullet2":"Easily adjustable", "Bullet3":"Fits any Manhasset stand", "Bullet4":"Music stand is allowed to function in the normal fashion", "Bullet5":"Enables you to turn your stand into a percussion table", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "14","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.583333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1188", "Title": "Percussion Plus lollipop drum - 6\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003elollipop-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964128753", "VariationOf": "pp1189", "Description": "The Percussion Plus lollipop drum is a fun and exciting instrument, particularly popular with younger children. It is a bright and colourful instrument and can be played with your hand or with the supplied mallet. It is the perfect tool to stimulate children's interest in music and has an attractive appearance.", "Bullet1":"Lollipop drum", "Bullet2":"Colorful and interesting shape", "Bullet3":"Can be played with your hand or with the supplied mallet", "Bullet4":"Perfect tool to stimulate children's interest in music", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "251","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.041666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "6.333333333333334", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1189", "Title": "Percussion Plus lollipop drum - 8\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003elollipop-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964199463", "VariationOf": "pp1189", "Description": "The Percussion Plus lollipop drum is a fun and exciting instrument, particularly popular with younger children. It is a bright and colourful instrument and can be played with your hand or with the supplied mallet. It is the perfect tool to stimulate children's interest in music and has an attractive appearance.", "Bullet1":"Lollipop drum", "Bullet2":"Colorful and interesting shape", "Bullet3":"Can be played with your hand or with the supplied mallet", "Bullet4":"Perfect tool to stimulate children's interest in music", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.116666666666665", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "7.3", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP156", "Title": "Acme crow and rook call whistle - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebird-calls", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547001567", "VariationOf": "pp156", "Description": "Introducing the Acme crow and rook call whistle\nThe Acme PP156 whistle accurately mimics the rasping call of a crow with great volume and power. It is also possible to produce a higher pitched crow cry with the same authentic tone. All Acme calls are hand-tuned and great fun for all ages.This crow and rook whistle is a popular addition to school orchestras and musical groups globally but can also be used by wildlife photographers looking for a decoy.\n\n Made in the UK\nAcme whistles are manufactured in Birmingham and were carefully developed over a number of years. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\n\nSound Sample\n\n", "Bullet1":"Realistic bird call sound", "Bullet2":"Made from black plastic with keyring attachment", "Bullet3":"Handy for wildlife photographers", "Bullet4":"Mimics the rasping call of a crow or rook with great volume and power", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.041666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6850", "Title": "Percussion Plus Slap drumming - KidZ lollipop drum - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003elollipop-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964132385", "VariationOf": "pp6850", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Slap Percussion - Lollipop Drum The Slap Drumming range from Percussion Plus is the perfect way to introduce rhythm and time into your KS1 and KS2 music classes. Each drum features colourful patterns that will attract the attention of young students, and the unique lollipop shape of the drum and beater will help get them to engage during their lesson, making these drums perfect for schools and educational environments.\nThese strong and durable Lollipop Drums are lightweight and easy to carry, making them a great way to combine movement with music. All materials and hardware have been produced to the highest standard, and are designed to withstand the trials of regular classroom use, whilst still producing a strong and lively sound.\nWhether it's for a large primary school class or music therapy use, this affordable range requires no maintenance and gives you the tools you need for smooth-running lessons. \n\n“The first thing I noticed about the drums is how incredibly light they are. This makes them ideal for use in educational settings that involve young children or older children who may find holding the instrument difficult. The real benefit of these instruments is that the drumhead has been printed with graphics of the hand positions to show exactly where to play the drum to achieve the correct sounds. The construction is solid, they have good tone, are good to look at, and are fun to play.”\nAndy Gleadhill - Percussion Plus Global Ambassador \n\n Fun look, vibrant sound The colourful pattern wrapped around the drum gives a fun and exciting look, inviting young classes to learn and play. It has a lightweight body so is easily stored and transported. The Percussion Plus lollipop drum is also supplied with a soft foam beater. The 8\"\" drum surface gives plenty of room to master the three tones whilst being compact enough for small hands to carry. Although it is lightweight, the build quality is reassuringly sturdy and the sound is just as vibrant and powerful as its colourful patterned exterior! ", "Bullet1":"Fun and easy SLAP drumming for younger players", "Bullet2":"Unique design with eye catching colours and interesting patterns", "Bullet3":"Ready to play pre-tuned synthetic heads", "Bullet4":"A wonderful introduction to rhythmic interactive music making for ages 5+", "Bullet5":"Dimensions: 8\" diameter", "Bullet6":"Supplied with a soft foam beater", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "73","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.041666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP273-A73", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP273 desk bell individual note - A73 blue \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003edesk-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318303451", "VariationOf": "pp273-individual", "Description": "Percussion Plus Diatonic Desk Bells give a great sound and are played by simply pushing the top of the handle down to produce a sound. This instrument is made to have excellent tone and tuning to allow it to be played successfully with the other instruments in the Colour \u0026amp; Play range. These bells are built to last, and are great for both children and adults to be played both individually or in a group. The note colours of this Desk Bell set match with the other products in our Colour \u0026amp; Play range, including the PP275 Combi Bells , PP935 Chime bars and PP790 Wak! A Tubes. All instruments in the range follow ChromaPlay, a colour method in which colour coded notes correspond to specific notes of the written music. This method allows players who cannot read music to play along without difficulty and for the instruments in this range to be played together with ease. The Colour \u0026amp; Play Songbook is a great place to start playing, with numerous nursery rhymes and some pop tunes. Since the notes of the scale are colour coded it's an easy way to get children reading sheet music. To download your free Colour \u0026amp; Play Songbook simply click here!Now you can replace individual bells that have gone missing or been damaged, or simply add extras of specific notes to your collection.", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Played by pushing down the top of the handle", "Bullet3":"Well-tuned to produce great sound", "Bullet4":"Notes available: C64-C76", "Bullet5":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.583333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP273-B75", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP273 desk bell individual note - B75 pink \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003edesk-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318303468", "VariationOf": "pp273-individual", "Description": "Percussion Plus Diatonic Desk Bells give a great sound and are played by simply pushing the top of the handle down to produce a sound. This instrument is made to have excellent tone and tuning to allow it to be played successfully with the other instruments in the Colour \u0026amp; Play range. These bells are built to last, and are great for both children and adults to be played both individually or in a group. The note colours of this Desk Bell set match with the other products in our Colour \u0026amp; Play range, including the PP275 Combi Bells , PP935 Chime bars and PP790 Wak! A Tubes. All instruments in the range follow ChromaPlay, a colour method in which colour coded notes correspond to specific notes of the written music. This method allows players who cannot read music to play along without difficulty and for the instruments in this range to be played together with ease. The Colour \u0026amp; Play Songbook is a great place to start playing, with numerous nursery rhymes and some pop tunes. Since the notes of the scale are colour coded it's an easy way to get children reading sheet music. To download your free Colour \u0026amp; Play Songbook simply click here!Now you can replace individual bells that have gone missing or been damaged, or simply add extras of specific notes to your collection.", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Played by pushing down the top of the handle", "Bullet3":"Well-tuned to produce great sound", "Bullet4":"Notes available: C64-C76", "Bullet5":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.583333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP273-C64", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP273 desk bell individual note - C64 (low) red \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003edesk-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318303475", "VariationOf": "pp273-individual", "Description": "Percussion Plus Diatonic Desk Bells give a great sound and are played by simply pushing the top of the handle down to produce a sound. This instrument is made to have excellent tone and tuning to allow it to be played successfully with the other instruments in the Colour \u0026amp; Play range. These bells are built to last, and are great for both children and adults to be played both individually or in a group. The note colours of this Desk Bell set match with the other products in our Colour \u0026amp; Play range, including the PP275 Combi Bells , PP935 Chime bars and PP790 Wak! A Tubes. All instruments in the range follow ChromaPlay, a colour method in which colour coded notes correspond to specific notes of the written music. This method allows players who cannot read music to play along without difficulty and for the instruments in this range to be played together with ease. The Colour \u0026amp; Play Songbook is a great place to start playing, with numerous nursery rhymes and some pop tunes. Since the notes of the scale are colour coded it's an easy way to get children reading sheet music. To download your free Colour \u0026amp; Play Songbook simply click here!Now you can replace individual bells that have gone missing or been damaged, or simply add extras of specific notes to your collection.", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Played by pushing down the top of the handle", "Bullet3":"Well-tuned to produce great sound", "Bullet4":"Notes available: C64-C76", "Bullet5":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.583333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP273-C76", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP273 desk bell individual note - C76 (high) red \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003edesk-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318303482", "VariationOf": "pp273-individual", "Description": "Percussion Plus Diatonic Desk Bells give a great sound and are played by simply pushing the top of the handle down to produce a sound. This instrument is made to have excellent tone and tuning to allow it to be played successfully with the other instruments in the Colour \u0026amp; Play range. These bells are built to last, and are great for both children and adults to be played both individually or in a group. The note colours of this Desk Bell set match with the other products in our Colour \u0026amp; Play range, including the PP275 Combi Bells , PP935 Chime bars and PP790 Wak! A Tubes. All instruments in the range follow ChromaPlay, a colour method in which colour coded notes correspond to specific notes of the written music. This method allows players who cannot read music to play along without difficulty and for the instruments in this range to be played together with ease. The Colour \u0026amp; Play Songbook is a great place to start playing, with numerous nursery rhymes and some pop tunes. Since the notes of the scale are colour coded it's an easy way to get children reading sheet music. To download your free Colour \u0026amp; Play Songbook simply click here!Now you can replace individual bells that have gone missing or been damaged, or simply add extras of specific notes to your collection.", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Played by pushing down the top of the handle", "Bullet3":"Well-tuned to produce great sound", "Bullet4":"Notes available: C64-C76", "Bullet5":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.583333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP273-D66", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP273 desk bell individual note - D66 orange \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003edesk-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318303499", "VariationOf": "pp273-individual", "Description": "Percussion Plus Diatonic Desk Bells give a great sound and are played by simply pushing the top of the handle down to produce a sound. This instrument is made to have excellent tone and tuning to allow it to be played successfully with the other instruments in the Colour \u0026amp; Play range. These bells are built to last, and are great for both children and adults to be played both individually or in a group. The note colours of this Desk Bell set match with the other products in our Colour \u0026amp; Play range, including the PP275 Combi Bells , PP935 Chime bars and PP790 Wak! A Tubes. All instruments in the range follow ChromaPlay, a colour method in which colour coded notes correspond to specific notes of the written music. This method allows players who cannot read music to play along without difficulty and for the instruments in this range to be played together with ease. The Colour \u0026amp; Play Songbook is a great place to start playing, with numerous nursery rhymes and some pop tunes. Since the notes of the scale are colour coded it's an easy way to get children reading sheet music. To download your free Colour \u0026amp; Play Songbook simply click here!Now you can replace individual bells that have gone missing or been damaged, or simply add extras of specific notes to your collection.", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Played by pushing down the top of the handle", "Bullet3":"Well-tuned to produce great sound", "Bullet4":"Notes available: C64-C76", "Bullet5":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.583333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP273-E68", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP273 desk bell individual note - E68 yellow \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003edesk-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318303505", "VariationOf": "pp273-individual", "Description": "Percussion Plus Diatonic Desk Bells give a great sound and are played by simply pushing the top of the handle down to produce a sound. This instrument is made to have excellent tone and tuning to allow it to be played successfully with the other instruments in the Colour \u0026amp; Play range. These bells are built to last, and are great for both children and adults to be played both individually or in a group. The note colours of this Desk Bell set match with the other products in our Colour \u0026amp; Play range, including the PP275 Combi Bells , PP935 Chime bars and PP790 Wak! A Tubes. All instruments in the range follow ChromaPlay, a colour method in which colour coded notes correspond to specific notes of the written music. This method allows players who cannot read music to play along without difficulty and for the instruments in this range to be played together with ease. The Colour \u0026amp; Play Songbook is a great place to start playing, with numerous nursery rhymes and some pop tunes. Since the notes of the scale are colour coded it's an easy way to get children reading sheet music. To download your free Colour \u0026amp; Play Songbook simply click here!Now you can replace individual bells that have gone missing or been damaged, or simply add extras of specific notes to your collection.", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Played by pushing down the top of the handle", "Bullet3":"Well-tuned to produce great sound", "Bullet4":"Notes available: C64-C76", "Bullet5":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.583333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP273-F69", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP273 desk bell individual note - F69 light green \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003edesk-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318303512", "VariationOf": "pp273-individual", "Description": "Percussion Plus Diatonic Desk Bells give a great sound and are played by simply pushing the top of the handle down to produce a sound. This instrument is made to have excellent tone and tuning to allow it to be played successfully with the other instruments in the Colour \u0026amp; Play range. These bells are built to last, and are great for both children and adults to be played both individually or in a group. The note colours of this Desk Bell set match with the other products in our Colour \u0026amp; Play range, including the PP275 Combi Bells , PP935 Chime bars and PP790 Wak! A Tubes. All instruments in the range follow ChromaPlay, a colour method in which colour coded notes correspond to specific notes of the written music. This method allows players who cannot read music to play along without difficulty and for the instruments in this range to be played together with ease. The Colour \u0026amp; Play Songbook is a great place to start playing, with numerous nursery rhymes and some pop tunes. Since the notes of the scale are colour coded it's an easy way to get children reading sheet music. To download your free Colour \u0026amp; Play Songbook simply click here!Now you can replace individual bells that have gone missing or been damaged, or simply add extras of specific notes to your collection.", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Played by pushing down the top of the handle", "Bullet3":"Well-tuned to produce great sound", "Bullet4":"Notes available: C64-C76", "Bullet5":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.583333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP273-G71", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP273 desk bell individual note - G71 dark green \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003edesk-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318303529", "VariationOf": "pp273-individual", "Description": "Percussion Plus Diatonic Desk Bells give a great sound and are played by simply pushing the top of the handle down to produce a sound. This instrument is made to have excellent tone and tuning to allow it to be played successfully with the other instruments in the Colour \u0026amp; Play range. These bells are built to last, and are great for both children and adults to be played both individually or in a group. The note colours of this Desk Bell set match with the other products in our Colour \u0026amp; Play range, including the PP275 Combi Bells , PP935 Chime bars and PP790 Wak! A Tubes. All instruments in the range follow ChromaPlay, a colour method in which colour coded notes correspond to specific notes of the written music. This method allows players who cannot read music to play along without difficulty and for the instruments in this range to be played together with ease. The Colour \u0026amp; Play Songbook is a great place to start playing, with numerous nursery rhymes and some pop tunes. Since the notes of the scale are colour coded it's an easy way to get children reading sheet music. To download your free Colour \u0026amp; Play Songbook simply click here!Now you can replace individual bells that have gone missing or been damaged, or simply add extras of specific notes to your collection.", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Played by pushing down the top of the handle", "Bullet3":"Well-tuned to produce great sound", "Bullet4":"Notes available: C64-C76", "Bullet5":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.583333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MUSISCA59", "Title": "Musisca guitar wall hanger - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003eguitar\u003esingle", "Brand": "Musisca", "Barcode": "5055964134877", "VariationOf": "musisca59", "Description": " Introducing the Musisca guitar wall hanger\nThe ideal solution for displaying and securely storing guitars in schools, studios, or any space. Crafted with a dark brown molded plastic base, this wall hanger offers a perfect blend of functionality and style.\nThe Musisca Guitar Wall Hanger caters to the needs of musicians, music teachers, and guitar enthusiasts alike. Whether you have a single guitar or a collection, this hanger offers versatility and reliability. Experience the combination of quality, affordability, and practicality with the Musisca guitar wall hanger. It is the perfect choice for schools and studios seeking a secure and stylish storage solution.\n\nProtects your instrument while occupying minimal space\n Designed with padded arms, the Musisca Guitar Wall Hanger ensures that your guitars are protected from scratches and damage. The reliable auto lock feature keeps your instruments securely in place, providing peace of mind and allowing you to showcase your collection with confidence.\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Dark brown moulded plastic base", "Bullet2":"Padded arms ensure guitars are safe from scratches and damage", "Bullet3":"Auto lock mechanism securely holds guitars in place", "Bullet4":"Included mounting hardware make installation hassle-free", "Bullet5":"Utilise vertical wall space and create an organised guitar display", "Bullet6":"Great choice for schools and studios", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "110","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.041666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2127", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Small prayer bells - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecymbals\u003efinger", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318308166", "VariationOf": "pp2127", "Description": "\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Small prayer bells\nThese small prayer bells produce a high pitched, harmonic sound when struck together, cutting through the air and producing a sense of peace and calmness. The bells are held together by a leather strap, ensuring durability and a resonant sound. \nBeautifully crafted using only traditional materials and methods, these brass-coloured bells are embossed with intricate designs, looking aesthetically pleasing in any space.\nThe Percussion Plus Honestly Made Small prayer bells are sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus \n These items are musical instruments, not toys, and there may be many small parts on, or in, some of them. Younger players should use them with supervision.\n\n\n A multitude of uses\nThe Percussion Plus Honestly Made Small prayer bells are perfect for use in meditation to promote a sense of calmness and help to focus the mind, as well as in yoga sessions and during sound therapy.\nThey also make for a unique and distinct effect when used in orchestral works, and add a great sound effect in recording sessions.\n\n\n\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Small prayer bells\nThese small prayer bells produce a high pitched, harmonic sound when struck together, cutting through the air and producing a sense of peace and calmness. The bells are held together by a leather strap, ensuring durability and a resonant sound. \nBeautifully crafted using only traditional materials and methods, these brass-coloured bells are embossed with intricate designs, looking aesthetically pleasing in any space.\nThe Percussion Plus Honestly Made Small prayer bells are sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus \n These items are musical instruments, not toys, and there may be many small parts on, or in, some of them. Younger players should use them with supervision.\n\n\n\n A multitude of uses\nThe Percussion Plus Honestly Made Small prayer bells are perfect for use in meditation to promote a sense of calmness and help to focus the mind, as well as in yoga sessions and during sound therapy.\nThey also make for a unique and distinct effect when used in orchestral works, and add a great sound effect in recording sessions.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Tibet using traditional methods and materials", "Bullet2":"Produces a gentle, ringing sound", "Bullet3":"Each bell measures 4.7cm diameter", "Bullet4":"Perfect for use in meditation, in yoga sessions and during sound therapy", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.041666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ7549", "Title": "Izzo cuica head 8'' - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7897626875494", "VariationOf": "iz7549", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo cuica head 8''\nThis Izzo replacement drum head is designed for cuica drums and provides an authentic, resonant sound. Made from natural rawhide with a solid aluminium rim, this drum head is ideal for schools and music education groups that want to keep spares or to make sure that their percussion instruments are in excellent working condition.\nThe cuica drum\nThe 'cuica' is a Brazilian friction drum, which is a unique instrument that has a large pitch range controlled by the player via a large stick fixed to the centre of the drum head. The stick is rosined and rubbed with a damp cloth, which is what allows it to produce the distinct sound.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Natural rawhide drum head", "Bullet2":"Sturdy aluminium rim", "Bullet3":"Lightweight and durable", "Bullet4":"Replacement heads for cuica drums", "Bullet5":"Creates a powerful, resonant tone", "Bullet6":"Wood stick tied to the head", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\" (20cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDrum head material:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHide\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.583333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AP-3405", "Title": "Apextone A-frame guitar stand - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003eguitar\u003esingle", "Brand": "Apextone", "Barcode": "762716058781", "VariationOf": "ap-3405", "Description": "Introducing the Apextone A-frame guitar stand\nEngineered for compactness without compromising on protection, this stand offers a secure resting place for both acoustic and electric guitars. Lightweight and cleverly designed, this is a versatile stand for gigging guitarists of all levels and genres.\nFoam padding for extra security\nWith high density foam padding for the guitar rest on, the Apextone stand cradles your guitar gently, shielding it from scratches, dents, or other damage. Whether you're storing your instrument at home or taking it to a gig, trust that it's in good hands with this stand.\nEngineered for stability\nIts bespoke prongs accommodate both acoustic and electric guitars ensuring a secure fit for your instrument. Acoustic guitars will rest on the outer parts of the prongs, but an inner dip ensures the electric ones have an appropriate spot to sit in too. No matter the shape or style, rest assured that your guitar will be held securely in place. With rubber feet providing added stability, this stand grips the floor firmly, preventing accidental slips or falls.\nOur Apextone guitar stands\n\nApextone double-wired A-frame guitar stand\nApextone tripod guitar stand\nApextone A-frame guitar stand\nApextone A-frame adjustable depth guitar stand\nApextone neck-grip guitar stand\nApextone deluxe acoustic guitar stand\nApextone guitar wall hanger\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compact, cleverly designed guitar stand for all types of guitar", "Bullet2":"Coated with high density foam to protect the instrument", "Bullet3":"Prongs of stand designed to accomodate both electric and acoustic guitars", "Bullet4":"Rubber feet for extra security", "Bullet5":"Lightweight at c.1.8kg", "Bullet6":"41.5cm tall and 32cm wide at maximum extension", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight when extended\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e41.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth when extended\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight when closed\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e43cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth when closed\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLeg length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTotal prong length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e18cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTotal prong depth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e13cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInner dip length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInner dip depth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFeet material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop cover material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSoft rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePadding material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHigh density foam\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.041666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AP-3437", "Title": "Apextone guitar wall hanger - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003eguitar\u003esingle", "Brand": "Apextone", "Barcode": "762716058828", "VariationOf": "ap-3437", "Description": "Introducing the Apextone guitar wall hanger\nMaximise your space and showcase your guitars with the Apextone guitar wall hanger. Crafted for efficiency, this hanger features a sleek light wooden base that adds a touch of elegance to any room while efficiently utilising vertical wall space.\nSmart without sacrificing security\nDesigned with premium protection in mind, the hanger is covered with foam to gently cradle your instrument, safeguarding it from scratches or damage. The lockable prongs provide added security, ensuring your guitar stays securely in place. Measuring at just 6cm wide and 7cm deep, this hanger offers a compact solution for organizing your guitar collection, creating a neat and organised display that enhances the aesthetics of your space.\nOur Apextone guitar stands\n\nApextone double-wired A-frame guitar stand\nApextone tripod guitar stand\nApextone A-frame guitar stand\nApextone A-frame adjustable depth guitar stand\nApextone neck-grip guitar stand\nApextone deluxe acoustic guitar stand\nApextone guitar wall hanger\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Efficient guitar wall hanger", "Bullet2":"Sleek light wooden base", "Bullet3":"Covered with foam for premium protection", "Bullet4":"Lockable prongs provide security", "Bullet5":"Supplied with screw for wall fixing", "Bullet6":"6cm wide, 7cm deep", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInner depth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInner width\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInner point profile to the wall\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight of wall attachment\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9.8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eProtective material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFoam\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWall attachment material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBeech\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWall-fixing screw\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSupplied\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "195","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.041666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "FL01BLACK", "Title": "Apextone 50cm acoustic foam panel - A1", "Category": "tech\u003eacoustic-treatment\u003efoam", "Brand": "Apextone", "Barcode": "762716058880", "VariationOf": "fl01black", "Description": "Introducing the Apextone foam acoustic 50cm panel in black\nCompact, lightweight and portable, measuring 50 x 50cm, the Apextone acoustic foam panel provides practical sound management solutions. This affordable foam panel is perfect for home studio recordings and school practice rooms, effectively removing reverberations and sound reflections, resulting in better recordings, tighter mixes and a more accurate, pleasing sonic experience.", "Bullet1":"A great affordable acoustic foam panel", "Bullet2":"Effectively absorbs sound", "Bullet3":"A fantastic option for home studios and school practice rooms", "Bullet4":"An ideal 50cm x 50cm size", "Bullet5":"Lightweight and portable", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x H x D)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50 x 50 x 5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.12 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "30","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.041666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "W4253", "Title": "Panyard wood series lead and junior steel pan mallets - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "7482520885818", "VariationOf": "w4253", "Description": "Panyard's wood series mallets are made from selected hardwood and are slightly heavier than the standard aluminium models. Their small rubber tips make them suitable for minipan, Jumbie Jam and lead steel pans Head material - 1 x 0.2mm rubber bands both ends Shaft material - Selected hardwoods", "Bullet1":"Pair of selected hardwood steel pan mallets with rubber tips", "Bullet2":"Walnut shaft", "Bullet3":"Smooth, natural feel", "Bullet4":"Length 17.5cm", "Bullet5":"Suitable for use with Jumbie Jam, minipans and other tenor steel pans", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-219","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.25","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.833333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HC12LC01-E", "Title": "12oz HuskeeCup with Lid - Charcoal \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001324", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-12oz-with-lid", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeCup 12oz with lid HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This 12oz cup is supplied with the universal lid for easy travel, great for your customers looking to take their coffee to go without using a disposable cup. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is a HuskeeCup made from? A HuskeeCup is made from a unique eco-composite polymer featuring coffee husk at it's core. What is coffee husk? Coffee husk is the discarded outer layer of a coffee bean, a waste product at the milling stage of coffee production. By using HuskeeCup, you are helping to recycle hundrds of tonnes of waste material from the production of coffee. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Coffee on the go This cup is supplied with the Universal Lid, featuring a triangulation of vents on its roof. This creates the perfect flow so it's just like drinking from an open cup. The fins offer exceptional insulation and can be pushed on with one hand. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made using recycled coffee husk", "Bullet2":"Universal lid for coffee on-the-go", "Bullet3":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet4":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Retail ready packaging", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e13cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup width at base\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup width at lip\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "60","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.25","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.625", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "6.341666666666666", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HC12LN01-E", "Title": "12oz HuskeeCup with Lid - Natural \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001362", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-12oz-with-lid", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeCup 12oz with lid HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This 12oz cup is supplied with the universal lid for easy travel, great for your customers looking to take their coffee to go without using a disposable cup. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is a HuskeeCup made from? A HuskeeCup is made from a unique eco-composite polymer featuring coffee husk at it's core. What is coffee husk? Coffee husk is the discarded outer layer of a coffee bean, a waste product at the milling stage of coffee production. By using HuskeeCup, you are helping to recycle hundrds of tonnes of waste material from the production of coffee. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Coffee on the go This cup is supplied with the Universal Lid, featuring a triangulation of vents on its roof. This creates the perfect flow so it's just like drinking from an open cup. The fins offer exceptional insulation and can be pushed on with one hand. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made using recycled coffee husk", "Bullet2":"Universal lid for coffee on-the-go", "Bullet3":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet4":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Retail ready packaging", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e13cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup width at base\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup width at lip\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "53","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.25","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "6.625", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "6.341666666666666", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP235", "Title": "Percussion Plus snare practice pad - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003epads", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547002359", "VariationOf": "pp235", "Description": "This is the perfect product from Percussion Plus for the late-night drummer. No longer disturb your neighbours with this silencing pad. Simply place it on top of your snare drum to reduce the volume. The pad is made from durable, solid black rubber designed to last.", "Bullet1":"Black rubber mute for snare drum", "Bullet2":"Suitable for a 14\" diameter", "Bullet3":"Practice quietly without disturbing the neighbours", "Bullet4":"Natural feel and response", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.308333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP553", "Title": "Percussion Plus pack of 10 triangle beaters - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003etriangle", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349483358", "VariationOf": "pp553", "Description": "This pack of 10 triangle beaters is perfect for percussion groups or to keep as spares. The large handles make them ideal for children and the bright red handles look great and are easy to grip whilst the nicely balanced metal shaft creates the perfect triangle tone!", "Bullet1":"Pack of 10 triangle beaters", "Bullet2":"10 metal beaters with red handles", "Bullet3":"Great value pack", "Bullet4":"Previously known as T37BEAT", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "72","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.308333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "6.575", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SPP301A", "Title": "Percussion Plus spare stakes for glockenspiel - pack of 30 - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eglockenspiels\u003eorchestral", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964117924", "VariationOf": "spp301a", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus spare stakes for glockenspiel\nA pack of 30 spare metal stakes for the Percussion Plus 'Red Box' and 'Harmony' range of glockenspiels, xylophones and metallophones.\nSuitable for the following instruments;GlockenspielPP001PP003PP004PP006PP007MetallophonePP017PP018PP019PP020PP021PP022XylophonePP023PP024PP025PP026PP027PP028PP088PP089", "Bullet1":"Spare metal stakes for Percussion Plus tuned percussion instruments", "Bullet2":"Suitable for the 'Red Box' and Harmony range of glockenspiels, xylophones and metallophones", "Bullet3":"Pack of 30", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "14","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP268", "Title": "Percussion Plus wooden castanets with handle - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecastanets", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964135003", "VariationOf": "pp268", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus wooden castanets with handle\nThese Wooden castanets come with a handle making them easy to use and comfortable to play. These are ideal for young percussionists and are great for educational use.\nThe high quality wood body helps to produce a direct sound to compliment any percussion ensemble.", "Bullet1":"Solid wooden body", "Bullet2":"High pitch with large resonance", "Bullet3":"Great for classroom use", "Bullet4":"Easy to play", "Bullet5":"Bright and powerful sound", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20 x 5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "69","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.308333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AP-3501-BK", "Title": "Apextone folding music stand - Black \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003efolding", "Brand": "Apextone", "Barcode": "717378829989", "VariationOf": "ap-3501-bk", "Description": "Introducing the Apextone folding music stand\nFolding music stands are a must have accessory for musicians, and this Apextone offering provides exceptional value and portability.\nWeighing very little, this folding stand from Apextone prioritizes portability without compromising on durability. Whether you're traveling to rehearsals, gigs, or practice sessions, you can easily take this stand with you wherever your music takes you.\nKeeping your music secure\nEquipped with page retainers, the stand ensures your sheet music stays securely in place, allowing you to focus on your performance without worrying about pages flipping or shifting. Whether you're playing indoors or outdoors, your music remains stable and accessible.\nLightweight and portable\nThe tubular design of this stand ensures compactness when folded, maximising space efficiency during storage or transportation. Its legs can be effortlessly folded in and out, providing stability during performances and enabling convenient storage when not in use, especially using the included gig bag.\nA trustworthy musical companion\nWith secure plastic knobs for fastening, you can trust that this stand will remain solidly in place throughout your rehearsals and performances. Whether you're a student, a professional musician, or somewhere in between, the Apextone folding music stand is the perfect companion for your musical journey.\nOur Apextone music stands range\n\nApextone folding music stand\nApextone wooden orchestral music stand\n\n", "Bullet1":"Classic folding music stand design, adjustable 68-132cm", "Bullet2":"Very lightweight for optimal portability, and includes gig bag", "Bullet3":"Fitted with page retainers to secure sheet music", "Bullet4":"Tubular design ensures compactness", "Bullet5":"Legs can be folded in and out for stability or storage", "Bullet6":"Secure plastic knobs for fastening", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e68-132cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDesk width\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDesk height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e22cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDesk lip depth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eScrews and feet material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStand body material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "133","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.308333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AP-3501-BL", "Title": "Apextone folding music stand - Blue \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003efolding", "Brand": "Apextone", "Barcode": "717378831296", "VariationOf": "ap-3501-bk", "Description": "Introducing the Apextone folding music stand\nFolding music stands are a must have accessory for musicians, and this Apextone offering provides exceptional value and portability.\nWeighing very little, this folding stand from Apextone prioritizes portability without compromising on durability. Whether you're traveling to rehearsals, gigs, or practice sessions, you can easily take this stand with you wherever your music takes you.\nKeeping your music secure\nEquipped with page retainers, the stand ensures your sheet music stays securely in place, allowing you to focus on your performance without worrying about pages flipping or shifting. Whether you're playing indoors or outdoors, your music remains stable and accessible.\nLightweight and portable\nThe tubular design of this stand ensures compactness when folded, maximising space efficiency during storage or transportation. Its legs can be effortlessly folded in and out, providing stability during performances and enabling convenient storage when not in use, especially using the included gig bag.\nA trustworthy musical companion\nWith secure plastic knobs for fastening, you can trust that this stand will remain solidly in place throughout your rehearsals and performances. Whether you're a student, a professional musician, or somewhere in between, the Apextone folding music stand is the perfect companion for your musical journey.\nOur Apextone music stands range\n\nApextone folding music stand\nApextone wooden orchestral music stand\n\n", "Bullet1":"Classic folding music stand design, adjustable 68-132cm", "Bullet2":"Very lightweight for optimal portability, and includes gig bag", "Bullet3":"Fitted with page retainers to secure sheet music", "Bullet4":"Tubular design ensures compactness", "Bullet5":"Legs can be folded in and out for stability or storage", "Bullet6":"Secure plastic knobs for fastening", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e68-132cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDesk width\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDesk height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e22cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDesk lip depth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eScrews and feet material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStand body material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "292","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.308333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AP-3501-RD", "Title": "Apextone folding music stand - Red \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003efolding", "Brand": "Apextone", "Barcode": "717378831333", "VariationOf": "ap-3501-bk", "Description": "Introducing the Apextone folding music stand\nFolding music stands are a must have accessory for musicians, and this Apextone offering provides exceptional value and portability.\nWeighing very little, this folding stand from Apextone prioritizes portability without compromising on durability. Whether you're traveling to rehearsals, gigs, or practice sessions, you can easily take this stand with you wherever your music takes you.\nKeeping your music secure\nEquipped with page retainers, the stand ensures your sheet music stays securely in place, allowing you to focus on your performance without worrying about pages flipping or shifting. Whether you're playing indoors or outdoors, your music remains stable and accessible.\nLightweight and portable\nThe tubular design of this stand ensures compactness when folded, maximising space efficiency during storage or transportation. Its legs can be effortlessly folded in and out, providing stability during performances and enabling convenient storage when not in use, especially using the included gig bag.\nA trustworthy musical companion\nWith secure plastic knobs for fastening, you can trust that this stand will remain solidly in place throughout your rehearsals and performances. Whether you're a student, a professional musician, or somewhere in between, the Apextone folding music stand is the perfect companion for your musical journey.\nOur Apextone music stands range\n\nApextone folding music stand\nApextone wooden orchestral music stand\n\n", "Bullet1":"Classic folding music stand design, adjustable 68-132cm", "Bullet2":"Very lightweight for optimal portability, and includes gig bag", "Bullet3":"Fitted with page retainers to secure sheet music", "Bullet4":"Tubular design ensures compactness", "Bullet5":"Legs can be folded in and out for stability or storage", "Bullet6":"Secure plastic knobs for fastening", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e68-132cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDesk width\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDesk height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e22cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDesk lip depth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eScrews and feet material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStand body material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "187","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.308333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "EPA3", "Title": "11.5V AC power supply for Yamaha portable keyboards - A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003eadaptors", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5060171710110", "VariationOf": "epa3", "Description": "Introducing the 11.5V AC power supply for Yamaha portable keyboards\nThis power supply is a much cheaper alternative to the Yamaha PA-130. It is well constructed and can be used with a wide variety of Yamaha electronic products. Most often used with Yamaha keyboards and drum machines, it is one of our best sellers both domestically and to schools. See below for a list of compatible products. If at all unsure please contact our keyboard department on 01428 658806 for advice.\nSuitable for all the following models and more: \nYamaha YPT series:: YPT200, YPT210, YPT220, YPT230, YPT240, YPT255, YPT260, YPT270, YPT280, YPT340, YPT360, YPT370, YPT380.\nYamaha PSR series:: PSR125, PSR170, PSR172, PSR175, PSR190, PSR195, PSRE203, PSRE213, PSRE223, PSRE233, PSRE243, PSR201, PSR202, PSR260, PSR262, PSR273, PSRE273, PSR280, PSR282, PSR283, PSR290, PSR292, PSR293, PSR295, PSRE303, PSRE313, PSRE323, PSRE333, PSRE343, PSR350, PSRE353, PSRE363, PSRE373, PSRE383, PSR403, PSRE403, PSRE413, PSRE423, PSRE433, PSRE443, PSR450, PSRE453, PSRE453, PSRE463, PSRE473, PSR550.\nYamaha DD series drum banks:: DD45, DD65, DD75.\nYamaha EZ light-key series:: EZ200, EZ220, EZ300, EZ310.\nYamaha Piaggero series:: NP-12, NP-15, NP-35.\n", "Bullet1":"Great value power supply suitable for most Yamaha keyboards", "Bullet2":"Previously known as KPA3 or PA-130A", "Bullet3":"11.5V plug with 1.5 meter lead", "Bullet4":"Our best selling power adaptor for Yamaha keyboards", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "938","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.575", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "6.991666666666666", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1762", "Title": "Percussion Plus pair of Indian bells - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecymbals\u003efinger", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964127411", "VariationOf": "pp1762", "Description": "\n\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Indian bells – pair\nAlso known as manjïrà (manjeera) chimes, these bells are a traditional percussion instrument of India. The chimes are hit together to form a high-pitched ringing sound that cuts through the air, whether as an addition to a larger ensemble or by itself.\nThe chimes have a simple design yet appear not only to be aesthetically beautiful but aurally too. The dark cord that connects the two bells barely affects the bells vibrations, allowing a rich and long-lasting tone. These bells are often used in folk and devotional music, particularly in Gujarati and Marathi traditions.\nThese Indian bells are sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments, not toys, and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision.\n\n\n\n\nA multitude of uses\nThe high pitched ‘ting’ of these Indian bells can be used to aid meditation as well as sound therapy and ‘clearing’ of rooms. They have also found a place in many modern orchestral works and as a sound effect in many recordings. Their tactile beauty and complex tones are a sensory experience for all generations.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Part of the Honestly Made range of musical instruments, produced ethically in developing nations", "Bullet2":"Traditional percussion instrument from India", "Bullet3":"Produces a high-pitched ringing sound", "Bullet4":"Can be used to aid meditation and sound therapy", "Bullet5":"Rich and long-lasting tone", "Bullet6":"Sourced using fair trade principles", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.575", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP535", "Title": "Percussion Plus wooden kokiriko - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ekokirikos", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349485727", "VariationOf": "pp535", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus wooden kokiriko\nThis Percussion Plus large wooden kokiriko comes with a wide, stable binding strap for reliability and easy playability. With this instrument, you can create clattering and rattling sounds with the flick of a wrist.\nCultural origins\nA Kokiriko is a traditional Japanese percussion instrument with bamboo slats held together with a leather strap which produces a sound sometimes described as similar to dominoes falling as the slats strike one another. When played it can produce a crisp and loud sound and is normally played by holding the handle in each hand and using up and down movements either slowly or fast to produce different sounds to create an interesting variety of rhythmic effects.\nGreat for all ages\nOverall an original and fun instrument which appeals to players of all ages and a great addition to the percussion bag. A larger alternative is also available PP535 as well as an PP368 Early Years Plastic Clatterpillar Kokiriko which is based on a Kokiriko but suitable more for children.", "Bullet1":"Percussion Plus large wooden kokiriko", "Bullet2":"Create clattering, rattling sounds with the flick of a wrist", "Bullet3":"Wide, stable binding strap", "Bullet4":"Made from wood", "Bullet5":"Length: 27cm", "Bullet6":"Width: 8cm", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e27cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "88","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.575", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP877", "Title": "Percussion Plus tunable tambour hand drum - 10\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambours-frame-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547008771", "VariationOf": "pp-ppthanddrum", "Description": "The tambour is essentially a jingle-less tambourine. This Percussion Plus model is tunable which changes the tone of the drum accordingly. It has a wooden frame, a natural goatskin head and comes supplied with a beater.This characterful instrument has been manufactured to a good quality to ensure you get a great sounding tambour.Available sizes: 8\"\", 10\"\" or 12\"\"", "Bullet1":"Wooden frame hand drum", "Bullet2":"Fully tunable", "Bullet3":"Natural goat skin head", "Bullet4":"Supplied with beater", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "51","RRP_Inc_VAT": "16.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.2", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP878", "Title": "Percussion Plus tunable tambour hand drum - 12\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambours-frame-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547008788", "VariationOf": "pp-ppthanddrum", "Description": "The tambour is essentially a jingle-less tambourine. This Percussion Plus model is tunable which changes the tone of the drum accordingly. It has a wooden frame, a natural goatskin head and comes supplied with a beater.This characterful instrument has been manufactured to a good quality to ensure you get a great sounding tambour.Available sizes: 8\"\", 10\"\" or 12\"\"", "Bullet1":"Wooden frame hand drum", "Bullet2":"Fully tunable", "Bullet3":"Natural goat skin head", "Bullet4":"Supplied with beater", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.825", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP876", "Title": "Percussion Plus tunable tambour hand drum - 8\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambours-frame-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547008764", "VariationOf": "pp-ppthanddrum", "Description": "The tambour is essentially a jingle-less tambourine. This Percussion Plus model is tunable which changes the tone of the drum accordingly. It has a wooden frame, a natural goatskin head and comes supplied with a beater.This characterful instrument has been manufactured to a good quality to ensure you get a great sounding tambour.Available sizes: 8\"\", 10\"\" or 12\"\"", "Bullet1":"Wooden frame hand drum", "Bullet2":"Fully tunable", "Bullet3":"Natural goat skin head", "Bullet4":"Supplied with beater", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.575", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "EPA95100", "Title": "9.5v mains power supply for Casio portable keyboards - A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003eadaptors", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5055964108779", "VariationOf": "epa95100", "Description": "This is a 9.5v\/1.5Amp 3-pin UK mains power adaptor that is the equivalent to the Casio AD-E95100LE adaptor.It has been manufactured to the new level VI rating to match the highest energy standards that have been introduced into the USA and shortly Europe for better energy efficiency.It has been designed to work with the following Casio Keyboards:Casio CTK series:CTK-240, CTK-1100, CTK-1150, CTK-1200, CTK-1300, CTK-1500CTK-2200, CTK-2300, CTK-2400CTK-3200, CTK-3400, CTK-3500CTK-4200, CTK-4400Casio LK light-key series:LK-120, LK-125, LK-130, LK-135, LK-240 LK160, LK-240, LK-265Casio SA series mini-key series:SA-46, SA-47, SA-76, SA-78If your model does not appear on the list above, please call our keyboard department to see if this adaptor is compatible with your keyboard", "Bullet1":"9.5V UK mains plug adaptor", "Bullet2":"Equivalent to the Casio AD-E95100LE power supply", "Bullet3":"New level 6 energy efficiency rating", "Bullet4":"Over current and short circuit protection", "Bullet5":"Suitable for use with Casio CTK, LK and SA models (see below)", "Bullet6":"Please call us if you are unsure if the adaptor will work with your model of keyboard", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "258","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.575", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "6.991666666666666", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6671", "Title": "Percussion Plus Slap Djembe heads - 8 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964134914", "VariationOf": "pp6671", "Description": "\n \nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Slap Djembe replacement head\nThese Percussion Plus Slap Djembe heads are the perfect replacements for your mechanically tuned or rope tuned Slap Djembe drums, as well as any other brand of rope or mechanically tuned djembe. They are made from synthetic materials with 8\"\", 10\"\" or 12\"\" head diameters available for your drums. With the printed \"\"how to play\"\" design, it is ideal for learning how to produce the best sounds on the djembe, whether you want booming bass tones or bright highs.\nPlease note: These heads are only compatible with these djembes - Slap Djembe mechanically tuned \u0026amp; Percussion Plus Slap Djembe rope tuned - and are not compatible with the World Slap Djembes or Carnival Slap Djembes.\n\n\n\n\nThe design on the drum head shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring.\n The Bass The best sound is achieved in the centre of the drum. Keep your palm flat and stiff and strike the drum firmly. The Tone Straighten all your fingers at the same time. There are numerous hand positions that can be used to create the tone. Think of your hand as a straight extension of your arm, and you should get a solid ‘thud’ sound. The Slap This stroke can be played in the same position as the tone, the difference is that one relaxes the hand and arm to hit the drum with a slap-like motion. Spreading your fingers out slightly when they strike the djembe helps create a crisp clear sound. \n\n", "Bullet1":"Synthetic drum heads with screen-printed surface", "Bullet2":"Replacement head for 8", "Bullet3":"Printed with ", "Bullet4":"Booming, loud bass tones and whip-crack highs", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "17","RRP_Inc_VAT": "13.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.575", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6672", "Title": "Percussion Plus Slap Djembe heads - 10 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964134921", "VariationOf": "pp6671", "Description": "\n \nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Slap Djembe replacement head\nThese Percussion Plus Slap Djembe heads are the perfect replacements for your mechanically tuned or rope tuned Slap Djembe drums, as well as any other brand of rope or mechanically tuned djembe. They are made from synthetic materials with 8\"\", 10\"\" or 12\"\" head diameters available for your drums. With the printed \"\"how to play\"\" design, it is ideal for learning how to produce the best sounds on the djembe, whether you want booming bass tones or bright highs.\nPlease note: These heads are only compatible with these djembes - Slap Djembe mechanically tuned \u0026amp; Percussion Plus Slap Djembe rope tuned - and are not compatible with the World Slap Djembes or Carnival Slap Djembes.\n\n\n\n\nThe design on the drum head shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring.\n The Bass The best sound is achieved in the centre of the drum. Keep your palm flat and stiff and strike the drum firmly. The Tone Straighten all your fingers at the same time. There are numerous hand positions that can be used to create the tone. Think of your hand as a straight extension of your arm, and you should get a solid ‘thud’ sound. The Slap This stroke can be played in the same position as the tone, the difference is that one relaxes the hand and arm to hit the drum with a slap-like motion. Spreading your fingers out slightly when they strike the djembe helps create a crisp clear sound. \n\n", "Bullet1":"Synthetic drum heads with screen-printed surface", "Bullet2":"Replacement head for 8", "Bullet3":"Printed with ", "Bullet4":"Booming, loud bass tones and whip-crack highs", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "40","RRP_Inc_VAT": "17.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.741666666666665", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6673", "Title": "Percussion Plus Slap Djembe heads - 12 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964134938", "VariationOf": "pp6671", "Description": "\n \nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Slap Djembe replacement head\nThese Percussion Plus Slap Djembe heads are the perfect replacements for your mechanically tuned or rope tuned Slap Djembe drums, as well as any other brand of rope or mechanically tuned djembe. They are made from synthetic materials with 8\"\", 10\"\" or 12\"\" head diameters available for your drums. With the printed \"\"how to play\"\" design, it is ideal for learning how to produce the best sounds on the djembe, whether you want booming bass tones or bright highs.\nPlease note: These heads are only compatible with these djembes - Slap Djembe mechanically tuned \u0026amp; Percussion Plus Slap Djembe rope tuned - and are not compatible with the World Slap Djembes or Carnival Slap Djembes.\n\n\n\n\nThe design on the drum head shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring.\n The Bass The best sound is achieved in the centre of the drum. Keep your palm flat and stiff and strike the drum firmly. The Tone Straighten all your fingers at the same time. There are numerous hand positions that can be used to create the tone. Think of your hand as a straight extension of your arm, and you should get a solid ‘thud’ sound. The Slap This stroke can be played in the same position as the tone, the difference is that one relaxes the hand and arm to hit the drum with a slap-like motion. Spreading your fingers out slightly when they strike the djembe helps create a crisp clear sound. \n\n", "Bullet1":"Synthetic drum heads with screen-printed surface", "Bullet2":"Replacement head for 8", "Bullet3":"Printed with ", "Bullet4":"Booming, loud bass tones and whip-crack highs", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "33","RRP_Inc_VAT": "22.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP213", "Title": "Percussion Plus pair of sheesham wood claves - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eclaves", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547002137", "VariationOf": "pp213", "Description": "Claves are traditional instruments from Cuba, commonly used with their own, self-titled rhythm in Latin American dance music. Easy to play they are an essential for the classroom percussion box. This pair of sheesham wood claves from Percussion Plus are both attractive and great sounding.", "Bullet1":"Produce a bright, high clicking sound", "Bullet2":"Length 19cm", "Bullet3":"Short and lightweight", "Bullet4":"Great for educational use", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\" (19.2cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1\" (2.3cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.583333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GS1650", "Title": "Octopus GS1650 retractable ukulele \/ violin stand - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003eviolin-ukulele-mandolin", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5060349481255", "VariationOf": "gs1650", "Description": "The GS1650 retractable stand is a lightweight and compact yet highly sturdy stand with an innovative design. The stand offers great support for Ukulele, Mandolin, Violin and Viola (includes bow rest). It has retractable legs with non-slip rubber feet to keep the stand in place whether on stage or just for display purposes.The foam covered neck and body supports will make sure that your instrument remains scratch free. This stand is extremely easy to assemble and pack away and is height adjustable from 35cm to 56cm.**Not suitable for tenor ukuleles**", "Bullet1":"Lightweight and extremely compact yet highly sturdy", "Bullet2":"Offers great support for Ukulele, Mandolin, Violin and Viola (includes integral bow rest)", "Bullet3":"Retractable legs with non-slip rubber feet", "Bullet4":"The innovative design makes this stand extremely easy to assemble and pack away", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "306","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP275-A73", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP275 combi hand bell individual note - A73 blue \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318300351", "VariationOf": "pp275-individual", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP275 combi hand bell\nThe PP275 set of 8 combi bells from Percussion Plus is a great resource for the classroom. They are lots of fun and incredibly easy to play – simply shake as a hand bell or push the button on top of the handle. Each bell is made of sturdy metal which is coated in a clear plastic casing to protect it from damage. This means that they are built to last and will withstand use in the classroom, without compromising their clear and bright tone. Now you can replace individual bells that have gone missing or been damaged, or simply add extras of specific notes to your collection.\nEach of the combi bells is vibrantly coloured according to our colour matching note system, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation. Perfect for individual use as well as ensemble playing.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe bells are vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThey’re colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP935 chime bars\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP273 desk bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Metal bell with clear plastic casing and plastic stem", "Bullet3":"Bells follow our colour matching note system", "Bullet4":"Note range: C64-C76", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.166666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP275-B75", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP275 combi hand bell individual note - B75 pink \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318300368", "VariationOf": "pp275-individual", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP275 combi hand bell\nThe PP275 set of 8 combi bells from Percussion Plus is a great resource for the classroom. They are lots of fun and incredibly easy to play – simply shake as a hand bell or push the button on top of the handle. Each bell is made of sturdy metal which is coated in a clear plastic casing to protect it from damage. This means that they are built to last and will withstand use in the classroom, without compromising their clear and bright tone. Now you can replace individual bells that have gone missing or been damaged, or simply add extras of specific notes to your collection.\nEach of the combi bells is vibrantly coloured according to our colour matching note system, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation. Perfect for individual use as well as ensemble playing.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe bells are vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThey’re colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP935 chime bars\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP273 desk bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Metal bell with clear plastic casing and plastic stem", "Bullet3":"Bells follow our colour matching note system", "Bullet4":"Note range: C64-C76", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.166666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP275-C64", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP275 combi hand bell individual note - C64 (low) red \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318300375", "VariationOf": "pp275-individual", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP275 combi hand bell\nThe PP275 set of 8 combi bells from Percussion Plus is a great resource for the classroom. They are lots of fun and incredibly easy to play – simply shake as a hand bell or push the button on top of the handle. Each bell is made of sturdy metal which is coated in a clear plastic casing to protect it from damage. This means that they are built to last and will withstand use in the classroom, without compromising their clear and bright tone. Now you can replace individual bells that have gone missing or been damaged, or simply add extras of specific notes to your collection.\nEach of the combi bells is vibrantly coloured according to our colour matching note system, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation. Perfect for individual use as well as ensemble playing.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe bells are vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThey’re colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP935 chime bars\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP273 desk bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Metal bell with clear plastic casing and plastic stem", "Bullet3":"Bells follow our colour matching note system", "Bullet4":"Note range: C64-C76", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.166666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP275-C76", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP275 combi hand bell individual note - C76 (high) red \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318300382", "VariationOf": "pp275-individual", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP275 combi hand bell\nThe PP275 set of 8 combi bells from Percussion Plus is a great resource for the classroom. They are lots of fun and incredibly easy to play – simply shake as a hand bell or push the button on top of the handle. Each bell is made of sturdy metal which is coated in a clear plastic casing to protect it from damage. This means that they are built to last and will withstand use in the classroom, without compromising their clear and bright tone. Now you can replace individual bells that have gone missing or been damaged, or simply add extras of specific notes to your collection.\nEach of the combi bells is vibrantly coloured according to our colour matching note system, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation. Perfect for individual use as well as ensemble playing.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe bells are vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThey’re colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP935 chime bars\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP273 desk bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Metal bell with clear plastic casing and plastic stem", "Bullet3":"Bells follow our colour matching note system", "Bullet4":"Note range: C64-C76", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.166666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP275-D66", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP275 combi hand bell individual note - D66 orange \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318300399", "VariationOf": "pp275-individual", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP275 combi hand bell\nThe PP275 set of 8 combi bells from Percussion Plus is a great resource for the classroom. They are lots of fun and incredibly easy to play – simply shake as a hand bell or push the button on top of the handle. Each bell is made of sturdy metal which is coated in a clear plastic casing to protect it from damage. This means that they are built to last and will withstand use in the classroom, without compromising their clear and bright tone. Now you can replace individual bells that have gone missing or been damaged, or simply add extras of specific notes to your collection.\nEach of the combi bells is vibrantly coloured according to our colour matching note system, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation. Perfect for individual use as well as ensemble playing.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe bells are vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThey’re colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP935 chime bars\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP273 desk bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Metal bell with clear plastic casing and plastic stem", "Bullet3":"Bells follow our colour matching note system", "Bullet4":"Note range: C64-C76", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.166666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP275-E68", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP275 combi hand bell individual note - E68 yellow \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318300405", "VariationOf": "pp275-individual", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP275 combi hand bell\nThe PP275 set of 8 combi bells from Percussion Plus is a great resource for the classroom. They are lots of fun and incredibly easy to play – simply shake as a hand bell or push the button on top of the handle. Each bell is made of sturdy metal which is coated in a clear plastic casing to protect it from damage. This means that they are built to last and will withstand use in the classroom, without compromising their clear and bright tone. Now you can replace individual bells that have gone missing or been damaged, or simply add extras of specific notes to your collection.\nEach of the combi bells is vibrantly coloured according to our colour matching note system, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation. Perfect for individual use as well as ensemble playing.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe bells are vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThey’re colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP935 chime bars\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP273 desk bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Metal bell with clear plastic casing and plastic stem", "Bullet3":"Bells follow our colour matching note system", "Bullet4":"Note range: C64-C76", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.166666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP275-F69", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP275 combi hand bell individual note - F69 light green \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318300412", "VariationOf": "pp275-individual", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP275 combi hand bell\nThe PP275 set of 8 combi bells from Percussion Plus is a great resource for the classroom. They are lots of fun and incredibly easy to play – simply shake as a hand bell or push the button on top of the handle. Each bell is made of sturdy metal which is coated in a clear plastic casing to protect it from damage. This means that they are built to last and will withstand use in the classroom, without compromising their clear and bright tone. Now you can replace individual bells that have gone missing or been damaged, or simply add extras of specific notes to your collection.\nEach of the combi bells is vibrantly coloured according to our colour matching note system, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation. Perfect for individual use as well as ensemble playing.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe bells are vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThey’re colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP935 chime bars\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP273 desk bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Metal bell with clear plastic casing and plastic stem", "Bullet3":"Bells follow our colour matching note system", "Bullet4":"Note range: C64-C76", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.166666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP275-G71", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP275 combi hand bell individual note - G71 dark green \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318300429", "VariationOf": "pp275-individual", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP275 combi hand bell\nThe PP275 set of 8 combi bells from Percussion Plus is a great resource for the classroom. They are lots of fun and incredibly easy to play – simply shake as a hand bell or push the button on top of the handle. Each bell is made of sturdy metal which is coated in a clear plastic casing to protect it from damage. This means that they are built to last and will withstand use in the classroom, without compromising their clear and bright tone. Now you can replace individual bells that have gone missing or been damaged, or simply add extras of specific notes to your collection.\nEach of the combi bells is vibrantly coloured according to our colour matching note system, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation. Perfect for individual use as well as ensemble playing.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe bells are vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThey’re colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP935 chime bars\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP273 desk bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Metal bell with clear plastic casing and plastic stem", "Bullet3":"Bells follow our colour matching note system", "Bullet4":"Note range: C64-C76", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.166666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP276-BB74", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP276 combi hand bell individual accidental note - Bb74 light purple \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318300535", "VariationOf": "pp276-individual", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP276 combi hand bell\nThe PP276 set of 5 combi bells from Percussion Plus is an extension to the PP275 diatonic set. They are lots of fun and incredibly easy to play – simply shake as a hand bell or push the button on top of the handle.\nEach bell is made of sturdy metal which is coated in a clear plastic casing to protect it from damage. This means that they are built to last and will withstand use in the classroom, without compromising their clear and bright tone.\nThe combi bells are vibrantly coloured according to our colour matching note system, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation. Perfect for individual use as well as ensemble playing\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe bells are vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThey’re colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP935 chime bars\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP273 desk bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Metal bell with clear plastic casing and plastic stem", "Bullet3":"Bells follow our colour matching note system", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.166666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP276-CSHARP65", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP276 combi hand bell individual accidental note - C#65 light red \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318300542", "VariationOf": "pp276-individual", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP276 combi hand bell\nThe PP276 set of 5 combi bells from Percussion Plus is an extension to the PP275 diatonic set. They are lots of fun and incredibly easy to play – simply shake as a hand bell or push the button on top of the handle.\nEach bell is made of sturdy metal which is coated in a clear plastic casing to protect it from damage. This means that they are built to last and will withstand use in the classroom, without compromising their clear and bright tone.\nThe combi bells are vibrantly coloured according to our colour matching note system, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation. Perfect for individual use as well as ensemble playing\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe bells are vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThey’re colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP935 chime bars\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP273 desk bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Metal bell with clear plastic casing and plastic stem", "Bullet3":"Bells follow our colour matching note system", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.166666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP276-DSHARP67", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP276 combi hand bell individual accidental note - D#67 dark yellow \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318300559", "VariationOf": "pp276-individual", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP276 combi hand bell\nThe PP276 set of 5 combi bells from Percussion Plus is an extension to the PP275 diatonic set. They are lots of fun and incredibly easy to play – simply shake as a hand bell or push the button on top of the handle.\nEach bell is made of sturdy metal which is coated in a clear plastic casing to protect it from damage. This means that they are built to last and will withstand use in the classroom, without compromising their clear and bright tone.\nThe combi bells are vibrantly coloured according to our colour matching note system, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation. Perfect for individual use as well as ensemble playing\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe bells are vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThey’re colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP935 chime bars\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP273 desk bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Metal bell with clear plastic casing and plastic stem", "Bullet3":"Bells follow our colour matching note system", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.166666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP276-FSHARP70", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP276 combi hand bell individual accidental note - F#70 emerald green \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318300566", "VariationOf": "pp276-individual", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP276 combi hand bell\nThe PP276 set of 5 combi bells from Percussion Plus is an extension to the PP275 diatonic set. They are lots of fun and incredibly easy to play – simply shake as a hand bell or push the button on top of the handle.\nEach bell is made of sturdy metal which is coated in a clear plastic casing to protect it from damage. This means that they are built to last and will withstand use in the classroom, without compromising their clear and bright tone.\nThe combi bells are vibrantly coloured according to our colour matching note system, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation. Perfect for individual use as well as ensemble playing\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe bells are vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThey’re colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP935 chime bars\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP273 desk bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Metal bell with clear plastic casing and plastic stem", "Bullet3":"Bells follow our colour matching note system", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.166666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP276-GSHARP72", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP276 combi hand bell individual accidental note - G#72 royal blue \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318300573", "VariationOf": "pp276-individual", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP276 combi hand bell\nThe PP276 set of 5 combi bells from Percussion Plus is an extension to the PP275 diatonic set. They are lots of fun and incredibly easy to play – simply shake as a hand bell or push the button on top of the handle.\nEach bell is made of sturdy metal which is coated in a clear plastic casing to protect it from damage. This means that they are built to last and will withstand use in the classroom, without compromising their clear and bright tone.\nThe combi bells are vibrantly coloured according to our colour matching note system, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation. Perfect for individual use as well as ensemble playing\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe bells are vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThey’re colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP935 chime bars\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP273 desk bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Metal bell with clear plastic casing and plastic stem", "Bullet3":"Bells follow our colour matching note system", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.166666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP277-A61", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP277 Combi bells individual note - A61 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318303932", "VariationOf": "pp277-c-77", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP277 combi hand bell\nA range of individual hand bells featured in the PP277 pack, perfect as replacements. These individual hand bells mean that you can always enjoy the full range even if one of your bells is lost or damaged.\nThe bells are lots of fun and incredibly easy to play - either shake as a hand bell or simply push the button at the top of the handle. Each bell is made of sturdy metal which is coated in a clear plastic casing to protect it from damage. This ensures that they are built to last and will withstand use in the classroom, without compromising their clear and bright tone.\nEach of the combi bells is vibrantly coloured according to our colour matching note system, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe bells are vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThey’re colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP935 chime bars\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP273 desk bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\n\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Metal bells with clear plastic casing and plastic stem", "Bullet3":"Available in a range of notes: A61, Bb62, B63, C#77, D78, D#79, and E80", "Bullet4":"Bells follow our colour matching note system", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15cm (6\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9cm (3.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.166666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP277-ASHARP62", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP277 Combi bells individual note - A#62 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318303925", "VariationOf": "pp277-c-77", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP277 combi hand bell\nA range of individual hand bells featured in the PP277 pack, perfect as replacements. These individual hand bells mean that you can always enjoy the full range even if one of your bells is lost or damaged.\nThe bells are lots of fun and incredibly easy to play - either shake as a hand bell or simply push the button at the top of the handle. Each bell is made of sturdy metal which is coated in a clear plastic casing to protect it from damage. This ensures that they are built to last and will withstand use in the classroom, without compromising their clear and bright tone.\nEach of the combi bells is vibrantly coloured according to our colour matching note system, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe bells are vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThey’re colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP935 chime bars\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP273 desk bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\n\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Metal bells with clear plastic casing and plastic stem", "Bullet3":"Available in a range of notes: A61, Bb62, B63, C#77, D78, D#79, and E80", "Bullet4":"Bells follow our colour matching note system", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15cm (6\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9cm (3.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.166666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP277-B63", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP277 Combi bells individual note - B63 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318303949", "VariationOf": "pp277-c-77", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP277 combi hand bell\nA range of individual hand bells featured in the PP277 pack, perfect as replacements. These individual hand bells mean that you can always enjoy the full range even if one of your bells is lost or damaged.\nThe bells are lots of fun and incredibly easy to play - either shake as a hand bell or simply push the button at the top of the handle. Each bell is made of sturdy metal which is coated in a clear plastic casing to protect it from damage. This ensures that they are built to last and will withstand use in the classroom, without compromising their clear and bright tone.\nEach of the combi bells is vibrantly coloured according to our colour matching note system, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe bells are vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThey’re colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP935 chime bars\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP273 desk bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\n\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Metal bells with clear plastic casing and plastic stem", "Bullet3":"Available in a range of notes: A61, Bb62, B63, C#77, D78, D#79, and E80", "Bullet4":"Bells follow our colour matching note system", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15cm (6\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9cm (3.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.166666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP277-CSHARP77", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP277 Combi bells individual note - C#77 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318303956", "VariationOf": "pp277-c-77", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP277 combi hand bell\nA range of individual hand bells featured in the PP277 pack, perfect as replacements. These individual hand bells mean that you can always enjoy the full range even if one of your bells is lost or damaged.\nThe bells are lots of fun and incredibly easy to play - either shake as a hand bell or simply push the button at the top of the handle. Each bell is made of sturdy metal which is coated in a clear plastic casing to protect it from damage. This ensures that they are built to last and will withstand use in the classroom, without compromising their clear and bright tone.\nEach of the combi bells is vibrantly coloured according to our colour matching note system, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe bells are vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThey’re colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP935 chime bars\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP273 desk bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\n\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Metal bells with clear plastic casing and plastic stem", "Bullet3":"Available in a range of notes: A61, Bb62, B63, C#77, D78, D#79, and E80", "Bullet4":"Bells follow our colour matching note system", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15cm (6\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9cm (3.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.166666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP277-DSHARP79", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP277 Combi bells individual note - D#79 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318303963", "VariationOf": "pp277-c-77", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP277 combi hand bell\nA range of individual hand bells featured in the PP277 pack, perfect as replacements. These individual hand bells mean that you can always enjoy the full range even if one of your bells is lost or damaged.\nThe bells are lots of fun and incredibly easy to play - either shake as a hand bell or simply push the button at the top of the handle. Each bell is made of sturdy metal which is coated in a clear plastic casing to protect it from damage. This ensures that they are built to last and will withstand use in the classroom, without compromising their clear and bright tone.\nEach of the combi bells is vibrantly coloured according to our colour matching note system, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe bells are vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThey’re colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP935 chime bars\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP273 desk bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\n\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Metal bells with clear plastic casing and plastic stem", "Bullet3":"Available in a range of notes: A61, Bb62, B63, C#77, D78, D#79, and E80", "Bullet4":"Bells follow our colour matching note system", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15cm (6\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9cm (3.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.166666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP277-D78", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP277 Combi bells individual note - D78 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318303970", "VariationOf": "pp277-c-77", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP277 combi hand bell\nA range of individual hand bells featured in the PP277 pack, perfect as replacements. These individual hand bells mean that you can always enjoy the full range even if one of your bells is lost or damaged.\nThe bells are lots of fun and incredibly easy to play - either shake as a hand bell or simply push the button at the top of the handle. Each bell is made of sturdy metal which is coated in a clear plastic casing to protect it from damage. This ensures that they are built to last and will withstand use in the classroom, without compromising their clear and bright tone.\nEach of the combi bells is vibrantly coloured according to our colour matching note system, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe bells are vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThey’re colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP935 chime bars\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP273 desk bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\n\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Metal bells with clear plastic casing and plastic stem", "Bullet3":"Available in a range of notes: A61, Bb62, B63, C#77, D78, D#79, and E80", "Bullet4":"Bells follow our colour matching note system", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15cm (6\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9cm (3.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.166666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP277-E80", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP277 Combi bells individual note - E80 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318303987", "VariationOf": "pp277-c-77", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP277 combi hand bell\nA range of individual hand bells featured in the PP277 pack, perfect as replacements. These individual hand bells mean that you can always enjoy the full range even if one of your bells is lost or damaged.\nThe bells are lots of fun and incredibly easy to play - either shake as a hand bell or simply push the button at the top of the handle. Each bell is made of sturdy metal which is coated in a clear plastic casing to protect it from damage. This ensures that they are built to last and will withstand use in the classroom, without compromising their clear and bright tone.\nEach of the combi bells is vibrantly coloured according to our colour matching note system, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe bells are vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThey’re colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP935 chime bars\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP273 desk bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\n\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement individual bell", "Bullet2":"Metal bells with clear plastic casing and plastic stem", "Bullet3":"Available in a range of notes: A61, Bb62, B63, C#77, D78, D#79, and E80", "Bullet4":"Bells follow our colour matching note system", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15cm (6\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9cm (3.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.166666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HC0SC04-E", "Title": "HuskeeCup Saucer 4-pack - Charcoal \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "935291301263", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-saucer-4-pk", "Description": " Introducing the Huskee classic saucer pack of four HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack of four classic saucers is the perfect way to create a professional and classy atmosphere. Compatible with all of the 6-16oz HuskeeCups, give your customers or clients the best experience with the universal saucer. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is a HuskeeCup made from? A HuskeeCup is made from a unique eco-composite polymer featuring coffee husk at it's core. What is coffee husk? Coffee husk is the discarded outer layer of a coffee bean, a waste product at the milling stage of coffee production. By using HuskeeCup, you are helping to recycle hundrds of tonnes of waste material from the production of coffee. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Staying in with your coffee? A HuskeeCup locks neatly with the Classic Saucer using a hill and valley locking system. The 'valley' at the base of each cup locks neatly with the 'hill' in the middle of the saucer to make carrying and serving coffee much easier and reduces the risks of knocks and spills. The classic saucer is a great way to experience coffee in your cafe, office, or in the home. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made using recycled coffee husk", "Bullet2":"Featuring 'hill and valley' technology for added stability", "Bullet3":"This pack contains four classic saucers", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Provides a great way to experience coffee in the office, in a café, or at home", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "45","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.26","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.125", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "6.825", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HC0SN04-E", "Title": "HuskeeCup Saucer 4-pack - Natural \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001287", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-saucer-4-pk", "Description": " Introducing the Huskee classic saucer pack of four HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack of four classic saucers is the perfect way to create a professional and classy atmosphere. Compatible with all of the 6-16oz HuskeeCups, give your customers or clients the best experience with the universal saucer. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is a HuskeeCup made from? A HuskeeCup is made from a unique eco-composite polymer featuring coffee husk at it's core. What is coffee husk? Coffee husk is the discarded outer layer of a coffee bean, a waste product at the milling stage of coffee production. By using HuskeeCup, you are helping to recycle hundrds of tonnes of waste material from the production of coffee. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Staying in with your coffee? A HuskeeCup locks neatly with the Classic Saucer using a hill and valley locking system. The 'valley' at the base of each cup locks neatly with the 'hill' in the middle of the saucer to make carrying and serving coffee much easier and reduces the risks of knocks and spills. The classic saucer is a great way to experience coffee in your cafe, office, or in the home. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made using recycled coffee husk", "Bullet2":"Featuring 'hill and valley' technology for added stability", "Bullet3":"This pack contains four classic saucers", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Provides a great way to experience coffee in the office, in a café, or at home", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "52","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.26","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.125", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "6.825", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HC16LC01-E", "Title": "16oz HuskeeCup with Lid - Charcoal \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001447", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-16oz-with-lid", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeCup 16oz with lid HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This 6oz cup is supplied with the universal lid for easy travel, great for your customers looking to take their coffee to go without using a disposable cup. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is a HuskeeCup made from? A HuskeeCup is made from a unique eco-composite polymer featuring coffee husk at it's core. What is coffee husk? Coffee husk is the discarded outer layer of a coffee bean, a waste product at the milling stage of coffee production. By using HuskeeCup, you are helping to recycle hundrds of tonnes of waste material from the production of coffee. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Coffee on the go This cup is supplied with the Universal Lid, featuring a triangulation of vents on its roof. This creates the perfect flow so it's just like drinking from an open cup. The fins offer exceptional insulation and can be pushed on with one hand. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! Huskee loop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made using recycled coffee husk", "Bullet2":"Universal lid for coffee on-the-go", "Bullet3":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet4":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Retail ready packaging", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup dimensions:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e168mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e87mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e204g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e470ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEco-composite polymer, coffee husk waste, food contact approved, BPA free\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "51","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.42","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.208333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "6.908333333333334", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HC16LN01-E", "Title": "16oz HuskeeCup with Lid - Natural \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001461", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-16oz-with-lid", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeCup 16oz with lid HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This 6oz cup is supplied with the universal lid for easy travel, great for your customers looking to take their coffee to go without using a disposable cup. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is a HuskeeCup made from? A HuskeeCup is made from a unique eco-composite polymer featuring coffee husk at it's core. What is coffee husk? Coffee husk is the discarded outer layer of a coffee bean, a waste product at the milling stage of coffee production. By using HuskeeCup, you are helping to recycle hundrds of tonnes of waste material from the production of coffee. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Coffee on the go This cup is supplied with the Universal Lid, featuring a triangulation of vents on its roof. This creates the perfect flow so it's just like drinking from an open cup. The fins offer exceptional insulation and can be pushed on with one hand. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! Huskee loop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made using recycled coffee husk", "Bullet2":"Universal lid for coffee on-the-go", "Bullet3":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet4":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Retail ready packaging", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup dimensions:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e168mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e87mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e204g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e470ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEco-composite polymer, coffee husk waste, food contact approved, BPA free\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "50","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.42","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.208333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "6.908333333333334", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ5500", "Title": "Jumbie Jam Beginner's Guide and Song Book - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "7137570902304", "VariationOf": "jj5500", "Description": "Quickly learn the Steel Drum and the Trinidadian culture surrounding it with this comprehensive Beginner’s Guide. Great for children or adults. Fantastic for general music classrooms (K-8). Designed for the JJ but will work for any Steel Drum or other instruments. \n\nDivided into four sections: General Instructions, Music, Historical\/Cultural Information, and Glossary. Studying the information presented in these sections will help establish a solid foundation in playing technique, instrument care and effective practice habits along with fascinating historical and cultural events surrounding the steel drum.\n\nOriginal songs are repetitive and use only a few pitches per song. This will acquaint the user with the layout of the JJ. \n\nYou will receive a printed version of the book along with access to all the Free Downloadable audio tracks at https:\/\/www.panyard.com\/downloads\/. Each Song includes three tracks; Practice, Play Along and Performance. \n\nFor G Diatonic Jumbie Jam Pans", "Bullet1":"An introduction to Jumbie Jam steel pans", "Bullet2":"Provides instrument care tips, playing techniques, history and songs", "Bullet3":"No experience of traditional music notation required", "Bullet4":"Now with downloadable audio tracks", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.87", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP4130", "Title": "Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe Second Edition - with online content - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "9781739646622", "VariationOf": "pp4130", "Description": "\n\nIntroducing Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe Second Edition - with online content\nBuilding on the award-winning Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe, the second edition includes all the hugely popular content from the original, along with a multitude of exciting additions. In here you’ll find three more African-inspired compositions, a brand new “Call and Response” section to lift your performances, and a brief history of the djembe from its origins to its introduction into popular culture and education settings. Complete accompanying resources including video, audio, whiteboard assets and a full digital copy of the book are available for free online to help make your lessons flow!\nWritten in partnership with Percussion Plus, this incredible resource is the perfect introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. It utilises unique, easy-to-follow notation that works with any drum, but pairs especially well with Percussion Plus' Slap Djembes. Now expanded to 60 pages with full colour throughout, this edition promises a comprehensive class percussion experience for KS2 \u0026amp; KS3, as well as US elementary \u0026amp; middle schools.\nThe expanded ‘10 weekly lessons’ have been carefully crafted as a practical teaching aid and can be applied to any of the 15 rhythms in the book, making for a potential 150 lessons to choose from! Alongside the book comes an extensive selection of online content, from video performances to individual audio parts and plenty more.\n\n\n\n\n15 rhythms from around the world\nAs with the first edition, the book includes traditional rhythms from around the world, two each from countries in Africa, Australasia \u0026amp; Oceania, Asia, Europe, North America, and South America. However, the second edition now includes three brand new transcriptions from Africa too! With each country you are given a core rhythm, followed by a three part arrangement featuring that rhythm. Each tune is also graded for difficulty so you can measure your progress as you go.\n\n\n\n\nAward winning education resources\nAndy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe was honoured as Outstanding Music Education Print Resource by the Music and Drama Education Expo awards in 2024, highlighting its usefulness for visual learners, innovative use of video, and commending how the resource engaged with rhythm and notation in a culturally sensitive and progressive way.\n\n\n\n“The judges agreed that Andy Gleadhill's 'Slap Djembe' is an original and comprehensive resource for teachers: Perfect for visual learners, well planned and sequenced, with an innovative use of video. The judges were particularly impressed with how the resource engaged with rhythm and notation in a culturally sensitive and progressive way.”\n\nMusic and Drama Education awards judging panel\n\n\n\nTake your lessons to the next level with video, audio, and classroom resources!\nWatch and play along with video performances of every tune, or use the audio clips of each separate part (with metronome intro) as a handy reference when learning and teaching the rhythms. We’ve updated the resources to include all the notation from the book in a format compatible with interactive whiteboards, so now you can teach even more efficiently. You’ll also find a digital copy of the entire book alongside downloads of printer friendly spreads for each individual composition, with new content frequently being added.\n\n\n\n\nUnique, easy-to-follow notation system\nThe notation system developed by Percussion Plus makes this book easy to understand for a variety of learners, and a joy to teach from! It combines standard western notation with symbols for the bass, tone, and slap, which demonstrate how to play the drum correctly. This marries seamlessly with the Percussion Plus Slap Djembes (which feature those symbols printed on the drum head!) but can be used with any djembe or similar drum.\n\n\n\n\nWhat makes a good performance?\nThe ‘Making a performance’ chapter answers just this by taking you through the stages of a djembe performance with tips and tricks along the way, so you can create amazing music whilst having fun too! This is supplemented by Andy’s performance notes - specific pieces of advice for each rhythm, included throughout the book.\n\n\n\n\nCall \u0026amp; Response\nThis new section of the printed book consists of 10 patterns which can be used to sculpt the final performance of each piece at the conclusion of the lesson plan. These could be used as a powerful finale, or even a linking section between different rhythms. Each of the three new pieces in the second edition has its own tailored call and response, but these can also be used in any setting as required.\n\n\n\n\nLessons planned for you\nPlanning lessons for a djembe group has never been easier – Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe provides you with 10 fully planned lesson ideas, making it easy for you to follow along. From learning the basic elements of music, to creating a performance-ready piece, the 10-week lesson plan can be applied to any of the tunes in the resource. Think what you could do with the time saved!\n\n\n\n\nMore than the music\nAlongside each rhythm is a whole range of additional content, cultivated to add an extra dimension to the learning experience. These include fun facts, geographical information, cultural and social context, as well helpful maps and topical imagery.\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "508","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.95","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.95", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "9780955395123", "Title": "Dingle Music Pass Grade 5 Theory - 2nd Edition - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Dingle Music", "Barcode": "9780955395123", "VariationOf": "9780955395123", "Description": "Pass Grade 5 Theory provides a comprehensive introduction to music theory which is accessible to students of all ages from 9 upwards. Primarily intended to meet the needs of students working for the ABRSM Grade 5 theory examination, it also contains a wealth of useful material for students of Music and Music Technology at GCSE \u0026amp; A-level, including those who may not have had any formal musical training prior to starting their courses.\nPlease note: the answer book is now available as a FREE DOWNLOAD! Click HERE to find out more.\nThe author has extensive experience of teaching music theory both in schools and in private practice. This book is the product of that experience and the material in it has been used successfully with students of all ages from Year 6 to adult. It assumes no prior formal training in music theory.\nHand in hand with Pass Grade 5 Theory Answers this fully revised, updated and even more comprehensive 2nd edition (2018) including new additions to the syllabus in 2020. Students who require a slower introduction to music theory with more reinforcement of the basics before tackling the more advanced work required for the Grade 5 syllabus may wish to consider using the companion volume, Pass Grade 3 Theory, first.\nThis book assumes that the student has not studied music theory before. Each topic is covered in detail from first principles and each musical term is defined when it is introduced. There are 13 units in the book, the order of which has been carefully planned in order to ensure that the student first gains a thorough understanding of the basics of pitch, key and rhythm. The topics of transposition, basic chord structure and cadences, and how to produce an effective composition then build on these foundations.\nAnyone who takes the time and trouble to master all the topics will have a good grounding in the basic elements of music theory. They will have a good grasp of the basics of musical literacy which will prove invaluable in studying for A-Level Music or Music Technology and will be ready to enter the Associated Board Grade 5 Theory examination if they wish.\nThe book may be kept for future reference and used to refresh the memory if the student comes across anything they do not understand in the music they are studying.\n", "Bullet1":"Covers revisions to 2018 and 2020 ABRSM theory requirements", "Bullet2":"Assumes no prior formal training in music theory", "Bullet3":"Packed with helpful diagrams and exercises", "Bullet4":"Contains all that is required for the ABRSM Grade 5 theory examination", "Bullet5":"Is a useful support for music and music technology at GCSE and A-Level", "Bullet6":"Also available to download - Pass Grade 5 Theory Answer Book", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "395","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.49", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N270DHBK", "Title": "Nuvo Donut Head Joint for jFlute and Student Flute - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "799439559608", "VariationOf": "nuvo-nsfd", "Description": "Nuvo donut head joint for student flute and jFlute We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute and Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart", "Bullet1":"New in-line head joint", "Bullet2":"Reduces the stretch for younger players", "Bullet3":"Retains playing posture for transition to straight head joint flutes", "Bullet4":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet5":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.741666666666665", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N270DHWT", "Title": "Nuvo Donut Head Joint for jFlute and Student Flute - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0799439559615", "VariationOf": "nuvo-nsfd", "Description": "Nuvo donut head joint for student flute and jFlute We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute and Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart", "Bullet1":"New in-line head joint", "Bullet2":"Reduces the stretch for younger players", "Bullet3":"Retains playing posture for transition to straight head joint flutes", "Bullet4":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet5":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.741666666666665", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP079", "Title": "Percussion Plus pair of professional glockenspiel mallets - hard - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eball-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547000799", "VariationOf": "pp079", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP079 pair of professional plastic mallets\nThese professional level glockenspiel beaters have spherical hard black plastic heads mounted on 33cm varnished white ash shafts. These hard heads produce a percussive clicking sound on impact and don’t deaden the resulting tone’s sustain at all making them the perfect implements for cutting through big orchestral textures and getting the clearest and most resonant sparkle from your bells.\nGreat for the classroom and at home as well as for professional use. Sold as a pair.", "Bullet1":"Pair of hard professional glockenspiel beaters", "Bullet2":"Round, hard black plastic head", "Bullet3":"Wooden shaft", "Bullet4":"Manufactured in the UK", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e330mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWhite ash\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual beater weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e22g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.116666666666665", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP080", "Title": "Percussion Plus professional xylophone mallets - hard - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eball-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547000805", "VariationOf": "pp080", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP080 professional xylophone mallets\nthe percussion plus pp080 xylophone mallets form an essential part of the professional percussionist stick bag. these versatile can be used on a range tuned and untuned instruments including tom-tom small gongs woodblocks\nEach beater has a well-balanced wooden shaft topped with a round head made of red rubber which produces a clear full tone without the harsh attack and percussive slap of wood or hard plastics. They are proudly constructed by hand in our Leicestershire workshop.\nSupplied as a pair.", "Bullet1":"1 pair of professional xylophone beaters", "Bullet2":"Hard round head made from red rubber", "Bullet3":"Smooth wooden stick", "Bullet4":"Length: approx. 35cm", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e320mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWhite ash\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual beater weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e22g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "244","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.116666666666665", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP097", "Title": "Percussion Plus replacement glockenspiel note pegs - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enote-pegs", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547010972", "VariationOf": "pp097", "Description": "Given time, even the most secure rubber note pegs will become worn. Fortunately, they are easy and comparatively cheap to replace. This is a very useful spare product to have around and provides a secure rubber base for your note bars.\nThese rubber note pegs are suitable for PP001, PP003, PP006, and PP007 glockenspiels. ", "Bullet1":"Pack of 20 note pegs", "Bullet2":"Contains 2 different sizes", "Bullet3":"Suitable for PP001, PP002, PP003, PP006, PP007 glockenspiels", "Bullet4":"Provides the secure rubber base for the note bars", "Bullet5":"10 x between notes, 10 x through notes", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.741666666666665", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP555", "Title": "Percussion Plus premium triangle beaters - pack of 5 - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003etriangle", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547005558", "VariationOf": "pp555", "Description": "The Percussion Plus premium triangle beaters are a pack of 5 spare triangle beaters suitable for 6\"\" (15cm) PP032, 8\"\" (20cm) PP970 and 10\"\" (25cm) PP971 triangles. A pack of 10 PP544 triangle holders are also available.", "Bullet1":"Pack of 5 triangle beaters", "Bullet2":"Suitable for use with a range of triangle sizes", "Bullet3":"Metal beater part and rubber handle", "Bullet4":"Bright and resonant sound", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "14","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.116666666666665", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP874", "Title": "Percussion Plus tambourine - 10\"\" Double row jingles - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambourines", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547008740", "VariationOf": "pp874", "Description": "Percussion Plus PP874's are perfect for any musician looking to add an excellent value for money tambourine into their percussion set. It creates an ideal professional sound at a low cost. The double row of 16 jingles generates a sharp and bright sound.", "Bullet1":"Lightweight yet durable design", "Bullet2":"Wooden frame", "Bullet3":"Natural head", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.116666666666665", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP096", "Title": "Percussion Plus replacement glockenspiel note pegs - between note - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enote-pegs", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547000966", "VariationOf": "pp096", "Description": "A pack of 20 replacement black rubber note pegs for glockenspiel, which locate between the note bars.As with any rubber products, glockenspiel note pegs can stretch and perish over time. This can eventually lead to ill fitting note bars, which cannot resonate to their full potential. Why not keep some spares handy?Suitable for the following instruments;PP001PP002PP003PP005PP006", "Bullet1":"Replacement rubber note pegs", "Bullet2":"Pack of 20", "Bullet3":"Suitable for alto glockenspiels", "Bullet4":"Provides a secure rubber base for the note bars", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003cb\u003eSuitable for the following instruments;\u003c\/b\u003ePP001PP002PP003PP005PP006\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.741666666666665", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MUSISCA60", "Title": "Musisca ukulele wall hanger - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003eviolin-ukulele-mandolin", "Brand": "Musisca", "Barcode": "5055964134884", "VariationOf": "musisca60", "Description": "Introducing the MUSISCA60 ukulele wall hanger\nThe Musisca Ukulele Wall Hanger is designed with versatility in mind. Whether you're a teacher with multiple instruments to store or a student with a single ukulele, this hanger accommodates your needs effortlessly. It optimizes space by utilising vertical surfaces, freeing up valuable floor or shelf space while creating an organised and visually appealing arrangement.\nFor those seeking a cost-effective solution without compromising on quality, the Musisca Ukulele Wall Hanger is the perfect choice. Its practical design, durability, and affordability make it an excellent investment for schools, studios, and ukulele enthusiasts alike.\n\nLooks great and provides excellent protection\nCrafted with a sturdy wooden base and padded arms, the Musisca Ukulele Wall Hanger provides reliable protection for your ukuleles, keeping them safe from scratches and damage. The innovative auto lock feature ensures that your instruments remain securely in place, offering peace of mind and allowing you to showcase your collection confidently.\nNot only does this wall hanger offer excellent functionality, but it also adds a touch of elegance to any environment. The natural wooden finish adds warmth and sophistication to the overall display. Its easy installation process, complete with mounting hardware, makes it a convenient choice for busy schools and music programs.\n", "Bullet1":"Combines a sturdy wooden base with an elegant design", "Bullet2":"Padded arms ensure your ukuleles are safe from scratches and damage", "Bullet3":"Auto lock mechanism keep your instrument securely in place", "Bullet4":"All hardware for wall mounting provided", "Bullet5":"Helps optimise your space, freeing up valuable floor or shelf space", "Bullet6":"Offers exceptional value, combining quality, affordability, and practicality", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "247","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.116666666666665", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3505", "Title": "Monarch 40L extra strong storage box - Red - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estorage\u003eboxes", "Brand": "Monarch", "Barcode": null, "VariationOf": "pp3505", "Description": "Introducing the Monarch 40L extra strong storage tray – Red\nEvery classroom needs efficient, reliable storage equipment, and these boxes provide just that. With a durable plastic construction they can survive very well in school environments, and their stackable nature means they can be stored away very easily when not in use.\nThere’s also the PP3501 20L red storge box, the PP3502 20L clear box, and the PP3506 40L clear box available, giving you plenty of choice for how you want to store your small percussion instruments, music books, stationary and other accessories.\nPlease note: This storage box is NOT supplied with a lid, however you can purchase them separately HERE. See below for details\n\nThe Monarch universal lid\nTo add a lid to this box, see the Monarch universal lid. One size fits all, it provides a cover for the contents of your storage trays, and allows you to securely stack filled boxes on top of each other.\n\n\nQuality shatterproof construction\nThese trays are manufactured from 100% polypropylene which is strong, shatterproof, and will stand up to the rigours of daily use in any learning environment. Not only are they manufactured to last but at end of life they can easily be recycled.\n\nMade for convenience\nAt 40 litres, this tray can accommodate plenty of classroom equipment. Subtle rounding off of the corners creates a softer feel and touch, making these trays safe to use for even the youngest age groups, and they’re sturdy too, with reinforced side ribs for extra strength and a scooped out base for extra strength and stability.", "Bullet1":"Sturdy 40 litre storage tray", "Bullet2":"100% polypropylene shatterproof construction", "Bullet3":"Stackable, and designed to fit on shelf runners", "Bullet4":"Subtly rounded corners for classroom safety", "Bullet5":"Scooped out base gives extra strength and stability", "Bullet6":"Lid sold separately", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e312mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e425mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e305mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1048g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "67","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.741666666666665", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3506", "Title": "Monarch 40L extra strong storage tray - Clear - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estorage\u003eboxes", "Brand": "Monarch", "Barcode": "5055964138387", "VariationOf": "pp3506", "Description": "Introducing the Monarch 40L extra strong storage tray – Clear\nEvery classroom needs efficient, reliable storage equipment, and these trays provide just that. With a durable plastic construction they can survive very well in school environments, and their stackable nature means they can be stored away very easily when not in use.\nThere’s also the PP3502 40L clear storage box, the PP3501 20L red box, and the PP3505 40L red box available, giving you plenty of choice for how you want to store your small percussion instruments, music books, stationary and other accessories.\nPlease note: This storage box is NOT supplied with a lid, however you can purchase them separately HERE. See below for details\n\nThe Monarch universal lid\nTo add a lid to this box, see the Monarch universal lid. One size fits all, it provides a cover for the contents of your storage trays, and allows you to securely stack filled boxes on top of each other.\n\n\nQuality shatterproof construction\nThese trays are manufactured from 100% polypropylene which is strong, shatterproof, and will stand up to the rigours of daily use in any learning environment. Not only are they manufactured to last but at end of life they can easily be recycled.\n\nMade for convenience\nAt 40 litres, this tray can accommodate plenty of classroom equipment, and the translucent finish allows you to easily keep track of what is inside each box. Subtle rounding off of the corners creates a softer feel and touch, making these trays safe to use for even the youngest age groups, and they’re sturdy too, with reinforced side ribs for extra strength and a scooped out base for extra strength and stability.", "Bullet1":"Sturdy, translucent 40 litre storage box", "Bullet2":"100% polypropylene shatterproof construction", "Bullet3":"Stackable, and designed to fit on shelf runners", "Bullet4":"Subtly rounded corners for classroom safety", "Bullet5":"Scooped out base gives extra strength and stability", "Bullet6":"Lid sold separately", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e312mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e425mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e305mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1048g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "27","RRP_Inc_VAT": "14.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.741666666666665", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ5522", "Title": "Steel Pan Method Book 1 for Jumbie Jam - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "713757093934", "VariationOf": "jj5522", "Description": "A three book series designed to teach basic to intermediate music playing skills and theory. Each book advances the player while introducing different musical techniques. Designed to be used with Jumbie Jam but can be used with other instruments. Book 1 has the letter names of each pitch written below the stave. Book 2 only has the first occurrence of the pitch, and book 3 requires the student to read the notation without aid. The three books have been written to offer a solid foundation in steel drum technique and reading standard music notation. Songs featured are popular melodies specifically arranged for the Jumbie Jam steel drum. Each volume also includes two original compositions that focus on specific musical or technical elements. A great introduction to steel drum playing for students of all ages! About the author: Scott Johnson is a composer who writes for steel drums and other instruments. He also teaches percussion through his music lesson studio Upbeat Music which is located in Chicago.", "Bullet1":"Three part series specifically created for Jumbie Jam", "Bullet2":"Suitable for individual or group learning", "Bullet3":"CD backing tracks included", "Bullet4":"Explains music theory, notation and steel drum vocabulary", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAbout the author:Scott Johnson is a composer who writes for steel drums and other instruments. He also teaches percussion through his music lesson studio Upbeat Music which is located in Chicago.\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "8","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ5523", "Title": "Steel Pan Method Book 2 for Jumbie Jam - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "713757093835", "VariationOf": "jj5523", "Description": "A method book series designed for the Jumbie Jam teaching basic to intermediate music playing skills and theory. It introduces the JJ the same way a new music student would learn any other instrument. The student learns to play songs on the JJ while also learning to read traditional music notation. This is aided by the accompaniment CD which, with one track for each song containing the steel pan part and one without, can also be used for performances. \n\nThe series provides a solid foundation in steel pan technique and a logical progression of challenges for developing music reading. The songs are popular melodies that are learned on many other instruments but have been specifically arranged for the JJ. There are also 2 original compositions in each book that focus on specific musical and or technical elements. It can be used for other instruments. \n\nSeries of three method books sold separately. Fantastic for K-8 General Music Classrooms, Music Academies, Community Arts \u0026amp; Music Programs, Private \u0026amp; Group Lessons. Difficulty Level: Low \n\nAbout the Author - Scott Johnson composes music for steel pan and other instruments. Scott teaches percussion through his music lesson studio Upbeat Music, located in Chicago. With the creation of the Jumbie Jam Steel Pan, Scott now has the perfect beginning instrument to introduce steel pan to his students.", "Bullet1":"Three part series specifically created for Jumbie Jam", "Bullet2":"Suitable for individual or group learning", "Bullet3":"CD backing tracks included", "Bullet4":"Explains music theory, notation and steel drum vocabulary", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ5524", "Title": "Steel Pan Method Book 3 for Jumbie Jam - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "713757093736", "VariationOf": "jj5524", "Description": "A method book series designed for the Jumbie Jam teaching basic to intermediate music playing skills and theory. It introduces the JJ the same way a new music student would learn any other instrument. The student learns to play songs on the JJ while also learning to read traditional music notation. This is aided by the accompaniment CD which, with one track for each song containing the steel pan part and one without, can also be used for performances. \n\nThe series provides a solid foundation in steel pan technique and a logical progression of challenges for developing music reading. The songs are popular melodies that are learned on many other instruments but have been specifically arranged for the JJ. There are also 2 original compositions in each book that focus on specific musical and or technical elements. It can be used for other instruments. \n\nSeries of three method books sold separately. Fantastic for K-8 General Music Classrooms, Music Academies, Community Arts \u0026amp; Music Programs, Private \u0026amp; Group Lessons. Difficulty Level: Low \n\nAbout the Author - Scott Johnson composes music for steel pan and other instruments. Scott teaches percussion through his music lesson studio Upbeat Music, located in Chicago. With the creation of the Jumbie Jam Steel Pan, Scott now has the perfect beginning instrument to introduce steel pan to his students.", "Bullet1":"Three part series specifically created for Jumbie Jam", "Bullet2":"Suitable for individual or group learning", "Bullet3":"CD backing tracks included", "Bullet4":"Explains music theory, notation and steel drum vocabulary", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N515SJBK", "Title": "Nuvo straighten your jSax kit - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0799439719637", "VariationOf": "nuvo-n515s", "Description": "The Nuvo straighten your jSax kit\nThe Nuvo jSax is supplied with a curved bell and curved neck joint to give that classic saxophone look. While the curved instrument is perfect for kids, some adults may find the straight option more comfortable. The “Straighten your jSAX kit” comprises a straight neck and bell to transform your jSAX, and is supplied in a range of colours to match your instrument If you do decide that the straight option is more comfortable, these parts will fit neatly inside your jSax case in place of their curved counterparts.\n\nRepair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range.\n \n Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information jSax Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Transform your jSax into a straight saxophone", "Bullet2":"Straight silicone bell and neck joint", "Bullet3":"O-rings included", "Bullet4":"Available in a range of colours to match your instrument", "Bullet5":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet6":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N515SWBL", "Title": "Nuvo straighten your jSax kit - White with blue trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "799439719644", "VariationOf": "nuvo-n515s", "Description": "The Nuvo straighten your jSax kit\nThe Nuvo jSax is supplied with a curved bell and curved neck joint to give that classic saxophone look. While the curved instrument is perfect for kids, some adults may find the straight option more comfortable. The “Straighten your jSAX kit” comprises a straight neck and bell to transform your jSAX, and is supplied in a range of colours to match your instrument If you do decide that the straight option is more comfortable, these parts will fit neatly inside your jSax case in place of their curved counterparts.\n\nRepair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range.\n \n Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information jSax Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Transform your jSax into a straight saxophone", "Bullet2":"Straight silicone bell and neck joint", "Bullet3":"O-rings included", "Bullet4":"Available in a range of colours to match your instrument", "Bullet5":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet6":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N515SWGN", "Title": "Nuvo straighten your jSax kit - White with green trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "799439719651", "VariationOf": "nuvo-n515s", "Description": "The Nuvo straighten your jSax kit\nThe Nuvo jSax is supplied with a curved bell and curved neck joint to give that classic saxophone look. While the curved instrument is perfect for kids, some adults may find the straight option more comfortable. The “Straighten your jSAX kit” comprises a straight neck and bell to transform your jSAX, and is supplied in a range of colours to match your instrument If you do decide that the straight option is more comfortable, these parts will fit neatly inside your jSax case in place of their curved counterparts.\n\nRepair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range.\n \n Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information jSax Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Transform your jSax into a straight saxophone", "Bullet2":"Straight silicone bell and neck joint", "Bullet3":"O-rings included", "Bullet4":"Available in a range of colours to match your instrument", "Bullet5":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet6":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N515SWPK", "Title": "Nuvo straighten your jSax kit - White with pink trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "799439719668", "VariationOf": "nuvo-n515s", "Description": "The Nuvo straighten your jSax kit\nThe Nuvo jSax is supplied with a curved bell and curved neck joint to give that classic saxophone look. While the curved instrument is perfect for kids, some adults may find the straight option more comfortable. The “Straighten your jSAX kit” comprises a straight neck and bell to transform your jSAX, and is supplied in a range of colours to match your instrument If you do decide that the straight option is more comfortable, these parts will fit neatly inside your jSax case in place of their curved counterparts.\n\nRepair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range.\n \n Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information jSax Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Transform your jSax into a straight saxophone", "Bullet2":"Straight silicone bell and neck joint", "Bullet3":"O-rings included", "Bullet4":"Available in a range of colours to match your instrument", "Bullet5":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet6":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1124", "Title": "Acme metropolitan police whistle - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewhistles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964117795", "VariationOf": "pp1124", "Description": "Introducing the Acme police whistle \nCrafted from high-quality materials, the Acme police whistle has a brilliant sound quality and can be heard from up to a mile away! Its robust construction makes it both durable and long lasting, and alongside a distinct sound which projects over long distances, this reliable whistle has a variety of uses. Ideal for school shows, studio recordings and even sports days, the Acme police whistle has also proven popular with scout and guide groups over the years.\n\nRich history\nThe popularity of this traditional whistle has endured for generations. It was originally created 150 years ago for the Metropolitan Police, who were keen to find a better way for the “Bobby on the Beat” to communicate with nearby colleagues when in need of help. As an improvement to heavy rattles, it made their communication more efficient, and within one year of inventing his first police whistle Joseph Hudson had taken orders for over 250,000 whistles and was employing 50 people in his Buckingham Street factory. It has since become an icon of British police heritage. Additionally, these whistles were used in the trenches during World War I.\n\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme police whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\n\nSound Sample\n\n\nChamberlain Music · PP1124 Percussion Plus police whistle\n", "Bullet1":"Brilliant and projecting sound", "Bullet2":"Nickel plated finish", "Bullet3":"Great for school shows, studio recordings and sports days", "Bullet4":"Original iconic police design", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.125", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP287", "Title": "Percussion Plus wooden surdo mallet with soft puff head - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003esamba", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "7897626802872", "VariationOf": "pp287", "Description": "These 43cm long wooden drum sticks have a soft puff head ideal for beating surdos, zabumbas and other large drums. The large padded tip creates a dull booming thud rather than a sharp crack that you might expect from a plastic beater. This provides the pulsating heartbeat at the core of samba music. Please note these are sold individually. Shaft material: Hard wood Head material: Soft woven fabric over a hard centre", "Bullet1":"Long wooden handle with plush soft puff head", "Bullet2":"Ideal for hitting surdos and other large drums", "Bullet3":"Blue and wooden finish", "Bullet4":"31cm overall length", "Bullet5":"24cm chunky hardwood shaft", "Bullet6":"Produces powerful booming thud", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHard wood\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSoft woven fabric over a hard centre\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e24cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead size\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7cm x 7cm x 7cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e135g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "147","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.125", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP792", "Title": "Wak-a-Caps pitch changer for Wak-a-Tubes - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547079214", "VariationOf": "pp792", "Description": "Cover one end of any Wak-a-Tube with one of these yellow plastic Wak-a-Caps to lower its pitch by an octave. Comes as a pack of 8 Caps.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They're perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today!Please note: No Wak-a-Tubes are included with this product.", "Bullet1":"Fits any Wak-a-Tube", "Bullet2":"Lowers the pitch of a tube by one octave", "Bullet3":"Sold as pack of 8 caps", "Bullet4":"Made in the UK", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "49","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.125", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP797", "Title": "Wak-a-Rap canvas carrier - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547079719", "VariationOf": "pp797", "Description": "This handy lightweight accessory makes it easy to carry your bundle of Wak-a-Tubes around and provides a perfect roll-up frame for Wak-a-Tube soloists. It’s made from a sheet of canvas with 2 elastic hoops to support each Wak-a-Tube. Holds 8 tubes and a set of beaters.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They're perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today!Please note: Wak-a-Tubes and beaters are not included with this product.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from canvas with elastic straps", "Bullet2":"Carries up to 8 Wak-a-Tubes and a pair of beaters", "Bullet3":"Unroll and lay on a flat surface to play your Wak-a-Tubes like a tubophone", "Bullet4":"Must have essential for Wak-a-Tube soloists", "Bullet5":"Wak-a-Tubes not included", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "378","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.125", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "BDJ525K", "Title": "Percussion Workshop Kente djembe - rope tuned - 5 inch (head) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Workshop", "Barcode": "5055964112455", "VariationOf": "bdj525", "Description": " Percussion Workshop djembes Percussion Workshop djembes are made using Indonesian mahogany from SVLK compliant sources. This system ensures the wood is legally logged, transported, traded, and processed, and was initiated to answer the global need to be more responsible with the world's natural resources. Each drum is sustainably designed for long-term use in the classroom and built to last. Traditionally djembes are played as part of an ensemble and group playing is the perfect way to practise rhythm whilst in a collaborative environment, such as for children at school or during music therapy. Playing the djembe is sensory experience which can develop motor skills and reduce stress, it is also allows children and adults to gain confidence and work as a team – all whilst having fun! Unique design The distinctive features of the djembe include a traditional goatskin head, sarong wrapped head ring, nylon rope tuning, and a superior third metal ring system to eliminate any chance of the skin slipping. Djembes are covered with elaborate designs, which are either carved or painted onto the surface of the drum stand. Combined, these features ensure the djembe has a unique sound and design. Sounds of the djembe Djembes are extremely versatile and widespread, due to the range of possible pitches which can be created by hitting different areas of the drum skin. The main sounds produced by the djembe are bass, tone and slap. Bass is a low-pitched note played in the centre of the drum. Tone, a medium-pitched sound, is made by striking the djembe skin right at the edge. Finally, slap is the most technically challenging sound of the djembe: a high-pitched note played near the edge of the djembe skin, it is similar to ‘tone’ but the hand is positioned slightly further towards the centre of the drum skin. Cultural significance Originating in West Africa, djembes have been a key part of spiritual traditions and rituals for generations. Djembe players are an integral part of African communities, and their role includes storytelling, communication with other tribes and entertainment. Passing on cultural, religious and historical information from generation to generation is also involved in their performances. Djembes are traditionally played at celebratory events such as festivals, marriages and birth ceremonies, and these rituals are accompanied by singing and dancing. Please note: as the drums are made by hand, head measurements are approximate (accurate to within 1\"\").", "Bullet1":"Handcrafted from a single piece of sustainably sourced mahogany", "Bullet2":"Tough and strong - ideal for the classroom", "Bullet3":"Natural goatskin head with pre-stretched nylon rope tuning", "Bullet4":"Superior third metal ring system to stop the skin from slipping", "Bullet5":"Each drum is decorated with individual hand-painted design", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBDJ525K\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBDJ630K\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBDJ740K\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBDJ850K\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBDJ1060K\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate head diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "237","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.125", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "BDJ630K", "Title": "Percussion Workshop Kente djembe - rope tuned - 6 inch (head) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Workshop", "Barcode": "5055964112462", "VariationOf": "bdj525", "Description": " Percussion Workshop djembes Percussion Workshop djembes are made using Indonesian mahogany from SVLK compliant sources. This system ensures the wood is legally logged, transported, traded, and processed, and was initiated to answer the global need to be more responsible with the world's natural resources. Each drum is sustainably designed for long-term use in the classroom and built to last. Traditionally djembes are played as part of an ensemble and group playing is the perfect way to practise rhythm whilst in a collaborative environment, such as for children at school or during music therapy. Playing the djembe is sensory experience which can develop motor skills and reduce stress, it is also allows children and adults to gain confidence and work as a team – all whilst having fun! Unique design The distinctive features of the djembe include a traditional goatskin head, sarong wrapped head ring, nylon rope tuning, and a superior third metal ring system to eliminate any chance of the skin slipping. Djembes are covered with elaborate designs, which are either carved or painted onto the surface of the drum stand. Combined, these features ensure the djembe has a unique sound and design. Sounds of the djembe Djembes are extremely versatile and widespread, due to the range of possible pitches which can be created by hitting different areas of the drum skin. The main sounds produced by the djembe are bass, tone and slap. Bass is a low-pitched note played in the centre of the drum. Tone, a medium-pitched sound, is made by striking the djembe skin right at the edge. Finally, slap is the most technically challenging sound of the djembe: a high-pitched note played near the edge of the djembe skin, it is similar to ‘tone’ but the hand is positioned slightly further towards the centre of the drum skin. Cultural significance Originating in West Africa, djembes have been a key part of spiritual traditions and rituals for generations. Djembe players are an integral part of African communities, and their role includes storytelling, communication with other tribes and entertainment. Passing on cultural, religious and historical information from generation to generation is also involved in their performances. Djembes are traditionally played at celebratory events such as festivals, marriages and birth ceremonies, and these rituals are accompanied by singing and dancing. Please note: as the drums are made by hand, head measurements are approximate (accurate to within 1\"\").", "Bullet1":"Handcrafted from a single piece of sustainably sourced mahogany", "Bullet2":"Tough and strong - ideal for the classroom", "Bullet3":"Natural goatskin head with pre-stretched nylon rope tuning", "Bullet4":"Superior third metal ring system to stop the skin from slipping", "Bullet5":"Each drum is decorated with individual hand-painted design", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBDJ525K\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBDJ630K\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBDJ740K\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBDJ850K\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBDJ1060K\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate head diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "274","RRP_Inc_VAT": "21.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "BDJ740K", "Title": "Percussion Workshop Kente djembe - rope tuned - 7 inch (head) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Workshop", "Barcode": "5060179346120", "VariationOf": "bdj525", "Description": " Percussion Workshop djembes Percussion Workshop djembes are made using Indonesian mahogany from SVLK compliant sources. This system ensures the wood is legally logged, transported, traded, and processed, and was initiated to answer the global need to be more responsible with the world's natural resources. Each drum is sustainably designed for long-term use in the classroom and built to last. Traditionally djembes are played as part of an ensemble and group playing is the perfect way to practise rhythm whilst in a collaborative environment, such as for children at school or during music therapy. Playing the djembe is sensory experience which can develop motor skills and reduce stress, it is also allows children and adults to gain confidence and work as a team – all whilst having fun! Unique design The distinctive features of the djembe include a traditional goatskin head, sarong wrapped head ring, nylon rope tuning, and a superior third metal ring system to eliminate any chance of the skin slipping. Djembes are covered with elaborate designs, which are either carved or painted onto the surface of the drum stand. Combined, these features ensure the djembe has a unique sound and design. Sounds of the djembe Djembes are extremely versatile and widespread, due to the range of possible pitches which can be created by hitting different areas of the drum skin. The main sounds produced by the djembe are bass, tone and slap. Bass is a low-pitched note played in the centre of the drum. Tone, a medium-pitched sound, is made by striking the djembe skin right at the edge. Finally, slap is the most technically challenging sound of the djembe: a high-pitched note played near the edge of the djembe skin, it is similar to ‘tone’ but the hand is positioned slightly further towards the centre of the drum skin. Cultural significance Originating in West Africa, djembes have been a key part of spiritual traditions and rituals for generations. Djembe players are an integral part of African communities, and their role includes storytelling, communication with other tribes and entertainment. Passing on cultural, religious and historical information from generation to generation is also involved in their performances. Djembes are traditionally played at celebratory events such as festivals, marriages and birth ceremonies, and these rituals are accompanied by singing and dancing. Please note: as the drums are made by hand, head measurements are approximate (accurate to within 1\"\").", "Bullet1":"Handcrafted from a single piece of sustainably sourced mahogany", "Bullet2":"Tough and strong - ideal for the classroom", "Bullet3":"Natural goatskin head with pre-stretched nylon rope tuning", "Bullet4":"Superior third metal ring system to stop the skin from slipping", "Bullet5":"Each drum is decorated with individual hand-painted design", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBDJ525K\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBDJ630K\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBDJ740K\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBDJ850K\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBDJ1060K\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate head diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "251","RRP_Inc_VAT": "47.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "25.458333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "BDJ850K", "Title": "Percussion Workshop Kente djembe - rope tuned - 8 inch (head) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Workshop", "Barcode": "5055964112486", "VariationOf": "bdj525", "Description": " Percussion Workshop djembes Percussion Workshop djembes are made using Indonesian mahogany from SVLK compliant sources. This system ensures the wood is legally logged, transported, traded, and processed, and was initiated to answer the global need to be more responsible with the world's natural resources. Each drum is sustainably designed for long-term use in the classroom and built to last. Traditionally djembes are played as part of an ensemble and group playing is the perfect way to practise rhythm whilst in a collaborative environment, such as for children at school or during music therapy. Playing the djembe is sensory experience which can develop motor skills and reduce stress, it is also allows children and adults to gain confidence and work as a team – all whilst having fun! Unique design The distinctive features of the djembe include a traditional goatskin head, sarong wrapped head ring, nylon rope tuning, and a superior third metal ring system to eliminate any chance of the skin slipping. Djembes are covered with elaborate designs, which are either carved or painted onto the surface of the drum stand. Combined, these features ensure the djembe has a unique sound and design. Sounds of the djembe Djembes are extremely versatile and widespread, due to the range of possible pitches which can be created by hitting different areas of the drum skin. The main sounds produced by the djembe are bass, tone and slap. Bass is a low-pitched note played in the centre of the drum. Tone, a medium-pitched sound, is made by striking the djembe skin right at the edge. Finally, slap is the most technically challenging sound of the djembe: a high-pitched note played near the edge of the djembe skin, it is similar to ‘tone’ but the hand is positioned slightly further towards the centre of the drum skin. Cultural significance Originating in West Africa, djembes have been a key part of spiritual traditions and rituals for generations. Djembe players are an integral part of African communities, and their role includes storytelling, communication with other tribes and entertainment. Passing on cultural, religious and historical information from generation to generation is also involved in their performances. Djembes are traditionally played at celebratory events such as festivals, marriages and birth ceremonies, and these rituals are accompanied by singing and dancing. Please note: as the drums are made by hand, head measurements are approximate (accurate to within 1\"\").", "Bullet1":"Handcrafted from a single piece of sustainably sourced mahogany", "Bullet2":"Tough and strong - ideal for the classroom", "Bullet3":"Natural goatskin head with pre-stretched nylon rope tuning", "Bullet4":"Superior third metal ring system to stop the skin from slipping", "Bullet5":"Each drum is decorated with individual hand-painted design", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBDJ525K\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBDJ630K\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBDJ740K\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBDJ850K\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBDJ1060K\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate head diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "354","RRP_Inc_VAT": "55.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "29.791666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "BDJ1060K", "Title": "Percussion Workshop Kente djembe - rope tuned - 10 inch (head) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Workshop", "Barcode": "5060179346243", "VariationOf": "bdj525", "Description": " Percussion Workshop djembes Percussion Workshop djembes are made using Indonesian mahogany from SVLK compliant sources. This system ensures the wood is legally logged, transported, traded, and processed, and was initiated to answer the global need to be more responsible with the world's natural resources. Each drum is sustainably designed for long-term use in the classroom and built to last. Traditionally djembes are played as part of an ensemble and group playing is the perfect way to practise rhythm whilst in a collaborative environment, such as for children at school or during music therapy. Playing the djembe is sensory experience which can develop motor skills and reduce stress, it is also allows children and adults to gain confidence and work as a team – all whilst having fun! Unique design The distinctive features of the djembe include a traditional goatskin head, sarong wrapped head ring, nylon rope tuning, and a superior third metal ring system to eliminate any chance of the skin slipping. Djembes are covered with elaborate designs, which are either carved or painted onto the surface of the drum stand. Combined, these features ensure the djembe has a unique sound and design. Sounds of the djembe Djembes are extremely versatile and widespread, due to the range of possible pitches which can be created by hitting different areas of the drum skin. The main sounds produced by the djembe are bass, tone and slap. Bass is a low-pitched note played in the centre of the drum. Tone, a medium-pitched sound, is made by striking the djembe skin right at the edge. Finally, slap is the most technically challenging sound of the djembe: a high-pitched note played near the edge of the djembe skin, it is similar to ‘tone’ but the hand is positioned slightly further towards the centre of the drum skin. Cultural significance Originating in West Africa, djembes have been a key part of spiritual traditions and rituals for generations. Djembe players are an integral part of African communities, and their role includes storytelling, communication with other tribes and entertainment. Passing on cultural, religious and historical information from generation to generation is also involved in their performances. Djembes are traditionally played at celebratory events such as festivals, marriages and birth ceremonies, and these rituals are accompanied by singing and dancing. Please note: as the drums are made by hand, head measurements are approximate (accurate to within 1\"\").", "Bullet1":"Handcrafted from a single piece of sustainably sourced mahogany", "Bullet2":"Tough and strong - ideal for the classroom", "Bullet3":"Natural goatskin head with pre-stretched nylon rope tuning", "Bullet4":"Superior third metal ring system to stop the skin from slipping", "Bullet5":"Each drum is decorated with individual hand-painted design", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBDJ525K\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBDJ630K\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBDJ740K\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBDJ850K\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBDJ1060K\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate head diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "30","RRP_Inc_VAT": "95.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "51.45833333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SPP198", "Title": "42 strand snare wire for marching side drum - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003elugs-bolts-screws", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "2233695259769", "VariationOf": "spp198", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus 42 strand snare wire for marching side drum\nThis Percussion Plus wire has 42 sturdy strands, making it extra secure and capable of providing an incredibly vibrant, crisp sound when used on your marching side drum. Adjusting the tension can create either a darker or brighter timbre, meaning this snare wire can provide different atmospheres for your performance depending on what you want.", "Bullet1":"Sturdy design", "Bullet2":"Ideal for concert bands", "Bullet3":"Create a crisp, clear sound", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "198","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP631", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Guinea pig gourd guiro and shaker - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003escrapers", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964133108", "VariationOf": "pp631", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Guinea pig gourd guiro and shaker Fashioned from a hollowed-out gourd, this large guiro creates a rich and powerful tone when scraped along its ridges. The large interior of the gourd acts as a resonating chamber, allowing the sound to project much further than a stand guiro scraper. To play, use the turned wooden stick provided to scrape along the ridges on top of the gourd. Speed up and slow down your movements to vary tone your tone and intensity of sound. There are also beads inside the gourd to further layer your percussive tone. This guiro and shaker is sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. Guinea pig design Playing an important role in the folk culture of the Andes, the guinea pig design is hand-carved and painted on the gourd for a unique look and feel. The intricate patterns and guinea pig design incorporates the guiro ridges for a seamless finish. Made from natural materials The gourd is a large fleshy fruit, grown naturally in Peru and has many domestic and musical uses for thousands of years. This guiro and shaker is made by drying and hollowing out the gourd, adding beads and ridges then finishing with the hand painted guinea pig design. ", "Bullet1":"Part of the Honestly Made range of musical instruments, produced ethically in developing nations", "Bullet2":"Hand-crafted in Peru using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet3":"Made from a hollowed-out gourd", "Bullet4":"Guinea pig design", "Bullet5":"Played using the turned wooden stick provided", "Bullet6":"Sourced using fair trade principles", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.125", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "DE-PA12", "Title": "Piano Workshop set of 4 brown wooden castor cups for upright piano - A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003emoving\u003ecastor-cups", "Brand": "Piano Workshop", "Barcode": "5055964111861", "VariationOf": "de-pa12", "Description": "A set of 4 attractive, traditionally styled, brown, solid wood castor cups suitable for virtually any upright piano. These quality castor cups are finished in brown varnish and have a cushioned underside designed to offer maximum protection to wooden or hard floors from the scratching and damage caused by piano castors.", "Bullet1":"A set of 4 solid wooden castor cups for upright pianos", "Bullet2":"Foam cushioned underside to protect hard floors", "Bullet3":"Suitable for any domestic upright piano", "Bullet4":"Wooden construction with brown colour finish", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBottom diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop inner diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop outer diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "20","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.125", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP7225", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP722 gong\/cowbell beater - pack of 5 - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003ecowbell", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318310626", "VariationOf": "pp7225", "Description": "Percussion Plus PP722 gong\/cowbell beater - pack of 5\nThe PP722 is a fantastic beater for any school looking to maximise on efficiency in their music department. This cowbell beater is also suitable for gongs and cymbals, making it a convenient tool for busy percussion sections and classrooms.\nFlip it over! An adaptable school percussion tool\nThe weighty rubber tip can be used to produce a warm, full sound on a variety of percussion instruments, but quickly flip it over and the wooden end will give you a classic, bright tone, especially on the cowbell.\nThe PP722 is especially hard-wearing, with both the rubber end and the solid wood shaft proving sturdy and durable enough to withstand the rigours of school percussion for years!\n", "Bullet1":"Adaptable, hard-wearing beaters for cowbells", "Bullet2":"Also suitable for use with gongs and cymbals", "Bullet3":"Weighty and powerful rubber head", "Bullet4":"Robust solid wood shaft", "Bullet5":"Rubber tip produces a warmer, fuller sound", "Bullet6":"Flip over to use wooden shaft for a classic, bright tone!", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e24cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ec.35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid wood\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e75g per beater\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "31","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.125", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "FL9036", "Title": "FZone clip on 6 LED compact music stand light - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003eaccessories\u003elights", "Brand": "FZone", "Barcode": "6944090290368", "VariationOf": "fl9036", "Description": "A must have for any gigging musician. The unit is incredible strong while remaining super light-weight. With its 6 high power LEDs (up to 100,00 hours of illumination), extremely strong and flexible gooseneck arm and sturdy spring-loaded clip, this music light is an exceptionally versatile piece of kit. The light includes an easy access, two level brightness control which allows the light to run continuously for up to 18 hours on one set of batteries. The 10 LEDs provide a wide and balanced area of coverage for up to 4 pages of sheet music, with no hot-spots. The strong and flexible gooseneck and sturdy spring-loaded rubberised clip ensure superb balance and durability and can be clipped onto any music stand as well as siting freestanding on its weighted base.The light can be powered by 3 x AAA batteries or by USB adaptor (both included), or by optional AC power supplyAggie, our orchestral specialist says: \"\"I used one of these in a pit band recently and they really are amazingly bright! They give off a white light which makes the music that much clearer. The cheaper lights are good but you can end up spending a fortune on batteries, whereas this one comes with a 3m mains adaptor.\"\"", "Bullet1":"3 touch-control brightness settings", "Bullet2":"6 super bright LEDs mounted on concave base", "Bullet3":"Broad and even illumination", "Bullet4":"Includes 3 x AAA batteries", "Bullet5":"Rubberized clamp provides a firm grip without slipping", "Bullet6":"USB adapter included", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "138","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.125", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "7.5", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ8481", "Title": "Izzo plush head surdo beater - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003esamba", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7897626884816", "VariationOf": "iz8481", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo plush head surdo beater\nIdeal for surdos and other large drums, this soft beater will produce a large and powerful booming thud sound, which contrasts to the sharp crack which you might expect to hear from a plastic one.\nSold individually, these beaters are strong and comfortable to hold, which makes them an ideal choice for any educational institution or school.\n", "Bullet1":"Durable single beater", "Bullet2":"Wooden handle and soft puff head", "Bullet3":"Ideal for surdos and other large drums", "Bullet4":"Produces powerful booming thud", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e120g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandle material:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWood\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSoft fabric over a hard centre\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP287XL-BK", "Title": "Liverpool wooden bass drum beater - Extra large - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eother", "Brand": "Liverpool", "Barcode": "5056318312163", "VariationOf": "pp287xl-bk", "Description": "Introducing the Liverpool wooden bass drum beater - Extra large\nAlso known as Maceta, this beater has a long, wooden handle and plush head, making it ideal for striking bass drums in orchestras or bands. It has a hanging cord on the handle for added convenience, and can also be used with symphonic bass drums, surdo drums and gongs, making it a versatile tool for your school orchestra or marching band.\n\nGreat for practice and performances\nMeasuring 345mm in length and 25mm in diameter, these affordable beaters are perfect for practice and performance sessions. They’re also comfortable to hold and built to withstand regular use, making them the ideal choice for bands and classroom environments.\n", "Bullet1":"Ideal for use in orchestras or marching bands", "Bullet2":"Elongated handle and plush head", "Bullet3":"Hanging cord for added convenience ", "Bullet4":"Designed particularly for bass drums", "Bullet5":"Also works with surdo drums and gongs", "Bullet6":"345mm length, with a head diameter of 25mm", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBass drums, surdo drums, gongs\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e345mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.125", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HC0LC04-E", "Title": "Universal HuskeeCup Lid 4-pack - Charcoal \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001225", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-lid-4-pk", "Description": " Introducing the Huskee universal lid pack of 4 HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack of four universal lids is compatible with any of the HuskeeCup range - perfect for providing your employees, clients, and customers with hot drinks on the go. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is a HuskeeCup made from? A HuskeeCup is made from a unique eco-composite polymer featuring coffee husk at it's core. What is coffee husk? Coffee husk is the discarded outer layer of a coffee bean, a waste product at the milling stage of coffee production. By using HuskeeCup, you are helping to recycle hundrds of tonnes of waste material from the production of coffee. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Staying in with your coffee? A HuskeeCup locks neatly with the Classic Saucer using a hill and valley locking system. The 'valley' at the base of each cup locks neatly with the 'hill' in the middle of the saucer to make carrying and serving coffee much easier and reduces the risks of knocks and spills. Coffee on the go Each cup is compatible with the Universal Lid, featuring a triangulation of vents on its roof. This creates the perfect flow so it's just like drinking from an open cup. The fins offer exceptional insulation and can be pushed on with one hand. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Reusable, sustainable coffee cup lid made using recycled coffee husk", "Bullet2":"Ideal for use on your commute or in co-working spaces", "Bullet3":"Long lasting and dishwasher safe", "Bullet4":"Part of the HuskeeLoop system that completely eliminates waste", "Bullet5":"Customise your lids with logos, ideal for corporate gifts!", "Bullet6":"Sustainably stylish, HuskeeCups are the perfect reusable coffee cup", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "45","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.26","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.625", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "7.308333333333334", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HC0LN04-E", "Title": "Universal HuskeeCup Lid 4-pack - Natural \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001249", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-lid-4-pk", "Description": " Introducing the Huskee universal lid pack of 4 HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack of four universal lids is compatible with any of the HuskeeCup range - perfect for providing your employees, clients, and customers with hot drinks on the go. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is a HuskeeCup made from? A HuskeeCup is made from a unique eco-composite polymer featuring coffee husk at it's core. What is coffee husk? Coffee husk is the discarded outer layer of a coffee bean, a waste product at the milling stage of coffee production. By using HuskeeCup, you are helping to recycle hundrds of tonnes of waste material from the production of coffee. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Staying in with your coffee? A HuskeeCup locks neatly with the Classic Saucer using a hill and valley locking system. The 'valley' at the base of each cup locks neatly with the 'hill' in the middle of the saucer to make carrying and serving coffee much easier and reduces the risks of knocks and spills. Coffee on the go Each cup is compatible with the Universal Lid, featuring a triangulation of vents on its roof. This creates the perfect flow so it's just like drinking from an open cup. The fins offer exceptional insulation and can be pushed on with one hand. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Reusable, sustainable coffee cup lid made using recycled coffee husk", "Bullet2":"Ideal for use on your commute or in co-working spaces", "Bullet3":"Long lasting and dishwasher safe", "Bullet4":"Part of the HuskeeLoop system that completely eliminates waste", "Bullet5":"Customise your lids with logos, ideal for corporate gifts!", "Bullet6":"Sustainably stylish, HuskeeCups are the perfect reusable coffee cup", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "50","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.26","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.625", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "7.308333333333334", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "70E01", "Title": "EDphones with Soho Audio Link education headphones - A1", "Category": "tech\u003eheadphones", "Brand": "Soho Sound Company", "Barcode": "5065006069159", "VariationOf": "70e01", "Description": " \nIntroducing the EDphones with Soho Audio Link education headphones\nAre you tired of your headphone adaptors and splitters always mysteriously going missing? Need a pair of headphones that even the most enthusiastic student can't break? Soho Sounds has the ideal headphone solution for your classroom!\nEach unit has a dual cable system built in with both a 6.3mm large jack, perfect for keyboards, amplifiers, etc, and the standard 3.5mm jack for connecting to laptops, recording devices and more. Also hardwired into every pair is \"\"link unit\"\" with a 3.5mm socket acting as an integrated splitter, providing you with the option to connect two or more headphones to one output source.\nSoft foam padding and a fully adjustable, virtually unbreakable polypropylene housing in smart black, these headphones have everything you need in a busy education environment.\n\n\n \nYour own private listening party\nIf you've found yourself trying to create the perfect environment in your classroom for group music projects, Soho Sounds has the answer! Bringing you the \"\"link unit\"\", a unique feature allowing you to connect your headphones to one audio source without the need for an additional splitter. Plug one pair into the audio source and you can chain as many headphones as you like by plugging each pair into the next via the 3.5mm socket on the link unit. So, if your class are working together around keyboards, or you need to listen to a students work without disturbing the class, just connect your headphones together and you're good to go. No fuss.\n\n\n \nTwo for one on connectors\nThe Audio Link comes with both the 6.3mm and 3.5mm jack connectors hard wired in, stopping the endless cycle of buying and losing adaptors. Use the 6.3mm large jack connector for amps and keyboards - don't forget anyone with a 3.5mm jack can connect and listen to what you are playing! The 3.5mm mini jack is perfect for connecting to laptops, PC's, recording devices, and more.\n\n\n\n\nComfortable, adjustable, and virtually unbreakable\nThe outer shell is made from outrageously strong polypropylene and can withstand almost anything you can throw at it. 9 size adjustment settings and the 90 degree rotating cups will fit any head size, no problem. The ultra soft foam padding on the ear cups and headband provide the ultimate comfort, even after hours of wear.\n\n\n\n\nTamper resistant ear pads\nWe know that it’s frustrating when your students go to lengths to dismantle the ear pads on your expensive new headphones! Well, we at SoHo Edphones have spent a little time looking at this problem. We have considered making it impossible to remove the covers by gluing them down but then there is a risk that the most determined person could damage the headphones in their pursuits – we don’t want that!\nAfter some testing our design team settled on using a pad that although possible to remove is designed to be more difficult and will not damage the headphone pad in the process. We don’t think you will need them however we do keep a stock of spare ear pads which we are happy to provide FREE of charge for when you might require an occasional spare. NB our pads are easy to fit and takes only about 20 seconds.\n\n\n\nComes with a 2 year manufacturer warranty\nDue to their absolutely confidence in the build quality of the EDphones, Soho Sound Company are offering a 2 year warranty against manufacturing faults on this product. The strong polypropylene construction makes these headphones virtually unbreakable even in schools, and this warranty backs that up.\n\nTestimonials\n\"\"They provide exactly what I need to be able to supply sound from both a keyboard and computer without having to switch any sockets around, which is great for saving time and resource wear and tear.\"\" \nRichard Cull, Head of Music\n\"\"I purchased these headphones as they solved two ongoing issues that we had in our music department. Firstly, these headphones are practical for both computer-based sessions and keyboard sessions without the need for additional adapters, due to having both jack inputs. Secondly it has removed the need for us to purchase splitters, which was an ongoing cost for the department. For our purposes, it is 3 products, rolled into one.\"\"\nMatthew Edwards, Music Technician\n\"\"We bought these headphones due to their durability and ease of use in a classroom setting, including transferability between different devices without the need for additional splitters or connectors. They are the headphones that every music teacher has been waiting for!\"\"\nJonathan Turner, Director of Music\n\"\"Having used the headphones for over a week now, the simple design allows multiple students to connect to one device easily seamlessly. They are well built, the cables feel solid and the best part is they completely negate the need for splitters, saving both time and money. Brilliant product and recommended highly for school and music institutes.\"\"\nJames Thompson, Music Technician\n\nFeatures and specs\nEDPhones product flyer\n", "Bullet1":"Virtually unbreakable headphones, designed for your classroom", "Bullet2":"Built-in splitter allows you to connect more than one headphone to a single audio source", "Bullet3":"3.5mm and 6.3mm jacks hard wired as standard - no more loose adaptors", "Bullet4":"Fully adjustable with soft foam earcups and headbands for ultimate comfort", "Bullet5":"Outrageously strong polypropylene housing, backed by a 2 year warranty", "Bullet6":"Independent UK brand with over 30 years of experience in education", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlug model:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.5mm + 6.35mm (1\/4\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSpeaker diameter:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eΦ40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSpeaker impedance:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32Ω\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSpeaker frequency response:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20Hz - 20KHz\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSpeaker sensitivity:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e110dB±3dB\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeadphone wire length:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.2m\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeadset material:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolypropylene + ABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCable material:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePVC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAudio link connector material:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAudio link connector size:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50mm x 20mm (approx)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eProduct weight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e137g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStereo sound:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStereo sound when link sharing:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eQuantity of link sharing units:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10 suggested (capable of many more)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "507","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.49","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "7.741666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "100","Quantity_break_price_1": "7.416666666666666", "Quantity_break_2": "250","Quantity_break_price_2": "7.091666666666666", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N320RDBBL", "Title": "Nuvo N320 recorder+ outfit - Black with blue trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0799439559912", "VariationOf": "nuvo-recorder-plus-plastic-descant-recorder-n320", "Description": "Introducing the Nuvo recorder+ With the Recorder+, Nuvo introduces the first major innovations to the recorder world for many years. Patented silicone key covers allow for ease of covering the tone holes which will reduce bad note production. With this reduction in squeaks, children will be able to make quicker progress on to more complicated music and teachers can capitalise on their maintained levels of enthusiasm. The larger tone holes produce a more mellow tone for the Recorder+ compared to traditional instruments. The instrument is fully chromatic from middle C (C42) to D66 and follows traditional baroque recorder fingering. There are three rubber rings on the bell to match the secondary colour of the instrument, these can be used as a reward system to motivate players as they reach learning milestones or simply used to accessorise! As with all instruments, the Recorder+ is in concert pitch and can be washed in hot soapy water. Supplied with a recorder fingering chart, open hole covers for C, D and thumb pads as well as a neat moulded case. This latest Nuvo recorder, follows in the footsteps of award winning instruments - and it more than meets the high expectations set.\n \nHave you seen the Nuvo WindStars books?\nWindStars is a book-based program featuring Nuvo instruments, aiming to offer a simple, effective, and affordable way for junior school kids to experience playing music together. The idea of a WindStars instrument is to give children a feel for what it would be like to play the real thing. The simplified nature of each instrument allows for skills to develop more quickly, introducing a class or individual to what playing a wind instrument feels like.\nProgressing through a program specially put together by music professionals, students are able to play a musical instrument and develop a love for ensemble music at an early age. Better still, supporting materials including videos, backing tracks and print files available to download for free at Nuvo WindStars, making the program even more vibrant, exciting and useful! WindStars have three different levels to work through. You can start with Level 1 and progress through the stages at your own pace. Click HERE to view the full range of Nuvo WindStars books. \n\nAvailable in handy classroom packs\nYou can also get the recorder+ as part of Nuvo's classroom packs, including the Windstars 1 mixed class set and the recorder+ class set, which can help to kickstart your classes' musical development! These packs include a selection of instruments as well as teaching books, making them extremely convenient for primary teachers.\n\n Looking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... More useful information Recorder+ Fingering Chart", "Bullet1":"3-piece plastic descant \/ soprano recorder ideal for beginners", "Bullet2":"A great learner instrument in classroom settings", "Bullet3":"High-graded plastic construction with patented silicone key covers", "Bullet4":"Tuned in the key of C", "Bullet5":"Supplied with moulded hard shaped plastic case", "Bullet6":"Designed for use with Nuvo WindStars books", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e33.1cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.136kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNote range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 octaves\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "26","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.683333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N320RDBGN", "Title": "Nuvo N320 recorder+ outfit - Black with green trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0799439559929", "VariationOf": "nuvo-recorder-plus-plastic-descant-recorder-n320", "Description": "Introducing the Nuvo recorder+ With the Recorder+, Nuvo introduces the first major innovations to the recorder world for many years. Patented silicone key covers allow for ease of covering the tone holes which will reduce bad note production. With this reduction in squeaks, children will be able to make quicker progress on to more complicated music and teachers can capitalise on their maintained levels of enthusiasm. The larger tone holes produce a more mellow tone for the Recorder+ compared to traditional instruments. The instrument is fully chromatic from middle C (C42) to D66 and follows traditional baroque recorder fingering. There are three rubber rings on the bell to match the secondary colour of the instrument, these can be used as a reward system to motivate players as they reach learning milestones or simply used to accessorise! As with all instruments, the Recorder+ is in concert pitch and can be washed in hot soapy water. Supplied with a recorder fingering chart, open hole covers for C, D and thumb pads as well as a neat moulded case. This latest Nuvo recorder, follows in the footsteps of award winning instruments - and it more than meets the high expectations set.\n \nHave you seen the Nuvo WindStars books?\nWindStars is a book-based program featuring Nuvo instruments, aiming to offer a simple, effective, and affordable way for junior school kids to experience playing music together. The idea of a WindStars instrument is to give children a feel for what it would be like to play the real thing. The simplified nature of each instrument allows for skills to develop more quickly, introducing a class or individual to what playing a wind instrument feels like.\nProgressing through a program specially put together by music professionals, students are able to play a musical instrument and develop a love for ensemble music at an early age. Better still, supporting materials including videos, backing tracks and print files available to download for free at Nuvo WindStars, making the program even more vibrant, exciting and useful! WindStars have three different levels to work through. You can start with Level 1 and progress through the stages at your own pace. Click HERE to view the full range of Nuvo WindStars books. \n\nAvailable in handy classroom packs\nYou can also get the recorder+ as part of Nuvo's classroom packs, including the Windstars 1 mixed class set and the recorder+ class set, which can help to kickstart your classes' musical development! These packs include a selection of instruments as well as teaching books, making them extremely convenient for primary teachers.\n\n Looking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... More useful information Recorder+ Fingering Chart", "Bullet1":"3-piece plastic descant \/ soprano recorder ideal for beginners", "Bullet2":"A great learner instrument in classroom settings", "Bullet3":"High-graded plastic construction with patented silicone key covers", "Bullet4":"Tuned in the key of C", "Bullet5":"Supplied with moulded hard shaped plastic case", "Bullet6":"Designed for use with Nuvo WindStars books", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e33.1cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.136kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNote range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 octaves\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.683333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N320RDBBK", "Title": "Nuvo N320 recorder+ outfit - Black with black trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0799439559905", "VariationOf": "nuvo-recorder-plus-plastic-descant-recorder-n320", "Description": "Introducing the Nuvo recorder+ With the Recorder+, Nuvo introduces the first major innovations to the recorder world for many years. Patented silicone key covers allow for ease of covering the tone holes which will reduce bad note production. With this reduction in squeaks, children will be able to make quicker progress on to more complicated music and teachers can capitalise on their maintained levels of enthusiasm. The larger tone holes produce a more mellow tone for the Recorder+ compared to traditional instruments. The instrument is fully chromatic from middle C (C42) to D66 and follows traditional baroque recorder fingering. There are three rubber rings on the bell to match the secondary colour of the instrument, these can be used as a reward system to motivate players as they reach learning milestones or simply used to accessorise! As with all instruments, the Recorder+ is in concert pitch and can be washed in hot soapy water. Supplied with a recorder fingering chart, open hole covers for C, D and thumb pads as well as a neat moulded case. This latest Nuvo recorder, follows in the footsteps of award winning instruments - and it more than meets the high expectations set.\n \nHave you seen the Nuvo WindStars books?\nWindStars is a book-based program featuring Nuvo instruments, aiming to offer a simple, effective, and affordable way for junior school kids to experience playing music together. The idea of a WindStars instrument is to give children a feel for what it would be like to play the real thing. The simplified nature of each instrument allows for skills to develop more quickly, introducing a class or individual to what playing a wind instrument feels like.\nProgressing through a program specially put together by music professionals, students are able to play a musical instrument and develop a love for ensemble music at an early age. Better still, supporting materials including videos, backing tracks and print files available to download for free at Nuvo WindStars, making the program even more vibrant, exciting and useful! WindStars have three different levels to work through. You can start with Level 1 and progress through the stages at your own pace. Click HERE to view the full range of Nuvo WindStars books. \n\nAvailable in handy classroom packs\nYou can also get the recorder+ as part of Nuvo's classroom packs, including the Windstars 1 mixed class set and the recorder+ class set, which can help to kickstart your classes' musical development! These packs include a selection of instruments as well as teaching books, making them extremely convenient for primary teachers.\n\n Looking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... More useful information Recorder+ Fingering Chart", "Bullet1":"3-piece plastic descant \/ soprano recorder ideal for beginners", "Bullet2":"A great learner instrument in classroom settings", "Bullet3":"High-graded plastic construction with patented silicone key covers", "Bullet4":"Tuned in the key of C", "Bullet5":"Supplied with moulded hard shaped plastic case", "Bullet6":"Designed for use with Nuvo WindStars books", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e33.1cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.136kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNote range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 octaves\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.683333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N320RDBPK", "Title": "Nuvo N320 recorder+ outfit - Black with pink trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0799439559936", "VariationOf": "nuvo-recorder-plus-plastic-descant-recorder-n320", "Description": "Introducing the Nuvo recorder+ With the Recorder+, Nuvo introduces the first major innovations to the recorder world for many years. Patented silicone key covers allow for ease of covering the tone holes which will reduce bad note production. With this reduction in squeaks, children will be able to make quicker progress on to more complicated music and teachers can capitalise on their maintained levels of enthusiasm. The larger tone holes produce a more mellow tone for the Recorder+ compared to traditional instruments. The instrument is fully chromatic from middle C (C42) to D66 and follows traditional baroque recorder fingering. There are three rubber rings on the bell to match the secondary colour of the instrument, these can be used as a reward system to motivate players as they reach learning milestones or simply used to accessorise! As with all instruments, the Recorder+ is in concert pitch and can be washed in hot soapy water. Supplied with a recorder fingering chart, open hole covers for C, D and thumb pads as well as a neat moulded case. This latest Nuvo recorder, follows in the footsteps of award winning instruments - and it more than meets the high expectations set.\n \nHave you seen the Nuvo WindStars books?\nWindStars is a book-based program featuring Nuvo instruments, aiming to offer a simple, effective, and affordable way for junior school kids to experience playing music together. The idea of a WindStars instrument is to give children a feel for what it would be like to play the real thing. The simplified nature of each instrument allows for skills to develop more quickly, introducing a class or individual to what playing a wind instrument feels like.\nProgressing through a program specially put together by music professionals, students are able to play a musical instrument and develop a love for ensemble music at an early age. Better still, supporting materials including videos, backing tracks and print files available to download for free at Nuvo WindStars, making the program even more vibrant, exciting and useful! WindStars have three different levels to work through. You can start with Level 1 and progress through the stages at your own pace. Click HERE to view the full range of Nuvo WindStars books. \n\nAvailable in handy classroom packs\nYou can also get the recorder+ as part of Nuvo's classroom packs, including the Windstars 1 mixed class set and the recorder+ class set, which can help to kickstart your classes' musical development! These packs include a selection of instruments as well as teaching books, making them extremely convenient for primary teachers.\n\n Looking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... More useful information Recorder+ Fingering Chart", "Bullet1":"3-piece plastic descant \/ soprano recorder ideal for beginners", "Bullet2":"A great learner instrument in classroom settings", "Bullet3":"High-graded plastic construction with patented silicone key covers", "Bullet4":"Tuned in the key of C", "Bullet5":"Supplied with moulded hard shaped plastic case", "Bullet6":"Designed for use with Nuvo WindStars books", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e33.1cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.136kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNote range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 octaves\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "138","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.683333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N320RDWBL", "Title": "Nuvo N320 recorder+ outfit - White with blue trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0799439559943", "VariationOf": "nuvo-recorder-plus-plastic-descant-recorder-n320", "Description": "Introducing the Nuvo recorder+ With the Recorder+, Nuvo introduces the first major innovations to the recorder world for many years. Patented silicone key covers allow for ease of covering the tone holes which will reduce bad note production. With this reduction in squeaks, children will be able to make quicker progress on to more complicated music and teachers can capitalise on their maintained levels of enthusiasm. The larger tone holes produce a more mellow tone for the Recorder+ compared to traditional instruments. The instrument is fully chromatic from middle C (C42) to D66 and follows traditional baroque recorder fingering. There are three rubber rings on the bell to match the secondary colour of the instrument, these can be used as a reward system to motivate players as they reach learning milestones or simply used to accessorise! As with all instruments, the Recorder+ is in concert pitch and can be washed in hot soapy water. Supplied with a recorder fingering chart, open hole covers for C, D and thumb pads as well as a neat moulded case. This latest Nuvo recorder, follows in the footsteps of award winning instruments - and it more than meets the high expectations set.\n \nHave you seen the Nuvo WindStars books?\nWindStars is a book-based program featuring Nuvo instruments, aiming to offer a simple, effective, and affordable way for junior school kids to experience playing music together. The idea of a WindStars instrument is to give children a feel for what it would be like to play the real thing. The simplified nature of each instrument allows for skills to develop more quickly, introducing a class or individual to what playing a wind instrument feels like.\nProgressing through a program specially put together by music professionals, students are able to play a musical instrument and develop a love for ensemble music at an early age. Better still, supporting materials including videos, backing tracks and print files available to download for free at Nuvo WindStars, making the program even more vibrant, exciting and useful! WindStars have three different levels to work through. You can start with Level 1 and progress through the stages at your own pace. Click HERE to view the full range of Nuvo WindStars books. \n\nAvailable in handy classroom packs\nYou can also get the recorder+ as part of Nuvo's classroom packs, including the Windstars 1 mixed class set and the recorder+ class set, which can help to kickstart your classes' musical development! These packs include a selection of instruments as well as teaching books, making them extremely convenient for primary teachers.\n\n Looking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... More useful information Recorder+ Fingering Chart", "Bullet1":"3-piece plastic descant \/ soprano recorder ideal for beginners", "Bullet2":"A great learner instrument in classroom settings", "Bullet3":"High-graded plastic construction with patented silicone key covers", "Bullet4":"Tuned in the key of C", "Bullet5":"Supplied with moulded hard shaped plastic case", "Bullet6":"Designed for use with Nuvo WindStars books", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e33.1cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.136kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNote range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 octaves\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.683333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N320RDWGN", "Title": "Nuvo N320 recorder+ outfit - White with green trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0799439559950", "VariationOf": "nuvo-recorder-plus-plastic-descant-recorder-n320", "Description": "Introducing the Nuvo recorder+ With the Recorder+, Nuvo introduces the first major innovations to the recorder world for many years. Patented silicone key covers allow for ease of covering the tone holes which will reduce bad note production. With this reduction in squeaks, children will be able to make quicker progress on to more complicated music and teachers can capitalise on their maintained levels of enthusiasm. The larger tone holes produce a more mellow tone for the Recorder+ compared to traditional instruments. The instrument is fully chromatic from middle C (C42) to D66 and follows traditional baroque recorder fingering. There are three rubber rings on the bell to match the secondary colour of the instrument, these can be used as a reward system to motivate players as they reach learning milestones or simply used to accessorise! As with all instruments, the Recorder+ is in concert pitch and can be washed in hot soapy water. Supplied with a recorder fingering chart, open hole covers for C, D and thumb pads as well as a neat moulded case. This latest Nuvo recorder, follows in the footsteps of award winning instruments - and it more than meets the high expectations set.\n \nHave you seen the Nuvo WindStars books?\nWindStars is a book-based program featuring Nuvo instruments, aiming to offer a simple, effective, and affordable way for junior school kids to experience playing music together. The idea of a WindStars instrument is to give children a feel for what it would be like to play the real thing. The simplified nature of each instrument allows for skills to develop more quickly, introducing a class or individual to what playing a wind instrument feels like.\nProgressing through a program specially put together by music professionals, students are able to play a musical instrument and develop a love for ensemble music at an early age. Better still, supporting materials including videos, backing tracks and print files available to download for free at Nuvo WindStars, making the program even more vibrant, exciting and useful! WindStars have three different levels to work through. You can start with Level 1 and progress through the stages at your own pace. Click HERE to view the full range of Nuvo WindStars books. \n\nAvailable in handy classroom packs\nYou can also get the recorder+ as part of Nuvo's classroom packs, including the Windstars 1 mixed class set and the recorder+ class set, which can help to kickstart your classes' musical development! These packs include a selection of instruments as well as teaching books, making them extremely convenient for primary teachers.\n\n Looking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... More useful information Recorder+ Fingering Chart", "Bullet1":"3-piece plastic descant \/ soprano recorder ideal for beginners", "Bullet2":"A great learner instrument in classroom settings", "Bullet3":"High-graded plastic construction with patented silicone key covers", "Bullet4":"Tuned in the key of C", "Bullet5":"Supplied with moulded hard shaped plastic case", "Bullet6":"Designed for use with Nuvo WindStars books", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e33.1cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.136kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNote range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 octaves\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.683333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N320RDWPK", "Title": "Nuvo N320 recorder+ outfit - White with pink trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003edescant", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0799439559967", "VariationOf": "nuvo-recorder-plus-plastic-descant-recorder-n320", "Description": "Introducing the Nuvo recorder+ With the Recorder+, Nuvo introduces the first major innovations to the recorder world for many years. Patented silicone key covers allow for ease of covering the tone holes which will reduce bad note production. With this reduction in squeaks, children will be able to make quicker progress on to more complicated music and teachers can capitalise on their maintained levels of enthusiasm. The larger tone holes produce a more mellow tone for the Recorder+ compared to traditional instruments. The instrument is fully chromatic from middle C (C42) to D66 and follows traditional baroque recorder fingering. There are three rubber rings on the bell to match the secondary colour of the instrument, these can be used as a reward system to motivate players as they reach learning milestones or simply used to accessorise! As with all instruments, the Recorder+ is in concert pitch and can be washed in hot soapy water. Supplied with a recorder fingering chart, open hole covers for C, D and thumb pads as well as a neat moulded case. This latest Nuvo recorder, follows in the footsteps of award winning instruments - and it more than meets the high expectations set.\n \nHave you seen the Nuvo WindStars books?\nWindStars is a book-based program featuring Nuvo instruments, aiming to offer a simple, effective, and affordable way for junior school kids to experience playing music together. The idea of a WindStars instrument is to give children a feel for what it would be like to play the real thing. The simplified nature of each instrument allows for skills to develop more quickly, introducing a class or individual to what playing a wind instrument feels like.\nProgressing through a program specially put together by music professionals, students are able to play a musical instrument and develop a love for ensemble music at an early age. Better still, supporting materials including videos, backing tracks and print files available to download for free at Nuvo WindStars, making the program even more vibrant, exciting and useful! WindStars have three different levels to work through. You can start with Level 1 and progress through the stages at your own pace. Click HERE to view the full range of Nuvo WindStars books. \n\nAvailable in handy classroom packs\nYou can also get the recorder+ as part of Nuvo's classroom packs, including the Windstars 1 mixed class set and the recorder+ class set, which can help to kickstart your classes' musical development! These packs include a selection of instruments as well as teaching books, making them extremely convenient for primary teachers.\n\n Looking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... More useful information Recorder+ Fingering Chart", "Bullet1":"3-piece plastic descant \/ soprano recorder ideal for beginners", "Bullet2":"A great learner instrument in classroom settings", "Bullet3":"High-graded plastic construction with patented silicone key covers", "Bullet4":"Tuned in the key of C", "Bullet5":"Supplied with moulded hard shaped plastic case", "Bullet6":"Designed for use with Nuvo WindStars books", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e33.1cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.136kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNote range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 octaves\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "20","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.683333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP220", "Title": "Percussion Plus wooden maracas pair - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003emaracas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964134990", "VariationOf": "pp220", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus wooden maracas pair\nThese Percussion Plus maracas have a vibrant flower design, and the sturdy construction makes them durable within a classroom environment. The curved shape of the handles also makes these maracas comfortable for younger players to hold, making them ideal for musical education.", "Bullet1":"22cm x 6cm", "Bullet2":"Smooth finish", "Bullet3":"Colourful flower design", "Bullet4":"Shaped handle for comfortable hold", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e22cm x 6cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "34","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.391666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AD-DJBUEY0525", "Title": "Drums for Schools hand carved djembe - 5.5 inch - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "DfS CON", "Barcode": "5060344030113", "VariationOf": "ad-djbuey0525", "Description": "Introducing the Drums for Schools hand carved djembe - 5.5 inch\nThis Drums for Schools hand carved djembe is the fourth smallest of their budget djembe range and is supplied with a free wooden drumstick and an Early Years “Good Practice Guide”. The drum is quite small – just 5.5″ in diameter – but it’s a working drum and not a toy, and makes a surprisingly good sound!\nIt’s really good for young children because it can be handled easily and carried around by the string handle, but it can also be played by older children and even grown-ups, either with the free wooden drumstick, or with the fingertips. Being small it makes a higher pitched sound than bigger drums, and so can be a useful addition to a bigger djembe collection.\nEach drum is made by hand using traditional materials and techniques. The wood is mahogany , the playing head is goatskin and the skin is stretched tight using cotton string. The designs on these instruments vary from drum to drum and are engraved into the wood by hand by Wayan, who supervises the production of all DfS djembes. The designs were all created by Balinese primary school children!", "Bullet1":"A great djembe for young kids", "Bullet2":"Can be handled easily and carried around by the string handle", "Bullet3":"Supplied with a free wooden drumstick", "Bullet4":"Can also be played with the hands", "Bullet5":"Mahogany body with goatskin head, stretched tight using cotton string", "Bullet6":"Hand carved designs vary from drum to drum", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eL 25cm x W 14cm x H 14cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMahogany\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGoatskin stretch with cotton string\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "56","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.84","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.2", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AD-DJBUC0525", "Title": "Drums for Schools Sustainable djembe drum - 5.5\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "DfS CON", "Barcode": null, "VariationOf": "ad-djbuc0525", "Description": "Introducing the Drums for Schools Djembe drum - sustainable\nA sustainable, affordable range of traditional wooden djembes crafted for long-term classroom use. Made from sustainably grown mahogany logs and certified by the international SVLK system, the smaller drums utilize timber offcuts from furniture and larger drum production. Each rough shell is hand-finished to precise standards of shape, thickness, and smoothness. The rounded rim ensures comfort, while the interior design delivers balanced frequencies for slap, bass, and tone techniques.\nThe steel rings are crafted from welded rods, and the high-quality goatskin drumhead, cut and fitted under the top ring, is thicker than most, providing durability and a mellower tone. The drums are strung with non-stretch, knotted nylon rope for reliable tension.\n\nEco-note:The wood for the drums is certified plantation-grown mahogany and wood products like these are a great way to store carbon, providing they’re kept for a long time and not thrown away.\nTaking care: The drum is very tough and will last for a very long time if treated with care. When not in use keep it in a dry place away from direct sunlight or other heat sources. If it should get wet, let it dry slowly. Above all keep sharp points away from the drum skin, as this is the most fragile part.\nGuarantee:The wooden drum shell is guaranteed for 5 years, and the drum skin is guaranteed for 2 years, but please follow the “taking care” instructions above.\n\n", "Bullet1":"A sustainable, affordable djembe, designed for long term classroom use", "Bullet2":"Wide range of sizes - 5.5\", 6.5\", 8.5\", 10\", 12\"", "Bullet3":"Single piece mahogany shell", "Bullet4":"Sustainably sourced and SVLK certified wood", "Bullet5":"Built from top quality materials using traditional techniques", "Bullet6":"Medium thick natural goatskin head, single knotted nylon and non-stretch rope", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSizes:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAD-DJBUC0525\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5.5\" diameter and 25cm height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAD-DJBUC0630\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6.5\" diameter and 30cm height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAD-DJBUC0840\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8.5\" diameter and 40cm height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAD-DJBUC1050\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\" diameter and 50cm height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAD-DJBUC1260\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\" diameter and 60cm height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "150","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.84","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.2", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AD-DJBUC0630", "Title": "Drums for Schools Sustainable djembe drum - 6.5\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "DfS CON", "Barcode": "5060344032360", "VariationOf": "ad-djbuc0525", "Description": "Introducing the Drums for Schools Djembe drum - sustainable\nA sustainable, affordable range of traditional wooden djembes crafted for long-term classroom use. Made from sustainably grown mahogany logs and certified by the international SVLK system, the smaller drums utilize timber offcuts from furniture and larger drum production. Each rough shell is hand-finished to precise standards of shape, thickness, and smoothness. The rounded rim ensures comfort, while the interior design delivers balanced frequencies for slap, bass, and tone techniques.\nThe steel rings are crafted from welded rods, and the high-quality goatskin drumhead, cut and fitted under the top ring, is thicker than most, providing durability and a mellower tone. The drums are strung with non-stretch, knotted nylon rope for reliable tension.\n\nEco-note:The wood for the drums is certified plantation-grown mahogany and wood products like these are a great way to store carbon, providing they’re kept for a long time and not thrown away.\nTaking care: The drum is very tough and will last for a very long time if treated with care. When not in use keep it in a dry place away from direct sunlight or other heat sources. If it should get wet, let it dry slowly. Above all keep sharp points away from the drum skin, as this is the most fragile part.\nGuarantee:The wooden drum shell is guaranteed for 5 years, and the drum skin is guaranteed for 2 years, but please follow the “taking care” instructions above.\n\n", "Bullet1":"A sustainable, affordable djembe, designed for long term classroom use", "Bullet2":"Wide range of sizes - 5.5\", 6.5\", 8.5\", 10\", 12\"", "Bullet3":"Single piece mahogany shell", "Bullet4":"Sustainably sourced and SVLK certified wood", "Bullet5":"Built from top quality materials using traditional techniques", "Bullet6":"Medium thick natural goatskin head, single knotted nylon and non-stretch rope", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSizes:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAD-DJBUC0525\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5.5\" diameter and 25cm height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAD-DJBUC0630\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6.5\" diameter and 30cm height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAD-DJBUC0840\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8.5\" diameter and 40cm height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAD-DJBUC1050\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\" diameter and 50cm height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAD-DJBUC1260\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\" diameter and 60cm height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "150","RRP_Inc_VAT": "23.76","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "19.8", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AD-DJBUC0840", "Title": "Drums for Schools Sustainable djembe drum - 8.5\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "DfS CON", "Barcode": null, "VariationOf": "ad-djbuc0525", "Description": "Introducing the Drums for Schools Djembe drum - sustainable\nA sustainable, affordable range of traditional wooden djembes crafted for long-term classroom use. Made from sustainably grown mahogany logs and certified by the international SVLK system, the smaller drums utilize timber offcuts from furniture and larger drum production. Each rough shell is hand-finished to precise standards of shape, thickness, and smoothness. The rounded rim ensures comfort, while the interior design delivers balanced frequencies for slap, bass, and tone techniques.\nThe steel rings are crafted from welded rods, and the high-quality goatskin drumhead, cut and fitted under the top ring, is thicker than most, providing durability and a mellower tone. The drums are strung with non-stretch, knotted nylon rope for reliable tension.\n\nEco-note:The wood for the drums is certified plantation-grown mahogany and wood products like these are a great way to store carbon, providing they’re kept for a long time and not thrown away.\nTaking care: The drum is very tough and will last for a very long time if treated with care. When not in use keep it in a dry place away from direct sunlight or other heat sources. If it should get wet, let it dry slowly. Above all keep sharp points away from the drum skin, as this is the most fragile part.\nGuarantee:The wooden drum shell is guaranteed for 5 years, and the drum skin is guaranteed for 2 years, but please follow the “taking care” instructions above.\n\n", "Bullet1":"A sustainable, affordable djembe, designed for long term classroom use", "Bullet2":"Wide range of sizes - 5.5\", 6.5\", 8.5\", 10\", 12\"", "Bullet3":"Single piece mahogany shell", "Bullet4":"Sustainably sourced and SVLK certified wood", "Bullet5":"Built from top quality materials using traditional techniques", "Bullet6":"Medium thick natural goatskin head, single knotted nylon and non-stretch rope", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSizes:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAD-DJBUC0525\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5.5\" diameter and 25cm height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAD-DJBUC0630\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6.5\" diameter and 30cm height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAD-DJBUC0840\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8.5\" diameter and 40cm height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAD-DJBUC1050\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\" diameter and 50cm height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAD-DJBUC1260\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\" diameter and 60cm height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "130","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.64","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "29.7", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AD-DJBUC1050", "Title": "Drums for Schools Sustainable djembe drum - 10\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "DfS CON", "Barcode": null, "VariationOf": "ad-djbuc0525", "Description": "Introducing the Drums for Schools Djembe drum - sustainable\nA sustainable, affordable range of traditional wooden djembes crafted for long-term classroom use. Made from sustainably grown mahogany logs and certified by the international SVLK system, the smaller drums utilize timber offcuts from furniture and larger drum production. Each rough shell is hand-finished to precise standards of shape, thickness, and smoothness. The rounded rim ensures comfort, while the interior design delivers balanced frequencies for slap, bass, and tone techniques.\nThe steel rings are crafted from welded rods, and the high-quality goatskin drumhead, cut and fitted under the top ring, is thicker than most, providing durability and a mellower tone. The drums are strung with non-stretch, knotted nylon rope for reliable tension.\n\nEco-note:The wood for the drums is certified plantation-grown mahogany and wood products like these are a great way to store carbon, providing they’re kept for a long time and not thrown away.\nTaking care: The drum is very tough and will last for a very long time if treated with care. When not in use keep it in a dry place away from direct sunlight or other heat sources. If it should get wet, let it dry slowly. Above all keep sharp points away from the drum skin, as this is the most fragile part.\nGuarantee:The wooden drum shell is guaranteed for 5 years, and the drum skin is guaranteed for 2 years, but please follow the “taking care” instructions above.\n\n", "Bullet1":"A sustainable, affordable djembe, designed for long term classroom use", "Bullet2":"Wide range of sizes - 5.5\", 6.5\", 8.5\", 10\", 12\"", "Bullet3":"Single piece mahogany shell", "Bullet4":"Sustainably sourced and SVLK certified wood", "Bullet5":"Built from top quality materials using traditional techniques", "Bullet6":"Medium thick natural goatskin head, single knotted nylon and non-stretch rope", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSizes:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAD-DJBUC0525\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5.5\" diameter and 25cm height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAD-DJBUC0630\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6.5\" diameter and 30cm height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAD-DJBUC0840\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8.5\" diameter and 40cm height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAD-DJBUC1050\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\" diameter and 50cm height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAD-DJBUC1260\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\" diameter and 60cm height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "180","RRP_Inc_VAT": "52.80","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "44.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AD-DJBUC1260", "Title": "Drums for Schools Sustainable djembe drum - 12\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "DfS CON", "Barcode": null, "VariationOf": "ad-djbuc0525", "Description": "Introducing the Drums for Schools Djembe drum - sustainable\nA sustainable, affordable range of traditional wooden djembes crafted for long-term classroom use. Made from sustainably grown mahogany logs and certified by the international SVLK system, the smaller drums utilize timber offcuts from furniture and larger drum production. Each rough shell is hand-finished to precise standards of shape, thickness, and smoothness. The rounded rim ensures comfort, while the interior design delivers balanced frequencies for slap, bass, and tone techniques.\nThe steel rings are crafted from welded rods, and the high-quality goatskin drumhead, cut and fitted under the top ring, is thicker than most, providing durability and a mellower tone. The drums are strung with non-stretch, knotted nylon rope for reliable tension.\n\nEco-note:The wood for the drums is certified plantation-grown mahogany and wood products like these are a great way to store carbon, providing they’re kept for a long time and not thrown away.\nTaking care: The drum is very tough and will last for a very long time if treated with care. When not in use keep it in a dry place away from direct sunlight or other heat sources. If it should get wet, let it dry slowly. Above all keep sharp points away from the drum skin, as this is the most fragile part.\nGuarantee:The wooden drum shell is guaranteed for 5 years, and the drum skin is guaranteed for 2 years, but please follow the “taking care” instructions above.\n\n", "Bullet1":"A sustainable, affordable djembe, designed for long term classroom use", "Bullet2":"Wide range of sizes - 5.5\", 6.5\", 8.5\", 10\", 12\"", "Bullet3":"Single piece mahogany shell", "Bullet4":"Sustainably sourced and SVLK certified wood", "Bullet5":"Built from top quality materials using traditional techniques", "Bullet6":"Medium thick natural goatskin head, single knotted nylon and non-stretch rope", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSizes:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAD-DJBUC0525\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5.5\" diameter and 25cm height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAD-DJBUC0630\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6.5\" diameter and 30cm height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAD-DJBUC0840\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8.5\" diameter and 40cm height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAD-DJBUC1050\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\" diameter and 50cm height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAD-DJBUC1260\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\" diameter and 60cm height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "72.60","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "60.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP078", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP078 professional glockenspiel \/ bell lyra mallets - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eball-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547000782", "VariationOf": "pp078", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP078 professional glockenspiel\/ bell lyra mallets\nThese professional standard glockenspiel beaters feature classic ring-shaped heads made from soft black plastic mounted on top quality 33cm white ash shafts. The heads have a relatively large amount of give which reduces the percussive noise thereby creating a softer muted tone rich in the lower frequencies of the instrument. Despite being very light, their shape concentrates the impact very effectively, providing the player with great control over a wide range of timbre.\nIdeal for professional use, the durable black plastic being great for use in hard wearing concert performances. Sold as a pair.\nShaft length - 330mm Shaft material - White Ash Shaft diameter - 8mm Head material - Plastic Head hardness - Soft Head size - 25mm diameter x 10mm width Head colour - Black Individual beater weight - 19g", "Bullet1":"Suitable for glockenspiel and bell lyra", "Bullet2":"Disc shaped head on wood shaft", "Bullet3":"Lightweight pair", "Bullet4":"Manufactured in the UK", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e330mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWhite ash\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead size\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e25mm diameter x 10mm width\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual beater weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e19g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "15","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.658333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP656", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made African cabasa with shells - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecabasas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318301174", "VariationOf": "pp656", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made African cabasa with shells The main body of this cabasa is made from gourd, a large fleshy fruit with a hard skin that is dried and hollowed out. Dozens of beads are a suspended by a web of string around the outside, providing the well-known cabasa sound. As they are made from naturally grown gourd, sizes will vary, especially from season to season. This creates a wonderfully unique instrument, always expertly crafted in Ghana using traditional techniques. This African cabasa is sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. A classic cabasa sound Modern cabasas are made using metal beads wrapped around a metal cylinder. This instrument is made much more like the original African cabasas these modern instruments were based on, producing a gentler sound. Play by rolling it in your palm, or for a more precise sound roll it between your hand and leg. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Ghana using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Produces a lovely 'chichichi' sound when played", "Bullet3":"Made from a gourd with dozens of tiny shells", "Bullet4":"Approximate length: 25cm", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "21","RRP_Inc_VAT": "15.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.658333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP217", "Title": "Percussion Plus large wooden maracas with colourful design - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003emaracas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5015972109588", "VariationOf": "pp217", "Description": "Wooden maracas with island design. Made from hard-wearing maple wood which creates a loud, bright shaker sound. Perfect for schools and music workshops These items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them.", "Bullet1":"Fun and colourful maracas with an island design", "Bullet2":"Built in handle for easy grip", "Bullet3":"Made from maple", "Bullet4":"Perfect for young children both at school or in the home", "Bullet5":"Length: 24.1cm", "Bullet6":"Supplied as a pair", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e24cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "128","RRP_Inc_VAT": "16.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.666666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP458", "Title": "Percussion Plus lead steel pan sticks - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547004582", "VariationOf": "pp458", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP458 lead steel pan sticks\nMade in Akron Ohio USA, rubber capital of the world, Percussion Plus steel pan mallets are crafted from the largest variety of best quality polymers. Precision cut rubber mallet tips have the perfect combination of thickness and density to produce the best range of Caribbean sounds from your steel drum and can also help prolong the time between tunings. The selected hardwood shafts offer excellent balance and strength with a striking appearance.\nTwenty five years of research and development have gone into the best feeling and responding pan beaters in the land. Why compromise when you can have the best for your steel pan? Helping you make the most authentic and distinctive Caribbean sounds.\n\nShaft material - Oak\nHead material - Rubber\nHead hardness - Medium\nSupplied as a pair.\nDid you know?\nSteel pans are relatively young instruments that have become phenomenally popular in recent years, particularly with school music departments and events organisers. They originated in Trinidad and Tobago in the 1930s and are traditionally recycled from 55 gallon chemical containers.\nBoth steel pans and steel drums refer to the same thing. Steel pan players will often use rolls, which are rapid fire playing of the same note many times to create a more continuous sound. This allows for stimulated playing of longer notes that maintain their strength rather than decaying such as a single hit would produce.\n", "Bullet1":"Lead Wood Mallets with General Tip", "Bullet2":"8” selected hardwood handles", "Bullet3":"Single layer tips ideally suited for tenor\/lead steel drums", "Bullet4":"All-purpose tip for a pure and even tone across the full range of the pan", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "24","RRP_Inc_VAT": "16.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.666666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP459", "Title": "Percussion Plus double tenor steel pan sticks - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547004599", "VariationOf": "pp459", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP459 double tenor steel pan sticks\nMade in Akron Ohio USA, rubber capital of the world, Percussion Plus steel pan mallets are crafted from the largest variety of best quality polymers. Precision cut rubber mallet tips have the perfect combination of thickness and density to produce the best range of Caribbean sounds from your steel drum and can also help prolong the time between tunings. The selected hardwood shafts offer excellent balance and strength with a striking appearance.\nTwenty five years of research and development have gone into the best feeling and responding pan beaters in the land. Why compromise when you can have the best for your steel pan? Helping you make the most authentic and distinctive Caribbean sounds.\n\nShaft material - Oak\nHead material - Rubber\nHead hardness - Medium\n\nSupplied as a pair.\nDid you know?\nSteel pans are relatively young instruments that have become phenomenally popular in recent years, particularly with school music departments and events organisers. They originated in Trinidad and Tobago in the 1930s and are traditionally recycled from 55 gallon chemical containers.\nBoth steel pans and steel drums refer to the same thing. Steel pan players will often use rolls, which are rapid fire playing of the same note many times to create a more continuous sound. This allows for stimulated playing of longer notes that maintain their strength rather than decaying such as a single hit would produce.", "Bullet1":"Double Tenor Wood Mallets with General Tip", "Bullet2":"8.5” selected hardwood handles", "Bullet3":"Single layer tips ideally suited for double tenor pans", "Bullet4":"All-purpose tip for a pure and even tone across the full range of the pan", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "21","RRP_Inc_VAT": "16.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.666666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP476", "Title": "Percussion Plus double seconds steel pan sticks - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964123949", "VariationOf": "pp476", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP476 double seconds steel pan sticks\nMade in Akron Ohio USA, rubber capital of the world, Percussion Plus steel pan mallets are crafted from the largest variety of best quality polymers. Precision cut rubber mallet tips have the perfect combination of thickness and density to produce the best range of Caribbean sounds from your steel drum and can also help prolong the time between tunings. The selected hardwood shafts offer excellent balance and strength with a striking appearance.\nTwenty five years of research and development have gone into the best feeling and responding pan beaters in the land. Why compromise when you can have the best for your steel pan? Helping you make the most authentic and distinctive Caribbean sounds.\nSupplied as a pair.\nDid you know?\nSteel pans are relatively young instruments that have become phenomenally popular in recent years, particularly with school music departments and events organisers. They originated in Trinidad and Tobago in the 1930s and are traditionally recycled from 55 gallon chemical containers.\nBoth steel pans and steel drums refer to the same thing. Steel pan players will often use rolls, which are rapid fire playing of the same note many times to create a more continuous sound. This allows for stimulated playing of longer notes that maintain their strength rather than decaying such as a single hit would produce.\n", "Bullet1":"Double Seconds Wood Mallets with General Tip", "Bullet2":"8.5” selected hardwood handle", "Bullet3":"Single layer tip ideally suited for double seconds", "Bullet4":"Precise thickness and texture to achieve the best possible sound quality", "Bullet5":"All-purpose tip for a pure and even tone across the full range of the pan", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "16.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.666666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2113", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Balinese gamelan xylophone - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003exylophones\u003eorchestral", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318308012", "VariationOf": "pp2113", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Balinese gamelan xylophone\nThis Percussion Plus Honestly Made gamelan xylophone comes from Bali, Indonesia. Its hand-crafted wood patterns are unique, meaning it’ll look beautiful when displayed in any room. It also features 4 wooden feet attached to the base, making it sturdy and easy to play.\nThe metal tubes act as a resonance chamber to amplify the bold ringing sound and to add a vibrating tone. It has 5 notes, which can be played with the 2 included beaters. The notes follow the western scale, so you can learn to play your favourite music with this xylophone.\nEach instrument is hand made using traditional materials and methods. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision.\n\nPerfect for meditation and concentration\nThe gamelan xylophone is designed to be used in meditation, as the bright and pure tones it produces are very relaxing to listen to. This helps to focus the mind and aid concentration. It’s perfect for teachers looking to hold music therapy sessions.\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Bali using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Features hand-carved patterns", "Bullet3":"Made from quality wood and metal", "Bullet4":"Comes with 2 beaters", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSize:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e22cm x 14cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e400g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "16.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.666666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NB200RD15", "Title": "NUVOBand Bb clarinet reeds pack of 3 - 1.5 strength \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "NUVOBand", "Barcode": "1230000230025", "VariationOf": "nb200rd15", "Description": "Synthetic reeds crafted for great response, tone and longevity\nNUVOBand synthetic reeds are sensitive to temperature. If the reed is cold, you can dip it in warm water. This will make it softer and easier to play. \nThis item includes 3 reeds (Strength 1.5 , 2 or 2.5). \n", "Bullet1":"Easy-to-play synthetic reeds", "Bullet2":"Crafted for response, tone and longevity", "Bullet3":"Available in strengths 1.5 , 2 and 2.5", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "16.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.333333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NB200RD20", "Title": "NUVOBand Bb clarinet reeds pack of 3 - 2 strength \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "NUVOBand", "Barcode": "1230000230049", "VariationOf": "nb200rd15", "Description": "Synthetic reeds crafted for great response, tone and longevity\nNUVOBand synthetic reeds are sensitive to temperature. If the reed is cold, you can dip it in warm water. This will make it softer and easier to play. \nThis item includes 3 reeds (Strength 1.5 , 2 or 2.5). \n", "Bullet1":"Easy-to-play synthetic reeds", "Bullet2":"Crafted for response, tone and longevity", "Bullet3":"Available in strengths 1.5 , 2 and 2.5", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "16.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.333333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NB200RD25", "Title": "NUVOBand Bb clarinet reeds pack of 3 - 2.5 strength \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "NUVOBand", "Barcode": "1230000230049", "VariationOf": "nb200rd15", "Description": "Synthetic reeds crafted for great response, tone and longevity\nNUVOBand synthetic reeds are sensitive to temperature. If the reed is cold, you can dip it in warm water. This will make it softer and easier to play. \nThis item includes 3 reeds (Strength 1.5 , 2 or 2.5). \n", "Bullet1":"Easy-to-play synthetic reeds", "Bullet2":"Crafted for response, tone and longevity", "Bullet3":"Available in strengths 1.5 , 2 and 2.5", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "16.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.333333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N225KCBL", "Title": "Nuvo Flute colour caps - Blue \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0735850167787", "VariationOf": "n225kcpk", "Description": "Nuvo Flute colour caps We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute and Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Full set of colour caps including standard, extension and C foot joint keys", "Bullet2":"Suitable for personalising both JFlutes and Student Flutes", "Bullet3":"Great as references for notes, touch keys or simply for colour and fun!", "Bullet4":"Supplied in small tote bag", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "16.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N225KCGN", "Title": "Nuvo Flute colour caps - Green \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "735850167794", "VariationOf": "n225kcpk", "Description": "Nuvo Flute colour caps We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute and Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Full set of colour caps including standard, extension and C foot joint keys", "Bullet2":"Suitable for personalising both JFlutes and Student Flutes", "Bullet3":"Great as references for notes, touch keys or simply for colour and fun!", "Bullet4":"Supplied in small tote bag", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "16.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N225KCPK", "Title": "Nuvo Flute colour caps - Pink \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0735850173009", "VariationOf": "n225kcpk", "Description": "Nuvo Flute colour caps We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute and Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Full set of colour caps including standard, extension and C foot joint keys", "Bullet2":"Suitable for personalising both JFlutes and Student Flutes", "Bullet3":"Great as references for notes, touch keys or simply for colour and fun!", "Bullet4":"Supplied in small tote bag", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "16.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N225KCMX", "Title": "Nuvo Flute colour caps - Mixed Colours \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "735850173016", "VariationOf": "n225kcpk", "Description": "Nuvo Flute colour caps We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute and Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Full set of colour caps including standard, extension and C foot joint keys", "Bullet2":"Suitable for personalising both JFlutes and Student Flutes", "Bullet3":"Great as references for notes, touch keys or simply for colour and fun!", "Bullet4":"Supplied in small tote bag", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "16.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP633", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Gourd maracas pair - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003emaracas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547006333", "VariationOf": "pp633", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Gourd maracas pair The Percussion Plus Honestly Made pair of maracas are made from real gourd, dried and hand painted for a highly decorated finish. As they are made from real gourd, no two are ever quite the same so you can be sure your maracas are unique to you, with their own sound and shape. Supplied as a pair, they are connected with string for easy storage. Made in Peru, all materials used are sustainably sourced and the instruments are crafted by independent makers. Each design is highly detailed and unique to the instrument. This pair of gourd maracas is sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. Made from real gourd Gourds are the naturally occurring fruits of the Cucurbitaceae plant family and for thousands of years have had various domestic uses, including water vessels, art pieces, and musical instruments. To make these maracas, the gourds are grown and dried, then filled with the dried seeds, sealed, and hand finished with painted decoration. Traditional maracas Maracas are heard in many forms of Latin music and are also present in pop and classical music. Traditionally, in Latin America, maracas are made from a dried calabash or a gourd shell filled with seeds or dried beans, like this pair. These Percussion Plus maracas are great for any percussionist to create real Latin sounds. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Peru using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Beautifully hand painted with unique patterns", "Bullet3":"Creates soft, natural percussive sounds", "Bullet4":"Made from real gourd, with each maraca being unique to you", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e155mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "27","RRP_Inc_VAT": "16.95","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.175", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N160MPBK", "Title": "Nuvo mouthpiece set - Clarineo\/Dood in black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0735850173191", "VariationOf": "n160mpbk", "Description": "\n\nNuvo mouthpiece set\nWe offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments, so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. These Nuvo mouthpieces are available in four bright colours and are supplied in a soft fabric tote bag for easy transportation.\nClarineo and Dood – The new style mouthpieces for these instruments feature an integrated ligature and come with a mouthpiece cap, o-ring cover, and a plastic reed.\njSax – The new style jSax mouthpieces include an integrated ligature.\njHorn – Each jHorn mouthpiece includes three silicone cups that can be assembled to the mouthpiece body, meaning you can explore low, middle, and high brass technique.\n\n\n\n\n\nRepair instructions\nIt is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab.\nNuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range.\n\n \n\n\nEasy to clean\nNuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing.\n\n\n\n\n\nEasy to repair\nNuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required.\n\n\n\n\n\nPass it on\nNuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments.\n\n\n\nMore useful information \nDood Fingering Chart\nClarineo Fingering Chart\njSax Fingering Chart\njHorn Treble Clef Fingering Chart\njHorn Bass Clef Fingering Chart\nHow to change the jHorn tuning\nTips on getting the best sound\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Mouthpiece sets for Clarineo, Dood, jSax, and jHorn", "Bullet2":"100% waterproof for easy cleaning", "Bullet3":"Supplied with a small tote bag", "Bullet4":"Available in colour combinations to match or accent your instrument", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "30","RRP_Inc_VAT": "21.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N160MPBL", "Title": "Nuvo mouthpiece set - Clarineo\/Dood in white with blue trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0735850167718", "VariationOf": "n160mpbk", "Description": "\n\nNuvo mouthpiece set\nWe offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments, so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. These Nuvo mouthpieces are available in four bright colours and are supplied in a soft fabric tote bag for easy transportation.\nClarineo and Dood – The new style mouthpieces for these instruments feature an integrated ligature and come with a mouthpiece cap, o-ring cover, and a plastic reed.\njSax – The new style jSax mouthpieces include an integrated ligature.\njHorn – Each jHorn mouthpiece includes three silicone cups that can be assembled to the mouthpiece body, meaning you can explore low, middle, and high brass technique.\n\n\n\n\n\nRepair instructions\nIt is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab.\nNuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range.\n\n \n\n\nEasy to clean\nNuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing.\n\n\n\n\n\nEasy to repair\nNuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required.\n\n\n\n\n\nPass it on\nNuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments.\n\n\n\nMore useful information \nDood Fingering Chart\nClarineo Fingering Chart\njSax Fingering Chart\njHorn Treble Clef Fingering Chart\njHorn Bass Clef Fingering Chart\nHow to change the jHorn tuning\nTips on getting the best sound\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Mouthpiece sets for Clarineo, Dood, jSax, and jHorn", "Bullet2":"100% waterproof for easy cleaning", "Bullet3":"Supplied with a small tote bag", "Bullet4":"Available in colour combinations to match or accent your instrument", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "21.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N160MPGN", "Title": "Nuvo mouthpiece set - Clarineo\/Dood in white with green trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0735850167725", "VariationOf": "n160mpbk", "Description": "\n\nNuvo mouthpiece set\nWe offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments, so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. These Nuvo mouthpieces are available in four bright colours and are supplied in a soft fabric tote bag for easy transportation.\nClarineo and Dood – The new style mouthpieces for these instruments feature an integrated ligature and come with a mouthpiece cap, o-ring cover, and a plastic reed.\njSax – The new style jSax mouthpieces include an integrated ligature.\njHorn – Each jHorn mouthpiece includes three silicone cups that can be assembled to the mouthpiece body, meaning you can explore low, middle, and high brass technique.\n\n\n\n\n\nRepair instructions\nIt is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab.\nNuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range.\n\n \n\n\nEasy to clean\nNuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing.\n\n\n\n\n\nEasy to repair\nNuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required.\n\n\n\n\n\nPass it on\nNuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments.\n\n\n\nMore useful information \nDood Fingering Chart\nClarineo Fingering Chart\njSax Fingering Chart\njHorn Treble Clef Fingering Chart\njHorn Bass Clef Fingering Chart\nHow to change the jHorn tuning\nTips on getting the best sound\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Mouthpiece sets for Clarineo, Dood, jSax, and jHorn", "Bullet2":"100% waterproof for easy cleaning", "Bullet3":"Supplied with a small tote bag", "Bullet4":"Available in colour combinations to match or accent your instrument", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "21.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N160MPPK", "Title": "Nuvo mouthpiece set - Clarineo\/Dood in white with pink trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0735850167732", "VariationOf": "n160mpbk", "Description": "\n\nNuvo mouthpiece set\nWe offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments, so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. These Nuvo mouthpieces are available in four bright colours and are supplied in a soft fabric tote bag for easy transportation.\nClarineo and Dood – The new style mouthpieces for these instruments feature an integrated ligature and come with a mouthpiece cap, o-ring cover, and a plastic reed.\njSax – The new style jSax mouthpieces include an integrated ligature.\njHorn – Each jHorn mouthpiece includes three silicone cups that can be assembled to the mouthpiece body, meaning you can explore low, middle, and high brass technique.\n\n\n\n\n\nRepair instructions\nIt is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab.\nNuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range.\n\n \n\n\nEasy to clean\nNuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing.\n\n\n\n\n\nEasy to repair\nNuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required.\n\n\n\n\n\nPass it on\nNuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments.\n\n\n\nMore useful information \nDood Fingering Chart\nClarineo Fingering Chart\njSax Fingering Chart\njHorn Treble Clef Fingering Chart\njHorn Bass Clef Fingering Chart\nHow to change the jHorn tuning\nTips on getting the best sound\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Mouthpiece sets for Clarineo, Dood, jSax, and jHorn", "Bullet2":"100% waterproof for easy cleaning", "Bullet3":"Supplied with a small tote bag", "Bullet4":"Available in colour combinations to match or accent your instrument", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "21.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N165MPBK", "Title": "Nuvo mouthpiece set - jSax in black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0735850167749", "VariationOf": "n160mpbk", "Description": "\n\nNuvo mouthpiece set\nWe offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments, so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. These Nuvo mouthpieces are available in four bright colours and are supplied in a soft fabric tote bag for easy transportation.\nClarineo and Dood – The new style mouthpieces for these instruments feature an integrated ligature and come with a mouthpiece cap, o-ring cover, and a plastic reed.\njSax – The new style jSax mouthpieces include an integrated ligature.\njHorn – Each jHorn mouthpiece includes three silicone cups that can be assembled to the mouthpiece body, meaning you can explore low, middle, and high brass technique.\n\n\n\n\n\nRepair instructions\nIt is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab.\nNuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range.\n\n \n\n\nEasy to clean\nNuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing.\n\n\n\n\n\nEasy to repair\nNuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required.\n\n\n\n\n\nPass it on\nNuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments.\n\n\n\nMore useful information \nDood Fingering Chart\nClarineo Fingering Chart\njSax Fingering Chart\njHorn Treble Clef Fingering Chart\njHorn Bass Clef Fingering Chart\nHow to change the jHorn tuning\nTips on getting the best sound\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Mouthpiece sets for Clarineo, Dood, jSax, and jHorn", "Bullet2":"100% waterproof for easy cleaning", "Bullet3":"Supplied with a small tote bag", "Bullet4":"Available in colour combinations to match or accent your instrument", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "71","RRP_Inc_VAT": "21.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N165MPBL", "Title": "Nuvo mouthpiece set - jSax in white with blue trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0735850167756", "VariationOf": "n160mpbk", "Description": "\n\nNuvo mouthpiece set\nWe offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments, so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. These Nuvo mouthpieces are available in four bright colours and are supplied in a soft fabric tote bag for easy transportation.\nClarineo and Dood – The new style mouthpieces for these instruments feature an integrated ligature and come with a mouthpiece cap, o-ring cover, and a plastic reed.\njSax – The new style jSax mouthpieces include an integrated ligature.\njHorn – Each jHorn mouthpiece includes three silicone cups that can be assembled to the mouthpiece body, meaning you can explore low, middle, and high brass technique.\n\n\n\n\n\nRepair instructions\nIt is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab.\nNuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range.\n\n \n\n\nEasy to clean\nNuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing.\n\n\n\n\n\nEasy to repair\nNuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required.\n\n\n\n\n\nPass it on\nNuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments.\n\n\n\nMore useful information \nDood Fingering Chart\nClarineo Fingering Chart\njSax Fingering Chart\njHorn Treble Clef Fingering Chart\njHorn Bass Clef Fingering Chart\nHow to change the jHorn tuning\nTips on getting the best sound\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Mouthpiece sets for Clarineo, Dood, jSax, and jHorn", "Bullet2":"100% waterproof for easy cleaning", "Bullet3":"Supplied with a small tote bag", "Bullet4":"Available in colour combinations to match or accent your instrument", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "21.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N165MPGN", "Title": "Nuvo mouthpiece set - jSax in white with green trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0735850167763", "VariationOf": "n160mpbk", "Description": "\n\nNuvo mouthpiece set\nWe offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments, so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. These Nuvo mouthpieces are available in four bright colours and are supplied in a soft fabric tote bag for easy transportation.\nClarineo and Dood – The new style mouthpieces for these instruments feature an integrated ligature and come with a mouthpiece cap, o-ring cover, and a plastic reed.\njSax – The new style jSax mouthpieces include an integrated ligature.\njHorn – Each jHorn mouthpiece includes three silicone cups that can be assembled to the mouthpiece body, meaning you can explore low, middle, and high brass technique.\n\n\n\n\n\nRepair instructions\nIt is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab.\nNuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range.\n\n \n\n\nEasy to clean\nNuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing.\n\n\n\n\n\nEasy to repair\nNuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required.\n\n\n\n\n\nPass it on\nNuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments.\n\n\n\nMore useful information \nDood Fingering Chart\nClarineo Fingering Chart\njSax Fingering Chart\njHorn Treble Clef Fingering Chart\njHorn Bass Clef Fingering Chart\nHow to change the jHorn tuning\nTips on getting the best sound\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Mouthpiece sets for Clarineo, Dood, jSax, and jHorn", "Bullet2":"100% waterproof for easy cleaning", "Bullet3":"Supplied with a small tote bag", "Bullet4":"Available in colour combinations to match or accent your instrument", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "21.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N165MPPK", "Title": "Nuvo mouthpiece set - jSax in white with pink trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0735850167770", "VariationOf": "n160mpbk", "Description": "\n\nNuvo mouthpiece set\nWe offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments, so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. These Nuvo mouthpieces are available in four bright colours and are supplied in a soft fabric tote bag for easy transportation.\nClarineo and Dood – The new style mouthpieces for these instruments feature an integrated ligature and come with a mouthpiece cap, o-ring cover, and a plastic reed.\njSax – The new style jSax mouthpieces include an integrated ligature.\njHorn – Each jHorn mouthpiece includes three silicone cups that can be assembled to the mouthpiece body, meaning you can explore low, middle, and high brass technique.\n\n\n\n\n\nRepair instructions\nIt is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab.\nNuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range.\n\n \n\n\nEasy to clean\nNuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing.\n\n\n\n\n\nEasy to repair\nNuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required.\n\n\n\n\n\nPass it on\nNuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments.\n\n\n\nMore useful information \nDood Fingering Chart\nClarineo Fingering Chart\njSax Fingering Chart\njHorn Treble Clef Fingering Chart\njHorn Bass Clef Fingering Chart\nHow to change the jHorn tuning\nTips on getting the best sound\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Mouthpiece sets for Clarineo, Dood, jSax, and jHorn", "Bullet2":"100% waterproof for easy cleaning", "Bullet3":"Supplied with a small tote bag", "Bullet4":"Available in colour combinations to match or accent your instrument", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "21.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N170MPBK", "Title": "Nuvo mouthpiece set - jHorn in black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0793591215365", "VariationOf": "n160mpbk", "Description": "\n\nNuvo mouthpiece set\nWe offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments, so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. These Nuvo mouthpieces are available in four bright colours and are supplied in a soft fabric tote bag for easy transportation.\nClarineo and Dood – The new style mouthpieces for these instruments feature an integrated ligature and come with a mouthpiece cap, o-ring cover, and a plastic reed.\njSax – The new style jSax mouthpieces include an integrated ligature.\njHorn – Each jHorn mouthpiece includes three silicone cups that can be assembled to the mouthpiece body, meaning you can explore low, middle, and high brass technique.\n\n\n\n\n\nRepair instructions\nIt is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab.\nNuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range.\n\n \n\n\nEasy to clean\nNuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing.\n\n\n\n\n\nEasy to repair\nNuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required.\n\n\n\n\n\nPass it on\nNuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments.\n\n\n\nMore useful information \nDood Fingering Chart\nClarineo Fingering Chart\njSax Fingering Chart\njHorn Treble Clef Fingering Chart\njHorn Bass Clef Fingering Chart\nHow to change the jHorn tuning\nTips on getting the best sound\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Mouthpiece sets for Clarineo, Dood, jSax, and jHorn", "Bullet2":"100% waterproof for easy cleaning", "Bullet3":"Supplied with a small tote bag", "Bullet4":"Available in colour combinations to match or accent your instrument", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "15","RRP_Inc_VAT": "17.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.916666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N170MPBL", "Title": "Nuvo mouthpiece set - jHorn in white with blue trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0793591215372", "VariationOf": "n160mpbk", "Description": "\n\nNuvo mouthpiece set\nWe offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments, so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. These Nuvo mouthpieces are available in four bright colours and are supplied in a soft fabric tote bag for easy transportation.\nClarineo and Dood – The new style mouthpieces for these instruments feature an integrated ligature and come with a mouthpiece cap, o-ring cover, and a plastic reed.\njSax – The new style jSax mouthpieces include an integrated ligature.\njHorn – Each jHorn mouthpiece includes three silicone cups that can be assembled to the mouthpiece body, meaning you can explore low, middle, and high brass technique.\n\n\n\n\n\nRepair instructions\nIt is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab.\nNuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range.\n\n \n\n\nEasy to clean\nNuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing.\n\n\n\n\n\nEasy to repair\nNuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required.\n\n\n\n\n\nPass it on\nNuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments.\n\n\n\nMore useful information \nDood Fingering Chart\nClarineo Fingering Chart\njSax Fingering Chart\njHorn Treble Clef Fingering Chart\njHorn Bass Clef Fingering Chart\nHow to change the jHorn tuning\nTips on getting the best sound\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Mouthpiece sets for Clarineo, Dood, jSax, and jHorn", "Bullet2":"100% waterproof for easy cleaning", "Bullet3":"Supplied with a small tote bag", "Bullet4":"Available in colour combinations to match or accent your instrument", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "17.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.916666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N170MPGN", "Title": "Nuvo mouthpiece set - jHorn in white with green trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0793591215389", "VariationOf": "n160mpbk", "Description": "\n\nNuvo mouthpiece set\nWe offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments, so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. These Nuvo mouthpieces are available in four bright colours and are supplied in a soft fabric tote bag for easy transportation.\nClarineo and Dood – The new style mouthpieces for these instruments feature an integrated ligature and come with a mouthpiece cap, o-ring cover, and a plastic reed.\njSax – The new style jSax mouthpieces include an integrated ligature.\njHorn – Each jHorn mouthpiece includes three silicone cups that can be assembled to the mouthpiece body, meaning you can explore low, middle, and high brass technique.\n\n\n\n\n\nRepair instructions\nIt is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab.\nNuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range.\n\n \n\n\nEasy to clean\nNuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing.\n\n\n\n\n\nEasy to repair\nNuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required.\n\n\n\n\n\nPass it on\nNuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments.\n\n\n\nMore useful information \nDood Fingering Chart\nClarineo Fingering Chart\njSax Fingering Chart\njHorn Treble Clef Fingering Chart\njHorn Bass Clef Fingering Chart\nHow to change the jHorn tuning\nTips on getting the best sound\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Mouthpiece sets for Clarineo, Dood, jSax, and jHorn", "Bullet2":"100% waterproof for easy cleaning", "Bullet3":"Supplied with a small tote bag", "Bullet4":"Available in colour combinations to match or accent your instrument", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "17.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.916666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N170MPPK", "Title": "Nuvo mouthpiece set - jHorn in white with pink trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0793591215396", "VariationOf": "n160mpbk", "Description": "\n\nNuvo mouthpiece set\nWe offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments, so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. These Nuvo mouthpieces are available in four bright colours and are supplied in a soft fabric tote bag for easy transportation.\nClarineo and Dood – The new style mouthpieces for these instruments feature an integrated ligature and come with a mouthpiece cap, o-ring cover, and a plastic reed.\njSax – The new style jSax mouthpieces include an integrated ligature.\njHorn – Each jHorn mouthpiece includes three silicone cups that can be assembled to the mouthpiece body, meaning you can explore low, middle, and high brass technique.\n\n\n\n\n\nRepair instructions\nIt is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab.\nNuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range.\n\n \n\n\nEasy to clean\nNuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing.\n\n\n\n\n\nEasy to repair\nNuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required.\n\n\n\n\n\nPass it on\nNuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments.\n\n\n\nMore useful information \nDood Fingering Chart\nClarineo Fingering Chart\njSax Fingering Chart\njHorn Treble Clef Fingering Chart\njHorn Bass Clef Fingering Chart\nHow to change the jHorn tuning\nTips on getting the best sound\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Mouthpiece sets for Clarineo, Dood, jSax, and jHorn", "Bullet2":"100% waterproof for easy cleaning", "Bullet3":"Supplied with a small tote bag", "Bullet4":"Available in colour combinations to match or accent your instrument", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "17.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.916666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "DE-PA5", "Title": "Set of 4 clear plastic castor cups for upright piano - A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003emoving\u003ecastor-cups", "Brand": "Piano Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349485956", "VariationOf": "de-pa5", "Description": "A set of 4 plastic castor cups suitable for most domestic upright pianos with fitted castors. These castor cups feature a musical notes design around the edge of each cup and have a cushioned underside designed to protect wooden or hard floor surfaces from the scratching and damage caused by piano castors.If your piano is particularly heavy we would highly recommend our stronger and more durable DE-MM12 wooden castor cups as an alternative.\n\nDesigned to suit most types of upright acoustic pianos with fitted castors, these castor cups are embossed with musical notations around their edges. The chushioned underside protects wooden or hard floors from scratches and damage which can be caused by piano castors.For especially heavy pianos we would highly recommend the stronger and more durable DE-MM12 wooden castor cups as an alternative.\n", "Bullet1":"Hard wearing plastic construction with clear finish", "Bullet2":"Rubber cushioned underside to protect hard floors", "Bullet3":"Suitable for most sizes of upright piano castor", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "32","RRP_Inc_VAT": "17.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.208333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ8478", "Title": "Izzo single wooden surdo beater - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003esamba", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "5056318309873", "VariationOf": "iz8478", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo surdo beater with a wooden head\nMade from quality wood, this beater is ideal for surdos and other large drums. Unlike the surdo beaters with padded tips, this wooden head beater produces a harsher and more direct thud when it is played in an orchestra or samba group.\nRobust and long lasting, it is a great investment for any school or education environment.", "Bullet1":"Long wooden handle", "Bullet2":"Turned from quality wood", "Bullet3":"Produces powerful booming thud", "Bullet4":"Perfect for school samba bands", "Bullet5":"Supplied as a single stick", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e124g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "70","RRP_Inc_VAT": "17.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.916666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AP-3429", "Title": "Collapsible tripod guitar stand for all types of guitar - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003eguitar\u003esingle", "Brand": "Apextone", "Barcode": "762716058798", "VariationOf": "ap-3429", "Description": "Introducing the Apextone neck-grip guitar stand\nThe Apextone Neck-Grip Guitar Stand offers a practical solution for securely supporting your instrument while providing convenient portability. Its collapsible tripod structure ensures stability for both electric and acoustic guitars, making it an excellent accessory for musicians on the move.\nInnovative design\nUnlike traditional stands, this Apextone stand features prongs specifically designed to grip the guitar neck just below the headstock. This innovative design ensures a secure fit without putting pressure on the instrument's body, keeping your guitar safe from scratches or damage.\nStrength and stability\nStability is key when it comes to protecting your instrument, which is why the Apextone stand is equipped with sturdy tripod legs. Whether you're setting up on stage or in your living room, trust that your guitar will remain securely in place throughout your performance.\nA stand to take with you\nEffortlessly portable, the stem and legs of the Apextone stand can be collapsed and folded for easy transportation. Whether you're heading to a rehearsal, a gig, or simply moving your instrument around the house, this stand is your go-to solution for on-the-go convenience.\nOur Apextone guitar stands\n\nApextone double-wired A-frame guitar stand\nApextone tripod guitar stand\nApextone A-frame guitar stand\nApextone A-frame adjustable depth guitar stand\nApextone neck-grip guitar stand\nApextone deluxe acoustic guitar stand\nApextone guitar wall hanger\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Collapsible tripod guitar stand", "Bullet2":"Prongs of stand grip guitar neck just below headstock", "Bullet3":"Ideal for electric and acoustic guitars", "Bullet4":"Stem and legs can be collapsed and folded for portability", "Bullet5":"Tripod legs ensure stability", "Bullet6":"Height adjustable from 44cm to 81cm", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMinimum height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e44cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaximum height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e81cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTriangular base area\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e44cm x 44cm x 27cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGround protectors\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber feet\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLeg padding material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHigh density foam\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eScrew material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "40","RRP_Inc_VAT": "17.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.208333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP289-RD", "Title": "Liverpool aluminium bass drum beater - A1 \/ Red", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eother", "Brand": "Liverpool", "Barcode": "5056318312194", "VariationOf": "pp289-rd", "Description": "Introducing the Liverpool aluminium bass drum beater\nThis sturdy beater comes with a rubber-covered aluminium handle and a large plush head. Helping to make a strong but warm sound, the beater is ideal for marching bands and school orchestras and can be used with bass drums, surdos, gongs and more!\n\nGreat for practice and performances\nMeasuring 350mm in length and 28mm in diameter, these affordable beaters are perfect for practice and performance sessions. They’re also comfortable to hold and built to withstand regular use, making them the ideal choice for classroom environments.", "Bullet1":"Ideal for use in orchestras or marching bands", "Bullet2":"Elongated aluminium handle and plush head", "Bullet3":"Rubber coating on handle for better grip", "Bullet4":"Designed particularly for bass drums", "Bullet5":"Also works with surdo drums and gongs", "Bullet6":"350mm length, with a head diameter of 28mm", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandle material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandle cover material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLarge plush head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRed, Black, Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e350mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e28mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "17.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.208333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP289-BL", "Title": "Liverpool aluminium bass drum beater - A1 \/ Blue", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eother", "Brand": "Liverpool", "Barcode": "5056318312187", "VariationOf": "pp289-rd", "Description": "Introducing the Liverpool aluminium bass drum beater\nThis sturdy beater comes with a rubber-covered aluminium handle and a large plush head. Helping to make a strong but warm sound, the beater is ideal for marching bands and school orchestras and can be used with bass drums, surdos, gongs and more!\n\nGreat for practice and performances\nMeasuring 350mm in length and 28mm in diameter, these affordable beaters are perfect for practice and performance sessions. They’re also comfortable to hold and built to withstand regular use, making them the ideal choice for classroom environments.", "Bullet1":"Ideal for use in orchestras or marching bands", "Bullet2":"Elongated aluminium handle and plush head", "Bullet3":"Rubber coating on handle for better grip", "Bullet4":"Designed particularly for bass drums", "Bullet5":"Also works with surdo drums and gongs", "Bullet6":"350mm length, with a head diameter of 28mm", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandle material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandle cover material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLarge plush head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRed, Black, Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e350mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e28mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "17.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.208333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP289-BK", "Title": "Liverpool aluminium bass drum beater - A1 \/ Black", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eother", "Brand": "Liverpool", "Barcode": "5056318312170", "VariationOf": "pp289-rd", "Description": "Introducing the Liverpool aluminium bass drum beater\nThis sturdy beater comes with a rubber-covered aluminium handle and a large plush head. Helping to make a strong but warm sound, the beater is ideal for marching bands and school orchestras and can be used with bass drums, surdos, gongs and more!\n\nGreat for practice and performances\nMeasuring 350mm in length and 28mm in diameter, these affordable beaters are perfect for practice and performance sessions. They’re also comfortable to hold and built to withstand regular use, making them the ideal choice for classroom environments.", "Bullet1":"Ideal for use in orchestras or marching bands", "Bullet2":"Elongated aluminium handle and plush head", "Bullet3":"Rubber coating on handle for better grip", "Bullet4":"Designed particularly for bass drums", "Bullet5":"Also works with surdo drums and gongs", "Bullet6":"350mm length, with a head diameter of 28mm", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandle material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandle cover material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLarge plush head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRed, Black, Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e350mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e28mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "17.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.208333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1051", "Title": "Percussion Plus football rattle - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003erattles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547010514", "VariationOf": "pp1051", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus football rattle\nThis Football Rattle, also commonly known as a noisemaker or ratchet, produces a clicking or rattling noise as the board moves around the gearwheel.\nIt's great fun to play and always popular with children, and can be used in the house or in classrooms.", "Bullet1":"Football rattle also known as a ratchet", "Bullet2":"Produces a clicking or rattling noise", "Bullet3":"Noise produced by the board moving around the gearwheel", "Bullet4":"Great fun", "Bullet5":"Popular with children", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "37","RRP_Inc_VAT": "17.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.475", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP163", "Title": "Acme duck, teal and widgeon call - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebird-calls", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547001635", "VariationOf": "pp163", "Description": "Introducing the Acme duck, teal and widgeon call\nThe Acme duck call features a fully adjustable reed to assist in reproducing a variety of sounds from the high-pitched mallard call to the lower-pitched drake call. Ideal for outdoor activities such as bird watching and hunting, this versatile call is also useful as a sound effect in recordings and school plays, making it a wonderful addition to any classroom.\nThis hand-tuned whistle is crafted from high-quality, durable materials, which allows it to reliably produce realistic duck, teal or widgeon calls with great volume and power.\n\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\n\n\n\nSound Sample\n163", "Bullet1":"Projects an authentic duck call", "Bullet2":"Solid plastic construction", "Bullet3":"Ideal for bird watching, hunting and studio recordings", "Bullet4":"Features a fully adjustable reed", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "37","RRP_Inc_VAT": "17.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.475", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP226", "Title": "Percussion Plus fish shaped guiro with scraper - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003escrapers", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349483556", "VariationOf": "pp226", "Description": "This large guiro is made from solid maple and shaped like a fish. It comes supplied with a single beater which you rub up and down the grooved sides of the instrument to create that classic Latin American sound. It has easy hold finger grips and is a great addition to any classroom percussion set.", "Bullet1":"Tricolour fish shaped guiro", "Bullet2":"Made from solid maple", "Bullet3":"Two finger holes allow you to grip the guiro easily", "Bullet4":"Ideal for use in the classroom", "Bullet5":"Supplied with scraper", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "146","RRP_Inc_VAT": "17.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.475", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "DE-MM12", "Title": "Set of 4 black wooden castor cups for upright piano - A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003emoving\u003ecastor-cups", "Brand": "Piano Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349485932", "VariationOf": "de-mm12", "Description": "A set of 4 attractive, traditionally styled, black, solid wood castor cups suitable for virtually any traditional upright piano. These quality castor cups are finished in black varnish and have a cushioned underside designed to offer maximum protection to wooden or hard floors from the scratching and damage caused by piano castors.\n\nThe combination of their shiny black finish and their wood construction makes them suitable for both traditional and modern looking pianos. The base is made from a thick, memory-like foam which has all the advantages of rubber without the risk of marking your floor.", "Bullet1":"Quality foam cushioned underside to protect hard floors", "Bullet2":"Suitable for most sizes of upright piano castor", "Bullet3":"Wooden construction with black colour finish", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "74","RRP_Inc_VAT": "17.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.475", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "LMS02-BK", "Title": "Lawrence lightweight folding music stand - Black \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003efolding", "Brand": "Lawrence", "Barcode": "5060349481156", "VariationOf": "lms02-bk", "Description": "\nTimeless folding design\nThese reliable, sturdy LMS02 stands from Opus are surprisingly lightweight at only 1.2kg and superb value for money. They feature a wide tripod base with non-slip plastic feet for extra stability. Designed to be our most compact model yet, simply remove the desk section after use and they fold down to measure 45cm x 10cm x 6cm for ease of transport and fit neatly into their black canvas carry bags (supplied).\n\n\n\nSecure and versatile\nThey feature a wide tripod base with non-slip plastic feet for extra stability and a 3-tier telescopic stem secured with winged screws. Height from the floor to the bottom of your music can be adjusted to anything between 46-135cm. The desk measures 43 x 21 x 2.6cm and has a comfortable wheel screw for adjusting its tilt angle. It also has integrated page retainers which are spring loaded meaning they hold pages down much more easily than the wires featured on many older models.\n\n\n\n\nPick a colour!\nAvailable in either black or red, these stands are perfect for taking to orchestra and band rehearsals or for practice at home.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Simple classic folding design", "Bullet2":"Easy for musicians on the move as it weighs just 1.2kg", "Bullet3":"Spring loaded page retainers to keep music securely in place", "Bullet4":"43 x 21 x 2.6cm music desk", "Bullet5":"Supplied with black canvas gig bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "775","RRP_Inc_VAT": "17.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.475", "Quantity_break_1": "20","Quantity_break_price_1": "8.75", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "LMS02-RD", "Title": "Lawrence lightweight folding music stand - Red \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003efolding", "Brand": "Lawrence", "Barcode": "5060349481187", "VariationOf": "lms02-bk", "Description": "\nTimeless folding design\nThese reliable, sturdy LMS02 stands from Opus are surprisingly lightweight at only 1.2kg and superb value for money. They feature a wide tripod base with non-slip plastic feet for extra stability. Designed to be our most compact model yet, simply remove the desk section after use and they fold down to measure 45cm x 10cm x 6cm for ease of transport and fit neatly into their black canvas carry bags (supplied).\n\n\n\nSecure and versatile\nThey feature a wide tripod base with non-slip plastic feet for extra stability and a 3-tier telescopic stem secured with winged screws. Height from the floor to the bottom of your music can be adjusted to anything between 46-135cm. The desk measures 43 x 21 x 2.6cm and has a comfortable wheel screw for adjusting its tilt angle. It also has integrated page retainers which are spring loaded meaning they hold pages down much more easily than the wires featured on many older models.\n\n\n\n\nPick a colour!\nAvailable in either black or red, these stands are perfect for taking to orchestra and band rehearsals or for practice at home.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Simple classic folding design", "Bullet2":"Easy for musicians on the move as it weighs just 1.2kg", "Bullet3":"Spring loaded page retainers to keep music securely in place", "Bullet4":"43 x 21 x 2.6cm music desk", "Bullet5":"Supplied with black canvas gig bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "455","RRP_Inc_VAT": "17.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.475", "Quantity_break_1": "20","Quantity_break_price_1": "8.75", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "LMS02-PK", "Title": "Lawrence lightweight folding music stand - Pink \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003efolding", "Brand": "Lawrence", "Barcode": "5055964108687", "VariationOf": "lms02-bk", "Description": "\nTimeless folding design\nThese reliable, sturdy LMS02 stands from Opus are surprisingly lightweight at only 1.2kg and superb value for money. They feature a wide tripod base with non-slip plastic feet for extra stability. Designed to be our most compact model yet, simply remove the desk section after use and they fold down to measure 45cm x 10cm x 6cm for ease of transport and fit neatly into their black canvas carry bags (supplied).\n\n\n\nSecure and versatile\nThey feature a wide tripod base with non-slip plastic feet for extra stability and a 3-tier telescopic stem secured with winged screws. Height from the floor to the bottom of your music can be adjusted to anything between 46-135cm. The desk measures 43 x 21 x 2.6cm and has a comfortable wheel screw for adjusting its tilt angle. It also has integrated page retainers which are spring loaded meaning they hold pages down much more easily than the wires featured on many older models.\n\n\n\n\nPick a colour!\nAvailable in either black or red, these stands are perfect for taking to orchestra and band rehearsals or for practice at home.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Simple classic folding design", "Bullet2":"Easy for musicians on the move as it weighs just 1.2kg", "Bullet3":"Spring loaded page retainers to keep music securely in place", "Bullet4":"43 x 21 x 2.6cm music desk", "Bullet5":"Supplied with black canvas gig bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1486","RRP_Inc_VAT": "17.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.475", "Quantity_break_1": "20","Quantity_break_price_1": "8.75", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "LMS02-MX", "Title": "Lawrence lightweight folding music stand - Mixed colours \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003efolding", "Brand": "Lawrence", "Barcode": "5055964108694", "VariationOf": "lms02-bk", "Description": "\nTimeless folding design\nThese reliable, sturdy LMS02 stands from Opus are surprisingly lightweight at only 1.2kg and superb value for money. They feature a wide tripod base with non-slip plastic feet for extra stability. Designed to be our most compact model yet, simply remove the desk section after use and they fold down to measure 45cm x 10cm x 6cm for ease of transport and fit neatly into their black canvas carry bags (supplied).\n\n\n\nSecure and versatile\nThey feature a wide tripod base with non-slip plastic feet for extra stability and a 3-tier telescopic stem secured with winged screws. Height from the floor to the bottom of your music can be adjusted to anything between 46-135cm. The desk measures 43 x 21 x 2.6cm and has a comfortable wheel screw for adjusting its tilt angle. It also has integrated page retainers which are spring loaded meaning they hold pages down much more easily than the wires featured on many older models.\n\n\n\n\nPick a colour!\nAvailable in either black or red, these stands are perfect for taking to orchestra and band rehearsals or for practice at home.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Simple classic folding design", "Bullet2":"Easy for musicians on the move as it weighs just 1.2kg", "Bullet3":"Spring loaded page retainers to keep music securely in place", "Bullet4":"43 x 21 x 2.6cm music desk", "Bullet5":"Supplied with black canvas gig bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "108","RRP_Inc_VAT": "17.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.475", "Quantity_break_1": "20","Quantity_break_price_1": "8.75", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP610-BK", "Title": "Liverpool double agogo bells - Black \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eagogos", "Brand": "Liverpool", "Barcode": "5055964138462", "VariationOf": "pp610-bk", "Description": "Introducing the Liverpool double agogo bells\nAgogo bells are an essential Brazilian samba instrument that’s used in many popular rhythms. These metal agogo bells are a great addition to any existing samba outfit, and they are also good for developing musical ability in primary or secondary education.\nThis pair is constructed in the traditional U-shape design. It is a durable instrument, perfect for classroom use. The different pitched bells produce clear and bright sounds, and can be played using the supplied wooden beater.\n", "Bullet1":"Double agogo bells for Brazilian samba ", "Bullet2":"Perfect for classroom music education", "Bullet3":"Sturdy metal construction ", "Bullet4":"Traditional U-shape design ", "Bullet5":"Includes a wooden beater ", "Bullet6":"Comes in black or silver ", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "17.95","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.716666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP610-SL", "Title": "Liverpool double agogo bells - Silver \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eagogos", "Brand": "Liverpool", "Barcode": "5055964138479", "VariationOf": "pp610-bk", "Description": "Introducing the Liverpool double agogo bells\nAgogo bells are an essential Brazilian samba instrument that’s used in many popular rhythms. These metal agogo bells are a great addition to any existing samba outfit, and they are also good for developing musical ability in primary or secondary education.\nThis pair is constructed in the traditional U-shape design. It is a durable instrument, perfect for classroom use. The different pitched bells produce clear and bright sounds, and can be played using the supplied wooden beater.\n", "Bullet1":"Double agogo bells for Brazilian samba ", "Bullet2":"Perfect for classroom music education", "Bullet3":"Sturdy metal construction ", "Bullet4":"Traditional U-shape design ", "Bullet5":"Includes a wooden beater ", "Bullet6":"Comes in black or silver ", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "17.95","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.716666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP301", "Title": "Percussion Plus 10\"\" ocean drum - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eocean-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349482863", "VariationOf": "pp301", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus 10\"\" ocean drum\nThis beautifully decorated drum from Percussion Plus is a fun and versatile instrument for any percussionist.\nWhen the drum is rolled, metal beads inside it rattle against each other and against the skins of the drum to produce the sound of the ocean. Additional percussive effects can also be created by hitting the drum with a mallet.\nThe ocean theme is reflected by the colourful fish design on the frame and one side of the drum. The other transparent skin allows you to see inside the drum so you can watch it in action and see how it works.\nPlease note: A mallet is not included with this product.", "Bullet1":"Percussion Plus 10\" ocean drum", "Bullet2":"White frame with ocean design", "Bullet3":"Roll the drum to hear the sound of the sea!", "Bullet4":"Transparent skin means you can see how it works", "Bullet5":"Can also be played with a mallet for percussive sound effects (not included)", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "104","RRP_Inc_VAT": "17.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.741666666666665", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2076", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made African cabasa with beads - small - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecabasas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964133252", "VariationOf": "pp2076", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Small African cabasa with beads - small The main body of this cabasa is made from gourd, a large fleshy fruit with a hard skin that is dried and hollowed out. Dozens of beads are a suspended by a web of string around the outside, providing the well-known cabasa sound. As they are made from naturally grown gourd, sizes will vary, especially from season to season. This creates a wonderfully unique instrument, always expertly crafted in Ghana using traditional techniques. This African cabasa is sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. A classic cabasa sound Modern cabasas are made using metal beads wrapped around a metal cylinder. This instrument is made much more like the original African cabasas these modern instruments were based on, producing a gentler sound. Play by rolling it in your palm, or for a more precise sound roll it between your hand and leg. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Ghana using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Produces a 'chichichi' sound when played", "Bullet3":"Made from a gourd with dozens of tiny colourful beads", "Bullet4":"Average size - 7x15cm", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "90","RRP_Inc_VAT": "17.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.741666666666665", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP179", "Title": "Acme large brass thunderer finger whistle - nickel plated - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewhistles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "717668475858", "VariationOf": "pp179", "Description": "Introducing the Acme large brass thunderer finger whistle - nickel plated\nThe Acme large thunderer whistle produces a large deep tone and a sound that carries in all environments. It is a reliable choice for referees of loud intense football or rugby matches, lifeguards in pools or on the beach, and even even private security workers.\nThe thunderer whistle produces a reliably consistent tone, and as a pea whistle it allows users to make an interesting variety of more intricate and specific sounds by adjusting the airflow to produce a rolling trill with a range of effects.\nA whistle you'll never lose\nThis whistle comes attached to a fully adjustable cushioned brass fingergrip, which makes it even better for sports referees who inevitably end up getting entangled in the game. Having a lanyard around your neck whilst running around for 90 minutes might be irritating, whereas this fingergrip solution is sure to remain inconspicuous, inoffensive and effective.\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme police whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\nThe Acme thunderer whistles collection\nBrass, nickel plated whistles\n\n\nAcme Titanic brass thunderer whistle - loud piercing tone, replica of whistles used on the Titanic\n\nAcme large brass thunderer whistle - large deep tone\n\nAcme small brass thunderer whistle - higher piercing tone\n\nAcme large brass thunderer finger whistle - large deep tone, attaches to finger with strap\n\nBlack plastic whistles\n\n\nAcme large thunderer whistle - large deep tone\n\nAcme medium thunderer whistle - more piercing tone\n\nAcme small thunderer whistle - clear, higher-pitched tone\n\n\nSound Sample\n\nChamberlain Music · PP179 Acme large brass thunderer finger whistle\n", "Bullet1":"Produces a strong, alerting sound", "Bullet2":"Nickel plated finish", "Bullet3":"Perfect for sports referees or lifeguards", "Bullet4":"A good utility for private security workers", "Bullet5":"Comes with fully adjustable cushioned brass fingergrip", "Bullet6":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "17.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.741666666666665", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1126", "Title": "Acme wind whistle - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewind-machines", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547011269", "VariationOf": "pp1126", "Description": "Introducing the Acme wind whistle\nMade in the UK, the Acme wind whistle effectively recreates the sound of the wind, producing a shimmering effect. The variable pitch produced by simply blowing through the instrument enables the player to imitate wind at a range of strengths.\nGreat for walkers, bird watchers or hunters looking for a decoy, this versatile whistle also produces an array of bird calls, train ‘toots’ and breeze sounds. For example, the sky woodland jay, a colourful member of the Crow family, or the he famous ‘chatter’ of the magpie. It is also suitable for use in school orchestras and plays.\n\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme police whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\n\n\nSound Sample\n\n\nChamberlain Music · PP1126 Percussion Plus wind whistle\n", "Bullet1":"Effectively recreates the sound of wind", "Bullet2":"Shimmering sounds", "Bullet3":"Simply blow through the instrument for a great sound effect", "Bullet4":"Great for walkers, bird watchers or for use in school orchestras", "Bullet5":"Can imitate the sky woodland jay or magpie", "Bullet6":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP757", "Title": "Percussion Plus easy grip drum sticks - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003edrum-sticks", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547007576", "VariationOf": "pp757", "Description": "These Percussion Plus drum sticks have been enhanced for the player by the addition of easy-grip foam rubber handles.", "Bullet1":"Comfort grip handles", "Bullet2":"Long lasting quality", "Bullet3":"Sold as a pair", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "17","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.75", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "8.775", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP279-A61", "Title": "Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell individual note - A61 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318306841", "VariationOf": "pp279-a61", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell\nThese hand bells from Percussion Plus are perfect for professional players who are looking to replace individual notes or who want to own a spare. They range from notes A61 to E80 and produce a bright, warm ringing sound. For the complete scale, there is the PP279 set of 20 handbells supplied in a padded bag.\n\nDurable and sophisticated design\nEach bell is designed to produce the best possible sound, as well as to be sturdy and able to withstand regular use and transportation. They are constructed from durable metal, with an attractive rose gold finish. They also feature an attached plastic stand that makes it easy to keep the bells in place while they are in use, preventing them from rolling around.\n\nMirroring the keys of a piano\nThe plastic stems are coloured to resemble the colours of piano notes, with natural notes given a white stem and a black stem given to accidentals. This colour system, along with the note names written on each bell, makes it easy to quickly differentiate between the notes.\n", "Bullet1":"Professional chromatic hand bells - sold individually", "Bullet2":"Available note range: A61 - E80", "Bullet3":"Made from durable metal", "Bullet4":"Attractive rose gold finish", "Bullet5":"Features plastic stems", "Bullet6":"Produces a bright ringing sound", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight for each bell:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP279-A73", "Title": "Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell individual note - A73 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318306858", "VariationOf": "pp279-a61", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell\nThese hand bells from Percussion Plus are perfect for professional players who are looking to replace individual notes or who want to own a spare. They range from notes A61 to E80 and produce a bright, warm ringing sound. For the complete scale, there is the PP279 set of 20 handbells supplied in a padded bag.\n\nDurable and sophisticated design\nEach bell is designed to produce the best possible sound, as well as to be sturdy and able to withstand regular use and transportation. They are constructed from durable metal, with an attractive rose gold finish. They also feature an attached plastic stand that makes it easy to keep the bells in place while they are in use, preventing them from rolling around.\n\nMirroring the keys of a piano\nThe plastic stems are coloured to resemble the colours of piano notes, with natural notes given a white stem and a black stem given to accidentals. This colour system, along with the note names written on each bell, makes it easy to quickly differentiate between the notes.\n", "Bullet1":"Professional chromatic hand bells - sold individually", "Bullet2":"Available note range: A61 - E80", "Bullet3":"Made from durable metal", "Bullet4":"Attractive rose gold finish", "Bullet5":"Features plastic stems", "Bullet6":"Produces a bright ringing sound", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight for each bell:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP279-B63", "Title": "Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell individual note - B63 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318306865", "VariationOf": "pp279-a61", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell\nThese hand bells from Percussion Plus are perfect for professional players who are looking to replace individual notes or who want to own a spare. They range from notes A61 to E80 and produce a bright, warm ringing sound. For the complete scale, there is the PP279 set of 20 handbells supplied in a padded bag.\n\nDurable and sophisticated design\nEach bell is designed to produce the best possible sound, as well as to be sturdy and able to withstand regular use and transportation. They are constructed from durable metal, with an attractive rose gold finish. They also feature an attached plastic stand that makes it easy to keep the bells in place while they are in use, preventing them from rolling around.\n\nMirroring the keys of a piano\nThe plastic stems are coloured to resemble the colours of piano notes, with natural notes given a white stem and a black stem given to accidentals. This colour system, along with the note names written on each bell, makes it easy to quickly differentiate between the notes.\n", "Bullet1":"Professional chromatic hand bells - sold individually", "Bullet2":"Available note range: A61 - E80", "Bullet3":"Made from durable metal", "Bullet4":"Attractive rose gold finish", "Bullet5":"Features plastic stems", "Bullet6":"Produces a bright ringing sound", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight for each bell:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP279-B75", "Title": "Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell individual note - B75 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318306872", "VariationOf": "pp279-a61", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell\nThese hand bells from Percussion Plus are perfect for professional players who are looking to replace individual notes or who want to own a spare. They range from notes A61 to E80 and produce a bright, warm ringing sound. For the complete scale, there is the PP279 set of 20 handbells supplied in a padded bag.\n\nDurable and sophisticated design\nEach bell is designed to produce the best possible sound, as well as to be sturdy and able to withstand regular use and transportation. They are constructed from durable metal, with an attractive rose gold finish. They also feature an attached plastic stand that makes it easy to keep the bells in place while they are in use, preventing them from rolling around.\n\nMirroring the keys of a piano\nThe plastic stems are coloured to resemble the colours of piano notes, with natural notes given a white stem and a black stem given to accidentals. This colour system, along with the note names written on each bell, makes it easy to quickly differentiate between the notes.\n", "Bullet1":"Professional chromatic hand bells - sold individually", "Bullet2":"Available note range: A61 - E80", "Bullet3":"Made from durable metal", "Bullet4":"Attractive rose gold finish", "Bullet5":"Features plastic stems", "Bullet6":"Produces a bright ringing sound", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight for each bell:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP279-BB62", "Title": "Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell individual note - Bb62 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318306889", "VariationOf": "pp279-a61", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell\nThese hand bells from Percussion Plus are perfect for professional players who are looking to replace individual notes or who want to own a spare. They range from notes A61 to E80 and produce a bright, warm ringing sound. For the complete scale, there is the PP279 set of 20 handbells supplied in a padded bag.\n\nDurable and sophisticated design\nEach bell is designed to produce the best possible sound, as well as to be sturdy and able to withstand regular use and transportation. They are constructed from durable metal, with an attractive rose gold finish. They also feature an attached plastic stand that makes it easy to keep the bells in place while they are in use, preventing them from rolling around.\n\nMirroring the keys of a piano\nThe plastic stems are coloured to resemble the colours of piano notes, with natural notes given a white stem and a black stem given to accidentals. This colour system, along with the note names written on each bell, makes it easy to quickly differentiate between the notes.\n", "Bullet1":"Professional chromatic hand bells - sold individually", "Bullet2":"Available note range: A61 - E80", "Bullet3":"Made from durable metal", "Bullet4":"Attractive rose gold finish", "Bullet5":"Features plastic stems", "Bullet6":"Produces a bright ringing sound", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight for each bell:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP279-BB74", "Title": "Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell individual note - Bb74 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318306896", "VariationOf": "pp279-a61", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell\nThese hand bells from Percussion Plus are perfect for professional players who are looking to replace individual notes or who want to own a spare. They range from notes A61 to E80 and produce a bright, warm ringing sound. For the complete scale, there is the PP279 set of 20 handbells supplied in a padded bag.\n\nDurable and sophisticated design\nEach bell is designed to produce the best possible sound, as well as to be sturdy and able to withstand regular use and transportation. They are constructed from durable metal, with an attractive rose gold finish. They also feature an attached plastic stand that makes it easy to keep the bells in place while they are in use, preventing them from rolling around.\n\nMirroring the keys of a piano\nThe plastic stems are coloured to resemble the colours of piano notes, with natural notes given a white stem and a black stem given to accidentals. This colour system, along with the note names written on each bell, makes it easy to quickly differentiate between the notes.\n", "Bullet1":"Professional chromatic hand bells - sold individually", "Bullet2":"Available note range: A61 - E80", "Bullet3":"Made from durable metal", "Bullet4":"Attractive rose gold finish", "Bullet5":"Features plastic stems", "Bullet6":"Produces a bright ringing sound", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight for each bell:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP279-C64", "Title": "Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell individual note - C64 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318306926", "VariationOf": "pp279-a61", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell\nThese hand bells from Percussion Plus are perfect for professional players who are looking to replace individual notes or who want to own a spare. They range from notes A61 to E80 and produce a bright, warm ringing sound. For the complete scale, there is the PP279 set of 20 handbells supplied in a padded bag.\n\nDurable and sophisticated design\nEach bell is designed to produce the best possible sound, as well as to be sturdy and able to withstand regular use and transportation. They are constructed from durable metal, with an attractive rose gold finish. They also feature an attached plastic stand that makes it easy to keep the bells in place while they are in use, preventing them from rolling around.\n\nMirroring the keys of a piano\nThe plastic stems are coloured to resemble the colours of piano notes, with natural notes given a white stem and a black stem given to accidentals. This colour system, along with the note names written on each bell, makes it easy to quickly differentiate between the notes.\n", "Bullet1":"Professional chromatic hand bells - sold individually", "Bullet2":"Available note range: A61 - E80", "Bullet3":"Made from durable metal", "Bullet4":"Attractive rose gold finish", "Bullet5":"Features plastic stems", "Bullet6":"Produces a bright ringing sound", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight for each bell:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP279-C76", "Title": "Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell individual note - C76 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318306933", "VariationOf": "pp279-a61", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell\nThese hand bells from Percussion Plus are perfect for professional players who are looking to replace individual notes or who want to own a spare. They range from notes A61 to E80 and produce a bright, warm ringing sound. For the complete scale, there is the PP279 set of 20 handbells supplied in a padded bag.\n\nDurable and sophisticated design\nEach bell is designed to produce the best possible sound, as well as to be sturdy and able to withstand regular use and transportation. They are constructed from durable metal, with an attractive rose gold finish. They also feature an attached plastic stand that makes it easy to keep the bells in place while they are in use, preventing them from rolling around.\n\nMirroring the keys of a piano\nThe plastic stems are coloured to resemble the colours of piano notes, with natural notes given a white stem and a black stem given to accidentals. This colour system, along with the note names written on each bell, makes it easy to quickly differentiate between the notes.\n", "Bullet1":"Professional chromatic hand bells - sold individually", "Bullet2":"Available note range: A61 - E80", "Bullet3":"Made from durable metal", "Bullet4":"Attractive rose gold finish", "Bullet5":"Features plastic stems", "Bullet6":"Produces a bright ringing sound", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight for each bell:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP279-CSHARP65", "Title": "Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell individual note - C#65 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318306902", "VariationOf": "pp279-a61", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell\nThese hand bells from Percussion Plus are perfect for professional players who are looking to replace individual notes or who want to own a spare. They range from notes A61 to E80 and produce a bright, warm ringing sound. For the complete scale, there is the PP279 set of 20 handbells supplied in a padded bag.\n\nDurable and sophisticated design\nEach bell is designed to produce the best possible sound, as well as to be sturdy and able to withstand regular use and transportation. They are constructed from durable metal, with an attractive rose gold finish. They also feature an attached plastic stand that makes it easy to keep the bells in place while they are in use, preventing them from rolling around.\n\nMirroring the keys of a piano\nThe plastic stems are coloured to resemble the colours of piano notes, with natural notes given a white stem and a black stem given to accidentals. This colour system, along with the note names written on each bell, makes it easy to quickly differentiate between the notes.\n", "Bullet1":"Professional chromatic hand bells - sold individually", "Bullet2":"Available note range: A61 - E80", "Bullet3":"Made from durable metal", "Bullet4":"Attractive rose gold finish", "Bullet5":"Features plastic stems", "Bullet6":"Produces a bright ringing sound", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight for each bell:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP279-CSHARP77", "Title": "Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell individual note - C#77 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318306919", "VariationOf": "pp279-a61", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell\nThese hand bells from Percussion Plus are perfect for professional players who are looking to replace individual notes or who want to own a spare. They range from notes A61 to E80 and produce a bright, warm ringing sound. For the complete scale, there is the PP279 set of 20 handbells supplied in a padded bag.\n\nDurable and sophisticated design\nEach bell is designed to produce the best possible sound, as well as to be sturdy and able to withstand regular use and transportation. They are constructed from durable metal, with an attractive rose gold finish. They also feature an attached plastic stand that makes it easy to keep the bells in place while they are in use, preventing them from rolling around.\n\nMirroring the keys of a piano\nThe plastic stems are coloured to resemble the colours of piano notes, with natural notes given a white stem and a black stem given to accidentals. This colour system, along with the note names written on each bell, makes it easy to quickly differentiate between the notes.\n", "Bullet1":"Professional chromatic hand bells - sold individually", "Bullet2":"Available note range: A61 - E80", "Bullet3":"Made from durable metal", "Bullet4":"Attractive rose gold finish", "Bullet5":"Features plastic stems", "Bullet6":"Produces a bright ringing sound", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight for each bell:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP279-D66", "Title": "Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell individual note - D66 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318306971", "VariationOf": "pp279-a61", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell\nThese hand bells from Percussion Plus are perfect for professional players who are looking to replace individual notes or who want to own a spare. They range from notes A61 to E80 and produce a bright, warm ringing sound. For the complete scale, there is the PP279 set of 20 handbells supplied in a padded bag.\n\nDurable and sophisticated design\nEach bell is designed to produce the best possible sound, as well as to be sturdy and able to withstand regular use and transportation. They are constructed from durable metal, with an attractive rose gold finish. They also feature an attached plastic stand that makes it easy to keep the bells in place while they are in use, preventing them from rolling around.\n\nMirroring the keys of a piano\nThe plastic stems are coloured to resemble the colours of piano notes, with natural notes given a white stem and a black stem given to accidentals. This colour system, along with the note names written on each bell, makes it easy to quickly differentiate between the notes.\n", "Bullet1":"Professional chromatic hand bells - sold individually", "Bullet2":"Available note range: A61 - E80", "Bullet3":"Made from durable metal", "Bullet4":"Attractive rose gold finish", "Bullet5":"Features plastic stems", "Bullet6":"Produces a bright ringing sound", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight for each bell:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP279-D78", "Title": "Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell individual note - D78 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318306988", "VariationOf": "pp279-a61", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell\nThese hand bells from Percussion Plus are perfect for professional players who are looking to replace individual notes or who want to own a spare. They range from notes A61 to E80 and produce a bright, warm ringing sound. For the complete scale, there is the PP279 set of 20 handbells supplied in a padded bag.\n\nDurable and sophisticated design\nEach bell is designed to produce the best possible sound, as well as to be sturdy and able to withstand regular use and transportation. They are constructed from durable metal, with an attractive rose gold finish. They also feature an attached plastic stand that makes it easy to keep the bells in place while they are in use, preventing them from rolling around.\n\nMirroring the keys of a piano\nThe plastic stems are coloured to resemble the colours of piano notes, with natural notes given a white stem and a black stem given to accidentals. This colour system, along with the note names written on each bell, makes it easy to quickly differentiate between the notes.\n", "Bullet1":"Professional chromatic hand bells - sold individually", "Bullet2":"Available note range: A61 - E80", "Bullet3":"Made from durable metal", "Bullet4":"Attractive rose gold finish", "Bullet5":"Features plastic stems", "Bullet6":"Produces a bright ringing sound", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight for each bell:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP279-DSHARP67", "Title": "Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell individual note - D#67 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318306957", "VariationOf": "pp279-a61", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell\nThese hand bells from Percussion Plus are perfect for professional players who are looking to replace individual notes or who want to own a spare. They range from notes A61 to E80 and produce a bright, warm ringing sound. For the complete scale, there is the PP279 set of 20 handbells supplied in a padded bag.\n\nDurable and sophisticated design\nEach bell is designed to produce the best possible sound, as well as to be sturdy and able to withstand regular use and transportation. They are constructed from durable metal, with an attractive rose gold finish. They also feature an attached plastic stand that makes it easy to keep the bells in place while they are in use, preventing them from rolling around.\n\nMirroring the keys of a piano\nThe plastic stems are coloured to resemble the colours of piano notes, with natural notes given a white stem and a black stem given to accidentals. This colour system, along with the note names written on each bell, makes it easy to quickly differentiate between the notes.\n", "Bullet1":"Professional chromatic hand bells - sold individually", "Bullet2":"Available note range: A61 - E80", "Bullet3":"Made from durable metal", "Bullet4":"Attractive rose gold finish", "Bullet5":"Features plastic stems", "Bullet6":"Produces a bright ringing sound", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight for each bell:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP279-DSHARP79", "Title": "Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell individual note - D#79 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318306964", "VariationOf": "pp279-a61", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell\nThese hand bells from Percussion Plus are perfect for professional players who are looking to replace individual notes or who want to own a spare. They range from notes A61 to E80 and produce a bright, warm ringing sound. For the complete scale, there is the PP279 set of 20 handbells supplied in a padded bag.\n\nDurable and sophisticated design\nEach bell is designed to produce the best possible sound, as well as to be sturdy and able to withstand regular use and transportation. They are constructed from durable metal, with an attractive rose gold finish. They also feature an attached plastic stand that makes it easy to keep the bells in place while they are in use, preventing them from rolling around.\n\nMirroring the keys of a piano\nThe plastic stems are coloured to resemble the colours of piano notes, with natural notes given a white stem and a black stem given to accidentals. This colour system, along with the note names written on each bell, makes it easy to quickly differentiate between the notes.\n", "Bullet1":"Professional chromatic hand bells - sold individually", "Bullet2":"Available note range: A61 - E80", "Bullet3":"Made from durable metal", "Bullet4":"Attractive rose gold finish", "Bullet5":"Features plastic stems", "Bullet6":"Produces a bright ringing sound", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight for each bell:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP279-E68", "Title": "Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell individual note - E68 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318306995", "VariationOf": "pp279-a61", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell\nThese hand bells from Percussion Plus are perfect for professional players who are looking to replace individual notes or who want to own a spare. They range from notes A61 to E80 and produce a bright, warm ringing sound. For the complete scale, there is the PP279 set of 20 handbells supplied in a padded bag.\n\nDurable and sophisticated design\nEach bell is designed to produce the best possible sound, as well as to be sturdy and able to withstand regular use and transportation. They are constructed from durable metal, with an attractive rose gold finish. They also feature an attached plastic stand that makes it easy to keep the bells in place while they are in use, preventing them from rolling around.\n\nMirroring the keys of a piano\nThe plastic stems are coloured to resemble the colours of piano notes, with natural notes given a white stem and a black stem given to accidentals. This colour system, along with the note names written on each bell, makes it easy to quickly differentiate between the notes.\n", "Bullet1":"Professional chromatic hand bells - sold individually", "Bullet2":"Available note range: A61 - E80", "Bullet3":"Made from durable metal", "Bullet4":"Attractive rose gold finish", "Bullet5":"Features plastic stems", "Bullet6":"Produces a bright ringing sound", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight for each bell:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP279-E80", "Title": "Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell individual note - E80 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318307008", "VariationOf": "pp279-a61", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell\nThese hand bells from Percussion Plus are perfect for professional players who are looking to replace individual notes or who want to own a spare. They range from notes A61 to E80 and produce a bright, warm ringing sound. For the complete scale, there is the PP279 set of 20 handbells supplied in a padded bag.\n\nDurable and sophisticated design\nEach bell is designed to produce the best possible sound, as well as to be sturdy and able to withstand regular use and transportation. They are constructed from durable metal, with an attractive rose gold finish. They also feature an attached plastic stand that makes it easy to keep the bells in place while they are in use, preventing them from rolling around.\n\nMirroring the keys of a piano\nThe plastic stems are coloured to resemble the colours of piano notes, with natural notes given a white stem and a black stem given to accidentals. This colour system, along with the note names written on each bell, makes it easy to quickly differentiate between the notes.\n", "Bullet1":"Professional chromatic hand bells - sold individually", "Bullet2":"Available note range: A61 - E80", "Bullet3":"Made from durable metal", "Bullet4":"Attractive rose gold finish", "Bullet5":"Features plastic stems", "Bullet6":"Produces a bright ringing sound", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight for each bell:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP279-F69", "Title": "Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell individual note - F69 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318307022", "VariationOf": "pp279-a61", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell\nThese hand bells from Percussion Plus are perfect for professional players who are looking to replace individual notes or who want to own a spare. They range from notes A61 to E80 and produce a bright, warm ringing sound. For the complete scale, there is the PP279 set of 20 handbells supplied in a padded bag.\n\nDurable and sophisticated design\nEach bell is designed to produce the best possible sound, as well as to be sturdy and able to withstand regular use and transportation. They are constructed from durable metal, with an attractive rose gold finish. They also feature an attached plastic stand that makes it easy to keep the bells in place while they are in use, preventing them from rolling around.\n\nMirroring the keys of a piano\nThe plastic stems are coloured to resemble the colours of piano notes, with natural notes given a white stem and a black stem given to accidentals. This colour system, along with the note names written on each bell, makes it easy to quickly differentiate between the notes.\n", "Bullet1":"Professional chromatic hand bells - sold individually", "Bullet2":"Available note range: A61 - E80", "Bullet3":"Made from durable metal", "Bullet4":"Attractive rose gold finish", "Bullet5":"Features plastic stems", "Bullet6":"Produces a bright ringing sound", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight for each bell:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP279-FSHARP70", "Title": "Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell individual note - F#70 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318307015", "VariationOf": "pp279-a61", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell\nThese hand bells from Percussion Plus are perfect for professional players who are looking to replace individual notes or who want to own a spare. They range from notes A61 to E80 and produce a bright, warm ringing sound. For the complete scale, there is the PP279 set of 20 handbells supplied in a padded bag.\n\nDurable and sophisticated design\nEach bell is designed to produce the best possible sound, as well as to be sturdy and able to withstand regular use and transportation. They are constructed from durable metal, with an attractive rose gold finish. They also feature an attached plastic stand that makes it easy to keep the bells in place while they are in use, preventing them from rolling around.\n\nMirroring the keys of a piano\nThe plastic stems are coloured to resemble the colours of piano notes, with natural notes given a white stem and a black stem given to accidentals. This colour system, along with the note names written on each bell, makes it easy to quickly differentiate between the notes.\n", "Bullet1":"Professional chromatic hand bells - sold individually", "Bullet2":"Available note range: A61 - E80", "Bullet3":"Made from durable metal", "Bullet4":"Attractive rose gold finish", "Bullet5":"Features plastic stems", "Bullet6":"Produces a bright ringing sound", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight for each bell:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP279-G71", "Title": "Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell individual note - G71 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318307046", "VariationOf": "pp279-a61", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell\nThese hand bells from Percussion Plus are perfect for professional players who are looking to replace individual notes or who want to own a spare. They range from notes A61 to E80 and produce a bright, warm ringing sound. For the complete scale, there is the PP279 set of 20 handbells supplied in a padded bag.\n\nDurable and sophisticated design\nEach bell is designed to produce the best possible sound, as well as to be sturdy and able to withstand regular use and transportation. They are constructed from durable metal, with an attractive rose gold finish. They also feature an attached plastic stand that makes it easy to keep the bells in place while they are in use, preventing them from rolling around.\n\nMirroring the keys of a piano\nThe plastic stems are coloured to resemble the colours of piano notes, with natural notes given a white stem and a black stem given to accidentals. This colour system, along with the note names written on each bell, makes it easy to quickly differentiate between the notes.\n", "Bullet1":"Professional chromatic hand bells - sold individually", "Bullet2":"Available note range: A61 - E80", "Bullet3":"Made from durable metal", "Bullet4":"Attractive rose gold finish", "Bullet5":"Features plastic stems", "Bullet6":"Produces a bright ringing sound", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight for each bell:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP279-GSHARP72", "Title": "Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell individual note - G#72 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318307039", "VariationOf": "pp279-a61", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus professional chromatic hand bell\nThese hand bells from Percussion Plus are perfect for professional players who are looking to replace individual notes or who want to own a spare. They range from notes A61 to E80 and produce a bright, warm ringing sound. For the complete scale, there is the PP279 set of 20 handbells supplied in a padded bag.\n\nDurable and sophisticated design\nEach bell is designed to produce the best possible sound, as well as to be sturdy and able to withstand regular use and transportation. They are constructed from durable metal, with an attractive rose gold finish. They also feature an attached plastic stand that makes it easy to keep the bells in place while they are in use, preventing them from rolling around.\n\nMirroring the keys of a piano\nThe plastic stems are coloured to resemble the colours of piano notes, with natural notes given a white stem and a black stem given to accidentals. This colour system, along with the note names written on each bell, makes it easy to quickly differentiate between the notes.\n", "Bullet1":"Professional chromatic hand bells - sold individually", "Bullet2":"Available note range: A61 - E80", "Bullet3":"Made from durable metal", "Bullet4":"Attractive rose gold finish", "Bullet5":"Features plastic stems", "Bullet6":"Produces a bright ringing sound", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight for each bell:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N210SFWT50021", "Title": "Nuvo student flute complete head joint - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964136031", "VariationOf": "n210sfwt50021", "Description": "Nuvo jFlute case We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Complete replacement head joint for Nuvo student flute", "Bullet2":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet3":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HC03SC02-E", "Title": "3oz Espresso HuskeeCup and Saucer Set of 2 - Charcoal \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001331", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-espresso-set", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeCup espresso cup and saucer set HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack contains two espresso cups and two saucers - a convenient and cost effect way to purchase for your café or restaurant. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is a HuskeeCup made from? A HuskeeCup is made from a unique eco-composite polymer featuring coffee husk at it's core. What is coffee husk? Coffee husk is the discarded outer layer of a coffee bean, a waste product at the milling stage of coffee production. By using HuskeeCup, you are helping to recycle hundreds of tonnes of waste material from the production of coffee. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Staying in with your coffee? The espresso saucer is the perfect size for the Huskee 3oz espresso cup and is a great way to experience coffee in your cafe, office, or home. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made using recycled coffee husk", "Bullet2":"This pack contains 2 x 3oz espresso cups and 2 x saucers", "Bullet3":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet4":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6.2cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup width at base\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup width at lip\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6.7cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "27","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.25","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.125", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "8.741666666666665", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HC03SN02-E", "Title": "3oz Espresso HuskeeCup and Saucer Set of 2 - Natural \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001379", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-espresso-set", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeCup espresso cup and saucer set HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack contains two espresso cups and two saucers - a convenient and cost effect way to purchase for your café or restaurant. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is a HuskeeCup made from? A HuskeeCup is made from a unique eco-composite polymer featuring coffee husk at it's core. What is coffee husk? Coffee husk is the discarded outer layer of a coffee bean, a waste product at the milling stage of coffee production. By using HuskeeCup, you are helping to recycle hundreds of tonnes of waste material from the production of coffee. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Staying in with your coffee? The espresso saucer is the perfect size for the Huskee 3oz espresso cup and is a great way to experience coffee in your cafe, office, or home. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made using recycled coffee husk", "Bullet2":"This pack contains 2 x 3oz espresso cups and 2 x saucers", "Bullet3":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet4":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6.2cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup width at base\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup width at lip\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6.7cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "31","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.25","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.125", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "8.741666666666665", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP595", "Title": "Percussion Plus Afuche Cabasa - Mini - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecabasas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547005954", "VariationOf": "pp595", "Description": "Similar to a Shekere or Gourd Cabasa the Afuche Cabasa was designed to create rhythmic scraping sounds and patterns. The beads can be manipulated against the textured steel or the instrument can be spun or shaken for varying sounds, the likes of which can be heard in music all over the world. The larger models produce louder, fuller sounds while the smaller models provide more control and softer volumes. This instrument should be included in every percussionist's arsenal.", "Bullet1":"Natural mini cabasa", "Bullet2":"Built in handle for easy grip", "Bullet3":"Instrument can be spun or shaken for varying sounds", "Bullet4":"Steel chain beads around a stainless steel cylinder create a 'scratching' noise", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "152","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.016666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SVM04", "Title": "The Beatlife Book - Playing and Teaching Samba - Free download of CD - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Soar Valley", "Barcode": "9780952530527", "VariationOf": "svm04", "Description": "This book is primarily an educational resource for teachers and workshop leaders. However it is full of advanced rhythms which are useful to drummers and musicians looking to learn more about Brazilian grooves, playing styles and instrumentation.Split into 4 sections - this book covers the different samba instruments, rhythms and arrangements, how to deliver a workshop and appendices which contains a teachers' guide, glossary and pages to make your own rhythms.The audio download contains recordings of each highlighted instruments: ganza, tamborim, agogos, caixa, repinique and surdo reposta.There are also 6 different samba rhythms broken down into basic and advanced versions, with step by step recorded examples.Based in Liverpool, UK, the BeatLife percussion troupe combine Afro-Brazilian and Cuban grooves with modern urban beats to create an international sound. BeatLife are available for performances and workshops and are committed to providing sustainable access to music for young people across Merseyside. The adult band has played at festivals across the world, including Portugal, Italy, La Reunion, Norway, Turkey and Malawi. In 2005, the BeatLife workshop team were named Simply the Best- Education at the Toxteth Educational Trust Awards and in both 2005 and 2006 the BeatLife Youth Orchestra was named Best Cultural Group.Please note: this book was previously supplied with a CD, however the 2021 edition is instead supplied with free access to MP3 downloads:.\nDownload MP3s", "Bullet1":"Audio download contains examples and play along grooves", "Bullet2":"Detailed breakdown on 6 samba rhythms", "Bullet3":"Explores samba instruments", "Bullet4":"The ultimate guide to beginning your voyage into Samba", "Bullet5":"Suitable for classroom use and workshops", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "40","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.79","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.09", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HT06PK01-R", "Title": "6oz HuskeeRenew Cup with Lid - Smoke \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001669", "VariationOf": "ht06pk01-r", "Description": " \nIntroducing the HuskeeRenew 6oz cup with lid\nHuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This 6oz cup is supplied with a stopper lid for easy travel, great for your customers looking to take their coffee to go without using a disposable cup.\nDid you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? That's 2.5 billion every year! But HuskeeCups battle the waste that disposable coffee cups produce, by being reusable and made from 50% recycled material.\nWhether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups.\n \n \nWhat is HuskeeRenew? \nThe HuskeeRenew range is made from Tritan Renew 50, a new PBS, BPF and BPA-free food-grade plastic which allows us to include 50% certified recycled content in this range of products. Tritan Renew 50 products use plastic derived from 50% recycled content, and Tritan plastics are used in over 600 products, from drink bottles to medical grade equipment.\nThe material was chosen for its glass-like appearance, excellent durability as well as its stain and odour resisting properties. HuskeeRenew is a high performance copolyester, perfectly designed to hold both your hot and cold drinks. \n \n Café ready cups \nA focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. The iconic Huskee fins also make hot coffees easy and comfortable to hold. \n \n Coffee on the go \nThis cup is supplied with a stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow. \n Staying in with your coffee? The matching classic saucer is the perfect size for the HuskeeRenew 6oz cup and is a great way to experience coffee or cold beverages in your cafe, office, or home. They're also stackable, so you can keep thing organised. Sold separately as a 4-pack\n How to clean your HuskeeCup \nHuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. \n \n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 50% recycled material", "Bullet2":"Stopper lid for coffee on-the-go", "Bullet3":"Translucent glass-like finish", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e79mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e103g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e87mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e175ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "22","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.91","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.45", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HT06PA01-R", "Title": "6oz HuskeeRenew Cup with Lid - Amber \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001706", "VariationOf": "ht06pk01-r", "Description": " \nIntroducing the HuskeeRenew 6oz cup with lid\nHuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This 6oz cup is supplied with a stopper lid for easy travel, great for your customers looking to take their coffee to go without using a disposable cup.\nDid you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? That's 2.5 billion every year! But HuskeeCups battle the waste that disposable coffee cups produce, by being reusable and made from 50% recycled material.\nWhether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups.\n \n \nWhat is HuskeeRenew? \nThe HuskeeRenew range is made from Tritan Renew 50, a new PBS, BPF and BPA-free food-grade plastic which allows us to include 50% certified recycled content in this range of products. Tritan Renew 50 products use plastic derived from 50% recycled content, and Tritan plastics are used in over 600 products, from drink bottles to medical grade equipment.\nThe material was chosen for its glass-like appearance, excellent durability as well as its stain and odour resisting properties. HuskeeRenew is a high performance copolyester, perfectly designed to hold both your hot and cold drinks. \n \n Café ready cups \nA focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. The iconic Huskee fins also make hot coffees easy and comfortable to hold. \n \n Coffee on the go \nThis cup is supplied with a stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow. \n Staying in with your coffee? The matching classic saucer is the perfect size for the HuskeeRenew 6oz cup and is a great way to experience coffee or cold beverages in your cafe, office, or home. They're also stackable, so you can keep thing organised. Sold separately as a 4-pack\n How to clean your HuskeeCup \nHuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. \n \n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 50% recycled material", "Bullet2":"Stopper lid for coffee on-the-go", "Bullet3":"Translucent glass-like finish", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e79mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e103g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e87mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e175ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.91","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "9.45", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP600", "Title": "Percussion Plus double agogo bells - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eagogos", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547005121", "VariationOf": "pp600", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus double agogo bells\nAgogo bells are an essential Brazilian samba instrument, used to play the complex syncopations and cross rhythms. This pair from Percussion Plus are an all metal U-shape with two different pitched bells. A simple but very effective instrument.", "Bullet1":"Solid and durable metal agogo bells", "Bullet2":"2 different tones", "Bullet3":"Essential samba sound!", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "82","RRP_Inc_VAT": "18.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.283333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MUSISCA43", "Title": "Musisca folding violin \u0026 viola stand - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003eviolin-ukulele-mandolin", "Brand": "Musisca", "Barcode": "5055964124588", "VariationOf": "musisca43", "Description": "Introducing the Musisca folding violin \u0026amp; viola stand This lightweight, multi-function stand from Musisca perfectly accommodates your violin or viola. With a sturdy steel construction and innovative scissor design it quickly folds for a simple 'one-step' setup, pack down, and easy transport. One-step set up The MUSISCA43 stand features an innovative scissor design for a quick and efficient setup and pack down. No buttons or levers, simply push the two sides apart to setup, and push them together again to pack the stand away. This handy feature also allows the stand to accommodate a range of violin and viola sizes - simply extend the stand to the desired width. Support for your instrument High-end foam supports keep your instrument scuff and scratch free. Also, the rubber feet not only protect floors from scratch marks but also keeps the stand, and your instrument, firmly in place. Take it with you This stand folds down to a small size, perfect for easy transportation. And at only 520g, you'll hardly notice it's with you! ", "Bullet1":"A lightweight multi-function stand", "Bullet2":"Innovative scissor design for a quick and efficient setup and pack down", "Bullet3":"High end foam padded supports", "Bullet4":"Durable, built with a sturdy steel construction", "Bullet5":"Non-slip rubber feet", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.291666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP755", "Title": "Percussion Plus easy grip hard wooden beaters - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547007552", "VariationOf": "pp755", "Description": "The Percussion Plus easy grip beaters have a lasting durability. They are made from a foam rubber handle mounted on a strong plastic shaft with a wooden head and provide great value for those on tight budgets. ", "Bullet1":"Easy grip handles", "Bullet2":"Wooden heads", "Bullet3":"Sold as a pair", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.291666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "9.258333333333335", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP791", "Title": "Wak-a-Tube flats \u0026 sharps treble octave set - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547079115", "VariationOf": "pp791", "Description": "Turn your basic PP790 set into a fully chromatic one-octave scale. Pitches included are: C-sharp(Db)41, D-sharp(Eb)43, F-sharp(Gb)46, G-sharp(Ab)48, and A-sharp(Bb)50.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They're perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today!Our Wak-a-Tube packaging is made from 100% recyclable materials sourced from FSC certified suppliers.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Accidentals expansion pack for high octave", "Bullet2":"Fills in the 5 missing flats and sharps in the PP790 set", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMade in the UK\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMade from 100% recyclable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePitches included\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eC-sharp(Db)41, D-sharp(Eb)43, F-sharp(Gb)46, G-sharp(Ab)48, and A-sharp(Bb)50\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "77","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.291666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "25","Quantity_break_price_1": "9.258333333333335", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP20308", "Title": "Percussion Plus claves - pack of 4 pairs in mixed colours - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eclaves", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964123987", "VariationOf": "pp20308", "Description": "The Percussion Plus wooden claves are made of solid wood and are great value for money. They are a perfect percussive addition to many styles of music making them very versatile.Claves are a very easy instrument to play so they are perfect for young percussionists and beginners.They are produced in 4 bright colours - green, blue, red and yellow and are supplied in pairs of the same colour within this pack.", "Bullet1":"Pairs of solid wood claves", "Bullet2":"Set of 4 matching pairs", "Bullet3":"Loud and bright clack", "Bullet4":"One pair each of blue, green, yellow, and red", "Bullet5":"Length 7 inches", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "25","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.291666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-C40", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - C40 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124335", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-CSHARP41", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - C#41 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318304267", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-D42", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - D42 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118358", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-EB43", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - D#43 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118402", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-E44", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - E44 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118372", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-F45", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - F45 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124373", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-FSHARP46", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - F#46 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118433", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-G47", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - G47 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118495", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-GSHARP48", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - G#48 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118464", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-A49", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - A49 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124311", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-BB50", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - A#50 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118310", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-B51", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - B51 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118297", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-C52", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - C52 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124342", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-CSHARP53", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - C#53 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124328", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-D54", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - D54 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124359", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-EB55", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - D#55 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118419", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-E56", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - E56 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118389", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-F57", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - F57 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124380", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-FSHARP58", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - F#58 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124366", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-G59", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - G59 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124397", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-GSHARP60", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - G#60 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118471", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "13","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-A61", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - A61 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118273", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-BB62", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - A#62 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118327", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "14","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-B63", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - B63 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118303", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-C64", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - C64 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118341", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-D66", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - D66 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118365", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-EB67", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - D#67 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118426", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-E68", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - E68 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118396", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-F69", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - F69 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118457", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-FSHARP70", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - F#70 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118440", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-G71", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - G71 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118501", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-GSHARP72", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - G#72 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118488", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "8","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1003-A73", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano and alto metallophones - A73 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118280", "VariationOf": "ms1003", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for soprano, and alto metallophones\nThese are the MS1003 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano metallophones: PP017 and PP018\n\nAlto metallophones: PP019 and PP020\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP017, PP018, PP019, PP020", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "99MC-285", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will sheet music case - Black \u0026 navy \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5060179343518", "VariationOf": "99mc", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will 99MC music cases\nThe Tom \u0026amp; Will music case is the essential accessory for musicians on the move who need to transport sheet music and books with comfort and ease! These bags will happily accommodate standard sized music books, chord charts and individual sheets of music with no need to fold or damage your music. The padded interior also helps to further protect the contents of your case.\n\nLong-lasting design\nThese cases are made of durable 600D fabric, with two three-pronged plastic buckles to secure the main section of the case. An additional long accessory pocket with Tom \u0026amp; Will zippers and sliders on the front of the case is perfect for a recorder, pair of drumsticks and even some smaller collapsible music stands. There is also an extra compartment on the reverse of the case, suitable for storing pens, pencils and similar smaller items.\n\nChoose your style\nCarrying options are afforded by the single, well-stitched integrated handle or the detachable, adjustable shoulder strap. The 99MC music case series will suit musicians of all ages, abilities and from all walks of life, and comes in a range of colours.\n", "Bullet1":"Padded music case with accessory pocket", "Bullet2":"Strong carry handle plus shoulder strap", "Bullet3":"Main section secures with two three-pronged clips", "Bullet4":"Interior dimensions 41cm x 2.5cm x 28cm \/ 16.14\" x 0.98\" x 11.02\"", "Bullet5":"Exterior dimensions 44cm x 2.6cm x 30cm \/ 17.32\" x 1.02\" x 11.81\"", "Bullet6":"Available in: Black with Navy trim, Grey, Purple, Hot Pink, Blue", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExterior dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e44cm x 2.6cm x 30cm \/ 17.32\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInterior dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e41cm x 2.5cm x 28cm \/ 16.14\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.40kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePockets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal front pocket 41cm long, 11cm high; Rear zip-up section 22cm deep x 39cm zip\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eZips\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTom \u0026 Will durable zips and rubberised pulls\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFastenings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTwo 3-pronged sturdy plastic buckles\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandles\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSingle handle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCarrying system\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDetachable, adjustable shoulder strap\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "69","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.708333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "99MC-605", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will sheet music case - Grey \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5060179340296", "VariationOf": "99mc", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will 99MC music cases\nThe Tom \u0026amp; Will music case is the essential accessory for musicians on the move who need to transport sheet music and books with comfort and ease! These bags will happily accommodate standard sized music books, chord charts and individual sheets of music with no need to fold or damage your music. The padded interior also helps to further protect the contents of your case.\n\nLong-lasting design\nThese cases are made of durable 600D fabric, with two three-pronged plastic buckles to secure the main section of the case. An additional long accessory pocket with Tom \u0026amp; Will zippers and sliders on the front of the case is perfect for a recorder, pair of drumsticks and even some smaller collapsible music stands. There is also an extra compartment on the reverse of the case, suitable for storing pens, pencils and similar smaller items.\n\nChoose your style\nCarrying options are afforded by the single, well-stitched integrated handle or the detachable, adjustable shoulder strap. The 99MC music case series will suit musicians of all ages, abilities and from all walks of life, and comes in a range of colours.\n", "Bullet1":"Padded music case with accessory pocket", "Bullet2":"Strong carry handle plus shoulder strap", "Bullet3":"Main section secures with two three-pronged clips", "Bullet4":"Interior dimensions 41cm x 2.5cm x 28cm \/ 16.14\" x 0.98\" x 11.02\"", "Bullet5":"Exterior dimensions 44cm x 2.6cm x 30cm \/ 17.32\" x 1.02\" x 11.81\"", "Bullet6":"Available in: Black with Navy trim, Grey, Purple, Hot Pink, Blue", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExterior dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e44cm x 2.6cm x 30cm \/ 17.32\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInterior dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e41cm x 2.5cm x 28cm \/ 16.14\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.40kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePockets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal front pocket 41cm long, 11cm high; Rear zip-up section 22cm deep x 39cm zip\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eZips\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTom \u0026 Will durable zips and rubberised pulls\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFastenings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTwo 3-pronged sturdy plastic buckles\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandles\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSingle handle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCarrying system\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDetachable, adjustable shoulder strap\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "56","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.708333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "99MC-610", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will sheet music case - Purple \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5060179343532", "VariationOf": "99mc", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will 99MC music cases\nThe Tom \u0026amp; Will music case is the essential accessory for musicians on the move who need to transport sheet music and books with comfort and ease! These bags will happily accommodate standard sized music books, chord charts and individual sheets of music with no need to fold or damage your music. The padded interior also helps to further protect the contents of your case.\n\nLong-lasting design\nThese cases are made of durable 600D fabric, with two three-pronged plastic buckles to secure the main section of the case. An additional long accessory pocket with Tom \u0026amp; Will zippers and sliders on the front of the case is perfect for a recorder, pair of drumsticks and even some smaller collapsible music stands. There is also an extra compartment on the reverse of the case, suitable for storing pens, pencils and similar smaller items.\n\nChoose your style\nCarrying options are afforded by the single, well-stitched integrated handle or the detachable, adjustable shoulder strap. The 99MC music case series will suit musicians of all ages, abilities and from all walks of life, and comes in a range of colours.\n", "Bullet1":"Padded music case with accessory pocket", "Bullet2":"Strong carry handle plus shoulder strap", "Bullet3":"Main section secures with two three-pronged clips", "Bullet4":"Interior dimensions 41cm x 2.5cm x 28cm \/ 16.14\" x 0.98\" x 11.02\"", "Bullet5":"Exterior dimensions 44cm x 2.6cm x 30cm \/ 17.32\" x 1.02\" x 11.81\"", "Bullet6":"Available in: Black with Navy trim, Grey, Purple, Hot Pink, Blue", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExterior dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e44cm x 2.6cm x 30cm \/ 17.32\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInterior dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e41cm x 2.5cm x 28cm \/ 16.14\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.40kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePockets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal front pocket 41cm long, 11cm high; Rear zip-up section 22cm deep x 39cm zip\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eZips\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTom \u0026 Will durable zips and rubberised pulls\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFastenings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTwo 3-pronged sturdy plastic buckles\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandles\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSingle handle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCarrying system\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDetachable, adjustable shoulder strap\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "72","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.708333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "99MC-630", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will sheet music case - Hot pink \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5060179343549", "VariationOf": "99mc", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will 99MC music cases\nThe Tom \u0026amp; Will music case is the essential accessory for musicians on the move who need to transport sheet music and books with comfort and ease! These bags will happily accommodate standard sized music books, chord charts and individual sheets of music with no need to fold or damage your music. The padded interior also helps to further protect the contents of your case.\n\nLong-lasting design\nThese cases are made of durable 600D fabric, with two three-pronged plastic buckles to secure the main section of the case. An additional long accessory pocket with Tom \u0026amp; Will zippers and sliders on the front of the case is perfect for a recorder, pair of drumsticks and even some smaller collapsible music stands. There is also an extra compartment on the reverse of the case, suitable for storing pens, pencils and similar smaller items.\n\nChoose your style\nCarrying options are afforded by the single, well-stitched integrated handle or the detachable, adjustable shoulder strap. The 99MC music case series will suit musicians of all ages, abilities and from all walks of life, and comes in a range of colours.\n", "Bullet1":"Padded music case with accessory pocket", "Bullet2":"Strong carry handle plus shoulder strap", "Bullet3":"Main section secures with two three-pronged clips", "Bullet4":"Interior dimensions 41cm x 2.5cm x 28cm \/ 16.14\" x 0.98\" x 11.02\"", "Bullet5":"Exterior dimensions 44cm x 2.6cm x 30cm \/ 17.32\" x 1.02\" x 11.81\"", "Bullet6":"Available in: Black with Navy trim, Grey, Purple, Hot Pink, Blue", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExterior dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e44cm x 2.6cm x 30cm \/ 17.32\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInterior dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e41cm x 2.5cm x 28cm \/ 16.14\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.40kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePockets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal front pocket 41cm long, 11cm high; Rear zip-up section 22cm deep x 39cm zip\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eZips\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTom \u0026 Will durable zips and rubberised pulls\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFastenings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTwo 3-pronged sturdy plastic buckles\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandles\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSingle handle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCarrying system\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDetachable, adjustable shoulder strap\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "78","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.708333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "99MC-640", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will sheet music case - Blue \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5060179340302", "VariationOf": "99mc", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will 99MC music cases\nThe Tom \u0026amp; Will music case is the essential accessory for musicians on the move who need to transport sheet music and books with comfort and ease! These bags will happily accommodate standard sized music books, chord charts and individual sheets of music with no need to fold or damage your music. The padded interior also helps to further protect the contents of your case.\n\nLong-lasting design\nThese cases are made of durable 600D fabric, with two three-pronged plastic buckles to secure the main section of the case. An additional long accessory pocket with Tom \u0026amp; Will zippers and sliders on the front of the case is perfect for a recorder, pair of drumsticks and even some smaller collapsible music stands. There is also an extra compartment on the reverse of the case, suitable for storing pens, pencils and similar smaller items.\n\nChoose your style\nCarrying options are afforded by the single, well-stitched integrated handle or the detachable, adjustable shoulder strap. The 99MC music case series will suit musicians of all ages, abilities and from all walks of life, and comes in a range of colours.\n", "Bullet1":"Padded music case with accessory pocket", "Bullet2":"Strong carry handle plus shoulder strap", "Bullet3":"Main section secures with two three-pronged clips", "Bullet4":"Interior dimensions 41cm x 2.5cm x 28cm \/ 16.14\" x 0.98\" x 11.02\"", "Bullet5":"Exterior dimensions 44cm x 2.6cm x 30cm \/ 17.32\" x 1.02\" x 11.81\"", "Bullet6":"Available in: Black with Navy trim, Grey, Purple, Hot Pink, Blue", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExterior dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e44cm x 2.6cm x 30cm \/ 17.32\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInterior dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e41cm x 2.5cm x 28cm \/ 16.14\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.40kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePockets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal front pocket 41cm long, 11cm high; Rear zip-up section 22cm deep x 39cm zip\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eZips\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTom \u0026 Will durable zips and rubberised pulls\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFastenings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTwo 3-pronged sturdy plastic buckles\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandles\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSingle handle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCarrying system\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDetachable, adjustable shoulder strap\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.708333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "DE-PA21", "Title": "Piano Workshop set of 3 white oak wood castor cups for grand piano - A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003emoving\u003ecastor-cups", "Brand": "Piano Workshop", "Barcode": "5056318300894", "VariationOf": "de-pa21", "Description": "A set of 3 attractive, traditionally styled, solid white oak wood castor cups suitable for virtually any traditional grand piano. These quality castor cups have a cushioned underside designed to offer maximum protection to wooden or hard floors from the scratching and damage caused by piano castors.", "Bullet1":"A set of 3 quality wooden castor cups for grand pianos", "Bullet2":"Quality foam cushioned underside to protect hard floors", "Bullet3":"Solid white oak", "Bullet4":"Suitable for any domestic grand piano", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "24","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.291666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "DE-MM17", "Title": "Piano Workshop set of 3 black wooden castor cups for grand piano - A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003emoving\u003ecastor-cups", "Brand": "Piano Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349485925", "VariationOf": "de-mm17", "Description": "A set of 3 attractive, traditionally styled, black, solid wood castor cups suitable for virtually any traditional grand piano. These quality castor cups are finished in black varnish and have a cushioned underside designed to offer maximum protection to wooden or hard floors from the scratching and damage caused by piano castors.", "Bullet1":"A set of 3 solid wooden castor cups for grand pianos", "Bullet2":"Foam cushioned underside to protect hard floors", "Bullet3":"Suitable for any domestic grand piano", "Bullet4":"Wooden construction with black colour finish", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "45","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.291666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2129", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Large tingsha bells - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecymbals\u003efinger", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318308180", "VariationOf": "pp2129", "Description": " \nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Large tingsha bells\nTingsha bells are traditionally used in Buddhism during prayers and meditations and are known for their distinct, high-pitched and long lasting ringing tone made when struck together.\nThese large prayer bells measure 6.5cm each and are made using traditional methods and materials from India. The bells are embossed with intricate markings and are held together with strong leather, ensuring great durability.\nThe Large tingsha bells are responsibly sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments, not toys, and there may be many small parts on, or in, some of them. Younger players should use them with supervision. \n\n\n\nMany uses\nThese large tingsha bells are great for use in yoga, meditation and other mindfulness practices due to the calming tone produced. They have also found a place in modern orchestral works and make a great sound effect in recordings.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in India using traditional methods and materials", "Bullet2":"Produces a gentle, ringing sound", "Bullet3":"Beautifully embossed bells held together with a durable leather strap", "Bullet4":"Each bell measures 6.5cm in diameter", "Bullet5":"Great for use in meditation, yoga and other mindfulness practices", "Bullet6":"Responsibly sourced", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.291666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AP-3410", "Title": "Apextone A-frame adjustable depth guitar stand - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003eguitar\u003esingle", "Brand": "Apextone", "Barcode": "762716058774", "VariationOf": "ap-3410", "Description": "Introducing the Apextone A-frame guitar stand\nEngineered for compactness without compromising on protection, this stand offers a secure resting place for both acoustic and electric guitars. With high density foam padding for the guitar rest on, the Apextone stand cradles your guitar gently, shielding it from scratches, dents, or other damage. Whether you're storing your instrument at home or taking it to a gig, trust that it's in good hands with this stand.\nEngineered for stability\nIts adjustable prongs adjustable (between 10.5cm and 18cm) accommodate guitars of various sizes, ensuring a snug fit for your instrument. No matter the shape or style, rest assured that your guitar will be held securely in place. With rubber feet providing added stability, this stand grips the floor firmly, preventing accidental slips or falls. Better still, it folds up nice and small for easy transportation and storage whenever you need it.\nOur Apextone guitar stands\n\nApextone double-wired A-frame guitar stand\nApextone tripod guitar stand\nApextone A-frame guitar stand\nApextone A-frame adjustable depth guitar stand\nApextone neck-grip guitar stand\nApextone deluxe acoustic guitar stand\nApextone guitar wall hanger\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compact adjustable guitar stand for all types of guitar", "Bullet2":"Coated with high density foam to protect the instrument", "Bullet3":"Designed for both acoustic and electric guitars", "Bullet4":"Depth of prongs adjustable between 10.5cm and 18cm to fit any kind of guitar", "Bullet5":"Rubber feet for extra security", "Bullet6":"41.5cm tall and 31cm wide at maximum extension", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight when extended\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e41.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth when extended\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e31cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight when closed\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth when closed\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLeg length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable prongs (guitar rest)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10.5cm to 18cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFeet material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePadding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHigh density foam\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "27","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.291666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SP-1", "Title": "FZone SP-1 sustain pedal for digital pianos - A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003epedals", "Brand": "FZone", "Barcode": "6945110400019", "VariationOf": "sp-1", "Description": "Introducing the FZone SP-1 sustain pedal for digital pianos\nYamaha, Casio, and other keyboard manufacturers produce a wide range of accessory pedals for their instruments but often design them so that they only work with their brand. This can present problems, especially in schools and colleges as music departments will often have a wide variety of keyboards in use. The FZone SP-1 generic digital piano pedal has a switch on the side of the unit which reverses the polarity making it compatible with any brand. It can be used as a soft damper, sustain, or sostenuto pedal depending on the capabilities of the keyboard.Each unit is made of strong chromed steel and the pedal is sprung to feel exactly like a real acoustic piano. It connects via a 6.35mm (1\/4\"\") jack plug which is the standard socket used by all manufacturers.", "Bullet1":"Suitable for any make of keyboard or digital piano", "Bullet2":"Switchable polarity", "Bullet3":"6.3mm jack connection", "Bullet4":"Chromed steel pedal, shaped like the damper pedal on a grand piano", "Bullet5":"Spring action feels just like a real piano pedal", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "47","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.291666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "9.5", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP869", "Title": "Percussion Plus pair of cymbals - 10\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecymbals\u003eorchestral", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964198862", "VariationOf": "pp-pp86", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus pair of cymbals\nThe Percussion Plus pair of budget marching cymbals are great for school orchestras and bands.They are made from brass and produce a clear and crisp tone. Available in 6\"\", 8\"\" and 10\"\" diameter.\nThe straps make these easy to hold, perfect for young players in the school band or orchestra.", "Bullet1":"Supplied with straps", "Bullet2":"Made from brass", "Bullet3":"Great value for school orchestras and bands", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "21.391666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP866", "Title": "Percussion Plus pair of cymbals - 6\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecymbals\u003eorchestral", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547008665", "VariationOf": "pp-pp86", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus pair of cymbals\nThe Percussion Plus pair of budget marching cymbals are great for school orchestras and bands.They are made from brass and produce a clear and crisp tone. Available in 6\"\", 8\"\" and 10\"\" diameter.\nThe straps make these easy to hold, perfect for young players in the school band or orchestra.", "Bullet1":"Supplied with straps", "Bullet2":"Made from brass", "Bullet3":"Great value for school orchestras and bands", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "187","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.558333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP868", "Title": "Percussion Plus pair of cymbals - 8\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecymbals\u003eorchestral", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547008689", "VariationOf": "pp-pp86", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus pair of cymbals\nThe Percussion Plus pair of budget marching cymbals are great for school orchestras and bands.They are made from brass and produce a clear and crisp tone. Available in 6\"\", 8\"\" and 10\"\" diameter.\nThe straps make these easy to hold, perfect for young players in the school band or orchestra.", "Bullet1":"Supplied with straps", "Bullet2":"Made from brass", "Bullet3":"Great value for school orchestras and bands", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "235","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.975", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP071", "Title": "Percussion Plus pair of mallets - medium - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003ewound-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547000713", "VariationOf": "pp071", "Description": "These versatile Percussion Plus beaters are an essential for every percussionist. Suitable for use with a range of instruments, they are most commonly paired with bass metallophones, xylophones and marimbas. The beaters are sold as a pair and are made from a wooden shaft with a red, wound wool head.", "Bullet1":"Medium sized beaters with wound wool heads", "Bullet2":"Wooden shaft", "Bullet3":"Suitable for bass metallophones, alto xylophones and tambours", "Bullet4":"Manufactured in the UK", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e310mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBeech\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWound wool\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual beater weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e28g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "90","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.825", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP638", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Painted rainstick - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003erainsticks", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547006388", "VariationOf": "pp-pp63", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Painted rainstick Painted rainsticks from Percussion Plus are made using quality bamboo with a gravel insert so when inverted they produce a sound that mimics the sound of rainfall. A rainstick is a brilliant value item for schools. Every instrument features an individually hand-painted design bringing colour and visual life to the stick. Made in Peru by an artisan maker, each stick is truly unique and holds a lot of character. All are made to the highest standard and produce a consistent, warm tone. These bamboo rainsticks have been sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. An instrument for the individual As each instrument is hand painted by an artisan maker, they are all truly unique pieces with their own life and character. The bamboo is also finished with a natural polish, so they are smooth to the touch and look stunning. The soothing sound of rainfall Thought to be created by the Mapuche people of southern Chile and Argentina, rainsticks were played in the belief they could bring about rainstorms. Now, the soothing sound can be utilised in sensory classes, music therapy, schools or for texture in performances and compositions. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Peru using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Invert to produce a gentle, rain-like sound", "Bullet3":"Unique hand painted design on each rainstick", "Bullet4":"Made using bamboo with a polished finish", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"50 cm long", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.825", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP594-3", "Title": "Percussion Plus Afuche Cabasa - Black \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecabasas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547059438", "VariationOf": "pp-pp594", "Description": "Similar to a Shekere or Gourd Cabasa, the Afuche Cabasa was designed to create rhythmic scraping sounds and patterns. The steel chain beads can be manipulated against the textured steel or the instrument can be spun or shaken for varying sounds, the likes of which can be heard in music all over the world. The larger models produce louder, fuller sounds while the smaller models provide more control and softer volumes. This cabasa from Percussion Plus has a sturdy wood and stainless steel construction and is incredibly durable which makes it ideal for use by young players and in education. This instrument should be included in every percussionist's arsenal and is the perfect addition to any classroom percussion box.", "Bullet1":"Quality afuche cabasa", "Bullet2":"Built in handle for easy grip", "Bullet3":"Instrument can be spun or shaken for varying sounds", "Bullet4":"Steel chain beads around a stainless steel cylinder", "Bullet5":"Produces bright 'scratching' sound", "Bullet6":"Available in natural, black and red finishes", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e19cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "36","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.825", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP594-1", "Title": "Percussion Plus Afuche Cabasa - Natural \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecabasas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547059414", "VariationOf": "pp-pp594", "Description": "Similar to a Shekere or Gourd Cabasa, the Afuche Cabasa was designed to create rhythmic scraping sounds and patterns. The steel chain beads can be manipulated against the textured steel or the instrument can be spun or shaken for varying sounds, the likes of which can be heard in music all over the world. The larger models produce louder, fuller sounds while the smaller models provide more control and softer volumes. This cabasa from Percussion Plus has a sturdy wood and stainless steel construction and is incredibly durable which makes it ideal for use by young players and in education. This instrument should be included in every percussionist's arsenal and is the perfect addition to any classroom percussion box.", "Bullet1":"Quality afuche cabasa", "Bullet2":"Built in handle for easy grip", "Bullet3":"Instrument can be spun or shaken for varying sounds", "Bullet4":"Steel chain beads around a stainless steel cylinder", "Bullet5":"Produces bright 'scratching' sound", "Bullet6":"Available in natural, black and red finishes", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e19cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "146","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.825", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP594-2", "Title": "Percussion Plus Afuche Cabasa - Red \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecabasas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547059421", "VariationOf": "pp-pp594", "Description": "Similar to a Shekere or Gourd Cabasa, the Afuche Cabasa was designed to create rhythmic scraping sounds and patterns. The steel chain beads can be manipulated against the textured steel or the instrument can be spun or shaken for varying sounds, the likes of which can be heard in music all over the world. The larger models produce louder, fuller sounds while the smaller models provide more control and softer volumes. This cabasa from Percussion Plus has a sturdy wood and stainless steel construction and is incredibly durable which makes it ideal for use by young players and in education. This instrument should be included in every percussionist's arsenal and is the perfect addition to any classroom percussion box.", "Bullet1":"Quality afuche cabasa", "Bullet2":"Built in handle for easy grip", "Bullet3":"Instrument can be spun or shaken for varying sounds", "Bullet4":"Steel chain beads around a stainless steel cylinder", "Bullet5":"Produces bright 'scratching' sound", "Bullet6":"Available in natural, black and red finishes", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e19cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "33","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.825", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "EPA6N", "Title": "12V AC power adaptor for Yamaha portable keyboards - A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003eadaptors", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5060171710127", "VariationOf": "epa6n", "Description": "Yamaha EPA6 12v 3-pin AC power adaptor for use with many Yamaha portable keyboards. The EPA6 (previously KPA6N) is the correct power adaptor for use with keyboards such as the DGX230, NP30, NP31 and the DD65 drum machine plus many older models. Suitable for all the following models and more: Yamaha DGX Portable Grand series:DGX200, DGX202, DGX203, DGX205, DGX220, DGX230, DGX300, DGX305, DGX500, DGX505, DGX520, DGX530, DGX620, DGX630, DGX650, DGX660Yamaha NP Piaggero series:NPV60, NP30, NP31, NP11, NPV80, NP12, NP32Yamaha PSR series:PSR300, PSR1500Yamaha P series portable pianos:P35, P45, P105, P115, P95, P85, P70, P60Yamaha Arius digital piano series:YDP113, YDP121, YDP130, YDP131, YDP135, YDP140, YDP141, YDP142 \u0026amp; YDP143Supplied with UK, Euro, US \u0026amp; AUS Interchangeable Plugtops\n\nMore useful information\nEPA6 Specifications", "Bullet1":"A great value power supply that is identical to the official Yamaha KPA6N and PA-150A adaptors", "Bullet2":"For Yamaha keyboards that require a 12v power supply (see description for list of models)", "Bullet3":"Supplied with 4 interchangeable AC heads - UK, Euro, US \u0026amp; AUS", "Bullet4":"12V output voltage, 2A maximum current output, 24W", "Bullet5":"1.8 metre output cable", "Bullet6":"CE certified \u0026amp; RoHS compliant", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOutput voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12Vdc\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOutput Current Max\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2A\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOutput Current Min\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0A\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePower (Watts)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e24W\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLine Regulation\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e+\/-2%\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHold Up Time\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10mS Min.\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRipple \u0026amp; Noise (mV p-p)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e200mV p-p\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eProtections\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInput Protection, Output Protection, Short Circuit Protection\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRated Input Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e100 - 240Vac\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFull Input Voltage Range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e90 - 264Vac\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRated Frequency\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e47 - 63Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEfficiency\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e86.2%\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInput Current (RMS Max)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.8A Max\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInrush Current\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60A Max\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInput Power (no load)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0W\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAC Inlet\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUK, Euro, US \u0026amp; AUS Interchangeable Plugtops\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDC Cord\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.8m Output Cable\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDC Plug\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.1mm C+ve\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHi-Pot Specification\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePrimary to Secondary: AC 3000 Vrms, 4mA, 1 minute for type test.\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInsulation Resistance\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePrimary to Secondary: 50 OHM to 500Vdc\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOperating Temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0 - 40C\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStorage Temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-20 to 70C\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOperating Humidity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10 - 95%\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStorage Humidity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10 - 95%\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSafety Approvals\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCE, FCC, C-Tick, UL, TUV, TUV GS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePB-Free\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYes RoHS Compliant\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e79.1 x 46.2 x 37.1mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e250g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "27","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.825", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "9.991666666666665", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "DHP1033401-404", "Title": "Djembe method for beginner djembe players - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Hal Leonard", "Barcode": "9789043118514", "VariationOf": "dhp1033401-404", "Description": "There has been a huge surge in the popularity of musical styles from around the world, leading to increased demand for tuition materials in these areas. \nWith this comprehensive tutor book, beginner djembe players can get started straight away. The teaching methods of Kaan Taprak and Jan Wietse Fokkema introduce the basics of playing along with cultural information on the origins of the instrument, exercises, practice tips and rhythm arrangements. \nThe unique notation system has been specifically devised for djembe, meaning there is no barrier for those who are not yet able to read musical stave notation. Supporting online audio demonstrates the basic exercises and all arrangements published in the book. \n", "Bullet1":"No music reading required", "Bullet2":"Online audio features all exercises and rhythm arrangments", "Bullet3":"Perfect for individual or group lessons", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "13","RRP_Inc_VAT": "19.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.99", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ5504", "Title": "Jumbie Jam - Christmas Tunes Song Book - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "689076979306", "VariationOf": "jj5504", "Description": "Deck Your Halls with the sounds of a Caribbean Christmas on your Jumbie Jam or other instruments. A festive collection of Christmas Classics including: Jingle Bells, Silent Night and more...\n\nThese songs are for Adults and Children at beginning or intermediate musical skill levels. Fun-to-Play \u0026amp; Easy-to-Learn songs include three parts allowing you to solo play or jam with multiple JJs and other instruments. Start a family band! Also works great in the classroom. The ability to read music is not required; this book includes the note letters which match the notes labeled on your Jumbie Jam. \n\nThere’s more, this comprehensive book contains standard musical notation and three parts; 1)Melody 2)Harmony 3)JJ Chord Back-up. Note Letters, Chords and Lyrics also included. FREE DOWNLOADABLE Play-Along Audio Tracks at https:\/\/www.islandguymusic.com\/press with four versions for each song 1)Melody part with drums only 2)Melody part played with the background music 3)Play-Along-Track Background Only 4)Melody once, Harmony once, back-up once, then all three parts with background music. \n\nAbout the Author; Multi-instrumentalist, Guy George, is a rhythmic and melodic musician with a definite jazz influence. His search for the best sounding steel drum brought him to Panyard where he is now collaborating writing music for the Jumbie Jam. \n\nSongs included: Jingle Bells \/ Silent Night \/ Angels We Have Heard on High \/ Away in a Manager \/ Jolly Old St. Nicholas \/ The First Noel \/ Sing We Now of Christmas \/ We Three Kings", "Bullet1":"8 fun and easy Christmas favourites", "Bullet2":"Suitable for beginners and intermediate players", "Bullet3":"Supplied with audio download of practice and performance tracks", "Bullet4":"Play either as solo or in 2\/3 part arrangements for Jumbie Jam or mixed ensembles", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "20","RRP_Inc_VAT": "20.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ5505", "Title": "Jumbie Jam - Popular Song Book 1 - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "689076979603", "VariationOf": "jj5505", "Description": "Song Book with Fun, Familiar \u0026amp; Popular Songs for the entire family no matter what age! Arranged for your Jumbie Jam or other instruments to help get you started while advancing your playing skills. Songs range from the beautiful Amazing Grace to the energetic When the Saints Go Marching In. \n\n Fun-to-Play \u0026amp; Easy-to-Learn songs include three parts allowing you to solo play or jam with multiple JJs and other instruments. Start a family band! Also works great in the classroom. These songs are fun for Adults and Children at beginning or intermediate musical skill levels. The ability to read music is not required; this book includes the note letters which match the notes labeled on your Jumbie Jam. \n\n There’s more, this comprehensive book contains standard musical notation and three parts: 1)Melody 2)Harmony 3)Chord Strums. Note Letters, Chords and Lyrics also included. FREE DOWNLOADABLE Play-Along Audio Tracks at https:\/\/www.panyard.com\/downloads\/ with three versions for each song; 1)Melody, Harmony, Chord Strums \u0026amp; Background 2)Harmony, Chord Strums \u0026amp; Background 3)Background only. Playing Techniques \u0026amp; Steel Pan Care information included too. \n\n About the Author; trained in classical, jazz piano and percussion, David Lapio’s life mirrors the eclectic nature of his music. Tropical Steel, his one to three-piece band, performs in southwest FL and he also jams with several other local area bands. JJ Pop#1 is David’s first song book collaborating with Panyard to develop a diverse and exciting array of music for the Jumbie Jam and other Steel Drums. \n\n Songs include: When the Saints Go Marching In \/ Amazing Grace \/ Twinkle, Twinkle \/ Brahm’s Lullaby \/ Minute In G \/ Shortnin’ Bread \/ Camptown Races \/ Oh, Susanna", "Bullet1":"8 familiar fun and easy popular songs", "Bullet2":"Suitable for beginners", "Bullet3":"Now with downloadable practice and performance tracks", "Bullet4":"3 part arrangements for Jumbie Jam or mixed ensembles", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "20.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ5513", "Title": "Jumbie Jam - Island Fun Song Book 1 - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "689076979603", "VariationOf": "jj5513", "Description": "You don't have to know how to read music to use Jumbie Jam Song Books; the notes are marked by the note letter which match the notes marked on the Jumbie Jam. (Standard musical notation also incuded) For the beginner and intermediate steel drum player. Designed to advance playing skills while having fun. A collection of Island Songs for children and adults. (can be used to play with other instruments too!) Each song has three parts: Melody, Harmony \u0026amp; Chord\/Strum, supporting multiple Jumbies or other instruments performing together. Supplied with free download practice and performance tracks. Contents: Jamaica Farewell Island in the Sun Limbo Rock Coconut Woman Margaritaville Rum \u0026amp; Coca Cola Marianne The Lion Sleeps Tonight", "Bullet1":"8 fun songs capturing the Island spirit", "Bullet2":"Suitable for beginners", "Bullet3":"Free download practice and performance tracks", "Bullet4":"3 part arrangements for Jumbie Jam or mixed ensembles", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "20.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ5520", "Title": "Jumbie Jam - Reggae for Steel Drums - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "736211114938", "VariationOf": "jj5520", "Description": "You’ll be Jammin’ with this collection of hip songs arranged in a Reggae style for your Jumbie Jam or other instruments. This song book is a collection of island favorites including: Is This Love, Don’t Worry Be Happy, Day-O and more…\n\nFun-to-Play \u0026amp; Easy-to-Learn songs include three parts allowing you to solo play or jam with multiple JJs and other instruments. Start a family band! Also works great in the classroom. These songs are fun for Adults and Children at beginning or intermediate musical skill levels. The ability to read music is not required; this book includes the note letters which match the notes labeled on your Jumbie Jam. \n\nThere’s more, this comprehensive book contains standard musical notation and three parts: 1)Melody 2)Harmony 3)Chord Strums. Note Letters, Chords and Lyrics also included. FREE DOWNLOADABLE Play-Along Audio Tracks with three versions for each song; 1)Melody, Harmony, Chord Strums \u0026amp; Background 2)Harmony, Chord Strums \u0026amp; Background 3)Background only. Playing Techniques \u0026amp; Steel Pan Care information included too. \n\nAbout the Author; trained in classical, jazz piano and percussion, David Lapio’s life mirrors the eclectic nature of his music. Tropical Steel, his one to three-piece band, performs in southwest FL and he also jams with several other local area bands. JJ Pop#1 is David’s first song book collaborating with Panyard to develop a diverse and exciting array of music for the Jumbie Jam and other Steel Drums. \n\nSongs included: Red Red Wine \/ Three Little Birds \/ Don’t Worry Be Happy \/Day-Oh \/ Brown Eyed Girl \/ Is This Love \/ Keep On Moving \/ Drift Away", "Bullet1":"8 cool songs written in a reggae style", "Bullet2":"Suitable for beginners", "Bullet3":"Supplied with downloadable audio tracks", "Bullet4":"3 part arrangements for Jumbie Jam or mixed ensembles", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "20.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP4108", "Title": "Andy Gleadhill's Percussion Buddies Book - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Drums for Schools", "Barcode": "9780957011519", "VariationOf": "pp4108", "Description": "Class ensemble teaching expert Andy Gleadhill's new \"\"Percussion Buddies\"\" book shows you how to deliver effective whole class instrumental lessons, even if you don't have the budget to buy a main instrument for each pupil. The principle is simple: the class is divided into pairs (or threes, or fours), with each small group sharing a main instrument and one or more percussion instruments. Whatever the instrument or musical style that is being taught and however limited your resources, the Percussion Buddies approach enables you to engage the whole class throughout each lesson and teach ensemble playing skills, basic notation and the elements of music. The book shows you how each percussion instrument should be played and explains how to implement the approach in the classroom. Examples are provided of different patterns and rhythms that percussion buddies can perform along with whatever main instrument is being taught and QR links to online video and audio examples make this truly accessible to music teachers and and class teachers. No prior music teaching experience is assumed. There's a selection of audio and video clips available online that further support teacher and pupils by giving practical demonstrations of the techniques and pieces covered in the Guide.\n\n\nDrums for Schools · Andy Gleadhill's Percussion Buddies Book Audio Support\n", "Bullet1":"New class percussion teacher reference book by Andy Gleadhill", "Bullet2":"Shows teachers how to involve every student fully in class instrument lessons", "Bullet3":"Method is effective even if resources are limited", "Bullet4":"Limited school funding will go twice as far!", "Bullet5":"Involves organising the class into 'buddy' pairs", "Bullet6":"Provides examples of patterns and rhythms suitable for all percussion instruments", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "20.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP795", "Title": "Wak-a-Tube pentatonic scale treble octave set - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547079511", "VariationOf": "pp795", "Description": "A pack of 6 Wak-a-Tubes making up a pentatonic scale starting at middle C. Pitches included are: C40, D42, E44, G47, A49, and C52.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They're perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today!Our Wak-a-Tube packaging is made from 100% recyclable materials sourced from FSC certified suppliers.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Basic high octave pentatonic set of 6 tubes", "Bullet2":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet3":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet4":"Made in the UK", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "34","RRP_Inc_VAT": "20.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.833333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2058", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Global sounds pack - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003epacks\u003eassorted", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318307107", "VariationOf": "rs-gs1", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Global sounds pack This selection of small instruments will take you on a journey around the globe. From the Chilean rainstick to the Indonesian bird whistle, this is the perfect way to introduce sounds and cultures from around the world. The instruments are made using traditional methods and materials, giving you the authentic experience. They are also easy to play and small in size, making them ideal for younger students. This Global sounds pack is sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. Please note: contents may vary. The pack contents The global sounds pack features 5 instruments from across the globe, including a Chilean rainstick, Indonesian bird whistle, Peruvian pan pipe, Thai frog, and Peruvian ocarina. It also comes with a leaflet full of useful information about each instrument. ", "Bullet1":"All items are crafted using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Handmade instruments from independent makers across the globe", "Bullet3":"A perfect learning tool for the classroom", "Bullet4":"Leaflet of full of information included", "Bullet5":"Supplied in a colourful cardboard box", "Bullet6":"Responsibly sourced", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "20.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.833333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PACCY-X35MH", "Title": "Majestic basic mallet bag - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003esticks", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059320279", "VariationOf": "paccy-x35mh", "Description": " Introducing the Majestic basic mallet bag Carry all of your beaters, mallets, sticks, and small accessories in one place. Durable with plenty of storage, it also features hooks to easily attach to a stand for easy access whilst performing. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student, utilising carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Basic small mallet bag", "Bullet2":"For all mallets, beaters, drum sticks, and small accessories", "Bullet3":"Smart black finish", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "20.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AP-3617", "Title": "Apextone boom microphone stand - Plastic fixings \/ A1", "Category": "tech\u003emicrophones\u003eaccessories\u003estands", "Brand": "Apextone", "Barcode": "717378830107", "VariationOf": "ap-3617", "Description": "Introducing the Apextone plastic boom microphone stand\nThis microphone stand from Apextone is a reliable, high quality tool for anyone who performs or records regularly. Its sturdy and adjustable and lightweight nature makes it a perfect gigging companion for vocalists and instrumentalists. With non-slip rubber feet and including cable management clips, this stand is stable, reliable, and reduces hassle.\nA great tool for schools\nAdjustable between 90cm and 160cm, this stand is handy for a variety of heights, making it ideal for schools and music education hubs. Strong plastic knobs allow for adjustment of the stem and the foldable legs, ensuring easy portability and storage. The plastic build further improves portability, which is excellent for anyone who gigs regularly, and for schools where younger students might otherwise struggle to carry stands around safely.\nPlease note: Does not include microphone or microphone clip.\nOur Apextone microphone stands\n\nApextone boom microphone stand\nApextone straight microphone stand\nApextone easy-adjust straight microphone stand\nApextone easy-adjust boom microphone stand\nApextone boom microphone stand with bag\nApextone dynamic microphone kit\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"High quality plastic boom microphone stand", "Bullet2":"Height adjustable - 90cm-160cm", "Bullet3":"Strong plastic or metal fixings, and plastic cable management clips", "Bullet4":"Easily collapsable for enhanced portability", "Bullet5":"Wide, strong legs for stability", "Bullet6":"Does not include microphone or clip", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e90-160cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBoom\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e80cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStand material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFeet material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFixing material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic (AP-3617) or Metal (AP-3601)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCable clip material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.9kg (AP-3617) or 2.1kg (AP-3601)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "17","RRP_Inc_VAT": "20.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.833333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AP-3601", "Title": "Apextone boom microphone stand - Metal fixings \/ A1", "Category": "tech\u003emicrophones\u003eaccessories\u003estands", "Brand": "Apextone", "Barcode": "717378830046", "VariationOf": "ap-3617", "Description": "Introducing the Apextone plastic boom microphone stand\nThis microphone stand from Apextone is a reliable, high quality tool for anyone who performs or records regularly. Its sturdy and adjustable and lightweight nature makes it a perfect gigging companion for vocalists and instrumentalists. With non-slip rubber feet and including cable management clips, this stand is stable, reliable, and reduces hassle.\nA great tool for schools\nAdjustable between 90cm and 160cm, this stand is handy for a variety of heights, making it ideal for schools and music education hubs. Strong plastic knobs allow for adjustment of the stem and the foldable legs, ensuring easy portability and storage. The plastic build further improves portability, which is excellent for anyone who gigs regularly, and for schools where younger students might otherwise struggle to carry stands around safely.\nPlease note: Does not include microphone or microphone clip.\nOur Apextone microphone stands\n\nApextone boom microphone stand\nApextone straight microphone stand\nApextone easy-adjust straight microphone stand\nApextone easy-adjust boom microphone stand\nApextone boom microphone stand with bag\nApextone dynamic microphone kit\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"High quality plastic boom microphone stand", "Bullet2":"Height adjustable - 90cm-160cm", "Bullet3":"Strong plastic or metal fixings, and plastic cable management clips", "Bullet4":"Easily collapsable for enhanced portability", "Bullet5":"Wide, strong legs for stability", "Bullet6":"Does not include microphone or clip", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e90-160cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBoom\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e80cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStand material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFeet material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFixing material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic (AP-3617) or Metal (AP-3601)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCable clip material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.9kg (AP-3617) or 2.1kg (AP-3601)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NB200MPBK", "Title": "NUVOBand Clarinet mouthpiece - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "NUVOBand", "Barcode": "1230000230018", "VariationOf": "nb200mpbk", "Description": "The NUVOBand Bb clarinet mouthpiece features the integral, tried and tested, fast-action ligature for speedy and secure positioning of reeds. Compatible with any Bb clarinet barrel, NUVOBand synthetic reeds or any other brand cane or synthetic reeds. \nThere is no cork tenon, instead the dual silicone rings around the tenon provide a secure fit with no chance of air leaks.\n", "Bullet1":"Integrated, fast-action ligature", "Bullet2":"Compatible with any Bb clarinet", "Bullet3":"Compatible with NUVOBand synthetic reeds", "Bullet4":"Compatible with any Bb synthetic or cane reeds", "Bullet5":"Dual silicone rings wrap the tenon and provide a secured, leak-free fit", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "20.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-43", "Title": "Genesis Images Pack of 3 - Musical styles A1 wall posters - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112875", "VariationOf": "gns-43", "Description": "Introducing the 3-pack of A1 musical styles wall posters\nThis set of 3 educational wallcharts from Genesis Images has all the essential facts and keywords associated with various fun and unique genres of music. \nEach poster is expertly designed, eye-catching and full of detailed information, which has been specifically designed for the GCSE syllabus. They’re also made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years.\nThese wallcharts are the perfect way for teachers to decorate their music classroom, practice room or studio walls with useful information for students of different ages to learn from.\n\n1\/3 - Western classical music\nThe Western music poster has a flowchart of the key developments in classical music from 1600 to the present day. It contains brief descriptions and examples of composers, and each period has been carefully reduced to a few essential key words and phrases.\n\n2\/3 - Popular and world music\nThe popular and world music poster includes information about some of the musical cultures outside the Western classical sphere and how their fusion has influenced popular music. It’s full of important facts about blues, gospel, rock and roll, folk, Indian and African music, which are presented around a clever and visually appealing guitar headstock design.\n\n3\/3 - Film and TV Music\nThe film music poster is covered in pictures and examples of TV programmes and films which are famous for their music. These images are complemented by an explanation of the complicated timecode composition process.", "Bullet1":"3 A1 (841x594mm) informative wallcharts", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features eye catching designs with essential facts and keywords", "Bullet4":"Covers Western classical music, popular and world music, and music for film", "Bullet5":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "Bullet6":"Specifically designed for the GCSE syllabus", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "17","RRP_Inc_VAT": "20.25","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "8.433333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HT08PK01-R", "Title": "8oz HuskeeRenew Cup with Lid - Smoke \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001676", "VariationOf": "ht08pk01-r", "Description": " \nIntroducing the HuskeeRenew 8oz cup with lid\nHuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This 8oz cup is supplied with a stopper lid for easy travel, great for your customers looking to take their coffee to go without using a disposable cup.\nDid you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? That's 2.5 billion every year! But HuskeeCups battle the waste that disposable coffee cups produce, by being reusable and made from 50% recycled material.\nWhether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups.\n\n\n \nWhat is HuskeeRenew?\nThe HuskeeRenew range is made from Tritan Renew 50, a new PBS, BPF and BPA-free food-grade plastic which allows us to include 50% certified recycled content in this range of products. Tritan Renew 50 products use plastic derived from 50% recycled content, and Tritan plastics are used in over 600 products, from drink bottles to medical grade equipment. The material was chosen for its glass-like appearance, excellent durability as well as its stain and odour resisting properties. HuskeeRenew is a high performance copolyester, perfectly designed to hold both your hot and cold drinks.\n \n \nCafé ready cups\nA focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. The iconic Huskee fins also make hot coffees easy and comfortable to hold.\n\n\n \nCoffee on the go\nThis cup is supplied with a stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow.\n\n\n \nStaying in with your coffee?\nThe matching classic saucer is the perfect size for the HuskeeRenew 8oz cup and is a great way to experience coffee or cold beverages in your cafe, office, or home. They're also stackable, so you can keep thing organised. Sold separately as a 4-pack\n\n\n\n\nHow to clean your HuskeeCup \nHuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner.\nThe most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that!\n\n\n \nHuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future\nHuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 50% recycled material", "Bullet2":"Stopper lid for coffee on-the-go", "Bullet3":"Translucent glass-like finish", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e97mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e125g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e87mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e235ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "16","RRP_Inc_VAT": "20.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HT08PA01-R", "Title": "8oz HuskeeRenew Cup with Lid - Amber \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001713", "VariationOf": "ht08pk01-r", "Description": " \nIntroducing the HuskeeRenew 8oz cup with lid\nHuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This 8oz cup is supplied with a stopper lid for easy travel, great for your customers looking to take their coffee to go without using a disposable cup.\nDid you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? That's 2.5 billion every year! But HuskeeCups battle the waste that disposable coffee cups produce, by being reusable and made from 50% recycled material.\nWhether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups.\n\n\n \nWhat is HuskeeRenew?\nThe HuskeeRenew range is made from Tritan Renew 50, a new PBS, BPF and BPA-free food-grade plastic which allows us to include 50% certified recycled content in this range of products. Tritan Renew 50 products use plastic derived from 50% recycled content, and Tritan plastics are used in over 600 products, from drink bottles to medical grade equipment. The material was chosen for its glass-like appearance, excellent durability as well as its stain and odour resisting properties. HuskeeRenew is a high performance copolyester, perfectly designed to hold both your hot and cold drinks.\n \n \nCafé ready cups\nA focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. The iconic Huskee fins also make hot coffees easy and comfortable to hold.\n\n\n \nCoffee on the go\nThis cup is supplied with a stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow.\n\n\n \nStaying in with your coffee?\nThe matching classic saucer is the perfect size for the HuskeeRenew 8oz cup and is a great way to experience coffee or cold beverages in your cafe, office, or home. They're also stackable, so you can keep thing organised. Sold separately as a 4-pack\n\n\n\n\nHow to clean your HuskeeCup \nHuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner.\nThe most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that!\n\n\n \nHuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future\nHuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 50% recycled material", "Bullet2":"Stopper lid for coffee on-the-go", "Bullet3":"Translucent glass-like finish", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e97mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e125g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e87mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e235ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "20.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1079", "Title": "Percussion Plus 10'' rubber practice pad - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003epads", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349485857", "VariationOf": "ts10", "Description": "Drum pads are a brilliant and cheap way of developing stick technique. Great for beginners, teachers often recommend a drum pad as a suitable starting point for young beginners. The PP1079 is fitted to a heavy wooden base, which makes it ideal to be used on tables or any available flat surface, wherever the road takes you!", "Bullet1":"10\" premium rubber practice pad for natural stick response", "Bullet2":"Fixed to a heavy wood base", "Bullet3":"Great practice substitute for acoustic drums", "Bullet4":"Ideal for any drummer to practice drum rudiments", "Bullet5":"Very portable for practice on the road", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "77","RRP_Inc_VAT": "20.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.366666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP251", "Title": "Percussion Plus Concert sleigh bells – 12 bells - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ejingles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547002519", "VariationOf": "pp251", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus Concert sleigh bells\nThese high-quality handbells from Percussion Plus are made up of 12 large, shiny sleigh bells. They produce a bright, vibrant and clear jingle sound, making them the perfect addition to any festive event or classroom percussion collection. The shape of the smooth wooden handle makes the instrument comfortable to hold and easy to play, while the bells are made from strong, durable metal that is built to handle life in a school environment.\n", "Bullet1":"Produces an excellent sound", "Bullet2":"Made from high quality metal", "Bullet3":"Features an ergonomic wooden handle", "Bullet4":"Perfect for classrooms and Christmas carols", "Bullet5":"Durable, lightweight and easy to play", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "21.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP477", "Title": "Percussion Plus guitar steel pan sticks - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964123956", "VariationOf": "pp477", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP477 guitar steel pan sticks\nMade in Akron Ohio USA, rubber capital of the world, Percussion Plus steel pan mallets are crafted from the largest variety of best quality polymers. Precision cut rubber mallet tips have the perfect combination of thickness and density to produce the best range of Caribbean sounds from your steel drum and can also help prolong the time between tunings. The selected hardwood shafts offer excellent balance and strength with a striking appearance.\nTwenty five years of research and development have gone into the best feeling and responding pan beaters in the land. Why compromise when you can have the best for your steel pan? Helping you make the most authentic and distinctive Caribbean sounds.\nSupplied as a pair.\nDid you know?\nSteel pans are relatively young instruments that have become phenomenally popular in recent years, particularly with school music departments and events organisers. They originated in Trinidad and Tobago in the 1930s and are traditionally recycled from 55 gallon chemical containers.\nBoth steel pans and steel drums refer to the same thing. Steel pan players will often use rolls, which are rapid fire playing of the same note many times to create a more continuous sound. This allows for stimulated playing of longer notes that maintain their strength rather than decaying such as a single hit would produce.\n", "Bullet1":"Guitar Wood Mallets with General Tip", "Bullet2":"9.5” selected hardwood handle", "Bullet3":"Three layer tip specifically engineered for guitar pans", "Bullet4":"All-purpose tip for a pure and even tone across the full range of the pan", "Bullet5":"Similar specification to PP478", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "19","RRP_Inc_VAT": "21.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP478", "Title": "Percussion Plus cello steel pan sticks - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964123963", "VariationOf": "pp478", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP478 cello steel pan sticks\nMade in Akron Ohio USA, rubber capital of the world, Percussion Plus steel pan mallets are crafted from the largest variety of best quality polymers. Precision cut rubber mallet tips have the perfect combination of thickness and density to produce the best range of Caribbean sounds from your steel drum and can also help prolong the time between tunings. The selected hardwood shafts offer excellent balance and strength with a striking appearance.\nTwenty five years of research and development have gone into the best feeling and responding pan beaters in the land. Why compromise when you can have the best for your steel pan? Helping you make the most authentic and distinctive Caribbean sounds.\nSupplied as a pair.\nDid you know?\nSteel pans are relatively young instruments that have become phenomenally popular in recent years, particularly with school music departments and events organisers. They originated in Trinidad and Tobago in the 1930s and are traditionally recycled from 55 gallon chemical containers.\nBoth steel pans and steel drums refer to the same thing. Steel pan players will often use rolls, which are rapid fire playing of the same note many times to create a more continuous sound. This allows for stimulated playing of longer notes that maintain their strength rather than decaying such as a single hit would produce.\n", "Bullet1":"Cello Wood Mallets with General Tip", "Bullet2":"9.5” wooden handle", "Bullet3":"Three layer tip engineered for triple or four cellos", "Bullet4":"All-purpose tip for a pure and even tone across the full range of the pan", "Bullet5":"Similar specification to PP477", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "36","RRP_Inc_VAT": "21.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP754", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP754 Easy Grip medium rubber beaters - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547007545", "VariationOf": "pp754", "Description": "The large spherical heads on these beaters are made from medium red rubber. They are hard enough to produce a loud bright tone with long decay, but the rubber has a small amount of give that negates the contact \"\"click\"\" one might expect to hear from a more attacking solid plastic or wood head. This bounce makes these beaters particularly good for middle-pitched resonant tuned percussion instruments such as metallophones and chime bars.Each head is mounted on a tapered black plastic shaft with Easy Grip handle. This addition increases control and makes the stick easier for inexperienced or disabled percussionists to hold.", "Bullet1":"Foam rubber easy grip handles", "Bullet2":"Medium round beater heads", "Bullet3":"Strong black plastic beater shaft", "Bullet4":"Sold as a pair", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "16","RRP_Inc_VAT": "21.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.375", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "10.233333333333334", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "KB10", "Title": "Percussion Workshop KB10 coloured chime bars supplied beaters \u0026 case - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Workshop", "Barcode": "5060179346038", "VariationOf": "kb10", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Workshop KB10 chime bars\nPercussion Workshop produces high-quality handmade percussion instruments for use in education or at home. Their instruments represent excellent value for money and are suitable for players of all ages and standards. The KB10 is made to Percussion Workshop's high standard and is built to withstand the rigorous testing any primary class can put it through!\n \nPerfect in the classroom\nThis colourful KB10 chime bar set from Percussion Workshop offers a fun and easy way for children to begin learning music. The set includes 8 diatonic (C64-C76) steel chimes painted in eye catching colours set upon tough plastic resonators. Note names are etched onto the metal bars - perfect for teaching young children the basics of pitch.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of the KB10 chime bars is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe chimes are vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThey’re colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP935 chime bars\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP273 desk bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\n\nIncludes durable accessories\nThis set comes complete with 2 yellow extra strong plastic beaters and is supplied in a handy yellow carry case with a handle. It is lightweight and lies flat making it easy to transport and store.\n\nListen\n\n", "Bullet1":"Set of 8 colourful chime bars ideal for younger children", "Bullet2":"Features painted steel bars mounted on durable plastic resonators", "Bullet3":"Chime bars are in the key of C major from C64 to C76", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Supplied in a yellow case with 2 beaters", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eKey\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eC Major\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNote range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eC64 - C76\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e31cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.16kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1794","RRP_Inc_VAT": "21.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2121", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Brass bell - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318308104", "VariationOf": "pp2121", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Brass bell \nDesigned using exquisite craftmanship with only traditional materials and methods, the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Brass bell stands at 12cm tall and makes a bright ringing sound, that adds just the burst of sound you need, without being too loud or overpowering.\nThe Percussion Plus Honestly Made Brass bell is sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly made range of musical instruments from percussion plus. \nThese items are musical instruments, not toys, and there may be many small parts on, or in, some of them. Younger players should use them with supervision. \n Great for many uses\nThe Percussion Plus Honestly Made Brass bell is perfect for adding a strong burst of sound to any percussion ensemble, whether that's during classroom practice or performances, the sound will fill surrounding areas and elevate a performance.\nThe exquisite and beautiful design of the brass bell along with the bright gold handle is sure to elevate any space, making it a perfect decorative addition, and is ideal for a professional musician looking to add a traditionally made, sustainable bell to their collection.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in India using traditional methods and materials", "Bullet2":"Creates a bright, ringing sound", "Bullet3":"Beautifully designed brass bell with gold coloured handles", "Bullet4":"Perfect for adding a strong burst of sound to percussion ensembles", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "21.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2128", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Tingsha bells - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecymbals\u003efinger", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318308173", "VariationOf": "pp2128", "Description": "\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Tingsha bells\nThese bells are traditionally used by Buddhists during prayers and mediations and are known for their distinct, high-pitched and long-lasting ringing tone made when struck together.\nMade using only traditional methods and materials in India, these bright blue bells contain beautiful gold motifs on the top and are held together with a leather strap, ensuring durability and ease of use.\nThe Percussion Plus Honestly Made Tingsha bells are sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly made range of musical instruments from percussion plus. \n These items are musical instruments, not toys, and there may be many small parts on, or in, some of them. Younger players should use them with supervision. \n\n\n\nA multitude of uses\nThe Tingsha bells are great for use in yoga, meditation, and other mindfulness practices due to the calming tone produced. They have also found a place in modern orchestral works, and as a sound effect in recording sessions.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in India using traditional methods and materials", "Bullet2":"Makes a distinct, high pitched ringing tone", "Bullet3":"Bright blue colour with gold motifs on top", "Bullet4":"Great for use in yoga, meditation and other mindfulness practices", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "21.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "KB11", "Title": "Percussion Workshop KB11 chime bars - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Workshop", "Barcode": "5056318309927", "VariationOf": "kb11", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Workshop KB11 chime bars\nThis colourful KB11 chime bar set from Percussion Workshop offers a fun and easy way for children to begin learning music. The set includes 8 diatonic (C64-C76) steel chimes painted in eye-catching colours and mounted on tough plastic resonators. Note names are etched onto the metal bars, making this set perfect for teaching young children the basics of pitch.\nThese chime bars are built to a very high standard and are designed to withstand the rigorous testing and daily use of any primary school class. They also come with a lightweight case for easy storage and transportation, along with a pair of extra strong beaters.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these chime bars is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe chimes are vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThey’re colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP935 chime bars\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP273 combi bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\n\nAbout Percussion Workshop\nPercussion Workshop produces high-quality handmade percussion instruments for both educational and at-home use. Their instruments represent excellent quality and value for money, and they are suitable for players of all ages and levels.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Set of 8 brightly coloured chime bars", "Bullet2":"In the key of C major, ranging from C64 to C76", "Bullet3":"Painted steel bars mounted on durable plastic resonators", "Bullet4":"Perfect for classrooms, with quantity discounts offered", "Bullet5":"Colour coded and compatible with Boomwhacker and combi handbells", "Bullet6":"Supplied in a red carry case and with 2 plastic beaters", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eKey:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eC Major\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRange:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eC64 - C76\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e31cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.16kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "989","RRP_Inc_VAT": "21.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AP-3201K", "Title": "Apextone X frame single-braced adjustable keyboard stand (collapsible) - A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003efolding", "Brand": "Apextone", "Barcode": "717378829392", "VariationOf": "ap-3201k", "Description": "Introducing the Apextone X frame single-braced adjustable keyboard stand\nThis Apextone stand provides the perfect blend of stability, versatility, and portability for keyboardists on the move. Engineered with a single braced X style frame, this stand provides reliable support for keyboards up to a maximum load of 40kgs.\nStrong X-frame\nCrafted with metallic bars intersecting at the centre, this stand ensures strength and durability to withstand the demands of live performances, rehearsals, or studio sessions. Its sturdy construction guarantees your keyboard stays securely in place while you play.\nPrecisely adjustable\nWith a smooth and convenient, height-adjustable screw mechanism, you can easily tailor the stand to your preferred playing position. Whether you're standing or sitting, this stand adapts to your needs with precision and ease.\nRubber feet to prevent slippage\nRubber supports for both the keyboard and feet offer added stability and protection, preventing slippage and minimising vibrations for a smooth playing experience. Whether you're rocking out on stage or practicing at home, your keyboard remains secure and steady.\nA travelling musician's companion\nThis stand is very similar to the AP-3201K, but designed especially for on-the-go musicians. It folds down flat for effortless packing and transportation, and you can fully collapse the stand by removing the top and bottom bars from the body for even more compact convenience. Whether you're traveling between gigs or storing your equipment between sessions, this stand's compact design ensures it won't take up unnecessary space.\nOur Apextone keyboard stands\n\nApextone single braced keyboard stand\nApextone single braced fixed keyboard stand\nApextone table style adjustable keyboard stand\nApextone Z-style keyboard stand\nApextone extra strong keyboard stand\n\nMore useful information\nUser Manual\n", "Bullet1":"Single braced X style frame stand", "Bullet2":"Ideal for lighter keyboards", "Bullet3":"Metallic bars intersect at centre of stand", "Bullet4":"Smoothly height adjustable with screw mechanism", "Bullet5":"Rubber supports for keyboard and feet", "Bullet6":"Folds down flat with removable arms and legs for easy packing", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eResting (top) bar diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eResting bar length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e34cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStanding (bottom) bar diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e28mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStanding bar length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40kgs\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eConnecting bars thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15mm x 30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eConnecting bars length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e95cm each\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTotal height when collapsed\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1m\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40kgs\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFeet material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop and bottom bars\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRemovable\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "150","RRP_Inc_VAT": "21.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.375", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "10.5", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AP-3201", "Title": "Apextone X frame single-braced adjustable keyboard stand - A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003efolding", "Brand": "Apextone", "Barcode": "717378829361", "VariationOf": "ap-3201", "Description": "Introducing the Apextone single braced portable keyboard stand\nThis Apextone stand provides the perfect blend of stability, versatility, and portability for keyboardists on the move. Engineered with a single braced X style frame, this stand provides reliable support for lightweight keyboards, making it ideal for schools, particularly in classroom settings.\nStrong X-frame\nCrafted with metallic bars intersecting at the centre, this stand ensures strength and durability to withstand the demands of live performances, rehearsals, or studio sessions. Its sturdy construction guarantees your keyboard stays securely in place while you play.\nPrecisely adjustable\nWith a smooth and convenient, height-adjustable screw mechanism, you can easily tailor the stand to your preferred playing position. Whether you're standing or sitting, this stand adapts to your needs with precision and ease.\nRubber feet to prevent slippage\nRubber supports for both the keyboard and feet offer added stability and protection, preventing slippage and minimising vibrations for a smooth playing experience. Whether you're rocking out on stage or practicing at home, your keyboard remains secure and steady.\nOur Apextone keyboard stands\n\nApextone single braced keyboard stand\nApextone single braced fixed keyboard stand\nApextone table style adjustable keyboard stand\nApextone Z-style keyboard stand\nApextone extra strong keyboard stand\n\n", "Bullet1":"Single braced X style frame stand", "Bullet2":"Sturdy enough for most keyboards", "Bullet3":"Metallic bars intersect at centre of stand", "Bullet4":"Smoothly height adjustable with screw mechanism", "Bullet5":"Rubber supports for keyboard and feet", "Bullet6":"Easily moveable and great for the classroom", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eResting bar diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eResting bar length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e34cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStanding bar diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e28mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStanding bar length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40kgs\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eConnecting bars thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15mm x 30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eConnecting bars length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e95cm each\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTotal height when collapsed\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1m\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40kgs\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFeet material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "62","RRP_Inc_VAT": "21.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HC03C04-E", "Title": "3oz Espresso HuskeeCup 4-pack - Charcoal \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913000778", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-3oz-4-pack", "Description": " \nIntroducing the HuskeeCup 3oz espresso 4-pack\nHuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack of four is available in either natural or charcoal finishes. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups.\n\n\n\n\nWhat is a HuskeeCup made from?\nA HuskeeCup is made from a unique eco-composite polymer featuring coffee husk at it's core. What is coffee husk? Coffee husk is the discarded outer layer of a coffee bean, a waste product at the milling stage of coffee production. By using HuskeeCup, you are helping to recycle hundrds of tonnes of waste material from the production of coffee.\n\n\n\n\nCafé ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a busy coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well.\n\n\n\n\nStaying in with your coffee?\nThe espresso saucer is the perfect size for the Huskee 3oz cup and is a great way to experience coffee or cold beverages in your cafe, office, or home.\n\n\n\n\nHow to clean your HuskeeCup\nHuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner.\nThe most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! \n\n\n\n\nHuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future\nHuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste.\n\n", "Bullet1":"4 x 3oz reusable cups - perfect for espresso", "Bullet2":"Made using recycled coffee husk", "Bullet3":"Available in a range of 5 café ready sizes", "Bullet4":"Non-toxic (BPA free) Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6.2cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup width at base\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup width at lip\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6.7cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "29","RRP_Inc_VAT": "21.15","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.575", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "10.133333333333335", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HC03N04-E", "Title": "3oz Espresso HuskeeCup 4-pack - Natural \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913000754", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-3oz-4-pack", "Description": " \nIntroducing the HuskeeCup 3oz espresso 4-pack\nHuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack of four is available in either natural or charcoal finishes. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups.\n\n\n\n\nWhat is a HuskeeCup made from?\nA HuskeeCup is made from a unique eco-composite polymer featuring coffee husk at it's core. What is coffee husk? Coffee husk is the discarded outer layer of a coffee bean, a waste product at the milling stage of coffee production. By using HuskeeCup, you are helping to recycle hundrds of tonnes of waste material from the production of coffee.\n\n\n\n\nCafé ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a busy coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well.\n\n\n\n\nStaying in with your coffee?\nThe espresso saucer is the perfect size for the Huskee 3oz cup and is a great way to experience coffee or cold beverages in your cafe, office, or home.\n\n\n\n\nHow to clean your HuskeeCup\nHuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner.\nThe most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! \n\n\n\n\nHuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future\nHuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste.\n\n", "Bullet1":"4 x 3oz reusable cups - perfect for espresso", "Bullet2":"Made using recycled coffee husk", "Bullet3":"Available in a range of 5 café ready sizes", "Bullet4":"Non-toxic (BPA free) Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6.2cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup width at base\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup width at lip\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6.7cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "35","RRP_Inc_VAT": "21.15","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.575", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "10.133333333333335", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP756", "Title": "Percussion Plus easy grip soft rubber beaters - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547007569", "VariationOf": "pp756", "Description": "Percussion Plus easy grip soft rubber beaters are great value for those on a budget. They have long lasting durability and comfortable foam rubber handles, mounted on strong plastic shafts, with soft rubber heads. ", "Bullet1":"Comfort grip handles", "Bullet2":"Soft rubber heads", "Bullet3":"Sold as a pair", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "28","RRP_Inc_VAT": "22.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "10.725", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP7396", "Title": "Percussion Plus wrist bells pair - 6 pairs - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ejingles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964130060", "VariationOf": "pp7396", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus wrist bells pair - 6 pairs\nThe Percussion Plus wrist bells set are popular with schools, music groups and classes. The bells are secured to your wrist by a vibrantly coloured velcro strap and produce a joyful jingle sound when shaken, similar to the sound of sleigh bells. Now available in this multipack of 6 pairs.", "Bullet1":"6 pairs of quality wrist bells", "Bullet2":"Set of 4 jingles on a colourful wrist strap", "Bullet3":"Brightly coloured strong nylon strap does not stretch", "Bullet4":"Velcro fastening ensures the strap will not fall off your wrist", "Bullet5":"Bells produce bright jingling sound", "Bullet6":"Great as sleigh bells", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "44","RRP_Inc_VAT": "22.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2060", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Gourd guiro and shaker - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003escrapers", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964132637", "VariationOf": "pp2060", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Gourd guiro and shaker Fashioned from a hollowed-out gourd, this large guiro creates a rich and powerful tone when scraped along its ridges. The large interior of the gourd acts as a resonating chamber, allowing the sound to project much further than a stand guiro scraper. To play, use the turned wooden stick provided to scrape along the ridges on top of the gourd. Speed up and slow down your movements to vary tone your tone and intensity of sound. There are also beads inside the gourd to further layer your percussive tone. This guiro and shaker is sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. Traditional design The gourd has been hand decorated with highly detailed and intricate traditional designs, making every instrument entirely unique. They are finished with a small woven band attached at the base of the instrument to easily hang for storage. Made from natural materials The gourd is a large fleshy fruit, grown naturally in Peru and has many domestic and musical uses for thousands of years. This guiro and shaker is made by drying and hollowing out the gourd, adding beads and ridges then finishing with decorations and a woven band by hand. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Peru using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Projects a full and powerful tone due to the resonant chamber of the gourd", "Bullet3":"Fabulous hand painted decorations", "Bullet4":"35cm - size and shape varies slightly", "Bullet5":"Supplied with scraper", "Bullet6":"Responsibly sourced", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "17","RRP_Inc_VAT": "22.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP178", "Title": "Acme brass clicker - nickel plated - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebird-calls", "Brand": "Acme", "Barcode": "717668802623", "VariationOf": "pp178", "Description": "Introducing the Acme brass clicker - nickel plated\nThe brass clicker is a small object with a rich history. Initially intended as a simplistic children's toy, it was quickly adopted by musicians as a metronome of sorts, helping to keep jazz bands in time.\nThe D-Day clicker\nPerhaps most famously, the brass clicker was conscripted into the D-Day landings as a signaller to friendly troops under the cover of dark, earning it the nickname 'D-Day clicker' or 'landing clicker'. A beautifully evocative vintage item, this clicker makes a great gift for any history buff!\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme police whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard. \n", "Bullet1":"Makes a firm clicking noise", "Bullet2":"Made from brass with a nickel-plated finish", "Bullet3":"Initially a children's toy", "Bullet4":"Then used as a time-keeper in jazz bands", "Bullet5":"Eventually conscripted for use in WWII - signalling to friendly troops", "Bullet6":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "22.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3210", "Title": "Percussion Plus chocalho in silver - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambourines", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349485802", "VariationOf": "pp3210", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus chocalho\nThis chocalho consists of 16 pairs of jingles and is great for adding rhythmic excitement and colour to a performance. Generally associated with samba music, the chocalho is similar to linear tambourines and are designed to be sturdy as well as offer vibrant sounds.\n\nGreat for classroom use\nThe handle allows for easy grip and carrying and no prior musical knowledge is needed to enjoy this instrument. Tactile and fun to play, the shaker is great for introducing children to the process of rhythm making. It is a simple, yet effective shaker and is an ideal alternative to a tambourine. \n", "Bullet1":"A tactile, fun percussive instrument", "Bullet2":"Consists of 16 pairs of jingles", "Bullet3":"Creates a vibrant sound", "Bullet4":"Easy to play", "Bullet5":"Ideal for many different styles of music, notably samba", "Bullet6":"Great for classroom use", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "22.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.183333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HT12PK01-R", "Title": "12oz HuskeeRenew Cup with Lid - Smoke \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001683", "VariationOf": "ht12pk01-r", "Description": " \nIntroducing the HuskeeRenew 12oz cup with lid\nHuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This 12oz cup is supplied with a stopper lid for easy travel, great for your customers looking to take their coffee to go without using a disposable cup.\nDid you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? That's 2.5 billion every year! But HuskeeCups battle the waste that disposable coffee cups produce, by being reusable and made from 50% recycled material.\nWhether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups.\n \n What is HuskeeRenew? \nThe HuskeeRenew range is made from Tritan Renew 50, a new PBS, BPF and BPA-free food-grade plastic which allows us to include 50% certified recycled content in this range of products. Tritan Renew 50 products use plastic derived from 50% recycled content, and Tritan plastics are used in over 600 products, from drink bottles to medical grade equipment. The material was chosen for its glass-like appearance, excellent durability as well as its stain and odour resisting properties. HuskeeRenew is a high performance copolyester, perfectly designed to hold both your hot and cold drinks. \n \n Café ready cups \nA focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. The iconic Huskee fins also make hot coffees easy and comfortable to hold. \n \n Coffee on the go \nThis cup is supplied with a stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow.\n Staying in with your coffee? The matching classic saucer is the perfect size for the HuskeeRenew 12oz cup and is a great way to experience coffee or cold beverages in your cafe, office, or home. They're also stackable, so you can keep thing organised. Sold separately as a 4-pack\n How to clean your HuskeeCup \nHuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. \n \n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 50% recycled material", "Bullet2":"Stopper lid for coffee on-the-go", "Bullet3":"Translucent glass-like finish", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e132mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e141g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e87mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e350ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "14","RRP_Inc_VAT": "22.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HT12PA01-R", "Title": "12oz HuskeeRenew Cup with Lid - Amber \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001720", "VariationOf": "ht12pk01-r", "Description": " \nIntroducing the HuskeeRenew 12oz cup with lid\nHuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This 12oz cup is supplied with a stopper lid for easy travel, great for your customers looking to take their coffee to go without using a disposable cup.\nDid you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? That's 2.5 billion every year! But HuskeeCups battle the waste that disposable coffee cups produce, by being reusable and made from 50% recycled material.\nWhether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups.\n \n What is HuskeeRenew? \nThe HuskeeRenew range is made from Tritan Renew 50, a new PBS, BPF and BPA-free food-grade plastic which allows us to include 50% certified recycled content in this range of products. Tritan Renew 50 products use plastic derived from 50% recycled content, and Tritan plastics are used in over 600 products, from drink bottles to medical grade equipment. The material was chosen for its glass-like appearance, excellent durability as well as its stain and odour resisting properties. HuskeeRenew is a high performance copolyester, perfectly designed to hold both your hot and cold drinks. \n \n Café ready cups \nA focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. The iconic Huskee fins also make hot coffees easy and comfortable to hold. \n \n Coffee on the go \nThis cup is supplied with a stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow.\n Staying in with your coffee? The matching classic saucer is the perfect size for the HuskeeRenew 12oz cup and is a great way to experience coffee or cold beverages in your cafe, office, or home. They're also stackable, so you can keep thing organised. Sold separately as a 4-pack\n How to clean your HuskeeCup \nHuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. \n \n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 50% recycled material", "Bullet2":"Stopper lid for coffee on-the-go", "Bullet3":"Translucent glass-like finish", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e132mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e141g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e87mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e350ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "13","RRP_Inc_VAT": "22.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP075", "Title": "Percussion Plus pair of wool mallets - hard - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003ewound-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547000751", "VariationOf": "pp075", "Description": "This pair of Percussion Plus marimba mallets is an essential member of every stick bag. As well as marimbas, the beaters are also often used to play vibraphones, cymbals and tam-tams. Each stick has a well-balanced wooden shaft and features a wound woollen head. They are sold as a pair.", "Bullet1":"35mm wound wool heads with hard rubber core", "Bullet2":"Immediate response with minimal attack noise", "Bullet3":"Ideal for vibraphones and marimbas", "Bullet4":"Well balanced 31.5cm white ash shaft", "Bullet5":"Manufactured in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e315mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWhite ash\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWound wool with rubber core\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlue\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual beater weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e23g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "121","RRP_Inc_VAT": "22.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.45", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP076", "Title": "Percussion Plus pair of wool mallets - medium - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003ewound-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547000768", "VariationOf": "pp-vibmarmal", "Description": "These beaters from Percussion Plus are versatile and can be paired with marimbas, vibraphones, cymbals and tam-tams making them an essential addition to the percussionist’s stick bag. Each stick has a smooth, balanced wooden shaft featuring a medium woollen head. They are sold as a pair.", "Bullet1":"35mm wound wool heads with medium rubber core", "Bullet2":"Soft bouncy attack and clear tone good for general playing", "Bullet3":"Ideal for vibraphones and marimbas", "Bullet4":"Well balanced 31.5cm white ash shaft", "Bullet5":"Manufactured in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e315mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWhite ash\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWound wool with rubber core\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual beater weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e23g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "135","RRP_Inc_VAT": "22.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.45", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP077", "Title": "Percussion Plus pair of wool mallets - soft - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003ewound-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547000775", "VariationOf": "pp077", "Description": "This pair of marimba mallets from Percussion Plus has been designed with a soft woollen head allowing the percussionist to create a soft mellow sound with accents. As they can also be used with vibraphones, cymbals and tam-tams, these sticks are essential for every percussionist. Each stick has a balanced and smooth wooden shaft making them comfortable and easy to play with. They are sold as a pair.", "Bullet1":"Pair of beaters wrapped in a soft wool", "Bullet2":"Suitable for vibraphones and marimba", "Bullet3":"Smooth wooden stick", "Bullet4":"Length: approx 34cm", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e315mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWhite ash\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWound wool with felt core\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePale blue\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual beater weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e29g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "41","RRP_Inc_VAT": "22.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.45", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ6553", "Title": "Izzo ABS 6\"\" Tamborim - Black \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etamborims", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7897626865532", "VariationOf": "izzo-iz655", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo ABS 6\"\" tamborim\nThe shallow tamborim is traditionally hit with a double or triple pronged plastic stick, and plays the distinctive high pitched syncopated rhythms in a samba band. As it's quite small, you’ll probably need more than one to cut through the texture.\nThis model has a single 6\"\" white synthetic skin that can be tightened by using the supplied key to adjust the hook tuners. Unlike most larger samba drums which are traditionally made of aluminium, these tamborims are made from ABS (acrylonitrile butadiene styrene) a hard rubber also used to make Lego and clarinets among many other things.\nWe are proud to be the sole importers for Izzo who have been manufacturing top quality instruments in Brazil for more than 60 years.\nIzzo are particularly well known for their smaller drums - the pandeiros and tamborims - and even these colourful ABS models are made to an extremely high standard.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Lightweight hard-wearing ABS body produces clear bright tone", "Bullet2":"6\" diameter synthetic head", "Bullet3":"Galvanised hardware fitted with 6 fixed nickel tuners", "Bullet4":"Authentic Brazilian instrument manufactured in famous Sao Paolo factory", "Bullet5":"Supplied with tuning key", "Bullet6":"5 colours available", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "107","RRP_Inc_VAT": "23.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.458333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ6551", "Title": "Izzo ABS 6\"\" Tamborim - Blue \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etamborims", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7897626865518", "VariationOf": "izzo-iz655", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo ABS 6\"\" tamborim\nThe shallow tamborim is traditionally hit with a double or triple pronged plastic stick, and plays the distinctive high pitched syncopated rhythms in a samba band. As it's quite small, you’ll probably need more than one to cut through the texture.\nThis model has a single 6\"\" white synthetic skin that can be tightened by using the supplied key to adjust the hook tuners. Unlike most larger samba drums which are traditionally made of aluminium, these tamborims are made from ABS (acrylonitrile butadiene styrene) a hard rubber also used to make Lego and clarinets among many other things.\nWe are proud to be the sole importers for Izzo who have been manufacturing top quality instruments in Brazil for more than 60 years.\nIzzo are particularly well known for their smaller drums - the pandeiros and tamborims - and even these colourful ABS models are made to an extremely high standard.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Lightweight hard-wearing ABS body produces clear bright tone", "Bullet2":"6\" diameter synthetic head", "Bullet3":"Galvanised hardware fitted with 6 fixed nickel tuners", "Bullet4":"Authentic Brazilian instrument manufactured in famous Sao Paolo factory", "Bullet5":"Supplied with tuning key", "Bullet6":"5 colours available", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "298","RRP_Inc_VAT": "23.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.458333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ6554", "Title": "Izzo ABS 6\"\" Tamborim - Green \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etamborims", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7897626865549", "VariationOf": "izzo-iz655", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo ABS 6\"\" tamborim\nThe shallow tamborim is traditionally hit with a double or triple pronged plastic stick, and plays the distinctive high pitched syncopated rhythms in a samba band. As it's quite small, you’ll probably need more than one to cut through the texture.\nThis model has a single 6\"\" white synthetic skin that can be tightened by using the supplied key to adjust the hook tuners. Unlike most larger samba drums which are traditionally made of aluminium, these tamborims are made from ABS (acrylonitrile butadiene styrene) a hard rubber also used to make Lego and clarinets among many other things.\nWe are proud to be the sole importers for Izzo who have been manufacturing top quality instruments in Brazil for more than 60 years.\nIzzo are particularly well known for their smaller drums - the pandeiros and tamborims - and even these colourful ABS models are made to an extremely high standard.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Lightweight hard-wearing ABS body produces clear bright tone", "Bullet2":"6\" diameter synthetic head", "Bullet3":"Galvanised hardware fitted with 6 fixed nickel tuners", "Bullet4":"Authentic Brazilian instrument manufactured in famous Sao Paolo factory", "Bullet5":"Supplied with tuning key", "Bullet6":"5 colours available", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "317","RRP_Inc_VAT": "23.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.458333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ6555", "Title": "Izzo ABS 6\"\" Tamborim - Red \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etamborims", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7897626865556", "VariationOf": "izzo-iz655", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo ABS 6\"\" tamborim\nThe shallow tamborim is traditionally hit with a double or triple pronged plastic stick, and plays the distinctive high pitched syncopated rhythms in a samba band. As it's quite small, you’ll probably need more than one to cut through the texture.\nThis model has a single 6\"\" white synthetic skin that can be tightened by using the supplied key to adjust the hook tuners. Unlike most larger samba drums which are traditionally made of aluminium, these tamborims are made from ABS (acrylonitrile butadiene styrene) a hard rubber also used to make Lego and clarinets among many other things.\nWe are proud to be the sole importers for Izzo who have been manufacturing top quality instruments in Brazil for more than 60 years.\nIzzo are particularly well known for their smaller drums - the pandeiros and tamborims - and even these colourful ABS models are made to an extremely high standard.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Lightweight hard-wearing ABS body produces clear bright tone", "Bullet2":"6\" diameter synthetic head", "Bullet3":"Galvanised hardware fitted with 6 fixed nickel tuners", "Bullet4":"Authentic Brazilian instrument manufactured in famous Sao Paolo factory", "Bullet5":"Supplied with tuning key", "Bullet6":"5 colours available", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "325","RRP_Inc_VAT": "23.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.458333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ6552", "Title": "Izzo ABS 6\"\" Tamborim - White \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etamborims", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7899574302220", "VariationOf": "izzo-iz655", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo ABS 6\"\" tamborim\nThe shallow tamborim is traditionally hit with a double or triple pronged plastic stick, and plays the distinctive high pitched syncopated rhythms in a samba band. As it's quite small, you’ll probably need more than one to cut through the texture.\nThis model has a single 6\"\" white synthetic skin that can be tightened by using the supplied key to adjust the hook tuners. Unlike most larger samba drums which are traditionally made of aluminium, these tamborims are made from ABS (acrylonitrile butadiene styrene) a hard rubber also used to make Lego and clarinets among many other things.\nWe are proud to be the sole importers for Izzo who have been manufacturing top quality instruments in Brazil for more than 60 years.\nIzzo are particularly well known for their smaller drums - the pandeiros and tamborims - and even these colourful ABS models are made to an extremely high standard.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Lightweight hard-wearing ABS body produces clear bright tone", "Bullet2":"6\" diameter synthetic head", "Bullet3":"Galvanised hardware fitted with 6 fixed nickel tuners", "Bullet4":"Authentic Brazilian instrument manufactured in famous Sao Paolo factory", "Bullet5":"Supplied with tuning key", "Bullet6":"5 colours available", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "198","RRP_Inc_VAT": "23.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.458333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP523", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Beaded afuche de coco - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecabasas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547005237", "VariationOf": "pp523", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Beaded afuche de coco A stylish and professional looking Afuche de coco, the top is made from hollowed out gourd which has been fixed to a turned wooden handle. A net of hollowed out beads hugs the top section that, when turned, creates a satisfying ‘shshsh’ sounds. The gourd is a large fleshy fruit, grown naturally in India and has had many domestic and musical uses for thousands of years. This product is inspired by the original African instruments, also made from gourd, which gives it a mellow tone and natural look. The Percussion Plus Honestly Made Afuche de coco is sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. How to play Play by holding the beaded gourd in the non-dominant hand and twisting the handle back and forth to create a crisp ‘shshsh’ sound. Create different tones by varying your turn rate and speed to add accents or fall into the background. Ideal for music therapy The handle is tapered for comfort, and it produces a rewardingly satisfying sound with little effort, making it ideal for music therapy. It is also the perfect addition to African drumming groups, for use in schools and even for recording sessions. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in India using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Held in the palm of the hand and rotated back and forth for a 'shshshsh' sound", "Bullet3":"Net of coloured beads on a hollowed out gourd with turned wooden handle", "Bullet4":"Approximate length: 20cm", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "50","RRP_Inc_VAT": "23.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.458333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2102", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made large gourd cabasa - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecabasas", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318307909", "VariationOf": "pp2102", "Description": "\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made large gourd cabasa\nThis colourful cabasa from the Percussion Plus Honestly Made range is made from a gourd which has been dried out and hollowed. Dozens of beads are suspended by a web of string around the outside of the instrument, while the hollow centre amplifies the rattling sound and projects it.\nAs they are made from naturally grown gourds, sizes will vary, especially from season to season. This creates a wonderfully unique instrument, which is always expertly crafted in Ghana using environmentally friendly techniques.\nEach instrument is hand made using traditional materials and methods. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision.\n\n\n\nA classic cabasa sound\nModern cabasas are made using metal beads wrapped around a metal cylinder. This instrument is made from natural materials, much like the original African cabasa. It produces a gentler, more earthy sound. Play it by rolling it in your palm or between your hand and leg.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Ghana using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Produces a bright rattling sound", "Bullet3":"Decorated with colourful beads", "Bullet4":"Made from naturally grown gourds, making each one wonderfully unique", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "23.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.458333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AP-3605", "Title": "Apextone straight microphone stand - A1", "Category": "tech\u003emicrophones\u003eaccessories\u003estands", "Brand": "Apextone", "Barcode": "717378831104", "VariationOf": "ap-3605", "Description": "Introducing the Apextone metal straight microphone stand\nThis microphone stand from Apextone is a reliable, high quality tool for anyone who performs or records regularly. Its sturdy and adjustable nature makes it a perfect gigging companion for vocalists and instrumentalists. With non-slip rubber feet and including cable management clips, this stand is stable, reliable, and reduces hassle.\nSmooth and collapsible\nAdjustable between 95cm and 165cm, this stand is suitable for a variety of heights, making it ideal for schools and music education hubs. Smooth aluminium knobs allow for adjustment of the stem and the foldable legs, ensuring easy portability and storage. Standard 5\/8” threads for the mic clip are easily adjustable and very robust.\nPlease note: Does not include microphone or microphone clip.\nOur Apextone microphone stands\n\nApextone boom microphone stand\nApextone straight microphone stand\nApextone easy-adjust straight microphone stand\nApextone easy-adjust boom microphone stand\nApextone boom microphone stand with bag\nApextone dynamic microphone kit\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"High quality, straight microphone stand", "Bullet2":"Height adjustable - 95cm-165cm", "Bullet3":"Smooth aluminium knobs and joints with 5\/8” standard threads for mic clip", "Bullet4":"Easily collapsable for enhanced portability", "Bullet5":"Wide, strong legs and non-slip rubber feet for stability", "Bullet6":"Does not include microphone or clip", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e95cm-165cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStand material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFeet material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eScrew material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCable clip material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "33","RRP_Inc_VAT": "23.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.458333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1108", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Hardwood khartals – pair - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ejingles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318301181", "VariationOf": "pp1108", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Hardwood khartals – pair These Percussion Plus Honestly Made Kharkals are made from solid sheesham wood for an impressively rich and full sound when clapped together. The khartal is an ancient instrument from India traditionally used in devotional and folk songs. Sold as a pair, they consist of one ‘male’ block and a ‘female’ block, with different grips to allow fast and complicated clapping patterns. The blocks also feature tambourine style bells that jingle when shaken, adding to the khartals’ percussive soundscape. These hardwood khartals are sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments, not toys, and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. How to play The blocks are shaped slightly differently so that they can be used in one hand with the ‘male’ block held with the thumb whilst the ‘female’ block is mainly balanced on the ring finger. This allows you to clap them together to form fast and complex rhythms, shake like a tambourine, or combine the two! ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in India using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Produces a rich and full sound when clapped together", "Bullet3":"Also features tambourine-style bells that jingle when shaken", "Bullet4":"Made from solid sheesham wood", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "23.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.725", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "FL9030", "Title": "FZone clip on 10 LED orchestra music stand light - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003eaccessories\u003elights", "Brand": "FZone", "Barcode": "6943050490305", "VariationOf": "fl9030", "Description": "The 10 LED orchestral music light by FZone is a must have for any gigging musician. The unit is incredible strong while remaining super light-weight. With its 10 high power LEDs which will give up to 100,00 hours of illumination and extremely strong and flexible gooseneck arm, this music light is exceptionally versatile. It also has a sturdy spring-loaded clip for a strong and sturdy grip.The light includes an easy access, two level brightness control which allows the light to run continuously for up to 18 hours on one set of batteries. The 10 LEDs provide a wide and balanced area of coverage for up to 4 pages of sheet music, with no hot-spots. The strong and flexible gooseneck and sturdy spring-loaded rubberised clip ensure superb balance and durability and can be clipped onto any music stand as well as siting freestanding on its weighted base.The light can be powered by either 3 x AA batteries or by AC adaptor (both included).", "Bullet1":"Compatible with the majority of orchestral music stands", "Bullet2":"Each of the ten bright white, energy saving LEDs lasts up to 100,000 hours", "Bullet3":"Runs on 3 x AA batteries or UK 3 pin mains adaptor (both included)", "Bullet4":"The crocodile clip is weighted and also acts as stable free-standing base", "Bullet5":"The light spreads evenly with no hot spots", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCable length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1 metre\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "117","RRP_Inc_VAT": "23.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.725", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "11.75", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP796-11", "Title": "Percussion Plus Wak-a-Tube bag - treble tubes - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318305561", "VariationOf": "pp796-11", "Description": "This PP796-11 Wak-a-Tube bag is ideal for any treble wak-a-tube set, accessory and other small hand percussion. It comes in a simple black design with carry handle and colourful Wak-a-Tube logo. \n\nWith a sturdy and reliable construction, it is the ideal storage and transport solution for the classroom or music school. \n\nThis pack perfectly fits the PP7963 classroom pack. For the full selection of Wak-a-Tube products, click HERE\n\n79611 | pp79611 | pp79611 | PP79611", "Bullet1":"Ideal for any treble wak-a-tube set, accessory and other small hand percussion", "Bullet2":"Black colour with carry handle", "Bullet3":"Zipped pocket for extra storage", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and reliable construction", "Bullet5":"Perfectly fits the PP7963 classroom pack", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e95cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e43cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "52","RRP_Inc_VAT": "24.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP799-11", "Title": "Percussion Plus Wak-a-Tube bag - treble \u0026 bass tubes - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318304298", "VariationOf": "pp799-11", "Description": "This PP799-11 Wak-a-Tube bag is ideal for any wak-a-tube set, accessory and other small hand percussion as it's longer length accommodates bass tubes. It comes in a simple black design with carry handle and colourful Wak-a-Tube logo. \n\nWith a sturdy and reliable construction, it is the ideal storage and transport solution for the classroom or music school. \n\nThis pack perfectly fits the PP7964 classroom pack. For the full selection of Wak-a-Tube products, click HERE\n\n79911 | pp79911 | pp79911 | PP79911", "Bullet1":"Ideal for any Wak-a-tube set, accessory and other small hand percussion", "Bullet2":"Longer length to accommodate bass tubes", "Bullet3":"Black colour with carry handle", "Bullet4":"Zipped pocket for extra storage", "Bullet5":"Sturdy and reliable construction", "Bullet6":"Perfectly fits the PP7964 classroom pack", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e128cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "24.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6641", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Ghanaian mini djembe - 5\"\" head \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318308531", "VariationOf": "pp664-mini", "Description": "\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Ghanaian mini djembe\nThese quality djembes from Ghana are hand carved from solid, chunky African cedar wood. The cedar wood creates a bright sound thanks to the small size of these drums.\nThe traditional goatskin head gives a beautiful, complex tone with plenty of overtones and a tight attack. It is also extremely durable, letting you really go for it during a performance or practice session. They are rope tuned for increased accuracy and double stringed for stable tuning. These Ghanaian djembes are sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus.\nA range of fun designs available, supplied at random. Price per drum.\nThese items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision.\n\n\n\nGreat for travel\nIt's small size and quality build makes it easy to take to festivals, music groups and performances, while the fun, hand painted designs make them the perfect gift for young musicians and those with an adventurous spirit to bring with them as they travel! \n\n\n\nA traditional design Using traditional materials and methods, this djembe is rope-tuned for easy adjustment. And, as it is double stringed, once it is tuned it stays fixed for longer. Intricate patterns and designs are hand-carved and painted on every djembe for a traditional finish, unique to each drum. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Ghana using traditional methods and materials", "Bullet2":"Single weave rope tuning", "Bullet3":"Booming, loud bass tones and whip-crack highs", "Bullet4":"Perfect gifts, ideal travel size", "Bullet5":"Authentic hand carved and painted decorative patterns", "Bullet6":"5\" and 6\" diameter heads available", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6641\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5\" head, approx. 23cm high\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.7kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6642\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\" head, approx. 27cm high\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.25kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "24.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6642", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Ghanaian mini djembe - 6\"\" head \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318308548", "VariationOf": "pp664-mini", "Description": "\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Ghanaian mini djembe\nThese quality djembes from Ghana are hand carved from solid, chunky African cedar wood. The cedar wood creates a bright sound thanks to the small size of these drums.\nThe traditional goatskin head gives a beautiful, complex tone with plenty of overtones and a tight attack. It is also extremely durable, letting you really go for it during a performance or practice session. They are rope tuned for increased accuracy and double stringed for stable tuning. These Ghanaian djembes are sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus.\nA range of fun designs available, supplied at random. Price per drum.\nThese items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision.\n\n\n\nGreat for travel\nIt's small size and quality build makes it easy to take to festivals, music groups and performances, while the fun, hand painted designs make them the perfect gift for young musicians and those with an adventurous spirit to bring with them as they travel! \n\n\n\nA traditional design Using traditional materials and methods, this djembe is rope-tuned for easy adjustment. And, as it is double stringed, once it is tuned it stays fixed for longer. Intricate patterns and designs are hand-carved and painted on every djembe for a traditional finish, unique to each drum. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Ghana using traditional methods and materials", "Bullet2":"Single weave rope tuning", "Bullet3":"Booming, loud bass tones and whip-crack highs", "Bullet4":"Perfect gifts, ideal travel size", "Bullet5":"Authentic hand carved and painted decorative patterns", "Bullet6":"5\" and 6\" diameter heads available", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6641\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5\" head, approx. 23cm high\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.7kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6642\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\" head, approx. 27cm high\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.25kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP708", "Title": "Liverpool Reco Reco with 2 springs - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003escrapers", "Brand": "Liverpool", "Barcode": "5056318312255", "VariationOf": "pp708", "Description": "Introducing the Liverpool Reco Reco with 2 springs\nThis 2 string Reco Reco is made from polished aluminium and comes with a scraper. It’s a versatile instrument that is used in samba, as well as in frevo, march and other Brazilian and Caribbean rhythms, such as the Puerto Rican bomba, calypso, soca and Colombian folk. It can also be used as a sound effect for recordings. It’s a great instrument for any metal percussion collection or educational music space.\nThe Reco Reco consists of springs extended across a hollow metal frame that are struck or brushed up and down with the scraper. This unique instrument produces a crisp and sharp sound that is amplified by the resonator beneath the springs.\n", "Bullet1":"Metal Reco Reco with 2 springs", "Bullet2":"Built from quality aluminium", "Bullet3":"Suitable for Brazilian rhythms ", "Bullet4":"Comes with a scraper", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e295mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e75mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "24.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HT16PK01-R", "Title": "16oz HuskeeRenew Cup with Lid - Smoke \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001690", "VariationOf": "ht16pk01-r", "Description": " \nIntroducing the HuskeeRenew 16oz cup with lid\nHuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This 16oz cup is supplied with a stopper lid for easy travel, great for your customers looking to take their coffee to go without using a disposable cup.\nDid you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? That's 2.5 billion every year! But HuskeeCups battle the waste that disposable coffee cups produce, by being reusable and made from 50% recycled material.\nWhether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups.\n \n What is HuskeeRenew? \nThe HuskeeRenew range is made from Tritan Renew 50, a new PBS, BPF and BPA-free food-grade plastic which allows us to include 50% certified recycled content in this range of products. Tritan Renew 50 products use plastic derived from 50% recycled content, and Tritan plastics are used in over 600 products, from drink bottles to medical grade equipment. The material was chosen for its glass-like appearance, excellent durability as well as its stain and odour resisting properties. HuskeeRenew is a high performance copolyester, perfectly designed to hold both your hot and cold drinks. \n \n Café ready cups \nA focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. The iconic Huskee fins also make hot coffees easy and comfortable to hold. \n \n Coffee on the go \nThis cup is supplied with a stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow.\n Staying in with your coffee? The matching classic saucer is the perfect size for the HuskeeRenew 16oz cup and is a great way to experience coffee or cold beverages in your cafe, office, or home. They're also stackable, so you can keep thing organised. Sold separately as a 4-pack\n How to clean your HuskeeCup \nHuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. \n \n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 50% recycled material", "Bullet2":"Stopper lid for coffee on-the-go", "Bullet3":"Translucent glass-like finish", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e168mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e197g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e87mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e197ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "19","RRP_Inc_VAT": "24.34","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.166666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HT16PA01-R", "Title": "16oz HuskeeRenew Cup with Lid - Amber \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001737", "VariationOf": "ht16pk01-r", "Description": " \nIntroducing the HuskeeRenew 16oz cup with lid\nHuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This 16oz cup is supplied with a stopper lid for easy travel, great for your customers looking to take their coffee to go without using a disposable cup.\nDid you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? That's 2.5 billion every year! But HuskeeCups battle the waste that disposable coffee cups produce, by being reusable and made from 50% recycled material.\nWhether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups.\n \n What is HuskeeRenew? \nThe HuskeeRenew range is made from Tritan Renew 50, a new PBS, BPF and BPA-free food-grade plastic which allows us to include 50% certified recycled content in this range of products. Tritan Renew 50 products use plastic derived from 50% recycled content, and Tritan plastics are used in over 600 products, from drink bottles to medical grade equipment. The material was chosen for its glass-like appearance, excellent durability as well as its stain and odour resisting properties. HuskeeRenew is a high performance copolyester, perfectly designed to hold both your hot and cold drinks. \n \n Café ready cups \nA focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. The iconic Huskee fins also make hot coffees easy and comfortable to hold. \n \n Coffee on the go \nThis cup is supplied with a stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow.\n Staying in with your coffee? The matching classic saucer is the perfect size for the HuskeeRenew 16oz cup and is a great way to experience coffee or cold beverages in your cafe, office, or home. They're also stackable, so you can keep thing organised. Sold separately as a 4-pack\n How to clean your HuskeeCup \nHuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. \n \n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 50% recycled material", "Bullet2":"Stopper lid for coffee on-the-go", "Bullet3":"Translucent glass-like finish", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e168mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e197g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e87mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e197ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "17","RRP_Inc_VAT": "24.34","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.166666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1053", "Title": "Percussion Plus professional sleigh bells - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ejingles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547010538", "VariationOf": "pp1053", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus professional sleigh bells\nThese Percussion Plus professional sleigh bells are a great addition to any percussionist’s arsenal. The 13 jingles are riveted to a horseshoe shaped strap made from durable plastic. Each end of the strap is mounted to a smooth wooden handle which is tapered for extra comfort.\nThese items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them", "Bullet1":"Single row of 13 bells mounted in a semicircle", "Bullet2":"Tapered wooden handle", "Bullet3":"Ideal sound effect for winter music", "Bullet4":"Not suitable for unsupervised young children", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "52","RRP_Inc_VAT": "24.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.266666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP074", "Title": "Percussion Plus timpani mallets - soft - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003etimpani", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547000744", "VariationOf": "pp074", "Description": "These Percussion Plus timpani mallets are a useful addition to every budding percussionist's stick bag. As well as orchestral kettle drums, the beaters are also often used to play low pitched tuned percussion such as bass chimes and marimbas, and to create special effects on drum kits. Each one has a well-balanced wooden shaft and features a fluffy round head made from soft white felt. They are sold as a pair.", "Bullet1":"40 x 40mm soft felt-wrapped heads with felt core", "Bullet2":"Produces warm boomy tone with slow attack and long decay", "Bullet3":"Perfect for timpani", "Bullet4":"Good for rolls, swells, and quiet distant effects", "Bullet5":"Lightweight 32cm varnished wawa shaft", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e305mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWawa\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft diameter\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFelt with felt core\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead size\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40mm x 40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual beater weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e28g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "68","RRP_Inc_VAT": "24.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.533333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP081", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP081 professional mallets for xylophones - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eball-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547000812", "VariationOf": "pp081", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP081 professional mallets for xylophones\nThese professional standard xylophone mallets have barrel hard heads made from beech, shaped to maximise surface area contact when playing. This helps to produce a louder, broader tone and the hard beech will ensure a satisfying clunk! The heads are also quite lightweight which ensures a lot of control over a surprisingly large range dynamics.\nAs well as xylophones and woodblocks, these beaters could also be used to create interesting timbres on bass drums, gongs, cymbals, and bells. The smooth sticks are made from varnished white ash dowel. Sold as a pair.", "Bullet1":"Sold as a pair", "Bullet2":"Professional standard beaters, suitable for xylophone", "Bullet3":"Beech wood head", "Bullet4":"These beaters enable the player more attack", "Bullet5":"Manufactured in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e325mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWhite ash\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBeech\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e25mm diameter x 22mm height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual beater weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e21g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "15","RRP_Inc_VAT": "24.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.533333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "12.175", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1009-ASHARP62", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones - A#62 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964120917", "VariationOf": "ms1009", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones\nThese are MS1009 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your harmony xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP7023 and PP7024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP7025 and PP7026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP7027 and PP7028\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP7023, PP7024, PP7025, PP7026, PP7027, PP7028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "24.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.575", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1009-A61", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones - A61 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964120931", "VariationOf": "ms1009", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones\nThese are MS1009 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your harmony xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP7023 and PP7024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP7025 and PP7026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP7027 and PP7028\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP7023, PP7024, PP7025, PP7026, PP7027, PP7028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "24.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.575", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1009-A73", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones - A73 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964120948", "VariationOf": "ms1009", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones\nThese are MS1009 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your harmony xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP7023 and PP7024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP7025 and PP7026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP7027 and PP7028\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP7023, PP7024, PP7025, PP7026, PP7027, PP7028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "24.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.575", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1009-B63", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones - B63 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964120962", "VariationOf": "ms1009", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones\nThese are MS1009 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your harmony xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP7023 and PP7024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP7025 and PP7026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP7027 and PP7028\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP7023, PP7024, PP7025, PP7026, PP7027, PP7028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "24.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.575", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1009-CSHARP41", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones - C#41 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964120979", "VariationOf": "ms1009", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones\nThese are MS1009 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your harmony xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP7023 and PP7024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP7025 and PP7026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP7027 and PP7028\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP7023, PP7024, PP7025, PP7026, PP7027, PP7028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "24.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.575", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1009-C52", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones - C52 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964121006", "VariationOf": "ms1009", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones\nThese are MS1009 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your harmony xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP7023 and PP7024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP7025 and PP7026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP7027 and PP7028\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP7023, PP7024, PP7025, PP7026, PP7027, PP7028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "24.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.575", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1009-C64", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones - C64 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964121013", "VariationOf": "ms1009", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones\nThese are MS1009 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your harmony xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP7023 and PP7024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP7025 and PP7026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP7027 and PP7028\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP7023, PP7024, PP7025, PP7026, PP7027, PP7028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "24.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.575", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1009-D54", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones - D54 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964121068", "VariationOf": "ms1009", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones\nThese are MS1009 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your harmony xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP7023 and PP7024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP7025 and PP7026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP7027 and PP7028\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP7023, PP7024, PP7025, PP7026, PP7027, PP7028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "24.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.575", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1009-D66", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones - D66 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964121075", "VariationOf": "ms1009", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones\nThese are MS1009 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your harmony xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP7023 and PP7024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP7025 and PP7026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP7027 and PP7028\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP7023, PP7024, PP7025, PP7026, PP7027, PP7028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "24.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.575", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1009-E56", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones - E56 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964121082", "VariationOf": "ms1009", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones\nThese are MS1009 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your harmony xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP7023 and PP7024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP7025 and PP7026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP7027 and PP7028\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP7023, PP7024, PP7025, PP7026, PP7027, PP7028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "24.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.575", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1009-E68", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones - E68 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964121099", "VariationOf": "ms1009", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones\nThese are MS1009 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your harmony xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP7023 and PP7024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP7025 and PP7026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP7027 and PP7028\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP7023, PP7024, PP7025, PP7026, PP7027, PP7028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "24.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.575", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1009-FSHARP58", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones - F#58 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964121112", "VariationOf": "ms1009", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones\nThese are MS1009 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your harmony xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP7023 and PP7024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP7025 and PP7026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP7027 and PP7028\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP7023, PP7024, PP7025, PP7026, PP7027, PP7028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "24.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.575", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1009-FSHARP70", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones - F#70 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964121129", "VariationOf": "ms1009", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones\nThese are MS1009 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your harmony xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP7023 and PP7024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP7025 and PP7026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP7027 and PP7028\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP7023, PP7024, PP7025, PP7026, PP7027, PP7028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "24.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.575", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1009-F57", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones - F57 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964121143", "VariationOf": "ms1009", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones\nThese are MS1009 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your harmony xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP7023 and PP7024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP7025 and PP7026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP7027 and PP7028\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP7023, PP7024, PP7025, PP7026, PP7027, PP7028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "24.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.575", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1009-F69", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones - F69 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964121150", "VariationOf": "ms1009", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones\nThese are MS1009 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your harmony xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP7023 and PP7024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP7025 and PP7026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP7027 and PP7028\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP7023, PP7024, PP7025, PP7026, PP7027, PP7028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "24.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.575", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1009-G59", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones - G59 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964121198", "VariationOf": "ms1009", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones\nThese are MS1009 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your harmony xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP7023 and PP7024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP7025 and PP7026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP7027 and PP7028\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP7023, PP7024, PP7025, PP7026, PP7027, PP7028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "24.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.575", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1009-G71", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones - G71 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964121204", "VariationOf": "ms1009", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor harmony xylophones\nThese are MS1009 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your harmony xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP7023 and PP7024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP7025 and PP7026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP7027 and PP7028\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP7023, PP7024, PP7025, PP7026, PP7027, PP7028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "24.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.575", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "DPM-1", "Title": "Cory dust and polishing glove - A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003ecleaning", "Brand": "Cory", "Barcode": "5056318310824", "VariationOf": "dpm-1", "Description": "Introducing the Cory dust and polish glove\nAn excellent addition to your piano care kit. Made of super plush microfibre material (87% polyester and 13% polyamide), this glove will perfectly polish your piano, furniture and more with ease. The Cory dust and polish glove is machine washable and can be tumble dried. Achieve delightful results when used with Cory polish or simply use as a dusting glove.\n", "Bullet1":"Perfectly polishes your piano, furniture and more with ease", "Bullet2":"Made of super plush microfibre material (87% polyester and 13% polyamide)", "Bullet3":"An excellent addition to your piano care kit", "Bullet4":"Machine washable and can be tumble dried", "Bullet5":"Provides excellent results in conjunction with Cory polishes", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e87% polyester and 13% polyamide\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "24.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.575", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ5506", "Title": "Jumbie Jam - Island Tunes - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "689076979504", "VariationOf": "jj5506", "Description": "Your Jumbie Jam is calling you to jam some island grooves! This Song Book will enable that with a collection of Jams including the island classics: Marianne, Jamaica Farewell and more…\n\nFun-to-Play \u0026amp; Easy-to-Learn songs include five parts allowing you to solo play or jam with multiple JJs and other instruments. Start a family band! Also works great in the classroom. These songs are fun for Adults and Children at beginning or intermediate musical skill levels. The ability to read music is not required; this book includes the note letters which match the notes labeled on your Jumbie Jam. \n\nThere’s more, this comprehensive book contains standard musical notation and five parts: 1)Lead Sheet Chromatic Steel Pan Melody 2)JJ Melody 3)JJ Harmony 4)JJ Chord Back-up 5)JJ Base Line. Note Letters, Chords and Lyrics also included. FREE DOWNLOADABLE Play-Along Audio Tracks at https:\/\/www.islandguymusic.com\/press with two versions for each song (practice \u0026amp; background). \n\nAbout the Author; Multi-instrumentalist, Guy George, is a rhythmic and melodic musician with a definite jazz influence. His search for the best sounding steel drum brought him to Panyard where he is now collaborating writing music for the Jumbie Jam. \n\nSongs included: Day-O \/ Jamaica Farewell \/ Jump in the Line \/ Marianne \/ Sloop John B \/ Linstead Market \/ Come Back Liza\/ Hey Lolly Lolly", "Bullet1":"8 great tunes capturing the Island spirit", "Bullet2":"Suitable for beginners to intermediate players", "Bullet3":"Now with downloadable practice and performance tracks", "Bullet4":"4 part arrangements for Jumbie Jam or mixed ensembles", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ5512", "Title": "Jumbie Jam - Songs of Faith - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "736211114037", "VariationOf": "jj5512", "Description": "Joyous songs of praise for children and adults. (can be used to play with other instruments too!) Each song has four parts: Melody, Harmony, Chord\/Strum and bass line, supporting multiple Jumbies or other instruments performing together. Supplied with free download practice and performance tracks. You don't have to know how to read music to use Jumbie Jam Song Books; the notes are marked by the note letter which match the notes marked on the Jumbie Jam. (Standard musical notation also incuded) Songlist: Abide With Me Amazing Grace Beautiful Savior Halle, Halle, Hallelujah Holy, Holy, Holy I Feel Like Traveling On Jesus Loves Me Shall We Gather at the River", "Bullet1":"8 songs of faith from many denominations", "Bullet2":"Suitable for beginner to intermediate players", "Bullet3":"Free download practice and performance tracks", "Bullet4":"4 part arrangements for Jumbie Jam or mixed ensembles", "Bullet5":"Add the magic of the islands to any of these hymns", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1107", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Indian junior dholak - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edhols", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318301167", "VariationOf": "pp1107", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Indian junior dholak Traditionally used as an accompaniment for Indian classical dance, the dholak is now used in a huge number of global musical styles. This dholak from the Percussion Plus Honestly Made range has a simple design with easy rope tension tuning. Featuring a brightly coloured exterior, this instrument is the perfect addition to any classroom’s percussion selection or even a festival! It is an ideal tool for teaching about culture and rhythm, all through playing. These Junior dholaks are sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments, not toys, and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. Simple yet effective design The drum skins are adjustable to raise or lower the pitch of the drum. To adjust, simply move the metal rings further up the drums to tighten, and vice versa to loosen. This makes it easy to adjust at any time, even during a performance. However, once the drum has been tuned to its desired pitch, the metal rings stay secure for stable tuning. Playing the dholak Made from mango wood, the projection and tone on this dholak is quite impressive. It is best played either by placing it in your lap on a seat, or under your knee when sitting on the floor. Typically performed using bare hands only, some styles do call for the addition of a metal ring (not included). ", "Bullet1":"Part of the Honestly Made range of musical instruments, produced ethically in developing nations", "Bullet2":"Simple, brightly-coloured design with easy rope tension tuning", "Bullet3":"Ideal tool for teaching about culture and rhythm", "Bullet4":"Adjustable to raise or lower the pitch", "Bullet5":"Impressive projection and tone", "Bullet6":"Sourced using fair trade principles", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "8","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.541666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP158", "Title": "Acme cuckoo call - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebird-calls", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547001581", "VariationOf": "pp158", "Description": "Introducing the Acme cuckoo call\nThe Acme Cuckoo call mimics a realistic and powerful cuckoo sound. Tuned to G and E, the superb tone of this hand-tuned whistle stands out for its professional quality accompanied by a great projection and volume.\nThis call could be put to use in one of the many school performances which require bird call imitations, either as part of plays, orchestral and wind band pieces, or even large-scale musicals! It can also be used as a tool for bird watching and wildlife photography. The Acme cuckoo call is great fun for all ages and top quality to boot!\n Made in the UK\nAcme whistles are manufactured in Birmingham and were carefully developed over a number of years. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\n\nSound Sample\n\n", "Bullet1":"Mimics a realistic and powerful cuckoo sound", "Bullet2":"Professional quality tone", "Bullet3":"Perfect for use in school orchestras", "Bullet4":"Handy for bird watchers and wildlife photographers", "Bullet5":"Tuned to G and E", "Bullet6":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.541666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP281", "Title": "Percussion Plus vibraslap - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003evibraslaps", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547002816", "VariationOf": "pp281", "Description": "The Vibraslap, also known as a jawbone or chatterbox is a percussion instrument that is very simple to play. Strike the ball with the palm of your hand and the vibration will travel through the metal wire, into the resonator box, which in turn rattles the metal teeth inside of it creating a chattering sound. Although most often used as a sound effect in films or for comedic effect, it has been used in well known rock songs such as: Ozzy Osbourne's 'Crazy Train' and 'Sweet Emotion' by Aerosmith.", "Bullet1":"Extremely easy to play - simply strike the ball with the palm of your hand", "Bullet2":"Sometimes referred to as a 'jawbone' or 'chatterbox'", "Bullet3":"Often used as sound effects in films for comedic effect", "Bullet4":"Strong and robust construction", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.541666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP753", "Title": "Percussion Plus easy grip hard felt beaters - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964199937", "VariationOf": "pp753", "Description": "Percussion Plus easy grip beaters offer great value money for all percussionists. These have foam rubber handles mounted on strong plastic shafts, and hard felt heads which have a lasting durability. ", "Bullet1":"Comfort grip handles", "Bullet2":"Hard felt heads", "Bullet3":"Sold as a pair", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "15","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.541666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "12.183333333333334", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP790", "Title": "Wak-a-Tube C major scale treble octave set - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547079016", "VariationOf": "pp790", "Description": "Basic treble octave starter set. Pitches included are: C40, D42, E44, F45, G47, A49, B51, and C52.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They're perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today!Our Wak-a-Tube packaging is made from 100% recyclable materials sourced from FSC certified suppliers.", "Bullet1":"Basic high octave set of 8 tubes", "Bullet2":"Diatonic major scale from C40-C52", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMade in the UK\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMade from 100% recyclable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWak-a-Tubes included\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiatonic major scale from C40-C52\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "62","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.541666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "25","Quantity_break_price_1": "12.183333333333334", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP0375", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP0375 Tambour wood shells 6\"\", 8” and 10” – pack of 3 - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambours-frame-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964130107", "VariationOf": "pp0375", "Description": "These solid wooden tambours with natural hide heads come pre-tuned as a pack of 3 sizes.The tambour is a great instrument for any percussion beginner. Percussion Plus tambours are very easy to grip, giving great playability.They produce deep and warm tones, suitable in all musical scenarios.", "Bullet1":"Bestselling tambours", "Bullet2":"Deep warm tone", "Bullet3":"Great entry level set", "Bullet4":"Natural hide heads", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "156","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.541666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP0345", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP0345 Tambour wood shells 6\"\", 8” and 10” – pack of 3 - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambours-frame-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964130091", "VariationOf": "pp0345", "Description": "The tambour is a frame drum, played by hand and without the jingles of the more common tambourine. These Percussion Plus tambours come as a set of 6'', 8” and 10” models with strong natural goat skin heads stretched over well made, bright red wooden frames. The ideal addition to classroom hand percussion supplies.", "Bullet1":"Sturdy red wooden frame", "Bullet2":"Natural hide drum head", "Bullet3":"Popular and versatile hand drums", "Bullet4":"Ideal classroom set", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "8","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.541666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP38425", "Title": "Percussion Plus hard plastic one piece beaters - box of 25 beaters - A1", "Category": "Uncategorized", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964129996", "VariationOf": "pp38425", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus hard plastic one piece beaters\nThese beaters from Percussion Plus have been designed to last the perils of the music classroom. Made from a single piece of durable plastic there is no chance of the head coming apart from the stick.\nThey are designed with a hard head which makes them ideal for use with glockenspiels and chime bars but can be used for a variety of different instruments and great to pair with the Sound Access range.", "Bullet1":"25 individual bright red beaters", "Bullet2":"Solid molded plastic, with 15mm round head", "Bullet3":"Very hard wearing", "Bullet4":"Made in the UK", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic (one piece)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "28","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.541666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP798", "Title": "Wak-a-Tubes stand - holds up to 13 tubes - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547079818", "VariationOf": "pp798", "Description": "The PP798 Wak-a-Tube stand from Percussion Plus provides excellent storage for up to a complete chromatic octave of Wak-a-Tubes. It has a row of eight holes to accommodate the PP790 diatonic set, with a second set of 5 holes positioned so that the PP791 chromatic notes can be arranged in the appropriate positions for the chromatic scale.As well as being a great way to protect the ends of your Wak-a-Tubes from damage, a PP798 stand filled with Wak-a-Tubes also provides a colourful addition to the classroom or home. The tubes can also be played with beaters whilst in the stand, although the tone will be muted by one end of the tubes being closed off.", "Bullet1":"Wooden stand with holes to fit Wak-a-Tubes", "Bullet2":"Designed to arrange PP790 diatonic set with PP791 accidentals add-on set", "Bullet3":"Will fit any length of Wak-a-Tubes", "Bullet4":"Convenient storage solution", "Bullet5":"Also serves as a colourful display", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "51","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.541666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2059", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Rainforest rhythms pack - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003epacks\u003eassorted", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318307114", "VariationOf": "rs-rfr", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Rainforest rhythms pack Explore the sounds of the rainforest with this pack from the Percussion Plus Honestly Made range. Typically featuring 5 instruments all from South America, all are handmade from independent makers using traditional materials and methods. A great tool for teaching culture, sound, and rhythm all through the power of music! A variety of sounds, textures and colours make for a full sensory experience – perfect for schools and even therapy sessions. This Global sounds pack is sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments, not toys, and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. Please note: contents may vary Traditional designs Every instrument is hand decorated with traditional designs and patterns. Each part is made by independent artisan creators, even down to the individual straps and beads. The pack contents The rainforest rhythms pack features 5 instruments from South America, typically including a monkey drum, ocarina, panpipes, rainstick and cha cha shaker. It also comes with a leaflet full of useful information about each instrument. ", "Bullet1":"All items are crafted using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Handmade instruments from South America", "Bullet3":"Includes an information card about all of the instruments", "Bullet4":"Contents may vary due to availability", "Bullet5":"Supplied in a colourful cardboard box", "Bullet6":"Responsibly sourced", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "30","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.541666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "602A", "Title": "Recorder Workshop 602A treble recorder - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003etreble", "Brand": "Recorder Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349482610", "VariationOf": "602a", "Description": "Introducing the Recorder Workshop 602A treble recorder\nThe Recorder Workshop 602A recorder is a treble\/alto instrument that is aimed towards slightly more advanced students and is best suited for use in woodwind ensembles. These recorders have been carefully constructed from lightweight, yet highly durable ABS plastic resin to offer excellent tuning and a full sound across all registers. It also features an arched windway for improved breath control and clear focused tone. It is supplied with a zipped and poppered bag, cleaning rod, fingering chart and joint grease.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Ideal for ensembles or home practice", "Bullet2":"Made from ABS plastic", "Bullet3":"3 Piece instrument pitched in the key of F", "Bullet4":"Features an arched windway", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a zipped and poppered bag, cleaning rod, fingering chart and joint grease", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "149","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "602AMB", "Title": "Recorder Workshop 602AMB simulated ebony treble recorder - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003etreble", "Brand": "Recorder Workshop", "Barcode": "5055964114213", "VariationOf": "602amb", "Description": "Introducing the Recorder Workshop 602AMB simulated ebony treble recorder\nThe Recorder Workshop 602AMB is a high-quality simulated ebony treble recorder. It has a striking matt finish throughout and an arched wind way for improved breath control. It has a clear and focused tone and excellent tuning. The 3 piece ABS body is easy to set-up and is supplied with a high quality leatherette bag. This recorder is perfect for use in schools and for solo performances.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Ideal for ensembles or home practice", "Bullet2":"Made from ABS plastic", "Bullet3":"3 Piece instrument pitched in the key of F", "Bullet4":"Features an arched windway", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a zipped and poppered bag, cleaning rod, fingering chart and joint grease", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "63","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "602AWG", "Title": "Recorder Workshop 602AWG simulated rosewood and ivory treble recorder - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003etreble", "Brand": "Recorder Workshop", "Barcode": "5055964114220", "VariationOf": "602awg", "Description": "Introducing the Recorder Workshop 602AWG simulated rosewood and ivory treble recorder\nThe Recorder Workshop 602AWG is a high-quality simulated rosewood and ivory treble recorder. It has a beautiful simulated wood body with ivory colour trim and an arched wind way for improved breath control. It has a clear and focused tone and excellent tuning. The 3 piece ABS body is easy to set-up and is supplied with a high quality leatherette bag. This recorder is perfect for use in schools and for solo performances.\n\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Ideal for ensembles or home practice", "Bullet2":"Made from ABS plastic", "Bullet3":"3 Piece instrument pitched in the key of F", "Bullet4":"Features an arched windway", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a zipped and poppered bag, cleaning rod, fingering chart and joint grease", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "75","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK57S-720", "Title": "Octopus UK57 dark brown suede effect ukulele gig bag - Soprano \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003egig-bags\u003eukulele\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318305127", "VariationOf": "uk57s-720", "Description": " \nIntroducing the Octopus UK57 ukulele gig bag - dark brown suede effect\nEffortlessly stylish with options for soprano and concert ukuleles, this suede effect ukulele gig bag from Octopus offers the perfect amount of protection for your day to day ukulele needs. Whether traveling to gigs, taking it to play with friends in the pub or storing at home, it not only keeps your ukulele safe, it does it with style!\nIn keeping with Octopus values, every detail has been attended to. The 10mm padding securely cradles your ukulele giving you added peace of mind, the handle has been ergonomically designed for comfort, and the easily adjustable back straps expand your carrying options. The gig bag also features a front pocket, encouraging storage of small accessory items such as picks, tuners, notes, and (of course) snacks. Finished to the highest standard, the UK57 ukulele gig bag is built to last. This quality and attention to detail along with the bespoke zip pulls and wave inspired logo is what makes this unmistakably Octopus.\n\n\n \nMultiple carrying options\nBringing your ukulele on a long hike or just taking it to the next room? This gig bag has you covered! A comfortable, ergonomically designed handle perfectly balances the ukulele, or for longer distances simply adjust the back straps, throw it over your shoulder and start on your way to where the ukulele takes you.\n\n\n \nBespoke zips\nLarge enough for easy gripping without weighing the bag down, snagged or failed zips aren't in this bags vocabulary. Cast with the Octopus logo for a bespoke experience, it's this attention to detail in the small things that filters through to the big things, like keeping your instrument safe.\n\n\n \nExtra storage\nThis is the bag to store it all. The front pocket makes room for all sorts: plectrums, tuner, lead sheets, spare batteries, cards, keys, gummy bears (not included!) - there's no need to bring anything else... \n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Endorsed by renowned ukulele performer and teacher Andy Eastwood", "Bullet2":"Dark brown suede effect", "Bullet3":"Adjustable shoulder straps", "Bullet4":"Sturdy carry handle", "Bullet5":"10mm padded gig bag", "Bullet6":"Zip up accessory pocket", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUK57S-720\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUK57C-720\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCase size\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSoprano ukulele\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eConcert ukulele\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSuede\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSuede\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStraps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 back straps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 back straps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCarry handle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eProtective padding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55.5cm x 18cm x 8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e63cm x 21.5cm x 8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e364g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e402g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "14","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK57C-720", "Title": "Octopus UK57 dark brown suede effect ukulele gig bag - Concert \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003egig-bags\u003eukulele\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318305103", "VariationOf": "uk57s-720", "Description": " \nIntroducing the Octopus UK57 ukulele gig bag - dark brown suede effect\nEffortlessly stylish with options for soprano and concert ukuleles, this suede effect ukulele gig bag from Octopus offers the perfect amount of protection for your day to day ukulele needs. Whether traveling to gigs, taking it to play with friends in the pub or storing at home, it not only keeps your ukulele safe, it does it with style!\nIn keeping with Octopus values, every detail has been attended to. The 10mm padding securely cradles your ukulele giving you added peace of mind, the handle has been ergonomically designed for comfort, and the easily adjustable back straps expand your carrying options. The gig bag also features a front pocket, encouraging storage of small accessory items such as picks, tuners, notes, and (of course) snacks. Finished to the highest standard, the UK57 ukulele gig bag is built to last. This quality and attention to detail along with the bespoke zip pulls and wave inspired logo is what makes this unmistakably Octopus.\n\n\n \nMultiple carrying options\nBringing your ukulele on a long hike or just taking it to the next room? This gig bag has you covered! A comfortable, ergonomically designed handle perfectly balances the ukulele, or for longer distances simply adjust the back straps, throw it over your shoulder and start on your way to where the ukulele takes you.\n\n\n \nBespoke zips\nLarge enough for easy gripping without weighing the bag down, snagged or failed zips aren't in this bags vocabulary. Cast with the Octopus logo for a bespoke experience, it's this attention to detail in the small things that filters through to the big things, like keeping your instrument safe.\n\n\n \nExtra storage\nThis is the bag to store it all. The front pocket makes room for all sorts: plectrums, tuner, lead sheets, spare batteries, cards, keys, gummy bears (not included!) - there's no need to bring anything else... \n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Endorsed by renowned ukulele performer and teacher Andy Eastwood", "Bullet2":"Dark brown suede effect", "Bullet3":"Adjustable shoulder straps", "Bullet4":"Sturdy carry handle", "Bullet5":"10mm padded gig bag", "Bullet6":"Zip up accessory pocket", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUK57S-720\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUK57C-720\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCase size\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSoprano ukulele\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eConcert ukulele\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSuede\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSuede\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStraps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 back straps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 back straps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCarry handle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eProtective padding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55.5cm x 18cm x 8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e63cm x 21.5cm x 8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e364g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e402g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "14","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK57S-710", "Title": "Octopus UK57 fine hessian ukulele gig bag - Soprano \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003egig-bags\u003eukulele\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318305110", "VariationOf": "uk57s-710", "Description": " Introducing the Octopus UK57 fine hessian ukulele gig bag Effortlessly stylish with options for soprano, concert, and tenor ukuleles, this hessian effect ukulele gig bag from Octopus offers the perfect amount of protection for your day to day ukulele needs. Whether traveling to gigs, taking it to play with friends in the pub or storing at home, it not only keeps your ukulele safe, it does it with style! In keeping with Octopus values, every detail has been attended to. The 10mm padding securely cradles your ukulele giving you added peace of mind, the handle has been ergonomically designed for comfort, and the easily adjustable back straps expand your carrying options. The gig bag also features a front pocket, encouraging storage of small accessory items such as picks, tuners, notes, and (of course) snacks. Finished to the highest standard, the UK57 ukulele gig bag is built to last. This quality and attention to detail along with the bespoke zip pulls and wave inspired logo is what makes this unmistakably Octopus. Multiple carrying options Bringing your ukulele on a long hike or just taking it to the next room? This gig bag has you covered! A comfortable, ergonomically designed handle perfectly balances the ukulele, or for longer distances simply adjust the back straps, throw it over your shoulder and start on your way to where the ukulele takes you. Bespoke zips Large enough for easy gripping without weighing the bag down, snagged or failed zips aren't in this bags vocabulary. Cast with the Octopus logo for a bespoke experience, it's this attention to detail in the small things that filters through to the big things, like keeping your instrument safe. Extra storage This is the bag to store it all. The front pocket makes room for all sorts: plectrums, tuner, lead sheets, spare batteries, cards, keys, gummy bears (not included!) - there's no need to bring anything else... ", "Bullet1":"Endorsed by renowned ukulele performer and teacher Andy Eastwood", "Bullet2":"Adjustable shoulder straps", "Bullet3":"Fabric carry handle", "Bullet4":"Padded gig bag", "Bullet5":"Zip up accessory pocket", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUK57S-710\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUK57C-720\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUK57T-720\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCase size\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSoprano ukulele\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eConcert ukulele\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTenor ukulele\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHessian\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHessian\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHessian\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStraps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 back straps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 back straps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 back straps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCarry handle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eProtective padding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55.5cm x 18cm x 8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e63cm x 21.5cm x 8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e73cm x 25cm x 10cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e364g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e402g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e740g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "78","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK57C-710", "Title": "Octopus UK57 fine hessian ukulele gig bag - Concert \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003egig-bags\u003eukulele\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318305097", "VariationOf": "uk57s-710", "Description": " Introducing the Octopus UK57 fine hessian ukulele gig bag Effortlessly stylish with options for soprano, concert, and tenor ukuleles, this hessian effect ukulele gig bag from Octopus offers the perfect amount of protection for your day to day ukulele needs. Whether traveling to gigs, taking it to play with friends in the pub or storing at home, it not only keeps your ukulele safe, it does it with style! In keeping with Octopus values, every detail has been attended to. The 10mm padding securely cradles your ukulele giving you added peace of mind, the handle has been ergonomically designed for comfort, and the easily adjustable back straps expand your carrying options. The gig bag also features a front pocket, encouraging storage of small accessory items such as picks, tuners, notes, and (of course) snacks. Finished to the highest standard, the UK57 ukulele gig bag is built to last. This quality and attention to detail along with the bespoke zip pulls and wave inspired logo is what makes this unmistakably Octopus. Multiple carrying options Bringing your ukulele on a long hike or just taking it to the next room? This gig bag has you covered! A comfortable, ergonomically designed handle perfectly balances the ukulele, or for longer distances simply adjust the back straps, throw it over your shoulder and start on your way to where the ukulele takes you. Bespoke zips Large enough for easy gripping without weighing the bag down, snagged or failed zips aren't in this bags vocabulary. Cast with the Octopus logo for a bespoke experience, it's this attention to detail in the small things that filters through to the big things, like keeping your instrument safe. Extra storage This is the bag to store it all. The front pocket makes room for all sorts: plectrums, tuner, lead sheets, spare batteries, cards, keys, gummy bears (not included!) - there's no need to bring anything else... ", "Bullet1":"Endorsed by renowned ukulele performer and teacher Andy Eastwood", "Bullet2":"Adjustable shoulder straps", "Bullet3":"Fabric carry handle", "Bullet4":"Padded gig bag", "Bullet5":"Zip up accessory pocket", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUK57S-710\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUK57C-720\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUK57T-720\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCase size\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSoprano ukulele\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eConcert ukulele\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTenor ukulele\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHessian\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHessian\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHessian\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStraps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 back straps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 back straps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 back straps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCarry handle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eProtective padding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55.5cm x 18cm x 8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e63cm x 21.5cm x 8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e73cm x 25cm x 10cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e364g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e402g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e740g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "20","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2120", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Natural seed shaker - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318308098", "VariationOf": "pp2120", "Description": "\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Natural seed shaker\nA unique and sustainable instrument, the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Natural seed shaker provides a soft rattle sound when shaken. Easy to play, simply hold by the string handle, or wrap around your wrist, then shake your instrument and enjoy the variety of sounds produced.\nThe Natural seed shaker is sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly made range of musical instruments from percussion plus. \nThese items are musical instruments, not toys, and there may be many small parts on, or in, some of them. Younger players should use them with supervision.\n\n \n\nSustainably produced and perfect for the classroom\nThe Percussion Plus Honestly Made Natural seed shaker is made from traditional materials and methods. The soft rattle sound produced by a collection of seeds held together by string.\nThis is the perfect sustainable instrument to introduce to the music classroom as part of a percussion ensemble, and for teaching young musicians about traditional instruments, all while supporting sustainable practices.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Bali using traditional methods and materials", "Bullet2":"Soft, percussive shaker sound", "Bullet3":"Simple yet effective design, made from natural materials", "Bullet4":"Great for use in the music classroom", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.541666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP172", "Title": "Acme Titanic brass thunderer whistle - Nickel plated - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewhistles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "717668111589", "VariationOf": "pp172", "Description": "Introducing the Acme Titanic brass thunderer whistle - nickel plated\nThis is a solid brass replica of the titanic whistle, originally supplied and used in 1912 on the Titanic. As an extra large thunderer whistle, it makes an impressively loud and full sound, brilliant for refereeing loud and intense sports like football or rugby.\nTrue to the original\nThese whistles are still made on the same machinery that the real titanic whistles were crafted with over a century ago, and even in the original work shop!\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme police whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\nThe Acme thunderer whistles collection\nBrass, nickel plated whistles\n\n\nAcme Titanic brass thunderer whistle - loud piercing tone, replica of whistles used on the Titanic\n\nAcme large brass thunderer whistle - large deep tone\n\nAcme small brass thunderer whistle - higher piercing tone\n\nAcme large brass thunderer finger whistle - large deep tone, attaches to finger with strap\n\nBlack plastic whistles\n\n\nAcme large thunderer whistle - large deep tone\n\nAcme medium thunderer whistle - more piercing tone\n\nAcme small thunderer whistle - clear, higher-pitched tone\n\n\nSound Sample\n\nChamberlain Music · PP172 Acme Titanic brass thunderer whistle\n\n", "Bullet1":"Produces a strong, piercing sound", "Bullet2":"Nickel plated finish", "Bullet3":"Ideal for sports referees", "Bullet4":"Replica of the Titanic whistle", "Bullet5":"Manufactured in the original Titanic workshop", "Bullet6":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.541666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "LMS18B", "Title": "Opus X frame single braced height adjustable keyboard stand - A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003efolding", "Brand": "Lawrence", "Barcode": "5060349482191", "VariationOf": "lms18b", "Description": "Introducing the Opus X frame single braced height adjustable keyboard stand\nThe Opus LMS18B keyboard stand is a strong and sturdy model, and performs superbly at a very reasonably price. It is most suited to 61 note models that weigh up to approximately 10kg. Keyboards of this size and weight are sturdy on the stand and there is little wobble.\nVersatile and reliable in all environments\nThe LMS18B offers a great solution for holding your keyboard while performing or practicing. The wide range of height adjustment on this stand from 42cm to 98cm mean that this stand can be used in a sitting or standing playing position, making it adaptable for a variety of environments.\nNon-slip rubber feet for extra certainty\nThe non-slip rubber feet mean that this stand will stay exactly where you want it to, whether on carpeted or hard floor surfaces. The sleeve protectors on the top keep the keyboard secure without marking or damaging it. The height adjustment is easy thanks to a simple gear mechanism and the strong die-cast aluminium teeth hold the stand in place at the desired height.\n", "Bullet1":"Lightweight and portable height adjustable X frame stand", "Bullet2":"Great for gigging musicians and use in the home", "Bullet3":"Die-cast aluminium height regulator with gear mesh adjustable between 42-98cm", "Bullet4":"An ideal stand for 61 note keyboards up to 10kg in weight", "Bullet5":"Stand features non-slip rubber feet supports and edge location guides", "Bullet6":"Stand folds flat to allow for easy transportation and storage", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIdeal for\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e61 note keyboards up to 10kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42-98cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7 x 49 x 100 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody Materials\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber, Aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "171","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.583333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "P9", "Title": "FZone 12 LED clip on orchestra light - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003eaccessories\u003elights", "Brand": "FZone", "Barcode": "6943017073107", "VariationOf": "p9", "Description": "\n\nThis 12 LED orchestra light is a must-have accessory for performers of all descriptions and can come in handy in all sorts of other situations too - illuminating a dark cupboard or shed, as a bedside reading light, or even as a spotlight to enhance an important display, the possibilities are endless!\n\n\n\n\n\nTop quality\nFZone's P9 boasts a strong build quality while remaining lightweight. Its light strip contains 12 bright LEDs powered by built-in rechargeable lithium battery and switched on\/off with a large button on one end. Each one will give up to 100,000 hours of illumination in total and provide 5 hours of light on a single full charge.\n\n\n\n\n\nVersatile design\nThe light has two brightness settings and is mounted on a goose-neck style arm for ultimate flexibility. The base is made of a very strong spring loaded clip for attaching to music stands, but it can also stand up by itself on a flat surface - ideal for use as a desk light when there's nothing nearby to clip on to!\n\n\n\n\n\nCharging cable included\nA USB cable is included and a separate mains charger is also available here. Either way it takes about 3 hours to charge completely and can of course be used while charging.\nTo turn the lights on, press and hold the power button. Once activated, short presses will switch between lighting levels.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Each LED lasts 100,000 hours", "Bullet2":"Inbuilt rechargeable lithium battery", "Bullet3":"3 hours charge provides 5 hours of light", "Bullet4":"Stable free standing base", "Bullet5":"Supplied with USB cable and carry pouch", "Bullet6":"Optional 5V1A power supply also available", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "52","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.541666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "12.5", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MM1", "Title": "Percussion Workshop Vibraphone \/ marimba beaters pair - 4cm purple wool head – soft \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003ewound-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349488728", "VariationOf": "mm1", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Workshop Vibraphone \/ marimba beaters pair\nThese versatile beaters from Percussion Workshop are essential for every percussionist’s stick bag. Suitable for use with a range of instruments, they are most commonly paired with vibraphones, marimbas and bass metallophones.\n\nEach stick has a well-balanced solid wooden shaft and features a wound woollen head. The cushioning woollen layer both protects delicately-tuned bars from damage and brings out the characteristic low-pitched resonance of the instruments. \n\nSold as a pair\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for all vibraphones and marimbas", "Bullet2":"Wound wool head and wooden shaft", "Bullet3":"Available in soft, medium, or medium-hard", "Bullet4":"Supplied as a pair", "Bullet5":"Produce a clear tone", "Bullet6":"Great for all-round playing and well-suited to any mallet instrument", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMM1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMM2\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMM3\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e29g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e31g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "20","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.541666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MM2", "Title": "Percussion Workshop Vibraphone \/ marimba beaters pair - 3.3cm blue wool head – medium \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003ewound-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349488735", "VariationOf": "mm1", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Workshop Vibraphone \/ marimba beaters pair\nThese versatile beaters from Percussion Workshop are essential for every percussionist’s stick bag. Suitable for use with a range of instruments, they are most commonly paired with vibraphones, marimbas and bass metallophones.\n\nEach stick has a well-balanced solid wooden shaft and features a wound woollen head. The cushioning woollen layer both protects delicately-tuned bars from damage and brings out the characteristic low-pitched resonance of the instruments. \n\nSold as a pair\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for all vibraphones and marimbas", "Bullet2":"Wound wool head and wooden shaft", "Bullet3":"Available in soft, medium, or medium-hard", "Bullet4":"Supplied as a pair", "Bullet5":"Produce a clear tone", "Bullet6":"Great for all-round playing and well-suited to any mallet instrument", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMM1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMM2\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMM3\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e29g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e31g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "24","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.541666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MM3", "Title": "Percussion Workshop Vibraphone \/ marimba beaters pair - 3.3cm red wool head – medium hard \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003ewound-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349488742", "VariationOf": "mm1", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Workshop Vibraphone \/ marimba beaters pair\nThese versatile beaters from Percussion Workshop are essential for every percussionist’s stick bag. Suitable for use with a range of instruments, they are most commonly paired with vibraphones, marimbas and bass metallophones.\n\nEach stick has a well-balanced solid wooden shaft and features a wound woollen head. The cushioning woollen layer both protects delicately-tuned bars from damage and brings out the characteristic low-pitched resonance of the instruments. \n\nSold as a pair\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for all vibraphones and marimbas", "Bullet2":"Wound wool head and wooden shaft", "Bullet3":"Available in soft, medium, or medium-hard", "Bullet4":"Supplied as a pair", "Bullet5":"Produce a clear tone", "Bullet6":"Great for all-round playing and well-suited to any mallet instrument", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMM1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMM2\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMM3\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e29g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e31g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.541666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HC06N04-E", "Title": "6oz HuskeeCup 4-pack - Natural \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001119", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-6oz-4-pack", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeCup 6oz 4-pack HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack of four is available in either natural or charcoal finishes. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is a HuskeeCup made from? A HuskeeCup is made from a unique eco-composite polymer featuring coffee husk at it's core. What is coffee husk? Coffee husk is the discarded outer layer of a coffee bean, a waste product at the milling stage of coffee production. By using HuskeeCup, you are helping to recycle hundrds of tonnes of waste material from the production of coffee. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Staying in with your coffee? A HuskeeCup locks neatly with the Classic Saucer using a hill and valley locking system. The 'valley' at the base of each cup locks neatly with the 'hill' in the middle of the saucer to make carrying and serving coffee much easier and reduces the risks of knocks and spills. Coffee on the go Each cup is compatible with the Universal Lid, featuring a triangulation of vents on its roof. This creates the perfect flow so it's just like drinking from an open cup. The fins offer exceptional insulation and can be pushed on with one hand. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made using recycled coffee husk", "Bullet2":"Pack contains four 6oz cups", "Bullet3":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet4":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup dimensions:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e79mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e86mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e106g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e175ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEco-composite polymer, coffee husk waste, food contact approved, BPA free\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e4-pack stacked height:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e170mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "53","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.76","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.875", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "12.341666666666667", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HC06C04-E", "Title": "6oz HuskeeCup 4-pack - Charcoal \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001034", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-6oz-4-pack", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeCup 6oz 4-pack HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack of four is available in either natural or charcoal finishes. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is a HuskeeCup made from? A HuskeeCup is made from a unique eco-composite polymer featuring coffee husk at it's core. What is coffee husk? Coffee husk is the discarded outer layer of a coffee bean, a waste product at the milling stage of coffee production. By using HuskeeCup, you are helping to recycle hundrds of tonnes of waste material from the production of coffee. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Staying in with your coffee? A HuskeeCup locks neatly with the Classic Saucer using a hill and valley locking system. The 'valley' at the base of each cup locks neatly with the 'hill' in the middle of the saucer to make carrying and serving coffee much easier and reduces the risks of knocks and spills. Coffee on the go Each cup is compatible with the Universal Lid, featuring a triangulation of vents on its roof. This creates the perfect flow so it's just like drinking from an open cup. The fins offer exceptional insulation and can be pushed on with one hand. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made using recycled coffee husk", "Bullet2":"Pack contains four 6oz cups", "Bullet3":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet4":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup dimensions:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e79mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e86mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e106g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e175ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEco-composite polymer, coffee husk waste, food contact approved, BPA free\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e4-pack stacked height:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e170mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "55","RRP_Inc_VAT": "25.75","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.875", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "12.333333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP0385", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP0385 Tambourine wood shells 6\"\", 8” and 9” – 3 pack - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambourines", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964130114", "VariationOf": "pp0385", "Description": "Tambourines are the perfect instruments for beginner percussionists and great for getting children excited about beats and rhythms. Each Percussion Plus tambourine is made from a finest birch plywood shell which is comfortable for young hands to grip and built to survive a busy school life. A goatskin head is held taut by 16 rivets and produces a bright resonant ping while the jingles or zils built into the frame make a crisp metallic rattle every time the instrument is struck. Each tambourine is finished in Percussion Plus’s trademark red making them wonderfully bright and colourful additions to any classroom.", "Bullet1":"Single row of jingles", "Bullet2":"Easy grip plywood shell", "Bullet3":"Striking red finish", "Bullet4":"Hardwearing natural hide head", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "62","RRP_Inc_VAT": "26.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HS06PKB01-S2C", "Title": "6oz HuskeeSteel Cup \u0026 Lid - Black \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913002116", "VariationOf": "hs06pkb01-s2c", "Description": " \nIntroducing the 8oz HuskeeSteel Cup \u0026amp; Lid \nStill with sustainability at its core, the HuskeeSteel range is manufactured using 91% post-consumer recycled steel. The 6oz cup is the perfect size for cappuccinos and flat whites and the dual walled vacuum insulated design ensures your coffee stays hotter for longer. The impressive durability of the HuskeeSteel range means that you won’t need to use paper or plastic cups for years!\nHuskeeSteel is available in four different attractive finishes - black, brushed steel, slate and white. Crafted with 91% post-consumer recycled stainless steel, these durable cups are designed for longevity, helping to significantly reduce waste over time. Sustainability is at the heart of Huskee’s mission, addressing the staggering 7 million disposable coffee cups discarded daily in the UK.\nThe Black, White and Slate cups also ensure that your coffee tastes pure and delicious without any metallic aftertaste.\nIMPORTANT NOTICE: When cleaning your HuskeeSteel cup, we highly advise you not to use abrasive cleaners, scrub brushes, or harsh chemicals as they may damage the powder-coated finish.\n\n\n \nCoffee on the go\nThis cup is supplied with a stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow. With strong insulation properties due to a dual walled vacuum design, the HuskeeSteel cup is ideal for commuters or anyone with a busy morning, fitting in any standard car cup holder.\n\n\n \nHow to clean your HuskeeSteel\nCleaning the exterior\nRinse the HuskeeSteel with warm water to remove any particles or dirt. Use a mild dish soap and a soft sponge or cloth to gently was the cup’s interior and exterior, then rinse the cup thoroughly with warm water to eliminate any soap residue. \nCleaning the interior (lined with ceramic)\nGently hand wash the cup using warm water and mild detergent then rinse the cup thoroughly with warm water to ensure all detergent is removed.\nThe brushed steel finish is dishwasher safe, but the other three must always be washed by hand.\n\n\n\n\n\nHuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future\nHuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste.\n\n\n\n\n\n\nWholsale packs and custom cups\nGreat for cafes and offices, HuskeeSteel cups are also available in great-value wholesale packs, allowing to to purchase a large quanitity of cups at a discounted price.\n Enhance your HuskeeSteel cup with a personal touch! Our advanced laser engraving process allows you to customize any HuskeeSteel product with your logo, perfect for companies, events and for use as promotional items. See here for more information.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 91% recycled stainless steel", "Bullet2":"Dual walled vacuum insulated design", "Bullet3":"Durable, reusable, and sustainable", "Bullet4":"Nontoxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Supplied with the Stopper Lid", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 0.2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e79mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e86mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e175ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "28.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HS06PKT01-S2C", "Title": "6oz HuskeeSteel Cup \u0026 Lid - Slate \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": null, "VariationOf": "hs06pkb01-s2c", "Description": " \nIntroducing the 8oz HuskeeSteel Cup \u0026amp; Lid \nStill with sustainability at its core, the HuskeeSteel range is manufactured using 91% post-consumer recycled steel. The 6oz cup is the perfect size for cappuccinos and flat whites and the dual walled vacuum insulated design ensures your coffee stays hotter for longer. The impressive durability of the HuskeeSteel range means that you won’t need to use paper or plastic cups for years!\nHuskeeSteel is available in four different attractive finishes - black, brushed steel, slate and white. Crafted with 91% post-consumer recycled stainless steel, these durable cups are designed for longevity, helping to significantly reduce waste over time. Sustainability is at the heart of Huskee’s mission, addressing the staggering 7 million disposable coffee cups discarded daily in the UK.\nThe Black, White and Slate cups also ensure that your coffee tastes pure and delicious without any metallic aftertaste.\nIMPORTANT NOTICE: When cleaning your HuskeeSteel cup, we highly advise you not to use abrasive cleaners, scrub brushes, or harsh chemicals as they may damage the powder-coated finish.\n\n\n \nCoffee on the go\nThis cup is supplied with a stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow. With strong insulation properties due to a dual walled vacuum design, the HuskeeSteel cup is ideal for commuters or anyone with a busy morning, fitting in any standard car cup holder.\n\n\n \nHow to clean your HuskeeSteel\nCleaning the exterior\nRinse the HuskeeSteel with warm water to remove any particles or dirt. Use a mild dish soap and a soft sponge or cloth to gently was the cup’s interior and exterior, then rinse the cup thoroughly with warm water to eliminate any soap residue. \nCleaning the interior (lined with ceramic)\nGently hand wash the cup using warm water and mild detergent then rinse the cup thoroughly with warm water to ensure all detergent is removed.\nThe brushed steel finish is dishwasher safe, but the other three must always be washed by hand.\n\n\n\n\n\nHuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future\nHuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste.\n\n\n\n\n\n\nWholsale packs and custom cups\nGreat for cafes and offices, HuskeeSteel cups are also available in great-value wholesale packs, allowing to to purchase a large quanitity of cups at a discounted price.\n Enhance your HuskeeSteel cup with a personal touch! Our advanced laser engraving process allows you to customize any HuskeeSteel product with your logo, perfect for companies, events and for use as promotional items. See here for more information.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 91% recycled stainless steel", "Bullet2":"Dual walled vacuum insulated design", "Bullet3":"Durable, reusable, and sustainable", "Bullet4":"Nontoxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Supplied with the Stopper Lid", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 0.2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e79mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e86mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e175ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "28.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HS06PKU01-S2C", "Title": "6oz HuskeeSteel Cup \u0026 Lid - Brushed steel \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": null, "VariationOf": "hs06pkb01-s2c", "Description": " \nIntroducing the 8oz HuskeeSteel Cup \u0026amp; Lid \nStill with sustainability at its core, the HuskeeSteel range is manufactured using 91% post-consumer recycled steel. The 6oz cup is the perfect size for cappuccinos and flat whites and the dual walled vacuum insulated design ensures your coffee stays hotter for longer. The impressive durability of the HuskeeSteel range means that you won’t need to use paper or plastic cups for years!\nHuskeeSteel is available in four different attractive finishes - black, brushed steel, slate and white. Crafted with 91% post-consumer recycled stainless steel, these durable cups are designed for longevity, helping to significantly reduce waste over time. Sustainability is at the heart of Huskee’s mission, addressing the staggering 7 million disposable coffee cups discarded daily in the UK.\nThe Black, White and Slate cups also ensure that your coffee tastes pure and delicious without any metallic aftertaste.\nIMPORTANT NOTICE: When cleaning your HuskeeSteel cup, we highly advise you not to use abrasive cleaners, scrub brushes, or harsh chemicals as they may damage the powder-coated finish.\n\n\n \nCoffee on the go\nThis cup is supplied with a stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow. With strong insulation properties due to a dual walled vacuum design, the HuskeeSteel cup is ideal for commuters or anyone with a busy morning, fitting in any standard car cup holder.\n\n\n \nHow to clean your HuskeeSteel\nCleaning the exterior\nRinse the HuskeeSteel with warm water to remove any particles or dirt. Use a mild dish soap and a soft sponge or cloth to gently was the cup’s interior and exterior, then rinse the cup thoroughly with warm water to eliminate any soap residue. \nCleaning the interior (lined with ceramic)\nGently hand wash the cup using warm water and mild detergent then rinse the cup thoroughly with warm water to ensure all detergent is removed.\nThe brushed steel finish is dishwasher safe, but the other three must always be washed by hand.\n\n\n\n\n\nHuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future\nHuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste.\n\n\n\n\n\n\nWholsale packs and custom cups\nGreat for cafes and offices, HuskeeSteel cups are also available in great-value wholesale packs, allowing to to purchase a large quanitity of cups at a discounted price.\n Enhance your HuskeeSteel cup with a personal touch! Our advanced laser engraving process allows you to customize any HuskeeSteel product with your logo, perfect for companies, events and for use as promotional items. See here for more information.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 91% recycled stainless steel", "Bullet2":"Dual walled vacuum insulated design", "Bullet3":"Durable, reusable, and sustainable", "Bullet4":"Nontoxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Supplied with the Stopper Lid", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 0.2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e79mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e86mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e175ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "26.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HS06PKW01-S2C", "Title": "6oz HuskeeSteel Cup \u0026 Lid - White \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": null, "VariationOf": "hs06pkb01-s2c", "Description": " \nIntroducing the 8oz HuskeeSteel Cup \u0026amp; Lid \nStill with sustainability at its core, the HuskeeSteel range is manufactured using 91% post-consumer recycled steel. The 6oz cup is the perfect size for cappuccinos and flat whites and the dual walled vacuum insulated design ensures your coffee stays hotter for longer. The impressive durability of the HuskeeSteel range means that you won’t need to use paper or plastic cups for years!\nHuskeeSteel is available in four different attractive finishes - black, brushed steel, slate and white. Crafted with 91% post-consumer recycled stainless steel, these durable cups are designed for longevity, helping to significantly reduce waste over time. Sustainability is at the heart of Huskee’s mission, addressing the staggering 7 million disposable coffee cups discarded daily in the UK.\nThe Black, White and Slate cups also ensure that your coffee tastes pure and delicious without any metallic aftertaste.\nIMPORTANT NOTICE: When cleaning your HuskeeSteel cup, we highly advise you not to use abrasive cleaners, scrub brushes, or harsh chemicals as they may damage the powder-coated finish.\n\n\n \nCoffee on the go\nThis cup is supplied with a stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow. With strong insulation properties due to a dual walled vacuum design, the HuskeeSteel cup is ideal for commuters or anyone with a busy morning, fitting in any standard car cup holder.\n\n\n \nHow to clean your HuskeeSteel\nCleaning the exterior\nRinse the HuskeeSteel with warm water to remove any particles or dirt. Use a mild dish soap and a soft sponge or cloth to gently was the cup’s interior and exterior, then rinse the cup thoroughly with warm water to eliminate any soap residue. \nCleaning the interior (lined with ceramic)\nGently hand wash the cup using warm water and mild detergent then rinse the cup thoroughly with warm water to ensure all detergent is removed.\nThe brushed steel finish is dishwasher safe, but the other three must always be washed by hand.\n\n\n\n\n\nHuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future\nHuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste.\n\n\n\n\n\n\nWholsale packs and custom cups\nGreat for cafes and offices, HuskeeSteel cups are also available in great-value wholesale packs, allowing to to purchase a large quanitity of cups at a discounted price.\n Enhance your HuskeeSteel cup with a personal touch! Our advanced laser engraving process allows you to customize any HuskeeSteel product with your logo, perfect for companies, events and for use as promotional items. See here for more information.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 91% recycled stainless steel", "Bullet2":"Dual walled vacuum insulated design", "Bullet3":"Durable, reusable, and sustainable", "Bullet4":"Nontoxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Supplied with the Stopper Lid", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 0.2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e79mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e86mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e175ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "28.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP425", "Title": "Percussion Plus Indian bells pair of pairs - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecymbals\u003efinger", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547004254", "VariationOf": "pp425", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus Indian bells pair of pairs\nSometimes known as zils, these are tiny cymbals sometimes used in belly dancing and similar performances. These Indian cymbals on cords are similar to the Percussion Plus Tibetan Tingsha bells but are made from brass instead of bronze and come in two pairs. These bells are ideal for kids as they are fun and easy to play.", "Bullet1":"Pair of Indian bells", "Bullet2":"Sometimes known as zils", "Bullet3":"Cords on each for ease of playing", "Bullet4":"Made from brass (Approx - 191g)", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "206","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP627", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Bronze embossed Tibetan bells - pair - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecymbals\u003efinger", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547006272", "VariationOf": "pp627", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Bronze embossed Tibetan bells Also called ‘Tingsa’ or ‘Tingsha’, Tibetan bells are traditionally used by Buddhists during offerings, prayer, and meditation. They produce a high-pitched ringing tone when struck together. This pair is heavily embossed with the 'Om Mani Padme Hum' design, a commonly seen mantra in Buddhism. They are also supplied with a colourful drawstring pouch for protection in storage and transport. These Tibetan bells are made using sustainable resources and are sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. The traditional design The ‘Om Mani Padme Hum' design depicts the most seen mantra in Buddhism, which is embossed onto the bells for a traditional look. The bells are held together by a leather strap, ensuring durability and a resonant sound. A multitude of uses In addition to their use as an aid to meditation, Tibetan bells are increasingly used in sound therapy for the ‘clearing’ of rooms. They are often also used in modern orchestral works or to add a sound effect in recording sessions. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Nepal using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Produces a high pitched, long lasting sound", "Bullet3":"Heavily embossed with 'Om Mani Padme Hum' design", "Bullet4":"Easy to play, simply use the leather strap to strike the bells together", "Bullet5":"Great for sound therapy and for meditation", "Bullet6":"Responsibly sourced", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "33","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1004-C28", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass metallophone - C28 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349487011", "VariationOf": "ms1004", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass metallophone\nThese are the MS1004 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with bass metallophones: PP021 and PP022.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP021, PP022", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1004-CSHARP29", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass metallophone - C#29 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118556", "VariationOf": "ms1004", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass metallophone\nThese are the MS1004 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with bass metallophones: PP021 and PP022.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP021, PP022", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1004-D30", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass metallophone - D30 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118587", "VariationOf": "ms1004", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass metallophone\nThese are the MS1004 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with bass metallophones: PP021 and PP022.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP021, PP022", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1004-DSHARP31", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass metallophone - D#31 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118570", "VariationOf": "ms1004", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass metallophone\nThese are the MS1004 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with bass metallophones: PP021 and PP022.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP021, PP022", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1004-E32", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass metallophone - E32 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118600", "VariationOf": "ms1004", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass metallophone\nThese are the MS1004 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with bass metallophones: PP021 and PP022.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP021, PP022", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1004-F33", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass metallophone - F33 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118648", "VariationOf": "ms1004", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass metallophone\nThese are the MS1004 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with bass metallophones: PP021 and PP022.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP021, PP022", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "13","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1004-FSHARP34", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass metallophone - F#34 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118624", "VariationOf": "ms1004", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass metallophone\nThese are the MS1004 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with bass metallophones: PP021 and PP022.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP021, PP022", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1004-G35", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass metallophone - G35 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118686", "VariationOf": "ms1004", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass metallophone\nThese are the MS1004 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with bass metallophones: PP021 and PP022.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP021, PP022", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "13","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1004-GSHARP36", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass metallophone - G#36 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118662", "VariationOf": "ms1004", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass metallophone\nThese are the MS1004 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with bass metallophones: PP021 and PP022.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP021, PP022", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1004-A37", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass metallophone - A37 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118518", "VariationOf": "ms1004", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass metallophone\nThese are the MS1004 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with bass metallophones: PP021 and PP022.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP021, PP022", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1004-BB38", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass metallophone - A#38 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118549", "VariationOf": "ms1004", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass metallophone\nThese are the MS1004 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with bass metallophones: PP021 and PP022.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP021, PP022", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "14","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1004-B39", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass metallophone - B39 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118532", "VariationOf": "ms1004", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass metallophone\nThese are the MS1004 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with bass metallophones: PP021 and PP022.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP021, PP022", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1004-C40", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass metallophone - C40 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118563", "VariationOf": "ms1004", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass metallophone\nThese are the MS1004 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with bass metallophones: PP021 and PP022.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP021, PP022", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1004-D42", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass metallophone - D42 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118594", "VariationOf": "ms1004", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass metallophone\nThese are the MS1004 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with bass metallophones: PP021 and PP022.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP021, PP022", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1004-E44", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass metallophone - E44 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118617", "VariationOf": "ms1004", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass metallophone\nThese are the MS1004 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with bass metallophones: PP021 and PP022.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP021, PP022", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1004-F45", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass metallophone - F45 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118655", "VariationOf": "ms1004", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass metallophone\nThese are the MS1004 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with bass metallophones: PP021 and PP022.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP021, PP022", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1004-FSHARP46", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass metallophone - F#46 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118631", "VariationOf": "ms1004", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass metallophone\nThese are the MS1004 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with bass metallophones: PP021 and PP022.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP021, PP022", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1004-G47", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass metallophone - G47 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118693", "VariationOf": "ms1004", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass metallophone\nThese are the MS1004 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with bass metallophones: PP021 and PP022.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP021, PP022", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1004-GSHARP48", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass metallophone - G#48 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118679", "VariationOf": "ms1004", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass metallophone\nThese are the MS1004 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with bass metallophones: PP021 and PP022.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP021, PP022", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1004-A49", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass metallophone - A49 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118525", "VariationOf": "ms1004", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass metallophone\nThese are the MS1004 spare metallophone note bars from Percussion Plus. Finished in a bright metallic silver, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with bass metallophones: PP021 and PP022.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP021, PP022", "Bullet2":"Finished in a bright metallic silver", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MMX63VN", "Title": "Sonix by MMX student Sandalwood violin bow - 4\/4 full size \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ebows\u003eviolin", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": "5056318301303", "VariationOf": "mmx63vn", "Description": "\n\nThe MMX63 series student bows are a great choice for replacing the bow supplied with a student outfit or to carry as a second bow.\nThe octagonal stick has a pleasing curve and good springy tension which will help with string crossing and various bowing techniques. The lapping adds the correct weighting to the bow.\nThese bows look the part too – the detailing on the frog slider and eyes catch the light to showcase the mother of pearl inlays. Each bow is embossed with the Sonix brand.\nAvailable for Violin, Viola, Cello and French style Double Bass.", "Bullet1":"Octagonal Sandalwood stick", "Bullet2":"Ideal second or replacement bow", "Bullet3":"Evenly weighted", "Bullet4":"Ebony and white copper fittings", "Bullet5":"Quality adjuster", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VN\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VN12\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VN14\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VN18\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VN34\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBow Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e74.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e62\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e51\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e68\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHair Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e66\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e54.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e47.4\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e43.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e65\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e46\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e65\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "111","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MMX63VN12", "Title": "Sonix by MMX student Sandalwood violin bow - 1\/2 half size \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ebows\u003eviolin", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": "5056318301327", "VariationOf": "mmx63vn", "Description": "\n\nThe MMX63 series student bows are a great choice for replacing the bow supplied with a student outfit or to carry as a second bow.\nThe octagonal stick has a pleasing curve and good springy tension which will help with string crossing and various bowing techniques. The lapping adds the correct weighting to the bow.\nThese bows look the part too – the detailing on the frog slider and eyes catch the light to showcase the mother of pearl inlays. Each bow is embossed with the Sonix brand.\nAvailable for Violin, Viola, Cello and French style Double Bass.", "Bullet1":"Octagonal Sandalwood stick", "Bullet2":"Ideal second or replacement bow", "Bullet3":"Evenly weighted", "Bullet4":"Ebony and white copper fittings", "Bullet5":"Quality adjuster", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VN\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VN12\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VN14\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VN18\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VN34\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBow Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e74.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e62\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e51\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e68\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHair Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e66\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e54.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e47.4\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e43.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e65\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e46\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e65\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "66","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MMX63VN14", "Title": "Sonix by MMX student Sandalwood violin bow - 1\/4 quarter size \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ebows\u003eviolin", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": "5056318301334", "VariationOf": "mmx63vn", "Description": "\n\nThe MMX63 series student bows are a great choice for replacing the bow supplied with a student outfit or to carry as a second bow.\nThe octagonal stick has a pleasing curve and good springy tension which will help with string crossing and various bowing techniques. The lapping adds the correct weighting to the bow.\nThese bows look the part too – the detailing on the frog slider and eyes catch the light to showcase the mother of pearl inlays. Each bow is embossed with the Sonix brand.\nAvailable for Violin, Viola, Cello and French style Double Bass.", "Bullet1":"Octagonal Sandalwood stick", "Bullet2":"Ideal second or replacement bow", "Bullet3":"Evenly weighted", "Bullet4":"Ebony and white copper fittings", "Bullet5":"Quality adjuster", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VN\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VN12\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VN14\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VN18\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VN34\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBow Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e74.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e62\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e51\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e68\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHair Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e66\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e54.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e47.4\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e43.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e65\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e46\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e65\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "57","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "12.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MMX63VN18", "Title": "Sonix by MMX student Sandalwood violin bow - 1\/8 eighth size \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ebows\u003eviolin", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": "5056318301341", "VariationOf": "mmx63vn", "Description": "\n\nThe MMX63 series student bows are a great choice for replacing the bow supplied with a student outfit or to carry as a second bow.\nThe octagonal stick has a pleasing curve and good springy tension which will help with string crossing and various bowing techniques. The lapping adds the correct weighting to the bow.\nThese bows look the part too – the detailing on the frog slider and eyes catch the light to showcase the mother of pearl inlays. Each bow is embossed with the Sonix brand.\nAvailable for Violin, Viola, Cello and French style Double Bass.", "Bullet1":"Octagonal Sandalwood stick", "Bullet2":"Ideal second or replacement bow", "Bullet3":"Evenly weighted", "Bullet4":"Ebony and white copper fittings", "Bullet5":"Quality adjuster", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VN\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VN12\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VN14\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VN18\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VN34\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBow Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e74.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e62\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e51\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e68\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHair Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e66\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e54.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e47.4\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e43.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e65\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e46\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e65\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MMX63VN34", "Title": "Sonix by MMX student Sandalwood violin bow - 3\/4 three quarter size \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ebows\u003eviolin", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": "5056318301310", "VariationOf": "mmx63vn", "Description": "\n\nThe MMX63 series student bows are a great choice for replacing the bow supplied with a student outfit or to carry as a second bow.\nThe octagonal stick has a pleasing curve and good springy tension which will help with string crossing and various bowing techniques. The lapping adds the correct weighting to the bow.\nThese bows look the part too – the detailing on the frog slider and eyes catch the light to showcase the mother of pearl inlays. Each bow is embossed with the Sonix brand.\nAvailable for Violin, Viola, Cello and French style Double Bass.", "Bullet1":"Octagonal Sandalwood stick", "Bullet2":"Ideal second or replacement bow", "Bullet3":"Evenly weighted", "Bullet4":"Ebony and white copper fittings", "Bullet5":"Quality adjuster", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VN\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VN12\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VN14\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VN18\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VN34\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBow Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e74.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e62\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e51\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e68\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHair Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e66\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e54.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e47.4\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e43.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e65\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e46\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e65\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "29","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP920", "Title": "Percussion Plus 25 note chromatic junior glockenspiel - Red - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eglockenspiels\u003eeducational", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547009204", "VariationOf": "pp920", "Description": "Perfect for home or school\nThe Percussion Plus 25 note chromatic glockenspiel is ideal for the classroom or for the budding musician at home. The instrument is housed in a strong bright red plastic case with 25 notes that are accurately tuned and arranged exactly like a piano keyboard. The note bars are black and white and have their name etched clearly onto the bar which makes things much easier for the younger player. The note range is from G59 to G83, so starting within the octave above middle C.\n\nGreat quality and value\nOur quantity discounts make bulk purchases terrific value and being a Percussion Plus model you can be sure that the PP920's design and sound quality will be first rate. The sound is bright and clear and the model even has folding legs on the bottom of the case which elevate the glockenspiel off the floor for improved overall resonance.\n\nComplete with everything you need\nThe plastic carry case makes this model portable and easy to store whilst protecting the instrument too. It also comes complete with a pair of bright yellow, one piece beaters.\n\nListen\n\nTuning compass", "Bullet1":"25 note, 2 octave glockenspiel", "Bullet2":"Chromatic range from G59 to G83", "Bullet3":"Note names etched on note bars", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright sound quality", "Bullet5":"Supplied in sturdy bright red plastic case for easy storage", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e24.0cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e4.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.3kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1463","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.625", "Quantity_break_1": "20","Quantity_break_price_1": "13.158333333333333", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6630", "Title": "Percussion Plus Slap Djembe pre-tuned - 6 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964131142", "VariationOf": "pp663-djembe", "Description": "\n\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Slap Djembe pre-tuned\nThe original Slap Djembe - a perfect musical tool for schools. The interactive nature of learning djembe drumming not only makes for fantastic music education for youngsters, but also a great therapeutic activity for all ages. With their instructive drumheads and robust construction, Slap Djembes make a brilliant addition to music education settings.\nSlap djembes have become well known for their excellent ease of play, lightweight portability, and impressive sound. The slap djembes also stand out with their colourful designs, finely tuned drum heads, and durability, making them an excellent choice for group sessions, performances and demonstrations.\nOur pre-tuned djembes are sleek, easy to use and great value products. They are the ideal instrument for younger school groups, and provide a simple and affordable way into drumming for groups of all ages and experience levels. Slap Djembes have proven popular for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET) and even as part of CPD programmes for teachers looking to develop their musical options and skills!\n\n\n\n\nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n\n\n“The first thing I noticed about the drums is how incredibly light they are. This makes them ideal for use in educational settings that involve young children or older children who may find holding the instrument difficult. The real benefit of these instruments is that the drumhead has been printed with graphics of the hand positions to show exactly where to play the drum to achieve the correct sounds. The construction is solid, they have good tone, are good to look at, and are fun to play.”\nAndy Gleadhill - Percussion Plus Global Ambassador \n\n\n\nLet's play together\nWith these Slap Djembes from Percussion Plus, you get a great looking high-quality instrument with an innovative 'how to play' guide printed on the drum skin. There are many different techniques used to produce tones on a djembe and any of these can be used on our djembes. The printed graphic on the head of the drum offers suggested hand positions for the three main techniques on a djembe: Slap, Tone, and Bass\nWith this easy method, teaching and learning is simple and allows you to tailor your class to include visual as well as instructive and aural learners, providing an inclusive way into music making for all levels and abilities. It's no surprise that these drums have become very popular in schools over the last few years.\n\n\n\n\nFun look, vibrant sound\nThe colourful pattern wrapped around and bonded to the drum gives a fun look suitable for classes and personal use, as well as festivals, demonstrations, and events. Their lightweight body and carrying strap also allows for easy transportation between and during playing sessions or events.\n\n\n\nThe design on the drum head shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring. The Bass The best sound is achieved in the centre of the drum. Keep your palm flat and stiff and strike the drum firmly. The Tone Straighten all your fingers at the same time. There are numerous hand positions that can be used to create the tone. Think of your hand as a straight extension of your arm, and you should get a solid ‘thud’ sound. The Slap This stroke can be played in the same position as the tone, the difference is that one relaxes the hand and arm to hit the drum with a slap-like motion. Spreading your fingers out slightly when they strike the djembe helps create a crisp clear sound. ", "Bullet1":"The original in the Slap Djembe range", "Bullet2":"'How to play' synthetic drum head for easy teaching and learning", "Bullet3":"Heat sealed cotton cloth exterior with vibrant design", "Bullet4":"Very lightweight and robust synthetic shell", "Bullet5":"Great sound quality with whip crack highs and booming bass tones", "Bullet6":"Deluxe rubber no-scuff base", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6630\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.75kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6631\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6632\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.5kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6633\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.5kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLightweight PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead\/skin material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSynthetic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning method\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "221","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6631", "Title": "Percussion Plus Slap Djembe pre-tuned - 8 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964131159", "VariationOf": "pp663-djembe", "Description": "\n\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Slap Djembe pre-tuned\nThe original Slap Djembe - a perfect musical tool for schools. The interactive nature of learning djembe drumming not only makes for fantastic music education for youngsters, but also a great therapeutic activity for all ages. With their instructive drumheads and robust construction, Slap Djembes make a brilliant addition to music education settings.\nSlap djembes have become well known for their excellent ease of play, lightweight portability, and impressive sound. The slap djembes also stand out with their colourful designs, finely tuned drum heads, and durability, making them an excellent choice for group sessions, performances and demonstrations.\nOur pre-tuned djembes are sleek, easy to use and great value products. They are the ideal instrument for younger school groups, and provide a simple and affordable way into drumming for groups of all ages and experience levels. Slap Djembes have proven popular for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET) and even as part of CPD programmes for teachers looking to develop their musical options and skills!\n\n\n\n\nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n\n\n“The first thing I noticed about the drums is how incredibly light they are. This makes them ideal for use in educational settings that involve young children or older children who may find holding the instrument difficult. The real benefit of these instruments is that the drumhead has been printed with graphics of the hand positions to show exactly where to play the drum to achieve the correct sounds. The construction is solid, they have good tone, are good to look at, and are fun to play.”\nAndy Gleadhill - Percussion Plus Global Ambassador \n\n\n\nLet's play together\nWith these Slap Djembes from Percussion Plus, you get a great looking high-quality instrument with an innovative 'how to play' guide printed on the drum skin. There are many different techniques used to produce tones on a djembe and any of these can be used on our djembes. The printed graphic on the head of the drum offers suggested hand positions for the three main techniques on a djembe: Slap, Tone, and Bass\nWith this easy method, teaching and learning is simple and allows you to tailor your class to include visual as well as instructive and aural learners, providing an inclusive way into music making for all levels and abilities. It's no surprise that these drums have become very popular in schools over the last few years.\n\n\n\n\nFun look, vibrant sound\nThe colourful pattern wrapped around and bonded to the drum gives a fun look suitable for classes and personal use, as well as festivals, demonstrations, and events. Their lightweight body and carrying strap also allows for easy transportation between and during playing sessions or events.\n\n\n\nThe design on the drum head shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring. The Bass The best sound is achieved in the centre of the drum. Keep your palm flat and stiff and strike the drum firmly. The Tone Straighten all your fingers at the same time. There are numerous hand positions that can be used to create the tone. Think of your hand as a straight extension of your arm, and you should get a solid ‘thud’ sound. The Slap This stroke can be played in the same position as the tone, the difference is that one relaxes the hand and arm to hit the drum with a slap-like motion. Spreading your fingers out slightly when they strike the djembe helps create a crisp clear sound. ", "Bullet1":"The original in the Slap Djembe range", "Bullet2":"'How to play' synthetic drum head for easy teaching and learning", "Bullet3":"Heat sealed cotton cloth exterior with vibrant design", "Bullet4":"Very lightweight and robust synthetic shell", "Bullet5":"Great sound quality with whip crack highs and booming bass tones", "Bullet6":"Deluxe rubber no-scuff base", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6630\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.75kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6631\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6632\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.5kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6633\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.5kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLightweight PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead\/skin material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSynthetic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning method\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "178","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.958333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6632", "Title": "Percussion Plus Slap Djembe pre-tuned - 10 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964131166", "VariationOf": "pp663-djembe", "Description": "\n\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Slap Djembe pre-tuned\nThe original Slap Djembe - a perfect musical tool for schools. The interactive nature of learning djembe drumming not only makes for fantastic music education for youngsters, but also a great therapeutic activity for all ages. With their instructive drumheads and robust construction, Slap Djembes make a brilliant addition to music education settings.\nSlap djembes have become well known for their excellent ease of play, lightweight portability, and impressive sound. The slap djembes also stand out with their colourful designs, finely tuned drum heads, and durability, making them an excellent choice for group sessions, performances and demonstrations.\nOur pre-tuned djembes are sleek, easy to use and great value products. They are the ideal instrument for younger school groups, and provide a simple and affordable way into drumming for groups of all ages and experience levels. Slap Djembes have proven popular for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET) and even as part of CPD programmes for teachers looking to develop their musical options and skills!\n\n\n\n\nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n\n\n“The first thing I noticed about the drums is how incredibly light they are. This makes them ideal for use in educational settings that involve young children or older children who may find holding the instrument difficult. The real benefit of these instruments is that the drumhead has been printed with graphics of the hand positions to show exactly where to play the drum to achieve the correct sounds. The construction is solid, they have good tone, are good to look at, and are fun to play.”\nAndy Gleadhill - Percussion Plus Global Ambassador \n\n\n\nLet's play together\nWith these Slap Djembes from Percussion Plus, you get a great looking high-quality instrument with an innovative 'how to play' guide printed on the drum skin. There are many different techniques used to produce tones on a djembe and any of these can be used on our djembes. The printed graphic on the head of the drum offers suggested hand positions for the three main techniques on a djembe: Slap, Tone, and Bass\nWith this easy method, teaching and learning is simple and allows you to tailor your class to include visual as well as instructive and aural learners, providing an inclusive way into music making for all levels and abilities. It's no surprise that these drums have become very popular in schools over the last few years.\n\n\n\n\nFun look, vibrant sound\nThe colourful pattern wrapped around and bonded to the drum gives a fun look suitable for classes and personal use, as well as festivals, demonstrations, and events. Their lightweight body and carrying strap also allows for easy transportation between and during playing sessions or events.\n\n\n\nThe design on the drum head shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring. The Bass The best sound is achieved in the centre of the drum. Keep your palm flat and stiff and strike the drum firmly. The Tone Straighten all your fingers at the same time. There are numerous hand positions that can be used to create the tone. Think of your hand as a straight extension of your arm, and you should get a solid ‘thud’ sound. The Slap This stroke can be played in the same position as the tone, the difference is that one relaxes the hand and arm to hit the drum with a slap-like motion. Spreading your fingers out slightly when they strike the djembe helps create a crisp clear sound. ", "Bullet1":"The original in the Slap Djembe range", "Bullet2":"'How to play' synthetic drum head for easy teaching and learning", "Bullet3":"Heat sealed cotton cloth exterior with vibrant design", "Bullet4":"Very lightweight and robust synthetic shell", "Bullet5":"Great sound quality with whip crack highs and booming bass tones", "Bullet6":"Deluxe rubber no-scuff base", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6630\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.75kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6631\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6632\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.5kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6633\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.5kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLightweight PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead\/skin material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSynthetic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning method\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "212","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "31.958333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6633", "Title": "Percussion Plus Slap Djembe pre-tuned - 12 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964131173", "VariationOf": "pp663-djembe", "Description": "\n\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Slap Djembe pre-tuned\nThe original Slap Djembe - a perfect musical tool for schools. The interactive nature of learning djembe drumming not only makes for fantastic music education for youngsters, but also a great therapeutic activity for all ages. With their instructive drumheads and robust construction, Slap Djembes make a brilliant addition to music education settings.\nSlap djembes have become well known for their excellent ease of play, lightweight portability, and impressive sound. The slap djembes also stand out with their colourful designs, finely tuned drum heads, and durability, making them an excellent choice for group sessions, performances and demonstrations.\nOur pre-tuned djembes are sleek, easy to use and great value products. They are the ideal instrument for younger school groups, and provide a simple and affordable way into drumming for groups of all ages and experience levels. Slap Djembes have proven popular for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET) and even as part of CPD programmes for teachers looking to develop their musical options and skills!\n\n\n\n\nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n\n\n“The first thing I noticed about the drums is how incredibly light they are. This makes them ideal for use in educational settings that involve young children or older children who may find holding the instrument difficult. The real benefit of these instruments is that the drumhead has been printed with graphics of the hand positions to show exactly where to play the drum to achieve the correct sounds. The construction is solid, they have good tone, are good to look at, and are fun to play.”\nAndy Gleadhill - Percussion Plus Global Ambassador \n\n\n\nLet's play together\nWith these Slap Djembes from Percussion Plus, you get a great looking high-quality instrument with an innovative 'how to play' guide printed on the drum skin. There are many different techniques used to produce tones on a djembe and any of these can be used on our djembes. The printed graphic on the head of the drum offers suggested hand positions for the three main techniques on a djembe: Slap, Tone, and Bass\nWith this easy method, teaching and learning is simple and allows you to tailor your class to include visual as well as instructive and aural learners, providing an inclusive way into music making for all levels and abilities. It's no surprise that these drums have become very popular in schools over the last few years.\n\n\n\n\nFun look, vibrant sound\nThe colourful pattern wrapped around and bonded to the drum gives a fun look suitable for classes and personal use, as well as festivals, demonstrations, and events. Their lightweight body and carrying strap also allows for easy transportation between and during playing sessions or events.\n\n\n\nThe design on the drum head shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring. The Bass The best sound is achieved in the centre of the drum. Keep your palm flat and stiff and strike the drum firmly. The Tone Straighten all your fingers at the same time. There are numerous hand positions that can be used to create the tone. Think of your hand as a straight extension of your arm, and you should get a solid ‘thud’ sound. The Slap This stroke can be played in the same position as the tone, the difference is that one relaxes the hand and arm to hit the drum with a slap-like motion. Spreading your fingers out slightly when they strike the djembe helps create a crisp clear sound. ", "Bullet1":"The original in the Slap Djembe range", "Bullet2":"'How to play' synthetic drum head for easy teaching and learning", "Bullet3":"Heat sealed cotton cloth exterior with vibrant design", "Bullet4":"Very lightweight and robust synthetic shell", "Bullet5":"Great sound quality with whip crack highs and booming bass tones", "Bullet6":"Deluxe rubber no-scuff base", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6630\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.75kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6631\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6632\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.5kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6633\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.5kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLightweight PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead\/skin material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSynthetic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning method\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "115","RRP_Inc_VAT": "65.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "35.208333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "KB13", "Title": "Percussion Workshop KB13 25 note chromatic glockenspiel - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eglockenspiels\u003eeducational", "Brand": "Percussion Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349481248", "VariationOf": "kb13", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Workshop 25 note chromatic glockenspiel\nOur best-selling glockenspiel, the KB13 from Percussion Workshop offers the perfect solution for teaching young children the basics of musical notation and harmony. The chromatic glockenspiel has 25 notes (G59 - G83) and covers a two octave scale. Black and white note bars are arranged to resemble a piano keyboard providing the perfect starting point to learn music. Note names are etched on the top of each note bar making this instrument ideally suited to the younger player.\n\nFantastic quality at an affordable price\nEach high quality steel chime is accurately tuned and produces a crisp and clear tone. Folding legs on the bottom of the case allow for the best possible resonance by raising the instrument off the floor.\n\nStart making music right away\nEach unit comes complete in a protective carry case with a handle making the glockenspiel extremely easy to transport and store. Also supplied with a pair of strong one-piece beaters so you can start making music right away!\n\nListen\n\n\nPLEASE NOTE: These items are musical instruments and not toys - suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. Supervision advised.", "Bullet1":"2 octave chromatic glockenspiel (G59 - G83)", "Bullet2":"Accurately tuned (A440) with good resonance and a bright crisp tone", "Bullet3":"Folding legs provide greater stability", "Bullet4":"Lightweight and easy to transport", "Bullet5":"Supplied in a protective case with 2 extra strong beaters", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1430","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.625", "Quantity_break_1": "20","Quantity_break_price_1": "13.158333333333333", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MUSISCA17", "Title": "Musisca aluminium folding music stand - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003efolding", "Brand": "Musisca", "Barcode": "5055964134754", "VariationOf": "musisca17", "Description": " Introducing the MUSISCA17 aluminium folding music stand This folding music stand from Musisca is the perfect stand for musicians on the move. Lightweight, compact, and sturdy you can take between gigs and rehearsals with ease. Folding down to just 55cm, it is easily stored making it ideal for schools or orchestras with minimal space. The MUSISCA17 stand includes a quality black bag with carry handle for protection and easy carrying, wherever you need to go. Lightweight and sturdy The sturdy aluminium frame is built to withstand the trials of regular gigging or any classroom for long last durability. And at only 740g it is pleasantly lightweight. Thoughtful, ergonomic design The ergonomic, quick release clamps and buttons make height and angle adjustments easy. You can even do them with just one hand! Easy travel and storage Folding down to just 55cm in length, it is the ideal size to take with you wherever your gigs or rehearsal take you. Also, the small footprint when folded make it the ideal stand for schools, bands, or orchestras that need to maximise storage space. Includes carry bag Finished with a high quality matte black powder coating, the MUSISCA17 folding music stand is also supplied with a quality carry bag. ", "Bullet1":"Easy height adjustments", "Bullet2":"Ergonomic buttons", "Bullet3":"Spring sheet music holders", "Bullet4":"High quality matte black finish", "Bullet5":"Packs down to small convenient size", "Bullet6":"Supplied with quality bag", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.74kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e140cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDesk dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e48.5cm x 23.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSize when folded\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e54.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "141","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP921", "Title": "Percussion Plus 25 note chromatic glockenspiel in blue box - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eglockenspiels\u003eeducational", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318305554", "VariationOf": "pp921", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus 25 note chromatic glockenspiel in blue box\n\nThe Percussion Plus 25 note chromatic glockenspiel is ideal for the classroom or for the budding musician at home. The instrument is housed in a strong bright blue plastic case with 25 notes that are accurately tuned and arranged exactly like a piano keyboard. The note bars are silver and have their name etched clearly onto the bar which makes things much easier for the younger player. The note range is from G59 to G83, so starting within the octave above middle C.\n\nGreat quality and value\nOur quantity discounts make bulk purchases terrific value and being a Percussion Plus model you can be sure that the PP921's design and sound quality will be first rate. The sound is bright and clear and the model even has folding legs on the bottom of the case which elevate the glockenspiel off the floor for improved overall resonance.\n\nComplete with everything you need\nThe plastic carry case makes this model portable and easy to store whilst protecting the instrument too. It also comes complete with a pair of bright yellow, one piece beaters.\n\nListen\n\nTuning compass", "Bullet1":"25 note, 2 octave glockenspiel", "Bullet2":"Chromatic range from G59 to G83", "Bullet3":"Note names etched on note bars", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright sound quality", "Bullet5":"Supplied in sturdy bright blue plastic case for easy storage", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "787","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.625", "Quantity_break_1": "20","Quantity_break_price_1": "13.158333333333333", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP923", "Title": "Percussion Plus 25 note chromatic junior glockenspiel - Black - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eglockenspiels\u003eeducational", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318307732", "VariationOf": "pp923", "Description": "Perfect for home or school\nThe Percussion Plus 25 note chromatic glockenspiel is ideal for the classroom or for the budding musician at home. The instrument is housed in a strong, rich black plastic case with 25 notes that are accurately tuned and arranged exactly like a piano keyboard. The note bars are black and white and have their name etched clearly onto the bar which makes things much easier for the younger player. The note range is from G59 to G83, so starting within the octave above middle C.\n\nGreat quality and value\nOur quantity discounts make bulk purchases terrific value and being a Percussion Plus model you can be sure that the PP920's design and sound quality will be first rate. The sound is bright and clear and the model even has folding legs on the bottom of the case which elevate the glockenspiel off the floor for improved overall resonance.\n\nComplete with everything you need\nThe plastic carry case makes this model portable and easy to store whilst protecting the instrument too. It also comes complete with a pair of bright yellow, one piece beaters.\n\nListen\n", "Bullet1":"25 note, 2 octave glockenspiel", "Bullet2":"Chromatic range from G59 to G83", "Bullet3":"Note names etched on note bars", "Bullet4":"Clear and bright sound quality", "Bullet5":"Supplied in sturdy rich black plastic case for easy storage", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "983","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.625", "Quantity_break_1": "20","Quantity_break_price_1": "13.158333333333333", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AP-5106", "Title": "Apextone foldable keyboard bench - A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003ekeyboard-benches", "Brand": "Apextone", "Barcode": "717378830299", "VariationOf": "ap-5106", "Description": "Introducing the Apextone foldable keyboard bench\nThis robust keyboard bench comes in a black finish and is the perfect, practical and affordable accessory for regular pianists, great for home practice and school music classrooms.\nFoldable and adjustable\nEasily foldable within seconds, this keyboard bench is highly transportable, making it the perfect companion for moving between classes, practices, and performances. The height is also adjustable between 42-47cm meaning you can tailor it to you and always enjoy a comfortable playing position.\nMore useful information\nUser Manual\n\n", "Bullet1":"Robust keyboard bench", "Bullet2":"Folds down for easy portability", "Bullet3":"Height adjustable between 42-47cm using ergonomic screw", "Bullet4":"Smart black finish", "Bullet5":"Very lightweight", "Bullet6":"Non-slip rubber feet", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSeat width\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSeat length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e27cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMinimum seat height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaximum seat height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e47cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSeat material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLeather\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrame material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFeet material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "20","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6930", "Title": "Percussion Plus World Slap Djembe pre-tuned - 6 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964136734", "VariationOf": "pp6930", "Description": "\n \n\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus World Slap Djembe pre-tuned\n\nThe new generation of Percussion Plus’ mega-popular Slap Djembes is here! Manufactured in the world’s premier Djembe factory in Bali, these fantastic educational drums are more durable, resonant and vibrant than ever. With their instructive drumheads and robust construction, Slap Djembes make a brilliant addition to any music education setting.\nDesigned to stand the test of time in classroom environments, the strong yet lightweight design amplifies their accessibility without compromising on sound; the booming bass acts as a foundation, with crisp slaps and deep resonant tones providing the exciting variety that makes these djembes ideal for group music lessons.\nSupplied either rope tuned or pre-tuned and in a range of sizes, the World Slap Djembe range encourages you to form your own djembe circle and get playing. They are fantastic tools for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET) and can even be used as part of CPD programmes for teachers looking to develop their musical options and skills!\n\n\n\n\nImmaculate construction in leading Bali factory\nThese World Slap Djembes are now made in a superb world-leading djembe manufacturing facility in Bali. Each drum is subject to rigorous quality control and features a sophisticated one-piece body construction. This ensures a lively and consistent sound, a sleek profile, and enhanced durability. The lightweight, sturdy construction is an essential benefit for constant use in education. Plus, the rubber-coated base prevents slipping, crucial for the physical demands of playing.\n\n\n\n\nAn innovative teaching tool\nSlap Djembes are not only sturdy and attractive but also provide great teaching aids. The screen-printed, instructional drumheads make classroom music teaching that bit easier by showing students exactly where they need to hit the drum to make different sounds. This helps to speed up the learning process, allowing more time to focus on rhythm, ensemble, dynamics and other musical elements. \n\n\n\n\nDurable Mylar drum head\nThe Mylar drum head is precisely tensioned for optimal resonance, offering exceptional durability for even the most energetic players. Mylar is an extremely robust material, often used in aerospace engineering; for drum heads it provides excellent all-weather protection, resisting excessive stretching, humidity, and temperature fluctuations. This helps prevent tuning issues and keeps the head from drying out over time, ensuring a consistent and true sound. Superb production values like this make the World Slap Djembes the pinnacle in educational and sustainable drumming, supporting hundreds of lessons over many years to come.\n\n\n\n\nStriking, multicultural design\nThe ‘World’ design embodies the inclusive spirit of djembe drumming and of Percussion Plus' ethos. Inspired by Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe, the map-style sarong-wrapped shell immerses students in a multicultural learning experience. It’s visually striking too, with many flags providing great colourful diversity atop a deep blue oceanic background that looks great in any lighting.\n\n\n\n\nA djembe for every scenario\nThese djembes are available either pre-tuned (incredibly lightweight and convenient) or rope tuned (more adaptable and traditional), allowing you to select the right type of drum for your circumstances. Better still, they come in a variety of sizes. 6\"\", 7\"\", 8\"\", 10\"\" and 12\"\". There are also a range of djembe packs - brilliantly convenient, and cost effective, for schools and drum groups.\nThis size selection has the extra benefit of adding variety to the soundscape of your Djembe circle, producing an extensive mix of pitches and dynamics to engage the entire ensemble, and ensuring that there's a suitable option for players of all sizes too!\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n \nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n \nHow to play the Slap Djembe\nThe design on the drumhead shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring.\n\n\n\n\n\nThe area in the centre of the drum produces a warm and full bass tone. To play a good bass, the djembe must be struck in the middle of the drumhead with the hand slightly cupped, palm down, and returning quickly from the drum. Use your whole arm and pretend that you are bouncing a basketball; this will result in the perfect action for playing good bass tones!\n\nBass demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\n \n\n\n\n\nStraighten all your fingers at the same time. Aim to strike the drum so that the joint where your fingers meet your hand (at the first knuckle) is at the rim of the drum. Think of your hand as an extension of your arm and remember not to keep it on the drum, but to let it bounce back from the drumhead as soon as you’ve played the note. This will produce a clear, ringing ‘tone’, with good projection.\n\nTone demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\n \n\n\n\n\nThis is played around the edge of the drum. Relax your hand and arm and hit the drum with a slapping motion. Spread your fingers out slightly when you strike the edge of the drum for a whipping crack sound. For an even more distinctive and muted slap, hold one hand down in the middle of the drum in the bass position, while simultaneously playing the slap tone on the edge of the drum. \n\nMuted slap demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\nOpen slap demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\n ", "Bullet1":"Exciting new generation of the iconic Slap Djembe range", "Bullet2":"Classic instructive drumhead for easy teaching and learning!", "Bullet3":"Vibrant, inclusive ‘world’ design on body", "Bullet4":"Robust synthetic one-piece shell for maximum durability", "Bullet5":"Fantastic sound quality with crisp slap, deep tone and booming bass", "Bullet6":"Made by the world’s foremost djembe manufacturers in Bali", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6953\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e59cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.05kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6952\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6951\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.5kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6950\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6933\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6932\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6931\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.75kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6930\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e27cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.45kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLightweight PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead\/skin material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMylar Synthetic 'Fiberskin' head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning method\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5 year extended\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "250","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6931", "Title": "Percussion Plus World Slap Djembe pre-tuned - 7 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964136741", "VariationOf": "pp6930", "Description": "\n \n\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus World Slap Djembe pre-tuned\n\nThe new generation of Percussion Plus’ mega-popular Slap Djembes is here! Manufactured in the world’s premier Djembe factory in Bali, these fantastic educational drums are more durable, resonant and vibrant than ever. With their instructive drumheads and robust construction, Slap Djembes make a brilliant addition to any music education setting.\nDesigned to stand the test of time in classroom environments, the strong yet lightweight design amplifies their accessibility without compromising on sound; the booming bass acts as a foundation, with crisp slaps and deep resonant tones providing the exciting variety that makes these djembes ideal for group music lessons.\nSupplied either rope tuned or pre-tuned and in a range of sizes, the World Slap Djembe range encourages you to form your own djembe circle and get playing. They are fantastic tools for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET) and can even be used as part of CPD programmes for teachers looking to develop their musical options and skills!\n\n\n\n\nImmaculate construction in leading Bali factory\nThese World Slap Djembes are now made in a superb world-leading djembe manufacturing facility in Bali. Each drum is subject to rigorous quality control and features a sophisticated one-piece body construction. This ensures a lively and consistent sound, a sleek profile, and enhanced durability. The lightweight, sturdy construction is an essential benefit for constant use in education. Plus, the rubber-coated base prevents slipping, crucial for the physical demands of playing.\n\n\n\n\nAn innovative teaching tool\nSlap Djembes are not only sturdy and attractive but also provide great teaching aids. The screen-printed, instructional drumheads make classroom music teaching that bit easier by showing students exactly where they need to hit the drum to make different sounds. This helps to speed up the learning process, allowing more time to focus on rhythm, ensemble, dynamics and other musical elements. \n\n\n\n\nDurable Mylar drum head\nThe Mylar drum head is precisely tensioned for optimal resonance, offering exceptional durability for even the most energetic players. Mylar is an extremely robust material, often used in aerospace engineering; for drum heads it provides excellent all-weather protection, resisting excessive stretching, humidity, and temperature fluctuations. This helps prevent tuning issues and keeps the head from drying out over time, ensuring a consistent and true sound. Superb production values like this make the World Slap Djembes the pinnacle in educational and sustainable drumming, supporting hundreds of lessons over many years to come.\n\n\n\n\nStriking, multicultural design\nThe ‘World’ design embodies the inclusive spirit of djembe drumming and of Percussion Plus' ethos. Inspired by Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe, the map-style sarong-wrapped shell immerses students in a multicultural learning experience. It’s visually striking too, with many flags providing great colourful diversity atop a deep blue oceanic background that looks great in any lighting.\n\n\n\n\nA djembe for every scenario\nThese djembes are available either pre-tuned (incredibly lightweight and convenient) or rope tuned (more adaptable and traditional), allowing you to select the right type of drum for your circumstances. Better still, they come in a variety of sizes. 6\"\", 7\"\", 8\"\", 10\"\" and 12\"\". There are also a range of djembe packs - brilliantly convenient, and cost effective, for schools and drum groups.\nThis size selection has the extra benefit of adding variety to the soundscape of your Djembe circle, producing an extensive mix of pitches and dynamics to engage the entire ensemble, and ensuring that there's a suitable option for players of all sizes too!\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n \nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n \nHow to play the Slap Djembe\nThe design on the drumhead shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring.\n\n\n\n\n\nThe area in the centre of the drum produces a warm and full bass tone. To play a good bass, the djembe must be struck in the middle of the drumhead with the hand slightly cupped, palm down, and returning quickly from the drum. Use your whole arm and pretend that you are bouncing a basketball; this will result in the perfect action for playing good bass tones!\n\nBass demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\n \n\n\n\n\nStraighten all your fingers at the same time. Aim to strike the drum so that the joint where your fingers meet your hand (at the first knuckle) is at the rim of the drum. Think of your hand as an extension of your arm and remember not to keep it on the drum, but to let it bounce back from the drumhead as soon as you’ve played the note. This will produce a clear, ringing ‘tone’, with good projection.\n\nTone demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\n \n\n\n\n\nThis is played around the edge of the drum. Relax your hand and arm and hit the drum with a slapping motion. Spread your fingers out slightly when you strike the edge of the drum for a whipping crack sound. For an even more distinctive and muted slap, hold one hand down in the middle of the drum in the bass position, while simultaneously playing the slap tone on the edge of the drum. \n\nMuted slap demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\nOpen slap demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\n ", "Bullet1":"Exciting new generation of the iconic Slap Djembe range", "Bullet2":"Classic instructive drumhead for easy teaching and learning!", "Bullet3":"Vibrant, inclusive ‘world’ design on body", "Bullet4":"Robust synthetic one-piece shell for maximum durability", "Bullet5":"Fantastic sound quality with crisp slap, deep tone and booming bass", "Bullet6":"Made by the world’s foremost djembe manufacturers in Bali", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6953\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e59cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.05kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6952\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6951\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.5kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6950\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6933\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6932\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6931\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.75kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6930\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e27cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.45kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLightweight PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead\/skin material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMylar Synthetic 'Fiberskin' head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning method\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5 year extended\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "215","RRP_Inc_VAT": "31.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.791666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6932", "Title": "Percussion Plus World Slap Djembe pre-tuned - 8 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964136758", "VariationOf": "pp6930", "Description": "\n \n\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus World Slap Djembe pre-tuned\n\nThe new generation of Percussion Plus’ mega-popular Slap Djembes is here! Manufactured in the world’s premier Djembe factory in Bali, these fantastic educational drums are more durable, resonant and vibrant than ever. With their instructive drumheads and robust construction, Slap Djembes make a brilliant addition to any music education setting.\nDesigned to stand the test of time in classroom environments, the strong yet lightweight design amplifies their accessibility without compromising on sound; the booming bass acts as a foundation, with crisp slaps and deep resonant tones providing the exciting variety that makes these djembes ideal for group music lessons.\nSupplied either rope tuned or pre-tuned and in a range of sizes, the World Slap Djembe range encourages you to form your own djembe circle and get playing. They are fantastic tools for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET) and can even be used as part of CPD programmes for teachers looking to develop their musical options and skills!\n\n\n\n\nImmaculate construction in leading Bali factory\nThese World Slap Djembes are now made in a superb world-leading djembe manufacturing facility in Bali. Each drum is subject to rigorous quality control and features a sophisticated one-piece body construction. This ensures a lively and consistent sound, a sleek profile, and enhanced durability. The lightweight, sturdy construction is an essential benefit for constant use in education. Plus, the rubber-coated base prevents slipping, crucial for the physical demands of playing.\n\n\n\n\nAn innovative teaching tool\nSlap Djembes are not only sturdy and attractive but also provide great teaching aids. The screen-printed, instructional drumheads make classroom music teaching that bit easier by showing students exactly where they need to hit the drum to make different sounds. This helps to speed up the learning process, allowing more time to focus on rhythm, ensemble, dynamics and other musical elements. \n\n\n\n\nDurable Mylar drum head\nThe Mylar drum head is precisely tensioned for optimal resonance, offering exceptional durability for even the most energetic players. Mylar is an extremely robust material, often used in aerospace engineering; for drum heads it provides excellent all-weather protection, resisting excessive stretching, humidity, and temperature fluctuations. This helps prevent tuning issues and keeps the head from drying out over time, ensuring a consistent and true sound. Superb production values like this make the World Slap Djembes the pinnacle in educational and sustainable drumming, supporting hundreds of lessons over many years to come.\n\n\n\n\nStriking, multicultural design\nThe ‘World’ design embodies the inclusive spirit of djembe drumming and of Percussion Plus' ethos. Inspired by Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe, the map-style sarong-wrapped shell immerses students in a multicultural learning experience. It’s visually striking too, with many flags providing great colourful diversity atop a deep blue oceanic background that looks great in any lighting.\n\n\n\n\nA djembe for every scenario\nThese djembes are available either pre-tuned (incredibly lightweight and convenient) or rope tuned (more adaptable and traditional), allowing you to select the right type of drum for your circumstances. Better still, they come in a variety of sizes. 6\"\", 7\"\", 8\"\", 10\"\" and 12\"\". There are also a range of djembe packs - brilliantly convenient, and cost effective, for schools and drum groups.\nThis size selection has the extra benefit of adding variety to the soundscape of your Djembe circle, producing an extensive mix of pitches and dynamics to engage the entire ensemble, and ensuring that there's a suitable option for players of all sizes too!\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n \nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n \nHow to play the Slap Djembe\nThe design on the drumhead shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring.\n\n\n\n\n\nThe area in the centre of the drum produces a warm and full bass tone. To play a good bass, the djembe must be struck in the middle of the drumhead with the hand slightly cupped, palm down, and returning quickly from the drum. Use your whole arm and pretend that you are bouncing a basketball; this will result in the perfect action for playing good bass tones!\n\nBass demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\n \n\n\n\n\nStraighten all your fingers at the same time. Aim to strike the drum so that the joint where your fingers meet your hand (at the first knuckle) is at the rim of the drum. Think of your hand as an extension of your arm and remember not to keep it on the drum, but to let it bounce back from the drumhead as soon as you’ve played the note. This will produce a clear, ringing ‘tone’, with good projection.\n\nTone demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\n \n\n\n\n\nThis is played around the edge of the drum. Relax your hand and arm and hit the drum with a slapping motion. Spread your fingers out slightly when you strike the edge of the drum for a whipping crack sound. For an even more distinctive and muted slap, hold one hand down in the middle of the drum in the bass position, while simultaneously playing the slap tone on the edge of the drum. \n\nMuted slap demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\nOpen slap demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\n ", "Bullet1":"Exciting new generation of the iconic Slap Djembe range", "Bullet2":"Classic instructive drumhead for easy teaching and learning!", "Bullet3":"Vibrant, inclusive ‘world’ design on body", "Bullet4":"Robust synthetic one-piece shell for maximum durability", "Bullet5":"Fantastic sound quality with crisp slap, deep tone and booming bass", "Bullet6":"Made by the world’s foremost djembe manufacturers in Bali", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6953\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e59cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.05kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6952\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6951\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.5kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6950\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6933\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6932\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6931\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.75kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6930\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e27cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.45kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLightweight PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead\/skin material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMylar Synthetic 'Fiberskin' head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning method\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5 year extended\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "21.125", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6933", "Title": "Percussion Plus World Slap Djembe pre-tuned - 10 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964136765", "VariationOf": "pp6930", "Description": "\n \n\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus World Slap Djembe pre-tuned\n\nThe new generation of Percussion Plus’ mega-popular Slap Djembes is here! Manufactured in the world’s premier Djembe factory in Bali, these fantastic educational drums are more durable, resonant and vibrant than ever. With their instructive drumheads and robust construction, Slap Djembes make a brilliant addition to any music education setting.\nDesigned to stand the test of time in classroom environments, the strong yet lightweight design amplifies their accessibility without compromising on sound; the booming bass acts as a foundation, with crisp slaps and deep resonant tones providing the exciting variety that makes these djembes ideal for group music lessons.\nSupplied either rope tuned or pre-tuned and in a range of sizes, the World Slap Djembe range encourages you to form your own djembe circle and get playing. They are fantastic tools for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET) and can even be used as part of CPD programmes for teachers looking to develop their musical options and skills!\n\n\n\n\nImmaculate construction in leading Bali factory\nThese World Slap Djembes are now made in a superb world-leading djembe manufacturing facility in Bali. Each drum is subject to rigorous quality control and features a sophisticated one-piece body construction. This ensures a lively and consistent sound, a sleek profile, and enhanced durability. The lightweight, sturdy construction is an essential benefit for constant use in education. Plus, the rubber-coated base prevents slipping, crucial for the physical demands of playing.\n\n\n\n\nAn innovative teaching tool\nSlap Djembes are not only sturdy and attractive but also provide great teaching aids. The screen-printed, instructional drumheads make classroom music teaching that bit easier by showing students exactly where they need to hit the drum to make different sounds. This helps to speed up the learning process, allowing more time to focus on rhythm, ensemble, dynamics and other musical elements. \n\n\n\n\nDurable Mylar drum head\nThe Mylar drum head is precisely tensioned for optimal resonance, offering exceptional durability for even the most energetic players. Mylar is an extremely robust material, often used in aerospace engineering; for drum heads it provides excellent all-weather protection, resisting excessive stretching, humidity, and temperature fluctuations. This helps prevent tuning issues and keeps the head from drying out over time, ensuring a consistent and true sound. Superb production values like this make the World Slap Djembes the pinnacle in educational and sustainable drumming, supporting hundreds of lessons over many years to come.\n\n\n\n\nStriking, multicultural design\nThe ‘World’ design embodies the inclusive spirit of djembe drumming and of Percussion Plus' ethos. Inspired by Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe, the map-style sarong-wrapped shell immerses students in a multicultural learning experience. It’s visually striking too, with many flags providing great colourful diversity atop a deep blue oceanic background that looks great in any lighting.\n\n\n\n\nA djembe for every scenario\nThese djembes are available either pre-tuned (incredibly lightweight and convenient) or rope tuned (more adaptable and traditional), allowing you to select the right type of drum for your circumstances. Better still, they come in a variety of sizes. 6\"\", 7\"\", 8\"\", 10\"\" and 12\"\". There are also a range of djembe packs - brilliantly convenient, and cost effective, for schools and drum groups.\nThis size selection has the extra benefit of adding variety to the soundscape of your Djembe circle, producing an extensive mix of pitches and dynamics to engage the entire ensemble, and ensuring that there's a suitable option for players of all sizes too!\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n \nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n \nHow to play the Slap Djembe\nThe design on the drumhead shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring.\n\n\n\n\n\nThe area in the centre of the drum produces a warm and full bass tone. To play a good bass, the djembe must be struck in the middle of the drumhead with the hand slightly cupped, palm down, and returning quickly from the drum. Use your whole arm and pretend that you are bouncing a basketball; this will result in the perfect action for playing good bass tones!\n\nBass demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\n \n\n\n\n\nStraighten all your fingers at the same time. Aim to strike the drum so that the joint where your fingers meet your hand (at the first knuckle) is at the rim of the drum. Think of your hand as an extension of your arm and remember not to keep it on the drum, but to let it bounce back from the drumhead as soon as you’ve played the note. This will produce a clear, ringing ‘tone’, with good projection.\n\nTone demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\n \n\n\n\n\nThis is played around the edge of the drum. Relax your hand and arm and hit the drum with a slapping motion. Spread your fingers out slightly when you strike the edge of the drum for a whipping crack sound. For an even more distinctive and muted slap, hold one hand down in the middle of the drum in the bass position, while simultaneously playing the slap tone on the edge of the drum. \n\nMuted slap demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\nOpen slap demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\n ", "Bullet1":"Exciting new generation of the iconic Slap Djembe range", "Bullet2":"Classic instructive drumhead for easy teaching and learning!", "Bullet3":"Vibrant, inclusive ‘world’ design on body", "Bullet4":"Robust synthetic one-piece shell for maximum durability", "Bullet5":"Fantastic sound quality with crisp slap, deep tone and booming bass", "Bullet6":"Made by the world’s foremost djembe manufacturers in Bali", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6953\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e59cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.05kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6952\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6951\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.5kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6950\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6933\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6932\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6931\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.75kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6930\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e27cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.45kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLightweight PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead\/skin material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMylar Synthetic 'Fiberskin' head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning method\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5 year extended\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "64","RRP_Inc_VAT": "65.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "35.208333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-44", "Title": "Genesis Images Think of composing - pack of 5 wall posters - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112295", "VariationOf": "gns-44", "Description": "Introducing the 5 pack of think of composing wall posters\nThis set of 5 educational wallcharts from Genesis Images is aimed at students starting to compose for the first time. This collection consists of four smaller posters, which display concise definitions and key terminology suitable for KS2\/KS3, and one large poster that shows how to combine these building blocks effectively. Together they provide an excellent method for organising compositional ideas.\nEach poster is expertly designed, eye-catching and full of detailed information, which is conveyed using clear and simple diagrams. They’re also made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years.\nThese wallcharts are the perfect way for teachers to decorate their music classroom, practice room or studio walls with useful information for young students to learn from.\n\n2\/5 - Think of a device\nThe device poster includes definitions of some of the building blocks of melody and harmony, covering six essential key concepts. It contains brief descriptions and clear examples of ostinato, riff, ground bass, drone, sequence, and pedal.\n\n1\/5 - Think of your elements\nThe elements poster features easy to understand graphical representations of the eight most important elements of composition. It encourages young composers to consider dynamics, silence, tempo, rhythm, texture, timbre and pitch.\n\n3\/5 - Think of an instrument\nThe instrument poster is covered in pictures of unique instruments that are all associated with a particular country, ranging from the Welsh harp to the African djembe. It’s designed to inspire young composers to explore unusual sounds and different cultures when planning their work.\n\n4\/5 - Think of a form\nThe form poster is an introduction to the overall form of a composition. It gives suggestions on how and why to make sections different, and it has a bold reference chart which defines the most common forms used (binary, tertiary, rondo, strophic, song).\n\n5\/5 - Think of a mood\nThe mood poster is double the size and incorporates the other four by centring around an example – in this case, music describing a hungry shark – in order to discuss the choices a composer might make when trying to recreate a given atmosphere.\n\n", "Bullet1":"5 (1xA1 4xA2) informative wallcharts", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features eye catching designs with simple graphical explanations", "Bullet4":"Separate posters for elements, instruments, devices, form, and mood", "Bullet5":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "Bullet6":"Particularly suitable for KS2\/KS3", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "141","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "11.458333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP072", "Title": "Percussion Plus timpani mallets - hard - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003etimpani", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547000720", "VariationOf": "pp072", "Description": "This pair of Percussion Plus timpani mallets is an essential member of every stick bag. As well as orchestral kettle drums, the beaters are also often used to play low pitched tuned percussion such as bass chimes and marimbas, and to create special effects on drum kits. Each one has a well-balanced wooden shaft and features a round head made with a cork core, wrapped in red felt. They are sold as a pair.", "Bullet1":"", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e320mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWawa\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFelt with cork core\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead size\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40mm x 20mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual beater weight\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e21g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "45","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.891666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP073", "Title": "Percussion Plus timpani mallets - medium - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003etimpani", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547000737", "VariationOf": "pp073", "Description": "This pair of Percussion Plus timpani mallets is an essential for every percussionist. As well as orchestral kettle drums, the beaters are also often used to play low pitched tuned percussion such as bass chimes and marimbas, and to create special effects on drum kits. Each one has a well-balanced wooden shaft and features a fluffy round head made from medium white felt. They are sold as a pair.", "Bullet1":"40 x 30mm medium fluffy felt-wrapped heads with cork core", "Bullet2":"Reasonably quick response with warm attack", "Bullet3":"Lightweight 32cm varnished wawa shaft", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e320mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWawa\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft diameter\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFelt with cork core\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead size\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40mm x 30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual beater weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e21g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "83","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.891666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1116", "Title": "Percussion Plus 14\"\" plain bodhran - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebodhrans", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547011160", "VariationOf": "pp1116", "Description": "Introducing the 14\"\" bodhran from Percussion Plus\nThis bodhran from Percussion Plus is a genuine hand-crafted Irish drum, supplied with traditional style tipper and a quality bag.\n\nTraditional playing methods\nA bodhran is an Irish frame drum that is believed to have evolved from the tambourine, however more recently popularised due to the resurgence of Irish traditional music. The bodhran is traditionally played using a lathe-turned piece of wood called a bone or tipper (pictured above), and can also be played using a modern brush stick, or even your bare hands. \n\nQuality construction and finish\nA solid construction and well-built inner frame allows the player to confidently grip the drum to produce a precise and resonant tone. The natural skin drum is evenly stretched for accurate tone production and for a long life.", "Bullet1":"14\" plain bodhran", "Bullet2":"Genuine hand-crafted Irish drum", "Bullet3":"Supplier with tipper (beater)", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.891666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP900", "Title": "Percussion Plus 10'' tunable practice pad - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003epads", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547009006", "VariationOf": "pp900", "Description": "Drum pads are a brilliant and cheap way of developing stick technique. Great for beginners, teachers often recommend a drum pad as a suitable starting point for young beginners.", "Bullet1":"Strong plastic rim", "Bullet2":"Padded head for realistic feel", "Bullet3":"Fully tunable", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "16","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.891666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ3430-BK", "Title": "Izzo ABS 10\"\" pandeiro - Black \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003epandeiros", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7899574301025", "VariationOf": "iz3430", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo ABS 10\"\" pandeiro\nJust like a tambourine, the shallow pandeiro drum has metal jingles (or zils) attached to its shell. It’s played with the hand and can create all sorts of interesting sounds and fast rhythms to colour samba music.\nThis model has a single 10\"\" white Nylon skin that can be tightened by using the supplied key to adjust the hook tuners. Unlike the larger drums in the Standard series, its shell is made from acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) which is very light and produces a crisp, bright sound. Also available is the 10\"\" IZ3439-GR pandeiro featuring a shiny and eye-catching metallic drum head.\nWe are proud to be the sole importers for Izzo who have been manufacturing top quality instruments in Brazil for more than 60 years. Their famous Standard Senior series are the first choice for serious samba percussionists around the world.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Durable and lightweight ABS plastic shell", "Bullet2":"Fitted with a 10\" Nylon head and 5 pairs of tin jingles", "Bullet3":"Hard-wearing galvanized counter hoop with 6 hook tuners", "Bullet4":"Authentic Brazilian instrument manufactured in famous Sao Paolo factory", "Bullet5":"Available in 5 colours", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\" (25cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.6kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.891666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ3430-BL", "Title": "Izzo ABS 10\"\" pandeiro - Blue \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003epandeiros", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7899574329241", "VariationOf": "iz3430", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo ABS 10\"\" pandeiro\nJust like a tambourine, the shallow pandeiro drum has metal jingles (or zils) attached to its shell. It’s played with the hand and can create all sorts of interesting sounds and fast rhythms to colour samba music.\nThis model has a single 10\"\" white Nylon skin that can be tightened by using the supplied key to adjust the hook tuners. Unlike the larger drums in the Standard series, its shell is made from acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) which is very light and produces a crisp, bright sound. Also available is the 10\"\" IZ3439-GR pandeiro featuring a shiny and eye-catching metallic drum head.\nWe are proud to be the sole importers for Izzo who have been manufacturing top quality instruments in Brazil for more than 60 years. Their famous Standard Senior series are the first choice for serious samba percussionists around the world.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Durable and lightweight ABS plastic shell", "Bullet2":"Fitted with a 10\" Nylon head and 5 pairs of tin jingles", "Bullet3":"Hard-wearing galvanized counter hoop with 6 hook tuners", "Bullet4":"Authentic Brazilian instrument manufactured in famous Sao Paolo factory", "Bullet5":"Available in 5 colours", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\" (25cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.6kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "55","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.891666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ3430-RD", "Title": "Izzo ABS 10\"\" pandeiro - Red \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003epandeiros", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7899574301025", "VariationOf": "iz3430", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo ABS 10\"\" pandeiro\nJust like a tambourine, the shallow pandeiro drum has metal jingles (or zils) attached to its shell. It’s played with the hand and can create all sorts of interesting sounds and fast rhythms to colour samba music.\nThis model has a single 10\"\" white Nylon skin that can be tightened by using the supplied key to adjust the hook tuners. Unlike the larger drums in the Standard series, its shell is made from acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) which is very light and produces a crisp, bright sound. Also available is the 10\"\" IZ3439-GR pandeiro featuring a shiny and eye-catching metallic drum head.\nWe are proud to be the sole importers for Izzo who have been manufacturing top quality instruments in Brazil for more than 60 years. Their famous Standard Senior series are the first choice for serious samba percussionists around the world.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Durable and lightweight ABS plastic shell", "Bullet2":"Fitted with a 10\" Nylon head and 5 pairs of tin jingles", "Bullet3":"Hard-wearing galvanized counter hoop with 6 hook tuners", "Bullet4":"Authentic Brazilian instrument manufactured in famous Sao Paolo factory", "Bullet5":"Available in 5 colours", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\" (25cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.6kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "59","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.891666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ3430-GR", "Title": "Izzo ABS 10\"\" pandeiro - Green \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003epandeiros", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7899574301025", "VariationOf": "iz3430", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo ABS 10\"\" pandeiro\nJust like a tambourine, the shallow pandeiro drum has metal jingles (or zils) attached to its shell. It’s played with the hand and can create all sorts of interesting sounds and fast rhythms to colour samba music.\nThis model has a single 10\"\" white Nylon skin that can be tightened by using the supplied key to adjust the hook tuners. Unlike the larger drums in the Standard series, its shell is made from acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) which is very light and produces a crisp, bright sound. Also available is the 10\"\" IZ3439-GR pandeiro featuring a shiny and eye-catching metallic drum head.\nWe are proud to be the sole importers for Izzo who have been manufacturing top quality instruments in Brazil for more than 60 years. Their famous Standard Senior series are the first choice for serious samba percussionists around the world.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Durable and lightweight ABS plastic shell", "Bullet2":"Fitted with a 10\" Nylon head and 5 pairs of tin jingles", "Bullet3":"Hard-wearing galvanized counter hoop with 6 hook tuners", "Bullet4":"Authentic Brazilian instrument manufactured in famous Sao Paolo factory", "Bullet5":"Available in 5 colours", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\" (25cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.6kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "32","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.891666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ3430-WH", "Title": "Izzo ABS 10\"\" pandeiro - White \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003epandeiros", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7897626802100", "VariationOf": "iz3430", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo ABS 10\"\" pandeiro\nJust like a tambourine, the shallow pandeiro drum has metal jingles (or zils) attached to its shell. It’s played with the hand and can create all sorts of interesting sounds and fast rhythms to colour samba music.\nThis model has a single 10\"\" white Nylon skin that can be tightened by using the supplied key to adjust the hook tuners. Unlike the larger drums in the Standard series, its shell is made from acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) which is very light and produces a crisp, bright sound. Also available is the 10\"\" IZ3439-GR pandeiro featuring a shiny and eye-catching metallic drum head.\nWe are proud to be the sole importers for Izzo who have been manufacturing top quality instruments in Brazil for more than 60 years. Their famous Standard Senior series are the first choice for serious samba percussionists around the world.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Durable and lightweight ABS plastic shell", "Bullet2":"Fitted with a 10\" Nylon head and 5 pairs of tin jingles", "Bullet3":"Hard-wearing galvanized counter hoop with 6 hook tuners", "Bullet4":"Authentic Brazilian instrument manufactured in famous Sao Paolo factory", "Bullet5":"Available in 5 colours", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\" (25cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.6kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "21","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.891666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "WB102-12PK", "Title": "Chamberlain Music A4 mini dry-wipe whiteboard - 12 pack - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003ewhiteboards\u003emini", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5056318308661", "VariationOf": "wb102-12pk", "Description": "Chamberlain Music A4 Plain Whiteboard: The Essential Classroom Tool\nThe Chamberlain Music whiteboard is a versatile tool designed for classrooms, home use, and more. With a sturdy design, this whiteboard stands up to daily use, providing a reliable surface for classroom games, note-taking, and creative exploration.\nThe robust construction ensures resistance to bending, offering durability that withstands the rigours of the classroom environment. Its wipe-clean surface facilitates effortless maintenance, allowing you to write, erase, and adjust ideas without a single smudge.\nPaired with a high-quality slim-barrelled pen, specifically tailored for whiteboard use. This addition produces a strong black ink and encourages correct grip for learner. Plus, the pen's dry eraser attached to the lid adds to the convenience, making the writing process seamless for every whiteboard user.\nSupplied as a pack of 12, also available individually. The WB102-12PK is an improved update to the WB02-10 pack of 10 whiteboards..\n\nDouble-sided versatility for engaging lessons\nThe double-sided feature provides more great utility, perfect for flip-board games, lessons, sketching, memorisation practice, or as additional note-taking space. Elevate student engagement by using these lightweight whiteboards for interactive quizzes, fostering active participation in the learning process.\nMultiply potential with the WB102 mini whiteboards\nNeed more drawing\/writing space? Effortlessly push together multiple WB102 whiteboards to extend the surface! This is ideal for group projects and classroom collaborations, promoting seamless teamwork. Explore the convenience of this 12 pack of plain whiteboards for larger-scale projects.\nApplications across subjects and levels\nBeyond music, these whiteboards are versatile tools for various subjects and grade levels, fostering creativity and engagement. Ideal for teaching and learning activities from KS1 to KS4, they bring an element of fun and variety to every classroom.\n", "Bullet1":"Supplied with dry-wipe pen featuring convenient eraser on the lid", "Bullet2":"Versatile plain whiteboard perfect for the classroom", "Bullet3":"Easy to clean surface on both sides", "Bullet4":"Sturdy construction - VERY resistant to bending and breaking!", "Bullet5":"A4 size: 29.7 x 21cm", "Bullet6":"Sold as a pack of 12, great for schools", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBoard dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eA4 Size (297mm x 210mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePen length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBoard + Pen weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15g per set\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "50","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.041666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP709", "Title": "Liverpool Reco Reco with 3 springs - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003escrapers", "Brand": "Liverpool", "Barcode": "5056318312262", "VariationOf": "pp709", "Description": "Introducing the Liverpool Reco Reco with 3 springs\nThis 3 string Reco Reco is made from polished aluminium and comes with a scraper. It’s a versatile instrument that is used in samba, as well as in frevo, march and other Brazilian and Caribbean rhythms, such as the Puerto Rican bomba, calypso, soca and Colombian folk. It can also be used as a sound effect for recordings. It’s a great instrument for any metal percussion collection or educational music space.\nThe Reco Reco consists of springs extended across a hollow metal frame that are struck or brushed up and down with the scraper. This unique instrument produces a crisp and sharp sound that is amplified by the resonator beneath the springs.\n", "Bullet1":"Metal Reco Reco with 3 springs", "Bullet2":"Built from quality aluminium", "Bullet3":"Suitable for Brazilian rhythms ", "Bullet4":"Comes with a scraper", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e295mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e75mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "27.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.891666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP160", "Title": "Acme pigeon and dove call - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebird-calls", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547001604", "VariationOf": "pp160", "Description": "Introducing the Acme pigeon and dove call\nWhether you want to create the lively morning call of a turtle dove, the coo of a woodpigeon, or the classic cry of a little owl, this versatile whistle will project an authentic, beautiful sound. The range of noises this call can produce makes it perfect for birdwatchers, ornithologists and those who want to add realistic bird sounds to their recordings.\nIts solid plastic construction makes it both durable and reliable, which is why this bird call has been popular for generations.\n\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\n\n\nSound Sample\n160", "Bullet1":"Projects an authentic pigeon call", "Bullet2":"Solid plastic constuction", "Bullet3":"Perfect for ornithologists", "Bullet4":"Mimics the sounds of a variety of breeds", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "15","RRP_Inc_VAT": "28.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.166666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP272", "Title": "Percussion Plus padded case for combi and hand bells - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003ebells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349482306", "VariationOf": "pp272", "Description": "This is a nice quality padded case for 13 Percussion Plus bells. Designed specifically for the PP275 and PP276 combi bells or PP271 and PP274 hand-bells. This case offers great protection and makes them much easier to carry. Worth mentioning that the carry case does, of course, not include the bells themselves.", "Bullet1":"Carrying case designed to fit 13 combi or hand bells", "Bullet2":"Padded interior to protect the hand bells", "Bullet3":"Black hard wearing material with carry handle", "Bullet4":"Previously known as CB13CASE", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e66cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e64cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e18cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "28.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.166666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP643", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Tibetan singing bowl - Small \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003esinging-bowls", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547006432", "VariationOf": "pp643", "Description": "\n\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Bronze Tibetan singing bowls\nThese bowls are ideal for those interested in their uses in meditation, sound therapy, and music therapy. The bowls are machined for accurate tuning and easy playing and are supplied with a wooden striker and colourful cushion, all in a handmade Himalayan lokta paper box.\nTraditionally used to accompany meditation sessions and personal spiritual healing, Tibetan singing bowls have also become popular with music therapists, sound healers, yoga practitioners and can even be used to great effect in the recording studio.\nThese Tibetan singing bowls are sourced using Fair trade principles and are supplied in three sizes. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision.\n\n\n\n\nHow to play\nRest the bowl on the cushion in the palm of your hand. Tap the beater against the side of the bowl to ‘warm it up’, then rub the beater in a circular motion around the outside of the bowl. Use whole arm movements, like you are stirring a stew, and remember to apply pressure.\n\n\n\n\nWhat’s included?\nThis set includes the Tibetan singing bowl and colourful cushion with wooden beater, all supplied in a handmade Himalayan lokta paper box. Printed on the box is a very brief history of the singing bowl, with advice on how to play and its suggested uses.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Nepal using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Smooth, calming vibrations", "Bullet3":"Ideal for meditation and sound therapy", "Bullet4":"Wooden striker and colourful cushion included", "Bullet5":"Supplied in a handmade Himalayan lokta paper box", "Bullet6":"Responsibly sourced", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSmall\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e70mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMediun\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e90mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLarge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e102mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "28.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.166666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1741", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Tibetan singing bowl - Medium \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003esinging-bowls", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964127398", "VariationOf": "pp643", "Description": "\n\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Bronze Tibetan singing bowls\nThese bowls are ideal for those interested in their uses in meditation, sound therapy, and music therapy. The bowls are machined for accurate tuning and easy playing and are supplied with a wooden striker and colourful cushion, all in a handmade Himalayan lokta paper box.\nTraditionally used to accompany meditation sessions and personal spiritual healing, Tibetan singing bowls have also become popular with music therapists, sound healers, yoga practitioners and can even be used to great effect in the recording studio.\nThese Tibetan singing bowls are sourced using Fair trade principles and are supplied in three sizes. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision.\n\n\n\n\nHow to play\nRest the bowl on the cushion in the palm of your hand. Tap the beater against the side of the bowl to ‘warm it up’, then rub the beater in a circular motion around the outside of the bowl. Use whole arm movements, like you are stirring a stew, and remember to apply pressure.\n\n\n\n\nWhat’s included?\nThis set includes the Tibetan singing bowl and colourful cushion with wooden beater, all supplied in a handmade Himalayan lokta paper box. Printed on the box is a very brief history of the singing bowl, with advice on how to play and its suggested uses.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Nepal using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Smooth, calming vibrations", "Bullet3":"Ideal for meditation and sound therapy", "Bullet4":"Wooden striker and colourful cushion included", "Bullet5":"Supplied in a handmade Himalayan lokta paper box", "Bullet6":"Responsibly sourced", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSmall\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e70mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMediun\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e90mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLarge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e102mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "8","RRP_Inc_VAT": "45.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "24.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1749", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Tibetan singing bowl - Large \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003esinging-bowls", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964127404", "VariationOf": "pp643", "Description": "\n\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Bronze Tibetan singing bowls\nThese bowls are ideal for those interested in their uses in meditation, sound therapy, and music therapy. The bowls are machined for accurate tuning and easy playing and are supplied with a wooden striker and colourful cushion, all in a handmade Himalayan lokta paper box.\nTraditionally used to accompany meditation sessions and personal spiritual healing, Tibetan singing bowls have also become popular with music therapists, sound healers, yoga practitioners and can even be used to great effect in the recording studio.\nThese Tibetan singing bowls are sourced using Fair trade principles and are supplied in three sizes. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision.\n\n\n\n\nHow to play\nRest the bowl on the cushion in the palm of your hand. Tap the beater against the side of the bowl to ‘warm it up’, then rub the beater in a circular motion around the outside of the bowl. Use whole arm movements, like you are stirring a stew, and remember to apply pressure.\n\n\n\n\nWhat’s included?\nThis set includes the Tibetan singing bowl and colourful cushion with wooden beater, all supplied in a handmade Himalayan lokta paper box. Printed on the box is a very brief history of the singing bowl, with advice on how to play and its suggested uses.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Nepal using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Smooth, calming vibrations", "Bullet3":"Ideal for meditation and sound therapy", "Bullet4":"Wooden striker and colourful cushion included", "Bullet5":"Supplied in a handmade Himalayan lokta paper box", "Bullet6":"Responsibly sourced", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSmall\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e70mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMediun\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e90mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLarge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e102mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "55.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "29.791666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP8715", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP8715 wood shell tambourines 6\"\", 8” and 10” – 3 Pack - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambourines", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964130121", "VariationOf": "pp8715", "Description": "Classroom percussion stores would be bare without a good selection of hand percussion and tambourines! The PP8715 3-pack includes 6”, 8” and 10” wood shell tambourines in natural finish.The solid wood construction and natural hide heads give these drums a warm, deep tone while the single row of jingles or zills add a bright, sharp percussive top end to the sound.", "Bullet1":"Single row of jingles", "Bullet2":"Natural hide head", "Bullet3":"Deep warm tone with bright sharp jingles", "Bullet4":"Great instrument for beginner percussionists", "Bullet5":"6”, 8” and 10” sizes included", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "253","RRP_Inc_VAT": "28.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.166666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "KB27N", "Title": "Percussion Workshop 27 colour note chromatic glockenspiel with case - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eglockenspiels\u003eeducational", "Brand": "Percussion Workshop", "Barcode": "5056318300436", "VariationOf": "kb27n", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Workshop 27 note chromatic glockenspiel\nThis Percussion Workshop colourful note chromatic glockenspiel is perfect for teaching young children the basics of musical notation and harmony. Each note bar is engraved with its note name and is colour coded, making this instrument ideal for younger players who are getting to grips with playing musical instruments. The note bars are mounted in a tough, blue plastic case with a handle, which makes the glockenspiel easy to transport and store. This glockenspiel features 27 notes (over 2 octaves) in total. Great for children from 3 years old onwards.\n\nGreat Value for Money\nOur very own Percussion Workshop brand produces high-quality handmade percussion instruments for educational and home use. Their great value for money instruments are suitable for players of all ages and standards.\n\nIncludes Accessories\nThe case features folding legs on the bottom which elevate the instrument off the floor, enabling a more resonant sound to be produced. A pair of yellow extra strong beaters are also supplied in a durable blue case, designed to withstand frequent use.\n\nListen\n\n\nTuning compass", "Bullet1":"Notes included: G59 - A85", "Bullet2":"Range of over two octaves", "Bullet3":"Pitch names etched on note bars", "Bullet4":"Folding legs support the glockenspiel and ensure a good quality sound", "Bullet5":"Comes supplied in durable blue case with handle", "Bullet6":"Pair of yellow plastic beaters included", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "890","RRP_Inc_VAT": "28.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.166666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "20","Quantity_break_price_1": "13.65", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP27K", "Title": "Percussion Plus 27 note chromatic glockenspiel - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eglockenspiels\u003eeducational", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318300443", "VariationOf": "pp27k", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus 27 note chromatic glockenspiel\nThis Percussion Plus chromatic glockenspiel is the perfect solution for teaching young children the basics of musical notation and harmony. Note bars are arranged in the same way as a piano keyboard and each bar is engraved with its note name, making it easier for younger players to use. The instrument is housed in a strong, yellow plastic case with 27 notes that are accurately tuned and arranged exactly like a piano keyboard. The note bars are black and white and have their name etched clearly onto the bar which makes things much easier for the younger player.\n\nGreat sounding instrument\nThe sound is bright and clear, and the model even has folding legs on the bottom of the case which elevate the glockenspiel off the floor for improved overall resonance.\n\nComplete with everything you need\nThe plastic carry case makes this model portable and easy to store whilst protecting the instrument too. It also comes complete with a pair of bright yellow, one piece beaters.\nTuning compass", "Bullet1":"Notes included: G59 - A85", "Bullet2":"Range of over two octaves", "Bullet3":"Pitch names etched on note bars", "Bullet4":"Folding legs support the glockenspiel and ensure a good quality sound", "Bullet5":"Mounted in yellow plastic case", "Bullet6":"Supplied with pair of yellow beaters", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "353","RRP_Inc_VAT": "28.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.166666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "20","Quantity_break_price_1": "13.65", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HS08PKU01-S2", "Title": "8oz HuskeeSteel Cup \u0026 Lid - Brushed steel \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001829", "VariationOf": "hs08pku01-s2", "Description": " \nIntroducing the 8oz HuskeeSteel Cup \u0026amp; Lid \nStill with sustainability at its core, the HuskeeSteel range is manufactured using 91% post-consumer recycled steel. The 8oz size is perfect for cappuccinos and flat whites and the dual walled vacuum insulated design ensures your coffee stays hotter for longer. The impressive durability of the HuskeeSteel range means that you won’t need to use paper or plastic cups for years!\n\nHuskeeSteel is available in four different attractive finishes - black, brushed steel, slate and white. Crafted with 91% post-consumer recycled stainless steel, these durable cups are designed for longevity, helping to significantly reduce waste over time. Sustainability is at the heart of Huskee’s mission, addressing the staggering 7 million disposable coffee cups discarded daily in the UK.\nIMPORTANT NOTICE: When cleaning your HuskeeSteel cup, we highly advise you not to use abrasive cleaners, scrub brushes, or harsh chemicals as they may damage the powder-coated finish.\n\n\n \nCoffee on the go\nThis cup is supplied with a stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow. With strong insulation properties due to a dual walled vacuum design, the HuskeeSteel cup is ideal for commuters or anyone with a busy morning, fitting in any standard car cup holder.\n\n\n \nHow to clean your HuskeeSteel\nCleaning the exterior\nRinse the HuskeeSteel with warm water to remove any particles or dirt. Use a mild dish soap and a soft sponge or cloth to gently was the cup’s interior and exterior, then rinse the cup thoroughly with warm water to eliminate any soap residue. \nCleaning the interior (lined with ceramic)\nGently hand wash the cup using warm water and mild detergent then rinse the cup thoroughly with warm water to ensure all detergent is removed.\nThe brushed steel finish is dishwasher safe, but the other three must always be washed by hand.\n\n\n\n\n\nHuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future\nHuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste.\n\n\n\n\nWholsale packs and custom cups\nGreat for cafes and offices, HuskeeSteel cups are also available in great-value wholesale packs, allowing to to purchase a large quanitity of cups at a discounted price.\n Enhance your HuskeeSteel cup with a personal touch! Our advanced laser engraving process allows you to customize any HuskeeSteel product with your logo, perfect for companies, events and for use as promotional items. See here for more information.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 91% recycled stainless steel", "Bullet2":"Dual walled vacuum insulated design", "Bullet3":"Durable, reusable, and sustainable", "Bullet4":"Nontoxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Supplied with the Stopper Lid", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "18","RRP_Inc_VAT": "28.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HS08PKB01-S2C", "Title": "8oz HuskeeSteel Cup \u0026 Lid - Black \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001836", "VariationOf": "hs08pku01-s2", "Description": " \nIntroducing the 8oz HuskeeSteel Cup \u0026amp; Lid \nStill with sustainability at its core, the HuskeeSteel range is manufactured using 91% post-consumer recycled steel. The 8oz size is perfect for cappuccinos and flat whites and the dual walled vacuum insulated design ensures your coffee stays hotter for longer. The impressive durability of the HuskeeSteel range means that you won’t need to use paper or plastic cups for years!\n\nHuskeeSteel is available in four different attractive finishes - black, brushed steel, slate and white. Crafted with 91% post-consumer recycled stainless steel, these durable cups are designed for longevity, helping to significantly reduce waste over time. Sustainability is at the heart of Huskee’s mission, addressing the staggering 7 million disposable coffee cups discarded daily in the UK.\nIMPORTANT NOTICE: When cleaning your HuskeeSteel cup, we highly advise you not to use abrasive cleaners, scrub brushes, or harsh chemicals as they may damage the powder-coated finish.\n\n\n \nCoffee on the go\nThis cup is supplied with a stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow. With strong insulation properties due to a dual walled vacuum design, the HuskeeSteel cup is ideal for commuters or anyone with a busy morning, fitting in any standard car cup holder.\n\n\n \nHow to clean your HuskeeSteel\nCleaning the exterior\nRinse the HuskeeSteel with warm water to remove any particles or dirt. Use a mild dish soap and a soft sponge or cloth to gently was the cup’s interior and exterior, then rinse the cup thoroughly with warm water to eliminate any soap residue. \nCleaning the interior (lined with ceramic)\nGently hand wash the cup using warm water and mild detergent then rinse the cup thoroughly with warm water to ensure all detergent is removed.\nThe brushed steel finish is dishwasher safe, but the other three must always be washed by hand.\n\n\n\n\n\nHuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future\nHuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste.\n\n\n\n\nWholsale packs and custom cups\nGreat for cafes and offices, HuskeeSteel cups are also available in great-value wholesale packs, allowing to to purchase a large quanitity of cups at a discounted price.\n Enhance your HuskeeSteel cup with a personal touch! Our advanced laser engraving process allows you to customize any HuskeeSteel product with your logo, perfect for companies, events and for use as promotional items. See here for more information.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 91% recycled stainless steel", "Bullet2":"Dual walled vacuum insulated design", "Bullet3":"Durable, reusable, and sustainable", "Bullet4":"Nontoxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Supplied with the Stopper Lid", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "18","RRP_Inc_VAT": "30.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HS08PKW01-S2C", "Title": "8oz HuskeeSteel Cup \u0026 Lid - White \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001843", "VariationOf": "hs08pku01-s2", "Description": " \nIntroducing the 8oz HuskeeSteel Cup \u0026amp; Lid \nStill with sustainability at its core, the HuskeeSteel range is manufactured using 91% post-consumer recycled steel. The 8oz size is perfect for cappuccinos and flat whites and the dual walled vacuum insulated design ensures your coffee stays hotter for longer. The impressive durability of the HuskeeSteel range means that you won’t need to use paper or plastic cups for years!\n\nHuskeeSteel is available in four different attractive finishes - black, brushed steel, slate and white. Crafted with 91% post-consumer recycled stainless steel, these durable cups are designed for longevity, helping to significantly reduce waste over time. Sustainability is at the heart of Huskee’s mission, addressing the staggering 7 million disposable coffee cups discarded daily in the UK.\nIMPORTANT NOTICE: When cleaning your HuskeeSteel cup, we highly advise you not to use abrasive cleaners, scrub brushes, or harsh chemicals as they may damage the powder-coated finish.\n\n\n \nCoffee on the go\nThis cup is supplied with a stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow. With strong insulation properties due to a dual walled vacuum design, the HuskeeSteel cup is ideal for commuters or anyone with a busy morning, fitting in any standard car cup holder.\n\n\n \nHow to clean your HuskeeSteel\nCleaning the exterior\nRinse the HuskeeSteel with warm water to remove any particles or dirt. Use a mild dish soap and a soft sponge or cloth to gently was the cup’s interior and exterior, then rinse the cup thoroughly with warm water to eliminate any soap residue. \nCleaning the interior (lined with ceramic)\nGently hand wash the cup using warm water and mild detergent then rinse the cup thoroughly with warm water to ensure all detergent is removed.\nThe brushed steel finish is dishwasher safe, but the other three must always be washed by hand.\n\n\n\n\n\nHuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future\nHuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste.\n\n\n\n\nWholsale packs and custom cups\nGreat for cafes and offices, HuskeeSteel cups are also available in great-value wholesale packs, allowing to to purchase a large quanitity of cups at a discounted price.\n Enhance your HuskeeSteel cup with a personal touch! Our advanced laser engraving process allows you to customize any HuskeeSteel product with your logo, perfect for companies, events and for use as promotional items. See here for more information.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 91% recycled stainless steel", "Bullet2":"Dual walled vacuum insulated design", "Bullet3":"Durable, reusable, and sustainable", "Bullet4":"Nontoxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Supplied with the Stopper Lid", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "20","RRP_Inc_VAT": "30.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HS08PKT01-S2C", "Title": "8oz HuskeeSteel Cup \u0026 Lid - Slate \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001850", "VariationOf": "hs08pku01-s2", "Description": " \nIntroducing the 8oz HuskeeSteel Cup \u0026amp; Lid \nStill with sustainability at its core, the HuskeeSteel range is manufactured using 91% post-consumer recycled steel. The 8oz size is perfect for cappuccinos and flat whites and the dual walled vacuum insulated design ensures your coffee stays hotter for longer. The impressive durability of the HuskeeSteel range means that you won’t need to use paper or plastic cups for years!\n\nHuskeeSteel is available in four different attractive finishes - black, brushed steel, slate and white. Crafted with 91% post-consumer recycled stainless steel, these durable cups are designed for longevity, helping to significantly reduce waste over time. Sustainability is at the heart of Huskee’s mission, addressing the staggering 7 million disposable coffee cups discarded daily in the UK.\nIMPORTANT NOTICE: When cleaning your HuskeeSteel cup, we highly advise you not to use abrasive cleaners, scrub brushes, or harsh chemicals as they may damage the powder-coated finish.\n\n\n \nCoffee on the go\nThis cup is supplied with a stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow. With strong insulation properties due to a dual walled vacuum design, the HuskeeSteel cup is ideal for commuters or anyone with a busy morning, fitting in any standard car cup holder.\n\n\n \nHow to clean your HuskeeSteel\nCleaning the exterior\nRinse the HuskeeSteel with warm water to remove any particles or dirt. Use a mild dish soap and a soft sponge or cloth to gently was the cup’s interior and exterior, then rinse the cup thoroughly with warm water to eliminate any soap residue. \nCleaning the interior (lined with ceramic)\nGently hand wash the cup using warm water and mild detergent then rinse the cup thoroughly with warm water to ensure all detergent is removed.\nThe brushed steel finish is dishwasher safe, but the other three must always be washed by hand.\n\n\n\n\n\nHuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future\nHuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste.\n\n\n\n\nWholsale packs and custom cups\nGreat for cafes and offices, HuskeeSteel cups are also available in great-value wholesale packs, allowing to to purchase a large quanitity of cups at a discounted price.\n Enhance your HuskeeSteel cup with a personal touch! Our advanced laser engraving process allows you to customize any HuskeeSteel product with your logo, perfect for companies, events and for use as promotional items. See here for more information.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 91% recycled stainless steel", "Bullet2":"Dual walled vacuum insulated design", "Bullet3":"Durable, reusable, and sustainable", "Bullet4":"Nontoxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Supplied with the Stopper Lid", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "15","RRP_Inc_VAT": "30.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MUSISCA42", "Title": "Musisca folding cello stand - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003ecello", "Brand": "Musisca", "Barcode": "5055964124571", "VariationOf": "musisca42", "Description": "Introducing the Musisca folding cello stand Sturdy and reliable, this cello stand from Musisca will keep your cello safe, whether on stage, at rehearsal, or in your home. Featuring an innovative design, the stand secures your instrument in place allowing for little no movement for the ultimate protection. However, when you need your cello just grab it and go! With easy height and grip adjustments, this stand will comfortably accommodate all standard cello sizes. And at just over 2kg's you can be sure your instrument isn't going anywhere, yet it is light enough for easy transport between venues. It never leaves a mark The stand features high end foam padding on all contact points so your instrument will remain scuff and scratch free, always. Keeping a tight grip The innovative design of the MUSISCA42 folding cello stand can be adjusted to fit any cello. Easily adjust the height and arm width for a snug fit so when your instrument is placed in there, it doesn't move. However, due to the simple yet effective design and the sponge padding you can always easily remove your cello, ready to play. Sturdy and secure The tripod base supplied a solid foundation for the stand. The rubber feet not only protect stage floors from scratch marks but also keeps your instrument firmly in place on all floors. Take it with you The stand folds down for easy storage and transport. And at just over 2kg's it wont weight you down too much when traveling between gigs. ", "Bullet1":"Cello stand with sturdy tripod base", "Bullet2":"Durable steel construction with powder coat finish", "Bullet3":"High end foam padded supports", "Bullet4":"Folding stand for ease of transport", "Bullet5":"Height adjustable", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "24","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1122", "Title": "Percussion Plus metal guiro with scraper - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003escrapers", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349485871", "VariationOf": "pp1122", "Description": "This metal guiro is perfect for use in classrooms and percussion groups. The guiro is of Latin-American origin and is played by scraping the serrated edges in long or short strokes. This guiro is 15\"\" x 3.5\"\" which makes it very compact. It has a dual stainless-steel surface, metal guiro and shaker all in one!", "Bullet1":"Made from stainless steel", "Bullet2":"Filled with little beads so you can use it as a shaker as well as a scraper", "Bullet3":"Handle for easy grip and carrying", "Bullet4":"Ideal for use in the classroom", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a metal scraper", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "22","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP939", "Title": "Percussion Plus Clamp Multi Angle - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003eadaptors", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547009396", "VariationOf": "pp939", "Description": "This multi angle clamp is an essential for every drummer. Fully adjustable, it has been designed to attach to cymbal or tom hardware. It is an easy way to add extra accessories to your existing set up. Clamp extends to a width of 4cm Distance between two clamps: 16.5cm", "Bullet1":"Multi angle clamp", "Bullet2":"Fully adjustable", "Bullet3":"Designed to attach to cymbal or tom hardware", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClamp extends to a width of\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e4cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDistance between two clamps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP493", "Title": "Percussion Plus pan flute - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003epanpipes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547004933", "VariationOf": "pp-panflute", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus pan flute\nLoosely based on Latin American pan pipes but constructed from a strong and robust plastic, this pan flute is a fun instrument for all.\nCategorized as a folk instrument, pan pipes are played by blowing across the opening of the pipes. The pitch of your sound varies along with the length of the pipes, with a longer pipe producing a lower sound.\nWith resin-secured cork inside the strong, shiny plastic tubes held together with wood, this Percussion Plus instrument provides a smart, cost-effective way in to the pan flute.\nAbout the pan flute\nThe pan flute has its origins in Ancient Greece; according to Greek mythology, its name is derived from the patron of shepherds, Pan. his particular type of pan flute is popular in Latin America, utilising the closed tube principle to create defined yet ethereal notes.\n", "Bullet1":"Fun instrument for all based on Latin American pan pipes", "Bullet2":"Plastic pipes with cork stoppers and wooden fixing bar", "Bullet3":"Blow across the opening of the pipes", "Bullet4":"Pitch varies with length of pipes", "Bullet5":"Sound intonation utlilises closed tube principle", "Bullet6":"Shiny brown finish", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePitch range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ec.A3-Eb5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePipes material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStopper material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCork\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAdhesive\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eResin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMax. height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMin. height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "35","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MUSISCA51", "Title": "Musisca height adjustable universal guitar stand with auto grab - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003eguitar\u003esingle", "Brand": "Musisca", "Barcode": "5055964124595", "VariationOf": "musisca51", "Description": " Introducing the MUSISCA51 universal guitar stand with auto grab This single guitar floor stand from Musisca is sturdy, reliable and easily transported - perfect for the gigging musician. Featuring an innovative design, the stand incorporates easy to use clasps for quick adjustments and an auto grab mechanism for convenient security. The padded contact points and non-slip rubber feet assure your instruments safety, whether at a gig, rehearsal, or at home. Easy use auto grab mechanism Simply place your guitar in the stand and the rest is done for you. The pressure of your instrument deploys two clasps giving you extra assurance that your instrument is going nowhere. And when you want to remove the guitar, just pick it up and start playing - the clasps will retract as soon as you lift your guitar from the stand. Quick and easy adjustments Easy use, ergonomic clasps make on-the-go adjustments simple. Also, as it is bright red you'll have no trouble finding it on a dimly lit stage or band pit for any last minute changes. Keeping your guitar in place As well as the auto grab mechanism, the non-slip rubber feet not only keeps your stand in place, but also protects all hard floors and staging from any damage. With high quality padding on all contact points, your instrument is always protected from scratches are marks. Take it with you Whilst being extremely sturdy, it is also lightweight and easily folds down to transport between gigs, rehearsals, and storage. ", "Bullet1":"Height adjustable guitar floor stand", "Bullet2":"Innovative auto grab system", "Bullet3":"Easy to use adjustment clasps", "Bullet4":"Foam padding on contact points", "Bullet5":"Folding stand for easy storage", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "106","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MMX63VA", "Title": "Sonix by MMX student Sandalwood viola bow - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ebows\u003eviola", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": "5056318301358", "VariationOf": "mmx63va", "Description": "The MMX63 series student bows are a great choice for replacing the bow supplied with a student outfit or to carry as a second bow. \nThe octagonal stick has a pleasing curve and good springy tension which will help with string crossing and various bowing techniques. The lapping adds the correct weighting to the bow. \nThese bows look the part too – the detailing on the frog slider and eyes catch the light to showcase the mother of pearl inlays. Each bow is embossed with the Sonix brand. \nAvailable for Violin, Viola, Cello and French style Double Bass. \n", "Bullet1":"Octagonal Sandalwood stick", "Bullet2":"Ideal second or replacement bow", "Bullet3":"Evenly weighted", "Bullet4":"Ebony and white copper fittings", "Bullet5":"Quality adjuster", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VA\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBow Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e74.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHair Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e65.7\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e69\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "19","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "13.291666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK205-NAT", "Title": "Octopus Academy soprano ukulele - Natural \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5055964130831", "VariationOf": "uk205", "Description": " \n\nOctopusAcademy series \nOctopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for over a decade, and the Academy series carries this tradition forward.\nIt is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust.\nThe selection of colours for this wave of the Academy series represent fresh takes on the most popular finishes of previous Octopus models, re-imagined to excite the creative senses.\nExplore and unleash your inner musician with one of the most popular instruments of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point. \n\n“I would be very happy to recommend this to any of my students”Al Start, Ukulele teacher Build quality Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The Academy range continues to surpass expectation – an improved production process bringing the highest quality sound and finish yet.Each component has been carefully selected and constructed, delivering excellence in each instrument. A classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production, tuning pegs are geared like a guitar so they hold their pitch for longer and all side walls are fully lined for stability, sound projection and a high quality appearance.Octopus have even smoothed all edges and every fret for a finish surpassing that of many more expensive ukes. Find your new muse Be moved to song by the approachable elegance of the Octopus Academy series. Your first few chords are printed on the box, which will get you serenading in no time! Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. Size and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. ", "Bullet1":"The best education ukulele just got even better!", "Bullet2":"Well-crafted tone woods produce a warm and resonant sound", "Bullet3":"Refined production for top quality construction and finish", "Bullet4":"Fitted with Aquila Nylgut strings", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a quality, Octopus branded gig bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eindividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e431g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "221","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK205-LBU", "Title": "Octopus Academy soprano ukulele - Light blue \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5055964130824", "VariationOf": "uk205", "Description": " \n\nOctopusAcademy series \nOctopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for over a decade, and the Academy series carries this tradition forward.\nIt is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust.\nThe selection of colours for this wave of the Academy series represent fresh takes on the most popular finishes of previous Octopus models, re-imagined to excite the creative senses.\nExplore and unleash your inner musician with one of the most popular instruments of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point. \n\n“I would be very happy to recommend this to any of my students”Al Start, Ukulele teacher Build quality Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The Academy range continues to surpass expectation – an improved production process bringing the highest quality sound and finish yet.Each component has been carefully selected and constructed, delivering excellence in each instrument. A classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production, tuning pegs are geared like a guitar so they hold their pitch for longer and all side walls are fully lined for stability, sound projection and a high quality appearance.Octopus have even smoothed all edges and every fret for a finish surpassing that of many more expensive ukes. Find your new muse Be moved to song by the approachable elegance of the Octopus Academy series. Your first few chords are printed on the box, which will get you serenading in no time! Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. Size and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. ", "Bullet1":"The best education ukulele just got even better!", "Bullet2":"Well-crafted tone woods produce a warm and resonant sound", "Bullet3":"Refined production for top quality construction and finish", "Bullet4":"Fitted with Aquila Nylgut strings", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a quality, Octopus branded gig bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eindividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e431g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-30","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK205-BK", "Title": "Octopus Academy soprano ukulele - Metallic black \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5055964130817", "VariationOf": "uk205", "Description": " \n\nOctopusAcademy series \nOctopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for over a decade, and the Academy series carries this tradition forward.\nIt is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust.\nThe selection of colours for this wave of the Academy series represent fresh takes on the most popular finishes of previous Octopus models, re-imagined to excite the creative senses.\nExplore and unleash your inner musician with one of the most popular instruments of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point. \n\n“I would be very happy to recommend this to any of my students”Al Start, Ukulele teacher Build quality Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The Academy range continues to surpass expectation – an improved production process bringing the highest quality sound and finish yet.Each component has been carefully selected and constructed, delivering excellence in each instrument. A classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production, tuning pegs are geared like a guitar so they hold their pitch for longer and all side walls are fully lined for stability, sound projection and a high quality appearance.Octopus have even smoothed all edges and every fret for a finish surpassing that of many more expensive ukes. Find your new muse Be moved to song by the approachable elegance of the Octopus Academy series. Your first few chords are printed on the box, which will get you serenading in no time! Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. Size and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. ", "Bullet1":"The best education ukulele just got even better!", "Bullet2":"Well-crafted tone woods produce a warm and resonant sound", "Bullet3":"Refined production for top quality construction and finish", "Bullet4":"Fitted with Aquila Nylgut strings", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a quality, Octopus branded gig bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eindividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e431g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK205-PU", "Title": "Octopus Academy soprano ukulele - Purple \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5055964130848", "VariationOf": "uk205", "Description": " \n\nOctopusAcademy series \nOctopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for over a decade, and the Academy series carries this tradition forward.\nIt is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust.\nThe selection of colours for this wave of the Academy series represent fresh takes on the most popular finishes of previous Octopus models, re-imagined to excite the creative senses.\nExplore and unleash your inner musician with one of the most popular instruments of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point. \n\n“I would be very happy to recommend this to any of my students”Al Start, Ukulele teacher Build quality Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The Academy range continues to surpass expectation – an improved production process bringing the highest quality sound and finish yet.Each component has been carefully selected and constructed, delivering excellence in each instrument. A classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production, tuning pegs are geared like a guitar so they hold their pitch for longer and all side walls are fully lined for stability, sound projection and a high quality appearance.Octopus have even smoothed all edges and every fret for a finish surpassing that of many more expensive ukes. Find your new muse Be moved to song by the approachable elegance of the Octopus Academy series. Your first few chords are printed on the box, which will get you serenading in no time! Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. Size and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. ", "Bullet1":"The best education ukulele just got even better!", "Bullet2":"Well-crafted tone woods produce a warm and resonant sound", "Bullet3":"Refined production for top quality construction and finish", "Bullet4":"Fitted with Aquila Nylgut strings", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a quality, Octopus branded gig bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eindividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e431g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "43","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK205-CAR", "Title": "Octopus Academy soprano ukulele - Candy apple red \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5055964130855", "VariationOf": "uk205", "Description": " \n\nOctopusAcademy series \nOctopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for over a decade, and the Academy series carries this tradition forward.\nIt is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust.\nThe selection of colours for this wave of the Academy series represent fresh takes on the most popular finishes of previous Octopus models, re-imagined to excite the creative senses.\nExplore and unleash your inner musician with one of the most popular instruments of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point. \n\n“I would be very happy to recommend this to any of my students”Al Start, Ukulele teacher Build quality Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The Academy range continues to surpass expectation – an improved production process bringing the highest quality sound and finish yet.Each component has been carefully selected and constructed, delivering excellence in each instrument. A classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production, tuning pegs are geared like a guitar so they hold their pitch for longer and all side walls are fully lined for stability, sound projection and a high quality appearance.Octopus have even smoothed all edges and every fret for a finish surpassing that of many more expensive ukes. Find your new muse Be moved to song by the approachable elegance of the Octopus Academy series. Your first few chords are printed on the box, which will get you serenading in no time! Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. Size and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. ", "Bullet1":"The best education ukulele just got even better!", "Bullet2":"Well-crafted tone woods produce a warm and resonant sound", "Bullet3":"Refined production for top quality construction and finish", "Bullet4":"Fitted with Aquila Nylgut strings", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a quality, Octopus branded gig bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eindividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e431g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "71","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK205-OVB", "Title": "Octopus Academy soprano ukulele - Old violin burst \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318303659", "VariationOf": "uk205", "Description": " \n\nOctopusAcademy series \nOctopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for over a decade, and the Academy series carries this tradition forward.\nIt is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust.\nThe selection of colours for this wave of the Academy series represent fresh takes on the most popular finishes of previous Octopus models, re-imagined to excite the creative senses.\nExplore and unleash your inner musician with one of the most popular instruments of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point. \n\n“I would be very happy to recommend this to any of my students”Al Start, Ukulele teacher Build quality Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The Academy range continues to surpass expectation – an improved production process bringing the highest quality sound and finish yet.Each component has been carefully selected and constructed, delivering excellence in each instrument. A classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production, tuning pegs are geared like a guitar so they hold their pitch for longer and all side walls are fully lined for stability, sound projection and a high quality appearance.Octopus have even smoothed all edges and every fret for a finish surpassing that of many more expensive ukes. Find your new muse Be moved to song by the approachable elegance of the Octopus Academy series. Your first few chords are printed on the box, which will get you serenading in no time! Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. Size and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. ", "Bullet1":"The best education ukulele just got even better!", "Bullet2":"Well-crafted tone woods produce a warm and resonant sound", "Bullet3":"Refined production for top quality construction and finish", "Bullet4":"Fitted with Aquila Nylgut strings", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a quality, Octopus branded gig bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eindividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e431g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK205-DB", "Title": "Octopus Academy soprano ukulele - Dark blue \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318301686", "VariationOf": "uk205", "Description": " \n\nOctopusAcademy series \nOctopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for over a decade, and the Academy series carries this tradition forward.\nIt is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust.\nThe selection of colours for this wave of the Academy series represent fresh takes on the most popular finishes of previous Octopus models, re-imagined to excite the creative senses.\nExplore and unleash your inner musician with one of the most popular instruments of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point. \n\n“I would be very happy to recommend this to any of my students”Al Start, Ukulele teacher Build quality Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The Academy range continues to surpass expectation – an improved production process bringing the highest quality sound and finish yet.Each component has been carefully selected and constructed, delivering excellence in each instrument. A classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production, tuning pegs are geared like a guitar so they hold their pitch for longer and all side walls are fully lined for stability, sound projection and a high quality appearance.Octopus have even smoothed all edges and every fret for a finish surpassing that of many more expensive ukes. Find your new muse Be moved to song by the approachable elegance of the Octopus Academy series. Your first few chords are printed on the box, which will get you serenading in no time! Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. Size and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. ", "Bullet1":"The best education ukulele just got even better!", "Bullet2":"Well-crafted tone woods produce a warm and resonant sound", "Bullet3":"Refined production for top quality construction and finish", "Bullet4":"Fitted with Aquila Nylgut strings", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a quality, Octopus branded gig bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eindividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e431g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "128","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK205-GR", "Title": "Octopus Academy soprano ukulele - Green \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318301747", "VariationOf": "uk205", "Description": " \n\nOctopusAcademy series \nOctopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for over a decade, and the Academy series carries this tradition forward.\nIt is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust.\nThe selection of colours for this wave of the Academy series represent fresh takes on the most popular finishes of previous Octopus models, re-imagined to excite the creative senses.\nExplore and unleash your inner musician with one of the most popular instruments of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point. \n\n“I would be very happy to recommend this to any of my students”Al Start, Ukulele teacher Build quality Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The Academy range continues to surpass expectation – an improved production process bringing the highest quality sound and finish yet.Each component has been carefully selected and constructed, delivering excellence in each instrument. A classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production, tuning pegs are geared like a guitar so they hold their pitch for longer and all side walls are fully lined for stability, sound projection and a high quality appearance.Octopus have even smoothed all edges and every fret for a finish surpassing that of many more expensive ukes. Find your new muse Be moved to song by the approachable elegance of the Octopus Academy series. Your first few chords are printed on the box, which will get you serenading in no time! Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. Size and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. ", "Bullet1":"The best education ukulele just got even better!", "Bullet2":"Well-crafted tone woods produce a warm and resonant sound", "Bullet3":"Refined production for top quality construction and finish", "Bullet4":"Fitted with Aquila Nylgut strings", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a quality, Octopus branded gig bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eindividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e431g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK205-PK", "Title": "Octopus Academy soprano ukulele - Pink \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318301693", "VariationOf": "uk205", "Description": " \n\nOctopusAcademy series \nOctopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for over a decade, and the Academy series carries this tradition forward.\nIt is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust.\nThe selection of colours for this wave of the Academy series represent fresh takes on the most popular finishes of previous Octopus models, re-imagined to excite the creative senses.\nExplore and unleash your inner musician with one of the most popular instruments of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point. \n\n“I would be very happy to recommend this to any of my students”Al Start, Ukulele teacher Build quality Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The Academy range continues to surpass expectation – an improved production process bringing the highest quality sound and finish yet.Each component has been carefully selected and constructed, delivering excellence in each instrument. A classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production, tuning pegs are geared like a guitar so they hold their pitch for longer and all side walls are fully lined for stability, sound projection and a high quality appearance.Octopus have even smoothed all edges and every fret for a finish surpassing that of many more expensive ukes. Find your new muse Be moved to song by the approachable elegance of the Octopus Academy series. Your first few chords are printed on the box, which will get you serenading in no time! Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. Size and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. ", "Bullet1":"The best education ukulele just got even better!", "Bullet2":"Well-crafted tone woods produce a warm and resonant sound", "Bullet3":"Refined production for top quality construction and finish", "Bullet4":"Fitted with Aquila Nylgut strings", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a quality, Octopus branded gig bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eindividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e431g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "75","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK205-LBB", "Title": "Octopus Academy soprano ukulele - Light blue burst \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318301716", "VariationOf": "uk205", "Description": " \n\nOctopusAcademy series \nOctopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for over a decade, and the Academy series carries this tradition forward.\nIt is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust.\nThe selection of colours for this wave of the Academy series represent fresh takes on the most popular finishes of previous Octopus models, re-imagined to excite the creative senses.\nExplore and unleash your inner musician with one of the most popular instruments of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point. \n\n“I would be very happy to recommend this to any of my students”Al Start, Ukulele teacher Build quality Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The Academy range continues to surpass expectation – an improved production process bringing the highest quality sound and finish yet.Each component has been carefully selected and constructed, delivering excellence in each instrument. A classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production, tuning pegs are geared like a guitar so they hold their pitch for longer and all side walls are fully lined for stability, sound projection and a high quality appearance.Octopus have even smoothed all edges and every fret for a finish surpassing that of many more expensive ukes. Find your new muse Be moved to song by the approachable elegance of the Octopus Academy series. Your first few chords are printed on the box, which will get you serenading in no time! Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. Size and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. ", "Bullet1":"The best education ukulele just got even better!", "Bullet2":"Well-crafted tone woods produce a warm and resonant sound", "Bullet3":"Refined production for top quality construction and finish", "Bullet4":"Fitted with Aquila Nylgut strings", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a quality, Octopus branded gig bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eindividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e431g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK205-PUB", "Title": "Octopus Academy soprano ukulele - Purple burst \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318301723", "VariationOf": "uk205", "Description": " \n\nOctopusAcademy series \nOctopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for over a decade, and the Academy series carries this tradition forward.\nIt is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust.\nThe selection of colours for this wave of the Academy series represent fresh takes on the most popular finishes of previous Octopus models, re-imagined to excite the creative senses.\nExplore and unleash your inner musician with one of the most popular instruments of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point. \n\n“I would be very happy to recommend this to any of my students”Al Start, Ukulele teacher Build quality Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The Academy range continues to surpass expectation – an improved production process bringing the highest quality sound and finish yet.Each component has been carefully selected and constructed, delivering excellence in each instrument. A classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production, tuning pegs are geared like a guitar so they hold their pitch for longer and all side walls are fully lined for stability, sound projection and a high quality appearance.Octopus have even smoothed all edges and every fret for a finish surpassing that of many more expensive ukes. Find your new muse Be moved to song by the approachable elegance of the Octopus Academy series. Your first few chords are printed on the box, which will get you serenading in no time! Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. Size and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. ", "Bullet1":"The best education ukulele just got even better!", "Bullet2":"Well-crafted tone woods produce a warm and resonant sound", "Bullet3":"Refined production for top quality construction and finish", "Bullet4":"Fitted with Aquila Nylgut strings", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a quality, Octopus branded gig bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eindividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e431g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK205-BKB", "Title": "Octopus Academy soprano ukulele - Black burst \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318301785", "VariationOf": "uk205", "Description": " \n\nOctopusAcademy series \nOctopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for over a decade, and the Academy series carries this tradition forward.\nIt is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust.\nThe selection of colours for this wave of the Academy series represent fresh takes on the most popular finishes of previous Octopus models, re-imagined to excite the creative senses.\nExplore and unleash your inner musician with one of the most popular instruments of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point. \n\n“I would be very happy to recommend this to any of my students”Al Start, Ukulele teacher Build quality Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The Academy range continues to surpass expectation – an improved production process bringing the highest quality sound and finish yet.Each component has been carefully selected and constructed, delivering excellence in each instrument. A classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production, tuning pegs are geared like a guitar so they hold their pitch for longer and all side walls are fully lined for stability, sound projection and a high quality appearance.Octopus have even smoothed all edges and every fret for a finish surpassing that of many more expensive ukes. Find your new muse Be moved to song by the approachable elegance of the Octopus Academy series. Your first few chords are printed on the box, which will get you serenading in no time! Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. Size and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. ", "Bullet1":"The best education ukulele just got even better!", "Bullet2":"Well-crafted tone woods produce a warm and resonant sound", "Bullet3":"Refined production for top quality construction and finish", "Bullet4":"Fitted with Aquila Nylgut strings", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a quality, Octopus branded gig bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eindividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e431g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK205-YL", "Title": "Octopus Academy soprano ukulele - Yellow \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318301709", "VariationOf": "uk205", "Description": " \n\nOctopusAcademy series \nOctopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for over a decade, and the Academy series carries this tradition forward.\nIt is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust.\nThe selection of colours for this wave of the Academy series represent fresh takes on the most popular finishes of previous Octopus models, re-imagined to excite the creative senses.\nExplore and unleash your inner musician with one of the most popular instruments of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point. \n\n“I would be very happy to recommend this to any of my students”Al Start, Ukulele teacher Build quality Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The Academy range continues to surpass expectation – an improved production process bringing the highest quality sound and finish yet.Each component has been carefully selected and constructed, delivering excellence in each instrument. A classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production, tuning pegs are geared like a guitar so they hold their pitch for longer and all side walls are fully lined for stability, sound projection and a high quality appearance.Octopus have even smoothed all edges and every fret for a finish surpassing that of many more expensive ukes. Find your new muse Be moved to song by the approachable elegance of the Octopus Academy series. Your first few chords are printed on the box, which will get you serenading in no time! Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. Size and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. ", "Bullet1":"The best education ukulele just got even better!", "Bullet2":"Well-crafted tone woods produce a warm and resonant sound", "Bullet3":"Refined production for top quality construction and finish", "Bullet4":"Fitted with Aquila Nylgut strings", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a quality, Octopus branded gig bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eindividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e431g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "72","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK200D-BK", "Title": "Octopus Academy soprano ukulele - Matt black \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5060349481521", "VariationOf": "uk205", "Description": " \n\nOctopusAcademy series \nOctopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for over a decade, and the Academy series carries this tradition forward.\nIt is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust.\nThe selection of colours for this wave of the Academy series represent fresh takes on the most popular finishes of previous Octopus models, re-imagined to excite the creative senses.\nExplore and unleash your inner musician with one of the most popular instruments of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point. \n\n“I would be very happy to recommend this to any of my students”Al Start, Ukulele teacher Build quality Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The Academy range continues to surpass expectation – an improved production process bringing the highest quality sound and finish yet.Each component has been carefully selected and constructed, delivering excellence in each instrument. A classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production, tuning pegs are geared like a guitar so they hold their pitch for longer and all side walls are fully lined for stability, sound projection and a high quality appearance.Octopus have even smoothed all edges and every fret for a finish surpassing that of many more expensive ukes. Find your new muse Be moved to song by the approachable elegance of the Octopus Academy series. Your first few chords are printed on the box, which will get you serenading in no time! Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. Size and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. ", "Bullet1":"The best education ukulele just got even better!", "Bullet2":"Well-crafted tone woods produce a warm and resonant sound", "Bullet3":"Refined production for top quality construction and finish", "Bullet4":"Fitted with Aquila Nylgut strings", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a quality, Octopus branded gig bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eindividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e431g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK205-DBB", "Title": "Octopus Academy soprano ukulele - Dark blue burst \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318301792", "VariationOf": "uk205", "Description": " \n\nOctopusAcademy series \nOctopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for over a decade, and the Academy series carries this tradition forward.\nIt is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust.\nThe selection of colours for this wave of the Academy series represent fresh takes on the most popular finishes of previous Octopus models, re-imagined to excite the creative senses.\nExplore and unleash your inner musician with one of the most popular instruments of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point. \n\n“I would be very happy to recommend this to any of my students”Al Start, Ukulele teacher Build quality Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The Academy range continues to surpass expectation – an improved production process bringing the highest quality sound and finish yet.Each component has been carefully selected and constructed, delivering excellence in each instrument. A classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production, tuning pegs are geared like a guitar so they hold their pitch for longer and all side walls are fully lined for stability, sound projection and a high quality appearance.Octopus have even smoothed all edges and every fret for a finish surpassing that of many more expensive ukes. Find your new muse Be moved to song by the approachable elegance of the Octopus Academy series. Your first few chords are printed on the box, which will get you serenading in no time! Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. Size and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. ", "Bullet1":"The best education ukulele just got even better!", "Bullet2":"Well-crafted tone woods produce a warm and resonant sound", "Bullet3":"Refined production for top quality construction and finish", "Bullet4":"Fitted with Aquila Nylgut strings", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a quality, Octopus branded gig bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eindividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e431g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK205-RDB", "Title": "Octopus Academy soprano ukulele - Red burst \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318301730", "VariationOf": "uk205", "Description": " \n\nOctopusAcademy series \nOctopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for over a decade, and the Academy series carries this tradition forward.\nIt is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust.\nThe selection of colours for this wave of the Academy series represent fresh takes on the most popular finishes of previous Octopus models, re-imagined to excite the creative senses.\nExplore and unleash your inner musician with one of the most popular instruments of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point. \n\n“I would be very happy to recommend this to any of my students”Al Start, Ukulele teacher Build quality Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The Academy range continues to surpass expectation – an improved production process bringing the highest quality sound and finish yet.Each component has been carefully selected and constructed, delivering excellence in each instrument. A classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production, tuning pegs are geared like a guitar so they hold their pitch for longer and all side walls are fully lined for stability, sound projection and a high quality appearance.Octopus have even smoothed all edges and every fret for a finish surpassing that of many more expensive ukes. Find your new muse Be moved to song by the approachable elegance of the Octopus Academy series. Your first few chords are printed on the box, which will get you serenading in no time! Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. Size and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. ", "Bullet1":"The best education ukulele just got even better!", "Bullet2":"Well-crafted tone woods produce a warm and resonant sound", "Bullet3":"Refined production for top quality construction and finish", "Bullet4":"Fitted with Aquila Nylgut strings", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a quality, Octopus branded gig bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eindividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e431g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK205-KAB", "Title": "Octopus Academy graphic soprano ukulele - Blue with Octopus \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318301754", "VariationOf": "uk205-kab", "Description": " Octopus Academy series Octopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for almost a decade, and the new Academy series carries this tradition forward. It is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust. The selection of colours for this new wave represent a new take on the most popular finishes of previous Octopus models, re-imagined to excite the creative senses. Explore the depths of your inner musician with the most popular instrument of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point. Find your new muse Be moved to song by the approachable elegance of the Octopus Academy series. Your first few chords are printed on the box, which will get you serenading in no time! Size and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. Build quality These Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded directly to the body for excellent sound production and reliability. The tuning pegs are geared like a guitar meaning the strings are easier to tighten and will hold their pitch for longer. The side walls of the body are fully lined for stability, sound projection and high-quality appearance. Every edge and all the frets have been smoothed and finished to a standard higher than many more expensive instruments. Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. ", "Bullet1":"The best education ukulele just got even better!", "Bullet2":"Fitted with Aquila strings", "Bullet3":"Reliable geared machine head tuners", "Bullet4":"OctoWave headstock", "Bullet5":"Flat back", "Bullet6":"Classical guitar style bridge", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okoume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eindividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "86","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK205-KAY", "Title": "Octopus Academy graphic soprano ukulele - Yellow with Octopus \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318301839", "VariationOf": "uk205-kab", "Description": " Octopus Academy series Octopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for almost a decade, and the new Academy series carries this tradition forward. It is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust. The selection of colours for this new wave represent a new take on the most popular finishes of previous Octopus models, re-imagined to excite the creative senses. Explore the depths of your inner musician with the most popular instrument of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point. Find your new muse Be moved to song by the approachable elegance of the Octopus Academy series. Your first few chords are printed on the box, which will get you serenading in no time! Size and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. Build quality These Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded directly to the body for excellent sound production and reliability. The tuning pegs are geared like a guitar meaning the strings are easier to tighten and will hold their pitch for longer. The side walls of the body are fully lined for stability, sound projection and high-quality appearance. Every edge and all the frets have been smoothed and finished to a standard higher than many more expensive instruments. Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. ", "Bullet1":"The best education ukulele just got even better!", "Bullet2":"Fitted with Aquila strings", "Bullet3":"Reliable geared machine head tuners", "Bullet4":"OctoWave headstock", "Bullet5":"Flat back", "Bullet6":"Classical guitar style bridge", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okoume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eindividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "79","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK205-KAR", "Title": "Octopus Academy graphic soprano ukulele - Red with Octopus \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318303895", "VariationOf": "uk205-kab", "Description": " Octopus Academy series Octopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for almost a decade, and the new Academy series carries this tradition forward. It is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust. The selection of colours for this new wave represent a new take on the most popular finishes of previous Octopus models, re-imagined to excite the creative senses. Explore the depths of your inner musician with the most popular instrument of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point. Find your new muse Be moved to song by the approachable elegance of the Octopus Academy series. Your first few chords are printed on the box, which will get you serenading in no time! Size and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. Build quality These Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded directly to the body for excellent sound production and reliability. The tuning pegs are geared like a guitar meaning the strings are easier to tighten and will hold their pitch for longer. The side walls of the body are fully lined for stability, sound projection and high-quality appearance. Every edge and all the frets have been smoothed and finished to a standard higher than many more expensive instruments. Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. ", "Bullet1":"The best education ukulele just got even better!", "Bullet2":"Fitted with Aquila strings", "Bullet3":"Reliable geared machine head tuners", "Bullet4":"OctoWave headstock", "Bullet5":"Flat back", "Bullet6":"Classical guitar style bridge", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okoume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eindividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "141","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK207-LBW", "Title": "Octopus Academy soprano ukulele - Light blue and white crackle \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318304427", "VariationOf": "uk207", "Description": "\n\n\nOctopus Academy seriesCrackle ukulele \nOctopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for almost a decade, and the Academy series carries this tradition forward.It is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust.\nThe crackle ukulele has a striking design bound to turn heads, with a \"\"crackle\"\" effect that provides a unique finish to each ukulele. This design comes in a selection of beautiful colours, meaning this ukulele not only sounds great but looks great too!\nExplore the depths of your inner musician with the most popular instrument of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point.\n\n\n Creating the crackle... You’ve seen this crackle effect on countless works of art (including the Mona Lisa), but you’ve never seen it on a ukulele! Created using a technique called craquelure, the idea is for the top layer of paint to dry faster than the bottom layer so it shrinks and ‘cracks’ in the process. This typically takes several decades but using an innovative technique we get it done in less than an hour. A great feature of this process is that no two Crackle ukes will look the same, so your ukulele will be unique to you. Not just visually stunning, this effect is also textured and provides a satisfying feel under the fingers. Build quality Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The Academy range continues to surpass expectation – an improved production process bringing the highest quality sound and finish yet.Each component has been carefully selected and constructed, delivering excellence in each instrument. A classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production, tuning pegs are geared like a guitar so they hold their pitch for longer and all side walls are fully lined for stability, sound projection and a high quality appearance.Octopus have even smoothed all edges and every fret for a finish surpassing that of many more expensive ukes. Get Cracking! Be moved to song by the approachable elegance of the Octopus Crackle series. Your first few chords are printed on the box, which will get you serenading in no time! Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. \n\n\n\nSize and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5.\n\n\n\nOur Octopus Academy ukulele range\n\nOctopus Academy soprano ukulele - crackle finishes\n\nOctopus Academy soprano ukulele - block and burst finishes\n\nOctopus Academy soprano ukulele - colour strings\n\nOctopus Academy electro-acoustic soprano ukulele\n\nOctopus Academy concert ukulele\n\nOctopus Academy tenor ukulele\n\nOctopus Academy soprano ukulele classroom packs of 12\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Fun and unique crackle effect design", "Bullet2":"Well-crafted tone woods produce a warm and resonant sound", "Bullet3":"Refined production for top quality construction and finish", "Bullet4":"Fitted with Aquila Nylgut strings", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a quality, Octopus branded gig bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okoume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eindividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e431g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "139","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK207-WB", "Title": "Octopus Academy soprano ukulele - White and black crackle \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318304434", "VariationOf": "uk207", "Description": "\n\n\nOctopus Academy seriesCrackle ukulele \nOctopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for almost a decade, and the Academy series carries this tradition forward.It is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust.\nThe crackle ukulele has a striking design bound to turn heads, with a \"\"crackle\"\" effect that provides a unique finish to each ukulele. This design comes in a selection of beautiful colours, meaning this ukulele not only sounds great but looks great too!\nExplore the depths of your inner musician with the most popular instrument of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point.\n\n\n Creating the crackle... You’ve seen this crackle effect on countless works of art (including the Mona Lisa), but you’ve never seen it on a ukulele! Created using a technique called craquelure, the idea is for the top layer of paint to dry faster than the bottom layer so it shrinks and ‘cracks’ in the process. This typically takes several decades but using an innovative technique we get it done in less than an hour. A great feature of this process is that no two Crackle ukes will look the same, so your ukulele will be unique to you. Not just visually stunning, this effect is also textured and provides a satisfying feel under the fingers. Build quality Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The Academy range continues to surpass expectation – an improved production process bringing the highest quality sound and finish yet.Each component has been carefully selected and constructed, delivering excellence in each instrument. A classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production, tuning pegs are geared like a guitar so they hold their pitch for longer and all side walls are fully lined for stability, sound projection and a high quality appearance.Octopus have even smoothed all edges and every fret for a finish surpassing that of many more expensive ukes. Get Cracking! Be moved to song by the approachable elegance of the Octopus Crackle series. Your first few chords are printed on the box, which will get you serenading in no time! Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. \n\n\n\nSize and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5.\n\n\n\nOur Octopus Academy ukulele range\n\nOctopus Academy soprano ukulele - crackle finishes\n\nOctopus Academy soprano ukulele - block and burst finishes\n\nOctopus Academy soprano ukulele - colour strings\n\nOctopus Academy electro-acoustic soprano ukulele\n\nOctopus Academy concert ukulele\n\nOctopus Academy tenor ukulele\n\nOctopus Academy soprano ukulele classroom packs of 12\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Fun and unique crackle effect design", "Bullet2":"Well-crafted tone woods produce a warm and resonant sound", "Bullet3":"Refined production for top quality construction and finish", "Bullet4":"Fitted with Aquila Nylgut strings", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a quality, Octopus branded gig bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okoume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eindividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e431g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "171","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK207-RW", "Title": "Octopus Academy soprano ukulele - Red and white crackle \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318304441", "VariationOf": "uk207", "Description": "\n\n\nOctopus Academy seriesCrackle ukulele \nOctopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for almost a decade, and the Academy series carries this tradition forward.It is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust.\nThe crackle ukulele has a striking design bound to turn heads, with a \"\"crackle\"\" effect that provides a unique finish to each ukulele. This design comes in a selection of beautiful colours, meaning this ukulele not only sounds great but looks great too!\nExplore the depths of your inner musician with the most popular instrument of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point.\n\n\n Creating the crackle... You’ve seen this crackle effect on countless works of art (including the Mona Lisa), but you’ve never seen it on a ukulele! Created using a technique called craquelure, the idea is for the top layer of paint to dry faster than the bottom layer so it shrinks and ‘cracks’ in the process. This typically takes several decades but using an innovative technique we get it done in less than an hour. A great feature of this process is that no two Crackle ukes will look the same, so your ukulele will be unique to you. Not just visually stunning, this effect is also textured and provides a satisfying feel under the fingers. Build quality Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The Academy range continues to surpass expectation – an improved production process bringing the highest quality sound and finish yet.Each component has been carefully selected and constructed, delivering excellence in each instrument. A classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production, tuning pegs are geared like a guitar so they hold their pitch for longer and all side walls are fully lined for stability, sound projection and a high quality appearance.Octopus have even smoothed all edges and every fret for a finish surpassing that of many more expensive ukes. Get Cracking! Be moved to song by the approachable elegance of the Octopus Crackle series. Your first few chords are printed on the box, which will get you serenading in no time! Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. \n\n\n\nSize and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5.\n\n\n\nOur Octopus Academy ukulele range\n\nOctopus Academy soprano ukulele - crackle finishes\n\nOctopus Academy soprano ukulele - block and burst finishes\n\nOctopus Academy soprano ukulele - colour strings\n\nOctopus Academy electro-acoustic soprano ukulele\n\nOctopus Academy concert ukulele\n\nOctopus Academy tenor ukulele\n\nOctopus Academy soprano ukulele classroom packs of 12\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Fun and unique crackle effect design", "Bullet2":"Well-crafted tone woods produce a warm and resonant sound", "Bullet3":"Refined production for top quality construction and finish", "Bullet4":"Fitted with Aquila Nylgut strings", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a quality, Octopus branded gig bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okoume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eindividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e431g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "174","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "2416.6666666666665", "Quantity_break_0": "", "Quantity_break_price_0": "", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "DE-MM19", "Title": "Set of 3 wooden castor cups for grand piano in rosewood finish - A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003emoving\u003ecastor-cups", "Brand": "Piano Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349485918", "VariationOf": "de-mm19", "Description": "A set of 3 traditionally styled, fine quality, solid wooden castor cups suitable for virtually any traditional, domestic grand piano. These attractive castor cups feature a cushioned underside designed to spread the weight of the piano, thus protecting wooden or hard floors from any scratching or indentation caused by the piano's castors.", "Bullet1":"A set of 3 fine quality wooden castor cups for grand pianos", "Bullet2":"Quality foam cushioned underside to protect hard floors", "Bullet3":"Solid hardwood with rosewood colour finish", "Bullet4":"Suitable for any domestic grand piano", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "87","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK205-UJB", "Title": "Octopus Academy graphic soprano ukulele - Union Jack Flag - A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318302867", "VariationOf": "uk205-ujb", "Description": "", "Bullet1":"The best education ukulele just got even better!", "Bullet2":"Fitted with Aquila strings", "Bullet3":"Reliable geared machine head tuners", "Bullet4":"OctoWave headstock", "Bullet5":"Flat back", "Bullet6":"Classical guitar style bridge", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026amp; Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026amp; Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eindividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e431g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "147","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK208-NAT", "Title": "Octopus Academy soprano ukulele left handed Natural - A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318308524", "VariationOf": "uk208-nat", "Description": " OctopusAcademy series \nOctopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for almost a decade, and the Academy series carries this tradition forward. It is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust.\nThe selection of colours for this new wave represent a new take on the most popular finishes of previous Octopus models, re-imagined to excite the creative senses at a standard which belies its modest price point.\nThis version is strung for left handed players, with fret dots on the side of the neck such that left handed players can see them, helping to improve their learning speed.\n Find your new muse Be moved to song by the approachable elegance of the Octopus Academy series. Your first few chords are printed on the box, which will get you serenading in no time! Size and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. Build quality These Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded directly to the body for excellent sound production and reliability. The tuning pegs are geared like a guitar meaning the strings are easier to tighten and will hold their pitch for longer. The side walls of the body are fully lined for stability, sound projection and high-quality appearance. Every edge and all the frets have been smoothed and finished to a standard higher than many more expensive instruments. This version has been specifically strung for left handed players with fret dots placed on the side of the neck such that left handers can easily see and use them. Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. ", "Bullet1":"The best education ukulele just got even better!", "Bullet2":"Fitted with Aquila strings, strung for left handed players", "Bullet3":"Reliable geared machine head tuners", "Bullet4":"OctoWave headstock", "Bullet5":"Flat back", "Bullet6":"Classical guitar style bridge", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSpecification\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okoume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e431g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "23","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.916666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "LMS07", "Title": "Opus orchestral music stand - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003econcert", "Brand": "Lawrence", "Barcode": "5060349482214", "VariationOf": "lms07", "Description": " Introducing the Opus LMS07 The Opus LMS07 is a brilliant, sturdy and well engineered music stand and is one of our best selling products. It is, without a doubt, a music stand built for functionality - it's quality construction with smart black finish is perfect for the stage, rehearsal room, and personal practice. We also offer excellent quantity discounts which makes it not only ideal for the home but also for school orchestras or bands. Perfect for any performer The music desk is large and perforated to reduce its weight and with dimensions of 48.5cm x 34cm, it can also accommodate larger orchestral scores. A versatile stand, it can be adjusted from 68m to 118cm for seated or standing playing. The desk can also be tilted and secured at almost any angle for conductors, solo and orchestral performers, reference notes in a lecture or even to support a tablet. Quality construction The height adjustable tubular stem is made of thick metal so is strong and secure. Also, the stand has a tripod design with a metal bracing which makes it very sturdy and comes complete with rubber covered feet to protect your floor. ", "Bullet1":"Folding tripod base for easy storage", "Bullet2":"Great value and quantity discounts available", "Bullet3":"Ideal for orchestral scores", "Bullet4":"Large music desk which can be angled", "Bullet5":"Sturdy and durable orchestral music stand", "Bullet6":"Height adjustable tubular stem", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDesk width\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e48.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDesk length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e34cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight adjustable tubular stem\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e68-118 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "209","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HT03SK02-R", "Title": "3oz Espresso HuskeeRenew Cup \u0026 Saucer Set of 2 - Smoke \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913000808", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-espresso-set-smoke", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeRenew 2-pack cup and saucer espresso set HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack contains two 3oz cups and two espresso saucers - a convenient and cost effect way to purchase for your café or restaurant. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? That's 2.5 billion every year! But HuskeeCups battle the waste that disposable coffee cups produce, by being reusable and made from 50% recycled material. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is HuskeeRenew? The HuskeeRenew range is made from Tritan Renew 50, a new PBS, BPF and BPA-free food-grade plastic which allows us to include 50% certified recycled content in this range of products. Tritan Renew 50 products use plastic derived from 50% recycled content, and Tritan plastics are used in over 600 products, from drink bottles to medical grade equipment. The material was chosen for its glass-like appearance, excellent durability as well as its stain and odour resisting properties. HuskeeRenew is a high performance copolyester, perfectly designed to hold both your hot and cold drinks. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. The iconic Huskee fins also make hot coffees easy and comfortable to hold. Staying in with your coffee? The matching espresso saucer is the perfect size for the HuskeeRenew 3oz cup and is a great way to experience coffee or cold beverages in your cafe, office, or home. They're also stackable, so you can keep thing organised. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made from 50% recycled material", "Bullet2":"This pack contains 2 x 3oz cups and 2 x espresso saucers", "Bullet3":"Translucent glass-like finish", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "15","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.45","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.725", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HT03SA02-R", "Title": "3oz Espresso HuskeeRenew Cup \u0026 Saucer Set of 2 - Amber \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001508", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-espresso-set-smoke", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeRenew 2-pack cup and saucer espresso set HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack contains two 3oz cups and two espresso saucers - a convenient and cost effect way to purchase for your café or restaurant. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? That's 2.5 billion every year! But HuskeeCups battle the waste that disposable coffee cups produce, by being reusable and made from 50% recycled material. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is HuskeeRenew? The HuskeeRenew range is made from Tritan Renew 50, a new PBS, BPF and BPA-free food-grade plastic which allows us to include 50% certified recycled content in this range of products. Tritan Renew 50 products use plastic derived from 50% recycled content, and Tritan plastics are used in over 600 products, from drink bottles to medical grade equipment. The material was chosen for its glass-like appearance, excellent durability as well as its stain and odour resisting properties. HuskeeRenew is a high performance copolyester, perfectly designed to hold both your hot and cold drinks. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. The iconic Huskee fins also make hot coffees easy and comfortable to hold. Staying in with your coffee? The matching espresso saucer is the perfect size for the HuskeeRenew 3oz cup and is a great way to experience coffee or cold beverages in your cafe, office, or home. They're also stackable, so you can keep thing organised. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made from 50% recycled material", "Bullet2":"This pack contains 2 x 3oz cups and 2 x espresso saucers", "Bullet3":"Translucent glass-like finish", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.45","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.725", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HT3SK04-R", "Title": "3oz Espresso HuskeeRenew Saucer 4-Pack - Smoke \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913000785", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-espresso-saucer-4-pk-smoke", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeRenew 4-pack of espresso saucers HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup saucers for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack contains four espresso saucers - a convenient and cost effect way to purchase for your café or restaurant. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? That's 2.5 billion every year! But HuskeeCups battle the waste that disposable coffee cups produce, by being reusable and made from 50% recycled material. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is HuskeeRenew? The HuskeeRenew range is made from Tritan Renew 50, a new PBS, BPF and BPA-free food-grade plastic which allows us to include 50% certified recycled content in this range of products. Tritan Renew 50 products use plastic derived from 50% recycled content, and Tritan plastics are used in over 600 products, from drink bottles to medical grade equipment. The material was chosen for its glass-like appearance, excellent durability as well as its stain and odour resisting properties. HuskeeRenew is a high performance copolyester, perfectly designed to hold both your hot and cold drinks. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Staying in with your coffee? The espresso saucer is the perfect size for the HuskeeRenew 3oz cup and is a great way to experience coffee or cold beverages in your cafe, office, or home. They're also stackable, so you can keep thing organised. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made from 50% recycled material", "Bullet2":"This pack contains 4 x espresso saucers", "Bullet3":"Translucent glass-like finish", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "16","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.45","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.725", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HT3SA04-R", "Title": "3oz Espresso HuskeeRenew Saucer 4-Pack - Amber \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001492", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-espresso-saucer-4-pk-smoke", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeRenew 4-pack of espresso saucers HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup saucers for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack contains four espresso saucers - a convenient and cost effect way to purchase for your café or restaurant. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? That's 2.5 billion every year! But HuskeeCups battle the waste that disposable coffee cups produce, by being reusable and made from 50% recycled material. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is HuskeeRenew? The HuskeeRenew range is made from Tritan Renew 50, a new PBS, BPF and BPA-free food-grade plastic which allows us to include 50% certified recycled content in this range of products. Tritan Renew 50 products use plastic derived from 50% recycled content, and Tritan plastics are used in over 600 products, from drink bottles to medical grade equipment. The material was chosen for its glass-like appearance, excellent durability as well as its stain and odour resisting properties. HuskeeRenew is a high performance copolyester, perfectly designed to hold both your hot and cold drinks. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Staying in with your coffee? The espresso saucer is the perfect size for the HuskeeRenew 3oz cup and is a great way to experience coffee or cold beverages in your cafe, office, or home. They're also stackable, so you can keep thing organised. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made from 50% recycled material", "Bullet2":"This pack contains 4 x espresso saucers", "Bullet3":"Translucent glass-like finish", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.45","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "14.725", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP171", "Title": "Acme brass boatswain pipe - nickel plated - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewhistles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "717668111121", "VariationOf": "pp171", "Description": "Introducing the Acme brass boatswain pipe - nickel plated\nA boatswain's call, pipe, or bosun's whistle is a pipe or a non-diaphragm type whistle used on naval ships by a boatswain. Making a loud, authoritative call, it was traditionally used to pass commands to the crew when the voice could not be heard over the sounds of the sea. Because of its high pitch, it could be heard over the activities of the crew and bad weather. Acme's boatswain pipe could be useful for a variety of theatre or orchestra performances. Perhaps most obviously, its an essential item for anyone putting on a run of Titanic the Musical!\nSmartly constructed\nThe pipe consists of a narrow tube (the gun) which directs air over a metal sphere (the buoy) with a hole in the top. The player opens and closes the hand over the hole to change the pitch.\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme police whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\n\nSound Sample\n\nChamberlain Music · PP171 Acme brass boatswain pipe\n", "Bullet1":"Makes a large, piercing call", "Bullet2":"Nickel plated finish", "Bullet3":"Useful for theatre performers", "Bullet4":"Traditionally used on naval ships", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.241666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP180", "Title": "Acme 'Silent' brass dog whistle - nickel plated - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewhistles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "717668115358", "VariationOf": "pp180", "Description": "Introducing the Acme 'Silent' brass dog whistle - nickel plated\nThe Acme Nickel Plated Brass Silent Dog Whistle is a highly versatile and adjustable tool for training your dog. With its adjustable screw piston mechanism, this whistle enables precise control over a wide range of frequencies, allowing you to tailor it to your dog's unique hearing range.\nPowerful and versatile\nThis whistle is adjustable between 5200Hz to 12880Hz and can be heard for over a mile, making it a brilliant tool for a variety of training exercises across many different locations. It is designed with special air directors to tightly control the frequency produced and generates over a mile of sound with minimal effort. Much of its original elegant shape from the period of Art Deco has been retained having been conceived by Clifford Hudson, son of founder, Joseph.\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme police whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\n\nSound Sample\n\nChamberlain Music · PP180 Acme 'Silent' brass dog whistle\n", "Bullet1":"'Silent' whistle; quiet for humans, loud for dogs", "Bullet2":"Pitch is adjustable between 5200Hz to 12880Hz", "Bullet3":"Designed with special air directors to tightly control the frequency produced", "Bullet4":"Generates over a mile of sound with minimal effort", "Bullet5":"Highly versatile and adjustable tool for training your dog", "Bullet6":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "29.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.241666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ5503", "Title": "Trinidad's Musical Journey teacher's guide book for Jumbie Jam - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "689076979108", "VariationOf": "jj5503", "Description": "Introduce the world of Steel Drums and Percussion Instruments to students while taking a Musical Journey to Trinidad \u0026amp; Tobago! Includes supporting audio download content. A classroom curriculum workbook that assists music educators with introducing the Jumbie Jam into their educational programes. This book provides guidance incorporating the Jumbie Jam Voice, Recorder, Orff instuments and auxiliary percussion such as Conga Drums, Triangle, Guiro, Cowbell, Claves, Maracas, Tambourine, Brake Drum, and T'ing. Trinidad's Musical Journey includes classroom activities such as constructing instruments from everyday items found in the surrounding area i.e home, school cafeteria etc. This teacher's guide also introduces the history of the Steel Drum as well as the Trinidadian Cluture in which the instrument was invented. The book also includes proper playing techniques and Steel Drum care.", "Bullet1":"Classroom activities and songs for Jumbie Jam Steel Drum", "Bullet2":"With optional parts for voice, recorder, piano, Orff instruments and hand percussion", "Bullet3":"Includes history of the instrument, steel drum care and playing techniques", "Bullet4":"Full stave notation and teaching notes for each song", "Bullet5":"With supporting audio download content", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "30.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP38310", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP38310 medium rubber beaters - pack of 5 pairs - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eball-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964130008", "VariationOf": "pp38310", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP38310 medium rubber beaters\nAn excellent value pack of multi application beaters which are versatile and extremely difficult to break. They are suitable for a wide variety of tuned percussion instruments and are ideal for the classroom. These beaters have a bright red head on a durable, black plastic handle with ergonomic grip.\nThe heads are hard enough to produce a loud bright tone with long decay, but the rubber has a small amount of give that negates the contact ‘click’ one might expect to hear from a more attacking solid plastic head. This bounce makes these beaters particularly good for middle-pitched resonant tuned percussion instruments such as metallophones and chime bars.", "Bullet1":"5 pairs of the popular PP383 beater", "Bullet2":"22cm black handle and 25mm bright red head", "Bullet3":"Suitable for a wide variety of tuned percussion instruments", "Bullet4":"Versatile and difficult to break", "Bullet5":"Ideal for use in the classroom", "Bullet6":"Made in the UK", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "18","RRP_Inc_VAT": "30.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "06STS6", "Title": "Majestic snare cable with 6 strands, thin stainless steel - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003esnares", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059318269", "VariationOf": "06sts6", "Description": "A Majestic tin stainless steel snare cable with 6 strands About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilizing carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Snare cable", "Bullet2":"6 strands", "Bullet3":"Thin stainless steel", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "30.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HK1", "Title": "Majestic snare cable with 1 strand, wooden base - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003esnares", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059318283", "VariationOf": "hk1", "Description": "A Majestic snare cable with 1 strand and a wooden base. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilizing carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Snare cable", "Bullet2":"1 strand", "Bullet3":"Wooden base", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "30.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NGS6", "Title": "Majestic snare cable with 6 strands, thin nickel wound - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003esnares", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059318313", "VariationOf": "ngs6", "Description": "A Majestic thin nickel wound snare cable with 6 strands. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilizing carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Snare cable", "Bullet2":"6 strands", "Bullet3":"Thin nickel wound", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "30.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SNM6", "Title": "Majestic snare cable with 6 strands, plated steel spiral - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003esnares", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059318320", "VariationOf": "snm6", "Description": "A Majestic snare cable with 6 strands and a plated steel spiral. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilizing carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Snare cable", "Bullet2":"6 strands", "Bullet3":"Plated steel spiral", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "30.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "TSN4", "Title": "Majestic snare cable with 4 strands, thick synthetic gut - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003esnares", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059318351", "VariationOf": "tsn4", "Description": "A Majestic thick synthetic gut snare cable with 4 strands About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilizing carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Snare cable", "Bullet2":"4 strands", "Bullet3":"Thick synthetic gut", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "30.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MUSISCA01", "Title": "Musisca lightweight folding music stand - Black \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003efolding", "Brand": "Musisca", "Barcode": "5055964124410", "VariationOf": "musisca-musicstand", "Description": "Introducing the Musisca lightweight folding music stand\nWeighing just 600g, this folding music stand from MUSISCA is exceptionally lightweight and highly portable, making it perfect for musicians on the go. Despite its feather-light design, it boasts impressive sturdiness and durability, standing up to frequent use with ease.\n\nPortable\nThe ergonomic buckles mean you can easily extend the stand to it's fill height of 155cm. Then once you are finished, you can fold the stand down to just 51.5cm for convenient storage or transport. The stands are also supplied with a carry bag, making travelling even easier.\n\nAvailable in black, silver grey, and rainbow finishes.\nPlease note: the rainbow stand image is for reference only. Colours may vary slightly.", "Bullet1":"A lightweight, foldable music stand", "Bullet2":"Ergonomic buckle structure for easy height adjustments", "Bullet3":"Aluminium construction with a variety of finishes", "Bullet4":"Durable and reliable", "Bullet5":"Supplied with quality stand bag", "Bullet6":"Please note: the rainbow stand image is for reference only - colours may vary slightly", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e600g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFull height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e155cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFolded height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e51.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "57","RRP_Inc_VAT": "30.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MUSISCA03", "Title": "Musisca lightweight folding music stand - Silver grey \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003efolding", "Brand": "Musisca", "Barcode": "5055964124434", "VariationOf": "musisca-musicstand", "Description": "Introducing the Musisca lightweight folding music stand\nWeighing just 600g, this folding music stand from MUSISCA is exceptionally lightweight and highly portable, making it perfect for musicians on the go. Despite its feather-light design, it boasts impressive sturdiness and durability, standing up to frequent use with ease.\n\nPortable\nThe ergonomic buckles mean you can easily extend the stand to it's fill height of 155cm. Then once you are finished, you can fold the stand down to just 51.5cm for convenient storage or transport. The stands are also supplied with a carry bag, making travelling even easier.\n\nAvailable in black, silver grey, and rainbow finishes.\nPlease note: the rainbow stand image is for reference only. Colours may vary slightly.", "Bullet1":"A lightweight, foldable music stand", "Bullet2":"Ergonomic buckle structure for easy height adjustments", "Bullet3":"Aluminium construction with a variety of finishes", "Bullet4":"Durable and reliable", "Bullet5":"Supplied with quality stand bag", "Bullet6":"Please note: the rainbow stand image is for reference only - colours may vary slightly", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e600g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFull height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e155cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFolded height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e51.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "41","RRP_Inc_VAT": "30.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MUSISCA13", "Title": "Musisca lightweight folding music stand - Rainbow \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003efolding", "Brand": "Musisca", "Barcode": "5055964124533", "VariationOf": "musisca-musicstand", "Description": "Introducing the Musisca lightweight folding music stand\nWeighing just 600g, this folding music stand from MUSISCA is exceptionally lightweight and highly portable, making it perfect for musicians on the go. Despite its feather-light design, it boasts impressive sturdiness and durability, standing up to frequent use with ease.\n\nPortable\nThe ergonomic buckles mean you can easily extend the stand to it's fill height of 155cm. Then once you are finished, you can fold the stand down to just 51.5cm for convenient storage or transport. The stands are also supplied with a carry bag, making travelling even easier.\n\nAvailable in black, silver grey, and rainbow finishes.\nPlease note: the rainbow stand image is for reference only. Colours may vary slightly.", "Bullet1":"A lightweight, foldable music stand", "Bullet2":"Ergonomic buckle structure for easy height adjustments", "Bullet3":"Aluminium construction with a variety of finishes", "Bullet4":"Durable and reliable", "Bullet5":"Supplied with quality stand bag", "Bullet6":"Please note: the rainbow stand image is for reference only - colours may vary slightly", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e600g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFull height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e155cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFolded height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e51.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "69","RRP_Inc_VAT": "30.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N220JF-10003", "Title": "Nuvo jFlute case - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318304526", "VariationOf": "n220jf-10003", "Description": "Nuvo jFlute case We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute and Student Flute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Will keep your jFlute safe while not in use", "Bullet2":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet3":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "8","RRP_Inc_VAT": "30.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "17.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ6584", "Title": "Izzo 6'' aluminium tamborim - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etamborims", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7899574302299", "VariationOf": "iz6584", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo 6'' aluminium tamborim\nThis affordable and lightweight tamborim is made from durable grooved aluminium and features a classic design with only 6 hooks. Its designed to be comfortable to hold and play, making it an ideal tamborim for turning techniques and a great instrument for beginners and schools.\nThe tamborim is not suitable for extremely high tuning, it sounds best in the mid and lower tuning ranges.\nThe Izzo brand\nThe Izzo brand represents authentic Brazilian percussion and is widely regarded as one of the top instrument manufacturers in Brazilian Samba. Hailing from Sao Paulo, Izzo have been producing a wide range of high quality instruments for over 60 years, and we are proud to say we are the sole importers of Izzo products.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Great quality anodized aluminium tamborim", "Bullet2":"6\" head diameter", "Bullet3":"45mm height", "Bullet4":"Authentic Brazilian made instrument", "Bullet5":"Produces a warm and rich tone", "Bullet6":"Lightweight, durable and easy to hold", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0,3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight of frame:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrame:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNylon\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRim:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eChrome\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHooks:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSilver\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNickel plated hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "30.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "S260WH06", "Title": "Nuvo school wall hanger - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "4046453027078", "VariationOf": "s260wh06", "Description": "\n\nIntroducing the Nuvo school wall hanger\nThe Nuvo school wall hanger can accommodate up to 6 Nuvo instruments. It can be secured to a wall or shelf using 4 screws or double sided adhesive tape. Keeping your instruments securely displayed makes them easy to grab and play, and allows them to air dry after cleaning. It also provides classrooms and music education spaces with a splash of colour to decorate their walls.\nThe instrument clips on this hanger will accommodate the Clarineo, jFlute, Student Flute, and jSax.\nPlease note: Instruments are not included\n\n\n\n\n\nPerfect for classroom environments\nIn many school settings, children do not own their instruments. A full set of instruments is kept at school, children arrive in class and pick one up to use in the lesson. The ability to keep instruments out of cases and on storage racks, assembled and ready to play, saves a lot of time at the beginning and end of each session. Mouthpieces and head joints can be removed for cleaning after use, or some students may bring their own mouthpiece or head joint to class.\n\n", "Bullet1":"6 instrument wall hanger", "Bullet2":"Suitable for Clarineos, flutes and jSaxes", "Bullet3":"Can be affixed with screws or double sided tape", "Bullet4":"Keep It Out! – see it, play it", "Bullet5":"Allow instruments to air dry naturally after cleaning", "Bullet6":"Add colour to your music department", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "30.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "B086LGVG16", "Title": "Multiplication Mastered Flashcards Set 1 Thumbs up for Mastery - A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003egames", "Brand": "Thumbs up for Mastery", "Barcode": "735850608846", "VariationOf": "b086lgvg16", "Description": "\n\nIntroducing the Multiplication Mastered Set 1\nMultiplication Mastered is a fantastic educational kit from Thumbs up for Mastery, designed to children their teach times tables. Using an engaging flashcard system, it takes a child from the first stages of learning times tables to a level of mastery of all twelve multiplication tables in a fun and efficient way. At the same time, Multiplication Mastered teaches the related division facts as well as square numbers, turning the maths into a fun game, rather than a classroom chore.\nIt offers a highly accessible \"\"one fact at a time\"\" approach to learning multiplication tables while reinforcing existing knowledge. This method motivates players by allowing them to demonstrate success along the way, continually consolidating their knowledge as they play to achieve total mastery!\nThe game is facilitated by a helper (a parent, older child, or another person capable of leading) and is not time-competitive, giving players ample time to respond. The helper, who typically participates along with the child, provides a fun yet structured way for family members to engage in the development of a child’s skills.\n\n\nA clever educational resource\nProfessionally presented with durable flashcards, the kit is ideal for younger children but also builds confidence in older children who may struggle with these skills. Progression only occurs once mastery is achieved. Mastery is demonstrated through the child’s ability to recall division facts related to each multiplication table. This is a key indicator of their capacity to understand and apply the tables. Reversing calculations and employing mathematical thinking is recognized as a higher-level skill than simply solving calculations in their conventional order.\nPerfect for 10 minutes a day!\nIt doesn’t just test a child’s knowledge of times tables; it teaches them first! This interactive method of teaching motivates children to keep improving. Just 10 minutes a day will lead to progress with their mathematical abilities, and this can be tracked and encouraged using the provided charts, stickers, and certificates. Move forward at each individual child’s pace, and use fun to educate them without the need for a screen.\nSet 1 teaches: x2, x5, x10, x4, x3, x6. You can find Set 2 here.\nSet one includes:\n6 packs of colour coordinated playing cards\nx2, x5, x10, x4, x3, x6 (each pack contains 56 cards, 43 question cards and 13 answer cards). The more difficult questions have more cards, and the easier questions have fewer cards to make a fun and efficient kit for learning.\nRewards\nAs well as the cards, there are many accessories in the box which will help keep students motivated, which can be hung up on the wall to display. 1 practice chart and 48 stickers follow your journey through the country scene, add stickers as you go to record every time you play. 1 progress chart and 104 stickers encourage commitment, and gives children something to fill in so that they can see how far they’ve come along. Every time you master a new fact, you can add a sticker to the chart! There’s also 6 certificates for each Times Table. When you master a Times Table, mark your achievement with a Thumbs Up for Mastery Certificate!\nAdditional contents\nThere’s 6 multiplication answer lists and 6 division lists (one for each times table). Plus, there’s a detailed instruction booklet and access to YouTube tutorials on how to play, letting you make the most out of your kit.\nWhat’s in the box?\n\n43 question cards\n13 answer cards\n1 practice chart\n48 practice stickers\n1 progress chart\n104 progress stickers\n6 certificates\n6 multiplication answer lists\n6 division lists\nDetailed instruction booklet\n\nTestimonials\n\"\"As a former Head of Mathematics in Secondary Schools I am aware of the difficulties encountered by many students in understanding mathematical relationships such as fractions and proportion without a secure knowledge of tables. It is a difficult skill to deliver to a large primary or secondary class and Multiplication Mastered provides a way in which parents and educational support staff can ensure this vital skill is mastered.\"\"\nChris Richards, Former Head of Mathematics at Ellen Wilkinson School (Ealing), Gumley House Convent School (Hounslow)\n\"\"As a teacher you have always known that times tables knowledge is fundamental to understanding mathematics and applying it. This kit is very clever: children are cementing their facts in tiny, fun steps. It doesn’t involve any screen time and creates a sociable and positive atmosphere in which to learn these essential facts.\"\"\nLaura O’Connor, Primary Mathematics Subject Leader and Parent\n", "Bullet1":"Master your times tables one fact at a time with this flashcard-based kit", "Bullet2":"A fun educational resource which teaches a child from the first stages of learning the 2 x tables", "Bullet3":"Reward daily practice and progress on bespoke charts", "Bullet4":"Set 1 covers: x2, x5, x10, x4, x3, x6", "Bullet5":"Reward MASTERY with a certificate of achievement", "Bullet6":"Access to YouTube tutorials on how to play", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "99","RRP_Inc_VAT": "30.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.0", "Quantity_break_1": "3","Quantity_break_price_1": "7.5", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "B086RV5NQF", "Title": "Multiplication Mastered Flashcards Set 2 Thumbs up for Mastery - A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003egames", "Brand": "Thumbs up for Mastery", "Barcode": "735850608853", "VariationOf": "b086rv5nqf", "Description": "\n\nIntroducing the Multiplication Mastered Set 2\nMultiplication Mastered is a fantastic educational kit from Thumbs up for Mastery, designed to children their teach times tables. Using an engaging flashcard system, it takes a child from the first stages of learning times tables to a level of mastery of all twelve multiplication tables in a fun and efficient way. At the same time, Multiplication Mastered teaches the related division facts as well as square numbers, turning the maths into a fun game, rather than a classroom chore.\nIt offers a highly accessible \"\"one fact at a time\"\" approach to learning multiplication tables while reinforcing existing knowledge. This method motivates players by allowing them to demonstrate success along the way, continually consolidating their knowledge as they play to achieve total mastery!\nThe game is facilitated by a helper (a parent, older child, or another person capable of leading) and is not time-competitive, giving players ample time to respond. The helper, who typically participates along with the child, provides a fun yet structured way for family members to engage in the development of a child’s skills.\n\n\nA clever educational resource\nProfessionally presented with durable flashcards, the kit is ideal for younger children but also builds confidence in older children who may struggle with these skills. Progression only occurs once mastery is achieved. Mastery is demonstrated through the child’s ability to recall division facts related to each multiplication table. This is a key indicator of their capacity to understand and apply the tables. Reversing calculations and employing mathematical thinking is recognized as a higher-level skill than simply solving calculations in their conventional order.\nPerfect for 10 minutes a day!\nIt doesn’t just test a child’s knowledge of times tables; it teaches them first! This interactive method of teaching motivates children to keep improving. Just 10 minutes a day will lead to progress with their mathematical abilities, and this can be tracked and encouraged using the provided charts, stickers, and certificates. Move forward at each individual child’s pace, and use fun to educate them without the need for a screen.\nSet 2 teaches: x7, x8, x9, x11, x12. You can find Set 1 here.\nSet two includes:\n6 packs of colour coordinated playing cards\nx9, x11, x8, x7, x12, Square Numbers (each pack contains 56 cards, 43 question cards and 13 answer cards). The more difficult questions have more cards, and the easier questions have fewer cards to make a fun and efficient game for learning.\nRewards\nAs well as the cards, there are many accessories in the box which will help keep students motivated, which can be hung up on the wall to display. 1 practice chart and 48 stickers follow your journey through the country scene, add stickers as you go to record every time you play. 1 progress chart and 104 stickers encourage commitment, and gives children something to fill in so that they can see how far they’ve come along. Every time you master a new fact, you can add a sticker to the chart! There’s also 6 certificates for each Times Table. When you master a Times Table, mark your achievement with a Thumbs Up for Mastery Certificate!\nAdditional contents\nThere’s 6 multiplication answer lists and 6 division lists (one for each times table), as well as a square numbers list and square roots list to check information and aid learning. Plus, there’s a detailed instruction booklet and access to YouTube tutorials on how to play, letting you make the most out of your kit.\nWhat’s in the box?\n\n43 question cards\n13 answer cards\n1 practice chart\n48 practice stickers\n1 progress chart\n104 progress stickers\n6 certificates\n6 multiplication answer lists\n6 division lists\n1 square numbers list\n1 square roots list\nDetailed instruction booklet\n\nTestimonials\n\"\"As a former Head of Mathematics in Secondary Schools I am aware of the difficulties encountered by many students in understanding mathematical relationships such as fractions and proportion without a secure knowledge of tables. It is a difficult skill to deliver to a large primary or secondary class and Multiplication Mastered provides a way in which parents and educational support staff can ensure this vital skill is mastered.\"\"\nChris Richards, Former Head of Mathematics at Ellen Wilkinson School (Ealing), Gumley House Convent School (Hounslow)\n\"\"As a teacher you have always known that times tables knowledge is fundamental to understanding mathematics and applying it. This kit is very clever: children are cementing their facts in tiny, fun steps. It doesn’t involve any screen time and creates a sociable and positive atmosphere in which to learn these essential facts.\"\"\nLaura O’Connor, Primary Mathematics Subject Leader and Parent\n", "Bullet1":"Master your times tables one fact at a time with this flashcard-based kit", "Bullet2":"A fun educational resource which teaches a child from the first stages of learning the 2 x tables", "Bullet3":"Reward daily practice and progress on bespoke charts", "Bullet4":"Set 2 covers: x7, x8, x9, x11, x12", "Bullet5":"Reward MASTERY with a certificate of achievement", "Bullet6":"Access to YouTube tutorials on how to play", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "30.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "10.0", "Quantity_break_1": "3","Quantity_break_price_1": "7.5", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N185SKW1", "Title": "Nuvo Dood and Toot School Spares Kit - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "793591215242", "VariationOf": "n185skw1", "Description": "Introducing the Nuvo Dood and Toot School Spares Kit\nNuvo’s Dood and Toot sibling instruments are a fantastic introduction to woodwind playing, offering first steps in single reed and flute-style techniques. They are as popular in the home as they are in education and have been designed to withstand the rigorous enthusiasm of fledgeling musicians! \nTraditional woodwind instruments can be very costly to repair and require a skilled, trained technician’s touch. The Nuvo Dood and Toot, however, are constructed in such a way that should a key or part need replacing, it can be easily done by a responsible adult such as a teacher or family member. Nuvo actively encourages players to pass their instruments on as they graduate to larger instruments, so with correct care and the occasional spare part each Dood or Toot should be able to springboard several new woodwind players on their way in music making. \nThe Dood and Toot spares kit includes the most commonly required spare parts - lip plates, reeds, o-rings, and mouthpieces caps. If you do require any additional parts, please contact us and we will be happy to assist you further. \n", "Bullet1":"Boxed set of maintenance essentials", "Bullet2":"Parts suitable for Dood and Toot", "Bullet3":"Supplied in clear box with catch", "Bullet4":"For any additional spares please contact us directly", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eKit contents\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSilicone mouthpiece caps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDood\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eReeds 1 and 1.5 strength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDood\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFirst note lip plates\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eToot\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRegular lip plates\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eToot\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLip plate tool\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eToot\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eO-rings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDood \u0026amp; Toot\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "30.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "17.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ5400", "Title": "How to Play C-20 steel pan by Jordan Morrison - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": null, "VariationOf": "jj5400", "Description": "This book caters to a wide range of players, from absolute beginners to those with a few years of experience on the pan. Its primary aim is to help you master the fundamentals of pan-playing and develop essential music reading skills. By the time you finish the book, you’ll be equipped to explore more music on your own. \nDesigned for both group and individual learning, this book is a valuable resource for educators and aspiring players alike, guiding them through the process of learning to play the C-20 Steelpan. Topics covered include grip and playing technique, instrument care and maintenance, basic music reading, the history of the steelpan, and details about the C-20 steelpan itself. It also offers practice tips, scales, exercises, etudes, and guidance on what to do once you’ve completed the book. If you follow along diligently from start to finish, you should feel confident moving on to more challenging music. \nThe \"\"How to Play the C-20 Steelpan\"\" book is crafted to support anyone, whether you're new to music or steelpan, or you already have some experience. It aims to help you progress steadily without overwhelming you. Along the way, you'll learn popular Caribbean standards and some familiar tunes while refining your pan-playing basics. \nIn the Classroom\nThis book is a versatile resource. It delves into the history of the steelpan, which makes it ideal for cross-curricular instruction, while also providing students with a solid foundation and respect for the instrument. Pages dedicated to grip, technique, care, and maintenance can easily be displayed in the classroom for students to reference. With a variety of etudes, exercises, pieces, and scales, this book will quickly get students playing, offer them plenty of material to work with, and prepare them for the next stage of their musical journey. \nDifficulty Level: Beginner to Intermediate\nAbout the Author\nJordan Morrison is a composer, arranger, educator, and performer. With extensive experience teaching a variety of music courses, including Jazz Band, Steelband, Music Theory, and more, Jordan has mentored hundreds of teachers and worked with thousands of students in schools, non-profits, and private studios. As a composer and performer, he has explored diverse opportunities—from performing at a bowling conference to composing music for a live soap opera and leading a virtual drum circle for people with cochlear implants. Jordan currently serves as the Music Education Director at W.O. Smith Nashville Community Music School and resides just outside Nashville, TN. \n", "Bullet1":"A great way to begin your (or your student's) C-20 Steelpan journey", "Bullet2":"Suitable for absolute beginners to those with a few years of experience", "Bullet3":"Perfect for both group and individual lessons", "Bullet4":"Covers practice tips, scales, exercises\/etudes and songs", "Bullet5":"The steelpan’s history opens doors for cross-curricular learning", "Bullet6":"Includes online backing tracks", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "30.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "30.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HC08N04-E", "Title": "8oz HuskeeCup 4-pack - Natural \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001201", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-8oz-4-pack", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeCup 8oz 4-pack HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack of four is available in either natural or charcoal finishes. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is a HuskeeCup made from? A HuskeeCup is made from a unique eco-composite polymer featuring coffee husk at it's core. What is coffee husk? Coffee husk is the discarded outer layer of a coffee bean, a waste product at the milling stage of coffee production. By using HuskeeCup, you are helping to recycle hundrds of tonnes of waste material from the production of coffee. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Staying in with your coffee? A HuskeeCup locks neatly with the Classic Saucer using a hill and valley locking system. The 'valley' at the base of each cup locks neatly with the 'hill' in the middle of the saucer to make carrying and serving coffee much easier and reduces the risks of knocks and spills. Coffee on the go Each cup is compatible with the Universal Lid, featuring a triangulation of vents on its roof. This creates the perfect flow so it's just like drinking from an open cup. The fins offer exceptional insulation and can be pushed on with one hand. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made using recycled coffee husk", "Bullet2":"This pack contains four 8oz cups", "Bullet3":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet4":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup dimensions:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e94mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e86mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e227g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e235ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEco-composite polymer, coffee husk waste, food contact approved, BPA free\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e4-pack stacked height:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e210mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "60","RRP_Inc_VAT": "30.28","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.133333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "14.508333333333333", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HC08C04-E", "Title": "8oz HuskeeCup 4-pack - Charcoal \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001133", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-8oz-4-pack", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeCup 8oz 4-pack HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack of four is available in either natural or charcoal finishes. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is a HuskeeCup made from? A HuskeeCup is made from a unique eco-composite polymer featuring coffee husk at it's core. What is coffee husk? Coffee husk is the discarded outer layer of a coffee bean, a waste product at the milling stage of coffee production. By using HuskeeCup, you are helping to recycle hundrds of tonnes of waste material from the production of coffee. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Staying in with your coffee? A HuskeeCup locks neatly with the Classic Saucer using a hill and valley locking system. The 'valley' at the base of each cup locks neatly with the 'hill' in the middle of the saucer to make carrying and serving coffee much easier and reduces the risks of knocks and spills. Coffee on the go Each cup is compatible with the Universal Lid, featuring a triangulation of vents on its roof. This creates the perfect flow so it's just like drinking from an open cup. The fins offer exceptional insulation and can be pushed on with one hand. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made using recycled coffee husk", "Bullet2":"This pack contains four 8oz cups", "Bullet3":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet4":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup dimensions:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e94mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e86mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e227g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e235ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEco-composite polymer, coffee husk waste, food contact approved, BPA free\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e4-pack stacked height:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e210mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "52","RRP_Inc_VAT": "30.28","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "15.133333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "14.508333333333333", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP460", "Title": "Percussion Plus tenor bass steel pan sticks - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964123925", "VariationOf": "pp460", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP460 tenor bass steel pan sticks\nMade in Akron Ohio USA, rubber capital of the world, Percussion Plus steel pan mallets are crafted from the largest variety of best quality polymers. Precision cut rubber mallet tips have the perfect combination of thickness and density to produce the best range of Caribbean sounds from your steel drum and can also help prolong the time between tunings. The selected hardwood shafts offer excellent balance and strength with a striking appearance.\nTwenty five years of research and development have gone into the best feeling and responding pan beaters in the land. Why compromise when you can have the best for your steel pan? Helping you make the most authentic and distinctive Caribbean sounds.\n\nShaft material - Oak\nHead material - Foam rubber\nHead hardness - Medium\n\nSupplied as a pair.\nDid you know?\nSteel pans are relatively young instruments that have become phenomenally popular in recent years, particularly with school music departments and events organisers. They originated in Trinidad and Tobago in the 1930s and are traditionally recycled from 55 gallon chemical containers.\nBoth steel pans and steel drums refer to the same thing. Steel pan players will often use rolls, which are rapid fire playing of the same note many times to create a more continuous sound. This allows for stimulated playing of longer notes that maintain their strength rather than decaying such as a single hit would produce.", "Bullet1":"Tenor Bass Wood Mallets with General Tip", "Bullet2":"12” selected hardwood handle", "Bullet3":"Single layer tip perfect for tenor bass pans", "Bullet4":"All-purpose tip provides even tone across the full range of the pan", "Bullet5":"Sonically engineered half round pink tips to produce the absolute best bass tone in the art-form", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "28","RRP_Inc_VAT": "30.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.516666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP461", "Title": "Percussion Plus low bass steel pan sticks - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547004612", "VariationOf": "pp461", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP461 low bass steel pan sticks\nMade in Akron Ohio USA, rubber capital of the world, Percussion Plus steel pan mallets are crafted from the largest variety of best quality polymers. Precision cut rubber mallet tips have the perfect combination of thickness and density to produce the best range of Caribbean sounds from your steel drum and can also help prolong the time between tunings. The selected hardwood shafts offer excellent balance and strength with a striking appearance.\nTwenty five years of research and development have gone into the best feeling and responding pan beaters in the land. Why compromise when you can have the best for your steel pan? Helping you make the most authentic and distinctive Caribbean sounds.\n\nShaft material - Oak\nHead material - Foam rubber\nHead hardness - Medium\n\nSupplied as a pair.\nDid you know?\nSteel pans are relatively young instruments that have become phenomenally popular in recent years, particularly with school music departments and events organisers. They originated in Trinidad and Tobago in the 1930s and are traditionally recycled from 55 gallon chemical containers.\nBoth steel pans and steel drums refer to the same thing. Steel pan players will often use rolls, which are rapid fire playing of the same note many times to create a more continuous sound. This allows for stimulated playing of longer notes that maintain their strength rather than decaying such as a single hit would produce.", "Bullet1":"Bass General Wood Mallets", "Bullet2":"12” selected hardwood handle", "Bullet3":"Rounded head bass \u0026amp; low bass", "Bullet4":"Sonically engineered three quarter round pink tips to produce the best possible bass tone", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "23","RRP_Inc_VAT": "30.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.516666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP758", "Title": "Percussion Plus easy grip medium mallets - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547007583", "VariationOf": "pp758", "Description": "These Percussion Plus medium mallets have been enhanced with easy grip foam rubber handles.Wound woollen heads are a favourite of professional percussionists when playing marimbas and vibraphones. They produce a clear tone with a relatively soft attack that won’t damage the tuned bars. This great value pair features a tightly wound woollen head with a medium rubber core which is equally at home with bass or treble heavy mallet instruments. These are good all-rounders and a useful addition to any stick bag.", "Bullet1":"Comfort grip handles", "Bullet2":"Medium wound heads", "Bullet3":"Sold as pair", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "31.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.791666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "15.108333333333333", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6730", "Title": "Percussion Plus Carnival Slap Djembe pre-tuned - 7 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964137502", "VariationOf": "pp6730", "Description": "\n \nThe Percussion Plus Carnival Slap Djembe pre-tuned\nIntroducing the latest generation of the Percussion Plus Slap Djembe, now with a vibrant ‘Carnival’ design. Crafted with precision at the world-renowned djembe factory in Bali, these drums combine durability, excellent tonal quality, and eye-catching visuals—making them perfect for any music education setting. The classic instructive drumheads offer guided technique, making this djembe an ideal choice for educators.\nBuilt to withstand classroom environments, the strong yet lightweight design enhances accessibility without compromising sound. With a powerful bass as a foundation, complemented by crisp slaps and deep, resonant tones, these djembes bring the dynamic range needed for engaging group music lessons.\nSupplied pre-tuned and available in various sizes, these colourful djembes invite you to start your own djembe circle. They are exceptional tools for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET), and can even support CPD programs for teachers aiming to broaden their musical skills and resources!\n\n\n\n\nImmaculate construction in leading Bali factory\nThe Carnival Slap Djembes are made in a superb world-leading djembe manufacturing facility in Bali. Each drum is subject to rigorous quality control and features a sophisticated one-piece body construction. This ensures a lively and consistent sound, a sleek profile, and enhanced durability. The lightweight, sturdy construction is an essential benefit for constant use in education. Plus, the rubber-coated base prevents slipping, crucial for the physical demands of playing.\n\n\n\n\nAn innovative teaching tool\nSlap Djembes are not only sturdy and attractive but also provide great teaching aids. The screen-printed, instructional drumheads make classroom music teaching that bit easier by showing students exactly where they need to hit the drum to make different sounds. This helps to speed up the learning process, allowing more time to focus on rhythm, ensemble, dynamics and other musical elements. Brightly coloured, these make for excellent teaching tools, stimulating interest, helping learning to be engaging.\n\n\n\n\nDurable Mylar drum head\nThe Mylar drum head is precisely tensioned for optimal resonance, offering exceptional durability for even the most energetic players. Mylar is an extremely robust material, often used in aerospace engineering; for drum heads it provides excellent all-weather protection, resisting excessive stretching, humidity, and temperature fluctuations. This helps prevent tuning issues and keeps the head from drying out over time, ensuring a consistent and true sound. Superb production values like this make Slap Djembes the pinnacle in educational and sustainable drumming, supporting hundreds of lessons over many years to come.\n\n\n\n\nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n\n\n\nLively, distinctive ‘Carnival’ design\nThe Carnival design infuses these djembes with a lively, vibrant aesthetic, embodying the spirit of celebration. Bold and eye-catching, the unique cloth wrap inspires music making in all ages. From primary and secondary to festival drum circles, music therapy and more.\n\n\nA djembe for every scenario\nCarnival slap djembes are available either pre-tuned (incredibly lightweight and convenient), rope tuned (more adaptable and traditional) or mechanically tuned (a perfect middle ground), letting you to select the right type of drum for your circumstances. These pre-tuned djembes allow precise pitch adjustment, letting you find the perfect sound. Available in a range of sizes - 7\"\", 8\"\", 10\"\", and 12” - they bring added versatility to your djembe circle, creating a rich soundscape with varied pitches and dynamics to engage the entire ensemble.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nThe design on the drum head shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring. The Bass The best sound is achieved in the centre of the drum. Keep your palm flat and stiff and strike the drum firmly. The Tone Straighten all your fingers at the same time. There are numerous hand positions that can be used to create the tone. Think of your hand as a straight extension of your arm, and you should get a solid ‘thud’ sound. The Slap This stroke can be played in the same position as the tone, the difference is that one relaxes the hand and arm to hit the drum with a slap-like motion. Spreading your fingers out slightly when they strike the djembe helps create a crisp clear sound. \n", "Bullet1":"The latest generation in the iconic Slap Djembe range!", "Bullet2":"Classic instructive drumhead for easy teaching and learning", "Bullet3":"Featuring a vibrant, colourful ‘Carnival’ design", "Bullet4":"Robust synthetic one-piece shell for maximum durability", "Bullet5":"Fantastic sound quality with crisp slap, deep tone and booming bass", "Bullet6":"Made by the world’s foremost djembe manufacturers in Bali", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6733\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e59cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.6kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6732\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6731\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6730\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.75kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLightweight PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead\/skin material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMylar Synthetic 'Fiberskin' head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCloth wrap\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRayon fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClear protective coat\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAcrylic emulsion\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning method\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5 year extended\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "346","RRP_Inc_VAT": "31.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.791666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6731", "Title": "Percussion Plus Carnival Slap Djembe pre-tuned - 8 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964137519", "VariationOf": "pp6730", "Description": "\n \nThe Percussion Plus Carnival Slap Djembe pre-tuned\nIntroducing the latest generation of the Percussion Plus Slap Djembe, now with a vibrant ‘Carnival’ design. Crafted with precision at the world-renowned djembe factory in Bali, these drums combine durability, excellent tonal quality, and eye-catching visuals—making them perfect for any music education setting. The classic instructive drumheads offer guided technique, making this djembe an ideal choice for educators.\nBuilt to withstand classroom environments, the strong yet lightweight design enhances accessibility without compromising sound. With a powerful bass as a foundation, complemented by crisp slaps and deep, resonant tones, these djembes bring the dynamic range needed for engaging group music lessons.\nSupplied pre-tuned and available in various sizes, these colourful djembes invite you to start your own djembe circle. They are exceptional tools for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET), and can even support CPD programs for teachers aiming to broaden their musical skills and resources!\n\n\n\n\nImmaculate construction in leading Bali factory\nThe Carnival Slap Djembes are made in a superb world-leading djembe manufacturing facility in Bali. Each drum is subject to rigorous quality control and features a sophisticated one-piece body construction. This ensures a lively and consistent sound, a sleek profile, and enhanced durability. The lightweight, sturdy construction is an essential benefit for constant use in education. Plus, the rubber-coated base prevents slipping, crucial for the physical demands of playing.\n\n\n\n\nAn innovative teaching tool\nSlap Djembes are not only sturdy and attractive but also provide great teaching aids. The screen-printed, instructional drumheads make classroom music teaching that bit easier by showing students exactly where they need to hit the drum to make different sounds. This helps to speed up the learning process, allowing more time to focus on rhythm, ensemble, dynamics and other musical elements. Brightly coloured, these make for excellent teaching tools, stimulating interest, helping learning to be engaging.\n\n\n\n\nDurable Mylar drum head\nThe Mylar drum head is precisely tensioned for optimal resonance, offering exceptional durability for even the most energetic players. Mylar is an extremely robust material, often used in aerospace engineering; for drum heads it provides excellent all-weather protection, resisting excessive stretching, humidity, and temperature fluctuations. This helps prevent tuning issues and keeps the head from drying out over time, ensuring a consistent and true sound. Superb production values like this make Slap Djembes the pinnacle in educational and sustainable drumming, supporting hundreds of lessons over many years to come.\n\n\n\n\nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n\n\n\nLively, distinctive ‘Carnival’ design\nThe Carnival design infuses these djembes with a lively, vibrant aesthetic, embodying the spirit of celebration. Bold and eye-catching, the unique cloth wrap inspires music making in all ages. From primary and secondary to festival drum circles, music therapy and more.\n\n\nA djembe for every scenario\nCarnival slap djembes are available either pre-tuned (incredibly lightweight and convenient), rope tuned (more adaptable and traditional) or mechanically tuned (a perfect middle ground), letting you to select the right type of drum for your circumstances. These pre-tuned djembes allow precise pitch adjustment, letting you find the perfect sound. Available in a range of sizes - 7\"\", 8\"\", 10\"\", and 12” - they bring added versatility to your djembe circle, creating a rich soundscape with varied pitches and dynamics to engage the entire ensemble.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nThe design on the drum head shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring. The Bass The best sound is achieved in the centre of the drum. Keep your palm flat and stiff and strike the drum firmly. The Tone Straighten all your fingers at the same time. There are numerous hand positions that can be used to create the tone. Think of your hand as a straight extension of your arm, and you should get a solid ‘thud’ sound. The Slap This stroke can be played in the same position as the tone, the difference is that one relaxes the hand and arm to hit the drum with a slap-like motion. Spreading your fingers out slightly when they strike the djembe helps create a crisp clear sound. \n", "Bullet1":"The latest generation in the iconic Slap Djembe range!", "Bullet2":"Classic instructive drumhead for easy teaching and learning", "Bullet3":"Featuring a vibrant, colourful ‘Carnival’ design", "Bullet4":"Robust synthetic one-piece shell for maximum durability", "Bullet5":"Fantastic sound quality with crisp slap, deep tone and booming bass", "Bullet6":"Made by the world’s foremost djembe manufacturers in Bali", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6733\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e59cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.6kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6732\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6731\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6730\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.75kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLightweight PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead\/skin material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMylar Synthetic 'Fiberskin' head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCloth wrap\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRayon fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClear protective coat\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAcrylic emulsion\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning method\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5 year extended\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "335","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "21.125", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6732", "Title": "Percussion Plus Carnival Slap Djembe pre-tuned - 10 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964137526", "VariationOf": "pp6730", "Description": "\n \nThe Percussion Plus Carnival Slap Djembe pre-tuned\nIntroducing the latest generation of the Percussion Plus Slap Djembe, now with a vibrant ‘Carnival’ design. Crafted with precision at the world-renowned djembe factory in Bali, these drums combine durability, excellent tonal quality, and eye-catching visuals—making them perfect for any music education setting. The classic instructive drumheads offer guided technique, making this djembe an ideal choice for educators.\nBuilt to withstand classroom environments, the strong yet lightweight design enhances accessibility without compromising sound. With a powerful bass as a foundation, complemented by crisp slaps and deep, resonant tones, these djembes bring the dynamic range needed for engaging group music lessons.\nSupplied pre-tuned and available in various sizes, these colourful djembes invite you to start your own djembe circle. They are exceptional tools for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET), and can even support CPD programs for teachers aiming to broaden their musical skills and resources!\n\n\n\n\nImmaculate construction in leading Bali factory\nThe Carnival Slap Djembes are made in a superb world-leading djembe manufacturing facility in Bali. Each drum is subject to rigorous quality control and features a sophisticated one-piece body construction. This ensures a lively and consistent sound, a sleek profile, and enhanced durability. The lightweight, sturdy construction is an essential benefit for constant use in education. Plus, the rubber-coated base prevents slipping, crucial for the physical demands of playing.\n\n\n\n\nAn innovative teaching tool\nSlap Djembes are not only sturdy and attractive but also provide great teaching aids. The screen-printed, instructional drumheads make classroom music teaching that bit easier by showing students exactly where they need to hit the drum to make different sounds. This helps to speed up the learning process, allowing more time to focus on rhythm, ensemble, dynamics and other musical elements. Brightly coloured, these make for excellent teaching tools, stimulating interest, helping learning to be engaging.\n\n\n\n\nDurable Mylar drum head\nThe Mylar drum head is precisely tensioned for optimal resonance, offering exceptional durability for even the most energetic players. Mylar is an extremely robust material, often used in aerospace engineering; for drum heads it provides excellent all-weather protection, resisting excessive stretching, humidity, and temperature fluctuations. This helps prevent tuning issues and keeps the head from drying out over time, ensuring a consistent and true sound. Superb production values like this make Slap Djembes the pinnacle in educational and sustainable drumming, supporting hundreds of lessons over many years to come.\n\n\n\n\nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n\n\n\nLively, distinctive ‘Carnival’ design\nThe Carnival design infuses these djembes with a lively, vibrant aesthetic, embodying the spirit of celebration. Bold and eye-catching, the unique cloth wrap inspires music making in all ages. From primary and secondary to festival drum circles, music therapy and more.\n\n\nA djembe for every scenario\nCarnival slap djembes are available either pre-tuned (incredibly lightweight and convenient), rope tuned (more adaptable and traditional) or mechanically tuned (a perfect middle ground), letting you to select the right type of drum for your circumstances. These pre-tuned djembes allow precise pitch adjustment, letting you find the perfect sound. Available in a range of sizes - 7\"\", 8\"\", 10\"\", and 12” - they bring added versatility to your djembe circle, creating a rich soundscape with varied pitches and dynamics to engage the entire ensemble.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nThe design on the drum head shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring. The Bass The best sound is achieved in the centre of the drum. Keep your palm flat and stiff and strike the drum firmly. The Tone Straighten all your fingers at the same time. There are numerous hand positions that can be used to create the tone. Think of your hand as a straight extension of your arm, and you should get a solid ‘thud’ sound. The Slap This stroke can be played in the same position as the tone, the difference is that one relaxes the hand and arm to hit the drum with a slap-like motion. Spreading your fingers out slightly when they strike the djembe helps create a crisp clear sound. \n", "Bullet1":"The latest generation in the iconic Slap Djembe range!", "Bullet2":"Classic instructive drumhead for easy teaching and learning", "Bullet3":"Featuring a vibrant, colourful ‘Carnival’ design", "Bullet4":"Robust synthetic one-piece shell for maximum durability", "Bullet5":"Fantastic sound quality with crisp slap, deep tone and booming bass", "Bullet6":"Made by the world’s foremost djembe manufacturers in Bali", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6733\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e59cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.6kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6732\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6731\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6730\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.75kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLightweight PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead\/skin material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMylar Synthetic 'Fiberskin' head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCloth wrap\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRayon fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClear protective coat\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAcrylic emulsion\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning method\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5 year extended\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "319","RRP_Inc_VAT": "65.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "35.208333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6733", "Title": "Percussion Plus Carnival Slap Djembe pre-tuned - 12 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964137533", "VariationOf": "pp6730", "Description": "\n \nThe Percussion Plus Carnival Slap Djembe pre-tuned\nIntroducing the latest generation of the Percussion Plus Slap Djembe, now with a vibrant ‘Carnival’ design. Crafted with precision at the world-renowned djembe factory in Bali, these drums combine durability, excellent tonal quality, and eye-catching visuals—making them perfect for any music education setting. The classic instructive drumheads offer guided technique, making this djembe an ideal choice for educators.\nBuilt to withstand classroom environments, the strong yet lightweight design enhances accessibility without compromising sound. With a powerful bass as a foundation, complemented by crisp slaps and deep, resonant tones, these djembes bring the dynamic range needed for engaging group music lessons.\nSupplied pre-tuned and available in various sizes, these colourful djembes invite you to start your own djembe circle. They are exceptional tools for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET), and can even support CPD programs for teachers aiming to broaden their musical skills and resources!\n\n\n\n\nImmaculate construction in leading Bali factory\nThe Carnival Slap Djembes are made in a superb world-leading djembe manufacturing facility in Bali. Each drum is subject to rigorous quality control and features a sophisticated one-piece body construction. This ensures a lively and consistent sound, a sleek profile, and enhanced durability. The lightweight, sturdy construction is an essential benefit for constant use in education. Plus, the rubber-coated base prevents slipping, crucial for the physical demands of playing.\n\n\n\n\nAn innovative teaching tool\nSlap Djembes are not only sturdy and attractive but also provide great teaching aids. The screen-printed, instructional drumheads make classroom music teaching that bit easier by showing students exactly where they need to hit the drum to make different sounds. This helps to speed up the learning process, allowing more time to focus on rhythm, ensemble, dynamics and other musical elements. Brightly coloured, these make for excellent teaching tools, stimulating interest, helping learning to be engaging.\n\n\n\n\nDurable Mylar drum head\nThe Mylar drum head is precisely tensioned for optimal resonance, offering exceptional durability for even the most energetic players. Mylar is an extremely robust material, often used in aerospace engineering; for drum heads it provides excellent all-weather protection, resisting excessive stretching, humidity, and temperature fluctuations. This helps prevent tuning issues and keeps the head from drying out over time, ensuring a consistent and true sound. Superb production values like this make Slap Djembes the pinnacle in educational and sustainable drumming, supporting hundreds of lessons over many years to come.\n\n\n\n\nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n\n\n\nLively, distinctive ‘Carnival’ design\nThe Carnival design infuses these djembes with a lively, vibrant aesthetic, embodying the spirit of celebration. Bold and eye-catching, the unique cloth wrap inspires music making in all ages. From primary and secondary to festival drum circles, music therapy and more.\n\n\nA djembe for every scenario\nCarnival slap djembes are available either pre-tuned (incredibly lightweight and convenient), rope tuned (more adaptable and traditional) or mechanically tuned (a perfect middle ground), letting you to select the right type of drum for your circumstances. These pre-tuned djembes allow precise pitch adjustment, letting you find the perfect sound. Available in a range of sizes - 7\"\", 8\"\", 10\"\", and 12” - they bring added versatility to your djembe circle, creating a rich soundscape with varied pitches and dynamics to engage the entire ensemble.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nThe design on the drum head shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring. The Bass The best sound is achieved in the centre of the drum. Keep your palm flat and stiff and strike the drum firmly. The Tone Straighten all your fingers at the same time. There are numerous hand positions that can be used to create the tone. Think of your hand as a straight extension of your arm, and you should get a solid ‘thud’ sound. The Slap This stroke can be played in the same position as the tone, the difference is that one relaxes the hand and arm to hit the drum with a slap-like motion. Spreading your fingers out slightly when they strike the djembe helps create a crisp clear sound. \n", "Bullet1":"The latest generation in the iconic Slap Djembe range!", "Bullet2":"Classic instructive drumhead for easy teaching and learning", "Bullet3":"Featuring a vibrant, colourful ‘Carnival’ design", "Bullet4":"Robust synthetic one-piece shell for maximum durability", "Bullet5":"Fantastic sound quality with crisp slap, deep tone and booming bass", "Bullet6":"Made by the world’s foremost djembe manufacturers in Bali", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6733\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e59cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.6kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6732\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6731\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6730\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.75kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLightweight PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead\/skin material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMylar Synthetic 'Fiberskin' head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCloth wrap\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRayon fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClear protective coat\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAcrylic emulsion\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning method\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5 year extended\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "200","RRP_Inc_VAT": "89.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "48.20833333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ3439-GR", "Title": "Izzo ABS 10\"\" green pandeiro with metallic head - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003epandeiros", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "5056318300207", "VariationOf": "iz3439-gr", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo ABS 10\"\" green pandeiro with metallic head\nJust like a tambourine, the shallow pandeiro drum has metal cymbals (or zils) attached to its shell. It’s played with the hand and can create all sorts of interesting sounds and fast rhythms to colour samba music.\nThis 10\"\" metallic-head pandeiro features fixed zinc-plated tuners, tinplate cymbals, and zinc-plated hardware, resulting in an exclusive sound. The shell is made from acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) which is very light and produces a crisp, bright sound.\n\nMore about Izzo\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over.\n", "Bullet1":"Durable and lightweight Brazilian pandeiro", "Bullet2":"Fitted with a 10\" head", "Bullet3":"Shiny, foil-covered drum skin", "Bullet4":"ABS plastic shell with 5 pairs of tinplate cymbals", "Bullet5":"Fixed zinc-plated tuners and zinc-plated hardware", "Bullet6":"Comes with a tuning key", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "31.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "25.833333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "W4057", "Title": "Panyard classic aluminium lead steel pan mallets - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "7482520886662", "VariationOf": "w4057", "Description": "This pair of beaters have small rubber tips making them suitable for lead pan players. Over fifteen years of research and development have been incorporated into all of Panyard's stick designs. Each pair is hand crafted to exact specifications in order to produce the finest tone from your steel pan. The classic metal mallets boast Panyards exclusive non-slip grip for extra control and comfort. Each pair is made of durable aircraft grade aluminum. Shaft material: Aircraft grade aluminium Head material: 1 x 0.2mm rubber bands", "Bullet1":"Small tip model for lead pan players", "Bullet2":"Non-slip grip for extra control and comfort", "Bullet3":"Durable aircraft grade aluminium", "Bullet4":"Approximately 20cm long", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAircraft grade aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1 x 0.2mm rubber bands\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e18.6cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead size\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.8cm x 1.8cm x 1.4cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 x 18.5g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "20","RRP_Inc_VAT": "31.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "21.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N430DBBK", "Title": "Nuvo N430 Dood outfit - Black with black trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eplastic\u003edood", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0735850167596", "VariationOf": "nuvo-dood-plastic-beginner-instrument-n430d", "Description": " Introducing the Nuvo Dood 2.0 Revolutionising the beginner woodwind market, Nuvo have created a fleet of instruments perfect for beginners in every way. Made from a combination of durable plastic and silicone, each instrument is ultra-lightweight and couldn't be easier to clean - simply rinse or bathe with soapy water, dry thoroughly and they're good to go!\nThe NUVO Dood is a brand new concept for single reed music education. A natural next step for a child playing the recorder, the Dood is a great way to introduce single-reed skills at an early age. With it’s mellow clarinet-like sound, the Dood makes a great addition to any recorder ensemble.\nEverything on the Dood is designed to give the beginner an easier playing experience, benefitting both player and teachers alike. From the easy action ligature, to the durable silicone keys it the ideal instrument for inspiring young players in the classroom and at home. Easy action ligature Now comes fitted with new integral ligature, easy to open with one hand. It remains compatible with Nuvo’s plastic reeds in 1, 1.5 and 2 strength or cane Eb size clarinet reeds and now also soprano saxophone reeds. Silicone key flaps Silicone key covers help smaller hands to accurately and completely cover the tone holes - less squeaks, more music! The instrument follows recorder-like fingering patterns whilst allowing beginners to learn single reed mouthpiece techniques. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments are easy to clean and sanitise. For a quick clean, simply spray with an appropriate woodwind disinfectant, leave for a 20 seconds or more then wipe with a dry cloth. When your instrument needs a deeper clean you can bathe it in warm soapy water and leave to dry on a towel. This will remove a build up of dirt or grime in any part of the instrument and get rid of any unwanted bacteria without the need to take it apart or for expensive cleaning equipment. Built to last Made from durable plastic and silicone, Nuvo instruments are built to last. Nuvo actively encourages players to pass on their instrument to another beginner once they have moved on to their next instrument, so if looked after well, your instrument could last you through many new players! Maintenance is also simple, with readily available spare parts and simple instructions for fitting and repair. Fun for all ages The Nuvo Toot isn't limited to just the classroom. Although it is the perfect instrument as a stepping platform for an aspiring single reed player, or for a classroom of young musicians, it can be enjoyed by anyone. Whether you once played the clarinet and would like to rekindle your passion without breaking the bank or just want to start something new, the Dood is ready to inspire. Case \u0026amp; accessories The slimline slipcase keeps everything you need to play the Dood in one place. The zip secured case has a spare reed pouch and just the right space for your instrument and fingering chart while you need it! \n Have you seen the Nuvo WindStars books?\nWindStars is a book-based program featuring Nuvo instruments, aiming to offer a simple, effective, and affordable way for junior school kids to experience playing music together. The idea of a WindStars instrument is to give children a feel for what it would be like to play the real thing. The simplified nature of each instrument allows for skills to develop more quickly, introducing a class or individual to what playing a wind instrument feels like.\nProgressing through a program specially put together by music professionals, students are able to play a musical instrument and develop a love for ensemble music at an early age. Better still, supporting materials including videos, backing tracks and print files available to download for free at Nuvo WindStars, making the program even more vibrant, exciting and useful! WindStars have three different levels to work through. You can start with Level 1 and progress through the stages at your own pace. Click HERE to view the full range of Nuvo WindStars books. \nAvailable in handy classroom packs\nYou can also get the Dood as part of Nuvo's classroom packs, including the Windstars 1 mixed class set and the Dood class set, which can help to kickstart your classes' musical development! These packs include a selection of instruments as well as teaching books, making them extremely convenient for primary teachers.\n\nLooking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... \n \n\nMore useful information Dood Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound\n\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Pitched in C (concert pitch)", "Bullet2":"100% waterproof", "Bullet3":"Recorder fingering with clarinet style mouthpiece and reed", "Bullet4":"Lightweight polymer construction with silicone bell and key covers", "Bullet5":"Now fitted with a new integral ligature, easy to open with one hand", "Bullet6":"4 position adjustable thumb rest", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e35.3cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.13kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNote range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOver 1 octave\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "125","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N430DBBL", "Title": "Nuvo N430 Dood outfit - Black with blue trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eplastic\u003edood", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0799439700802", "VariationOf": "nuvo-dood-plastic-beginner-instrument-n430d", "Description": " Introducing the Nuvo Dood 2.0 Revolutionising the beginner woodwind market, Nuvo have created a fleet of instruments perfect for beginners in every way. Made from a combination of durable plastic and silicone, each instrument is ultra-lightweight and couldn't be easier to clean - simply rinse or bathe with soapy water, dry thoroughly and they're good to go!\nThe NUVO Dood is a brand new concept for single reed music education. A natural next step for a child playing the recorder, the Dood is a great way to introduce single-reed skills at an early age. With it’s mellow clarinet-like sound, the Dood makes a great addition to any recorder ensemble.\nEverything on the Dood is designed to give the beginner an easier playing experience, benefitting both player and teachers alike. From the easy action ligature, to the durable silicone keys it the ideal instrument for inspiring young players in the classroom and at home. Easy action ligature Now comes fitted with new integral ligature, easy to open with one hand. It remains compatible with Nuvo’s plastic reeds in 1, 1.5 and 2 strength or cane Eb size clarinet reeds and now also soprano saxophone reeds. Silicone key flaps Silicone key covers help smaller hands to accurately and completely cover the tone holes - less squeaks, more music! The instrument follows recorder-like fingering patterns whilst allowing beginners to learn single reed mouthpiece techniques. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments are easy to clean and sanitise. For a quick clean, simply spray with an appropriate woodwind disinfectant, leave for a 20 seconds or more then wipe with a dry cloth. When your instrument needs a deeper clean you can bathe it in warm soapy water and leave to dry on a towel. This will remove a build up of dirt or grime in any part of the instrument and get rid of any unwanted bacteria without the need to take it apart or for expensive cleaning equipment. Built to last Made from durable plastic and silicone, Nuvo instruments are built to last. Nuvo actively encourages players to pass on their instrument to another beginner once they have moved on to their next instrument, so if looked after well, your instrument could last you through many new players! Maintenance is also simple, with readily available spare parts and simple instructions for fitting and repair. Fun for all ages The Nuvo Toot isn't limited to just the classroom. Although it is the perfect instrument as a stepping platform for an aspiring single reed player, or for a classroom of young musicians, it can be enjoyed by anyone. Whether you once played the clarinet and would like to rekindle your passion without breaking the bank or just want to start something new, the Dood is ready to inspire. Case \u0026amp; accessories The slimline slipcase keeps everything you need to play the Dood in one place. The zip secured case has a spare reed pouch and just the right space for your instrument and fingering chart while you need it! \n Have you seen the Nuvo WindStars books?\nWindStars is a book-based program featuring Nuvo instruments, aiming to offer a simple, effective, and affordable way for junior school kids to experience playing music together. The idea of a WindStars instrument is to give children a feel for what it would be like to play the real thing. The simplified nature of each instrument allows for skills to develop more quickly, introducing a class or individual to what playing a wind instrument feels like.\nProgressing through a program specially put together by music professionals, students are able to play a musical instrument and develop a love for ensemble music at an early age. Better still, supporting materials including videos, backing tracks and print files available to download for free at Nuvo WindStars, making the program even more vibrant, exciting and useful! WindStars have three different levels to work through. You can start with Level 1 and progress through the stages at your own pace. Click HERE to view the full range of Nuvo WindStars books. \nAvailable in handy classroom packs\nYou can also get the Dood as part of Nuvo's classroom packs, including the Windstars 1 mixed class set and the Dood class set, which can help to kickstart your classes' musical development! These packs include a selection of instruments as well as teaching books, making them extremely convenient for primary teachers.\n\nLooking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... \n \n\nMore useful information Dood Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound\n\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Pitched in C (concert pitch)", "Bullet2":"100% waterproof", "Bullet3":"Recorder fingering with clarinet style mouthpiece and reed", "Bullet4":"Lightweight polymer construction with silicone bell and key covers", "Bullet5":"Now fitted with a new integral ligature, easy to open with one hand", "Bullet6":"4 position adjustable thumb rest", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e35.3cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.13kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNote range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOver 1 octave\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "237","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N430DBGN", "Title": "Nuvo N430 Dood outfit - Black with green trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eplastic\u003edood", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0735850173207", "VariationOf": "nuvo-dood-plastic-beginner-instrument-n430d", "Description": " Introducing the Nuvo Dood 2.0 Revolutionising the beginner woodwind market, Nuvo have created a fleet of instruments perfect for beginners in every way. Made from a combination of durable plastic and silicone, each instrument is ultra-lightweight and couldn't be easier to clean - simply rinse or bathe with soapy water, dry thoroughly and they're good to go!\nThe NUVO Dood is a brand new concept for single reed music education. A natural next step for a child playing the recorder, the Dood is a great way to introduce single-reed skills at an early age. With it’s mellow clarinet-like sound, the Dood makes a great addition to any recorder ensemble.\nEverything on the Dood is designed to give the beginner an easier playing experience, benefitting both player and teachers alike. From the easy action ligature, to the durable silicone keys it the ideal instrument for inspiring young players in the classroom and at home. Easy action ligature Now comes fitted with new integral ligature, easy to open with one hand. It remains compatible with Nuvo’s plastic reeds in 1, 1.5 and 2 strength or cane Eb size clarinet reeds and now also soprano saxophone reeds. Silicone key flaps Silicone key covers help smaller hands to accurately and completely cover the tone holes - less squeaks, more music! The instrument follows recorder-like fingering patterns whilst allowing beginners to learn single reed mouthpiece techniques. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments are easy to clean and sanitise. For a quick clean, simply spray with an appropriate woodwind disinfectant, leave for a 20 seconds or more then wipe with a dry cloth. When your instrument needs a deeper clean you can bathe it in warm soapy water and leave to dry on a towel. This will remove a build up of dirt or grime in any part of the instrument and get rid of any unwanted bacteria without the need to take it apart or for expensive cleaning equipment. Built to last Made from durable plastic and silicone, Nuvo instruments are built to last. Nuvo actively encourages players to pass on their instrument to another beginner once they have moved on to their next instrument, so if looked after well, your instrument could last you through many new players! Maintenance is also simple, with readily available spare parts and simple instructions for fitting and repair. Fun for all ages The Nuvo Toot isn't limited to just the classroom. Although it is the perfect instrument as a stepping platform for an aspiring single reed player, or for a classroom of young musicians, it can be enjoyed by anyone. Whether you once played the clarinet and would like to rekindle your passion without breaking the bank or just want to start something new, the Dood is ready to inspire. Case \u0026amp; accessories The slimline slipcase keeps everything you need to play the Dood in one place. The zip secured case has a spare reed pouch and just the right space for your instrument and fingering chart while you need it! \n Have you seen the Nuvo WindStars books?\nWindStars is a book-based program featuring Nuvo instruments, aiming to offer a simple, effective, and affordable way for junior school kids to experience playing music together. The idea of a WindStars instrument is to give children a feel for what it would be like to play the real thing. The simplified nature of each instrument allows for skills to develop more quickly, introducing a class or individual to what playing a wind instrument feels like.\nProgressing through a program specially put together by music professionals, students are able to play a musical instrument and develop a love for ensemble music at an early age. Better still, supporting materials including videos, backing tracks and print files available to download for free at Nuvo WindStars, making the program even more vibrant, exciting and useful! WindStars have three different levels to work through. You can start with Level 1 and progress through the stages at your own pace. Click HERE to view the full range of Nuvo WindStars books. \nAvailable in handy classroom packs\nYou can also get the Dood as part of Nuvo's classroom packs, including the Windstars 1 mixed class set and the Dood class set, which can help to kickstart your classes' musical development! These packs include a selection of instruments as well as teaching books, making them extremely convenient for primary teachers.\n\nLooking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... \n \n\nMore useful information Dood Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound\n\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Pitched in C (concert pitch)", "Bullet2":"100% waterproof", "Bullet3":"Recorder fingering with clarinet style mouthpiece and reed", "Bullet4":"Lightweight polymer construction with silicone bell and key covers", "Bullet5":"Now fitted with a new integral ligature, easy to open with one hand", "Bullet6":"4 position adjustable thumb rest", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e35.3cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.13kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNote range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOver 1 octave\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "185","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N430DBPK", "Title": "Nuvo N430 Dood outfit - Black with pink trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eplastic\u003edood", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0735850173214", "VariationOf": "nuvo-dood-plastic-beginner-instrument-n430d", "Description": " Introducing the Nuvo Dood 2.0 Revolutionising the beginner woodwind market, Nuvo have created a fleet of instruments perfect for beginners in every way. Made from a combination of durable plastic and silicone, each instrument is ultra-lightweight and couldn't be easier to clean - simply rinse or bathe with soapy water, dry thoroughly and they're good to go!\nThe NUVO Dood is a brand new concept for single reed music education. A natural next step for a child playing the recorder, the Dood is a great way to introduce single-reed skills at an early age. With it’s mellow clarinet-like sound, the Dood makes a great addition to any recorder ensemble.\nEverything on the Dood is designed to give the beginner an easier playing experience, benefitting both player and teachers alike. From the easy action ligature, to the durable silicone keys it the ideal instrument for inspiring young players in the classroom and at home. Easy action ligature Now comes fitted with new integral ligature, easy to open with one hand. It remains compatible with Nuvo’s plastic reeds in 1, 1.5 and 2 strength or cane Eb size clarinet reeds and now also soprano saxophone reeds. Silicone key flaps Silicone key covers help smaller hands to accurately and completely cover the tone holes - less squeaks, more music! The instrument follows recorder-like fingering patterns whilst allowing beginners to learn single reed mouthpiece techniques. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments are easy to clean and sanitise. For a quick clean, simply spray with an appropriate woodwind disinfectant, leave for a 20 seconds or more then wipe with a dry cloth. When your instrument needs a deeper clean you can bathe it in warm soapy water and leave to dry on a towel. This will remove a build up of dirt or grime in any part of the instrument and get rid of any unwanted bacteria without the need to take it apart or for expensive cleaning equipment. Built to last Made from durable plastic and silicone, Nuvo instruments are built to last. Nuvo actively encourages players to pass on their instrument to another beginner once they have moved on to their next instrument, so if looked after well, your instrument could last you through many new players! Maintenance is also simple, with readily available spare parts and simple instructions for fitting and repair. Fun for all ages The Nuvo Toot isn't limited to just the classroom. Although it is the perfect instrument as a stepping platform for an aspiring single reed player, or for a classroom of young musicians, it can be enjoyed by anyone. Whether you once played the clarinet and would like to rekindle your passion without breaking the bank or just want to start something new, the Dood is ready to inspire. Case \u0026amp; accessories The slimline slipcase keeps everything you need to play the Dood in one place. The zip secured case has a spare reed pouch and just the right space for your instrument and fingering chart while you need it! \n Have you seen the Nuvo WindStars books?\nWindStars is a book-based program featuring Nuvo instruments, aiming to offer a simple, effective, and affordable way for junior school kids to experience playing music together. The idea of a WindStars instrument is to give children a feel for what it would be like to play the real thing. The simplified nature of each instrument allows for skills to develop more quickly, introducing a class or individual to what playing a wind instrument feels like.\nProgressing through a program specially put together by music professionals, students are able to play a musical instrument and develop a love for ensemble music at an early age. Better still, supporting materials including videos, backing tracks and print files available to download for free at Nuvo WindStars, making the program even more vibrant, exciting and useful! WindStars have three different levels to work through. You can start with Level 1 and progress through the stages at your own pace. Click HERE to view the full range of Nuvo WindStars books. \nAvailable in handy classroom packs\nYou can also get the Dood as part of Nuvo's classroom packs, including the Windstars 1 mixed class set and the Dood class set, which can help to kickstart your classes' musical development! These packs include a selection of instruments as well as teaching books, making them extremely convenient for primary teachers.\n\nLooking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... \n \n\nMore useful information Dood Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound\n\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Pitched in C (concert pitch)", "Bullet2":"100% waterproof", "Bullet3":"Recorder fingering with clarinet style mouthpiece and reed", "Bullet4":"Lightweight polymer construction with silicone bell and key covers", "Bullet5":"Now fitted with a new integral ligature, easy to open with one hand", "Bullet6":"4 position adjustable thumb rest", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e35.3cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.13kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNote range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOver 1 octave\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "55","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N430DWBL", "Title": "Nuvo N430 Dood outfit - White with blue trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eplastic\u003edood", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0735850167565", "VariationOf": "nuvo-dood-plastic-beginner-instrument-n430d", "Description": " Introducing the Nuvo Dood 2.0 Revolutionising the beginner woodwind market, Nuvo have created a fleet of instruments perfect for beginners in every way. Made from a combination of durable plastic and silicone, each instrument is ultra-lightweight and couldn't be easier to clean - simply rinse or bathe with soapy water, dry thoroughly and they're good to go!\nThe NUVO Dood is a brand new concept for single reed music education. A natural next step for a child playing the recorder, the Dood is a great way to introduce single-reed skills at an early age. With it’s mellow clarinet-like sound, the Dood makes a great addition to any recorder ensemble.\nEverything on the Dood is designed to give the beginner an easier playing experience, benefitting both player and teachers alike. From the easy action ligature, to the durable silicone keys it the ideal instrument for inspiring young players in the classroom and at home. Easy action ligature Now comes fitted with new integral ligature, easy to open with one hand. It remains compatible with Nuvo’s plastic reeds in 1, 1.5 and 2 strength or cane Eb size clarinet reeds and now also soprano saxophone reeds. Silicone key flaps Silicone key covers help smaller hands to accurately and completely cover the tone holes - less squeaks, more music! The instrument follows recorder-like fingering patterns whilst allowing beginners to learn single reed mouthpiece techniques. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments are easy to clean and sanitise. For a quick clean, simply spray with an appropriate woodwind disinfectant, leave for a 20 seconds or more then wipe with a dry cloth. When your instrument needs a deeper clean you can bathe it in warm soapy water and leave to dry on a towel. This will remove a build up of dirt or grime in any part of the instrument and get rid of any unwanted bacteria without the need to take it apart or for expensive cleaning equipment. Built to last Made from durable plastic and silicone, Nuvo instruments are built to last. Nuvo actively encourages players to pass on their instrument to another beginner once they have moved on to their next instrument, so if looked after well, your instrument could last you through many new players! Maintenance is also simple, with readily available spare parts and simple instructions for fitting and repair. Fun for all ages The Nuvo Toot isn't limited to just the classroom. Although it is the perfect instrument as a stepping platform for an aspiring single reed player, or for a classroom of young musicians, it can be enjoyed by anyone. Whether you once played the clarinet and would like to rekindle your passion without breaking the bank or just want to start something new, the Dood is ready to inspire. Case \u0026amp; accessories The slimline slipcase keeps everything you need to play the Dood in one place. The zip secured case has a spare reed pouch and just the right space for your instrument and fingering chart while you need it! \n Have you seen the Nuvo WindStars books?\nWindStars is a book-based program featuring Nuvo instruments, aiming to offer a simple, effective, and affordable way for junior school kids to experience playing music together. The idea of a WindStars instrument is to give children a feel for what it would be like to play the real thing. The simplified nature of each instrument allows for skills to develop more quickly, introducing a class or individual to what playing a wind instrument feels like.\nProgressing through a program specially put together by music professionals, students are able to play a musical instrument and develop a love for ensemble music at an early age. Better still, supporting materials including videos, backing tracks and print files available to download for free at Nuvo WindStars, making the program even more vibrant, exciting and useful! WindStars have three different levels to work through. You can start with Level 1 and progress through the stages at your own pace. Click HERE to view the full range of Nuvo WindStars books. \nAvailable in handy classroom packs\nYou can also get the Dood as part of Nuvo's classroom packs, including the Windstars 1 mixed class set and the Dood class set, which can help to kickstart your classes' musical development! These packs include a selection of instruments as well as teaching books, making them extremely convenient for primary teachers.\n\nLooking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... \n \n\nMore useful information Dood Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound\n\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Pitched in C (concert pitch)", "Bullet2":"100% waterproof", "Bullet3":"Recorder fingering with clarinet style mouthpiece and reed", "Bullet4":"Lightweight polymer construction with silicone bell and key covers", "Bullet5":"Now fitted with a new integral ligature, easy to open with one hand", "Bullet6":"4 position adjustable thumb rest", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e35.3cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.13kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNote range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOver 1 octave\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "72","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N430DWGN", "Title": "Nuvo N430 Dood outfit - White with green trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eplastic\u003edood", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0735850167572", "VariationOf": "nuvo-dood-plastic-beginner-instrument-n430d", "Description": " Introducing the Nuvo Dood 2.0 Revolutionising the beginner woodwind market, Nuvo have created a fleet of instruments perfect for beginners in every way. Made from a combination of durable plastic and silicone, each instrument is ultra-lightweight and couldn't be easier to clean - simply rinse or bathe with soapy water, dry thoroughly and they're good to go!\nThe NUVO Dood is a brand new concept for single reed music education. A natural next step for a child playing the recorder, the Dood is a great way to introduce single-reed skills at an early age. With it’s mellow clarinet-like sound, the Dood makes a great addition to any recorder ensemble.\nEverything on the Dood is designed to give the beginner an easier playing experience, benefitting both player and teachers alike. From the easy action ligature, to the durable silicone keys it the ideal instrument for inspiring young players in the classroom and at home. Easy action ligature Now comes fitted with new integral ligature, easy to open with one hand. It remains compatible with Nuvo’s plastic reeds in 1, 1.5 and 2 strength or cane Eb size clarinet reeds and now also soprano saxophone reeds. Silicone key flaps Silicone key covers help smaller hands to accurately and completely cover the tone holes - less squeaks, more music! The instrument follows recorder-like fingering patterns whilst allowing beginners to learn single reed mouthpiece techniques. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments are easy to clean and sanitise. For a quick clean, simply spray with an appropriate woodwind disinfectant, leave for a 20 seconds or more then wipe with a dry cloth. When your instrument needs a deeper clean you can bathe it in warm soapy water and leave to dry on a towel. This will remove a build up of dirt or grime in any part of the instrument and get rid of any unwanted bacteria without the need to take it apart or for expensive cleaning equipment. Built to last Made from durable plastic and silicone, Nuvo instruments are built to last. Nuvo actively encourages players to pass on their instrument to another beginner once they have moved on to their next instrument, so if looked after well, your instrument could last you through many new players! Maintenance is also simple, with readily available spare parts and simple instructions for fitting and repair. Fun for all ages The Nuvo Toot isn't limited to just the classroom. Although it is the perfect instrument as a stepping platform for an aspiring single reed player, or for a classroom of young musicians, it can be enjoyed by anyone. Whether you once played the clarinet and would like to rekindle your passion without breaking the bank or just want to start something new, the Dood is ready to inspire. Case \u0026amp; accessories The slimline slipcase keeps everything you need to play the Dood in one place. The zip secured case has a spare reed pouch and just the right space for your instrument and fingering chart while you need it! \n Have you seen the Nuvo WindStars books?\nWindStars is a book-based program featuring Nuvo instruments, aiming to offer a simple, effective, and affordable way for junior school kids to experience playing music together. The idea of a WindStars instrument is to give children a feel for what it would be like to play the real thing. The simplified nature of each instrument allows for skills to develop more quickly, introducing a class or individual to what playing a wind instrument feels like.\nProgressing through a program specially put together by music professionals, students are able to play a musical instrument and develop a love for ensemble music at an early age. Better still, supporting materials including videos, backing tracks and print files available to download for free at Nuvo WindStars, making the program even more vibrant, exciting and useful! WindStars have three different levels to work through. You can start with Level 1 and progress through the stages at your own pace. Click HERE to view the full range of Nuvo WindStars books. \nAvailable in handy classroom packs\nYou can also get the Dood as part of Nuvo's classroom packs, including the Windstars 1 mixed class set and the Dood class set, which can help to kickstart your classes' musical development! These packs include a selection of instruments as well as teaching books, making them extremely convenient for primary teachers.\n\nLooking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... \n \n\nMore useful information Dood Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound\n\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Pitched in C (concert pitch)", "Bullet2":"100% waterproof", "Bullet3":"Recorder fingering with clarinet style mouthpiece and reed", "Bullet4":"Lightweight polymer construction with silicone bell and key covers", "Bullet5":"Now fitted with a new integral ligature, easy to open with one hand", "Bullet6":"4 position adjustable thumb rest", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e35.3cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.13kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNote range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOver 1 octave\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "119","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N430DWPK", "Title": "Nuvo N430 Dood outfit - White with pink trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eplastic\u003edood", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0735850167589", "VariationOf": "nuvo-dood-plastic-beginner-instrument-n430d", "Description": " Introducing the Nuvo Dood 2.0 Revolutionising the beginner woodwind market, Nuvo have created a fleet of instruments perfect for beginners in every way. Made from a combination of durable plastic and silicone, each instrument is ultra-lightweight and couldn't be easier to clean - simply rinse or bathe with soapy water, dry thoroughly and they're good to go!\nThe NUVO Dood is a brand new concept for single reed music education. A natural next step for a child playing the recorder, the Dood is a great way to introduce single-reed skills at an early age. With it’s mellow clarinet-like sound, the Dood makes a great addition to any recorder ensemble.\nEverything on the Dood is designed to give the beginner an easier playing experience, benefitting both player and teachers alike. From the easy action ligature, to the durable silicone keys it the ideal instrument for inspiring young players in the classroom and at home. Easy action ligature Now comes fitted with new integral ligature, easy to open with one hand. It remains compatible with Nuvo’s plastic reeds in 1, 1.5 and 2 strength or cane Eb size clarinet reeds and now also soprano saxophone reeds. Silicone key flaps Silicone key covers help smaller hands to accurately and completely cover the tone holes - less squeaks, more music! The instrument follows recorder-like fingering patterns whilst allowing beginners to learn single reed mouthpiece techniques. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments are easy to clean and sanitise. For a quick clean, simply spray with an appropriate woodwind disinfectant, leave for a 20 seconds or more then wipe with a dry cloth. When your instrument needs a deeper clean you can bathe it in warm soapy water and leave to dry on a towel. This will remove a build up of dirt or grime in any part of the instrument and get rid of any unwanted bacteria without the need to take it apart or for expensive cleaning equipment. Built to last Made from durable plastic and silicone, Nuvo instruments are built to last. Nuvo actively encourages players to pass on their instrument to another beginner once they have moved on to their next instrument, so if looked after well, your instrument could last you through many new players! Maintenance is also simple, with readily available spare parts and simple instructions for fitting and repair. Fun for all ages The Nuvo Toot isn't limited to just the classroom. Although it is the perfect instrument as a stepping platform for an aspiring single reed player, or for a classroom of young musicians, it can be enjoyed by anyone. Whether you once played the clarinet and would like to rekindle your passion without breaking the bank or just want to start something new, the Dood is ready to inspire. Case \u0026amp; accessories The slimline slipcase keeps everything you need to play the Dood in one place. The zip secured case has a spare reed pouch and just the right space for your instrument and fingering chart while you need it! \n Have you seen the Nuvo WindStars books?\nWindStars is a book-based program featuring Nuvo instruments, aiming to offer a simple, effective, and affordable way for junior school kids to experience playing music together. The idea of a WindStars instrument is to give children a feel for what it would be like to play the real thing. The simplified nature of each instrument allows for skills to develop more quickly, introducing a class or individual to what playing a wind instrument feels like.\nProgressing through a program specially put together by music professionals, students are able to play a musical instrument and develop a love for ensemble music at an early age. Better still, supporting materials including videos, backing tracks and print files available to download for free at Nuvo WindStars, making the program even more vibrant, exciting and useful! WindStars have three different levels to work through. You can start with Level 1 and progress through the stages at your own pace. Click HERE to view the full range of Nuvo WindStars books. \nAvailable in handy classroom packs\nYou can also get the Dood as part of Nuvo's classroom packs, including the Windstars 1 mixed class set and the Dood class set, which can help to kickstart your classes' musical development! These packs include a selection of instruments as well as teaching books, making them extremely convenient for primary teachers.\n\nLooking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... \n \n\nMore useful information Dood Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound\n\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Pitched in C (concert pitch)", "Bullet2":"100% waterproof", "Bullet3":"Recorder fingering with clarinet style mouthpiece and reed", "Bullet4":"Lightweight polymer construction with silicone bell and key covers", "Bullet5":"Now fitted with a new integral ligature, easy to open with one hand", "Bullet6":"4 position adjustable thumb rest", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e35.3cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.13kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNote range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOver 1 octave\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "52","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N430TBBK", "Title": "Nuvo N430 Toot outfit - Black with black trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eplastic\u003etoot", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "799439559547", "VariationOf": "nuvo-toot-plastic-beginner-instrument-n430t", "Description": "\n\n\n Introducing the Nuvo Toot 2.0 Revolutionising the beginner woodwind market, Nuvo have created a fleet of instruments perfect for beginners in every way. Made from a combination of durable plastic and silicone, each instrument is ultra-lightweight and couldn't be easier to clean - simply rinse or bathe with soapy water, dry thoroughly and they're good to go!\nThe Toot is designed to be a bridge instrument for players taking their first steps towards the flute. Similar to a fife, although where it differs is in bore size, giving a shorter instrument and allowing smaller players to hold it closer to their body without the need for a curved head joint.\nEverything on the Toot is designed to give the beginner an easier playing experience, benefitting both player and teachers alike. From the 'Firstnote' lip-plate, to the durable silicone pads it the ideal instrument for inspiring young players in the classroom and at home.\n Silicone key flaps Silicone key covers help smaller hands to accurately and completely cover the tone holes - less squeaks, more music! The instrument follows recorder-like fingering patterns whilst allowing beginners to learn flute mouthpiece techniques. 'Firstnote' lip-plate The Toot features the NUVO Firstnote lip plate which can be used in the early lessons while the student is learning posture, fingering and playing simple tunes. When ready, the Firstnote can be replaced by the regular lip plate which is also included. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments are easy to clean and sanitise. For a quick clean, simply spray with an appropriate woodwind disinfectant, leave for a 20 seconds or more then wipe with a dry cloth. When your instrument needs a deeper clean you can bathe it in warm soapy water and leave to dry on a towel. This will remove a build up of dirt or grime in any part of the instrument and get rid of any unwanted bacteria without the need to take it apart or for expensive cleaning equipment. Built to last Made from durable plastic and silicone, Nuvo instruments are built to last. Nuvo actively encourages players to pass on their instrument to another beginner once they have moved on to their next instrument, so if looked after well, your instrument could last you through many new players! Maintenance is also simple, with readily available spare parts and simple instructions for fitting and repair. Fun for all ages The Nuvo Toot isn't limited to just the classroom. Although it is the perfect instrument as a stepping platform for an aspiring flautist, or for a classroom of young musicians, it can be enjoyed by anyone. Whether you were once a flautist and would like to rekindle your passion without breaking the bank, are a fife player, like to use music for meditation or just want to start something new, the Toot is ready to inspire. Case \u0026amp; accessories The slimline slipcase keeps everything you need to play the Toot in one place. Just enough space for your Toot, alternate lip-plate, lip-plate remover and fingering chart while you need it! \n Have you seen the Nuvo WindStars books?\nWindStars is a book-based program featuring Nuvo instruments, aiming to offer a simple, effective, and affordable way for junior school kids to experience playing music together. The idea of a WindStars instrument is to give children a feel for what it would be like to play the real thing. The simplified nature of each instrument allows for skills to develop more quickly, introducing a class or individual to what playing a wind instrument feels like.\nProgressing through a program specially put together by music professionals, students are able to play a musical instrument and develop a love for ensemble music at an early age. Better still, supporting materials including videos, backing tracks and print files available to download for free at Nuvo WindStars, making the program even more vibrant, exciting and useful! WindStars have three different levels to work through. You can start with Level 1 and progress through the stages at your own pace. Click HERE to view the full range of Nuvo WindStars books. \n\nAvailable in handy classroom packs\nYou can also get the Toot as part of Nuvo's classroom packs, including the Windstars 1 mixed class set and the TooT class set, which can help to kickstart your classes' musical development! These packs include a selection of instruments as well as teaching books, making them extremely convenient for primary teachers.\n\nLooking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... More useful information Toot Fingering Chart\n\n", "Bullet1":"\u003cb\u003e2.0 model with covered tone holes\u003c\/b\u003e", "Bullet2":"Pitched in C (concert pitch)", "Bullet3":"100% waterproof", "Bullet4":"Lightweight polymer construction with rubberised head joint", "Bullet5":"FirstNote lip plate allows easy note production from the start", "Bullet6":"Supplied with carry case", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32.8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNote range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eover 1.5 octaves\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "110","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N430TBBL", "Title": "Nuvo N430 Toot outfit - Black with blue trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eplastic\u003etoot", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "799439559554", "VariationOf": "nuvo-toot-plastic-beginner-instrument-n430t", "Description": "\n\n\n Introducing the Nuvo Toot 2.0 Revolutionising the beginner woodwind market, Nuvo have created a fleet of instruments perfect for beginners in every way. Made from a combination of durable plastic and silicone, each instrument is ultra-lightweight and couldn't be easier to clean - simply rinse or bathe with soapy water, dry thoroughly and they're good to go!\nThe Toot is designed to be a bridge instrument for players taking their first steps towards the flute. Similar to a fife, although where it differs is in bore size, giving a shorter instrument and allowing smaller players to hold it closer to their body without the need for a curved head joint.\nEverything on the Toot is designed to give the beginner an easier playing experience, benefitting both player and teachers alike. From the 'Firstnote' lip-plate, to the durable silicone pads it the ideal instrument for inspiring young players in the classroom and at home.\n Silicone key flaps Silicone key covers help smaller hands to accurately and completely cover the tone holes - less squeaks, more music! The instrument follows recorder-like fingering patterns whilst allowing beginners to learn flute mouthpiece techniques. 'Firstnote' lip-plate The Toot features the NUVO Firstnote lip plate which can be used in the early lessons while the student is learning posture, fingering and playing simple tunes. When ready, the Firstnote can be replaced by the regular lip plate which is also included. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments are easy to clean and sanitise. For a quick clean, simply spray with an appropriate woodwind disinfectant, leave for a 20 seconds or more then wipe with a dry cloth. When your instrument needs a deeper clean you can bathe it in warm soapy water and leave to dry on a towel. This will remove a build up of dirt or grime in any part of the instrument and get rid of any unwanted bacteria without the need to take it apart or for expensive cleaning equipment. Built to last Made from durable plastic and silicone, Nuvo instruments are built to last. Nuvo actively encourages players to pass on their instrument to another beginner once they have moved on to their next instrument, so if looked after well, your instrument could last you through many new players! Maintenance is also simple, with readily available spare parts and simple instructions for fitting and repair. Fun for all ages The Nuvo Toot isn't limited to just the classroom. Although it is the perfect instrument as a stepping platform for an aspiring flautist, or for a classroom of young musicians, it can be enjoyed by anyone. Whether you were once a flautist and would like to rekindle your passion without breaking the bank, are a fife player, like to use music for meditation or just want to start something new, the Toot is ready to inspire. Case \u0026amp; accessories The slimline slipcase keeps everything you need to play the Toot in one place. Just enough space for your Toot, alternate lip-plate, lip-plate remover and fingering chart while you need it! \n Have you seen the Nuvo WindStars books?\nWindStars is a book-based program featuring Nuvo instruments, aiming to offer a simple, effective, and affordable way for junior school kids to experience playing music together. The idea of a WindStars instrument is to give children a feel for what it would be like to play the real thing. The simplified nature of each instrument allows for skills to develop more quickly, introducing a class or individual to what playing a wind instrument feels like.\nProgressing through a program specially put together by music professionals, students are able to play a musical instrument and develop a love for ensemble music at an early age. Better still, supporting materials including videos, backing tracks and print files available to download for free at Nuvo WindStars, making the program even more vibrant, exciting and useful! WindStars have three different levels to work through. You can start with Level 1 and progress through the stages at your own pace. Click HERE to view the full range of Nuvo WindStars books. \n\nAvailable in handy classroom packs\nYou can also get the Toot as part of Nuvo's classroom packs, including the Windstars 1 mixed class set and the TooT class set, which can help to kickstart your classes' musical development! These packs include a selection of instruments as well as teaching books, making them extremely convenient for primary teachers.\n\nLooking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... More useful information Toot Fingering Chart\n\n", "Bullet1":"\u003cb\u003e2.0 model with covered tone holes\u003c\/b\u003e", "Bullet2":"Pitched in C (concert pitch)", "Bullet3":"100% waterproof", "Bullet4":"Lightweight polymer construction with rubberised head joint", "Bullet5":"FirstNote lip plate allows easy note production from the start", "Bullet6":"Supplied with carry case", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32.8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNote range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eover 1.5 octaves\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "22","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N430TBGN", "Title": "Nuvo N430 Toot outfit - Black with green trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eplastic\u003etoot", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "799439559561", "VariationOf": "nuvo-toot-plastic-beginner-instrument-n430t", "Description": "\n\n\n Introducing the Nuvo Toot 2.0 Revolutionising the beginner woodwind market, Nuvo have created a fleet of instruments perfect for beginners in every way. Made from a combination of durable plastic and silicone, each instrument is ultra-lightweight and couldn't be easier to clean - simply rinse or bathe with soapy water, dry thoroughly and they're good to go!\nThe Toot is designed to be a bridge instrument for players taking their first steps towards the flute. Similar to a fife, although where it differs is in bore size, giving a shorter instrument and allowing smaller players to hold it closer to their body without the need for a curved head joint.\nEverything on the Toot is designed to give the beginner an easier playing experience, benefitting both player and teachers alike. From the 'Firstnote' lip-plate, to the durable silicone pads it the ideal instrument for inspiring young players in the classroom and at home.\n Silicone key flaps Silicone key covers help smaller hands to accurately and completely cover the tone holes - less squeaks, more music! The instrument follows recorder-like fingering patterns whilst allowing beginners to learn flute mouthpiece techniques. 'Firstnote' lip-plate The Toot features the NUVO Firstnote lip plate which can be used in the early lessons while the student is learning posture, fingering and playing simple tunes. When ready, the Firstnote can be replaced by the regular lip plate which is also included. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments are easy to clean and sanitise. For a quick clean, simply spray with an appropriate woodwind disinfectant, leave for a 20 seconds or more then wipe with a dry cloth. When your instrument needs a deeper clean you can bathe it in warm soapy water and leave to dry on a towel. This will remove a build up of dirt or grime in any part of the instrument and get rid of any unwanted bacteria without the need to take it apart or for expensive cleaning equipment. Built to last Made from durable plastic and silicone, Nuvo instruments are built to last. Nuvo actively encourages players to pass on their instrument to another beginner once they have moved on to their next instrument, so if looked after well, your instrument could last you through many new players! Maintenance is also simple, with readily available spare parts and simple instructions for fitting and repair. Fun for all ages The Nuvo Toot isn't limited to just the classroom. Although it is the perfect instrument as a stepping platform for an aspiring flautist, or for a classroom of young musicians, it can be enjoyed by anyone. Whether you were once a flautist and would like to rekindle your passion without breaking the bank, are a fife player, like to use music for meditation or just want to start something new, the Toot is ready to inspire. Case \u0026amp; accessories The slimline slipcase keeps everything you need to play the Toot in one place. Just enough space for your Toot, alternate lip-plate, lip-plate remover and fingering chart while you need it! \n Have you seen the Nuvo WindStars books?\nWindStars is a book-based program featuring Nuvo instruments, aiming to offer a simple, effective, and affordable way for junior school kids to experience playing music together. The idea of a WindStars instrument is to give children a feel for what it would be like to play the real thing. The simplified nature of each instrument allows for skills to develop more quickly, introducing a class or individual to what playing a wind instrument feels like.\nProgressing through a program specially put together by music professionals, students are able to play a musical instrument and develop a love for ensemble music at an early age. Better still, supporting materials including videos, backing tracks and print files available to download for free at Nuvo WindStars, making the program even more vibrant, exciting and useful! WindStars have three different levels to work through. You can start with Level 1 and progress through the stages at your own pace. Click HERE to view the full range of Nuvo WindStars books. \n\nAvailable in handy classroom packs\nYou can also get the Toot as part of Nuvo's classroom packs, including the Windstars 1 mixed class set and the TooT class set, which can help to kickstart your classes' musical development! These packs include a selection of instruments as well as teaching books, making them extremely convenient for primary teachers.\n\nLooking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... More useful information Toot Fingering Chart\n\n", "Bullet1":"\u003cb\u003e2.0 model with covered tone holes\u003c\/b\u003e", "Bullet2":"Pitched in C (concert pitch)", "Bullet3":"100% waterproof", "Bullet4":"Lightweight polymer construction with rubberised head joint", "Bullet5":"FirstNote lip plate allows easy note production from the start", "Bullet6":"Supplied with carry case", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32.8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNote range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eover 1.5 octaves\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "169","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N430TBPK", "Title": "Nuvo N430 Toot outfit - Black with pink trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eplastic\u003etoot", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "799439559578", "VariationOf": "nuvo-toot-plastic-beginner-instrument-n430t", "Description": "\n\n\n Introducing the Nuvo Toot 2.0 Revolutionising the beginner woodwind market, Nuvo have created a fleet of instruments perfect for beginners in every way. Made from a combination of durable plastic and silicone, each instrument is ultra-lightweight and couldn't be easier to clean - simply rinse or bathe with soapy water, dry thoroughly and they're good to go!\nThe Toot is designed to be a bridge instrument for players taking their first steps towards the flute. Similar to a fife, although where it differs is in bore size, giving a shorter instrument and allowing smaller players to hold it closer to their body without the need for a curved head joint.\nEverything on the Toot is designed to give the beginner an easier playing experience, benefitting both player and teachers alike. From the 'Firstnote' lip-plate, to the durable silicone pads it the ideal instrument for inspiring young players in the classroom and at home.\n Silicone key flaps Silicone key covers help smaller hands to accurately and completely cover the tone holes - less squeaks, more music! The instrument follows recorder-like fingering patterns whilst allowing beginners to learn flute mouthpiece techniques. 'Firstnote' lip-plate The Toot features the NUVO Firstnote lip plate which can be used in the early lessons while the student is learning posture, fingering and playing simple tunes. When ready, the Firstnote can be replaced by the regular lip plate which is also included. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments are easy to clean and sanitise. For a quick clean, simply spray with an appropriate woodwind disinfectant, leave for a 20 seconds or more then wipe with a dry cloth. When your instrument needs a deeper clean you can bathe it in warm soapy water and leave to dry on a towel. This will remove a build up of dirt or grime in any part of the instrument and get rid of any unwanted bacteria without the need to take it apart or for expensive cleaning equipment. Built to last Made from durable plastic and silicone, Nuvo instruments are built to last. Nuvo actively encourages players to pass on their instrument to another beginner once they have moved on to their next instrument, so if looked after well, your instrument could last you through many new players! Maintenance is also simple, with readily available spare parts and simple instructions for fitting and repair. Fun for all ages The Nuvo Toot isn't limited to just the classroom. Although it is the perfect instrument as a stepping platform for an aspiring flautist, or for a classroom of young musicians, it can be enjoyed by anyone. Whether you were once a flautist and would like to rekindle your passion without breaking the bank, are a fife player, like to use music for meditation or just want to start something new, the Toot is ready to inspire. Case \u0026amp; accessories The slimline slipcase keeps everything you need to play the Toot in one place. Just enough space for your Toot, alternate lip-plate, lip-plate remover and fingering chart while you need it! \n Have you seen the Nuvo WindStars books?\nWindStars is a book-based program featuring Nuvo instruments, aiming to offer a simple, effective, and affordable way for junior school kids to experience playing music together. The idea of a WindStars instrument is to give children a feel for what it would be like to play the real thing. The simplified nature of each instrument allows for skills to develop more quickly, introducing a class or individual to what playing a wind instrument feels like.\nProgressing through a program specially put together by music professionals, students are able to play a musical instrument and develop a love for ensemble music at an early age. Better still, supporting materials including videos, backing tracks and print files available to download for free at Nuvo WindStars, making the program even more vibrant, exciting and useful! WindStars have three different levels to work through. You can start with Level 1 and progress through the stages at your own pace. Click HERE to view the full range of Nuvo WindStars books. \n\nAvailable in handy classroom packs\nYou can also get the Toot as part of Nuvo's classroom packs, including the Windstars 1 mixed class set and the TooT class set, which can help to kickstart your classes' musical development! These packs include a selection of instruments as well as teaching books, making them extremely convenient for primary teachers.\n\nLooking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... More useful information Toot Fingering Chart\n\n", "Bullet1":"\u003cb\u003e2.0 model with covered tone holes\u003c\/b\u003e", "Bullet2":"Pitched in C (concert pitch)", "Bullet3":"100% waterproof", "Bullet4":"Lightweight polymer construction with rubberised head joint", "Bullet5":"FirstNote lip plate allows easy note production from the start", "Bullet6":"Supplied with carry case", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32.8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNote range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eover 1.5 octaves\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "8","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N430TWBL", "Title": "Nuvo N430 Toot outfit - White with blue trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eplastic\u003etoot", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "799439559974", "VariationOf": "nuvo-toot-plastic-beginner-instrument-n430t", "Description": "\n\n\n Introducing the Nuvo Toot 2.0 Revolutionising the beginner woodwind market, Nuvo have created a fleet of instruments perfect for beginners in every way. Made from a combination of durable plastic and silicone, each instrument is ultra-lightweight and couldn't be easier to clean - simply rinse or bathe with soapy water, dry thoroughly and they're good to go!\nThe Toot is designed to be a bridge instrument for players taking their first steps towards the flute. Similar to a fife, although where it differs is in bore size, giving a shorter instrument and allowing smaller players to hold it closer to their body without the need for a curved head joint.\nEverything on the Toot is designed to give the beginner an easier playing experience, benefitting both player and teachers alike. From the 'Firstnote' lip-plate, to the durable silicone pads it the ideal instrument for inspiring young players in the classroom and at home.\n Silicone key flaps Silicone key covers help smaller hands to accurately and completely cover the tone holes - less squeaks, more music! The instrument follows recorder-like fingering patterns whilst allowing beginners to learn flute mouthpiece techniques. 'Firstnote' lip-plate The Toot features the NUVO Firstnote lip plate which can be used in the early lessons while the student is learning posture, fingering and playing simple tunes. When ready, the Firstnote can be replaced by the regular lip plate which is also included. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments are easy to clean and sanitise. For a quick clean, simply spray with an appropriate woodwind disinfectant, leave for a 20 seconds or more then wipe with a dry cloth. When your instrument needs a deeper clean you can bathe it in warm soapy water and leave to dry on a towel. This will remove a build up of dirt or grime in any part of the instrument and get rid of any unwanted bacteria without the need to take it apart or for expensive cleaning equipment. Built to last Made from durable plastic and silicone, Nuvo instruments are built to last. Nuvo actively encourages players to pass on their instrument to another beginner once they have moved on to their next instrument, so if looked after well, your instrument could last you through many new players! Maintenance is also simple, with readily available spare parts and simple instructions for fitting and repair. Fun for all ages The Nuvo Toot isn't limited to just the classroom. Although it is the perfect instrument as a stepping platform for an aspiring flautist, or for a classroom of young musicians, it can be enjoyed by anyone. Whether you were once a flautist and would like to rekindle your passion without breaking the bank, are a fife player, like to use music for meditation or just want to start something new, the Toot is ready to inspire. Case \u0026amp; accessories The slimline slipcase keeps everything you need to play the Toot in one place. Just enough space for your Toot, alternate lip-plate, lip-plate remover and fingering chart while you need it! \n Have you seen the Nuvo WindStars books?\nWindStars is a book-based program featuring Nuvo instruments, aiming to offer a simple, effective, and affordable way for junior school kids to experience playing music together. The idea of a WindStars instrument is to give children a feel for what it would be like to play the real thing. The simplified nature of each instrument allows for skills to develop more quickly, introducing a class or individual to what playing a wind instrument feels like.\nProgressing through a program specially put together by music professionals, students are able to play a musical instrument and develop a love for ensemble music at an early age. Better still, supporting materials including videos, backing tracks and print files available to download for free at Nuvo WindStars, making the program even more vibrant, exciting and useful! WindStars have three different levels to work through. You can start with Level 1 and progress through the stages at your own pace. Click HERE to view the full range of Nuvo WindStars books. \n\nAvailable in handy classroom packs\nYou can also get the Toot as part of Nuvo's classroom packs, including the Windstars 1 mixed class set and the TooT class set, which can help to kickstart your classes' musical development! These packs include a selection of instruments as well as teaching books, making them extremely convenient for primary teachers.\n\nLooking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... More useful information Toot Fingering Chart\n\n", "Bullet1":"\u003cb\u003e2.0 model with covered tone holes\u003c\/b\u003e", "Bullet2":"Pitched in C (concert pitch)", "Bullet3":"100% waterproof", "Bullet4":"Lightweight polymer construction with rubberised head joint", "Bullet5":"FirstNote lip plate allows easy note production from the start", "Bullet6":"Supplied with carry case", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32.8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNote range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eover 1.5 octaves\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "62","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N430TWGN", "Title": "Nuvo N430 Toot outfit - White with green trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eplastic\u003etoot", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "799439559523", "VariationOf": "nuvo-toot-plastic-beginner-instrument-n430t", "Description": "\n\n\n Introducing the Nuvo Toot 2.0 Revolutionising the beginner woodwind market, Nuvo have created a fleet of instruments perfect for beginners in every way. Made from a combination of durable plastic and silicone, each instrument is ultra-lightweight and couldn't be easier to clean - simply rinse or bathe with soapy water, dry thoroughly and they're good to go!\nThe Toot is designed to be a bridge instrument for players taking their first steps towards the flute. Similar to a fife, although where it differs is in bore size, giving a shorter instrument and allowing smaller players to hold it closer to their body without the need for a curved head joint.\nEverything on the Toot is designed to give the beginner an easier playing experience, benefitting both player and teachers alike. From the 'Firstnote' lip-plate, to the durable silicone pads it the ideal instrument for inspiring young players in the classroom and at home.\n Silicone key flaps Silicone key covers help smaller hands to accurately and completely cover the tone holes - less squeaks, more music! The instrument follows recorder-like fingering patterns whilst allowing beginners to learn flute mouthpiece techniques. 'Firstnote' lip-plate The Toot features the NUVO Firstnote lip plate which can be used in the early lessons while the student is learning posture, fingering and playing simple tunes. When ready, the Firstnote can be replaced by the regular lip plate which is also included. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments are easy to clean and sanitise. For a quick clean, simply spray with an appropriate woodwind disinfectant, leave for a 20 seconds or more then wipe with a dry cloth. When your instrument needs a deeper clean you can bathe it in warm soapy water and leave to dry on a towel. This will remove a build up of dirt or grime in any part of the instrument and get rid of any unwanted bacteria without the need to take it apart or for expensive cleaning equipment. Built to last Made from durable plastic and silicone, Nuvo instruments are built to last. Nuvo actively encourages players to pass on their instrument to another beginner once they have moved on to their next instrument, so if looked after well, your instrument could last you through many new players! Maintenance is also simple, with readily available spare parts and simple instructions for fitting and repair. Fun for all ages The Nuvo Toot isn't limited to just the classroom. Although it is the perfect instrument as a stepping platform for an aspiring flautist, or for a classroom of young musicians, it can be enjoyed by anyone. Whether you were once a flautist and would like to rekindle your passion without breaking the bank, are a fife player, like to use music for meditation or just want to start something new, the Toot is ready to inspire. Case \u0026amp; accessories The slimline slipcase keeps everything you need to play the Toot in one place. Just enough space for your Toot, alternate lip-plate, lip-plate remover and fingering chart while you need it! \n Have you seen the Nuvo WindStars books?\nWindStars is a book-based program featuring Nuvo instruments, aiming to offer a simple, effective, and affordable way for junior school kids to experience playing music together. The idea of a WindStars instrument is to give children a feel for what it would be like to play the real thing. The simplified nature of each instrument allows for skills to develop more quickly, introducing a class or individual to what playing a wind instrument feels like.\nProgressing through a program specially put together by music professionals, students are able to play a musical instrument and develop a love for ensemble music at an early age. Better still, supporting materials including videos, backing tracks and print files available to download for free at Nuvo WindStars, making the program even more vibrant, exciting and useful! WindStars have three different levels to work through. You can start with Level 1 and progress through the stages at your own pace. Click HERE to view the full range of Nuvo WindStars books. \n\nAvailable in handy classroom packs\nYou can also get the Toot as part of Nuvo's classroom packs, including the Windstars 1 mixed class set and the TooT class set, which can help to kickstart your classes' musical development! These packs include a selection of instruments as well as teaching books, making them extremely convenient for primary teachers.\n\nLooking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... More useful information Toot Fingering Chart\n\n", "Bullet1":"\u003cb\u003e2.0 model with covered tone holes\u003c\/b\u003e", "Bullet2":"Pitched in C (concert pitch)", "Bullet3":"100% waterproof", "Bullet4":"Lightweight polymer construction with rubberised head joint", "Bullet5":"FirstNote lip plate allows easy note production from the start", "Bullet6":"Supplied with carry case", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32.8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNote range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eover 1.5 octaves\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "112","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N430TWPK", "Title": "Nuvo N430 Toot outfit - White with pink trim \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eplastic\u003etoot", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "799439559530", "VariationOf": "nuvo-toot-plastic-beginner-instrument-n430t", "Description": "\n\n\n Introducing the Nuvo Toot 2.0 Revolutionising the beginner woodwind market, Nuvo have created a fleet of instruments perfect for beginners in every way. Made from a combination of durable plastic and silicone, each instrument is ultra-lightweight and couldn't be easier to clean - simply rinse or bathe with soapy water, dry thoroughly and they're good to go!\nThe Toot is designed to be a bridge instrument for players taking their first steps towards the flute. Similar to a fife, although where it differs is in bore size, giving a shorter instrument and allowing smaller players to hold it closer to their body without the need for a curved head joint.\nEverything on the Toot is designed to give the beginner an easier playing experience, benefitting both player and teachers alike. From the 'Firstnote' lip-plate, to the durable silicone pads it the ideal instrument for inspiring young players in the classroom and at home.\n Silicone key flaps Silicone key covers help smaller hands to accurately and completely cover the tone holes - less squeaks, more music! The instrument follows recorder-like fingering patterns whilst allowing beginners to learn flute mouthpiece techniques. 'Firstnote' lip-plate The Toot features the NUVO Firstnote lip plate which can be used in the early lessons while the student is learning posture, fingering and playing simple tunes. When ready, the Firstnote can be replaced by the regular lip plate which is also included. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments are easy to clean and sanitise. For a quick clean, simply spray with an appropriate woodwind disinfectant, leave for a 20 seconds or more then wipe with a dry cloth. When your instrument needs a deeper clean you can bathe it in warm soapy water and leave to dry on a towel. This will remove a build up of dirt or grime in any part of the instrument and get rid of any unwanted bacteria without the need to take it apart or for expensive cleaning equipment. Built to last Made from durable plastic and silicone, Nuvo instruments are built to last. Nuvo actively encourages players to pass on their instrument to another beginner once they have moved on to their next instrument, so if looked after well, your instrument could last you through many new players! Maintenance is also simple, with readily available spare parts and simple instructions for fitting and repair. Fun for all ages The Nuvo Toot isn't limited to just the classroom. Although it is the perfect instrument as a stepping platform for an aspiring flautist, or for a classroom of young musicians, it can be enjoyed by anyone. Whether you were once a flautist and would like to rekindle your passion without breaking the bank, are a fife player, like to use music for meditation or just want to start something new, the Toot is ready to inspire. Case \u0026amp; accessories The slimline slipcase keeps everything you need to play the Toot in one place. Just enough space for your Toot, alternate lip-plate, lip-plate remover and fingering chart while you need it! \n Have you seen the Nuvo WindStars books?\nWindStars is a book-based program featuring Nuvo instruments, aiming to offer a simple, effective, and affordable way for junior school kids to experience playing music together. The idea of a WindStars instrument is to give children a feel for what it would be like to play the real thing. The simplified nature of each instrument allows for skills to develop more quickly, introducing a class or individual to what playing a wind instrument feels like.\nProgressing through a program specially put together by music professionals, students are able to play a musical instrument and develop a love for ensemble music at an early age. Better still, supporting materials including videos, backing tracks and print files available to download for free at Nuvo WindStars, making the program even more vibrant, exciting and useful! WindStars have three different levels to work through. You can start with Level 1 and progress through the stages at your own pace. Click HERE to view the full range of Nuvo WindStars books. \n\nAvailable in handy classroom packs\nYou can also get the Toot as part of Nuvo's classroom packs, including the Windstars 1 mixed class set and the TooT class set, which can help to kickstart your classes' musical development! These packs include a selection of instruments as well as teaching books, making them extremely convenient for primary teachers.\n\nLooking after your Nuvo instrument Although Nuvo instruments require very little maintenance, if you ever need to change a part it is easy to do yourself. Watch the video below for some detailed instructions from the manufacturer.... More useful information Toot Fingering Chart\n\n", "Bullet1":"\u003cb\u003e2.0 model with covered tone holes\u003c\/b\u003e", "Bullet2":"Pitched in C (concert pitch)", "Bullet3":"100% waterproof", "Bullet4":"Lightweight polymer construction with rubberised head joint", "Bullet5":"FirstNote lip plate allows easy note production from the start", "Bullet6":"Supplied with carry case", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32.8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInstrument weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNote range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eover 1.5 octaves\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "15","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP06310", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP06310 beaters - pack of 5 pairs - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eball-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964129965", "VariationOf": "pp06310", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP06310 beaters\nThese beaters from Percussion Plus are an essential for the music classroom. The versatile mallets are perfect for both tuned and untuned percussion. This set of 10 beaters is the most economical way of replacing your music supply, with each one having a well-shaped plastic shaft with a hard orange rubber head, making them hard wearing and durable.\nThese beaters are ideal to use with glockenspiels and chime bars, and are manufactured in the UK.", "Bullet1":"5 pairs of mallets with 20mm hard rubber heads", "Bullet2":"Ideal for use with glockenspiels and chime bars", "Bullet3":"Smooth shaped 22cm plastic shaft", "Bullet4":"Manufactured in the UK", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e220mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOrange\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual beater weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "26","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "17.333333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ2133", "Title": "Jumbie Jam table top stand - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "7137570917322", "VariationOf": "jj2133", "Description": "The table top stand is designed to hold the Jumbie Jam beginner steel pan with diameter 40cm and skirt depth of 6.5cm. The stand is fixed height and can be used on any flat surface. The 2021 model is based on the metal z-stand and provides great stability whilst looking the part too. This stand is a replacement for the stand supplied with JJ3050 table top models and can also be purchased as an accessory to turn JJ1058 and JJ1158 free standing models into table top instruments.", "Bullet1":"Fixed height stand for classroom use", "Bullet2":"Updated metal stand for 2021", "Bullet3":"Ideal height for use on desks and tables", "Bullet4":"Stable and durable stand for Jumbie Jam steel pans", "Bullet5":"Replacement stand for JJ3050 or accessory for JJ1058 models", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.666666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-ASHARP38", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - A#38 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118709", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-BB50", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - A#50 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "2251080455527", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-BB62", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - A#62 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "2224217221494", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-A37", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - A37 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118723", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-A49", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - A49 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118730", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-A61", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - A61 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "2268190846756", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-A73", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - A73 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964130930", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-B39", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - B39 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118747", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-B51", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - B51 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118754", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-B63", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - B63 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118761", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-CSHARP41", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - C#41 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118778", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-CSHARP53", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - C#53 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118785", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-CSHARP65", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - C#65 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118792", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-C40", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - C40 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964130947", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-C52", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - C52 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118808", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "16","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-C64", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - C64 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118815", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-EB43", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - D#43 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118907", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-DSHARP55", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - D#55 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118822", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-DSHARP67", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - D#67 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118839", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-D42", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - D42 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118846", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "15","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-D54", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - D54 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118853", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "26","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-D66", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - D66 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118860", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-E44", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - E44 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118877", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "19","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-E56", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - E56 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118884", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-E68", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - E68 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118891", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-FSHARP46", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - F#46 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "2210923484629", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-FSHARP58", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - F#58 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118914", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-FSHARP70", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - F#70 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118921", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-F45", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - F45 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118938", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-F57", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - F57 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118945", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-F69", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - F69 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118952", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-GSHARP48", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - G#48 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "2222094429408", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-GSHARP60", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - G#60 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118969", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-GSHARP72", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - G#72 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118976", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-G47", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - G47 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118983", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-G59", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - G59 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964118990", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1005-G71", "Title": "Spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones - G71 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964119003", "VariationOf": "ms1005", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bar for soprano, alto and tenor xylophones\nThese are the MS1005 spare xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\nCompatible with:\n\nSoprano xylophones: PP023 and PP024\n\nAlto xylophones: PP025 and PP026\n\nTenor xylophones: PP088 and PP089\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP023, PP024, PP025, PP026, PP088, PP089", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK215C-DBB", "Title": "Octopus Academy concert ukulele - Dark Blue Burst \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003econcert", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318302133", "VariationOf": "uk215c-dbb", "Description": " OctopusAcademy series \nOctopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for over a decade, and the Academy series carries this tradition forward.\nIt is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust.\nOur range of concert ukuleles comes in three colours: Dark blue burst, Natural, and old violin burst.These more subtle high quality finishes gives the concert ukulele a great, classic look.\nExplore and unleash your inner musician with one of the most popular instruments of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point.\n Find your new muse Be moved to song by the approachable elegance of the Octopus UK215C series. Your first few chords are printed on the box, which will get you serenading in no time! Size and range The concert ukulele is a slightly larger instrument, compared to the soprano ukulele (approximately 24\"\") This allows for more space between the strings, as well as a larger body creating a fuller sound. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. Build quality These Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded directly to the body for excellent sound production and reliability. The tuning pegs are geared like a guitar meaning the strings are easier to tighten and will hold their pitch for longer. The side walls of the body are fully lined for stability, sound projection and high-quality appearance. Every edge and all the frets have been smoothed and finished to a standard higher than many more expensive instruments. Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. ", "Bullet1":"The best education ukulele just got even better!", "Bullet2":"Agathis top, back and sides", "Bullet3":"Classical guitar style walnut bridge", "Bullet4":"Fitted with Aquila strings", "Bullet5":"Approx length 24\"", "Bullet6":"Supplied with good quality gig bag", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okoume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e65mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "114","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "17.333333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK215C-NAT", "Title": "Octopus Academy concert ukulele - Natural \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003econcert", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318302157", "VariationOf": "uk215c-dbb", "Description": " OctopusAcademy series \nOctopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for over a decade, and the Academy series carries this tradition forward.\nIt is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust.\nOur range of concert ukuleles comes in three colours: Dark blue burst, Natural, and old violin burst.These more subtle high quality finishes gives the concert ukulele a great, classic look.\nExplore and unleash your inner musician with one of the most popular instruments of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point.\n Find your new muse Be moved to song by the approachable elegance of the Octopus UK215C series. Your first few chords are printed on the box, which will get you serenading in no time! Size and range The concert ukulele is a slightly larger instrument, compared to the soprano ukulele (approximately 24\"\") This allows for more space between the strings, as well as a larger body creating a fuller sound. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. Build quality These Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded directly to the body for excellent sound production and reliability. The tuning pegs are geared like a guitar meaning the strings are easier to tighten and will hold their pitch for longer. The side walls of the body are fully lined for stability, sound projection and high-quality appearance. Every edge and all the frets have been smoothed and finished to a standard higher than many more expensive instruments. Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. ", "Bullet1":"The best education ukulele just got even better!", "Bullet2":"Agathis top, back and sides", "Bullet3":"Classical guitar style walnut bridge", "Bullet4":"Fitted with Aquila strings", "Bullet5":"Approx length 24\"", "Bullet6":"Supplied with good quality gig bag", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okoume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e65mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "17.333333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK215C-OVB", "Title": "Octopus Academy concert ukulele - Old Violin Burst \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003econcert", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318302140", "VariationOf": "uk215c-dbb", "Description": " OctopusAcademy series \nOctopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for over a decade, and the Academy series carries this tradition forward.\nIt is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust.\nOur range of concert ukuleles comes in three colours: Dark blue burst, Natural, and old violin burst.These more subtle high quality finishes gives the concert ukulele a great, classic look.\nExplore and unleash your inner musician with one of the most popular instruments of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point.\n Find your new muse Be moved to song by the approachable elegance of the Octopus UK215C series. Your first few chords are printed on the box, which will get you serenading in no time! Size and range The concert ukulele is a slightly larger instrument, compared to the soprano ukulele (approximately 24\"\") This allows for more space between the strings, as well as a larger body creating a fuller sound. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. Build quality These Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded directly to the body for excellent sound production and reliability. The tuning pegs are geared like a guitar meaning the strings are easier to tighten and will hold their pitch for longer. The side walls of the body are fully lined for stability, sound projection and high-quality appearance. Every edge and all the frets have been smoothed and finished to a standard higher than many more expensive instruments. Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. ", "Bullet1":"The best education ukulele just got even better!", "Bullet2":"Agathis top, back and sides", "Bullet3":"Classical guitar style walnut bridge", "Bullet4":"Fitted with Aquila strings", "Bullet5":"Approx length 24\"", "Bullet6":"Supplied with good quality gig bag", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okoume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e65mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "89","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "17.333333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6830", "Title": "Percussion Plus Slap drumming - KidZ bongo drums - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebongos", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964132361", "VariationOf": "pp6830", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Slap Percussion - Bongo Drums The Slap Drumming range from Percussion Plus is the perfect way to introduce rhythm and time into your KS1 and KS2 music classes. These bright and colourful drums feature educational ‘how to play’ graphics printed on the skin, which helps teach beginners and young players where to position their hands to get different sounds.\nThese Bongo Drums feature varying sized heads - a 6\"\" for lower and 5\"\" for higher tones to vary your sound. The drums project a full, singing tone and are lots of fun for any one aged 5+. All materials and hardware have been produced to the highest standard, and are designed to withstand the trials of regular classroom use, whilst still producing a strong and lively sound.\nWhether it's for a large primary school class or music therapy use, this affordable range requires no maintenance and gives you the tools you need for smooth-running lessons. \n\n“The first thing I noticed about the drums is how incredibly light they are. This makes them ideal for use in educational settings that involve young children or older children who may find holding the instrument difficult. The real benefit of these instruments is that the drumhead has been printed with graphics of the hand positions to show exactly where to play the drum to achieve the correct sounds. The construction is solid, they have good tone, are good to look at, and are fun to play.”\nAndy Gleadhill - Percussion Plus Global Ambassador \n Let's play together With these bongo drums from Percussion Plus, you get a great looking high-quality instrument with an innovative 'how to play' guide printed on the drum skin. There are many different techniques used to produce tones on bongos and any of these can be used on our bongos. The printed graphic on the head of the drum offers suggested hand positions for the three main tones on a bongos: slap, tone, and bass. With this easy method, teaching and learning is simple and allows you to tailor your class to include visual as well as instructive and aural learners, providing an inclusive way into music making for all levels and abilities. Fun look, vibrant sound The colourful pattern wrapped around the drum gives a fun and exciting look, inviting young classes to learn and play. It has a lightweight body so is easily stored and transported. Although it is lightweight, the build quality is reassuringly sturdy and the sound is just as vibrant and powerful as its colourful patterned exterior! How to play The design on the drum head shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring. The Bass This area in the centre of the drum produces a warm and full tone. Use your hands to strike the centre of the drum for a solid rhythmic backing, allowing accents to be created using the tone and slap positions. The Tone Straighten all your fingers at the same time. There are numerous hand positions that can be used to create the tone. Think of your hand as a straight extension of your arm, and you should get a solid ‘thud’ sound. The Slap This stroke can be played in the same position as the tone, the difference is that one relaxes the hand and arm to hit the drum with a slap-like motion. Spreading your fingers out slightly when they strike the bongos helps create a crisp clear sound. You can use all of these techniques in combination between the two sized drums for varying effect and more advanced players will enjoy learning more complex patterns, all of which are made easy to follow with the Slap Drumming 'How to Play' screen printed drum skin. ", "Bullet1":"Fun and easy SLAP drumming for younger players", "Bullet2":"Features educational ‘how to play’ graphics printed on the skin", "Bullet3":"Ready to play pre-tuned synthetic heads", "Bullet4":"A wonderful introduction to rhythmic interactive music making for ages 5+", "Bullet5":"Dimensions: 5” \u0026amp; 6” drum diameters", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-8","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "17.333333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK206-NAT", "Title": "Octopus Academy soprano ukulele - colour strings - A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318301761", "VariationOf": "uk206-nat", "Description": " OctopusAcademy series Octopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for almost a decade, and the Academy series carries this tradition forward. It is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust. Supplied in a classic natural finish, this accentuates the colourful strings and gives you fantastic looking instrument. Explore the depths of your inner musician with the most popular instrument of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point. Find your new muse Be moved to song by the approachable elegance of the Octopus Academy series. Your first few chords are printed on the box, which will get you serenading in no time! Size and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. Build quality These Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded directly to the body for excellent sound production and reliability. The tuning pegs are geared like a guitar meaning the strings are easier to tighten and will hold their pitch for longer. The side walls of the body are fully lined for stability, sound projection and high-quality appearance. Every edge and all the frets have been smoothed and finished to a standard higher than many more expensive instruments. Aquila Nylgut® Kids Colour strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® Kids Colour strings to aid with note recognition. These are perfect for large group ukulele classes, making learning and teaching a little easier, and much more fun! Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. ", "Bullet1":"Fitted with Aquila Kids Colour strings to help with note recognition", "Bullet2":"Classical guitar style bridge", "Bullet3":"Reliable geared machine head tuners", "Bullet4":"Classic, natural finish", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a quality, Octopus branded gig bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eindividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila Kids Colour strings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e431g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-23","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.666666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "17.333333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HS12PKB01-S2C", "Title": "12oz HuskeeSteel Cup \u0026 Lid - Black \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": null, "VariationOf": "hs12pkb01-s2c", "Description": " \nIntroducing the 8oz HuskeeSteel Cup \u0026amp; Lid \nStill with sustainability at its core, the HuskeeSteel range is manufactured using 91% post-consumer recycled steel. The 12oz size is the perfect travel size for on the go use and the dual walled vacuum insulated design ensures your coffee stays hotter for longer. The impressive durability of the HuskeeSteel range means that you won’t need to use paper or plastic cups for years!\nHuskeeSteel is available in four different attractive finishes - black, brushed steel, slate and white. Crafted with 91% post-consumer recycled stainless steel, these durable cups are designed for longevity, helping to significantly reduce waste over time. Sustainability is at the heart of Huskee’s mission, addressing the staggering 7 million disposable coffee cups discarded daily in the UK.\nIMPORTANT NOTICE: When cleaning your HuskeeSteel cup, we highly advise you not to use abrasive cleaners, scrub brushes, or harsh chemicals as they may damage the powder-coated finish.\n\n\n \nCoffee on the go\nThis cup is supplied with a stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow. With strong insulation properties due to a dual walled vacuum design, the HuskeeSteel cup is ideal for commuters or anyone with a busy morning, fitting in any standard car cup holder.\n\n\n \nHow to clean your HuskeeSteel\nCleaning the exterior\nRinse the HuskeeSteel with warm water to remove any particles or dirt. Use a mild dish soap and a soft sponge or cloth to gently was the cup’s interior and exterior, then rinse the cup thoroughly with warm water to eliminate any soap residue. \nCleaning the interior (lined with ceramic)\nGently hand wash the cup using warm water and mild detergent then rinse the cup thoroughly with warm water to ensure all detergent is removed.\nThe brushed steel finish is dishwasher safe, but the other three must always be washed by hand.\n\n\n\n\n\nHuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future\nHuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste.\n\n\n\n\nWholsale packs and custom cups\nGreat for cafes and offices, HuskeeSteel cups are also available in great-value wholesale packs, allowing to to purchase a large quanitity of cups at a discounted price.\n Enhance your HuskeeSteel cup with a personal touch! Our advanced laser engraving process allows you to customize any HuskeeSteel product with your logo, perfect for companies, events and for use as promotional items. See here for more information.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 91% recycled stainless steel", "Bullet2":"Dual walled vacuum insulated design", "Bullet3":"Durable, reusable, and sustainable", "Bullet4":"Nontoxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Supplied with the Stopper Lid", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 0.28kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e132mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e87mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e141g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e350ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "34.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "17.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HS12PKT01-S2C", "Title": "12oz HuskeeSteel Cup \u0026 Lid - Slate \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": null, "VariationOf": "hs12pkb01-s2c", "Description": " \nIntroducing the 8oz HuskeeSteel Cup \u0026amp; Lid \nStill with sustainability at its core, the HuskeeSteel range is manufactured using 91% post-consumer recycled steel. The 12oz size is the perfect travel size for on the go use and the dual walled vacuum insulated design ensures your coffee stays hotter for longer. The impressive durability of the HuskeeSteel range means that you won’t need to use paper or plastic cups for years!\nHuskeeSteel is available in four different attractive finishes - black, brushed steel, slate and white. Crafted with 91% post-consumer recycled stainless steel, these durable cups are designed for longevity, helping to significantly reduce waste over time. Sustainability is at the heart of Huskee’s mission, addressing the staggering 7 million disposable coffee cups discarded daily in the UK.\nIMPORTANT NOTICE: When cleaning your HuskeeSteel cup, we highly advise you not to use abrasive cleaners, scrub brushes, or harsh chemicals as they may damage the powder-coated finish.\n\n\n \nCoffee on the go\nThis cup is supplied with a stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow. With strong insulation properties due to a dual walled vacuum design, the HuskeeSteel cup is ideal for commuters or anyone with a busy morning, fitting in any standard car cup holder.\n\n\n \nHow to clean your HuskeeSteel\nCleaning the exterior\nRinse the HuskeeSteel with warm water to remove any particles or dirt. Use a mild dish soap and a soft sponge or cloth to gently was the cup’s interior and exterior, then rinse the cup thoroughly with warm water to eliminate any soap residue. \nCleaning the interior (lined with ceramic)\nGently hand wash the cup using warm water and mild detergent then rinse the cup thoroughly with warm water to ensure all detergent is removed.\nThe brushed steel finish is dishwasher safe, but the other three must always be washed by hand.\n\n\n\n\n\nHuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future\nHuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste.\n\n\n\n\nWholsale packs and custom cups\nGreat for cafes and offices, HuskeeSteel cups are also available in great-value wholesale packs, allowing to to purchase a large quanitity of cups at a discounted price.\n Enhance your HuskeeSteel cup with a personal touch! Our advanced laser engraving process allows you to customize any HuskeeSteel product with your logo, perfect for companies, events and for use as promotional items. See here for more information.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 91% recycled stainless steel", "Bullet2":"Dual walled vacuum insulated design", "Bullet3":"Durable, reusable, and sustainable", "Bullet4":"Nontoxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Supplied with the Stopper Lid", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 0.28kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e132mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e87mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e141g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e350ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "34.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "17.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HS12PKU01-S2C", "Title": "12oz HuskeeSteel Cup \u0026 Lid - Brushed steel \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": null, "VariationOf": "hs12pkb01-s2c", "Description": " \nIntroducing the 8oz HuskeeSteel Cup \u0026amp; Lid \nStill with sustainability at its core, the HuskeeSteel range is manufactured using 91% post-consumer recycled steel. The 12oz size is the perfect travel size for on the go use and the dual walled vacuum insulated design ensures your coffee stays hotter for longer. The impressive durability of the HuskeeSteel range means that you won’t need to use paper or plastic cups for years!\nHuskeeSteel is available in four different attractive finishes - black, brushed steel, slate and white. Crafted with 91% post-consumer recycled stainless steel, these durable cups are designed for longevity, helping to significantly reduce waste over time. Sustainability is at the heart of Huskee’s mission, addressing the staggering 7 million disposable coffee cups discarded daily in the UK.\nIMPORTANT NOTICE: When cleaning your HuskeeSteel cup, we highly advise you not to use abrasive cleaners, scrub brushes, or harsh chemicals as they may damage the powder-coated finish.\n\n\n \nCoffee on the go\nThis cup is supplied with a stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow. With strong insulation properties due to a dual walled vacuum design, the HuskeeSteel cup is ideal for commuters or anyone with a busy morning, fitting in any standard car cup holder.\n\n\n \nHow to clean your HuskeeSteel\nCleaning the exterior\nRinse the HuskeeSteel with warm water to remove any particles or dirt. Use a mild dish soap and a soft sponge or cloth to gently was the cup’s interior and exterior, then rinse the cup thoroughly with warm water to eliminate any soap residue. \nCleaning the interior (lined with ceramic)\nGently hand wash the cup using warm water and mild detergent then rinse the cup thoroughly with warm water to ensure all detergent is removed.\nThe brushed steel finish is dishwasher safe, but the other three must always be washed by hand.\n\n\n\n\n\nHuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future\nHuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste.\n\n\n\n\nWholsale packs and custom cups\nGreat for cafes and offices, HuskeeSteel cups are also available in great-value wholesale packs, allowing to to purchase a large quanitity of cups at a discounted price.\n Enhance your HuskeeSteel cup with a personal touch! Our advanced laser engraving process allows you to customize any HuskeeSteel product with your logo, perfect for companies, events and for use as promotional items. See here for more information.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 91% recycled stainless steel", "Bullet2":"Dual walled vacuum insulated design", "Bullet3":"Durable, reusable, and sustainable", "Bullet4":"Nontoxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Supplied with the Stopper Lid", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 0.28kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e132mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e87mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e141g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e350ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "32.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HS12PKW01-S2C", "Title": "12oz HuskeeSteel Cup \u0026 Lid - White \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913002055", "VariationOf": "hs12pkb01-s2c", "Description": " \nIntroducing the 8oz HuskeeSteel Cup \u0026amp; Lid \nStill with sustainability at its core, the HuskeeSteel range is manufactured using 91% post-consumer recycled steel. The 12oz size is the perfect travel size for on the go use and the dual walled vacuum insulated design ensures your coffee stays hotter for longer. The impressive durability of the HuskeeSteel range means that you won’t need to use paper or plastic cups for years!\nHuskeeSteel is available in four different attractive finishes - black, brushed steel, slate and white. Crafted with 91% post-consumer recycled stainless steel, these durable cups are designed for longevity, helping to significantly reduce waste over time. Sustainability is at the heart of Huskee’s mission, addressing the staggering 7 million disposable coffee cups discarded daily in the UK.\nIMPORTANT NOTICE: When cleaning your HuskeeSteel cup, we highly advise you not to use abrasive cleaners, scrub brushes, or harsh chemicals as they may damage the powder-coated finish.\n\n\n \nCoffee on the go\nThis cup is supplied with a stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow. With strong insulation properties due to a dual walled vacuum design, the HuskeeSteel cup is ideal for commuters or anyone with a busy morning, fitting in any standard car cup holder.\n\n\n \nHow to clean your HuskeeSteel\nCleaning the exterior\nRinse the HuskeeSteel with warm water to remove any particles or dirt. Use a mild dish soap and a soft sponge or cloth to gently was the cup’s interior and exterior, then rinse the cup thoroughly with warm water to eliminate any soap residue. \nCleaning the interior (lined with ceramic)\nGently hand wash the cup using warm water and mild detergent then rinse the cup thoroughly with warm water to ensure all detergent is removed.\nThe brushed steel finish is dishwasher safe, but the other three must always be washed by hand.\n\n\n\n\n\nHuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future\nHuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste.\n\n\n\n\nWholsale packs and custom cups\nGreat for cafes and offices, HuskeeSteel cups are also available in great-value wholesale packs, allowing to to purchase a large quanitity of cups at a discounted price.\n Enhance your HuskeeSteel cup with a personal touch! Our advanced laser engraving process allows you to customize any HuskeeSteel product with your logo, perfect for companies, events and for use as promotional items. See here for more information.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 91% recycled stainless steel", "Bullet2":"Dual walled vacuum insulated design", "Bullet3":"Durable, reusable, and sustainable", "Bullet4":"Nontoxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Supplied with the Stopper Lid", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 0.28kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e132mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e87mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e141g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e350ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "34.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "17.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ10656", "Title": "Izzo wooden 10\"\" pandeiro - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003epandeiros", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7899574317651", "VariationOf": "iz10656", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo wooden 10\"\" pandeiro\nJust like a tambourine, the shallow pandeiro drum has metal jingles (or zils) attached to its shell. It’s played with the hand and can create all sorts of interesting sounds and fast rhythms to colour samba music.\nThis model has a single 10\"\" synthetic skin that can be tightened by using the supplied key to adjust the hook tuners. Unlike the larger drums in the Junior series, its shell is made from pine which produces a slightly softer, warmer sound, and is fitted with 6 pairs of stainless steel zils.\nWe are proud to be the sole importers for Izzo who have been manufacturing top quality instruments in Brazil for more than 60 years. The larger drums in their new Junior series are built using thinner aluminium making them lighter and cheaper - perfect for younger players. An ingenious ridged design makes them just as strong (and loud!) as the standard range, meaning they'll easily survive the everyday perils of the classroom.\nIzzo are particularly well known for their smaller drums - the pandeiros and tamborims - and even these lightweight Junior models are made to an extremely high standard.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Lightweight wooden shell with 6 stainless steel jingles", "Bullet2":"10\" diameter synthetic head", "Bullet3":"Fitted with black aluminium counter hoop and 5 hook tuners", "Bullet4":"Authentic Brazilian instrument manufactured in famous Sao Paolo factory", "Bullet5":"Supplied with tuning key", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "83","RRP_Inc_VAT": "33.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "17.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP082S", "Title": "Percussion Plus chime bar step for 8 chime bars - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060179347417", "VariationOf": "pp082s", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus chime bar step for 8 chime bars\nA good quality chime bar step. The wood construction is a bright and attractive red colour and the structure allows the bars to be arranged from low to high. These are suitable for use with PP935 and PP083 note bars. Please note that neither the chimes or beaters are included.", "Bullet1":"Ideal for use with PP935 and PP083", "Bullet2":"Step for 8 chime bars", "Bullet3":"Allows bars to be arranged low to high", "Bullet4":"Wooden construction finished in bright red", "Bullet5":"Previously known as HC082S", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "45","RRP_Inc_VAT": "33.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "17.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP100", "Title": "Percussion Plus drum stick brick maple 5A - 12 pairs - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003edrum-sticks", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964123604", "VariationOf": "pp100", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus 5A drum sticks with wooden tips\nThese Percussion Plus student 5A drum sticks are supplied as a bundle of 12 pairs and are ideal for beginners on a budget. They are made from a solid piece of good quality white maple and feature teardrop shaped wooden tips. These tips produce a warmer tone when playing hi-hat and ride cymbal patterns.\n5A sticks are the most commonly used drumsticks worldwide and are suitable for most styles and genres, due to their impressive versatility. Plus, their small bodies make them lightweight and easy to use.\nThese drumsticks are slightly smaller in diameter than the 5B sticks, and slightly longer than 7A ones.\n\nGreat for schools\nThe 5A wooden drumsticks are a great tool for any classroom, as they’re durable, comfortable to hold, inexpensive, and able to withstand regular use. They are perfect for students with different levels of experience, making them suitable for all types of players. This bundle is the most convenient and cost-effective way to buy larger quantities for your school.\nIf you are looking to purchase a single pair of 5A sticks, then you can find them here. To customise your order, simply select the desired number of 12 packs and add as many singles as you require.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Ideal for students and beginners", "Bullet2":"Made from good quality white maple", "Bullet3":"Longer than 7A sticks and smaller than 5B sticks", "Bullet4":"Wooden tip adds a warm tone", "Bullet5":"Lightweight and easy to use", "Bullet6":"Sold as a bundle of 12 pairs (24 sticks in total)", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "157","RRP_Inc_VAT": "33.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "17.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP101", "Title": "Percussion Plus drum stick brick maple 5B – 12 pairs - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003edrum-sticks", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547001017", "VariationOf": "pp101", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus 5B drum sticks with wooden tips\nThese Percussion Plus student 5B drum sticks are supplied as a bundle of 12 pairs (24 sticks in total) and are ideal for beginners on a budget. They are made from a solid piece of good quality white maple and feature teardrop shaped wooden tips. These tips produce a warmer tone when playing hi-hat and ride cymbal patterns, and these sticks are particularly ideal for playing rock music.\n5B sticks are the most commonly used drumsticks worldwide and are suitable for most styles and genres, due to their impressive versatility. Plus, their small bodies make them lightweight and easy to use.\nThese drumsticks are slightly larger in diameter than the 5A sticks, and slightly longer than 7A ones.\n\nGreat for schools\nThe 5B wooden drumsticks are a great tool for any classroom, as they’re durable, comfortable to hold, inexpensive, and able to withstand regular use. They are perfect for students with different levels of experience, making them suitable for all types of players.\nThis bundle is the most convenient and cost-effective way to buy larger quantities for your school.\nIf you are looking to purchase a single pair of 5B sticks, then you can find them here. To customise your order, simply select the desired number of 12 packs and add as many singles as you require.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Ideal for students and beginners", "Bullet2":"Made from good quality white maple", "Bullet3":"Longer than 7A sticks and larger than 5A sticks", "Bullet4":"Wooden tip adds a warm tone", "Bullet5":"Lightweight and easy to use", "Bullet6":"Sold as a bundle of 12 pairs (24 sticks in total)", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "139","RRP_Inc_VAT": "33.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "17.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP103", "Title": "Percussion Plus drum stick brick maple 7A - 12 pairs - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003edrum-sticks", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964199524", "VariationOf": "pp103", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus 7A drum sticks with wooden tips\nThese Percussion Plus student 7A drum sticks are supplied as a bundle of 12 pairs (24 sticks in total) and are ideal for beginners on a budget. They are made from a solid piece of good quality white maple and feature teardrop shaped wooden tips. These tips produce a rich, warmer tone when playing hi-hat and ride cymbal patterns, and these sticks are particularly ideal for playing jazz music or for use in marching bands.\n7A sticks are one of the most commonly used drumsticks worldwide and are suitable for most styles and genres, due to their impressive versatility. Plus, their small bodies make them lightweight and easy to use.\nThese drumsticks are slightly shorter than the 5A and 5B sticks.\n\nGreat for schools\nThe 7A wooden drumsticks are a great tool for any classroom, as they’re durable, comfortable to hold, inexpensive, and able to withstand regular use. They are perfect for students with different levels of experience, making them suitable for all types of players.\nThis bundle is the most convenient and cost-effective way to buy larger quantities for your school.\nIf you are looking to purchase a single pair of 7A sticks, then you can find them here. To customise your order, simply select the desired number of 12 packs and add as many singles as you require.\n", "Bullet1":"Ideal for students and beginners", "Bullet2":"Made from good quality white maple", "Bullet3":"Shorter than the 5A and 5B sticks", "Bullet4":"Wooden tip adds a rich and warm tone", "Bullet5":"Lightweight and easy to use", "Bullet6":"Sold as a bundle of 12 pairs (24 sticks in total)", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "29","RRP_Inc_VAT": "33.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "17.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP110BP", "Title": "Percussion Plus bass drum pedal - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003ekick-pedals", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349487271", "VariationOf": "pp110bp", "Description": "The PP110BP single bass drum pedal is ideal for beginners and classrooms. It is a simple, no-frills single pedal that has 2 springs to adjust the tension of the pedal, and has a felt beater head. You can adjust the height of the beater head with the drum key provided. It has a thick, durable chain and the footplate is embossed with a design to aid grip.", "Bullet1":"Good quality single bass drum pedal", "Bullet2":"Two post chain drive system", "Bullet3":"Hard felt beater", "Bullet4":"Perfect for beginners, schools or as a spare", "Bullet5":"Previously known as DPC110", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "47","RRP_Inc_VAT": "33.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "17.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP110CS", "Title": "Percussion Plus straight cymbal stand - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003estraight-stands", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349482825", "VariationOf": "pp110cs", "Description": "The Percussion Plus PP110CS cymbal stand is very good value for money. It is a straight stand that features 3 tier height adjustment with an adjustable neck. This means better cymbal placement for a more comfortable set up. The double braced legs add extra stability to the stand, without making the stand too heavy, keeping it lightweight and easy to transport. The legs are fitted with non-slip rubber feet that keep the stand in place.", "Bullet1":"An ideal stand for beginners", "Bullet2":"Double braced cymbal stand for extra stability", "Bullet3":"3 section height adjustment for more bespoke positioning", "Bullet4":"Adjustable neck", "Bullet5":"Non slip rubber feet", "Bullet6":"Previously known as CSC110", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "30","RRP_Inc_VAT": "33.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "17.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP929", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP929 diatonic wide note glockenspiel - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eglockenspiels\u003eeducational", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547009297", "VariationOf": "pp929", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP929 diatonic wide note glockenspiel\nThis colourful glockenspiel is the ideal affordable choice for Early Years learning and use in primary schools and is perfect for introducing children to making music. It has a sturdy bright red wood frame and its extra wide white metal note bars are suitable for basic playing as well as use in music therapy sessions. Beaters come included with the instrument so it is ready for use straight out of the box.\nTuning compass", "Bullet1":"Diatonic glockenspiel (C64 - C76)", "Bullet2":"Extra wide note bars", "Bullet3":"Ideal for Early Years and music theapy", "Bullet4":"Supplied with beaters", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e941 grams\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (length x width x height)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e(31cm x 14cm x 3.5cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ewater-dilutable saturated polyester resin coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "88","RRP_Inc_VAT": "33.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "17.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP935", "Title": "Percussion Plus set of 8 chime bars with case - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547009358", "VariationOf": "pp935", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus set of 8 chime bars\nThis set of 8 colourful chime bars from Percussion Plus are an essential for the classroom. Each bar is made from a strong plastic resonator box with a metal note bar that produces a clear bell-like sound. Built to withstand the rigorous testing most primary classes put these instruments through, the PP935 is the ideal addition to any music room.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of the PP935 chime bars is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe note bars are tuned to a C major scale (C64-C72) and vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThe bars are colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\n\nSturdy carrying case\nSupplied with a carrying case, they are easy to store and protected from scratches. A pair of hard plastic beaters are included. \n\nTuning compass", "Bullet1":"8 colour coded chime bars", "Bullet2":"Tuned to a C major scale C64 - C76", "Bullet3":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet4":"Supplied in red strong plastic case", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a pair of beaters", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCase\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e31.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e17cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "646","RRP_Inc_VAT": "33.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "17.875", "Quantity_break_1": "20","Quantity_break_price_1": "16.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP943", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP943 chime bars supplied beaters \u0026 case - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964127213", "VariationOf": "pp943", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP943 chime bars\nThis PP943 chime bar set from Percussion Plus is a fun and durable set to help children begin learning music. Featuring 8 diatonic (C64-C76) white painted steel chimes mounted on durable plastic resonators.\nGreat sound and design\nThese chime bars offer accurate tuning and have a delightfully crisp and clear tone. The set is completed with 2 plastic beaters and supplied in a strong, see-through carry case with handle. Compact to store and easy to transport.\nSuitable for different uses\nThese are perfect for educational use both in the classroom and at home.\nThese items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them.\n Specifications: Key: C Major Range: C64 - C76 Size: W31cm D20cm H5cm Weight: 1.16 Kg\n\nTuning compass\t", "Bullet1":"Set of 8 chime bars ideal for younger children", "Bullet2":"Chime bar set in the scale of C major from C64 to C76", "Bullet3":"Each chime bar features painted steel bars mounted on durable plastic resonators", "Bullet4":"Supplied in a transparent case with 2 beaters", "Bullet5":"A great instrument for classroom music with great quantity discounts offered", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "100","RRP_Inc_VAT": "33.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "17.875", "Quantity_break_1": "20","Quantity_break_price_1": "16.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP945", "Title": "Percussion Plus glockenspiel - rainbow - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eglockenspiels\u003eeducational", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547009457", "VariationOf": "pp945", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus rainbow glockenspiel\nThis colourful glockenspiel from Percussion Plus is an essential for every early years playgroup. Its 8 note bars are colour coded like the rest of the Percussion Plus Early Years instruments and tuned to a C major scale. Each note bar is mounted to the wooden frame painted in Percussion Plus’s trademark red. A pair of wooden beaters is supplied with every glockenspiel.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these chime bars are their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\nThe note bars are tuned to a C major scale and vibrantly coloured according to our Colour Matching Note System, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\nThe bars are colour-coded to match the following products:\n\nWak-a-Tubes\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\nTuning compass", "Bullet1":"Colourful glockenspiel with 8 metal bars", "Bullet2":"Wooden red frame", "Bullet3":"Tuned to C major scale", "Bullet4":"Ideal for early years play", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a pair of beaters", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "33.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "17.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "W4060", "Title": "Panyard classic aluminium double tenor steel pan mallets - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "748252088673", "VariationOf": "w4060", "Description": "This pair of beaters have medium small rubber tips making them suitable for double tenor pan players. Over fifteen years of research and development have been incorporated into all of Panyard's stick designs. Each pair is hand crafted to exact specifications in order to produce the finest tone from your steel pan. The classic metal mallets boast Panyards exclusive non-slip grip for extra control and comfort. Each pair is made of durable aircraft grade aluminum. Shaft material: Aircraft grade aluminium Head material: 1 x 0.3mm rubber band", "Bullet1":"Medium-small tip model for double tenor pan players", "Bullet2":"Non-slip grip for extra control and comfort", "Bullet3":"Durable aircraft grade aluminium", "Bullet4":"Length 21.5cm", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAircraft grade aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1 x 0.3mm rubber band\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20.4cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead size\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.8cm x 1.8cm x 1.4cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "14","RRP_Inc_VAT": "33.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "W4062", "Title": "Panyard classic aluminium double second steel pan mallets - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "748252088680", "VariationOf": "w4062", "Description": "This pair of beaters have medium rubber tips making them suitable for double second pan players. Over fifteen years of research and development have been incorporated into all of Panyard's stick designs. Each pair is hand crafted to exact specifications in order to produce the finest tone from your steel pan. The classic metal mallets boast Panyards exclusive non-slip grip for extra control and comfort. Each pair is made of durable aircraft grade aluminum. Shaft material: Aircraft grade aluminium Head material: 1 x 0.4mm rubber band", "Bullet1":"Medium tip model for double second pan players", "Bullet2":"Non-slip grip for extra control and comfort", "Bullet3":"Durable aircraft grade aluminium", "Bullet4":"Length 21.5cm", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAircraft grade aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1 x 0.4mm rubber band\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20.2cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead size\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2cm x 2cm x 1.4cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 x 21g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "29","RRP_Inc_VAT": "33.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP944", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP944 colourful chime bars in clear case with beaters - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964131050", "VariationOf": "pp944", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP944 colourful chime bars\nThe Percussion Plus PP944 set of colourful chime bars is a great educational tool, designed to inspire learning and creativity. Brightly coloured note bars set on durable plastic resonators excite the senses and assist in first musical steps.\n\nMaking music together\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of the PP944 chime bars is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\n\nYou are able to pair the PP944 up with the following instruments: \n\n\nBoomwhackers\nPercussion Workshop Combi Hand Bells\n\n\nEvery pitch on this selection of instruments is represented by the same colour. So, if you call out \"\"red\"\", whether they have a chime bar, hand bell or Boomwhacker, you can be sure everyone will be on the same page! \n\nMusic on the move\nThe PP944 is designed to be easily portable, it comes supplied in a secure rectangular plastic carry case. The case has slots for each of the note bars in ascending pitch order from left to right with a couple of clips to secure the pair of beaters as well. Either side of the moulded handle there is a plastic catch to ensure that the case stays closed in transit, and these cases are very convenient for stacking in a classroom music cupboard setting.\n\nTuning compass", "Bullet1":"Set of 8 colourful chime bars", "Bullet2":"Mounted on plastic resonators", "Bullet3":"Colour coded note range C64 to C76", "Bullet4":"Excellent for music education settings", "Bullet5":"Suitable for classroom and home use", "Bullet6":"Supplied in translucent green carry case with one pair of beaters", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "62","RRP_Inc_VAT": "33.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "17.875", "Quantity_break_1": "20","Quantity_break_price_1": "16.083333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "WB105-12PK", "Title": "Chamberlain Music A4 mini dry-wipe music whiteboard, printed - 12 pack - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003ewhiteboards\u003emini", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5056318308777", "VariationOf": "wb105-12pk", "Description": "For classroom learning and at-home revision\nWhether in the classroom or at home, this whiteboard is an essential tool for music theory and practical revision. The clear visibility of the staves makes it ideal for engaging music games, interactive quizzes, and collaborative activities among students.\n\nDouble-sided functionality\nFlip over the whiteboard, and you'll find a blank canvas on the reverse side. This allows for versatile use, such as sketching, practicing memorisation, or taking additional notes. The blank side is not limited to music-related tasks and can be utilised for various subjects or just for creative fun.\n\nEnhance collaboration and multiply your potential\nThe A4 dry-wipe whiteboard is not only compact but also designed for collaboration. If more space is needed, multiple whiteboards can be seamlessly connected. This feature is perfect for group projects and classroom collaborations. Use the 12 pack as a convenient solution for expanding your workspace.\n", "Bullet1":"Supplied with a dry-wipe pen featuring convenient eraser on the lid", "Bullet2":"Two pre-printed staves with a blank reverse - perfect for the music classroom", "Bullet3":"Easy to clean, writeable surface on BOTH sides", "Bullet4":"Sturdy construction - VERY resistant to bending and breaking!", "Bullet5":"A4 size: 29.7 x 21cm", "Bullet6":"Sold as a pack of 12, great for schools", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eA4 Size (297mm x 210mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePen length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBoard + Pen weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15g per set\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "82","RRP_Inc_VAT": "33.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "19.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "WB115-12PK", "Title": "Chamberlain Music A4 mini dry-wipe music whiteboard 3 staves - 12 pack - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003ewhiteboards\u003emini", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5056318308678", "VariationOf": "wb115-12pk", "Description": "For classroom learning and at-home revision\nWhether in the classroom or at home, this whiteboard is an essential tool for music theory and practical revision. The clear visibility of the staves makes it ideal for engaging music games, interactive quizzes, and collaborative activities among students.\n\nDouble-sided functionality\nFlip over the whiteboard, and you'll find a blank canvas on the reverse side. This allows for versatile use, such as sketching, practicing memorisation, or taking additional notes. The blank side is not limited to music-related tasks and can be utilised for various subjects or just for creative fun.\n\nEnhance collaboration and multiply your potential\nThe A4 dry-wipe whiteboard is not only compact but also designed for collaboration. If more space is needed, multiple whiteboards can be seamlessly connected. This feature is perfect for group projects and classroom collaborations. Consider our 12-packs for a convenient solution to expanding your workspace.\n", "Bullet1":"Supplied with a dry-wipe pen featuring convenient eraser on the lid", "Bullet2":"Three pre-printed staves with a blank reverse - perfect for the music classroom", "Bullet3":"Easy to clean, writeable surface on BOTH sides", "Bullet4":"Sturdy construction - VERY resistant to bending and breaking!", "Bullet5":"A4 size: 29.7 x 21cm", "Bullet6":"Sold as a pack of 12, great for schools", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eA4 Size (297mm x 210mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePen length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBoard + Pen weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15g per set\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "33.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "19.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "WB125-12PK", "Title": "Chamberlain Music A4 mini dry-wipe music whiteboard 4 staves - 12 pack - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003ewhiteboards\u003emini", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5056318308685", "VariationOf": "wb125-12pk", "Description": "Introducing the Chamberlain Music A4 music whiteboard with 4 pre-printed staves: An ideal companion for the music classroom\nDesigned specifically for music education, the Chamberlain Music Mini Music Whiteboard is a versatile and durable learning tool suitable for both the classroom and home environments. Its compact size makes it easy to handle, and the sturdy construction ensures resistance to bending, providing a reliable platform for various musical activities.\nThe board is supplied with a high quality pen designed specifically for whiteboard use. It is slim-barrelled, encouraging correct grip in those learning and improving their writing skills. The wipe clean surface allows you to write and rewrite your ideas without causing a single smudge. Each pen comes with a dry eraser attached to the lid, making this process easy for each whiteboard user.\nThe Mini Music Whiteboard features four pre-printed music staves on one side, providing ample space for writing music, from simple melodies to more complex compositions. This makes it an excellent tool for individual practice, group work, or as a helpful aid for musical revision. And with four staves you can do even more! From 4-part SATB, short piano pieces or just extra space for music theory practice.\nSupplied as a pack of 12, also available individually.\n\nFor classroom learning and at-home revision\nWhether in the classroom or at home, this whiteboard is an essential tool for music theory and practical revision. The clear visibility of the staves makes it ideal for engaging music games, interactive quizzes, and collaborative activities among students.\n\nDouble-sided functionality\nFlip over the whiteboard, and you'll find a blank canvas on the reverse side. This allows for versatile use, such as sketching, practicing memorisation, or taking additional notes. The blank side is not limited to music-related tasks and can be utilised for various subjects or just for creative fun.\n\nEnhance collaboration and multiply your potential\nThe A4 dry-wipe whiteboard is not only compact but also designed for collaboration. If more space is needed, multiple whiteboards can be seamlessly connected. This feature is perfect for group projects and classroom collaborations. Use this 12 pack as a convenient solution to expanding your workspace.\n", "Bullet1":"Supplied with a dry-wipe pen featuring convenient eraser on the lid", "Bullet2":"Four pre-printed staves with a blank reverse - perfect for the music classroom", "Bullet3":"Easy to clean, writeable surface on BOTH sides", "Bullet4":"Sturdy construction - VERY resistant to bending and breaking!", "Bullet5":"A4 size: 29.7 x 21cm", "Bullet6":"Sold as a pack of 12, great for schools", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eA4 Size (297mm x 210mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePen length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBoard + Pen weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15g per set\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "27","RRP_Inc_VAT": "33.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "19.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AP-3633NB", "Title": "Apextone easy-adjust straight microphone stand - A1", "Category": "tech\u003emicrophones\u003eaccessories\u003estands", "Brand": "Apextone", "Barcode": "717378831142", "VariationOf": "ap-3633nb", "Description": "Introducing the Apextone easy-adjust straight microphone stand – metal\nThis microphone stand from Apextone is a reliable, high quality tool for anyone who performs or records regularly. Its sturdy and easily adjustable nature makes it a perfect gigging companion for vocalists and instrumentalists.\nSmooth and collapsible\nAdjustable between 95cm and 165cm, this stand is handy for a variety of heights and is easy to fold and store, making it ideal for schools and music education hubs. It features a clever height adjustment and locking system which only requires one hand to operate! This makes it ideal for any environment where microphones need to be passed around and adapted quickly. For instance, it’s great for big band settings where there might not be enough mics for all the soloists, or school concerts where varied acts follow one another rapidly. Standard 5\/8” threads for the mic clip are easily adjustable and very robust.\nPlease note: Does not include microphone or microphone clip.\nOur Apextone microphone stands\n\nApextone boom microphone stand\nApextone straight microphone stand\nApextone easy-adjust straight microphone stand\nApextone easy-adjust boom microphone stand\nApextone boom microphone stand with bag\nApextone dynamic microphone kit\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"High quality, sturdy straight microphone stand", "Bullet2":"Height adjustable between 95cm and 165cm", "Bullet3":"One-handed height adjustment and locking system with 5\/8” standard threads for mic clip", "Bullet4":"Easily collapsable for enhanced portability", "Bullet5":"Wide, strong legs and non-slip rubber feet for stability", "Bullet6":"Does not include microphone or clip", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e95-165cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "22","RRP_Inc_VAT": "33.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "17.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HT03K04-R", "Title": "3oz Espresso HuskeeRenew Cup 4-Pack - Smoke \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913000761", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-3oz-4-pack-smoke", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeRenew 4-pack of 3oz cups HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack contains four 3oz espresso cups - a convenient and cost effect way to purchase for your café or restaurant. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? That's 2.5 billion every year! But HuskeeCups battle the waste that disposable coffee cups produce, by being reusable and made from 50% recycled material. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is HuskeeRenew? The HuskeeRenew range is made from Tritan Renew 50, a new PBS, BPF and BPA-free food-grade plastic which allows us to include 50% certified recycled content in this range of products. Tritan Renew 50 products use plastic derived from 50% recycled content, and Tritan plastics are used in over 600 products, from drink bottles to medical grade equipment. The material was chosen for its glass-like appearance, excellent durability as well as its stain and odour resisting properties. HuskeeRenew is a high performance copolyester, perfectly designed to hold both your hot and cold drinks. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. The iconic Huskee fins also make hot coffees easy and comfortable to hold. Staying in with your coffee? The matching espresso saucer is the perfect size for the HuskeeRenew 3oz cup and is a great way to experience coffee or cold beverages in your cafe, office, or home. They're also stackable, so you can keep thing organised. Sold separately as a 4-pack How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made from 50% recycled material", "Bullet2":"This pack contains 4 x 3oz cups - perfect for espresso", "Bullet3":"Translucent glass-like finish", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6.2cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup width at base\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup width at lip\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6.7cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "27","RRP_Inc_VAT": "33.25","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HT03A04-R", "Title": "3oz Espresso HuskeeRenew Cup 4-Pack - Amber \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001478", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-3oz-4-pack-smoke", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeRenew 4-pack of 3oz cups HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack contains four 3oz espresso cups - a convenient and cost effect way to purchase for your café or restaurant. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? That's 2.5 billion every year! But HuskeeCups battle the waste that disposable coffee cups produce, by being reusable and made from 50% recycled material. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is HuskeeRenew? The HuskeeRenew range is made from Tritan Renew 50, a new PBS, BPF and BPA-free food-grade plastic which allows us to include 50% certified recycled content in this range of products. Tritan Renew 50 products use plastic derived from 50% recycled content, and Tritan plastics are used in over 600 products, from drink bottles to medical grade equipment. The material was chosen for its glass-like appearance, excellent durability as well as its stain and odour resisting properties. HuskeeRenew is a high performance copolyester, perfectly designed to hold both your hot and cold drinks. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. The iconic Huskee fins also make hot coffees easy and comfortable to hold. Staying in with your coffee? The matching espresso saucer is the perfect size for the HuskeeRenew 3oz cup and is a great way to experience coffee or cold beverages in your cafe, office, or home. They're also stackable, so you can keep thing organised. Sold separately as a 4-pack How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made from 50% recycled material", "Bullet2":"This pack contains 4 x 3oz cups - perfect for espresso", "Bullet3":"Translucent glass-like finish", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6.2cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup width at base\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup width at lip\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6.7cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "33.25","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HT0PK12-R", "Title": "Universal HuskeeRenew Lid 4-pack - Smoke \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001416", "VariationOf": "ht0pk12-r", "Description": " \nIntroducing the 4-pack HuskeeRenew stopper lids\nHuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack of four stopper lids is compatible with any of the HuskeeRenew range - perfect for providing your employees, clients, and customers with hot drinks on the go.\nDid you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? That's 2.5 billion every year! But HuskeeCups battle the waste that disposable coffee cups produce, by being reusable and made from 50% recycled material.\nWhether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups.\n \n What is HuskeeRenew? \nThe HuskeeRenew range is made from Tritan Renew 50, a new PBS, BPF and BPA-free food-grade plastic which allows us to include 50% certified recycled content in this range of products. Tritan Renew 50 products use plastic derived from 50% recycled content, and Tritan plastics are used in over 600 products, from drink bottles to medical grade equipment. The material was chosen for its glass-like appearance, excellent durability as well as its stain and odour resisting properties. HuskeeRenew is a high performance copolyester, perfectly designed to hold both your hot and cold drinks. \n \n Café ready cups \nA focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. The iconic Huskee fins also make hot coffees easy and comfortable to hold. \n \n Coffee on the go \nThis stopper lid is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move, thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid, which can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow. \n How to clean your HuskeeCup \nHuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. \n \n", "Bullet1":"Made from 50% recycled material", "Bullet2":"This pack contains 4 stopper lids for HuskeeRenew cups", "Bullet3":"Translucent glass-like finish", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Perfect for taking coffee on the go", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e24mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e88mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "14","RRP_Inc_VAT": "33.25","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HT0PA12-R", "Title": "Universal HuskeeRenew Lid 4-pack - Amber \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001546", "VariationOf": "ht0pk12-r", "Description": " \nIntroducing the 4-pack HuskeeRenew stopper lids\nHuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack of four stopper lids is compatible with any of the HuskeeRenew range - perfect for providing your employees, clients, and customers with hot drinks on the go.\nDid you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? That's 2.5 billion every year! But HuskeeCups battle the waste that disposable coffee cups produce, by being reusable and made from 50% recycled material.\nWhether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups.\n \n What is HuskeeRenew? \nThe HuskeeRenew range is made from Tritan Renew 50, a new PBS, BPF and BPA-free food-grade plastic which allows us to include 50% certified recycled content in this range of products. Tritan Renew 50 products use plastic derived from 50% recycled content, and Tritan plastics are used in over 600 products, from drink bottles to medical grade equipment. The material was chosen for its glass-like appearance, excellent durability as well as its stain and odour resisting properties. HuskeeRenew is a high performance copolyester, perfectly designed to hold both your hot and cold drinks. \n \n Café ready cups \nA focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. The iconic Huskee fins also make hot coffees easy and comfortable to hold. \n \n Coffee on the go \nThis stopper lid is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move, thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid, which can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow. \n How to clean your HuskeeCup \nHuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. \n \n", "Bullet1":"Made from 50% recycled material", "Bullet2":"This pack contains 4 stopper lids for HuskeeRenew cups", "Bullet3":"Translucent glass-like finish", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Perfect for taking coffee on the go", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e24mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e88mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "13","RRP_Inc_VAT": "33.25","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP157", "Title": "Acme quail call - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebird-calls", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547001574", "VariationOf": "pp157", "Description": "Introducing Acme Quail call\nThis Acme call effectively mimics the sound of a quail. Producing a high-quality sound, the whistle imitates the familiar piping of a quail with great volume and projection. It can be useful in school orchestras and a variety of other performances. Due to its convincing mimicry of a quail call, this Acme product is also an excellent utility for bird-watchers or professional wildlife photographers.\nMade from hard-wearing plastic, the Acme Quail call is durable and operated by hand using the bulb attached. It also mimics the stone-chipping sound of the stoat.\n Made in the UK\nAcme whistles are manufactured in Birmingham and were carefully developed over a number of years. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\n\nSound Sample\n\n", "Bullet1":"Effectively mimics the sound of a quail", "Bullet2":"Solidly made from hard wearing plastic", "Bullet3":"Perfect for use in school orchestras, or for bird watchers", "Bullet4":"Operated by hand using the bulb attached", "Bullet5":"Also imitates the sound of a stoat", "Bullet6":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "15","RRP_Inc_VAT": "34.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.416666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP274", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP274 hand bells - set of 5 chromatic - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964124281", "VariationOf": "pp274", "Description": "Extend the set\nAdd this set of 5 hand bells to your PP271 diatonic bells to create a full chromatic scale. This pack includes 5 notes: C#\/Db 65, D#\/Eb 67, F#\/Gb 70, G#\/Ab 72, and A#\/Bb 74. \n\nThe bells are lots of fun and incredibly easy to play – simply hold the handle and shake the bell! \n\nAffordable quality\nEach bell built to last, made of sturdy metal which will withstand use in the classroom - all at an affordable price!\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of the PP274 hand bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments. Each of the hand bells are vibrantly coloured according to our colour matching note system, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\n\nThese hand bells are colour-coded to match the following products:\n\n\nWak-a-Tubes\nPercussion Plus PP935 Chime Bars\nPercussion Plus PP015 Hand Chimes\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\nTuning compass", "Bullet1":"5 chromatic bells", "Bullet2":"Black handles like the black notes of a keyboard", "Bullet3":"Part of the ChromaPlay method", "Bullet4":"Played by holding the handle and ringing the bell", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "34.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.416666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HC12C04-E", "Title": "12oz HuskeeCup 4-pack - Charcoal \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001300", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-12oz-4-pack", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeCup 12oz 4-pack HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack of four is available in either natural or charcoal finishes. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is a HuskeeCup made from? A HuskeeCup is made from a unique eco-composite polymer featuring coffee husk at it's core. What is coffee husk? Coffee husk is the discarded outer layer of a coffee bean, a waste product at the milling stage of coffee production. By using HuskeeCup, you are helping to recycle hundrds of tonnes of waste material from the production of coffee. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Staying in with your coffee? A HuskeeCup locks neatly with the Classic Saucer using a hill and valley locking system. The 'valley' at the base of each cup locks neatly with the 'hill' in the middle of the saucer to make carrying and serving coffee much easier and reduces the risks of knocks and spills. Coffee on the go Each cup is compatible with the Universal Lid, featuring a triangulation of vents on its roof. This creates the perfect flow so it's just like drinking from an open cup. The fins offer exceptional insulation and can be pushed on with one hand. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made using recycled coffee husk", "Bullet2":"This pack contains four 12oz cups", "Bullet3":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet4":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup dimensions:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e132mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e86mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e168g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e350ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEco-composite polymer, coffee husk waste, food contact approved, BPA free\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e4-pack stacked height:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e250mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "57","RRP_Inc_VAT": "34.88","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "17.433333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "16.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HC12N04-E", "Title": "12oz HuskeeCup 4-pack - Natural \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001409", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-12oz-4-pack", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeCup 12oz 4-pack HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack of four is available in either natural or charcoal finishes. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is a HuskeeCup made from? A HuskeeCup is made from a unique eco-composite polymer featuring coffee husk at it's core. What is coffee husk? Coffee husk is the discarded outer layer of a coffee bean, a waste product at the milling stage of coffee production. By using HuskeeCup, you are helping to recycle hundrds of tonnes of waste material from the production of coffee. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Staying in with your coffee? A HuskeeCup locks neatly with the Classic Saucer using a hill and valley locking system. The 'valley' at the base of each cup locks neatly with the 'hill' in the middle of the saucer to make carrying and serving coffee much easier and reduces the risks of knocks and spills. Coffee on the go Each cup is compatible with the Universal Lid, featuring a triangulation of vents on its roof. This creates the perfect flow so it's just like drinking from an open cup. The fins offer exceptional insulation and can be pushed on with one hand. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made using recycled coffee husk", "Bullet2":"This pack contains four 12oz cups", "Bullet3":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet4":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup dimensions:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e132mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e86mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e168g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e350ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEco-composite polymer, coffee husk waste, food contact approved, BPA free\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e4-pack stacked height:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e250mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "48","RRP_Inc_VAT": "34.88","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "17.433333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "16.708333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP4101", "Title": "Andy Gleadhill's African drumming book - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Drums for Schools", "Barcode": "9780957011502", "VariationOf": "pp4101", "Description": "Based on over 20 years specialized teaching experience, Andy Gleadhill's new African Drumming book has been specially written to help teachers and workshop leaders teach African drumming and rhythms to class-sized groups. The book is clear and practical and no previous drumming or music teaching experience is assumed. It begins with an introduction to basic playing techniques, followed by warm-up exercises and proceeds to introduce 10 African rhythms, each with teaching and learning notes and examples of how to develop them into complete pieces of music ready for performance. Professionally produced performances by school children of all the African tunes in the book are available online, together with examples of the Call and Response patterns along with suggested arrangements. To download the mp3 audio recordings of the tunes in Andy Gleadhill’s African Drumming Book please visit either of the following links: Sugarsync Or Dropbox \n\n\nDrums for Schools · African-Drumming-Book-1\n", "Bullet1":"Specially written to help teach African drumming and rhythms to classes", "Bullet2":"Clear and practical layout", "Bullet3":"No previous drumming or music teaching experience is needed", "Bullet4":"Warm up exercises included", "Bullet5":"Accompaniment tracks available, with professionally produced performances", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "24.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP4102", "Title": "Andy Gleadhill's African drumming book 2 - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Drums for Schools", "Barcode": "9780957011502", "VariationOf": "pp4102", "Description": "In this new book Andy Gleadhill takes pupil and teachers to the next level of progressive African drumming, exploring new African instruments and rhythms and enabling pupils to discover their full musical potential and creativity. The book introduces new instruments such as the Talking Drums and Dun Duns and shows you how to incorporate African melodies in to your drumming with tunes played on the Balafon or African Xylophone. Each of the six new tunes is graduated in difficulty to allow for musical progression but they also contain differentiated parts, so that all pupils can play in the ensembles, regardless of ability. Although the book introduces new African instruments, all the tunes can be played on any drums available to the players. \n\nLike all Andy's books, African Drumming Book 2 is suitable for both music teachers and for non-specialists and no prior experience is assumed - not even the ability to read music. It includes advice on basic playing techniques as well as warm-up exercises, lesson plans and repertoire. There are also very useful supporting audio and video resources online.\n\nChapters include\n\nIntroduction\nThe Instruments\nBasic Playing Techniques\nThe Music\nWarm-up Exercises\nCall and Response\nLesson Plans and 10 Weekly Lessons\nCreating a Performance\nSix Tunes with Teaching and Learning Notes\n\n\n\nDrums for Schools · Andy Gleadhilll's African Drumming Book 2 Audio Support\n", "Bullet1":"Specially written to help teach African drumming and rhythms to classes", "Bullet2":"Clear and practical layout", "Bullet3":"No previous drumming or music teaching experience is needed", "Bullet4":"Warm up exercises included", "Bullet5":"Accompaniment tracks available, with professionally produced performances", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "24.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP4103", "Title": "Andy Gleadhill's Class Percussion Book - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Drums for Schools", "Barcode": "9780957011519", "VariationOf": "pp4103", "Description": "Combines basic classroom percussion instruments with authentic world rhythms and melodies, enabling you to teach pupils all the elements of music and help them rapidly progress to the point that they can improvise and perform a range of pieces from around the world.These expertly written teaching guides are suitable for both generalist teachers and specialist music teachers. You don't need to be able to read music, nor do you need prior experience of each musical style as the guides, supported by accompanying CDs or DVDs, will take you and the class step by step from basics to first performance in 10 carefully structured lessons.\n\n\n\nDrums for Schools · Andy Gleadhilll's Class Percussion Book Audio Support\n", "Bullet1":"Authentic world rhythms and melodies", "Bullet2":"Teaches all the elements of music", "Bullet3":"Allows pupils to improve and develop improvisation skills", "Bullet4":"Online video clips give practical demonstrations of techniques and pieces covered", "Bullet5":"Accompaniment tracks available, with professionally produced performances", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "24.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP4104", "Title": "Andy Gleadhill's Caribbean steel pans book - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Drums for Schools", "Barcode": "9780957011519", "VariationOf": "pp4104", "Description": "The Caribbean Steel Pans Book, written by educator and professional percussionist Andy Gleadhill, shows generalist teachers how to teach Steel Pans in a class setting. Although all of the tunes and exercises in the book can be played on any steel pan instrument, Andy focusses on the Jumbie Jam steel pan and its use in an educational setting. Using the same approach that has so successfully helped hundreds of generalist teachers to introduce African Drumming, Indonesian Gamelan, Brazilian Samba and other World Music styles in classrooms all over the UK, Andy shows you the basic techniques, warm-up exercises and covers all the elements of music whilst helping you and the class progress rapidly through 10 weekly lessons, to the point that the class can perform a range of Steel Pan pieces. A selection of video clips is available on line that further support teacher and pupils by giving practical demonstrations of the techniques and pieces covered in the Guide.\n\nTo download the mp3 audio recordings of the tunes in Andy Gleadhill’s Caribbean Steel Pans Book please visit either of the following links: Sugarsync Or Dropbox \n\n\nDrums for Schools · Andy Gleadhillls Caribbean Steel Pan Book\n", "Bullet1":"Specially written to help teach Steel Pans and rhythms to classes", "Bullet2":"Clear and practical layout", "Bullet3":"No previous steel pan or music teaching experience is needed", "Bullet4":"Accompaniment tracks available, with professionally produced performances", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "24.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP4105", "Title": "Andy Gleadhill's Indonesian gamelan book - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Drums for Schools", "Barcode": "9780957011526", "VariationOf": "pp4105", "Description": "Andy Gleadhill’s Teacher’s guide to Indonesian Gamelan is a wonderfully practical introduction to teaching Gamelan. The guide has been written for non-specialist teachers and covers everything you need to know to introduce this wonderful music to the class, and to begin making magical Gamelan music. Andy’s crystal clear writing style and his vast teaching experience make this the classic introduction.\n\nThere are useful video and audio support materials available on line and a download link will be provided when you purchase the book which will grant you access to all the relevant audio files.\n\n\nDrums for Schools · Andy Gleadhilll's Indonesian Gamelan Book Audio Support\n", "Bullet1":"Specially written to help teach Indonesian gamelan and rhythms to classes", "Bullet2":"Clear and practical layout", "Bullet3":"No previous music teaching experience is needed", "Bullet4":"Accompaniment tracks available, with professionally produced performances", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "24.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP4106", "Title": "Andy Gleadhill's Brazilian samba book - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Drums for Schools", "Barcode": "9780957011533", "VariationOf": "pp4106", "Description": "Samba is one of Andy Gleadhill's growing range of class instrumental teaching guides. This Samba guide has been written to help non-specialists introduce Samba playing to whole class as well as smaller groups. As with all Andy's teaching guides, this is based on years of teaching experience and is highly practical and down to earth. It assumes no prior knowledge of the Samba style and you don't even need to be able to read music to teach it effectively. The guide contains a series of lesson plans which take you and the class through from scratch to your first performance in just 8 weeks. Samba Batacuda is the traditional music of the Brazilian carnivals. \n\nThis book is ideal for setting up your own Samba Band. You can download the ten Samba tunes, professionally recorded and played by school children using instruments available from Drums for Schools. Chapters include What is a Samba? The Instruments of Samba The Layout of the Band Basic Playing Techniques Musical Notation Elements of Music Warm up exercises Call and response The Clave Explained Teaching and Learning Notes for 10 Weekly Lessons Creating a Performance Ten Tunes. \n\nTo download the mp3 audio recordings of the tunes in Andy Gleadhill’s Brazilian Samba Book please visit either of the following links: Sugarsync Or Dropbox \n\n\nDrums for Schools · Samba Tunes from Andy Gleadhill's Brazilian Samba Book\n", "Bullet1":"Specially written to help teach Brazilian samba and rhythms to classes", "Bullet2":"Clear and practical layout", "Bullet3":"No previous samba or music teaching experience needed", "Bullet4":"Accompaniment tracks available, with professionally produced performances", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "24.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP4107", "Title": "Jonathan Kirby's Taiko Drumming Book \u0026 DVD - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "9780957020436", "VariationOf": "pp4107", "Description": "Jonathan Kirby brings ten years of taiko teaching experience together in this quick-start guide to taiko drumming. Designed primarily for teachers and group leaders who are keen to get taiko started without previous taiko experience. One complete term of taiko is laid out in simple, easy-to-follow lesson plans starting from the basics of how to stand at the drum, through to a full performance at the end of term - always following Kagemusha Taiko's four key principles. This is a concise, yet thorough guide that makes taiko accessible to all in a way that is clear and easy to understand. The accompanying DVD shows Jonathan taking Kagemusha Junior Taiko's newest members through the programme, step-by-step. Following the DVD chapters, read Jonathan's teaching tips and notes and see taiko teaching in action. ", "Bullet1":"Designed for teachers and group leaders", "Bullet2":"Previous taiko experience", "Bullet3":"Easy to follow lesson plans", "Bullet4":"Online video clips give practical demonstrations of techniques and pieces covered", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "24.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP4109", "Title": "Andy Gleadhill's Composing with World Music - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Drums for Schools", "Barcode": "9780957011571", "VariationOf": "pp4109", "Description": "This guide from Andy Gleadhill shows you how to use world musical styles to introduce composition to whole classes as well as smaller groups. As with all Andy's teaching guides, this is based on years of teaching experience and is highly practical and down to earth. The accompanying CD contains examples which demonstrate the composition process. \n\nChapters include What is World Music?; Getting Started; The Method and Process; Grid Music; Composing with African Drumming; Composing with Brazilian Samba; Composing with Indonesian Gamelan; Composing with Indian Ragas; Creating a Performance. \n\nThis book is ideal companion to Andy's world music teaching guides and will enable pupils to explore creative composition and take their world music experience to the next level.\n\n\nDrums for Schools · Andy Gleadhilll's Composing with World Music Book Audio Support\n", "Bullet1":"Pupils will explore a range of world music styles", "Bullet2":"The guide comes complete with a CD which demonstrates the composition process", "Bullet3":"Learn to create your own performance ready compositions.", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "24.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP599", "Title": "Percussion Plus wooden ratchet - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003erattles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547005992", "VariationOf": "pp599", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus wooden ratchet\nThis wooden ratchet creates a loud sound when the handle is rotated. The instrument has a metal body and turning handle, with a wooden ratchet.\nDue to the lightweight and durable materials, this ratchet can be used not only at home but can easily withstand classroom environments, the lightweight making it easy to hold for younger players.", "Bullet1":"Easy to play", "Bullet2":"Lightweight and durable materials", "Bullet3":"Loud and attention grabbing sound", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "14","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.958333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP759", "Title": "Percussion Plus easy grip medium to soft timpani mallets - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547007590", "VariationOf": "pp759", "Description": "These Percussion Plus medium to soft timpani mallets have been enhanced with easy grip handles, a large ultralight tapered foam block. This increases control and makes the stick easier to hold.The head is made with a turned cork core wrapped in a layer of soft felt and cotton wool.They produce a reasonably quick response and have a broad dynamic range making them able to build rumbling rolls. Kettle drum beaters can of course also be used with other percussion instruments and the versatility of medium hard heads has made them particularly popular with kit players.", "Bullet1":"Solid wood sticks", "Bullet2":"Medium to soft wool heads", "Bullet3":"Comfort grip foam rubber handles", "Bullet4":"Sold as a pair", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.958333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "17.058333333333334", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP801", "Title": "Percussion Plus drum skins - fusion pack - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547008016", "VariationOf": "pp801", "Description": "The Percussion Plus clear twin ply drum skins - fusion pack\nThis Percussion Plus drum skin pack is ideal as spares or replacements for your fusion kit. Each skin is twin ply for durability and a great sound. They are supplied in a clear finish to match with any kit.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Clear Twin Ply Fusion Head Pack includes:\n\n\n14\"\" SNARE\n14\"\" FLOOR TOM\n10\"\" TOM\n12\"\" TOM\n", "Bullet1":"Clear finish", "Bullet2":"Pack of 4 replacement heads for snare, toms and floor tom", "Bullet3":"Twin ply fusion head pack", "Bullet4":"Perfect as spares or replacements for your fusion drum kit", "Bullet5":"Reliable and affordable", "Bullet6":"Great sound", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "41","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.416666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MMX61VN12", "Title": "MMX Student composite violin bow with ebony frog - 1\/2 size \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ebows\u003eviolin", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": "5055964117054", "VariationOf": "bow-mmx61vn", "Description": "Introducing the MMX Student composite violin bow with ebony frog\nThe MMX61 Student series bows are a notch above the standard student bow offering and make for a superb beginner or second bow. Ideal for players of all ages and styles, and popular with both teachers and students.\nThese bows are consistently produced using a composite wood, with nickel silver mounted ebony frogs, mother of pearl slides and eyes, and real wood veneer. They’re also fitted with white unbleached horsehair.\nUsing the latest in lightweight materials, they’re light enough to reduce fatigue during long playing sessions, without compromising on tone or projection.\nAlso available for viola and cello.\n\nThe MMX range\nMMX has been working with master luthier Guofang Wang and his family workshop for nearly a decade, producing a wide selection of orchestral stringed instruments. MMX bows combine the historical traditions of bow making with quality, durable materials and expert craftmanship. The result is a versatile bow which will suit a broad range of players. For the beginner, the Student series offers the best start in the playing journey.\n", "Bullet1":"Student bow, ideal for beginners", "Bullet2":"Composite wood stick", "Bullet3":"Ebony frog", "Bullet4":"Mother of pearl inlays", "Bullet5":"White unbleached horsehair", "Bullet6":"Lightweight", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VN\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VN12\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VN14\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VN18\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VN34\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBow Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e74\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e62\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e51\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e69\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHair Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e65\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e54.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e47.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e43.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.225", "Quantity_break_1": "3","Quantity_break_price_1": "16.041666666666668", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MMX61VN14", "Title": "MMX Student composite violin bow with ebony frog - 1\/4 size \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ebows\u003eviolin", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": "5055964100001", "VariationOf": "bow-mmx61vn", "Description": "Introducing the MMX Student composite violin bow with ebony frog\nThe MMX61 Student series bows are a notch above the standard student bow offering and make for a superb beginner or second bow. Ideal for players of all ages and styles, and popular with both teachers and students.\nThese bows are consistently produced using a composite wood, with nickel silver mounted ebony frogs, mother of pearl slides and eyes, and real wood veneer. They’re also fitted with white unbleached horsehair.\nUsing the latest in lightweight materials, they’re light enough to reduce fatigue during long playing sessions, without compromising on tone or projection.\nAlso available for viola and cello.\n\nThe MMX range\nMMX has been working with master luthier Guofang Wang and his family workshop for nearly a decade, producing a wide selection of orchestral stringed instruments. MMX bows combine the historical traditions of bow making with quality, durable materials and expert craftmanship. The result is a versatile bow which will suit a broad range of players. For the beginner, the Student series offers the best start in the playing journey.\n", "Bullet1":"Student bow, ideal for beginners", "Bullet2":"Composite wood stick", "Bullet3":"Ebony frog", "Bullet4":"Mother of pearl inlays", "Bullet5":"White unbleached horsehair", "Bullet6":"Lightweight", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VN\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VN12\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VN14\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VN18\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VN34\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBow Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e74\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e62\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e51\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e69\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHair Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e65\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e54.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e47.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e43.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.225", "Quantity_break_1": "3","Quantity_break_price_1": "16.041666666666668", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MMX61VN18", "Title": "MMX Student composite violin bow with ebony frog - 1\/8 size \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ebows\u003eviolin", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": "2505596412964", "VariationOf": "bow-mmx61vn", "Description": "Introducing the MMX Student composite violin bow with ebony frog\nThe MMX61 Student series bows are a notch above the standard student bow offering and make for a superb beginner or second bow. Ideal for players of all ages and styles, and popular with both teachers and students.\nThese bows are consistently produced using a composite wood, with nickel silver mounted ebony frogs, mother of pearl slides and eyes, and real wood veneer. They’re also fitted with white unbleached horsehair.\nUsing the latest in lightweight materials, they’re light enough to reduce fatigue during long playing sessions, without compromising on tone or projection.\nAlso available for viola and cello.\n\nThe MMX range\nMMX has been working with master luthier Guofang Wang and his family workshop for nearly a decade, producing a wide selection of orchestral stringed instruments. MMX bows combine the historical traditions of bow making with quality, durable materials and expert craftmanship. The result is a versatile bow which will suit a broad range of players. For the beginner, the Student series offers the best start in the playing journey.\n", "Bullet1":"Student bow, ideal for beginners", "Bullet2":"Composite wood stick", "Bullet3":"Ebony frog", "Bullet4":"Mother of pearl inlays", "Bullet5":"White unbleached horsehair", "Bullet6":"Lightweight", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VN\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VN12\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VN14\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VN18\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VN34\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBow Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e74\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e62\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e51\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e69\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHair Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e65\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e54.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e47.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e43.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "17","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.225", "Quantity_break_1": "3","Quantity_break_price_1": "16.041666666666668", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MMX61VN34", "Title": "MMX Student composite violin bow with ebony frog - 3\/4 size \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ebows\u003eviolin", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": "5055964117061", "VariationOf": "bow-mmx61vn", "Description": "Introducing the MMX Student composite violin bow with ebony frog\nThe MMX61 Student series bows are a notch above the standard student bow offering and make for a superb beginner or second bow. Ideal for players of all ages and styles, and popular with both teachers and students.\nThese bows are consistently produced using a composite wood, with nickel silver mounted ebony frogs, mother of pearl slides and eyes, and real wood veneer. They’re also fitted with white unbleached horsehair.\nUsing the latest in lightweight materials, they’re light enough to reduce fatigue during long playing sessions, without compromising on tone or projection.\nAlso available for viola and cello.\n\nThe MMX range\nMMX has been working with master luthier Guofang Wang and his family workshop for nearly a decade, producing a wide selection of orchestral stringed instruments. MMX bows combine the historical traditions of bow making with quality, durable materials and expert craftmanship. The result is a versatile bow which will suit a broad range of players. For the beginner, the Student series offers the best start in the playing journey.\n", "Bullet1":"Student bow, ideal for beginners", "Bullet2":"Composite wood stick", "Bullet3":"Ebony frog", "Bullet4":"Mother of pearl inlays", "Bullet5":"White unbleached horsehair", "Bullet6":"Lightweight", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VN\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VN12\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VN14\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VN18\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VN34\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBow Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e74\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e62\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e51\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e69\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHair Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e65\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e54.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e47.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e43.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "34","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.225", "Quantity_break_1": "3","Quantity_break_price_1": "16.041666666666668", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MMX61VN", "Title": "MMX Student composite violin bow with ebony frog - 4\/4 full size \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ebows\u003eviolin", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": "5055964113292", "VariationOf": "bow-mmx61vn", "Description": "Introducing the MMX Student composite violin bow with ebony frog\nThe MMX61 Student series bows are a notch above the standard student bow offering and make for a superb beginner or second bow. Ideal for players of all ages and styles, and popular with both teachers and students.\nThese bows are consistently produced using a composite wood, with nickel silver mounted ebony frogs, mother of pearl slides and eyes, and real wood veneer. They’re also fitted with white unbleached horsehair.\nUsing the latest in lightweight materials, they’re light enough to reduce fatigue during long playing sessions, without compromising on tone or projection.\nAlso available for viola and cello.\n\nThe MMX range\nMMX has been working with master luthier Guofang Wang and his family workshop for nearly a decade, producing a wide selection of orchestral stringed instruments. MMX bows combine the historical traditions of bow making with quality, durable materials and expert craftmanship. The result is a versatile bow which will suit a broad range of players. For the beginner, the Student series offers the best start in the playing journey.\n", "Bullet1":"Student bow, ideal for beginners", "Bullet2":"Composite wood stick", "Bullet3":"Ebony frog", "Bullet4":"Mother of pearl inlays", "Bullet5":"White unbleached horsehair", "Bullet6":"Lightweight", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VN\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VN12\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VN14\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VN18\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VN34\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBow Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e74\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e62\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e51\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e69\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHair Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e65\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e54.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e47.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e43.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "41","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.225", "Quantity_break_1": "3","Quantity_break_price_1": "16.041666666666668", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "WMN-PK", "Title": "Magnetic symbols 1 - short, long notes, rests, clefs and dynamics - A1", "Category": "misc\u003egifts\u003emagnets", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5055964111809", "VariationOf": "wmn-pk", "Description": "Introducing the magnetic whiteboard music symbols 1 - short, long notes, rests, clefs and dynamics\nThese magnetic music symbols are an ideal accessory to our selection of Magiboard metal white boards. The white boards themselves have pre-printed musical staves which these symbols fit perfectly.\nThe sheets are all 200mm x 300mm, so a little narrower and longer than standard A4 size. The symbols themselves are just under a millimetre thick will last very well in a classroom situation.\nThese magnets are, of course, equally good as fridge magnets so any parent with a young music student in the house may well find a good use for them.\nThis pack includes all of the notes and markings from the WMN10, WMN20, WMN30 and WMN40 in one complete set.\nAt Chamberlain Music we supply a large range of Magiboard white boards, some blank but a number with pre-printed music staves for which these magnetic symbols are the perfect accessory.\nThis pack includes all of the notes and markings from the WMN10, WMN20, WMN30 and WMN40 in one complete set.", "Bullet1":"Pack of 4 sheets of magnetic music symbols", "Bullet2":"Each sheet 200mm x 300mm", "Bullet3":"Ideal for all manner of musical tuition", "Bullet4":"Designed for use along side our range of Magiboard metal white boards", "Bullet5":"Black, solid and easy to see print", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "42","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.416666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NWS1TB", "Title": "Nuvo WindStars 1 Teacher DooD \u0026 TooT - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "735850173023", "VariationOf": "nws1tb", "Description": "\n\nWritten by Brittany Bauman and Dr. Cassandra Eisenreich, the WindStars Series is a simple, effective, and affordable way for elementary school kids to experience the joy of playing music together. Through WindStars, children learn to play a musical instrument and develop a life-long love of music at an early age.\nThe WindStars 1 Teacher Book is spiral-bound with 91 full-color pages. The book is broken into three sections:\n\nBase Curriculum - iconic notation recognition, steady beat, pitch, melody, breathing, assembling and holding the Dood or Toot, making the first sound, articulation, 4\/4 and 2\/4 time signatures, repeat sign, how to read fingering charts, and notes B, A, and G.\nExtension 1 - Notes C, F, E, D, low C, and eighth notes\nExtension 2 - 6\/8 time signature and duets\n\nA printable completion certificate is included for each section. Suggestions for movement and performance are included in the back of the book.\n\n\n\n\n\nA great method of learning for individuals and groups\nThe WindStars Methodology is focused on the holistic approach of teaching the \"\"whole child\"\" through the prism of music education, which is comprised of the following five elements of music: Rhythm\/Tempo, Pitch\/Tone, Melody\/Harmony, Structure, and Expression. The WindStars Series can be used in a solo or group setting with appropriate tunes for each level. The method introduces and develops fundamental beginning instrumental skills while creating an exciting and engaging experience for all students. WindStars is a book-based program with supplemental materials available online (instructional videos, audio backing tracks, and printable PDFs).\n\n\n\n\n\nWindStars is a 3-level program which can be easily adapted to fit into existing programs:\nLevel 1:\nDesigned for ages 5-9, with an emphasis on Sound Before Sight. Level 1 books are written for the Dood and Toot instruments. Written for the general music classroom, level one encourages students to learn by ear as much as possible. This level is available in either standard or iconic notation. Students will use instruments to explore their own musical creativity, develop fine and gross motor skills, and proper playing techniques.\nLevel 2:\nDesigned for ages 6-10, with an emphasis on transitioning to notation. Level 2 books are written for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo instruments. Books are intended to build on the experiences in Level 1 and those learned in general music classes. Level 2 is written for individual and\/or class lessons that extend woodwind and brass skills while playing fun tunes in various genres.\nLevel 3:\nDesigned for ages 7-10, emphasizing pre-band ensemble playing. Level 3 introduces multi-part music for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo in a variety of styles. All tunes are written in standard notation.\n\nBook Preview\n\n\n\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Teacher book for Nuvo DooD \u0026amp; TooT", "Bullet2":"Suitable for teaching children from age 5 plus with little to no musical knowledge", "Bullet3":"Basic wind instrument skills are introduced", "Bullet4":"Simple tunes using iconic notation", "Bullet5":"Student book available separately", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "28.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NWS2TB", "Title": "Nuvo WindStars 2 Instrument Essentials – teachers’ book - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318302058", "VariationOf": "nws2tb", "Description": "\n\nNuvo WindStars 2 Teacher Book\nWritten by Brittany Bauman, the WindStars Series is a simple, effective, and affordable way for primary school children to experience the joy of playing music together. Through WindStars, children learn to play a musical instrument and develop a life-long love of music at an early age. It is a book-based program with supplemental materials available online (instructional videos, audio backing tracks, and printable PDFs).\nYou can also get the Windstars 2 Teacher Book as part of Nuvo's classroom packs, including the Windstars 2 mixed class set, which can help to kickstart your classes' musical development! These packs include a selection of instruments as well as teaching books, making them extremely convenient for primary teachers.\n\n\n\n\n\nA great method of learning for individuals and groups\nComprised of the following five elements of music: Rhythm\/Tempo, Pitch\/Tone, Melody\/Harmony, Structure, and Expression, The WindStars Methodology is focused on the holistic approach of teaching the \"\"whole child\"\" through the WindStar of music education. It can be used in a solo or group setting with appropriate tunes for each level. The method introduces and develops fundamental beginning instrumental skills while creating an exciting and engaging experience for all students.\n\n\n\n\n\nAn effective learning process to help progress to traditional concert band instruments\nWindStars 2 is a flexible method book for Nuvo's general music and pre-band instruments. The method books can be used for individuals and\/or in the classroom. WindStars 2 introduces standard music notation as well as beginning technique. Skills learned in the WindStars 2 method books are directly applicable for students who move on to play traditional concert band instruments. Each Student Book focuses on a single instrument, either jFlute, jSax, Clarinéo, or jHorn. While the Teacher Book includes all four. The Student Books include questions to reinforce comprehension after new songs and spaces to practice writing new musical styles. The Student Books include 23 fun songs in various styles along with backing tracks. Songs are written to reinforce notes learned along with rhythms. Parts are written with rhythms in unison, but harmony notes are introduced.\n\n\n\n\n\nWindStars is a 3-level program which can be easily adapted to fit into existing programs:\nLevel 1:\nDesigned for ages 5-9, with an emphasis on Sound Before Sight. Level 1 books are written for the Dood and Toot instruments. Written for the general music classroom, level one encourages students to learn by ear as much as possible. This level is available in either standard or iconic notation. Students will use instruments to explore their own musical creativity, develop fine and gross motor skills, and proper playing techniques.\nLevel 2:\nDesigned for ages 6-10, with an emphasis on transitioning to notation. Level 2 books are written for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo instruments. Books are intended to build on the experiences in Level 1 and those learned in general music classes. Level 2 is written for individual and\/or class lessons that extend woodwind and brass skills while playing fun tunes in various genres.\nLevel 3:\nDesigned for ages 7-10, emphasizing pre-band ensemble playing. Level 3 introduces multi-part music for the jSax, jFlute, jHorn, and Clarineo in a variety of styles. All tunes are written in standard notation.\n\n\nWindStars 2 focuses on the following elements\n\nAssembling and holding the instruments\nMaking first sounds\nArticulation\n4\/4, 3\/4, 2\/4, and 6\/8 time signatures\nRepeat signs\nBreath marks and breathing techniques\nImprovisation\n\n\n\nBook Preview\n\n\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Comprehensive teachers’ book for the jFlute, jSax, Clarineo \u0026amp; jHorn", "Bullet2":"Designed to be used after the student has completed WindStars 1", "Bullet3":"Students will learn to read and play standard music notation", "Bullet4":"Essential woodwind and brass skills will be introduced", "Bullet5":"Student books for each of the Nuvo instruments are available separately", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "28.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MMX63VC", "Title": "Sonix by MMX student Sandalwood cello bow - 4\/4 full size \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ebows\u003ecello", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": "5056318301365", "VariationOf": "mmx63vc", "Description": "The MMX63 series student bows are a great choice for replacing the bow supplied with a student outfit or to carry as a second bow. \nThe octagonal stick has a pleasing curve and good springy tension which will help with string crossing and various bowing techniques. The lapping adds the correct weighting to the bow. \nThese bows look the part too – the detailing on the frog slider and eyes catch the light to showcase the mother of pearl inlays. Each bow is embossed with the Sonix brand. \nAvailable for Violin, Viola, Cello and French style Double Bass. \n", "Bullet1":"Octagonal Sandalwood stick", "Bullet2":"Ideal second or replacement bow", "Bullet3":"Evenly weighted", "Bullet4":"Ebony and white copper fittings", "Bullet5":"Quality adjuster", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VC12\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VC14\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VC18\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VC34\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBow Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e72\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e63\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e58.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e52\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e68\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHair Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e61.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e53\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e49\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42.7\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e58.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e86\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e76\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e70\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e75\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "46","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.041666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MMX63VC12", "Title": "Sonix by MMX student Sandalwood cello bow - 1\/2 half size \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ebows\u003ecello", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": "5056318301389", "VariationOf": "mmx63vc", "Description": "The MMX63 series student bows are a great choice for replacing the bow supplied with a student outfit or to carry as a second bow. \nThe octagonal stick has a pleasing curve and good springy tension which will help with string crossing and various bowing techniques. The lapping adds the correct weighting to the bow. \nThese bows look the part too – the detailing on the frog slider and eyes catch the light to showcase the mother of pearl inlays. Each bow is embossed with the Sonix brand. \nAvailable for Violin, Viola, Cello and French style Double Bass. \n", "Bullet1":"Octagonal Sandalwood stick", "Bullet2":"Ideal second or replacement bow", "Bullet3":"Evenly weighted", "Bullet4":"Ebony and white copper fittings", "Bullet5":"Quality adjuster", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VC12\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VC14\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VC18\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VC34\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBow Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e72\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e63\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e58.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e52\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e68\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHair Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e61.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e53\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e49\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42.7\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e58.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e86\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e76\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e70\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e75\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.958333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MMX63VC14", "Title": "Sonix by MMX student Sandalwood cello bow - 1\/4 quarter size \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ebows\u003ecello", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": "5056318301396", "VariationOf": "mmx63vc", "Description": "The MMX63 series student bows are a great choice for replacing the bow supplied with a student outfit or to carry as a second bow. \nThe octagonal stick has a pleasing curve and good springy tension which will help with string crossing and various bowing techniques. The lapping adds the correct weighting to the bow. \nThese bows look the part too – the detailing on the frog slider and eyes catch the light to showcase the mother of pearl inlays. Each bow is embossed with the Sonix brand. \nAvailable for Violin, Viola, Cello and French style Double Bass. \n", "Bullet1":"Octagonal Sandalwood stick", "Bullet2":"Ideal second or replacement bow", "Bullet3":"Evenly weighted", "Bullet4":"Ebony and white copper fittings", "Bullet5":"Quality adjuster", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VC12\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VC14\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VC18\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VC34\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBow Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e72\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e63\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e58.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e52\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e68\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHair Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e61.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e53\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e49\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42.7\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e58.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e86\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e76\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e70\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e75\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "21","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.958333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MMX63VC18", "Title": "Sonix by MMX student Sandalwood cello bow - 1\/8 eighth size \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ebows\u003ecello", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": "5056318301402", "VariationOf": "mmx63vc", "Description": "The MMX63 series student bows are a great choice for replacing the bow supplied with a student outfit or to carry as a second bow. \nThe octagonal stick has a pleasing curve and good springy tension which will help with string crossing and various bowing techniques. The lapping adds the correct weighting to the bow. \nThese bows look the part too – the detailing on the frog slider and eyes catch the light to showcase the mother of pearl inlays. Each bow is embossed with the Sonix brand. \nAvailable for Violin, Viola, Cello and French style Double Bass. \n", "Bullet1":"Octagonal Sandalwood stick", "Bullet2":"Ideal second or replacement bow", "Bullet3":"Evenly weighted", "Bullet4":"Ebony and white copper fittings", "Bullet5":"Quality adjuster", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VC12\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VC14\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VC18\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VC34\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBow Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e72\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e63\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e58.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e52\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e68\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHair Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e61.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e53\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e49\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42.7\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e58.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e86\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e76\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e70\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e75\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "22","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.958333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MMX63VC34", "Title": "Sonix by MMX student Sandalwood cello bow - 3\/4 three quarter size \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ebows\u003ecello", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": "5056318301372", "VariationOf": "mmx63vc", "Description": "The MMX63 series student bows are a great choice for replacing the bow supplied with a student outfit or to carry as a second bow. \nThe octagonal stick has a pleasing curve and good springy tension which will help with string crossing and various bowing techniques. The lapping adds the correct weighting to the bow. \nThese bows look the part too – the detailing on the frog slider and eyes catch the light to showcase the mother of pearl inlays. Each bow is embossed with the Sonix brand. \nAvailable for Violin, Viola, Cello and French style Double Bass. \n", "Bullet1":"Octagonal Sandalwood stick", "Bullet2":"Ideal second or replacement bow", "Bullet3":"Evenly weighted", "Bullet4":"Ebony and white copper fittings", "Bullet5":"Quality adjuster", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VC12\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VC14\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VC18\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63VC34\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBow Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e72\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e63\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e58.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e52\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e68\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHair Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e61.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e53\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e49\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42.7\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e58.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e86\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e76\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e70\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e75\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "24","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "16.041666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "DEFLECTOR-PRO", "Title": "Jazzlab DEFLECTOR-PRO for saxophones, trumpet and trombone - A1", "Category": "tech\u003eacoustic-treatment\u003eshields", "Brand": "Jazzlab", "Barcode": "7640133610412", "VariationOf": "deflector-pro", "Description": "Introducing the Jazzlab DEFLECTOR-PRO for saxophones, trumpet and trombone\nJazzlab are best known for creating innovative products such as the SAXHOLDER, SAXSILENCER and the DEFLECTOR to aid musicians at home and in a live setting. In essence, it is an acoustic shield that quickly and securely clips onto the bell of all baritone, tenor, alto, curved and straight soprano saxophones, trumpets and trombones.\nThe shield is angled towards the player so the sound can be redirected towards your ears. This helps you work on your sound and articulation when practising at home or at lower volumes and for better audibility when playing live, as it can be difficult to hear clearly at a gig. The angle can also be adjusted easily for different heights of player and to affect how much of the sound is deflected towards you. This also allows you to practice quieter.\nThere is a small hole in the shield to allow for sound to be carried towards the audience, so it does not mute your instrument. It can be neatly transported in a case or gig bag and is supplied in its own velour carry pouch.\nHigh quality design\nBuilt with high quality components, the Jazzlab DEFLECTOR-PRO is built to last. The trumpet and trombone mirrors and clips are made from high strength fibre-reinforced plastics and the saxophone mirror is made from transparent polycarbonate. The metal components are made from polished brass and stainless steel ensuring great strength and durability and the instrument bell interface is built using thermoplastic elements.\nWhat’s included\n\nA sound mirror TRP to use with trumpets and straight soprano saxophones\nA sound mirror TRB to use with trombones\nA sound mirror for use with baritone, tenor, alto and curved soprano sax\nDraw string pouchInstruction manual\n\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with all sizes of saxophone, and now also trumpet and trombone", "Bullet2":"Deflects the sound from the bell back towards the player", "Bullet3":"Perfect for gigs to enable you to hear yourself better within a band", "Bullet4":"Allows for quieter, more focused practice and tone work", "Bullet5":"Attaches easily to the bell of your instrument", "Bullet6":"Small hole in the shield to let some of your sound pass through", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.416666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "18.958333333333332", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NWS3TB", "Title": "Nuvo WindStars 3 Pre-band Ensemble – teachers' book - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "735850173061", "VariationOf": "nws3tb", "Description": "\n\nNuvo WindStars 3 Student Book\nWritten by Brittany Bauman and edited by Robert Sheldon, the WindStars Series is a simple, effective, and affordable way for elementary school kids to experience the joy of playing music together. Through WindStars, children learn to play a musical instrument and develop a life-long love of music at an early age.\nWindsStars 3 encourages increasingly independent playing through ensemble music in a variety of genres. Dynamics and chromatic notes are introduced in this level of the series.\n\n\n\n\n\nAn effective learning process to help progress to traditional concert band instruments\nThe WindStars Methodology is focused on the holistic approach of teaching the \"\"whole child\"\" through the prism of music education, which is comprised of the following five elements of music: Rhythm\/Tempo, Pitch\/Tone, Melody\/Harmony, Structure, and Expression. The WindStars Series can be used in a solo or group setting with appropriate tunes for each level. The method introduces and develops fundamental beginning instrumental skills while creating an exciting and engaging experience for all students. WindStars is a book-based program with supplemental materials available online (instructional videos, audio backing tracks, and printable PDFs).\n\n\n\n\n\nWindStars is a 3-level program which can be easily adapted to fit into existing programs:\nLevel 1 Sound Before Sight\nWritten for the general music classroom, level one encourages students to learn by ear as much as possible. This level is available in either standard or iconic notation. Students will use instruments to explore their musical creativity, develop fine and gross motor skills, and proper playing techniques.\n\nDesigned for ages 5-9\nWritten for Nuvo Dood \u0026amp; Toot Instruments\n\nLevel 2 Instrument Essentials\nBooks are intended to build on the experiences in Level 1 and those learned in general music classes. Level 2 is written for individual and\/or class lessons that extend woodwind and brass skills while playing fun tunes in various genres. Level 2 focuses on articulation, time signatures, breathing techniques, and improvisation.\n\nDesigned for ages 6-10\nWritten for Nuvo Clarineo, jFlute, jSax, and jHorn Instruments\n\nLevel 3 Pre-Band Ensemble\nBooks are intended to build on the experiences in Level 2. Level 3 is written for individual and\/or class lessons that extend woodwind and brass skills while playing fun tunes in various genres. Level 3 focuses on small ensemble playing and includes duets, trios, and quartets. Supplemental tunes can be downloaded for free from the WindStars website in PDF format, along with backing tracks.\n\nDesigned for ages 7-10\nWritten for Nuvo Clarineo, jFlute, jSax, and jHorn Instruments\n\n\nBook Preview\n\n\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Comprehensive teachers’ book for the jFlute, jSax, Clarineo \u0026amp; jHorn", "Bullet2":"Designed to be used after the student has completed WindStars 2", "Bullet3":"Students will be introduced to dynamics, expression and chromatic notes", "Bullet4":"Build ensemble playing skills", "Bullet5":"Student books available for each of the Nuvo instruments", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "28.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "RAT-69Q23", "Title": "RAT Gig Bag Pro - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003eaccessories\u003ebags", "Brand": "RAT", "Barcode": "810016030966", "VariationOf": "rat-69q23", "Description": " Introducing the RAT Gig Bag Pro This gig bag is the perfect option for busy musicians who need a convenient and reliable way to transport and store their Jazz stand pro. The extra storage compartment on the front of the bag will keep your sheet music and other essentials with while you are on-the-go. Perfectly sized, your RatStands Jazz stand with music and accessories will fit neatly inside to be protected from any scuffs or scrapes when during travel or storage. Please note: RAT Jazz stand sold separately This gig bag is compatible with the RAT Jazz Stand , the RAT Jazz Stand PRO, and the Z3 PRO Tablet stand Separate zip compartments A strong zip can be opened around 3 sides of the gig bag, keeps the stand inside and makes unpacking the stand easy and trouble free. As well as the main compartment, there is a separate zip compartment on the front of the bag that can hold sheet music. This helps to separate items which could cause damage to the music stand. Adjustable strap The gig bag pro has an adjustable strap to suit all musicians and can be set between 750mm and 1350mm in length. This strap is also detachable and has a shoulder pad for added comfort. The padded handle provides an alternative way to carry your stand to and from rehearsals. ", "Bullet1":"Gig bag for Jazz stand, Jazz Stand Pro and Z3 Tablet Stand", "Bullet2":"Handy shoulder strap", "Bullet3":"Separate zip compartment", "Bullet4":"Extra storage for sheet music and other essentials", "Bullet5":"Keeps your stand and your music safe", "Bullet6":"Lightweight and high quality material", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRAT-69Q23\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e520 x 470 x 65 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e510 x 460 x 55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrap length - Minimum\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrap length - Maximum\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrap width\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShoulder Pad\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e310 x 70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal Material:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyester\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "21.875", "Quantity_break_1": "6","Quantity_break_price_1": "20.416666666666668", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N120CL10001", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo replacement case - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5055964130978", "VariationOf": "n120cl10001", "Description": "Nuvo Clarineo replacement case We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the clarineo Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information \nClarineo Fingering Chart\nClarineo Key Chart\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement case for Clarineo", "Bullet2":"Keeps your instrument safe", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling and repairing your instruments", "Bullet5":"CLARINET NOT INCLUDED", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.416666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NJP1024", "Title": "Nuvo jSax replacement case - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318304281", "VariationOf": "njp1024", "Description": "Nuvo jSax replacement case This case is designed to be used as either a spare or replacement case for your jSax, allowing you to maintain your instrument and always keep it safe. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing \n Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information jSax Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound\n\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement case for jSax", "Bullet2":"Keeps your instrument safe", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling and repairing your instruments", "Bullet5":"JSAX NOT INCLUDED", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.416666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AP-3417A", "Title": "Apextone deluxe acoustic guitar stand - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003eguitar\u003esingle", "Brand": "Apextone", "Barcode": "762716058804", "VariationOf": "ap-3417a", "Description": "Introducing the Apextone deluxe acoustic guitar stand\nElevate your guitar display with the Apextone deluxe acoustic guitar stand, a perfect blend of sophistication and functionality. Crafted with a handsome wooden base and legs, this stand adds a touch of class to any environment while providing reliable support for your instrument. Designed with your guitar's safety in mind, the Apextone stand features heavily padded base and arms to prevent sliding and protect your floor from scratches. The steel inner arms and prongs ensure durability and stability, giving you peace of mind during performances or storage.\nSturdy without sacrificing convenience\nDespite its sturdy construction, the Apextone deluxe acoustic guitar stand folds down small for easy portability. Whether you're heading to a gig, rehearsal, or simply moving your instrument around the house, this stand offers convenience without compromising on style.\nOur Apextone guitar stands\n\nApextone double-wired A-frame guitar stand\nApextone tripod guitar stand\nApextone A-frame guitar stand\nApextone A-frame adjustable depth guitar stand\nApextone neck-grip guitar stand\nApextone deluxe acoustic guitar stand\nApextone guitar wall hanger\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Well-padded, elegant guitar stand", "Bullet2":"Handsome wooden base and legs", "Bullet3":"Heavily padded base and arms prevent sliding and protect floor", "Bullet4":"Steel inner arms and prongs", "Bullet5":"Folds down small for easy portability", "Bullet6":"Width of legs extends out to 33cm for stability", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWood\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eProtective stand material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFoam\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInner arms material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e33cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth when closed\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth when extended\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e33cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "18","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.958333333333332", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MP11630-SCREEN", "Title": "Screen print charge - A1", "Category": "misc\u003echoral-folders", "Brand": "Mapac", "Barcode": "5056318309903", "VariationOf": "mp11630-screen", "Description": "A one off charge for custom print choral folders and music casesProvide your own artwork (intricate or complicated logos may be subject to a higher charge).", "Bullet1":"Intricate or very complicated logos may be subject to a higher charge", "Bullet2":"One off charge for custom print choral folders or music cases", "Bullet3":"Provide your own artwork or let us know what you want and we can do everything for you", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "28.291666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "TS-BAGAD1", "Title": "Andy Gleadhill's African drumming book - A1", "Category": "sheet-music", "Brand": "DfS CON", "Barcode": null, "VariationOf": "ts-bagad1", "Description": "Based on over 20 years specialized teaching experience, Andy Gleadhill's new African Drumming book has been specially written to help teachers and workshop leaders teach African drumming and rhythms to class-sized groups. The book is clear and practical and no previous drumming or music teaching experience is assumed. It begins with an introduction to basic playing techniques, followed by warm-up exercises and proceeds to introduce 10 African rhythms, each with teaching and learning notes and examples of how to develop them into complete pieces of music ready for performance. Professionally produced performances by school children of all the African tunes in the book are available online, together with examples of the Call and Response patterns along with suggested arrangements. To download the mp3 audio recordings of the tunes in Andy Gleadhill’s African Drumming Book please visit either of the following links: Sugarsync Or Dropbox \n\n\nDrums for Schools · African-Drumming-Book-1\n", "Bullet1":"Specially written to help teach African drumming and rhythms to classes", "Bullet2":"Clear and practical layout", "Bullet3":"No previous drumming or music teaching experience is needed", "Bullet4":"Warm up exercises included", "Bullet5":"Accompaniment tracks available, with professionally produced performances", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "88","RRP_Inc_VAT": "35.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP794", "Title": "Wak-a-Tube flats \u0026 sharps bass octave set - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547079412", "VariationOf": "pp794", "Description": "Turn your basic PP793 set into a fully chromatic one-octave scale with this expansion pack of flat \u0026amp; sharp Wak-a-Tubes. Pitches included are: C#(Db)28, D#(Eb)30, F#(Gb)33, G#(Ab)35, and A#(Bb)37.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They're perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today!\n\n", "Bullet1":"Accidentals expansion pack for bass octave", "Bullet2":"Fills in the 5 missing flats and sharps in the PP793 set", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "28","RRP_Inc_VAT": "36.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "19.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HT0SK04-R", "Title": "HuskeeRenew Saucer 4-pack - Smoke \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001348", "VariationOf": "ht0sk04-r", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeRenew 4-pack of classic saucers HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup saucers for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack contains four classic saucers - a convenient and cost effect way to purchase for your café or restaurant. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? That's 2.5 billion every year! But HuskeeCups battle the waste that disposable coffee cups produce, by being reusable and made from 50% recycled material. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is HuskeeRenew? The HuskeeRenew range is made from Tritan Renew 50, a new PBS, BPF and BPA-free food-grade plastic which allows us to include 50% certified recycled content in this range of products. Tritan Renew 50 products use plastic derived from 50% recycled content, and Tritan plastics are used in over 600 products, from drink bottles to medical grade equipment. The material was chosen for its glass-like appearance, excellent durability as well as its stain and odour resisting properties. HuskeeRenew is a high performance copolyester, perfectly designed to hold both your hot and cold drinks. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Staying in with your coffee? The classic saucer is the perfect size for the HuskeeRenew 6oz and 8oz cups, and it's a great way to experience coffee or cold beverages in your cafe, office, or home. They're also stackable, so you can keep thing organised. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made from 50% recycled material", "Bullet2":"This pack contains 4 x classic saucers", "Bullet3":"Translucent glass-like finish", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "13","RRP_Inc_VAT": "36.10","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.05", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HT0SA04-R", "Title": "HuskeeRenew Saucer 4-pack - Amber \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001539", "VariationOf": "ht0sk04-r", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeRenew 4-pack of classic saucers HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup saucers for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack contains four classic saucers - a convenient and cost effect way to purchase for your café or restaurant. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? That's 2.5 billion every year! But HuskeeCups battle the waste that disposable coffee cups produce, by being reusable and made from 50% recycled material. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is HuskeeRenew? The HuskeeRenew range is made from Tritan Renew 50, a new PBS, BPF and BPA-free food-grade plastic which allows us to include 50% certified recycled content in this range of products. Tritan Renew 50 products use plastic derived from 50% recycled content, and Tritan plastics are used in over 600 products, from drink bottles to medical grade equipment. The material was chosen for its glass-like appearance, excellent durability as well as its stain and odour resisting properties. HuskeeRenew is a high performance copolyester, perfectly designed to hold both your hot and cold drinks. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Staying in with your coffee? The classic saucer is the perfect size for the HuskeeRenew 6oz and 8oz cups, and it's a great way to experience coffee or cold beverages in your cafe, office, or home. They're also stackable, so you can keep thing organised. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made from 50% recycled material", "Bullet2":"This pack contains 4 x classic saucers", "Bullet3":"Translucent glass-like finish", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "36.10","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.05", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP110SS", "Title": "Percussion Plus double braced snare drum stand - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003esnare-drum-stands", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349487486", "VariationOf": "pp110ss", "Description": "In the last year a few drum manufacturers such as Pearl or Drum Workshop have been looking back to older, more traditional designs. This has inspired their new hardware ranges to make sturdy stands that are lighter in weight for the gigging musician. The PP110SS snare stand from Percussion Plus is height adjustable, and will suit drummers of almost all heights. It features foldable, double braced legs for added stability, and boasts non-slip rubber feet firmly grip the floor surface, keeping your snare drum firmly in place. The traditional, slimline basket helps to keep the weight down and can be adjusted by loosening off the wingnut, sliding the arm to the desired position, and fastening again. It makes for an ideal stand for schools or beginners that require study, yet lightweight hardware.", "Bullet1":"Double braced drum stand", "Bullet2":"2 section height adjustment", "Bullet3":"Rubber suports on arms to protect drum at contact points", "Bullet4":"Non slip rubber feet", "Bullet5":"Adjustable basket to fit almost any size of snare drum", "Bullet6":"Maximum height 63cm", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "54","RRP_Inc_VAT": "37.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.041666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP276", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP276 combi hand bells - set of 5 - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547002762", "VariationOf": "pp276", "Description": "Create the chromatic set\nAdd this set of 5 combi bells to your PP275 diatonic bells to create a full chromatic scale. This pack includes 5 notes: C#\/Db 65, D#\/Eb 67, F#\/Gb 70, G#\/Ab 72, and A#\/Bb 74. The bells are lots of fun and incredibly easy to play – simply shake as a hand bell or push the button on top of the handle.\n\nThe flexibility of the combi bells means they can adapt to any practice or performance space. So, whether you are on stage or in a small classroom, the combi bells can adapt.\n\nAlso, accompanied by the PP277 expansion pack of 7 combi bells and the the PP275 diatonic set you can achieve a range of A61 to E80.\n\nBuilt to last\nEach bell is made of sturdy metal which is coated in a clear plastic casing to protect it from damage. \n\nThis means that they are built to last and will withstand use in the classroom, without compromising their clear and bright tone.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of the PP276 combi bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments. Each of the combi bells are vibrantly coloured according to our colour matching note system, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\n\nThese combi bells are colour-coded to match the following products:\n\n\nWak-a-Tubes\nPercussion Plus PP935 Chime Bars\nPercussion Plus PP015 Hand Chimes\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\nTuning compass", "Bullet1":"5 chromatic bells", "Bullet2":"Black handles like the black notes of a keyboard", "Bullet3":"Part of the ChromaPlay method", "Bullet4":"Metal bells with clear plastic casing and plastic stem", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWater-dilutable saturated polyester resin coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "47","RRP_Inc_VAT": "37.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.041666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MAN5301", "Title": "Manhasset table top music stand - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003edesktop", "Brand": "Manhasset", "Barcode": "706576053012", "VariationOf": "man5301", "Description": "Introducing the Manhasset table top music stand\nIdentical to the desk of Manhasset's famous Symphony range, this high quality lightweight aluminium music stand has a rubber foot on the back which simultaneously supports the stand and protects the surface on which it is placed.\nIt's perfect for music classrooms and individual practice, but can of course be used for all sorts of other things such as holding recipe books in the kitchen.\nGreat for education\nThese are great for students to have a stand each and play individually from their desk while in the classroom. These tabletop stands make it easy for students to play together as an ensemble or music group.\nMore about Manhasset\nInventor and musician Otto Lagervall founded the Manhasset Specialty Company with a desire to overcome the inherent shortcomings of music stands available at the time. His desire to use the highest quality materials and workmanship carries through the company ethos to the present day, though the company moved from Manhasset, New York to Yakima, Washington in the early 1940s where it remains today.\nThe Manhasset Lifetime Warranty\nOver the years, Manhasset has continued to research, develop, and innovate new products to meet the needs of musicians, and their commitment to consistent quality has made them the number one choice of many schools, bands and orchestras worldwide. Backing this up, Manhasset offer a guaranteed lifetime warranty on all products purchased from us. They have the utmost confidence in their manufacturing standards, substantiated by years of proof. When you buy a Manhasset music stand, you should never have to buy another stand again.\nPlease note: Proof of purchase required", "Bullet1":"High quality aluminium table top music stand", "Bullet2":"Full size desk identical to those on Manhasset's flagship models", "Bullet3":"Rests comfortably on any flat surface", "Bullet4":"Wide music lip - ideal for larger books", "Bullet5":"Rubber foot on back support and felt pads on underside to prevent surface scratching", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "37.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "21.583333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP389", "Title": "Percussion Plus floor drum - set of 3 - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003efloor-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547003899", "VariationOf": "pp389", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus floor drum - set of 3\nThis set of bright floor drums makes the perfect addition to any classroom or music group. The drums are free standing and have plastic feet which prevent slipping and support the sturdy instruments.Each drum has a natural goat skin head which produces a resonant sound when hit. The versatile instruments can be played with hands, mallets or sticks to create different sounds. This set of 3 includes:\n\n1 x 6\"\" yellow drum\n1 x 8\"\" red drum\n1 x 10\"\" purple drum\n1 x pair of wooden beaters\n Also available as separate items.\nPlease note: If you require additional beaters, we recommend the PP385 pair.\n", "Bullet1":"Quality, free-standing floor toms", "Bullet2":"Each drum has a natural goat skin head", "Bullet3":"Plastic feet to prevent slippage", "Bullet4":"Can be played with hands, mallets, or sticks", "Bullet5":"1 x 6\" yellow, 1 x 8\" red, 1 x 10\" purple", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "37.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.041666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AP-3633", "Title": "Apextone easy-adjust boom microphone stand - A1", "Category": "tech\u003emicrophones\u003eaccessories\u003estands", "Brand": "Apextone", "Barcode": "717378830138", "VariationOf": "ap-3633", "Description": "Introducing the Apextone easy-adjust metal boom microphone stand\nThis microphone stand from Apextone is a reliable, high quality tool for anyone who performs or records regularly. Its sturdy and easily adjustable nature makes it a perfect gigging companion for vocalists and instrumentalists.\nSmooth and collapsable\nAdjustable between 95cm and 165cm, this stand is handy for a variety of heights and is easy to fold and store, making it ideal for schools and music education hubs. It features a clever height adjustment and locking system which only requires one hand to operate! This makes it ideal for any environment where microphones need to be passed around and adapted quickly. For instance, it’s great for big band settings where there might not be enough mics for all the soloists, or school concerts where varied acts follow one another rapidly. Standard 5\/8” threads for the mic clip are easily adjustable and very robust.\nPlease note: Does not include microphone or microphone clip.\nOur Apextone microphone stands\n\nApextone boom microphone stand\nApextone straight microphone stand\nApextone easy-adjust straight microphone stand\nApextone easy-adjust boom microphone stand\nApextone boom microphone stand with bag\nApextone dynamic microphone kit\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"High quality, sturdy boom microphone stand", "Bullet2":"Height adjustable between 95cm and 165cm", "Bullet3":"One-handed height adjustment and locking system with 5\/8” standard threads for mic clip", "Bullet4":"Easily collapsable for enhanced portability", "Bullet5":"Wide, strong legs and non-slip rubber feet for stability", "Bullet6":"Does not include microphone or clip", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e95-165cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBoom\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e80cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStand material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFeet material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eScrew material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCable clip material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "40","RRP_Inc_VAT": "37.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.041666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AP-PK11", "Title": "Apextone boom microphone stand with bag - A1", "Category": "tech\u003emicrophones\u003eaccessories\u003estands", "Brand": "Apextone", "Barcode": "717378831173", "VariationOf": "ap-pk11", "Description": "Introducing the Apextone metal boom microphone stand with bag\nThis microphone stand from Apextone is a reliable, high quality tool for anyone who performs or records regularly. Its sturdy and adjustable nature makes it a perfect gigging companion for vocalists and instrumentalists. The stand is Apextone’s AP-3601 model, and it is supplied with a handy carrying bag.\nSmooth and collapsable\nAdjustable between 90cm and 160cm, this stand is handy for a variety of heights, making it ideal for schools and music education hubs. Smooth aluminium knobs allow for adjustment of the stem and the foldable legs, ensuring easy portability and storage. Standard 5\/8” threads for the mic clip are easily adjustable and very robust.\nComes with carrying bag\nBetter still, this mic stand is supplied with a reliable, lightweight carrying bag, making it even easier to gig with, and reducing the chance of scratches when you’ve got it in storage!\nPlease note: Does not include microphone or microphone clip.\nOur Apextone microphone stands\n\nApextone boom microphone stand\nApextone straight microphone stand\nApextone easy-adjust straight microphone stand\nApextone easy-adjust boom microphone stand\nApextone boom microphone stand with bag\nApextone dynamic microphone kit\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"High quality, sturdy AP-3601 boom microphone stand", "Bullet2":"Height adjustable - 90cm-160cm", "Bullet3":"Smooth aluminium knobs and joints", "Bullet4":"Easily collapsable and comes with lightweight gig bag for enhanced portability", "Bullet5":"Wide, strong legs and non-slip rubber feet for stability", "Bullet6":"Does not include microphone or clip", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ec.90cm-160cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBoom\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e80cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStand material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFeet material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eScrew material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCable clip material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBag\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAP-4114\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBag material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNylon\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "17","RRP_Inc_VAT": "37.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.041666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "RAT-202Q04", "Title": "RAT Performer 3 universal tablet holder - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003etablet", "Brand": "RAT", "Barcode": "810016031178", "VariationOf": "rat-202q04", "Description": "Introducing the RAT Performer3 universal tablet stand (tablet holder only)\nConvert your Performer3 stand or acoustic screen to a Universal tablet holder in seconds!\nThe Universal Tablet Performer 3 Stand is secure, robust, and elegant. The telescopic stand is compatible with all models and sizes of tablets\/iPad’s (*within the size range of 170-335mm \/ 6.7-13.2in). It is extremely lightweight, simple to set up, and offers a huge range of uses. Once attached to the Perfomer3 stand base, the free-standing tablet holder is ideal for temporary use or installations such as pop-up events, exhibitions, galleries, conferences, presentations, and performances.\nEasily secure your tablet with a soft closing adjustable clamp that tightly fixes the screen on 2 sides and allows the tablet to be viewed in either portrait or landscape orientation. The screen angle can be adjusted in one move by simply tilting the hinge to find the users’ optimum viewing position. The tablet holder has an additional shelf as standard which can be used to store stationary, battery packs and charging cables. The shelf also has two hooks for musicians bows.\nThis portable tablet stand can be used for a wide range of industrial applications such as displaying product information, visitor guidance, guest check-in, meeting room bookings, displaying digital music scores, self-service, and data capturing. When multiple stands are required, they can be stacked vertically for compact storage. A storage trolley is available to purchase separately. \nThis tablet is also available with a stand, which you can find here.", "Bullet1":"Convert your RAT Performer3 stand to a universal tablet holder!", "Bullet2":"Compatible with most tablet models (size range of 170–335 mm)", "Bullet3":"Features adjustable soft-closing clamp", "Bullet4":"Includes a convenient built-in shelf", "Bullet5":"Supplied with 2.5mm hex key for easy assembly", "Bullet6":"NOT supplied with Performer3 stand base, can be purchased together (see RAT-202Q13)", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS PC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWidth:\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e234mm \/ 9.2in\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight:\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e273mm \/ 10.8in\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTablet thickness:\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUp to 12mm \/ 0.5in\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGripper arm:\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e170-335mm \/ 6.7-13.2in\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTilt angle of tablet:\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eVertical-horizontal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "37.20","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "23.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MAN5202", "Title": "Manhasset Voyager desk only - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003eaccessories\u003eparts", "Brand": "Manhasset", "Barcode": "706576052022", "VariationOf": "man5202", "Description": "The Manhasset MAN5202 is the desk only replacement part for the Manhasset MAN5201 Voyager Music Stand. This stand is a portable concert music stand that provides the same durability and stability as other Manhasset styles. Using the twist locking mechanism, there are only two parts of the music stand to keep accountability for when you disassemble.These durable stands are powder-coated, glare-free, and scratch-resistant to provide optimal performances. The height of the music stands ranges from 26” to 60.5”, usable while sitting or standing. The Voyager Stand desk can hold multiple sheets of music with dimensions of 20” wide by 12.5” high and a 2.25” lip.\n\nFEATURES\n\n\nPREMIUM CONSTRUCTION: The perfect stand for any occasion, made with high-quality materials – these sturdy music stands will enjoy many years of service\n\nACCOMMODATING: Designed to suit seated or standing playing postures for musicians of all disciplines\n\nPORTABLE: Assemble or disassemble in seconds with the “no-tool-required” twist locking mechanism \n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Replacement desk for MAN5201 stand", "Bullet2":"'No-tool-required' quick connect\/disconnect neck to attach it to the shaft", "Bullet3":"20\" wide x 12 1\/2\" high with a 2 1\/4\" lip", "Bullet4":"Compatible with nearly all of the Manhasset brand stands", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "37.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "21.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP38525", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP38525 wooden beaters - box of 25 - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eball-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964130039", "VariationOf": "pp38525", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP38525 wooden beaters\nThese Percussion Plus wooden beaters can be used for a range of percussion and tuned instruments e.g. woodblocks, small drums, and xylophones. They are made of a medium density ball-shaped beech head and a relatively short plain beech dowel. The hard finish of this wood makes a clunky percussive contact sound.\nThey are great value for money and long lasting; an essential for any drummer.\nSupplied as a carton of 25 single beaters.", "Bullet1":"Box of 25 individual beaters", "Bullet2":"25mm hard spherical heads made from beech wood", "Bullet3":"Lightweight head produces clunky wooden attack noise", "Bullet4":"Ideally suited to woodblocks and tambours", "Bullet5":"18.5cm beech shafts", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBeech\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBeech\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "19","RRP_Inc_VAT": "38.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.583333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HC16C04-E", "Title": "16oz HuskeeCup 4-pack - Charcoal \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001423", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-16oz-4-pack", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeCup 16oz 4-pack HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack of four is available in either natural or charcoal finishes. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is a HuskeeCup made from? A HuskeeCup is made from a unique eco-composite polymer featuring coffee husk at it's core. What is coffee husk? Coffee husk is the discarded outer layer of a coffee bean, a waste product at the milling stage of coffee production. By using HuskeeCup, you are helping to recycle hundrds of tonnes of waste material from the production of coffee. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Staying in with your coffee? A HuskeeCup locks neatly with the Classic Saucer using a hill and valley locking system. The 'valley' at the base of each cup locks neatly with the 'hill' in the middle of the saucer to make carrying and serving coffee much easier and reduces the risks of knocks and spills. Coffee on the go Each cup is compatible with the Universal Lid, featuring a triangulation of vents on its roof. This creates the perfect flow so it's just like drinking from an open cup. The fins offer exceptional insulation and can be pushed on with one hand. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made using recycled coffee husk", "Bullet2":"This pack contains four 16oz cups", "Bullet3":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet4":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup dimensions:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e168mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e87mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e204g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e470ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEco-composite polymer, coffee husk waste, food contact approved, BPA free\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "64","RRP_Inc_VAT": "38.63","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "19.308333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "18.508333333333333", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HC16N04-E", "Title": "16oz HuskeeCup 4-pack - Natural \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001485", "VariationOf": "huskee-cup-16oz-4-pack", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeCup 16oz 4-pack HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack of four is available in either natural or charcoal finishes. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? The reusable HuskeeCups not only battle the waste produced by disposable coffee cups, they also take on waste within the coffee production process. Every cup is made using coffee husk, an organic waste material that's typically discarded at the milling stage of coffee production. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is a HuskeeCup made from? A HuskeeCup is made from a unique eco-composite polymer featuring coffee husk at it's core. What is coffee husk? Coffee husk is the discarded outer layer of a coffee bean, a waste product at the milling stage of coffee production. By using HuskeeCup, you are helping to recycle hundrds of tonnes of waste material from the production of coffee. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. Staying in with your coffee? A HuskeeCup locks neatly with the Classic Saucer using a hill and valley locking system. The 'valley' at the base of each cup locks neatly with the 'hill' in the middle of the saucer to make carrying and serving coffee much easier and reduces the risks of knocks and spills. Coffee on the go Each cup is compatible with the Universal Lid, featuring a triangulation of vents on its roof. This creates the perfect flow so it's just like drinking from an open cup. The fins offer exceptional insulation and can be pushed on with one hand. How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. ", "Bullet1":"Made using recycled coffee husk", "Bullet2":"This pack contains four 16oz cups", "Bullet3":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet4":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet5":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup dimensions:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e168mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e87mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e204g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e470ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEco-composite polymer, coffee husk waste, food contact approved, BPA free\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "50","RRP_Inc_VAT": "38.63","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "19.308333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "18.508333333333333", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1064", "Title": "Percussion Plus Concert sleigh bells – 24 bells - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ejingles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547010644", "VariationOf": "pp1064", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus Concert sleigh bells\nThese high-quality handbells from Percussion Plus are made up of 24 large, shiny sleigh bells. They produce a bright, vibrant and clear jingle sound, making them the perfect addition to any festive event or classroom percussion collection. The shape of the smooth wooden handle makes the instrument comfortable to hold and easy to play, while the bells are made from strong, durable metal that is built to handle life in a school environment.\n", "Bullet1":"Produces an excellent sound", "Bullet2":"Made from high quality metal", "Bullet3":"Features an ergonomic wooden handle", "Bullet4":"Perfect for classrooms and Christmas carols", "Bullet5":"Durable and easy to play", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "68","RRP_Inc_VAT": "38.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "21.116666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MMX61VA", "Title": "MMX Student composite viola bow with ebony frog - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ebows\u003eviola", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": "5055964117016", "VariationOf": "mmx61va", "Description": "This is a nicely made, consistent viola bow which is a notch above the standard available student fare. It is consistently produced using a composite wood, with an ebonised frog. It is suitable for all larger violas.", "Bullet1":"Composite construction", "Bullet2":"Consistent manufacture", "Bullet3":"Ebony frog", "Bullet4":"Length 75cm", "Bullet5":"Weight 70g", "Bullet6":"Great student or second bow", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBow Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e75\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHair Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e66.2\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e69\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "15","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.308333333333334", "Quantity_break_1": "3","Quantity_break_price_1": "17.875", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP271", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP271 set of 8 hand bells - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547002717", "VariationOf": "pp271", "Description": "Fun in the classroom\nThis set of 8 hand bells from Percussion Plus is a great resource for the classroom. With a note range of C64-C76, they are lots of fun and incredibly easy to play – simply hold the handle and shake the bell! \n\nThis set is perfect for individual use as well as ensemble playing. Great for use in schools, in the home, or even as a team building exercise.\n\nAffordable quality\nEach bell built to last, made of sturdy metal which will withstand use in the classroom - all at an affordable price!\n\nThese hand bells are vibrantly coloured according to our colour matching note system, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation. and the bells are precisely tuned and colour-coded to match our Wak-a-Tubes and chime bars, making them a great addition to your class orchestra.This diatonic set can be combined with the PP274 set of 5 chromatic hand bells to make a fully chromatic set. \n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of the PP271 hand bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments. Each of the hand bells are vibrantly coloured according to our colour matching note system, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\n\nThese hand bells are colour-coded to match the following products:\n\n\nWak-a-Tubes\nPercussion Plus PP935 Chime Bars\nPercussion Plus PP015 Hand Chimes\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!", "Bullet1":"8 diatonic coloured bells", "Bullet2":"Tuned to a C major scale", "Bullet3":"Played by holding the handle and ringing the bell", "Bullet4":"Part of the ChromaPlay colour method", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimension per bell\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e14cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "18","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "21.125", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP779", "Title": "Percussion Plus egg shakers – tub of 40 - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eegg", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964122485", "VariationOf": "pp779", "Description": "Egg shakers are easy to hold and allow large groups to join in with musical performances. They are ideal for classrooms or any music group. Importantly they contain non-toxic iron beads so in the unlikely event of one breaking there is nothing of any harm inside - they are made of strong plastic though and are consequently ideal for younger children to use under supervision.", "Bullet1":"Tub of 40 egg shakers", "Bullet2":"A range of fun colours", "Bullet3":"Shakers are supplied in large plastic tub with screw top lid", "Bullet4":"Contains non-toxic iron beads - great for a loud sound when shaken", "Bullet5":"Previously known as OSC84-40TUB", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003epolyurethane plastic paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "113","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "21.125", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP793", "Title": "Wak-a-Tube C major scale bass octave set - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547079313", "VariationOf": "pp793", "Description": "Basic bass octave starter set. Pitches included are: C28, D30, E32, F33, G35, A37, and B39.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They're perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today!", "Bullet1":"Basic low octave set of 7 tubes", "Bullet2":"Diatonic major scale from C28-B39", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "70","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "21.125", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N245UKBK", "Title": "Nuvo jFlute upgrade kit - Black \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0735850173177", "VariationOf": "n245ukbk", "Description": "Nuvo jFlute upgrade kit We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n\n", "Bullet1":"Upgrade your Nuvo jFlute to a standard flute", "Bullet2":"Includes a straight head joint, C foot joint and coloured silicone key caps.", "Bullet3":"Ideal for students looking to move on from the beginner flute", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N245UKWT", "Title": "Nuvo jFlute upgrade kit - White \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "0735850173184", "VariationOf": "n245ukbk", "Description": "Nuvo jFlute upgrade kit We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jFlute Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions and PDF resources on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information\nFlute Fingering Chart\nStudent Flute Leaflet\njFlute Leaflet\nFlute Key Chart\n\n", "Bullet1":"Upgrade your Nuvo jFlute to a standard flute", "Bullet2":"Includes a straight head joint, C foot joint and coloured silicone key caps.", "Bullet3":"Ideal for students looking to move on from the beginner flute", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MUSISCA53", "Title": "Musisca folding multi guitar stand for 3 guitars - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003eguitar\u003emultiple", "Brand": "Musisca", "Barcode": "5055964124601", "VariationOf": "musisca-multi-guit", "Description": "Introducing the MUSISCA53 folding multi guitar stand for 3 guitars This fabulous multi guitar stand from Musisca will accommodate up to 3 guitars of any style - whether it's acoustic, electric, bass, or even classical guitars the MUSISCA53 will keep your instruments safe. A simple design, it is sturdy enough to withstand the rigours of regular gigging yet light enough with an easy folding mechanism for stress-free transport between venues. Available in 3 (MUSISCA53), 4 (MUSISCA54) and 6 (MUSISCA56) guitar configurations, this 3 guitar example is ideal for use either at home to store a small collection, or on stage to allow easy access if you need to quickly change your instrument. Keeping your instruments in pristine condition The sturdy steel construction and high end foam padding on all contact points ensure that the stand will keep up with the rigours of gigging, as well as keeping your prized guitar collection free from scuffs and scratches. Firmly rooted to the floor The rubber feet not only protect stage floors from scratch marks but also keeps your instrument firmly in place on all floors. Easy transport and storage With its folding design, this stand is easy to transport around when touring and safely store when not in use. And at just 2.3kg's, it wont weight you down whilst on the road! ", "Bullet1":"A durable, versatile guitar stand, accommodating any style of guitar", "Bullet2":"Sturdy steel construction will ensure the stand holds up with the rigours of gigging", "Bullet3":"High end foam padding on all contact points to keep your guitars scuff and scratch free", "Bullet4":"Non slip rubber feet will keep the stand firmly in place on stage or hard floors", "Bullet5":"Folding design for ease of transport and storage", "Bullet6":"Suitable for 1\/2, 3\/4 and full size classical, folk, electric and bass guitars", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.3kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e68cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSize when folded\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e66x57cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "62","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "21.125", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1006-ASHARP38", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass xylophone - A#38 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964119089", "VariationOf": "ms1006", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass xylophone\nThese are the MS1006 spare bass xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP027, PP028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1006-A37", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass xylophone - A37 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964119010", "VariationOf": "ms1006", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass xylophone\nThese are the MS1006 spare bass xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP027, PP028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1006-A49", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass xylophone - A49 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964119096", "VariationOf": "ms1006", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass xylophone\nThese are the MS1006 spare bass xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP027, PP028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1006-B39", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass xylophone - B39 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964119102", "VariationOf": "ms1006", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass xylophone\nThese are the MS1006 spare bass xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP027, PP028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1006-CSHARP29", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass xylophone - C#29 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964119027", "VariationOf": "ms1006", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass xylophone\nThese are the MS1006 spare bass xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP027, PP028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1006-CSHARP41", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass xylophone - C#41 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964119119", "VariationOf": "ms1006", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass xylophone\nThese are the MS1006 spare bass xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP027, PP028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1006-C28", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass xylophone - C28 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964119126", "VariationOf": "ms1006", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass xylophone\nThese are the MS1006 spare bass xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP027, PP028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1006-C40", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass xylophone - C40 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964119133", "VariationOf": "ms1006", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass xylophone\nThese are the MS1006 spare bass xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP027, PP028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1006-DSHARP31", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass xylophone - D#31 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964119034", "VariationOf": "ms1006", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass xylophone\nThese are the MS1006 spare bass xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP027, PP028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1006-DSHARP43", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass xylophone - D#43 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964119140", "VariationOf": "ms1006", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass xylophone\nThese are the MS1006 spare bass xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP027, PP028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1006-D30", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass xylophone - D30 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964119041", "VariationOf": "ms1006", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass xylophone\nThese are the MS1006 spare bass xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP027, PP028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1006-D42", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass xylophone - D42 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964119157", "VariationOf": "ms1006", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass xylophone\nThese are the MS1006 spare bass xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP027, PP028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1006-E32", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass xylophone - E32 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964119164", "VariationOf": "ms1006", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass xylophone\nThese are the MS1006 spare bass xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP027, PP028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1006-E44", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass xylophone - E44 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964119171", "VariationOf": "ms1006", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass xylophone\nThese are the MS1006 spare bass xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP027, PP028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1006-F33", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass xylophone - F33 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964119188", "VariationOf": "ms1006", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass xylophone\nThese are the MS1006 spare bass xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP027, PP028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1006-F45", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass xylophone - F45 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964119195", "VariationOf": "ms1006", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass xylophone\nThese are the MS1006 spare bass xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP027, PP028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1006-GSHARP36", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass xylophone - G#36 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964119072", "VariationOf": "ms1006", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass xylophone\nThese are the MS1006 spare bass xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP027, PP028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1006-GSHARP48", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass xylophone - G#48 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964119201", "VariationOf": "ms1006", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass xylophone\nThese are the MS1006 spare bass xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP027, PP028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1006-G35", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass xylophone - G35 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964119218", "VariationOf": "ms1006", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass xylophone\nThese are the MS1006 spare bass xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP027, PP028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1006-G47", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass xylophone - G47 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964119225", "VariationOf": "ms1006", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass xylophone\nThese are the MS1006 spare bass xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP027, PP028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1006-FSHARP46", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass xylophone - F#46 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964119065", "VariationOf": "ms1006", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass xylophone\nThese are the MS1006 spare bass xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP027, PP028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1006-FSHARP34", "Title": "Spare note bar for bass xylophone - F#34 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003enotebars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964119058", "VariationOf": "ms1006", "Description": "Introducing the spare note bars for bass xylophone\nThese are the MS1006 spare bass xylophone note bars from Percussion Plus, perfect for replacing any missing or damaged note bars for your xylophone. Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour, these note bars produce a warm and resonant tone. Both durable and sturdy, these note bars are quintessential for the classroom percussion kit.\n", "Bullet1":"Compatible with PP027, PP028", "Bullet2":"Finished in the classic Percussion Plus red colour", "Bullet3":"Warm and resonant tone", "Bullet4":"Sturdy and durable", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1089-C52", "Title": "Percussion Plus single hand chime - C52 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003ehand-chimes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318300801", "VariationOf": "ms1089", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus single hand chime\nPercussion Plus chimes are hugely popular in schools and music services. Very easy to play, they are accessible to both the experienced and novice musician. Great care has gone into making these chimes which have been accurately tuned.\nPerfect for the classroom\nThese single hand chimes are the perfect addition to your classroom ensemble and to replace any missing notes in your 15 note or diatonic hand chime collections. These hand chimes are robust with replaceable beater assembly. They have a smart and durable powder coat finish in black or white to match a piano keyboard and are fitted with a black beater. The tone is resonant and bright. Please select which note you require from the drop-down menu.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Individual hand chime", "Bullet2":"Easy to play with single hand movement", "Bullet3":"Long lasting, resonant sound", "Bullet4":"Durable powder coat finish", "Bullet5":"Replaceable beater assembly", "Bullet6":"Compatible with PP1084 set of 15 or MS1091 pentatonic set", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ewater-dilutable saturated polyester resin coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "8","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1089-D54", "Title": "Percussion Plus single hand chime - D54 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003ehand-chimes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964121921", "VariationOf": "ms1089", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus single hand chime\nPercussion Plus chimes are hugely popular in schools and music services. Very easy to play, they are accessible to both the experienced and novice musician. Great care has gone into making these chimes which have been accurately tuned.\nPerfect for the classroom\nThese single hand chimes are the perfect addition to your classroom ensemble and to replace any missing notes in your 15 note or diatonic hand chime collections. These hand chimes are robust with replaceable beater assembly. They have a smart and durable powder coat finish in black or white to match a piano keyboard and are fitted with a black beater. The tone is resonant and bright. Please select which note you require from the drop-down menu.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Individual hand chime", "Bullet2":"Easy to play with single hand movement", "Bullet3":"Long lasting, resonant sound", "Bullet4":"Durable powder coat finish", "Bullet5":"Replaceable beater assembly", "Bullet6":"Compatible with PP1084 set of 15 or MS1091 pentatonic set", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ewater-dilutable saturated polyester resin coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1089-E56", "Title": "Percussion Plus single hand chime - E56 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003ehand-chimes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964112950", "VariationOf": "ms1089", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus single hand chime\nPercussion Plus chimes are hugely popular in schools and music services. Very easy to play, they are accessible to both the experienced and novice musician. Great care has gone into making these chimes which have been accurately tuned.\nPerfect for the classroom\nThese single hand chimes are the perfect addition to your classroom ensemble and to replace any missing notes in your 15 note or diatonic hand chime collections. These hand chimes are robust with replaceable beater assembly. They have a smart and durable powder coat finish in black or white to match a piano keyboard and are fitted with a black beater. The tone is resonant and bright. Please select which note you require from the drop-down menu.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Individual hand chime", "Bullet2":"Easy to play with single hand movement", "Bullet3":"Long lasting, resonant sound", "Bullet4":"Durable powder coat finish", "Bullet5":"Replaceable beater assembly", "Bullet6":"Compatible with PP1084 set of 15 or MS1091 pentatonic set", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ewater-dilutable saturated polyester resin coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1089-F57", "Title": "Percussion Plus single hand chime - F57 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003ehand-chimes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964130916", "VariationOf": "ms1089", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus single hand chime\nPercussion Plus chimes are hugely popular in schools and music services. Very easy to play, they are accessible to both the experienced and novice musician. Great care has gone into making these chimes which have been accurately tuned.\nPerfect for the classroom\nThese single hand chimes are the perfect addition to your classroom ensemble and to replace any missing notes in your 15 note or diatonic hand chime collections. These hand chimes are robust with replaceable beater assembly. They have a smart and durable powder coat finish in black or white to match a piano keyboard and are fitted with a black beater. The tone is resonant and bright. Please select which note you require from the drop-down menu.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Individual hand chime", "Bullet2":"Easy to play with single hand movement", "Bullet3":"Long lasting, resonant sound", "Bullet4":"Durable powder coat finish", "Bullet5":"Replaceable beater assembly", "Bullet6":"Compatible with PP1084 set of 15 or MS1091 pentatonic set", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ewater-dilutable saturated polyester resin coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1089-F#58", "Title": "Percussion Plus single hand chime - F#58 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003ehand-chimes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964127633", "VariationOf": "ms1089", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus single hand chime\nPercussion Plus chimes are hugely popular in schools and music services. Very easy to play, they are accessible to both the experienced and novice musician. Great care has gone into making these chimes which have been accurately tuned.\nPerfect for the classroom\nThese single hand chimes are the perfect addition to your classroom ensemble and to replace any missing notes in your 15 note or diatonic hand chime collections. These hand chimes are robust with replaceable beater assembly. They have a smart and durable powder coat finish in black or white to match a piano keyboard and are fitted with a black beater. The tone is resonant and bright. Please select which note you require from the drop-down menu.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Individual hand chime", "Bullet2":"Easy to play with single hand movement", "Bullet3":"Long lasting, resonant sound", "Bullet4":"Durable powder coat finish", "Bullet5":"Replaceable beater assembly", "Bullet6":"Compatible with PP1084 set of 15 or MS1091 pentatonic set", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ewater-dilutable saturated polyester resin coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1089-G59", "Title": "Percussion Plus single hand chime - G59 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003ehand-chimes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318300818", "VariationOf": "ms1089", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus single hand chime\nPercussion Plus chimes are hugely popular in schools and music services. Very easy to play, they are accessible to both the experienced and novice musician. Great care has gone into making these chimes which have been accurately tuned.\nPerfect for the classroom\nThese single hand chimes are the perfect addition to your classroom ensemble and to replace any missing notes in your 15 note or diatonic hand chime collections. These hand chimes are robust with replaceable beater assembly. They have a smart and durable powder coat finish in black or white to match a piano keyboard and are fitted with a black beater. The tone is resonant and bright. Please select which note you require from the drop-down menu.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Individual hand chime", "Bullet2":"Easy to play with single hand movement", "Bullet3":"Long lasting, resonant sound", "Bullet4":"Durable powder coat finish", "Bullet5":"Replaceable beater assembly", "Bullet6":"Compatible with PP1084 set of 15 or MS1091 pentatonic set", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ewater-dilutable saturated polyester resin coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1089-A61", "Title": "Percussion Plus single hand chime - A61 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003ehand-chimes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318300825", "VariationOf": "ms1089", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus single hand chime\nPercussion Plus chimes are hugely popular in schools and music services. Very easy to play, they are accessible to both the experienced and novice musician. Great care has gone into making these chimes which have been accurately tuned.\nPerfect for the classroom\nThese single hand chimes are the perfect addition to your classroom ensemble and to replace any missing notes in your 15 note or diatonic hand chime collections. These hand chimes are robust with replaceable beater assembly. They have a smart and durable powder coat finish in black or white to match a piano keyboard and are fitted with a black beater. The tone is resonant and bright. Please select which note you require from the drop-down menu.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Individual hand chime", "Bullet2":"Easy to play with single hand movement", "Bullet3":"Long lasting, resonant sound", "Bullet4":"Durable powder coat finish", "Bullet5":"Replaceable beater assembly", "Bullet6":"Compatible with PP1084 set of 15 or MS1091 pentatonic set", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ewater-dilutable saturated polyester resin coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1089-BB62", "Title": "Percussion Plus single hand chime - A#62\/Bb62 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003ehand-chimes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964127701", "VariationOf": "ms1089", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus single hand chime\nPercussion Plus chimes are hugely popular in schools and music services. Very easy to play, they are accessible to both the experienced and novice musician. Great care has gone into making these chimes which have been accurately tuned.\nPerfect for the classroom\nThese single hand chimes are the perfect addition to your classroom ensemble and to replace any missing notes in your 15 note or diatonic hand chime collections. These hand chimes are robust with replaceable beater assembly. They have a smart and durable powder coat finish in black or white to match a piano keyboard and are fitted with a black beater. The tone is resonant and bright. Please select which note you require from the drop-down menu.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Individual hand chime", "Bullet2":"Easy to play with single hand movement", "Bullet3":"Long lasting, resonant sound", "Bullet4":"Durable powder coat finish", "Bullet5":"Replaceable beater assembly", "Bullet6":"Compatible with PP1084 set of 15 or MS1091 pentatonic set", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ewater-dilutable saturated polyester resin coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1089-B63", "Title": "Percussion Plus single hand chime - B63 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003ehand-chimes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964127626", "VariationOf": "ms1089", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus single hand chime\nPercussion Plus chimes are hugely popular in schools and music services. Very easy to play, they are accessible to both the experienced and novice musician. Great care has gone into making these chimes which have been accurately tuned.\nPerfect for the classroom\nThese single hand chimes are the perfect addition to your classroom ensemble and to replace any missing notes in your 15 note or diatonic hand chime collections. These hand chimes are robust with replaceable beater assembly. They have a smart and durable powder coat finish in black or white to match a piano keyboard and are fitted with a black beater. The tone is resonant and bright. Please select which note you require from the drop-down menu.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Individual hand chime", "Bullet2":"Easy to play with single hand movement", "Bullet3":"Long lasting, resonant sound", "Bullet4":"Durable powder coat finish", "Bullet5":"Replaceable beater assembly", "Bullet6":"Compatible with PP1084 set of 15 or MS1091 pentatonic set", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ewater-dilutable saturated polyester resin coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1089-C64", "Title": "Percussion Plus single hand chime - C64 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003ehand-chimes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964127619", "VariationOf": "ms1089", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus single hand chime\nPercussion Plus chimes are hugely popular in schools and music services. Very easy to play, they are accessible to both the experienced and novice musician. Great care has gone into making these chimes which have been accurately tuned.\nPerfect for the classroom\nThese single hand chimes are the perfect addition to your classroom ensemble and to replace any missing notes in your 15 note or diatonic hand chime collections. These hand chimes are robust with replaceable beater assembly. They have a smart and durable powder coat finish in black or white to match a piano keyboard and are fitted with a black beater. The tone is resonant and bright. Please select which note you require from the drop-down menu.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Individual hand chime", "Bullet2":"Easy to play with single hand movement", "Bullet3":"Long lasting, resonant sound", "Bullet4":"Durable powder coat finish", "Bullet5":"Replaceable beater assembly", "Bullet6":"Compatible with PP1084 set of 15 or MS1091 pentatonic set", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ewater-dilutable saturated polyester resin coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1089-D66", "Title": "Percussion Plus single hand chime - D66 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003ehand-chimes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964127695", "VariationOf": "ms1089", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus single hand chime\nPercussion Plus chimes are hugely popular in schools and music services. Very easy to play, they are accessible to both the experienced and novice musician. Great care has gone into making these chimes which have been accurately tuned.\nPerfect for the classroom\nThese single hand chimes are the perfect addition to your classroom ensemble and to replace any missing notes in your 15 note or diatonic hand chime collections. These hand chimes are robust with replaceable beater assembly. They have a smart and durable powder coat finish in black or white to match a piano keyboard and are fitted with a black beater. The tone is resonant and bright. Please select which note you require from the drop-down menu.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Individual hand chime", "Bullet2":"Easy to play with single hand movement", "Bullet3":"Long lasting, resonant sound", "Bullet4":"Durable powder coat finish", "Bullet5":"Replaceable beater assembly", "Bullet6":"Compatible with PP1084 set of 15 or MS1091 pentatonic set", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ewater-dilutable saturated polyester resin coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1089-E68", "Title": "Percussion Plus single hand chime - E68 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003ehand-chimes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964127688", "VariationOf": "ms1089", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus single hand chime\nPercussion Plus chimes are hugely popular in schools and music services. Very easy to play, they are accessible to both the experienced and novice musician. Great care has gone into making these chimes which have been accurately tuned.\nPerfect for the classroom\nThese single hand chimes are the perfect addition to your classroom ensemble and to replace any missing notes in your 15 note or diatonic hand chime collections. These hand chimes are robust with replaceable beater assembly. They have a smart and durable powder coat finish in black or white to match a piano keyboard and are fitted with a black beater. The tone is resonant and bright. Please select which note you require from the drop-down menu.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Individual hand chime", "Bullet2":"Easy to play with single hand movement", "Bullet3":"Long lasting, resonant sound", "Bullet4":"Durable powder coat finish", "Bullet5":"Replaceable beater assembly", "Bullet6":"Compatible with PP1084 set of 15 or MS1091 pentatonic set", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ewater-dilutable saturated polyester resin coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "15","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1089-F69", "Title": "Percussion Plus single hand chime - F69 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003ehand-chimes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964127732", "VariationOf": "ms1089", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus single hand chime\nPercussion Plus chimes are hugely popular in schools and music services. Very easy to play, they are accessible to both the experienced and novice musician. Great care has gone into making these chimes which have been accurately tuned.\nPerfect for the classroom\nThese single hand chimes are the perfect addition to your classroom ensemble and to replace any missing notes in your 15 note or diatonic hand chime collections. These hand chimes are robust with replaceable beater assembly. They have a smart and durable powder coat finish in black or white to match a piano keyboard and are fitted with a black beater. The tone is resonant and bright. Please select which note you require from the drop-down menu.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Individual hand chime", "Bullet2":"Easy to play with single hand movement", "Bullet3":"Long lasting, resonant sound", "Bullet4":"Durable powder coat finish", "Bullet5":"Replaceable beater assembly", "Bullet6":"Compatible with PP1084 set of 15 or MS1091 pentatonic set", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ewater-dilutable saturated polyester resin coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "14","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1089-F#70", "Title": "Percussion Plus single hand chime - F#70 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003ehand-chimes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964127725", "VariationOf": "ms1089", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus single hand chime\nPercussion Plus chimes are hugely popular in schools and music services. Very easy to play, they are accessible to both the experienced and novice musician. Great care has gone into making these chimes which have been accurately tuned.\nPerfect for the classroom\nThese single hand chimes are the perfect addition to your classroom ensemble and to replace any missing notes in your 15 note or diatonic hand chime collections. These hand chimes are robust with replaceable beater assembly. They have a smart and durable powder coat finish in black or white to match a piano keyboard and are fitted with a black beater. The tone is resonant and bright. Please select which note you require from the drop-down menu.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Individual hand chime", "Bullet2":"Easy to play with single hand movement", "Bullet3":"Long lasting, resonant sound", "Bullet4":"Durable powder coat finish", "Bullet5":"Replaceable beater assembly", "Bullet6":"Compatible with PP1084 set of 15 or MS1091 pentatonic set", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ewater-dilutable saturated polyester resin coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "16","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1089-G71", "Title": "Percussion Plus single hand chime - G71 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003ehand-chimes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964116019", "VariationOf": "ms1089", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus single hand chime\nPercussion Plus chimes are hugely popular in schools and music services. Very easy to play, they are accessible to both the experienced and novice musician. Great care has gone into making these chimes which have been accurately tuned.\nPerfect for the classroom\nThese single hand chimes are the perfect addition to your classroom ensemble and to replace any missing notes in your 15 note or diatonic hand chime collections. These hand chimes are robust with replaceable beater assembly. They have a smart and durable powder coat finish in black or white to match a piano keyboard and are fitted with a black beater. The tone is resonant and bright. Please select which note you require from the drop-down menu.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Individual hand chime", "Bullet2":"Easy to play with single hand movement", "Bullet3":"Long lasting, resonant sound", "Bullet4":"Durable powder coat finish", "Bullet5":"Replaceable beater assembly", "Bullet6":"Compatible with PP1084 set of 15 or MS1091 pentatonic set", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ewater-dilutable saturated polyester resin coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "16","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1089-C76", "Title": "Percussion Plus single hand chime - C76 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003ehand-chimes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964127671", "VariationOf": "ms1089", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus single hand chime\nPercussion Plus chimes are hugely popular in schools and music services. Very easy to play, they are accessible to both the experienced and novice musician. Great care has gone into making these chimes which have been accurately tuned.\nPerfect for the classroom\nThese single hand chimes are the perfect addition to your classroom ensemble and to replace any missing notes in your 15 note or diatonic hand chime collections. These hand chimes are robust with replaceable beater assembly. They have a smart and durable powder coat finish in black or white to match a piano keyboard and are fitted with a black beater. The tone is resonant and bright. Please select which note you require from the drop-down menu.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Individual hand chime", "Bullet2":"Easy to play with single hand movement", "Bullet3":"Long lasting, resonant sound", "Bullet4":"Durable powder coat finish", "Bullet5":"Replaceable beater assembly", "Bullet6":"Compatible with PP1084 set of 15 or MS1091 pentatonic set", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ewater-dilutable saturated polyester resin coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1089-BB74", "Title": "Percussion Plus single hand chime - A#74\/Bb74 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003ehand-chimes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964122409", "VariationOf": "ms1089", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus single hand chime\nPercussion Plus chimes are hugely popular in schools and music services. Very easy to play, they are accessible to both the experienced and novice musician. Great care has gone into making these chimes which have been accurately tuned.\nPerfect for the classroom\nThese single hand chimes are the perfect addition to your classroom ensemble and to replace any missing notes in your 15 note or diatonic hand chime collections. These hand chimes are robust with replaceable beater assembly. They have a smart and durable powder coat finish in black or white to match a piano keyboard and are fitted with a black beater. The tone is resonant and bright. Please select which note you require from the drop-down menu.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Individual hand chime", "Bullet2":"Easy to play with single hand movement", "Bullet3":"Long lasting, resonant sound", "Bullet4":"Durable powder coat finish", "Bullet5":"Replaceable beater assembly", "Bullet6":"Compatible with PP1084 set of 15 or MS1091 pentatonic set", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ewater-dilutable saturated polyester resin coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS1089-B75", "Title": "Percussion Plus single hand chime - B75 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003ehand-chimes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964122393", "VariationOf": "ms1089", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus single hand chime\nPercussion Plus chimes are hugely popular in schools and music services. Very easy to play, they are accessible to both the experienced and novice musician. Great care has gone into making these chimes which have been accurately tuned.\nPerfect for the classroom\nThese single hand chimes are the perfect addition to your classroom ensemble and to replace any missing notes in your 15 note or diatonic hand chime collections. These hand chimes are robust with replaceable beater assembly. They have a smart and durable powder coat finish in black or white to match a piano keyboard and are fitted with a black beater. The tone is resonant and bright. Please select which note you require from the drop-down menu.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Individual hand chime", "Bullet2":"Easy to play with single hand movement", "Bullet3":"Long lasting, resonant sound", "Bullet4":"Durable powder coat finish", "Bullet5":"Replaceable beater assembly", "Bullet6":"Compatible with PP1084 set of 15 or MS1091 pentatonic set", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ewater-dilutable saturated polyester resin coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "CB5", "Title": "Percussion Workshop chromatic hand bells - set of 5 black notes - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Workshop", "Barcode": "5060179346052", "VariationOf": "cb5", "Description": "Fun for all\nThese colourful, combi hand bells come as a set of 5 sharps and flats for (C64-C76), accurately tuned and when combined with our CB8 bells creates a full chromatic scale. \n\nAs the bell is housed in a safe and sturdy clear plastic shell, it is protected from being damaged without compromising the crisp, bright tone. These key elements combined make these bells ideal for use within the classroom and within groups.\n\nHow to play\nThey can be played simply by shaking the bell or alternatively on a desk by pressing the button on the top of the handle, which is clearly marked with their note name. \n\nThese are great for a range of spaces - whether in a small classroom or on a stage these bells can accommodate.\n\nMaking music together\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of the Percussion Plus Combi Bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\n\nYou are able to pair the Combi Bells up with the following instruments:\n\n\nPercussion Workshop KB10 Chime Bars\nPercussion Plus PP944 Chime Bars\n\n\nThis product is supplied in a durable, colourful box with a practical carry handle for ease of storage and transport.\n", "Bullet1":"A fun and colourful way to start learning music and rhythm", "Bullet2":"Combine with CB8 bells to create a full chromatic scale", "Bullet3":"Set of 5 combi bells ideal for all ages", "Bullet4":"Superb tone and tuning", "Bullet5":"Supplied in strong colourful box with handle", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWater-dilutable saturated polyester resin coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "84","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "21.125", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MUSISCA27", "Title": "Musisca orchestral music stand - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003econcert", "Brand": "Musisca", "Barcode": "5055964135287", "VariationOf": "musisca27", "Description": " Introducing the Musisca orchestral music stand The MUSISCA27 orchestral music stand is the perfect stand for the music room, ensemble, orchestra, classroom, performance hall, home practice and more. Extendable to 165cm, it is suited to standing or seated playing and as it folds down to just 56cm in height the stand is easy to transport between rehearsals or gigs. Setup couldn't be simpler - quick release clasps easily extend the stand to the desired height. And with rubber feet and flexible music clasps you can be sure your music is going nowhere! Designed with the player in mind Crafted for ease and precision, this stand features ergonomic clasps and buttons that simplify height and angle adjustments. Every detail is optimized for an intuitive setup, allowing musicians to focus solely on their performance. \n Built to last\nWeighing only 3.3kg, this stand combines remarkable portability with exceptional durability, thanks to its high-quality steel frame. Despite its lightweight design, it offers outstanding sturdiness, making it well-suited to endure the daily demands of busy classrooms, rehearsal spaces, or performance venues. Built to last, it provides reliable support for sheet music and accessories, ensuring it remains a dependable tool for musicians in any setting.\n Keeping everything secure The rubber feet stop the stand from moving and protects hard floors from damage. Also, the flexible music holders with rubber tips ensure your music is always held in place for you. Quality finish The MUSISCA27 is finished with quality matte black powder coating for a classic, professional look. ", "Bullet1":"Lightweight and sturdy music stand", "Bullet2":"Easy height adjustments", "Bullet3":"Ergonomic button and clasp designs", "Bullet4":"Perfect for music room, ensembles, orchestras, home practice and more", "Bullet5":"Quality matte black powder coating finish", "Bullet6":"Weighs just 3.3kg", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.3kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e165cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDesk dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50 x 36cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSize when folded\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e56cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "21.125", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AZ02", "Title": "Majestic X-style stand for orchestra bells - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003emallet-percussion-stands", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "2255825331411", "VariationOf": "az02", "Description": "This X-style stand from Majestic is perfect for a set of orchestral bells\/glockenspiel. With a lightweight yet sturdy construction, it can be easily transported. The rubber ends ensure good grip on the instrument and floor, whilst the black finish promotes a smart, professional look. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilizing carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"For glockenspiel\/orchestra bells", "Bullet2":"Sturdy and lightweight", "Bullet3":"Rubber ends for maximum grip", "Bullet4":"Black finish", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "24.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "STS8", "Title": "Majestic snare cable with 8 strands, thick stainless steel - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003esnares", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059318337", "VariationOf": "sts8", "Description": "A Majestic thick stainless steel snare cable with 8 strands. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilizing carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Snare cable", "Bullet2":"8 strands", "Bullet3":"Thick stainless steel", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "24.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SAXSILENCER", "Title": "Jazzlab mouthpiece silencer for woodwind instruments - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003emouthpieces\u003ealto-sax", "Brand": "Jazzlab", "Barcode": "7640133610351", "VariationOf": "saxsilencer", "Description": "Jazzlab mouthpiece silencer for woodwind instruments\nThe Jazzlab mouthpiece silencer is a very handy piece of kit! For those beginning to learn the Saxophone or Clarinet teachers often advise playing the mouthpiece only. This helps develop your embouchure and it is much easier to get a noise out of the actual instrument if you learn to 'play' the mouthpiece first. This is where the Jazzlab mouthpiece silencer comes in. By attaching your mouthpiece to the mouthpiece silencer you can practice in this way without making any noise which is particularly beneficial for family members and neighbours.\nDurable and easy to maintain\nThe silencer is comprised of 3 main components; housing, insert (mute) and coupling that all fit together quickly and easily. Made form high quality plastic, this is very durable and easy to clean after use and is supplied with couplings for clarinet, soprano, alto, tenor and baritone sax mouthpieces. You will only ever need to purchase one silencer for use with all of your different mouthpieces.\nUsing the Jazzlab mouthpiece silencer\nTo use the silencer, simply screw on the appropriate silencer coupling, which is clearly marked with AS (alto sax), TS (tenor sax) etc. Then attach your mouthpiece and you are ready to practice your embouchure, breathing, intonation, modulation and articulation in a relaxed, quiet environment.\nAlso include with the Jazzlab mouthpiece silencer is the a detailed book filled from cover to cover with tips and exercises for improving your technique as well as an instructional DVD.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Mouthpiece not included", "Bullet2":"Drastically reduces volume without hindering technique", "Bullet3":"Ideal for practicing your embouchure and breathing", "Bullet4":"Improve intonation, sound and articulation", "Bullet5":"Suitable for soprano, alto, tenor and baritone sax as well as clarinet", "Bullet6":"Supplied with detailed book and DVD for clear tips and exercises", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "21","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "21.125", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2126", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Aluminium singing bowl - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003esinging-bowls", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318308159", "VariationOf": "pp2126", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Aluminium singing bowl \nBeautifully crafted with an intricate design, and a rich blue colour, the Aluminium singing bowl creates smooth and calming vibrations that fill the air around you. Coming supplied with a beater, you have everything you need to begin playing the singing bowl.\nPerfect for use in meditation, sound therapy and music therapy, as well as producing a great effect in the recording studio.\nThe Percussion Plus Honestly Made Aluminium singing bowl is sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly made range of musical instruments from percussion plus. \n These items are musical instruments, not toys, and there may be many small parts on, or in, some of them. Younger players should use them with supervision. \n How to play the Aluminium singing bowl\nThere are two ways of playing the singing bowl. Start of by holding the bowl in the palm of you hand, then for the first method, simply use the beater to strike the sides of the bowl, creating rich vibrations and a deep tone.\nThe second way is to begin by striking the sides to 'warm up' the bowl, and then use the beater in a circular motion around the edges of the bowl, using whole arm movements and applying pressure, to create a calming, smooth and steady tone.\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Made in India using traditional methods and materials", "Bullet2":"Produces smooth and calming vibrations", "Bullet3":"Great for meditation and sound therapy use", "Bullet4":"Supplied with a beater", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "21.125", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HB8", "Title": "Percussion Workshop pack of 8 coloured hand bells - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349482122", "VariationOf": "hb8", "Description": "This is a set of eight individually coloured hand bells in the scale of C major:( C, D, E, F, G, A, B, C) Pitch C64 - C76: see Specification These are great quality, colourful hand bells that are in tune and easy to ring. Each bell has the name of the note marked on the top of the handle and all bells use the same colour identification as Boomwhackers, Wak-a-Tubes, Percussion Plus hand bells and other colour musical percussion instruments. This makes it exceptionally easy to combine these instruments to create an interesting ensemble!At approximately 13.5cm in length and a diameter of 7.5cm, these bells are supplied in a strong, colourful bespoke box.These bells are ideal for school groups and classroom music ensembles. They are strong and should provide many years of musical service with great intonation and tuning as well! There are lots of these hand bells on the market and these are certainly one of the best.", "Bullet1":"Accurately tuned and easy to ring", "Bullet2":"Each bell has the name of the note marked on the top of the handle", "Bullet3":"Great quality colourful hand bells", "Bullet4":"Ideal for school groups and classroom music ensembles", "Bullet5":"Pitch C64 - C76", "Bullet6":"Supplied in a strong colourful bespoke box", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRed C64\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eD\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOrange D66\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eE\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eyellow E68\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eF\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGreen F69\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eG\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLight blue G71\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eA\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDark blue A73\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eB\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePurple B75\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWhite B76\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e13.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWater-dilutable saturated polyester resin coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "125","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "21.125", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6950", "Title": "Percussion Plus World Slap Djembe rope tuned - 7 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964136772", "VariationOf": "pp6953", "Description": "\n \n\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus World Slap Djembe rope tuned\n\nThe new generation of Percussion Plus’ mega-popular Slap Djembes is here! Manufactured in the world’s premier Djembe factory in Bali, these fantastic educational drums are more durable, resonant and vibrant than ever. With their instructive drumheads and robust construction, Slap Djembes make a brilliant addition to any music education setting.\nDesigned to stand the test of time in classroom environments, the strong yet lightweight design amplifies their accessibility without compromising on sound; the booming bass acts as a foundation, with crisp slaps and deep resonant tones providing the exciting variety that makes these djembes ideal for group music lessons.\nSupplied either rope tuned or pre-tuned and in a range of sizes, the World Slap Djembe range encourages you to form your own djembe circle and get playing. They are fantastic tools for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET) and can even be used as part of CPD programmes for teachers looking to develop their musical options and skills!\n\n\n\n\nImmaculate construction in leading Bali factory\nThese World Slap Djembes are now made in a superb world-leading djembe manufacturing facility in Bali. Each drum is subject to rigorous quality control and features a sophisticated one-piece body construction. This ensures a lively and consistent sound, a sleek profile, and enhanced durability. The lightweight, sturdy construction is an essential benefit for constant use in education. Plus, the rubber-coated base prevents slipping, crucial for the physical demands of playing.\n\n\n\n\nAn innovative teaching tool\nSlap Djembes are not only sturdy and attractive but also provide great teaching aids. The screen-printed, instructional drumheads make classroom music teaching that bit easier by showing students exactly where they need to hit the drum to make different sounds. This helps to speed up the learning process, allowing more time to focus on rhythm, ensemble, dynamics and other musical elements. \n\n\n\n\nDurable Mylar drum head\nThe Mylar drum head is precisely tensioned for optimal resonance, offering exceptional durability for even the most energetic players. Mylar is an extremely robust material, often used in aerospace engineering; for drum heads it provides excellent all-weather protection, resisting excessive stretching, humidity, and temperature fluctuations. This helps prevent tuning issues and keeps the head from drying out over time, ensuring a consistent and true sound. Superb production values like this make the World Slap Djembes the pinnacle in educational and sustainable drumming, supporting hundreds of lessons over many years to come.\n\n\n\n\nStriking, multicultural design\nThe ‘World’ design embodies the inclusive spirit of djembe drumming and of Percussion Plus' ethos. Inspired by Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe, the map-style sarong-wrapped shell immerses students in a multicultural learning experience. It’s visually striking too, with many flags providing great colourful diversity atop a deep blue oceanic background that looks great in any lighting.\n\n\n\n\nA djembe for every scenario\nThese djembes are available either pre-tuned (incredibly lightweight and convenient) or rope tuned (more adaptable and traditional), allowing you to select the right type of drum for your circumstances. Better still, they come in a variety of sizes. 6\"\", 7\"\", 8\"\", 10\"\" and 12\"\". There are also a range of djembe packs - brilliantly convenient, and cost effective, for schools and drum groups.\nThis size selection has the extra benefit of adding variety to the soundscape of your Djembe circle, producing an extensive mix of pitches and dynamics to engage the entire ensemble, and ensuring that there's a suitable option for players of all sizes too!\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n \nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n \nHow to play the Slap Djembe\nThe design on the drumhead shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring.\n\n\n\n\n\nThe area in the centre of the drum produces a warm and full bass tone. To play a good bass, the djembe must be struck in the middle of the drumhead with the hand slightly cupped, palm down, and returning quickly from the drum. Use your whole arm and pretend that you are bouncing a basketball; this will result in the perfect action for playing good bass tones!\n\nBass demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\n \n\n\n\n\nStraighten all your fingers at the same time. Aim to strike the drum so that the joint where your fingers meet your hand (at the first knuckle) is at the rim of the drum. Think of your hand as an extension of your arm and remember not to keep it on the drum, but to let it bounce back from the drumhead as soon as you’ve played the note. This will produce a clear, ringing ‘tone’, with good projection.\n\nTone demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\n \n\n\n\n\nThis is played around the edge of the drum. Relax your hand and arm and hit the drum with a slapping motion. Spread your fingers out slightly when you strike the edge of the drum for a whipping crack sound. For an even more distinctive and muted slap, hold one hand down in the middle of the drum in the bass position, while simultaneously playing the slap tone on the edge of the drum. \n\nMuted slap demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\nOpen slap demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\n ", "Bullet1":"Exciting new generation of the iconic Slap Djembe range", "Bullet2":"Classic instructive drumhead for easy teaching and learning!", "Bullet3":"Vibrant, inclusive ‘world’ design on body", "Bullet4":"Robust synthetic one-piece shell for maximum durability", "Bullet5":"Fantastic sound quality with crisp slap, deep tone and booming bass", "Bullet6":"Made by the world’s foremost djembe manufacturers in Bali", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6953\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e59cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.05kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6952\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6913\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.5kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6950\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6933\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6932\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6931\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.75kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6933\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e27cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.45kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLightweight PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead\/skin material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMylar Synthetic 'Fiberskin' head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCloth wrap\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRayon fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClear protective coat\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAcrylic emulsion\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning method\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5 year extended\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "286","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "21.125", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6951", "Title": "Percussion Plus World Slap Djembe rope tuned - 8 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964136789", "VariationOf": "pp6953", "Description": "\n \n\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus World Slap Djembe rope tuned\n\nThe new generation of Percussion Plus’ mega-popular Slap Djembes is here! Manufactured in the world’s premier Djembe factory in Bali, these fantastic educational drums are more durable, resonant and vibrant than ever. With their instructive drumheads and robust construction, Slap Djembes make a brilliant addition to any music education setting.\nDesigned to stand the test of time in classroom environments, the strong yet lightweight design amplifies their accessibility without compromising on sound; the booming bass acts as a foundation, with crisp slaps and deep resonant tones providing the exciting variety that makes these djembes ideal for group music lessons.\nSupplied either rope tuned or pre-tuned and in a range of sizes, the World Slap Djembe range encourages you to form your own djembe circle and get playing. They are fantastic tools for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET) and can even be used as part of CPD programmes for teachers looking to develop their musical options and skills!\n\n\n\n\nImmaculate construction in leading Bali factory\nThese World Slap Djembes are now made in a superb world-leading djembe manufacturing facility in Bali. Each drum is subject to rigorous quality control and features a sophisticated one-piece body construction. This ensures a lively and consistent sound, a sleek profile, and enhanced durability. The lightweight, sturdy construction is an essential benefit for constant use in education. Plus, the rubber-coated base prevents slipping, crucial for the physical demands of playing.\n\n\n\n\nAn innovative teaching tool\nSlap Djembes are not only sturdy and attractive but also provide great teaching aids. The screen-printed, instructional drumheads make classroom music teaching that bit easier by showing students exactly where they need to hit the drum to make different sounds. This helps to speed up the learning process, allowing more time to focus on rhythm, ensemble, dynamics and other musical elements. \n\n\n\n\nDurable Mylar drum head\nThe Mylar drum head is precisely tensioned for optimal resonance, offering exceptional durability for even the most energetic players. Mylar is an extremely robust material, often used in aerospace engineering; for drum heads it provides excellent all-weather protection, resisting excessive stretching, humidity, and temperature fluctuations. This helps prevent tuning issues and keeps the head from drying out over time, ensuring a consistent and true sound. Superb production values like this make the World Slap Djembes the pinnacle in educational and sustainable drumming, supporting hundreds of lessons over many years to come.\n\n\n\n\nStriking, multicultural design\nThe ‘World’ design embodies the inclusive spirit of djembe drumming and of Percussion Plus' ethos. Inspired by Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe, the map-style sarong-wrapped shell immerses students in a multicultural learning experience. It’s visually striking too, with many flags providing great colourful diversity atop a deep blue oceanic background that looks great in any lighting.\n\n\n\n\nA djembe for every scenario\nThese djembes are available either pre-tuned (incredibly lightweight and convenient) or rope tuned (more adaptable and traditional), allowing you to select the right type of drum for your circumstances. Better still, they come in a variety of sizes. 6\"\", 7\"\", 8\"\", 10\"\" and 12\"\". There are also a range of djembe packs - brilliantly convenient, and cost effective, for schools and drum groups.\nThis size selection has the extra benefit of adding variety to the soundscape of your Djembe circle, producing an extensive mix of pitches and dynamics to engage the entire ensemble, and ensuring that there's a suitable option for players of all sizes too!\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n \nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n \nHow to play the Slap Djembe\nThe design on the drumhead shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring.\n\n\n\n\n\nThe area in the centre of the drum produces a warm and full bass tone. To play a good bass, the djembe must be struck in the middle of the drumhead with the hand slightly cupped, palm down, and returning quickly from the drum. Use your whole arm and pretend that you are bouncing a basketball; this will result in the perfect action for playing good bass tones!\n\nBass demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\n \n\n\n\n\nStraighten all your fingers at the same time. Aim to strike the drum so that the joint where your fingers meet your hand (at the first knuckle) is at the rim of the drum. Think of your hand as an extension of your arm and remember not to keep it on the drum, but to let it bounce back from the drumhead as soon as you’ve played the note. This will produce a clear, ringing ‘tone’, with good projection.\n\nTone demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\n \n\n\n\n\nThis is played around the edge of the drum. Relax your hand and arm and hit the drum with a slapping motion. Spread your fingers out slightly when you strike the edge of the drum for a whipping crack sound. For an even more distinctive and muted slap, hold one hand down in the middle of the drum in the bass position, while simultaneously playing the slap tone on the edge of the drum. \n\nMuted slap demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\nOpen slap demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\n ", "Bullet1":"Exciting new generation of the iconic Slap Djembe range", "Bullet2":"Classic instructive drumhead for easy teaching and learning!", "Bullet3":"Vibrant, inclusive ‘world’ design on body", "Bullet4":"Robust synthetic one-piece shell for maximum durability", "Bullet5":"Fantastic sound quality with crisp slap, deep tone and booming bass", "Bullet6":"Made by the world’s foremost djembe manufacturers in Bali", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6953\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e59cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.05kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6952\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6913\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.5kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6950\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6933\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6932\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6931\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.75kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6933\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e27cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.45kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLightweight PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead\/skin material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMylar Synthetic 'Fiberskin' head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCloth wrap\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRayon fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClear protective coat\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAcrylic emulsion\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning method\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5 year extended\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "90","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "31.958333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6952", "Title": "Percussion Plus World Slap Djembe rope tuned - 10 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964136796", "VariationOf": "pp6953", "Description": "\n \n\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus World Slap Djembe rope tuned\n\nThe new generation of Percussion Plus’ mega-popular Slap Djembes is here! Manufactured in the world’s premier Djembe factory in Bali, these fantastic educational drums are more durable, resonant and vibrant than ever. With their instructive drumheads and robust construction, Slap Djembes make a brilliant addition to any music education setting.\nDesigned to stand the test of time in classroom environments, the strong yet lightweight design amplifies their accessibility without compromising on sound; the booming bass acts as a foundation, with crisp slaps and deep resonant tones providing the exciting variety that makes these djembes ideal for group music lessons.\nSupplied either rope tuned or pre-tuned and in a range of sizes, the World Slap Djembe range encourages you to form your own djembe circle and get playing. They are fantastic tools for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET) and can even be used as part of CPD programmes for teachers looking to develop their musical options and skills!\n\n\n\n\nImmaculate construction in leading Bali factory\nThese World Slap Djembes are now made in a superb world-leading djembe manufacturing facility in Bali. Each drum is subject to rigorous quality control and features a sophisticated one-piece body construction. This ensures a lively and consistent sound, a sleek profile, and enhanced durability. The lightweight, sturdy construction is an essential benefit for constant use in education. Plus, the rubber-coated base prevents slipping, crucial for the physical demands of playing.\n\n\n\n\nAn innovative teaching tool\nSlap Djembes are not only sturdy and attractive but also provide great teaching aids. The screen-printed, instructional drumheads make classroom music teaching that bit easier by showing students exactly where they need to hit the drum to make different sounds. This helps to speed up the learning process, allowing more time to focus on rhythm, ensemble, dynamics and other musical elements. \n\n\n\n\nDurable Mylar drum head\nThe Mylar drum head is precisely tensioned for optimal resonance, offering exceptional durability for even the most energetic players. Mylar is an extremely robust material, often used in aerospace engineering; for drum heads it provides excellent all-weather protection, resisting excessive stretching, humidity, and temperature fluctuations. This helps prevent tuning issues and keeps the head from drying out over time, ensuring a consistent and true sound. Superb production values like this make the World Slap Djembes the pinnacle in educational and sustainable drumming, supporting hundreds of lessons over many years to come.\n\n\n\n\nStriking, multicultural design\nThe ‘World’ design embodies the inclusive spirit of djembe drumming and of Percussion Plus' ethos. Inspired by Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe, the map-style sarong-wrapped shell immerses students in a multicultural learning experience. It’s visually striking too, with many flags providing great colourful diversity atop a deep blue oceanic background that looks great in any lighting.\n\n\n\n\nA djembe for every scenario\nThese djembes are available either pre-tuned (incredibly lightweight and convenient) or rope tuned (more adaptable and traditional), allowing you to select the right type of drum for your circumstances. Better still, they come in a variety of sizes. 6\"\", 7\"\", 8\"\", 10\"\" and 12\"\". There are also a range of djembe packs - brilliantly convenient, and cost effective, for schools and drum groups.\nThis size selection has the extra benefit of adding variety to the soundscape of your Djembe circle, producing an extensive mix of pitches and dynamics to engage the entire ensemble, and ensuring that there's a suitable option for players of all sizes too!\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n \nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n \nHow to play the Slap Djembe\nThe design on the drumhead shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring.\n\n\n\n\n\nThe area in the centre of the drum produces a warm and full bass tone. To play a good bass, the djembe must be struck in the middle of the drumhead with the hand slightly cupped, palm down, and returning quickly from the drum. Use your whole arm and pretend that you are bouncing a basketball; this will result in the perfect action for playing good bass tones!\n\nBass demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\n \n\n\n\n\nStraighten all your fingers at the same time. Aim to strike the drum so that the joint where your fingers meet your hand (at the first knuckle) is at the rim of the drum. Think of your hand as an extension of your arm and remember not to keep it on the drum, but to let it bounce back from the drumhead as soon as you’ve played the note. This will produce a clear, ringing ‘tone’, with good projection.\n\nTone demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\n \n\n\n\n\nThis is played around the edge of the drum. Relax your hand and arm and hit the drum with a slapping motion. Spread your fingers out slightly when you strike the edge of the drum for a whipping crack sound. For an even more distinctive and muted slap, hold one hand down in the middle of the drum in the bass position, while simultaneously playing the slap tone on the edge of the drum. \n\nMuted slap demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\nOpen slap demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\n ", "Bullet1":"Exciting new generation of the iconic Slap Djembe range", "Bullet2":"Classic instructive drumhead for easy teaching and learning!", "Bullet3":"Vibrant, inclusive ‘world’ design on body", "Bullet4":"Robust synthetic one-piece shell for maximum durability", "Bullet5":"Fantastic sound quality with crisp slap, deep tone and booming bass", "Bullet6":"Made by the world’s foremost djembe manufacturers in Bali", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6953\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e59cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.05kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6952\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6913\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.5kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6950\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6933\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6932\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6931\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.75kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6933\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e27cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.45kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLightweight PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead\/skin material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMylar Synthetic 'Fiberskin' head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCloth wrap\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRayon fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClear protective coat\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAcrylic emulsion\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning method\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5 year extended\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "84","RRP_Inc_VAT": "75.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "40.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6953", "Title": "Percussion Plus World Slap Djembe rope tuned - 12 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964136802", "VariationOf": "pp6953", "Description": "\n \n\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus World Slap Djembe rope tuned\n\nThe new generation of Percussion Plus’ mega-popular Slap Djembes is here! Manufactured in the world’s premier Djembe factory in Bali, these fantastic educational drums are more durable, resonant and vibrant than ever. With their instructive drumheads and robust construction, Slap Djembes make a brilliant addition to any music education setting.\nDesigned to stand the test of time in classroom environments, the strong yet lightweight design amplifies their accessibility without compromising on sound; the booming bass acts as a foundation, with crisp slaps and deep resonant tones providing the exciting variety that makes these djembes ideal for group music lessons.\nSupplied either rope tuned or pre-tuned and in a range of sizes, the World Slap Djembe range encourages you to form your own djembe circle and get playing. They are fantastic tools for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET) and can even be used as part of CPD programmes for teachers looking to develop their musical options and skills!\n\n\n\n\nImmaculate construction in leading Bali factory\nThese World Slap Djembes are now made in a superb world-leading djembe manufacturing facility in Bali. Each drum is subject to rigorous quality control and features a sophisticated one-piece body construction. This ensures a lively and consistent sound, a sleek profile, and enhanced durability. The lightweight, sturdy construction is an essential benefit for constant use in education. Plus, the rubber-coated base prevents slipping, crucial for the physical demands of playing.\n\n\n\n\nAn innovative teaching tool\nSlap Djembes are not only sturdy and attractive but also provide great teaching aids. The screen-printed, instructional drumheads make classroom music teaching that bit easier by showing students exactly where they need to hit the drum to make different sounds. This helps to speed up the learning process, allowing more time to focus on rhythm, ensemble, dynamics and other musical elements. \n\n\n\n\nDurable Mylar drum head\nThe Mylar drum head is precisely tensioned for optimal resonance, offering exceptional durability for even the most energetic players. Mylar is an extremely robust material, often used in aerospace engineering; for drum heads it provides excellent all-weather protection, resisting excessive stretching, humidity, and temperature fluctuations. This helps prevent tuning issues and keeps the head from drying out over time, ensuring a consistent and true sound. Superb production values like this make the World Slap Djembes the pinnacle in educational and sustainable drumming, supporting hundreds of lessons over many years to come.\n\n\n\n\nStriking, multicultural design\nThe ‘World’ design embodies the inclusive spirit of djembe drumming and of Percussion Plus' ethos. Inspired by Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe, the map-style sarong-wrapped shell immerses students in a multicultural learning experience. It’s visually striking too, with many flags providing great colourful diversity atop a deep blue oceanic background that looks great in any lighting.\n\n\n\n\nA djembe for every scenario\nThese djembes are available either pre-tuned (incredibly lightweight and convenient) or rope tuned (more adaptable and traditional), allowing you to select the right type of drum for your circumstances. Better still, they come in a variety of sizes. 6\"\", 7\"\", 8\"\", 10\"\" and 12\"\". There are also a range of djembe packs - brilliantly convenient, and cost effective, for schools and drum groups.\nThis size selection has the extra benefit of adding variety to the soundscape of your Djembe circle, producing an extensive mix of pitches and dynamics to engage the entire ensemble, and ensuring that there's a suitable option for players of all sizes too!\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n \nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n \nHow to play the Slap Djembe\nThe design on the drumhead shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring.\n\n\n\n\n\nThe area in the centre of the drum produces a warm and full bass tone. To play a good bass, the djembe must be struck in the middle of the drumhead with the hand slightly cupped, palm down, and returning quickly from the drum. Use your whole arm and pretend that you are bouncing a basketball; this will result in the perfect action for playing good bass tones!\n\nBass demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\n \n\n\n\n\nStraighten all your fingers at the same time. Aim to strike the drum so that the joint where your fingers meet your hand (at the first knuckle) is at the rim of the drum. Think of your hand as an extension of your arm and remember not to keep it on the drum, but to let it bounce back from the drumhead as soon as you’ve played the note. This will produce a clear, ringing ‘tone’, with good projection.\n\nTone demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\n \n\n\n\n\nThis is played around the edge of the drum. Relax your hand and arm and hit the drum with a slapping motion. Spread your fingers out slightly when you strike the edge of the drum for a whipping crack sound. For an even more distinctive and muted slap, hold one hand down in the middle of the drum in the bass position, while simultaneously playing the slap tone on the edge of the drum. \n\nMuted slap demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\nOpen slap demo\n \n\nYour browser does not support the audio tag.\n\n ", "Bullet1":"Exciting new generation of the iconic Slap Djembe range", "Bullet2":"Classic instructive drumhead for easy teaching and learning!", "Bullet3":"Vibrant, inclusive ‘world’ design on body", "Bullet4":"Robust synthetic one-piece shell for maximum durability", "Bullet5":"Fantastic sound quality with crisp slap, deep tone and booming bass", "Bullet6":"Made by the world’s foremost djembe manufacturers in Bali", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6953\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e59cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.05kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6952\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6913\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.5kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRope tuned PP6950\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6933\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6932\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6931\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.75kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned PP6933\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e27cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.45kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLightweight PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead\/skin material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMylar Synthetic 'Fiberskin' head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCloth wrap\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRayon fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClear protective coat\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAcrylic emulsion\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning method\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5 year extended\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "69","RRP_Inc_VAT": "105.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "56.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK-1H", "Title": "Cory piano care kit for high gloss finishes - A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003ecleaning", "Brand": "Cory", "Barcode": "5056318306506", "VariationOf": "cor160", "Description": "Introducing the Cory piano care kit for high gloss finishes\nMaintain and protect the finish on your piano with the Cory ultimate piano care kit.\n\n4oz Cory key-brite\nThe Cory key bright cleans, brightens and preserves all plastic, ivory, ivorite and wood instrument keys. Simple to use, simply spray 15-20cm from the key surface and wipe clean the full length of the key. The Cory key bright leaves a great feel and beautiful sheen on the keys, and easily dissolves the wax build-up on the sharps.\n\n4oz Cory super high gloss piano polish\nRestore your piano's lustrous shine with the Cory Super High Gloss piano polishing spray, an anti-static solution specially formulated for use on high gloss polyester lacquer finishes. The super high gloss polish dries streak free and lifts finger prints and dirty marks. This pack is a great value way of maintaining your piano.\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Polishing kit for high gloss piano finishes", "Bullet2":"Suitable for upright, grand and digital pianos with polyester lacquer finishes", "Bullet3":"4 oz. Key-Brite key cleaning \u0026amp; brightening spray for ivory, ebony \u0026amp; acrylic key surfaces", "Bullet4":"4 oz. Cory Super High Gloss piano polish gives your piano a streak free shine", "Bullet5":"Includes two microfibre cleaning cloths", "Bullet6":"A great value, complete piano care system", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "13","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK-1S", "Title": "Cory ultimate piano care kit for satin finish pianos - A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003ecleaning", "Brand": "Cory", "Barcode": "5056318310848", "VariationOf": "uk-1s", "Description": "Introducing the Cory ultimate piano care kit for satin finish pianos \nA fantastic pack featuring 1 x 4oz Cory satin sheen and 1 x 4oz Cory key brite compound, together with polish and cleaner cloth. Keep your piano and hardware in perfect condition with this ultimate care kit.\n\nThe Cory Satin sheen\nSatin sheen helps to maintain your satin finishes easily. Perfect for removing fingerprints, smudges and grime, the polish works on both polyester and lacquer finishes. Using the product regularly reduces static and protects against fingerprints and oils. For best results, spray on a cloth and apply to the finish, rubbing in the direction of the grain evenly.\n\nThe Cory key brite\nThe Cory key bright cleans, brightens and preserves all plastic, ivory, ivorite and wood instrument keys. Simple to use, simply spray 15-20cm from the key surface and wipe clean the full length of the key. The Cory key bright leaves a great feel and beautiful sheen on the keys, and easily dissolves the wax build-up on the sharps.\n", "Bullet1":"A fantastic cleaning pack for satin finish pianos", "Bullet2":"Cory 4oz key-bright for brightening and preserving all plastic, ivory, ivorite and wood keys", "Bullet3":"Cory 4oz satin sheen for easily removing fingerprints, smudges and grime", "Bullet4":"Includes a cleaner cloth", "Bullet5":"Easy to use", "Bullet6":"A great value piano care kit", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "LMS19B", "Title": "Opus X frame double braced height adjustable keyboard stand - A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003efolding", "Brand": "Lawrence", "Barcode": "5060349482207", "VariationOf": "lms19b", "Description": "Introducing the Opus X frame double braced height adjustable keyboard stand\nThe Opus LMS-19B represents very good value for money indeed, and comfortably out performs many more expensive models. It is most suited to 61 note models and most 88 note stage piano models that weigh up to approximately 20kg. The extra bracing on the stand means that keyboards of this size and weight are sturdy on the stand and there is little wobble. \nVersatile and reliable in all environments\nThe height adjustment is easy thanks to a simple gear mechanism and the strong die-cast aluminium teeth hold the stand in place at the desired height. It is stable and secure whether positioned in a sitting or standing position, and can be adjusted between 42cm and 98cm in height.\nNon-slip rubber feet for extra certainty\nThe non-slip rubber feet mean that this stand will stay exactly where you want it to, whether on carpeted or hard floor surfaces. The sleeve protectors on the top keep the keyboard secure without marking or damaging it.", "Bullet1":"Height adjustable double braced X frame stand", "Bullet2":"Great for gigging musicians and use in the home", "Bullet3":"An ideal stand for 88 note keyboards up to 20 kg in weight", "Bullet4":"Die-cast aluminium height adjuster with gear mesh adjustable between 42-98cm", "Bullet5":"Stand folds flat to allow for easy transportation and storage", "Bullet6":"Stand features non-slip rubber feet supports and edge location guides", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIdeal for\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e88 note keyboards up to 20kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42-98cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody Materials\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber, Aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "157","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "21.125", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6750", "Title": "Percussion Plus Carnival Slap Djembe rope tuned - 7 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964137564", "VariationOf": "pp6750", "Description": "\n \nThe Percussion Plus Carnival Slap Djembe rope tuned\nIntroducing the latest generation of the Percussion Plus Slap Djembe, now with a vibrant ‘Carnival’ design. Crafted with precision at the world-renowned djembe factory in Bali, these drums combine durability, excellent tonal quality, and eye-catching visuals—making them perfect for any music education setting. The classic instructive drumheads offer guided technique, making this djembe an ideal choice for educators.\nBuilt to withstand classroom environments, the strong yet lightweight design enhances accessibility without compromising sound. With a powerful bass as a foundation, complemented by crisp slaps and deep, resonant tones, these djembes bring the dynamic range needed for engaging group music lessons.\nSupplied with rope-tuning and available in various sizes, these colourful djembes invite you to start your own djembe circle. They are exceptional tools for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET), and can even support CPD programs for teachers aiming to broaden their musical skills and resources!\n\n\n\n\nImmaculate construction in leading Bali factory\nThe Carnival Slap Djembes are made in a superb world-leading djembe manufacturing facility in Bali. Each drum is subject to rigorous quality control and features a sophisticated one-piece body construction. This ensures a lively and consistent sound, a sleek profile, and enhanced durability. The lightweight, sturdy construction is an essential benefit for constant use in education. Plus, the rubber-coated base prevents slipping, crucial for the physical demands of playing.\n\n\n\n\nAn innovative teaching tool\nSlap Djembes are not only sturdy and attractive but also provide great teaching aids. The screen-printed, instructional drumheads make classroom music teaching that bit easier by showing students exactly where they need to hit the drum to make different sounds. This helps to speed up the learning process, allowing more time to focus on rhythm, ensemble, dynamics and other musical elements. Brightly coloured, these make for excellent teaching tools, stimulating interest, helping learning to be engaging. \n\n\n\n\nDurable Mylar drum head\nThe Mylar drum head is precisely tensioned for optimal resonance, offering exceptional durability for even the most energetic players. Mylar is an extremely robust material, often used in aerospace engineering; for drum heads it provides excellent all-weather protection, resisting excessive stretching, humidity, and temperature fluctuations. This helps prevent tuning issues and keeps the head from drying out over time, ensuring a consistent and true sound. Superb production values like this make Slap Djembes the pinnacle in educational and sustainable drumming, supporting hundreds of lessons over many years to come.\n\n\n\n\nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n\n\n\nLively, distinctive ‘Carnival’ design \n The Carnival design infuses these djembes with a lively, vibrant aesthetic, embodying the spirit of celebration. Bold and eye-catching, the unique cloth wrap inspires music making in all ages. From primary and secondary to festival drum circles, music therapy and more.\n\n\nA djembe for every scenario\nCarnival slap djembes are available either pre-tuned (incredibly lightweight and convenient), rope tuned (more adaptable and traditional) or mechanically tuned (a perfect middle ground), letting you to select the right type of drum for your circumstances. These rope tuned djembes allow precise pitch adjustment, letting you find the perfect sound. Available in a range of sizes - 7\"\", 8\"\", 10\"\", and 12” - they bring added versatility to your djembe circle, creating a rich soundscape with varied pitches and dynamics to engage the entire ensemble.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nThe design on the drum head shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring. The Bass The best sound is achieved in the centre of the drum. Keep your palm flat and stiff and strike the drum firmly. The Tone Straighten all your fingers at the same time. There are numerous hand positions that can be used to create the tone. Think of your hand as a straight extension of your arm, and you should get a solid ‘thud’ sound. The Slap This stroke can be played in the same position as the tone, the difference is that one relaxes the hand and arm to hit the drum with a slap-like motion. Spreading your fingers out slightly when they strike the djembe helps create a crisp clear sound. ", "Bullet1":"The latest generation in the iconic Slap Djembe range!", "Bullet2":"Classic instructive drumhead for easy teaching and learning", "Bullet3":"Featuring a vibrant, colourful ‘Carnival’ design", "Bullet4":"Robust synthetic one-piece shell for maximum durability", "Bullet5":"Fantastic sound quality with crisp slap, deep tone and booming bass", "Bullet6":"Made by the world’s foremost djembe manufacturers in Bali", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "339","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "21.125", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6751", "Title": "Percussion Plus Carnival Slap Djembe rope tuned - 8 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964137571", "VariationOf": "pp6750", "Description": "\n \nThe Percussion Plus Carnival Slap Djembe rope tuned\nIntroducing the latest generation of the Percussion Plus Slap Djembe, now with a vibrant ‘Carnival’ design. Crafted with precision at the world-renowned djembe factory in Bali, these drums combine durability, excellent tonal quality, and eye-catching visuals—making them perfect for any music education setting. The classic instructive drumheads offer guided technique, making this djembe an ideal choice for educators.\nBuilt to withstand classroom environments, the strong yet lightweight design enhances accessibility without compromising sound. With a powerful bass as a foundation, complemented by crisp slaps and deep, resonant tones, these djembes bring the dynamic range needed for engaging group music lessons.\nSupplied with rope-tuning and available in various sizes, these colourful djembes invite you to start your own djembe circle. They are exceptional tools for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET), and can even support CPD programs for teachers aiming to broaden their musical skills and resources!\n\n\n\n\nImmaculate construction in leading Bali factory\nThe Carnival Slap Djembes are made in a superb world-leading djembe manufacturing facility in Bali. Each drum is subject to rigorous quality control and features a sophisticated one-piece body construction. This ensures a lively and consistent sound, a sleek profile, and enhanced durability. The lightweight, sturdy construction is an essential benefit for constant use in education. Plus, the rubber-coated base prevents slipping, crucial for the physical demands of playing.\n\n\n\n\nAn innovative teaching tool\nSlap Djembes are not only sturdy and attractive but also provide great teaching aids. The screen-printed, instructional drumheads make classroom music teaching that bit easier by showing students exactly where they need to hit the drum to make different sounds. This helps to speed up the learning process, allowing more time to focus on rhythm, ensemble, dynamics and other musical elements. Brightly coloured, these make for excellent teaching tools, stimulating interest, helping learning to be engaging. \n\n\n\n\nDurable Mylar drum head\nThe Mylar drum head is precisely tensioned for optimal resonance, offering exceptional durability for even the most energetic players. Mylar is an extremely robust material, often used in aerospace engineering; for drum heads it provides excellent all-weather protection, resisting excessive stretching, humidity, and temperature fluctuations. This helps prevent tuning issues and keeps the head from drying out over time, ensuring a consistent and true sound. Superb production values like this make Slap Djembes the pinnacle in educational and sustainable drumming, supporting hundreds of lessons over many years to come.\n\n\n\n\nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n\n\n\nLively, distinctive ‘Carnival’ design \n The Carnival design infuses these djembes with a lively, vibrant aesthetic, embodying the spirit of celebration. Bold and eye-catching, the unique cloth wrap inspires music making in all ages. From primary and secondary to festival drum circles, music therapy and more.\n\n\nA djembe for every scenario\nCarnival slap djembes are available either pre-tuned (incredibly lightweight and convenient), rope tuned (more adaptable and traditional) or mechanically tuned (a perfect middle ground), letting you to select the right type of drum for your circumstances. These rope tuned djembes allow precise pitch adjustment, letting you find the perfect sound. Available in a range of sizes - 7\"\", 8\"\", 10\"\", and 12” - they bring added versatility to your djembe circle, creating a rich soundscape with varied pitches and dynamics to engage the entire ensemble.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nThe design on the drum head shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring. The Bass The best sound is achieved in the centre of the drum. Keep your palm flat and stiff and strike the drum firmly. The Tone Straighten all your fingers at the same time. There are numerous hand positions that can be used to create the tone. Think of your hand as a straight extension of your arm, and you should get a solid ‘thud’ sound. The Slap This stroke can be played in the same position as the tone, the difference is that one relaxes the hand and arm to hit the drum with a slap-like motion. Spreading your fingers out slightly when they strike the djembe helps create a crisp clear sound. ", "Bullet1":"The latest generation in the iconic Slap Djembe range!", "Bullet2":"Classic instructive drumhead for easy teaching and learning", "Bullet3":"Featuring a vibrant, colourful ‘Carnival’ design", "Bullet4":"Robust synthetic one-piece shell for maximum durability", "Bullet5":"Fantastic sound quality with crisp slap, deep tone and booming bass", "Bullet6":"Made by the world’s foremost djembe manufacturers in Bali", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "322","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "31.958333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6752", "Title": "Percussion Plus Carnival Slap Djembe rope tuned - 10 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964137588", "VariationOf": "pp6750", "Description": "\n \nThe Percussion Plus Carnival Slap Djembe rope tuned\nIntroducing the latest generation of the Percussion Plus Slap Djembe, now with a vibrant ‘Carnival’ design. Crafted with precision at the world-renowned djembe factory in Bali, these drums combine durability, excellent tonal quality, and eye-catching visuals—making them perfect for any music education setting. The classic instructive drumheads offer guided technique, making this djembe an ideal choice for educators.\nBuilt to withstand classroom environments, the strong yet lightweight design enhances accessibility without compromising sound. With a powerful bass as a foundation, complemented by crisp slaps and deep, resonant tones, these djembes bring the dynamic range needed for engaging group music lessons.\nSupplied with rope-tuning and available in various sizes, these colourful djembes invite you to start your own djembe circle. They are exceptional tools for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET), and can even support CPD programs for teachers aiming to broaden their musical skills and resources!\n\n\n\n\nImmaculate construction in leading Bali factory\nThe Carnival Slap Djembes are made in a superb world-leading djembe manufacturing facility in Bali. Each drum is subject to rigorous quality control and features a sophisticated one-piece body construction. This ensures a lively and consistent sound, a sleek profile, and enhanced durability. The lightweight, sturdy construction is an essential benefit for constant use in education. Plus, the rubber-coated base prevents slipping, crucial for the physical demands of playing.\n\n\n\n\nAn innovative teaching tool\nSlap Djembes are not only sturdy and attractive but also provide great teaching aids. The screen-printed, instructional drumheads make classroom music teaching that bit easier by showing students exactly where they need to hit the drum to make different sounds. This helps to speed up the learning process, allowing more time to focus on rhythm, ensemble, dynamics and other musical elements. Brightly coloured, these make for excellent teaching tools, stimulating interest, helping learning to be engaging. \n\n\n\n\nDurable Mylar drum head\nThe Mylar drum head is precisely tensioned for optimal resonance, offering exceptional durability for even the most energetic players. Mylar is an extremely robust material, often used in aerospace engineering; for drum heads it provides excellent all-weather protection, resisting excessive stretching, humidity, and temperature fluctuations. This helps prevent tuning issues and keeps the head from drying out over time, ensuring a consistent and true sound. Superb production values like this make Slap Djembes the pinnacle in educational and sustainable drumming, supporting hundreds of lessons over many years to come.\n\n\n\n\nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n\n\n\nLively, distinctive ‘Carnival’ design \n The Carnival design infuses these djembes with a lively, vibrant aesthetic, embodying the spirit of celebration. Bold and eye-catching, the unique cloth wrap inspires music making in all ages. From primary and secondary to festival drum circles, music therapy and more.\n\n\nA djembe for every scenario\nCarnival slap djembes are available either pre-tuned (incredibly lightweight and convenient), rope tuned (more adaptable and traditional) or mechanically tuned (a perfect middle ground), letting you to select the right type of drum for your circumstances. These rope tuned djembes allow precise pitch adjustment, letting you find the perfect sound. Available in a range of sizes - 7\"\", 8\"\", 10\"\", and 12” - they bring added versatility to your djembe circle, creating a rich soundscape with varied pitches and dynamics to engage the entire ensemble.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nThe design on the drum head shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring. The Bass The best sound is achieved in the centre of the drum. Keep your palm flat and stiff and strike the drum firmly. The Tone Straighten all your fingers at the same time. There are numerous hand positions that can be used to create the tone. Think of your hand as a straight extension of your arm, and you should get a solid ‘thud’ sound. The Slap This stroke can be played in the same position as the tone, the difference is that one relaxes the hand and arm to hit the drum with a slap-like motion. Spreading your fingers out slightly when they strike the djembe helps create a crisp clear sound. ", "Bullet1":"The latest generation in the iconic Slap Djembe range!", "Bullet2":"Classic instructive drumhead for easy teaching and learning", "Bullet3":"Featuring a vibrant, colourful ‘Carnival’ design", "Bullet4":"Robust synthetic one-piece shell for maximum durability", "Bullet5":"Fantastic sound quality with crisp slap, deep tone and booming bass", "Bullet6":"Made by the world’s foremost djembe manufacturers in Bali", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "306","RRP_Inc_VAT": "75.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "40.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6753", "Title": "Percussion Plus Carnival Slap Djembe rope tuned - 12 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964137595", "VariationOf": "pp6750", "Description": "\n \nThe Percussion Plus Carnival Slap Djembe rope tuned\nIntroducing the latest generation of the Percussion Plus Slap Djembe, now with a vibrant ‘Carnival’ design. Crafted with precision at the world-renowned djembe factory in Bali, these drums combine durability, excellent tonal quality, and eye-catching visuals—making them perfect for any music education setting. The classic instructive drumheads offer guided technique, making this djembe an ideal choice for educators.\nBuilt to withstand classroom environments, the strong yet lightweight design enhances accessibility without compromising sound. With a powerful bass as a foundation, complemented by crisp slaps and deep, resonant tones, these djembes bring the dynamic range needed for engaging group music lessons.\nSupplied with rope-tuning and available in various sizes, these colourful djembes invite you to start your own djembe circle. They are exceptional tools for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET), and can even support CPD programs for teachers aiming to broaden their musical skills and resources!\n\n\n\n\nImmaculate construction in leading Bali factory\nThe Carnival Slap Djembes are made in a superb world-leading djembe manufacturing facility in Bali. Each drum is subject to rigorous quality control and features a sophisticated one-piece body construction. This ensures a lively and consistent sound, a sleek profile, and enhanced durability. The lightweight, sturdy construction is an essential benefit for constant use in education. Plus, the rubber-coated base prevents slipping, crucial for the physical demands of playing.\n\n\n\n\nAn innovative teaching tool\nSlap Djembes are not only sturdy and attractive but also provide great teaching aids. The screen-printed, instructional drumheads make classroom music teaching that bit easier by showing students exactly where they need to hit the drum to make different sounds. This helps to speed up the learning process, allowing more time to focus on rhythm, ensemble, dynamics and other musical elements. Brightly coloured, these make for excellent teaching tools, stimulating interest, helping learning to be engaging. \n\n\n\n\nDurable Mylar drum head\nThe Mylar drum head is precisely tensioned for optimal resonance, offering exceptional durability for even the most energetic players. Mylar is an extremely robust material, often used in aerospace engineering; for drum heads it provides excellent all-weather protection, resisting excessive stretching, humidity, and temperature fluctuations. This helps prevent tuning issues and keeps the head from drying out over time, ensuring a consistent and true sound. Superb production values like this make Slap Djembes the pinnacle in educational and sustainable drumming, supporting hundreds of lessons over many years to come.\n\n\n\n\nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n\n\n\nLively, distinctive ‘Carnival’ design \n The Carnival design infuses these djembes with a lively, vibrant aesthetic, embodying the spirit of celebration. Bold and eye-catching, the unique cloth wrap inspires music making in all ages. From primary and secondary to festival drum circles, music therapy and more.\n\n\nA djembe for every scenario\nCarnival slap djembes are available either pre-tuned (incredibly lightweight and convenient), rope tuned (more adaptable and traditional) or mechanically tuned (a perfect middle ground), letting you to select the right type of drum for your circumstances. These rope tuned djembes allow precise pitch adjustment, letting you find the perfect sound. Available in a range of sizes - 7\"\", 8\"\", 10\"\", and 12” - they bring added versatility to your djembe circle, creating a rich soundscape with varied pitches and dynamics to engage the entire ensemble.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nThe design on the drum head shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring. The Bass The best sound is achieved in the centre of the drum. Keep your palm flat and stiff and strike the drum firmly. The Tone Straighten all your fingers at the same time. There are numerous hand positions that can be used to create the tone. Think of your hand as a straight extension of your arm, and you should get a solid ‘thud’ sound. The Slap This stroke can be played in the same position as the tone, the difference is that one relaxes the hand and arm to hit the drum with a slap-like motion. Spreading your fingers out slightly when they strike the djembe helps create a crisp clear sound. ", "Bullet1":"The latest generation in the iconic Slap Djembe range!", "Bullet2":"Classic instructive drumhead for easy teaching and learning", "Bullet3":"Featuring a vibrant, colourful ‘Carnival’ design", "Bullet4":"Robust synthetic one-piece shell for maximum durability", "Bullet5":"Fantastic sound quality with crisp slap, deep tone and booming bass", "Bullet6":"Made by the world’s foremost djembe manufacturers in Bali", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "155","RRP_Inc_VAT": "105.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "56.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP159", "Title": "Acme Nightingale call - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebird-calls", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547001598", "VariationOf": "pp159", "Description": "Introducing the Acme nightingale call\nBuilt from high-quality, durable materials, the Acme nightingale call produces a variable pitch to project an authentic nightingale call. This call accurately mimics one of the most powerful and beautiful bird songs, making it perfect for ornithologists and for studio recording use.\nTo achieve the best sound, fill the call with 6mm of water. Specific playing instructions are included in the pack.\n\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\n\n\nSound Sample\n159", "Bullet1":"Projects an authentic nightingale call", "Bullet2":"Made from a durable polycarbonate and tough metal", "Bullet3":"Perfect for ornithologists", "Bullet4":"Playing instructions included", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "39.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "21.391666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3230", "Title": "Percussion Plus tub of 30 colourful plastic kazoos - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003ekazoos", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349482658", "VariationOf": "pp3230", "Description": "These kazoos are fun and colourful. They are safe, sturdy and supplied individually. They are fun for children who are beginning to learn about music. They are also great for gifts or party bags and are suitable for all ages. The kazoo was developed in the United States in the 19th century. It is a wind instrument that is played by humming into the mouthpiece which adds a buzzing timbre quality to a players voice. The kazoo is played professionally in jug bands and comedy music, and by amateurs everywhere. It is also one of the easiest melodic instruments to play well, requiring only the ability to vocalize in tune. Sold in handy tubs of 30 in mixed colours.", "Bullet1":"Easy to play and a perfect way for small children to learn about music", "Bullet2":"Fun and colourful plastic kazoos", "Bullet3":"Simple one piece construction", "Bullet4":"Sold in handy tubs of 30 in mixed colours", "Bullet5":"Great for gifts or party bags", "Bullet6":"Age 3+", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "261","RRP_Inc_VAT": "40.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "21.666666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3100", "Title": "Percussion Plus tub of 40 egg shakers in fluorescent colours - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eegg", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964127916", "VariationOf": "pp3100", "Description": "A tub of 40 egg shakers in a variety of fluorescent colours. These shakers are very durable with a tough plastic shell and long-lasting colour. They're great for musical workshops and for classroom use.These items are musical instruments, suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them", "Bullet1":"Tub of 40 fluorescent egg shakers - ideal for music clubs and workshops\u003cspan\u003e", "Bullet2":"\u003c\/span\u003eSupplied in bright orange, green and lime colours\u003cspan\u003e", "Bullet3":"\u003c\/span\u003eTough plastic shells, light weight and ideal for small hands\u003cspan\u003e", "Bullet4":"\u003c\/span\u003eShakers are supplied in large plastic tub with screw top lid\u003cspan\u003e", "Bullet5":"\u003c\/span\u003eContains non-toxic iron beads - great for a loud sound when shaken\u003cspan\u003e", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003epolyurethane plastic paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "19","RRP_Inc_VAT": "40.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "21.666666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP211", "Title": "Percussion Plus pair of 5\"\" cymbals - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecymbals\u003efinger", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547002113", "VariationOf": "pp211", "Description": "Our pair of brass cymbals measure 5\"\" (12.5cm) and have cords on each for easy of playing. These are slightly larger than the other hand-held cymbals in our range these can be hit with a small baton or played together to create different tones. A popular choice with schools.", "Bullet1":"5\" cymbals", "Bullet2":"Brass finish", "Bullet3":"Cord on each for easy of playing", "Bullet4":"Can be hit with a small baton or played together to create different tones", "Bullet5":"A popular choice for schools", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "36","RRP_Inc_VAT": "42.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP314", "Title": "Percussion Plus 14\"\" ocean drum - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eocean-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547003141", "VariationOf": "pp314", "Description": "Introducing the 14\"\" ocean drum from Percussion Plus\nThis 14'' wave drum is an alternative to the more usual, plastic, highly coloured wave drum. Shaped and designed more like a tambour, the PP314 has a wooden rim with a natural skin head.\n\nWith a high quality, attractive finish this drum is an ideal addition to your percussion setup.\n\nSounds of the sea\nSealed inside the drum are small metal beads which create different sounds when you roll and wave the drum - mimicking the sound of the ocean. You can also strike this drum with your hand or a beater to create a wider spectrum of sounds.\n\nBeautiful design\nThe attractive gold pattern strip runs the circumference of the drum for a flashy, yet stylish look. Whilst the head of the drum is natural skin for tone production, the base is translucent so you can be mesmerised by the beads rolling around in the drum.", "Bullet1":"14'' wave drum in natural finish", "Bullet2":"Light, wooden drum rim", "Bullet3":"Natural skin drum head", "Bullet4":"Attractive gold pattern design", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "8","RRP_Inc_VAT": "42.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP438", "Title": "Percussion Plus bongo stand - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003ehand-drum-baskets", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349485789", "VariationOf": "pp438", "Description": "The Percussion Plus PP438 bongo stand is a great way of playing your bongos at a comfortable height without the need for a table. The stand itself is height adjustable to cater for playing standing up or seated, and the drums can also be adjusted to the desired angle. This also aids better mic placement from below at live gigs for a better sound. The bongos are very simple to attach to the stand. Simply slot the wooden part that connects the two drums into the top part of the stand and tighten the wing nut to secure the drums in place. Being a single braced stand, with folding tripod legs, it is very lightweight and easy to transport. It features non-slip rubber feet that help maintain a solid stance on any surface enabling you to concentrate on playing.", "Bullet1":"Percussion Plus bongo drum stand", "Bullet2":"2 section height adjustable stand", "Bullet3":"Adjustable neck angle", "Bullet4":"Non slip rubber feet to keep the drums in place", "Bullet5":"Single braced lightweight tripod legs", "Bullet6":"Bongos not included*", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight range in use\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMinimum height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e62cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaximum height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e98cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "42.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "W4064", "Title": "Panyard classic aluminium cello or guitar steel pan mallets - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "748252088765", "VariationOf": "w4064", "Description": "This pair of beaters have medium large rubber tips making them suitable for cello or guitar pan players. Over fifteen years of research and development have been incorporated into all of Panyard's stick designs. Each pair is hand crafted to exact specifications in order to produce the finest tone from your steel pan. The classic metal mallets boast Panyards exclusive non-slip grip for extra control and comfort. Each pair is made of durable aircraft grade aluminum.", "Bullet1":"Medium-large tip model for cello\/guitar pan players", "Bullet2":"Non-slip grip for extra control and comfort", "Bullet3":"Durable aircraft grade aluminium", "Bullet4":"Length 24cm", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAircraft grade aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3 x 0.3mm rubber band\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e21cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead size\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.7cm x 2.7cm x 2.7cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 x 29g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "22","RRP_Inc_VAT": "42.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "28.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP166", "Title": "Acme Swanee slide whistle - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eswanee-whistles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547001666", "VariationOf": "pp166", "Description": "Introducing the Acme Swanee slide whistle \nGreat for parties or for adding a classic comedic effect to a video, the Acme slide whistle produces a clear tone and is fun for players of all levels and ages. This instrument can also be used in the classroom, as it’s the perfect way to introduce children to exploring different pitches and sound uses.\nTo play, simply blow into the tip and slide the plunger up and down to change pitch. Slide slowly for a classic comic sound effect, or rapidly to produce a chirp-like bird sound. And if you are realty skilled, it is even possible to play a tune!\n\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\n\n\nSound Sample\n166", "Bullet1":"Reliably produces a clear tone", "Bullet2":"Made from a durable polycarbonate", "Bullet3":"Great for schools, parties or adding comedic effects to recordings", "Bullet4":"Also known as a Swanee whistle or Lotus flute", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "42.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "23.016666666666666", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP110DT", "Title": "Percussion Plus height adjustable drum stool - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ethrones", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964108243", "VariationOf": "pp110dt", "Description": "The PP110DT drum stool from Percussion Plus is ideal for beginners or schools. It is height adjustable from 51cm -64cm and has a round padded seat. The folding legs are single braced, making the stool lightweight and easily transportable. Each of the tripod legs is fitted with non-slip rubber feet that firmly keep the stool and you in place.", "Bullet1":"Round padded seat", "Bullet2":"Single braced folding legs", "Bullet3":"Non slip rubber feet", "Bullet4":"Ideal for beginners and schools", "Bullet5":"Previously known as TFC110", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "43.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "23.291666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HT06K04-R", "Title": "6oz HuskeeRenew Cup 4-pack - Smoke \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001294", "VariationOf": "ht06k04-r", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeRenew 4-pack of 6oz cups HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack contains four 6oz coffee cups - a convenient and cost effect way to purchase for your café or restaurant. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? That's 2.5 billion every year! But HuskeeCups battle the waste that disposable coffee cups produce, by being reusable and made from 50% recycled material. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is HuskeeRenew? The HuskeeRenew range is made from Tritan Renew 50, a new PBS, BPF and BPA-free food-grade plastic which allows us to include 50% certified recycled content in this range of products. Tritan Renew 50 products use plastic derived from 50% recycled content, and Tritan plastics are used in over 600 products, from drink bottles to medical grade equipment. The material was chosen for its glass-like appearance, excellent durability as well as its stain and odour resisting properties. HuskeeRenew is a high performance copolyester, perfectly designed to hold both your hot and cold drinks. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. The iconic Huskee fins also make hot coffees easy and comfortable to hold. \n Staying in with your coffee? The matching classic saucer is the perfect size for the HuskeeRenew 6oz cup and is a great way to experience coffee or cold beverages in your cafe, office, or home. They're also stackable, so you can keep thing organised. Sold separately as a 4-pack\n Coffee on the go \nThese cups are compatible with the stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow.\n\n\n How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner.\nThe most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that!\n \n HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. \n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 50% recycled material", "Bullet2":"This pack contains 4 x 6oz cups - perfect for coffees", "Bullet3":"Translucent glass-like finish", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7.7cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup width at base\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup width at lip\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "19","RRP_Inc_VAT": "43.70","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "21.85", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HT06A04-R", "Title": "6oz HuskeeRenew Cup 4-pack - Amber \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001515", "VariationOf": "ht06k04-r", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeRenew 4-pack of 6oz cups HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack contains four 6oz coffee cups - a convenient and cost effect way to purchase for your café or restaurant. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? That's 2.5 billion every year! But HuskeeCups battle the waste that disposable coffee cups produce, by being reusable and made from 50% recycled material. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is HuskeeRenew? The HuskeeRenew range is made from Tritan Renew 50, a new PBS, BPF and BPA-free food-grade plastic which allows us to include 50% certified recycled content in this range of products. Tritan Renew 50 products use plastic derived from 50% recycled content, and Tritan plastics are used in over 600 products, from drink bottles to medical grade equipment. The material was chosen for its glass-like appearance, excellent durability as well as its stain and odour resisting properties. HuskeeRenew is a high performance copolyester, perfectly designed to hold both your hot and cold drinks. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. The iconic Huskee fins also make hot coffees easy and comfortable to hold. \n Staying in with your coffee? The matching classic saucer is the perfect size for the HuskeeRenew 6oz cup and is a great way to experience coffee or cold beverages in your cafe, office, or home. They're also stackable, so you can keep thing organised. Sold separately as a 4-pack\n Coffee on the go \nThese cups are compatible with the stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow.\n\n\n How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner.\nThe most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that!\n \n HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. \n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 50% recycled material", "Bullet2":"This pack contains 4 x 6oz cups - perfect for coffees", "Bullet3":"Translucent glass-like finish", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7.7cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup width at base\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup width at lip\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "17","RRP_Inc_VAT": "43.70","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "21.85", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MUSISCA25", "Title": "Musisca folding orchestral music stand with carry bag - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003efolding", "Brand": "Musisca", "Barcode": "5055964124557", "VariationOf": "musisca25", "Description": "Introducing the Musisca folding orchestral music stand with carry bag\nThis durable, foldable orchestral stand is designed with portability and convenience in mind. Its lightweight yet sturdy construction provides reliable support, while the simple buckle clip clamps allow for smooth height and angle adjustments. The desk folds down compactly to fit into the included high-quality carry bag, ensuring effortless transport and secure storage. Perfect for both practice and performance, this stand is an essential tool for musicians on the go.\n\nHigh quality build, made to last\nThe robust, non-slip tripod base provides exceptional stability, ensuring the stand stays securely in place throughout your performance. Constructed from lightweight yet durable aluminium, it is designed to withstand regular use without compromising portability. The stand is finished with a high-quality matte black powder coating, offering enhanced resistance to scuffs and scratches while maintaining a sleek, professional appearance. This combination of practicality and polished design makes it a reliable choice for both rehearsals and live performances.", "Bullet1":"A sturdy, foldable orchestral stand", "Bullet2":"Crafted from lightweight aluminium", "Bullet3":"Matte black powder coat finish for resisting scratches and scuffs", "Bullet4":"Desk folds down compactly to fit into the included carry bag", "Bullet5":"Simple buckle clamps for a quick and effortless setup", "Bullet6":"Perfect for accomodating orchestral scores", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "229","RRP_Inc_VAT": "44.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "23.833333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3089", "Title": "Percussion Plus tub of 40 egg shakers in mixed metallic colours - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eegg", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349481217", "VariationOf": "pp3089", "Description": "A tub of 40 egg shakers in a variety of shiny, metallic colours. These shakers are very durable with a tough plastic shell and long-lasting colour. They're great for musical workshops and for classroom use. These items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them", "Bullet1":"Tub of 40 metallic egg shakers - ideal for music clubs and workshops", "Bullet2":"Supplied in a range of bright, metallic colours including pink, gold, blue and silver", "Bullet3":"Tough plastic shells, light weight and ideal for small hands", "Bullet4":"Shakers are supplied in large plastic tub with screw top lid", "Bullet5":"Contains non-toxic iron beads - great for a loud sound when shaken", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003epolyurethane plastic paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "52","RRP_Inc_VAT": "44.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "23.833333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6820", "Title": "Percussion Plus Slap drumming - KidZ floor tom - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003efloor-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964132354", "VariationOf": "pp6820", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Slap Percussion - Floor Tom The Slap Drumming range from Percussion Plus is the perfect way to introduce rhythm and time into your KS1 and KS2 music classes. These bright and colourful drums feature educational ‘how to play’ graphics printed on the skin, which helps teach beginners and young players where to position their hands to get different sounds.\nThis Floor Tom has a fantastic projection with a well-rounded sound and is fun for anyone aged 5+. All materials and hardware have been produced to the highest standard - designed to withstand the trials of regular classroom use, whilst still producing a warm and powerful sound.\nWhether it's for a large primary school class or music therapy use, this affordable range requires no maintenance and gives you the tools you need for smooth-running lessons. \n“The first thing I noticed about the drums is how incredibly light they are. This makes them ideal for use in educational settings that involve young children or older children who may find holding the instrument difficult. The real benefit of these instruments is that the drumhead has been printed with graphics of the hand positions to show exactly where to play the drum to achieve the correct sounds. The construction is solid, they have good tone, are good to look at, and are fun to play.”\nAndy Gleadhill - Percussion Plus Global Ambassador \n Let's play together With this floor tom from Percussion Plus, you get a great looking high-quality instrument with an innovative 'how to play' guide printed on the drum skin. There are many different techniques used to produce tones on a hand drum and any of these can be used on our hand drums. The printed graphic on the head of the drum offers suggested hand positions for the three main tones on a hand drum: slap, tone, and bass. With this easy method, teaching and learning is simple and allows you to tailor your class to include visual as well as instructive and aural learners, providing an inclusive way into music making for all levels and abilities. Fun look, vibrant sound The colourful pattern wrapped around the drum gives a fun and exciting look, inviting young classes to learn and play. It has a lightweight body so is easily stored and transported and is supplied with two soft beaters. Also at just 7.5\"\" x 10\"\" it really does pack a punch for its size. Although it is lightweight, the build quality is reassuringly sturdy and the sound is just as vibrant and powerful as its colourful patterned exterior! How to play The design on the drum head shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring. The Bass This area in the centre of the drum produces a warm and full tone. Use the beaters or your hands to strike the centre of the drum for a solid rhythmic backing, allowing accents to be created using the tone and slap positions. Beat This area in the centre of the drum produces a warm and full tone. Use the beaters to strike the centre of the drum for a solid rhythmic backing, allowing accents to be created using the tone and slap positions. The Tone Straighten all your fingers at the same time. There are numerous hand positions that can be used to create the tone. Think of your hand as a straight extension of your arm, and you should get a solid ‘thud’ sound. The Slap This stroke can be played in the same position as the tone, the difference is that one relaxes the hand and arm to hit the drum with a slap-like motion. Spreading your fingers out slightly when they strike the hand drum helps create a crisp clear sound. ", "Bullet1":"Fun and easy SLAP drumming for younger players", "Bullet2":"Features educational ‘how to play’ graphics printed on the skin", "Bullet3":"Ready to play pre-tuned synthetic heads", "Bullet4":"A wonderful introduction to rhythmic interactive music making for ages 5+", "Bullet5":"Dimensions: 7.5\" x 10\"", "Bullet6":"Supplied with a pair of soft beaters", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "30","RRP_Inc_VAT": "44.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "23.833333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK215T-NAT", "Title": "Octopus Academy tenor ukulele - A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003etenor", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318305431", "VariationOf": "uk215t-nat", "Description": " OctopusAcademy series \nOctopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for almost a decade, and the Academy series carries this tradition forward.\nIt is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust.\nJoining the highly successful soprano and concert Academy models, we are proud to now offer a tenor model in our natural finish.\nPerfect for teachers and group leaders to have a larger instrument for demonstration purposes as well as adult beginners and parents of budding Octopus players.\nThe larger body naturally projects even more tone, and this size also has a longer neck with additional frets which can help to respell chords in different parts of the instrument.\nExplore and unleash your inner musician with one of the most popular instruments of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point.\n Size and range The tenor ukulele is a slightly larger instrument, compared to the soprano and concert ukuleles (approximately 26\"\") This allows for more space between the strings, as well as a larger body creating a fuller sound. It has eighteen frets and a total range between C4 and Eb6. Build quality These Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded directly to the body for excellent sound production and reliability. The tuning pegs are geared like a guitar meaning the strings are easier to tighten and will hold their pitch for longer. The side walls of the body are fully lined for stability, sound projection and high-quality appearance. Every edge and all the frets have been smoothed and finished to a standard higher than many more expensive instruments. Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Gig bags available When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in one of our fabulous padded gig bags – available in fine hessian and dark brown suede effect fabrics. ", "Bullet1":"The best education ukulele just got bigger!", "Bullet2":"Classical guitar style walnut bridge", "Bullet3":"Agathis top, back and sides", "Bullet4":"Fitted with Aquila strings", "Bullet5":"Approx. length 26”", "Bullet6":"18 frets for extended chord shape possibilities", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okoume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard \u0026 Bridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretwires\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic (ABS)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eindividual, open type, black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e75mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eString\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "44.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "25.666666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "23.833333333333336", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "WB135-10PK", "Title": "Chamberlain Music Magnetic A4 mini dry-wipe whiteboard - 10 pack - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003ewhiteboards\u003emini", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5056318308692", "VariationOf": "wb135-10pk", "Description": "Introducing the Chamberlain Music A4 plain whiteboard with a colourful border\nThis whiteboard is the perfect learning tool for the classroom, at home, and much more. It is very sturdy, resistant to bending and can be used in a variety of exciting ways. The Chamberlain Music whiteboard provides an easier and more cost-effective way to quickly jot down your ideas, and you can change your mind or make minor adjustments as many times as you need.\nPaired with a high-quality slim-barrelled pen, specifically tailored for whiteboard use. This addition produces a strong black ink and encourages correct grip for learners. Plus, the pen's dry eraser attached to the lid adds to the convenience, making the writing process seamless for every whiteboard user. It also includes a magnet on the lid, so it will easily connect to magnetic surface of the whiteboard.\nIt's magnetic surface and robust colourful border with extreme resistance to bending and breaking makes it the perfect tool for younger students and the primary classroom.\nSupplied as a pack of 10, also available individually.\n\nColourful and fun\nThe protective border around this whiteboard strengthens it, making it perfect for younger children. The bright colours are ideal for grabbing a young learners attention, making them more likely to join in and engage in lessons and activities.\n\nThe magnetic surface: making interactive learning easy\nThe magnetic surface of the whiteboard takes the learning potential of the WB135 to new heights. Use magnetic symbols for interactive classroom games, coloured dots for creative composition and art, or magnetic pins to hold things in place. It also allows you to connect the pen via the magnetic lid, so the pens don't go mysteriously missing in storage or when moving around the classroom!\n\nDouble-sided versatility for engaging lessons\nExperience endless possibilities with the double-sided feature, perfect for flip-board games, lessons, sketching, memorisation practice, and providing additional note-taking space. Elevate student engagement by using these lightweight whiteboards for interactive quizzes, fostering active participation in the learning process.\n\nEnhance collaboration and multiply your potential\nThe A4 dry-wipe whiteboard is not only compact but also designed for collaboration. If more space is needed, multiple whiteboards can be seamlessly connected. This feature is perfect for group projects and classroom collaborations. Use this 10 pack of whiteboards as a convenient solution to expanding your workspace.\n\nBring some variety to the classroom\nOverall, these whiteboards provide brilliant teaching and learning opportunities from KS1 all the way to KS4, helping to bring a sense of fun and variety to any music classroom.\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Supplied with a dry-wipe pen featuring convenient eraser and magnetic attachment on the lid", "Bullet2":"Versatile plain whiteboard perfect for the classroom", "Bullet3":"Magnetic surface, ideal for attaching magnetic symbols and pen", "Bullet4":"Sturdy construction - VERY resistant to bending and breaking!", "Bullet5":"Features a colourful border", "Bullet6":"Sold as a pack of 10, great for schools", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOverall board dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eA4 Size (297mm x 210mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions inside border\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e260mm x 170mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePen Length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBoard + Pen weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15g per set\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "8","RRP_Inc_VAT": "44.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "25.666666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "WB139-10PK", "Title": "Chamberlain Music magnetic A4 dry-wipe whiteboard 2 staves - 12 pack - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003ewhiteboards\u003emini", "Brand": "Chamberlain Music", "Barcode": "5056318308708", "VariationOf": "wb139-10pk", "Description": "Introducing the Chamberlain Music A4 2 staves whiteboard with a colourful border\nThis whiteboard is the perfect learning tool for the classroom, at home, and much more. It is very sturdy, resistant to bending and can be used in a variety of exciting ways. The Chamberlain Music whiteboard provides an easier and more cost-effective way to quickly jot down your ideas, and you can change your mind or make minor adjustments as many times as you need.\nPaired with a high-quality slim-barrelled pen, specifically tailored for whiteboard use. This addition produces a strong black ink and encourages correct grip for learners. Plus, the pen's dry eraser attached to the lid adds to the convenience, making the writing process seamless for every whiteboard user. It also includes a magnet on the lid, so it will easily connect to magnetic surface of the whiteboard.\nIt's magnetic surface and robust colourful border with extreme resistance to bending and breaking makes it the perfect tool for younger students and the primary classroom.\nThe WB139 has two staves pre-printed on one side for writing music with up to two lines, which is plenty of space for short passages, group work, or to use as a helpful revision aid. Since the staves are big enough to be seen from a small distance, the WB139 is ideal for music games, interactive music quizzes and much more.\nSupplied as a pack of 10, also available individually.\n\nColourful and fun\nThe protective border around this whiteboard strengthens it, making it perfect for younger children. The bright colours are ideal for grabbing a young learners attention, making them more likely to join in and engage in lessons and activities.\n\nThe magnetic surface: making interactive learning easy\nThe magnetic surface of the whiteboard takes the learning potential of the WB139 to new heights. Use magnetic notes for interactive music games, coloured dots for creative composition, or symbols and pictures on the reverse. It also allows you to connect the pen via the magnetic lid, so the pens don't go mysteriously missing in storage or when moving around the classroom!\n\nFor classroom learning and at-home revision\nWhether in the classroom or at home, this whiteboard is an essential tool for music theory and practical revision. The clear visibility of the staves makes it ideal for engaging music games, interactive quizzes, and collaborative activities among students.\n\nDouble-sided functionality\nFlip over the whiteboard, and you'll find a blank canvas on the reverse side. This allows for versatile use, such as sketching, practicing memorisation, or taking additional notes. The blank side is not limited to music-related tasks and can be utilised for various subjects or just for creative fun.\n\nEnhance collaboration and multiply your potential\nThe A4 dry-wipe whiteboard is not only compact but also designed for collaboration. If more space is needed, multiple whiteboards can be seamlessly connected. This feature is perfect for group projects and classroom collaborations. Use this 10 pack as a convenient solution to expanding your workspace.\nBring some variety to the classroom\nOverall, these whiteboards provide brilliant teaching and learning opportunities from KS1 all the way to KS4, helping to bring a sense of fun and variety to any music classroom.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Supplied with a dry-wipe pen featuring convenient eraser and magnetic attachment on the lid", "Bullet2":"Two pre-printed staves with a blank reverse - perfect for the music classroom", "Bullet3":"Magnetic surface, ideal for attaching magnetic symbols and pen", "Bullet4":"Sturdy construction - VERY resistant to bending and breaking!", "Bullet5":"Features a colourful border", "Bullet6":"Sold as a pack of 10, great for schools", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOverall board dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eA4 Size (297mm x 210mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions inside border\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e260mm x 170mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePen Length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBoard + Pen weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15g per set\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "13","RRP_Inc_VAT": "44.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "25.666666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "RAT-89Q1", "Title": "RAT Star Light clip on 10 LED rechargeable music stand light - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003eaccessories\u003elights", "Brand": "RAT", "Barcode": "5055964101565", "VariationOf": "rat-89q1", "Description": "Introducing the RAT Star Light clip on 10 LED rechargeable light\nA high quality, low weight, and cost-effective music stand lamp, that boasts the high standards of RATstands’ designs.\n\nHigh Quality LED’s\n10 LEDs provide a good and even spread of light across the score.\n\nTwo output levels\nThe musician can control the brightness of the light by simply pressing a switch on the side of the lamp housing.\n\nCharge \u0026amp; Play\nThe Star Light is powered using Lithium-Ion batteries and can be recharged whist in use with the supplied charger.\n\nCarry case included\nHandy carry case included to protect the light when travelling between rehearsals.\n\nMore useful information\nFull Specification\n", "Bullet1":"10 LEDs for great all-round illumination", "Bullet2":"5 hours use between charges", "Bullet3":"Uses Lithium-Ion batteries which can be recharged whilst the light is in use", "Bullet4":"Supplied with batteries, power supply and a carry bag", "Bullet5":"Light weight and compact music stand light", "Bullet6":"Compatible with the majority of orchestral music stand", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClip\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUniversal, attaches to any music stand or suitable surface\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLithium-Ion batteries and can be recharges whilst in use\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCharging\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5 hours between charges\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLevels\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 output levels controlled by a switch on the side\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSupplied with\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCarry bag and charger\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5 Years\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "42","RRP_Inc_VAT": "44.40","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "24.05", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "21.275", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MUSISCA41", "Title": "Musisca folding cello \u0026 double bass stand - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003edouble-bass", "Brand": "Musisca", "Barcode": "5055964124564", "VariationOf": "musisca41", "Description": " Introducing the MUSISCA41 folding cello and double bass stand with bow holder Compact, sturdy, and versatile, this cello and double bass stand from Musisca is the perfect way to store you instrument, whether on stage, in rehearsal or at home. The adjustable neck and support arms diversify this stand to accommodate a variety of instrument sizes, from cello all the way to full sized double bass. High quality foam on all contact points keep your instrument scratch free and the close-shut mechanism adds an extra level of security. Also, this stand folds down to a surprisingly compact size for a typical double bass stand, and at only 3kg's it is ideal for transport. Finished in a smart black powder coat, the MUSISCA41 cello and double bass stand has a classic, professional look. Two in one With easy height adjustable neck and bass supports, this stand can accommodate any cello or double bass. Simply alter it to the correct height and securely set in place. Protecting your instrument High quality foam padding on all contact points ensure no scuffs or scratches. Also, the rubber feet not only keep the stand firmly in place but also protect all hard floors from any damage. Close-shut security In addition to the sturdy base and neck supports, this stand from Musisca has a close-shut mechanism for added peace of mind whilst your instrument is in the stand. The additional bar across the neck just adds an extra layer of security, perfect for when leaving your instrument in the stand for extended periods. Compact for transport It folds down to just 74cm in height for easy storage and transport. And at just 3kg's it doesn't add any hassle to what is already quite a cumbersome instrument to carry! ", "Bullet1":"Sturdy folding cello or double bass stand with bow holder", "Bullet2":"Durable steel construction with powder coat finish", "Bullet3":"High end foam padded supports", "Bullet4":"Non-slip rubber feet", "Bullet5":"Height adjustable", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e150cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSize when folded\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e74 x 49cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "41","RRP_Inc_VAT": "45.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "24.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP162", "Title": "Acme Metropolitan police whistle with bulb - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewhistles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547001628", "VariationOf": "pp162", "Description": "Introducing the Acme Metropolitan police whistle with bulb\nCrafted from high-quality materials, the police whistle has a brilliant sound quality and can be heard from up to a mile away! Its robust construction makes it both durable and long lasting, and alongside a distinct, crisp sound which projects over long distances, this reliable whistle has a variety of uses. Ideal for school shows, studio recordings and sports days, this whistle has even proven popular with scout and guide groups over the years.\nThis hand-tuned whistle is easy to play, simply squeeze the plastic bulb attached, no blowing required.\n\nRich history\nThe popularity of this traditional whistle has endured for generations. Originally created 150 years ago for the Metropolitan Police as an alternative to heavy rattles, it made their communications more efficient and has since become an icon of British police heritage. Additionally, these whistles were used in the trenches during World War I.\n\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard. \n\n\nSound Sample\n\n\nChamberlain Music · PP162 Percussion Plus police whistle with bulb\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Brilliant and projecting sound", "Bullet2":"Crafted from a high-quality polycarbonate and tough metal", "Bullet3":"Great for school shows, studio recordings and sports days", "Bullet4":"Original iconic design", "Bullet5":"Sound produced by squeezing the bulb makes it easy to play", "Bullet6":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "45.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "24.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP238", "Title": "Percussion Plus practice pads - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003epads", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547002380", "VariationOf": "pp238", "Description": "This set of four practice pads from Percussion Plus is an essential for any late-night drummer. The silencers are made from durable rubber and simply sit on top of your existing drums. They reduce the sound by up to 90%, an ideal solution for those times when you need to practice without disturbing the neighbours! Each pack contains: \n2x 14\"\"\n1x 10”\n1x 12”\n", "Bullet1":"Pack of four drum silencing pads", "Bullet2":"Fit easily onto your existing drums", "Bullet3":"Ideal for quiet practice", "Bullet4":"Great feel and response", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "8","RRP_Inc_VAT": "45.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "24.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP802", "Title": "Percussion Plus drum skins - rock pack - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eskins", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547008023", "VariationOf": "pp802", "Description": "The Percussion Plus clear twin ply drum skins - rock pack\nThis Percussion Plus drum skin pack is ideal as spares or replacements for your rock kit. Each skin is twin ply for durability and a great sound. They are supplied in a clear finish to match with any kit.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Clear Twin Ply Rock Head Pack includes:\n\n\n14\"\" SNARE\n16\"\" FLOOR TOM\n13\"\" TOM\n12\"\" TOM\n", "Bullet1":"Clear finish", "Bullet2":"Pack of 4 replacement heads for snare, toms and floor tom", "Bullet3":"Twin ply rock head pack", "Bullet4":"Perfect as spares or replacements for your rock drum kit", "Bullet5":"Reliable and affordable", "Bullet6":"Great sound", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "45.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "26.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP932", "Title": "Percussion Plus set of 8 chime bars - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547009327", "VariationOf": "pp932", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus set of 8 chime bars\nAdd to your classroom percussion kit with this Percussion Plus set of 8 soprano chime bars. Each one features a precisely tuned note bar with a robust plastic resonator box. The set is supplied with 8 hard plastic beaters. Spare note bars for this set and additional notes can be found under product code PP933.The chimes can be played as a set or can be distributed around the classroom and played individually.", "Bullet1":"Set of 8 tuned to a C major scale (C52 - C64)", "Bullet2":"Precisely tuned note bars", "Bullet3":"Robust plastic resonator boxes", "Bullet4":"Supplied with 8 beaters", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "51","RRP_Inc_VAT": "45.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "24.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MMX61VC12", "Title": "MMX Student composite cello bow with ebony frog - 1\/2 size \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ebows\u003ecello", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": "5055964117030", "VariationOf": "bow-mmx61vc", "Description": "This is a nicely made, cello bow, a notch above the standard available student fare. It is consistently produced using a composite wood, with an ebonised frog.Light enough to reduce fatigue during long playing sessions, these bows do not compromise on tone nor projection. This is a superb quality MMX cello bow with real wood veneer, combining the historical traditions of bow making with the latest in lightweight materials. The result is a versatile bow which will suit a broad range of players.", "Bullet1":"Composite construction", "Bullet2":"Consistent manufacture", "Bullet3":"Ebony frog", "Bullet4":"Great student or second bow", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VC12\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VC14\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VC34\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBow Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e71.2\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e63.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e59.4\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e67\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHair Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e61\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e53.4\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e57.2\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e79\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e70\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e70\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e73\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "45.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.5", "Quantity_break_1": "3","Quantity_break_price_1": "21.558333333333334", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MMX61VC14", "Title": "MMX Student composite cello bow with ebony frog - 1\/4 size \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ebows\u003ecello", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": "5055964129354", "VariationOf": "bow-mmx61vc", "Description": "This is a nicely made, cello bow, a notch above the standard available student fare. It is consistently produced using a composite wood, with an ebonised frog.Light enough to reduce fatigue during long playing sessions, these bows do not compromise on tone nor projection. This is a superb quality MMX cello bow with real wood veneer, combining the historical traditions of bow making with the latest in lightweight materials. The result is a versatile bow which will suit a broad range of players.", "Bullet1":"Composite construction", "Bullet2":"Consistent manufacture", "Bullet3":"Ebony frog", "Bullet4":"Great student or second bow", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VC12\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VC14\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VC34\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBow Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e71.2\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e63.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e59.4\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e67\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHair Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e61\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e53.4\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e57.2\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e79\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e70\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e70\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e73\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "45.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.5", "Quantity_break_1": "3","Quantity_break_price_1": "21.558333333333334", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MMX61VC18", "Title": "MMX Student composite cello bow with ebony frog - 1\/8 size \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ebows\u003ecello", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": "5055964129361", "VariationOf": "bow-mmx61vc", "Description": "This is a nicely made, cello bow, a notch above the standard available student fare. It is consistently produced using a composite wood, with an ebonised frog.Light enough to reduce fatigue during long playing sessions, these bows do not compromise on tone nor projection. This is a superb quality MMX cello bow with real wood veneer, combining the historical traditions of bow making with the latest in lightweight materials. The result is a versatile bow which will suit a broad range of players.", "Bullet1":"Composite construction", "Bullet2":"Consistent manufacture", "Bullet3":"Ebony frog", "Bullet4":"Great student or second bow", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VC12\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VC14\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VC34\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBow Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e71.2\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e63.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e59.4\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e67\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHair Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e61\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e53.4\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e57.2\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e79\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e70\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e70\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e73\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "34","RRP_Inc_VAT": "45.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.5", "Quantity_break_1": "3","Quantity_break_price_1": "21.558333333333334", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MMX61VC34", "Title": "MMX Student composite cello bow with ebony frog - 3\/4 size \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ebows\u003ecello", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": "5055964117047", "VariationOf": "bow-mmx61vc", "Description": "This is a nicely made, cello bow, a notch above the standard available student fare. It is consistently produced using a composite wood, with an ebonised frog.Light enough to reduce fatigue during long playing sessions, these bows do not compromise on tone nor projection. This is a superb quality MMX cello bow with real wood veneer, combining the historical traditions of bow making with the latest in lightweight materials. The result is a versatile bow which will suit a broad range of players.", "Bullet1":"Composite construction", "Bullet2":"Consistent manufacture", "Bullet3":"Ebony frog", "Bullet4":"Great student or second bow", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VC12\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VC14\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VC34\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBow Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e71.2\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e63.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e59.4\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e67\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHair Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e61\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e53.4\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e57.2\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e79\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e70\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e70\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e73\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "45.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.5", "Quantity_break_1": "3","Quantity_break_price_1": "21.558333333333334", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MMX61VC", "Title": "MMX Student composite cello bow with ebony frog - 4\/4 full size \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ebows\u003ecello", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": "5055964117023", "VariationOf": "bow-mmx61vc", "Description": "This is a nicely made, cello bow, a notch above the standard available student fare. It is consistently produced using a composite wood, with an ebonised frog.Light enough to reduce fatigue during long playing sessions, these bows do not compromise on tone nor projection. This is a superb quality MMX cello bow with real wood veneer, combining the historical traditions of bow making with the latest in lightweight materials. The result is a versatile bow which will suit a broad range of players.", "Bullet1":"Composite construction", "Bullet2":"Consistent manufacture", "Bullet3":"Ebony frog", "Bullet4":"Great student or second bow", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VC12\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VC14\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX61VC34\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBow Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e71.2\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e63.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e59.4\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e67\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHair Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e61\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e53.4\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e57.2\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e79\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e70\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e70\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e73\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "45.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.5", "Quantity_break_1": "3","Quantity_break_price_1": "21.558333333333334", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "OC-480", "Title": "Octopus universal stand for multiple ukuleles - 3 ukuleles \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003eviolin-ukulele-mandolin", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318303062", "VariationOf": "oc-480", "Description": "Store all your ukes in one place\nOur new range of Octopus ukulele stands are the perfect way to store your soprano, concert and\/or tenor ukuleles. \n\nWith options for 3, 5, or 10 ukuleles, these stands will keep almost any size collection in one place. So, whether you are a school in need of a simple storage solution or have an impressive personal collection, the Octopus multiple ukulele stand will keep them neat, tidy, and above all safe.\n\nTake care of your instruments wherever you are\nKeep your instruments scratch free with high end foam padding on every contact point. This coupled with the non-slip rubber feet will ensure the stand and your instrument stays in place whether it is on stage, in storage, or just on display!\n\nTaking your Octopus ukulele stand on the road? Make use of the no-fuss folding design to easily transport and store your stand. \n\nThe full range\nThe Octopus multiple ukulele stand is available in three sizes: \n\n\n\nOC-480 - For 3 ukuleles\n\nOC-490 - For 5 ukuleles\n\nOC-500 - For 10 ukuleles\n\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for soprano, concert and tenor ukuleles", "Bullet2":"Sturdy steel construction", "Bullet3":"High end foam padding on all contact points", "Bullet4":"Non slip rubber feet", "Bullet5":"Folding design for ease of transport and storage", "Bullet6":"Holds multiple ukuleles - great for classroom storage", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOC-480 3 ukulele stand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOC-490 5 ukulele stand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOC-500 10 ukulele stand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e43\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e63\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e113\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "45","RRP_Inc_VAT": "45.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "24.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "OC-490", "Title": "Octopus universal stand for multiple ukuleles - 5 ukuleles \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003eviolin-ukulele-mandolin", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318302973", "VariationOf": "oc-480", "Description": "Store all your ukes in one place\nOur new range of Octopus ukulele stands are the perfect way to store your soprano, concert and\/or tenor ukuleles. \n\nWith options for 3, 5, or 10 ukuleles, these stands will keep almost any size collection in one place. So, whether you are a school in need of a simple storage solution or have an impressive personal collection, the Octopus multiple ukulele stand will keep them neat, tidy, and above all safe.\n\nTake care of your instruments wherever you are\nKeep your instruments scratch free with high end foam padding on every contact point. This coupled with the non-slip rubber feet will ensure the stand and your instrument stays in place whether it is on stage, in storage, or just on display!\n\nTaking your Octopus ukulele stand on the road? Make use of the no-fuss folding design to easily transport and store your stand. \n\nThe full range\nThe Octopus multiple ukulele stand is available in three sizes: \n\n\n\nOC-480 - For 3 ukuleles\n\nOC-490 - For 5 ukuleles\n\nOC-500 - For 10 ukuleles\n\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for soprano, concert and tenor ukuleles", "Bullet2":"Sturdy steel construction", "Bullet3":"High end foam padding on all contact points", "Bullet4":"Non slip rubber feet", "Bullet5":"Folding design for ease of transport and storage", "Bullet6":"Holds multiple ukuleles - great for classroom storage", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOC-480 3 ukulele stand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOC-490 5 ukulele stand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOC-500 10 ukulele stand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e43\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e63\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e113\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "158","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "31.958333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "OC-500", "Title": "Octopus universal stand for multiple ukuleles - 10 ukuleles \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003eviolin-ukulele-mandolin", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318302980", "VariationOf": "oc-480", "Description": "Store all your ukes in one place\nOur new range of Octopus ukulele stands are the perfect way to store your soprano, concert and\/or tenor ukuleles. \n\nWith options for 3, 5, or 10 ukuleles, these stands will keep almost any size collection in one place. So, whether you are a school in need of a simple storage solution or have an impressive personal collection, the Octopus multiple ukulele stand will keep them neat, tidy, and above all safe.\n\nTake care of your instruments wherever you are\nKeep your instruments scratch free with high end foam padding on every contact point. This coupled with the non-slip rubber feet will ensure the stand and your instrument stays in place whether it is on stage, in storage, or just on display!\n\nTaking your Octopus ukulele stand on the road? Make use of the no-fuss folding design to easily transport and store your stand. \n\nThe full range\nThe Octopus multiple ukulele stand is available in three sizes: \n\n\n\nOC-480 - For 3 ukuleles\n\nOC-490 - For 5 ukuleles\n\nOC-500 - For 10 ukuleles\n\n", "Bullet1":"Suitable for soprano, concert and tenor ukuleles", "Bullet2":"Sturdy steel construction", "Bullet3":"High end foam padding on all contact points", "Bullet4":"Non slip rubber feet", "Bullet5":"Folding design for ease of transport and storage", "Bullet6":"Holds multiple ukuleles - great for classroom storage", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOC-480 3 ukulele stand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOC-490 5 ukulele stand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOC-500 10 ukulele stand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e43\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e63\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e113\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "196","RRP_Inc_VAT": "85.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "46.04166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK205E", "Title": "Octopus Academy electro-acoustic soprano ukulele - A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003eelectric", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318302898", "VariationOf": "uk205e", "Description": " Octopus electro-acousticAcademy series Octopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for almost a decade, and the new Academy series carries this tradition forward. It is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust. Supplied in a classic natural finish, this is a fantastic looking instrument.. Explore the depths of your inner musician with the most popular instrument of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point. The UK's most popular school ukulele just got louder! Octopus' new range of soprano and concert ukuleles now features an electric version. A simple and no-fuss system, the pickup is a single coil with a 6.35mm jack socket. With one tone and one volume control, you can just plug in and rock out! Size and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. The concert ukulele is a slightly larger instrument, allowing for more space between the strings, as well as a larger body creating a fuller sound. Build quality These Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded directly to the body for excellent sound production and reliability. The tuning pegs are geared like a guitar meaning the strings are easier to tighten and will hold their pitch for longer. The side walls of the body are fully lined for stability, sound projection and high-quality appearance. Every edge and all the frets have been smoothed and finished to a standard higher than many more expensive instruments. Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. ", "Bullet1":"New 2021 model", "Bullet2":"Agathis top, back and sides", "Bullet3":"Fitted with Aquila strings", "Bullet4":"Classic natural finish", "Bullet5":"Single coil passive pickup with 6.35mm jack socket", "Bullet6":"Supplied with good quality gig bag", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okoume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePick-up\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSingle Coil, Passive, 6.35mm jack\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20 Hz - 20KHz\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eVolume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e500KΩA\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTone\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e500ΩB\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e398g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "65","RRP_Inc_VAT": "45.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "26.25", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "24.375", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "RAT-82Q11", "Title": "RAT Scherzo2 lightweight folding music stand - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003efolding", "Brand": "RAT", "Barcode": "810016030003", "VariationOf": "rat-82q11", "Description": "Introducing the RAT Scherzo2 lightweight folding music stand This highly portable and extremely lightweight aluminium Scherzo music stand, weighs only 0.675kg, which is about half as much as the average stand on the market. It consequently makes an excellent choice for both the young student and the travelling musician. The free handy case with adjustable shoulder strap is another added perk to this stands ability to be taken from performance to performance. No screws or finger traps A button found on the back of the tray allows the tray angle to be adjusted using only one hand. Easy and secure height adjustment Strong stem clasps secure the tray height and ensures it will not slip. Lightweight The Scherzo Stand weighs less than any other on the market - perfect for carrying around in the nylon bag provided. Compact storage The base permits the feet to fold upwards, making the stand small enough to fit inside a standard backpack. More useful information Full Specification Tempo Range Brochure", "Bullet1":"Lightest folding stand on the market - only 700g!", "Bullet2":"Nylon Black carry bag included as standard", "Bullet3":"3 tier height adjustable stem: 56.5cm-111cm", "Bullet4":"New design can fit into a backpack", "Bullet5":"Non-slip plastic feet", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight (adjustable) from floor to lower edge of score\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight (adjustable) from floor to lower edge of score\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.675kg [1.5lbs]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSize when folded\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e460 x 90 x 120mm [18.1 x 3.5 x 4.7in]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTray size (score area only)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e460 x 290mm [18.1 x 11.4in]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth of tray lip\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e35mm [1.4in]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStructural parts\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFeet\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTray\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCoating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGeneral:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5 years\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "72","RRP_Inc_VAT": "45.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "18.75", "Quantity_break_1": "20","Quantity_break_price_1": "16.875", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N100CL10012", "Title": "Nuvo Clarineo zip-up case - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003eclarinet", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318308258", "VariationOf": "n100cl10012", "Description": "Introducing the classic Clarineo case \nOriginally supplied with Clarineo outfits, the ever-popular classic case returns as a stand-alone product. This is a sturdy, zipper-secured case with moulded interior which features a shoulder strap for easy transport and top grab handle. \nTake a closer look\nInside, the Clarineo fits snugly in the moulded interior, further secured by velcro fabric straps. In the case, as well as your Clarineo, there is space for O-ring grease, a cleaning swab, reeds and a fingering chart. \nCarrying options\nThe case is fitted with an adjustable length shoulder strap which can be worn over one shoulder or diagonally across the body. For shorter trips – say from the car or bus to the school gates – you can grab and go with the convenient handle on the top of the case. The reverse of the case also includes a little clear window with an address card to help you personalise and identify your instrument from the rest of your WindStars class. \nCompatible instruments\nThe classic Clarineo case will fit all generations of the Nuvo Clarineo including the original models with plastic bells and the more recent 2.0 models which are supplied with a silicone bell. They will also fit all three generations of Nuvo clarineo mouthpiece design which have existed since the instrument was first introduced in 2009. \n", "Bullet1":"Black case with silver logo on front", "Bullet2":"Moulded interior with separate instrument and accessory sections", "Bullet3":"Zipper runs around 3 sides", "Bullet4":"Adjustable shoulder strap, grab handle on top", "Bullet5":"Address label window on reverse", "Bullet6":"*Listing is for case only*", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "8","RRP_Inc_VAT": "45.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "26.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AP-3512", "Title": "Apextone wooden orchestral music stand - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003econcert", "Brand": "Apextone", "Barcode": "717378831265", "VariationOf": "ap-3512", "Description": "Introducing the Apextone wooden orchestral music stand\nThis smart orchestral music stand from Apextone is an ideal tool for orchestras, big bands and schools looking for a sturdy, professional looking stand for any practice or performance space. With a striking walnut laminate wooden desk, strong metallic legs, and secure rubber feet, it provides reliable durability and adaptability at a great price.\n\nThe stand that never lets you down\n The large, music desk provides ample space for larger orchestral scores, while its adjustable angle ensures optimal visibility and comfort during performances. It looks great as a permanent fixture in a school performance space, and if required the foldable metal base allows you to pack away and transport with ease. The chrome finished tubular metal base and is fitted with rubber feet to secure the stand and protect flooring.\nIt also comes with a cable management attachment so stand light cables can be kept out of the way for an even classier look on stage.\n\nFully adjustable for any situation\nAdjusting the height is effortless thanks to the twist-and-lock mechanism, allowing you to extend from 100-155cm. The base folds up neatly for easy storage, perfect for schools with limited space and for transporting the stand between venues.\nYou can control the angle of the desk with the ergonomic adjustment knob, reliably locking your music in place in your preferred position, and a cable management clip is also included to minimise hassle and mess.\n\nSuitable for a range of circumstances\nDesigned with versatility in mind, the Apextone orchestral wooden music stand is suited for use in orchestral settings or for solo performances, with an attractive, clean walnut veneer finish on the tray making it ideal for recitals. Its sturdy construction and practical features such as secure rubber feet and trusty black plastic fixtures make it a suitable accessory for musicians of all levels.\n\nOur Apextone music stands range\n\nApextone folding music stand\nApextone wooden orchestral music stand\n\n", "Bullet1":"Smart, sturdy music stand with walnut veneer desk", "Bullet2":"Professional look for any performance space", "Bullet3":"Folding metallic tripod base for easy storage", "Bullet4":"Ideal for weighty orchestral scores, or real books", "Bullet5":"Large music desk can be angled for convenience", "Bullet6":"Height adjustable metal tubular stem from100-155cm", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e100-155cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDesk width\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e48cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDesk height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e35cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDesk lip depth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBeechwood laminate\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLegs\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFixings\/screws\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFeet\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "45.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "24.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP273", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP273 set of 8 colour desk bells - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003edesk-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547002731", "VariationOf": "pp273", "Description": "This set of 8 Diatonic Desk Bells gives a great sound and are played by simply pushing the top of the handle down to produce a sound. This instrument is made to have excellent tone and tuning to allow it to be played successfully with the other instruments in the Colour \u0026amp; Play range. These bells are built to last, and are great for both children and adults to be played both individually or in a group. The note colours of this Desk Bell set match with the other products in our Colour \u0026amp; Play range, including the PP275 Combi Bells , PP935 Chime bars and PP790 Wak! A Tubes. All instruments in the range follow ChromaPlay, a colour method in which colour coded notes correspond to specific notes of the written music. This method allows players who cannot read music to play along without difficulty and for the instruments in this range to be played together with ease. The Colour \u0026amp; Play Songbook is a great place to start playing, with numerous nursery rhymes and some pop tunes. Since the notes of the scale are colour coded it's an easy way to get children reading sheet music. To download your free Colour \u0026amp; Play Songbook simply click here!", "Bullet1":"Played by simply pushing the top of the handle down to produce a sound", "Bullet2":"Range C64-C76", "Bullet3":"Good sound, well tuned", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-110","RRP_Inc_VAT": "46.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "24.916666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AD-DJWT0835", "Title": "Drums for Schools wide top wooden djembe - 9 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "DfS CON", "Barcode": "5060344030045", "VariationOf": "ad-djwt0835", "Description": "Introducing the Drums for Schools wide top wooden djembe\nA professional quality, wide playing head diameter djembe with hand carved interior, rubber base and a great tone. The head diameter is much wider than most similarly tall djembes and big enough for two-handed playing by most children up to around 11 years old. The drum is light and compact, reducing storage requirements and making it the perfect smaller size drum for primary age groups.\nThe extra volume of this djembe makes for an excellent, full bass tone. This top quality drum is specially designed for serious, long term use in Foundation Stage to KS2 settings and incorporates all the design features that have made DfS' bigger drums the standard for traditional djembe quality in schools around the world.\nEach drum is turned from a single piece of mahogany and has professional quality, pre-stretched stringing and a thick, natural goatskin head for a long life and a mellow tone. Other features which mark these djembes out include the protective rubber base and extra smooth finishing inside and out - no splinters or rough edges.\nEco-note: The wood for the drums is certified plantation-grown mahogany and wood products like these are a great way to store carbon, providing they’re kept for a long time and not thrown away.\nTaking care: The drum is very tough and will last for a very long time if treated with care. When not in use keep it in a dry place away from direct sunlight or other heat sources. If it should get wet, let it dry slowly. Above all keep sharp points away from the drum skin, as this is the most fragile part.\nGuarantee: the wooden drum shell is guaranteed for 5 years and the drum skin is guaranteed for 2 years, but please follow the “taking care” instructions above.", "Bullet1":"Professional quality djembe, designed for serious long term use", "Bullet2":"Perfect smaller drum for proper two-handed playing for ages 5 to 11 years", "Bullet3":"Light, compact and great value", "Bullet4":"Built from top quality materials using traditional techniques", "Bullet5":"Each drum is turned from a single piece of mahogany", "Bullet6":"Protective rubber base and smooth finish inside and out", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e11\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e13\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e11\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e13\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMahogany\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMahogany\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMahogany\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMahogany\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGoatskin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGoatskin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGoatskin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGoatskin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.33kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9.33kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eL 35cm x W 21cm x H 21cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eL 40cm x W 25cm x H 25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eL 50cm x W 32cm x H 32cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eL 60cm x W 33cm x H 33cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "270","RRP_Inc_VAT": "46.20","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "38.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AD-DJWT0940", "Title": "Drums for Schools wide top wooden djembe - 10 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "DfS CON", "Barcode": "5060344030052", "VariationOf": "ad-djwt0835", "Description": "Introducing the Drums for Schools wide top wooden djembe\nA professional quality, wide playing head diameter djembe with hand carved interior, rubber base and a great tone. The head diameter is much wider than most similarly tall djembes and big enough for two-handed playing by most children up to around 11 years old. The drum is light and compact, reducing storage requirements and making it the perfect smaller size drum for primary age groups.\nThe extra volume of this djembe makes for an excellent, full bass tone. This top quality drum is specially designed for serious, long term use in Foundation Stage to KS2 settings and incorporates all the design features that have made DfS' bigger drums the standard for traditional djembe quality in schools around the world.\nEach drum is turned from a single piece of mahogany and has professional quality, pre-stretched stringing and a thick, natural goatskin head for a long life and a mellow tone. Other features which mark these djembes out include the protective rubber base and extra smooth finishing inside and out - no splinters or rough edges.\nEco-note: The wood for the drums is certified plantation-grown mahogany and wood products like these are a great way to store carbon, providing they’re kept for a long time and not thrown away.\nTaking care: The drum is very tough and will last for a very long time if treated with care. When not in use keep it in a dry place away from direct sunlight or other heat sources. If it should get wet, let it dry slowly. Above all keep sharp points away from the drum skin, as this is the most fragile part.\nGuarantee: the wooden drum shell is guaranteed for 5 years and the drum skin is guaranteed for 2 years, but please follow the “taking care” instructions above.", "Bullet1":"Professional quality djembe, designed for serious long term use", "Bullet2":"Perfect smaller drum for proper two-handed playing for ages 5 to 11 years", "Bullet3":"Light, compact and great value", "Bullet4":"Built from top quality materials using traditional techniques", "Bullet5":"Each drum is turned from a single piece of mahogany", "Bullet6":"Protective rubber base and smooth finish inside and out", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e11\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e13\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e11\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e13\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMahogany\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMahogany\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMahogany\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMahogany\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGoatskin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGoatskin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGoatskin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGoatskin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.33kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9.33kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eL 35cm x W 21cm x H 21cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eL 40cm x W 25cm x H 25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eL 50cm x W 32cm x H 32cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eL 60cm x W 33cm x H 33cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "225","RRP_Inc_VAT": "77.88","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "64.9", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AD-DJWT1050", "Title": "Drums for Schools wide top wooden djembe - 11 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "DfS CON", "Barcode": "5060344030069", "VariationOf": "ad-djwt0835", "Description": "Introducing the Drums for Schools wide top wooden djembe\nA professional quality, wide playing head diameter djembe with hand carved interior, rubber base and a great tone. The head diameter is much wider than most similarly tall djembes and big enough for two-handed playing by most children up to around 11 years old. The drum is light and compact, reducing storage requirements and making it the perfect smaller size drum for primary age groups.\nThe extra volume of this djembe makes for an excellent, full bass tone. This top quality drum is specially designed for serious, long term use in Foundation Stage to KS2 settings and incorporates all the design features that have made DfS' bigger drums the standard for traditional djembe quality in schools around the world.\nEach drum is turned from a single piece of mahogany and has professional quality, pre-stretched stringing and a thick, natural goatskin head for a long life and a mellow tone. Other features which mark these djembes out include the protective rubber base and extra smooth finishing inside and out - no splinters or rough edges.\nEco-note: The wood for the drums is certified plantation-grown mahogany and wood products like these are a great way to store carbon, providing they’re kept for a long time and not thrown away.\nTaking care: The drum is very tough and will last for a very long time if treated with care. When not in use keep it in a dry place away from direct sunlight or other heat sources. If it should get wet, let it dry slowly. Above all keep sharp points away from the drum skin, as this is the most fragile part.\nGuarantee: the wooden drum shell is guaranteed for 5 years and the drum skin is guaranteed for 2 years, but please follow the “taking care” instructions above.", "Bullet1":"Professional quality djembe, designed for serious long term use", "Bullet2":"Perfect smaller drum for proper two-handed playing for ages 5 to 11 years", "Bullet3":"Light, compact and great value", "Bullet4":"Built from top quality materials using traditional techniques", "Bullet5":"Each drum is turned from a single piece of mahogany", "Bullet6":"Protective rubber base and smooth finish inside and out", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e11\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e13\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e11\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e13\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMahogany\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMahogany\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMahogany\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMahogany\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGoatskin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGoatskin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGoatskin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGoatskin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.33kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9.33kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eL 35cm x W 21cm x H 21cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eL 40cm x W 25cm x H 25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eL 50cm x W 32cm x H 32cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eL 60cm x W 33cm x H 33cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "114","RRP_Inc_VAT": "104.28","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "86.9", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AD-DJWT1260", "Title": "Drums for Schools wide top wooden djembe - 13 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "DfS CON", "Barcode": "5060344030076", "VariationOf": "ad-djwt0835", "Description": "Introducing the Drums for Schools wide top wooden djembe\nA professional quality, wide playing head diameter djembe with hand carved interior, rubber base and a great tone. The head diameter is much wider than most similarly tall djembes and big enough for two-handed playing by most children up to around 11 years old. The drum is light and compact, reducing storage requirements and making it the perfect smaller size drum for primary age groups.\nThe extra volume of this djembe makes for an excellent, full bass tone. This top quality drum is specially designed for serious, long term use in Foundation Stage to KS2 settings and incorporates all the design features that have made DfS' bigger drums the standard for traditional djembe quality in schools around the world.\nEach drum is turned from a single piece of mahogany and has professional quality, pre-stretched stringing and a thick, natural goatskin head for a long life and a mellow tone. Other features which mark these djembes out include the protective rubber base and extra smooth finishing inside and out - no splinters or rough edges.\nEco-note: The wood for the drums is certified plantation-grown mahogany and wood products like these are a great way to store carbon, providing they’re kept for a long time and not thrown away.\nTaking care: The drum is very tough and will last for a very long time if treated with care. When not in use keep it in a dry place away from direct sunlight or other heat sources. If it should get wet, let it dry slowly. Above all keep sharp points away from the drum skin, as this is the most fragile part.\nGuarantee: the wooden drum shell is guaranteed for 5 years and the drum skin is guaranteed for 2 years, but please follow the “taking care” instructions above.", "Bullet1":"Professional quality djembe, designed for serious long term use", "Bullet2":"Perfect smaller drum for proper two-handed playing for ages 5 to 11 years", "Bullet3":"Light, compact and great value", "Bullet4":"Built from top quality materials using traditional techniques", "Bullet5":"Each drum is turned from a single piece of mahogany", "Bullet6":"Protective rubber base and smooth finish inside and out", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e11\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e13\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e11\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e13\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMahogany\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMahogany\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMahogany\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMahogany\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGoatskin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGoatskin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGoatskin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGoatskin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.33kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9.33kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eL 35cm x W 21cm x H 21cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eL 40cm x W 25cm x H 25cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eL 50cm x W 32cm x H 32cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eL 60cm x W 33cm x H 33cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "100","RRP_Inc_VAT": "142.80","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "119.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AD-BADJ60", "Title": "Drums for Schools carry bag for 60cm djembe drum - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003edrums", "Brand": "DfS CON", "Barcode": "5056318305424", "VariationOf": "ad-badj60", "Description": "Introducing Storage carry bag for a 60cm djembe drum\nThis sturdy, heavy duty, nylon storage bag is designed for use in schools and will keep a single 60cm high djembe safe when not in use. It can be stacked away, and the strong handle makes it easy to move from classroom to storage area.\nIt is smartly designed to fit a djembe with maximum overall head diameter 37cm\/14.8inch and foot diameter 28cm\/11.2inch.", "Bullet1":"Heavy duty, nylon storage bag", "Bullet2":"Designed for use in schools", "Bullet3":"Will keep a single 60cm high djembe safe", "Bullet4":"Can be stacked away securely", "Bullet5":"The strong handle makes it easy to move from classroom to storage area", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "15","RRP_Inc_VAT": "46.80","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "39.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP110HS", "Title": "Percussion Plus double braced hi-hat stand - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003ehi-hat", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349482832", "VariationOf": "pp110hs", "Description": "The PP110HS doule braced hi-hat stand from Percussion Plus has a no-frills design, giving you simplicity in a stand that can otherwise be complicated. It has a slim aluminium body that makes the stand very lightweight. This is a life saver when you think of all of the hardware a drummer needs to lug around from gig to gig. Although lightweight, the stand does have double braced legs for added support, and as hihats are the cymbal the majority of us drummers hit the most, this is key. It is height adjustable from approximately 57cm - 90cm to cater for all ages and sizes, and has rubber non-slip rubber feet to keep the stand in place when playing on a non carpeted stage.", "Bullet1":"Ideal for beginners or schools", "Bullet2":"Double braced hi hat cymbal stand", "Bullet3":"2 section height adjustment with pedal", "Bullet4":"Adjustable from 57cm - 90cm approx", "Bullet5":"Fitted with non-slip rubber feet", "Bullet6":"Previously known as HSC110", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "47.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "25.458333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SAXHOLDER-PRO", "Title": "Jazzlab SAXHOLDER-PRO harness for all sizes of saxophone - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003estraps\u003esaxophone", "Brand": "Jazzlab", "Barcode": "7640133610429", "VariationOf": "saxholder-pro", "Description": "Revolutionary design\nThe Jazzlab SAXHOLDER-PRO is a superb alternative to traditional saxophone neck straps and builds on the huge success of the original SAXHOLDER model. The patented three-point support system eliminates all stress from your neck and transfers the weight of the instrument across the shoulders and to the stomach. This makes the instrument feel lighter and allows you to play for longer periods of time without worry of neck strain or back ache.\nTo use, simply swing both the shoulder handles up until they click into place, pull out the telescopic slide and rotate the abdominal rest and you are ready to attach your instrument.\nThe holder provides great comfort for the player when in a seated or standing playing position and does not slip like regular straps can be prone to doing. The length of the stomach support can be adjusted and locked into position, and the cord adjustment feature locks to keep your ideal comfort settings. The pads which sit on the players shoulder have also been designed to be large enough to help to spread the weight of the instrument even more. \nThe saXholder finally brings the best of two worlds together, the freedom of movement from a neck strap with the weight distribution of a harness and it looks good when you are wearing it.Chico Freeman, saxophonist, composer and producer\n\nFor me, the saXholder takes away all the pressure of the saxophone on my body. This is a phenomenon!George Garzone, saxophonist and jazz educator, Berklee\n\nThis amazing engineered saXholder device works better than any harness I have tried. The horn feels like it’s floating, very comfortable, natural and easy to use. Besides making the saxophone feel light as a feather, the saXholder has other positive side effects, including better posture and diaphragm breathing.Bob Sheppard, saxophonist\n\n\nSuitable for any player\nSAXHOLDER-PRO is great for all sizes of saxophone from soprano to baritone, as well as bass clarinet and bassoon and is supplied with extra string in case of damage and a pull tie cloth bag for safe storage. It is suitable for children from 12 years old.\nDurable and built for easy storage and transportation\nThe SAXHOLDER-PRO is made from aluminium to keep it light, kelvar for extreme durability and features a strong regatta cord with a breaking load of 250kg, and a stainless steel hook with plastic coating. The SAXHOLDER-PRO features removable arms for compact storage and is designed to be folded away and neatly placed in the bell of the sax.\nWhat’s included\n\nSaxholder\nReplacement cord\nMulti-language manual\nA bag\/pouch\n\n", "Bullet1":"Features removable arms for easy transport and storage", "Bullet2":"Longer cord support reduces playing pressure on right thumb", "Bullet3":"Lockable cord adjustment and stomach support", "Bullet4":"Can be put on by one hand in seconds", "Bullet5":"Transfers weight evenly to both shoulders and stomach, removes strain from neck", "Bullet6":"Very comfortable when sitting or standing, does not slip away", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e180g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePackaged weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e305g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePackaged dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e310 x 180 x 53mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "58","RRP_Inc_VAT": "47.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "27.416666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "25.458333333333336", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SAXHOLDERXL-PRO", "Title": "Jazzlab SAXHOLDERXL-PRO harness for larger players - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003estraps\u003esaxophone", "Brand": "Jazzlab", "Barcode": "7640133610436", "VariationOf": "saxholderxl-pro", "Description": "Introducing the SAXHOLDERXL-PRO harness for larger players\nThe new Jazzlab SAXHOLDERXL-PRO presents a superb alternative to traditional saxophone neck straps and builds on the huge success of the original SAXHOLDERXL model. The patented three-point support system eliminates all stress from your neck and transfers the weight of the instrument across the shoulders and to the stomach. This makes the instrument feel lighter and allows you to play for longer periods of time without worry of neck strain or back ache.\nEasy and comfortable to use\nTo use, simply swing both the shoulder handles up until they click into place, pull out the telescopic slide and rotate the abdominal rest and you are ready to attach your instrument.\nThe holder provides great comfort for the player when in a seated or standing playing position and does not slip like regular straps can be prone to doing. The pads which sit on the players shoulders have been designed to be large enough to effectively distribute the weight of the instrument, and the cord support is long enough to reduce pressure on the right thumb. The length of the stomach support can be adjusted and locked into position, and the cord adjustment feature locks to keep your ideal comfort settings.\nSAXHOLDERXL-PRO is great for all sizes of saxophone from soprano to baritone, as well as bass clarinet and bassoon and is supplied with extra string in case of damage and a pull tie cloth bag for safe storage. It is intended for players heavier than 100 kg and \/ or taller than 190 cm.\nDurable and built for easy storage and transportation\nThe SAXHOLDERXL-PRO is made from aluminium to keep it light and kelvar for extreme durability, a strong regatta cord with a breaking load of 250kg, and a stainless steel hook with plastic coating. The SAXHOLDERXL-PRO features removable arms for compact storage and is designed to be folded away and neatly placed in the bell of the sax.\nWhat's included\n\nSaxholder\nReplacement cord\nMulti-language manual\nA bag\/ pouch\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Features removable arms for easy transport and storage", "Bullet2":"XL version for players heavier than 100 kg and \/ or taller than 190 cm", "Bullet3":"Longer cord support reduces playing pressure on right thumb", "Bullet4":"Lockable cord adjustment and stomach support", "Bullet5":"Can be put on by one hand in seconds", "Bullet6":"Transfers weight evenly to both shoulders and stomach, removes strain from neck", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e180g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePackaged weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e305g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePackaged dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e310 x 180 x 53mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "47.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "27.416666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "25.458333333333336", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP161", "Title": "Acme duck call with bulb - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebird-calls", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964199975", "VariationOf": "pp161", "Description": "Introducing the Acme duck call with bulb\nThe Acme duck call features a fully adjustable reed to assist in reproducing a variety of sounds from the high-pitched mallard call to the lower-pitched drake call. Ideal for outdoor activities such as bird watching and hunting, this durable whistle is also useful as a sound effect in recordings and school plays, making it a wonderful addition to any classroom.\nWith a solid plastic construction and an easy to play design, this hand-tuned whistle reliably produces realistic sounding duck, teal or widgeon calls with great volume and power. Simply squeeze the plastic bulb attached, no blowing required.\n\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard. \n\n\nSound Sample\n\n\nChamberlain Music · PP161 Percussion Plus duck call with bulb\n\n", "Bullet1":"Projects an authentic duck call", "Bullet2":"Solid plastic construction", "Bullet3":"Ideal for bird watching, hunting and studio recordings", "Bullet4":"Sound produced by squeezing the bulb makes it easy to play", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "48.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "26.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP164", "Title": "Acme orchestral siren - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ehorns-sirens", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547001642", "VariationOf": "pp164", "Description": "Introducing the Acme orchestral siren\nThe Acme orchestral siren was originally a ‘cyclist’s road clearer’ in the 1880s but now has a variety of applications, such as in marine signalling and orchestral works. This quality whistle projects with an unmistakable sound and would make a great addition to any percussionist’s kit bag. Crafted with precision and care, the orchestral siren is a reliable instrument which still proves popular today.\nWith a whoosh of vibrant sound, this whistle is the only one that sings on, even when the blowing has stopped!\n\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\n\n\n\nSound Sample\n164", "Bullet1":"Projects an unmistakable sound", "Bullet2":"Crafted from tough metal and a high-quality polycarbonate", "Bullet3":"Ideal for orchestral use and a great addition to any percussion collection", "Bullet4":"Produces a resonating song", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "17","RRP_Inc_VAT": "48.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "26.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "N185SKW2", "Title": "Nuvo jFlute, Clarineo, jSax and jHorn School Spares Kit - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "793591215259", "VariationOf": "n185skw2", "Description": "Introducing the Nuvo jFlute, Clarineo, jSax and jHorn School Spares Kit\nThe jFlute, Clarineo, jSax and jHorn are Nuvo’s step-up instruments which build on the musical foundations laid by Dood and Toot. They still offer the same Nuvo benefits of being lightweight, durable introductions to their respective woodwind and brass instrumental families, but with an increased note range compared to Dood and Toot which will allow for further musical progression. \nAs with Dood and Toot, the larger range instruments jFlute, Clarineo, jSax and jHorn have also been designed to be easily repairable by non-specialist responsible adults. This will save greatly on cost, as well as reducing the length of time an instrument needs to be out of action for. The plastic keywork of these instruments is also designed to bounce back into original shape, whereas the metal keywork of traditional material instruments may not be as forgiving in the event of accidental dropping or damage. Nuvo actively encourages players to pass their instruments on as they progress, so with correct care and the occasional spare part each jFlute, Clarineo, jSax and jHorn should help a number of new musicians to progress their playing careers. \nThis spares kit includes the most frequently requested spare parts – lip plates, reeds, key caps, pads, o-rings, grease pots and mouthpiece cups. If you do require any additional parts, please contact us and we will be happy to assist you further. \n", "Bullet1":"Boxed set of maintenance essentials", "Bullet2":"Parts suitable for jFlute, Clarineo, jSax and jHorn", "Bullet3":"Supplied in clear box with catch", "Bullet4":"For any additional spares please contact us directly", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eKit contents\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMouthpiece caps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClarineo, jSax, Dood\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eReeds 1,1.5 and 2 strength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClarineo, jSax, Dood\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFirst note lip plates\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ejFlute, student flute, Toot\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRegular lip plates\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ejFlute, student flute, Toot\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLip plate tool\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ejFlute, student flute, Toot\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSilicone comfort pads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ejFlute, student flute, Toot\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eKey extensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ejFlute, student flute, Toot\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eKey caps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ejSax\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSilicone mouthpiece cups\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ejHorn\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eO-rings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClarineo, jFlute, student flute\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSilicone pads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClarineo, jFlute, student flute\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGrease pots\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClarineo, jFlute, student flute\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "48.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "28.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1139", "Title": "Percussion Plus 16\"\" bodhran Murphy's design - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebodhrans", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547011399", "VariationOf": "pp1139", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus 16\"\" bodhran\nA Bodhran is a classic Irish frame drum which is played either with a wood beater, sometimes call a tipper, or simply your hand. The player places their hand on the inside of the drum and controls the tone by stretching the skin slightly. This particular drum is 16'' in diameter and has the traditional Murphy's Irish Stout logo printed on the front. It is complete with a beater and protective bag.", "Bullet1":"16'' drum with natural hide skin", "Bullet2":"Solid wood frame", "Bullet3":"Complete with tipper", "Bullet4":"Supplied with bag", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "8","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "26.541666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP800", "Title": "Wak-a-Pak Wak-a-Tubes starter set - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewak-a-tubes", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547008009", "VariationOf": "pp800", "Description": "This is the ideal starter set for an aspiring Wak-a-Tube soloist, it includes the PP790 treble octave set of Tubes, a PP797 Wak-a-Rap carrier, and a set of Percussion Plus beaters.Wak-a-Tubes are brightly coloured percussion instruments made from different lengths of plastic tubing. They’re fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play – simply whack them against a hard surface, hit them against each other, or lay them out on a flat surface and strike them with beaters.Playing Wak-a-Tubes in a group is a great way to learn about teamwork and ensemble musicianship while having lots of fun. Unsurprisingly, this has made them very popular with schools.As a general rule, the bigger the tube, the lower its pitch. It can be fun to experiment with dynamics and timbre by varying the material the tubes are hit against, and the velocity with which they are struck. And don’t worry – they’re virtually indestructible!The complete range of tubes spans a fully chromatic range of 2 octaves (from C3-C5), but it’s possible to extend this down a further octave (to C2) when the Wak-a-Tubes are used in conjunction with Wak-a-Caps.They're perfectly tuned and colour coded to match other instruments in the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System. This includes PP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells, PP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells, PP273 desk bells, PP935 chime bars, and PP015 hand chimes among others – so what are you waiting for? Start your Percussion Plus orchestra today!", "Bullet1":"Includes the PP790 C major scale set of 8 Wak-a-Tubes", "Bullet2":"Also comes with a pair of beaters and a Wak-a-Rap tube carrier", "Bullet3":"Fun and easy for musicians of all ages to play together", "Bullet4":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "23","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "26.541666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "3","Quantity_break_price_1": "25.516666666666666", "Quantity_break_2": "5","Quantity_break_price_2": "23.883333333333336", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "26PB-610", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will pBone® tenor trombone gig bag - Purple \/ A1", "Category": "brass\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003etrombone", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5055964117856", "VariationOf": "tomandwill-26pb", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will pBone tenor trombone gig bagThis model is based on our 26TB tenor trombone bag and has been amended to perfectly compliment the pBone®. Cut from the same cloth as our regular tenor trombone gig bags, we realised that with instruments in such great colours we had to offer options for players to express themselves with the bags for their plastic trombones!\nHigh-quality designAs with all our 26 series brass bags, we use the best quality high density padding available wrapped in no-scratch interior lining and 600D polyester exteriors. We also apply our TWD crossover single zip opening with double zippers to make it really easy and quick to get your instrument out or put it away. High tensile stitching ensures that the backpack straps and carry handle will be reliable for a very long time. The backpack straps have the same easy tightening and loosening mechanism as the rest of our brass range too.\nAdditional featuresThe gusseted front pocket provides ample storage space for a range of accessories including mouthpiece, slide oil, pencil and so on as well as a broad range of smart phones and tablets. A unique feature on this generation of pBone® bags is the separate slide pouch which is colour coordinated to match the exterior of your bag. This flexible sleeve will keep the slide and body sections of your pBone® from clattering against one another inside the bag while you’re on the move.If you’ve been looking for an affordable bag for your pBone® with a little bit more personality like the instrument inside it, look no further!", "Bullet1":"Designed especially for pBone® plastic trombones", "Bullet2":"Pair of integrated, adjustable backpack straps", "Bullet3":"Separate slide pouch to match main bag colour", "Bullet4":"Tom \u0026amp; Will crossover single heavy duty zip opening", "Bullet5":"Hard wearing polyester exterior, no-scratch interior linings, high tensile double stitching", "Bullet6":"No-rip hard wearing polyester exterior, soft no-scratch interior linings", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eImperial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (widest point)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e80cm x 22cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e31.5” x 8.7”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSlide pouch\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e78.5cm x 13cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30.9” x 5.1”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (widest point)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e83cm x 24cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32.7\" x 9.4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.98kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.16lb\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "21","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.416666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "26PB-650", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will pBone® tenor trombone gig bag - Red \/ A1", "Category": "brass\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003etrombone", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5055964117863", "VariationOf": "tomandwill-26pb", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will pBone tenor trombone gig bagThis model is based on our 26TB tenor trombone bag and has been amended to perfectly compliment the pBone®. Cut from the same cloth as our regular tenor trombone gig bags, we realised that with instruments in such great colours we had to offer options for players to express themselves with the bags for their plastic trombones!\nHigh-quality designAs with all our 26 series brass bags, we use the best quality high density padding available wrapped in no-scratch interior lining and 600D polyester exteriors. We also apply our TWD crossover single zip opening with double zippers to make it really easy and quick to get your instrument out or put it away. High tensile stitching ensures that the backpack straps and carry handle will be reliable for a very long time. The backpack straps have the same easy tightening and loosening mechanism as the rest of our brass range too.\nAdditional featuresThe gusseted front pocket provides ample storage space for a range of accessories including mouthpiece, slide oil, pencil and so on as well as a broad range of smart phones and tablets. A unique feature on this generation of pBone® bags is the separate slide pouch which is colour coordinated to match the exterior of your bag. This flexible sleeve will keep the slide and body sections of your pBone® from clattering against one another inside the bag while you’re on the move.If you’ve been looking for an affordable bag for your pBone® with a little bit more personality like the instrument inside it, look no further!", "Bullet1":"Designed especially for pBone® plastic trombones", "Bullet2":"Pair of integrated, adjustable backpack straps", "Bullet3":"Separate slide pouch to match main bag colour", "Bullet4":"Tom \u0026amp; Will crossover single heavy duty zip opening", "Bullet5":"Hard wearing polyester exterior, no-scratch interior linings, high tensile double stitching", "Bullet6":"No-rip hard wearing polyester exterior, soft no-scratch interior linings", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eImperial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (widest point)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e80cm x 22cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e31.5” x 8.7”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSlide pouch\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e78.5cm x 13cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30.9” x 5.1”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (widest point)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e83cm x 24cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32.7\" x 9.4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.98kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.16lb\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "49","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "20.416666666666668", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "26PB-600", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will pBone® tenor trombone gig bag - Black \/ A1", "Category": "brass\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003etrombone", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5055964117849", "VariationOf": "tomandwill-26pb", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will pBone tenor trombone gig bagThis model is based on our 26TB tenor trombone bag and has been amended to perfectly compliment the pBone®. Cut from the same cloth as our regular tenor trombone gig bags, we realised that with instruments in such great colours we had to offer options for players to express themselves with the bags for their plastic trombones!\nHigh-quality designAs with all our 26 series brass bags, we use the best quality high density padding available wrapped in no-scratch interior lining and 600D polyester exteriors. We also apply our TWD crossover single zip opening with double zippers to make it really easy and quick to get your instrument out or put it away. High tensile stitching ensures that the backpack straps and carry handle will be reliable for a very long time. The backpack straps have the same easy tightening and loosening mechanism as the rest of our brass range too.\nAdditional featuresThe gusseted front pocket provides ample storage space for a range of accessories including mouthpiece, slide oil, pencil and so on as well as a broad range of smart phones and tablets. A unique feature on this generation of pBone® bags is the separate slide pouch which is colour coordinated to match the exterior of your bag. This flexible sleeve will keep the slide and body sections of your pBone® from clattering against one another inside the bag while you’re on the move.If you’ve been looking for an affordable bag for your pBone® with a little bit more personality like the instrument inside it, look no further!", "Bullet1":"Designed especially for pBone® plastic trombones", "Bullet2":"Pair of integrated, adjustable backpack straps", "Bullet3":"Separate slide pouch to match main bag colour", "Bullet4":"Tom \u0026amp; Will crossover single heavy duty zip opening", "Bullet5":"Hard wearing polyester exterior, no-scratch interior linings, high tensile double stitching", "Bullet6":"No-rip hard wearing polyester exterior, soft no-scratch interior linings", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eImperial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (widest point)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e80cm x 22cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e31.5” x 8.7”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSlide pouch\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e78.5cm x 13cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30.9” x 5.1”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (widest point)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e83cm x 24cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e32.7\" x 9.4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.98kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.16lb\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "78","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "26.541666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MUSISCA54", "Title": "Musisca folding multi guitar stand for 4 guitars - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003eguitar\u003emultiple", "Brand": "Musisca", "Barcode": "5055964124618", "VariationOf": "musisca54", "Description": "Introducing the MUSISCA54 folding multi guitar stand for 4 guitars This fabulous multi guitar stand from Musisca will accommodate up to 4 guitars of any style - whether it's acoustic, electric, bass, or even classical guitars the MUSISCA54 will keep your instruments safe. A simple design, it is sturdy enough to withstand the rigours of regular gigging yet light enough with an easy folding mechanism for stress-free transport between venues. Available in 3 (MUSISCA53), 4 (MUSISCA54) and 6 (MUSISCA56) guitar configurations, this 4 guitar example is ideal for use either at home to store a small collection, or on stage to allow easy access if you need to quickly change your instrument. Keeping your instruments in pristine condition The sturdy steel construction and high end foam padding on all contact points ensure that the stand will keep up with the rigours of gigging, as well as keeping your prized guitar collection free from scuffs and scratches. Firmly rooted to the floor The rubber feet not only protect stage floors from scratch marks but also keeps your instrument firmly in place on all floors. Easy transport and storage With its folding design, this stand is easy to transport around when touring and safely store when not in use. And at just 2.8kg's, it wont weight you down whilst on the road! Specification:Material: SteelWeight: 2.85kgHeight: 68cmSize when folded: 94×66cm", "Bullet1":"Multi guitar stand to accommodate up to 4 guitars and any of style", "Bullet2":"Sturdy steel construction will ensure the stand holds up with the rigours of gigging", "Bullet3":"High end foam padding on all contact points to keep your guitars scuff and scratch free", "Bullet4":"Non slip rubber feet will keep the stand firmly in place on stage or hard floors", "Bullet5":"Folding design for ease of transport and storage", "Bullet6":"Suitable for 1\/2, 3\/4 and full size classical, folk, electric and bass guitars", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.85kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e68cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSize when folded\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e94×66cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "26.541666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "77JJ-600", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will Jumbie Jam gig bag - Black \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5060349487288", "VariationOf": "77jj", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will Jumbie Jam gig bagThe Tom \u0026amp; Will 77JJ series Jumbie Jam bags have been designed with the player and student in mind at all stages. The bags are as small and lightweight as possible whilst offering good protection in all the right places.This Jumbie Jam bag offers easy transportation and protection for both table top and adjustable stand Jumbie Jams.\nAdditional featuresOutside the strong canvas water resistant exterior, padded adjustable rucksack straps and main carry handle make transport a breeze and a handy accessory pocket on the front has plenty of space for daily necessities.Inside 20mm of padded protection continues with two main compartments to store the pan and stand with ease as well as a mesh pocket to keep small parts neat and tidy all finished with soft no scratch Tom \u0026amp; Will branded lining.Extra touches include a name card holder, hook and loop strap holder to fix the rucksack straps to the back of the bag if not required and Jumbie Jam logo on the front.", "Bullet1":"20mm padding with two main compartments to separate the pan from the stand", "Bullet2":"High tensile double stitching, accessory pocket on front", "Bullet3":"Adjustable padded rucksack straps and strong carry handle", "Bullet4":"Jumbie Jam gig bag suitable for both tabletop and adjustable stand models", "Bullet5":"Tom \u0026amp; Will YKK zip openings", "Bullet6":"No-rip hard wearing polyester exterior, soft no-scratch interior linings", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eImperial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (Diameter x Depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16\" x 2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (Diameter x Depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e17\" x 5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.04kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.29lb\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "26","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "26.541666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "77JJ-610", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will Jumbie Jam gig bag - Deep purple \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5060349487301", "VariationOf": "77jj", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will Jumbie Jam gig bagThe Tom \u0026amp; Will 77JJ series Jumbie Jam bags have been designed with the player and student in mind at all stages. The bags are as small and lightweight as possible whilst offering good protection in all the right places.This Jumbie Jam bag offers easy transportation and protection for both table top and adjustable stand Jumbie Jams.\nAdditional featuresOutside the strong canvas water resistant exterior, padded adjustable rucksack straps and main carry handle make transport a breeze and a handy accessory pocket on the front has plenty of space for daily necessities.Inside 20mm of padded protection continues with two main compartments to store the pan and stand with ease as well as a mesh pocket to keep small parts neat and tidy all finished with soft no scratch Tom \u0026amp; Will branded lining.Extra touches include a name card holder, hook and loop strap holder to fix the rucksack straps to the back of the bag if not required and Jumbie Jam logo on the front.", "Bullet1":"20mm padding with two main compartments to separate the pan from the stand", "Bullet2":"High tensile double stitching, accessory pocket on front", "Bullet3":"Adjustable padded rucksack straps and strong carry handle", "Bullet4":"Jumbie Jam gig bag suitable for both tabletop and adjustable stand models", "Bullet5":"Tom \u0026amp; Will YKK zip openings", "Bullet6":"No-rip hard wearing polyester exterior, soft no-scratch interior linings", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eImperial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (Diameter x Depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16\" x 2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (Diameter x Depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e17\" x 5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.04kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.29lb\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "26.541666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "77JJ-645", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will Jumbie Jam gig bag - Royal blue \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5060349487295", "VariationOf": "77jj", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will Jumbie Jam gig bagThe Tom \u0026amp; Will 77JJ series Jumbie Jam bags have been designed with the player and student in mind at all stages. The bags are as small and lightweight as possible whilst offering good protection in all the right places.This Jumbie Jam bag offers easy transportation and protection for both table top and adjustable stand Jumbie Jams.\nAdditional featuresOutside the strong canvas water resistant exterior, padded adjustable rucksack straps and main carry handle make transport a breeze and a handy accessory pocket on the front has plenty of space for daily necessities.Inside 20mm of padded protection continues with two main compartments to store the pan and stand with ease as well as a mesh pocket to keep small parts neat and tidy all finished with soft no scratch Tom \u0026amp; Will branded lining.Extra touches include a name card holder, hook and loop strap holder to fix the rucksack straps to the back of the bag if not required and Jumbie Jam logo on the front.", "Bullet1":"20mm padding with two main compartments to separate the pan from the stand", "Bullet2":"High tensile double stitching, accessory pocket on front", "Bullet3":"Adjustable padded rucksack straps and strong carry handle", "Bullet4":"Jumbie Jam gig bag suitable for both tabletop and adjustable stand models", "Bullet5":"Tom \u0026amp; Will YKK zip openings", "Bullet6":"No-rip hard wearing polyester exterior, soft no-scratch interior linings", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eImperial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (Diameter x Depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16\" x 2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (Diameter x Depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e17\" x 5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.04kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.29lb\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "26.541666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK230S", "Title": "Octopus Rosette soprano ukulele - A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318304014", "VariationOf": "uk230s", "Description": "Introducing the Octopus Rosette ukulele As part of the continuing evolution of the Octopus Ukulele brand we are delighted bring you the Octopus Rosette series. A brand new range for Octopus Ukulele, the Octopus Rosette is a next level instrument aimed at the intermediate player or adult beginner. The Rosette is a truly stunning ukulele due to its intricate laser etched design. And with quality features such as a NuBone nut and saddle, Aquila Nylgut strings and chrome diecast tuners it also plays like a dream. Octopus believes an instrument should encourage and inspire the player, which is something the Rosette range has no shortage of – you won’t want to put your ukulele down! Each ukulele also comes with a quality gig bag and is supplied in a colourful box. Unique laser etched design Inspired by our very own ‘Octopus’ brand, this ukulele design features ‘Kane’ the Octopus, as well as a variety of marine life and an intricate wave pattern surrounding the sound hole. There are two designs available - see our full range for additional options. Carefully selected materials Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for many years to come. The top, back, and sides are made of laminated open pore sapele wood which has been sustainably sourced and beautifully finished in a rich satin sheen. The side walls are also fully lined to increase projection and produce a high-quality appearance. Quality components Each component has been carefully selected, delivering excellence in every instrument and ensuring durability and a consistent tone. A tie bar bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production and silver chrome diecast tuners offer reliable tuning in a shiny finish. The side walls are fully lined for sound projection and a high-quality appearance. The Octopus Ukulele Academy with Andy Eastwood In addition to being an official endorsee of the Rosette Series, Andy Eastwood is also working in collaboration with Octopus to create a series of educational video content of which a selection is focussed specifically around the Rosette range. With lessons on basic skills, building new techniques, chord reading and more there is a lesson for everyone. To view this content, head to the Octopus Ukulele YouTube Channel. Graph Tech NuBone XB Nubone does not damp string vibration like plastic - instead, it transfers the optimum frequencies to the ukulele. This new material helps produce more volume and a better tone. Octopus Rosette ukuleles feature NuBone XB nuts and saddles as standard.\n The nut on a ukulele determines how easy it is to fret notes, stop fret buzz, and affects the tone of all your open notes. Graph Tech’s expert engineering promises to deliver the perfect fit and aids accurate intonation. \n The saddle is vitally important to the sound of your ukulele. It establishes the height of the strings and playing action, and also determines the overall tone and volume. In other words, which frequencies and harmonics are transferred from the string to the body of your uke, and what frequencies and harmonics remain vibrating in the string. \n Graph Tech is the world's experts in nut and saddle design and materials and can be found fitted to many of the world’s biggest names in guitars and ukuleles.\n Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard - the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory manufactures approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case with every instrument A next-level ukulele deserves to be carried in a next-level gig bag! We have created a beautiful, padded gig bag for the Octopus Ukulele, providing your instrument with the ultimate protection. Finished off with bespoke Octopus zip pulls, each gig bag has a pair of adjustable integrated backpack straps. Size and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. \n", "Bullet1":"Endorsed by renowned ukulele performer and teacher Andy Eastwood", "Bullet2":"Laser etched designs on open pore natural sapele", "Bullet3":"Fitted with Aquila strings", "Bullet4":"Diecast silver chrome tuners", "Bullet5":"OctoWave headstock", "Bullet6":"Flat back and tie bar bridge", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaminated Sapele\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaminated Sapele\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okoume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFingerboard \u0026 Bridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGraph Tech Nubone XB\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuners\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSilver chrome diecast geared machine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOpen pore\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBag padding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e384g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "242","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "28.583333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK230SW", "Title": "Octopus Rosette soprano ukulele - wave motif - A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318304038", "VariationOf": "uk230sw", "Description": "Introducing the Octopus Rosette ukulele As part of the continuing evolution of the Octopus Ukulele brand we are delighted bring you the Octopus Rosette series. A brand new range for Octopus Ukulele, the Octopus Rosette is a next level instrument aimed at the intermediate player or adult beginner. The Rosette is a truly stunning ukulele due to its intricate laser etched design. And with quality features such as a NuBone nut and saddle, Aquila Nylgut strings and chrome diecast tuners it also plays like a dream. Octopus believes an instrument should encourage and inspire the player, which is something the Rosette range has no shortage of – you won’t want to put your ukulele down! Each ukulele also comes with a quality gig bag and is supplied in a colourful box. Unique laser etched design Inspired by our very own ‘Octopus’ brand, this ukulele design features ‘Kane’ the Octopus, as well as a variety of marine life and an intricate wave pattern surrounding the sound hole. There are two designs available - see our full range for additional options. Carefully selected materials Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for many years to come. The top, back, and sides are made of laminated open pore sapele wood which has been sustainably sourced and beautifully finished in a rich satin sheen. The side walls are also fully lined to increase projection and produce a high-quality appearance. Quality components Each component has been carefully selected, delivering excellence in every instrument and ensuring durability and a consistent tone. A tie bar bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production and silver chrome diecast tuners offer reliable tuning in a shiny finish. The side walls are fully lined for sound projection and a high-quality appearance. The Octopus Ukulele Academy with Andy Eastwood In addition to being an official endorsee of the Rosette Series, Andy Eastwood is also working in collaboration with Octopus to create a series of educational video content of which a selection is focussed specifically around the Rosette range. With lessons on basic skills, building new techniques, chord reading and more there is a lesson for everyone. To view this content, head to the Octopus Ukulele YouTube Channel. Graph Tech NuBone XB Nubone does not damp string vibration like plastic - instead, it transfers the optimum frequencies to the ukulele. This new material helps produce more volume and a better tone. Octopus Rosette ukuleles feature NuBone XB nuts and saddles as standard.\n The nut on a ukulele determines how easy it is to fret notes, stop fret buzz, and affects the tone of all your open notes. Graph Tech’s expert engineering promises to deliver the perfect fit and aids accurate intonation. \n The saddle is vitally important to the sound of your ukulele. It establishes the height of the strings and playing action, and also determines the overall tone and volume. In other words, which frequencies and harmonics are transferred from the string to the body of your uke, and what frequencies and harmonics remain vibrating in the string. \n Graph Tech is the world's experts in nut and saddle design and materials and can be found fitted to many of the world’s biggest names in guitars and ukuleles.\n Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard - the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory manufactures approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case with every instrument A next-level ukulele deserves to be carried in a next-level gig bag! We have created a beautiful, padded gig bag for the Octopus Ukulele, providing your instrument with the ultimate protection. Finished off with bespoke Octopus zip pulls, each gig bag has a pair of adjustable integrated backpack straps. Size and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. \n", "Bullet1":"Endorsed by renowned ukulele performer and teacher Andy Eastwood", "Bullet2":"Laser etched designs on open pore natural sapele", "Bullet3":"Fitted with Aquila strings", "Bullet4":"Diecast silver chrome tuners", "Bullet5":"OctoWave headstock", "Bullet6":"Flat back and tie bar bridge", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaminated Sapele\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaminated Sapele\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okoume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFingerboard \u0026 Bridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGraph Tech Nubone XB\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuners\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSilver chrome diecast geared machine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOpen pore\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBag padding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e384g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "230","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "28.583333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1132", "Title": "Percussion Plus bodhran 12\"\" Claddagh with tipper and DVD - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebodhrans", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318305172", "VariationOf": "pp1132", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus bodhran 12\"\" Claddagh with tipper and DVD\nThis bodhran from Percussion Plus is a genuine handcrafted Irish drum, supplied with traditional style tipper and instructional DVD. \n\nWith an attractive design and quality sound, this bodhran is ideal for folk jams, gigs in a variety of settings as well as teaching, learning and practice.\n\nTraditional playing methods\nA Bodhran is an Irish frame drum that is believed to have evolved from the tambourine, however more recently popularised due to the resurgence of Irish traditional music. The Bodhran is traditionally played using a lathe-turned piece of wood called a bone or tipper (supplied), and can also be played using a modern brush stick, or even your bare hands.\n\nQuality construction and finish\nA solid construction and well-built inner frame allows the player to confidently grip the drum to produce a precise and resonant tone. The natural skin drum is evenly stretched for accurate tone production and for a long life. \n\nWhat's in the box?\nThis 12\"\" bodhran comes supplied with its own traditional style tipper and an instructional DVD to get you started on your bodhran playing journey.", "Bullet1":"Genuine hand-crafted Irish drum", "Bullet2":"Attractive design", "Bullet3":"Well-crafted, sturdy wooden frame", "Bullet4":"Supplied with tipper and instructional DVD", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "26.541666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1134", "Title": "Percussion Plus bodhran 12\"\" Gaelic Cross with tipper and DVD - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebodhrans", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318305189", "VariationOf": "pp1134", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus bodhran 12\"\" Gaelic Cross with tipper and DVD\nThis bodhran from Percussion Plus is a genuine handcrafted Irish drum, supplied with traditional style tipper and instructional DVD. \n\nWith an attractive design and quality sound, this bodhran is ideal for folk jams, gigs in a variety of settings as well as teaching, learning and practice.\n\nTraditional playing methods\nA Bodhran is an Irish frame drum that is believed to have evolved from the tambourine, however more recently popularised due to the resurgence of Irish traditional music. The Bodhran is traditionally played using a lathe-turned piece of wood called a bone or tipper (supplied), and can also be played using a modern brush stick, or even your bare hands.\n\nQuality construction and finish\nA solid construction and well-built inner frame allows the player to confidently grip the drum to produce a precise and resonant tone. The natural skin drum is evenly stretched for accurate tone production and for a long life. \n\nWhat's in the box?\nThis 12\"\" bodhran comes supplied with its own traditional style tipper and an instructional DVD to get you started on your bodhran playing journey.", "Bullet1":"Genuine hand-crafted Irish drum", "Bullet2":"Attractive design", "Bullet3":"Well-crafted, sturdy wooden frame", "Bullet4":"Supplied with tipper and instructional DVD", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "20","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "26.541666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1135", "Title": "Percussion Plus bodhran 12\"\" Brosna Cross with tipper and DVD - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebodhrans", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318305196", "VariationOf": "pp1135", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus bodhran 12\"\" Brosna Cross with tipper and DVD\nThis bodhran from Percussion Plus is a genuine handcrafted Irish drum, supplied with traditional style tipper and instructional DVD. \n\nWith an attractive design and quality sound, this bodhran is ideal for folk jams, gigs in a variety of settings as well as teaching, learning and practice.\n\nTraditional playing methods\nA Bodhran is an Irish frame drum that is believed to have evolved from the tambourine, however more recently popularised due to the resurgence of Irish traditional music. The Bodhran is traditionally played using a lathe-turned piece of wood called a bone or tipper (supplied), and can also be played using a modern brush stick, or even your bare hands.\n\nQuality construction and finish\nA solid construction and well-built inner frame allows the player to confidently grip the drum to produce a precise and resonant tone. The natural skin drum is evenly stretched for accurate tone production and for a long life. \n\nWhat's in the box?\nThis 12\"\" bodhran comes supplied with its own traditional style tipper and an instructional DVD to get you started on your bodhran playing journey.", "Bullet1":"Genuine hand-crafted Irish drum", "Bullet2":"Attractive design", "Bullet3":"Well-crafted, sturdy wooden frame", "Bullet4":"Supplied with tipper and instructional DVD", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "26.541666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HP20", "Title": "Majestic Economic timpani cover for Prophonic\/Harmonic\/Concert Series - 20\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003etimpani", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059317293", "VariationOf": "hp-cover", "Description": " The HP timpani covers provide protection for your Prophonic\/Harmonic\/Concert Series timpani. Affordable with an extensive range of sizes, this the perfect accessory for your Majestic timpani. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilizing carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Protection for your Prophonic\/Harmonic\/Concert Series timpani", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "30.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HP23", "Title": "Majestic Economic timpani cover for Prophonic\/Harmonic\/Concert Series - 23\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003etimpani", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059317330", "VariationOf": "hp-cover", "Description": " The HP timpani covers provide protection for your Prophonic\/Harmonic\/Concert Series timpani. Affordable with an extensive range of sizes, this the perfect accessory for your Majestic timpani. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilizing carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Protection for your Prophonic\/Harmonic\/Concert Series timpani", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "30.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HP26", "Title": "Majestic Economic timpani cover for Prophonic\/Harmonic\/Concert Series - 26\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003etimpani", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059317361", "VariationOf": "hp-cover", "Description": " The HP timpani covers provide protection for your Prophonic\/Harmonic\/Concert Series timpani. Affordable with an extensive range of sizes, this the perfect accessory for your Majestic timpani. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilizing carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Protection for your Prophonic\/Harmonic\/Concert Series timpani", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "36.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HP29", "Title": "Majestic Economic timpani cover for Prophonic\/Harmonic\/Concert Series - 29\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003etimpani", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059317385", "VariationOf": "hp-cover", "Description": " The HP timpani covers provide protection for your Prophonic\/Harmonic\/Concert Series timpani. Affordable with an extensive range of sizes, this the perfect accessory for your Majestic timpani. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilizing carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Protection for your Prophonic\/Harmonic\/Concert Series timpani", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "36.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HP32", "Title": "Majestic Economic timpani cover for Prophonic\/Harmonic\/Concert Series - 32\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003etimpani", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059317408", "VariationOf": "hp-cover", "Description": " The HP timpani covers provide protection for your Prophonic\/Harmonic\/Concert Series timpani. Affordable with an extensive range of sizes, this the perfect accessory for your Majestic timpani. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilizing carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Protection for your Prophonic\/Harmonic\/Concert Series timpani", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "36.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MC6", "Title": "Majestic snare cable in medium, blue coated - 6 strands \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003esnares", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059317255", "VariationOf": "mc6", "Description": "A Majestic snare cable with a choice of 6 of 8 strands. Comes with a blue coating. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilizing carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Snare cable", "Bullet2":"6 or 8 strands", "Bullet3":"Blue coated", "Bullet4":"Medium", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "30.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MC8", "Title": "Majestic snare cable in medium, blue coated - 8 strands \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003esnares", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059317286", "VariationOf": "mc6", "Description": "A Majestic snare cable with a choice of 6 of 8 strands. Comes with a blue coating. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilizing carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Snare cable", "Bullet2":"6 or 8 strands", "Bullet3":"Blue coated", "Bullet4":"Medium", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "30.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SP20", "Title": "Majestic Economic timpani cover for Grand Classic\/Symphonic Series - 20\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003etimpani", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059317422", "VariationOf": "sp-cover", "Description": "The SP timpani covers provide protection for your Grand Classic\/Symphonic Series timpani. Affordable with an extensive range of sizes, this the perfect accessory for your Majestic timpani. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilizing carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Protection for your Grand Classic\/Symphonic Series timpani", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "30.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SP23", "Title": "Majestic Economic timpani cover for Grand Classic\/Symphonic Series - 23\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003etimpani", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059317446", "VariationOf": "sp-cover", "Description": "The SP timpani covers provide protection for your Grand Classic\/Symphonic Series timpani. Affordable with an extensive range of sizes, this the perfect accessory for your Majestic timpani. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilizing carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Protection for your Grand Classic\/Symphonic Series timpani", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "30.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SP26", "Title": "Majestic Economic timpani cover for Grand Classic\/Symphonic Series - 26\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003etimpani", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059317477", "VariationOf": "sp-cover", "Description": "The SP timpani covers provide protection for your Grand Classic\/Symphonic Series timpani. Affordable with an extensive range of sizes, this the perfect accessory for your Majestic timpani. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilizing carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Protection for your Grand Classic\/Symphonic Series timpani", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "36.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SP29", "Title": "Majestic Economic timpani cover for Grand Classic\/Symphonic Series - 29\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003etimpani", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059317491", "VariationOf": "sp-cover", "Description": "The SP timpani covers provide protection for your Grand Classic\/Symphonic Series timpani. Affordable with an extensive range of sizes, this the perfect accessory for your Majestic timpani. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilizing carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Protection for your Grand Classic\/Symphonic Series timpani", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "36.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SP32", "Title": "Majestic Economic timpani cover for Grand Classic\/Symphonic Series - 32\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003etimpani", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059317507", "VariationOf": "sp-cover", "Description": "The SP timpani covers provide protection for your Grand Classic\/Symphonic Series timpani. Affordable with an extensive range of sizes, this the perfect accessory for your Majestic timpani. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilizing carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Protection for your Grand Classic\/Symphonic Series timpani", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "36.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "DCGS116-MH", "Title": "Majestic stand for AK series glockenspiel kit - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003emallet-percussion-stands", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059337284", "VariationOf": "dcgs116-mh", "Description": "This stand is included with all AK series glockenspiel\/bell kits. It has a sturdy metal construction with three braced legs. Rubber feet ensure no slippage whilst also protecting all hard floors. It is height adjustable and can be conveniently folded for transport and storage. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilizing carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Sturdy and reliable", "Bullet2":"Metal construction", "Bullet3":"Smart chrome finish", "Bullet4":"3 braced legs with rubber feet", "Bullet5":"*Glockenspiel NOT included*", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "30.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MS6", "Title": "Majestic snare cable with 6 strands, black cloth cord - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003esnares", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": null, "VariationOf": "ms6", "Description": "A Majestic snare cable with 6 strands and a black cloth chord. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilizing carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Snare cable", "Bullet2":"6 strands", "Bullet3":"Black cloth chord", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "30.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2125", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Brass singing bowl - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003esinging-bowls", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318308142", "VariationOf": "pp2125", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Brass singing bowl\nThe Percussion Plus Honestly Made singing bowl is expertly crafted and beautifully designed in India and is supplied with a beater, giving you everything you need to start playing.\nWhen played, the singing bowl produces smooth and calming vibrations which fill the air around you, making it an ideal instrument for meditation, sound therapy and music therapy, as well as giving a great effect in the recording studio.\nThe Percussion Plus Honestly Made Brass singing bowl is sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly made range of musical instruments from percussion plus. \n These items are musical instruments, not toys, and there may be many small parts on, or in, some of them. Younger players should use them with supervision. \n How to play the Brass singing bowl\nThey're two ways of playing the singing bowl. Start of by holding the bowl in the palm of you hand, then for the first method, simply use the beater to strike the sides of the bowl, creating rich vibrations and a deep tone.\nThe second way is to begin by striking the bowl to 'warm up' the bowl, and then use the beater in a circular motion around the sides of the bowl, using whole arm movements and applying pressure, to create a calming, smooth and steady tone.\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Made in India using traditional methods and materials", "Bullet2":"Produces smooth and calming vibrations", "Bullet3":"Ideal for meditation and sound therapy", "Bullet4":"Comes with a beater", "Bullet5":"Responsibly sourced", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "26.541666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "TRUMPETHOLDER", "Title": "Jazzlab TRUMPETHOLDER trumpet harness - A1", "Category": "brass\u003eaccessories\u003estands", "Brand": "Jazzlab", "Barcode": "7640133610467", "VariationOf": "trumpetholder", "Description": "Introducing the Jazzlab TrumpetHolder harness\nThe TrumpetHolder harness from JazzLab is a game-changing instrument support system with a revolutionary design from the brains behind the hugely popular SaxHolder. This advanced accessory combines the latest in aircraft materials with instrument manufacturer, seamlessly fusing fiber-reinforced high-performance plastic with aircraft-grade aluminium. Notably, the TrumpetHolder weights in at a slender 248 grams during use.\nThe patented three-point support system eliminates all stress from your neck and effortlessly redistributes your instrument’s weight across your shoulders and abdomen, making your trumpet feel remarkably lighter. Say goodbye to neck strain and back discomfort, and play longer with ease. \nThe harness provides great comfort for the player when seated, standing or even marching! The pads that sit on the players shoulder have also been designed to be large enough to help to spread the weight of the instrument very effectively. \nHow to use\nTo use, simply swing both the shoulder handles up until they click into place, pull out the telescopic slide and rotate the abdominal rest and you are ready to attach your instrument.\nSuitable for any player\nVersatility is a hallmark of the TrumpetHolder. It accommodates all makes and models of trumpets and includes a convenient pull-tie cloth bag for safe storage. Suitable for players aged 12 and up, as well as individuals up to 190cm in height or weighing up to 100kg.\nFor players that are taller than 190cm or more than 100kg's, the TRUMPETHOLDERXL is also available.\nWhat’s included?\n\nTrumpetHolder\nMulti-language manual\nA bag\/pouch\n\n\nDE\n Das Halten der Trompete in den Händen verursacht Spannungen im ganzen Körper, was sich auch auf den Sound und Artikulation auswirkt. Besonders auch junge Spieler haben beim langen Üben oft nicht genug Kraft in den Armen. Hier hilft der TrumpetHolder. Der ganze Druck wird auf die Schultern übertragen, Hände und Körper bleiben entspannt und die ganze Energie kann an die Finger, den Ansatz, die Atmung und die Körperstellung fokussiert werden.\nTrumpetHolder ist mit den meisten Bauarten von Kolbenventil-Trompeten und -Kornetts kompatibel.\n\n\n Eliminiert das Gewicht des Instrumentes vollständig \n Hilft das Instrument in der richtigen Lage und Winkel zu halten \n Ist anwendbar im Stehen, im Sitzen, auch für die Marschmusik geeignet \n Ist mit einer Hand sekundenschnell zu bedienen \n zusammengefaltet sehr platzsparend \n\n FR\n Tenir une trompette dans vos mains peut engendrer une grande tension dans votre corps, ce qui affecte votre son, votre articulation et votre expression musicale. La plupart des jeunes musiciens n'ont pas suffisamment de force dans les bras pour des séances de pratique prolongées, mais c'est là que le TrumpetHolder peut être d'une grande aide. La pression est transférée vers l'épaule, permettant aux mains et au corps de rester détendus, tandis que toute l'énergie peut être dirigée vers les doigts, l'approche musicale, la respiration et la position du corps. \nLe TrumpetHolder convient à la plupart des trompettes à pistons et des cornets.\n\nélimine complètement le poids de l’instrument \naide à maintenir le bon angle et la bonne position de jeu\nutilisable en position assise, debout ou en marchant\nmise en place rapide d'une seule main\ncompact et pliable\n\nES\n Sostener una trompeta en tus manos puede causar mucha tensión en tu cuerpo lo que afecta tu sonido, articulación y expresión musical. \nLa mayoría de los músicos jóvenes no tienen suficiente fuerza en los brazos para una práctica prolongada, pero aquí es donde el soporte para trompeta puede ayudar. La presión se transfiere a los hombros y las manos , el cuerpo permanece relajado y toda la energía se puede dirigir a los dedos, al enfoque musical, la respiración y la posición del cuerpo. \nTrumpetHolder se adapta a la mayoría de los tipos de trompetas y cornetas de pistón. \n\nelimína totalmente el peso del instrumento\nayuda a mantener la correcta posición tocando\nse puede usar sentado, de pie y caminando\nse pone encima rápidamente y tan solo con una mano\ncompacto y fácil de reponer \n\nIT\n Tenere una tromba tra le mani può causare molta tensione nel corpo, che influisce negativamente sul suono, sull'articolazione e sull'espressione musicale. La maggior parte dei giovani musicisti non ha abbastanza forza nelle braccia per esercitarsi a lungo, ma è qui che il TrumpetHolder può essere d'aiuto. La pressione viene trasferita sulla spalla, le mani e il corpo rimangono rilassati, e tutta l'energia può essere indirizzata alle dita, all'approccio musicale, alla respirazione e alla posizione del corpo.\nIl TrumpetHolder si adatta alla maggior parte dei tipi di trombe a pistoni e cornette.\n\nelimina completamente il peso dello strumento\naiuta a mantenere la corretta postura durante l'esecuzione\npuò essere usato da seduti, in piedi o camminando\nsi indossa velocemente anche con una mano\ncompatto e facilmente riponibile\n\nJP\nトランペットを持つという事は身体にそれなりの緊張感が伴い、音色や音楽的な表現にも影響します。体力が十分でない若年層にとっては長時間の練習に影響されますのでトランペットホルダーは大きな助けとなります。\n両手と身体が自由になり指、音楽的アプローチ、呼吸、体位などに神経を集中する事が出来ます。　トランペットホルダーはピストンタイプのトランペット、コルネットに使用できます。\n\nトランペットがぐんと軽く感じられます。 \nトランペットの向きと奏者の正しい姿勢を維持します。\n腰かけている時も、立奏時も、マーチング中も使用できます。\n片手で操作が出来ます。\n折りたためてコンパクトサイズです。\n\nCN\n手中握著小喇叭會導致身體產生許多緊張感，進而影響你的音色、吹奏技巧和音樂表現。大部分年輕的樂手在長時間練習時手臂的力量不夠，這就是 TrumpetHolder（小喇叭肩掛式背帶）能夠幫助的地方。它將壓力轉移到肩膀上，使手和身體保持放鬆，所有的能量都可以集中在手指、音樂表現、呼吸和身體姿勢上。 \nTrumpetHolder 適用於大多數活塞式小喇叭和短號。\n\n完全消除樂器的重量\n幫助維持正確的演奏位置和角度\n可以在坐、站、行進時使用\n可以用一隻手就快速穿戴\n結構輕巧、可摺疊。\n\n", "Bullet1":"Instantly transform your playing by helping you maintain the correct playing position and angle", "Bullet2":"A revolutionary, compact, and foldable design", "Bullet3":"Assemble and put on with one hand in mere seconds", "Bullet4":"Bid farewell to instrument weight strain and play comfortably for extended sessions", "Bullet5":"Suitable for players up to 190cm", "Bullet6":"Weighs only 248g during use", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e248g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShipping weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e360g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePackage dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e310 x 180 x 53mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "16","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "28.583333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "26.541666666666664", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "TRUMPETHOLDERXL", "Title": "Jazzlab TRUMPETHOLDER XL trumpet harness for larger players - A1", "Category": "brass\u003eaccessories\u003estands", "Brand": "Jazzlab", "Barcode": "7640133610474", "VariationOf": "trumpetholderxl", "Description": "Introducing the Jazzlab TrumpetHolder XL harness for larger players\nThe TrumpetHolder harness from JazzLab is a game-changing instrument support system with a revolutionary design from the brains behind the hugely popular SaxHolder. This advanced accessory combines the latest in aircraft materials with instrument manufacturer, seamlessly fusing fiber-reinforced high-performance plastic with aircraft-grade aluminium. Notably, the TrumpetHolder weights in at a slender 248 grams during use.\nThe patented three-point support system eliminates all stress from your neck and effortlessly redistributes your instrument’s weight across your shoulders and abdomen, making your trumpet feel remarkably lighter. Say goodbye to neck strain and back discomfort, and play longer with ease. \nThe harness provides great comfort for the player when seated, standing or even marching! The pads that sit on the players shoulder have also been designed to be large enough to help to spread the weight of the instrument very effectively. \nHow to use\nTo use, simply swing both the shoulder handles up until they click into place, pull out the telescopic slide and rotate the abdominal rest and you are ready to attach your instrument.\nSuitable for larger players\nVersatility is a hallmark of the TrumpetHolder. It accommodates all makes and models of trumpets and includes a convenient pull-tie cloth bag for safe storage. This XL version is perfectly suited for players taller than 190cm or more than 100kg in weight. \nFor players under 190cm or less than 100kg, the TRUMPETHOLDER is also available.\nWhat’s included?\n\nTrumpetHolderXL\nMulti-language manual\nA bag\/pouch\n\n\nDE\n Das Halten der Trompete in den Händen verursacht Spannungen im ganzen Körper, was sich auch auf den Sound und Artikulation auswirkt. Besonders auch junge Spieler haben beim langen Üben oft nicht genug Kraft in den Armen. Hier hilft der TrumpetHolder. Der ganze Druck wird auf die Schultern übertragen, Hände und Körper bleiben entspannt und die ganze Energie kann an die Finger, den Ansatz, die Atmung und die Körperstellung fokussiert werden.\nTrumpetHolder ist mit den meisten Bauarten von Kolbenventil-Trompeten und -Kornetts kompatibel.\n\n\n Eliminiert das Gewicht des Instrumentes vollständig \n Hilft das Instrument in der richtigen Lage und Winkel zu halten \n Ist anwendbar im Stehen, im Sitzen, auch für die Marschmusik geeignet \n Ist mit einer Hand sekundenschnell zu bedienen \n zusammengefaltet sehr platzsparend \n\n FR\n Tenir une trompette dans vos mains peut engendrer une grande tension dans votre corps, ce qui affecte votre son, votre articulation et votre expression musicale. La plupart des jeunes musiciens n'ont pas suffisamment de force dans les bras pour des séances de pratique prolongées, mais c'est là que le TrumpetHolder peut être d'une grande aide. La pression est transférée vers l'épaule, permettant aux mains et au corps de rester détendus, tandis que toute l'énergie peut être dirigée vers les doigts, l'approche musicale, la respiration et la position du corps. \nLe TrumpetHolder convient à la plupart des trompettes à pistons et des cornets.\n\nélimine complètement le poids de l’instrument \naide à maintenir le bon angle et la bonne position de jeu\nutilisable en position assise, debout ou en marchant\nmise en place rapide d'une seule main\ncompact et pliable\n\nES\n Sostener una trompeta en tus manos puede causar mucha tensión en tu cuerpo lo que afecta tu sonido, articulación y expresión musical. \nLa mayoría de los músicos jóvenes no tienen suficiente fuerza en los brazos para una práctica prolongada, pero aquí es donde el soporte para trompeta puede ayudar. La presión se transfiere a los hombros y las manos , el cuerpo permanece relajado y toda la energía se puede dirigir a los dedos, al enfoque musical, la respiración y la posición del cuerpo. \nTrumpetHolder se adapta a la mayoría de los tipos de trompetas y cornetas de pistón. \n\nelimína totalmente el peso del instrumento\nayuda a mantener la correcta posición tocando\nse puede usar sentado, de pie y caminando\nse pone encima rápidamente y tan solo con una mano\ncompacto y fácil de reponer \n\nIT\n Tenere una tromba tra le mani può causare molta tensione nel corpo, che influisce negativamente sul suono, sull'articolazione e sull'espressione musicale. La maggior parte dei giovani musicisti non ha abbastanza forza nelle braccia per esercitarsi a lungo, ma è qui che il TrumpetHolder può essere d'aiuto. La pressione viene trasferita sulla spalla, le mani e il corpo rimangono rilassati, e tutta l'energia può essere indirizzata alle dita, all'approccio musicale, alla respirazione e alla posizione del corpo.\nIl TrumpetHolder si adatta alla maggior parte dei tipi di trombe a pistoni e cornette.\n\nelimina completamente il peso dello strumento\naiuta a mantenere la corretta postura durante l'esecuzione\npuò essere usato da seduti, in piedi o camminando\nsi indossa velocemente anche con una mano\ncompatto e facilmente riponibile\n\nJP\nトランペットを持つという事は身体にそれなりの緊張感が伴い、音色や音楽的な表現にも影響します。体力が十分でない若年層にとっては長時間の練習に影響されますのでトランペットホルダーは大きな助けとなります。\n両手と身体が自由になり指、音楽的アプローチ、呼吸、体位などに神経を集中する事が出来ます。　トランペットホルダーはピストンタイプのトランペット、コルネットに使用できます。\n\nトランペットがぐんと軽く感じられます。 \nトランペットの向きと奏者の正しい姿勢を維持します。\n腰かけている時も、立奏時も、マーチング中も使用できます。\n片手で操作が出来ます。\n折りたためてコンパクトサイズです。\n\nCN\n手中握著小喇叭會導致身體產生許多緊張感，進而影響你的音色、吹奏技巧和音樂表現。大部分年輕的樂手在長時間練習時手臂的力量不夠，這就是 TrumpetHolder（小喇叭肩掛式背帶）能夠幫助的地方。它將壓力轉移到肩膀上，使手和身體保持放鬆，所有的能量都可以集中在手指、音樂表現、呼吸和身體姿勢上。 \nTrumpetHolder 適用於大多數活塞式小喇叭和短號。\n\n完全消除樂器的重量\n幫助維持正確的演奏位置和角度\n可以在坐、站、行進時使用\n可以用一隻手就快速穿戴\n結構輕巧、可摺疊。\n\n", "Bullet1":"Instantly transform your playing by helping you maintain the correct playing position and angle", "Bullet2":"A revolutionary, compact, and foldable design", "Bullet3":"Assemble and put on with one hand in mere seconds", "Bullet4":"Bid farewell to instrument weight strain and play comfortably for extended sessions", "Bullet5":"Suitable for players over 190cm and\/or more than 100kg in weight", "Bullet6":"Weighs only 248g during use", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e248g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShipping weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e360g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePackage dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e310 x 180 x 53mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "28.583333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "26.541666666666664", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MAN3000", "Title": "Manhasset microphone stand - A1", "Category": "tech\u003emicrophones\u003eaccessories\u003estands", "Brand": "Manhasset", "Barcode": "706576030006", "VariationOf": "man3000", "Description": " \nIntroducing the Manhasset microphone stand\nManhasset have been making the most popular orchestral music stands in the business since 1935, and this is a microphone stand to match! With the reliable Manhasset quality assurance, backed by their standard lifetime warranty, this is the perfect mic stand for orchestras to invest in.\nInstead of using a heavy base, it utilizes a collapsible tripod base with amazing stability to ensure that it is both portable (it's only 1.4kg!) and reliable. The height adjustment ranges from 96 to 162cm, providing the ideal height for virtually all applications, whether your musicians are sitting or standing.\nThe Manhasset microphone stand is made for the most popular mic holder thread size of 5\/8\"\" to be as useful as possible in all situations, and it is a great purchase for gigging singers and instrumentalists, orchestral settings or jazz performers!\nPlease note: Microphone stand supplied only. Microphone, mic clip, and accessories are not included.\n\n\n \nThe Manhasset Lifetime Warranty\nOver the years, Manhasset has continued to research, develop, and innovate new products to meet the needs of musicians, and their commitment to consistent quality has made them the number one choice of many schools, bands and orchestras worldwide. Backing this up, Manhasset offer a guaranteed lifetime warranty on all products purchased from us. They have the utmost confidence in their manufacturing standards, substantiated by years of proof. When you buy a Manhasset music stand, you should never have to buy another stand again.\nPlease note: Proof of purchase required\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Mic stand providing reliable Manhasset quality", "Bullet2":"Height adjustable between 96 and 162cm", "Bullet3":"Made for the most popular mic holder thread size of 5\/8\"", "Bullet4":"Collapsible tripod base for amazing stability and portability", "Bullet5":"Easy height adjustment can be easily made with just one hand", "Bullet6":"Perfect for orchestras, conveniently blending with Manhasset music stands.", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMinimum height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e96cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaximum height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e162cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMic holder thread size\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "28.583333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "DB8", "Title": "Percussion Workshop set of 8 colour desk bells - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003edesk-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349488773", "VariationOf": "db8", "Description": "Fun for all\nThese colourful, desk bells come as a set of 8 notes (C64-C76) which are accurately tuned to a diatonic scale of C major. \n\nAs the bell is housed in a safe and sturdy clear plastic shell, it is protected from being damaged without compromising the crisp, bright tone.\n\nThese key elements combined make these bells ideal for use within the classroom and within groups.\n\nHow to play\nThey can be played simply by pressing the button on the top of the handle, which is clearly marked with their note name and allows a single player to access the full range of notes in quick succession.\n\nThese are great for a range of spaces - whether in a small classroom or on a stage these bells can accommodate.\n\nMaking music together\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of the Percussion Workshop Desk Bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\n\nYou can pair the Desk Bells up with the following instruments:\n\n\nBoomwhackers\n Percussion Workshop KB10 Chime Bars\n Percussion Workshop HB8 Hand Bells\n Percussion Workshop CB8 Combi Bells\n Percussion Plus PP944 Chime Bars\n\n\nThis product is supplied in a durable, colourful box with a practical carry handle for ease of storage and transport.\n\nThese items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them\n\n", "Bullet1":"Set of 8 diatonic desk bells ideal for young children and SEN", "Bullet2":"A fun, colourful way to learn about music", "Bullet3":"In the key of C from C64 - C76", "Bullet4":"Played by tapping button on top", "Bullet5":"Supplied in strong colourful box with handle", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWater-dilutable saturated polyester resin coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "94","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "26.541666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP062", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP062 block of 12 glockenspiel or chime bar beaters - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eball-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547000621", "VariationOf": "pp062", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP062 block of 12 glockenspiel or chime bar beaters\nThis Percussion Plus block of 12 glockenspiel\/chime bar beaters includes 6 pairs of mixed beaters with a beater stand - the 'block'. These pairs consist of 2 pairs of glock beaters and 1 pair each of wood, soft, medium and hard rubber beaters.\nThese are perfect for adding variety to your personal collection or for use in the classroom. The wooden block makes ideal storage, and helps with quick change overs while playing.\n", "Bullet1":"12 assorted beaters (6 pairs) for chime bars, glockenspiel, xylophone and slit drums", "Bullet2":"Variety of head materials and hardnesses (see below for full contents)", "Bullet3":"Supplied with a useful wooden block stand", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "14","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "26.541666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP20320", "Title": "Percussion Plus claves - pack of 10 in mixed colours - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eclaves", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964132552", "VariationOf": "pp20320", "Description": "The Percussion Plus wooden claves are made of solid wood and are great value for money. They are a perfect percussive addition to many styles of music making them very versatile.\n\nClaves are a very easy instrument to play so they are perfect for young percussionists and beginners.\n\nThey are produced in 4 bright colours - green, blue, red and yellow. Ten pairs are supplied in this pack, featuring a mix of these four colours.", "Bullet1":"Pairs of solid wood claves", "Bullet2":"Set of 10 pairs", "Bullet3":"Loud and bright clack", "Bullet4":"Mixed colours", "Bullet5":"Length 7 inches", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.90","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "27.025", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP110BS", "Title": "Percussion Plus double braced cymbal boom stand - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003eboom-stands", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349487493", "VariationOf": "pp110bs", "Description": "This Percussion Plus PP110BS is a sturdy stand at a great price. It features 2 tier height adjustment which is equipped with a boom arm. This increases the reach of the stand, enabling you to get even better cymbal placement. The legs are double braced, which adds that much more stability to the stand. This is crucial when using a boom arm as the stands centre of gravity changes dramatically once the suspended cymbal is located further away from the shaft. Combine this with the non-slip rubber feet and you have a durable, versatile stand that will keep your cymbal exactly where you need it!", "Bullet1":"Ideal for beginners", "Bullet2":"3 section height adjustment", "Bullet3":"None slip rubber feet", "Bullet4":"Fully adjustable arm for extra reach and easy cymbal positioning", "Bullet5":"Previously known as CXC110", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "15","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "27.075", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP880", "Title": "Percussion Plus tunable tambour hand drum - pack of 3 - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambours-frame-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964133511", "VariationOf": "pp880", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus tuneable tambour hand drum - set of three\nThis pack comes with three tambours of increasing size - 1 x 8\"\", 1 x 10\"\" and 1 x 12\"\". These hand drums have a wooden frame and natural goatskin head.\nThe tambour is essentially a jingle-less tambourine and is also known as a frame drum. Supplied with a set of beaters and a tuning key", "Bullet1":"Set of three tambours", "Bullet2":"8\", 10\", \u0026amp; 12\" diameters", "Bullet3":"Fully tunable drum", "Bullet4":"Natural goat skin head", "Bullet5":"Supplied with beaters", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "49.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "27.075", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP46210", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP46210 mini steel pan sticks - pack of 5 pairs - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964130077", "VariationOf": "pp46210", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP46210 mini steel pan sticks - pack of 5 pairs\nMade in Akron Ohio USA, rubber capital of the world, Percussion Plus steel pan mallets are crafted from the largest variety of best quality polymers. Precision cut rubber mallet tips have the perfect combination of thickness and density to produce the best range of Caribbean sounds from your steel drum and can also help prolong the time between tunings.\nThe selected hardwood shafts offer excellent balance and strength with a striking appearance. Twenty five years of research and development have gone into the best feeling and responding pan beaters in the land. Why compromise when you can have the best for your Jumbie Jam or steel pan?\nDid you know?\nSteel pans are relatively young instruments that have become phenomenally popular in recent years, particularly with school music departments and events organisers. They originated in Trinidad and Tobago in the 1930s and are traditionally recycled from 55 gallon chemical containers.\nBoth steel pans and steel drums refer to the same thing. Steel pan players will often use rolls, which are rapid fire playing of the same note many times to create a more continuous sound. This allows for stimulated playing of longer notes that maintain their strength rather than decaying such as a single hit would produce.", "Bullet1":"Mini Pan Wood Mallets with General Tips", "Bullet2":"7” selected hardwood handles", "Bullet3":"Single layer tips designed for mini pans", "Bullet4":"Tips at both ends just in case one gets lost", "Bullet5":"All-purpose tip for a pure and even tone across the full range of the pan", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOak\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "19","RRP_Inc_VAT": "50.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "27.083333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP168", "Title": "Acme high pitch triple tone train whistle - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewhistles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547001680", "VariationOf": "pp168", "Description": "Introducing the Acme high pitch triple tone train whistle\nThe Acme triple tone whistle has 3 pipes which have been tuned roughly to an Am triad (E3, A3 and C4) and have been polished by hand. It produces a tri-tone dissonant chord just like the whistle on an old American steam train. Each low pitch is generated by a metal organ pipe with a durable plastic mouthpiece.\nAlso known as the Locomotive Whistle which originated, so the story goes, on the Leicester and Swannington Railway line, this traditional model has been in use since the early 1990s and makes a great addition to any percussionists kit bag\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme police whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\n\nSound Sample\n", "Bullet1":"Mimics the whistle on an old American steam train", "Bullet2":"Made from 3 metal organ pipes with a durable plastic mouthpiece", "Bullet3":"Essential part of a percussionists kit bag, great for creating sound effects", "Bullet4":"Tuned roughly to a an Am triad (E3, A3 and C4)", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "51.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "27.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HT08K04-R", "Title": "8oz HuskeeRenew Cup 4-pack - Smoke \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001317", "VariationOf": "ht08k04-r", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeRenew 4-pack of 8oz cups HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack contains four 8oz coffee cups - a convenient and cost effect way to purchase for your café or restaurant. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? That's 2.5 billion every year! But HuskeeCups battle the waste that disposable coffee cups produce, by being reusable and made from 50% recycled material. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is HuskeeRenew? The HuskeeRenew range is made from Tritan Renew 50, a new PBS, BPF and BPA-free food-grade plastic which allows us to include 50% certified recycled content in this range of products. Tritan Renew 50 products use plastic derived from 50% recycled content, and Tritan plastics are used in over 600 products, from drink bottles to medical grade equipment. The material was chosen for its glass-like appearance, excellent durability as well as its stain and odour resisting properties. HuskeeRenew is a high performance copolyester, perfectly designed to hold both your hot and cold drinks. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. The iconic Huskee fins also make hot coffees easy and comfortable to hold. \n Staying in with your coffee? The matching classic saucer is the perfect size for the HuskeeRenew 8oz cup and is a great way to experience coffee or cold beverages in your cafe, office, or home. They're also stackable, so you can keep thing organised. Sold separately as a 4-pack\n Coffee on the go \nThese cups are compatible with the stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow.\n\n\n How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. \n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 50% recycled material", "Bullet2":"This pack contains 4 x 8oz cups - perfect for coffees", "Bullet3":"Translucent glass-like finish", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9.7cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup width at base\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup width at lip\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "16","RRP_Inc_VAT": "51.30","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "25.65", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HT08A04-R", "Title": "8oz HuskeeRenew Cup 4-pack - Amber \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001522", "VariationOf": "ht08k04-r", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeRenew 4-pack of 8oz cups HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack contains four 8oz coffee cups - a convenient and cost effect way to purchase for your café or restaurant. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? That's 2.5 billion every year! But HuskeeCups battle the waste that disposable coffee cups produce, by being reusable and made from 50% recycled material. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is HuskeeRenew? The HuskeeRenew range is made from Tritan Renew 50, a new PBS, BPF and BPA-free food-grade plastic which allows us to include 50% certified recycled content in this range of products. Tritan Renew 50 products use plastic derived from 50% recycled content, and Tritan plastics are used in over 600 products, from drink bottles to medical grade equipment. The material was chosen for its glass-like appearance, excellent durability as well as its stain and odour resisting properties. HuskeeRenew is a high performance copolyester, perfectly designed to hold both your hot and cold drinks. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. The iconic Huskee fins also make hot coffees easy and comfortable to hold. \n Staying in with your coffee? The matching classic saucer is the perfect size for the HuskeeRenew 8oz cup and is a great way to experience coffee or cold beverages in your cafe, office, or home. They're also stackable, so you can keep thing organised. Sold separately as a 4-pack\n Coffee on the go \nThese cups are compatible with the stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow.\n\n\n How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner. The most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that! HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. \n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 50% recycled material", "Bullet2":"This pack contains 4 x 8oz cups - perfect for coffees", "Bullet3":"Translucent glass-like finish", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9.7cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup width at base\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCup width at lip\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "16","RRP_Inc_VAT": "51.30","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "25.65", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "OW-SHDRNA30", "Title": "Drums for Schools shaman drum - 12 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambours-frame-drums", "Brand": "DfS CON", "Barcode": "5060344030816", "VariationOf": "ow-shdrna30", "Description": "Introducing the Drums for Schools shaman drum\nThis is a hand-made Shaman Drum, covered with natural goat skin and complete with a padded beater. A lovely large percussion instrument for young children to get their hands on, this beautiful drum is both very light and easy to carry.\nIt has an impressive deep, resonant tone and is quite robust. Its large playing surface means that two children could use this instrument together - the normal way of playing a Shaman Drum by yourself is to hold the drum sideways by the back ‘strings’ and hit it from the side with the (included) beater. This is similar to how you would hold a Bodhrán (Irish flat-drum).\nYou can also lay the drum flat on the floor and play it from above in which case it would be good to have two soft beaters to play it. This is the way children can share the drum as well.", "Bullet1":"Hand-made Shaman Drum", "Bullet2":"Natural goat skin head", "Bullet3":"Very light and easy to carry", "Bullet4":"Impressively deep, resonant tone", "Bullet5":"Large playing surface so two children could use this instrument together", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e800g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.47kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGoatskin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGoatskin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eManufactured\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBy hand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBy hand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "51.48","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.9", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "OW-SHDRNA40", "Title": "Drums for Schools shaman drum - 16 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambours-frame-drums", "Brand": "DfS CON", "Barcode": "5060344030823", "VariationOf": "ow-shdrna30", "Description": "Introducing the Drums for Schools shaman drum\nThis is a hand-made Shaman Drum, covered with natural goat skin and complete with a padded beater. A lovely large percussion instrument for young children to get their hands on, this beautiful drum is both very light and easy to carry.\nIt has an impressive deep, resonant tone and is quite robust. Its large playing surface means that two children could use this instrument together - the normal way of playing a Shaman Drum by yourself is to hold the drum sideways by the back ‘strings’ and hit it from the side with the (included) beater. This is similar to how you would hold a Bodhrán (Irish flat-drum).\nYou can also lay the drum flat on the floor and play it from above in which case it would be good to have two soft beaters to play it. This is the way children can share the drum as well.", "Bullet1":"Hand-made Shaman Drum", "Bullet2":"Natural goat skin head", "Bullet3":"Very light and easy to carry", "Bullet4":"Impressively deep, resonant tone", "Bullet5":"Large playing surface so two children could use this instrument together", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e800g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.47kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGoatskin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGoatskin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eManufactured\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBy hand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBy hand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "20","RRP_Inc_VAT": "64.68","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "53.9", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK215CE", "Title": "Octopus Academy series electro-acoustic concert ukulele - A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003eelectric", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318302904", "VariationOf": "uk215ce", "Description": "\n\nOctopus electro-acousticAcademy series\n\nOctopus has been providing high quality beginner ukuleles for almost a decade, and the Academy series carries this tradition forward.\nIt is a core part of the Octopus brand philosophy that an instrument should encourage and inspire the player. This is especially important for a first instrument which can make the difference between a lifelong passion and a passing fad gathering dust.\nSupplied in a classic natural finish, this is a fantastic looking instrument.\nExplore and unleash your inner musician with one of the most popular instruments of the moment, and trust Octopus to deliver a standard of instrument which belies the modest price point.\n\n\n The UK's most popular school ukulele just got louder! Octopus' new range of soprano and concert ukuleles now features an electric version. A simple and no-fuss system, the pickup is a single coil with a large jack end pin socket. With one tone and one volume control, you can just plug in and rock out! Build quality Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for a lifetime. The new range continues to surpass expectation – an improved production process bringing the highest quality sound and finish yet.Each component has been carefully selected and constructed, delivering excellence in each instrument. A classical guitar style bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production, tuning pegs are geared like a guitar so they hold their pitch for longer and all side walls are fully lined for stability, sound projection and a high quality appearance.Octopus have even smoothed all edges and every fret for a finish surpassing that of many more expensive ukes. Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard, the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory produces approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case When not in use, your Octopus can protect itself from spills and splashes by hiding in your handy gig bag which acts as a carrying case, supplied free with every instrument. Size and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. The concert ukulele is a slightly larger instrument, allowing for more space between the strings, as well as a larger body creating a fuller sound. ", "Bullet1":"New 2021 model", "Bullet2":"Agathis top, back and sides", "Bullet3":"Fitted with Aquila strings", "Bullet4":"Classic natural finish", "Bullet5":"Single coil passive pickup with 6.35mm jack socket", "Bullet6":"Supplied with good quality gig bag", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAgathis\/ Basswood\/ Birch\/ Maple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okoume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFretboard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFrets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCopper nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual open geared with black plastic buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePick-up\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSingle Coil, Passive, 6.35mm jack\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20 Hz - 20KHz\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eVolume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e500KΩA\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTone\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e500ΩB\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "26","RRP_Inc_VAT": "52.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "30.333333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "12","Quantity_break_price_1": "28.166666666666664", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP277", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP277 combi hand bells - set of 7 - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547002779", "VariationOf": "pp277", "Description": "This set of 7 bells has been designed to combine with the PP275 and PP276 to extend the range to 1.5 fully chromatic octaves. The hand bells are easy to play, simply flick with the wrist or push the button at the top of the handle. The bells are built to last and accurately tuned - a great addition to the classroom.", "Bullet1":"7 bells to extend the range", "Bullet2":"Notes included: A61, Bb62, B63, C#77, D78, D#79, and E80", "Bullet3":"Part of the ChromaPlay method", "Bullet4":"Can be used with the Colour \u0026amp; Play Songbook", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15cm (6\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e9cm (3.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "32","RRP_Inc_VAT": "53.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "28.708333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "W4066", "Title": "Panyard classic aluminium bass steel pan mallets - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "748252088772", "VariationOf": "w4066", "Description": "This pair of beaters have large rubber tips making them suitable for bass pan players. Over fifteen years of research and development have been incorporated into all of Panyard's stick designs. Each pair is hand crafted to exact specifications in order to produce the finest tone from your steel pan. The classic metal mallets boast Panyards exclusive non-slip grip for extra control and comfort. Each pair is made of durable aircraft grade aluminum. Shaft material - Aircraft grade aluminium Head material - Rubber", "Bullet1":"Large tip model for bass pan players", "Bullet2":"Non-slip grip for extra control and comfort", "Bullet3":"Durable aircraft grade aluminium", "Bullet4":"6.5cm head width", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAircraft grade aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e26cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead size\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6.5 x 6.5 x 4.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 x 87g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "16","RRP_Inc_VAT": "53.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "35.333333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "10","Quantity_break_price_1": "28.708333333333336", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2065", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Shamanic drum - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambours-frame-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964132606", "VariationOf": "pp2065", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Shamanic drum This style of frame drum is traditionally used by shamans for spiritual rituals. The drum is said to enable the shaman to enter the desired trance state, according to the intensity of the playing. This is a simple wooden frame drum with a natural skin head, connected to a wooden frame by thick string. The drum is supplied with a large wooden beater featuring a soft, but firm head allowing you to achieve a range of desirable tones. This stringed seed shaker is sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus. These items are musical instruments not toys and there may be small parts on or in some of them. Younger players should use them under supervision. A multitude of uses Although traditionally used as part of a shamanic ritual, this frame drum has a whole range of uses. Play it in schools and use as a learning tool or take advantage of its tactile and easy to play nature to use in music therapy. It’s full-bodied tone is also perfect to use as an effect in the recording studio. ", "Bullet1":"Crafted in Indonesia using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet2":"Full, resonant bass tone", "Bullet3":"Simple wooden frame and with a natural skin head", "Bullet4":"A frame drum traditionally used by shamans in rituals", "Bullet5":"Great for music therapy, schools and for providing a great sound in recordings", "Bullet6":"Responsibly sourced", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e41.9cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e789g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "53.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "28.708333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-41", "Title": "Genesis Images Pack of 8 - Music technology A1 wall posters - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112851", "VariationOf": "gns-41", "Description": "Introducing the 8 pack of A1 classroom posters\nThis set of eight A1 sized educational wallcharts from Genesis Images is essential for any music tech classroom or studio wall. This series covers the fundamentals of mixing, recording, synthesizing and processing sound.\nEach poster is expertly designed, eye-catching and full of detailed information, which is conveyed using clear and simple diagrams, as well as high resolution software screenshots and images of equipment. Plus, these posters are made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years.\nThey’re perfect for teachers who want to decorate their classroom walls with useful information for students to learn from.\n\n1\/8 - Live sound\nThe live sound poster has everything you need to know about basic stage setup and control, with a central annotated mixing desk showing how the various components of a PA system talk to each other. It also includes segments on DI boxes and auxiliary inserts.\n\n2\/8 – Mixers\nThe mixers poster provides a beautifully simple explanation of the various functions of a mixer. It features magnified images of a single channel from both a hardware and software mixer, with colour coded annotations defining each knob and button. It also displays information about analogue, digital, and software controlled desks.\n\n3\/8 – Synthesizers\nThe synthesizers poster shows the complex workings of a synthesizer and helpfully reduces it to the basic facts with extremely clear diagrams and definitions. It includes examples of famous instruments, explanations of oscillators, filters and envelopes, and how to differentiate between analogue synths, digital synths, and samplers.\n\n4\/8 - Computers and music\nThe computers and music poster has easy to digest descriptions of each of the components of a basic digital audio workstation (DAW) including sections on the audio interface and VSTs. This is essential information, as all music and music tech students will be expected to work with a setup like this at some point during their course.\n\n5\/8 – Microphones\nThe microphones poster neatly explains the different types of microphones – dynamic, ribbon, condenser, and electret – and their respective applications. It also features three detailed diagrams, which show the difference between omnidirectional, figure-of-eight and cardioid polar patterns.\n\n6\/8 – Samplers\nThe samplers poster gives extremely useful details on the history, mechanics and purpose of sampling. It includes information on sample rates and storage file formats, as well as graphical explanations of the common sample manipulation techniques.\n\n7\/8 - Audio processing\nThe audio processing poster provides a summary of the most common audio effects used to alter recorded or live sound. Effects are grouped under four headings: time (reverb, delay), modulation (chorus, flange), tone (EQ), and dynamic (compression, gate). It also includes diagrams showing the parameters associated with each.\n\n8\/8 - Sound connections\nThe sound connections poster includes an invaluable reference sheet for musicians of all ages, giving explanations and applications of all the common types of connections and cables. It groups connections under three subheadings – audio signal, speaker, and digital information – and it also features a section on the difference between balanced and unbalanced wiring.\n", "Bullet1":"8 x A1 (841x594mm) informative wallcharts", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features eye catching designs with clear and simple diagrams", "Bullet4":"Series covers music tech fundamentals", "Bullet5":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "Bullet6":"Particularly suitable for KS3\/KS4", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "17","RRP_Inc_VAT": "54.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "GNS-42", "Title": "Genesis Images Pack of 8 - Musical instruments A1 wall posters - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003eposters", "Brand": "Genesis Images", "Barcode": "5055964112868", "VariationOf": "gns-42", "Description": "Introducing the 8-pack of A1 musical instruments wall posters\nThis set of 8 educational wallcharts from Genesis Images is ideal for peripatetic teaching rooms. It includes four colourful posters featuring the instruments from each of the different sections of an orchestra, one on exotic world percussion, and three further displays on the other most popular learner instruments.\nEach poster is expertly designed, eye-catching and full of detailed information. They’re also made from quality 120gsm silk poster paper, which is durable and built to last for many years.\nThese wallcharts are the perfect way for teachers to decorate their music classroom, practice room or studio walls with useful information for students of different ages to learn from.\n\n1\/8 - Brass instruments\nThe brass poster features crisp, detailed images of the four standard orchestral brass instruments, accompanied by key facts and information. It includes a section on some common extended techniques, and it also defines and notates the harmonic series.\n\n2\/8 - Woodwind instruments\nThe woodwind poster offers a brief description of the five orchestral woodwind families (flutes, oboes, clarinets, bassoons, and saxophones) along with helpful diagrams which colour code their respective ranges according to the quality of tone. It also features an example of Bb transposition.\n\n3\/8 - Percussion instruments\nThe percussion poster defines the six categories of percussion – pitched and non-pitched membraphones, pitched and non-pitched idiophones, aerophones and chordaphones – with examples and pictures of all the instruments you are likely to encounter in Western classical music.\n\n4\/8 - Stringed instruments\nThe stringed poster displays basic information and ranges for violin, viola, cello and double bass, with extra sections on the orchestral harp and a glossary of standard Italian terms associated with the playing of stringed instruments.\n\n5\/8 – Guitars\nThe guitars poster depicts an annotated anatomy of the electric guitar, along with pictures of the various acoustic members of the guitar family. It includes a pitch map of the entire guitar neck, and it has a particularly useful explanation of the relationship between traditional notation and tablature.\n\n6\/8 - The voice\nThe voice poster has facts about the different types of singing voice, including a stave showing standard ranges. It includes bitesize definitions of 12 key words associated with the composition and performance of both classical and popular vocal music styles.\n\n7\/8 - Keyboard instruments\nThe keyboard poster features detailed descriptions of a large number of keyboard instruments that have been categorised by method of sound production, each accompanied by example images. It includes information on clavichords, harpsichords, organs, pianos and celestas as well as some alternative keyboards and synthesisers.\n\n8\/8 - Drums and world percussion\nThe drums poster has labelled images of percussion instruments from four key countries - salsa from Cuba, samba from Brazil, djembes from West Africa, and tablas from India - accompanied by a map. It also features segments on drum notation basics and examples of the most common drumming rudiments.\n", "Bullet1":"8 x A1 (841x594mm) informative wallcharts", "Bullet2":"Durable 120gsm silk poster paper", "Bullet3":"Features eye catching designs with essential keywords and clear diagrams", "Bullet4":"Series covers the orchestral instrument families, guitars, keyboard and the voice", "Bullet5":"Ideal for classroom, practice room or studio walls", "Bullet6":"Suitable for KS2\/KS3\/KS4", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "14","RRP_Inc_VAT": "54.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "22.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP275", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP275 combi hand bells - set of 8 - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547002755", "VariationOf": "pp275", "Description": "Great in schools\nThis set of 8 combi bells from Percussion Plus is a great resource for the classroom. With a range of C64-C76 they are lots of fun and incredibly easy to play – simply shake as a hand bell or push the button on top of the handle. \n\nThe flexibility of the combi bells means they can adapt to any practice or performance space. So, whether you are on stage or in a small classroom, the combi bells can adapt.\n\nAlso, This diatonic set can be combined with the PP276 set of 5 combi bells to make a fully chromatic set. The PP277 expansion pack of 7 combi bells can be used to achieve an extended range of A61 to E80.\n\nBuilt to last\nEach bell is made of sturdy metal which is coated in a clear plastic casing to protect it from damage. \n\nThis means that they are built to last and will withstand use in the classroom, without compromising their clear and bright tone.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of the PP275 combi bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments. Each of the combi bells are vibrantly coloured according to our colour matching note system, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\n\nThese combi bells are colour-coded to match the following products:\n\n\nWak-a-Tubes\nPercussion Plus PP935 Chime Bars\nPercussion Plus PP015 Hand Chimes\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!\n", "Bullet1":"8 diatonic coloured bells", "Bullet2":"Tuned to a C major scale C64 - C76", "Bullet3":"Part of the ChromaPlay colour method", "Bullet4":"Metal bells with clear plastic casing and plastic stem", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "288","RRP_Inc_VAT": "54.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "29.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1141", "Title": "Percussion Plus 18\"\" plain bodhran - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebodhrans", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547011412", "VariationOf": "pp1141", "Description": "Introducing the 18\"\" bodhran from Percussion Plus\nThis bodhran from Percussion Plus is a genuine hand-crafted Irish drum, supplied with traditional style tipper and a quality bag. \n\nTraditional playing methods\nA Bodhran is an Irish frame drum that is believed to have evolved from the tambourine, however more recently popularised due to the resurgence of Irish traditional music. The Bodhran is traditionally played using a lathe-turned piece of wood called a bone or tipper (pictured above), and can also be played using a modern brush stick, or even your bare hands. \n\nQuality construction and finish\nA solid construction and well-built inner frame allows the player to confidently grip the drum to produce a precise and resonant tone. The natural skin drum is evenly stretched for accurate tone production and for a long life.", "Bullet1":"18\" plain bodhran", "Bullet2":"Genuine hand-crafted Irish drum", "Bullet3":"Supplier with tipper (beater)", "Bullet4":"Includes carry case", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "55.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "29.791666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP306", "Title": "Percussion Plus set of 3 tom tom drums - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eearly-years", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547003066", "VariationOf": "pp306", "Description": "This is nicely made and attractive set of drums in bright colours. Each drum has a different sized head as follows: Red-13cm Yellow-17.5cm Blue-23cm The different sizing creates a nice tonal range. They are produced using a wooden body and a natural goat-skin head which gives a very authentic sound. These are the ideal instruments for younger children and the perfect set for nursery or primary school percussion trolleys.", "Bullet1":"Set of three quality tom tom drums", "Bullet2":"Supplied in yellow, blue and red", "Bullet3":"Each drum has a carrying cord", "Bullet4":"Supplied with three pairs of beaters", "Bullet5":"Natural goat skin head", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "23","RRP_Inc_VAT": "55.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "29.791666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP930", "Title": "Percussion Plus 17 note glockenspiel - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eglockenspiels\u003eeducational", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547009303", "VariationOf": "pp930", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus 17 note glockenspiel\nThe Percussion Plus PP930 is a brilliant and sturdy piece of classroom tuned percussion. The notes are mounted on the familiar red, solid wood base - which instantly makes it more hard wearing than a number of alternatives. The 17 notes are made from good quality metal and are precision tuned, which makes them the ideal classroom choice where more than one instrument will be played together.\nThe range is C64 (middle C) to E80 with all the chromatic notes in between.\nTuning compass", "Bullet1":"Renowned Percussion Plus build quality", "Bullet2":"Precision tuned", "Bullet3":"Fully chromatic -C64 - E80", "Bullet4":"Metal note bars", "Bullet5":"Beaters included", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ewater-dilutable saturated polyester resin coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "56","RRP_Inc_VAT": "55.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "29.791666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK230TW", "Title": "Octopus Rosette tenor ukulele - wave motif - A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003etenor", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318304076", "VariationOf": "uk230tw", "Description": "Introducing the Octopus Rosette ukulele As part of the continuing evolution of the Octopus Ukulele brand we are delighted bring you the Octopus Rosette series. A brand new range for Octopus Ukulele, the Octopus Rosette is a next level instrument aimed at the intermediate player or adult beginner. The Rosette is a truly stunning ukulele due to its intricate laser etched design. And with quality features such as a NuBone nut and saddle, Aquila Nylgut strings and chrome diecast tuners it also plays like a dream. Octopus believes an instrument should encourage and inspire the player, which is something the Rosette range has no shortage of – you won’t want to put your ukulele down! Each ukulele also comes with a quality gig bag and is supplied in a colourful box. Unique laser etched design Inspired by an iconic piece of Japanese artwork depicting the power of the ocean, this ukulele features a stunning wave design intricately etched onto the body. The sound hole is also surrounded with a wave pattern rosette for additional detail. There are two designs available - see our full range for additional options. Carefully selected materials Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for many years to come. The top, back, and sides are made of laminated open pore sapele wood which has been sustainably sourced and beautifully finished in a rich satin sheen. The side walls are also fully lined to increase projection and produce a high-quality appearance. Quality components Each component has been carefully selected, delivering excellence in every instrument and ensuring durability and a consistent tone. A tie bar bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production and silver chrome diecast tuners offer reliable tuning in a shiny finish. The side walls are fully lined for sound projection and a high-quality appearance. The Octopus Ukulele Academy with Andy Eastwood In addition to being an official endorsee of the Rosette Series, Andy Eastwood is also working in collaboration with Octopus to create a series of educational video content of which a selection is focussed specifically around the Rosette range. With lessons on basic skills, building new techniques, chord reading and more there is a lesson for everyone. To view this content, head to the Octopus Ukulele YouTube Channel. Graph Tech NuBone XB Nubone does not damp string vibration like plastic - instead, it transfers the optimum frequencies to the ukulele. This new material helps produce more volume and a better tone. Octopus Rosette ukuleles feature NuBone XB nuts and saddles as standard.\n The nut on a ukulele determines how easy it is to fret notes, stop fret buzz, and affects the tone of all your open notes. Graph Tech’s expert engineering promises to deliver the perfect fit and aids accurate intonation. \n The saddle is vitally important to the sound of your ukulele. It establishes the height of the strings and playing action, and also determines the overall tone and volume. In other words, which frequencies and harmonics are transferred from the string to the body of your uke, and what frequencies and harmonics remain vibrating in the string. \n Graph Tech is the world's experts in nut and saddle design and materials and can be found fitted to many of the world’s biggest names in guitars and ukuleles.\n Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard - the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory manufactures approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case with every instrument A next-level ukulele deserves to be carried in a next-level gig bag! We have created a beautiful, padded gig bag for the Octopus Ukulele, providing your instrument with the ultimate protection. Finished off with bespoke Octopus zip pulls, each gig bag has a pair of adjustable integrated backpack straps. Size and range The tenor ukulele is the largest in our current Octopus range and is the next step up from the concert in size. They have a few extra frets on the neck meaning a slightly larger range. In addition, the extra size makes the tenor have a deeper and fuller sound and resonant tone as well as allowing for more space between the strings and frets. This makes tenor ukuleles suitable for fingerpicking. \n", "Bullet1":"Endorsed by renowned ukulele performer and teacher Andy Eastwood", "Bullet2":"Lazer etched designs on open pore natural sapele", "Bullet3":"Fitted with Aquila strings", "Bullet4":"Diecast silver chrome tuners", "Bullet5":"OctoWave headstock", "Bullet6":"Flat back and tie bar bridge", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaminated Sapele\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaminated Sapele\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okoume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFingerboard \u0026 Bridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGraph Tech Nubone XB\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuners\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSilver chrome diecast geared machine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOpen pore\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBag padding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e600g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e75mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "55.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "32.083333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK230C", "Title": "Octopus Rosette concert ukulele - A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003econcert", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318304045", "VariationOf": "uk230c", "Description": "Introducing the Octopus Rosette ukulele As part of the continuing evolution of the Octopus Ukulele brand we are delighted bring you the Octopus Rosette series. A brand new range for Octopus Ukulele, the Octopus Rosette is a next level instrument aimed at the intermediate player or adult beginner. The Rosette is a truly stunning ukulele due to its intricate laser etched design. And with quality features such as a NuBone nut and saddle, Aquila Nylgut strings and chrome diecast tuners it also plays like a dream. Octopus believes an instrument should encourage and inspire the player, which is something the Rosette range has no shortage of – you won’t want to put your ukulele down! Each ukulele also comes with a quality gig bag and is supplied in a colourful box. Unique laser etched design Inspired by our very own ‘Octopus’ brand, this ukulele design features ‘Kane’ the Octopus, as well as a variety of marine life and an intricate wave pattern surrounding the sound hole. There are two designs available - see our full range for additional options. Carefully selected materials Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for many years to come. The top, back, and sides are made of laminated open pore sapele wood which has been sustainably sourced and beautifully finished in a rich satin sheen. The side walls are also fully lined to increase projection and produce a high-quality appearance. Quality components Each component has been carefully selected, delivering excellence in every instrument and ensuring durability and a consistent tone. A tie bar bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production and silver chrome diecast tuners offer reliable tuning in a shiny finish. The side walls are fully lined for sound projection and a high-quality appearance. The Octopus Ukulele Academy with Andy Eastwood In addition to being an official endorsee of the Rosette Series, Andy Eastwood is also working in collaboration with Octopus to create a series of educational video content of which a selection is focussed specifically around the Rosette range. With lessons on basic skills, building new techniques, chord reading and more there is a lesson for everyone. To view this content, head to the Octopus Ukulele YouTube Channel. Graph Tech NuBone XB Nubone does not damp string vibration like plastic - instead, it transfers the optimum frequencies to the ukulele. This new material helps produce more volume and a better tone. Octopus Rosette ukuleles feature NuBone XB nuts and saddles as standard.\n The nut on a ukulele determines how easy it is to fret notes, stop fret buzz, and affects the tone of all your open notes. Graph Tech’s expert engineering promises to deliver the perfect fit and aids accurate intonation. \n The saddle is vitally important to the sound of your ukulele. It establishes the height of the strings and playing action, and also determines the overall tone and volume. In other words, which frequencies and harmonics are transferred from the string to the body of your uke, and what frequencies and harmonics remain vibrating in the string. \n Graph Tech is the world's experts in nut and saddle design and materials and can be found fitted to many of the world’s biggest names in guitars and ukuleles. Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard - the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory manufactures approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case with every instrument A next-level ukulele deserves to be carried in a next-level gig bag! We have created a beautiful, padded gig bag for the Octopus Ukulele, providing your instrument with the ultimate protection. Finished off with bespoke Octopus zip pulls, each gig bag has a pair of adjustable integrated backpack straps. Size and range Concert ukuleles are slightly larger and longer than the standard soprano at 23in (58cm), and they have a few extra frets on the neck meaning a slightly larger range. Also, the extra size makes the concert have a louder and fuller sound as well as allowing for more space between the strings. \n", "Bullet1":"Endorsed by renowned ukulele performer and teacher Andy Eastwood", "Bullet2":"Laser etched designs on open pore natural sapele", "Bullet3":"Fitted with Aquila strings", "Bullet4":"Diecast silver chrome tuners", "Bullet5":"OctoWave headstock", "Bullet6":"Flat back and tie bar bridge", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaminated Sapele\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaminated Sapele\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okoume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFingerboard \u0026 Bridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGraph Tech Nubone XB\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTunersc\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSilver chrome diecast geared machine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOpen pore\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBag padding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e486g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e65mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "58","RRP_Inc_VAT": "55.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "32.083333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK230CW", "Title": "Octopus Rosette concert ukulele - wave motif - A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003econcert", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318304052", "VariationOf": "uk230cw", "Description": "Introducing the Octopus Rosette ukulele As part of the continuing evolution of the Octopus Ukulele brand we are delighted bring you the Octopus Rosette series. A brand new range for Octopus Ukulele, the Octopus Rosette is a next level instrument aimed at the intermediate player or adult beginner. The Rosette is a truly stunning ukulele due to its intricate laser etched design. And with quality features such as a NuBone nut and saddle, Aquila Nylgut strings and chrome diecast tuners it also plays like a dream. Octopus believes an instrument should encourage and inspire the player, which is something the Rosette range has no shortage of – you won’t want to put your ukulele down! Each ukulele also comes with a quality gig bag and is supplied in a colourful box. Unique laser etched design Inspired by our very own ‘Octopus’ brand, this ukulele design features ‘Kane’ the Octopus, as well as a variety of marine life and an intricate wave pattern surrounding the sound hole. There are two designs available - see our full range for additional options. Carefully selected materials Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for many years to come. The top, back, and sides are made of laminated open pore sapele wood which has been sustainably sourced and beautifully finished in a rich satin sheen. The side walls are also fully lined to increase projection and produce a high-quality appearance. Quality components Each component has been carefully selected, delivering excellence in every instrument and ensuring durability and a consistent tone. A tie bar bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production and silver chrome diecast tuners offer reliable tuning in a shiny finish. The side walls are fully lined for sound projection and a high-quality appearance. The Octopus Ukulele Academy with Andy Eastwood In addition to being an official endorsee of the Rosette Series, Andy Eastwood is also working in collaboration with Octopus to create a series of educational video content of which a selection is focussed specifically around the Rosette range. With lessons on basic skills, building new techniques, chord reading and more there is a lesson for everyone. To view this content, head to the Octopus Ukulele YouTube Channel. Graph Tech NuBone XB Nubone does not damp string vibration like plastic - instead, it transfers the optimum frequencies to the ukulele. This new material helps produce more volume and a better tone. Octopus Rosette ukuleles feature NuBone XB nuts and saddles as standard.\n The nut on a ukulele determines how easy it is to fret notes, stop fret buzz, and affects the tone of all your open notes. Graph Tech’s expert engineering promises to deliver the perfect fit and aids accurate intonation. \n The saddle is vitally important to the sound of your ukulele. It establishes the height of the strings and playing action, and also determines the overall tone and volume. In other words, which frequencies and harmonics are transferred from the string to the body of your uke, and what frequencies and harmonics remain vibrating in the string. \n Graph Tech is the world's experts in nut and saddle design and materials and can be found fitted to many of the world’s biggest names in guitars and ukuleles. Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard - the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory manufactures approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case with every instrument A next-level ukulele deserves to be carried in a next-level gig bag! We have created a beautiful, padded gig bag for the Octopus Ukulele, providing your instrument with the ultimate protection. Finished off with bespoke Octopus zip pulls, each gig bag has a pair of adjustable integrated backpack straps. Size and range Concert ukuleles are slightly larger and longer than the standard soprano at 23in (58cm), and they have a few extra frets on the neck meaning a slightly larger range. Also, the extra size makes the concert have a louder and fuller sound as well as allowing for more space between the strings. \n", "Bullet1":"Endorsed by renowned ukulele performer and teacher Andy Eastwood", "Bullet2":"Laser etched designs on open pore natural sapele", "Bullet3":"Fitted with Aquila strings", "Bullet4":"Diecast silver chrome tuners", "Bullet5":"OctoWave headstock", "Bullet6":"Flat back and tie bar bridge", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaminated Sapele\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaminated Sapele\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okoume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFingerboard \u0026 Bridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGraph Tech Nubone XB\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuners\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSilver chrome diecast geared machine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOpen pore\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBag padding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e486g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e75mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "55.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "32.083333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6661", "Title": "Percussion Plus Slap Djembe mechanically tuned - 8 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964198930", "VariationOf": "pp6661", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Slap Djembe mechanically tuned\nThe original Slap Djembe - a perfect musical tool for schools. The interactive nature of learning djembe drumming not only makes for fantastic music education for youngsters, but also a great therapeutic activity for all ages. With their instructive drumheads and robust construction, Slap Djembes make a brilliant addition to music education settings.\nSlap djembes have become well known for their excellent ease of play, lightweight portability, and impressive sound. Slap Djembes stand out with their colourful designs, finely tuned drum heads, and durability, making them an excellent choice for group sessions, performances and demonstrations.\nThese mechanically tuned djembes combine the practicality of the pretuned drums with the musical refinement of the rope tuning. They come with a wrench which allows players to easily tune the drums, without losing the vibrant tone of the djembe. Slap Djembes have proven popular for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET) and even as part of CPD programmes for teachers looking to develop their musical options and skills!\n\n\n“The mechanically tuned djembe has a sturdy but attractive construction which can withstand punishment even from the most enthusiastic player. There is plenty of space between the head and the hoop to give a comfortable feel. With the bolt tensioning system, this djembe can be easily tuned to the players preferred sound and damaged drumheads can be quickly and inexpensively replaced.”\nAndy Gleadhill - Percussion Plus Global Ambassador \n\n Let's play together\nWith these Slap Djembes from Percussion Plus, you get a great looking high-quality instrument with an innovative 'how to play' guide printed on the drum skin. There are many different techniques used to produce tones on a djembe and any of these can be used on our djembes. The printed graphic on the head of the drum offers suggested hand positions for the three main techniques on a djembe: Slap, Tone, and Bass\nWith this easy method, teaching and learning is simple and allows you to tailor your class to include visual as well as instructive and aural learners, providing an inclusive way into music making for all levels and abilities. It's no surprise that these drums have become very popular in schools over the last few years. Fun look, vibrant sound The colourful pattern wrapped around and bonded to the drum gives a fun look suitable for classes and personal use, as well as festivals, demonstrations, and events. Their lightweight body and carrying strap also allows for easy transportation between and during playing sessions or events. \n\n\nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n The design on the drum head shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring. \n The Bass The best sound is achieved in the centre of the drum. Keep your palm flat and stiff and strike the drum firmly. \n The Tone Straighten all your fingers at the same time. There are numerous hand positions that can be used to create the tone. Think of your hand as a straight extension of your arm, and you should get a solid ‘thud’ sound. \n The Slap This stroke can be played in the same position as the tone, the difference is that one relaxes the hand and arm to hit the drum with a slap-like motion. Spreading your fingers out slightly when they strike the djembe helps create a crisp clear sound. \n\n\n", "Bullet1":"The original in the Slap Djembe range", "Bullet2":"'How to play' synthetic drum head for easy teaching and learning", "Bullet3":"Heat sealed cotton cloth exterior with vibrant design", "Bullet4":"Lightweight and robust synthetic shell", "Bullet5":"Great sound quality with booming, loud bass tones and whip-crack highs", "Bullet6":"Easily tune your djembe with the tuning wrench (included)", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6661\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6663\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.6kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLightweight PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead\/skin material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSynthetic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning method\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMechanically tuned\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "78","RRP_Inc_VAT": "55.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "29.791666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6663", "Title": "Percussion Plus Slap Djembe mechanically tuned - 12 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964132453", "VariationOf": "pp6661", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Plus Slap Djembe mechanically tuned\nThe original Slap Djembe - a perfect musical tool for schools. The interactive nature of learning djembe drumming not only makes for fantastic music education for youngsters, but also a great therapeutic activity for all ages. With their instructive drumheads and robust construction, Slap Djembes make a brilliant addition to music education settings.\nSlap djembes have become well known for their excellent ease of play, lightweight portability, and impressive sound. Slap Djembes stand out with their colourful designs, finely tuned drum heads, and durability, making them an excellent choice for group sessions, performances and demonstrations.\nThese mechanically tuned djembes combine the practicality of the pretuned drums with the musical refinement of the rope tuning. They come with a wrench which allows players to easily tune the drums, without losing the vibrant tone of the djembe. Slap Djembes have proven popular for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET) and even as part of CPD programmes for teachers looking to develop their musical options and skills!\n\n\n“The mechanically tuned djembe has a sturdy but attractive construction which can withstand punishment even from the most enthusiastic player. There is plenty of space between the head and the hoop to give a comfortable feel. With the bolt tensioning system, this djembe can be easily tuned to the players preferred sound and damaged drumheads can be quickly and inexpensively replaced.”\nAndy Gleadhill - Percussion Plus Global Ambassador \n\n Let's play together\nWith these Slap Djembes from Percussion Plus, you get a great looking high-quality instrument with an innovative 'how to play' guide printed on the drum skin. There are many different techniques used to produce tones on a djembe and any of these can be used on our djembes. The printed graphic on the head of the drum offers suggested hand positions for the three main techniques on a djembe: Slap, Tone, and Bass\nWith this easy method, teaching and learning is simple and allows you to tailor your class to include visual as well as instructive and aural learners, providing an inclusive way into music making for all levels and abilities. It's no surprise that these drums have become very popular in schools over the last few years. Fun look, vibrant sound The colourful pattern wrapped around and bonded to the drum gives a fun look suitable for classes and personal use, as well as festivals, demonstrations, and events. Their lightweight body and carrying strap also allows for easy transportation between and during playing sessions or events. \n\n\nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n The design on the drum head shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring. \n The Bass The best sound is achieved in the centre of the drum. Keep your palm flat and stiff and strike the drum firmly. \n The Tone Straighten all your fingers at the same time. There are numerous hand positions that can be used to create the tone. Think of your hand as a straight extension of your arm, and you should get a solid ‘thud’ sound. \n The Slap This stroke can be played in the same position as the tone, the difference is that one relaxes the hand and arm to hit the drum with a slap-like motion. Spreading your fingers out slightly when they strike the djembe helps create a crisp clear sound. \n\n\n", "Bullet1":"The original in the Slap Djembe range", "Bullet2":"'How to play' synthetic drum head for easy teaching and learning", "Bullet3":"Heat sealed cotton cloth exterior with vibrant design", "Bullet4":"Lightweight and robust synthetic shell", "Bullet5":"Great sound quality with booming, loud bass tones and whip-crack highs", "Bullet6":"Easily tune your djembe with the tuning wrench (included)", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6661\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6663\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.6kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLightweight PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead\/skin material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSynthetic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning method\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMechanically tuned\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "47","RRP_Inc_VAT": "90.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "48.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "OW-SHDRPA30", "Title": "Drums for Schools painted shaman drum - 12 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambours-frame-drums", "Brand": "DfS CON", "Barcode": "5060344030861", "VariationOf": "ow-shdrpa30", "Description": "Introducing the Drums for Schools painted shaman drum\nThis is a hand-made Shaman Drum, covered with airbrush painted goat skin and complete with a padded beater. A lovely large percussion instrument for young children to get their hands on, this beautiful drum is both very light and easy to carry and has a wonderful cryptic black shadow creature painted upon its skin.\nIt has an impressive deep, resonant tone and is quite robust. Its large playing surface means that two children could use this instrument together - the normal way of playing a Shaman Drum by yourself is to hold the drum sideways by the back ‘strings’ and hit it from the side with the (included) beater. This is similar to how you would hold a Bodhrán (Irish flat-drum).\nYou can also lay the drum flat on the floor and play it from above in which case it would be good to have two soft beaters to play it. This is the way children can share the drum as well.", "Bullet1":"Hand-made Shaman Drum", "Bullet2":"Natural goat skin head", "Bullet3":"Covered with airbrush painting", "Bullet4":"Very light and easy to carry", "Bullet5":"Impressively deep, resonant tone", "Bullet6":"Large playing surface so two children could use this instrument together", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e800g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGoatskin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eManufactured\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBy hand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "56.76","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "47.3", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "OW-SHDRPA40", "Title": "Drums for Schools painted shaman drum - 16 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambours-frame-drums", "Brand": "DfS CON", "Barcode": "5060344030878", "VariationOf": "ow-shdrpa30", "Description": "Introducing the Drums for Schools painted shaman drum\nThis is a hand-made Shaman Drum, covered with airbrush painted goat skin and complete with a padded beater. A lovely large percussion instrument for young children to get their hands on, this beautiful drum is both very light and easy to carry and has a wonderful cryptic black shadow creature painted upon its skin.\nIt has an impressive deep, resonant tone and is quite robust. Its large playing surface means that two children could use this instrument together - the normal way of playing a Shaman Drum by yourself is to hold the drum sideways by the back ‘strings’ and hit it from the side with the (included) beater. This is similar to how you would hold a Bodhrán (Irish flat-drum).\nYou can also lay the drum flat on the floor and play it from above in which case it would be good to have two soft beaters to play it. This is the way children can share the drum as well.", "Bullet1":"Hand-made Shaman Drum", "Bullet2":"Natural goat skin head", "Bullet3":"Covered with airbrush painting", "Bullet4":"Very light and easy to carry", "Bullet5":"Impressively deep, resonant tone", "Bullet6":"Large playing surface so two children could use this instrument together", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e800g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGoatskin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eManufactured\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBy hand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "69.96","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "58.3", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "CB8", "Title": "Percussion Workshop set of 8 colour combi hand bells - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Workshop", "Barcode": "5060179346045", "VariationOf": "cb8", "Description": "Fun for all\nThese colourful, combi handbells come as a set of 8 notes (C64-C76) which are accurately tuned and when combined with the CB5 bells create a full chromatic scale. \n\nAs the bell is housed in a safe and sturdy clear plastic shell, it is protected from being damaged without compromising the crisp, bright tone.\n\nThese key elements combined make these bells ideal for use within the classroom and within groups.\n\nHow to play\nThey can be played simply by shaking the bell or alternatively on a desk by pressing the button on the top of the handle, which is clearly marked with their note name.\n\nThese are great for a range of spaces - whether in a small classroom or on a stage these bells can accommodate.\n\nMaking music together\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of the Percussion Workshop Combi Bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\n\nYou are able to pair the Combi Bells up with the following instruments:\n\nYou are able to pair the Combi Bells up with the following instruments:\n\n\nPercussion Workshop KB10 Chime Bars\nPercussion Plus PP944 Chime Bars\n\n\n\nThis product is supplied in a durable, colourful box with a practical carry handle for ease of storage and transport.", "Bullet1":"A fun and colourful way to start learning music", "Bullet2":"In the key of C from C64 - C76", "Bullet3":"Set of 8 combi handbells ideal for all ages", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWater-dilutable saturated polyester resin coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "494","RRP_Inc_VAT": "57.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "30.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "CB7", "Title": "Percussion Workshop colour combi hand bells set of 7 extra notes - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebells\u003ehand-bells", "Brand": "Percussion Workshop", "Barcode": "5060179346069", "VariationOf": "cb7", "Description": "Fun for all\nThese, colourful combi handbells are an extension set for the CB8, and CB5 sets of bells. The notes included in this set are: high C#77, D78, D#79, and E80 and low A61, Bb62, and B63. \n\nAs the bell is housed in a safe and sturdy clear plastic shell, it is protected from being damaged without compromising the crisp, bright tone.\n\nThese key elements combined make these bells ideal for use within the classroom and within groups.\n\nHow to play\nThey can be played simply by shaking the bell or alternatively on a desk by pressing the button on the top of the handle, which is clearly marked with their note name.\n\nThese are great for a range of spaces - whether in a small classroom or on a stage these bells can accommodate.\n\nMaking music together\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of the Percussion Plus Combi Bells is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments.\n\nYou are able to pair the Combi Bells up with the following instruments:\n\n\nPercussion Workshop KB10 Chime Bars\nPercussion Plus PP944 Chime Bars\n\n\n\nThis product is supplied in a durable, colourful box with a practical carry handle for ease of storage and transport.", "Bullet1":"Extra notes: High C#77, D78, D#79, and E80 and low A61, Bb62, and B63", "Bullet2":"Each bell housed in safe and sturdy clear plastic shell to protect the bell", "Bullet3":"Perfect for extending the range of your CB8 bells", "Bullet4":"Supplied in strong colourful box with handle", "Bullet5":"A fun and colourful way to start learning music", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWater-dilutable saturated polyester resin coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "45","RRP_Inc_VAT": "57.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "30.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3065", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP3065 Rhythm sticks - pack of 12 pairs - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eclaves", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964132897", "VariationOf": "pp3065", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus rhythm sticks\nMade from brightly painted wood, these sticks are smoothly finished to safely accommodate small hands and encourage children to keep the beat and explore rhythms. These hardwood sticks produce a wide variety of sounds and will help children develop motor skills, hand-eye co-ordination and teach cause and effect. \n\nIn this pack of 12 you will receive 3 pairs of each of the following colours: red, green, blue and yellow.", "Bullet1":"12 pairs of hardwood sticks", "Bullet2":"Can be used to produce a variety of sounds", "Bullet3":"Brightly coloured painted wood finish", "Bullet4":"3 pairs of each colour: red, green, blue and yellow", "Bullet5":"Early childhood education", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "25","RRP_Inc_VAT": "57.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "30.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3066", "Title": "Percussion Plus Rhythm sticks - Red \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eclaves", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964132903", "VariationOf": "pp3066", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus rhythm sticks\nMade from brightly painted wood, these sticks are smoothly finished to safely accommodate small hands and encourage children to keep the beat and explore rhythms. These hardwood sticks produce a wide variety of sounds and will help children develop motor skills, hand-eye co-ordination and teach cause and effect. \n\nAvailable in a variety of colours, supplied as a brick of 12 pairs.", "Bullet1":"Supplied as a convenient brick of 12 pairs", "Bullet2":"Perfect for education settings", "Bullet3":"Can be used to produce a variety of sounds", "Bullet4":"Brightly coloured painted wood finish", "Bullet5":"Available in red, green, blue or yellow", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30cm x 1.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "57.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "30.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3067", "Title": "Percussion Plus Rhythm sticks - Green \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eclaves", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964132910", "VariationOf": "pp3066", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus rhythm sticks\nMade from brightly painted wood, these sticks are smoothly finished to safely accommodate small hands and encourage children to keep the beat and explore rhythms. These hardwood sticks produce a wide variety of sounds and will help children develop motor skills, hand-eye co-ordination and teach cause and effect. \n\nAvailable in a variety of colours, supplied as a brick of 12 pairs.", "Bullet1":"Supplied as a convenient brick of 12 pairs", "Bullet2":"Perfect for education settings", "Bullet3":"Can be used to produce a variety of sounds", "Bullet4":"Brightly coloured painted wood finish", "Bullet5":"Available in red, green, blue or yellow", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30cm x 1.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "13","RRP_Inc_VAT": "57.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "30.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3068", "Title": "Percussion Plus Rhythm sticks - Blue \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eclaves", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964132927", "VariationOf": "pp3066", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus rhythm sticks\nMade from brightly painted wood, these sticks are smoothly finished to safely accommodate small hands and encourage children to keep the beat and explore rhythms. These hardwood sticks produce a wide variety of sounds and will help children develop motor skills, hand-eye co-ordination and teach cause and effect. \n\nAvailable in a variety of colours, supplied as a brick of 12 pairs.", "Bullet1":"Supplied as a convenient brick of 12 pairs", "Bullet2":"Perfect for education settings", "Bullet3":"Can be used to produce a variety of sounds", "Bullet4":"Brightly coloured painted wood finish", "Bullet5":"Available in red, green, blue or yellow", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30cm x 1.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "13","RRP_Inc_VAT": "57.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "30.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3069", "Title": "Percussion Plus Rhythm sticks - Yellow \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eclaves", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964132934", "VariationOf": "pp3066", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus rhythm sticks\nMade from brightly painted wood, these sticks are smoothly finished to safely accommodate small hands and encourage children to keep the beat and explore rhythms. These hardwood sticks produce a wide variety of sounds and will help children develop motor skills, hand-eye co-ordination and teach cause and effect. \n\nAvailable in a variety of colours, supplied as a brick of 12 pairs.", "Bullet1":"Supplied as a convenient brick of 12 pairs", "Bullet2":"Perfect for education settings", "Bullet3":"Can be used to produce a variety of sounds", "Bullet4":"Brightly coloured painted wood finish", "Bullet5":"Available in red, green, blue or yellow", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30cm x 1.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "14","RRP_Inc_VAT": "57.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "30.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HT12K04-R", "Title": "12oz HuskeeRenew Cup 4-pack - Smoke \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001430", "VariationOf": "ht12k04-r", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeRenew 4-pack of 12oz cups HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack contains four 12oz coffee cups - a convenient and cost effect way to purchase for your café or restaurant. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? That's 2.5 billion every year! But HuskeeCups battle the waste that disposable coffee cups produce, by being reusable and made from 50% recycled material. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is HuskeeRenew? The HuskeeRenew range is made from Tritan Renew 50, a new PBS, BPF and BPA-free food-grade plastic which allows us to include 50% certified recycled content in this range of products. Tritan Renew 50 products use plastic derived from 50% recycled content, and Tritan plastics are used in over 600 products, from drink bottles to medical grade equipment. The material was chosen for its glass-like appearance, excellent durability as well as its stain and odour resisting properties. HuskeeRenew is a high performance copolyester, perfectly designed to hold both your hot and cold drinks. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. The iconic Huskee fins also make hot coffees easy and comfortable to hold. \n Staying in with your coffee? The matching classic saucer is the perfect size for the HuskeeRenew 12oz cup and is a great way to experience coffee or cold beverages in your cafe, office, or home. They're also stackable, so you can keep thing organised. Sold separately as a 4-pack\n Coffee on the go \nThese cups are compatible with the stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow.\n\n\n How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner.\nThe most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that!\n \n HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. \n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 50% recycled material", "Bullet2":"This pack contains 4 x 12oz cups - perfect for coffees", "Bullet3":"Translucent glass-like finish", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e132mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e87mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e141g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e350ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTritan Renew 50 (50% post-consumer recycled plastic), BPA, PBS, BPF free\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "57.95","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "28.975", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HT12A04-R", "Title": "12oz HuskeeRenew Cup 4-pack - Amber \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001553", "VariationOf": "ht12k04-r", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeRenew 4-pack of 12oz cups HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack contains four 12oz coffee cups - a convenient and cost effect way to purchase for your café or restaurant. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? That's 2.5 billion every year! But HuskeeCups battle the waste that disposable coffee cups produce, by being reusable and made from 50% recycled material. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is HuskeeRenew? The HuskeeRenew range is made from Tritan Renew 50, a new PBS, BPF and BPA-free food-grade plastic which allows us to include 50% certified recycled content in this range of products. Tritan Renew 50 products use plastic derived from 50% recycled content, and Tritan plastics are used in over 600 products, from drink bottles to medical grade equipment. The material was chosen for its glass-like appearance, excellent durability as well as its stain and odour resisting properties. HuskeeRenew is a high performance copolyester, perfectly designed to hold both your hot and cold drinks. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. The iconic Huskee fins also make hot coffees easy and comfortable to hold. \n Staying in with your coffee? The matching classic saucer is the perfect size for the HuskeeRenew 12oz cup and is a great way to experience coffee or cold beverages in your cafe, office, or home. They're also stackable, so you can keep thing organised. Sold separately as a 4-pack\n Coffee on the go \nThese cups are compatible with the stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow.\n\n\n How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner.\nThe most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that!\n \n HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. \n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 50% recycled material", "Bullet2":"This pack contains 4 x 12oz cups - perfect for coffees", "Bullet3":"Translucent glass-like finish", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e132mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e87mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e141g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e350ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTritan Renew 50 (50% post-consumer recycled plastic), BPA, PBS, BPF free\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "19","RRP_Inc_VAT": "57.95","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "28.975", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ10655", "Title": "Izzo Junior 10\"\" repinique - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003erepiniques", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7899574317644", "VariationOf": "iz10655", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo Junior 10\"\" repinique\nThe repinique or repique is a large and extremely loud high pitched drum, used to play lead rhythms and to signify changes in samba music. It normally has a skin on both ends (this junior model only features skin at one end), and its pitch sits between the deep surdos and the various smaller high-pitched drums.\nThis model has a single 10\"\" head on one end of the 30cm shell, held in place by a strong aluminium counter hoop and rods. Each drum comes fully assembled and all the hardware is painted with protective black paint. A tuning key for tightening the synthetic skin is also included in the box.\nWe are proud to be the sole importers for Izzo who have been manufacturing top quality instruments in Brazil for more than 60 years.\nTheir new Junior series are built using thinner aluminium making them lighter and cheaper - perfect for younger players. An ingenious ridged design makes them just as strong (and loud!) as the standard range, meaning they'll easily survive the everyday perils of the classroom.\nPlease note: This listing is for the drum and tuning key only. Take a look at the links on the right hand side of this page for sticks and straps.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from thinner lightweight aluminium - perfect for young players", "Bullet2":"Approximate dimensions: 10\" head diameter and 12\" height", "Bullet3":"Ribbed construction for extra strength", "Bullet4":"Durable synthetic skin held in place by black aluminium counter hoop with 4 tension rods", "Bullet5":"Authentic Brazilian instrument manufactured in famous Sao Paolo factory", "Bullet6":"Supplied fully assembled and includes tuning key", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "58.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "31.416666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP181", "Title": "Acme Signal horn with standard mouthpiece - black plastic - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ehorns-sirens", "Brand": "Acme", "Barcode": "717668803705", "VariationOf": "pp181", "Description": "Introducing the Acme Signal horn with standard mouthpiece - black plastic\nThis signal horn is an excellent utility for sailors, railway workers and - on the opposite end of the spectrum - stage performers and music teachers!\nSturdy and powerful\nExtremely tough and corrosion proof, it produces a penetrating blast; over 122 decibels of sound. It's audible at great distances, conforms to international maritime regulations, and is an ideal emergency fog horn for a small craft or for workers in airfields and on railways.\nAdaptable for education\nA simple horn like this is also brilliant for teaching the basics of breath control needed for woodwind and brass playing. You'll have younger students excited by the strength of sound they can make in no time, with an all metal hand tuned reed ensuring very strong resonance.\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme police whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\n\nSound Sample\n\nChamberlain Music · PP181 Acme Signal horn with standard mouthpiece\n", "Bullet1":"Loud and bold sounding horn", "Bullet2":"Moulded, shatterproof and extremely tough", "Bullet3":"Very loud and far carrying frequency", "Bullet4":"All metal hand tuned reed, standard mouthpiece included", "Bullet5":"Ideal emergency fog horn for small craft, conforming to maritime regulations", "Bullet6":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "58.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "31.416666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP2172", "Title": "Percussion Plus 17 note chromatic glockenspiel with 2 beaters - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eglockenspiels\u003eeducational", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060179346212", "VariationOf": "pp2172", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus 17 note rounded glockenspiel\nThe Percussion Plus PP2172 is a popular classroom tool. If offers a small, fully chromatic instrument - C64 - E80 - with well tuned, precision made note bars configured and coloured as you would expect from a piano keyboard. Each bar has the note name engraved on it which assists in those early stages of learning to read music. The notes are mounted onto a bright red, solid wooden bass with nicely rounded corners which makes it ideal for younger children.The quantity discounts make the instrument a brilliant school or music service purchase whilst it is also great domestically as an easy way to introduce music to young children.These items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them.\nTuning compass", "Bullet1":"Most ideal for use in the classroom", "Bullet2":"Rounded corners on base make it safer for younger children", "Bullet3":"White and black coloured note bars like a piano keyboard", "Bullet4":"Fitted with 17 notes (C64 - E80)", "Bullet5":"Supplied with 2 beaters", "Bullet6":"Previously known as HK2172", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ewater-dilutable saturated polyester resin coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "46","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "31.958333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP06425", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP064 soft beaters - box of 25 - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eball-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964130022", "VariationOf": "pp06425", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP064 soft beaters\nThese Percussion Plus soft beaters have a softer rubber head which means that the tone produced from a chime bar is less bright than if a harder plastic beater had been used.\nThese are well made, very hard wearing and ideal for the school percussion box.", "Bullet1":"Box of 25 individual beaters", "Bullet2":"22cm shaped black plastic stick", "Bullet3":"Particularly suited to low pitched chimes", "Bullet4":"For a softer resonant tone with warm attack", "Bullet5":"Manufactured in the UK", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e220mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual beater weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e21g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "20","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "31.958333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6651", "Title": "Percussion Plus Slap Djembe rope tuned - 8 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964131180", "VariationOf": "pp665-djembe", "Description": "\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Slap Djembe rope tuned\nThe original Slap Djembe - a perfect musical tool for schools. The interactive nature of learning djembe drumming not only makes for fantastic music education for youngsters, but also a great therapeutic activity for all ages. With their instructive drumheads and robust construction, Slap Djembes make a brilliant addition to music education settings.\nSlap djembes have become well known for their excellent ease of play, lightweight portability, and impressive sound. Slap Djembes stand out with their colourful designs, finely tuned drum heads, and durability, making them an excellent choice for group sessions, performances and demonstrations.\nThe rope-tuned Slap Djembes closely mirror the design of a traditional djembe, providing increased flexibility for different playing styles and preferences. The ropes allow for intricate tuning and a more in-depth learning experience for students. The colourful shell wrap leaps out from behind the rope, creating a vibrant look to match the powerful and vibrant tone. Slap Djembes have proven popular for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET) and even as part of CPD programmes for teachers looking to develop their musical options and skills!\n\n“The first thing I noticed about the drums is how incredibly light they are. This makes them ideal for use in educational settings that involve young children or older children who may find holding the instrument difficult. The real benefit of these instruments is that the drumhead has been printed with graphics of the hand positions to show exactly where to play the drum to achieve the correct sounds. The construction is solid, they have good tone, are good to look at, and are fun to play.”\nAndy Gleadhill - Percussion Plus Global Ambassador \n\n\n\nLet's play together\nWith these Slap Djembes from Percussion Plus, you get a great looking high-quality instrument with an innovative 'how to play' guide printed on the drum skin. There are many different techniques used to produce tones on a djembe and any of these can be used on our djembes. The printed graphic on the head of the drum offers suggested hand positions for the three main techniques on a djembe: Slap, Tone, and Bass\nWith this easy method, teaching and learning is simple and allows you to tailor your class to include visual as well as instructive and aural learners, providing an inclusive way into music making for all levels and abilities. It's no surprise that these drums have become very popular in schools over the last few years.\n\n\n\n\nFun look, vibrant sound\nThe colourful pattern wrapped around and bonded to the drum gives a fun look suitable for classes and personal use, as well as festivals, demonstrations, and events. Their lightweight body and carrying strap also allows for easy transportation between and during playing sessions or events.\n\n\n\n\nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n\n\n\nThe design on the drum head shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring.\n\n The Bass The best sound is achieved in the centre of the drum. Keep your palm flat and stiff and strike the drum firmly. \n The Tone Straighten all your fingers at the same time. There are numerous hand positions that can be used to create the tone. Think of your hand as a straight extension of your arm, and you should get a solid ‘thud’ sound. \n The Slap This stroke can be played in the same position as the tone, the difference is that one relaxes the hand and arm to hit the drum with a slap-like motion. Spreading your fingers out slightly when they strike the djembe helps create a crisp clear sound. \n", "Bullet1":"The original in the Slap Djembe range", "Bullet2":"'How to play' synthetic drum head for easy teaching and learning", "Bullet3":"Heat sealed cotton cloth exterior with vibrant design", "Bullet4":"Lightweight and robust synthetic shell", "Bullet5":"Great sound quality with booming, loud bass tones and whip-crack highs", "Bullet6":"Pre-stretched double strung nylon rope tuning", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6651\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6652\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.3kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6653\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.6kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLightweight PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead\/skin material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSynthetic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning method\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "44","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "31.958333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6652", "Title": "Percussion Plus Slap Djembe rope tuned - 10 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964131197", "VariationOf": "pp665-djembe", "Description": "\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Slap Djembe rope tuned\nThe original Slap Djembe - a perfect musical tool for schools. The interactive nature of learning djembe drumming not only makes for fantastic music education for youngsters, but also a great therapeutic activity for all ages. With their instructive drumheads and robust construction, Slap Djembes make a brilliant addition to music education settings.\nSlap djembes have become well known for their excellent ease of play, lightweight portability, and impressive sound. Slap Djembes stand out with their colourful designs, finely tuned drum heads, and durability, making them an excellent choice for group sessions, performances and demonstrations.\nThe rope-tuned Slap Djembes closely mirror the design of a traditional djembe, providing increased flexibility for different playing styles and preferences. The ropes allow for intricate tuning and a more in-depth learning experience for students. The colourful shell wrap leaps out from behind the rope, creating a vibrant look to match the powerful and vibrant tone. Slap Djembes have proven popular for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET) and even as part of CPD programmes for teachers looking to develop their musical options and skills!\n\n“The first thing I noticed about the drums is how incredibly light they are. This makes them ideal for use in educational settings that involve young children or older children who may find holding the instrument difficult. The real benefit of these instruments is that the drumhead has been printed with graphics of the hand positions to show exactly where to play the drum to achieve the correct sounds. The construction is solid, they have good tone, are good to look at, and are fun to play.”\nAndy Gleadhill - Percussion Plus Global Ambassador \n\n\n\nLet's play together\nWith these Slap Djembes from Percussion Plus, you get a great looking high-quality instrument with an innovative 'how to play' guide printed on the drum skin. There are many different techniques used to produce tones on a djembe and any of these can be used on our djembes. The printed graphic on the head of the drum offers suggested hand positions for the three main techniques on a djembe: Slap, Tone, and Bass\nWith this easy method, teaching and learning is simple and allows you to tailor your class to include visual as well as instructive and aural learners, providing an inclusive way into music making for all levels and abilities. It's no surprise that these drums have become very popular in schools over the last few years.\n\n\n\n\nFun look, vibrant sound\nThe colourful pattern wrapped around and bonded to the drum gives a fun look suitable for classes and personal use, as well as festivals, demonstrations, and events. Their lightweight body and carrying strap also allows for easy transportation between and during playing sessions or events.\n\n\n\n\nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n\n\n\nThe design on the drum head shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring.\n\n The Bass The best sound is achieved in the centre of the drum. Keep your palm flat and stiff and strike the drum firmly. \n The Tone Straighten all your fingers at the same time. There are numerous hand positions that can be used to create the tone. Think of your hand as a straight extension of your arm, and you should get a solid ‘thud’ sound. \n The Slap This stroke can be played in the same position as the tone, the difference is that one relaxes the hand and arm to hit the drum with a slap-like motion. Spreading your fingers out slightly when they strike the djembe helps create a crisp clear sound. \n", "Bullet1":"The original in the Slap Djembe range", "Bullet2":"'How to play' synthetic drum head for easy teaching and learning", "Bullet3":"Heat sealed cotton cloth exterior with vibrant design", "Bullet4":"Lightweight and robust synthetic shell", "Bullet5":"Great sound quality with booming, loud bass tones and whip-crack highs", "Bullet6":"Pre-stretched double strung nylon rope tuning", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6651\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6652\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.3kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6653\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.6kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLightweight PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead\/skin material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSynthetic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning method\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "159","RRP_Inc_VAT": "75.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "40.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6653", "Title": "Percussion Plus Slap Djembe rope tuned - 12 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964131203", "VariationOf": "pp665-djembe", "Description": "\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Slap Djembe rope tuned\nThe original Slap Djembe - a perfect musical tool for schools. The interactive nature of learning djembe drumming not only makes for fantastic music education for youngsters, but also a great therapeutic activity for all ages. With their instructive drumheads and robust construction, Slap Djembes make a brilliant addition to music education settings.\nSlap djembes have become well known for their excellent ease of play, lightweight portability, and impressive sound. Slap Djembes stand out with their colourful designs, finely tuned drum heads, and durability, making them an excellent choice for group sessions, performances and demonstrations.\nThe rope-tuned Slap Djembes closely mirror the design of a traditional djembe, providing increased flexibility for different playing styles and preferences. The ropes allow for intricate tuning and a more in-depth learning experience for students. The colourful shell wrap leaps out from behind the rope, creating a vibrant look to match the powerful and vibrant tone. Slap Djembes have proven popular for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET) and even as part of CPD programmes for teachers looking to develop their musical options and skills!\n\n“The first thing I noticed about the drums is how incredibly light they are. This makes them ideal for use in educational settings that involve young children or older children who may find holding the instrument difficult. The real benefit of these instruments is that the drumhead has been printed with graphics of the hand positions to show exactly where to play the drum to achieve the correct sounds. The construction is solid, they have good tone, are good to look at, and are fun to play.”\nAndy Gleadhill - Percussion Plus Global Ambassador \n\n\n\nLet's play together\nWith these Slap Djembes from Percussion Plus, you get a great looking high-quality instrument with an innovative 'how to play' guide printed on the drum skin. There are many different techniques used to produce tones on a djembe and any of these can be used on our djembes. The printed graphic on the head of the drum offers suggested hand positions for the three main techniques on a djembe: Slap, Tone, and Bass\nWith this easy method, teaching and learning is simple and allows you to tailor your class to include visual as well as instructive and aural learners, providing an inclusive way into music making for all levels and abilities. It's no surprise that these drums have become very popular in schools over the last few years.\n\n\n\n\nFun look, vibrant sound\nThe colourful pattern wrapped around and bonded to the drum gives a fun look suitable for classes and personal use, as well as festivals, demonstrations, and events. Their lightweight body and carrying strap also allows for easy transportation between and during playing sessions or events.\n\n\n\n\nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n\n\n\nThe design on the drum head shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring.\n\n The Bass The best sound is achieved in the centre of the drum. Keep your palm flat and stiff and strike the drum firmly. \n The Tone Straighten all your fingers at the same time. There are numerous hand positions that can be used to create the tone. Think of your hand as a straight extension of your arm, and you should get a solid ‘thud’ sound. \n The Slap This stroke can be played in the same position as the tone, the difference is that one relaxes the hand and arm to hit the drum with a slap-like motion. Spreading your fingers out slightly when they strike the djembe helps create a crisp clear sound. \n", "Bullet1":"The original in the Slap Djembe range", "Bullet2":"'How to play' synthetic drum head for easy teaching and learning", "Bullet3":"Heat sealed cotton cloth exterior with vibrant design", "Bullet4":"Lightweight and robust synthetic shell", "Bullet5":"Great sound quality with booming, loud bass tones and whip-crack highs", "Bullet6":"Pre-stretched double strung nylon rope tuning", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6651\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6652\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.3kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP6653\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.6kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLightweight PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead\/skin material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSynthetic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning method\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePre-tuned\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "89","RRP_Inc_VAT": "99.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "53.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MC1-PK", "Title": "Oxford Traditional leather music case - Baby pink \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Oxford Traditional Leather", "Barcode": "5055964107666", "VariationOf": "oxford-mc1", "Description": "\n\nTraditional craftwork\nRapid advances in manufacturing technology have undoubtedly provided modern consumers with more choice than their ancestors but they’ve also caused us to cast aside many centuries-old artisanal crafts in favour of cheap mass-produced goods. Thankfully there are enough bastions of enthusiasm left to keep these historic trades from disappearing altogether, and the last few decades have seen a resurgence in the popularity of ‘investment’ products.\n\n\n\nBritish leather\nOur MC1 leather music case is a prime example, handcrafted by highly skilled workers who spare no expense in creating products that will last a lifetime. Each leather hide used to make the cases comes from reputable British sources and is sanded by hand to remove any imperfections before being tanned using state-of-the-art environmentally friendly methods. Each panel is then individually cut out, inspected, and stitched together according to the familiar classic design.\n\n\n\nClassic design\nIts opening\/closing mechanism consists of a metal bar that hooks over the carrying handle, held in place by riveted loops of leather. This ingeniously simple system makes it quick and easy to open the flap and keeps everything extremely safe and dry when closed. Also, with no zips or clasps to weaken it, the resulting bag is practically indestructible! Inside there is enough room to fit a good pile of music and instrument accessories, and even a laptop or tablet.\n\n\n\nPlenty of choice\nThe MC1 represents remarkably good value for money and is available in a huge range of colours so you can match your music case to your school colours, or pick something that will stand out in a crowd. There’s also a newer model available – the MC2 – made with even thicker, better quality leather.\n\n", "Bullet1":"100% genuine leather in a wide selection of colours", "Bullet2":"Keeps sheet music, books, laptops, tablets and small accessories in pristine condition", "Bullet3":"Handmade in Great Britain from the finest quality materials", "Bullet4":"Reliable metal bar and flap mechanism for quick access", "Bullet5":"36 x 25 x 4.5cm inner dimensions will fit almost any sheet music format", "Bullet6":"Designed to last a lifetime", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37cm x 26cm x 5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36cm x 25cm x 4.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "31.958333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "27.041666666666664", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MC1-BK", "Title": "Oxford Traditional leather music case - Black \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Oxford Traditional Leather", "Barcode": "5055964125660", "VariationOf": "oxford-mc1", "Description": "\n\nTraditional craftwork\nRapid advances in manufacturing technology have undoubtedly provided modern consumers with more choice than their ancestors but they’ve also caused us to cast aside many centuries-old artisanal crafts in favour of cheap mass-produced goods. Thankfully there are enough bastions of enthusiasm left to keep these historic trades from disappearing altogether, and the last few decades have seen a resurgence in the popularity of ‘investment’ products.\n\n\n\nBritish leather\nOur MC1 leather music case is a prime example, handcrafted by highly skilled workers who spare no expense in creating products that will last a lifetime. Each leather hide used to make the cases comes from reputable British sources and is sanded by hand to remove any imperfections before being tanned using state-of-the-art environmentally friendly methods. Each panel is then individually cut out, inspected, and stitched together according to the familiar classic design.\n\n\n\nClassic design\nIts opening\/closing mechanism consists of a metal bar that hooks over the carrying handle, held in place by riveted loops of leather. This ingeniously simple system makes it quick and easy to open the flap and keeps everything extremely safe and dry when closed. Also, with no zips or clasps to weaken it, the resulting bag is practically indestructible! Inside there is enough room to fit a good pile of music and instrument accessories, and even a laptop or tablet.\n\n\n\nPlenty of choice\nThe MC1 represents remarkably good value for money and is available in a huge range of colours so you can match your music case to your school colours, or pick something that will stand out in a crowd. There’s also a newer model available – the MC2 – made with even thicker, better quality leather.\n\n", "Bullet1":"100% genuine leather in a wide selection of colours", "Bullet2":"Keeps sheet music, books, laptops, tablets and small accessories in pristine condition", "Bullet3":"Handmade in Great Britain from the finest quality materials", "Bullet4":"Reliable metal bar and flap mechanism for quick access", "Bullet5":"36 x 25 x 4.5cm inner dimensions will fit almost any sheet music format", "Bullet6":"Designed to last a lifetime", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37cm x 26cm x 5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36cm x 25cm x 4.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "18","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "31.958333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "27.041666666666664", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MC1-BRD", "Title": "Oxford Traditional leather music case - Black with red front \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Oxford Traditional Leather", "Barcode": "5055964111168", "VariationOf": "oxford-mc1", "Description": "\n\nTraditional craftwork\nRapid advances in manufacturing technology have undoubtedly provided modern consumers with more choice than their ancestors but they’ve also caused us to cast aside many centuries-old artisanal crafts in favour of cheap mass-produced goods. Thankfully there are enough bastions of enthusiasm left to keep these historic trades from disappearing altogether, and the last few decades have seen a resurgence in the popularity of ‘investment’ products.\n\n\n\nBritish leather\nOur MC1 leather music case is a prime example, handcrafted by highly skilled workers who spare no expense in creating products that will last a lifetime. Each leather hide used to make the cases comes from reputable British sources and is sanded by hand to remove any imperfections before being tanned using state-of-the-art environmentally friendly methods. Each panel is then individually cut out, inspected, and stitched together according to the familiar classic design.\n\n\n\nClassic design\nIts opening\/closing mechanism consists of a metal bar that hooks over the carrying handle, held in place by riveted loops of leather. This ingeniously simple system makes it quick and easy to open the flap and keeps everything extremely safe and dry when closed. Also, with no zips or clasps to weaken it, the resulting bag is practically indestructible! Inside there is enough room to fit a good pile of music and instrument accessories, and even a laptop or tablet.\n\n\n\nPlenty of choice\nThe MC1 represents remarkably good value for money and is available in a huge range of colours so you can match your music case to your school colours, or pick something that will stand out in a crowd. There’s also a newer model available – the MC2 – made with even thicker, better quality leather.\n\n", "Bullet1":"100% genuine leather in a wide selection of colours", "Bullet2":"Keeps sheet music, books, laptops, tablets and small accessories in pristine condition", "Bullet3":"Handmade in Great Britain from the finest quality materials", "Bullet4":"Reliable metal bar and flap mechanism for quick access", "Bullet5":"36 x 25 x 4.5cm inner dimensions will fit almost any sheet music format", "Bullet6":"Designed to last a lifetime", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37cm x 26cm x 5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36cm x 25cm x 4.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "31.958333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "27.041666666666664", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MC1-BR", "Title": "Oxford Traditional leather music case - Chestnut brown \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Oxford Traditional Leather", "Barcode": "5055964125677", "VariationOf": "oxford-mc1", "Description": "\n\nTraditional craftwork\nRapid advances in manufacturing technology have undoubtedly provided modern consumers with more choice than their ancestors but they’ve also caused us to cast aside many centuries-old artisanal crafts in favour of cheap mass-produced goods. Thankfully there are enough bastions of enthusiasm left to keep these historic trades from disappearing altogether, and the last few decades have seen a resurgence in the popularity of ‘investment’ products.\n\n\n\nBritish leather\nOur MC1 leather music case is a prime example, handcrafted by highly skilled workers who spare no expense in creating products that will last a lifetime. Each leather hide used to make the cases comes from reputable British sources and is sanded by hand to remove any imperfections before being tanned using state-of-the-art environmentally friendly methods. Each panel is then individually cut out, inspected, and stitched together according to the familiar classic design.\n\n\n\nClassic design\nIts opening\/closing mechanism consists of a metal bar that hooks over the carrying handle, held in place by riveted loops of leather. This ingeniously simple system makes it quick and easy to open the flap and keeps everything extremely safe and dry when closed. Also, with no zips or clasps to weaken it, the resulting bag is practically indestructible! Inside there is enough room to fit a good pile of music and instrument accessories, and even a laptop or tablet.\n\n\n\nPlenty of choice\nThe MC1 represents remarkably good value for money and is available in a huge range of colours so you can match your music case to your school colours, or pick something that will stand out in a crowd. There’s also a newer model available – the MC2 – made with even thicker, better quality leather.\n\n", "Bullet1":"100% genuine leather in a wide selection of colours", "Bullet2":"Keeps sheet music, books, laptops, tablets and small accessories in pristine condition", "Bullet3":"Handmade in Great Britain from the finest quality materials", "Bullet4":"Reliable metal bar and flap mechanism for quick access", "Bullet5":"36 x 25 x 4.5cm inner dimensions will fit almost any sheet music format", "Bullet6":"Designed to last a lifetime", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37cm x 26cm x 5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36cm x 25cm x 4.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "13","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "31.958333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "27.041666666666664", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MC1-GR", "Title": "Oxford Traditional leather music case - Dark green \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Oxford Traditional Leather", "Barcode": "5055964106188", "VariationOf": "oxford-mc1", "Description": "\n\nTraditional craftwork\nRapid advances in manufacturing technology have undoubtedly provided modern consumers with more choice than their ancestors but they’ve also caused us to cast aside many centuries-old artisanal crafts in favour of cheap mass-produced goods. Thankfully there are enough bastions of enthusiasm left to keep these historic trades from disappearing altogether, and the last few decades have seen a resurgence in the popularity of ‘investment’ products.\n\n\n\nBritish leather\nOur MC1 leather music case is a prime example, handcrafted by highly skilled workers who spare no expense in creating products that will last a lifetime. Each leather hide used to make the cases comes from reputable British sources and is sanded by hand to remove any imperfections before being tanned using state-of-the-art environmentally friendly methods. Each panel is then individually cut out, inspected, and stitched together according to the familiar classic design.\n\n\n\nClassic design\nIts opening\/closing mechanism consists of a metal bar that hooks over the carrying handle, held in place by riveted loops of leather. This ingeniously simple system makes it quick and easy to open the flap and keeps everything extremely safe and dry when closed. Also, with no zips or clasps to weaken it, the resulting bag is practically indestructible! Inside there is enough room to fit a good pile of music and instrument accessories, and even a laptop or tablet.\n\n\n\nPlenty of choice\nThe MC1 represents remarkably good value for money and is available in a huge range of colours so you can match your music case to your school colours, or pick something that will stand out in a crowd. There’s also a newer model available – the MC2 – made with even thicker, better quality leather.\n\n", "Bullet1":"100% genuine leather in a wide selection of colours", "Bullet2":"Keeps sheet music, books, laptops, tablets and small accessories in pristine condition", "Bullet3":"Handmade in Great Britain from the finest quality materials", "Bullet4":"Reliable metal bar and flap mechanism for quick access", "Bullet5":"36 x 25 x 4.5cm inner dimensions will fit almost any sheet music format", "Bullet6":"Designed to last a lifetime", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37cm x 26cm x 5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36cm x 25cm x 4.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "31.958333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "27.041666666666664", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MC1-LT", "Title": "Oxford Traditional leather music case - London tan \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Oxford Traditional Leather", "Barcode": "5055964111151", "VariationOf": "oxford-mc1", "Description": "\n\nTraditional craftwork\nRapid advances in manufacturing technology have undoubtedly provided modern consumers with more choice than their ancestors but they’ve also caused us to cast aside many centuries-old artisanal crafts in favour of cheap mass-produced goods. Thankfully there are enough bastions of enthusiasm left to keep these historic trades from disappearing altogether, and the last few decades have seen a resurgence in the popularity of ‘investment’ products.\n\n\n\nBritish leather\nOur MC1 leather music case is a prime example, handcrafted by highly skilled workers who spare no expense in creating products that will last a lifetime. Each leather hide used to make the cases comes from reputable British sources and is sanded by hand to remove any imperfections before being tanned using state-of-the-art environmentally friendly methods. Each panel is then individually cut out, inspected, and stitched together according to the familiar classic design.\n\n\n\nClassic design\nIts opening\/closing mechanism consists of a metal bar that hooks over the carrying handle, held in place by riveted loops of leather. This ingeniously simple system makes it quick and easy to open the flap and keeps everything extremely safe and dry when closed. Also, with no zips or clasps to weaken it, the resulting bag is practically indestructible! Inside there is enough room to fit a good pile of music and instrument accessories, and even a laptop or tablet.\n\n\n\nPlenty of choice\nThe MC1 represents remarkably good value for money and is available in a huge range of colours so you can match your music case to your school colours, or pick something that will stand out in a crowd. There’s also a newer model available – the MC2 – made with even thicker, better quality leather.\n\n", "Bullet1":"100% genuine leather in a wide selection of colours", "Bullet2":"Keeps sheet music, books, laptops, tablets and small accessories in pristine condition", "Bullet3":"Handmade in Great Britain from the finest quality materials", "Bullet4":"Reliable metal bar and flap mechanism for quick access", "Bullet5":"36 x 25 x 4.5cm inner dimensions will fit almost any sheet music format", "Bullet6":"Designed to last a lifetime", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37cm x 26cm x 5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36cm x 25cm x 4.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "31.958333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "27.041666666666664", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MC1-MC", "Title": "Oxford Traditional leather music case - Mixed (colours may vary) \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Oxford Traditional Leather", "Barcode": "5055964125684", "VariationOf": "oxford-mc1", "Description": "\n\nTraditional craftwork\nRapid advances in manufacturing technology have undoubtedly provided modern consumers with more choice than their ancestors but they’ve also caused us to cast aside many centuries-old artisanal crafts in favour of cheap mass-produced goods. Thankfully there are enough bastions of enthusiasm left to keep these historic trades from disappearing altogether, and the last few decades have seen a resurgence in the popularity of ‘investment’ products.\n\n\n\nBritish leather\nOur MC1 leather music case is a prime example, handcrafted by highly skilled workers who spare no expense in creating products that will last a lifetime. Each leather hide used to make the cases comes from reputable British sources and is sanded by hand to remove any imperfections before being tanned using state-of-the-art environmentally friendly methods. Each panel is then individually cut out, inspected, and stitched together according to the familiar classic design.\n\n\n\nClassic design\nIts opening\/closing mechanism consists of a metal bar that hooks over the carrying handle, held in place by riveted loops of leather. This ingeniously simple system makes it quick and easy to open the flap and keeps everything extremely safe and dry when closed. Also, with no zips or clasps to weaken it, the resulting bag is practically indestructible! Inside there is enough room to fit a good pile of music and instrument accessories, and even a laptop or tablet.\n\n\n\nPlenty of choice\nThe MC1 represents remarkably good value for money and is available in a huge range of colours so you can match your music case to your school colours, or pick something that will stand out in a crowd. There’s also a newer model available – the MC2 – made with even thicker, better quality leather.\n\n", "Bullet1":"100% genuine leather in a wide selection of colours", "Bullet2":"Keeps sheet music, books, laptops, tablets and small accessories in pristine condition", "Bullet3":"Handmade in Great Britain from the finest quality materials", "Bullet4":"Reliable metal bar and flap mechanism for quick access", "Bullet5":"36 x 25 x 4.5cm inner dimensions will fit almost any sheet music format", "Bullet6":"Designed to last a lifetime", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37cm x 26cm x 5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36cm x 25cm x 4.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "17","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "31.958333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "27.041666666666664", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MC1-N", "Title": "Oxford Traditional leather music case - Navy blue \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Oxford Traditional Leather", "Barcode": "5055964125691", "VariationOf": "oxford-mc1", "Description": "\n\nTraditional craftwork\nRapid advances in manufacturing technology have undoubtedly provided modern consumers with more choice than their ancestors but they’ve also caused us to cast aside many centuries-old artisanal crafts in favour of cheap mass-produced goods. Thankfully there are enough bastions of enthusiasm left to keep these historic trades from disappearing altogether, and the last few decades have seen a resurgence in the popularity of ‘investment’ products.\n\n\n\nBritish leather\nOur MC1 leather music case is a prime example, handcrafted by highly skilled workers who spare no expense in creating products that will last a lifetime. Each leather hide used to make the cases comes from reputable British sources and is sanded by hand to remove any imperfections before being tanned using state-of-the-art environmentally friendly methods. Each panel is then individually cut out, inspected, and stitched together according to the familiar classic design.\n\n\n\nClassic design\nIts opening\/closing mechanism consists of a metal bar that hooks over the carrying handle, held in place by riveted loops of leather. This ingeniously simple system makes it quick and easy to open the flap and keeps everything extremely safe and dry when closed. Also, with no zips or clasps to weaken it, the resulting bag is practically indestructible! Inside there is enough room to fit a good pile of music and instrument accessories, and even a laptop or tablet.\n\n\n\nPlenty of choice\nThe MC1 represents remarkably good value for money and is available in a huge range of colours so you can match your music case to your school colours, or pick something that will stand out in a crowd. There’s also a newer model available – the MC2 – made with even thicker, better quality leather.\n\n", "Bullet1":"100% genuine leather in a wide selection of colours", "Bullet2":"Keeps sheet music, books, laptops, tablets and small accessories in pristine condition", "Bullet3":"Handmade in Great Britain from the finest quality materials", "Bullet4":"Reliable metal bar and flap mechanism for quick access", "Bullet5":"36 x 25 x 4.5cm inner dimensions will fit almost any sheet music format", "Bullet6":"Designed to last a lifetime", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37cm x 26cm x 5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36cm x 25cm x 4.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "13","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "31.958333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "27.041666666666664", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MC1-W", "Title": "Oxford Traditional leather music case - Dark burgundy \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Oxford Traditional Leather", "Barcode": "5055964125738", "VariationOf": "oxford-mc1", "Description": "\n\nTraditional craftwork\nRapid advances in manufacturing technology have undoubtedly provided modern consumers with more choice than their ancestors but they’ve also caused us to cast aside many centuries-old artisanal crafts in favour of cheap mass-produced goods. Thankfully there are enough bastions of enthusiasm left to keep these historic trades from disappearing altogether, and the last few decades have seen a resurgence in the popularity of ‘investment’ products.\n\n\n\nBritish leather\nOur MC1 leather music case is a prime example, handcrafted by highly skilled workers who spare no expense in creating products that will last a lifetime. Each leather hide used to make the cases comes from reputable British sources and is sanded by hand to remove any imperfections before being tanned using state-of-the-art environmentally friendly methods. Each panel is then individually cut out, inspected, and stitched together according to the familiar classic design.\n\n\n\nClassic design\nIts opening\/closing mechanism consists of a metal bar that hooks over the carrying handle, held in place by riveted loops of leather. This ingeniously simple system makes it quick and easy to open the flap and keeps everything extremely safe and dry when closed. Also, with no zips or clasps to weaken it, the resulting bag is practically indestructible! Inside there is enough room to fit a good pile of music and instrument accessories, and even a laptop or tablet.\n\n\n\nPlenty of choice\nThe MC1 represents remarkably good value for money and is available in a huge range of colours so you can match your music case to your school colours, or pick something that will stand out in a crowd. There’s also a newer model available – the MC2 – made with even thicker, better quality leather.\n\n", "Bullet1":"100% genuine leather in a wide selection of colours", "Bullet2":"Keeps sheet music, books, laptops, tablets and small accessories in pristine condition", "Bullet3":"Handmade in Great Britain from the finest quality materials", "Bullet4":"Reliable metal bar and flap mechanism for quick access", "Bullet5":"36 x 25 x 4.5cm inner dimensions will fit almost any sheet music format", "Bullet6":"Designed to last a lifetime", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37cm x 26cm x 5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36cm x 25cm x 4.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "31.958333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "27.041666666666664", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MC1-R", "Title": "Oxford Traditional leather music case - Red \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Oxford Traditional Leather", "Barcode": "5055964125707", "VariationOf": "oxford-mc1", "Description": "\n\nTraditional craftwork\nRapid advances in manufacturing technology have undoubtedly provided modern consumers with more choice than their ancestors but they’ve also caused us to cast aside many centuries-old artisanal crafts in favour of cheap mass-produced goods. Thankfully there are enough bastions of enthusiasm left to keep these historic trades from disappearing altogether, and the last few decades have seen a resurgence in the popularity of ‘investment’ products.\n\n\n\nBritish leather\nOur MC1 leather music case is a prime example, handcrafted by highly skilled workers who spare no expense in creating products that will last a lifetime. Each leather hide used to make the cases comes from reputable British sources and is sanded by hand to remove any imperfections before being tanned using state-of-the-art environmentally friendly methods. Each panel is then individually cut out, inspected, and stitched together according to the familiar classic design.\n\n\n\nClassic design\nIts opening\/closing mechanism consists of a metal bar that hooks over the carrying handle, held in place by riveted loops of leather. This ingeniously simple system makes it quick and easy to open the flap and keeps everything extremely safe and dry when closed. Also, with no zips or clasps to weaken it, the resulting bag is practically indestructible! Inside there is enough room to fit a good pile of music and instrument accessories, and even a laptop or tablet.\n\n\n\nPlenty of choice\nThe MC1 represents remarkably good value for money and is available in a huge range of colours so you can match your music case to your school colours, or pick something that will stand out in a crowd. There’s also a newer model available – the MC2 – made with even thicker, better quality leather.\n\n", "Bullet1":"100% genuine leather in a wide selection of colours", "Bullet2":"Keeps sheet music, books, laptops, tablets and small accessories in pristine condition", "Bullet3":"Handmade in Great Britain from the finest quality materials", "Bullet4":"Reliable metal bar and flap mechanism for quick access", "Bullet5":"36 x 25 x 4.5cm inner dimensions will fit almost any sheet music format", "Bullet6":"Designed to last a lifetime", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37cm x 26cm x 5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36cm x 25cm x 4.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "20","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "31.958333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "27.041666666666664", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MC1-GY", "Title": "Oxford Traditional leather music case - Grey \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Oxford Traditional Leather", "Barcode": "5055964106195", "VariationOf": "oxford-mc1", "Description": "\n\nTraditional craftwork\nRapid advances in manufacturing technology have undoubtedly provided modern consumers with more choice than their ancestors but they’ve also caused us to cast aside many centuries-old artisanal crafts in favour of cheap mass-produced goods. Thankfully there are enough bastions of enthusiasm left to keep these historic trades from disappearing altogether, and the last few decades have seen a resurgence in the popularity of ‘investment’ products.\n\n\n\nBritish leather\nOur MC1 leather music case is a prime example, handcrafted by highly skilled workers who spare no expense in creating products that will last a lifetime. Each leather hide used to make the cases comes from reputable British sources and is sanded by hand to remove any imperfections before being tanned using state-of-the-art environmentally friendly methods. Each panel is then individually cut out, inspected, and stitched together according to the familiar classic design.\n\n\n\nClassic design\nIts opening\/closing mechanism consists of a metal bar that hooks over the carrying handle, held in place by riveted loops of leather. This ingeniously simple system makes it quick and easy to open the flap and keeps everything extremely safe and dry when closed. Also, with no zips or clasps to weaken it, the resulting bag is practically indestructible! Inside there is enough room to fit a good pile of music and instrument accessories, and even a laptop or tablet.\n\n\n\nPlenty of choice\nThe MC1 represents remarkably good value for money and is available in a huge range of colours so you can match your music case to your school colours, or pick something that will stand out in a crowd. There’s also a newer model available – the MC2 – made with even thicker, better quality leather.\n\n", "Bullet1":"100% genuine leather in a wide selection of colours", "Bullet2":"Keeps sheet music, books, laptops, tablets and small accessories in pristine condition", "Bullet3":"Handmade in Great Britain from the finest quality materials", "Bullet4":"Reliable metal bar and flap mechanism for quick access", "Bullet5":"36 x 25 x 4.5cm inner dimensions will fit almost any sheet music format", "Bullet6":"Designed to last a lifetime", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37cm x 26cm x 5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36cm x 25cm x 4.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "31.958333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "27.041666666666664", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MC1-LE", "Title": "Oxford Traditional leather music case - Lemon \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Oxford Traditional Leather", "Barcode": "5055964133313", "VariationOf": "oxford-mc1", "Description": "\n\nTraditional craftwork\nRapid advances in manufacturing technology have undoubtedly provided modern consumers with more choice than their ancestors but they’ve also caused us to cast aside many centuries-old artisanal crafts in favour of cheap mass-produced goods. Thankfully there are enough bastions of enthusiasm left to keep these historic trades from disappearing altogether, and the last few decades have seen a resurgence in the popularity of ‘investment’ products.\n\n\n\nBritish leather\nOur MC1 leather music case is a prime example, handcrafted by highly skilled workers who spare no expense in creating products that will last a lifetime. Each leather hide used to make the cases comes from reputable British sources and is sanded by hand to remove any imperfections before being tanned using state-of-the-art environmentally friendly methods. Each panel is then individually cut out, inspected, and stitched together according to the familiar classic design.\n\n\n\nClassic design\nIts opening\/closing mechanism consists of a metal bar that hooks over the carrying handle, held in place by riveted loops of leather. This ingeniously simple system makes it quick and easy to open the flap and keeps everything extremely safe and dry when closed. Also, with no zips or clasps to weaken it, the resulting bag is practically indestructible! Inside there is enough room to fit a good pile of music and instrument accessories, and even a laptop or tablet.\n\n\n\nPlenty of choice\nThe MC1 represents remarkably good value for money and is available in a huge range of colours so you can match your music case to your school colours, or pick something that will stand out in a crowd. There’s also a newer model available – the MC2 – made with even thicker, better quality leather.\n\n", "Bullet1":"100% genuine leather in a wide selection of colours", "Bullet2":"Keeps sheet music, books, laptops, tablets and small accessories in pristine condition", "Bullet3":"Handmade in Great Britain from the finest quality materials", "Bullet4":"Reliable metal bar and flap mechanism for quick access", "Bullet5":"36 x 25 x 4.5cm inner dimensions will fit almost any sheet music format", "Bullet6":"Designed to last a lifetime", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37cm x 26cm x 5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36cm x 25cm x 4.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "31.958333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "27.041666666666664", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MC1-TP", "Title": "Oxford Traditional leather music case - Taupe \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Oxford Traditional Leather", "Barcode": "5055964133320", "VariationOf": "oxford-mc1", "Description": "\n\nTraditional craftwork\nRapid advances in manufacturing technology have undoubtedly provided modern consumers with more choice than their ancestors but they’ve also caused us to cast aside many centuries-old artisanal crafts in favour of cheap mass-produced goods. Thankfully there are enough bastions of enthusiasm left to keep these historic trades from disappearing altogether, and the last few decades have seen a resurgence in the popularity of ‘investment’ products.\n\n\n\nBritish leather\nOur MC1 leather music case is a prime example, handcrafted by highly skilled workers who spare no expense in creating products that will last a lifetime. Each leather hide used to make the cases comes from reputable British sources and is sanded by hand to remove any imperfections before being tanned using state-of-the-art environmentally friendly methods. Each panel is then individually cut out, inspected, and stitched together according to the familiar classic design.\n\n\n\nClassic design\nIts opening\/closing mechanism consists of a metal bar that hooks over the carrying handle, held in place by riveted loops of leather. This ingeniously simple system makes it quick and easy to open the flap and keeps everything extremely safe and dry when closed. Also, with no zips or clasps to weaken it, the resulting bag is practically indestructible! Inside there is enough room to fit a good pile of music and instrument accessories, and even a laptop or tablet.\n\n\n\nPlenty of choice\nThe MC1 represents remarkably good value for money and is available in a huge range of colours so you can match your music case to your school colours, or pick something that will stand out in a crowd. There’s also a newer model available – the MC2 – made with even thicker, better quality leather.\n\n", "Bullet1":"100% genuine leather in a wide selection of colours", "Bullet2":"Keeps sheet music, books, laptops, tablets and small accessories in pristine condition", "Bullet3":"Handmade in Great Britain from the finest quality materials", "Bullet4":"Reliable metal bar and flap mechanism for quick access", "Bullet5":"36 x 25 x 4.5cm inner dimensions will fit almost any sheet music format", "Bullet6":"Designed to last a lifetime", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37cm x 26cm x 5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36cm x 25cm x 4.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "31.958333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "27.041666666666664", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MC1-CB", "Title": "Oxford Traditional leather music case - Chocolate brown \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Oxford Traditional Leather", "Barcode": "5055964133290", "VariationOf": "oxford-mc1", "Description": "\n\nTraditional craftwork\nRapid advances in manufacturing technology have undoubtedly provided modern consumers with more choice than their ancestors but they’ve also caused us to cast aside many centuries-old artisanal crafts in favour of cheap mass-produced goods. Thankfully there are enough bastions of enthusiasm left to keep these historic trades from disappearing altogether, and the last few decades have seen a resurgence in the popularity of ‘investment’ products.\n\n\n\nBritish leather\nOur MC1 leather music case is a prime example, handcrafted by highly skilled workers who spare no expense in creating products that will last a lifetime. Each leather hide used to make the cases comes from reputable British sources and is sanded by hand to remove any imperfections before being tanned using state-of-the-art environmentally friendly methods. Each panel is then individually cut out, inspected, and stitched together according to the familiar classic design.\n\n\n\nClassic design\nIts opening\/closing mechanism consists of a metal bar that hooks over the carrying handle, held in place by riveted loops of leather. This ingeniously simple system makes it quick and easy to open the flap and keeps everything extremely safe and dry when closed. Also, with no zips or clasps to weaken it, the resulting bag is practically indestructible! Inside there is enough room to fit a good pile of music and instrument accessories, and even a laptop or tablet.\n\n\n\nPlenty of choice\nThe MC1 represents remarkably good value for money and is available in a huge range of colours so you can match your music case to your school colours, or pick something that will stand out in a crowd. There’s also a newer model available – the MC2 – made with even thicker, better quality leather.\n\n", "Bullet1":"100% genuine leather in a wide selection of colours", "Bullet2":"Keeps sheet music, books, laptops, tablets and small accessories in pristine condition", "Bullet3":"Handmade in Great Britain from the finest quality materials", "Bullet4":"Reliable metal bar and flap mechanism for quick access", "Bullet5":"36 x 25 x 4.5cm inner dimensions will fit almost any sheet music format", "Bullet6":"Designed to last a lifetime", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37cm x 26cm x 5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36cm x 25cm x 4.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "31.958333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "27.041666666666664", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MC1-WH", "Title": "Oxford Traditional leather music case - White \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Oxford Traditional Leather", "Barcode": "5055964133337", "VariationOf": "oxford-mc1", "Description": "\n\nTraditional craftwork\nRapid advances in manufacturing technology have undoubtedly provided modern consumers with more choice than their ancestors but they’ve also caused us to cast aside many centuries-old artisanal crafts in favour of cheap mass-produced goods. Thankfully there are enough bastions of enthusiasm left to keep these historic trades from disappearing altogether, and the last few decades have seen a resurgence in the popularity of ‘investment’ products.\n\n\n\nBritish leather\nOur MC1 leather music case is a prime example, handcrafted by highly skilled workers who spare no expense in creating products that will last a lifetime. Each leather hide used to make the cases comes from reputable British sources and is sanded by hand to remove any imperfections before being tanned using state-of-the-art environmentally friendly methods. Each panel is then individually cut out, inspected, and stitched together according to the familiar classic design.\n\n\n\nClassic design\nIts opening\/closing mechanism consists of a metal bar that hooks over the carrying handle, held in place by riveted loops of leather. This ingeniously simple system makes it quick and easy to open the flap and keeps everything extremely safe and dry when closed. Also, with no zips or clasps to weaken it, the resulting bag is practically indestructible! Inside there is enough room to fit a good pile of music and instrument accessories, and even a laptop or tablet.\n\n\n\nPlenty of choice\nThe MC1 represents remarkably good value for money and is available in a huge range of colours so you can match your music case to your school colours, or pick something that will stand out in a crowd. There’s also a newer model available – the MC2 – made with even thicker, better quality leather.\n\n", "Bullet1":"100% genuine leather in a wide selection of colours", "Bullet2":"Keeps sheet music, books, laptops, tablets and small accessories in pristine condition", "Bullet3":"Handmade in Great Britain from the finest quality materials", "Bullet4":"Reliable metal bar and flap mechanism for quick access", "Bullet5":"36 x 25 x 4.5cm inner dimensions will fit almost any sheet music format", "Bullet6":"Designed to last a lifetime", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37cm x 26cm x 5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36cm x 25cm x 4.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "31.958333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "27.041666666666664", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK230SE", "Title": "Octopus Rosette electro-acoustic soprano ukulele - A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003eelectric", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318304021", "VariationOf": "uk230se", "Description": "Introducing the Octopus Rosette ukulele As part of the continuing evolution of the Octopus Ukulele brand we are delighted bring you the Octopus Rosette series. A brand new range for Octopus Ukulele, the Octopus Rosette is a next level instrument aimed at the intermediate player or adult beginner. The Rosette is a truly stunning ukulele due to its intricate laser etched design. And with quality features such as a NuBone nut and saddle, Aquila Nylgut strings and chrome diecast tuners it also plays like a dream. Octopus believes an instrument should encourage and inspire the player, which is something the Rosette range has no shortage of – you won’t want to put your ukulele down! Each ukulele also comes with a quality gig bag and is supplied in a colourful box. Unique laser etched design Inspired by our very own ‘Octopus’ brand, this ukulele design features ‘Kane’ the Octopus, as well as a variety of marine life and an intricate wave pattern surrounding the sound hole. There are two designs available - see our full range for additional options. The electro-acoustic This electro-acoustic ukulele features a single coil pickup with volume and tone control knobs. Simply plug a standard 6.35mm jack cable into its socket to connect any amp or PA for that added power needed to fill larger spaces or even outdoor venues! Carefully selected materials Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for many years to come. The top, back, and sides are made of laminated open pore sapele wood which has been sustainably sourced and beautifully finished in a rich satin sheen. The side walls are also fully lined to increase projection and produce a high-quality appearance. Quality components Each component has been carefully selected, delivering excellence in every instrument and ensuring durability and a consistent tone. A tie bar bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production and silver chrome diecast tuners offer reliable tuning in a shiny finish. The side walls are fully lined for sound projection and a high-quality appearance. The Octopus Ukulele Academy with Andy Eastwood In addition to being an official endorsee of the Rosette Series, Andy Eastwood is also working in collaboration with Octopus to create a series of educational video content of which a selection is focussed specifically around the Rosette range. With lessons on basic skills, building new techniques, chord reading and more there is a lesson for everyone. To view this content, head to the Octopus Ukulele YouTube Channel. Graph Tech NuBone XB Nubone does not damp string vibration like plastic - instead, it transfers the optimum frequencies to the ukulele. This new material helps produce more volume and a better tone. Octopus Rosette ukuleles feature NuBone XB nuts and saddles as standard.\n The nut on a ukulele determines how easy it is to fret notes, stop fret buzz, and affects the tone of all your open notes. Graph Tech’s expert engineering promises to deliver the perfect fit and aids accurate intonation. \n The saddle is vitally important to the sound of your ukulele. It establishes the height of the strings and playing action, and also determines the overall tone and volume. In other words, which frequencies and harmonics are transferred from the string to the body of your uke, and what frequencies and harmonics remain vibrating in the string. \n Graph Tech is the world's experts in nut and saddle design and materials and can be found fitted to many of the world’s biggest names in guitars and ukuleles.\n Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard - the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory manufactures approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case with every instrument A next-level ukulele deserves to be carried in a next-level gig bag! We have created a beautiful, padded gig bag for the Octopus Ukulele, providing your instrument with the ultimate protection. Finished off with bespoke Octopus zip pulls, each gig bag has a pair of adjustable integrated backpack straps. Size and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21in (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. \n", "Bullet1":"Endorsed by renowned ukulele performer and teacher Andy Eastwood", "Bullet2":"Laser etched designs on open pore natural sapele", "Bullet3":"Fitted with Aquila strings", "Bullet4":"Diecast silver chrome tuners", "Bullet5":"Single coil passive pickup with 6.35mm jack", "Bullet6":"OctoWave headstock and tie bar bridge", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaminated Sapele\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaminated Sapele\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okoume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFingerboard \u0026 Bridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGraph Tech Nubone XB\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuners\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSilver chrome diecast geared machine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOpen pore\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBag padding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePick-up\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSingle Coil, Passive, 6.35mm jack\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20 Hz - 20KHz\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eVolume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e500KΩA\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTone\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e500ΩB\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e421g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e55mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "27","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "34.416666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "0627-850K", "Title": "Majestic snare cable for MCS1450MA and MCA1465MA - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003esnares", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059317217", "VariationOf": "0627-850k", "Description": "This is a Majestic snare cable for MCS1450MA and MCA1465MA Concert Black series snare drums. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilizing carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Snare cable", "Bullet2":"For MCS1450MA and MCA1465MA Concert Black snare drums", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "36.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "KOPSS28-X60-18C", "Title": "Majestic cover for concert bass drum - Prophonic 28\"\"x18\"\" \u0026 Concert Black 32\"\"x18\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003edrums", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059346613", "VariationOf": "kopss28-x60-18c", "Description": " Introducing the Majestic cover for concert bass drum These bass drum covers from Majestic provide protection for your Prophinic\/Concert black series bass drums. Affordable with an extensive range of sizes, this the perfect accessory for your Majestic bass drum. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student, utilising carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Protection for your Prophinic\/Concert black bass drum", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "36.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "KOPSS28-X60-22C", "Title": "Majestic cover for concert bass drum - Prophonic 28\"\"x22\"\" \u0026 Concert Black 32\"\"x22\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003edrums", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059346637", "VariationOf": "kopss28-x60-18c", "Description": " Introducing the Majestic cover for concert bass drum These bass drum covers from Majestic provide protection for your Prophinic\/Concert black series bass drums. Affordable with an extensive range of sizes, this the perfect accessory for your Majestic bass drum. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student, utilising carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Protection for your Prophinic\/Concert black bass drum", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "68.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "KOPSS32-X60-18C", "Title": "Majestic cover for concert bass drum - Prophonic 32\"\"x18\"\" \u0026 Concert Black 36\"\"x18\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003edrums", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059346644", "VariationOf": "kopss28-x60-18c", "Description": " Introducing the Majestic cover for concert bass drum These bass drum covers from Majestic provide protection for your Prophinic\/Concert black series bass drums. Affordable with an extensive range of sizes, this the perfect accessory for your Majestic bass drum. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student, utilising carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Protection for your Prophinic\/Concert black bass drum", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "68.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "KOPSS32-X60-22C", "Title": "Majestic cover for concert bass drum - Prophonic 32\"\"x22\"\" \u0026 Concert Black 36\"\"x22\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003edrums", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059346651", "VariationOf": "kopss28-x60-18c", "Description": " Introducing the Majestic cover for concert bass drum These bass drum covers from Majestic provide protection for your Prophinic\/Concert black series bass drums. Affordable with an extensive range of sizes, this the perfect accessory for your Majestic bass drum. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student, utilising carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Protection for your Prophinic\/Concert black bass drum", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "68.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "KOPSS36-X60-18C", "Title": "Majestic cover for concert bass drum - Prophonic 36\"\"x18\"\" \u0026 Concert Black 40\"\"x18\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003edrums", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059346668", "VariationOf": "kopss28-x60-18c", "Description": " Introducing the Majestic cover for concert bass drum These bass drum covers from Majestic provide protection for your Prophinic\/Concert black series bass drums. Affordable with an extensive range of sizes, this the perfect accessory for your Majestic bass drum. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student, utilising carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Protection for your Prophinic\/Concert black bass drum", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "68.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "KOPSS36-X60-22C", "Title": "Majestic cover for concert bass drum - Prophonic 36\"\"x22\"\" \u0026 Concert Black 40\"\"x22\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003edrums", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059346675", "VariationOf": "kopss28-x60-18c", "Description": " Introducing the Majestic cover for concert bass drum These bass drum covers from Majestic provide protection for your Prophinic\/Concert black series bass drums. Affordable with an extensive range of sizes, this the perfect accessory for your Majestic bass drum. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student, utilising carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Protection for your Prophinic\/Concert black bass drum", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "68.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "KOPSS40-X60-18C", "Title": "Majestic cover for concert bass drum - Prophonic 40\"\"x18\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003edrums", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059346682", "VariationOf": "kopss28-x60-18c", "Description": " Introducing the Majestic cover for concert bass drum These bass drum covers from Majestic provide protection for your Prophinic\/Concert black series bass drums. Affordable with an extensive range of sizes, this the perfect accessory for your Majestic bass drum. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student, utilising carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Protection for your Prophinic\/Concert black bass drum", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "68.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "KOPSS40-X60-22C", "Title": "Majestic cover for concert bass drum - Prophonic 40\"\"x22\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003edrums", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059346705", "VariationOf": "kopss28-x60-18c", "Description": " Introducing the Majestic cover for concert bass drum These bass drum covers from Majestic provide protection for your Prophinic\/Concert black series bass drums. Affordable with an extensive range of sizes, this the perfect accessory for your Majestic bass drum. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student, utilising carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Protection for your Prophinic\/Concert black bass drum", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "78.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "48.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP063S", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP063S beaters - pack of 25 - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eball-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318308395", "VariationOf": "pp063s", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP063S beaters\nThese beaters from Percussion Plus are an essential for the music classroom. The versatile mallets are perfect for both tuned and untuned percussion. This box of 25 beaters is the most economical way of replacing your music supply.\nEach one has a well-balanced and shaped plastic shaft with a hard orange rubber head. They are soft alternative to the popular PP063 pack of 25 and will suit a wide range of instruments including:\n\nFrame drums\nCowbells\nLollipop drums\nFloor toms\nWak-a-Tubes\nSlit drums\nWood blocks\nDream drums\nSteel tongue drums\n", "Bullet1":"25 single mallets with soft rubber heads", "Bullet2":"Suitable for classroom percussion including frame drums, cowbells, Wak-a-Tubes and more", "Bullet3":"Smooth shaped plastic shaft", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e220mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOrange\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "20","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "31.958333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "DJ6671", "Title": "Percussion Workshop Jammer Series rope tuned djembe - 8\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Workshop", "Barcode": "5055964132460", "VariationOf": "dj6671", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Workshop Jammer Series djembes These Jammer Series djembes from Percussion Workshop are made to the highest standard and project a booming bass tone with sharp slaps. They are tuned using pre-stretched nylon rope and ready to play straight from the box! The rope allows you to make small adjustments if you wish, and their non-slip properties will keep the rope, and the djembes tuning in place. Group djembe drumming is a fantastic activity for school groups, music centres, music therapy and festivals. Playing djembes together develops rhythmic awareness, group work, and communication - nourishing the mind and stimulating the senses for an all-round musical experience. Play anywhere The heads and shells are 100% synthetic so you really can play there anywhere. Also very lightweight and easy-to-carry, transporting these djembes are never an issue, so take your music wherever you fancy. Take them out on the field, perform at a festival, or even play on a mountain - the Jammer Series djembes will always sound great! It's all about tone Don't be fooled by their lightweight nature - each djembe still packs a punch. Strike in the centre for a booming bass tone, able to project even in outdoor settings. Hit and slap around the edge of the drum to find higher tones, and whip-cracking percussive accents to add flavour to your beats. Which djembe is right for me? The Jammer Series djembes are supplied in the following sizes: DJ6671 - 8\"\" head, 40cm height DJ6672 - 10\"\" head, 50cm height DJ6673 - 12\"\" head. 60cm height Please note, drum sizes are approximate and may vary slightly between drums ", "Bullet1":"100% synthetic heads and shells", "Bullet2":"Very durable and great for playing outdoors", "Bullet3":"Pre-stretched nylon rope tuning", "Bullet4":"Non-slip rubber bottom, protects the drum from scratches", "Bullet5":"Booming, loud bass tones and sharp slaps", "Bullet6":"Available in 8\", 10\" \u0026amp; 12\" diameters", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "96","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "31.958333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "DJ6672", "Title": "Percussion Workshop Jammer Series rope tuned djembe - 10\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Workshop", "Barcode": "5055964132477", "VariationOf": "dj6671", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Workshop Jammer Series djembes These Jammer Series djembes from Percussion Workshop are made to the highest standard and project a booming bass tone with sharp slaps. They are tuned using pre-stretched nylon rope and ready to play straight from the box! The rope allows you to make small adjustments if you wish, and their non-slip properties will keep the rope, and the djembes tuning in place. Group djembe drumming is a fantastic activity for school groups, music centres, music therapy and festivals. Playing djembes together develops rhythmic awareness, group work, and communication - nourishing the mind and stimulating the senses for an all-round musical experience. Play anywhere The heads and shells are 100% synthetic so you really can play there anywhere. Also very lightweight and easy-to-carry, transporting these djembes are never an issue, so take your music wherever you fancy. Take them out on the field, perform at a festival, or even play on a mountain - the Jammer Series djembes will always sound great! It's all about tone Don't be fooled by their lightweight nature - each djembe still packs a punch. Strike in the centre for a booming bass tone, able to project even in outdoor settings. Hit and slap around the edge of the drum to find higher tones, and whip-cracking percussive accents to add flavour to your beats. Which djembe is right for me? The Jammer Series djembes are supplied in the following sizes: DJ6671 - 8\"\" head, 40cm height DJ6672 - 10\"\" head, 50cm height DJ6673 - 12\"\" head. 60cm height Please note, drum sizes are approximate and may vary slightly between drums ", "Bullet1":"100% synthetic heads and shells", "Bullet2":"Very durable and great for playing outdoors", "Bullet3":"Pre-stretched nylon rope tuning", "Bullet4":"Non-slip rubber bottom, protects the drum from scratches", "Bullet5":"Booming, loud bass tones and sharp slaps", "Bullet6":"Available in 8\", 10\" \u0026amp; 12\" diameters", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "16","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.79166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "DJ6673", "Title": "Percussion Workshop Jammer Series rope tuned djembe - 12\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Workshop", "Barcode": "5055964132484", "VariationOf": "dj6671", "Description": " Introducing the Percussion Workshop Jammer Series djembes These Jammer Series djembes from Percussion Workshop are made to the highest standard and project a booming bass tone with sharp slaps. They are tuned using pre-stretched nylon rope and ready to play straight from the box! The rope allows you to make small adjustments if you wish, and their non-slip properties will keep the rope, and the djembes tuning in place. Group djembe drumming is a fantastic activity for school groups, music centres, music therapy and festivals. Playing djembes together develops rhythmic awareness, group work, and communication - nourishing the mind and stimulating the senses for an all-round musical experience. Play anywhere The heads and shells are 100% synthetic so you really can play there anywhere. Also very lightweight and easy-to-carry, transporting these djembes are never an issue, so take your music wherever you fancy. Take them out on the field, perform at a festival, or even play on a mountain - the Jammer Series djembes will always sound great! It's all about tone Don't be fooled by their lightweight nature - each djembe still packs a punch. Strike in the centre for a booming bass tone, able to project even in outdoor settings. Hit and slap around the edge of the drum to find higher tones, and whip-cracking percussive accents to add flavour to your beats. Which djembe is right for me? The Jammer Series djembes are supplied in the following sizes: DJ6671 - 8\"\" head, 40cm height DJ6672 - 10\"\" head, 50cm height DJ6673 - 12\"\" head. 60cm height Please note, drum sizes are approximate and may vary slightly between drums ", "Bullet1":"100% synthetic heads and shells", "Bullet2":"Very durable and great for playing outdoors", "Bullet3":"Pre-stretched nylon rope tuning", "Bullet4":"Non-slip rubber bottom, protects the drum from scratches", "Bullet5":"Booming, loud bass tones and sharp slaps", "Bullet6":"Available in 8\", 10\" \u0026amp; 12\" diameters", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "99.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "53.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP529", "Title": "Liverpool double ganza shaker - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eshakers\u003eother", "Brand": "Liverpool", "Barcode": "5055964138486", "VariationOf": "pp529", "Description": "Introducing the Liverpool double ganza shaker\nBuilt from two durable and lightweight aluminium tubes, this double ganza shaker is an easy to play instrument that is perfect for rhythms such as samba, pop, rock, reggae, and MPB. It produces a wonderfully crisp sound when shaken, and it’s simple design makes it suitable for classrooms, Brazilian percussion collections, or any other musical environment.\n", "Bullet1":"Lightweight double ganza shaker", "Bullet2":"Made from polished aluminium", "Bullet3":"Great for large and small percussion groups", "Bullet4":"Durable design and comfortable to hold ", "Bullet5":"60 x 250mm", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e250mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "31.958333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "OW-SHDRROHA35", "Title": "Drums for Schools round hair shaman drum - 14 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambours-frame-drums", "Brand": "DfS CON", "Barcode": "5060344031455", "VariationOf": "ow-shdrroha35", "Description": "Introducing the Drums for Schools round hair shaman drum\nThis is a hand-made, goat skin covered Shaman Drum, complete with a double-sided suede and plush covered beater (to give you a range of sounds). This beautiful drum has an impressive deep, resonant tone and is very robust. The drum is very light and easy to carry. It’s perfect for shaman drumming, drumming circles and SEND settings and also makes a lovely large percussion instrument for young children to play together.\nHow to play\nThe normal way of playing a Shaman Drum by yourself is to hold the drum by the back ‘strings’ and either play with the fingers of your other hand, or with the beater. This is similar to how you would hold and play a Bodhrán (Irish flat-drum). In Early Years and SEND setting you can also lay the drum flat on the floor and play it from above in which case it would be good to have two soft beaters to play it. This is a great way for children to share the drum and play together.\n", "Bullet1":"Beautifully made hairy goatskin Shaman drum", "Bullet2":"Includes two-sided suede and plush beater", "Bullet3":"Robust but light and with an impressive tone for its size", "Bullet4":"Very light and easy to carry", "Bullet5":"Also great for Early Years and SEND settings", "Bullet6":"Complete with a double-sided suede and plush covered beater", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e14\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e18\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.8kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.8kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.6kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e4.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRound hair goat skin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRound hair goat skin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRound hair goat skin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRound hair goat skin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eManufactured\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBy hand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBy hand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBy hand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBy hand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.40","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "49.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "OW-SHDRROHA40", "Title": "Drums for Schools round hair shaman drum - 16 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambours-frame-drums", "Brand": "DfS CON", "Barcode": "5060344030915", "VariationOf": "ow-shdrroha35", "Description": "Introducing the Drums for Schools round hair shaman drum\nThis is a hand-made, goat skin covered Shaman Drum, complete with a double-sided suede and plush covered beater (to give you a range of sounds). This beautiful drum has an impressive deep, resonant tone and is very robust. The drum is very light and easy to carry. It’s perfect for shaman drumming, drumming circles and SEND settings and also makes a lovely large percussion instrument for young children to play together.\nHow to play\nThe normal way of playing a Shaman Drum by yourself is to hold the drum by the back ‘strings’ and either play with the fingers of your other hand, or with the beater. This is similar to how you would hold and play a Bodhrán (Irish flat-drum). In Early Years and SEND setting you can also lay the drum flat on the floor and play it from above in which case it would be good to have two soft beaters to play it. This is a great way for children to share the drum and play together.\n", "Bullet1":"Beautifully made hairy goatskin Shaman drum", "Bullet2":"Includes two-sided suede and plush beater", "Bullet3":"Robust but light and with an impressive tone for its size", "Bullet4":"Very light and easy to carry", "Bullet5":"Also great for Early Years and SEND settings", "Bullet6":"Complete with a double-sided suede and plush covered beater", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e14\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e18\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.8kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.8kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.6kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e4.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRound hair goat skin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRound hair goat skin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRound hair goat skin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRound hair goat skin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eManufactured\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBy hand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBy hand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBy hand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBy hand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "64.68","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "53.9", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "OW-SHDRROHA45", "Title": "Drums for Schools round hair shaman drum - 18 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambours-frame-drums", "Brand": "DfS CON", "Barcode": "5060344030922", "VariationOf": "ow-shdrroha35", "Description": "Introducing the Drums for Schools round hair shaman drum\nThis is a hand-made, goat skin covered Shaman Drum, complete with a double-sided suede and plush covered beater (to give you a range of sounds). This beautiful drum has an impressive deep, resonant tone and is very robust. The drum is very light and easy to carry. It’s perfect for shaman drumming, drumming circles and SEND settings and also makes a lovely large percussion instrument for young children to play together.\nHow to play\nThe normal way of playing a Shaman Drum by yourself is to hold the drum by the back ‘strings’ and either play with the fingers of your other hand, or with the beater. This is similar to how you would hold and play a Bodhrán (Irish flat-drum). In Early Years and SEND setting you can also lay the drum flat on the floor and play it from above in which case it would be good to have two soft beaters to play it. This is a great way for children to share the drum and play together.\n", "Bullet1":"Beautifully made hairy goatskin Shaman drum", "Bullet2":"Includes two-sided suede and plush beater", "Bullet3":"Robust but light and with an impressive tone for its size", "Bullet4":"Very light and easy to carry", "Bullet5":"Also great for Early Years and SEND settings", "Bullet6":"Complete with a double-sided suede and plush covered beater", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e14\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e18\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.8kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.8kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.6kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e4.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRound hair goat skin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRound hair goat skin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRound hair goat skin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRound hair goat skin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eManufactured\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBy hand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBy hand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBy hand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBy hand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "77.88","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "64.9", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "OW-SHDRROHA50", "Title": "Drums for Schools round hair shaman drum - 20 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etambours-frame-drums", "Brand": "DfS CON", "Barcode": "5060344030939", "VariationOf": "ow-shdrroha35", "Description": "Introducing the Drums for Schools round hair shaman drum\nThis is a hand-made, goat skin covered Shaman Drum, complete with a double-sided suede and plush covered beater (to give you a range of sounds). This beautiful drum has an impressive deep, resonant tone and is very robust. The drum is very light and easy to carry. It’s perfect for shaman drumming, drumming circles and SEND settings and also makes a lovely large percussion instrument for young children to play together.\nHow to play\nThe normal way of playing a Shaman Drum by yourself is to hold the drum by the back ‘strings’ and either play with the fingers of your other hand, or with the beater. This is similar to how you would hold and play a Bodhrán (Irish flat-drum). In Early Years and SEND setting you can also lay the drum flat on the floor and play it from above in which case it would be good to have two soft beaters to play it. This is a great way for children to share the drum and play together.\n", "Bullet1":"Beautifully made hairy goatskin Shaman drum", "Bullet2":"Includes two-sided suede and plush beater", "Bullet3":"Robust but light and with an impressive tone for its size", "Bullet4":"Very light and easy to carry", "Bullet5":"Also great for Early Years and SEND settings", "Bullet6":"Complete with a double-sided suede and plush covered beater", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e14\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e18\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.8kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.8kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3.6kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e4.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRound hair goat skin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRound hair goat skin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRound hair goat skin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRound hair goat skin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eManufactured\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBy hand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBy hand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBy hand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBy hand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "91.08","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "75.9", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "FW07", "Title": "Feadóg Brass D Whistle - pack of 10 - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eirish-whistles", "Brand": "Feadóg", "Barcode": "5056318303239", "VariationOf": "fw07", "Description": "Introducing the Feadóg brass Irish whistle in D, pack of 10\nMade in Ireland since 1978, Feadóg \"\"Original Irish Whistles\"\" are the oldest commercially produced Tin Whistles in Ireland.\nThe Irish whistle, also called the penny whistle is a relatively inexpensive yet quality instrument that is played around the world by amateurs and professionals alike.\nThe reduced packaging with the pack of ten also saves on cost making this a great idea for those who are looking for to bulk buy for education, classes or workshops.\nGreat for education\nDue to its simplicity, ease of use and the fact that it is a very easy instrument to learn, the penny whistle is seen as an ideal instrument for the educational environment.\nYou can also make the most out of our great quantity discounts if you are planning on holding a workshop or playing with a class of students and want to purchase multiple whistles to deck out your classroom.", "Bullet1":"The original Irish whistle - made in Ireland since 1978", "Bullet2":"Top quality materials", "Bullet3":"Ideal for players of all abilities", "Bullet4":"Plastic mouthpiece", "Bullet5":"Seamless brass barrel", "Bullet6":"Great for workshops and education", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "35","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "34.99166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "FW22", "Title": "Feadóg Irish whistle in C - Brass, pack of 10 - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eirish-whistles", "Brand": "Feadóg", "Barcode": "5056318303284", "VariationOf": "fw22", "Description": "Introducing the Feadóg brass Irish whistle in C, pack of 10\nMade in Ireland since 1978, Feadóg \"\"Original Irish Whistles\"\" are the oldest commercially produced Tin Whistles in Ireland.\nThe Irish whistle, also called the penny whistle is a relatively inexpensive yet quality instrument that is played around the world by amateurs and professionals alike.\nThe reduced packaging with the pack of ten also saves on cost making this a great idea for those who are looking for to bulk buy for education, classes or workshops.\nGreat for education\nDue to its simplicity, ease of use and the fact that it is a very easy instrument to learn, the penny whistle is seen as an ideal instrument for the educational environment.\nYou can also make the most out of our great quantity discounts if you are planning on holding a workshop or playing with a class of students and want to purchase multiple whistles to deck out your classroom.", "Bullet1":"The original Irish whistle - made in Ireland since 1978", "Bullet2":"Top quality materials", "Bullet3":"Ideal for players of all abilities", "Bullet4":"Plastic mouthpiece", "Bullet5":"Seamless brass barrel", "Bullet6":"Great for workshops and education", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "59.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "34.99166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1105", "Title": "Percussion Plus Honestly Made Bhangra dhol - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edhols", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547011054", "VariationOf": "pp1105", "Description": "\nIntroducing the Percussion Plus Honestly Made Bhangra dhol\nThis small, brightly painted version of the dhol is decorated with beautifully coloured, vibrant tassels. Traditionally played across South Asia at wedding celebrations and other festivals alongside other drums, the dhol is also a major component of modern bhangra music. The Honestly Made bhangra dhol would make a great addition to the school world percussion set and is ideal for teaching children about rhythm, a key musical concept.\nEach Bhangra dhol is sourced using Fair Trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus.\nThese items are musical instruments, not toys, and there may be many small parts on, or in, some of them. Younger players should use them with supervision.\n\n\n\nSustainably sourced and ideal for educational use\nThe dhol is a double-ended drum comprising of a mango wood shell and metal rings for adjusting the tension on the skins. This drum is smaller than most standard dhol drums making it perfect for younger musicians and ideal for educational use.\nThis Indian drum is sourced using Fair trade principles. See below for more information about the Honestly Made range of musical instruments from Percussion Plus.\n\n\n\n\nHow to play\nThe bhangra dhol is played with two sticks. The thinner, straight stick plays the higher pitched end of the drum and is known as a ‘tihli’. The thicker, bent stick plays the bass end of the drum and is known as a ‘dagga’. As one of the drum's heads is larger than the other, the two produce slightly different but complimentary tones when struck. Timbre is also varied by using these different beaters, as the ‘dagga’ is significantly heavier.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Part of the Honestly Made range of musical instruments, produced ethically in developing nations", "Bullet2":"Crafted in India using traditional materials and methods", "Bullet3":"Double-ended mango wood shell", "Bullet4":"Natural drum skins and metal ring tuning system", "Bullet5":"Vibrant design decorated with tassels", "Bullet6":"Responsibly sourced", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30 cm (12\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDrum size\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e13 cm (5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15cm (6\")\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "64.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "34.666666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP283", "Title": "Percussion Plus single mallet - hard - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003ebass-drum-gong", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547002830", "VariationOf": "pp283", "Description": "This beater from Percussion Plus is frequently combined with either a bass drum or a gong. Another great addition to the percussionist’s stick bag it is made with a solid wood shaft with shaped handle for easy grip and a felt head that creates a more powerful attack than it soft counterpart. Shaft length - 325mm Shaft material - Maple Head material - Felt Head hardness - Hard Head size - 60mm x 65mm Head colour - White Individual beater weight - 183g", "Bullet1":"Single beater with a hard felt head", "Bullet2":"Tapered wooden shaft", "Bullet3":"Suitable for bass drums and gongs", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e325mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaple\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFelt\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead size\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60mm x 65mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual beater weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e183g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "23","RRP_Inc_VAT": "65.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "35.208333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP718", "Title": "Percussion Plus Sound Access easy grip beaters - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547007187", "VariationOf": "pp718", "Description": "This pack of 6 beaters from Percussion Plus are part of their Sound Access range, designed specifically for use in music therapy and early years play. The pack contains a variety of beaters all with a large easy grip and comfortable handle. Made to increase ease and accessibility, all musicians can create and experience a wide range of sounds and make their own rhythms and melodies. Perfect for encouraging communication and expression.", "Bullet1":"Pack of six beaters", "Bullet2":"Variety of head hardness and material", "Bullet3":"Large easy grip handles", "Bullet4":"Part of the Sound Access range", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP756 soft rubber beaters\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 2\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP755 hard wooden beaters\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 2\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP754 hard rubber beater\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP753 hard felt beater\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "65.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "35.208333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SMP-1", "Title": "The Complete Woodwind Repair Manual - A1", "Category": "misc\u003eeducation\u003ebooks", "Brand": "Sax Mechanic", "Barcode": "9780955666407", "VariationOf": "smp-1", "Description": " Introducing The Complete Woodwind Repair Manual Reg Thorp is a highly respected instrument technician: a member of NAPBIRT (National Association of Professional Band Instrument Repair Technicians), his repair manual is widely acknowledged as the best on the market. This repair manual offers extensive guidance on clarinet, flute, saxophone, oboe, and bassoon repair. A wide selection of topics and techniques are covered, from general maintenance to specific, repair tasks. Each section goes into just enough detail, and it is written in such a way that allows you to follow each process in order, without the need to reference previous section in the book. Reg Thorp has drawn from his many years of experience to write this comprehensive repair manual. Through trial and error, he has found the most effective and efficient techniques for all the tasks found in this book and believes it is important to pass on this valuable knowledge to all those interested in repairs and maintenance. The 2018 edition reprint The 2018 reprint now features a flexible spiral binding, which makes it lie flat against a work surface. Perfect for studying in the workshop, without having to worry about losing your place! For every workshop The Complete Woodwind Repair Manual is an essential staple for anybody wishing to embark on their own repair and should be in every workshop. It features easy to understand step by step instructions with plenty of detailed diagrams for reference. It is perfect for everyone from beginners and students, to seasoned woodwind repair technicians. ", "Bullet1":"A must have for all woodwind technicians", "Bullet2":"10 different sections covering the main woodwind instruments", "Bullet3":"Now features flexible spiral binding, allowing the manual to lie flat", "Bullet4":"General and advanced repair instructions", "Bullet5":"Includes a list of recommended tools and materials", "Bullet6":"Over 550 pages with 950 diagrams!", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "177","RRP_Inc_VAT": "65.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "45.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "C430-NAT", "Title": "Octopus classical guitar - 3\/4 size - A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eguitars\u003eclassical", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5055964129552", "VariationOf": "c430-nat", "Description": "Introducing the Octopus classical guitar\nThis ¾ size student classical guitar is the perfect choice for any aspiring guitarist. It combines quality with affordability, and is a popular choice as a starting instrument as well as for use in education.\nBeautifully crafted design\nThis model features Linden wood top, back and sides with a lovely natural matt finish and classic design. It also has an artificial rosewood fingerboard and bridge which give the guitar an elegant, professional look. The headstock features durable nickel machine heads which allow the guitar to be tuned with ease and maintain its quality sound. The guitar is strung with six nylon strings which are gentle on the fingers, perfect for beginner players, and produce a rich and resonant tone when strummed.\nFantastic for beginner players\nWith a high quality look, sound and impressive durability and playability, this guitar model is ideal for students of all ages and standards. With a choice of ¾ , half and full size, you can find the most comfortable size for you to play, and the hard wearing design such as in the nickel machine heads makes it perfect for the demanding environment of the classroom. The guitar is also supplied with a quality guitar bag, making it easy to carry around to lessons, school or simply around the home.\n", "Bullet1":"3\/4 size classical guitar", "Bullet2":"Ideal student model", "Bullet3":"Quality Linden top, back and sides", "Bullet4":"Natural matt finish", "Bullet5":"Guitar bag included", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "172","RRP_Inc_VAT": "65.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "37.916666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "C440-NAT", "Title": "Octopus classical guitar - 4\/4 size - A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eguitars\u003eclassical", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5055964129569", "VariationOf": "c440-nat", "Description": "Introducing the Octopus classical guitar\nThis full size student classical guitar is the perfect choice for any aspiring guitarist. It combines quality with affordability, and is a popular choice as a starting instrument as well as for use in education.\nBeautifully crafted design\nThis model features Linden wood top, back and sides with a lovely natural matt finish and classic design. It also has an artificial rosewood fingerboard and bridge which give the guitar an elegant, professional look. The headstock features durable nickel machine heads which allow the guitar to be tuned with ease and maintain its quality sound. The guitar is strung with six nylon strings which are gentle on the fingers, perfect for beginner players, and produce a rich and resonant tone when strummed.\nFantastic for beginner players\nWith a high quality look, sound and impressive durability and playability, this guitar model is ideal for students of all ages and standards. With a choice of ¾ , half and full size, you can find the most comfortable size for you to play, and the hard wearing design such as in the nickel machine heads makes it perfect for the demanding environment of the classroom. The guitar is also supplied with a quality guitar bag, making it easy to carry around to lessons, school or simply around the home.\n", "Bullet1":"Full size classical guitar", "Bullet2":"Ideal student model", "Bullet3":"Quality Linden top, back and sides", "Bullet4":"Natural matt finish", "Bullet5":"Guitar bag included", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "146","RRP_Inc_VAT": "65.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "37.916666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "C410-NAT", "Title": "Octopus classical guitar - 1\/2 size - A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eguitars\u003eclassical", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318300115", "VariationOf": "c410-nat", "Description": "Introducing the Octopus classical guitar\nThis half size student classical guitar is the perfect choice for any aspiring guitarist. It combines quality with affordability, and is a popular choice as a starting instrument as well as for use in education.\nBeautifully crafted design\nThis model features Linden wood top, back and sides with a lovely natural matt finish and classic design. It also has an artificial rosewood fingerboard and bridge which give the guitar an elegant, professional look. The headstock features durable nickel machine heads which allow the guitar to be tuned with ease and maintain its quality sound. The guitar is strung with six nylon strings which are gentle on the fingers, perfect for beginner players, and produce a rich and resonant tone when strummed.\nFantastic for beginner players\nWith a high quality look, sound and impressive durability and playability, this guitar model is ideal for students of all ages and standards. With a choice of ¾ , half and full size, you can find the most comfortable size for you to play, and the hard wearing design such as in the nickel machine heads makes it perfect for the demanding environment of the classroom. The guitar is also supplied with a quality guitar bag, making it easy to carry around to lessons, school or simply around the home.\n", "Bullet1":"Ideal student model", "Bullet2":"Quality Linden top, back and sides", "Bullet3":"Natural matt finish", "Bullet4":"Fitted with nylon strings", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a quality guitar bag", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "54","RRP_Inc_VAT": "65.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "37.916666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK230CWE", "Title": "Octopus Rosette electro concert ukulele - wave motif - A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003eelectric", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318304069", "VariationOf": "uk230cwe", "Description": "Introducing the Octopus Rosette ukulele As part of the continuing evolution of the Octopus Ukulele brand we are delighted bring you the Octopus Rosette series. A brand new range for Octopus Ukulele, the Octopus Rosette is a next level instrument aimed at the intermediate player or adult beginner. The Rosette is a truly stunning ukulele due to its intricate laser etched design. And with quality features such as a NuBone nut and saddle, Aquila Nylgut strings and chrome diecast tuners it also plays like a dream. Octopus believes an instrument should encourage and inspire the player, which is something the Rosette range has no shortage of – you won’t want to put your ukulele down! Each ukulele also comes with a quality gig bag and is supplied in a colourful box. Unique laser etched design Inspired by an iconic piece of Japanese artwork depicting the power of the ocean, this ukulele features a stunning wave design intricately etched onto the body. The sound hole is also surrounded with a wave pattern rosette for additional detail. There are two designs available - see our full range for additional options. The electro-acoustic This electro-acoustic ukulele features a single coil pickup with volume and tone control knobs. Simply plug a standard 6.35mm jack cable into its socket to connect any amp or PA for that added power needed to fill larger spaces or even outdoor venues! Carefully selected materials Octopus ukuleles are built to be enjoyed for many years to come. The top, back, and sides are made of laminated open pore sapele wood which has been sustainably sourced and beautifully finished in a rich satin sheen. The side walls are also fully lined to increase projection and produce a high-quality appearance. Quality components Each component has been carefully selected, delivering excellence in every instrument and ensuring durability and a consistent tone. A tie bar bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production and silver chrome diecast tuners offer reliable tuning in a shiny finish. The side walls are fully lined for sound projection and a high-quality appearance. The Octopus Ukulele Academy with Andy Eastwood In addition to being an official endorsee of the Rosette Series, Andy Eastwood is also working in collaboration with Octopus to create a series of educational video content of which a selection is focussed specifically around the Rosette range. With lessons on basic skills, building new techniques, chord reading and more there is a lesson for everyone. To view this content, head to the Octopus Ukulele YouTube Channel. Graph Tech NuBone XB Nubone does not damp string vibration like plastic - instead, it transfers the optimum frequencies to the ukulele. This new material helps produce more volume and a better tone. Octopus Rosette ukuleles feature NuBone XB nuts and saddles as standard.\n The nut on a ukulele determines how easy it is to fret notes, stop fret buzz, and affects the tone of all your open notes. Graph Tech’s expert engineering promises to deliver the perfect fit and aids accurate intonation. \n The saddle is vitally important to the sound of your ukulele. It establishes the height of the strings and playing action, and also determines the overall tone and volume. In other words, which frequencies and harmonics are transferred from the string to the body of your uke, and what frequencies and harmonics remain vibrating in the string. \n Graph Tech is the world's experts in nut and saddle design and materials and can be found fitted to many of the world’s biggest names in guitars and ukuleles.\n Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard - the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory manufactures approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case with every instrument A next-level ukulele deserves to be carried in a next-level gig bag! We have created a beautiful, padded gig bag for the Octopus Ukulele, providing your instrument with the ultimate protection. Finished off with bespoke Octopus zip pulls, each gig bag has a pair of adjustable integrated backpack straps. Size and range Concert ukuleles are slightly larger and longer than the standard soprano at 23in (58cm), and they have a few extra frets on the neck meaning a slightly larger range. Also, the extra size makes the concert have a louder and fuller sound as well as allowing for more space between the strings. \n", "Bullet1":"Lazer etched designs on open pore natural sapele", "Bullet2":"Fitted with Aquila strings", "Bullet3":"Diecast silver chrome tuners", "Bullet4":"OctoWave headstock", "Bullet5":"Flat back", "Bullet6":"Tie bar bridge", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaminated Sapele\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBack \u0026 Sides\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaminated Sapele\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNeck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid Okoume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFingerboard \u0026 Bridge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaurel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNut \u0026 Saddle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGraph Tech Nubone XB\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuners\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSilver chrome diecast geared machine heads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOpen pore\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAquila\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBag padding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePick-up\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSingle Coil, Passive, 6.35mm jack\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20 Hz - 20KHz\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eVolume\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e500KΩA\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTone\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e500ΩB\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e537g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e65mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "48","RRP_Inc_VAT": "65.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "37.916666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ4978", "Title": "Izzo wooden 10\"\" pandeiro - A1", "Category": "Uncategorized", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7897626849785", "VariationOf": "iz4978", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo wooden 10\"\" pandeiro\nSimilar to a tambourine, the pandeiro drum is made from a solid wooden shell encompassing 5 double sets of jingles.\nThe Pandeiro is played by holding it in one hand and striking the head with the other, producing a wide range of rhythmic patterns and tones, contributing greatly to the lively and infectious rhythms often associated with samba.\nThe Izzo brand\nThe Izzo brand represents authentic Brazilian percussion and is widely regarded as one of the top instrument manufacturers in Brazilian Samba. Hailing from Sao Paulo, Izzo have been producing a wide range of high quality instruments for over 60 years, and we are proud to say we are the sole importers of Izzo products.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Approximately 10\" drum head", "Bullet2":"Authentic Brazilian instrument manufactured in famous Sao Paolo factory", "Bullet3":"Solid wooden frame", "Bullet4":"Natural drumhead", "Bullet5":"Durable and great for classroom use", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "65.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "35.208333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AP-3290", "Title": "Apextone table style adjustable keyboard stand - A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003efolding", "Brand": "Apextone", "Barcode": "717378831364", "VariationOf": "ap-3290", "Description": "Introducing the Apextone table style adjustable keyboard stand\nApextone’s table stand versatile solution for musicians seeking adaptability and strength in their keyboard setup. Crafted to support keyboards, mixers, and more, this stand offers unparalleled flexibility for various musical applications.\nWith a width adjustable range of 82-110 cm and a height adjustable range of 71-94 cm, this stand accommodates different equipment sizes and player preferences with ease. Whether you're playing a compact keyboard or mixing on a larger console, this stand adjusts to fit your needs perfectly.\nA trusty and adaptable stand\nFeaturing locking pins and knobs, this stand ensures effortless adjustment and secure locking in place. Say goodbye to wobbly setups - with this stand, you can trust that your equipment will remain stable and steady during performances or recording sessions.\nNot limited to just keyboards, this stand's versatile design allows it to be used for mixers, DJ controllers, and other audio equipment, making it a valuable addition to any musician's toolkit. \nDesigned with portability in mind, this stand features foldable legs that allow for easy transportation and storage. Whether you're gigging on the road or setting up in your studio, this stand's compact design ensures hassle-free setup and teardown.\nOur Apextone keyboard stands\n\nApextone single braced keyboard stand\nApextone single braced fixed keyboard stand\nApextone table style adjustable keyboard stand\nApextone Z-style keyboard stand\nApextone extra strong keyboard stand\n\n", "Bullet1":"Adaptable and strong table stand for keyboards", "Bullet2":"Width adjustable to accomodate keyboards, mixing desks, DJ controllers and more", "Bullet3":"Height adjustable between 71 and 94 cm", "Bullet4":"Locking pins and knobs allow for easy adjustment", "Bullet5":"Ball joint feel for stability on slightly uneven surfaces", "Bullet6":"Foldable legs for easy portability", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMinimum width\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e82-110cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaximum width\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e71-94cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMinimum height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e28.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaximum height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e82cm x 8.5cm x 14cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e28.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFoldable size\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e82cm x 8.5cm x 14cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOptional surface protection\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAdhesive foam\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFeet material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetal on ball joint with non-slip rubber bottom\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eScrew material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "16","RRP_Inc_VAT": "65.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "35.208333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3510", "Title": "Monarch 5x 20L extra strong storage box and lid set - Red - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estorage\u003eboxes", "Brand": "Monarch", "Barcode": "5055964137465", "VariationOf": "pp3510", "Description": "Introducing the Monarch 5x 20L extra strong storage box and lid set - Red\nEvery classroom needs efficient, reliable storage equipment, and these 20L boxes from Monarch provide just that. With a durable plastic construction they can survive very well in school environments, and their stackable nature means they can be stored away easily when not in use.\nThe Monarch universal lid\nThe Monarch universal lids clip neatly onto the tops of the boxes, with a clear finish letting you see inside and keep track of what you're storing. One size fits all, and the lids provide a cover for the contents of your storage boxes whilst still allowing you to securely stack filled boxes on top of each other to maximise your space as efficiently as possible.\nQuality shatterproof construction\nThese boxes are manufactured from 100% polypropylene which is strong, shatterproof, and will stand up to the rigours of daily use in any learning environment. Not only are they made to last but at end of life they can easily be recycled.\nMade for convenience\nAt 20 litres each, these boxes can accommodate plenty of classroom equipment. Subtle rounding off of the corners creates a softer feel and touch, making these boxes safe to use for even the youngest age groups. They’re sturdy too, with reinforced side ribs for extra strength and a scooped out base for extra strength and stability.\n", "Bullet1":"5 pack of sturdy 20 litre red storage trays with clear lids", "Bullet2":"100% polypropylene shatterproof construction", "Bullet3":"Stackable, and designed to fit on shelf runners", "Bullet4":"Subtly rounded corners for classroom safety", "Bullet5":"Scooped out base gives extra strength and stability", "Bullet6":"Clear lids are highly convenient for teachers to keep track of contents", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e100% shatterproof polypropylene\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBox colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLid colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClear\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "65.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "35.208333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3511", "Title": "Monarch 5x 20L extra strong storage box and lid set - Clear - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estorage\u003eboxes", "Brand": "Monarch", "Barcode": "5055964137472", "VariationOf": "pp3511", "Description": "Introducing the Monarch 5x 20L extra strong storage box and lid set - Clear\nEvery classroom needs efficient, reliable storage equipment, and these 20L boxes from Monarch provide just that. With a durable plastic construction they can survive very well in school environments, and their stackable nature means they can be stored away easily when not in use.\nThe Monarch universal lid\nThe Monarch universal lids clip neatly onto the tops of the boxes, with a clear finish letting you see inside and keep track of what you're storing. One size fits all, and the lids provide a cover for the contents of your storage boxes whilst still allowing you to securely stack filled boxes on top of each other to maximise your space as efficiently as possible.\nQuality shatterproof construction\nThese boxes are manufactured from 100% polypropylene which is strong, shatterproof, and will stand up to the rigours of daily use in any learning environment. Not only are they made to last but at end of life they can easily be recycled.\nMade for convenience\nAt 20 litres each, these boxes can accommodate plenty of classroom equipment. Subtle rounding off of the corners creates a softer feel and touch, making these boxes safe to use for even the youngest age groups. They’re sturdy too, with reinforced side ribs for extra strength and a scooped out base for extra strength and stability.\n", "Bullet1":"5 pack of sturdy 20 litre clear storage trays with lids", "Bullet2":"100% polypropylene shatterproof construction", "Bullet3":"Stackable, and designed to fit on shelf runners", "Bullet4":"Subtly rounded corners for classroom safety", "Bullet5":"Scooped out base gives extra strength and stability", "Bullet6":"Clearness is convenient for teachers to keep track of contents", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e100% shatterproof polypropylene\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBox colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClear\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLid colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClear\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "65.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "35.208333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MAN48CA", "Title": "Manhasset 48 Symphony Concertino stand - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003econcert", "Brand": "Manhasset", "Barcode": "706576048117", "VariationOf": "man48ca", "Description": "Introducing the Manhasset 48 Symphony Concertino stand\nA shorter version of the Symphony Stand, the Concertino has a vertical extension of 16\"\" to 28\"\" (ledge to floor), with a maximum overall height of 40-1\/2\"\". The desk is 20\"\" w x 12-1\/2\"\" h with a 2-1\/4\"\" ledge. Ideal for seated musicians in need of a lower height stand such as stage bands, guitarists, cellists and chamber ensembles as well as being a great option for younger students.\nManhasset's Symphony stands are immensely popular with orchestras and bands for permanent use in concert venues and school halls, as well as with individuals wanting a sturdy stand for home use. Whether a music student or a professional musician, Manhasset stands are an ideal choice for making your practise and performance as easy as possible.\nInventor and musician Otto Lagervall founded the Manhasset Specialty Company with a desire to overcome the inherent shortcomings of music stands available at the time. His desire to use the highest quality materials and workmanship carries through the company ethos to the present day, though the company moved from Manhasset, New York to Yakima, Washington in the early 1940s where it remains today.\n\nLifetime guarantee\nEach stand is extremely robust and built to such a high quality that we offer a lifetime guarantee with any purchase. With a Manhasset stand, you should never have to buy another stand again.\n\nEasy height adjustment\nThe main feature of these - and indeed all - Manhasset stands is that they are knob free. Thanks to the famous ‘magic finger’ shaft clutch and ‘friction tilt’ neck joint, the stand can be pushed or pulled into any position and will remain secure without turning a single screw. Not only does the lack of adjusters make it simpler to use, but the overall design also looks much more sleek and classy.\n\nSuper strong\nAll of the Manhasset 48 stands can hold 4kg of music and have a desk depth of 2.25\"\" (5.7cm) making them capable of holding heavy choir books and large music anthologies. The desks are made from solid aluminium for optimum rigidity and the all-steel welded bases allow for extra stability.\n\nManageable on the road\nWhile these stands are designed to live in one space and are therefore not entirely foldable, they are surprisingly lightweight and easy to carry around if necessary.\n\n \nThe Manhasset Lifetime Warranty\nOver the years, Manhasset has continued to research, develop, and innovate new products to meet the needs of musicians, and their commitment to consistent quality has made them the number one choice of many schools, bands and orchestras worldwide. Backing this up, Manhasset offer a guaranteed lifetime warranty on all products purchased from us. They have the utmost confidence in their manufacturing standards, substantiated by years of proof. When you buy a Manhasset music stand, you should never have to buy another stand again.\nPlease note: Proof of purchase required\n\n", "Bullet1":"A shorter version of the classic symphony stand", "Bullet2":"Ideal for stage bands, guitarists, cellists and younger students", "Bullet3":"Knob-free height and angle adjustment", "Bullet4":"Heavy-gauge all-steel welded base provides excellent stability", "Bullet5":"Large but lightweight solid aluminium desk holds 4kg of music", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eVertical extension\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16\" to 28\" (ledge to floor)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaximum height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40-1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDesk\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20\" w x 12-1\/2\" with a 2-1\/4\" ledge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "22","RRP_Inc_VAT": "65.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "37.916666666666664", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HT16K04-R", "Title": "16oz HuskeeRenew Cup 4-pack - Smoke \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001454", "VariationOf": "ht16k04-r", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeRenew 4-pack of 16oz cups HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack contains four 16oz coffee cups - a convenient and cost effect way to purchase for your café or restaurant. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? That's 2.5 billion every year! But HuskeeCups battle the waste that disposable coffee cups produce, by being reusable and made from 50% recycled material. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is HuskeeRenew? The HuskeeRenew range is made from Tritan Renew 50, a new PBS, BPF and BPA-free food-grade plastic which allows us to include 50% certified recycled content in this range of products. Tritan Renew 50 products use plastic derived from 50% recycled content, and Tritan plastics are used in over 600 products, from drink bottles to medical grade equipment. The material was chosen for its glass-like appearance, excellent durability as well as its stain and odour resisting properties. HuskeeRenew is a high performance copolyester, perfectly designed to hold both your hot and cold drinks. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. The iconic Huskee fins also make hot coffees easy and comfortable to hold. \n Staying in with your coffee? The matching classic saucer is the perfect size for the HuskeeRenew 16oz cup and is a great way to experience coffee or cold beverages in your cafe, office, or home. They're also stackable, so you can keep thing organised. Sold separately as a 4-pack\n Coffee on the go \nThese cups are compatible with the stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow.\n\n\n How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner.\nThe most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that!\n \n HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. \n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 50% recycled material", "Bullet2":"This pack contains 4 x 16oz cups - perfect for coffees", "Bullet3":"Translucent glass-like finish", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e168mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e87mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e197g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e470ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTritan Renew 50 (50% post-consumer recycled plastic), BPA, PBS, BPF free\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "65.56","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "32.775", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "HT16A04-R", "Title": "16oz HuskeeRenew Cup 4-pack - Amber \/ A1", "Category": "huskee", "Brand": "Huskee", "Barcode": "9352913001560", "VariationOf": "ht16k04-r", "Description": " Introducing the HuskeeRenew 4-pack of 16oz cups HuskeeCups make sustainability stylish. For coffee lovers everywhere, a HuskeeCup keeps your coffee hot and protects your hands - no need for cardboard or rubber sleeves. Dishwasher safe and stackable, they are the perfect cup for your café, roastery, office, or coffee shop. This pack contains four 16oz coffee cups - a convenient and cost effect way to purchase for your café or restaurant. Did you know, in the UK alone we use 7 million disposable coffee cups every day? That's 2.5 billion every year! But HuskeeCups battle the waste that disposable coffee cups produce, by being reusable and made from 50% recycled material. Whether you're a coffee shop, roastery, retailer, office, or any other type of business looking to make a positive change towards becoming more sustainable, get in touch now to enquire about using and\/or stocking HuskeeCups. What is HuskeeRenew? The HuskeeRenew range is made from Tritan Renew 50, a new PBS, BPF and BPA-free food-grade plastic which allows us to include 50% certified recycled content in this range of products. Tritan Renew 50 products use plastic derived from 50% recycled content, and Tritan plastics are used in over 600 products, from drink bottles to medical grade equipment. The material was chosen for its glass-like appearance, excellent durability as well as its stain and odour resisting properties. HuskeeRenew is a high performance copolyester, perfectly designed to hold both your hot and cold drinks. Café ready cups A focus of the HuskeeCup design is how it performs in a working coffee shop environment. Are they durable? Yes. Are they stackable? Yes. Are they easy to clean and dishwasher safe? Of course! Fully equipped to take a daily beating in busy restaurant or cafe, this attention to long life and usability makes a HuskeeCup very suitable for the home or office environment as well. The iconic Huskee fins also make hot coffees easy and comfortable to hold. \n Staying in with your coffee? The matching classic saucer is the perfect size for the HuskeeRenew 16oz cup and is a great way to experience coffee or cold beverages in your cafe, office, or home. They're also stackable, so you can keep thing organised. Sold separately as a 4-pack\n Coffee on the go \nThese cups are compatible with the stopper lid, which is the ultimate solution for preventing coffee spills when you're on the move. This is thanks to its flexible silicone plug that seals the lid and can be easily rotated or removed to allow coffee to flow.\n\n\n How to clean your HuskeeCup HuskeeCups are easy to look after, as long as you follow a few simple rules. AVOID abrasive cleaners such as scourers or Brillo pads. DO use a microfibre cloth for tough stains and if your cups undergo constant use, DO soak once a month in espresso cleaner.\nThe most efficient way to clean your HuskeeCups is to simply put them in the dishwasher. It's as easy as that!\n \n HuskeeLoop creates a sustainable future HuskeeCups should last for several years, but when they do eventually reach the end of their long life, please return them to us! We'll then make sure they get returned to the manufacturers to get recycled into new Huskee products. This is HuskeeLoop - the ultimate closed-loop ecosystem ensuring zero waste. \n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from 50% recycled material", "Bullet2":"This pack contains 4 x 16oz cups - perfect for coffees", "Bullet3":"Translucent glass-like finish", "Bullet4":"Long lasting and dishwasher friendly", "Bullet5":"Non-toxic (BPA free)", "Bullet6":"Easily stackable for a tidy counter", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e168mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e87mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e197g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e470ml\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTritan Renew 50 (50% post-consumer recycled plastic), BPA, PBS, BPF free\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "65.56","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "32.775", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AP-PK13", "Title": "Apextone dynamic microphone kit - A1", "Category": "tech\u003emicrophones\u003eaccessories\u003estands", "Brand": "Apextone", "Barcode": "717378831203", "VariationOf": "ap-pk13", "Description": "Introducing the Apextone dynamic microphone kit\nApextone’s dynamic microphone kit is a versatile solution designed with the needs of gigging musicians in mind. This comprehensive kit offers all the essentials for your performances without unnecessary frills.\nQuality, reliable sound\nAt its core is the reliable Apextone dynamic microphone, accompanied by a sturdy clip for hassle-free attachment. With its simple yet effective design, this microphone ensures clear and accurate sound reproduction, allowing your talent to shine. It comes with a mic clip to easily fix onto the stand.\nAdjustable stand\nAdjustable between 90cm and 160cm, the AP-3601 stand is handy for a variety of heights, making it ideal for schools and music education hubs. With a metal design, it is fitted with smooth aluminium knobs and joints, wide, strong legs for stability and 5\/8” standard threads for mic clip.\nComes with all the required accessories\nWith a handy carrying bag and 5m XLR male-female cable, the Apextone dynamic microphone kit ensures that you’ll never be caught short in whatever gigging scenario you find yourself!\nWhat’s in the box?\n\nAP-DM20 dynamic microphone\nAP-3812 mic clip\n5m XLR male-female cable\nAP-3601 metal boom stand\n\nOur Apextone microphone stands\n\nApextone boom microphone stand\nApextone straight microphone stand\nApextone easy-adjust straight microphone stand\nApextone easy-adjust boom microphone stand\nApextone boom microphone stand with bag\nApextone dynamic microphone kit\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Comprehensive dynamic microphone kit", "Bullet2":"The perfect all-in-one purchase for gigging musicians", "Bullet3":"Includes Apextone dynamic mic with clip", "Bullet4":"Height adjustable AP-3601 boom stand - 90cm to 160cm", "Bullet5":"5m XLR cable for easy connectivity", "Bullet6":"Handy carrying gig bag", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ec.90cm-160cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBoom\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e80cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBag\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAP-4114\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMicrophone\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAP-DM20 dynamic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMic clip\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAP-3812\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMic cable\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5 metre XLR(M) to XLR(F)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStand Material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFeet material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eScrew material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCable clip material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "21","RRP_Inc_VAT": "66.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "35.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP083", "Title": "Percussion Plus 8 note chime bar set supplied with 8 beaters - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003echimes\u003echime-bars", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060179346199", "VariationOf": "pp083", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus 8 note chime bar set\nGreat quality 8 note chime bar set from Percussion Plus. Supplied with 8 beaters either for spares or indeed for 8 individuals to play at the same time, with white painted steel bars for a sleek design.\nExcellent sound\nVibrant red wooden resonator boxes enhance the bright tone making this a very popular choice with individuals as well as schools.", "Bullet1":"White painted steel bars on red wooden resonator blocks", "Bullet2":"8 notes in a C major scale C52-C64", "Bullet3":"Includes 8 beaters", "Bullet4":"Supplied in strong cardboard carton", "Bullet5":"Previously known as HC083", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "25","RRP_Inc_VAT": "69.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "37.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1142", "Title": "Percussion Plus 18\"\" tuneable Bodhran - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebodhrans", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547011429", "VariationOf": "pp1142", "Description": "Introducing the 18\"\" bodhran from Percussion Plus\nThis bodhran from Percussion Plus is a genuine hand-crafted Irish drum, supplied with traditional style tipper and a quality bag. This model is tuneable, so you can stretch or relax the drum head to fine tune the tone of the drum.\n\nTraditional playing methods\nA Bodhran is an Irish frame drum that is believed to have evolved from the tambourine, however more recently popularised due to the resurgence of Irish traditional music. The Bodhran is traditionally played using a lathe-turned piece of wood called a bone or tipper (pictured above), and can also be played using a modern brush stick, or even your bare hands. \n\nQuality construction and finish\nA solid construction and well-built inner frame allows the player to confidently grip the drum to produce a precise and resonant tone. The natural skin drum is evenly stretched for accurate tone production and for a long life.", "Bullet1":"Traditional design", "Bullet2":"Lightweight and sturdy build quality", "Bullet3":"Supplied with a beater\/bone", "Bullet4":"Includes carry case", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "27","RRP_Inc_VAT": "69.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "37.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3430", "Title": "Percussion Plus tub of 30 metal kazoos - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003ekazoos", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964111557", "VariationOf": "pp3430", "Description": "The kazoo is a wind instrument which adds a \"\"buzzing\"\" timbral quality to a player's voice when the player vocalizes into it. These are quality metal kazoos that are loud and well made. This instrument is similar to the kind used in various genres from Jazz to Blues and anyone covering Sgt Peppers! This is perfect for use in both professional and fun musical scenarios and is supplied in a handy tub, perfect for easy transportation and storage.", "Bullet1":"A classic quality metal kazoo", "Bullet2":"Durable one piece construction", "Bullet3":"Suitable for playing a number of different genres", "Bullet4":"Suitable for players aged 3+", "Bullet5":"Previously known as KZC02", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "69.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "37.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP383", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP383 medium rubber beaters - pack of 25 - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eball-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547003837", "VariationOf": "pp383", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP383 medium rubber beaters\nAn excellent value pack of multi application beaters which are versatile and extremely difficult to break. They are suitable for a wide variety of tuned percussion instruments and are ideal for the classroom. These beaters have a bright red head on a durable, black plastic handle with ergonomic grip.\nThe heads are hard enough to produce a loud bright tone with long decay, but the rubber has a small amount of give that negates the contact ‘click’ one might expect to hear from a more attacking solid plastic head. This bounce makes these beaters particularly good for middle-pitched resonant tuned percussion instruments such as metallophones and chime bars.\nThis pack is 25 of the individual PP056's.", "Bullet1":"Great value pack of 25 single beaters", "Bullet2":"Black handle and bright red head", "Bullet3":"Suitable for a wide variety of tuned percussion instruments", "Bullet4":"Versatile and difficult to break", "Bullet5":"Ideal for use in the classroom", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "139","RRP_Inc_VAT": "69.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "37.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MAN4801", "Title": "Manhasset Symphony music stand - A1 \/ Black", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003econcert", "Brand": "Manhasset", "Barcode": "706576048018", "VariationOf": "man4801", "Description": "Manhasset classic black Symphony 4801 stands are immensely popular with orchestras and bands for permanent use in concert venues and school halls. Whether a music student or a professional musician, Manhasset stands are an ideal choice for making your practise and performance as easy as possible. Inventor and musician Otto Lagervall founded the Manhasset Specialty Company with a desire to overcome the inherent shortcomings of music stands available at the time. His desire to use the highest quality materials and workmanship carries through the company ethos to the present day, though the company moved from Manhasset, New York to Yakima, Washington in the early 1940s where it remains today. Lifetime guarentee Each stand is extremely robust and built to such a high quality that the manufacturers offer a lifetime guarantee with any purchase. You should never have to buy another stand. Easy height adjustment The main feature of these - and indeed all - Manhasset stands is that they are 'knob free’. Thanks to the famous ‘magic finger’ shaft clutch and ‘friction tilt’ neck joint, the stand can be pushed or pulled into any position and will remain secure without turning a single screw. Not only does the lack of adjusters make it simpler to use, but the overall design also looks much more sleek and classy. Super strong All of the Manhasset 48 stands can hold 4kg of music (up to 34kg if you purchase the MAN2400 music stand lock too) and have a desk depth of 2.25\"\" (5.7cm) making them capable of holding heavy choir books and large music anthologies. The desks are made from solid aluminium for optimum rigidity and the all-steel welded bases allow for extra stability. manageable on the road While these stands are designed to live in one space and are therefore not entirely foldable, they are surprisingly lightweight (3.63kg) and easy to carry around if necessary. The desks can fold all of the way back reducing the total stand height to 90cm - easily small enough to pop into a car boot. \n \nThe Manhasset Lifetime Warranty\nOver the years, Manhasset has continued to research, develop, and innovate new products to meet the needs of musicians, and their commitment to consistent quality has made them the number one choice of many schools, bands and orchestras worldwide. Backing this up, Manhasset offer a guaranteed lifetime warranty on all products purchased from us. They have the utmost confidence in their manufacturing standards, substantiated by years of proof. When you buy a Manhasset music stand, you should never have to buy another stand again.\nPlease note: Proof of purchase required\n\n\nMore useful information\nManhasset Assembly Instructions\n", "Bullet1":"The number one choice for schools and orchestras worldwide since 1935", "Bullet2":"Large but lightweight solid aluminium desk holds 4kg of music", "Bullet3":"Knob-free height and angle adjustment", "Bullet4":"Heavy-gauge all-steel welded base provides excellent stability", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "169","RRP_Inc_VAT": "69.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "40.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MAN48-MBL", "Title": "Manhasset Symphony music stand - A1 \/ Blue", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003econcert", "Brand": "Manhasset", "Barcode": "706576149517", "VariationOf": "man4801", "Description": "Manhasset classic black Symphony 4801 stands are immensely popular with orchestras and bands for permanent use in concert venues and school halls. Whether a music student or a professional musician, Manhasset stands are an ideal choice for making your practise and performance as easy as possible. Inventor and musician Otto Lagervall founded the Manhasset Specialty Company with a desire to overcome the inherent shortcomings of music stands available at the time. His desire to use the highest quality materials and workmanship carries through the company ethos to the present day, though the company moved from Manhasset, New York to Yakima, Washington in the early 1940s where it remains today. Lifetime guarentee Each stand is extremely robust and built to such a high quality that the manufacturers offer a lifetime guarantee with any purchase. You should never have to buy another stand. Easy height adjustment The main feature of these - and indeed all - Manhasset stands is that they are 'knob free’. Thanks to the famous ‘magic finger’ shaft clutch and ‘friction tilt’ neck joint, the stand can be pushed or pulled into any position and will remain secure without turning a single screw. Not only does the lack of adjusters make it simpler to use, but the overall design also looks much more sleek and classy. Super strong All of the Manhasset 48 stands can hold 4kg of music (up to 34kg if you purchase the MAN2400 music stand lock too) and have a desk depth of 2.25\"\" (5.7cm) making them capable of holding heavy choir books and large music anthologies. The desks are made from solid aluminium for optimum rigidity and the all-steel welded bases allow for extra stability. manageable on the road While these stands are designed to live in one space and are therefore not entirely foldable, they are surprisingly lightweight (3.63kg) and easy to carry around if necessary. The desks can fold all of the way back reducing the total stand height to 90cm - easily small enough to pop into a car boot. \n \nThe Manhasset Lifetime Warranty\nOver the years, Manhasset has continued to research, develop, and innovate new products to meet the needs of musicians, and their commitment to consistent quality has made them the number one choice of many schools, bands and orchestras worldwide. Backing this up, Manhasset offer a guaranteed lifetime warranty on all products purchased from us. They have the utmost confidence in their manufacturing standards, substantiated by years of proof. When you buy a Manhasset music stand, you should never have to buy another stand again.\nPlease note: Proof of purchase required\n\n\nMore useful information\nManhasset Assembly Instructions\n", "Bullet1":"The number one choice for schools and orchestras worldwide since 1935", "Bullet2":"Large but lightweight solid aluminium desk holds 4kg of music", "Bullet3":"Knob-free height and angle adjustment", "Bullet4":"Heavy-gauge all-steel welded base provides excellent stability", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "69.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "40.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "36FG-387", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will flute gig case - Navy \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003eflute", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5055964113148", "VariationOf": "tomandwill-36fg", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will flute gig case\nTom \u0026amp; Will proudly present the 36FG moulded flute case. This model has been carefully developed to securely fit a wide range of flutes with both C and B foot joints and boasts a number of practical features. The flute gig case is available in Tom \u0026amp; Will’s distinctive choice of colours and makes a great home for a range of instruments from Yamaha, Trevor James, Pearl and many more.\nHigh-quality design\nThe 36FG flute case has a luxurious soft lined interior. Both sides of the inside are moulded with individual sections for each part of the instrument with generous allowance for variation in keywork between manufacturers. Outside, on the front of the case there is an accessory pocket with various compartments ideal for additional storage of accessories and personal items. The main section of this pocket is even large enough to fit a standard sized piccolo hard case. A set of four metal feet on the base of the case add stability when placed on tables or the floor.\nAdditional features\nThere are two carrying options: you can use the detachable shoulder strap with its moveable comfortable pad which is secured to the case with sturdy lanyard clips and chunky D-rings, or carry it by hand using the dual handles which are secured together with a fabric cover. Reliable, smooth running zips and durable Tom \u0026amp; Will custom die-cast zipper pulls open right around three of the four sides for unhindered opening which allows the player to quickly and safely remove or return the instrument.\nOur Tom \u0026amp; Will woodwind gig bags\n\nTom \u0026amp; Will flute gig case\nTom \u0026amp; Will clarinet gig case\nTom \u0026amp; Will oboe gig case\nTom \u0026amp; Will bassoon gig bag\nTom \u0026amp; Will soprano sax gig bag\nTom \u0026amp; Will alto sax gig bag\nTom \u0026amp; Will tenor sax gig bag\n\n", "Bullet1":"4 protective studs on bottom of case, heavy duty die-cast custom zips", "Bullet2":"Accessory pocket on front of case with space for piccolo case", "Bullet3":"Detachable padded shoulder strap", "Bullet4":"Protective moulded interior wrapped in luxurious fabric", "Bullet5":"No-rip hard wearing polyester exterior, no-scratch interior linings, high tensile double stitching", "Bullet6":"High tensile double stitching", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInterior\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003emoulded\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (L x W x D)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45cm x 12.5cm x 12cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.62kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCarrying system\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSingle detachable nylon shoulder strap with smooth adjustment feature and lock stitch to prevent strap from bunching\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandles\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHigh quality wrap-around main handle with hook and loop fastening\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeavy duty oversized Tom \u0026amp; Will zips\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAs standard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePocket\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExterior lined pocket 1 measuring 32cm x 11cm x 3cm plus zip secured compartmentalised sections\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNo-scratch soft velboa lining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExterior fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1000D Polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eProtection\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHigh density mould with Terylene fabric wrap\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "15","RRP_Inc_VAT": "69.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "37.375", "Quantity_break_1": "2","Quantity_break_price_1": "35.93333333333334", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "36FG-315", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will flute gig case - Grey \/ A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003eflute", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5055964113131", "VariationOf": "tomandwill-36fg", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will flute gig case\nTom \u0026amp; Will proudly present the 36FG moulded flute case. This model has been carefully developed to securely fit a wide range of flutes with both C and B foot joints and boasts a number of practical features. The flute gig case is available in Tom \u0026amp; Will’s distinctive choice of colours and makes a great home for a range of instruments from Yamaha, Trevor James, Pearl and many more.\nHigh-quality design\nThe 36FG flute case has a luxurious soft lined interior. Both sides of the inside are moulded with individual sections for each part of the instrument with generous allowance for variation in keywork between manufacturers. Outside, on the front of the case there is an accessory pocket with various compartments ideal for additional storage of accessories and personal items. The main section of this pocket is even large enough to fit a standard sized piccolo hard case. A set of four metal feet on the base of the case add stability when placed on tables or the floor.\nAdditional features\nThere are two carrying options: you can use the detachable shoulder strap with its moveable comfortable pad which is secured to the case with sturdy lanyard clips and chunky D-rings, or carry it by hand using the dual handles which are secured together with a fabric cover. Reliable, smooth running zips and durable Tom \u0026amp; Will custom die-cast zipper pulls open right around three of the four sides for unhindered opening which allows the player to quickly and safely remove or return the instrument.\nOur Tom \u0026amp; Will woodwind gig bags\n\nTom \u0026amp; Will flute gig case\nTom \u0026amp; Will clarinet gig case\nTom \u0026amp; Will oboe gig case\nTom \u0026amp; Will bassoon gig bag\nTom \u0026amp; Will soprano sax gig bag\nTom \u0026amp; Will alto sax gig bag\nTom \u0026amp; Will tenor sax gig bag\n\n", "Bullet1":"4 protective studs on bottom of case, heavy duty die-cast custom zips", "Bullet2":"Accessory pocket on front of case with space for piccolo case", "Bullet3":"Detachable padded shoulder strap", "Bullet4":"Protective moulded interior wrapped in luxurious fabric", "Bullet5":"No-rip hard wearing polyester exterior, no-scratch interior linings, high tensile double stitching", "Bullet6":"High tensile double stitching", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInterior\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003emoulded\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (L x W x D)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e45cm x 12.5cm x 12cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e0.62kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCarrying system\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSingle detachable nylon shoulder strap with smooth adjustment feature and lock stitch to prevent strap from bunching\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandles\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHigh quality wrap-around main handle with hook and loop fastening\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeavy duty oversized Tom \u0026amp; Will zips\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAs standard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePocket\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExterior lined pocket 1 measuring 32cm x 11cm x 3cm plus zip secured compartmentalised sections\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNo-scratch soft velboa lining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExterior fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1000D Polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eProtection\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHigh density mould with Terylene fabric wrap\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "25","RRP_Inc_VAT": "69.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "37.375", "Quantity_break_1": "2","Quantity_break_price_1": "35.93333333333334", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "WOOD-PK", "Title": "Percussion Workshop wood sounds pack - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003epacks\u003eassorted", "Brand": "Percussion Workshop", "Barcode": "5056318301235", "VariationOf": "wood-pk", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Workshop wood pack\nDesigned for classroom and educational use, this high-quality pack features a selection of different wood sounds from around the world. It includes a range of handheld percussion, suitable for a group of up to 8 players. Each instrument produces a natural and resonant sound that lets children discover the versatility of music.\nThis set offers a way for students to explore unique sounds and allows them to create expressive musical performances, while also teaching important teamworking and communication skills. The instruments in this pack support KS2 and KS3 objectives that improves coordination and rhythm accuracy. Get the group playing together and let the whole class show off their musical talent!\n\nThis pack includes:\n\n1 x PP205 Claves pair\n1 x PP226 Tricolour fish guiro\n1 x PP229 Wood shaker guiro with scraper\n1 x PP252 Double agogo wooden\n1 x PP256 Wooden tulip block\n1 x PP2801 Slapstick whip crack\n1 x PP3060 Woodblock oblong with handle\n1 x PP343 Double tone block wooden\n\n\nPlay together\nEveryone can get involved in making music with this visually stimulating pack. There’s no level of musical talent or experience needed for these instruments, so the whole class can get busy with fun musical activities!\n\nThe benefits of music\nMusic helps children to develop vital skills, such as creativity, hand-eye co-ordination, motor skills, teamwork and listening skills. The variation in this pack makes it a great gift to introduce children to the basics of rhythm and the joys of making music.\n\nDesigned for early years\nThese instruments have been carefully selected so that they are suitable for developing children and future musicians. They feature textured grips, making them comfortable to hold and easy to play, they have rounded edges to protect small hands, and they’re made from lightweight, durable and tough wood. Each instrument is produced to the highest standards of safety, so your child can enjoy the wonderful world of sound.\n\nPlease note: contents may vary depending on stock\nThese items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them.\n\n", "Bullet1":"An education pack featuring wood percussion", "Bullet2":"Offers a variety highly durable instruments", "Bullet3":"Suitable for up to 8 players", "Bullet4":"Perfect for the classroom and other music education environments", "Bullet5":"Supplied in a strong cardboard box", "Bullet6":"Ideal for KS2 and KS3", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClaves pair\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTricolour fish guiro\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaker guiro with scraper\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDouble agogo\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTulip block\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSlapstick whip crack\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOblong woodblock with handle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDouble tone block\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "69.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "37.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ2018", "Title": "Jumbie Jam modular stand - complete - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "713757092333", "VariationOf": "jj2018", "Description": "The full, modular Jumbie Jam stand consists of a variety of hollow plastic tubes and t-connectors to allow the stand to be built to suit the player. The height range is between 53cm and 116cm. When not in use, the stand can be dismantled for easy storage.Fun feet in blue, pink, purple or black (JJ2118 \/ JJ2119 \/ JJ2120 \/ JJ2121) or the traditional base (JJ2122) complete this stand, supplied separately to allow you to customise the look of your Jumbie Jam.", "Bullet1":"Complete set of tubes and connectors required to build JJ1058 Jumbie Jam stand", "Bullet2":"Can be built to suit height of player", "Bullet3":"Replacement stand", "Bullet4":"Lightweight plastic tubing", "Bullet5":"Can be used to upgrade JJ3050 table top models", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "69.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "48.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "METAL-PK", "Title": "Percussion Workshop metal sounds pack - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003epacks\u003eassorted", "Brand": "Percussion Workshop", "Barcode": "5055964127138", "VariationOf": "metal-pk", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Workshop metal pack\nDesigned for classroom and educational use, this high-quality pack features a selection of different metal sounds from around the world. It includes a range of handheld percussion, suitable for a group of up to 6 players. Each instrument produces a bright and resonant sound that lets children discover the versatility of music.\nThis set offers a way for students to explore unique sounds and allows them to create expressive musical performances, while also teaching important teamworking and communication skills. The instruments in this pack support KS2 and KS3 objectives that improves coordination and rhythm accuracy. Get the group playing together and let the whole class show off their musical talent!\n\nThis pack includes:\n\n1 x PP249 Handbell\n1 x PP258 Triangle 6\"\"\n1 x PP3600 Double agogo bells\n1 x PP524 Metal shaker\n1 x PP595 Mini cabasa\n1 x PP866 Cymbals 6\"\"\n\n\nPlay together\nEveryone can get involved in making music with this multicoloured and visually stimulating pack. There’s no level of musical talent or experience needed for these instruments, so the whole class can get busy with fun musical activities!\n\nThe benefits of music\nMusic helps children to develop vital skills, such as creativity, hand-eye co-ordination, motor skills, teamwork and listening skills. The variation in this pack makes it a great gift to introduce children to the basics of rhythm and the joys of making music.\n\nDesigned for early years\nThese instruments have been carefully selected so that they are suitable for developing children and future musicians. They feature textured grips, making them comfortable to hold and easy to play, they have rounded edges to protect small hands, and they’re made from lightweight, durable and tough metal. Each instrument is produced to the highest standards of safety, so your child can enjoy the wonderful world of sound.\n\nPlease note: contents may vary depending on stock\nThese items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them.\n\n", "Bullet1":"An education pack featuring metal percussion", "Bullet2":"Includes a mixed range of durable shakers and bells", "Bullet3":"Suitable for up to 6 players", "Bullet4":"Perfect for the classroom and other music education environments", "Bullet5":"Supplied in strong cardboard box", "Bullet6":"Ideal for KS2 and KS3", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5 bell handbell\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\" triangle\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDouble agogo bells\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack metal shaker\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMini afuche cabasa\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\" cymbals\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "69.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "37.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MAN3000C", "Title": "Manhasset concertino microphone stand - A1", "Category": "tech\u003emicrophones\u003eaccessories\u003estands", "Brand": "Manhasset", "Barcode": "706576031003", "VariationOf": "man3000c", "Description": " \nIntroducing the Manhasset Concertino microphone stand\nManhasset have been making the most popular orchestral music stands in the business since 1935, and this is a concertino microphone stand to match! With the reliable Manhasset quality assurance, backed by their standard lifetime warranty, this is the perfect mic stand for orchestras to invest in.\nInstead of using a heavy base, it utilizes a collapsible tripod base with amazing stability to ensure that it is both portable (it's only 1kg!) and reliable. It is very short, ranging from 46 to 72cm, providing the ideal height musicians are sitting down, such as orchestral cellos or wind players.\nThe Manhasset microphone stand is made for the most popular mic holder thread size of 5\/8\"\" to be as useful as possible in all orchestral situations, and it is a great purchase for orchestras looking to save on space and hassle! It's also great for guitarists, the perfect height to capture the sound right from the heart of the instrument.\nPlease note: Microphone stand supplied only. Microphone, mic clip, and accessories are not included.\n\n\n \nThe Manhasset Lifetime Warranty\nOver the years, Manhasset has continued to research, develop, and innovate new products to meet the needs of musicians, and their commitment to consistent quality has made them the number one choice of many schools, bands and orchestras worldwide. Backing this up, Manhasset offer a guaranteed lifetime warranty on all products purchased from us. They have the utmost confidence in their manufacturing standards, substantiated by years of proof. When you buy a Manhasset music stand, you should never have to buy another stand again.\nPlease note: Proof of purchase required\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Small sized mic stand providing reliable Manhasset quality", "Bullet2":"Height adjustable between 46 and 72cm", "Bullet3":"Made for the most popular mic holder thread size of 5\/8\"", "Bullet4":"Collapsible tripod base for amazing stability and portability", "Bullet5":"Easy height adjustment can be easily made with just one hand", "Bullet6":"Perfect for seated instrumentalists, especially in orchestral settings", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMinimum height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e46cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaximum height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e76cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMic holder thread size\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "69.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "40.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "RAT-90Q2", "Title": "RAT Performer 3 music stands - Single stand \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003econcert", "Brand": "RAT", "Barcode": "810016030362", "VariationOf": "rat-90q", "Description": " Introducing the RAT Performer 3 stand in black The RATstands Performer 3 Stand is a virtually unbreakable music stand that is ideal for both classrooms and performances. The injection moulded tray will spring back if it is bent and there is a steel stem and base for stability. Rubber feet protect the floor if the stand is knocked. This stand uses the RATstands friction system which means there are no knobs or levers to lose. Easy height adjustment Fully adjustable friction locks will automatically hold the stands tray at the desired angle and height, meaning there are no knobs or levers to adjust or lose! The screw at the top of the stem enables the stem friction to be altered, allowing the musician to use a small folder of music or a heavy library of scores. Sturdy \u0026amp; strong The injection moulded tray is virtually unbreakable and will spring back if bent. The stem and base are made from steel for strength and rigidity, without excess weight. This also ensures the stand will not sway. Rubber feet preserve the floor from damage. Compact storage The design of the base allows the stands to be nested together which is ideal for when storage space is an issue. The Performer 3 Trolley is available and can carry up to 18 stands. Optional accessories There is a cable tidy on the back of the music stands tray. An additional lip is available (RAT-90Q3) to hold pencils and small instruments. More useful informationFull specification Instruction Manual Tempo Range Brochure", "Bullet1":"Ideal for schools and orchestras", "Bullet2":"Friction height adjustment from 699mm to 1320mm - no levers or finger traps!", "Bullet3":"Virtually unbreakable injection moulded tray and steel base for stability", "Bullet4":"Adjustable stem friction allows the tray to hold a library of scores", "Bullet5":"Stands nest for compact storage", "Bullet6":"Additional lip available for pencils and accessories", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight (adjustable) from floor to lower edge of score\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e699-1320mm [27.5 x 52in]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.8kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStorage height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e905mm [35.6in]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTray size (score area only)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e499 x 324mm [19.6 x 12.8in]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth of tray lip\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e57mm [2.2in]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStructural parts\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFeet\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTray\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolypropylene\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCoating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGeneral:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5 years\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "70.80","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "41.3", "Quantity_break_1": "6","Quantity_break_price_1": "38.35", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "RAT-90Q1", "Title": "RAT Performer 3 music stands - Box of 6 \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003econcert", "Brand": "RAT", "Barcode": "810016030379", "VariationOf": "rat-90q", "Description": " Introducing the RAT Performer 3 stand in black The RATstands Performer 3 Stand is a virtually unbreakable music stand that is ideal for both classrooms and performances. The injection moulded tray will spring back if it is bent and there is a steel stem and base for stability. Rubber feet protect the floor if the stand is knocked. This stand uses the RATstands friction system which means there are no knobs or levers to lose. Easy height adjustment Fully adjustable friction locks will automatically hold the stands tray at the desired angle and height, meaning there are no knobs or levers to adjust or lose! The screw at the top of the stem enables the stem friction to be altered, allowing the musician to use a small folder of music or a heavy library of scores. Sturdy \u0026amp; strong The injection moulded tray is virtually unbreakable and will spring back if bent. The stem and base are made from steel for strength and rigidity, without excess weight. This also ensures the stand will not sway. Rubber feet preserve the floor from damage. Compact storage The design of the base allows the stands to be nested together which is ideal for when storage space is an issue. The Performer 3 Trolley is available and can carry up to 18 stands. Optional accessories There is a cable tidy on the back of the music stands tray. An additional lip is available (RAT-90Q3) to hold pencils and small instruments. More useful informationFull specification Instruction Manual Tempo Range Brochure", "Bullet1":"Ideal for schools and orchestras", "Bullet2":"Friction height adjustment from 699mm to 1320mm - no levers or finger traps!", "Bullet3":"Virtually unbreakable injection moulded tray and steel base for stability", "Bullet4":"Adjustable stem friction allows the tray to hold a library of scores", "Bullet5":"Stands nest for compact storage", "Bullet6":"Additional lip available for pencils and accessories", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight (adjustable) from floor to lower edge of score\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e699-1320mm [27.5 x 52in]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.8kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStorage height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e905mm [35.6in]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTray size (score area only)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e499 x 324mm [19.6 x 12.8in]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth of tray lip\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e57mm [2.2in]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStructural parts\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFeet\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTray\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolypropylene\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCoating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGeneral:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5 years\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "19","RRP_Inc_VAT": "324.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "189.0", "Quantity_break_1": "3","Quantity_break_price_1": "175.5", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP909", "Title": "Acme Toy trumpet symphony horn - C2 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ehorns-sirens", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "717668124534", "VariationOf": "pp909", "Description": "Introducing the Acme Toy trumpet symphony horn\nThe Acme symphony horn produces an excellent vibrant tone and sustains a single note. Its high-quality construction consists of a solid brass horn with copper bell pieces fitted with an easily changed brass reed holder, all of which has been plated with nickel. This horn is ideal for use in orchestras or in the classroom due to its sturdy, durable design.\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme police whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\nAcme whistles are manufactured in Birmingham and were carefully developed over a number of years. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\nAvailable in two pitches\nSound Sample", "Bullet1":"Produces an excellent vibrant tone and sustains a single note", "Bullet2":"Solid brass horn with copper bell pieces, plated with nickel", "Bullet3":"Ideal for use in orchestras or in the classroom due to its sturdy, durable design", "Bullet4":"Available pitched at either a C or a G", "Bullet5":"Sustains a single note", "Bullet6":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e18.8 x 10.2 x 10 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e200g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "72.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "39.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP910", "Title": "Acme Toy trumpet symphony horn - G1 \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ehorns-sirens", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547009105", "VariationOf": "pp909", "Description": "Introducing the Acme Toy trumpet symphony horn\nThe Acme symphony horn produces an excellent vibrant tone and sustains a single note. Its high-quality construction consists of a solid brass horn with copper bell pieces fitted with an easily changed brass reed holder, all of which has been plated with nickel. This horn is ideal for use in orchestras or in the classroom due to its sturdy, durable design.\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme police whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\nAcme whistles are manufactured in Birmingham and were carefully developed over a number of years. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\nAvailable in two pitches\nSound Sample", "Bullet1":"Produces an excellent vibrant tone and sustains a single note", "Bullet2":"Solid brass horn with copper bell pieces, plated with nickel", "Bullet3":"Ideal for use in orchestras or in the classroom due to its sturdy, durable design", "Bullet4":"Available pitched at either a C or a G", "Bullet5":"Sustains a single note", "Bullet6":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e18.8 x 10.2 x 10 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e200g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "72.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "39.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "FW10", "Title": "Feadóg Irish whistle in D - Nickel, pack of 10 - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eirish-whistles", "Brand": "Feadóg", "Barcode": "5056318303246", "VariationOf": "fw10", "Description": "Introducing the Feadóg nickel Irish whistle in D, pack of 10\nMade in Ireland since 1978, Feadóg \"\"Original Irish Whistles\"\" are the oldest commercially produced Tin Whistles in Ireland.\nThe Irish whistle, also called the penny whistle is a relatively inexpensive yet quality instrument that is played around the world by amateurs and professionals alike.\nThe reduced packaging with the pack of ten also saves on cost making this a great idea for those who are looking for to bulk buy for education, classes or workshops.\nGreat for education\nDue to its simplicity, ease of use and the fact that it is a very easy instrument to learn, the penny whistle is seen as an ideal instrument for the educational environment.\nYou can also make the most out of our great quantity discounts if you are planning on holding a workshop or playing with a class of students and want to purchase multiple whistles to deck out your classroom.", "Bullet1":"The original Irish whistle - made in Ireland since 1978", "Bullet2":"Top quality materials", "Bullet3":"Ideal for players of all abilities", "Bullet4":"Plastic mouthpiece", "Bullet5":"Seamless nickel barrel", "Bullet6":"Great for workshops and education", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "72.50","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.29166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "CP-ADPB05", "Title": "Drums for Schools West African drumming 5-set - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003epacks\u003eassorted", "Brand": "DfS CON", "Barcode": "5060344031561", "VariationOf": "cp-adpb05", "Description": "Introducing the Drums for Schools West African drumming 5-set with Percussion Buddies book\nThis set can be used with any classroom instrument but is particularly suitable for use in West African Drumming playing with Djembes as the main instrument, and it will let you add another 5 players to your West African Drumming class at very low cost.\nThe set includes 2 caxixi basket shakers, 2 seseh shakers and a natural agogo, packed together with Andy Gleadhill’s Percussion Buddies Book in a quality cotton carry bag.\nThe Percussion Buddies concept\nThe Percussion Buddies concept is very simple: At the outset the class is divided up into pairs of ‘Buddies’. The pairs take it in turn to play the main instrument of the lesson, whilst the one not playing the main instrument is the ‘Percussion Buddy’ and plays one of the percussion instruments in an accompanying role. The buddies exchange instruments several times during a lesson so that in each lesson both pupils have time playing both the main instrument and the percussion instrument, but the point is that everyone is actively engaged throughout – there’s no ‘waiting for my turn’. The ‘Buddy Pairs’ can be the same for each lesson or pupils can change buddies from lesson to lesson at the discretion of the teacher.\nThe same principle can be applied to classes of any size and with any number of main instruments. If you have more than one main instrument for every two pupils you’ll need fewer buddy pairs but if main instruments are in really short supply, you might even need some buddy trios or quartets, with two or three ‘Percussion Buddies’ per main instrument.\nScheme of Work resource\nScheme of Work resource\n", "Bullet1":"", "Bullet2":"", "Bullet3":"", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "29","RRP_Inc_VAT": "73.70","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "0.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ10652", "Title": "Izzo Junior 12\"\" caixa - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecaixas", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7899574317613", "VariationOf": "iz10652", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo Junior 12\"\" caixa\nThe Caixa is a large snare drum with thick wires that is tuned to a high pitch and used to play the repetitive driving rhythms that give samba music its urgency. Unlike its Western marching band counterpart, it's played snare-side up.\nThis model has a 12\"\" head on each end of the 20cm shell, held in place by strong aluminium counter hoops and rods. Each drum comes fully assembled and all the hardware is painted with protective black paint. Both of the durable synthetic skins can be tightened using the supplied tuning key.\nWe are proud to be the sole importers for Izzo who have been manufacturing top quality instruments in Brazil for more than 60 years.\nTheir new Junior series are built using thinner aluminium making them lighter and cheaper - perfect for younger players. An ingenious ridged design makes them just as strong (and loud!) as the standard range, meaning they'll easily survive the everyday perils of the classroom.\nThis listing is for the drum and tuning key only. Sticks and straps are available separately.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Made from thinner lightweight aluminium - perfect for young players", "Bullet2":"Approximate dimensions: 12\" head diameter and 8\" height", "Bullet3":"Ribbed construction for extra strength", "Bullet4":"Fitted with two synthetic drum heads and black aluminium counter hoops with 5 tension rods", "Bullet5":"Adjustable wound metal snare wire", "Bullet6":"Authentic Brazilian instrument manufactured in famous Sao Paolo factory", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "17","RRP_Inc_VAT": "75.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "40.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MAN48TA", "Title": "Manhasset Tall Symphony music stand - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003econcert", "Brand": "Manhasset", "Barcode": "706576048216", "VariationOf": "man48ta", "Description": "Introducing the Manhasset Tall Symphony music stand An extra tall version of the classic Manhasset Symphony stand ideal for use by standing musicians such as double bassists and groups that perform on risers or elevated platforms. The specifications are identical to the standard Symphony stand except that the minimum and maximum extension of the shaft are 30cm (12in) higher. Manhasset has never let go of the founding principle that quality is the highest priority. Work continues into research and development of new and unique products to meet the needs of musicians of all ages, abilities and disciplines. As an Employee-Owned business, you can rest assured that each product is made with attention, care and pride to continue the Tradition of exceptional quality. Lifetime guarantee Each stand is extremely robust and built to such a high quality that we offer a lifetime guarantee with any purchase. You should never have to buy another stand. Easy height adjustment The main feature of all Manhasset stands is that they are 'knob free’. Thanks to the famous 'magic finger’ shaft clutch and 'friction tilt’ neck joint, the stand can be pushed or pulled into any position and will remain secure without turning a single screw. Not only does the lack of adjusters make it simpler to use, but the overall design also looks much more sleek and classy. Super strong All of the Manhasset 48 stands can hold 4kg of music and have a desk depth of 2.25\"\" (5.7cm) making them capable of holding heavy choir books and large music anthologies. The desks are made from solid aluminium for optimum rigidity and the all-steel welded bases allow for extra stability. Manageable on the road While these stands are designed to live in one space and are therefore not entirely foldable, they are surprisingly lightweight (4.5kg) and easy to carry around if necessary. \n \nThe Manhasset Lifetime Warranty\nOver the years, Manhasset has continued to research, develop, and innovate new products to meet the needs of musicians, and their commitment to consistent quality has made them the number one choice of many schools, bands and orchestras worldwide. Backing this up, Manhasset offer a guaranteed lifetime warranty on all products purchased from us. They have the utmost confidence in their manufacturing standards, substantiated by years of proof. When you buy a Manhasset music stand, you should never have to buy another stand again.\nPlease note: Proof of purchase required\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Classic Symphony model with extra long stem", "Bullet2":"Ideal for standing players or performances on risers", "Bullet3":"Heavy-gauge all-steel welded base provides excellent stability", "Bullet4":"Large but lightweight solid aluminium desk holds 4kg of music", "Bullet5":"Knob free height and angle adjustment", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "17","RRP_Inc_VAT": "75.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "43.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP063", "Title": "Percussion Plus PP063 beaters - pack of 25 - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eball-tip", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547000638", "VariationOf": "pp063", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus PP063 beaters\nThese beaters from Percussion Plus are an essential for the music classroom. The versatile mallets are perfect for both tuned and untuned percussion. This box of 25 beaters is the most economical way of replacing your music supply.\nEach one has a well-balanced and shaped plastic shaft with a hard orange rubber head. They are slightly longer than the single pair listing (PP068) this creates a noticeable weight difference and an increased bounce.", "Bullet1":"25 single mallets with hard rubber heads", "Bullet2":"Ideal for use with glockenspiels and chime bars", "Bullet3":"Smooth shaped plastic shaft", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e220mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaft diameter\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead hardness\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHard\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead colour\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOrange\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIndividual beater weight\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "75.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "40.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP690", "Title": "Percussion Plus orchestral bass drum stand - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003ebass-drum", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5060349487783", "VariationOf": "pp690", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus orchestral bass drum stand - small\nDesigned to provide the perfect combination of security, durability, and convenience, this is the perfect stand for your orchestral bass drum. Crafted from lightweight yet sturdy aluminium, this stand is ideal for schools, orchestras, and performance spaces that require both portability and reliability.\nThe stand features five adjustable settings, making it versatile enough to accommodate a wide range of bass drum sizes, but particularly suited to smaller bass drums of up to 22\"\" diameter. Thoughtfully engineered with four foam pads, it ensures your drum’s shell is protected from scratches and damage while in use.\nWhen it's time to transport, the stand folds down neatly, allowing for effortless storage and portability. Whether for rehearsals or performances, the Percussion Plus orchestral bass drum stand is a practical and professional solution for safeguarding your instrument while delivering peak performance.", "Bullet1":"Suitable for bass drums up to 22\", including junior bass drums", "Bullet2":"Lightweight aluminum construction ensures durability without the bulk", "Bullet3":"Adjustable with 5 settings to fit almost all orchestral bass drums", "Bullet4":"Foam pads protect your drum from scratches and damage", "Bullet5":"Secure and stable, providing reliable support during performances", "Bullet6":"Folds down easily for simple storage and transport", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable stand with 5 different settings\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLowest\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eW 56cm x D 56cm x H 40cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHighest\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eW 40cm x D 56cm x H 56cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.4 Kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMinimum width\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaximum width\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e22.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength between pads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e14\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "75.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "40.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP603", "Title": "Percussion Plus mark tree - 24 chimes - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003emark-trees", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547006036", "VariationOf": "pp-windchimes", "Description": "The Percussion Plus set of alloy bar chimes produce a beautiful clear sound when played and come in three size options; 18 chimes, 24 chimes or 36 chimes.These chimes are ideally hung from a stand and we recommend the PP110CS Cymbal Stand.Dimensions: PP602 - 18 chimesLength along top of wooden block: 28.3cm \/ 11\"\"Width of wooden block: 2cm \/ 0.8\"\"Height from top of wooden block to the end of longest chime: 23.1cm \/ 9.1\"\"PP603 - 24 chimesLength along top of wooden block: 37.6cm \/ 14.8\"\"Width of wooden block: 2cm \/ 0.8\"\"Height from top of wooden block to the end of longest chime: 20.9cm \/ 8.2\"\"PP604 - 36 chimesLength along top of wooden block: 55.4cm \/ 21.8\"\"Width of wooden block: 2cm \/ 0.8\"\"Height from top of wooden block to the end of the longest chime: 23.8cm \/ 9.3\"\"", "Bullet1":"Percussion Plus set of brass alloy wind chimes", "Bullet2":"Also known as bar chimes, or mark tree", "Bullet3":"Ideally hung from a stand (not included) for best sound when playing", "Bullet4":"High tensile braided cord for long-lasting durability", "Bullet5":"Great sound effect for any percussionist", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "75.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "40.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MAN5006", "Title": "Manhasset Orchestral music stand - Box of 6 \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003econcert", "Brand": "Manhasset", "Barcode": "706576050066", "VariationOf": "man5001", "Description": " Introducing the Manhasset Orchestral music stand All the features of the dependable classic Manhasset design with an extra shelf on the desk perfect for storing pencils, rosin, bows, valve oil, reeds, and other spare parts and accessories. Manhasset's Symphony stands are immensely popular with orchestras and bands for permanent use in concert venues and school halls, as well as with individuals wanting a sturdy stand for home use. Whether a music student or a professional musician, Manhasset stands are an ideal choice for making your practise and performance as easy as possible. Lifetime guarantee Each stand is extremely robust and built to such a high quality that the manufacturers offer a lifetime guarantee with any purchase. You should never have to buy another stand. Easy height adjustment The main feature of all Manhasset stands is that they are 'knob free’. Thanks to the famous 'magic finger’ shaft clutch and 'friction tilt’ neck joint, the stand can be pushed or pulled into any position and will remain secure without turning a single screw. Not only does the lack of adjusters make it simpler to use, but the overall design also looks much more sleek and classy. Super strong All of the Manhasset stands can hold 4kg of music (up to 34kg if you purchase the MAN2400 music stand lock too) and have a desk depth of 2.25\"\" (5.7cm) making them capable of holding heavy books and large music anthologies. The desks are made from solid aluminium for optimum rigidity and the all-steel welded bases allow for extra stability. Manageable on the road While these stands are designed to live in one space and are therefore not entirely foldable, they are surprisingly lightweight (3.63kg) and easy to carry around if necessary. The desks can fold all of the way back reducing the total stand height to 90cm - easily small enough to pop into a car boot. Please note: stand is shipped in 3 sections and requires assembly. It's easy to do and all the necessary fixings are included. \n \nThe Manhasset Lifetime Warranty\nOver the years, Manhasset has continued to research, develop, and innovate new products to meet the needs of musicians, and their commitment to consistent quality has made them the number one choice of many schools, bands and orchestras worldwide. Backing this up, Manhasset offer a guaranteed lifetime warranty on all products purchased from us. They have the utmost confidence in their manufacturing standards, substantiated by years of proof. When you buy a Manhasset music stand, you should never have to buy another stand again.\nPlease note: Proof of purchase required\n\n\n\nMore useful information\nManhasset Assembly Instructions\n", "Bullet1":"Extra desk lip creates shelf for pencils, rosin, reeds, valve oil etc.", "Bullet2":"Heavy-gauge all-steel welded base provides excellent stability", "Bullet3":"Large but lightweight solid aluminium desk holds 4kg of music", "Bullet4":"Knob-free height and angle adjustment", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "399.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "232.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MAN5001", "Title": "Manhasset Orchestral music stand - Single stand \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003econcert", "Brand": "Manhasset", "Barcode": "7065760500118", "VariationOf": "man5001", "Description": " Introducing the Manhasset Orchestral music stand All the features of the dependable classic Manhasset design with an extra shelf on the desk perfect for storing pencils, rosin, bows, valve oil, reeds, and other spare parts and accessories. Manhasset's Symphony stands are immensely popular with orchestras and bands for permanent use in concert venues and school halls, as well as with individuals wanting a sturdy stand for home use. Whether a music student or a professional musician, Manhasset stands are an ideal choice for making your practise and performance as easy as possible. Lifetime guarantee Each stand is extremely robust and built to such a high quality that the manufacturers offer a lifetime guarantee with any purchase. You should never have to buy another stand. Easy height adjustment The main feature of all Manhasset stands is that they are 'knob free’. Thanks to the famous 'magic finger’ shaft clutch and 'friction tilt’ neck joint, the stand can be pushed or pulled into any position and will remain secure without turning a single screw. Not only does the lack of adjusters make it simpler to use, but the overall design also looks much more sleek and classy. Super strong All of the Manhasset stands can hold 4kg of music (up to 34kg if you purchase the MAN2400 music stand lock too) and have a desk depth of 2.25\"\" (5.7cm) making them capable of holding heavy books and large music anthologies. The desks are made from solid aluminium for optimum rigidity and the all-steel welded bases allow for extra stability. Manageable on the road While these stands are designed to live in one space and are therefore not entirely foldable, they are surprisingly lightweight (3.63kg) and easy to carry around if necessary. The desks can fold all of the way back reducing the total stand height to 90cm - easily small enough to pop into a car boot. Please note: stand is shipped in 3 sections and requires assembly. It's easy to do and all the necessary fixings are included. \n \nThe Manhasset Lifetime Warranty\nOver the years, Manhasset has continued to research, develop, and innovate new products to meet the needs of musicians, and their commitment to consistent quality has made them the number one choice of many schools, bands and orchestras worldwide. Backing this up, Manhasset offer a guaranteed lifetime warranty on all products purchased from us. They have the utmost confidence in their manufacturing standards, substantiated by years of proof. When you buy a Manhasset music stand, you should never have to buy another stand again.\nPlease note: Proof of purchase required\n\n\n\nMore useful information\nManhasset Assembly Instructions\n", "Bullet1":"Extra desk lip creates shelf for pencils, rosin, reeds, valve oil etc.", "Bullet2":"Heavy-gauge all-steel welded base provides excellent stability", "Bullet3":"Large but lightweight solid aluminium desk holds 4kg of music", "Bullet4":"Knob-free height and angle adjustment", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "75.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "43.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MUSISCA56", "Title": "Musisca folding multi guitar stand for 6 guitars - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003eguitar\u003emultiple", "Brand": "Musisca", "Barcode": "5055964124625", "VariationOf": "musisca56", "Description": "Introducing the MUSISCA56 folding multi guitar stand for 6 guitars This fabulous multi guitar stand from Musisca will accommodate up to 6 guitars of any style - whether it's acoustic, electric, bass, or even classical guitars the MUSISCA56 will keep your instruments safe. A simple design, it is sturdy enough to withstand the rigours of regular gigging yet light enough with an easy folding mechanism for stress-free transport between venues. Available in 3 (MUSISCA53), 4 (MUSISCA54) and 6 (MUSISCA56) guitar configurations, this 6 guitar example is ideal for use either at home to store your personal collection, or on stage to allow easy access if you need to quickly change your instrument. Keeping your instruments in pristine condition The sturdy steel construction and high end foam padding on all contact points ensure that the stand will keep up with the rigours of gigging, as well as keeping your prized guitar collection free from scuffs and scratches. Firmly rooted to the floor The rubber feet not only protect stage floors from scratch marks but also keeps your instrument firmly in place on all floors. Easy transport and storage With its folding design, this stand is easy to transport around when touring and safely store when not in use. And at under 3kg's, it wont weight you down whilst on the road! ", "Bullet1":"Multi guitar stand accommodating up to 6 guitars", "Bullet2":"Sturdy steel construction will ensure the stand holds up with the rigours of gigging", "Bullet3":"High end foam padding on all contact points to keep your guitars scuff and scratch free", "Bullet4":"Non slip rubber feet will keep the stand firmly in place on stage or hard floors", "Bullet5":"Folding design for ease of transport and storage", "Bullet6":"Suitable for 1\/2, 3\/4 and full size classical, folk, electric and bass guitars", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.94kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e68cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSize when folded\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e94×66cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "114","RRP_Inc_VAT": "75.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "40.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "BEC100-34CA", "Title": "MMX violin case 3\/4 size - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003eviolin", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": null, "VariationOf": "bec100-44ca", "Description": "The MMX violin case - as supplied with the Student Series instruments - is a very reliable violin case. The colour scheme is classic and timeless, on the outside the black fabric is trimmed with brown detailing and gold hardware.\n\nThe moulded interior is designed to fit most standard sized violins and includes a separate cut-out suitable for collapsible Kun-style shoulder rests. The self-closing compartment situated at the base end of the case is suitable for storing rosin, strings, pencils, and other accessories that violinists require.\nWhen the violin is placed in the case, a neck strap secures the instrument within the shaped cut-out of the moulded interior, and has a cover to add further protection to the strings and also protect the case from rosin dust on the strings. The inside lid of the case includes two bow holders as many players like to either carry a spare or have different bows depending on the playing situation and style.\n\nThe case can be carried using either the detachable backpack straps or using the side handles with wrap-around fabric cover for comfort.\n\nA great choice and professional looking case for aspiring violinists from all walks of life!", "Bullet1":"Black case with brown trim and gold hardware", "Bullet2":"Black and beige interior with shaped body cut-out", "Bullet3":"2 bow holders", "Bullet4":"Internal self-closing compartment plus additional shoulder rest storage", "Bullet5":"Instrument cover to protect case from rosin dust", "Bullet6":"Pair of detachable backpack straps and side handle option", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "75.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "37.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "603T", "Title": "Recorder Workshop 603T tenor recorder and bag - black with white trim - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003etenor", "Brand": "Recorder Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349482627", "VariationOf": "603t", "Description": "Introducing the Recorder Workshop 603T tenor recorder\nThe Recorder Workshop 603T Tenor recorder is of similar construction to the descant and treble recorders in the range, in that it is a 3-piece recorder, constructed from ABS resin, which has now become the standard in recorder manufacture. The ABS resin adds strength and durability, whilst keeping costs down and without loosing tone. It uses the same fingering as a descant recorder, but is pitched an octave lower. This makes it ideal for recorder ensembles to add depth to pieces that would otherwise be lacking. To make it easier to hit the lowest C, C#, D, and D# notes, it is fitted with special keys that are elongated to make them easier to play. Supplied with a zipped and poppered bag, cleaning rod, fingering chart and joint grease.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Designed for the student or intermediate player", "Bullet2":"Produced from from ABS plastic", "Bullet3":"3 Piece instrument", "Bullet4":"Same fingering as a descant recorder", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a zipped and poppered bag, cleaning rod, fingering chart and joint grease", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "51","RRP_Inc_VAT": "75.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "40.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "603TWG", "Title": "Recorder Workshop 603TWG simulated rosewood and ivory tenor recorder - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003erecorders\u003etenor", "Brand": "Recorder Workshop", "Barcode": "5055964114244", "VariationOf": "603twg", "Description": "Introducing the Recorder Workshop 603TWG tenor recorder\nThe Recorder Workshop 603TWG is a high-quality simulated rosewood and ivory tenor recorder. It has a beautiful simulated wood body with ivory colour trim and an arched windway for improved breath control. It has a clear and focused tone and excellent tuning. The 3 piece ABS body is easy to set-up and is supplied with a high quality leatherette bag. This recorder is perfect for use in schools and for solo performances.\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Designed for the student or intermediate player", "Bullet2":"Made from ABS plastic", "Bullet3":"3 Piece instrument", "Bullet4":"Same fingering as a descant recorder", "Bullet5":"Supplied with a zipped and poppered bag, cleaning rod, fingering chart and joint grease", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "75.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "40.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "NJP1018", "Title": "Nuvo jSax replacement body - white - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "5056318301051", "VariationOf": "njp1018", "Description": "Nuvo jSax replacement body We offer a range of spares for all Nuvo instruments so you can repair your instruments and replace parts without needing to go to a specialist. This replacement part is for the jSax Repair instructions It is possible to carry out replacements and basic repairs on all Nuvo instruments yourself. You can find instructions, PDF resources, and helpful videos on any instrument repairs at the bottom of the page and in the video tab. Nuvo delivers value for money and environmentally friendly instruments which have designed to last for generations. Easy to clean and easy to repair, the hope is that students will pass their instruments on to younger siblings and friends as they progress to the larger instruments in the range. Easy to clean Nuvo instruments can be frequently cleaned in hot and soapy water, keeping them hygienic and encouraging sharing Easy to repair Nuvo instruments can be repaired without the need for years of technical know-how and they provide spare parts as required. Pass it on Nuvo instruments are designed to be used intensively and to last for generations. It is encouraged that students pass their Nuvo instruments on when they graduate to full sized band instruments. \nMore useful information jSax Fingering Chart\nTips on getting the best sound", "Bullet1":"Replacement body for Nuvo jSax", "Bullet2":"Easy to replace", "Bullet3":"Enable teachers or dealers to keep a range of spare parts that may need replacing", "Bullet4":"Simple steps to dismantling, repairing and maintaining your instruments", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"\n", "Video3":"\n", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "75.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "43.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ6232", "Title": "Izzo mini 8'' repinique - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003erepiniques", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7899574302060", "VariationOf": "iz6232", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo mini 8'' repinique\nThis repinique drum is a crucial component of many samba ensembles. With a typically loud, high-pitched and vibrant tone, repiniques (sometimes known as repiques) are often used to lead samba performances. This compact repinique packs a powerful punch, delivering the signature crisp and vibrant tones that define traditional samba music, but at a smaller size than a traditional repinique drum.\nPowerful and practical\nThis 8\"\" repinique (also referred to as a bacurinha) is smaller than a standard, making it a convenient tool for schools or music hubs, with increased portability and playability for younger, smaller students. Nonetheless, with its smart nylon head and aluminium shell, it will still deliver a tone that cuts through any texture with aplomb!\nThe Izzo brand - authentic but affordable\nThe Izzo brand represents authentic Brazilian percussion and is widely regarded as one of the top instrument manufacturers in Brazilian Samba. Hailing from Sao Paulo, Izzo have been producing a wide range of high quality instruments for over 60 years, and we are proud to say we are the sole importers of Izzo products.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Powerful aluminium repinique drum", "Bullet2":"8\" head diameter", "Bullet3":"30cm height", "Bullet4":"Authentic Brazilian instrument manufactured in famous Sao Paolo factory", "Bullet5":"High-pitched tone, close to tamborim", "Bullet6":"Small and lightweight, great for school samba classes", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShell material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNylon\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTension rods\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength of rods\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e33cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight of shell\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e30cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ebrushed \/ matt\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.8kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "20","RRP_Inc_VAT": "75.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "40.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "S250DR12", "Title": "Nuvo school desk stand – 12 Clarineos and Flutes - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "4046453027061", "VariationOf": "s250dr12", "Description": "\n\nIntroducing the Nuvo school desk stand\nThe Nuvo school desk stand can accommodate up to 12 instruments. It’s durable and free-standing design makes it really easy to neatly organise your Nuvo collection, and keeping your instruments safely displayed makes them easy to grab and play. It also allows them to air dry after cleaning and provides classrooms with a splash of colour to decorate their music education spaces with.\nThe instrument pegs on this stand will accommodate any combination of Clarineos, jFlutes, and Student Flutes.\n\nPlease note: Instruments are not included\n\n\n\n\n\nPerfect for classroom environments\nIn many school settings, children do not own their instruments. A full set of instruments is kept at school, children arrive in class and pick one up to use in the lesson. The ability to keep instruments out of cases and on storage racks, assembled and ready to play, saves a lot of time at the beginning and end of each session. Mouthpieces and head joints can be removed for cleaning after use, or some students may bring their own mouthpiece or head joint to class.\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"12 instrument desk stand", "Bullet2":"Suitable for Clarineo, jFlute and Student Flute", "Bullet3":"Free standing", "Bullet4":"Keep It Out! – see it, play it", "Bullet5":"Allow instruments to air dry naturally after cleaning", "Bullet6":"Add colour to your music department", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "75.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "50.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "S250DR6H", "Title": "Nuvo school desk rack for jHorn - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "793591215266", "VariationOf": "s250dr6h", "Description": "\n\nIntroducing the Nuvo school desk rack\nThe Nuvo school desk rack can accommodate up to 6 instruments. It’s durable and free-standing design makes it really easy to neatly organise your Nuvo collection, and keeping your instruments safely displayed makes them easy to grab and play. It also allows them to air dry after cleaning and provides classrooms with a splash of colour to decorate their music education spaces with.\nThe optimally positioned cut-out sections in the rack will allow you to securely rest your jHorn.\nPlease note: Instruments are not included\n\n\n\n\n\nPerfect for classroom environments\nIn many school settings, children do not own their instruments. A full set of instruments is kept at school, children arrive in class and pick one up to use in the lesson. The ability to keep instruments out of cases and on storage racks, assembled and ready to play, saves a lot of time at the beginning and end of each session. Mouthpieces and head joints can be removed for cleaning after use, or some students may bring their own mouthpiece or head joint to class.\n\n", "Bullet1":"6 instrument desk rack", "Bullet2":"Suitable for jHorns", "Bullet3":"Free standing", "Bullet4":"Keep It Out! – see it, play it", "Bullet5":"Allow instruments to air dry naturally after cleaning", "Bullet6":"Add colour to your music department", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "75.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "50.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "S250DR6J", "Title": "Nuvo school desk rack for jSax - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "793591215273", "VariationOf": "s250dr6j", "Description": "\n\nIntroducing the Nuvo school desk rack\nThe Nuvo school desk rack can accommodate up to 6 instruments. It’s durable and free-standing design makes it really easy to neatly organise your Nuvo collection, and keeping your instruments safely displayed makes them easy to grab and play. It also allows them to air dry after cleaning and provides classrooms with a splash of colour to decorate their music education spaces with.\nThe optimally positioned cut-out sections in the rack will allow you to securely rest your jSax.\nPlease note: Instruments are not included\n\n\n\n\n\nPerfect for classroom environments\nIn many school settings, children do not own their instruments. A full set of instruments is kept at school, children arrive in class and pick one up to use in the lesson. The ability to keep instruments out of cases and on storage racks, assembled and ready to play, saves a lot of time at the beginning and end of each session. Mouthpieces and head joints can be removed for cleaning after use, or some students may bring their own mouthpiece or head joint to class.\n\n", "Bullet1":"6 instrument desk rack", "Bullet2":"Suitable for jSaxes", "Bullet3":"Free standing", "Bullet4":"Keep It Out! – see it, play it", "Bullet5":"Allow instruments to air dry naturally after cleaning", "Bullet6":"Add colour to your music department", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "75.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "50.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MAN50CA", "Title": "Manhasset 50CA Concertino Orchestral stand - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003econcert", "Brand": "Manhasset", "Barcode": "706576050110", "VariationOf": "man50ca", "Description": " \nIntroducing the Manhasset 50CA Concertino Orchestral stand\nA shorter version of the Orchestral stand, The Concertino has a vertical extension of 16\"\" to 28\"\" (ledge to floor), with a maximum overall height of 40-1\/2\"\". The stand has all the features of the dependable classic Manhasset design with an extra shelf on the desk perfect for storing pencils, rosin, bows, valve oil, reeds, and other spare parts and accessories.\nManhasset's Symphony stands are immensely popular with orchestras and bands for permanent use in concert venues and school halls, as well as with individuals wanting a sturdy stand for home use. Whether a music student or a professional musician, Manhasset stands are an ideal choice for making your practise and performance as easy as possible.\n\n\n \nLifetime guarantee\nEach stand is extremely robust and built to such a high quality that the manufacturers offer a lifetime guarantee with any purchase. You should never have to buy another stand.\n\n\n \nEasy height adjustment\nThe main feature of all Manhasset stands is that they are 'knob free’. Thanks to the famous 'magic finger’ shaft clutch and 'friction tilt’ neck joint, the stand can be pushed or pulled into any position and will remain secure without turning a single screw. Not only does the lack of adjusters make it simpler to use, but the overall design also looks much more sleek and classy.\n\n\n \nSuper strong\nAll of the Manhasset stands can hold 4kg of music (up to 34kg if you purchase the MAN2400 music stand lock too) and have a desk depth of 2.25\"\" (5.7cm) making them capable of holding heavy books and large music anthologies. The desks are made from solid aluminium for optimum rigidity and the all-steel welded bases allow for extra stability.\n\n\n \nManageable on the road\nWhile these stands are designed to live in one space and are therefore not entirely foldable, they are surprisingly lightweight and easy to carry around if necessary.\n\n\n \nThe Manhasset Lifetime Warranty\nOver the years, Manhasset has continued to research, develop, and innovate new products to meet the needs of musicians, and their commitment to consistent quality has made them the number one choice of many schools, bands and orchestras worldwide. Backing this up, Manhasset offer a guaranteed lifetime warranty on all products purchased from us. They have the utmost confidence in their manufacturing standards, substantiated by years of proof. When you buy a Manhasset music stand, you should never have to buy another stand again.\nPlease note: Proof of purchase required\n\n", "Bullet1":".A shorter version of the orchestral stand, ideal for seated musicians in need of a lower height", "Bullet2":"Extra desk lip creates shelf for pencils, rosin, reeds, valve oil etc.", "Bullet3":"Heavy-gauge all-steel welded base provides excellent stability", "Bullet4":"Knob-free height and angle adjustment", "Bullet5":"Large but lightweight solid aluminium desk holds 4kg of music", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eVertical extension\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16\" to 28\" (ledge to floor)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaximum overall height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40-1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDesk dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20\" w x 12-1\/2\" h with a 2-1\/4\" ledge with the addition of the second ledge\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGap between ledges\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "75.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "43.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP0725", "Title": "Percussion Plus timpani mallets selection pack - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003etimpani", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964130046", "VariationOf": "pp0725", "Description": "This set comprises all three Percussion Plus timpani mallets to provide the full range of sounds and effects. As well as orchestral kettle drums, these beaters are also often used to play low pitched tuned percussion such as bass chimes and marimbas, and to create rolls, swells, cymbal washes right through to fast, complicated, and melodic playing.PP072Each one has a well-balanced wooden shaft and features a hard felt head wrapped in red fabric. One pair included.PP073Each one has a well-balanced wooden shaft and features a fluffy round head made from medium white felt. One pair included.PP074Each one has a well-balanced wooden shaft and features a fluffy round head made from soft white felt. One pair included.", "Bullet1":"3 bestselling timpani mallet pairs in one pack", "Bullet2":"PP072 40x20mm hard felt-wrapped heads with cork core", "Bullet3":"PP073 40x30mm medium fluffy felt-wrapped heads with cork core", "Bullet4":"PP074 40x40mm soft felt-wrapped heads with felt core", "Bullet5":"Range of tones and usages", "Bullet6":"Lightweight 32cm varnished wawa shaft", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "13","RRP_Inc_VAT": "77.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "41.70833333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1137", "Title": "Percussion Plus bodhran 15\"\" Brosna Cross with bag, tipper and DVD - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebodhrans", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318305219", "VariationOf": "pp1137", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus bodhran 15\"\" Brosna Cross with bag, tipper and DVD\nThis bodhran from Percussion Plus is a genuine handcrafted Irish drum, supplied with traditional style tipper, bag and instructional DVD. \n\nWith an attractive design and quality sound, this bodhran is ideal for folk jams, gigs in a variety of settings as well as teaching, learning and practice.\n\nTraditional playing methods\nA Bodhran is an Irish frame drum that is believed to have evolved from the tambourine, however more recently popularised due to the resurgence of Irish traditional music. The Bodhran is traditionally played using a lathe-turned piece of wood called a bone or tipper (supplied), and can also be played using a modern brush stick, or even your bare hands.\n\nQuality construction and finish\nA solid construction and well-built inner frame allows the player to confidently grip the drum to produce a precise and resonant tone. The natural skin drum is evenly stretched for accurate tone production and for a long life. \n\nWhat's in the box?\nThis 15\"\" bodhran comes supplied with its own traditional style tipper, a handy carry case, and an instructional DVD to get you started on your bodhran playing journey.", "Bullet1":"Genuine hand-crafted Irish drum", "Bullet2":"Attractive design", "Bullet3":"Well-crafted, sturdy wooden frame", "Bullet4":"Supplied with tipper, carry case and instructional DVD", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "77.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "41.70833333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1138", "Title": "Percussion Plus bodhran 15\"\" Claddagh with bag, tipper and DVD - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebodhrans", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318305226", "VariationOf": "pp1138", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus bodhran 15\"\" Claddagh with bag, tipper and DVD\nThis bodhran from Percussion Plus is a genuine handcrafted Irish drum, supplied with traditional style tipper, bag and instructional DVD. \n\nWith an attractive design and quality sound, this bodhran is ideal for folk jams, gigs in a variety of settings as well as teaching, learning and practice.\n\nTraditional playing methods\nA Bodhran is an Irish frame drum that is believed to have evolved from the tambourine, however more recently popularised due to the resurgence of Irish traditional music. The Bodhran is traditionally played using a lathe-turned piece of wood called a bone or tipper (supplied), and can also be played using a modern brush stick, or even your bare hands.\n\nQuality construction and finish\nA solid construction and well-built inner frame allows the player to confidently grip the drum to produce a precise and resonant tone. The natural skin drum is evenly stretched for accurate tone production and for a long life. \n\nWhat's in the box?\nThis 15\"\" bodhran comes supplied with its own traditional style tipper, a handy carry case, and an instructional DVD to get you started on your bodhran playing journey.", "Bullet1":"Genuine hand-crafted Irish drum", "Bullet2":"Attractive design", "Bullet3":"Well-crafted, sturdy wooden frame", "Bullet4":"Supplied with tipper, carry case and instructional DVD", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "77.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "41.70833333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1136", "Title": "Percussion Plus bodhran 15\"\" Gaelic Cross with bag, tipper and DVD - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebodhrans", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5056318305202", "VariationOf": "pp1136", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus bodhran 15\"\" Gaelic Cross with bag, tipper and DVD\nThis bodhran from Percussion Plus is a genuine handcrafted Irish drum, supplied with traditional style tipper, bag and instructional DVD. \n\nWith an attractive design and quality sound, this bodhran is ideal for folk jams, gigs in a variety of settings as well as teaching, learning and practice.\n\nTraditional playing methods\nA Bodhran is an Irish frame drum that is believed to have evolved from the tambourine, however more recently popularised due to the resurgence of Irish traditional music. The Bodhran is traditionally played using a lathe-turned piece of wood called a bone or tipper (supplied), and can also be played using a modern brush stick, or even your bare hands.\n\nQuality construction and finish\nA solid construction and well-built inner frame allows the player to confidently grip the drum to produce a precise and resonant tone. The natural skin drum is evenly stretched for accurate tone production and for a long life. \n\nWhat's in the box?\nThis 15\"\" bodhran comes supplied with its own traditional style tipper, a handy carry case, and an instructional DVD to get you started on your bodhran playing journey.", "Bullet1":"Genuine hand-crafted Irish drum", "Bullet2":"Attractive design", "Bullet3":"Well-crafted, sturdy wooden frame", "Bullet4":"Supplied with tipper, carry case and instructional DVD", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "77.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "41.70833333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MCTC0608S", "Title": "Majestic Concert Black single headed concert tom - 6\"\"x8\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etom-toms\u003erack", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "635464872568", "VariationOf": "mctcs", "Description": " Introducing the Majestic Concert Black single headed concert toms Concert Black Toms Feature 100% Birch shells with SONIClear bearing edges, low-mass lugs and the I.T.S. mounting system to maximise tonal resonance. Available in both single and double-headed configurations, Concert Black toms are sold in sets of two and include a double stand. Producing an open tone with great projection, they are perfect for an array of orchestral, concert band, and educational settings. Fitted with a Remo UT clear drum head, each tom can be precisely tuned with the attractive chrome lugs. These toms are finished with the Nightwood Black Vertical Wood-grain Covered Finish for a classy, modern look. Please note: toms supplied individually. For a set, select the two toms of your choice and combine with the Majestic concert stand for two toms to complete your purchase. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilising carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Single headed for open projecting tone", "Bullet2":"100% Birch Shell", "Bullet3":"SONIClear Bearing Edge with Chrome Hardware Fittings", "Bullet4":"Nightwood Black Vertical Woodgrain Covered Finish", "Bullet5":"Remo UT Clear Head", "Bullet6":"Priced per drum, supplied individually", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShell material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBirch\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShell finish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNightwood Black Vertical Woodgrain Covered Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDrum skin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRemo UT Clear Head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHardware\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eChrome\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "78.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "48.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MCTC0808S", "Title": "Majestic Concert Black single headed concert tom - 8\"\"x8\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etom-toms\u003erack", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "635464872575", "VariationOf": "mctcs", "Description": " Introducing the Majestic Concert Black single headed concert toms Concert Black Toms Feature 100% Birch shells with SONIClear bearing edges, low-mass lugs and the I.T.S. mounting system to maximise tonal resonance. Available in both single and double-headed configurations, Concert Black toms are sold in sets of two and include a double stand. Producing an open tone with great projection, they are perfect for an array of orchestral, concert band, and educational settings. Fitted with a Remo UT clear drum head, each tom can be precisely tuned with the attractive chrome lugs. These toms are finished with the Nightwood Black Vertical Wood-grain Covered Finish for a classy, modern look. Please note: toms supplied individually. For a set, select the two toms of your choice and combine with the Majestic concert stand for two toms to complete your purchase. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilising carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Single headed for open projecting tone", "Bullet2":"100% Birch Shell", "Bullet3":"SONIClear Bearing Edge with Chrome Hardware Fittings", "Bullet4":"Nightwood Black Vertical Woodgrain Covered Finish", "Bullet5":"Remo UT Clear Head", "Bullet6":"Priced per drum, supplied individually", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShell material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBirch\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShell finish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNightwood Black Vertical Woodgrain Covered Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDrum skin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRemo UT Clear Head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHardware\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eChrome\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "88.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "55.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MCTC1010S", "Title": "Majestic Concert Black single headed concert tom - 10\"\"x10\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etom-toms\u003erack", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "635464872582", "VariationOf": "mctcs", "Description": " Introducing the Majestic Concert Black single headed concert toms Concert Black Toms Feature 100% Birch shells with SONIClear bearing edges, low-mass lugs and the I.T.S. mounting system to maximise tonal resonance. Available in both single and double-headed configurations, Concert Black toms are sold in sets of two and include a double stand. Producing an open tone with great projection, they are perfect for an array of orchestral, concert band, and educational settings. Fitted with a Remo UT clear drum head, each tom can be precisely tuned with the attractive chrome lugs. These toms are finished with the Nightwood Black Vertical Wood-grain Covered Finish for a classy, modern look. Please note: toms supplied individually. For a set, select the two toms of your choice and combine with the Majestic concert stand for two toms to complete your purchase. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilising carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Single headed for open projecting tone", "Bullet2":"100% Birch Shell", "Bullet3":"SONIClear Bearing Edge with Chrome Hardware Fittings", "Bullet4":"Nightwood Black Vertical Woodgrain Covered Finish", "Bullet5":"Remo UT Clear Head", "Bullet6":"Priced per drum, supplied individually", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShell material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBirch\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShell finish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNightwood Black Vertical Woodgrain Covered Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDrum skin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRemo UT Clear Head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHardware\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eChrome\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "98.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "61.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MCTC1210S", "Title": "Majestic Concert Black single headed concert tom - 12\"\"x10\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etom-toms\u003erack", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "635464872599", "VariationOf": "mctcs", "Description": " Introducing the Majestic Concert Black single headed concert toms Concert Black Toms Feature 100% Birch shells with SONIClear bearing edges, low-mass lugs and the I.T.S. mounting system to maximise tonal resonance. Available in both single and double-headed configurations, Concert Black toms are sold in sets of two and include a double stand. Producing an open tone with great projection, they are perfect for an array of orchestral, concert band, and educational settings. Fitted with a Remo UT clear drum head, each tom can be precisely tuned with the attractive chrome lugs. These toms are finished with the Nightwood Black Vertical Wood-grain Covered Finish for a classy, modern look. Please note: toms supplied individually. For a set, select the two toms of your choice and combine with the Majestic concert stand for two toms to complete your purchase. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilising carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Single headed for open projecting tone", "Bullet2":"100% Birch Shell", "Bullet3":"SONIClear Bearing Edge with Chrome Hardware Fittings", "Bullet4":"Nightwood Black Vertical Woodgrain Covered Finish", "Bullet5":"Remo UT Clear Head", "Bullet6":"Priced per drum, supplied individually", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShell material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBirch\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShell finish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNightwood Black Vertical Woodgrain Covered Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDrum skin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRemo UT Clear Head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHardware\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eChrome\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "108.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "67.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MCTC1311S", "Title": "Majestic Concert Black single headed concert tom - 13\"\"x11\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etom-toms\u003erack", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "635464872605", "VariationOf": "mctcs", "Description": " Introducing the Majestic Concert Black single headed concert toms Concert Black Toms Feature 100% Birch shells with SONIClear bearing edges, low-mass lugs and the I.T.S. mounting system to maximise tonal resonance. Available in both single and double-headed configurations, Concert Black toms are sold in sets of two and include a double stand. Producing an open tone with great projection, they are perfect for an array of orchestral, concert band, and educational settings. Fitted with a Remo UT clear drum head, each tom can be precisely tuned with the attractive chrome lugs. These toms are finished with the Nightwood Black Vertical Wood-grain Covered Finish for a classy, modern look. Please note: toms supplied individually. For a set, select the two toms of your choice and combine with the Majestic concert stand for two toms to complete your purchase. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilising carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Single headed for open projecting tone", "Bullet2":"100% Birch Shell", "Bullet3":"SONIClear Bearing Edge with Chrome Hardware Fittings", "Bullet4":"Nightwood Black Vertical Woodgrain Covered Finish", "Bullet5":"Remo UT Clear Head", "Bullet6":"Priced per drum, supplied individually", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShell material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBirch\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShell finish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNightwood Black Vertical Woodgrain Covered Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDrum skin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRemo UT Clear Head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHardware\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eChrome\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "108.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "67.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MCTC1412S", "Title": "Majestic Concert Black single headed concert tom - 14\"\"x12\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etom-toms\u003erack", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "635464872612", "VariationOf": "mctcs", "Description": " Introducing the Majestic Concert Black single headed concert toms Concert Black Toms Feature 100% Birch shells with SONIClear bearing edges, low-mass lugs and the I.T.S. mounting system to maximise tonal resonance. Available in both single and double-headed configurations, Concert Black toms are sold in sets of two and include a double stand. Producing an open tone with great projection, they are perfect for an array of orchestral, concert band, and educational settings. Fitted with a Remo UT clear drum head, each tom can be precisely tuned with the attractive chrome lugs. These toms are finished with the Nightwood Black Vertical Wood-grain Covered Finish for a classy, modern look. Please note: toms supplied individually. For a set, select the two toms of your choice and combine with the Majestic concert stand for two toms to complete your purchase. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilising carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Single headed for open projecting tone", "Bullet2":"100% Birch Shell", "Bullet3":"SONIClear Bearing Edge with Chrome Hardware Fittings", "Bullet4":"Nightwood Black Vertical Woodgrain Covered Finish", "Bullet5":"Remo UT Clear Head", "Bullet6":"Priced per drum, supplied individually", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShell material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBirch\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShell finish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNightwood Black Vertical Woodgrain Covered Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDrum skin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRemo UT Clear Head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHardware\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eChrome\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "118.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "73.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MCTC1514S", "Title": "Majestic Concert Black single headed concert tom - 15\"\"x14\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etom-toms\u003erack", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "635464872629", "VariationOf": "mctcs", "Description": " Introducing the Majestic Concert Black single headed concert toms Concert Black Toms Feature 100% Birch shells with SONIClear bearing edges, low-mass lugs and the I.T.S. mounting system to maximise tonal resonance. Available in both single and double-headed configurations, Concert Black toms are sold in sets of two and include a double stand. Producing an open tone with great projection, they are perfect for an array of orchestral, concert band, and educational settings. Fitted with a Remo UT clear drum head, each tom can be precisely tuned with the attractive chrome lugs. These toms are finished with the Nightwood Black Vertical Wood-grain Covered Finish for a classy, modern look. Please note: toms supplied individually. For a set, select the two toms of your choice and combine with the Majestic concert stand for two toms to complete your purchase. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilising carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Single headed for open projecting tone", "Bullet2":"100% Birch Shell", "Bullet3":"SONIClear Bearing Edge with Chrome Hardware Fittings", "Bullet4":"Nightwood Black Vertical Woodgrain Covered Finish", "Bullet5":"Remo UT Clear Head", "Bullet6":"Priced per drum, supplied individually", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShell material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBirch\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShell finish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNightwood Black Vertical Woodgrain Covered Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDrum skin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRemo UT Clear Head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHardware\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eChrome\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "147.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "91.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MCTC1614S", "Title": "Majestic Concert Black single headed concert tom - 16\"\"x14\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etom-toms\u003erack", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "635464872636", "VariationOf": "mctcs", "Description": " Introducing the Majestic Concert Black single headed concert toms Concert Black Toms Feature 100% Birch shells with SONIClear bearing edges, low-mass lugs and the I.T.S. mounting system to maximise tonal resonance. Available in both single and double-headed configurations, Concert Black toms are sold in sets of two and include a double stand. Producing an open tone with great projection, they are perfect for an array of orchestral, concert band, and educational settings. Fitted with a Remo UT clear drum head, each tom can be precisely tuned with the attractive chrome lugs. These toms are finished with the Nightwood Black Vertical Wood-grain Covered Finish for a classy, modern look. Please note: toms supplied individually. For a set, select the two toms of your choice and combine with the Majestic concert stand for two toms to complete your purchase. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilising carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Single headed for open projecting tone", "Bullet2":"100% Birch Shell", "Bullet3":"SONIClear Bearing Edge with Chrome Hardware Fittings", "Bullet4":"Nightwood Black Vertical Woodgrain Covered Finish", "Bullet5":"Remo UT Clear Head", "Bullet6":"Priced per drum, supplied individually", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShell material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBirch\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShell finish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNightwood Black Vertical Woodgrain Covered Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDrum skin\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRemo UT Clear Head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHardware\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eChrome\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "147.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "91.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "EBG146500MHA", "Title": "Majestic case for Prophonic series snare drums - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003edrums", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059322518", "VariationOf": "ebg146500mha", "Description": " Introducing the Majestic case for Prophonic series snare drums This case perfectly accommodates the Prophonic series 14\"\"x5\"\" \u0026amp; 14\"\"x6.5\"\" snare drums. Designed to fit the Prophonic Strainer system, this is the perfect case to transport your snare between venues. A smart black finish, carry handle and strap ensure easy carrying. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student, utilising carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"For 14\"x5\" \u0026amp; 14\"x6.5\" Prophonic snare drums", "Bullet2":"Rounded soft case", "Bullet3":"Carry handle and convenient strap", "Bullet4":"Lightweight with good padding", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "78.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "48.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PACCY-X68AB", "Title": "Majestic pro roll up mallet bag - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003esticks", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "4058059320286", "VariationOf": "paccy-x68ab", "Description": "Carry all of your beaters, mallets, sticks, and small accessories in one place. Durable with plenty of storage, it also features hooks to easily attach this to a stand for easy access whilst performing. Majestic mallet bags are stylish and practical, integrating seamlessly into the lifestyle of the active percussionist. It also includes a carry handle and shoulder strap for easy transport with an additional external pocket for additional storage. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilizing carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly.", "Bullet1":"Roll up mallet bag", "Bullet2":"For all mallets, beaters, drum sticks, and small accessories", "Bullet3":"Smart black finish", "Bullet4":"Additional external pocket", "Bullet5":"Padded shoulder strap and carry handle", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "78.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "48.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1112", "Title": "Percussion Plus 18\"\" plain bodhran - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebodhrans", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5390731031769", "VariationOf": "pp1112", "Description": "Introducing the 18\"\" Plain Bodhran from Percussion Plus\nThis bodhran from Percussion Plus is a genuine handcrafted Irish drum, supplied with traditional style tipper, bag and instructional DVD. \n\nWith a simple, traditional design and quality sound, this bodhran is ideal for folk jams, gigs in a variety of settings as well as teaching, learning and practice.\n\nTraditional playing methods\nA Bodhran is an Irish frame drum that is believed to have evolved from the tambourine, however more recently popularised due to the resurgence of Irish traditional music. The Bodhran is traditionally played using a lathe-turned piece of wood called a bone or tipper (supplied), and can also be played using a modern brush stick, or even your bare hands.\n\nQuality construction and finish\nA solid construction and well-built inner frame allows the player to confidently grip the drum to produce a precise and resonant tone. The natural skin drum is evenly stretched for accurate tone production and for a long life. \n\nWhat's in the box?\nThis 18\"\" bodhran comes supplied with its own traditional style tipper, a handy carry case, and an instructional DVD to get you started on your bodhran playing journey.\n", "Bullet1":"18\" plain bodhran", "Bullet2":"Genuine hand-crafted Irish drum", "Bullet3":"Real goatskin head", "Bullet4":"Well crafted, sturdy wooden frame", "Bullet5":"Supplied with tipper, carry case and instructional DVD", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "13","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.79166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1114", "Title": "Percussion Plus bodhran 18\"\" Trinity Celtic design - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebodhrans", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5390731032056", "VariationOf": "pp1114", "Description": "Introducing the 18\"\" Trinity Celtic Bodhran from Percussion Plus\nThis bodhran from Percussion Plus is a genuine handcrafted Irish drum, supplied with traditional style tipper, bag and instructional DVD. \n\nWith an attractive design and quality sound, this bodhran is ideal for folk jams, gigs in a variety of settings as well as teaching, learning and practice.\n\nTraditional playing methods\nA Bodhran is an Irish frame drum that is believed to have evolved from the tambourine, however more recently popularised due to the resurgence of Irish traditional music. The Bodhran is traditionally played using a lathe-turned piece of wood called a bone or tipper (supplied), and can also be played using a modern brush stick, or even your bare hands.\n\nQuality construction and finish\nA solid construction and well-built inner frame allows the player to confidently grip the drum to produce a precise and resonant tone. The natural skin drum is evenly stretched for accurate tone production and for a long life. \n\nWhat's in the box?\nThis 18\"\" Percussion Plus bodhran comes supplied with its own traditional style tipper, a handy carry case, and an instructional DVD to get you started on your bodhran playing journey.\n\nPlease note: model PP1114 previously displayed the Clonmacnois design, which was discontinued in December 2020", "Bullet1":"18\" Trinity Celtic bodhran", "Bullet2":"Genuine hand-crafted Irish drum", "Bullet3":"Attractive design", "Bullet4":"Well crafted, sturdy wooden frame", "Bullet5":"Supplied with tipper, carry case and instructional DVD", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.79166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1121", "Title": "Percussion Plus bodhran 18\"\" Shamrock design with bag, tipper and DVD - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebodhrans", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547011214", "VariationOf": "pp1121", "Description": "The 18\"\" Shamrock Bodhran from Percussion Plus\nThis bodhran from Percussion Plus is a genuine handcrafted Irish drum, supplied with traditional style tipper, bag and instructional DVD. \n\nWith an attractive design and quality sound, this bodhran is ideal for folk jams, gigs in a variety of settings as well as teaching, learning and practice.\n\nTraditional playing methods\nA Bodhran is an Irish frame drum that is believed to have evolved from the tambourine, however more recently popularised due to the resurgence of Irish traditional music. The Bodhran is traditionally played using a lathe-turned piece of wood called a bone or tipper (supplied), and can also be played using a modern brush stick, or even your bare hands.\n\nQuality construction and finish\nA solid construction and well-built inner frame allows the player to confidently grip the drum to produce a precise and resonant tone. The natural skin drum is evenly stretched for accurate tone production and for a long life. \n\nWhat's in the box?\nThis 18\"\" bodhran comes supplied with its own traditional style tipper, a handy carry case, and an instructional DVD to get you started on your bodhran playing journey.\n\nPlease note: The PP1121 model was previously supplied with the Skellig design, which was discontinued in December 2020", "Bullet1":"18\" Shamrock bodhran", "Bullet2":"Genuine hand-crafted Irish drum", "Bullet3":"Attractive design", "Bullet4":"Well crafted, sturdy wooden frame", "Bullet5":"Supplied with tipper, carry case and instructional DVD", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.79166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP284", "Title": "Percussion Plus single mallet - soft - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003ebass-drum-gong", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547002847", "VariationOf": "pp284", "Description": "This beater from Percussion Plus is commonly paired with either a bass drum or a gong. A versatile stick that is perfect for every percussionist’s arsenal. Made with a solid wood shaft with shaped handle for easy grip and a soft fleece head that creates a subtle and warm tone.", "Bullet1":"Soft beater with fleece head", "Bullet2":"Tapered wooden shaft", "Bullet3":"Suitable for bass drums and gongs", "Bullet4":"", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "18","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.79166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP682", "Title": "Percussion Plus Latin America percussion pack - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003epacks\u003eassorted", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964121815", "VariationOf": "pp682", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Workshop Latin American pack\nDesigned for classroom and educational use, this colourful and high-quality pack includes a wonderful selection of traditional Latin American percussion instruments. The selection includes a range of shakers and whistles, suitable for a group of up to 12 players.\nDiverse sound exploration\nThis set offers a way for students to explore global traditions and histories through sound, while also teaching important teamworking and communication skills. The variety of percussion in this pack supports KS2 and KS3 objectives that encourage experimenting with music. Get the group playing together and introduce children to the cultural significance of Latin American music!\n\nThis pack includes:\n\n2 x PP2103 Huancaya maracca\n2 x PP1125 Samba whistle with cord\n1 x PP204 Claves pair - green\n1 x PP206 Claves pair - yellow\n1 x PP621 Inca clay 6 hole painted ocarina\n1 x PP3436 Ceramic bird whistle ocarina\n1 x IZ6555 Izzo 6\"\" ABS tamborim\n1 x IZ200 Izzo samba stick - double prong\n1 x PP625 Small seed shaker - woven handle\n1 x PP863 Antara 13 note pan pipes\n1 x PP771 Egg shaker\n1 x PP3500 Percussion Plus 11L plastic box\n\n\nPlease note: contents may vary depending on stock\nThese items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them.", "Bullet1":"An education pack focusing on Latin American percussion", "Bullet2":"Contains assorted instruments great for teaching different percussive styles and techniques", "Bullet3":"Ideal for the classroom and other music education environments", "Bullet4":"Suitable for 12 players", "Bullet5":"Supplied in a sturdy plastic box for easy storage", "Bullet6":"Ideal for KS2 and KS3", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHuancaya maracca\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 2\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSamba whistle with cord\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 2\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClaves pair - green\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClaves pair - yellow\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInca clay 6 hole painted ocarina\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCeramic bird whistle ocarina\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIzzo 6\" ABS tamborim\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIzzo samba stick - double prong\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSmall seed shaker - woven handle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAntara 13 note pan pipes\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEgg shaker\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePercussion Plus 11L plastic box\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ex 1\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "8","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.79166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP719", "Title": "Percussion Plus Sound Access easy grip mallets - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ebeaters\u003eother", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547007194", "VariationOf": "pp719", "Description": "The Sound Access set from Percussion Plus provides a broad range of playing options. Great for use in classrooms and with particular applications in SEN groups, the Sound Access range allows students of all abilities to explore the world of percussion playing.Set of 5 essential mallets and sticks with easy grip soft rubber handles making them easier to grip while playing.Contains a soft timpani mallet, pair of medium wound mallets and a pair of drumsticks.", "Bullet1":"Sound Access Easy Grip Mallet selection", "Bullet2":"Set of 5 essential mallets and sticks", "Bullet3":"Featuring soft rubber Easy Grip handles", "Bullet4":"Suited to applications in SEN groups", "Bullet5":"Contains a selection of timpani mallets, wound mallets and drumsticks", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "8","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.79166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP743", "Title": "Acme small harking motor horn with bulb - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ehorns-sirens", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547007439", "VariationOf": "pp743", "Description": "Introducing the Acme small harking motor horn with bulb\nThe PP743 is a great quality car horn which produces a realistic sound and has numerous uses. It is supplied with a bulb and would be the perfect accessory for a bike or for percussionists in orchestras. Fitted with a hand-tuned, racous reed, the harking motor horn creates a blasting, attention grabbing sound.\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme police whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\n\n\nSound Sample\n\n\nChamberlain Music · PP743 Acme motor car horn\n", "Bullet1":"Realistically produces the sound of a classic car horn", "Bullet2":"Fitted with a hand-tuned, raucous reed and is supplied with a bulb", "Bullet3":"Perfect accessory for a bike or for percussionists in orchestras", "Bullet4":"Creates a blasting, attention grabbing sound", "Bullet5":"Sound produced by squeezing the bulb makes it easy to play", "Bullet6":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.79166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MAN8506", "Title": "Manhasset Harmony music stand - Box of 6 \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003econcert", "Brand": "Manhasset", "Barcode": "706576085068", "VariationOf": "man8501", "Description": " Introducing the Manhasset Harmony music stand Cleverly designed V-shaped feet make these Harmony stands easily stackable (24 will fit in just 6 feet of space) without sacrificing any of the famous Manhasset stability. Apart from the base, the Harmony specifications are identical to the MAN4801 Symphony model. Manhasset's stands are immensely popular with orchestras and bands for permanent use in concert venues and school halls, as well as with individuals wanting a sturdy stand for home use. Whether a music student or a professional musician, Manhasset stands are an ideal choice for making your practise and performance as easy as possible. Inventor and musician Otto Lagervall founded the Manhasset Specialty Company with a desire to overcome the inherent shortcomings of music stands available at the time. His desire to use the highest quality materials and workmanship carries through the company ethos to the present day, though the company moved from Manhasset, New York to Yakima, Washington in the early 1940s where it remains today. Lifetime guarantee Each stand is extremely robust and built to such a high quality that we offer a lifetime guarantee with any purchase. You should never have to buy another stand again. Easy height adjustment The main feature of all Manhasset stands is that they are 'knob free’. Thanks to the famous 'magic finger’ shaft clutch and 'friction tilt’ neck joint, the stand can be pushed or pulled into any position and will remain secure without turning a single screw. Not only does the lack of adjusters make it simpler to use, but the overall design also looks much more sleek and classy. Super strong All of the Manhasset Harmony stands can hold 4kg of music (up to 34kg if you purchase the MAN2400 music stand lock too) and have a desk depth of 2.25\"\" (5.7cm) making them capable of holding heavy choir books and large music anthologies. The desks are made from solid aluminium for optimum rigidity and the all-steel welded bases allow for extra stability. Manageable on the road While these stands are designed to live in one space and are therefore not entirely foldable, they are surprisingly lightweight (3.63kg) and easy to carry around if necessary. The desks can fold all of the way back reducing the total stand height to 90cm - easily small enough to pop into a car boot.\n \n \nThe Manhasset Lifetime Warranty\nOver the years, Manhasset has continued to research, develop, and innovate new products to meet the needs of musicians, and their commitment to consistent quality has made them the number one choice of many schools, bands and orchestras worldwide. Backing this up, Manhasset offer a guaranteed lifetime warranty on all products purchased from us. They have the utmost confidence in their manufacturing standards, substantiated by years of proof. When you buy a Manhasset music stand, you should never have to buy another stand again.\nPlease note: Proof of purchase required\n\n\n ", "Bullet1":"V-shaped base for easy storage", "Bullet2":"Heavy-gauge all-steel welded base provides excellent stability", "Bullet3":"Stackable design means easy space-saving storage", "Bullet4":"Large but lightweight solid aluminium desk holds 4kg of music", "Bullet5":"Knob free height and angle adjustment", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "449.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "261.9166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MAN8501", "Title": "Manhasset Harmony music stand - Single stand \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003econcert", "Brand": "Manhasset", "Barcode": "706576085013", "VariationOf": "man8501", "Description": " Introducing the Manhasset Harmony music stand Cleverly designed V-shaped feet make these Harmony stands easily stackable (24 will fit in just 6 feet of space) without sacrificing any of the famous Manhasset stability. Apart from the base, the Harmony specifications are identical to the MAN4801 Symphony model. Manhasset's stands are immensely popular with orchestras and bands for permanent use in concert venues and school halls, as well as with individuals wanting a sturdy stand for home use. Whether a music student or a professional musician, Manhasset stands are an ideal choice for making your practise and performance as easy as possible. Inventor and musician Otto Lagervall founded the Manhasset Specialty Company with a desire to overcome the inherent shortcomings of music stands available at the time. His desire to use the highest quality materials and workmanship carries through the company ethos to the present day, though the company moved from Manhasset, New York to Yakima, Washington in the early 1940s where it remains today. Lifetime guarantee Each stand is extremely robust and built to such a high quality that we offer a lifetime guarantee with any purchase. You should never have to buy another stand again. Easy height adjustment The main feature of all Manhasset stands is that they are 'knob free’. Thanks to the famous 'magic finger’ shaft clutch and 'friction tilt’ neck joint, the stand can be pushed or pulled into any position and will remain secure without turning a single screw. Not only does the lack of adjusters make it simpler to use, but the overall design also looks much more sleek and classy. Super strong All of the Manhasset Harmony stands can hold 4kg of music (up to 34kg if you purchase the MAN2400 music stand lock too) and have a desk depth of 2.25\"\" (5.7cm) making them capable of holding heavy choir books and large music anthologies. The desks are made from solid aluminium for optimum rigidity and the all-steel welded bases allow for extra stability. Manageable on the road While these stands are designed to live in one space and are therefore not entirely foldable, they are surprisingly lightweight (3.63kg) and easy to carry around if necessary. The desks can fold all of the way back reducing the total stand height to 90cm - easily small enough to pop into a car boot.\n \n \nThe Manhasset Lifetime Warranty\nOver the years, Manhasset has continued to research, develop, and innovate new products to meet the needs of musicians, and their commitment to consistent quality has made them the number one choice of many schools, bands and orchestras worldwide. Backing this up, Manhasset offer a guaranteed lifetime warranty on all products purchased from us. They have the utmost confidence in their manufacturing standards, substantiated by years of proof. When you buy a Manhasset music stand, you should never have to buy another stand again.\nPlease note: Proof of purchase required\n\n\n ", "Bullet1":"V-shaped base for easy storage", "Bullet2":"Heavy-gauge all-steel welded base provides excellent stability", "Bullet3":"Stackable design means easy space-saving storage", "Bullet4":"Large but lightweight solid aluminium desk holds 4kg of music", "Bullet5":"Knob free height and angle adjustment", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "46.08333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PWTD40", "Title": "Percussion Workshop 7\"\" talking drum - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003etalking-drums", "Brand": "Percussion Workshop", "Barcode": "5060349484218", "VariationOf": "pwtd40", "Description": "Classic \"\"talking\"\" drum with goatskin head from Percussion Workshop. This African-style instrument features black and white cotton stringing for pitch-bending. Supplied with curved beater.", "Bullet1":"7\" drum head and 40cm tall", "Bullet2":"Fitted with goat skin head", "Bullet3":"Ideal for classrooms", "Bullet4":"Supplied with curved beater", "Bullet5":"To change pitch simply squeeze the strings under arm or between knees", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "46.08333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ9908", "Title": "Izzo stainless steel cuica - 6\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecuicas", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7899574304811", "VariationOf": "iz6342", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo stainless steel cuica\nThe 'cuica' is a Brazilian friction drum. An instrument which is rather unique in that it has a large pitch range controlled by the player via a large stick fixed to the centre of the drum head. The stick is rosined and rubbed with a damp cloth - this produces the sound - whilst the players other hand applies pressure to the drum head in order to change the pitch It is a comparatively small drum, especially when compared to the more common Surdo found in samba groups but is lightweight and easy to carry.\nMade with a sturdy stainless steel shell and chrome plated hardware, this cuica is built to last, perfect for heavy use in samba.\nThe Izzo brand - authentic but affordable\nThe Izzo brand represents authentic Brazilian percussion and is widely regarded as one of the top instrument manufacturers in Brazilian Samba. Hailing from Sao Paulo, Izzo have been producing a wide range of high quality instruments for over 60 years, and we are proud to say we are the sole importers of Izzo products.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"A great quality cuica", "Bullet2":"Available in 6\" and 8\" diameters", "Bullet3":"Lightweight and durable", "Bullet4":"Authentic Brazilian instrument manufactured in famous Sao Paolo factory", "Bullet5":"Produces the classic high pitched timbre of a cuica", "Bullet6":"Strong, constructed with a stainless steel shell", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShell material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\" OR 8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.79166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "IZ6342", "Title": "Izzo stainless steel cuica - 8\"\" \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ecuicas", "Brand": "Izzo", "Barcode": "7899574302114", "VariationOf": "iz6342", "Description": "Introducing the Izzo stainless steel cuica\nThe 'cuica' is a Brazilian friction drum. An instrument which is rather unique in that it has a large pitch range controlled by the player via a large stick fixed to the centre of the drum head. The stick is rosined and rubbed with a damp cloth - this produces the sound - whilst the players other hand applies pressure to the drum head in order to change the pitch It is a comparatively small drum, especially when compared to the more common Surdo found in samba groups but is lightweight and easy to carry.\nMade with a sturdy stainless steel shell and chrome plated hardware, this cuica is built to last, perfect for heavy use in samba.\nThe Izzo brand - authentic but affordable\nThe Izzo brand represents authentic Brazilian percussion and is widely regarded as one of the top instrument manufacturers in Brazilian Samba. Hailing from Sao Paulo, Izzo have been producing a wide range of high quality instruments for over 60 years, and we are proud to say we are the sole importers of Izzo products.\nSamba instrument care and maintenance\nIzzo manufacture quality, authentic Brazilian samba drums and percussion which they have been doing for over 60 years. Their products are hugely popular in schools, colleges and with performing samba ensembles the world over. With the correct care and attention, these instruments should provide musical satisfaction and energetic performances for many years. Here are just a few tips to keep your samba gear in optimal condition.\nBefore and after playing\nWe recommend wiping the drums and beaters down with a damp cloth, as well as inspecting the tuning adjusters on each drum to check for any loose nuts. As a part of this process, you can also monitor the tension of the heads. If you find that an adjuster has come loose or a head seems slack, loosen off the entire head to thumb-tight and then re-tune using the included mini spanner. The best way to do this evenly is to tune opposite pairs, and the following diagram will give you the correct order in which to tune various sizes of surdo, caixa, repinique and tamborim:\n\nThe schematic above demonstrates the correct order for tightening the nuts onto the hooks of a Surdo. This way the tension is spread most evenly. Start with all the nuts just finger tight and then tighten each nut in turn by half a turn (starting with nut number 1, then 2, then 3 etc.). When you've tightened all the nuts, check the tuning. If a higher pitch is needed, repeat the process (again starting with nut number 1) by a quarter turn at a time and carry on until you're happy with the sound.\nWhen tuning a set of three surdos (14\"\", 16\"\" and 18\"\") start with the 18\"\" and tighten it until the sound is nicely resonant (not \"\"flat\"\"). The tune the 16\"\" until the pitch is higher than the 18\"\". Finally tune the 14\"\", again to a higher pitch than the 16\"\".\nIf you're tuning more than one surdo of each size, tune all the 18\"\" first, then all the 16\"\" etc. Use the same order for tightening the nuts on the Caxia, Repeniques and Tamborims.\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"A great quality cuica", "Bullet2":"Available in 6\" and 8\" diameters", "Bullet3":"Lightweight and durable", "Bullet4":"Authentic Brazilian instrument manufactured in famous Sao Paolo factory", "Bullet5":"Produces the classic high pitched timbre of a cuica", "Bullet6":"Strong, constructed with a stainless steel shell", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShell material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6\" OR 8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "105.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "56.875", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MMX63DB34", "Title": "Sonix by MMX student Sandalwood double bass bow French style 3\/4 size - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ebows\u003edouble-bass", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": "5056318301419", "VariationOf": "mmx63db", "Description": "The MMX63 series student bows are a great choice for replacing the bow supplied with a student outfit or to carry as a second bow. \nThe octagonal stick has a pleasing curve and good springy tension which will help with string crossing and various bowing techniques. The lapping adds the correct weighting to the bow. \nThese bows look the part too – the detailing on the frog slider and eyes catch the light to showcase the mother of pearl inlays. Each bow is embossed with the Sonix brand. \nAvailable for Violin, Viola, Cello and French style Double Bass. \n", "Bullet1":"Octagonal Sandalwood stick", "Bullet2":"Ideal second or replacement bow", "Bullet3":"Evenly weighted", "Bullet4":"Ebony and white copper fittings", "Bullet5":"Quality adjuster", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMMX63DB34\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBow Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e71.5\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHair Length cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e58\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e136\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "36.208333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MC2-EBO", "Title": "Oxford Traditional leather premium music case - Ebony black \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Oxford Traditional Leather", "Barcode": "5055964124205", "VariationOf": "mc2-mc2", "Description": "\n\nTraditional craftsmanship\nIn recent years consumers have been rediscovering the value of investing in high-quality products handmade by artisans whose centuries-old crafts had been overshadowed by the rapid advances in mass production technology. Our latest MC2 music case is a child of this renaissance, made by highly skilled leather smiths who spare no expense in creating products that will last a lifetime.\n\n\n\nEnviromentally friendly\nEvery premium leather hide used to make the MC2 cases comes from reputable British sources and is sanded by hand to remove any imperfections before being tanned using state-of-the-art environmentally friendly methods. Each panel is then individually cut out, inspected, and stitched together according to the familiar classic design. The resulting bag is incredibly strong and resistant with reliable chunky seams - it looks and feels indestructible!\n\n\n\nClassic design\nInside there is enough room to fit a large pile of music (including difficult oversized orchestral parts), a laptop or tablet, and whatever other accessories an instrumentalist might need. Its comfy folded leather handle is retained by a metal bar trapped between riveted leather loops. This ingenious system makes it very quick to access the contents, guarantees complete safety when closed, and doesn’t require any zips or clasps that might break or weaken the structure of the bag as a whole.\n\n\n\nMade to last a lifetime\nLeather is a truly organic material and so will age with time. As it does, it will acquire scratches and marks, creases and discolouration, and a distinctive sheen. Far from being a bad thing, these ageing effects - known as the leather’s 'patina’ - are highly desirable because they are impossible to replicate artificially, and make your case stronger and more beautiful. With the right care and attention (leather needs to be moisturised from time to time, just like your skin) the MC2 bag will far outlive its owner.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Classic design with metal bar retainer handle", "Bullet2":"Deluxe British premium leather", "Bullet3":"Designed to last a lifetime", "Bullet4":"Made by highly skilled artisans", "Bullet5":"Plenty of room for even the largest orchestral scores", "Bullet6":"Super strong stitching", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37x29x6.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36x28x5.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.79166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "36.208333333333336", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MC2-OAK", "Title": "Oxford Traditional leather premium music case - Antique oak \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Oxford Traditional Leather", "Barcode": "5055964124199", "VariationOf": "mc2-mc2", "Description": "\n\nTraditional craftsmanship\nIn recent years consumers have been rediscovering the value of investing in high-quality products handmade by artisans whose centuries-old crafts had been overshadowed by the rapid advances in mass production technology. Our latest MC2 music case is a child of this renaissance, made by highly skilled leather smiths who spare no expense in creating products that will last a lifetime.\n\n\n\nEnviromentally friendly\nEvery premium leather hide used to make the MC2 cases comes from reputable British sources and is sanded by hand to remove any imperfections before being tanned using state-of-the-art environmentally friendly methods. Each panel is then individually cut out, inspected, and stitched together according to the familiar classic design. The resulting bag is incredibly strong and resistant with reliable chunky seams - it looks and feels indestructible!\n\n\n\nClassic design\nInside there is enough room to fit a large pile of music (including difficult oversized orchestral parts), a laptop or tablet, and whatever other accessories an instrumentalist might need. Its comfy folded leather handle is retained by a metal bar trapped between riveted leather loops. This ingenious system makes it very quick to access the contents, guarantees complete safety when closed, and doesn’t require any zips or clasps that might break or weaken the structure of the bag as a whole.\n\n\n\nMade to last a lifetime\nLeather is a truly organic material and so will age with time. As it does, it will acquire scratches and marks, creases and discolouration, and a distinctive sheen. Far from being a bad thing, these ageing effects - known as the leather’s 'patina’ - are highly desirable because they are impossible to replicate artificially, and make your case stronger and more beautiful. With the right care and attention (leather needs to be moisturised from time to time, just like your skin) the MC2 bag will far outlive its owner.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Classic design with metal bar retainer handle", "Bullet2":"Deluxe British premium leather", "Bullet3":"Designed to last a lifetime", "Bullet4":"Made by highly skilled artisans", "Bullet5":"Plenty of room for even the largest orchestral scores", "Bullet6":"Super strong stitching", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37x29x6.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36x28x5.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "7","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.79166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "36.208333333333336", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MC2-WAL", "Title": "Oxford Traditional leather premium music case - Antique walnut \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Oxford Traditional Leather", "Barcode": "5055964124212", "VariationOf": "mc2-mc2", "Description": "\n\nTraditional craftsmanship\nIn recent years consumers have been rediscovering the value of investing in high-quality products handmade by artisans whose centuries-old crafts had been overshadowed by the rapid advances in mass production technology. Our latest MC2 music case is a child of this renaissance, made by highly skilled leather smiths who spare no expense in creating products that will last a lifetime.\n\n\n\nEnviromentally friendly\nEvery premium leather hide used to make the MC2 cases comes from reputable British sources and is sanded by hand to remove any imperfections before being tanned using state-of-the-art environmentally friendly methods. Each panel is then individually cut out, inspected, and stitched together according to the familiar classic design. The resulting bag is incredibly strong and resistant with reliable chunky seams - it looks and feels indestructible!\n\n\n\nClassic design\nInside there is enough room to fit a large pile of music (including difficult oversized orchestral parts), a laptop or tablet, and whatever other accessories an instrumentalist might need. Its comfy folded leather handle is retained by a metal bar trapped between riveted leather loops. This ingenious system makes it very quick to access the contents, guarantees complete safety when closed, and doesn’t require any zips or clasps that might break or weaken the structure of the bag as a whole.\n\n\n\nMade to last a lifetime\nLeather is a truly organic material and so will age with time. As it does, it will acquire scratches and marks, creases and discolouration, and a distinctive sheen. Far from being a bad thing, these ageing effects - known as the leather’s 'patina’ - are highly desirable because they are impossible to replicate artificially, and make your case stronger and more beautiful. With the right care and attention (leather needs to be moisturised from time to time, just like your skin) the MC2 bag will far outlive its owner.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Classic design with metal bar retainer handle", "Bullet2":"Deluxe British premium leather", "Bullet3":"Designed to last a lifetime", "Bullet4":"Made by highly skilled artisans", "Bullet5":"Plenty of room for even the largest orchestral scores", "Bullet6":"Super strong stitching", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37x29x6.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36x28x5.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.79166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "36.208333333333336", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MC2-AN", "Title": "Oxford Traditional leather premium music case - Anthracite \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Oxford Traditional Leather", "Barcode": "5055964133344", "VariationOf": "mc2-mc2", "Description": "\n\nTraditional craftsmanship\nIn recent years consumers have been rediscovering the value of investing in high-quality products handmade by artisans whose centuries-old crafts had been overshadowed by the rapid advances in mass production technology. Our latest MC2 music case is a child of this renaissance, made by highly skilled leather smiths who spare no expense in creating products that will last a lifetime.\n\n\n\nEnviromentally friendly\nEvery premium leather hide used to make the MC2 cases comes from reputable British sources and is sanded by hand to remove any imperfections before being tanned using state-of-the-art environmentally friendly methods. Each panel is then individually cut out, inspected, and stitched together according to the familiar classic design. The resulting bag is incredibly strong and resistant with reliable chunky seams - it looks and feels indestructible!\n\n\n\nClassic design\nInside there is enough room to fit a large pile of music (including difficult oversized orchestral parts), a laptop or tablet, and whatever other accessories an instrumentalist might need. Its comfy folded leather handle is retained by a metal bar trapped between riveted leather loops. This ingenious system makes it very quick to access the contents, guarantees complete safety when closed, and doesn’t require any zips or clasps that might break or weaken the structure of the bag as a whole.\n\n\n\nMade to last a lifetime\nLeather is a truly organic material and so will age with time. As it does, it will acquire scratches and marks, creases and discolouration, and a distinctive sheen. Far from being a bad thing, these ageing effects - known as the leather’s 'patina’ - are highly desirable because they are impossible to replicate artificially, and make your case stronger and more beautiful. With the right care and attention (leather needs to be moisturised from time to time, just like your skin) the MC2 bag will far outlive its owner.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Classic design with metal bar retainer handle", "Bullet2":"Deluxe British premium leather", "Bullet3":"Designed to last a lifetime", "Bullet4":"Made by highly skilled artisans", "Bullet5":"Plenty of room for even the largest orchestral scores", "Bullet6":"Super strong stitching", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37x29x6.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36x28x5.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.79166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "36.208333333333336", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MC2-CA", "Title": "Oxford Traditional leather premium music case - Cacoa \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Oxford Traditional Leather", "Barcode": "5055964133368", "VariationOf": "mc2-mc2", "Description": "\n\nTraditional craftsmanship\nIn recent years consumers have been rediscovering the value of investing in high-quality products handmade by artisans whose centuries-old crafts had been overshadowed by the rapid advances in mass production technology. Our latest MC2 music case is a child of this renaissance, made by highly skilled leather smiths who spare no expense in creating products that will last a lifetime.\n\n\n\nEnviromentally friendly\nEvery premium leather hide used to make the MC2 cases comes from reputable British sources and is sanded by hand to remove any imperfections before being tanned using state-of-the-art environmentally friendly methods. Each panel is then individually cut out, inspected, and stitched together according to the familiar classic design. The resulting bag is incredibly strong and resistant with reliable chunky seams - it looks and feels indestructible!\n\n\n\nClassic design\nInside there is enough room to fit a large pile of music (including difficult oversized orchestral parts), a laptop or tablet, and whatever other accessories an instrumentalist might need. Its comfy folded leather handle is retained by a metal bar trapped between riveted leather loops. This ingenious system makes it very quick to access the contents, guarantees complete safety when closed, and doesn’t require any zips or clasps that might break or weaken the structure of the bag as a whole.\n\n\n\nMade to last a lifetime\nLeather is a truly organic material and so will age with time. As it does, it will acquire scratches and marks, creases and discolouration, and a distinctive sheen. Far from being a bad thing, these ageing effects - known as the leather’s 'patina’ - are highly desirable because they are impossible to replicate artificially, and make your case stronger and more beautiful. With the right care and attention (leather needs to be moisturised from time to time, just like your skin) the MC2 bag will far outlive its owner.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Classic design with metal bar retainer handle", "Bullet2":"Deluxe British premium leather", "Bullet3":"Designed to last a lifetime", "Bullet4":"Made by highly skilled artisans", "Bullet5":"Plenty of room for even the largest orchestral scores", "Bullet6":"Super strong stitching", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37x29x6.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36x28x5.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.79166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "36.208333333333336", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MC2-BO", "Title": "Oxford Traditional leather premium music case - Bordeaux \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Oxford Traditional Leather", "Barcode": "5055964133351", "VariationOf": "mc2-mc2", "Description": "\n\nTraditional craftsmanship\nIn recent years consumers have been rediscovering the value of investing in high-quality products handmade by artisans whose centuries-old crafts had been overshadowed by the rapid advances in mass production technology. Our latest MC2 music case is a child of this renaissance, made by highly skilled leather smiths who spare no expense in creating products that will last a lifetime.\n\n\n\nEnviromentally friendly\nEvery premium leather hide used to make the MC2 cases comes from reputable British sources and is sanded by hand to remove any imperfections before being tanned using state-of-the-art environmentally friendly methods. Each panel is then individually cut out, inspected, and stitched together according to the familiar classic design. The resulting bag is incredibly strong and resistant with reliable chunky seams - it looks and feels indestructible!\n\n\n\nClassic design\nInside there is enough room to fit a large pile of music (including difficult oversized orchestral parts), a laptop or tablet, and whatever other accessories an instrumentalist might need. Its comfy folded leather handle is retained by a metal bar trapped between riveted leather loops. This ingenious system makes it very quick to access the contents, guarantees complete safety when closed, and doesn’t require any zips or clasps that might break or weaken the structure of the bag as a whole.\n\n\n\nMade to last a lifetime\nLeather is a truly organic material and so will age with time. As it does, it will acquire scratches and marks, creases and discolouration, and a distinctive sheen. Far from being a bad thing, these ageing effects - known as the leather’s 'patina’ - are highly desirable because they are impossible to replicate artificially, and make your case stronger and more beautiful. With the right care and attention (leather needs to be moisturised from time to time, just like your skin) the MC2 bag will far outlive its owner.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Classic design with metal bar retainer handle", "Bullet2":"Deluxe British premium leather", "Bullet3":"Designed to last a lifetime", "Bullet4":"Made by highly skilled artisans", "Bullet5":"Plenty of room for even the largest orchestral scores", "Bullet6":"Super strong stitching", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37x29x6.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36x28x5.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.79166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "36.208333333333336", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MC2-PL", "Title": "Oxford Traditional leather premium music case - Plum \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Oxford Traditional Leather", "Barcode": "5055964133382", "VariationOf": "mc2-mc2", "Description": "\n\nTraditional craftsmanship\nIn recent years consumers have been rediscovering the value of investing in high-quality products handmade by artisans whose centuries-old crafts had been overshadowed by the rapid advances in mass production technology. Our latest MC2 music case is a child of this renaissance, made by highly skilled leather smiths who spare no expense in creating products that will last a lifetime.\n\n\n\nEnviromentally friendly\nEvery premium leather hide used to make the MC2 cases comes from reputable British sources and is sanded by hand to remove any imperfections before being tanned using state-of-the-art environmentally friendly methods. Each panel is then individually cut out, inspected, and stitched together according to the familiar classic design. The resulting bag is incredibly strong and resistant with reliable chunky seams - it looks and feels indestructible!\n\n\n\nClassic design\nInside there is enough room to fit a large pile of music (including difficult oversized orchestral parts), a laptop or tablet, and whatever other accessories an instrumentalist might need. Its comfy folded leather handle is retained by a metal bar trapped between riveted leather loops. This ingenious system makes it very quick to access the contents, guarantees complete safety when closed, and doesn’t require any zips or clasps that might break or weaken the structure of the bag as a whole.\n\n\n\nMade to last a lifetime\nLeather is a truly organic material and so will age with time. As it does, it will acquire scratches and marks, creases and discolouration, and a distinctive sheen. Far from being a bad thing, these ageing effects - known as the leather’s 'patina’ - are highly desirable because they are impossible to replicate artificially, and make your case stronger and more beautiful. With the right care and attention (leather needs to be moisturised from time to time, just like your skin) the MC2 bag will far outlive its owner.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Classic design with metal bar retainer handle", "Bullet2":"Deluxe British premium leather", "Bullet3":"Designed to last a lifetime", "Bullet4":"Made by highly skilled artisans", "Bullet5":"Plenty of room for even the largest orchestral scores", "Bullet6":"Super strong stitching", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37x29x6.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36x28x5.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.79166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "36.208333333333336", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MC2-OR", "Title": "Oxford Traditional leather premium music case - Orange \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003emusic-cases", "Brand": "Oxford Traditional Leather", "Barcode": "5055964133375", "VariationOf": "mc2-mc2", "Description": "\n\nTraditional craftsmanship\nIn recent years consumers have been rediscovering the value of investing in high-quality products handmade by artisans whose centuries-old crafts had been overshadowed by the rapid advances in mass production technology. Our latest MC2 music case is a child of this renaissance, made by highly skilled leather smiths who spare no expense in creating products that will last a lifetime.\n\n\n\nEnviromentally friendly\nEvery premium leather hide used to make the MC2 cases comes from reputable British sources and is sanded by hand to remove any imperfections before being tanned using state-of-the-art environmentally friendly methods. Each panel is then individually cut out, inspected, and stitched together according to the familiar classic design. The resulting bag is incredibly strong and resistant with reliable chunky seams - it looks and feels indestructible!\n\n\n\nClassic design\nInside there is enough room to fit a large pile of music (including difficult oversized orchestral parts), a laptop or tablet, and whatever other accessories an instrumentalist might need. Its comfy folded leather handle is retained by a metal bar trapped between riveted leather loops. This ingenious system makes it very quick to access the contents, guarantees complete safety when closed, and doesn’t require any zips or clasps that might break or weaken the structure of the bag as a whole.\n\n\n\nMade to last a lifetime\nLeather is a truly organic material and so will age with time. As it does, it will acquire scratches and marks, creases and discolouration, and a distinctive sheen. Far from being a bad thing, these ageing effects - known as the leather’s 'patina’ - are highly desirable because they are impossible to replicate artificially, and make your case stronger and more beautiful. With the right care and attention (leather needs to be moisturised from time to time, just like your skin) the MC2 bag will far outlive its owner.\n\n", "Bullet1":"Classic design with metal bar retainer handle", "Bullet2":"Deluxe British premium leather", "Bullet3":"Designed to last a lifetime", "Bullet4":"Made by highly skilled artisans", "Bullet5":"Plenty of room for even the largest orchestral scores", "Bullet6":"Super strong stitching", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e37x29x6.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36x28x5.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.79166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "5","Quantity_break_price_1": "36.208333333333336", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1109", "Title": "Percussion Plus bodhran 18\"\" Claddagh with bag, tipper and DVD - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebodhrans", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5390731032094", "VariationOf": "pp1109", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus bodhran 18\"\" Claddagh with bag, tipper and DVD\nThis bodhran from Percussion Plus is a genuine handcrafted Irish drum, supplied with traditional style tipper, bag and instructional DVD. \n\nWith an attractive design and quality sound, this bodhran is ideal for folk jams, gigs in a variety of settings as well as teaching, learning and practice.\n\nTraditional playing methods\nA Bodhran is an Irish frame drum that is believed to have evolved from the tambourine, however more recently popularised due to the resurgence of Irish traditional music. The Bodhran is traditionally played using a lathe-turned piece of wood called a bone or tipper (supplied), and can also be played using a modern brush stick, or even your bare hands.\n\nQuality construction and finish\nA solid construction and well-built inner frame allows the player to confidently grip the drum to produce a precise and resonant tone. The natural skin drum is evenly stretched for accurate tone production and for a long life. \n\nWhat's in the box?\nThis 18\"\" bodhran comes supplied with its own traditional style tipper, a handy carry case, and an instructional DVD to get you started on your bodhran playing journey.", "Bullet1":"Genuine hand-crafted Irish drum", "Bullet2":"Attractive design", "Bullet3":"Well-crafted, sturdy wooden frame", "Bullet4":"Supplied with tipper, carry case and instructional DVD", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.79166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1115", "Title": "Percussion Plus bodhran 18\"\" Brosna Cross with bag, tipper and DVD - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebodhrans", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5390731031684", "VariationOf": "pp1115", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus bodhran 18\"\" Brosna Cross with bag, tipper and DVD\nThis bodhran from Percussion Plus is a genuine handcrafted Irish drum, supplied with traditional style tipper, bag and instructional DVD. \n\nWith an attractive design and quality sound, this bodhran is ideal for folk jams, gigs in a variety of settings as well as teaching, learning and practice.\n\nTraditional playing methods\nA Bodhran is an Irish frame drum that is believed to have evolved from the tambourine, however more recently popularised due to the resurgence of Irish traditional music. The Bodhran is traditionally played using a lathe-turned piece of wood called a bone or tipper (supplied), and can also be played using a modern brush stick, or even your bare hands.\n\nQuality construction and finish\nA solid construction and well-built inner frame allows the player to confidently grip the drum to produce a precise and resonant tone. The natural skin drum is evenly stretched for accurate tone production and for a long life. \n\nWhat's in the box?\nThis 18\"\" bodhran comes supplied with its own traditional style tipper, a handy carry case, and an instructional DVD to get you started on your bodhran playing journey.", "Bullet1":"Genuine hand-crafted Irish drum", "Bullet2":"Attractive design", "Bullet3":"Well-crafted, sturdy wooden frame", "Bullet4":"Supplied with tipper, carry case and instructional DVD", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.79166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1117", "Title": "Percussion Plus bodhran 18\"\" Cloghan Cross with bag, tipper and DVD - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebodhrans", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5390731031714", "VariationOf": "pp1117", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus bodhran 18\"\" Cloghan Cross with bag, tipper and DVD\nThis bodhran from Percussion Plus is a genuine handcrafted Irish drum, supplied with traditional style tipper, bag and instructional DVD. \n\nWith an attractive design and quality sound, this bodhran is ideal for folk jams, gigs in a variety of settings as well as teaching, learning and practice.\n\nTraditional playing methods\nA Bodhran is an Irish frame drum that is believed to have evolved from the tambourine, however more recently popularised due to the resurgence of Irish traditional music. The Bodhran is traditionally played using a lathe-turned piece of wood called a bone or tipper (supplied), and can also be played using a modern brush stick, or even your bare hands.\n\nQuality construction and finish\nA solid construction and well-built inner frame allows the player to confidently grip the drum to produce a precise and resonant tone. The natural skin drum is evenly stretched for accurate tone production and for a long life. \n\nWhat's in the box?\nThis 18\"\" bodhran comes supplied with its own traditional style tipper, a handy carry case, and an instructional DVD to get you started on your bodhran playing journey.", "Bullet1":"Genuine hand-crafted Irish drum", "Bullet2":"Attractive design", "Bullet3":"Well-crafted, sturdy wooden frame", "Bullet4":"Supplied with tipper, carry case and instructional DVD", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.79166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1120", "Title": "Percussion Plus 18\"\" Gaelic Cross with bag, tipper and DVD - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ebodhrans", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5390731031653", "VariationOf": "pp1120", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus bodhran 18\"\" Gaelic Cross with bag, tipper and DVD\nThis bodhran from Percussion Plus is a genuine handcrafted Irish drum, supplied with traditional style tipper, bag and instructional DVD. \n\nWith an attractive design and quality sound, this bodhran is ideal for folk jams, gigs in a variety of settings as well as teaching, learning and practice.\n\nTraditional playing methods\nA Bodhran is an Irish frame drum that is believed to have evolved from the tambourine, however more recently popularised due to the resurgence of Irish traditional music. The Bodhran is traditionally played using a lathe-turned piece of wood called a bone or tipper (supplied), and can also be played using a modern brush stick, or even your bare hands.\n\nQuality construction and finish\nA solid construction and well-built inner frame allows the player to confidently grip the drum to produce a precise and resonant tone. The natural skin drum is evenly stretched for accurate tone production and for a long life. \n\nWhat's in the box?\nThis 18\"\" bodhran comes supplied with its own traditional style tipper, a handy carry case, and an instructional DVD to get you started on your bodhran playing journey.", "Bullet1":"18\" bodhran", "Bullet2":"Genuine hand-crafted Irish drum", "Bullet3":"Supplied with tipper, carry case and instructional DVD", "Bullet4":"Well-crafted, sturdy wooden frame", "Bullet5":"Resonant tone", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.79166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MMX62DBG34", "Title": "MMX Student carbon effect composite German 3\/4 double bass bow - A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ebows\u003edouble-bass", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": "5056318306223", "VariationOf": "mmx62dbg34", "Description": "This German style double bass bow is a great student purchase, suitable for use with ¾ double basses. The carbon effect patterning on the composite stick gives it a distinctive look, and at 127g it is light enough to avoid strain from prolonged practice. An excellent choice for beginners and also players looking to change from French to German style bowing. ", "Bullet1":"Composite construction", "Bullet2":"Consistent manufacture", "Bullet3":"Ebony frog", "Bullet4":"Length 77cm", "Bullet5":"Weight 127g", "Bullet6":"Great student or spare bow", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBow Length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e77cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHair Length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e57cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e127g\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "36.208333333333336", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AP-3238", "Title": "Apextone Z-style keyboard stand - A1", "Category": "keyboards\u003eaccessories\u003estands\u003efolding", "Brand": "Apextone", "Barcode": "762716058767", "VariationOf": "ap-3238", "Description": "Introducing the Apextone Z-style keyboard stand\nEngineered to provide steadfast support for your prized instruments, this Z-style stand from Apextone boasts a robust design that ensures stability during intense performances. Its one-piece compact folding design not only enhances its strength but also facilitates effortless setup and takedown.\nEasily adjustable\nEquipped with locking pins and adjustable moving arms, the Apextone stand offers customizable support tailored to your instrument's specifications. Whether you're wielding a heavy keyboard or a powerful synthesizer, rest assured that this stand can handle the load with ease, and the width is adjustable between 52cm and 82cm too, which will suit a range of different instruments.\nDesigned for portability\nOne of its most impressive features is its ability to fold down to an incredibly small size, making transportation a breeze. No more struggling with bulky equipment when you're on the move – simply fold, pack, and you're ready to hit the road.\nStanding at a height range of 60-90cm, this stand ensures ergonomic positioning for musicians of all statures, allowing you to focus solely on your performance. Elevate your musical experience with the Apextone Z-Style Keyboard Stand – the epitome of reliability and convenience.\nOur Apextone keyboard stands\n\nApextone single braced keyboard stand\nApextone single braced fixed keyboard stand\nApextone table style adjustable keyboard stand\nApextone Z-style keyboard stand\nApextone extra strong keyboard stand\n\n", "Bullet1":"Robust Z-Style keyboard stand", "Bullet2":"One-piece compact folding design", "Bullet3":"Ideal for heavier keyboards and synthesisers", "Bullet4":"Folds down very small for convenient transportation", "Bullet5":"Height and width adjustable to suit your needs", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMinimum width\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e52cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMinimum width\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e82cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMinimum height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e60cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaximum height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e90cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTop depth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCollapsible\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOptional surface protection\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAdhesive foam\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFeet material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "42.79166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MAN3300", "Title": "Manhasset universal tablet holder stand - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003etablet", "Brand": "Manhasset", "Barcode": "706576033007", "VariationOf": "man3300", "Description": "\nIntroducing the Manhasset universal tablet holder stand\nManhasset's universal tablet holder stand is made in the USA for long-lasting performance. The tablet holder is produced from high quality injection-molded ABS and glass-filled nylon, designed to fit all sizes of tablets up to 12.9\"\". Combined with Manhasset's Voyager shaft and base, height ranges from 26\"\" to 48\"\" (bottom of tablet to floor) to bring music and technology together seamlessly and reliably. Please note that the tablet shown in the product image is not included.\n\n \nThe Manhasset Lifetime Warranty\nOver the years, Manhasset has continued to research, develop, and innovate new products to meet the needs of musicians, and their commitment to consistent quality has made them the number one choice of many schools, bands and orchestras worldwide. Backing this up, Manhasset offer a guaranteed lifetime warranty on all products purchased from us. They have the utmost confidence in their manufacturing standards, substantiated by years of proof. When you buy a Manhasset music stand, you should never have to buy another stand again.\nPlease note: Proof of purchase required\n\n", "Bullet1":"Tablet holder for all sizes up to 12.9\"", "Bullet2":"High quality injection-molded ABS with glass-filled nylon", "Bullet3":"Combined with Manhasset's Voyager shaft and base", "Bullet4":"Height ranges from 26\" to 48\" (bottom of tablet to floor)", "Bullet5":"Three foldable legs provide superb stability", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMin height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e26\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e66cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMax height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e48\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e122cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTablets accomodated\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAll sizes of tablets up to 12.9\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "10","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "46.08333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "FW23", "Title": "Feadóg Nickel C Whistle - Pack of 10 - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003einstruments\u003eirish-whistles", "Brand": "Feadóg", "Barcode": "5056318303291", "VariationOf": "fw23", "Description": "Introducing the Feadóg nickel Irish whistle in C, pack of 10\nMade in Ireland since 1978, Feadóg \"\"Original Irish Whistles\"\" are the oldest commercially produced Tin Whistles in Ireland.\nThe Irish whistle, also called the penny whistle is a relatively inexpensive yet quality instrument that is played around the world by amateurs and professionals alike.\nThe reduced packaging with the pack of ten also saves on cost making this a great idea for those who are looking for to bulk buy for education, classes or workshops.\nGreat for education\nDue to its simplicity, ease of use and the fact that it is a very easy instrument to learn, the penny whistle is seen as an ideal instrument for the educational environment.\nYou can also make the most out of our great quantity discounts if you are planning on holding a workshop or playing with a class of students and want to purchase multiple whistles to deck out your classroom.", "Bullet1":"The original Irish whistle - made in Ireland since 1978", "Bullet2":"Top quality materials", "Bullet3":"Ideal for players of all abilities", "Bullet4":"Plastic mouthpiece", "Bullet5":"Seamless nickel barrel", "Bullet6":"Great for workshops and education", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "79.99","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "46.65833333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "RAT-88Q06", "Title": "RAT Alto orchestral music stands - Box of 6 \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003econcert", "Brand": "RAT", "Barcode": "8100160303934", "VariationOf": "rat-88q", "Description": "Introducing the RAT Alto stand in black\nThe RATstands Alto Stand has a unique range of height, taller than any other stand on the market. This virtually unbreakable music stand can be set low enough to suit a child cellist, and high enough for a singer standing on a riser. This stand is ideal when space on a riser is an issue. The stands can be nested together tightly for compact storage.\n\nExcellent height range\nThe Alto Stand has a greater range of height adjustment than any other stand. Equally suitable for young cellists or musicians on a riser, this stand can be placed on the ground to save space on the platform.\n\nEasy height adjustment\nFriction locks will automatically hold the tray at the desired height and angle, without the requirement of adjusting any thumb screws or levers.\n\nSturdy \u0026amp; Strong\nThe injection moulded tray is virtually unbreakable and will spring back if bent. The vertical stem is made from aluminium for strength and rigidity, without excess weight. This also ensures the stand will not sway. \n\nCompact storage\nThe Alto Stand can be stored where other music stands cannot, such as under desks and tables. The bases interlock and the stands nest together, taking up minimal storage space. The Alto Stand Trolley is available and can carry up to 16 stands.\n\nMore useful information\nFull Specification\nTempo Range Brochure", "Bullet1":"Taller than any other music stand on the market!", "Bullet2":"Boxes of 6 stands available - ideal for schools, orchestras, or choirs", "Bullet3":"Injection moulded tray is made from a virtually unbreakable polymer", "Bullet4":"Space saving base design", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight (adjustable) from floor to lower edge of score\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e715-1601mm [28.1 x 63in]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e715-1601mm [28.1 x 63in]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.3.kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStorage height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e681mm [26.8in]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTray size (score area only)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e503 x 323mm [19.9 x 12.7in]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth of tray lip\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e57mm [2.2in]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStructural parts\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFeet\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTray\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolypropylene\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCoating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAnodised Aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGeneral:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5 years\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "8","RRP_Inc_VAT": "403.20","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "235.2", "Quantity_break_1": "3","Quantity_break_price_1": "218.4", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "RAT-88Q2", "Title": "RAT Alto orchestral music stands - Single stand \/ A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003econcert", "Brand": "RAT", "Barcode": "5060349489701", "VariationOf": "rat-88q", "Description": "Introducing the RAT Alto stand in black\nThe RATstands Alto Stand has a unique range of height, taller than any other stand on the market. This virtually unbreakable music stand can be set low enough to suit a child cellist, and high enough for a singer standing on a riser. This stand is ideal when space on a riser is an issue. The stands can be nested together tightly for compact storage.\n\nExcellent height range\nThe Alto Stand has a greater range of height adjustment than any other stand. Equally suitable for young cellists or musicians on a riser, this stand can be placed on the ground to save space on the platform.\n\nEasy height adjustment\nFriction locks will automatically hold the tray at the desired height and angle, without the requirement of adjusting any thumb screws or levers.\n\nSturdy \u0026amp; Strong\nThe injection moulded tray is virtually unbreakable and will spring back if bent. The vertical stem is made from aluminium for strength and rigidity, without excess weight. This also ensures the stand will not sway. \n\nCompact storage\nThe Alto Stand can be stored where other music stands cannot, such as under desks and tables. The bases interlock and the stands nest together, taking up minimal storage space. The Alto Stand Trolley is available and can carry up to 16 stands.\n\nMore useful information\nFull Specification\nTempo Range Brochure", "Bullet1":"Taller than any other music stand on the market!", "Bullet2":"Boxes of 6 stands available - ideal for schools, orchestras, or choirs", "Bullet3":"Injection moulded tray is made from a virtually unbreakable polymer", "Bullet4":"Space saving base design", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight (adjustable) from floor to lower edge of score\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e715-1601mm [28.1 x 63in]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e715-1601mm [28.1 x 63in]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.3.kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStorage height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e681mm [26.8in]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTray size (score area only)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e503 x 323mm [19.9 x 12.7in]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDepth of tray lip\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e57mm [2.2in]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStructural parts\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFeet\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTray\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePolypropylene\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCoating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAnodised Aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGeneral:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5 years\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "77","RRP_Inc_VAT": "84.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "49.0", "Quantity_break_1": "6","Quantity_break_price_1": "45.5", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MAN5201", "Title": "Manhasset Voyager portable, collapsible music stand - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003econcert", "Brand": "Manhasset", "Barcode": "706576052015", "VariationOf": "man5201", "Description": "Introducing the Manhasset Voyager portable collapsible music stand The Manhasset Voyager has been designed for performing musicians, who demand portability without sacrificing the quality that Manhasset stands are known for. This portable concert style music stand boasts the same heritage and features that have made Manhasset famous since 1935. Perfect for touring musicians or groups, the Voyager has the same solid, adjustable desk, yet is completely portable. With the Voyager's twist locking mechanism, it only takes a second to assemble or remove the desk and with only two parts to keep track of, the Voyager can also be stored or transported in its own tote bag (sold separately). The Voyager desk is identical to the MAN4801 Symphony Stand desk (20\"\" wide x 12 1\/2\"\" high). The height of this music stand varies infinitely from 26\"\" to 48\"\" (lip to floor) with a maximum overall height of 60 1\/2 inches. Lifetime guarantee Each stand is extremely robust and built to such a high quality that we offer a lifetime guarantee with any purchase. With a Manhasset stand, you should never have to buy another stand again. Easy height adjustment The main feature of these - and indeed all - Manhasset stands is that they are knob free. Thanks to the famous ‘magic finger’ shaft clutch and ‘friction tilt’ neck joint, the stand can be pushed or pulled into any position and will remain secure without turning a single screw. Not only does the lack of adjusters make it simpler to use, but the overall design also looks much more sleek and classy. Super strong All of the Manhasset 48 stands can hold 4kg of music (up to 34kg if you purchase the MAN2400 music stand lock too) and have a desk depth of 2.25\"\" (5.7cm) making them capable of holding heavy choir books and large music anthologies. The desks are made from solid aluminium for optimum rigidity and the all-steel welded bases allow for extra stability. Manageable on the road While these stands are designed to live in one space and are therefore not entirely fold-able, they are surprisingly lightweight (3.63kg) and easy to carry around if necessary. The desks can fold all of the way back reducing the total stand height to 90cm - easily small enough to pop into a car boot. \n \nThe Manhasset Lifetime Warranty\nOver the years, Manhasset has continued to research, develop, and innovate new products to meet the needs of musicians, and their commitment to consistent quality has made them the number one choice of many schools, bands and orchestras worldwide. Backing this up, Manhasset offer a guaranteed lifetime warranty on all products purchased from us. They have the utmost confidence in their manufacturing standards, substantiated by years of proof. When you buy a Manhasset music stand, you should never have to buy another stand again.\nPlease note: Proof of purchase required\n\n", "Bullet1":"Twist locking mechanism for easy detachment of music desk", "Bullet2":"Collapsible base", "Bullet3":"Lifetime manufacturer warranty", "Bullet4":"Large but lightweight solid aluminium desk holds 4kg of music", "Bullet5":"Knob free height and angle adjustment", "Bullet6":"The number one choice for schools and orchestras worldwide since 1935", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStand height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 64 - 118cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFolded tripod base diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 9cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFolded tripod length\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 7.1cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOverall height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003emax. 150cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "84.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "49.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "JJ2144", "Title": "Jumbie Jam Z stand - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003esteel-pan", "Brand": "Panyard", "Barcode": "5055964129392", "VariationOf": "jumbie-jam-z-stand", "Description": "Upgrade your JJ3050 table top Jumbie Jam into a free standing pan by adding a full size height adjustable Z stand. The pan hangs in the exact same way as it does on the standard table top stand. The new Z stand can be set at a convenient height between 60cm and 96cm, providing a stable base for free-standing playing.", "Bullet1":"Fits 40cm (Diameter) Jumbie Jam\/ steel pan", "Bullet2":"Sturdy metal construction", "Bullet3":"Black finish", "Bullet4":"Height range between 60cm and 90cm", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-13","RRP_Inc_VAT": "85.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "60.20833333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MAN5101", "Title": "Manhasset Fourscore music stand - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003econductor", "Brand": "Manhasset", "Barcode": "706576051018", "VariationOf": "man5101", "Description": "Introducing the Manhasset Fourscore music stand\nIdeal for groups, studios, conductors, and any musician that can't or doesn't want to turn pages, the Fourscore from Manhasset has a desk as wide as 4 sides of A4 paper, so easily fits landscape, oversized, and multipage scores. Apart from the added shelf length, the stand is identical to the classic Symphony model.\nInventor and musician Otto Lagervall founded the Manhasset Specialty Company with a desire to overcome the inherent shortcomings of music stands available at the time. His desire to use the highest quality materials and workmanship carries through the company ethos to the present day, though the company moved from Manhasset, New York to Yakima, Washington in the early 1940s where it remains today.\n \nLifetime guarantee\nEach stand is extremely robust and built to such a high quality that we offer a lifetime guarantee with any purchase. You should never have to buy another music stand again.\n\n\n\n\n\nEasy height adjustment\nThe main feature of all Manhasset stands is that they are 'knob free’. Thanks to the famous 'magic finger’ shaft clutch and 'friction tilt’ neck joint, the stand can be pushed or pulled into any position and will remain secure without turning a single screw. Not only does the lack of adjusters make it simpler to use, but the overall design also looks much more sleek and classy.\n\n\n\n Super strong All of the Manhasset stands can hold 4kg of music (up to 34kg if you purchase the MAN2400 music stand lock too) and have a desk depth of 2.25\"\" (5.7cm) making them capable of holding heavy books and large music anthologies. The desks are made from solid aluminium for optimum rigidity and the all-steel welded bases allow for extra stability. \nManageable on the road\nWhile these stands are designed to live in one space and are therefore not entirely foldable, they are surprisingly lightweight (2.85kg) and easy to carry around if necessary. The desks can fold all of the way back reducing the total stand height to 90cm - easily small enough to pop into a car boot.\n\n\n \nThe Manhasset Lifetime Warranty\nOver the years, Manhasset has continued to research, develop, and innovate new products to meet the needs of musicians, and their commitment to consistent quality has made them the number one choice of many schools, bands and orchestras worldwide. Backing this up, Manhasset offer a guaranteed lifetime warranty on all products purchased from us. They have the utmost confidence in their manufacturing standards, substantiated by years of proof. When you buy a Manhasset music stand, you should never have to buy another stand again.\nPlease note: Proof of purchase required\n\n\n\nMore useful information\nManhasset Assembly Instructions\n", "Bullet1":"Extra long desk perfect for conductors", "Bullet2":"Space for at least 4 adjacent pages of music", "Bullet3":"Heavy-gauge all-steel welded base provides excellent stability", "Bullet4":"Knob-free height and angle adjustment", "Bullet5":"", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "12","RRP_Inc_VAT": "85.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "49.58333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP1128", "Title": "Percussion Plus Sounds Metallic percussion pack - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003epacks\u003eassorted", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547011283", "VariationOf": "pp1128", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus Sounds Metallic percussion pack\nThis education pack contains a diverse array of instruments, creating an excellent tool for introducing students to various percussion techniques, expand their knowledge of musical instruments originating from across the world and explore various different musical genres. The variety of instruments included create a diverse soundscape ranging from the wonderful crisp sound of the metal shaker to the bright, clear 'ting' of the triangle.\nThe instruments are straight forward to use, tactile and require no previous musical experience, ensuring anyone can start playing straight away. The instruments featured are great for teaching important rhythmic skills as well as encouraging skills in team working and collaboration. The pack comes with a convenient storage box, making this a complete, ready-made classroom set with a convenient storage solution.\n\nThis pack includes:\n\n1 x PP866 Pair of cymbals 6\"\"\n1 x PP258 Triangle 6\"\"\n1 x PP425 Single Indian bell pair\n1 x PP524 Metal shaker\n1 x PP3600 Medium double agogo bells\n1 x PP671 Cowbell 6.5\"\"\n1 x PP070 Single hard felt beater\n1 x PP069 Single hard wood beater\n1 x PP3500 Percussion Plus 11L plastic box\n\n\nIdeal for classroom use\nThis percussion pack for schools is perfectly suited to Keystages 2 and 3. The instruments in the pack are simple to use, fun and easy to store in the supplied Percussion Plus box in between lessons, making for a quick tidy away at the end of class.\n\nThe benefits of music\nMusic helps children to develop vital skills, such as creativity, hand-eye co-ordination, motor skills, teamwork and listening skills. The variation in this pack makes it a great gift to introduce children to the basics of percussion and the joys of making music.\n\nPlease note: contents may vary depending on stock\nThese items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them.\n\n", "Bullet1":"An excellent, durable metallic instrument percussion pack", "Bullet2":"Features an array of simple to use, fun and high-quality percussion instruments", "Bullet3":"Ideal for the classroom and other music education environments", "Bullet4":"Provides a diverse soundscape and enriching musical experience", "Bullet5":"Supplied in a sturdy plastic box for easy storage", "Bullet6":"Ideal for KS2 and KS3", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "16","RRP_Inc_VAT": "85.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "46.04166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP697", "Title": "Percussion Plus extra large concert bass drum stand - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003eaccessories\u003ehardware\u003ebass-drum", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964137298", "VariationOf": "pp697", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus extra large concert bass drum stand - large\nDesigned to provide the perfect combination of security, durability, and convenience, this is the perfect stand for your larger orchestral bass drums. Crafted from lightweight yet sturdy aluminium, this stand is ideal for schools, orchestras, and performance spaces that require both portability and reliability.\nThe stand features five adjustable settings, making it versatile enough to accommodate a wide range of bass drum sizes, but particularly ideal for drums of 22\"\" and larger. Thoughtfully engineered with four foam pads, it ensures your drum’s shell is protected from scratches and damage while in use. It is specifically designed for wider bass drums, able to accommodate anything up to 32\"\".\nWhen it's time to transport, the stand folds down neatly, allowing for effortless storage and portability. Whether for rehearsals or performances, the Percussion Plus extra large concert bass drum stand is a practical and professional solution for securing your instrument while delivering peak performance.\n", "Bullet1":"Ideal for 22\" bass drums and larger, providing reliable support during performances", "Bullet2":"Lightweight aluminum construction ensures durability without the bulk", "Bullet3":"Adjustable with 5 settings to fit almost all orchestral bass drums", "Bullet4":"Foam pads protect your drum from scratches and damage", "Bullet5":"Folds down easily for simple storage and transport", "Bullet6":"Ideal for schools, orchestras, and professional settings", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (lowest)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eW 59cm x D 80cm x H 43cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (highest)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eW 43cm x D 80cm x H 59cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e4.5kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMinimum width of stand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e17\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaximum width of stand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e23.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLength between pads\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e22\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "6","RRP_Inc_VAT": "85.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "70.83333333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6761", "Title": "Percussion Plus Carnival Slap Djembe mechanically tuned - 8 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964137625", "VariationOf": "pp6761", "Description": "\n \nThe Percussion Plus Carnival Slap Djembe mechanically tuned\nIntroducing the latest generation of the Percussion Plus Slap Djembe, now with a vibrant ‘Carnival’ design. Crafted with precision at the world-renowned djembe factory in Bali, these drums combine durability, excellent tonal quality, and eye-catching visuals—making them perfect for any music education setting. The classic instructive drumheads offer guided technique, making this djembe an ideal choice for educators.\nBuilt to withstand classroom environments, the strong yet lightweight design enhances accessibility without compromising sound. With a powerful bass as a foundation, complemented by crisp slaps and deep, resonant tones, these djembes bring the dynamic range needed for engaging group music lessons.\nThese mechanically tuned djembes combine the practicality of the pre-tuned drums with the musical refinement of the rope tuning, and they're supplied in various sizes, inviting you to start your own djembe circle. They are exceptional tools for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET), and can even support CPD programs for teachers aiming to broaden their musical skills and resources!\n\n\n\n\nImmaculate construction in leading Bali factory\nThe Carnival Slap Djembes are made in a superb world-leading djembe manufacturing facility in Bali. Each drum is subject to rigorous quality control and features a sophisticated one-piece body construction. This ensures a lively and consistent sound, a sleek profile, and enhanced durability. The lightweight, sturdy construction is an essential benefit for constant use in education. Plus, the rubber-coated base prevents slipping, crucial for the physical demands of playing.\n\n\n\n\nAn innovative teaching tool\nSlap Djembes are not only sturdy and attractive but also provide great teaching aids. The screen-printed, instructional drumheads make classroom music teaching that bit easier by showing students exactly where they need to hit the drum to make different sounds. This helps to speed up the learning process, allowing more time to focus on rhythm, ensemble, dynamics and other musical elements. Brightly coloured, these make for excellent teaching tools, stimulating interest, helping learning to be engaging.\n\n\n\n\nDurable Mylar drum head\nThe Mylar drum head is precisely tensioned for optimal resonance, offering exceptional durability for even the most energetic players. Mylar is an extremely robust material, often used in aerospace engineering; for drum heads it provides excellent all-weather protection, resisting excessive stretching, humidity, and temperature fluctuations. This helps prevent tuning issues and keeps the head from drying out over time, ensuring a consistent and true sound. Superb production values like this make Slap Djembes the pinnacle in educational and sustainable drumming, supporting hundreds of lessons over many years to come.\n\n\n\n\nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n\n\n\nLively, distinctive ‘Carnival’ design\nThe Carnival design infuses these djembes with a lively, vibrant aesthetic, embodying the spirit of celebration. Bold and eye-catching, the unique cloth wrap inspires music making in all ages. From primary and secondary to festival drum circles, music therapy and more.\n\n\nA djembe for every scenario\nCarnival slap djembes are available either pre-tuned (incredibly lightweight and convenient), rope tuned (more adaptable and traditional) or mechanically tuned (a perfect middle ground), letting you to select the right type of drum for your circumstances. These mechanically tuned djembes allow for precise pitch adjustment, letting you find the perfect sound. Available in a range of sizes - 8\"\", 10\"\", and 12” - they bring added versatility to your djembe circle, creating a rich soundscape with varied pitches and dynamics to engage the entire ensemble.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nThe design on the drum head shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring. The Bass The best sound is achieved in the centre of the drum. Keep your palm flat and stiff and strike the drum firmly. The Tone Straighten all your fingers at the same time. There are numerous hand positions that can be used to create the tone. Think of your hand as a straight extension of your arm, and you should get a solid ‘thud’ sound. The Slap This stroke can be played in the same position as the tone, the difference is that one relaxes the hand and arm to hit the drum with a slap-like motion. Spreading your fingers out slightly when they strike the djembe helps create a crisp clear sound. \n", "Bullet1":"Coming Soon... The latest generation in the iconic Slap Djembe range!", "Bullet2":"Classic instructive drumhead for easy teaching and learning", "Bullet3":"Featuring a vibrant, colourful ‘Carnival’ design", "Bullet4":"Robust synthetic one-piece shell for maximum durability", "Bullet5":"Fantastic sound quality with crisp slap, deep tone and booming bass", "Bullet6":"Made by the world’s foremost djembe manufacturers in Bali", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMechanically tuned PP6761\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e59cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.6kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMechanically tuned PP6762\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMechanically tuned PP6763\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLightweight PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead\/skin material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMylar Synthetic 'Fiberskin' head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCloth wrap\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRayon fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClear protective coat\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAcrylic emulsion\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning method\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMechanically tuned\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5 year extended\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "85.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "46.04166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6762", "Title": "Percussion Plus Carnival Slap Djembe mechanically tuned - 10 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964137632", "VariationOf": "pp6761", "Description": "\n \nThe Percussion Plus Carnival Slap Djembe mechanically tuned\nIntroducing the latest generation of the Percussion Plus Slap Djembe, now with a vibrant ‘Carnival’ design. Crafted with precision at the world-renowned djembe factory in Bali, these drums combine durability, excellent tonal quality, and eye-catching visuals—making them perfect for any music education setting. The classic instructive drumheads offer guided technique, making this djembe an ideal choice for educators.\nBuilt to withstand classroom environments, the strong yet lightweight design enhances accessibility without compromising sound. With a powerful bass as a foundation, complemented by crisp slaps and deep, resonant tones, these djembes bring the dynamic range needed for engaging group music lessons.\nThese mechanically tuned djembes combine the practicality of the pre-tuned drums with the musical refinement of the rope tuning, and they're supplied in various sizes, inviting you to start your own djembe circle. They are exceptional tools for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET), and can even support CPD programs for teachers aiming to broaden their musical skills and resources!\n\n\n\n\nImmaculate construction in leading Bali factory\nThe Carnival Slap Djembes are made in a superb world-leading djembe manufacturing facility in Bali. Each drum is subject to rigorous quality control and features a sophisticated one-piece body construction. This ensures a lively and consistent sound, a sleek profile, and enhanced durability. The lightweight, sturdy construction is an essential benefit for constant use in education. Plus, the rubber-coated base prevents slipping, crucial for the physical demands of playing.\n\n\n\n\nAn innovative teaching tool\nSlap Djembes are not only sturdy and attractive but also provide great teaching aids. The screen-printed, instructional drumheads make classroom music teaching that bit easier by showing students exactly where they need to hit the drum to make different sounds. This helps to speed up the learning process, allowing more time to focus on rhythm, ensemble, dynamics and other musical elements. Brightly coloured, these make for excellent teaching tools, stimulating interest, helping learning to be engaging.\n\n\n\n\nDurable Mylar drum head\nThe Mylar drum head is precisely tensioned for optimal resonance, offering exceptional durability for even the most energetic players. Mylar is an extremely robust material, often used in aerospace engineering; for drum heads it provides excellent all-weather protection, resisting excessive stretching, humidity, and temperature fluctuations. This helps prevent tuning issues and keeps the head from drying out over time, ensuring a consistent and true sound. Superb production values like this make Slap Djembes the pinnacle in educational and sustainable drumming, supporting hundreds of lessons over many years to come.\n\n\n\n\nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n\n\n\nLively, distinctive ‘Carnival’ design\nThe Carnival design infuses these djembes with a lively, vibrant aesthetic, embodying the spirit of celebration. Bold and eye-catching, the unique cloth wrap inspires music making in all ages. From primary and secondary to festival drum circles, music therapy and more.\n\n\nA djembe for every scenario\nCarnival slap djembes are available either pre-tuned (incredibly lightweight and convenient), rope tuned (more adaptable and traditional) or mechanically tuned (a perfect middle ground), letting you to select the right type of drum for your circumstances. These mechanically tuned djembes allow for precise pitch adjustment, letting you find the perfect sound. Available in a range of sizes - 8\"\", 10\"\", and 12” - they bring added versatility to your djembe circle, creating a rich soundscape with varied pitches and dynamics to engage the entire ensemble.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nThe design on the drum head shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring. The Bass The best sound is achieved in the centre of the drum. Keep your palm flat and stiff and strike the drum firmly. The Tone Straighten all your fingers at the same time. There are numerous hand positions that can be used to create the tone. Think of your hand as a straight extension of your arm, and you should get a solid ‘thud’ sound. The Slap This stroke can be played in the same position as the tone, the difference is that one relaxes the hand and arm to hit the drum with a slap-like motion. Spreading your fingers out slightly when they strike the djembe helps create a crisp clear sound. \n", "Bullet1":"Coming Soon... The latest generation in the iconic Slap Djembe range!", "Bullet2":"Classic instructive drumhead for easy teaching and learning", "Bullet3":"Featuring a vibrant, colourful ‘Carnival’ design", "Bullet4":"Robust synthetic one-piece shell for maximum durability", "Bullet5":"Fantastic sound quality with crisp slap, deep tone and booming bass", "Bullet6":"Made by the world’s foremost djembe manufacturers in Bali", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMechanically tuned PP6761\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e59cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.6kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMechanically tuned PP6762\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMechanically tuned PP6763\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLightweight PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead\/skin material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMylar Synthetic 'Fiberskin' head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCloth wrap\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRayon fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClear protective coat\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAcrylic emulsion\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning method\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMechanically tuned\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5 year extended\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-21","RRP_Inc_VAT": "109.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "59.04166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP6763", "Title": "Percussion Plus Carnival Slap Djembe mechanically tuned - 12 inch \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003edjembe", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964137649", "VariationOf": "pp6761", "Description": "\n \nThe Percussion Plus Carnival Slap Djembe mechanically tuned\nIntroducing the latest generation of the Percussion Plus Slap Djembe, now with a vibrant ‘Carnival’ design. Crafted with precision at the world-renowned djembe factory in Bali, these drums combine durability, excellent tonal quality, and eye-catching visuals—making them perfect for any music education setting. The classic instructive drumheads offer guided technique, making this djembe an ideal choice for educators.\nBuilt to withstand classroom environments, the strong yet lightweight design enhances accessibility without compromising sound. With a powerful bass as a foundation, complemented by crisp slaps and deep, resonant tones, these djembes bring the dynamic range needed for engaging group music lessons.\nThese mechanically tuned djembes combine the practicality of the pre-tuned drums with the musical refinement of the rope tuning, and they're supplied in various sizes, inviting you to start your own djembe circle. They are exceptional tools for SEND learning, Whole Class Ensemble Teaching (WCET), and can even support CPD programs for teachers aiming to broaden their musical skills and resources!\n\n\n\n\nImmaculate construction in leading Bali factory\nThe Carnival Slap Djembes are made in a superb world-leading djembe manufacturing facility in Bali. Each drum is subject to rigorous quality control and features a sophisticated one-piece body construction. This ensures a lively and consistent sound, a sleek profile, and enhanced durability. The lightweight, sturdy construction is an essential benefit for constant use in education. Plus, the rubber-coated base prevents slipping, crucial for the physical demands of playing.\n\n\n\n\nAn innovative teaching tool\nSlap Djembes are not only sturdy and attractive but also provide great teaching aids. The screen-printed, instructional drumheads make classroom music teaching that bit easier by showing students exactly where they need to hit the drum to make different sounds. This helps to speed up the learning process, allowing more time to focus on rhythm, ensemble, dynamics and other musical elements. Brightly coloured, these make for excellent teaching tools, stimulating interest, helping learning to be engaging.\n\n\n\n\nDurable Mylar drum head\nThe Mylar drum head is precisely tensioned for optimal resonance, offering exceptional durability for even the most energetic players. Mylar is an extremely robust material, often used in aerospace engineering; for drum heads it provides excellent all-weather protection, resisting excessive stretching, humidity, and temperature fluctuations. This helps prevent tuning issues and keeps the head from drying out over time, ensuring a consistent and true sound. Superb production values like this make Slap Djembes the pinnacle in educational and sustainable drumming, supporting hundreds of lessons over many years to come.\n\n\n\n\nGoes perfectly with Andy Gleadhill’s Slap Djembe book\nWhether you are a percussion expert or have never taught music before, Andy Gleadhill's Slap Djembe is the best introduction to playing and teaching the djembe. Utilising an innovative, accessible notation this award-winning resource features 12 rhythms from around the globe with insightful performance notes and 10 weekly lessons that can be applied to any tune in the book. That's 120 lessons, planned for you!\nWhat’s more, a raft of additional content is provided alongside the book, including video guides, audio samples and interactive whiteboard-compatible resources, designed specifically for the classroom. Click HERE to find out more.\n\n\n\n\nLively, distinctive ‘Carnival’ design\nThe Carnival design infuses these djembes with a lively, vibrant aesthetic, embodying the spirit of celebration. Bold and eye-catching, the unique cloth wrap inspires music making in all ages. From primary and secondary to festival drum circles, music therapy and more.\n\n\nA djembe for every scenario\nCarnival slap djembes are available either pre-tuned (incredibly lightweight and convenient), rope tuned (more adaptable and traditional) or mechanically tuned (a perfect middle ground), letting you to select the right type of drum for your circumstances. These mechanically tuned djembes allow for precise pitch adjustment, letting you find the perfect sound. Available in a range of sizes - 8\"\", 10\"\", and 12” - they bring added versatility to your djembe circle, creating a rich soundscape with varied pitches and dynamics to engage the entire ensemble.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\nThe design on the drum head shows examples of hand positions that can be employed to obtain a fabulous variety of tones from the drum, from punchy bass to cracking highs. When you hit the skin, let your hand bounce back allowing the sound to ring. The Bass The best sound is achieved in the centre of the drum. Keep your palm flat and stiff and strike the drum firmly. The Tone Straighten all your fingers at the same time. There are numerous hand positions that can be used to create the tone. Think of your hand as a straight extension of your arm, and you should get a solid ‘thud’ sound. The Slap This stroke can be played in the same position as the tone, the difference is that one relaxes the hand and arm to hit the drum with a slap-like motion. Spreading your fingers out slightly when they strike the djembe helps create a crisp clear sound. \n", "Bullet1":"Coming Soon... The latest generation in the iconic Slap Djembe range!", "Bullet2":"Classic instructive drumhead for easy teaching and learning", "Bullet3":"Featuring a vibrant, colourful ‘Carnival’ design", "Bullet4":"Robust synthetic one-piece shell for maximum durability", "Bullet5":"Fantastic sound quality with crisp slap, deep tone and booming bass", "Bullet6":"Made by the world’s foremost djembe manufacturers in Bali", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMechanically tuned PP6761\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e59cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.6kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMechanically tuned PP6762\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e50cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.4kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMechanically tuned PP6763\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e42cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.2kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLightweight PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBase material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHead\/skin material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMylar Synthetic 'Fiberskin' head\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCloth wrap\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRayon fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClear protective coat\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAcrylic emulsion\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e-\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTuning method\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMechanically tuned\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5 year extended\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "-15","RRP_Inc_VAT": "125.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "67.70833333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "RAT-55Q3", "Title": "RAT Front Man microphone stand - A1", "Category": "tech\u003emicrophones\u003eaccessories\u003estands", "Brand": "RAT", "Barcode": "810016030546", "VariationOf": "rat-55q3", "Description": "Introducing the RAT Front Man microphone stand\nThe clean and modern design of the Front Man microphone stand from RAT is ideal for the studio and stage, especially when space isn't in your favour. Unlike any microphone stand on the market, RAT's unique base promotes a sturdy and space saving design.\nThe stand can be folded completely flat with ease making travelling with your RAT Front Man microphone stand a pleasure. Also, the small footprint of this stand takes up minimal space when packed away and wont clutter your storage spaces.\nThe vertical stem has a height range of 442mm - 1531mm making it easy to capture vocals in a variety of situations. Fully adjustable without the need to meddle with screws or levers makes the RAT Front Man microphone stand truly versatile in all applications.\nPlease note: microphones pictured are not included.\nFolds completely flat\nThe stand can be folded completely flat in 2 steps which makes it ideal for transporting between rehearsals and performances, as well as for easy storage.\n\nFully height adjustable\nThe mic stand can be effective for a wide variety of applications with a variable height of 442mm - 1531mm. This range of height adjustment allows for the stand to be placed on the ground when there is limited space on a riser.\n\nFriction locks\nFriction locks will automatically hold the mic at the desired height and angle, without the requirement of adjusting any thumb screws or levers. The anodised aluminium stem is very strong and rigid, ensuring that the stand will not sway.\n\nUnique base design\nThe unique design of this die cast aluminium base give the mic stand enormous strength whilst maintaining a low weight and ensures stability of the microphone. Rubber feet preserve the floor and prevent clatter if the stand is knocked.\nThe flexible design enables the base to be reversed, allowing the stand to be placed closer to the chair or musician in front. Great for situations where space is limited.\n\nMore useful information\nTempo Range Brochure", "Bullet1":"Fold completely flat with ease", "Bullet2":"Perfect for tight performance spaces", "Bullet3":"Height adjustable from 442mm - 1531mm", "Bullet4":"Friction locks automatically hold the mic at the desired height", "Bullet5":"Unique base for a sturdy and space saving design", "Bullet6":"Clean, modern design", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStructural parts\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFeet\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCoating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eAnodised Aluminium Polyester powder coating\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMinimum height to top of stem\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e439mm [17.3in]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaximum height to top of stem\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1527mm [60.1in]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNesting pitch\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e120mm [4.7in]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStorage height\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e439mm [17.3in]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFloor area occupied by 20 nested stands\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2619 x 500mm [103.1 x 19.7in]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eVolume of folded stand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e500 x 446 x 30mm [19.7 x 17.6 x 1.2in]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMicrophone screw size\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3\/8 Whitworth\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaximum weight microphone\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1kg [2.2lbs]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.9kg [4.2lbs]\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5 years\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "86.40","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "54.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "RAT-202Q13", "Title": "RAT Performer 3 universal tablet stand - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003etablet", "Brand": "RAT", "Barcode": "810016031215", "VariationOf": "rat-202q13", "Description": "Introducing the RAT Performer 3 universal tablet stand\nThe Performer 3 stand is a uniquely versatile tablet holder that is compatible with most tablet models (within the size range of 170–335 mm). It features an interchangeable design that allows users to switch between the universal tablet holder, Performer 3 music stand tray, and an Acoustic Perspex screen in seconds, making it a smart investment for schools, bands, and orchestras.\nFixing an iPad or tablet to the stand can be done with ease thanks to the adjustable soft-closing clamp. The device will be tightly secured on two sides of the screen and can be viewed in either portrait or landscape orientation. Plus, the screen angle can be quickly adjusted by tilting the hinge, making it easy for users to find the optimal viewing position.\nThe tablet holder features two hooks for a musician’s bows, as well as a built-in shelf, which can be used to hold stationary, battery packs, charging cables, or other essential equipment.\nThis universal stand is also height adjustable and can be set at over 1.3m high, making it one of the tallest models on the market!\n\nKeep your screen safely in place\nWhat sets this stand apart from other universal tablet floor stands is its unique friction locks that hold the tablet at the height and angle it is set. The stem’s friction can be increased by the turn of a screw, which will allow the user to apply more weight to the stand if needed.\n\nBuilt to last\nThe stem is made from a strong heavy-gauge steel, and the tubular base gives added stability without excess weight, making it both sturdy and portable. The stand is coated in a black anti-scratch powder for maximum durability, and the rubber feet ensure 3-point contact on uneven surfaces, whilst protecting the floors from damage. Plus, multiple bases can be tightly stored together, providing schools and music rooms with a compact and tidy storage solution.\nThis hard-wearing design ensures that these stands are long-lasting in both their function and appearance, allowing them to keep up with developing tablet technology and the demand for modern digital scores over traditional sheet music.\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Robust and lightweight tablet holder with an interchangeable design", "Bullet2":"Compatible with most tablet models", "Bullet3":"Features unique friction locks for easy height and angle adjustments", "Bullet4":"Rubber feet ensure 3-point contact on uneven surfaces", "Bullet5":"Coated in a black anti-scratch powder", "Bullet6":"Includes a convenient built-in shelf", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCoating and finish:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStand material:\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHolder material:\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eABS PC\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFeet material:\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHolder width:\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e234mm \/ 9.2in\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHolder height:\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e273mm \/ 10.8in\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMax weight stand can hold:\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.5kg \/ 5.5lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTablet thickness:\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUp to 12mm \/ 0.5in\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGripper arm:\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e170-335mm \/ 6.7-13.2in\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTilt angle of tablet:\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eVertical-horizontal\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLowest stand height:\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e735mm \/ 28.9in\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTallest stand height:\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1365mm \/ 53.4in\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOverall height (min-max):\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e887-1508mm \/ 34.9-59.4in\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNesting pitch:\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e70mm \/ 2.8in\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight:\t\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.4kg \/ 5.3lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"\n", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "88.80","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "55.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP371", "Title": "Percussion Plus basic music kit - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003epacks\u003eassorted", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547013713", "VariationOf": "pp371", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus basic music kit\nTurn your classroom into a dynamic musical environment with our all-inclusive percussion class pack, carefully curated to engage up to 20 students. Perfect for teaching children the fundamentals of percussion, this music kit features a diverse variety of colourful, tactile instruments that require no previous musical experience to start playing. Supplied in a handy plastic storage box, this complete pack is ready to be implemented into your classroom straight away.\n\nThis pack includes:\n\n1 x PP343 Double wooden tone block\n1 x PP203 Claves pair - blue\n1 x PP345 Single wooden agogo\n1 x PP257 Wood castanets with handle\n1 x PP258 Triangle 6\"\"\n1 x PP536 Plastic maracas pair\n1 x PP597 Sleigh bell with plastic handle\n1 x PP871 Wood shell tambourine 6\"\"\n10 x PP3231 Colourful plastic kazoos\n10 x PP771 Egg shakers\n1 x PP866 Cymbals pair 6\"\"\n1 x PP3500 Percussion Plus 11L plastic box\n\n\nIdeal for the classroom\nThese instruments are straight forward to teach and captivating, colourful and tactile for KS1 and KS2 students. To ensure the organisation and convenience, these instruments are supplied in a sturdy storage box, allowing for easy clean up at the end of class.\n\nThe benefits of music\nMusic helps children to develop vital skills, such as creativity, hand-eye co-ordination, motor skills, teamwork and listening skills. The variation in this pack makes it a great gift to introduce children to the basics of percussion and the joys of making music.\n\nPlease note: contents may vary depending on stock\nThese items are musical instruments, not toys, and are suitable for use by 3 year olds and above. It is advised that they are used with supervision as there are small parts on and in some of them.\n\n", "Bullet1":"A selection of percussion instruments, perfect for the classroom", "Bullet2":"Comes in a handy plastic storage box", "Bullet3":"Includes all beaters", "Bullet4":"Features high quality Percussion Plus instruments", "Bullet5":"Please note: contents may vary slightly", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "4","RRP_Inc_VAT": "89.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "48.20833333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "43VL34-600", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will Classic 3\/4 size violin gig case - Black \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003eviolin", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5060349480104", "VariationOf": "tomandwill-43vl34", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 3\/4 size violin gig case\nAvailable in the usual array of bright colours, you won't struggle to find your violin amongst the more traditional looking cases at rehearsal!Our 43VL violin case has a soft lined moulded interior, which is shaped to fit a broad range of violin models. External studs on the base and side provide stability for the case when set down and protect the fabric of the case itself.\nAdditional features\nSupplied with a pair of detachable backpack straps, this case provides a variety of carrying options - over one shoulder, both, or neither if the dual handles are preferable. There are two bow holders inside the lid of the case, along with a hygrometer. There are internal compartments for shoulder rest, rosin and other musicians accessories. These cases also feature a lockable catch for security. The neck strap serves to keep the instrument secure within the case, and a soft cover is included to match the interior.Tom \u0026amp; Will violin and viola cases have YKK zippers which run around three sides of the case, allowing for quick and easy access at the start and end of each playing session.\nOur Tom \u0026amp; Will strings gig bags and cases\n\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 3\/4 size violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 4\/4 full size violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Oval violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 15\"\"-15.5\"\" viola gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 16\"\"-17\"\" viola gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Active cello gig bag\n Tom \u0026amp; Will 3\/4 size double bass gig bag\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Features 2 bow holders and neck strap", "Bullet2":"Internal self-closing compartment plus additional shoulder rest storage", "Bullet3":"Hard wearing exterior with protective studs on 2 sides of case", "Bullet4":"Detachable, adjustable shoulder\/packpack straps, side GripEZE carry handles and top grab handle", "Bullet5":"Lockable catch and YKK zips around 3 sides of case for full access", "Bullet6":"Plush soft lined moulded interior", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.74kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOverall length (scroll to base of instrument)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e57.7cm \/ 22.75”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody cutout length (not including neck and scroll)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e35.5cm \/ 14”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUpper bout\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16.5cm \/ 6.5”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLower bout\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20.9cm \/ 8.25”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (LxDxW)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e76cm x 13cm x 26.5cm \/ 29.92\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePadding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaped moulded interior\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExterior fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e600D no rip polyester with protective studs\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSoft velour lining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eZips\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYKK zippers\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandles\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGripEZE handles plus top grab handle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCarrying system\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePair of detachable, adjustable backpack straps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrapping\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEasy release polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBranding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTom \u0026 Will logo\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "28","RRP_Inc_VAT": "89.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "48.20833333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "6","Quantity_break_price_1": "44.5", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "43VL34-555", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will Classic 3\/4 size violin gig case - Burgundy \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003eviolin", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5060349480098", "VariationOf": "tomandwill-43vl34", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 3\/4 size violin gig case\nAvailable in the usual array of bright colours, you won't struggle to find your violin amongst the more traditional looking cases at rehearsal!Our 43VL violin case has a soft lined moulded interior, which is shaped to fit a broad range of violin models. External studs on the base and side provide stability for the case when set down and protect the fabric of the case itself.\nAdditional features\nSupplied with a pair of detachable backpack straps, this case provides a variety of carrying options - over one shoulder, both, or neither if the dual handles are preferable. There are two bow holders inside the lid of the case, along with a hygrometer. There are internal compartments for shoulder rest, rosin and other musicians accessories. These cases also feature a lockable catch for security. The neck strap serves to keep the instrument secure within the case, and a soft cover is included to match the interior.Tom \u0026amp; Will violin and viola cases have YKK zippers which run around three sides of the case, allowing for quick and easy access at the start and end of each playing session.\nOur Tom \u0026amp; Will strings gig bags and cases\n\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 3\/4 size violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 4\/4 full size violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Oval violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 15\"\"-15.5\"\" viola gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 16\"\"-17\"\" viola gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Active cello gig bag\n Tom \u0026amp; Will 3\/4 size double bass gig bag\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Features 2 bow holders and neck strap", "Bullet2":"Internal self-closing compartment plus additional shoulder rest storage", "Bullet3":"Hard wearing exterior with protective studs on 2 sides of case", "Bullet4":"Detachable, adjustable shoulder\/packpack straps, side GripEZE carry handles and top grab handle", "Bullet5":"Lockable catch and YKK zips around 3 sides of case for full access", "Bullet6":"Plush soft lined moulded interior", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.74kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOverall length (scroll to base of instrument)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e57.7cm \/ 22.75”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody cutout length (not including neck and scroll)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e35.5cm \/ 14”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUpper bout\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16.5cm \/ 6.5”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLower bout\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20.9cm \/ 8.25”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (LxDxW)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e76cm x 13cm x 26.5cm \/ 29.92\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePadding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaped moulded interior\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExterior fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e600D no rip polyester with protective studs\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSoft velour lining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eZips\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYKK zippers\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandles\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGripEZE handles plus top grab handle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCarrying system\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePair of detachable, adjustable backpack straps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrapping\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEasy release polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBranding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTom \u0026 Will logo\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "21","RRP_Inc_VAT": "89.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "48.20833333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "6","Quantity_break_price_1": "44.5", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "43VL34-630", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will Classic 3\/4 size violin gig case - Hot pink \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003eviolin", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5060349486144", "VariationOf": "tomandwill-43vl34", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 3\/4 size violin gig case\nAvailable in the usual array of bright colours, you won't struggle to find your violin amongst the more traditional looking cases at rehearsal!Our 43VL violin case has a soft lined moulded interior, which is shaped to fit a broad range of violin models. External studs on the base and side provide stability for the case when set down and protect the fabric of the case itself.\nAdditional features\nSupplied with a pair of detachable backpack straps, this case provides a variety of carrying options - over one shoulder, both, or neither if the dual handles are preferable. There are two bow holders inside the lid of the case, along with a hygrometer. There are internal compartments for shoulder rest, rosin and other musicians accessories. These cases also feature a lockable catch for security. The neck strap serves to keep the instrument secure within the case, and a soft cover is included to match the interior.Tom \u0026amp; Will violin and viola cases have YKK zippers which run around three sides of the case, allowing for quick and easy access at the start and end of each playing session.\nOur Tom \u0026amp; Will strings gig bags and cases\n\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 3\/4 size violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 4\/4 full size violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Oval violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 15\"\"-15.5\"\" viola gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 16\"\"-17\"\" viola gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Active cello gig bag\n Tom \u0026amp; Will 3\/4 size double bass gig bag\n\n\n\n", "Bullet1":"Features 2 bow holders and neck strap", "Bullet2":"Internal self-closing compartment plus additional shoulder rest storage", "Bullet3":"Hard wearing exterior with protective studs on 2 sides of case", "Bullet4":"Detachable, adjustable shoulder\/packpack straps, side GripEZE carry handles and top grab handle", "Bullet5":"Lockable catch and YKK zips around 3 sides of case for full access", "Bullet6":"Plush soft lined moulded interior", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMetric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.74kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOverall length (scroll to base of instrument)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e57.7cm \/ 22.75”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody cutout length (not including neck and scroll)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e35.5cm \/ 14”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUpper bout\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e16.5cm \/ 6.5”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLower bout\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20.9cm \/ 8.25”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (LxDxW)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e76cm x 13cm x 26.5cm \/ 29.92\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePadding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaped moulded interior\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExterior fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e600D no rip polyester with protective studs\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSoft velour lining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eZips\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYKK zippers\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandles\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGripEZE handles plus top grab handle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCarrying system\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePair of detachable, adjustable backpack straps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrapping\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEasy release polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBranding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTom \u0026 Will logo\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "89.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "48.20833333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "6","Quantity_break_price_1": "44.5", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "44VL44-600", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will Oval violin gig case - Black \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003eviolin", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5060349482481", "VariationOf": "tomandwill-44vl", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will Oval violin gig case\nWith this oval case you won't struggle to find your violin amongst the more traditional looking cases at rehearsal! Our 44VL violin case has a soft lined moulded interior, which is shaped to fit a broad range of violin models. External studs on the side provide stability for the case when set down and protect the fabric of the case itself.\nAdditional features\nSupplied with a pair of detachable backpack straps, this case provides a variety of carrying options - over one shoulder, both, or neither if the dual handles are preferable. There are two bow holders inside the lid of the case. Along with the shaped interior for the violin itself, there are internal compartments for shoulder rest, rosin and other musicians accessories.These cases also feature a lockable catch for security. The neck strap serves to keep the instrument secure within the case, and a soft cover is included to match the interior. Tom \u0026amp; Will violin and viola cases have YKK zippers which run around three sides of the case, allowing for quick and easy access at the start and end of each playing session.\nOur Tom \u0026amp; Will strings gig bags and cases\n\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 3\/4 size violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 4\/4 full size violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Oval violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 15\"\"-15.5\"\" viola gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 16\"\"-17\"\" viola gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Active cello gig bag\n Tom \u0026amp; Will 3\/4 size double bass gig bag\n", "Bullet1":"Detachable, adjustable shoulder\/backpack straps, side GripEZE carry handles and top grab handle", "Bullet2":"Internal self-closing compartment plus addition shoulder rest storage", "Bullet3":"Hard-wearing exterior with protective studs on 2 sides of case", "Bullet4":"Large external pocket running full length of case lid, suitable for storing music", "Bullet5":"Lockable catch and YKK zips around 3 sides of case for full access", "Bullet6":"Detachable, adjustable shoulder\/backpack straps, side GripEZE carry handles and top grab handle", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (Length x Body length x Upper bout x Lower bout)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e61cm x 38.1cm x 17.7cm x21.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (L x W x D)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e79cm x 14cm x 26cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.66kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePadding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaped moulded interior\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExterior fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e600D no rip polyester with protective studs\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSoft velour lining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePockets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOne external pocket running full length of bag, plus internal shoulder rest compartment 24cm x 6.5cm x 5cm \/ 9.44\" x 2.55\" x 1.96\" and second internal compartment 20cm x 11cm x 5cm \/ 7.87\" x 4.33\" x 1.96\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandles\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGripEZE handles plus top grab handle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCarrying system\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePair of detachable, adjustable backpack straps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrapping\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEasy release polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "30","RRP_Inc_VAT": "89.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "48.20833333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "6","Quantity_break_price_1": "44.5", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "44VL44-610", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will Oval violin gig case - Deep purple \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003eviolin", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5060349482504", "VariationOf": "tomandwill-44vl", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will Oval violin gig case\nWith this oval case you won't struggle to find your violin amongst the more traditional looking cases at rehearsal! Our 44VL violin case has a soft lined moulded interior, which is shaped to fit a broad range of violin models. External studs on the side provide stability for the case when set down and protect the fabric of the case itself.\nAdditional features\nSupplied with a pair of detachable backpack straps, this case provides a variety of carrying options - over one shoulder, both, or neither if the dual handles are preferable. There are two bow holders inside the lid of the case. Along with the shaped interior for the violin itself, there are internal compartments for shoulder rest, rosin and other musicians accessories.These cases also feature a lockable catch for security. The neck strap serves to keep the instrument secure within the case, and a soft cover is included to match the interior. Tom \u0026amp; Will violin and viola cases have YKK zippers which run around three sides of the case, allowing for quick and easy access at the start and end of each playing session.\nOur Tom \u0026amp; Will strings gig bags and cases\n\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 3\/4 size violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 4\/4 full size violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Oval violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 15\"\"-15.5\"\" viola gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 16\"\"-17\"\" viola gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Active cello gig bag\n Tom \u0026amp; Will 3\/4 size double bass gig bag\n", "Bullet1":"Detachable, adjustable shoulder\/backpack straps, side GripEZE carry handles and top grab handle", "Bullet2":"Internal self-closing compartment plus addition shoulder rest storage", "Bullet3":"Hard-wearing exterior with protective studs on 2 sides of case", "Bullet4":"Large external pocket running full length of case lid, suitable for storing music", "Bullet5":"Lockable catch and YKK zips around 3 sides of case for full access", "Bullet6":"Detachable, adjustable shoulder\/backpack straps, side GripEZE carry handles and top grab handle", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (Length x Body length x Upper bout x Lower bout)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e61cm x 38.1cm x 17.7cm x21.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (L x W x D)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e79cm x 14cm x 26cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.66kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePadding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaped moulded interior\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExterior fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e600D no rip polyester with protective studs\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSoft velour lining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePockets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOne external pocket running full length of bag, plus internal shoulder rest compartment 24cm x 6.5cm x 5cm \/ 9.44\" x 2.55\" x 1.96\" and second internal compartment 20cm x 11cm x 5cm \/ 7.87\" x 4.33\" x 1.96\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandles\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGripEZE handles plus top grab handle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCarrying system\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePair of detachable, adjustable backpack straps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrapping\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEasy release polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "89.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "48.20833333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "6","Quantity_break_price_1": "44.5", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "44VL44-630", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will Oval violin gig case - Hot pink \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003eviolin", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5060349482498", "VariationOf": "tomandwill-44vl", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will Oval violin gig case\nWith this oval case you won't struggle to find your violin amongst the more traditional looking cases at rehearsal! Our 44VL violin case has a soft lined moulded interior, which is shaped to fit a broad range of violin models. External studs on the side provide stability for the case when set down and protect the fabric of the case itself.\nAdditional features\nSupplied with a pair of detachable backpack straps, this case provides a variety of carrying options - over one shoulder, both, or neither if the dual handles are preferable. There are two bow holders inside the lid of the case. Along with the shaped interior for the violin itself, there are internal compartments for shoulder rest, rosin and other musicians accessories.These cases also feature a lockable catch for security. The neck strap serves to keep the instrument secure within the case, and a soft cover is included to match the interior. Tom \u0026amp; Will violin and viola cases have YKK zippers which run around three sides of the case, allowing for quick and easy access at the start and end of each playing session.\nOur Tom \u0026amp; Will strings gig bags and cases\n\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 3\/4 size violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 4\/4 full size violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Oval violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 15\"\"-15.5\"\" viola gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 16\"\"-17\"\" viola gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Active cello gig bag\n Tom \u0026amp; Will 3\/4 size double bass gig bag\n", "Bullet1":"Detachable, adjustable shoulder\/backpack straps, side GripEZE carry handles and top grab handle", "Bullet2":"Internal self-closing compartment plus addition shoulder rest storage", "Bullet3":"Hard-wearing exterior with protective studs on 2 sides of case", "Bullet4":"Large external pocket running full length of case lid, suitable for storing music", "Bullet5":"Lockable catch and YKK zips around 3 sides of case for full access", "Bullet6":"Detachable, adjustable shoulder\/backpack straps, side GripEZE carry handles and top grab handle", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (Length x Body length x Upper bout x Lower bout)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e61cm x 38.1cm x 17.7cm x21.5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (L x W x D)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e79cm x 14cm x 26cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.66kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePadding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaped moulded interior\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExterior fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e600D no rip polyester with protective studs\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSoft velour lining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePockets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOne external pocket running full length of bag, plus internal shoulder rest compartment 24cm x 6.5cm x 5cm \/ 9.44\" x 2.55\" x 1.96\" and second internal compartment 20cm x 11cm x 5cm \/ 7.87\" x 4.33\" x 1.96\"\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandles\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGripEZE handles plus top grab handle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCarrying system\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePair of detachable, adjustable backpack straps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrapping\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEasy release polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "89.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "48.20833333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "6","Quantity_break_price_1": "44.5", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "43VL44-600", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will Classic 4\/4 full size violin gig case - Black \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003eviolin", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5060349480135", "VariationOf": "tomandwill-43vl44", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 4\/4 full size violin gig case\nAvailable in the usual array of bright colours, you won't struggle to find your violin amongst the more traditional looking cases at rehearsal!Our 43VL violin case has a soft lined moulded interior, which is shaped to fit a broad range of violin models. External studs on the base and side provide stability for the case when set down and protect the fabric of the case itself.\nAdditional features\nSupplied with a pair of detachable backpack straps, this case provides a variety of carrying options - over one shoulder, both, or neither if the dual handles are preferable. There are two bow holders inside the lid of the case, along with a string tube. There are internal compartments for shoulder rest, rosin and other musicians accessories. These cases also feature a lockable catch for security. The neck strap serves to keep the instrument secure within the case, and a soft cover is included to match the interior.Tom \u0026amp; Will violin and viola cases have YKK zippers which run around three sides of the case, allowing for quick and easy access at the start and end of each playing session.\nOur Tom \u0026amp; Will strings gig bags and cases\n\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 3\/4 size violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 4\/4 full size violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Oval violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 15\"\"-15.5\"\" viola gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 16\"\"-17\"\" viola gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Active cello gig bag\n Tom \u0026amp; Will 3\/4 size double bass gig bag\n", "Bullet1":"Features 2 bow holders, string tube and neck strap", "Bullet2":"Plush soft lined moulded interior, protective studs on 2 sides of case", "Bullet3":"Lockable catch and YKK zips around 3 sides of case for full access", "Bullet4":"Shaped body cut out to fit instruments up to 36.8cm\/14.5” back measurement", "Bullet5":"Internal self-closing compartment plus additional shoulder rest storage", "Bullet6":"Detachable, adjustable shoulder\/backpack straps, side GripEZE carry handles and top grab handle", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOverall length (scroll to base of instrument)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e61cm \/ 24”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody cutout length (not including neck and scroll)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36.8cm \/ 14.5”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUpper bout\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e17.7cm \/ 7”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLower bout\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e21.5cm \/ 8.5”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (L x D x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e79cm x 12.5cm x 25.5cm \/ 31.10\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.84kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePadding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaped moulded interior\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExterior fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e600D no rip polyester with protective studs\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSoft velour lining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eZips\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYKK zippers\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandles\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGripEZE handles plus top grab handle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCarrying system\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePair of detachable, adjustable backpack straps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrapping\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEasy release polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBranding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTom \u0026 Will logo\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "157","RRP_Inc_VAT": "89.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "48.20833333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "6","Quantity_break_price_1": "44.5", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "43VL44-640", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will Classic 4\/4 full size violin gig case - Navy \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003eviolin", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5060349480166", "VariationOf": "tomandwill-43vl44", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 4\/4 full size violin gig case\nAvailable in the usual array of bright colours, you won't struggle to find your violin amongst the more traditional looking cases at rehearsal!Our 43VL violin case has a soft lined moulded interior, which is shaped to fit a broad range of violin models. External studs on the base and side provide stability for the case when set down and protect the fabric of the case itself.\nAdditional features\nSupplied with a pair of detachable backpack straps, this case provides a variety of carrying options - over one shoulder, both, or neither if the dual handles are preferable. There are two bow holders inside the lid of the case, along with a string tube. There are internal compartments for shoulder rest, rosin and other musicians accessories. These cases also feature a lockable catch for security. The neck strap serves to keep the instrument secure within the case, and a soft cover is included to match the interior.Tom \u0026amp; Will violin and viola cases have YKK zippers which run around three sides of the case, allowing for quick and easy access at the start and end of each playing session.\nOur Tom \u0026amp; Will strings gig bags and cases\n\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 3\/4 size violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 4\/4 full size violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Oval violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 15\"\"-15.5\"\" viola gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 16\"\"-17\"\" viola gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Active cello gig bag\n Tom \u0026amp; Will 3\/4 size double bass gig bag\n", "Bullet1":"Features 2 bow holders, string tube and neck strap", "Bullet2":"Plush soft lined moulded interior, protective studs on 2 sides of case", "Bullet3":"Lockable catch and YKK zips around 3 sides of case for full access", "Bullet4":"Shaped body cut out to fit instruments up to 36.8cm\/14.5” back measurement", "Bullet5":"Internal self-closing compartment plus additional shoulder rest storage", "Bullet6":"Detachable, adjustable shoulder\/backpack straps, side GripEZE carry handles and top grab handle", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOverall length (scroll to base of instrument)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e61cm \/ 24”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody cutout length (not including neck and scroll)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36.8cm \/ 14.5”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUpper bout\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e17.7cm \/ 7”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLower bout\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e21.5cm \/ 8.5”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (L x D x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e79cm x 12.5cm x 25.5cm \/ 31.10\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.84kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePadding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaped moulded interior\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExterior fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e600D no rip polyester with protective studs\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSoft velour lining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eZips\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYKK zippers\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandles\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGripEZE handles plus top grab handle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCarrying system\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePair of detachable, adjustable backpack straps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrapping\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEasy release polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBranding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTom \u0026 Will logo\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "68","RRP_Inc_VAT": "89.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "48.20833333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "6","Quantity_break_price_1": "44.5", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "43VL44-555", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will Classic 4\/4 full size violin gig case - Burgundy \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003eviolin", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5060349480128", "VariationOf": "tomandwill-43vl44", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 4\/4 full size violin gig case\nAvailable in the usual array of bright colours, you won't struggle to find your violin amongst the more traditional looking cases at rehearsal!Our 43VL violin case has a soft lined moulded interior, which is shaped to fit a broad range of violin models. External studs on the base and side provide stability for the case when set down and protect the fabric of the case itself.\nAdditional features\nSupplied with a pair of detachable backpack straps, this case provides a variety of carrying options - over one shoulder, both, or neither if the dual handles are preferable. There are two bow holders inside the lid of the case, along with a string tube. There are internal compartments for shoulder rest, rosin and other musicians accessories. These cases also feature a lockable catch for security. The neck strap serves to keep the instrument secure within the case, and a soft cover is included to match the interior.Tom \u0026amp; Will violin and viola cases have YKK zippers which run around three sides of the case, allowing for quick and easy access at the start and end of each playing session.\nOur Tom \u0026amp; Will strings gig bags and cases\n\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 3\/4 size violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 4\/4 full size violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Oval violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 15\"\"-15.5\"\" viola gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 16\"\"-17\"\" viola gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Active cello gig bag\n Tom \u0026amp; Will 3\/4 size double bass gig bag\n", "Bullet1":"Features 2 bow holders, string tube and neck strap", "Bullet2":"Plush soft lined moulded interior, protective studs on 2 sides of case", "Bullet3":"Lockable catch and YKK zips around 3 sides of case for full access", "Bullet4":"Shaped body cut out to fit instruments up to 36.8cm\/14.5” back measurement", "Bullet5":"Internal self-closing compartment plus additional shoulder rest storage", "Bullet6":"Detachable, adjustable shoulder\/backpack straps, side GripEZE carry handles and top grab handle", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOverall length (scroll to base of instrument)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e61cm \/ 24”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody cutout length (not including neck and scroll)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36.8cm \/ 14.5”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUpper bout\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e17.7cm \/ 7”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLower bout\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e21.5cm \/ 8.5”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (L x D x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e79cm x 12.5cm x 25.5cm \/ 31.10\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.84kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePadding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaped moulded interior\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExterior fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e600D no rip polyester with protective studs\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSoft velour lining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eZips\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYKK zippers\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandles\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGripEZE handles plus top grab handle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCarrying system\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePair of detachable, adjustable backpack straps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrapping\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEasy release polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBranding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTom \u0026 Will logo\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "131","RRP_Inc_VAT": "89.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "48.20833333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "6","Quantity_break_price_1": "44.5", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "43VL44-680", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will Classic 4\/4 full size violin gig case - Chestnut brown \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003eviolin", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5060349489749", "VariationOf": "tomandwill-43vl44", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 4\/4 full size violin gig case\nAvailable in the usual array of bright colours, you won't struggle to find your violin amongst the more traditional looking cases at rehearsal!Our 43VL violin case has a soft lined moulded interior, which is shaped to fit a broad range of violin models. External studs on the base and side provide stability for the case when set down and protect the fabric of the case itself.\nAdditional features\nSupplied with a pair of detachable backpack straps, this case provides a variety of carrying options - over one shoulder, both, or neither if the dual handles are preferable. There are two bow holders inside the lid of the case, along with a string tube. There are internal compartments for shoulder rest, rosin and other musicians accessories. These cases also feature a lockable catch for security. The neck strap serves to keep the instrument secure within the case, and a soft cover is included to match the interior.Tom \u0026amp; Will violin and viola cases have YKK zippers which run around three sides of the case, allowing for quick and easy access at the start and end of each playing session.\nOur Tom \u0026amp; Will strings gig bags and cases\n\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 3\/4 size violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 4\/4 full size violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Oval violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 15\"\"-15.5\"\" viola gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 16\"\"-17\"\" viola gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Active cello gig bag\n Tom \u0026amp; Will 3\/4 size double bass gig bag\n", "Bullet1":"Features 2 bow holders, string tube and neck strap", "Bullet2":"Plush soft lined moulded interior, protective studs on 2 sides of case", "Bullet3":"Lockable catch and YKK zips around 3 sides of case for full access", "Bullet4":"Shaped body cut out to fit instruments up to 36.8cm\/14.5” back measurement", "Bullet5":"Internal self-closing compartment plus additional shoulder rest storage", "Bullet6":"Detachable, adjustable shoulder\/backpack straps, side GripEZE carry handles and top grab handle", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOverall length (scroll to base of instrument)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e61cm \/ 24”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody cutout length (not including neck and scroll)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36.8cm \/ 14.5”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUpper bout\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e17.7cm \/ 7”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLower bout\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e21.5cm \/ 8.5”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (L x D x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e79cm x 12.5cm x 25.5cm \/ 31.10\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.84kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePadding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaped moulded interior\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExterior fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e600D no rip polyester with protective studs\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSoft velour lining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eZips\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYKK zippers\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandles\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGripEZE handles plus top grab handle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCarrying system\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePair of detachable, adjustable backpack straps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrapping\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEasy release polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBranding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTom \u0026 Will logo\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "88","RRP_Inc_VAT": "89.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "48.20833333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "6","Quantity_break_price_1": "44.5", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "43VL44-610", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will Classic 4\/4 full size violin gig case - Deep purple \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003eviolin", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5060349480142", "VariationOf": "tomandwill-43vl44", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 4\/4 full size violin gig case\nAvailable in the usual array of bright colours, you won't struggle to find your violin amongst the more traditional looking cases at rehearsal!Our 43VL violin case has a soft lined moulded interior, which is shaped to fit a broad range of violin models. External studs on the base and side provide stability for the case when set down and protect the fabric of the case itself.\nAdditional features\nSupplied with a pair of detachable backpack straps, this case provides a variety of carrying options - over one shoulder, both, or neither if the dual handles are preferable. There are two bow holders inside the lid of the case, along with a string tube. There are internal compartments for shoulder rest, rosin and other musicians accessories. These cases also feature a lockable catch for security. The neck strap serves to keep the instrument secure within the case, and a soft cover is included to match the interior.Tom \u0026amp; Will violin and viola cases have YKK zippers which run around three sides of the case, allowing for quick and easy access at the start and end of each playing session.\nOur Tom \u0026amp; Will strings gig bags and cases\n\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 3\/4 size violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 4\/4 full size violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Oval violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 15\"\"-15.5\"\" viola gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 16\"\"-17\"\" viola gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Active cello gig bag\n Tom \u0026amp; Will 3\/4 size double bass gig bag\n", "Bullet1":"Features 2 bow holders, string tube and neck strap", "Bullet2":"Plush soft lined moulded interior, protective studs on 2 sides of case", "Bullet3":"Lockable catch and YKK zips around 3 sides of case for full access", "Bullet4":"Shaped body cut out to fit instruments up to 36.8cm\/14.5” back measurement", "Bullet5":"Internal self-closing compartment plus additional shoulder rest storage", "Bullet6":"Detachable, adjustable shoulder\/backpack straps, side GripEZE carry handles and top grab handle", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOverall length (scroll to base of instrument)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e61cm \/ 24”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody cutout length (not including neck and scroll)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36.8cm \/ 14.5”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUpper bout\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e17.7cm \/ 7”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLower bout\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e21.5cm \/ 8.5”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (L x D x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e79cm x 12.5cm x 25.5cm \/ 31.10\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.84kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePadding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaped moulded interior\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExterior fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e600D no rip polyester with protective studs\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSoft velour lining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eZips\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYKK zippers\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandles\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGripEZE handles plus top grab handle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCarrying system\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePair of detachable, adjustable backpack straps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrapping\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEasy release polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBranding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTom \u0026 Will logo\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "55","RRP_Inc_VAT": "89.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "48.20833333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "6","Quantity_break_price_1": "44.5", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "43VL44-670", "Title": "Tom \u0026 Will Classic 4\/4 full size violin gig case - Olive \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ecases\u003eviolin", "Brand": "Tom \u0026 Will", "Barcode": "5060349489732", "VariationOf": "tomandwill-43vl44", "Description": "Introducing the Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 4\/4 full size violin gig case\nAvailable in the usual array of bright colours, you won't struggle to find your violin amongst the more traditional looking cases at rehearsal!Our 43VL violin case has a soft lined moulded interior, which is shaped to fit a broad range of violin models. External studs on the base and side provide stability for the case when set down and protect the fabric of the case itself.\nAdditional features\nSupplied with a pair of detachable backpack straps, this case provides a variety of carrying options - over one shoulder, both, or neither if the dual handles are preferable. There are two bow holders inside the lid of the case, along with a string tube. There are internal compartments for shoulder rest, rosin and other musicians accessories. These cases also feature a lockable catch for security. The neck strap serves to keep the instrument secure within the case, and a soft cover is included to match the interior.Tom \u0026amp; Will violin and viola cases have YKK zippers which run around three sides of the case, allowing for quick and easy access at the start and end of each playing session.\nOur Tom \u0026amp; Will strings gig bags and cases\n\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 3\/4 size violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 4\/4 full size violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Oval violin gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 15\"\"-15.5\"\" viola gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Classic 16\"\"-17\"\" viola gig case\n Tom \u0026amp; Will Active cello gig bag\n Tom \u0026amp; Will 3\/4 size double bass gig bag\n", "Bullet1":"Features 2 bow holders, string tube and neck strap", "Bullet2":"Plush soft lined moulded interior, protective studs on 2 sides of case", "Bullet3":"Lockable catch and YKK zips around 3 sides of case for full access", "Bullet4":"Shaped body cut out to fit instruments up to 36.8cm\/14.5” back measurement", "Bullet5":"Internal self-closing compartment plus additional shoulder rest storage", "Bullet6":"Detachable, adjustable shoulder\/backpack straps, side GripEZE carry handles and top grab handle", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOverall length (scroll to base of instrument)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e61cm \/ 24”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody cutout length (not including neck and scroll)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e36.8cm \/ 14.5”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUpper bout\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e17.7cm \/ 7”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLower bout\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e21.5cm \/ 8.5”\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (L x D x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e79cm x 12.5cm x 25.5cm \/ 31.10\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e1.84kg\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePadding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShaped moulded interior\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eExterior fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e600D no rip polyester with protective studs\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSoft velour lining\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eZips\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYKK zippers\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHandles\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGripEZE handles plus top grab handle\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCarrying system\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePair of detachable, adjustable backpack straps\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStrapping\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEasy release polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBranding\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTom \u0026 Will logo\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "62","RRP_Inc_VAT": "89.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "48.20833333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "6","Quantity_break_price_1": "44.5", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SA2034-NAT", "Title": "Octopus dreadnought acoustic guitar - 3\/4 size - A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eguitars\u003eacoustic\u003edreadnought", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318300122", "VariationOf": "sa2034-nat", "Description": "This 3\/4 size acoustic guitar offers a nice upgrade to some of the cheaper models of guitar, while still remaining very affordable. It is a great value student model which is perfect for beginner players and for use in education.This model features a laminate Linden wood top, back and sides with a quality high gloss finish, which nicely accentuates the grain of the wood. The guitar has a black-stained maple fingerboard and bridge as well as chrome-covered machine heads, which make the tuning pegs smooth and easy to manoeuvre. The guitar is strung with six steel strings which produce a crisp, bright sound, with impressive volume and power. Its Nato neck enhances the warm, resonant sound the guitar produces and makes the instrument strong and durable, perfect for beginners. The guitar has a professional look with a classic dreadnought body shape and combines high quality with affordability to make the perfect student instrument. It comes supplied with a quality guitar bag, which protects your instrument and makes it easy to transport.", "Bullet1":"Dreadnought acoustic guitar", "Bullet2":"Basswood top, back and sides with nato neck", "Bullet3":"Chrome covered machine heads", "Bullet4":"Black stained fingerboard and bridge", "Bullet5":"Natural high gloss finish", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "19","RRP_Inc_VAT": "89.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "44.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SA20-NAT", "Title": "Octopus 4\/4 dreadnought acoustic guitar - Natural \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eguitars\u003eacoustic\u003edreadnought", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5055964129583", "VariationOf": "sa20", "Description": "Octopus SA20 acoustic guitar - the perfect beginner instrument The Octopus SA20 acoustic guitar is the perfect next step from your typical, smaller sized first guitars, providing not only a bigger size but also a bigger sound and that classic dreadnought shape! Strung with six steel strings, the SA20 has enough projection for small scale performances, making it ideal for school concerts or competitions. Whether you are just starting out, are a classroom music teacher, or just want to go back your adventurous youth and relearn the guitar, the SA20 is both reliable, affordable, and will give great pleasure to any new player. Consistent practice is key in the early stages of a new instrument, which will be no issue with the SA20. Reliable intonation, a great sound and comfortable design all create a quality instrument that you'll always want to come back to. Quality materials, fixtures and fittings This guitar features a laminate Linden wood top, back and sides with a quality high gloss finish, which nicely accentuates the grain of the wood. The SA20 has a black-stained maple fingerboard and bridge as well as covered chrome machine heads, which make the tuning pegs smooth and easy to manoeuvre. Powerful sound It is strung with six steel strings which produce a crisp, bright sound, with impressive volume and power. Its Nato neck enhances the warm, resonant sound the guitar produces and makes the instrument strong and durable, perfect for beginners. Classic dreadnought design The Octopus SA20 has a professional look with a classic dreadnought body shape so you can look and feel like almost any of your acoustic guitar heroes! It comes supplied with a handy guitar bag, which protects your instrument in storage and makes it easy to transport. ", "Bullet1":"4\/4 size acoustic guitar", "Bullet2":"Quality Linden top, back and sides", "Bullet3":"Ideal student model", "Bullet4":"Fitted with steel strings", "Bullet5":"Classic dreadnought body shape", "Bullet6":"Supplied with a quality guitar bag", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "89.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "44.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "SA20-BLK", "Title": "Octopus 4\/4 dreadnought acoustic guitar - Black \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eguitars\u003eacoustic\u003edreadnought", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5055964129576", "VariationOf": "sa20", "Description": "Octopus SA20 acoustic guitar - the perfect beginner instrument The Octopus SA20 acoustic guitar is the perfect next step from your typical, smaller sized first guitars, providing not only a bigger size but also a bigger sound and that classic dreadnought shape! Strung with six steel strings, the SA20 has enough projection for small scale performances, making it ideal for school concerts or competitions. Whether you are just starting out, are a classroom music teacher, or just want to go back your adventurous youth and relearn the guitar, the SA20 is both reliable, affordable, and will give great pleasure to any new player. Consistent practice is key in the early stages of a new instrument, which will be no issue with the SA20. Reliable intonation, a great sound and comfortable design all create a quality instrument that you'll always want to come back to. Quality materials, fixtures and fittings This guitar features a laminate Linden wood top, back and sides with a quality high gloss finish, which nicely accentuates the grain of the wood. The SA20 has a black-stained maple fingerboard and bridge as well as covered chrome machine heads, which make the tuning pegs smooth and easy to manoeuvre. Powerful sound It is strung with six steel strings which produce a crisp, bright sound, with impressive volume and power. Its Nato neck enhances the warm, resonant sound the guitar produces and makes the instrument strong and durable, perfect for beginners. Classic dreadnought design The Octopus SA20 has a professional look with a classic dreadnought body shape so you can look and feel like almost any of your acoustic guitar heroes! It comes supplied with a handy guitar bag, which protects your instrument in storage and makes it easy to transport. ", "Bullet1":"4\/4 size acoustic guitar", "Bullet2":"Quality Linden top, back and sides", "Bullet3":"Ideal student model", "Bullet4":"Fitted with steel strings", "Bullet5":"Classic dreadnought body shape", "Bullet6":"Supplied with a quality guitar bag", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "16","RRP_Inc_VAT": "89.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "44.5", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "UK405S", "Title": "Octopus Ebony soprano ukulele - A1", "Category": "strings\u003einstruments\u003eukuleles\u003esoprano", "Brand": "Octopus", "Barcode": "5056318304106", "VariationOf": "uk405s", "Description": "Introducing the Octopus Ebony soprano ukulele Perfect for those looking to play something a little different, this eye-catching ukulele features a deep grain ebony wood look with various shades of dark and light coloured wood in natural, blended stripes. Boasting a stunning design with a range of quality features, you’ll fall in love with this ukulele at first play. Part of the Octopus ‘Special Wood’ range, this ebony open pore soprano ukulele produces a fabulously rich tone and has great projection for its size. The natural step up from a student ukulele, it is perfect for those progressing players who would like another to add to the collection. Each ukulele features the highest standard of finish, including perfectly rounded off frets to protect your fingers, NuBone nut and saddle as well as Aquila Nylgut strings for optimal tone production. Whether you’re practising at home or playing along with your ukulele band on stage, this ebony open pore ukulele will not only sound and feel great to play, but will look stunning too! Quality components The materials used in each Octopus ukulele have been carefully selected for tone production and longevity. A tie bar bridge is accurately bonded to the body for excellent sound production and silver chrome diecast tuners offer reliable tuning in a shiny finish. The side walls are fully lined for sound projection and a high-quality appearance. Stunning design The dark, striped ebony wood is effortlessly accentuated with a light-coloured rosette and shiny silver gear head tuners. This ukulele also features the iconic Octowave headstock with an Octopus logo. Graph Tech NuBone XB nut and saddle Nubone doesn't damp string vibration like plastic - instead, it transfers the optimum frequencies to the ukulele. Essentially, this new material helps produce more volume and a better tone. Aquila Nylgut® strings Each ukulele comes fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard - the best in the world for intonation and tone. Produced exclusively in Italy, the Aquila factory manufactures approximately 300,000 ukulele strings every day – that’s enough to re-string 75,000 Octopus ukuleles! Free carry case with every instrument A next-level ukulele deserves to be carried in a next-level gig bag! We have created a beautiful, padded gig bag for the Octopus Ukulele, providing your instrument with the ultimate protection. Finished off with bespoke Octopus zip pulls, each gig bag has a pair of adjustable integrated backpack straps. Size and range The soprano (or standard) is the most widely used size of ukulele, measuring 21” (53cm) in total. It has twelve frets and a total range between C4 and A5. ", "Bullet1":"Stunning ebony open pore with satin finish", "Bullet2":"Wooden inlay rosette", "Bullet3":"Diecast silver chrome geared machine head tuners", "Bullet4":"NuBone XB bridge and saddle", "Bullet5":"Fitted with Aquila Nylgut strings", "Bullet6":"Supplied with a quality, padded gig bag", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "9","RRP_Inc_VAT": "89.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "51.91666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3008", "Title": "Percussion Plus Rainbow xylophone - 1 octave (8 bars) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003exylophones\u003eeducational", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964133238", "VariationOf": "pp3008", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus Rainbow xylophone\nThis vibrant xylophone is perfect for use in the classroom as it has brightly-coloured keys with letters printed on each one for easy learning. Using the colour-coded keys will aid note recognition and make learning music both easy and fun for children at school. \n\nEach xylophone is supplied with two mallets which are used to strike the keys, helping children to develop motor skills and hand-eye co-ordination. Also, the instrument produces a clear, bright sound due to the high-quality solid wood used in its construction.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Rainbow xylophone would make a great gift to introduce children to the creativity of music-making and is available in 2 sizes, with either 8 or 15 keys.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these Rainbow xylophones is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments. Each of the keys are vibrantly coloured according to our colour matching note system, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\n\nThe Rainbow xylophone is colour-coded to match the following products:\n\n\nPP935 chime bars\n\nPP790 Wak-a-tubes\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!", "Bullet1":"Supplied with two plastic mallets", "Bullet2":"Colour coded with letters printed on each key for easy learning", "Bullet3":"Helps children develop motor skills and hand-eye co-ordination", "Bullet4":"For educational use", "Bullet5":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet6":"2 sizes available", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP3008\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8 keys (1 octave, C to C)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP3015\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15 keys (2 octaves, C to C)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003epolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "136","RRP_Inc_VAT": "89.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "48.20833333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3015", "Title": "Percussion Plus Rainbow xylophone - 2 octaves (15 bars) \/ A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003exylophones\u003eeducational", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5055964133245", "VariationOf": "pp3008", "Description": "Introducing the Percussion Plus Rainbow xylophone\nThis vibrant xylophone is perfect for use in the classroom as it has brightly-coloured keys with letters printed on each one for easy learning. Using the colour-coded keys will aid note recognition and make learning music both easy and fun for children at school. \n\nEach xylophone is supplied with two mallets which are used to strike the keys, helping children to develop motor skills and hand-eye co-ordination. Also, the instrument produces a clear, bright sound due to the high-quality solid wood used in its construction.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Rainbow xylophone would make a great gift to introduce children to the creativity of music-making and is available in 2 sizes, with either 8 or 15 keys.\n\nThe Percussion Plus Orchestra\nTeaching a full class of young musicians is rewarding, but when everyone is playing different instruments we know it can be a challenge. One of the most attractive features of these Rainbow xylophones is their compatibility with a range of other classroom instruments. Each of the keys are vibrantly coloured according to our colour matching note system, which means that anyone can enjoy playing without requiring any knowledge of musical notation.\n\nThe Rainbow xylophone is colour-coded to match the following products:\n\n\nPP935 chime bars\n\nPP790 Wak-a-tubes\n\nPP271 \u0026amp; PP274 handbells\n\nPP275 \u0026amp; PP276 combi bells\nand PP015 hand chimes among others\n\n\nSo, what are you waiting for - start your Percussion Plus Orchestra today!", "Bullet1":"Supplied with two plastic mallets", "Bullet2":"Colour coded with letters printed on each key for easy learning", "Bullet3":"Helps children develop motor skills and hand-eye co-ordination", "Bullet4":"For educational use", "Bullet5":"Part of the Percussion Plus Colour Matching Note System", "Bullet6":"2 sizes available", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP3008\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8 keys (1 octave, C to C)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePP3015\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e15 keys (2 octaves, C to C)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePaint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003epolyurethane wood paint\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "99","RRP_Inc_VAT": "119.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "64.45833333333333", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "RAT-73Q06UK", "Title": "RAT Apollo clip on 18 LED music stand light - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003eaccessories\u003elights", "Brand": "RAT", "Barcode": "5060277231038", "VariationOf": "rat-73q06uk", "Description": "Introducing the RAT Apollo clip on 18 LED light\nThe Apollo Light is a high quality, cost-effective entry level lamp manufactured to a professional standard. It is ideal for travelling musicians, from beginners to world renowned orchestras.\n\nHigh Quality LEDs\nA strip of 18 LED’s, with a colour temperature of 3000K, provides light which is relaxing for the musician.\n\nProfessional Housing\nThe Apollo Light has very slim housing which ensures that the lamp does not obstruct the musicians’ view of the conductor.\n\nPowerful Spring Clip\nThe steel construction enables the clip to be very slender on the music side of the tray, preventing it from interfering with the score.\n\nSupplied Carry Case\nProvides safe and easy transportation, or storage for the Apollo light.\n\nMore useful information\nFull Specification", "Bullet1":"18 high quality LEDs", "Bullet2":"Professional LED light", "Bullet3":"Lightweight and comes with a carry case", "Bullet4":"Slim line design with professional standard housing", "Bullet5":"Compatible with the majority of orchestral music stands", "Bullet6":"Powered by 24V mains adaptor", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClip\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUniversal, attaches to any music stand or suitable surface\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e24V\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLEDs\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e18\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSupplied with\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCarry bag and PSU\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5 years\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "90.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "56.25", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "S250DR24", "Title": "Nuvo school desk stand – 24 Doods and Toots - A1", "Category": "woodwind\u003eaccessories\u003eparts\u003eplastic", "Brand": "Nuvo", "Barcode": "799439559714", "VariationOf": "s250dr24", "Description": "\n\nIntroducing the Nuvo school desk stand\nThe Nuvo school desk stand can accommodate up to 24 instruments. It’s durable and free-standing design makes it really easy to neatly organise your Nuvo collection, and keeping your instruments safely displayed makes them easy to grab and play. It also allows them to air dry after cleaning and provides classrooms with a splash of colour to decorate their music education spaces with.\nThe instrument pegs on this stand will accommodate a combination of Toots and Doods.\nPlease note: Instruments are not included\n\n\n\n\n\nPerfect for classroom environments\nIn many school settings, children do not own their instruments. A full set of instruments is kept at school, children arrive in class and pick one up to use in the lesson. The ability to keep instruments out of cases and on storage racks, assembled and ready to play, saves a lot of time at the beginning and end of each session. Mouthpieces and head joints can be removed for cleaning after use, or some students may bring their own mouthpiece or head joint to class.\n\n", "Bullet1":"24 instrument desk stand", "Bullet2":"Suitable for Doods and Toots", "Bullet3":"Free standing", "Bullet4":"Keep It Out! – see it, play it", "Bullet5":"Allow instruments to air dry naturally after cleaning", "Bullet6":"Add colour to your music department", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "90.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "60.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3512", "Title": "Monarch 5x 40L extra strong storage box and lid set - Red - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estorage\u003eboxes", "Brand": "Monarch", "Barcode": "5055964137489", "VariationOf": "pp3512", "Description": "Introducing the Monarch 5x 40L extra strong storage box and lid set - Red\nEvery classroom needs efficient, reliable storage equipment, and these 40L boxes from Monarch provide just that. With a durable plastic construction they can survive very well in school environments, and their stackable nature means they can be stored away easily when not in use.\nThe Monarch universal lid\nThe Monarch universal lids clip neatly onto the tops of the boxes, with a clear finish letting you see inside and keep track of what you're storing. One size fits all, and the lids provide a cover for the contents of your storage boxes whilst still allowing you to securely stack filled boxes on top of each other to maximise your space as efficiently as possible.\nQuality shatterproof construction\nThese boxes are manufactured from 100% polypropylene which is strong, shatterproof, and will stand up to the rigours of daily use in any learning environment. Not only are they made to last but at end of life they can easily be recycled.\nMade for convenience\nAt 40 litres each, these boxes can accommodate plenty of classroom equipment. Subtle rounding off of the corners creates a softer feel and touch, making these boxes safe to use for even the youngest age groups. They’re sturdy too, with reinforced side ribs for extra strength and a scooped out base for extra strength and stability.\n", "Bullet1":"5 pack of sturdy 40 litre red storage trays with clear lids", "Bullet2":"100% polypropylene shatterproof construction", "Bullet3":"Stackable, and designed to fit on shelf runners", "Bullet4":"Subtly rounded corners for classroom safety", "Bullet5":"Scooped out base gives extra strength and stability", "Bullet6":"Clear lid is convenient for teachers to keep track of contents", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e100% shatterproof polypropylene\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBox colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLid colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClear\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "90.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "48.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP3513", "Title": "Monarch 5x 40L extra strong storage box and lid set - Clear - A1", "Category": "misc\u003estorage\u003eboxes", "Brand": "Monarch", "Barcode": "5055964137489", "VariationOf": "pp3513", "Description": "Introducing the Monarch 5x 40L extra strong storage box and lid set - Clear\nEvery classroom needs efficient, reliable storage equipment, and these 40L boxes from Monarch provide just that. With a durable plastic construction they can survive very well in school environments, and their stackable nature means they can be stored away easily when not in use.\nThe Monarch universal lid\nThe Monarch universal lids clip neatly onto the tops of the boxes, with a clear finish letting you see inside and keep track of what you're storing. One size fits all, and the lids provide a cover for the contents of your storage boxes whilst still allowing you to securely stack filled boxes on top of each other to maximise your space as efficiently as possible.\nQuality shatterproof construction\nThese boxes are manufactured from 100% polypropylene which is strong, shatterproof, and will stand up to the rigours of daily use in any learning environment. Not only are they made to last but at end of life they can easily be recycled.\nMade for convenience\nAt 40 litres each, these boxes can accommodate plenty of classroom equipment. Subtle rounding off of the corners creates a softer feel and touch, making these boxes safe to use for even the youngest age groups. They’re sturdy too, with reinforced side ribs for extra strength and a scooped out base for extra strength and stability.\n", "Bullet1":"5 pack of sturdy 40 litre clear storage trays with lids", "Bullet2":"100% polypropylene shatterproof construction", "Bullet3":"Stackable, and designed to fit on shelf runners", "Bullet4":"Subtly rounded corners for classroom safety", "Bullet5":"Scooped out base gives extra strength and stability", "Bullet6":"Clear lid is convenient for teachers to keep track of contents", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e100% shatterproof polypropylene\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBox colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClear\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLid colour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClear\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e40 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "90.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "48.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "WP-WMBS", "Title": "Drums for Schools world music basket - 15 Instruments - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003epacks\u003eassorted", "Brand": "DfS CON", "Barcode": "5060344031356", "VariationOf": "wp-wmbs", "Description": "Introducing the Drums for Schools world music basket - 15 instruments\nThis basket is the perfect introduction to world music for early years, primary, and secondary settings, as well as for use in the home. It includes a collection of 15 different instruments, making it a great resource both for music-making and for cross-cultural studies. All of the instruments are made by hand using natural and recycled materials.\nThe collection comes in a sturdy bamboo storage basket and is supplied with a 16-page Activity Guide – a brilliantly written handbook for the teacher or parent. The guide not only gives you loads of ideas for developing musical and developmental skills, but it also has a section showing how music and rhythm can be used to support the teaching of other subjects, from arithmetic to phonetics. The guide has been written especially for non-musicians, making it perfect for anyone to get started.\n\nThis basket includes the following products:\n\nDjembe drum\nWooden drum stick \/ beater\n1 note chime bar\nFrog twirler\nMonkey drum\nThunder drum\nWind chime\nBracelet shaker (Kenari)\nBamboo Buzzer\nSmall egg shaker\nMedium egg shaker\nFrog scraper\nBamboo Guiro\nPangi shaker\nBamboo Rainstick\nSqueezer shaker\nBamboo basket\nMusical Activity guide\nGood Practice guide\nTaking Care card\n\n", "Bullet1":"Includes 15 instruments from around the world", "Bullet2":"Perfect for early years, primary, and secondary settings", "Bullet3":"Hand-made using natural and recycled materials", "Bullet4":"Supplied with a 16-page Activity Guide", "Bullet5":"Comes in a sturdy bamboo storage basket", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDjembe drum:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3″ diameter, 12cm high\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWooden drum stick:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e(15cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMonkey drum:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e3in (7,5cm) diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eThunder drum:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBuzzer:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e35cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSmall egg shaker:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e5cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMedium egg shaker:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e7cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eRainstick:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBasket:\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e26cm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "67","RRP_Inc_VAT": "91.08","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "75.9", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP165", "Title": "Acme 7'' orchestral siren horn - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ehorns-sirens", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547001659", "VariationOf": "pp165", "Description": "Introducing the Acme 7'' orchestral siren horn\nThe Acme orchestral siren was originally a ‘cyclist’s road clearer’ in the 1880s but now has a variety of applications, including use in professional orchestras. This high-quality horn projects with an unmistakable sound and would make a great addition to any percussionist’s kit bag. Crafted with precision and care, the orchestral siren is a reliable instrument which still proves popular today.\nWith a 7” bell piece, this whistle projects with a vibrant and powerful tone that is more than double the loudness of the PP164 small siren.\n\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\n\n\nSound Sample\n", "Bullet1":"Projects an unmistakable sound", "Bullet2":"Tough, high-quality metal construction", "Bullet3":"Ideal for use in orchestras", "Bullet4":"7” (14cm) bell piece", "Bullet5":"Originally known as a a ‘cyclist’s road clearer’", "Bullet6":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "0","RRP_Inc_VAT": "93.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "50.375", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MAN4901", "Title": "Manhasset Director music stand with double layer desk - A1 \/ Single stand", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003econcert", "Brand": "Manhasset", "Barcode": "706576049015", "VariationOf": "man4901", "Description": " Introducing the Manhasset Director music stand The must have music stand for conductors based on the dependable classic Manhasset design. It features an extra layer behind the desk perfect for storing spare music, books, stationery, and other accessories. Manhasset's stands are immensely popular with orchestras and bands for permanent use in concert venues and school halls, as well as with individuals wanting a sturdy stand for home use. Whether a music student or a professional musician, Manhasset stands are an ideal choice for making your practise and performance as easy as possible. Manhasset has never let go of the founding principle that quality is the highest priority. Work continues into research and development of new and unique products to meet the needs of musicians of all ages, abilities and disciplines. As an Employee-Owned business, you can rest assured that each product is made with attention, care and pride to continue the Tradition of exceptional quality. Lifetime guarantee Each stand is extremely robust and built to such a high quality that we offer a lifetime guarantee with any purchase. You should never have to buy another stand again. Easy height adjustment The main feature of all Manhasset stands is that they are 'knob free’. Thanks to the famous 'magic finger’ shaft clutch and 'friction tilt’ neck joint, the stand can be pushed or pulled into any position and will remain secure without turning a single screw. Not only does the lack of adjusters make it simpler to use, but the overall design also looks much more sleek and classy. Super strong All of the Manhasset stands can hold 4kg of music (up to 34kg if you purchase the MAN2400 music stand lock too) and have a desk depth of 2.25\"\" (5.7cm) making them capable of holding heavy books and large music anthologies. The desks are made from solid aluminium for optimum rigidity and the all-steel welded bases allow for extra stability. Manageable on the road While these stands are designed to live in one space and are therefore not entirely foldable, they are surprisingly lightweight (4.55kg) and easy to carry around if necessary. The desks can fold all of the way back reducing the total stand height to 90cm - easily small enough to pop into a car boot. \n \nThe Manhasset Lifetime Warranty\nOver the years, Manhasset has continued to research, develop, and innovate new products to meet the needs of musicians, and their commitment to consistent quality has made them the number one choice of many schools, bands and orchestras worldwide. Backing this up, Manhasset offer a guaranteed lifetime warranty on all products purchased from us. They have the utmost confidence in their manufacturing standards, substantiated by years of proof. When you buy a Manhasset music stand, you should never have to buy another stand again.\nPlease note: Proof of purchase required\n\n\n\nMore useful information\nManhasset Assembly Instructions", "Bullet1":"Double layer desk creates easily accessible storage space for books", "Bullet2":"Height extends from 26\" to 48\" from floor to shelf", "Bullet3":"Large 20\" x 12.5\" desk", "Bullet4":"Heavy-gauge all-steel welded base provides excellent stability", "Bullet5":"Knob-free height and angle adjustment", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "13","RRP_Inc_VAT": "95.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "55.41666666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MAN4903", "Title": "Manhasset Director music stand with double layer desk - A1 \/ Box of three", "Category": "misc\u003estands\u003econcert", "Brand": "Manhasset", "Barcode": "706576049039", "VariationOf": "man4901", "Description": " Introducing the Manhasset Director music stand The must have music stand for conductors based on the dependable classic Manhasset design. It features an extra layer behind the desk perfect for storing spare music, books, stationery, and other accessories. Manhasset's stands are immensely popular with orchestras and bands for permanent use in concert venues and school halls, as well as with individuals wanting a sturdy stand for home use. Whether a music student or a professional musician, Manhasset stands are an ideal choice for making your practise and performance as easy as possible. Manhasset has never let go of the founding principle that quality is the highest priority. Work continues into research and development of new and unique products to meet the needs of musicians of all ages, abilities and disciplines. As an Employee-Owned business, you can rest assured that each product is made with attention, care and pride to continue the Tradition of exceptional quality. Lifetime guarantee Each stand is extremely robust and built to such a high quality that we offer a lifetime guarantee with any purchase. You should never have to buy another stand again. Easy height adjustment The main feature of all Manhasset stands is that they are 'knob free’. Thanks to the famous 'magic finger’ shaft clutch and 'friction tilt’ neck joint, the stand can be pushed or pulled into any position and will remain secure without turning a single screw. Not only does the lack of adjusters make it simpler to use, but the overall design also looks much more sleek and classy. Super strong All of the Manhasset stands can hold 4kg of music (up to 34kg if you purchase the MAN2400 music stand lock too) and have a desk depth of 2.25\"\" (5.7cm) making them capable of holding heavy books and large music anthologies. The desks are made from solid aluminium for optimum rigidity and the all-steel welded bases allow for extra stability. Manageable on the road While these stands are designed to live in one space and are therefore not entirely foldable, they are surprisingly lightweight (4.55kg) and easy to carry around if necessary. The desks can fold all of the way back reducing the total stand height to 90cm - easily small enough to pop into a car boot. \n \nThe Manhasset Lifetime Warranty\nOver the years, Manhasset has continued to research, develop, and innovate new products to meet the needs of musicians, and their commitment to consistent quality has made them the number one choice of many schools, bands and orchestras worldwide. Backing this up, Manhasset offer a guaranteed lifetime warranty on all products purchased from us. They have the utmost confidence in their manufacturing standards, substantiated by years of proof. When you buy a Manhasset music stand, you should never have to buy another stand again.\nPlease note: Proof of purchase required\n\n\n\nMore useful information\nManhasset Assembly Instructions", "Bullet1":"Double layer desk creates easily accessible storage space for books", "Bullet2":"Height extends from 26\" to 48\" from floor to shelf", "Bullet3":"Large 20\" x 12.5\" desk", "Bullet4":"Heavy-gauge all-steel welded base provides excellent stability", "Bullet5":"Knob-free height and angle adjustment", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "1","RRP_Inc_VAT": "279.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "162.75", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MMX95VN12", "Title": "MMX Carbon composite violin bow with ebony frog - 1\/2 size \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ebows\u003eviolin", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": "5060349489527", "VariationOf": "mmx-mmx95vn", "Description": "MMX bows feature nickel silver mounted ebony frogs with mother of pearl slides and eyes and are fitted with white unbleached horsehair. With the availability and quality of Brazilwood decreasing due to deforestation of the Brazilian rainforest, the use of manmade composite materials in the MMX bow range helps to remove the burden on natural resources. MMX bows – a great choice for players of all abilities, ages and styles, popular with specialist string dealers, teachers and players alike. Available for Violin, Viola, Cello and Double Bass.", "Bullet1":"Round stick composite violin bow", "Bullet2":"Ebony frog", "Bullet3":"Premium white horse hair", "Bullet4":"Silver plated copper lapping", "Bullet5":"Lightweight", "Bullet6":"Durable and resistant to changes in temperature", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "5","RRP_Inc_VAT": "96.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "50.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MMX95VN34", "Title": "MMX Carbon composite violin bow with ebony frog - 3\/4 size \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ebows\u003eviolin", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": "5060349489510", "VariationOf": "mmx-mmx95vn", "Description": "MMX bows feature nickel silver mounted ebony frogs with mother of pearl slides and eyes and are fitted with white unbleached horsehair. With the availability and quality of Brazilwood decreasing due to deforestation of the Brazilian rainforest, the use of manmade composite materials in the MMX bow range helps to remove the burden on natural resources. MMX bows – a great choice for players of all abilities, ages and styles, popular with specialist string dealers, teachers and players alike. Available for Violin, Viola, Cello and Double Bass.", "Bullet1":"Round stick composite violin bow", "Bullet2":"Ebony frog", "Bullet3":"Premium white horse hair", "Bullet4":"Silver plated copper lapping", "Bullet5":"Lightweight", "Bullet6":"Durable and resistant to changes in temperature", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "3","RRP_Inc_VAT": "96.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "44.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "MMX95VN", "Title": "MMX Carbon composite violin bow with ebony frog - 4\/4 Full size \/ A1", "Category": "strings\u003eaccessories\u003ebows\u003eviolin", "Brand": "MMX", "Barcode": "5060349484638", "VariationOf": "mmx-mmx95vn", "Description": "MMX bows feature nickel silver mounted ebony frogs with mother of pearl slides and eyes and are fitted with white unbleached horsehair. With the availability and quality of Brazilwood decreasing due to deforestation of the Brazilian rainforest, the use of manmade composite materials in the MMX bow range helps to remove the burden on natural resources. MMX bows – a great choice for players of all abilities, ages and styles, popular with specialist string dealers, teachers and players alike. Available for Violin, Viola, Cello and Double Bass.", "Bullet1":"Round stick composite violin bow", "Bullet2":"Ebony frog", "Bullet3":"Premium white horse hair", "Bullet4":"Silver plated copper lapping", "Bullet5":"Lightweight", "Bullet6":"Durable and resistant to changes in temperature", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "24","RRP_Inc_VAT": "96.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "50.0", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "PP167", "Title": "Acme low pitch triple tone train whistle - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003ewhistles", "Brand": "Percussion Plus", "Barcode": "5051547001673", "VariationOf": "pp167", "Description": "Introducing the Acme low pitch triple tone train whistle\nThe Acme locomotive whistle has 3 pipes which have been tuned roughly to a Dm triad (F5, A5, D6) and polished by hand. Being tuned in this was helps it to mimic the whistle on an old American steam train. Each low pitch is generated by a metal organ pipe with a durable plastic mouthpiece. \nAlso known as the Locomotive Whistle which originated, so the story goes, on the Leicester and Swannington Railway line, this traditional model has been in use since the early 1990s and makes a great addition to any percussionists kit bag.\nHand made in the UK\nTo this day Acme police whistles are manufactured in Birmingham using the original techniques and machinery from the 1800s. Outstanding craftsmanship and strict quality testing ensure every whistle is of the highest standard.\n\nSound Sample\n", "Bullet1":"Produces a tri-tone dissonant chord, mimicking the whistle on an old American steam train", "Bullet2":"Made from 3 metal organ pipes with a durable plastic mouthpiece", "Bullet3":"Essential part of a percussionists kit bag, great for creating realistic sound effects", "Bullet4":"Tuned roughly to a Dm triad (F5, A5, D6) and polished by hand", "Bullet5":"Made in the UK by Acme Whistles for Percussion Plus", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "2","RRP_Inc_VAT": "97.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "52.54166666666667", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" },{ "SKU": "AK32PB", "Title": "Majestic Glockenspiel kit with backpack - A1", "Category": "percussion\u003einstruments\u003eglockenspiels\u003eeducational", "Brand": "Majestic", "Barcode": "635464631387", "VariationOf": "ak32pb", "Description": " Introducing the Majestic Glockenspiel kit with backpack Designed by Majestic to give players the best chance of success, this Bell kit with backpack is ideal for students and education institutions looking for a convenient and high quality set of bells. At 2.5 octaves (F5-C8), it has been tuned to perfection and offers a sweet, rounded sound. The padded backpack style case means the instrument is easily transported between venues and can be stored safely. This kit also includes a pair of quality mallets and a music rack. About Majestic Majestic is a brand of thoughtfully designed instruments for the professional, the educator, and today’s percussion student utilizing carefully constructed ideas born from both traditional percussion instrument heritage and a culture of innovation. The family firm was founded in 1921, supplying organs, pianos and wind instruments with the production of percussion following shortly after. In 1960 the Majestic brand name was introduced, starting with drum kits which were prevalent among rock bands in the Netherlands. Orchestral and marching percussion soon became the corner stone of the brand, with timpani, marching drum and tuned percussion becoming areas of speciality for Majestic. To this day product development, engineering, and production are overseen by family members and every model must adhere to stringent standards of craftsmanship and performance. Please note: all large tuned percussion instruments such as xylophones, marimbas, and vibes etc. are delivered boxed and require assembly. ", "Bullet1":"32-note glockenspiel (F5-C8)", "Bullet2":"2.5 octave range", "Bullet3":"Detachable music desk included", "Bullet4":"Supplied with backpack style padded carrying case", "Bullet5":"Mallets included", "Bullet6":"", "StatsTable": "\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGlockenspiel range\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2.5 octaves F5-C8\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMusic rack\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCarrying case\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePadded, backpack style\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e", "Video1":"", "Video2":"", "Video3":"", "Image1":"", "Image2":"", "Image3":"", "Image4":"", "Image5":"", "Image6":"", "Current_Stock_Level": "11","RRP_Inc_VAT": "97.00","Your_Price_Ex_VAT": "60.625", "Quantity_break_1": "", "Quantity_break_price_1": "", "Quantity_break_2": "", "Quantity_break_price_2": "", "Quantity_break_3": "", "Quantity_break_price_3": "" }